Stories of Arda Home Page
About Us News Resources Login Become a member Help Search

An Unexpected Adventure [IN HIATUS]  by KathyG

(Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)  In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure. This story is AU and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  It's also in the process of being posted on Fanfiction.net, Archive of Our Own, Many Paths to Tread, and LiveJournal.  (Posted here with permission from the admins of SoA.) 

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Prologue

“Kaylee!  Joey!  Megan!  Come on, children, it’s time to go!” Gail McCloud called.

The three younger children, who were in the backyard playing with their new Cocker spaniel puppy, Lucy, raced toward the gate leading into the front yard; Kaylee, age five, grabbed hold of Lucy en-route and lugged her to the car.  Already, the minivan was loaded with camping supplies and the family’s personal belongings.  One of Kaylee’s favorite dolls, Baby Alive, was already sitting on the middle seat; Joey’s video game lay next to it; and three-year-old Megan’s baby seat was ready for occupancy.

The older children, Kevin and Jennifer, stood leaning against the car trunk, their backpacks dangling from their backs.  Mr. McCloud came out the front door of their one-story ranch house, car keys in hand, and approached the minivan in the driveway.

“Your backpacks are in the trunk, children,” their father Steven said, as he swung the driver’s door open.  “In the car, everybody.  Time to go.”

“What about Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet, Daddy?” Jennifer asked.

“We’re swinging by their place, and they’re going to follow us in their car,” Gail said, as she opened the middle passenger door on the minivan’s right side, to fasten Megan into her baby seat.  Turning around, she noticed that Joey was the only child who was wearing his white sneakers.  She shook her head at him.  “Young man, I want you to go back inside and put on your hiking boots now!”

“Mom!” Joey whined.  “Do I have to?!”

“Yes, Joey, you have to,” his mother said firmly.  “Your boots will protect your feet from snakes and sharp rocks and things like that much better than your sneakers will.  Now go inside and put them on.  Your backpack’s already in the car.”  Grumbling, Joey did as he was told.

Minutes later, he returned outside, his feet clad in his brown hiking boots.  Gail surveyed the children’s feet with satisfaction; all of them were wearing their hiking boots now.  However, Kaylee’s boots had come untied, and so her mother knelt to re-tie them.  As soon as Megan was strapped into her car seat, the family piled into the minivan, and Steven McCloud turned on the ignition.

“Everybody got your seat belts on?” he asked.  His wife turned her head to scan the four children.  The backpacks were lying on the floor of the back seat.  Kaylee snapped her seat belt on with Joey’s help, and Gail smiled her approval.  Her husband backed out onto the residential street and drove toward the intersection.  Joey picked up the nine-week-old puppy and rubbed her silky head; Lucy licked his fingers and then started chewing on them.  The afternoon sunlight poured into the minivan.

Gail glanced back at Joey and Lucy.  She had been uncertain about taking the little puppy with them, but since Ryan and Janet were going along, there was no one they could ask to dog-sit a puppy that wasn't even housebroken yet.  They couldn't afford to board her for the length of time they'd be gone.  Gail was a little worried, since the pup was too young for her shots yet.  Still, they would be in an isolated part of the park.  Lucy should be safe there. 

Several minutes later, they pulled to a stop by a one-story brick house.  Mr. McCloud’s brother, Ryan McCloud, and his wife, Janet, were waiting by their car.  Mr. McCloud rolled down his window and extended his left arm toward Ryan.  “Hey, bro, ready to leave?”  He laughed.

Uncle Ryan chuckled.  “Ready and waiting for you, little brother!”  The two men grinned at each other, and Ryan and Janet climbed into their car.  A few minutes later, the two cars were speeding down the street toward the intersection.

“Daddy, why are we going camping now?” Joey asked, as he cuddled Lucy against his chest.  “School’s not even out yet!”

“I’m under orders from my supervisor, son,” Mr. McCloud said.  “My supervisor wants me to go to one of the state parks and collect as many different kinds of soil samples as possible, so that the other Department of Land Conservation and Development scientists and myself can run some tests on them.  I’ve gotten permission from the park manager to collect them at Wallowa Lake State Park,* where we’re going.”

“That’s right,” Mrs. McCloud added.  “Your father’s going to be very busy for the next several days.”

Mr. McCloud nodded agreement.  “I did some thinking, and it was clear that I had a choice.  I could either spend the entire time at Wallowa Lake State Park separated from my family while I collected the samples, or I could take my family on a campout while I was at it, since it’s Easter break.  Your mom and I talked about it, and that’s what we decided to do.”

“I can’t wait to play on the swings!”  Clutching her doll to her chest, Kaylee started to bounce, only to find herself restrained by her seat belt.

Her mother chuckled.  “You’ll have to play in other ways, sweetheart.  We’re not going to the public section of the park for this camping trip, so there will be no playground this time.  We’re going to camp in one of the more isolated sections.”

“That’s right.”  Their father nodded.  “Your uncle’s camped in that section before, so he knows what to find there.  Perhaps he’ll take you exploring, if you ask him—you’ll have to wear your backpacks if he does.  And since Lucy’s going to be there with us, you can always play with her.”  He smiled.  “Don’t worry, children—even without a playground or a swimming area, you’ll still have fun.  And when school’s out for the summer, we’ll have another campout in the park—this time, in the public section, where the swimming area and the playground are.”

Behind the younger children, Jennifer exchanged a glance with her older brother, Kevin.  “Yes, Daddy.”  Handing Lucy over to Kaylee, who immediately began to cuddle the puppy alongside her blonde-haired Baby Alive doll, Joey turned on his Gameboy and began to play a video game.  Megan stuck her thumb into her mouth while holding her own doll.

“Are we going to Disneyland, too?” Kaylee asked hopefully.

Her father chuckled.  “Yep, Kaylee.  This summer, we’re going to Disneyland, too.”

“Oh, goody!” Kaylee squealed, kicking her legs against the car seat.  “We get to go to Disneyland, Lucy!” she told the wiggling puppy.  Her parents laughed, and Kevin and Jennifer exchanged amused grins.  Joey glanced at his younger sister and looked up at his parents, and then he turned his attention back to his video game.

“I wanna go Diseeand,” said Megan.

Mrs. McCloud smiled ruefully at her husband.  “You know, I’m surprised the park manager gave you permission, dear, seeing as it’s against park rules to collect plants or any other natural resources on their grounds.”

Mr. McCloud chuckled.  “I know, hon.  But remember that my geology work is for the Oregon Department of Land Conservation and Development.  The samples I will take are meant to check the health of the soil in the park, and make sure that it hasn't been affected by pollution or other harmful things.  He knows that, and that I know how to do it without damaging the site."  He glanced at his watch.  “If all goes well, we’ll be arriving at the park shortly after four o’clock.  That’s check-in time for campsites.”

“Are we gonna have full hook-up, Daddy?” Jennifer asked hopefully.

Mrs. McCloud answered for her husband.  “No, sweetheart, not this time.  As your daddy said, we’re going to camp in one of the primitive sections of the park this time, in tents.  It’ll be only a tent site with a stream nearby, a picnic table, and a paved parking area not far from the campsite, but no utilities.”

Jennifer grimaced.  She much preferred the full-hookup sites, where she could have running water, electricity, and ready access to a bathroom with plumbing, as well as a paved parking area nearby.  The complaints she wanted to utter died on her lips, however, as she glanced up at her father’s expression in the mirror.  It would do no good to complain, she knew; instead, she exchanged a scowl with Kevin.  At least, Jennifer thought, she had packed her silver-colored baton, and so she would be able to spend some time every day practicing her majorette routines while they were at Wallowa Lake State Park.  She had been twirling the baton ever since she had been just seven years old, and as the assistant leader of the Portland Optimist Youth Band Baton Corps, it was necessary for her to keep up her skills for when the corps marched in parades, and performed during halftime at sports events.

“We’ll camp in a full-hookup site this summer, Jennifer,” her father promised.  “For this camping trip, we’ll all just have to make the best of it.”

Jennifer sighed.  “Yes, Daddy.”

Grimacing in his turn, Kevin glanced at his sister, and then looked at the back of his father’s head.  “Uh, Dad, I don’t suppose there’s any chance there’ll be Wi-Fi at the park?”

“No, son, there’s not,” Mr. McCloud answered.  “None of the state parks are set up for Wi-Fi.”

“We’ll just have to do without Internet access until we’re back home,” Mrs. McCloud added.

“Yes, Mom.”  Sighing, Kevin shook his head, and he and Jennifer exchanged more grimaces.  It was going to be a long six days.  There would be no Internet access until they were back in Portland on late Saturday afternoon.  They’re probably not set up for cell phone access either, he thought ruefully. I wonder if we’ll even be able to text!

Suppressing a sigh, Kevin picked up his Android tablet and turned it on, and Jennifer pulled out her iPhone.  They fully meant to enjoy their Internet before the family was out of the range of its signal.  Jennifer sent a quick text to her best friend, Nicole Adams, explaining that they were on their way to the state park where they were going to camp out and would not be back until late Saturday afternoon, and Kevin emailed one of his basketball buddies.  Joey continued to play his video game, and Kaylee cuddled her doll and Lucy, singing and talking to them both.  Megan soon fell asleep in her baby seat with her rag doll in her arms.  Soon, the two cars were speeding west on the freeway.  As soon as they were out in the countryside, both Kevin’s tablet and Jennifer’s cell phone lost the signal, and so they shut them off and slipped them into their backpacks.

Jennifer leaned her head against the back of the car seat and sighed.  If only I could have brought a boyfriend with me, maybe this trip would be easier to tolerate.  Or if Nicole had been free to come with me!  Too bad she couldn’t have invited a boy from school to come with them; she might have been able to, if she had a boyfriend.  I’m fourteen; surely, I’m old enough to date!  There’s a high-school junior at school I would really love to date, if only he’d ask me.  He’s so cute, and he’s nice.  Thank goodness he’s in our church’s youth group, too!  Shaking her head, she closed her eyes and thought about the discussion she’d had with her mother the other day.

-oo000oo-

“But why can’t I go on a date?” Jennifer argued.  “I’m fourteen now; I’m not a child anymore!”

Her mother shook her head, smiling ruefully.  “Jennifer, remember what your father says?”

Jennifer sighed.  “‘You have to learn to be a friend with boys before you can be a girlfriend,’” she quoted dully.

“And he’s right.”  Gail patted her shoulder.  “When you’re fifteen, we'll allow you to go on double-dates, as Kevin does now.”

Jennifer shrugged.  “Double-dates, huh?”

“That’s right, and then single dates when you’re sixteen,” her mother said firmly, but fondly.  "You are too young to be dating yet, Jennifer.  You'll have many years ahead of you for dating."  

Jennifer sighed again.  “Yes, Mom.”  She looked into her mother’s eyes.  “When I am allowed to date, would you pray that God will give me a boyfriend?”

Gail laughed.  “Certainly.”  She ruffled her daughter’s hair.  "If you need a boyfriend in your life, then I am sure He will have someone for you.  But you know that He will work in His time, not ours…''

-oo000oo-

Jennifer grimaced.  If only she could start dating now!  Even if Tim were to ask me out, Mom wouldn’t let me go out with him till I’m older.  I’d have to say no.  She shook her head, gazing down at the car floor.  I’ll have to find some other way to endure this camping trip.  It’s gonna be a long week!  She scowled, and then removed a book from her backpack to start reading.  She started reading Little Women.

A few hours after the McClouds had left their home, the two cars pulled up into Wallowa Lake State Park’s paved parking area within easy walking distance from the campsite.  Jennifer slipped her book into her backpack.  Steve and his wife stepped out of the minivan, followed by their four older children.  Joey stuffed his Gameboy into his backpack and scrambled out of the car.  Gail unfastened Megan from her baby seat and set the little girl on her hip.  Under her mother’s eagle eye, Kaylee unzipped her backpack and thrust her doll into it; as soon as she had zipped her backpack back up, she clasped the wriggling puppy to her chest and followed her older brothers and sister.  Meanwhile, Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet stepped out of their own car and joined the others.

For a long moment, they all scanned the campsite.  As Jennifer’s father had told her, there was a running stream close to the campsite, and a picnic table stood in the center.  Cottonwood, ponderosa pine, and Douglas fir trees surrounded the campsite.

At last, Steve cleared his throat and glanced at the back of the minivan.  “Well, everyone, before we do anything else, we’d better get everything out so we can get started making camp.  We need to have the tents all set up when we start supper.”

“Right.”  Uncle Ryan strode toward the back of the minivan and opened the back door.  With his brother’s help, he pulled out the tarpaulins, one at a time.  With the help of their wives and the three older children, the two men dragged each tarpaulin to the middle of the campsite, and then Steve and Uncle Ryan returned to the minivan to get the tent posts, the mallets, and the rest of the tent equipment.

At one point, Kevin picked up his father’s rifle and examined it for a moment.  Then he laid the rifle back in the car trunk, careful to make sure that the weapon's safety was still on.  As he walked away, he overheard his parents talking.

“Did you have to bring your rifle, Steve?” his mother said, with a sigh.  “It’s not hunting season, and surely it’s too early for wild animals to be out and about.”

“Not necessarily.  Since it’s the first week of April, some of the bears have come out of hibernation,” his father said.  “And since we’re more isolated here, we can’t be sure that some bear won’t come nosing through our supplies at some point.  I won’t take the chance of one of us being mauled by a bear, Gail, not when I have the means to protect my family.”

“It’s too dangerous around the children,” Gail argued.

“Kevin knows how to safely handle a gun.”

“Yes, he does, but the other children don’t.”

“Which is why I have forbidden them to touch it when I’m not there to keep an eye on them.”

Shaking his head, Kevin approached the barbecue grill his Uncle Ryan was setting up; the camp stove had already been removed from the back of the minivan and set up.  Surely, there won’t be any bears here, he thought.  Good thing Dad’s been taking me deer-hunting in hunting season, for the past few years!  At least I know how to shoot and handle a gun safely.

As he walked past the camp stove and the grill, he looked toward the others.  His parents were busy at the moment, helping Aunt Janet to arrange the tarpaulin.  Kevin sighed.  I really wish I could ask Mom and Dad's advice, he thought.  I know Gene knows I caught him cheating the other day on the history test.  If I tell, he’ll hate me.  He shook his head.  If I ask Mom or Dad to pray for me, they'll want to know why.  He's one of my best friends.  I'd like to ask him about it, but ever since he saw me notice, he's been avoiding me.

Kevin looked at his mother and father.  They’re too busy right now, but when I have a chance, I’m gonna ask them to pray about it, even though it’s gonna mean telling them.  I guess I really do need their advice.

He glanced at his watch.  It’s past four.  Kevin paused to look into the trunk and smiled.  I’m glad I brought my guitar!  At least, we can sing some songs at night, when Dad’s got the campfire going.  I hope Joey brought his harmonica.

“Kevin?” his mother called.  “Come on now; we need your help!”  Nodding, Kevin hurried toward the others.

“I wish I could have brought my Spider-Man backpack,” Joey grumbled, as Jennifer handed him his backpack.

“It’s not waterproof, Joey,” his mother pointed out.  “We didn't want you children bringing any backpacks that could get ruined, in case it rains.”

Jennifer ruffled her little brother’s hair.  “Anyway, Star Wars isn’t so bad either, is it?”

Shrugging, Joey carried his backpack to the campsite and dropped it on the ground next to Kevin and Jennifer’s backpacks.  Kaylee’s own backpack still lay in the back seat of the McClouds’ minivan.

Smiling at him in amusement, Jennifer turned to approach the pile of backpacks, where she picked hers up.  For a moment, she smiled ruefully at its weight; she had packed so much in there, it was heavy.  I was going to pack four of my books in it, but then Kaylee came in, wanting me to put in some of hers.

Closing her eyes, Jennifer looked back over the events of that morning, while everyone was still packing…

-oo000oo-

Jennifer was trying to decide which of her favorite novels to put in her backpack: did she want A Wrinkle in Time or Anne of Green Gables?  She had room for both, but she also had Little Women and a historical novel for teenagers which had come out in 2010, the last book of The Squire’s Tales series: The Legend of the King.  She had read none of the four yet, and she was hoping to get started on them during spring break.  If she kept her backpack with her in the car, she would have time to get started on them while they were on their way.  It looked like there was room for them all, but would she have time to read while they were camping?  She had already promised to read to Kaylee during their camping trip, and she was determined to practice her majorette routines as well, so she wouldn’t get rusty.

Suddenly, she was interrupted by Kaylee's soft voice.  "Jennifer?"

Her little sister stood in the doorway of the bedroom that the two of them shared, with some books in one arm and the straps of her backpack hanging from the other one.  Jennifer sighed.  "What do you need, Kaylee?"

"Mommy's busy with packing up Megan's stuff.  She said I could take some books.  I got some of my 'Little Goldens' in, but my pack is too little for these.  Can you help me?"  She held up to Jennifer her Big Book of Fairy Tales, her illustrated paperback of The Wonderful Wizard of Oz, which Jennifer had started reading to her three nights before, and her copy of The Very Hungry Caterpillar.

Of course, they wouldn't fit into Kaylee's little backpack!  While they were not especially thick or heavy, the books were larger in size than the small paperbacks Jen was taking.  Well, she thought, I guess I'm only taking two books for myself.  I’m already reading her The Wonderful Wizard of Oz anyway, and I know she wants me to continue.  Quietly, she packed her little sister's books in with her own.

"Now, you're all set," she said as she zipped up Kaylee's pack.  "That's all you can take, Kaylee; no room for more."  She packed The Legend of the King and Little Women in her backpack along with Kaylee’s books and laid the other two books back on her bookcase, and then she smiled at her little sister.  “Just think: we’ll be getting back home just time for the Easter bunny to pay us a visit!”

“Goody!”  Kaylee smiled broadly and raced down the hall ahead of her sister…

-oo00000-

Smiling at the memory, Jennifer shook her head, and then she watched the adults unloading the tent equipment.  When all of the tent equipment lay in a pile on the ground several feet from the fire ring, the family just stood there for a moment.  Kaylee set Lucy on the ground, and the puppy began to sniff around.  “We may as well wait a few minutes to catch our breath, before we get started setting the tents up,” Steve said, “but not too long.”  He glanced at his watch.  “It’ll be too late to start looking for soil samples when we’ve finished setting up the tents, so I’ll have to start that tomorrow after breakfast.”  Gail nodded agreement.

“Can we play?” Joey asked, hopping from one foot to the other.  He scanned the woods surrounding the campsite.  “I wish there was a swing set.”

“Me, too.”  Kaylee jumped more than once.

“What can we do?” Jennifer asked.

Uncle Ryan smiled at her, and then scanned the children’s faces.  “Well, you know, kids,” he said, “several years ago, one summer, your Aunt Janet and I spent a few days at this very campsite.  And while we were here, I did a little bit of exploring at one point.”

He glanced toward the dirt path beginning at the other end of the campsite, and then turned back to the children.  “Just a short distance away from here, down that path, is a cave.  Just a tunnel, really, that extends into a steep hill.  But—”  He turned toward his brother, and then Gail.  “—I believe it would be quite safe for you children to explore, if your parents give you permission.”

The children exchanged eager glances of excitement.  “Please, Mom.  Please, Daddy!  Can we go see the cave?” Joey begged.  “Right now?”

“Yes, can we?  Please?” Jennifer added.  Kevin nodded agreement as he gave their parents a pleading look, his own face eager and anxious.  Kaylee jumped twice in eager anticipation.  Megan, at three, was the only child who seemed to be more interested in playing in the dirt than in the prospect of exploring a cave.

Their parents exchanged amused glances, and Gail shook her head at her brother-in-law.  “You would have to put ideas in the children’s heads, Ryan!” she reproved.

Uncle Ryan laughed.  “It’s safe, Gail.  Quite safe,” he assured her.  “I went clear to the back of that cave while we were here, and encountered no danger.  I would not recommend anything to my nieces and nephews unless I knew it was safe.”

“I know you wouldn’t, Ryan,” Steve agreed.  “And I’m sure the cave was safe back then, but several years have since passed, and we don’t know what has changed in the meantime.  And don’t forget that some of the bears are out of hibernation.”  He returned to the minivan, where he pulled out his backpack.  Returning to the campsite, he unzipped it and removed his flashlight.  “I want to see that cave for myself before I say yes or no.  I also want to make sure there are no signs of bears on the way.”

Ryan nodded agreement.  “I’ll go with you.”  He turned to his wife and sister-in-law.  “We won’t be gone long.”  After they had slipped their backpacks on over their backs, he and Steve strode down the dirt path, soon disappearing around the corner.

Several minutes later, Steve and Uncle Ryan returned.  “It’s all right.  It’s quite safe,” Steve assured his wife, as he removed his backpack.  “Ryan and I have investigated that cave quite thoroughly, to its very end, and there’s nothing in there to endanger the children.  Nor did we come across any signs of bears on our way there or back.”

“All right.”  Gail nodded toward Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey.  “You older children can explore the cave.  Don’t be gone long, now.  We’ll need your help to set up the tents when you get back, and then we’ve still got to cook supper.”

She glanced down at the fire ring on the ground and then turned to her husband.  “I’m so glad we brought our camp stove and our barbecue grill, Steve.  A campfire’s good enough for roasting marshmallows and wieners, and singing campfire songs around, but I much prefer a camp stove or a grill to cook our meals on.  I’ll need your help getting it out of the car, honey, when the tents are set up.”

He nodded, and then turned to the older children.  “Run along."

“But I wanna go see it, too!”  Kaylee pouted.  “I wanna see that cave.”

“It’ll be all right, Gail,” Steve assured his wife.  “There’s nothing in that cave to endanger a little girl.”

Gail sighed.  “All right, but Megan’s staying here.”  She glanced down at the three-year-old, who was fully occupied with digging in the dirt, and chuckled.  “She’d rather play in the dirt anyway.  Kevin, Jennifer, look after Kaylee and Joey, will you?”

“Yes, Mom,” Kevin promised, as he crouched to make sure that his shoelaces were fastened tightly.  Steve and Uncle Ryan laid their backpacks back in their cars and began to get out the tent poles and mallets while Mrs. McCloud and Aunt Janet commenced unrolling the tarpaulins.

Kaylee peered up at her parents.  “Go with us, Mommy?” she begged.

Gail shook her head.  “It’s not far to the cave, honey, and your daddy and I aren’t going anywhere.  We’ll be right here when you return.”

“Besides, you’ll be with us, Kaylee,” Kevin added.  “You won’t be alone.”

For a moment, Kaylee looked back and forth from her parents to the dirt path, a mixture of longing and apprehension etched on her face; clearly, she was torn between her desire to see the cave and her fear of leaving her parents behind even temporarily.  However, her yearning to explore the cave soon won out.  Without a word, Kaylee picked up Lucy and snuggled the wriggling puppy against her chest.  “Kay-LEE!!  What on earth are you doing?”  Jennifer sounded both amused and exasperated.

“Lucy wants to see a cave, too!”  Kaylee glared up at her older sister, who rolled her eyes and exchanged a look with Kevin.  Shaking their heads, the adults watched in amusement as the three older children donned their backpacks and stuffed their flashlights in their jacket pockets, and as all of them hurried down the dirt path.  As the children disappeared around the bend, none of them noticed that Kaylee had left her own backpack behind in the minivan.

“Look!”  Squealing, Kaylee bent over to drop Lucy and darted toward the edge of the path, followed by the puppy.  An oval-shaped, tannish-brown pebble lay on the edge.  The little girl picked it up.  It was nearly flat, and it was about two inches in diameter.

“Look, everybody!”  Smiling broadly, she showed it to her brothers and sister.  “It’s so pretty, see?  I’m gonna keep this!”

Kevin and Jennifer laughed.  “All right, Kaylee, if Mom and Daddy don’t object, we don’t,” Jennifer said.  “Put it in your pocket and let’s go.” 

Nodding, Kaylee slipped it into her jeans pocket and picked Lucy back up.  Reaching up to his shoulder, Joey slipped his fingers underneath the right handle of his Star Wars backpack and pulled it forward, scowling at it.  “What’s the matter, Joey?” Jennifer asked him.

Joey sighed.  “I wish I had my Spiderman backpack.”  He shook his head.  “I really wanted to bring my Spiderman backpack.  But Mom wouldn’t let me, because it’s not waterproof.”  He scowled again, thrusting his lower lip out.

"Are you still on about that, little bro?" asked Kevin, rolling his eyes.  "You'd be even more ticked off if you'd brought it and it got ruined by rain.  Mom knows best, so just drop it."

With another scowl and a shrug, Joey turned loose of the handle and dropped his hands at his sides.  The children continued to follow the dirt path until, several minutes later, they came to the bottom of a steep hill that sharply rose to the left of the path.  A tunnel opened into that hill; at the far end, the children could see a bend in that tunnel curving towards the right.

“Look at this!” Joey cried out, as they paused at the entrance to the cave tunnel.  His bad mood had vanished.  “Cool!”

“Yeah!”  Kevin grinned.  “Come on, guys, let’s go see what’s around that corner up ahead!”

“Uh, hadn’t we better get out our flashlights first?” Jennifer pointed out.

“Oh, yeah.  We just need one, though.  Good thing we put them in our jacket pockets before we left!”  Kevin reached into his deep right jacket pocket and pulled out a flashlight.  He switched it on and grinned.  “OK, let’s go spelunking!”  Jennifer laughed, but Joey and Kaylee stared up at their older siblings, puzzled.

“What’s spe—spe—lunk…?”  Kaylee’s voice faded.

“Spelunking,” Jennifer said.  “To spelunk means to explore a cave.  And that’s what we’re doing, Kaylee.  We’re spelunking.”

“That’s right,” said Kevin.  “Let’s go.  Joey, Kaylee, stay close to Jennifer and me, and Kaylee, hold onto Lucy.”  The little girl nodded, and the four of them approached the bend in the tunnel.

“There won’t be much to see,” said Jennifer, as they rounded the bend.  “I don’t even see any stalactites or stalagmites.”

“Neither do I.  Not yet, anyway.  There might be some further down, near the end.”  Kevin shined his flashlight on the cave wall to his left and then on the wall to his right.  “Just as well, though, since Mom told us not to stay gone long.”

“Look, Lucy!”  Kaylee held Lucy up in front of her neck, turning the puppy to face toward the end of the tunnel, which was too dark to see without a flashlight aimed at it.  The puppy whined and wiggled, and Kaylee clasped Lucy back against her chest.  The puppy immediately commenced licking Kaylee’s neck, making her giggle.

Suddenly, just as Kevin started to aim his flashlight at the far end of the tunnel, the entire cave went pitch-black; even the flashlight seemed to go out.  In the same instant, the cave floor started shaking.  Kaylee screamed, and Jennifer grabbed hold of her.

“Stay close, you all!  Don’t move!”  Kevin’s voice shook.  Joey threw his arms around his older brother in a viselike grip, and Kevin held him and Jennifer tightly while Jennifer clutched Kaylee.

“Mommy!  Daddy!” Kaylee screamed.  “I want my mommy!!  I want my daddy!!”  She buried her face in Jennifer’s stomach and clutched Lucy tightly to her chest, whimpering; the puppy whined.  Jennifer held onto her little sister for dear life.

A moment later, the earth stopped shaking, and the thick darkness disappeared.  The four children gaped at their surroundings.  “What—what is this?”  Jennifer gasped.

“The cave’s changed!”  Joey couldn’t stop shaking.  “It’s—it’s different!”

The cave certainly did look different.  Instead of the grayish-brown walls that encircled the tunnel on all sides, including the ceiling, there was a narrow opening lining the roof that let the sunlight in.  That opening stretched as far as the children could see.  And the cave walls were much more jagged than the previous cave walls had been.

“C—come on,” Kevin stammered, his voice shaking.  “Let’s get back to the entrance pronto!”

Switching off his flashlight and shoving it back into his jacket pocket, he led the way around the bend and towards the entrance.  As it came into sight, Kevin and his siblings halted and froze in shock.  This entrance wasn’t level with the cave floor and the ground outside; it was a steep incline!  A huge boulder led upwards from the cave floor to the entrance.  And there were no trees beyond the entrance that they could see from where they were standing!

Jennifer took a deep breath and exchanged a glance with Kevin.  They must not panic; they must not frighten the children.  Please, God, don’t let me panic! she silently prayed.  Out loud, she asked, “What—what is happening, I wonder?”  To her relief, her voice remained steady.

“I—I don’t know.”  Kevin had regained control of his own voice; it did not shake that time.  He swallowed.  “Let’s climb this—this rock; I don’t know what else to call it—let’s climb it up to the entrance, and see what’s out there.”

“OK.”

Kevin turned to Kaylee.  “Give Lucy to Jen, Kaylee, and get on my back.”  Nodding, the little girl handed Lucy to Jennifer.  Kevin crouched on his knees, and Kaylee wrapped her arms around his neck.  Kevin rose to his feet.

“I want my mommy,” Kaylee whimpered.  “Where’s Mommy?  Where’s Daddy?”

Kevin reached up to pat her right arm.  “It’s going to be all right, Kaylee,” he told her soothingly.  “You’re not alone.  Mom and Dad aren’t with us, but we are in this together.”  In response, the little girl tightened her hold around his neck; when he tapped her arm, she loosened her grip slightly.  He patted her lower arm and began to climb the huge, jagged boulder, accompanied by the others at his side as they all climbed together.

As the children reached the entrance at the top of the incline, they again froze in shock.  Instead of the dense woods surrounding the level entrance into the other cave, this entrance was surrounded by what appeared to be some kind of prairie.  Huge, isolated boulders jutted out of the gently-rising hills here and there, and while evergreen trees did grow in every direction, there were not nearly enough of them to form a forest.  There was no path leading from the cave entrance that any of the children could see.

“Wh—where are we?”  Jennifer made a vain attempt to keep her voice from trembling.

Before any of her siblings could answer, a ferocious growl from somewhere nearby, outside of the tunnel entrance, startled them.  Kaylee screamed, and her brothers and sister slid back down the boulder to the bottom of the cave floor as the little girl clutched Kevin’s neck.  “Run!” Jennifer shrieked.

Still bearing Kaylee on his back, Kevin darted back in the other direction, followed by Jennifer and Joey, who ran in single file.  Lucy whined and yipped in Jennifer’s arms, but she clutched the puppy tightly to her chest.  Kaylee whimpered and trembled as she clutched her brother's neck in a tight grip; at the same time, she tried very hard not to choke him.  Sunlight poured through the tunnel roof’s wide crevice throughout the whole distance of the meandering tunnel.

At last, the children came to a narrow, very shallow waterfall that poured out of another crevice in the left wall of the now-widening cave tunnel.  “What—what was that?”  Joey’s voice shook, and he trembled.  “What was that vicious animal?!”

“Good question.”  Still holding Kaylee’s legs as she clung to his neck, Kevin peered toward the tunnel that they had just rushed through.  “A—a wolf?  A bear?  A cougar?  The way it sounded, it’s hard to tell.”

“No kidding!”  Jennifer wrapped her arms around her chest.  “At least it didn’t chase us, whatever it is, so we’re safe now.  Right now, we need to find out where we are.”

Nodding, Joey paused to drink from the waterfall in the same way that he would from a water fountain; as soon as Kevin had set Kaylee back on her feet, he and his sisters did the same.  Jennifer set Lucy on the ground at the edge of the stream, so that she could also have a drink; the delighted puppy lapped it up.

When puppy and humans had all quenched their thirst, Kaylee picked up Lucy and the children gazed around.  They had come to another bend that turned to their right.  “I believe we’re getting near the entrance.”  Kevin pointed ahead of him.

Jennifer nodded, then turned to Joey and Kaylee.  “Better be careful, you two; there’s stairs up ahead.”  She smiled wryly.  “Or I should say down ahead.”

“Stairs?”  Joey stared at the path ahead in disbelief.

“Nature-made stairs,” Kevin said, with a laugh.  “Not man-made.  God made these stairs, but He didn’t include a railing, so we’ll have to watch our step.  They lead downward, as you can see.”  He pointed forward.  “The stream from this waterfall behind us goes down these stairs, so we’ll have to be careful, so we won’t slip.”  Jennifer nodded agreement.

Slowly and carefully, the children picked their way down the stone steps, Jennifer holding on Kaylee so the little girl wouldn’t slip and fall, Kaylee clutching Lucy against her chest.  Kevin kept a hand on Joey’s shoulder.  The cave walls spread out at the entrance, and the cave floor ended at a ledge just a little way ahead of the entrance.  The stream poured over the edge of the ledge.  Once again, the children froze in shock.  “Whoa!” Joey cried out.

A steep, beautiful valley surrounded them from all sides.  Waterfalls poured down the edges of precipitous cliffs, and an extensive forest spread far ahead of them.  A huge, elegant complex of buildings appeared to jut out of the side of one of the snow-capped mountains across the valley.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *Wallowa Lake State Park is a real state park in Oregon.  However, we have taken the liberty of adding a convenient cave to the park.  No such cave exists in the real Wallowa Lake State Park.

(Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)  In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Posted with permission from the admins of SoA.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 1: A Whole New World   

Arwen slowly put down the shuttle.  She could not remember weaving the last several rows on her loom.  She had just had a waking dream, a vision that was most strange.  She needed to tell her father at once, even though she hated to burden him with a new worry.  But he must know immediately.  

She put down her shuttle and, rising, went forth from her room to seek out Elrond, finding him in his study with Gandalf.  She knocked, and he bade her enter.

"Ada, I must tell you of something—I had a vision.  It was more than a brief foresight."

Both Elrond and Gandalf sat up even straighter, a look of alarm on both their faces.  Arwen, like her mother and grandmother before her, had the gift of foresight, and anything that came to her at a time like this was certainly urgent.

"Please, daughter, tell me what visions trouble you."

"I saw the opening to the Hidden Pass on the other side of the valley.  Out from it came four children of the race of Men.  Two, a boy and a girl, were youths, but the other two were very young indeed.  There was a young boy and an even younger girl, no more than four or five years of age at the most; they were all dressed most strangely, and had with them a puppy.  I could not hear what they said among themselves, but it was clear that they were lost, alone, and in distress.  I also sensed that their presence here is important in some way."

Elrond stood immediately.  "Without a guide to the bridge, they will never find their way here.  Summon your brothers and Glorfindel, and ask them to bring at least two others.  I will join them, and we shall go to meet these unexpected visitors."

"Yes, Ada!  At once."  Satisfied that action would be taken, Arwen hastened away.

Gandalf rose also.  "I think I shall come along with you as well, my old friend."

-oo000oo-

“What is this place?” Jennifer asked softly.  “It’s so beautiful!”  For a long moment, she gaped at their lush surroundings.  A loud-flowing river ran through the bottom of the valley, and the pale, cool sun hung far above the far, snow-capped mountains on the other side of the valley, and shone down on the huge, lovely basin that spread below them.  At last, Jennifer exchanged a bewildered glance with her brothers and sister.

“Uh, is—is this where we say, ‘I have a feeling we’re not in Kansas anymore’?”  She snorted.  “Or Oregon, rather?”

“No kidding!”  Kevin snorted in his turn.  “Here’s where we could use a pair of ruby slippers, so we could click our heels together and say, ‘There’s no place like home’!”  Jennifer smiled in spite of herself, and choked back a laugh.

“Maybe it’s Oz!” Kaylee squealed, bouncing on her heels and clutching Lucy to her chest.  For the moment, she had forgotten her dread of not having their parents with them.

“Hardly, and a good thing, too!” said Kevin, with a laugh.  He bent over Kaylee, a teasing expression on his face.  “How’d you like to bump into the Wicked Witch of the West?” he said in a mock-sinister voice.  Wide-eyed, Kaylee shook her head rapidly.

“Well, whatever this place is, I’ve never heard of Wallowa Lake State Park having it,” Jennifer said.  

“Neither have I,” Kevin agreed.  Straightening his back, he gazed at the elegant complex of buildings jutting out of the cliff on the far side of the valley, and then scanned a thick forest ahead of them, a mixture of bewilderment and apprehension etching his youthful face.  “Right now, we need to find out where we are!  Mom and Dad are going to worry if we don’t get back to the campsite soon.  They told us not to be gone long.  We’re supposed to be helping them set up the tents.”

“Yeah,” said Joey.  “And Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet—they’re gonna be worried, too.”  Kaylee began to whimper, but Jennifer put an arm around her shoulder and hugged the little girl to her side.   

A narrow path descended from the ledge and ended at the entrance to the forest.  A steep cliff dropped down from each side of it.  Cautiously, the children stepped onto that path and minced their way down it to the ground opposite.  As they stepped off that path, they came to the edge of the dense woods that completely blocked their way to the elegant house.  They could see no path into the forest to point their way.

“Well—let’s go.”  Kevin sighed.  “There’s no way around this forest that I can see.”

“No, there’s not,” Jennifer agreed.

“If we can get to those buildings, we can ask permission to use their phone.”

“Phone!” Jennifer gasped. Reaching into her right jacket pocket, she pulled out her iPhone.  “I’ve gotta call Mom and Daddy!  If we can do that, we won’t have to use those people’s phone.”

She rose to her feet, pressed the button that turned on the dial tone, and then held the iPhone to her ear.  To her disappointment, the phone remained silent.  Making a face, she looked at her siblings.

“No signal.”  Jennifer shook her head.  “Let me see if I can text Mom and Daddy.”

Clicking on the menu button and scanning the shortcuts that appeared on the screen, she clicked on the link that took her to the text page, and then pulled up the onscreen keyboard.  Tapping the letters, she typed, M/D we r n trouble.  We r lost.  Everything shook.  cave went dark, changed.  Everything changed.  Came out n strange place.  IDK where we r.  plz come find us!  911!

She chose their parents’ cell phone numbers and then clicked on “Send,” but to her disappointment, an error message popped up on the screen.  The message could not be sent.

Sighing, Jennifer dropped the iPhone back into her backpack, zipped it back up, and slid the backpack over her back once more.  “I can’t text them, either.”  She looked at Kevin.  “OK, what we do now?”

“Try to get to those buildings, if we can find a way through these woods.”  Kevin grimaced as he peered into the thick cluster of trees ahead.  Apprehension roiled in his gut.  Would they be able to find their way through?  “Where’s a compass when you need one?” he muttered.  Out loud, he added,  “Dad gave me a copy of the park ranger’s phone number, in case we needed it; it’s in my pocket.”  He patted the side of his jeans.  “When we get to that place, whatever it is, we’ll call his office.  I’m sure the owner will let us use his phone if we ask.”

Jennifer nodded.  “Let’s hope whoever lives there’s got a car.”

“Yeah.”  Kevin looked down at Kaylee, who looked as if she was about to cry, and his voice softened.  “We’ll be back with Mom and Dad just as soon as we can, Kaylee.”  Chewing her lower lip, which curled downward, the little girl nodded.  Kevin gently squeezed her shoulder.

Jennifer nodded in her turn.  She knew that Kevin was feeling apprehensive about entering that woods; she shared that uneasiness.  They could get lost in that forest all too easily, especially since they didn’t have a map or a compass to help them find their way; in fact, they already were lost.  “Right.”  She glanced down at the children.  “Kaylee, Joey, stay close to us, and hold onto Lucy.”  Nodding, Joey and Kaylee preceded their older brother and sister into the forest, with Kaylee clasping Lucy to her chest.

-oo000oo-

Arwen watched as her father, brothers, Gandalf, and the others rode away.  Then she turned and went back into the house.  "Eledhwen!  Mairen!" she called.  "Gather my ladies; we have more unexpected guests to prepare for.”

The last few weeks had been busy ones; the arrival of so many unlooked-for guests all at once—Men, Dwarves, and Elves from Mithlond and Mirkwood, converging with the looked-for arrival of Aragorn and the hobbits, and culminating in the fateful Council that her father had hosted the day before—had given her much to do.  As her father's chatelaine, it was she who was responsible for so much of the famed hospitality of Imladris.

And now four more unexpected travellers, under such strange circumstances.  And such young travellers, at that.  She wondered what their story might be.

-oo000oo-

Meanwhile, just as Kevin and Jennifer had feared, the children found themselves lost in the woods.  Pine trees surrounded them at first, and needles and pine cones littered the ground.  As they went further into the forest, the surrounding trees changed to beech and oak.  Because there was no path, they didn’t have any idea which way to go.  They could no longer see the cluster of big elegant buildings up ahead, or the tunnel that they had left; the surrounding trees blocked them both out of the children’s sight now.  They were all frightened; they didn’t know what had happened, or where they were.

“Where are we?” Jennifer whispered into Kevin’s ear.  “I can't see those buildings anymore!”  She looked behind her; the surrounding trees blocked her view in the other direction as well.  “I can’t see my way back to the tunnel, either!”

Kevin nodded agreement, pressing his lips into a tight line.  “I can’t either, Jen, but let’s not frighten Joey and Kaylee,” he whispered back.  Jennifer nodded, and took a deep breath.  She and Kevin had to be strong for Joey and Kaylee, she knew.

“Mom and Daddy are gonna be worried,” Joey said out loud, his voice tight with fear.  “We gotta go back!”

Kevin squeezed his shoulder.  “We’ll just have to do our best to get back to the campsite as fast as we can, so they won’t worry.  But first, we gotta find those buildings.  We need help to get back, Joey.”  Silently, he prayed, Please, God, get us safely back to the campsite, fast!  In Jesus’ name, amen.

“I want my mommy,” Kaylee whimpered.  “I want my daddy.”  Jennifer squeezed her little sister’s shoulder, and Kaylee clutched Lucy to her chest, burying her face in the puppy’s soft fur.

Suddenly, a bunch of strange-looking men on horses cantered out of the trees towards them, riding single-file.  One of them had a long, greyish-white beard and mustache, a pair of bushy, greyish-white eyebrows, and dark eyes; he wore a weird-looking grey robe, a tall, pointed, bluish-grey hat, a greyish-silver scarf draped around his shoulders and underneath his beard, and immense black boots on his feet.  The rest of the men were all thin, long-haired, and beardless, and they had pointed ears.  Only the bearded man’s horse had a saddle; the rest of the men were riding bareback.

Thinking that these strange men meant to hurt them, the children huddled close together; a terrified Kaylee screamed and, clutching Lucy more tightly against her chest, burrowed her face into Jennifer’s chest and started crying.  “Please don’t hurt my puppy!” she screamed, sobbing.

The strange-looking men brought their horses to a halt, and one of them, a dark-haired man with grey eyes, dismounted and approached the children, amusement etched on his beardless face.  “Little one,” he told Kaylee, “we are not going to harm your puppy, or you, either.  You and your puppy are safe.”  Kneeling, he spent a few minutes calming Kaylee down, during which time he wiped the tears off her face and rubbed Lucy’s head.

He rose to his feet.  “Where are you children from?” he asked.

The children exchanged a glance.  “Uh, Portland,” Kevin said.

At the men’s puzzled expression, Jennifer nodded agreement.  “That’s right.  Portland.”  She stared up at them all, scanning their faces.  “Uh, aren't you guys from around here?”  She scanned the surrounding forest as she spoke, and then gazed back at the strange man who stood in front of them.

Are these people actors or something? she wondered, scanning their faces in bewilderment.  They’re sure dressed weird!  Like they’re from the Middle Ages or something.  I wonder if they’re in the SCA?

"Are you from the Barony of Three Mountains?*" Jennifer asked, tilting her head in puzzlement as she spoke.  Her friend Nicole had a cousin in the SCA.  If there was an event at the park, that might explain the strange clothing.

Now it was the strange men’s turn to exchange puzzled glances.  “I am afraid we have never heard of the place, or of this Portland either,” the man who had greeted them said.  “You can tell us more about this Portland and this Barony later.  What are your names?”

Biting his lower lip, Kevin scanned the strangers; they seemed a little weird, but right now, as lost as they were, they didn't have much choice but to trust them.  He'd definitely keep a watchful eye on them, though, in case any of them gave him reason not to trust them.  Raising his right hand in greeting, Kevin cleared his throat and took a step forward, extending his hand.  “My name’s Kevin.  Kevin McCloud.  Hi.”  He shook the man’s hand and then turned to his siblings.  “This is my brother, Joey, and my sisters, Jennifer and Kaylee.”  He gestured to each girl in turn as he introduced his sisters.  

Remembering her manners, Jennifer cleared her throat.  “Hi.  We’re, uh, we’re pleased to meet you.  All of you.  How do you do?”  Clearing her throat again, she raised her own hand in greeting.

The man nodded.  “Well met, Lady Jennifer, Lord Kevin.”

Jennifer gaped up at him, puzzled.  Lady Jennifer?!  Lord Kevin?!  She exchanged a bewildered glance with Kevin.  What kind of place is this?! she wondered.  Out loud, she said, “Our school’s out for spring break; that’s why we’re not in school today.”

Spring break?”  The man furrowed his brows in evident puzzlement, and then shrugged.  “Ah.”  The man glanced down at Lucy.  “And the puppy—does it have a name?”

“Her name’s Lucy,” Kaylee announced, hugging the wriggling puppy to her chest.  The man smiled again.

“May I hold her?” he asked Kaylee, as he knelt in front of her.  Nodding, Kaylee handed the puppy to him.  Wagging her tail, Lucy whined, yipped, and licked the man’s face as he rubbed her fur.

“This puppy has just recently been weaned,” he said, as he handed Lucy back to Kaylee.  It was not a question; he knew.  Kevin and Jennifer nodded.

“She’s just nine weeks old,” Kevin said.  “We’ve only had her a week.  She’s not housebroken yet.”

Kaylee bit her lower lip as the pain and fear returned to her eyes.  “Where’s my mommy?” she asked Elrond.  “Where’s my daddy?”

“I don’t think this man can tell us, Kaylee.”  Jennifer glanced around the dense forest surrounding them.  “Uh, where are we?” she asked.  “We’re—uh, we’re still in Oregon, right?”

Rising to his feet again, the man looked at her, puzzled.  “I do not know where this Oregon is, Lady Jennifer, but no, this is not it.  This is the valley of Rivendell.  I am Master Elrond, at your service, and this valley is my home.”

The children gaped at one another, bewildered.  “Rivendell?!” Kevin asked.  “Wallowa Lake State Park doesn’t have a valley by that name.”

Elrond’s mouth quirked upward.  “Perhaps not, but Middle-earth does.”

Frowns of bewilderment etched the children’s faces.  “Middle-earth?” Jennifer repeated.  “There’s no place on earth called Middle-earth!”  

“Indeed?”  A blank expression flitted across Elrond’s face, and then he shook his head.  “Well, children, you are indeed in Middle-earth.”

Kevin bit his lip, a worried expression in his eyes.  Well, we sure can’t call the park ranger, then!  He exchanged an apprehensive glance with Jennifer.  “Well, wherever we are, we’ve got to get back to where we come from.  Our parents and our youngest sister, and our aunt and uncle—they’re all waiting for us back at the campsite, and they’ll be worried.  We weren’t supposed to be gone long.”  His siblings exchanged apprehensive glances.  Tears welled up in Kaylee’s eyes, and she buried her face in Lucy’s fur again.  Jennifer put a comforting arm around her little sister’s shoulders.

Elrond nodded.  “Unfortunately, we cannot open a way for you to return to your world.  But we will do everything in our power to help you.  Come with us to the Last Homely House, and we’ll see what we can do.”

Joey fidgeted.  “Please, Mr. Elrond, we’ve got to get back now!  Our mom and daddy’ll be worried.”

Elrond knelt in front of Joey.  “Master Joey, the last thing any of us wants to do is to worry your parents,” he said gently.  “If it were in my power to send you back to your world, I would do it immediately.  But I cannot, so I will have to find another way to help you.  We will have to go to my house to do that.”

He looked at Kaylee, who looked as if she was going to start crying, and his voice softened further.  “Miss Kaylee, I know it is frightening to be separated from your parents like this, but we are going to take good care of you and your brothers and sister while you are here.  And we will do everything in our power to find a way to return you children to your mother and father.”  He wiped a tear that was just starting to trickle down the little girl’s soft face.

Reluctantly, the children nodded acquiescence.  “You’ll have to excuse Kaylee, Mr. Elrond,” Jennifer said, as he rose to his feet.  “It’s hard for her to be separated from Mom and Daddy, especially for long.”  She ruffled her little sister’s hair, and Elrond nodded in understanding.

“Uh, there’s just one thing, Mr. Elrond,” Kevin said.  “None of us knows how to ride.  We’ve never even been on a horse.”  He furrowed his eyebrows.  “Don’t you have a car?”

“How would he drive it, if he did?” Jennifer asked her brother.  “There are no roads in this forest, Kevin.  Not even a dirt path.  The trees are so thick, not even a jeep can get through.”

Kevin scanned the surrounding forest and shook his head.  “Nope, there’s sure not.”  Sighing, he grimaced.  “And the trees sure are thick!”

Elrond furrowed his own eyebrows in puzzlement.  “I do not know what a car is, Lady Jennifer, but we do not have one.”  He turned toward the other long-haired men.  “Glorfindel, Elladan, would you assist me in helping these children to mount?”

With inclined heads, Glorfindel and Elladan dismounted their own horses.  “I will have to hold your puppy when it is your turn to mount, Miss Kaylee,” Elrond told the little girl.

He assisted Jennifer in mounting behind one of the strange men, and Glorfindel helped Kevin to mount Elrond’s own horse.  Elrond helped Joey to remove his bulging backpack and then lifted up the little boy toward the old bearded man, who pulled him up in front of him on his horse and took Joey’s backpack, sliding it up toward his own shoulder.

After Glorfindel had remounted his horse, Elrond took Lucy from Kaylee and handed the puppy to Glorfindel, who held her as he re-mounted his horse.  Elrond then lifted Kaylee to another of the strange men, after which he mounted his own horse in front of Kevin, who wrapped his arms around Elrond’s chest.

As they rode off, single file, Gandalf sat with Joey in front of him, one arm around the child’s waist, Joey’s backpack dangling from Gandalf’s shoulder; the child was gazing about with wide-eyed astonishment at the surrounding dense forest.  He noted the boy's—Joey, he recalled—fascination with the Elves.  He was surprised at the child's silence, but perhaps that could be attributed to the sudden change in his circumstances.  Gandalf gazed about at Joey's siblings, who were also quiet but observant.  The youngest girl kept looking down fearfully, and she was sucking her thumb.  Of course, these children had said that they had never ridden horses before, and it was already evident that the little girl, in particular, was afraid to be separated from her parents.

Joey fidgeted a bit.  "Umm…sir?"

"Yes, lad?"

"What’s your name?  I can't remember it."

"You may call me Gandalf, Joey."

"Mr. Gandalf, what’s that roaring noise I keep hearing?  It sounds like loud traffic or maybe an airplane, but we’re out in the middle of nowhere."

Gandalf was unsure what the child meant by "traffic" and "airplane", but he knew what the noise was.  "Those are waterfalls, Joey."

Just then, they came out of the forest, and Joey could see the cluster of buildings once more, as well as the waterfalls that surrounded the valley.  "Wow!" he said.  “Cool!”  He exchanged an excited glance with his siblings.  Forgetting her fright, Kaylee bounced once on the saddle, but the beardless, long-haired man behind her tightened his hold on the little girl, thus restraining her from bouncing again.

“This is the Last Homely House east of the Sea,” Gandalf told Joey.

“These buildings are all one house?”  Joey’s mouth dropped open.

“They certainly are,” Elrond answered.

Jennifer furrowed her eyebrows, puzzled.  “Uh, if this is the Last Homely House, where’s the first?”

Elrond and Gandalf exchanged amused expressions.  “This is the Last Homely House and the First, Lady Jennifer,” Elrond said.  “It all depends on from which direction one approaches.  It is the Last Homely House east of the Sea, and the First Homely House west of the Misty Mountains.”  The children exchanged bewildered glances.

“Weird,” muttered Joey.

“The sea can’t be the Pacific Ocean,” Jennifer said, “not if we’re no longer in Oregon or anywhere else in the United States.  But it can’t be the Atlantic Ocean, either—that’d mean we were in Europe or Africa.  I know we’re not in any of the eastern states—we’d be west of the Atlantic if we were.”  She shrugged, exchanging a bewildered glance with Kevin.

“Don’t look at me,” Kevin said.  “I don’t know which ocean they’re talking about, either.”  He paused.  “The Mediterranean Sea, perhaps?”

“I don’t know.  Good question.”  Furrowing her eyebrows, Jennifer chewed her lower lip.  “Somehow, I don’t think so.  Anyway, that’s in Europe, and I don’t see how we could have ended up in Europe.”  She paused, furrowing her eyebrows.  “Not like this.  And Europe has the Swiss Alps and Asia has the Himalayas, but I’ve never heard of either of them having any Misty Mountains.”

Kevin nodded.  “Me, neither.  And America sure doesn’t!”

Elrond and Gandalf said nothing aloud, but exchanged a worried look; it was clear that wherever these young ones were from, neither wizard nor Elven Lore-master had heard of any of them.  It made the prospects of locating their parents seem less likely.

They rode down a wide pathway towards the Last Homely House, and Gandalf noticed that Arwen had gathered several of the staff with her to await their return.  As they crossed the bridge and drew close enough to see the Elves more clearly, Joey's jaw dropped.  "Whoa!  She's beautiful!"

Gandalf chuckled.  Even this youngster was not proof against the Evenstar's ethereal beauty.  He recalled Pippin's first sight of the Lady of Rivendell.  His jaw had dropped in just the same way.  Patting Joey's shoulder lightly, he said softly, "She is, indeed, my lad."

The horses halted in front of the terrace.  After dismounting, Elrond helped the children to do the same, one at a time, and then he handed Joey his backpack.  Joey stared at Gandalf’s outfit for a long moment, as he thrust his arms through his backpack’s handles, one arm at a time.  When his backpack was dangling from his back again, he asked, “Mr. Gandalf, why are you dressed like a wizard?”

Gandalf chuckled.  “I am dressed like a wizard, my lad, because I am a wizard.”

“What?”  Joey’s jaw dropped.  “No way!”

“Yeah, wizards don’t really exist!” Jennifer blurted out.

Elrond’s mouth quirked upward, and he and Gandalf exchanged amused glances.  The other long-haired men and Arwen all chuckled.  “They do here, Lady Jennifer, Master Joey,” Master Elrond told the two.  Joey gaped up at him in astonishment, and Kevin and Jennifer stared at each other in shock.

Smiling broadly, Kaylee bounced on her heels in excitement.  “Like in King Arthur?” she squealed.

Elrond chuckled again.  “I have never heard of King Arthur, Miss Kaylee, but yes, they do exist here.”

He turned to the other long-haired men and began speaking.  "Prepare refreshments for our new guests, once they have had a chance to see their rooms.  You will need to find some suitable food for their puppy.  She has only recently been weaned."  Turning to the children, he added, “My Elves will prepare you some food.”

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged stunned glances.  Elves?  There was no such thing; elves, like wizards, were just imaginary fairy-tale creatures!  Joey shook his head in bewilderment; he had learned the truth about Santa Claus and his elves a year earlier, and he did not know what to make of this.

Kaylee, on the other hand, got excited again; she was still a wide-eyed believer.  “Santa Claus?” she squealed again, as she jumped up and down.

“Hardly!” said Kevin, with a laugh.  “Take a good look around you, Kaylee!  This isn’t the North Pole.”

Elrond’s brows creased again, that time in puzzlement.  Guessing the meaning behind that look, Jennifer mouthed, ‘Tell you later.’  Elrond nodded in understanding and turned to Arwen, who had just joined them with a few other ladies.

"Children, this is my daughter, Arwen Undómiel.  She is the lady of the Last Homely House, and she will be helping you while you are here.”  He turned back to his daughter.

“Muin nín,” he told Arwen, “this is young Kevin McCloud, his sisters, Jennifer and Kaylee, and his younger brother, Joey.”  Elrond gestured to each child as he introduced them.  “And their dog, Lucy, nine weeks old and only weaned a few weeks ago.”  He nodded toward the puppy as Kaylee picked her up.  “You may show these children to their chambers.”

With a nod, Arwen, along with two other ladies of her household, led the children up the stairs to the wide terraced porch and into the house.  "These ladies are my friends, Eledhwen and Mairen,” Arwen told the children.  “They will be attending to your needs while you are here."  The children looked up shyly.  Kevin blushed furiously.  He'd never seen such beautiful ladies in his life!  Arwen smiled, amused.  She did not tell the children that Eledhwen had been nursemaid to her brothers and herself, or that Mairen had been nursemaid to Estel when he was young.

They passed through the wide corridors to the rooms Arwen had prepared for the children.  Her foresight had helped her to know what their ages and genders were, beforehand.  As they turned into another corridor, Arwen paused and threw open a door.  "This is the nearest bathing room."  The children peeked in to see what looked like a steaming swimming pool!  There were shelves loaded with white cloths, presumably towels and washcloths.  On another shelf were elegant bottles of glass in all the colors of the rainbow, as well as a basket heaped with bars of white soap.  The whole room smelled of herbs.  Jennifer's face lit up, and she almost took an involuntary step into the room, before she blushed and stepped back.

Arwen gave her a smile and put an arm around her shoulders.  "You shall get a chance to soak to your heart's content later, Lady Jennifer."  Jennifer smiled back.

They passed two more doors, and then Arwen opened a door on the left.  "This shall be your room, Lord Kevin."  They looked in to see a huge room with wide windows.  It was airy and light.  The large bed was carved with branches and leaves.  There was a small table and two chairs, a washstand, and a clothes chest.  However, there were no overhead light bulbs or light switches on the walls, Kevin noticed, nor could he see any electrical plug-ins on the walls.  Instead, there were candles set in sconces and in a gleaming silver candelabrum.  He slipped his backpack off of his back and laid it on the table.  He shrugged out of his jacket and draped it over the back of a chair.

"Your sisters and brother will be nearby, across the hall," Arwen told him, as she opened the door on the right.  That room was much larger.  It contained two beds, smaller than the one in Kevin's room.  In addition to a clothes chest and washstand, there was a set of shelves along one wall on which could be seen some stuffed toys and some other toys that were carved out of wood, a few books with leather covers, and a ball made of leather that was just a bit larger than a softball.  An adult-sized rocking chair stood next to a small fireplace, and a low table surrounded by four child-size chairs stood not far from the window.  The large window seat had pillows on it.  Like Kevin’s new guest room, it had no light bulbs, light switches, or plug-ins—only candles.

“You may as well take off your backpacks and leave them in here,” Jennifer told Joey and Kaylee.  “Your jackets, too.  We’re not going to need them here.  Not right now, anyway.”

“No, we’re not,” Kevin agreed.

Joey removed his backpack and dropped it on the floor, and then he pulled off his jacket and tossed it onto the bed.  Exasperation showed in Jennifer’s face as she stared down at Kaylee, whose own back was covered only by her jacket and her pullover long-sleeved shirt.  “Oh, Kaylee!  You forgot your backpack and left it back at the campsite, didn’t you?”  Biting her lower lip, Kaylee nodded.  Jennifer sighed and shook her head.

“Backpack?”  Arwen gazed at Jennifer quizzically.  The young girl sighed.

“Yes, ma’am, we’re supposed to take our backpacks with us whenever we leave the campsite.  Mom and Daddy’s orders.”  Jennifer pointed down at Joey’s backpack.  “Kevin and Joey and I took our backpacks, but Kaylee forgot hers.”  She shook her head at her little sister.  To Kaylee, she ordered, “Take off your jacket.”

Looking unhappy, Kaylee handed Lucy to Kevin, and then she pulled off her jacket and tossed it on the floor.  “Put it on the bed, Kaylee,” Jennifer ordered; silently, Kaylee did as she was told, pouting.

That done, the little girl took the squirming puppy back from her oldest brother and clasped Lucy to her chest.  “When are we going back to Mommy and Daddy?” she asked, as she buried her face in the puppy’s fur.  Arwen knelt before her and laid a hand on Kaylee’s shoulder.

“I cannot answer that question, Miss Kaylee.  But I promise you this: until we are able to figure out a way to return you to your parents, we will take good care of you children,” Arwen promised, and then rose to her feet.

In the wall to the left of the door through which they had entered was another door.  Arwen pointed to that door.  "Lady Jennifer, this is your room."

Jennifer went to open the door.  The guest bedroom to which she had been assigned was very similar to the one in which Kevin was staying, although the bed was somewhat smaller and not quite as fancy.  It had two doors—the one that opened from her little brother and sister's room, and another that seemed to open into the hallway. 

Arwen looked over the rooms fondly.  This had been her brothers' nursery, and then, years later, it had been hers.  Throughout the Third Age, a few other children had been guests there.  Estel had not grown up in the room; as a child, he had stayed with his mother in her chambers, but he had often been allowed to play in it.  The room now allotted to Jennifer had been where the nursemaid had once slept.

Jennifer slipped off her backpack and laid it on the bed, and then she removed her jacket and draped it over the back of a chair.  Removing her iPhone from her jacket pocket, she unzipped her backpack and dropped her iPhone inside, and then she zipped her backpack shut.  As she scanned the room, she noticed that, like the other rooms, it also lacked light bulbs, light switches, and electrical plug-ins.  Instead, it had candles.

They must not use electricity here, she thought.  This is just like back in the old days!  Back when people used lanterns and candles and kerosene lamps for light.  Bet they don’t have TVs or telephones or cars here, either.  Or computers!  She bit her lower lip.  Without computers, there’s sure no Wi-Fi here!  Kevin and I won’t be able to get the Internet here on my iPhone, or on his tablet.  I won’t be able to call or text or email anybody, not in Middle-earth.

"There is one more room you children need to know about," said Arwen.  She stepped out of the younger children's room and indicated a door to the other side of Kevin's room.  Mairen opened the door, and they saw that there was a small bench with a hole in it.  There was a little shelf by the door, and high above the bench was a small open window.  On the bench next to the hole was a basket of clean rags, and on the other side was a bucket with a lid.  Next to the door was a sink carved of stone, with a pump.  The room smelled fresh, in spite of its obvious purpose.  "This is the water closet for this wing of the Last Homely House, children."

“Water closet?” Joey repeated, bewildered.

Kevin gazed into the room.  “Bathroom,” he told Joey.  “They must call it by a different name here, since it’s got no bathtub.  This is where you go to use the bathroom and wash your hands—we’ll be taking our baths in that other room.”

“Brush our teeth, too?” Joey asked.

Kevin shrugged.  “In here, you mean?  I suppose so.  Good thing our toothbrushes and toothpaste and hairbrushes and combs and deodorant are in our backpacks!”

Arwen overheard this exchange, and shook her head.  "You would use the basin and ewer on the washstand in your rooms for that.  The servants see to it that clean fresh water is replaced throughout the day."  Kevin and Jennifer nodded.

“Kaylee and I will have to share my toothbrush, since hers is back at the campsite,” Jennifer said.  “Thank goodness there are toilets and bathtubs here!”

Kaylee tugged on Jennifer's hand with one hand, while clutching Lucy to her chest with the other.  Jennifer bent over.  "Is that the potty, Jen?" Kaylee whispered.  

Jennifer nodded.  Kaylee scanned the water closet, looking for toilet paper; finding none, she turned to Arwen.

"Umm…Miss Un—dó—miel…”  She pronounced the unfamiliar name slowly.

“Arwen,” the lady Elf corrected.

Jennifer glanced down at her little sister.  “I’m sorry; it’s just that since we’re just kids, we were taught to address grown-ups by their last names,” she explained.  “Mr. So-and-so, Miss So-and-so, Mrs. So-and-so, and so on.”

Arwen smiled.  It appeared that where they came from, they used the forms of address common in Bree and the Shire.  “Well, Undómiel is not my last name, Lady Jennifer.  Elves do not have family names.  So Lady Arwen is the correct way to address me, because with my mother gone, I am the Lady of Rivendell.”

The children exchanged glances, and Kevin and Jennifer nodded.  “Yes, Lady Arwen,” Kevin said.

Kaylee cleared her throat and tried again.  “Lady Arwen?" she asked.  "Where's the toilet paper?"

Jennifer and Kevin and Joey all blushed, and Kevin looked down at Kaylee.  "Hush, we'll explain later, Kaylee!" he said.

But Arwen and the other Elven ladies looked curious.  "What is 'toilet paper'?" Arwen asked.

Arwen shook her head in amusement after a blushing Jennifer had answered her question.  She explained to Kaylee what the rags in the basket and the bucket were for.  She could tell that the little one was somewhat disgusted, but was too polite to do more than make a face.  She could hear young Joey mutter "Gross!" under his breath, too faintly for any but Elven ears to hear. 

While the word was oddly used, the child's tone of voice made his meaning clear.

Arwen hid her amusement.  Over the course of an Age, she had learned that different customs in different places resulted in different reactions.  Personally, she thought that using paper so wastefully was not a good custom, but she would never allow herself to show it.  They were only children, and she could clearly remember her own reaction when she had been very small on her first visit to Lothlórien, and had discovered the sanitary arrangements in the flets.

"Now, children, you have found your own places here; wash your hands, and I will take you down to the dining hall, for I am sure you are all hungry."  Arwen turned to Kaylee.  “I will have to ask you to leave Lucy here, Miss Kaylee.  Eledhwen, would you take the puppy down to the kitchen and see that she is fed?”

“Yes, Lady Arwen,” the elf nursemaid said.  Reluctantly, Kaylee handed a squirming Lucy to the elf nursemaid.  As Eledhwen held Lucy to her breast, the puppy immediately began to lick the elf’s neck. Laughing lightly, Eledhwen left the room with Lucy.

“Is it almost suppertime, then?” Jennifer asked.

Arwen shook her head.  “No, Lady Jennifer, it is still morning here.  We will be having elevenses soon.  Is it afternoon where you come from?”

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged a puzzled glance.  “Uh, yes, ma’am,” Kevin said.  “It was past 4:30 p.m. when we left the campsite.  Supper was gonna be cooked as soon as the tents were all set up.  We were supposed to help our parents and our aunt and uncle set them up after we had explored the cave.”  He shook his head.  “How can it be morning here and afternoon where we come from?”

Arwen laughed.  “Apparently, you are from another world, Lord Kevin.”

“No kidding!” Jennifer muttered.  

“I wish Mommy and Daddy were here,” Kaylee complained.

Kevin picked her up.  “We all wish that, Kaylee,” he said softly.  “But since they’re not, we’ll just have to make the best of it while we’re here, and be very brave.”  He hugged her.  “Come on, we’d better go wash our hands.”  He carried Kaylee out of the room, followed by the others.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *The SCA stands for Society for Creative Anachronism, a real international organization for those interested in the Middle Ages and Renaissance.  During events, members dress in period clothing and have mock tournaments and battles, and practice period arts and sciences.  The Barony of Three Mountains is the actual name of the Portland chapter.  However, any connection between it and this story are strictly coincidental.


Summary(Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)  In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Posted with permission from the admins of SoA.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 2: Be Our Guest

“Come on, Merry!” Pippin urged impatiently.  “Bilbo, Frodo, and Sam said they’d meet us for elevenses!”

Merry took his time as he finished brushing his foot hair and shrugging on his jacket, just because he knew it would annoy Pippin.  “I’ll be ready in a moment.  It would not hurt you to take a little more time with your own appearance, cousin,” he said, hiding a grin.

Pippin fidgeted silently, surreptitiously putting a hand up to smooth the tousled curls atop his head when Merry stopped to tiptoe up and glance in the mirror above the washstand.  He yanked it down quickly when Merry turned around.  He reached up and turned the doorknob, and then both of them used their combined weight to shove it open.  Elven doors were heavy.

The two shoved it closed and headed down the corridor.  They’d not gone a dozen steps before they saw the Lady Arwen and one of her handmaidens coming from a side passage with four children in tow.  The young ones were oddly dressed; one boy and one girl appeared to be youths younger than Pippin himself by a year or three if they’d been hobbits, and another boy and girl seemed quite young.  Pippin wasn’t sure of their ages, as he knew Men grew up at a different rate than hobbits.

He and Merry sped up their pace to catch up with the group.  They soon fell into step with them.

“Hullo!” said Merry cheerfully.  “We’ve not seen you here in Rivendell before.”

The whole group stopped.  “Good day, Meriadoc and Peregrin!  We do indeed have new guests.”  Arwen introduced each of the McCloud children in turn, by name.

Merry bowed politely.  “Meriadoc Brandybuck, at your service.  But you may call me Merry,” he said.

Pippin, blushing as he usually did in Arwen’s presence, also bowed politely.  “Peregrin Took, also at your service.”  He bowed again.  “But most people call me Pippin, or even Pip.”

“We were heading down to the dining hall to meet Frodo, Sam, and Bilbo for elevenses,” Merry said to Arwen.

“And we were going to the same place, to see our newly arrived guests refreshed from their journey,” replied Arwen.

Pippin noticed that the children were gaping wide-eyed at their size and at their hairy, bare feet and then at their pointed ears with curiosity and exchanging puzzled glances, though none of them said anything.  He also saw the older girl give a start when Merry mentioned Bilbo, though how newcomers to Rivendell could know Bilbo’s name was beyond him.  “Uh, hi,” she told the hobbits, and cleared her throat.  “Pleased to meet you.  How do you do?”  She gave them an awkward smile.  Kevin raised a hand in greeting, and then extended it to shake their hands.

As they made their way down, Lady Arwen explained that Merry and Pippin and their kin who awaited them were called “hobbits” and were not some smaller variety of Elf.  Jennifer gave Arwen a bewildered look, but said nothing; she and Kevin exchanged a puzzled glance, and then she shook her head violently in an attempt to clear her head.  “What’s a hobbit?” Kaylee asked.

“Not now, Kaylee.  Later,” Jennifer told her little sister.  “We’ll ask them later.  Right now, it’s time to eat.”

The group entered the dining hall, where they saw the other three hobbits awaiting them.  There was a large spread of food upon the table: various breads, cheeses, cold cuts of sliced meats, a large bowl of fruit, and a platter of sweet biscuits, tarts, and small fruitcakes.  A teapot and teacups were in front of Bilbo.  Frodo and Sam sat across the table from the older hobbit, but they jumped to their feet when the others entered.  Bilbo remained seated; his old bones were not so spry as they used to be.  The table was surrounded by benches for the diners to sit upon, rather than chairs.  The three hobbits had been sitting on piles of cushions that enabled them to sit high enough to reach their food, and there were three more such piles on the benches: two on the bench that Frodo and Sam were using, and a third on the other bench where Bilbo was seated.  The cushions that Frodo and Sam were sitting on scattered as they rose to their feet, and some of them landed on the floor.  Arwen picked them up and gathered them together to form neat piles once more.

“Two of the piles of cushions are for Merry and Pippin, who will probably want to sit with Frodo and Sam,” she told the children, as soon as she had repositioned Frodo and Sam’s cushions.  “The hobbits cannot reach the food otherwise.  The third is for Miss Kaylee.”

While Mairen took her seat near the children, Arwen went to the kitchen to request more plates, and perhaps more food.  She was unsure how much the children would eat, but she knew how much hobbits would, every time they sat down to a meal.  And if any of the children were in a growth spurt, they might eat just as much as the hobbits did!  She also wanted to make sure that Lucy was being fed.

Merry took the lead and began to introduce the children to the other hobbits.  “Cousin Bilbo,” he said, “may I present Master Kevin McCloud, his sister, Lady Jennifer McCloud, his brother, Master Joey, and his younger sister, Miss Kaylee?"

Bilbo gave a gracious nod.  “Bilbo Baggins at your service and your family’s,” he responded politely.  He indicated Frodo and Sam.  “This is my cousin and heir, Frodo Baggins, and our friend, Samwise Gamgee.”

Frodo and Sam gave polite bows.  “At your service,” both of them said in unison.

Jennifer looked rather gobsmacked, but managed to remember her manners.  “Uh, hi.  I’m pleased to meet you all.  We all are.  How do you do?”  She gestured toward her siblings, who nodded, and then for the second time, she shook her head violently, as if attempting to clear it. Now she understood why some things seemed vaguely familiar.  “Oh, my gosh!  No way!” she gasped.  “Nicole will never believe this!”

An astonished Jennifer sank down on the bench next to the third empty pile of cushions close to Bilbo, shaking her head in stunned amazement.

Kevin put a hand on her shoulder.  “What’s wrong, Jen?” he asked.

“Kevin, you know those Ring movies?  You know—The Lord of the Rings?  We’ve seen bits and pieces of them on cable sometimes?”  Kevin nodded.  “And Nicole’s been nagging at me to read one of her favourite novels.  It’s called The Hobbit.  And the main character is named Bilbo Baggins.  There’s going to be movies about it, too.  She wants me to read the book before the first one comes out this year!”

“Holy cow!”  Kevin slapped his face.  “I remember there was a character named Frodo in those Ring movies, and he looked an awful lot like this one here.”  He looked at Frodo as he spoke.  “I always meant to watch those movies whenever they were on TV, but they were so long, and I was too young when they first came out anyway…”

“Excuse me, Master Kevin,” Bilbo interrupted.  “I think you had better tell us what you mean.  Why do you call Frodo and myself ‘characters’?”

“And begging your pardon,” asked Sam, “but what is a ‘movie’?”

Kevin helped Kaylee to take her seat on the pile of cushions that one of the elves had stacked on the bench for her, and then he and Joey sat down at the table with their sisters.  Merry and Pippin had gone over to the other side, so the children sat by Bilbo.  Jennifer and Kaylee sat on his left, and Kevin and Joey sat to his right.  Climbing onto their own cushions, Merry and Pippin sat across the table from them next to Frodo and Sam.

“Jennifer, you seem to remember more than me,” said Kevin.  “See if you can explain it.”

She blushed, but bravely made the effort.  “Well, uh, in the place where we come from, there’s a famous book called The Hobbit, and another one called The Lord of the Rings.  A man named J.R.R. Tolkien wrote them.  They’re make-believe stories.”  Jennifer paused.  “I’ve—we’ve never read them yet; none of us have.”  She gestured toward her brothers and sister again.  “Neither have our parents, I don’t think.  And we’ve only seen bits and pieces of the movies.  But my best friend, Nicole, she’s read and watched them.  She told me that The Hobbit is about this small person named Bilbo Baggins who was very brave, and went on an amazing adventure with a wizard and some dwarfs…”

“Dwarves!” chorused the hobbits.

Jennifer looked abashed, but gamely continued, “Dwarves, then; we call them dwarfs where we come from.  Anyway, she said the other book was about a hobbit who was related to Bilbo, named Frodo.  But she wouldn’t tell me anymore, because she didn’t want to spoil any of it for me.  So, I don’t really know much about either of the books.”

Frodo glanced at Kevin.  “You said something about a ‘movie’ and seeing part of it.”

“Umm…”  Kevin floundered a bit, trying to think of an explanation.  “A movie is a way of telling a story with pictures that move.  Actors take part in movies; they portray the characters in them.  They’re like plays, except they’re filmed with movie cameras, and then they’re shown on screens.”  He tried to explain a little more about what movies were, but stopped when he realized he was just confusing his listeners.  He added, “Well, anyway, we’ve never really watched the Lord of the Rings movies, not all the way through.  Just parts of scenes here and there.”

Jennifer nodded.  “We’ve never read the books yet, either.  I really don’t know a lot about them.  I know that Bilbo Baggins had something to do with dwarfs and dragons.  And the other book, with Frodo in it, had something about a ring.”

Kevin nodded. “I do remember once, when I was channel-surfing, seeing a scene with a bunch of the characters walking up a mountain, and one with a bunch of big, ugly, scary guys in black robes on black horses.  And another scene with a funny creature of some kind, who talked weird and kept hissing.  And maybe a couple of battle scenes.  But that’s about all I recall.  What the plot is—what the movies are about—I don’t know.”  He paused.  “But then, I don’t know what the books are about, either.”  He shrugged.

“Pictures that move?” said Pippin doubtfully.

“It’s possible,” said Merry.  “Uncle Merimac had a book he got from a merchant in Bree.  Every page had a picture that was slightly different than the ones before and after; if you flipped the pages very quickly, the pictures seemed to move.  His small book just showed a running horse.  I think it would be very complicated to show a story that way, but it could be done, I suppose.”

Kevin nodded.  “Where we come from, the way it’s done, it can be.  It’s a lot more complicated than flipping through pages in a book, though.”

I’ve seen lots of movies!” Kaylee interrupted, bouncing on her seat and smiling broadly.  “My very favorite is The Wizard of Oz, but I love lots of Disney movies, too!”

Kevin smiled.  “Yeah, she does.  Jennifer, here, has some movies and a portable DVD player in her backpack.  We were gonna watch them at the campsite this week.”

“Yeah.”  Jennifer grinned.  “I also have my own iPhone and a digital camera.  We both have our own MP3 players, which we brought with us, and at home, we also have our own CD players and CDs, Kevin and me; you can play music on them.  And Kevin has his own tablet.”  She paused.  “My iPhone and his tablet have some movies stored on them that we might also want to see while we’re on…uh…”  She broke off, as it occurred to her that the hobbits might not know what spring break was.  Who knew if Middle-earth had schools?  Did people here even know how to read?  Jennifer noticed that everyone else was looking very confused.  Clearly no one had understood anything they were talking about.  But then, she really didn’t feel like explaining everything just yet; she was too hungry.  At that moment, her stomach rumbled.

“Can we watch a movie after lunch?” Joey asked.

“We’ll see,” Jennifer told him.  “We’ll talk about that later.  There may not be time today.”

“And besides, we’re gonna have to save our batteries while we’re here,” Kevin added.  He smiled at Joey.  “There’s no Wal-Mart here to buy new batteries at, Joey, and no way to recharge our batteries or plug in our DVD players here.  There’s no electricity, not here.”  Joey shrugged.

But Frodo’s mind was still back on what Jennifer had said about the books.  It was very disturbing, and he could tell by the look on Uncle Bilbo’s face that he felt the same.  “But how would someone from another place know so much about us?” asked Frodo.  “Could it have been a wizard or an Elf with foresight who might write such a thing?  How else would this man—this Jayarar Tolkien, you called him—know about us, and about Bilbo’s adventure?”

Jennifer laughed.  “He wasn’t an elf or a wizard.  He was just an ordinary man.  A human being like us.  All I know is that he made it all up out of his head and wrote it all down as a book.  And then it was published and became a bestseller.  Both books did.”  She glanced at her brothers and sister.  “Hobbits don’t exist where we come from; he made them up.”  She glanced at Kevin and shook her head violently.  “I don’t see how this can be real.”

“Me, neither,” Kevin agreed.  Exchanging a glance with Jennifer, he grimaced.  “I feel as if we’ve stepped into The Twilight Zone!”

With a snort, Jennifer nodded.  “No kidding!”  She shook her head.  “I mean, how on earth did we wind up in a fairy-tale country?  They don’t even exist!”

Arwen had returned in time to hear the latter part of the conversation.  Her keen Elven ears had begun to understand the conversation while she was still a considerable distance from the dining room.  These were matters best left to her father and Mithrandir.  Exchanging a glance with Mairen, she interrupted, “So much talk when there is food on the table?”  With a gesture from her, the serving Elves placed extra plates and platters of food upon the table and gave each of the children a goblet of fresh cold water.  “Lucy is being fed in the kitchen,” she told the children, who smiled broadly.

“Thank you,” Jennifer said gratefully.

“Who’s Lucy?” Merry asked.

“Lucy’s our puppy,” Kaylee said.

“Nine weeks old,” Kevin added.  “She’s a Cocker spaniel.”   

Arwen sat down herself on the other side of Sam, and asked Bilbo, “Would you like me to pour the tea, Bilbo?”

He smiled.  “Of course, my dear!”  He carefully pushed the teapot and the cups her way.

Frowning, Jennifer turned to Kevin.  “Uh, Kevin, before we eat, hadn’t we better say Grace?” she asked her older brother.

Kevin nodded.  “Yeah, we had better.  We know Mom and Dad would want us to.”

As soon as he and Joey, and Jennifer and Kaylee, had taken one another’s hands and bowed their heads, Jennifer looked down at Kaylee.  “You can say the blessing, Kaylee.”

Nodding, Kaylee closed her eyes and looked down.  In a singsong childish voice, she chanted:

“Thank You for the world so sweet.

Thank You for the food we eat.

Thank You for the birds that sing.

Thank You, God, for everything.”

Letting go of her little sister’s hand, Jennifer smiled at Kaylee and helped her to position her cloth napkin around her neck, tying it behind her neck like a bib.  Scanning the open mouths of their companions, she explained, “It’s a custom where we come from, thanking God for the food before we eat.  Not everyone follows it, but some people do.  Our family does.”  Kevin nodded agreement.  Looking at the food, Jennifer added, “Uh, speaking of customs, what is the custom here for getting your food?  Do we wait for someone to serve us, or do we serve ourselves?”

“You may serve yourselves at elevenses,” Arwen told her.  “For some of our daily meals, we have different customs.”  Jennifer nodded.

Skilfully, Arwen directed the conversation away from the hobbits’ past and future stories and got the children to ask them questions about life in the Shire.  Soon all were chattering away in a friendly manner, though Arwen, Bilbo, and Frodo were careful to keep any mention of Rings and Quests out of the conversation.  But she knew from the looks that both of the Baggins cousins kept giving her that there would be questions later.  And of course, she needed to tell her father and Mithrandir about these far-flung tales from another land and time.  A shame that the children did not know more, but she had no doubt that the Grey Pilgrim would have as much as he could get from them.

Arwen looked at Kaylee.  The little girl appeared to have completely forgotten her dread of being separated from her parents, at least for the time being.

“Can I have a peanut-butter-and-jelly sandwich?” Kaylee begged, looking from Jennifer to Kevin.  “And some Kool-Aid?  Please?”

Jennifer exchanged an amused glance with Kevin.  “I don’t think they have peanut butter or Kool-Aid here, Kaylee,” she said.  “We’re probably gonna have to wait till we’re back home before we can have those again.  We’ll just have to eat and drink whatever this place has.”  Kaylee pouted, and Jennifer and Kevin laughed.  The hobbits and Arwen exchanged amused glances.

Kevin pointed to one of the platters the Elves had placed on the table.  “Look, Kaylee!  Those look kind of good.”  He picked up a roll that seemed to have cinnamon on it and put it on his little sister’s plate.

She sniffed.  “It does kind of smell good…”  She picked off a little bit and took a hesitant bite.  Her eyes widened.  “It is good!”

Joey, on the other hand, had needed no coaxing; he had already filled his plate with some of the rolls, as well as a few other things on the table, mostly baked goods of one sort or another.  He crammed his mouth with part of a roll.  “Ish ish eellee good…”

Jennifer gave him a look.  “Don’t talk with your mouth full!”

Merry and Frodo looked at Pippin and laughed aloud.

“What?” said Pippin crossly, glaring at his cousins.

“Oh, that just reminded us of someone else when he was that age,” said Merry airily, as he, too, helped himself to more food.

Bilbo raised his eyebrow.  “It reminds me of several young hobbits of my acquaintance, and not just Pippin.”

There was general laughter around the table, and the meal continued merrily.

But Arwen still was thinking about what she had overheard, and when Frodo met her eyes, she could tell that he was, as well.  She was going to have to speak with her father and Mithrandir when elevenses was over, but first, she needed to see the children back to their quarters.  She picked up her roll and took a bite.

(Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)  In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Posted with permission from the admins of SoA.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 3: Make Me Look Good

After elevenses, Arwen escorted the children back to their quarters, where they found Eledhwen laying out some clothing on Joey and Kaylee’s beds.

"Whatcha doing?" squealed Kaylee in delight, rushing over to the bed they had given to her.  "This is so beautiful!"  She ran her hand over the dress’s soft, smooth fabric of pale pink, embroidered with patterns of red roses.  The dress was longer than any she had at home, and the sleeves were wide and bell-shaped.  A pair of medieval-looking shoes, a pair of hand-knit stockings, a shift, and a snow-white nightgown and a robe lay near the foot of her guest bed.  

Eledhwen smiled.  "I am laying out your evening clothing, Miss Kaylee.  You would not wish to go to the evening feast in the clothing you have worn all day."  She glanced at Jennifer, Joey, and Kevin in turn.  “I have also laid out your sleeping garments.”

"Oh!" said Jennifer.  It had not occurred to her they would need to dress up for dinner!  They would, however, need pajamas when it was bedtime, of course, or whatever people slept in here.  

“What’s that?”  Kaylee touched the shift.

Jennifer looked at it.  “That’s a shift,” she said.  “That’s something girls used to wear under their dresses back in the old days.  It’s like the slips we girls wear under our dresses in our day and age, in our world.”

She glanced through the door to the other small room to see on her own bed a lovely dress of rich blue, in a very similar style, though it had silver embroidery around the neckline and hem.  Instead of buttons or a zipper, the dress had laces for fasteners; Jennifer wondered if she would even be able to manage them.  A pair of hand-knit stockings, a pair of medieval-looking shoes, and a shift lay on the bed next to the dress, and a snow-white nightgown similar to Kaylee’s and a robe lay folded near the foot of the bed.

On Joey's bed was an Elvish-style tunic of deep brown, some breeches of a lighter shade, and what appeared to be a funny-looking white dress and a robe.  The tunic and breeches looked rather odd to him, more like medieval-style leggings than the comfortable blue jeans he was wearing, or the trousers that he typically wore to church and to special events.  A pair of medieval-looking shoes and a pair of stockings lay on the bed next to the tunic and breeches, and the odd-looking dress and a robe lay folded at the foot of the bed.

As Joey stared at the weird-looking dress, Jennifer laughed.  “That’s a nightshirt, Joey,” she told him.  “Boys and men used to wear those to bed back in the old days.  Pajamas weren’t invented till later.  Kevin’ll probably be wearing a nightshirt, too, when bedtime comes.”  The little boy scowled, and Jennifer bit back a laugh.  Arwen and Eledhwen exchanged amused looks.

Kevin, who had gone with his siblings to Joey and Kaylee’s room, turned around and crossed the hall to his own guest room.  There, he found on his own bed a set of clothing similar to Joey's, only in a soft grey, as well as a similar nightshirt and robe.  He returned to join the others in the younger children’s bedroom.

Arwen spoke to them.  "A bell will ring about an hour before we dine; that will give you all the time you need to bathe and to change into your evening clothing before the meal.  Another bell will ring when it is time to go the feast hall.”

"Lady Arwen?" Jennifer asked diffidently.  "Where did all these clothes come from?"

The Elven lady smiled.  "We always keep on hand a supply of clothing for our guests."  She did not mention that both of the dresses and both nightgowns for the girls, as well as the other items, had once been her own, that Joey's clothing had once belonged to Estel, or that Kevin's had once been Elladan's.  “You will have other clothes to wear during the day, starting tomorrow.  The clothes you arrived here in would soon wear out if you wore them every day.”

“True.”  Jennifer grimaced.  “We left our other clothes back at the campsite, so we’ve got no way to change them.  I don’t suppose you’ve got a washer and dryer here, Lady Arwen.”

Arwen furrowed her brows in puzzlement.

“Washer—uh, washing machine.  It’s a machine that washes clothes,” Jennifer explained.  “And a dryer’s a machine that dries them.”

“Oh.”  Arwen nodded.  “No, we do not, Lady Jennifer, but we do have Elves whose job it is to wash the clothes of our guests.  They will wash yours tomorrow.”

“Oh, OK.  Thanks.”  Jennifer shrugged.  Entering her guest bedroom, she ran her hand over the clothes that had laid out for her.  “Uh, Lady Arwen, I don’t see a bra,” she called.

“A what?”  Arwen furrowed her brows in puzzlement as she joined Jennifer in her room.

A bra.  You know—brassiere.”  Jennifer furrowed her own brows.  “You know—a piece of underwear that’s made to support your breasts.  Women have to wear those where we come from.  Now that my body’s changing, I have to wear one.”  She patted her own breasts.

“Oh.”  Arwen nodded.  “When your gowns are properly laced up, you will need no such garment, Lady Jennifer.”  Jennifer nodded.

After Arwen had left her guests to take their nap and Eledhwen had stepped out for a few moments, the children gathered in Joey and Kaylee’s room.  As the two younger children sat cross-legged on Joey’s bed, Kevin and Jennifer perched in chairs facing them.  For a moment, no one spoke.

“Well, what do you think?” Kevin asked.

Jennifer smiled wryly.  “Have you noticed there’s no light bulbs or plug-ins or plumbing here?”  The others nodded.  “‘No phones, no lights, no motorcars,’” she quoted from the old “Gilligan’s Island” closing theme song.  “‘Not a single luxury.”’

Kevin snorted, and then laughed.  “I wouldn’t exactly say there’s no luxuries, not here in Rivendell anyway.  But it’s true that there’s no electricity or plumbing here.  And no cars or telephones or computers, either.  I don’t know how they manage in that water closet!”   

Joey nodded.  “Like ‘Gilligan’s Island’, kind of.”

“But without the coconuts,” Jennifer added.

Kaylee made a face.  “I’m glad.  I hate coconuts!”  The others laughed.

“Well, we’re a long way from the tropics, so we don’t have to worry about those,” Jennifer told her.

Kevin nodded agreement, and then looked out the window.   “All right, you two, we need to take a nap,” he ordered Kaylee and Joey.  “So you go to your bed, Kaylee, and both of you lie down.  Eledhwen will soon be back.”  Protesting, the two younger children did as they were told; a moment later, Eledhwen returned to the bedroom.

“I will look after your little brother and sister,” she told Kevin and Jennifer.  “You go to your rooms now, and lie down.”

Nodding, the two of them rose to their feet.  “Go to sleep now,” Jennifer told Joey and Kaylee.  “We’ll be back when naptime’s over.” 

-oo000oo-

After making certain that the children were settled in their guest rooms and getting some much-needed rest, Arwen took herself to her father's study and tapped on the door.

"Enter, sellath nín," came Elrond's voice.

"Good afternoon, Ada," she said, "and to you as well, Mithrandir."  She gave the old wizard a nod.  She took a seat between her father and the wizard, as they sat around Elrond's desk.

"Are the children settled in?" her father asked.

"As much as can be expected, in the circumstances.  I left Eledhwen to sit with the younger ones, though of course their older siblings are with them as well.  But I came to tell you of some rather odd things they said while eating with the hobbits."

Elrond sat forward, and Mithrandir's expression became very alert.  "What sort of odd things?" asked the wizard.

"It seems that there are stories of hobbits in their far-off home.  They have heard of Bilbo's long-ago adventure.  But even more disturbing, they seem to have heard of the Ring, and of the coming journey of the Nine Walkers.  They also spoke of Gollum and of the Ringwraiths, though not by name."

Both Elf and Wizard jerked up in astonishment.  "What?" they both exclaimed.  Arwen nodded.

"Sadly, the children are only a little familiar with these tales; they do not even know the names of the creatures they described.  Lady Jennifer described the tales as make-believe stories where the children come from, and she said that a man in their world named Jai-ar-ar Tolkien wrote them.  She said that he invented these stories, and that he was of the Edain like themselves, though not in those exact words.  She also said that hobbits do not exist where they come from, and that this person invented them for his stories.”  Arwen paused.  “I deem that perhaps the children were considered too young to know them in full, although Lady Jennifer said a good friend of hers has been trying to persuade her to read Bilbo's story, though she has not yet done so."

"Still," said Elrond, "we shall keep this in mind when we speak to them.  Perhaps we can get them to remember a little more."

Mithrandir leaned back and steepled his fingers.  "Perhaps.  But perhaps it is as well that we do not know more of what tales they have heard.  It would not do to have it influence overmuch what is to come."

-oo000oo-

For the past hour, Kevin had been resting on the bed with his arms behind his head, but he had been unable to sleep.  Like their parents, he'd never been one for fantasy books or movies, although he had watched The Wizard of Oz and Disney movies on DVD as a child with Jennifer (and sometimes still did with Joey and Kaylee, as he had done only last night, when the entire family had watched Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs); generally, he preferred science fiction or cop shows, or books about sports or nonfiction.  But some of the video games he'd played with some of his friends had fantasy settings, so he was familiar with the idea, at least, of other worlds and travelling to them.  (Oz didn’t really count, he felt, since Dorothy had been carried there by a tornado instead of entering it through a portal, and in the movie version, she had dreamed the whole adventure.)

Kevin recalled an old sci-fi show that he and Jennifer had seen reruns of on Netflix, about a group who had slid through a strange portal from world to world, trying to get home.  None of the characters in Sliders had ever made it home.  The show had been cancelled several years ago.  Sometimes he wondered what would have happened to the characters later, if it hadn't been canceled when it was.

Kevin hoped that wasn't going to be the case for him, or his brother and sisters.  If it was just him and Jen, he wouldn't be nearly so worried (except that he and Jennifer would miss their family and friends, and hated to worry their mom and dad), but Joey was only nine, and Kaylee was practically still a baby—not as much as Megan, of course, but still way too young for a thing like this.  What were they going to do?  The people they'd fallen in with seemed kind and helpful enough, but how long would they be willing to take care of a bunch of strange children?  Would they need to turn them over to some sort of authority, or did they have something like that here?  Everything seemed so medieval here—maybe this Lord Elrond was actually an authority.

All he knew was that he was the oldest brother, and that made him responsible for all of them.  He would do anything to get them home, but if he couldn't, then he would have to keep them all safe and together.  Please, God, he silently begged, help us!

He was not sure how long he had rested, but just as he was starting to go through all the same worries in his head all over again, there was a tap at the door.  He sat up.

"Come in," he said.

The door cracked open, and it was the Lady Arwen.  "Lord Kevin, my father and Gandalf would like to speak to your family in the study."


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 4: Strangers Like Me

Nodding, Kevin swung his legs over the side of the bed and began to put his boots back on.  When he had finished tying his bootlaces, he got up and followed the beautiful Elven lady across the hall to fetch his sisters and brother.  Lord Kevin, he thought, amused.  They’re calling my sister Lady Jennifer, and they’re calling me Lord Kevin.  This place really is medieval!

Soon the McClouds were following their hostess down wide and winding hallways; Kaylee lugged Lucy in her arms.  Arwen led them to a large door at the far end of the passage.  She pushed it open.  Elrond, Gandalf, and Glorfindel waited inside.

Ada, I have brought them as you asked,” she said.

“Thank you, Arwen.  Will not all of you be seated?”  Their host gestured to several chairs and couches near the wide-open windows at the far end of the room.  He, Glorfindel, and Gandalf sat down in three armchairs.  Kevin and Joey sat on a carved couch, and after taking hold of Lucy so that Kaylee could sit down unimpeded, Jennifer chose an armchair next to her brothers.  Lady Arwen took one next to Jennifer’s.  Kaylee squeezed onto the end of the couch next to Kevin, positioning herself between her older brother and sister.  Joey sat on Kevin’s other side.

“Children, I want you to tell us again where you come from, and what brought you here.  But first, tell me your names again, and your ages,” Elrond ordered after introducing them to Glorfindel.  He leaned back in his chair as he spoke.

The children exchanged glances.  Jennifer was sitting next to Lady Arwen; Kaylee was seated between Kevin and Jennifer, on the edge of the settee; and Joey was sitting on the other side of Kevin.  Lucy lay curled up on Jennifer’s lap, thumping her tail and licking Jennifer’s fingers.  Elrond, Gandalf, and Glorfindel were all sitting in chairs facing the children and Arwen.

“Well, uh, there’s five of us kids in our family,” Jennifer explained.  “Kevin, Joey, Kaylee, Megan, and me—Megan’s the youngest. She’s only three years old.  She’s back at the campsite with Mom and Dad.”

“That’s right.”  Kevin nodded agreement.  He began by telling his hosts his own full name and age.  He allowed Jennifer and Joey to do the same for themselves.

When it was Kaylee’s turn, she ducked her head shyly.  “I’m Kaylee.  Kaylee Anne McCloud.”  She held up her right hand with all five fingers spread out, to indicate her age.

Jennifer put in, “She just had her birthday last month.”

Elrond nodded sagely.  “Now, then, children, explain to me again where your home is, and tell me who your parents are, and how you arrived in Middle-earth.”

Jennifer scanned her siblings’ faces and then glanced at Arwen, who sat next to her.  “Well, uh, we and our parents live in Portland, Oregon; that’s where we kids were born.  Our aunt and uncle live there, too.  We’ve lived in Portland all our lives.  Portland’s a city, and Oregon’s a state.  It’s part of the United States of America—that’s our country, our nation.  The United States is in North America—that’s our continent.”  Elrond nodded.

Joey grinned.  “Hey, did you know that there are three countries in North America?  The United States, Canada, and Mexico.”

Kevin and Jennifer laughed.  “Yes, we do, Joey.  But don’t interrupt Jennifer while she’s talking,” Kevin said.  Elrond, Arwen, Glorfindel, and Gandalf chuckled.

With an amused glance at Joey, Jennifer continued, “Our daddy’s a geologist.  He works for a state agency that oversees conservation.”  

“That’s right,” Kevin agreed.  “His supervisor told him to get some soil samples and take them to his company’s lab—uh, laboratory.”  Elrond, Glorfindel, and Gandalf all exchanged puzzled glances, and Arwen furrowed her eyebrows in bewilderment.  Kevin explained, “A laboratory’s a place where you perform experiments.  You know—study things, to see what they’re made of, and how they work.”

“Ah.”  Elrond exchanged a glance with Gandalf, Arwen, and Glorfindel.  While some of the words were strange to him, he was Noldorin enough to understand the gist of their explanation.  He then gestured toward Kevin and Jennifer.  “And what is your father’s name?”

“Steven.  Steven Jackson McCloud.  Our mother’s name is Gail.”

“I see.”  Elrond nodded.  “Continue.”

Shifting position, Kevin looked at Jennifer and cleared his throat.  “Well, anyway, his supervisor wanted our father to go to Wallowa Lake State Park and get a bunch of samples of different kinds of soil there.  Every state park has its soil checked every few years, to make sure it’s healthy.  Wallowa is clear at the other end of Oregon from Portland. Since spring break was approaching, and since it was going to take him several days to get all the samples the state agency wants, he and Mom talked it over and decided to take us kids on a six-day camping trip during spring break, while he gets the samples.  Our dad’s brother and his wife—our Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet—they decided to go with us.  School let out for spring break three days ago, on Friday, and we left for the park shortly after lunch, this afternoon.  It was a few hour’s drive, and it was shortly after 4 p.m. when we got there.”

Jennifer nodded.  “Our parents and our aunt and uncle had just started setting up the tents when we left the campsite.  They were going to start supper as soon as both of the tents were up.  It was past 4:30 then.”

Elrond nodded again.  “And what led to you children ending up here in Middle-earth?”

Exchanging a glance with Jennifer, Kevin fidgeted and grimaced.  “Well, uh, after we arrived at the park, our Uncle Ryan told us about this cave he had explored once, when he and Aunt Janet had gone on a camping trip to that very same spot where we’re camping now.  Several years ago,” he explained.  “It’s not far from the campsite, just down a path.  We all wanted to explore it, but Dad insisted on checking it out first.  And he and Uncle Ryan both did, and when they came back, they said it was safe.”

Jennifer nodded.  “So, Mom and Daddy said that Kevin, Joey, and I could go explore the cave.  Mom told us not to be gone long.  We were supposed to help them set up the tents when we got back.  Kaylee wanted to go, too, so our parents let her.”  She gave her little sister an amused look.  “And then Kaylee insisted on bringing Lucy along!”

“Hey, Lucy likes to explore caves, too!” Kaylee defended her decision.

Elrond, Gandalf, Glorfindel, and Arwen all exchanged amused expressions.  It was clear to them that it was Kaylee, not Lucy, who had wanted the puppy to come along.

Kevin laughed.  “Yeah, well, we didn’t argue with her; we let her bring Lucy.  Megan didn’t come, though; she’s only three—three and a half—so she’s too young to be exploring caves.”

Elrond nodded approval, giving the young visitors a meaningful look.  “That was very wise.”  He gazed down at the sleeping puppy on Jennifer’s lap.  “You would have done better to leave the puppy behind, too.”

Fidgeting, Kevin glanced down at Lucy, who had fallen asleep, and grimaced.  “True, but how’d we know we were gonna end up in another world?  There was no portal in that cave to anywhere else when Dad and Uncle Ryan explored it.  I know, because they went clear to the end of the cave before they came back to the campsite; they told us they had.”  Jennifer nodded agreement.  “And they didn’t say anything about entering another world.  So, we had no way of knowing.  Apparently, that portal didn’t even open up till our dad and uncle had left the cave.”  He shook his head.  “We would have never even entered that cave if we’d known there was a portal in it.”  Although after he said that, he wondered if it was true.  He might have wondered where it went to…but then again, he probably wouldn’t have brought his younger sibs with him.

“Yeah,” Joey agreed, and Kaylee nodded.

“That’s right,” Jennifer added.  “We were just gonna explore the cave, see what was in it, and then go right back to the campsite.  We were supposed to help set up the tents as soon as we got back, and then our mom and Aunt Janet were gonna start supper.  We sure didn’t expect this to happen!”  She gazed around at the surrounding room with its subtly alien look and then out the window at the foreign landscape as she spoke that last sentence.  

“No, I am sure you did not,” Arwen told her.

“No,” Elrond agreed.  He looked at the children.  “Continue, children,” he ordered.  “Tell us the rest.”  With the help of his siblings, Kevin described the short but meandering path through the woods that they had taken, from the campsite to the cave, and the cave tunnel with the level entrance that they had entered just several minutes after they had left the camp.

Wiggling, Kaylee smiled broadly.  “Hey, look what I found!”  She stuck her hand into her jeans pocket and removed her flat pebble, holding it up.  “I found this on that path!  Isn’t it pretty?”

The others smiled, and Elrond leaned forward to examine the pebble.  “Very pretty, indeed,” he told the little girl, his eyes twinkling.  “You had better take good care of it, Miss Kaylee, so that you will not lose it.”  Smiling again and nodding, Kaylee stuck it back inside her pocket.

Chuckling at his little sister and ruffling her hair, Kevin explained what had happened once he and his brother and sisters had entered the cave: their short exploration, the sudden blackout and earthquake that they had all experienced after they had gone just past the cave tunnel’s curve; how the tunnel had looked different afterward; how the now-unfamiliar cave entrance had consisted of a steep incline that consisted of a huge boulder, instead of being level with the cave floor as well as with the ground outside; and how the country outside of the cave had appeared to consist of a prairie instead of a woods, with huge boulders jutting out of the ground here and there, and clusters of trees scattered in every direction, but not enough of them to form a forest.  Kevin then told Elrond about the frightening, ferocious growl that they had heard from outside the entrance, and how close it had sounded.

“We couldn’t tell what animal it was,” he explained.  “It sounded like…”  He paused, furrowing his eyebrows.  “Uh, I don’t know.  Not really.”

Jennifer took over.  “Kind of like a—uh, like a cross between a wolf and a bear.  Or maybe a cougar—uh, mountain lion.” She paused.  “Something like that.  We really couldn’t tell what.  Well, anyway, as soon as we heard that growl, we slid back down and ran in the other direction.  Towards here.  Next thing we knew, we were in this valley.”

Elrond, Glorfindel, and Gandalf exchanged a grave look.  The description of the growls sounded like a warg to them, possibly a warg scout.  I will have to send some warriors out to the West Road, to hunt for Wargs and very likely Orcs, too, Elrond thought.  That is much too close to our borders for my comfort.  We need to send a patrol to check that out.  He looked at Glorfindel, his expression making his wishes clear, and Glorfindel nodded his agreement.

“First, we got a drink of water at that waterfall.”  Joey smiled at the memory of the cold, refreshing water, and then grimaced.  “Then we got lost in that forest.”

Elrond nodded.  “For visitors who have never been here before, that is very easy to do if they enter through the tunnel.”

“Is that tunnel the only entrance to Rivendell?” Kevin asked.

Elrond shook his head.  “No, there are a few others.  But unless you know exactly where you are going, they are very hard to find, and all too easy to miss.”  Gandalf nodded agreement.

“I was scared,” Kaylee whimpered.

Jennifer put an arm around her little sister.  “We all were, Kaylee.  But we’re safe now.  That wolf—or bear, cougar, whatever it was—didn’t get us.”

“No, it did not, Miss Kaylee,” Elrond told her.  “And you will be safe from wild animals as long as you are in Rivendell.  Evil things do not come into this valley.

Kaylee puckered her lips, and tears glistened in her eyes.  “I wanna go home.  I want my mommy.  I want my daddy.”  She inserted her thumb into her mouth.

Arwen extended her arms, and Kaylee climbed down from her seat, approached Arwen, and climbed into the Elven maiden’s lap.  “I know you do, Miss Kaylee,” Arwen said kindly, wrapping her arms around Kaylee.  “We all know that, and we all want that for you.  My father and Mithrandir will do everything in their power to find a way to help you children get home.”  Her voice was soothing and melodious, and Kevin and Jennifer both saw their little sister noticeably relax in Arwen’s grasp.

“Yes, we will,” Elrond told the little girl.  “Meanwhile, you and your brothers and sister will be safe and well cared for while you are here.”

“Lucy, too?”  Kaylee looked at the now-awake puppy, still curled up on Jennifer’s lap.

Elrond, Gandalf, Glorfindel, and Arwen all laughed.  “Yes, Miss Kaylee.  Lucy, too,” Arwen said, her eyes crinkled in amusement.

Suppressing his own amusement, Elrond turned back to the older children.  “All right, children, one more question.  Explain to me this ‘spring break’,” he ordered.

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged puzzled glances.  “Well, uh, it’s just a week-long vacation from school,” Kevin explained.  “We have it once a year, every spring.  We have other school vacations, too; the longest one is summer vacation, at the end of the school year.”

“It lasts a few months,” Jennifer added.

“And is it spring as of now, where you come from?”

“Well, yeah.”  Kevin stared at Elrond.  “Isn’t it, here?”

Elrond, Glorfindel, Gandalf, and Arwen exchanged glances.  Elrond shook his head.  “No, it is not, Lord Kevin,” the elf lord explained.  “Here, it is mid-autumn.”  The children exchanged stunned glances.

“But—but Easter’s next Sunday,” Kaylee complained, as she fidgeted on Arwen’s lap.

Jennifer reached over and laid her hand on her little sister’s shoulder.  “Not here, it’s not,” she said gently.  “It’s the wrong time of year for Easter here, Kaylee.”

“Easter?”  Master Elrond looked at the girls quizzically.

“Uh, yeah.”  Dropping her hand, Jennifer straightened her back.  “It’s a holiday where we come from.  In the spring.  Easter Sunday.”

“Oh.”  Elrond nodded.

“We were gonna hunt Easter eggs,” Kaylee complained, pouting.  “The Easter bunny was gonna bring me some candy and toys.”

“Yeah, and I was gonna get some candy and toys, too,” Joey added.  “You know—in an Easter basket.  Stuffed animals and everything.”

“And we were gonna go to the Easter pageant and services at church,” Jennifer reminded Joey and Kaylee.

Elrond looked over at Gandalf and the wizard nodded.  The two of them were quickly realizing that the young ones were using several words that were not familiar.  However, it was fairly easy to understand roughly what most of them meant, and some words were clearly unimportant to the story of how the children had arrived.  The youngest one, especially, tended to ramble on, and from her older brother and sister’s attempts to continue, her interruptions were not especially important, or if they were, it could be spoken of later.

Kevin shook his head.  “Well, anyway, it was afternoon where we came from, and morning here.  It’s spring back home, and fall—uh, autumn—here.”  He shook his head again, bewildered.  “This is so weird!  All of it!”

“No kidding!” Jennifer agreed.  “I mean, this is crazy; people just don’t go to other worlds!  Not in real life, anyway.  That only happens in fantasy stories and science fiction.”  She shook her head.  “It’s like we’re actually living a fantasy story, and that just doesn’t happen.”

Just then, all could hear the musical sound of a bell.  “Ah,” said Arwen, “that is the signal for the time to get ready for the feast.”

Elrond nodded.  “We will see you later, children.”  They all rose to their feet, and the children followed Arwen inside and toward their guest bedrooms.  Glorfindel left with them.  He’d lead the patrol himself, to check for the presence of wargs or orcs near their boundaries.

-oo000oo-

As the children and Glorfindel followed Arwen from the room, Mithrandir turned to Elrond.

“Well, old friend, what think you of the children’s tale?”

“To be quite honest,” Elrond replied, “I could not understand even half of what they were telling us.  But it gives me the feeling that the place that they come from is a far, far different place, and much further from Rivendell than any explanation that I can think of would account for.  It is difficult to fathom what we need to know about their home and what is unimportant.”

The wizard nodded.  “Let us be frank.  It is more than likely that they do not come from Middle-earth at all.  There can only be two explanations for their presence here at so critical a time.  The first is that they were taken from their place by enchantment, either by someone in their world or ours…”  He paused, as if hesitating to go on.

“Pray go on, Mithrandir, for I would know if your mind is the same as mine in this matter.”

“I have a deep feeling that their presence is meant, and not by any enchanter or sorcerer of this world, or any world within Eä.”

Elrond nodded solemnly.  “Sent by the One who is beyond the Circles of the World.”

“Events will prove us right or wrong in this matter, but yes, I do feel it is so.  If we are right, then Eru has sent them here for a reason that will soon become clear to us.”  Gandalf looked thoughtful.  “In the meantime, we likely do not really want an explanation of every strange word they use.”  Elrond laughed and agreed.

-oo000oo-

“I wish Mom and Daddy were here!” Joey complained.

Kevin put an arm around his little brother’s shoulders.  “I do, too, Joey,” he said softly.  “We all do.”

“Yeah, really,” Jennifer said, with a sigh.  “I mean, if they were here, even if they couldn’t get us back to our world, at least they’d pray that God would.  And God would hear them.”  She paused, biting her lower lip.  “And they’d be here to take care of us.”

“Yeah,” Kaylee complained.

“Yeah, they would, and yes, God would,” Kevin agreed.  He took a deep breath.  “But since they’re not here, we’ll just have to pray to God ourselves.”  He paused.  “We’re all Christians, same as our parents, including Kaylee here; we’ve all asked Jesus to come into our hearts, and He has.  And we try to live the way Jesus wants us to.  So, surely, God will hear us if we ask.”

“Why don’t you ask Him, Kevin?” Jennifer suggested.  “You’re the oldest.” 

Kevin nodded.  “All right, but if any of you also want to talk to Him, feel free to do so.”

The four children reached out, clasped one another’s hands, and lowered their heads.  “God…”  Kevin swallowed.  “…we’re in a real predicament, and we need Your help.  We’re in a situation we never expected to find ourselves in.  We’re in a strange world with all sorts of creatures that don’t even exist back home.  How can it even be real?”  He cleared his throat.  “Our folks must be really worried!  Please show us a way to get back home to our family!”

He paused, and Jennifer spoke next.  “Please, God,” she prayed, “we don’t know what’s happening, or why.   Please get us all safely back home!”

“Please, God, get us back home,” Joey added.

“Please, God, get us back to Mommy and Daddy!” Kaylee begged, raising her head toward the ceiling, and then turning to look at Lucy, who was curled up on the bed.  She gazed down at her own feet.

“In Jesus’ name, amen,” Kevin finished.

Silence descended upon the children for a moment.  Peace settled on their hearts as they kept their heads bowed.  “This is not an accident,” Jennifer found herself mumbling, after a moment.

“What?”  Kevin lifted his head to look at his sister.

Jennifer raised her head and looked at Kevin.  “This is not an accident, is it?” she said more clearly.

Letting go of Joey’s and Kaylee’s hands, Kevin leaned back in thought, his face pensive.  “Are you saying that God sent us here?”  His sister’s words seemed to feel right.  Yet he wasn’t quite convinced yet.  Still he wanted to believe it; otherwise nothing would make any sense.  But he was responsible for his sisters and brother in their parents’ absence.  How could he be sure?  Well, he wasn’t, really, but he knew that it would be good to follow Jennifer’s lead.  Even if God had not actually sent them here, he knew that the Lord still was with them.

“But why?” Joey complained, pouting.

Jennifer looked at her little brother, amused.  “Why did God send Abraham to live in Canaan?” she asked.  “Why did God send Paul to Macedonia and Corinth and Rome and all those other places?  And what about Jonah?  Why did God send him to Nineveh?”

“That’s right,” Kevin agreed.   “He sent them to those places because He had a job for them to do there.  If He’s sent us here…”  He swallowed again.  “…that means—that means He has a job for us to do here!  And don’t forget that He’s still watching over us, even if He didn’t actually cause us to be here in the first place.”

“But what?”  Jennifer shook her head.  “What does God want us to do?  And why us?  We’re just kids, all of us.”  She bit her lower lip.  “And who besides God could have sent us here?  No one else has that kind of power, I know.  Not even the angels.”

Kevin shrugged.  “Now that, I have no idea of, Jen.  All we can do is pray and hope to be guided like the people in the Bible were.  If He sent us here, somehow He will let us know.”  He paused.  “As for who could have sent us here, I agree; only God has that kind of power.  I don’t know who else could have, either.  But…”  His voice trailed off.

Jennifer bit her lip.  She could tell that Kevin was not one-hundred percent sure, even though he was trying to be.  But she also knew that if they both kept praying, they would find out sooner or later what was wanted from them.

“But God knows our parents’ll worry,” Joey said, frowning.  “They must be worrying now!  They must be real worried!  Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet, too!  Surely God wouldn’t send us somewhere and make them worry!”

With a sigh, Kevin put an arm around his little brother’s shoulders.  “We’ll just have to trust that God’s got that covered somehow, Joey.”  He paused, scanning his siblings’ faces.  “God will tell us what He’s sent us here for, when He’s ready.  In the meantime, we’ll just have to trust Him to take care of our parents and Megan.  And our aunt and uncle.”  He paused.  “And us.”

“And we need to listen for when He answers us,” Jennifer added.  With so many strange things around us, how will we hear that still, small voice? she wondered.  What if this was some kind of test from the Lord?  Please, God, don’t let us fail, she prayed silently.

“I want my mommy and daddy,” Kaylee complained, as she moved her thumb toward her mouth.

Reaching toward Kaylee’s hand, Jennifer gently drew it away from the little girl’s mouth.  “We all do, Kaylee,” she said softly, as she put an arm around her little sister’s shoulders.  “It’s going to be all right.   We’ll be back with them when God is ready.  In the meantime, He hasn’t forgotten us.”

The certainty Jennifer had had a few moments ago was fading, but she kept her voice confident.  She and Kevin were the oldest, and they had to be sure that Joey and Kaylee weren’t scared too much.

“No,” Kevin agreed.  “God’ll take care of us, Kaylee.  We’re in His hands.”  He paused.  “Our mom and dad aren’t here to take care of us, but God is.”  Crouching in front of Kaylee, he smiled encouragingly at his little sister, and thought of something to distract her from her fearful questions.  “And you know, Kaylee, we’re in a fairy country!  A real-life fairy-tale country!  With wizards and elves and hobbits and probably other fairy-tale creatures!  Just like Dorothy in The Wizard of Oz.  She was separated from her family, too, don’t forget, until she found a way to get back home.  She was all alone in the Land of Oz, except for her dog, Toto.  She didn’t have anyone else to look after her.”

“That’s right,” Jennifer agreed.  “You’re better off than Dorothy was, Kaylee, because we’re here with you.  We’re all in this together; none of us is alone.  And Kaylee, we’re having an adventure just like her!  We’re actually living a fantasy story.”  Kaylee smiled at the thought, and Jennifer hugged the little girl.

“Talking animals, too?” Kaylee asked hopefully.  “Talking scarecrows?  Talking trees?”

Kevin and Jennifer laughed.  “We don’t know, Kaylee.  Maybe.”  Kevin grinned.  “And, hey, maybe a talking tin man or two.  We’ll just have to wait and see.”  Kaylee giggled, and he rose to his feet and ruffled her hair.

“As long as there are no winged monkeys!”  Joey made a face at the thought.

Or wicked witches!” Jennifer agreed.  She glanced at her wristwatch, which was stubbornly telling her that it was still four forty-four, the time it had been when they had entered the cave.  “Wish I knew what time it was,” she muttered.  Out loud, she said, “Come on, you three, it’s time for our baths, and then we need to change our clothes.”

“That is right.”  Eledhwen entered Joey and Kaylee’s bedroom, followed by Mairen.  “Come with us, and we will help you get ready.”  They escorted the children out of the room.

Below the younger children’s open window, Gandalf blew out a smoke ring shaped like an Eagle.  He had been eavesdropping on the children ever since they had first entered Joey and Kaylee’s bedroom.  Manwë was much on his mind at the moment.  Of the Ainur who had come to Ëa, only the Lord of the Air still spoke directly unto Eru.  Yet from what he could tell, these young ones were familiar with Ilúvatar in a way that he could scarcely comprehend.  Quietly, he sat and sent his mind in search of faded memories of Aman, wondering what, if anything, he should say to these children.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure. This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse. This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson. This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies. Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined. Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story. Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 5: Try a Little Something New

Jennifer ran her hand over the soft, smooth fabric of her lovely blue dress. She smiled; she had never had anything so pretty! Wish I could take it home with me; I could wear it to a costume party. Or in a school play, she thought. It'd work better with buttons or a zipper, though. I'm gonna need help lacing it up. Well, her bath was finished, and it was time to change clothes, she knew, starting with the undergarments that Arwen had provided for her. The bathwater felt so good, she thought. So warm. I really enjoyed soaking in that huge tub, and Kaylee really enjoyed playing in it.

Amusement at the memory of Kaylee splashing about in the warm bathwater creased her face. It had pleased Jennifer that her little sister had, if only for a little while, been able to forget her separation anxiety. She wondered how long that would last. Wonder if they have a hot-water heater here? I'll have to ask them! How else would they be able to keep the water warm?

Jennifer gazed for a long moment at her long-sleeved T-shirt, her blue jeans, and her white ankle socks, all of which were folded up neatly on a table. Her backpack lay on the table next to her clothes, and her brown hiking boots rested on the floor underneath. She approached her backpack and unzipped it; for a few minutes, she stood rummaging through its contents. Drawing out her iPhone, she looked at it for a long moment.

If only I could call or text Nicole, or even email her, she thought ruefully. Or Mom and Daddy! Especially them! With a sigh, she grimaced. How are Kevin and I gonna manage without the Internet or cell-phone access for who knows how long? She shook her head, scowling. Kevin was probably wondering the same thing, she was sure. Or would be.

With a sigh, Jennifer dropped her iPhone back into her backpack and zipped the backpack shut. Well, maybe she could take some pics while the battery lasted. She was really going to miss tech, being able to call or text Nicole, or be on Facebook and Twitter. But she'd just have put her mind to doing without it for now.

Turning back toward the bed, Jennifer put on the undergarments that the Elves had given her, and then she picked up the dress and held it up, gazing at it. At least, in the meantime, she would get to wear a pretty dress this evening. After a moment, she took hold of its skirt and slipped it down over her head, inserting her arms through its wide, bell-shaped sleeves. That done, Jennifer perched on the edge of her bed, slipped her watch back over her wrist, and then brushed her hair. She knew the watch wasn't working, but her wrist felt strange without it. Finally, she put on the hand-knitted stockings and the soft leather slippers the Elves had left for her; they were very pretty.

Cinderella's fairy godmother should have given her slippers like these, instead of glass ones, she thought wryly. It'd be all too easy to break glass. I'm surprised her slippers stayed intact! Maybe they had to be made of glass, though, so that only her feet would fit inside them, not someone else's.

Smiling and shaking her head, Jennifer went to Joey and Kaylee's bedroom to check on her younger siblings, and to ask for help in lacing up her dress. Mairen, she noticed, had helped her little sister to change clothes, and was now brushing Kaylee's hair; Joey had donned his new Elvish clothes and was combing his hair. Lucy was lying on the floor and chewing on a sturdy rope tied up in a knot that one of the Elves had brought for her. This must be what it's like for rich people, Jennifer thought, smiling, as she watched Mairen and Kaylee.

When Mairen had finished brushing the little girl's hair, she laid aside the hair brush and turned toward Jennifer. "Do you need some assistance?"

"'Fraid I do." Jennifer bit her lower lip. "I've never worn a dress that laced up before, and I don't know how to manage these. I only know how to use laces to fasten shoes."

With a smile, the elf nursemaid approached the young girl and helped her to lace up the dress. When Mairen had finished, Jennifer noticed, to her satisfaction, that the dress was made to give her upper body some support. So this is why Lady Arwen told me not to wear my bra, she thought. With this support built in, I don't need it. She looked up at Mairen. "Thanks."

"You are welcome, Lady Jennifer." Mairen smiled kindly at her.

Kevin knocked, and then entered the room when Jennifer called, "Come in." He was shaking his head.

"I look so weird," he said, staring down at his new medieval-style clothes. Jennifer pressed her lips together to hold back a laugh.

"Well, uh, you don't exactly look like a dork, but you do look different."

"Yeah. We all do." Kevin rolled his eyes. "We boys do, anyway; it's not so different for you and Kaylee. Those are just fancy, old-timey dresses you're wearing." He looked from Jennifer to Kaylee, and shook his head. "I mean, hey, we all look as if we've gone back in time to the Middle Ages!"

Jennifer rolled her own eyes. "No kidding!" She shrugged. "It could be worse, though. At least, we're not dressed like serfs!" She paused. "Uh, Kevin, you might want to take your wallet and the park ranger's number out of your jeans pocket, since they're gonna wash our clothes tomorrow."

"I will, before I go to bed." Kevin made a face. "But you know, even if I were to keep his phone number on me, it wouldn't do me any good here. I don't think our allowance money's gonna do us any good here, either." He picked up his jeans and ran his fingers through his right jeans pocket, and then laid his jeans back down.

"Yes, well, my allowance money's back at the campsite," Jennifer said. "In my purse."

"It's just as well," Kevin said. "You couldn't spend it here, Jen. Our money's no good here in Middle-earth."

Grimacing, Jennifer nodded agreement, and then turned to Kaylee. "And Kaylee, I want you to take that pebble out of your pocket." With a nod, Kaylee scampered toward her jeans lying on the floor, and stuck her index finger and thumb inside until she found and removed the pebble. At a nod from Jennifer, the little girl laid it on the table. Jennifer smiled her approval.

Eledhwen entered the room. "It is time to go to the feast hall, children," she told them. Exchanging glances and nods, Kevin, Jennifer, Joey, and Kaylee followed her into the hall, and Mairen followed them. Jennifer, who had picked up Lucy before leaving the room, handed her to Mairen, who in turn handed the puppy to a nearby elf servant. After Jennifer left her hiking boots on the floor in her bedroom, she accompanied the others toward the staircase.

-oo000oo-

Boromir looked around the feast hall; Aragorn had yet to return from his scouting expedition to learn what had become of the Nazgûl. He wished that he could have accompanied Aragorn on the mission, so that he could learn more of this "Heir of Isildur". If the man's claims were true (and so far, there was no evidence that they were not), he could possibly one day be the King of Gondor. Boromir tried to tell himself that it did not matter who ruled, so long as the kingdom was saved from the enemy, but he had a hard time convincing himself of that, and he thought it would be even more difficult to convince his father.

But he knew that his unfamiliarity with these lands would make him a hindrance on this mission, which relied on speed and the ability to read the signs left by the enemy. Although he thought he might overcome those obstacles, he was unfamiliar with these lands, and that might slow the others down. Faramir would have been ideal for such a mission, and not for the first time, he wondered if it would not have been better if he had let his younger brother have this journey that he had insisted on taking for himself. Still, he was the one who had been given this mission by their father, and he must not allow his unease in these alien surroundings to hinder him.

He looked around the feast hall again. It was filled with folk: Elves for the most part, though there were a few guests of other sorts. Elrond sat in a great chair at the center of the long table upon the dais, and next to him to his left, sat Mithrandir. Boromir smiled. Faramir would have enjoyed this gathering, especially the opportunity to spend some time with Mithrandir—or Gandalf, as the hobbits called him.

Boromir's thoughts were interrupted as he saw four children whom he had not seen here in Imladris before being led into the feast hall by Arwen and two of her handmaidens. They were obviously not Elves, but children of the race of Men, though they were dressed in clothing of Elven cut and style. Clearly, they were guests of Elrond, as was he. He wondered when they had arrived, and why he had not seen them before. There was a youth who appeared to be in his mid-teens, a young lady slightly younger, a little boy of about nine or so, if Boromir was any judge, and a little girl of perhaps four or five. He wondered who they might be; perhaps they were the children of one of the dignitaries who had been in attendance at the Council?

Just then, all five of the hobbits entered the room, Merry and Pippin rushing in eagerly, followed by Bilbo and Frodo with more dignity, and Sam hovering shyly at the back. They spotted the children, and went over to greet them enthusiastically as Arwen left them to join her father at the High Table, while her handmaidens stayed with the children. Clearly, the little folk had already met the young ones. Pippin spoke to the youngest child, and then he looked up and noticed Boromir. He grinned and hurried over to Boromir.

"Boromir, have you met the newest guests? Come, I'll introduce you!" The young hobbit grabbed Boromir's hand and practically dragged him over to where the children stood.

"Boromir," the young Took said, "this is the McCloud family, brothers and sisters. This is Mister Kevin, Lady Jennifer, Master Joey, and Miss Kaylee." He gestured to each child as he introduced them, and then he turned to the children. "This is Lord Boromir of Gondor."

"Hi." Kevin raised his hand in greeting. "Pleased to meet you." He began to stick his hand out for a handshake, but he saw that Boromir was giving them a polite bow instead, so he returned the bow rather awkwardly. His younger brother and sisters imitated him just a beat later. He wasn't sure that the girls were supposed to bow. In the movies about historical times, didn't girls curtsey to royalty and nobles? But he didn't think his sisters knew how to curtsey.

Boromir gave a small smile of amusement. Clearly, the children were unused to the social customs that he was familiar with. He wondered where they were from. "I am most pleased to make your acquaintance," he said. "From whence do you hail?"

Kevin blinked, and glanced at his siblings. "Uh…we're from Oregon, in the United States of America. It's a long way from here. We got lost, and Lord Elrond found us and took us in."

Boromir's glance grew keen. Obviously, there was a much longer story behind these strange children than he was being told. He suspected that the Elves had told them to say as little as possible of their tale. But he had never heard of these "states of America" that Master Kevin mentioned, nor of the place called "Or Egon".

Jennifer exchanged a glance with Kevin, and then looked up at Boromir. "I'm sorry, sir, what's your last name?"

"Last name?" Boromir looked at her, puzzled.

"Well, yeah. You know—family name." Jennifer tilted her head as she stared up at him. "Ours is McCloud."

Boromir looked from her to Kevin. "Except for the Men of the Breelands, Lady Jennifer, no one of the race of Men have family names. In fact, except for the Men of the Breelands and the hobbits, no one of any race has a family name that I know of."

Kevin stared at him, and then at his sister. "Oh, yeah, that's right. Lord Elrond told us that, and so did Lady Arwen," he said, and Jennifer nodded. "Uh, what should we call you, then?"

"Just address me as Lord Boromir for now."

The signal for the actual meal was given. Boromir went to take his place at the High Table, and watched curiously as Merry, Pippin, Sam, and the two handmaidens led the children over to one of the lower tables. Frodo and Bilbo also had their seats at the High Table; as everyone took their seats, the hobbits were all seated on piles of cushions, and so was the youngest child, Kaylee. Boromir found himself seated next to Legolas, to the left of Elrond, Mithrandir, and Glorfindel. Arwen sat to Elrond's right, with Bilbo and Frodo by her side, and then Gloin and Gimli. It was thought best not to put the Dwarves next to the Prince of Mirkwood. To Boromir's puzzlement, the children held hands, bowed their heads, and closed their eyes, and the youngest one said something he could not hear.

Legolas turned to him as the food was served. "I have yet to meet those children of Men," said the Elf. "I saw that you were introduced to them. What is their story?"

Boromir shook his head. "I know little more than their names, and that they come from a strange place called Or Egon, in the land of 'united states'. I, too, wonder at their story."

-oo000oo-

Kaylee made a face at the food that the serving Elf had set before her. She had enjoyed the bread and butter that the meal had started with, and her glass of water wasn't so bad (though not as cold as she was used to), but this brownish soup containing some finely-chopped onion and a few bread crumbs looked completely distasteful. She glanced up at her older sister, who was taking regular swallows of the soup. If only Mommy was here! she thought, biting her lower lip. I want my mommy!

Across the table from Kaylee, Merry, Pippin, and Sam were digging in and praising the soup delightedly, comparing it to Shire food. "This is the best soup we've tasted yet!" Pippin said.

Merry and Sam nodded agreement. "Our cooks in the Shire couldn't have made it any better," Merry said.

Sam smiled in response. "Did you notice a bit of thyme, and maybe some summer savory?"

The other hobbits nodded enthusiastically. "I do believe those onions are sweeter than what we grow in the Shire," said Pippin.

"Yes, Mr. Pippin," said Sam. "The head gardener told me they're a big yellow variety 'specially grown only in Rivendell. They're extra sweet, he said."

Turning to Jennifer, Kaylee tugged on her big sister's sleeve. Jennifer turned to her. "What is it?" she asked in a low voice.

"I don't like this stuff," Kaylee whispered. "I want a drumstick! I want pizza! I want spaghetti!"

Jennifer pressed her lips together in an evident attempt to smother her laughter, amusement creasing her forehead. "I don't think they have pizza or drumsticks or spaghetti here, Kaylee," she whispered back. "And even if they do have chicken, it may not be fried with a crust like it is in America."

Kaylee bit her lower lip. "I wish Mommy was here," she whispered, her voice on the edge of a whimper.

Jennifer hugged the little girl to her side. "So do I, Kaylee," she whispered back. "We'll be back with our parents eventually; we won't be here forever. It'll be all right."

Making a face, Kaylee looked up at Joey, who was scowling next to her. "I want a hamburger," he muttered. "And French fries. And a chocolate malt." Kaylee swallowed hard and nodded agreement. What Joey said would be good, too. If only they could go to Burger King!

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged amused glances. "We're not in America anymore, Joey," Kevin told the younger boy. "We're in a foreign country now; that means we're gonna have to eat foreign food. I don't believe they have hamburgers and French fries and malts here."

"Don't they have a McDonald's here?" Joey pouted. "Or a Burger King? Or a Kentucky Fried Chicken? Or maybe a Pizza Hut...!"

"Whoa! Whoa," said Kevin, laughing. "I don't believe they have any of those kinds of places here. Yes, some foreign countries do, but we're not just in another country, Joey, or even just another continent; we're in another world. We'll just have to make the best of what this place has, while we're here."

"That's right," Jennifer said. "We'll just have to eat what they serve us, and not complain." She nudged Kaylee. "Just try it, Kaylee! A few sips." Kaylee made a face in response. She was sure she would hate this soup.

Eledhwen and Mairen had watched and listened to the whole exchange, amusement on their faces. "I take it that Miss Kaylee and Master Joey don't like beef soup?" Eledhwen asked.

"Not particularly. They prefer chicken noodle soup." Jennifer shook her head as she spoke. "Plus, none of us have ever eaten soup made this way. You'll have to excuse Joey and Kaylee, Miss Eledhwen, especially Kaylee. She doesn't like to eat anything that's unfamiliar to her. Little kids—" She glanced at Kaylee and shrugged. "—they tend to be like that. Joey and Kaylee, they miss the foods they're used to. And not having our parents here with us makes it worse."

"That is true, and I am sure it does." Eledhwen smiled, then gestured at Kaylee. "Just try it, Miss Kaylee. A few sips," she coaxed. "I want you to try everything you are served, all right? None of our foods will be familiar to you, I know, but I believe you will find that you like some of it."

Nodding agreement, Mairen turned to Joey. "You, too, Master Joey."

Joey made a face. "Do I have to?" he complained, appealing to Kevin and Jennifer.

"Yes, Joey, you have to," said Kevin firmly. "It's either that or go hungry. You, too, Kaylee." Jennifer nodded agreement.

Pouting again, Joey took a sip of his soup, and a scowling Kaylee followed suit. To her surprise, it did not taste as bad as she had feared, and so she swallowed some more before she stopped, while finishing off the glass of water that she had been served. Joey did the same. Kaylee noticed that though the taste of the soup was strong, it also tasted kind of sweet. Kevin and Jennifer, meanwhile, took small, hesitant sips of the watered wine that they had been given.

Soon, the serving Elves replenished the younger children's glasses of water, removed the bowls of soup, and replaced them with gleaming white plates of light-brown-colored rice mixed with a sauce of some sort. Again, Kaylee looked down at her own serving with distaste. She fidgeted on her cushions.

Jennifer took a bite of the dish. "Try it, Kaylee!" she urged. "Just a few bites, if you find you don't like it." Making a face again, a reluctant Kaylee picked up her spoon, dug it into the rice dish, and inserted it into her mouth. To her surprise and delight, it had chicken in it, so she ended up eating half of the rice dish before she stopped.

The food kept coming. Unlike the meals the children were used to at home, the Elves did not put all the food on the table at once, but took away the previous dish when they brought the new one. Jennifer tried to set a good example for the younger ones, and managed to avoid making a face when she saw that the chicken dish that came next was stewed. Like Joey and Kaylee, she would have much preferred their chicken fried with a crust, and she was sure that Kevin did, too. Still it wasn't too bad, although the sauce was a little sour. To her surprise, both Kevin and Joey scarfed theirs down as quickly as the hobbits did.

"This is a fair treat, this is," said Sam. "I'm going to have to see if I can get the recipe off the cooks."

"It's real good!" said Joey, smiling broadly.

Kaylee picked at hers. "I'm getting full," she said. "But I did try some." She looked apologetically at Mairen, Eledhwen, and Jennifer.

At the same moment, Joey and Pippin said in unison, "I'll finish it, if you don't want it!"

Kevin and Jennifer scowled at Joey, and Pippin exclaimed, "Ow!" as Merry kicked him under the table. Exchanging amused glances, Kevin and Jennifer shook their heads.

Mairen smiled. "Perhaps you may wish to save some room for the final dish—it is to be a sweet to finish off the meal!"

"Oh! Dessert!" Joey exclaimed.

Kaylee perked up. "There's dessert?" she asked hopefully.

"Apparently so," Jennifer said.

"Oh, goody!" Kaylee bounced on her cushions, causing them to scatter. Maybe she could find room for dessert. Her siblings, the hobbits, Eledhwen, and Mairen all laughed, and Jennifer stood up to reposition the cushions for Kaylee.

As Jennifer sat back down, one of the serving Elves brought a large pie to the table. It smelled wonderful! As the pie was portioned out, the children saw that it had different kinds of fruit, raisins, and nuts. Everyone's face lit up, and Pippin even clapped his hands in anticipation.

"I love this one!" said Pippin. "We had it once before, shortly after we got here! I would've never thought of putting quinces in with apples and pears!"

Jennifer's eyebrows rose in surprise, as she had never been fond of pears and she had no idea what a quince was, but this was delicious, and all the children finished their portions, even Kaylee.

The meal ended, and Merry and Pippin hopped down from their seats. "I think," said Merry, "that Pip and I are going out for a pipe and a sniff of air. But…" He gestured to Frodo and Bilbo, who were heading in their direction. "…we will probably go to the Hall of Fire for a while afterwards. Will you be joining us?"

"What's the Hall of Fire?" asked Kevin.

"It is where we nightly have song and story," answered Mairen. "We Elves sometimes stay up through the night there, but our mortal guests often join us for a few hours, at least, until weariness leads them to their beds."

"Please, can we?" asked Kaylee, tugging at Jennifer's sleeve, and looking up at her older sister and brother with big eyes. "Pretty please?"

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged glances. "Well, just for a little while," said Jennifer. "But not past your bedtime! The same goes for you, Joey." She looked from one to the other. "Don't forget that we've been up for much longer than usual. That nap we took this afternoon didn't really make up our lost sleep."

"That's right," Kevin agreed. "We're gonna be suffering from jet lag for the next few days, until we get used to this time difference."

"But we haven't been on a plane," Joey protested.

Kevin and Jennifer laughed. "No, but the time difference is just as great as if we had, Joey," Jennifer told her little brother. "So, we may as well call it jet lag."

While the hobbits left the feast hall to have a pipe, Mairen and Eledhwen guided the McClouds to another room with a wash basin and a water closet conveniently located near the feast hall. They were glad to freshen up after the meal. After the girls had finished using the toilet, they used the wash basin to wash their hands, and Kaylee tolerated Jennifer washing her face and using a wet cloth to dab away a spot on Kaylee's Elvish dress, where she had spilled a few drops of sauce. The girls came out and allowed the boys to use the small room. While the girls waited for Kevin and Joey, a servant brought Lucy to them. Kaylee happily took hold of Lucy and clasped the puppy against her chest. "Lucy!" Wagging her tail, Lucy yipped and licked her face.

When the boys were finished, the Elven ladies led the children across a passage and through a couple of other doors, and came into another big room. Kaylee was glad that Mairen and Eledhwen had showed them the way. There weren't any tables, and the only chairs were a few big ones upon a sort of stage. But all around the walls were benches, and there were big soft cushions scattered all over the floor. There were big carved pillars around the room between the benches; in the middle of the room was a giant fire pit, sort of like the one Kaylee's family had on their patio, but way bigger and fancier, and a big fire burned brightly there, making the room feel warm and cheerful. She looked up where the big chairs were; Lady Arwen and her father were sitting in two of them. Kaylee still wasn't sure what to call him—Mr. Elrond didn't sound right. Maybe Jennifer could tell her later. Some of the rules about manners seemed all different here. Arwen had told the children to address her as Lady Arwen, so at least Kaylee knew what to call her. And Boromir had told them to address him as Lord Boromir. She saw Mr. Gandalf sit down next to Lady Arwen, and Arwen's father in a third chair.

Holding Lucy against her chest with one hand, Kaylee clung to Jennifer's hand with the other, wondering where they were supposed to sit, but just then Joey pointed and waved towards the wall behind them. The children turned and saw Merry and Pippin waving at them merrily. Bilbo and Frodo were on the bench, toes dangling. There were several cushions on the floor in front of them, two of which Merry and Pippin were perched on, and there was some room on the bench next to Bilbo. All of the children went over and claimed cushions next to Merry and Pippin. As soon as Kaylee had perched cross-legged on her cushion, she set Lucy on the floor and leaned against Jennifer. The puppy immediately began to scamper about, yipping; Kaylee giggled, watching her.

The room was gradually filling up with Elves. There were also a few men, including Boromir, and there were three or four dwarfs together on a bench by the opposite wall.

Kaylee had just gotten comfortable on her cushion, leaning against her big sister. Jennifer placed an arm around her, and began to stroke her hair. Kaylee stuck her thumb in her mouth.

After a few minutes, an Elf got up and stood before the stage. He faced each side of the room and bowed before each, and then, with an amused glance at the playful puppy, he began to sing.

"Rómen Isilo, númen Anaro
Orta eressë ambo
Taliryar nar marya laiqua ëaressë
Mindoniryar nar fánë ar úrúmala
Taniquetil pella
Valinoressë Tulë lá nan minë eressë él
Ya wilë Isilello
Ar Aldu nar heldë
Ya coller Fuio telpë lótë
Ya coller i corna yávë auréva
Valinoressë
Valinoressë nar i falassi Inwinórëo
Ar isilmë cala sarnientassë
Fallerya ná telpë lindalë
Calala talamessë
I velici ëar-lëor pella
I anda falassë litsëo
Ya rahta háya
I lókecásina andonna
I tië Isilo,
Taniquetil pellal
Valinoressë…"*

Kaylee had never heard anyone sing like that! She couldn't understand the words at all, but as she listened, pictures formed in her mind of a lovely scene: a far green country beneath a large mountain. In a few minutes, Lucy settled down in front of Kaylee and stopped barking. Curling up on the floor, she held her head up to look at the Elf, thumping her tail on the floor.

Jennifer was sitting near Bilbo. She too was seeing beautiful images, but had no idea what the words meant. He looked at her, and very quietly muttered the translation.

"East of the Moon, west of the Sun,
There stands a lonely hill;
Its feet are in the pale green sea,
Its towers are white and still,
Beyond Taniquetil
In Valinor.

"Comes never there but one lone star
That fled before the moon;
And there the Two Trees naked are
That bore Night's silver bloom,
That bore the globéd fruit of Noon
In Valinor…"

The old hobbit continued on, but Jennifer found her thoughts clung to an image of two beautiful trees: one glowing silver, the other gold…

-oo000oo-

A/N:

*This is a Quenya translation of J.R.R. Tolkien's poem "The Shores of Faëry" from The Book of Lost Tales II, translated into Quenya by "Elders" of the Lord of the Rings fanatics plaza. Our thanks to them.

The menu was taken from the site, "Gode Cookery". For those of you interested in the food they were eating, (since we cannot give links, descriptions are below:

PANE E BURRO (Bread & butter)

DE CONDITURA CAEPARUM (Onions in strong sweet broth)

Beef broth and sautéed onions thickened with a few bread crumbs.

Ingredients: Onions, strong broth, pepper, and white grape juice.

Source: Platina

The onion is also cooked under ashes and coals until the rawness is steamed out of it; when it has cooled it is chopped finely and put in a dish with salt and oil and defrutum, or rolled in must. There are those who also sprinkle the onion with pepper or cinnamon.

RISUM IN QuO IVS IVRE (Rice in the juice you please)

Rice baked in an almond broth.

Ingredients: Rice, chicken stock, almond milk, salt, saffron, pepper, nutmeg, cinnamon.

Source: Platina

Enough has been said about simple things; but cooks now call me to preparations once again. Spelt meal is cleaned and rinsed, cooked in juice of chicken for a long time; when it has cooked transfer part of it into a deep dish. To this, when it has cooled a little, add the yolks of three eggs with some saffron and return it to the pot and sprinkle with spices.

Prepare rice in the same manner as the meal. Some leave out the eggs. It is done according to your choice.

PVLEVS IN ACRESTA (Chicken in verjuice)

Chicken stewed in verjuice, herbs, & spices.

Ingredients: Chicken, verjuice, parsley mint, saffron, salt, pepper.

Source: Platina

Cook down a chicken with some salt flesh; when it is half-cooked, put into your pot grapes with the seeds removed. Add parsley and finely chopped mint, pepper and saffron powdered together. Put all these into a kettle. When the chicken is cooked, fill the plates.

PATINA DE COTONIA
(Quince and Walnut Pastries) Quinces are combined with apples and pears, stewed with walnuts, and baked in a delicate pastry.

Ingredients: Quince, apples, pears, walnuts, raisins, sugar, flour, lard, water, salt.

If you are very interested in Medieval and Renaissance food, "Gode Cookery" (http://www.godecookery.com/) is a excellent site to begin with.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure. This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson. This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies. Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 6: Immortals

Song had followed song, and Kaylee had eventually slipped into dreams, blissfully unaware when her big brother picked her up and carried her to bed, followed by her sister leading a sleepy Joey by one hand and carrying a sleepy puppy with the other.  Suddenly, her eyes popped open. To her surprise, she was lying on a bed—one of the beds in the guest room that Lady Arwen had assigned to her and Joey.  Mairen was pulling her dress upward, and Jennifer was standing close by. Yawning, Kaylee raised her arms so that the Elf-nanny would be able to pull her dress over her head.  Moments later, Mairen had helped Kaylee to put on the snow-white nightgown that Arwen had given her.

Kissing her on the forehead, Mairen stepped back and removed the robe off the foot of the bed.  The little girl slid off the bed and wandered into Jennifer's guest bedroom to rummage through her older sister's backpack, looking for a book.

Yawning again, Kaylee dug L. Frank Baum's The Wonderful Wizard of Oz out of Jennifer's backpack, returned to her and Joey's guest bedroom, and brought it to her big sister.  As she approached the bed, she noticed that Lucy was curled up, asleep, in a little dog bed on the floor against the wall.  "Would you read to me?" Kaylee held up the book in front of her big sister.

Jennifer smiled. "Please."

"'Please,'" Kaylee echoed. "Please, Jennifer? Read to me? Pretty please?"

Jennifer chuckled. For the past three nights, she had been reading the children's fantasy novel to Kaylee every night at bedtime, and so she had brought it along to continue to read to her little sister while they were on their camping trip. She had packed it in her own backpack, along with several picture books that she also intended to read to Kaylee during their trip, before they had left for Wallowa Lake State Park. "Sure. Come on, we'll snuggle up together on the bed."

Kaylee crawled under the bedcovers, a rag doll that Lady Arwen had given her earlier that day in the crook of her arm, and Jennifer lay on top of the covers next to her. As the candlelight flickered next to the bed, she read aloud to her little sister Chapter 4: "The Road Through the Forest." Jennifer was forced to squint as she read the chapter to Kaylee because the candlelight was so dim. Kaylee listened intently as she looked at the illustrations, rubbing her eyes now and then and yawning periodically while she listened, obviously determined to stay awake during the chapter.

When Jennifer had finished Chapter 4, Kaylee laid her head on Jennifer's arm while suppressing a yawn. "Please, can we watch the movie tomorrow? We didn't get to watch one today."

"No, we didn't have time to today," Jennifer said. She removed her arm from under Kaylee's head and gazed down at her little sister. "But I don't know that we really need to watch The Wizard of Oz at this time, Kaylee. You know, as Kevin said earlier, we're having a very similar adventure to the one Dorothy had." Also, Jennifer thought, we need to save the batteries.

Kaylee smiled broadly. "Are we over the rainbow?"

Jennifer laughed. "Kaylee, we're not even under the rainbow! But we are in a very different land that we never expected to be in, just as Dorothy was. In fact, just as Kevin said earlier, we're in a fairy-tale kind of country, same as Dorothy was; we're living a fantasy story. And you know, we're much better off than she was, because we're all in this together, you and me and Kevin and Joey—and Lucy. Poor Dorothy had only her dog, Toto, for company."

Kaylee nodded. "Yeah." She grimaced. "I wish Mommy and Daddy was here," she said wistfully.

"'Were' here, Kaylee," Jennifer corrected her. She wrapped her arm around Kaylee's shoulders and hugged her to her side. "I wish they were, too, Kaylee. We all do. And I wish that Megan and Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet were also here." She paused. "But you know, Dorothy didn't get to have her aunt and uncle with her, either. Not on that first trip to Oz, anyway. As I just said, we're living a fantasy story, and in fantasy stories, kids who go to other worlds don't get to have their parents with them. Not while they're in that other world."

"And now, Miss Kaylee, it is time for bed," Mairen told the child.

"Yes, Kaylee, it's time for prayers and lights out," Jennifer said, removing her arm from around Kaylee's back and glancing at her watch. Then she peered through the door to the opening to Kevin's guest bedroom, where Joey had been getting ready for bed. "It'll soon be time for Joey to be joining you." She smiled mischievously. "Don't think I haven't noticed you yawning and trying to keep your eyes open ever since you woke up in your bed earlier, Kaylee McCloud!" Kaylee giggled.

After Kaylee had knelt against the bed to say her bedtime prayers, Jennifer tucked her under the covers. Before she had a chance to do anything more, though, Kaylee screwed up her face in an evident effort to refrain from crying, and tears welled up in her eyes. "What's the matter, Kaylee?" Jennifer asked softly.

"I want my mommy," Kaylee whimpered, choking back sobs. "I want my daddy."

Biting her lower lip, Jennifer hugged her little sister to her side. Their mother was usually the one to read to Kaylee and put her to bed, although Jennifer sometimes did it in her stead. "We all do, Kaylee," she said softly. "You're not the only one. I know it's lonely without our mom and daddy, but we won't be here forever." She kissed Kaylee on the forehead and began to sing to her softly as their mother usually did.

"Jesus loves me, this I know.

For the Bible tells me so.

Little ones to Him belong.

They are weak, but He is strong.

"Yes, Jesus loves me.

Yes, Jesus loves me.

Yes, Jesus loves me.

The Bible tells me so."*

As Kaylee's eyes slid closed, Jennifer began to sing another song.

"Hush, little baby, don't say a word.

Daddy's gonna buy you a mockingbird.

When that mockingbird won't sing,

Daddy's gonna buy you a diamond ring…"*

By the time that Jennifer had finished singing that nursery rhyme to Kaylee, the little girl's breathing had evened out, and the expression on her face had smoothed. Rising to her feet, Jennifer straightened the covers over her sister and gently kissed her forehead again, careful not to wake her. "I will take good care of your little sister, Lady Jennifer," Mairen whispered.

Jennifer smiled her gratitude. "Thanks," she whispered, and then headed toward the bedroom door as a yawning Joey entered, followed by Kevin. It was his turn to go to bed now.

"I'll join you when Joey's asleep," Kevin whispered.

Turning around, Jennifer nodded. "Let me know, I'll be in my room," she whispered back.

"We can talk in my room," he answered. "That way, we won't wake them up."

-oo000oo-

"Kaylee and Joey are both asleep now, aren't they?" Jennifer asked Kevin in a low voice, after they had retreated to Kevin's room.

"Yes." Kevin nodded. "And I'm glad. It's real hard on Kaylee, not having our mom and dad around."

"It sure is. She was all right while I was reading to her, but she was close to tears when it was time for her to go to sleep. It is hard on her, real hard, being separated from our mom and dad like this. To be honest, it's real hard on all of us." Jennifer made a face. "And not just because we're separated from Mom and Daddy, either, although I do miss them terribly." She sighed. "I miss having electricity, Kevin. I really do. I miss all the tech and the Internet and stuff."

"I know. I do, too." Kevin grimaced. "We can't do most of the things we usually entertain ourselves with. For one thing, we should keep our using our devices to a minimum to save the batteries."

"Well, we've got replacement batteries and battery chargers in our backpacks, don't forget."

"True, but even with spares, we can't expect our players and flashlights and other stuff to hold out as long as we're here. We don't know how long we're gonna be here, don't forget. And even though most of our batteries are rechargeable, there are no plug-ins here to plug the battery chargers into. We're gonna have to save our batteries as much as possible." Jennifer grimaced; her brother was right.

"I guess we'll have to just make do with entertaining ourselves like the Elves do. The Hall of Fire was really interesting; it was like being at a live concert, sort of," she said.

"Did you kind of get the gist of the songs even though they were in another language?" Kevin asked her.

"Yes. But I was glad that Mr. Baggins translated that one song, the one that was so pretty, about a mountain and two trees…" She could not get that image out of her mind.

Jennifer leaned back against the chair next to Kevin's bed, her arms folded across her chest. "One thing I didn't understand," she said, after a moment. "I wonder what was so special about those trees. I just don't get it! What's so special about a tree, anyway? I mean, a tree's a tree." She shook her head.

Kevin bit his lower lip. "You've got me. And in the song, those trees gave off light." He snorted. "Trees can't give light! Only the sun can do that."

Jennifer nodded agreement. "That's right! Well, that and light bulbs. Only light bulbs haven't been invented here yet."

"No, they haven't. And anyway, they can't give out light the way the sun can. I would think that it was just, you know, a pretty metaphor or something, except that Mr. Baggins said most Elf songs are from their real history." Kevin shook his head. "There's so much about Middle-earth I just don't understand. We could ask someone, and maybe they would tell us more—maybe Master Elrond or Lady Arwen?"

Jennifer nodded. "Yeah, I'm sure they would. But would we understand it any better if they did?"

Kevin shrugged. "Only one way to find out."

Jennifer shrugged. "True."

Kevin continued, "I really wish we could get on the Internet, you know. Since Tolkien made up this place, there's sure to be a lot of Web sites about it on the Internet. And it might explain some of the stuff we don't understand. I wish we could just Google 'Two Trees'!"

"I know. If we were back home, we could. I would like to look them up. There's sure to be lots of books written about it, too." Jennifer paused. "When we get back home, I'm going to read that book Nicole recommended to me. Both books, in fact; Nicole has them both, so I'm sure she'll lend both of them to me. She already wants to loan me The Hobbit, as you know; I'm sure she'll also loan me The Lord of the Rings if I ask her. And I'm gonna see if Tolkien wrote any other books. I might want to read them, if he did." As Kevin nodded agreement, Jennifer folded her arms across her chest and scanned Kevin's guest room. "I want to look this place up on the Web, too, Kevin. I also want to text Nicole and let her know what's happening." She grimaced. "More than that, I want to text Mom and Daddy!"

Kevin smothered a chuckle. "Nicole'll never believe you, you know, if you ever do tell her what's happened to us."

Jennifer grinned. "No, I guess not." She shook her head. "I'm not sure Mom and Daddy will, either, or our aunt and uncle, not when we do finally have a chance to tell them. They're gonna want to know what's happened to us, you know, Kevin." She bit her lower lip. "How do we explain?"

"I don't know." Kevin sighed. "Right now, though, let's just worry about getting back to them. We can worry about how to explain things to them when we do get back. We can always show them the pictures and videos we're gonna take while we're here. That'll be our proof." Jennifer nodded agreement. Kevin added, "You know, Jen, somehow, we're gonna have to do without the electronic gadgets and stuff, just like Kaylee's going to have to manage without Mom and Dad. It's not like we have a choice, you know." He bit his lower lip and grimaced. He knew what they had to do, but he didn't like it, and neither did Jennifer.

"No, we don't," Jennifer agreed, scowling. "I hate that part." She shrugged. "Oh, well, at least we're together, and the people here are nice." She paused, furrowing her eyebrows, as a thought came to her. "I don't want to lose my baton skills, Kevin, so I'm going to have to find something to practice with while we're here. A tree branch, maybe. What about you? How are you going to keep up your basketball skills?"

"Good question." Kevin grimaced. "Unless I can find a hoop to nail to a tree or a wall outside, and a suitable ball to practice with—one that can bounce—I don't see any way to. And I don't see any way for Joey to practice his baseball skills here, either. So far, we haven't found any other kids here, so he's got no one to play baseball with."

Jennifer shook her head. "It's not just Mom and Daddy and Aunt Janet and Uncle Ryan we're gonna have to explain things to, then, is it?" she asked. Kevin made a face. "Guess we'll have to ask God to help us keep our skills, then, so we won't have to start learning them all over again when we get back home. There's absolutely no way our coaches or my baton corps leader and director are going to believe us, if we tell them we went to a fantasy-land while we were on our camping trip."

"No kidding," Kevin muttered, staring down at the floor, a troubled expression on his face.

Jennifer sighed. She, Joey, and Kevin had always loved to take part in P.E. and afterschool sports. Kevin had played basketball for the past several years, and he was a member of the high-school basketball team. Joey had been pitching for his baseball team in the minor league division of Little League baseball for the past two years; soon after his ninth birthday, he had been promoted to the major league division. Jennifer was the assistant director of the city's Optimist Youth Band Baton Corps, and she loved to take part in intramural sports at school. To let their sports skills become rusty because of an extended stay in Middle-earth, wherever that was, was simply unthinkable.

Jennifer sighed. She knew that God was with them, but how could He let them get stuck in another world? Why had He let this happen to them? Why would He send them to another world, one that apparently wasn't even in their universe? Surely, if there was a mission or ministry the Lord had in mind for them, as they had guessed earlier that day, they could perform it just as easily in their own world.

Please, God, she prayed silently, help us through this, and give us strength. If You have called us here for some kind of mission, please tell us what it is and help us to do it, so we can get back home. Help Kevin and me to be strong for Joey and Kaylee. And please help our parents and our aunt and uncle not to worry. In Jesus' name, amen. She sighed. I wish Mom and Dad were here, God, so they could pray. We need them!

There was a light tap on Kevin's door. Thinking perhaps it was Joey or Kaylee awake and needing something, Jennifer said, "Come in!"

But when the door opened, it was not either of the younger children, but Gandalf the Wizard. "I wondered if I might have a word with you?"

Kevin looked as surprised as Jennifer felt, but he politely said, "Uh, yes, sir. Come in."

Gandalf came in, and took the chair that sat by Kevin's bed. "I have overheard you children speaking together of God, who is in this world and time, too, and goes by the name of Eru Ilúvatar."

Jennifer felt a shiver run down her spine—not fear exactly, but a feeling of awe. She felt she was about to hear something amazing. She glanced at Kevin, whose eyes were narrowed.

"Is there some reason we shouldn't speak about our faith?" he asked, his tone a little angry.

Jennifer put her hand on his arm to calm him down.

Gandalf smiled. "It warms my heart to hear you speak so of our Creator, and yet there are some things that should remain hidden. Long, long ago, I was once privileged to be with Him when He sang our world into being. Seldom do I recall that time, before I was sent from the West to bring aid and a message of hope to the people of Middle-earth."

Exchanging stunned glances, Kevin and Jennifer gaped at Gandalf. "Are—are you an angel?" Jennifer gasped.

"An angel?" Gandalf stared at her in evident puzzlement.

"Well, yeah! You know—a messenger from God. He sends angels to give messages to people and protect people and stuff. The Bible speaks of them—it's the Word of God. The angels live in Heaven with God," Jennifer explained, and Kevin nodded agreement. He picked up his teen study Bible and held it up for Gandalf for a brief moment, and then set it back on the table. Jennifer added, "I have one, too. It's in my room."

Gandalf looked briefly thoughtful. "I suspect that you may be right, in a way. And yet I had to give up much of my power to come here. So now I am an Istar, a wizard. But if all goes well and I can fulfill my purpose in being here, I will once more serve as a Maiar, what you have named an angel. But in this form, I do not have all the abilities, or indeed all the memories, I had in Aman. The veil over my memories is lifted if there is something I need to know in order to accomplish my mission, as was revealed to me tonight when I overheard you speaking." He paused, looking from Jennifer to Kevin.

"The times your book speaks of are far distant from now, in the far distant future, and are not ready to be revealed to mortals, or to Elves." He stood up. "I know that I have given you much to think upon, but I trust the One to whom we look to guide you well in what you can and cannot reveal. I will leave you now to get some rest. You have had a very busy day." With that, he gave a nod and quietly left the room, closing the door behind him.

Jennifer and Kevin exchanged astonished glances. "Gandalf's an angel!" Jennifer said. "An angel sent by God!"

"Yeah!" Kevin shook his head, awe-stricken. "I can't believe it! But I'm so glad there's an angel here."

"Yeah! Me, too." Jennifer nodded, smiling broadly. "I don't know how much he'll be able to do, though. The way he talked, he left behind a lot of his angelic powers when he left Heaven to come here."

Kevin bit his lower lip. "True. God put him in a human body when He sent him here." He furrowed his eyebrows in intense puzzlement. "You know, Jen, I thought we were in another world. But the way Gandalf talked, it sounds as if we're in another time in our world. A far-off distant time, way in the past."

"That can't be!" Jennifer shook her head vigorously. "If there is such a time—or was—why doesn't the Bible mention it? Or our history books?"

Kevin shrugged. "You got me."

A yawn caught Jennifer off guard. It was bedtime—in fact, it was past time for her and Kevin to be going to bed. "Guess we'll have to talk about this tomorrow. I'm sleepy." She yawned again. "Good night, Kevin," she said.

"Good night." Stifling a yawn, Kevin turned toward his bed. Yawning yet again, Jennifer left his room to enter her own bedroom and approached her guest bed, where the nightgown and robe that Eledhwen had given her lay folded at its foot. She saw no use in putting on the robe now; as soon as she had her nightgown on, she was going to bed. She was too tired to read that night; the novels that she had brought with her would have to wait until the next day, when she had time to read. She would also have to make time to read her Bible the next day.

Mustn't forget to say my prayers first, though, she thought, as she pulled her dress up over her head. She smiled broadly. Thank You, God, for sending us an angel!

-oo000oo-

*A/N: "Jesus Loves Me" and "Hush, Little Baby" are both in the public domain.

Can you guess the origin of the title of this chapter? HINT: It follows the pattern of previous titles...

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Can you guess the origin of the title chapter? HINT: It follows the pattern of previous titles, also 1989.

Chapter 7: Part of Your World

The next morning, Joey was awakened by the loud chirping of birds.  He sat up and looked around his unfamiliar surroundings.  So, it wasn't a dream.  He sighed and glanced over at the other bed, where Kaylee was still soundly sleeping.  Through the open door to the side of the room, he could see the foot of Jennifer's bed in the small room that connected to theirs.  At least he wasn’t alone here in Middle-earth; Kevin and Jennifer and Kaylee were also here.  And so was Lucy, who was curled up asleep in a little dog bed on the floor against the wall.  She twitched her right back leg and her nose; apparently, she was dreaming.

Joey wondered if he could slip out before his sisters woke, to make his way to what the Elves called the "water closet".  Miss Eledhwen had shown him the fancy bowl under the bed that she called a "chamber pot", but it would be just too embarrassing to use that thing.  What if Kaylee woke up and saw him?  He turned beet-red at the very thought of it!

Very carefully, Joey tiptoed out and made his way to the room in question, proud of himself for dealing with the matter all by himself.  After he finished, he quickly scurried back to his and Kaylee’s guest room, hoping that he wouldn't see anyone.  This long white shirt they'd given him to sleep in seemed altogether too much like a dress for his taste; he wished he had his Star Wars or Spider-Man pajamas.  Except that he had left his Spider-Man pajamas at home, along with his Spider-Man backpack, and he had left his Star Wars pajamas back at the campsite.  Oh, well, he wasn't going to see either movie again anytime soon, anyhow!  He shrugged.

Joey had almost made it back to the bedroom when he saw his brother coming down the hall in the direction he had been coming from.  Kevin still looked half-asleep, and did not even spot him as he shuffled past.  Joey bit his lower lip and smirked.  He was right.  A nightshirt really did look like a dress, and it looked even weirder on his big brother.

Joey re-entered his and Kaylee’s guest bedroom.  He looked at his bed and groaned.  Now I gotta make my stupid bed!

It took him several minutes to finish the job, but at last, his bed was made.  By then, Lucy was also up, and was pattering around on the floor, sniffing.  “Hey, Lucy,” Joey said softly, rubbing her head, and then he straightened his back and scanned the room.  Well, I guess it’s time to get dressed, he thought, but what shall I wear?

Before he had time to think about it, one of the lady elves from the day before entered the bedroom, carrying an armload of clothes.  “Good morning, Master Joey,” she said cheerfully.  “You wake up your little sister while I wake up Lady Jennifer and Lord Kevin.  Lady Arwen has asked me to bring some new clothes for you and your brother and sisters.”  Nodding, Joey approached Kaylee’s bed, then turned toward the elf.

“Uh, sorry, I forget your name,” he said.

“My name is Eledhwen,” she said.

Slowly, Joey repeated it three times; Eledhwen corrected his pronunciation until, on the third try, he got it correct.  “Sorry, that’s a hard name to pronounce,” he said.  “But I never was all that good with foreign names.”  Eledhwen laughed.

Joey turned back to his little sister as the elf watched.  “Wake up, Kaylee,” he said, shaking her shoulder.

“Go ‘way,” the little girl muttered grumpily, her eyes still closed.

“Wake up, Kaylee.  It’s morning!”  Joey paused, and then imitated their mother: “Rise and shine!”

Groaning, Kaylee sat up and rubbed her eyes, pouting.  “I want my mommy,” she mumbled.  Joey bit his lower lip again.  So did he.

Just then, Jennifer, who was still in her nightgown, entered the room.  “Good morning, you two,” she said, and then saw the elf.  “Oh.  Morning.”

“Good morning, Lady Jennifer.”  The elf smiled at her.  “Lady Arwen has asked me to wake you children and bring you some more clothes.”  She laid the stack on Joey’s bed.

Jennifer nodded.  ‘Well, I’m already awake.  In fact, it looks as if we all are.” She yawned and stretched her arms above her head.  “I just got out of the bathroom—uh, water closet.  Kevin’s still in there.  He went in when I came out. He’ll be back in a moment.”

Joey nodded.  “I used the bathroom, too.”

Jennifer looked at Kaylee.  “Guess I’d better take Kaylee there, then.” She approached her little sister.  “Come on, Kaylee.  Time to go potty, and then we need to get dressed.”  She took Kaylee out of the room.

-oo000oo-

After the children had prepared to go down to breakfast, they made their way through the passage.  Eledhwen had helped them dress, this time in clothing somewhat similar to the night before, but not quite so fancy and formal.  In the process, the children had fastened leather pouches to their new belts, one for each child; it was evident that since their new Elvish clothes had no pockets, pouches would be needed to carry their small belongings.  Kevin had removed several Band-Aids and a small bottle of antiseptic out of his first-aid kit and slipped them into his pouch, in case of an emergency, as well as his handkerchief.  Jennifer had knelt down to tie Kaylee’s hiking boots for her.

When the children had assured Eledhwen that they could find their way to the dining hall on their own this time, she had agreed.  She had gathered the clothing they had arrived in, and was now preparing to take it down to the laundry.

"Lady Jennifer, is there any special treatment this clothing needs?" the elf nursemaid asked her.

Jennifer shook her head.  "It's just jeans and T-shirts and jackets.  And socks and underwear, and our hiking boots.  And Kevin and Joey’s belts, only our boots and belts don’t need washing.  Sometimes, though, our boots need to be polished.”  She paused.  “You might want to make sure the zippers are zipped, and that the snaps are snapped together."  She pointed at the zippers on the jackets and blue jeans as she spoke.

When Eledhwen looked puzzled, Jennifer showed her the zippers and snaps on their jackets and on Kevin and Joey’s blue jeans, and then she demonstrated for the elf nursemaid how to zip and unzip the zippers and how to fasten and unfasten the snaps on their clothing.  “Our backpacks have snaps and zippers, too,” she said, holding hers up to demonstrate.

"Why, how clever!" the Elven-maiden exclaimed.

Jennifer grinned as she watched Eledhwen zip her jacket up and down again several times.  Suddenly, she remembered something.  "Oh!" she exclaimed.  "Kevin, Joey, and Kaylee—did all of you empty your pockets last night?"  She looked in her own jeans pockets to make sure they were empty.

Wincing, Kevin’s face flushed, and he examined his jeans pockets.  “Drat!  I forgot.”  While he sheepishly removed his wallet and the park ranger’s phone number from his back jeans pocket and returned to his own bedroom to leave them on his table, Joey and Kaylee grinned smugly, and virtuously pointed to the small tables by their beds, on which they had laid the contents of their pockets the previous evening.

"See," boasted Kaylee, "we remembered!"  She pointed at the pebble she had laid on the table the evening before.

Jennifer shook her head at her little sister, and repeated what their mother often said: "Kaylee, we don't brag about doing what we are supposed to do anyway!"

"I'm sorry," Kaylee said, looking abashed.

Joey rolled his eyes at Kaylee.  “Well, anyway, I remembered to bring my backpack, which is more than you did!”

Kaylee’s eyes filled with tears, and Jennifer put an arm around her shoulder.  “That’s enough, Joey.  You know Mom doesn’t like us to gloat when someone makes a mistake.”

Shrugging, Joey bit his lower lip.  “Sorry.”

Eledhwen stifled a smile; she could see how the elder sister was striving to fill in for their absent mother.  "Well, I shall take these away now."

At that moment, Mairen entered the room, and Eledhwen carried out the children’s clothes.  Mairen picked up Lucy and gently clasped the puppy against her chest.  “I shall take you down to the kitchen for your own breakfast, and then down to the kennels for a few lessons,” she told Lucy, who licked her neck and thumped her tail against the elf nursemaid’s chest.  Mairen turned to Kaylee.  "Lucy will get to meet the other dogs who live here, Miss Kaylee."

Kaylee reached up and patted the puppy.  "You be a good girl, Lucy, and mind your teacher!"

Suppressing a laugh, Mairen left the room with Lucy, passing Kevin as he entered.

The children headed off for breakfast.  They did recall the way to go, and as before, they soon ran into the hobbits again.  This time, Merry and Pippin were accompanied by Frodo, Bilbo, and Sam, as well as two Dwarves.

"Good morning, McClouds," said Bilbo cheerfully.  Kevin noticed that as Bilbo spoke, the other hobbits stood back slightly and watched him politely.  "Have you met our friends yet?  They are most honorable Dwarves from Erebor.”

The older one bowed to them.  "Glóin, son of Gróin, at your service and your family's."  He gestured to the other younger Dwarf.  "This is my son, Gimli."

The other Dwarf also bowed.  "At your service."  Unlike his father’s hair, which had a lot of grey in it, his own hair and his lengthy beard were red.  The lower half of both dwarves’ beards were divided into two thick braids, and Gimli’s hair also had one or two narrow braids dangling from his scalp.

Kevin hesitated only briefly, and then he bowed awkwardly.  "Uh, hi.  Pleased to meet you.  Kevin McCloud, uh, son of Steven McCloud, at your service.  These are my sisters, Jennifer and Kaylee."  He gestured toward each sister as he introduced her.  Jennifer bobbed a little bow, and Kaylee imitated her.  “And this is my brother, Joey."  When Joey didn't try to bow, Kevin lightly kicked his foot.  With his face flushed, Joey also gave an awkward bow.

"We are on the way to breakfast," said Bilbo politely.  "Won't you join us?"

Jennifer exchanged a glance with Kevin and nodded.  “We’d like that.  Thanks.”  She smiled at Bilbo.

The children fell in behind the others and followed along.  “I don’t get it,” Joey whispered, puzzled.  “We don’t bow and say, ‘at your service,’ at home.”

“True, but we’re not at home anymore,” Kevin whispered back, with a wry smile.  “We’re in a foreign country, remember?  Another world, actually, but it may as well be a foreign country—it is, really, when you think about it.  And foreigners have different customs from us Americans.  We have to be polite their way while we’re here.”  Joey shrugged, and then nodded.

“Yeah.”  Jennifer nodded in her turn.  “We do have to, don’t we?”  She looked at Kaylee.

Kaylee looked up at her big sister and nodded.  "Uh-huh.  I'm hungry!”

As they entered the dining hall, the children saw that it was set up differently for breakfast.  A great sideboard was set up on one side of the the room, with bowls and plates and silverware, and a good many different kinds of foods.  There was a large tureen filled with some sort of hot cereal that had berries and nuts floating in it; there was a selection of breads; and there were several kinds of meat—not only bacon, ham, and sausage, but fish and some sort of meat pie.  And there were many other things as well.

"It's like a buffet," Kevin whispered to Jennifer.

"What's a buffet?" asked Pippin, whose sharp hobbit ears had heard.

"It's like this," Jennifer answered, "a lot of foods, and everyone serves themselves."

"They always have breakfast this way," said the hobbit.  "It's the way we usually have second breakfast in the Shire, too, especially when there is company."

"Well, in the Great Houses, like the Great Smials or Brandy Hall, at any rate," put in Frodo.  "Smaller homes don't always do it this way."

"Sometimes in the Shire, when we have the big village feasts, we do it for supper, too," Sam put in.  "Everyone brings a dish to share."

“And so we serve ourselves, as we did at elevenses yesterday?” Jennifer asked.  Frodo nodded.

Jennifer helped herself to a bowl of the porridge-like substance.  It did not look quite like oatmeal, but it smelled really good.  "What is this?" she asked.

"The Elves call it frumenty," said Merry. "It's cracked wheat, with a little bit of milk and eggs in it.  When they serve it for breakfast, they put fruit and nuts in it, but sometimes at supper, they put in meat and serve it as a side dish."

Kevin and Jennifer helped Kaylee and Joey with their selections.  Kaylee did not want any of the frumenty, but agreed to taste a bite of Jennifer's when they got to the table.  But Jennifer persuaded her little sister to have some fresh bread and butter, and some of the fruit: there were sliced apples and pears, and some grapes.  Kaylee took some grapes and several apple slices, as well as two slices of bacon and a piece of sausage.  Both Kevin and Joey filled their plates with meat—bacon, ham, sausage, and some sort of chop, but no fish.  They also took some of the bread and fruit.  They were disappointed to find no eggs to go with the ham, sausage, and bacon.  Kevin also took a small spoonful of frumenty, but Joey did not want to try it.

The pitchers at the end of the dining hall held only water, but there was a teapot.  Jennifer and Kevin poured cups of hot tea for themselves and cups of water for Joey and Kaylee, and took them to the table, where all four of them sat side by side.  To Jennifer’s relief, there was a small pitcher of honey on the table; she drizzled some honey into her own tea with a little wooden honey dipper.

Kevin left his own tea unsweetened.  Too bad there’s no orange juice, he thought.  I’m surprised there’s no milk either, except maybe in the frumenty.  Doesn’t Rivendell have any cows?

Bilbo grinned.  "You can thank me for that," the old hobbit said.  "When I first came here, I insisted on tea for breakfast with all the trimmings.  Many of the Elves drink it as well, now."

After Kevin, Jennifer, Joey, and Kaylee had taken one another’s hands and bowed their heads, and Kaylee had asked the blessing, the children talked for a little while with the hobbits about the food.  It turned out that food in the Shire was closer to the sorts of foods that the McClouds ate at home, if somewhat more old-fashioned than they were used to.  However, the children soon learned that not even the hobbits ate dry cereal like Cheerios and corn flakes.

Kevin tried to explain the concept of dry cereal.  "You buy them at the store in boxes.  They’re made of grain.  The Cheerios are made of dried oats that have been turned into little O shapes."  He made a circle with his fingers to demonstrate.  "You just pour them in a bowl, add some sugar, and pour on some milk, and they are ready to eat with a spoon.  If you want to, you can also chop up some fruit and include it in with the cereal, too.  Some cereal comes in flakes—corn flakes, wheat flakes, bran flakes, and so forth—and may have raisins in them.  Like raisin bran.  Not all flakes do, though."

"And some are like little squares with cinnamon, or little balls or circles or other shapes, and come in all kind of colors!  They’re delicious!" Joey added enthusiastically.  When he was home, he loved Fruit Loops and Lucky Charms, although his mother would not let him or Kaylee have them very often.  She did, however, allow them to eat Rice Krispies, which they also loved.

Kaylee smiled broadly.  “They’re soo delicious!”  She smacked her lips.

Merry looked at the children suspiciously.  "How do they make them like that?  It seems like it would be an awful lot of work to sit around and make enough tiny little bits of circles or squares or whatever, enough to fill a box.  What's the use of it?"

Sam shook his head.  "Don't sound too good to me."

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged glances.  “They’re made in factories,” Kevin explained.  “Factories are places where things are made that people need or want.”  It was clear from the expressions on the others’ faces that his explanation did not satisfy their curiosity.  Kevin shrugged.  “It’s kind of hard to explain to people who have never heard of factories, I’m afraid.”  Biting her lower lip, Jennifer nodded agreement.  Kevin continued, “Well, anyway, the factories make the different kinds of cereal and put them in boxes and ship them to stores, and there, people buy them.  That’s where we get ours.”

Jennifer nodded agreement.  “We buy our cooked cereal in stores, too—oatmeal and Malt-o-Meal and cream of wheat.  You have to cook them before you can eat them.  Once they’re cooked, we always put some milk and sugar in ours before we eat them.”

Just then, Gandalf and Boromir entered the dining hall and, within a few minutes, presented themselves at the table with laden plates.  "May we join you?" Gandalf asked.  The others gestured toward the empty chairs in welcome.

As Boromir and Gandalf sat down, Boromir asked curiously, "What were you speaking of?"

Frodo looked up with a twinkle in his eye.  "The children were trying to explain one of the foods they are accustomed to in their own land: little bits of grain served in boxes."

Kevin and Jennifer looked at each other in dismay as they thought of trying to explain it all over again.  Bilbo decided to take mercy on them and changed the conversation.  "Over the years I've been here, I've introduced some of our Shire foods here, but the Elves' foods are all quite delicious, if you only give it a chance."

After several moments of silent eating and of listening to the hobbits discuss the food, Jennifer, who had finished her frumenty, laid her spoon down and wiped her mouth with her cloth napkin.  “Uh, I have a question.  Why does everyone here call me ‘Lady Jennifer’?” the young girl asked.  “And why is everyone calling my brother ‘Lord Kevin’?  Is that some kind of custom here?”

“In a manner of speaking.” Gandalf nodded.  “We tend to be more formal with ladies than I suspect people are in your world.”

Boromir nodded.  “Besides which, you are a noble young lady, and here in Middle-earth, we address noble ladies, in particular, accordingly.”

Jennifer blushed.  “I don’t know how noble my heart is, but thanks.  I try.”

Kevin laughed sheepishly.  “Same here, to be honest.”

Gandalf chuckled.  “Yes, you do; we’ve all seen that.  But Boromir isn’t talking only about nobility of spirit.”

“No.”  Boromir nodded agreement.  “You and your brothers and sister all come from a noble family in your world, Lady Jennifer; we have all sensed that.  You may not see yourself that way, but you are.”

Jennifer exchanged an amused, nervous glance with Kevin and shrugged.  “Well, uh, thanks again, but we’re not, not really.  There are no aristocrats in our country, no class system.  There are in some other countries, but not in the United States of America.  No titled lords and ladies, just people who are rich, poor, or middle class, depending on how much money they make.”

Kevin nodded agreement.  “We’re not rich, but we are middle class.  Our dad works as an geologist, so he earns enough money to provide for our needs and some of our wants.”

“That’s right,” Jennifer said.

Boromir looked from Kevin to Jennifer, and then smiled at the young girl graciously.  “You are noble on the inside, Lady Jennifer.  And that is where it counts the most.”  He looked at Kevin.  “I have seen that same nobility in you, Lord Kevin.”

Jennifer blushed again and exchanged a glance with her brother.  “Uh, thanks.  It’s—it’s kind of you to say so.”

“Yeah,” Kevin agreed.  “Thanks.”

Kaylee wiggled and bounced on her seat.  “Hey, does that mean I’m a lady, too?”

Gandalf's eyes twinkled.  "It certainly does, little one.  Lady Kaylee!"  The little girl giggled, and the rest laughed.  Kevin ruffled her hair affectionately.  "Although at your age, it is customary here in the North to call you 'Miss' Kaylee."

"Hey, Lady Kaylee, that rhymes!" Joey said, with a grin.

“It certainly does, Master Joey,” agreed Boromir, smiling in amusement.

“You know what that means, don’t you?”  Jennifer turned to her little sister.  “It means you have to behave like a lady, and that means having good manners.  Saying ‘please’ and ‘thank you’ and ‘excuse me’, using good table manners, not interrupting people when they talk, and all that stuff.  And Joey, it means you have to behave like a gentleman, and that means having good manners, too.”

Gandalf nodded agreement.  “Well, one thing has become clear to me.  You children have wise parents, and so I have no doubt that Master Joey and Miss Kaylee will learn good manners.  They have already begun to, in fact.”  Jennifer nodded. 

Kevin and Jennifer looked at one another.  It appeared that they'd be "Lord" and "Lady" whether they had real titles or not.  And while it seemed strange to hear Joey and Kaylee addressed as "Master" and "Miss", Bilbo said that was the custom for children in his home of the Shire, and in the place called Bree.  It would be far too difficult to argue with everyone, and easiest to just go along with the customs.

-oo000oo-

After breakfast, the children were approached by Mairen, who brought them Lucy back from the kennels and said the Lady Arwen had asked her to show them the parts of the Last Homely House they had not seen yet.  Kaylee took Mairen's hand and skipped alongside the Elf-maiden, asking many questions.  Joey walked at Mairen's other side; wagging her tail, Lucy scampered alongside Joey.  Kevin and Jennifer fell back slightly.

"Jen," whispered Kevin, "do you think we should talk to Joey and Kaylee about what Gandalf told us?  What if one of them says something they’re not supposed to?"

Jennifer shrugged and shook her head, not to say "no", but to indicate that she wasn't sure.  "I almost can't believe it myself—I mean, not about the angel part, but just that all of this still seems so unreal.  I know it has to be real, because, well, it can't be a dream.  There are just too many details, and everything here is so vivid.  No dream I’ve ever had has had so many details, or such vivid ones."

"I know what you mean.  None of my dreams ever have, either."  Kevin sighed.  "But I do think that we have to talk to them.  I think it will make Kaylee, and probably Joey, too, feel better if they know an angel is watching over them."

Jennifer looked thoughtful.  "I don't think he's that kind of angel.  He said he was a 'Maia', whatever that is.  That's probably a totally different kind of angel than the ones we know about."

Kevin was about to reply when he realized that Mairen, the two younger children, and Lucy were way ahead of them.  They had stopped to wait for Kevin and Jennifer to catch up.  They'd stopped near the large double doors that opened to the outside.  The two older McClouds stepped up their pace to catch up with the others.

As soon as Kevin and Jennifer caught up, Mairen swung open one of the double doors.  The doorway led to a wide, stone-flagged porch.  The steps that began at the porch went down to what looked like a large vegetable garden, though it was much prettier and more elegant than any vegetable garden they had ever seen before.  It was arranged in beds built of stone, with the stone wide enough at the top to sit on and easily reach into the beds.  The beds led to a large greenhouse, and in the center of the garden was a large well, with stone benches built around it.

"A wishing well!" Kaylee exclaimed, with a delighted grin on her baby-like face, and raced forward.

Mairen laughed and allowed the little girl to run ahead on her own, followed by Joey and Lucy.  "What does she mean by 'wishing well'?"

"It's a custom in our country," said Jennifer.  "If you drop a penny or other small coin in the well and make a wish, it’s supposed to come true."

Mairen stopped and looked at them incredulously.

Kevin shook his head.  "It doesn’t, really.  It's just a thing for fun," he said.  "Most grown-ups don't really believe it, but it's fun to imagine it.  And little kids do believe it sometimes."

"Ah, I see," she said.  "And of course, seeing the small ones enjoying the custom also makes the grown-ups happy as well.  And do grown-ups also observe the custom, even though they do not believe?"

Jennifer smiled.  "Yes, because it reminds them of when they were little.  And also, sometimes young couples’ll do it just because it seems romantic."

With a smile and a nod, Mairen went on to show them the greenhouse, and also the laundry-house, which was nearby.  There, they found Eledhwen with some other Elves.  They were washing some clothes in large stone basins using a long paddle-like board to move the cloth around and sometimes to beat the clothes, and there was a fire beneath a large copper cauldron of water, from which steam arose.  Just beyond, they saw a long, fence-like structure, on which some more clothing was hung to dry, including their own.  The children’s own clothes rather stood out, the blue jeans, brightly colored T-shirts, and jackets in sharp contrast to the white linens and to the more subdued colors of the Elves’ clothing hanging alongside them.  Jennifer noticed that all of these clothes seemed to be everyday clothing.  None of the sorts of colorful finery was on display there.  She asked about that.

Eledhwen shook her head, and some of the other Elves laughed at her question.  "Fine clothes like those you wore to the feast would never be washed in water," she said.  “Instead, they are brushed clean and hung in the fresh air.  If they become badly soiled or stained, the spots may be cleaned alone."

Jennifer nodded.  “Oh.  Well, where we come from, all of our clothes get washed in water.  Even fancy dress-up clothes.”

“Not all of them,” Kevin reminded her.  “Some of them have to be dry-cleaned, remember?”

Jennifer nodded, smiling sheepishly.  “Oh, yeah, that’s right!  I forgot.  You can’t wash those clothes in water, so you have to take them to the cleaners.”

Eledhwen joined Mairen, and they showed the children a few more areas, where various crafts and work was done.  Then the two elf maidens led the children and Lucy back through the vegetable garden and the wishing well in the center.

"We have some other tasks to attend to, Lord Kevin and Lady Jennifer.  Do you wish to return to your rooms?"

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged glances.  "No, thanks," said Kevin.  "I think we'll rest here a few minutes, if you don't mind, and then maybe do a little more exploring."  Jennifer nodded agreement.

The two Elf-maidens gave them a nod and a word of farewell.  Jennifer sank down on one of the benches by the well and held her arms out silently.  Kaylee crawled into her sister's lap, as a now-exhausted Lucy curled up beneath the bench.  Joey had gone to the well and was hanging over it on his elbows, peering down into it.

Kevin looked at him.  "Hey, Joey!  Come on over here.  We have some stuff we need to tell you guys about some things before we go back inside."  Joey raced toward them.

Jennifer looked at her little brother and sister.  "What do you think about all these Elves, and the hobbits and dwarves and so on?"

Kaylee looked puzzled at the question.  "I like them!  Everyone is friendly, and it's beautiful here!"  She smiled broadly.  “It’s just like a fairyland!”  The others laughed.

"Why are you asking us that, Jen?" Joey said.  "There's nothing bad about these people!  I just know they're good guys!"

"What about Gandalf?  He's a wizard," said Kevin.

"Well, he's a good one, then."  Joey looked up at his older brother defiantly.

Kevin chuckled.  "You are right, Joey."  He sat down on the bench next to the one where Jennifer and Kaylee were.  "He is good, but he's more than just a good wizard."  He turned to Kaylee.  “And he’s not a humbug wizard, either.”

Joey sat down and looked at his brother.  "What do you mean?"

"Well, it's a sort of secret."  Kevin turned to Kaylee, whose eyes had grown wide.  "Can you keep a secret, Kaylee?"

She nodded silently and snuggled closer to Jennifer.

"Last night, after you two went to bed, Gandalf came to my room and spoke with Jennifer and me.  He told us what he is.  Joey, Kaylee, Gandalf is a kind of wizard they call an Istar, but he was something else before that.  He’s an angel, sent by God."

"WHOA!" Joey exclaimed.  “A real angel, huh?"

“Yep, a real angel.  No wings, though.”  With a smile, Kevin looked at Kaylee, who still had not said anything.  "What about you, kitten?  What do you think?" 

"I'm glad he's an angel.  I like him!”  Kaylee tilted her head.  “But why is it a secret?"

Kevin bit his lower lip.  "Well, uh, that's kind of hard to explain.  But it seems that we may not be in another world after all, but far back in the past—sometime maybe after the Garden of Eden, but before Abraham, and maybe even before the Flood and Noah."  Kaylee exchanged a glance with Jennifer.  Kevin added, “Only thing is, you won’t find this time in any history book.  Or the Bible, either.”

"Whoa!  That's a long time ago," said Joey, seemingly taking it in stride.  "So why is it a secret?  And why is it not in history books or the Bible?"

"Well, it seems as if it is not the right time for the people here to know about many of the things that God revealed in the Bible.  God revealed himself to Abraham, and this seems to be a long time before Abraham."  Kevin paused.  “As for why it’s not in the Bible or history books, well, Jen and I just don’t know.  The Bible only tells about humans, Adam and Eve, you know; it doesn’t say anything about elves, dwarfs, or hobbits.  I don’t know why that’s the case.”

Joey and Kaylee were silent for a few moments, trying to absorb the information they had just heard.  Then in a small voice, Kaylee asked, "Does this mean we can't talk about Jesus?"

“Yeah, the Bible says we have to talk about Jesus!” Joey added, frowning.  “So people can get saved.”

Jennifer looked at Kevin.  "I'm not sure, sweetie.  Jesus was in a lot of prophecies back in Old Testament times, but they never said His name exactly.  As far as we can tell, none of those prophecies exist here yet, and even if any of them do, none of them have come true."

“Yeah, Jesus hasn’t even been born yet.  Most of the folks in the Bible haven’t been born yet.  Abraham’s gotta be born first, you know.  Back home, Joey, we can tell people about Jesus—in fact, we’re commanded to—because we live after Jesus came.  If we’re right about where we are—or when, rather—that’s not the case for the people here.”  Kevin looked troubled.  "I guess we'll have to pray about that, and maybe we can all talk with Gandalf about it again later.  We'll see what he says about it."

Jennifer nodded.  “Yeah.”

Just then they heard the chime of the bell which indicated it was nearly time for lunch.  As Kaylee leaped to her feet and darted ahead of her brothers and sister, she tripped and fell on the path.  Sobbing, she turned sideways and clutched her right elbow.

Jennifer and Kevin darted toward her.  As Jennifer gently lifted Kaylee into a sitting position, Kevin removed the little girl’s now-bloodstained hand from her elbow and looked at it.  “It’s all right, Kaylee,” he said soothingly.  “It’s just a scraped elbow.  I know it hurts, but I’ll fix you right up.”  He removed the Band-Aids, the bottle of antiseptic, and his handkerchief from the pouch that the Elves had given him that morning, and after he had gently dabbed her scrape with the handkerchief, he dribbled some antiseptic onto it.  Then he tore the wrapping off one of the Band-Aids.  Within a few minutes, he had taped the Band-Aid over her elbow and wiped the blood off her left hand.  All the while, Jennifer whispered soothingly into her little sister’s ear.

At last, Kaylee’s sobs subsided, and Jennifer wiped off the tears streaking her face.  “Come on, Kaylee.”  Jennifer lifted the little girl up in her arms.  “I’ll bet you anything there’ll be something good for lunch.”  A wan smile crept across Kaylee’s face, and Jennifer laughed.  Followed by Lucy, the children went inside, Jennifer carrying Kaylee.

-oo000oo-

One morning, a few days later, on the terrace, Kaylee had been earnestly explaining Santa Claus to the hobbits, with Joey giving her some help.  Their explanation had been rather confusing, as it had been laced with ideas from various television specials and Christmas movies and Clement C. Moore’s “The Night Before Christmas”.  Just as the hobbits were getting completely confused, Mairen and Eledhwen came to remind the younger children that they had been invited to take elevenses with Bilbo.  Joey, Kaylee, and the hobbits hurried off with Eledhwen, and Mairen stayed with Jennifer and Kevin.

Elrond, Arwen, Glorfindel, Legolas, Gandalf, and the older children had been standing in the background and listening in amusement.  Now with the hobbits and younger children gone, they entered the dining room and took their seats at the table, and so did Mairen.  Servants served the food.  "Now, then," Elrond asked, one eyebrow climbing up his forehead as he picked up his fork.  "Who is this Santa Claus?”

Kevin and Jennifer looked at each other.  “It’s a good thing Kaylee and Joey are gonna be eating elevenses with Eledhwen and the hobbits, this time,” Jennifer said, with a grin.  “Especially Kaylee.”  She took a bite after she had spoken.

“Yeah,” agreed her brother, grinning back.  As he laid his fork down, he looked at Elrond.  “You remember what Kaylee said, how excited she got, when you first told us you were Elves.”  Elrond nodded.  “He’s a make-believe character where we come from, but he’s based on a man who really existed a long time ago, in our world..."  Pausing to clear his throat, Kevin (with occasional help from Jennifer) tried to explain some of the story, beginning with Saint Nicholas, and adding in what they knew of how the legend had evolved.  The Elves and Gandalf exchanged puzzled glances as Kevin spoke.

“Well, anyway, little children often still believe in him; Kaylee does,” he continued.  “That’s why she got all excited when you told her that all of you were Elves, Master Elrond.  Joey believed in him till last year; Jennifer and I both did when we were Kaylee’s age."   The two of them went on to explain the modern ideas, including Santa's elves.  "The elves—they’re make-believe characters, too, in our world, and they’re nothing like the real-life Elves we’ve met here.  They’re more like—uh, well, like…”  He paused, thinking.  “Well, really more like...hobbits, except for the furry feet."  Kevin blushed.

“And you should see the clothes they wear,” Jennifer added, grinning.

The others all laughed, and Kevin thought of how seldom he heard Elves actually laugh aloud.  When they did, it sounded like...well, not like any mortal laughter.  It was almost like music.  He sighed in contentment and continued.

“Christmas Day is on December twenty-fifth, and Santa delivers the toys the night before.”  Kevin paused.  “Little kids are always so excited when it’s time to go to bed on Christmas Eve, because they know that Santa is going to come and bring them toys and candy while they’re asleep.  It’s easier to get children to go to bed then than any other night of the year, because they know that Santa won’t come while they’re awake.  And it’s easier to get them to behave themselves when Christmas Day is approaching, because they know that Santa Claus only brings toys to good children.”  Exchanging knowing looks, Elrond and the others chuckled, and Kevin grinned again.  “It’s true about the ice and snow at the North Pole, since it’s right at the top of the world above the Arctic Circle, though it’s not true about the rest.”

Kevin was surprised to see the expressions on everyone else's faces turn grave and serious, and wondered what he had said to elicit that reaction.  But before he could try to decide whether to ask about it, Jennifer spoke up.  “That’s right.  Joey knows the truth about Santa Claus now; last Christmas was his last to believe.  Kaylee and Megan still believe.  Megan only learned about him last Christmas.”

Kevin nodded agreement, and Jennifer smiled wistfully.  “That’s the nice thing about being a little kid, you know—you get to believe in the magic.”  She laughed.  “Kaylee likes to leave cookies out for Santa on Christmas Eve, before she goes to bed, because she knows he’ll be getting hungry on that long flight.”  She took a swallow of her water.

Elrond nodded, his eyes twinkling.  “I see.  And now that you have told us about Santa Claus, who is the Easter bunny?”  He paused.  “I seem to remember Miss Kaylee mentioning that bunny while I was questioning you children about your arrival here.”  He took a bite of his bread and followed it with a sip of wine.

For the next several minutes, as everyone finished eating, Kevin and Jennifer explained to the Elves and Gandalf about the Easter bunny.

“Uh, Gandalf,” Jennifer finally said, “could you do us a favor?  Could you talk with Joey and Kaylee about—uh, what you and Kevin and I talked about the other night?”

Kevin nodded.  “Jennifer and I spoke with them the morning after our arrival, but they have some questions we can’t answer.”

Gandalf nodded.  “Certainly.  Why don't you children come to my quarters when you have finished lunch?”

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged relieved glances.  “Thanks,” Jennifer said.  "We will be there."  Exchanging a glance with Kevin, she added, “We want to be there, too, Kevin and me.”  Kevin nodded agreement.

-oo000oo-

Gandalf knew that the older McCloud siblings wished him to speak to the younger children, and to answer some questions they had.  For himself, he had not a few questions of his own.  He hoped that he had the answers that the children needed.  He had never been as sure of himself since arriving in Ennor as he had been when he had dwelt in the West.

Now he awaited them in his quarters a few hours later, where he had asked them to come after they had finished eating luncheon.  There was a tentative tap at his door.  "Enter," he said.

The door opened, and Jennifer and Kevin ushered Joey and Kaylee in ahead of them.  Lucy scampered into the room ahead of the younger children.  The children looked about Gandalf’s room curiously.  Like all the guest rooms in Rivendell, it was beautiful, but it was still somewhat plainer than their own rooms.  The wizard sat in an armchair by the hearth, smoking his pipe, and there was a large cluster of smoke rings above his head.  They were stacked up in rows, and were not dissipating the way smoke rings usually do.

His guests gaped at them in slack-jawed wonder.  He smiled and shook his head.  "Just one moment," he said.  He made a small gesture with his hand, and the smoke rings linked together in a long chain, and then floated out the wide-open window.  "There."  He knocked his pipe out and laid it aside.  "Master Elrond does not care for smoking; he would not reproach me for doing so in the privacy of my room, but I try to avoid having any smoke smell indoors.  By keeping the smoke together and sending it all away at once, I am able to not leave any scent behind."

Joey gaped at the window.  “Whoa!  How’d you do that?!”

Gandalf chuckled.  “I am a wizard, Master Joey.  I can do many things that mortals and elves cannot do.”

He gestured to the other chairs in the room.  "I understand you have some questions.  Please be seated, and we will see if I am able to answer them."

Although there were enough chairs for all of them, Kaylee preferred to sit on Jennifer's lap.  Lucy decided she wanted the wizard's lap, and trotted over, standing up and, with a whine, putting her front paws on his knees.  He chuckled, and indicated she was welcome.  After three tries, she managed to leap up onto Gandalf’s lap with his help and then settled right down, licking his right hand.  He placed his other hand upon her back and began lightly stroking her.

"Now we are all comfortable, children.  What do you still need to know?"

Kaylee was staring at him, her eyes wide.  "Are you really an angel?"

Joey shook his head in bewilderment.  “Angels don’t smoke!”

Gandalf turned his bushy eyebrows and intense stare at the boy, suppressing his smile.  "And you know that how, Master Joey?"  His black eyes were twinkling, but Joey was intimidated by those eyebrows.  Gandalf had rather thought they would work just as well on a young boy as they did on certain Tooks.  He was glad to note that he appeared to be right on that point.  "Now, I believe I was about to answer your sister."

He turned a much gentler gaze on the little one.  "Miss Kaylee, I believe from what Lord Kevin and Lady Jennifer told me, that it is quite likely.  We do not call ourselves angels.  We are called the Ainur, and we were in the presence of the Creator when the world was sung into being.”  His dark eyes looked wistful.  "All was well, until our brother Melkor wished to make his own song.  He sowed disharmony among the Ainur.  But Eru Ilúvatar turned the Song back to His own purpose."  He stopped as he saw confusion on Kaylee's face.  He paused and thought briefly, before continuing in simpler words.  "This made Melkor angry, and he left the others and persuaded many other Ainur to join him.  Melkor chose to try and destroy the world.  The oldest and most powerful among us were called the Valar.  I was among the Maia, who were servants of the Valar.  Sauron joined Melkor's side along with many others.  After Melkor's defeat, Sauron decided he would take Melkor's place.  We wizards—Istari, as we are called—were sent here to Middle-earth to assist the Free People in their fight against Sauron.”

Gandalf paused as Lucy began to chew his index finger.  After a moment, he withdrew his finger and patted her on the head.  "When I came to Middle-earth, and became a wizard, I lost many of my powers and some of my memories, for we Istari were not meant to order Elves and Men and other free peoples around, but to serve as guides and advisors most of the time.  Our power is used to help, but never to force."

Jennifer looked thoughtful.  “I wonder where Satan fits into all of this.  He’s the enemy of God in our time.  Or of Eru, as you call him.  We call him God.  Or Jehovah.”

"Perhaps that is simply another name for Melkor the Deceiver.  Or perhaps another who rebelled has taken that name.  We have no way to know."

“Satan wanted to take God’s place and take over ruling the universe,” Kevin said.  “His original name was Lucifer; he was the leader of the angels before he fell.  He’s also called the devil.  He led a revolution in Heaven, trying to overthrow God, and God threw him and his demons out.”  He paused.  “And then he tempted Eve, who fell, and Adam fell with her.  They were the very first human beings; God created them.  He made them in His image.  They both disobeyed God when Satan tempted Eve.  Sin came into the world as a result.  And death came along with it.”  Jennifer nodded agreement.

Gandalf took another puff of his pipe.  "Much is known of the origins of the Elves and their awakening in the First Age, but of Men, there are no legends of their beginnings before they first met Elves.  Such stories would be lost, with no way to record them.  It is not unlikely that the tale you have of Man's creation may be the real one.  But it is not one I have ever heard told; at any rate, I do believe that your 'Lucifer' could easily be Melkor, for he has many names."  He looked at the children.  "We do know that Men were first encountered to the East."

“Well, the devil and his demons are still on the loose in our time,” Jennifer said.  “God hasn’t imprisoned them yet.”

"Is that so?" the wizard asked.

Kevin made a face.  “It sure is!  Why do you suppose there’s so much evil in the world where we come from?”

"Melkor is in the Void here and now, yet his evil marring of Arda cannot be undone.  And he had many who helped him who still roam the world.  Perhaps your Satan was another of Melkor's following.  I certainly hope that it is not Sauron, for that would bode ill for our errand," he muttered the latter almost under his breath, and the children were not sure they heard him right.

“Errand?  What errand?” Kevin asked, exchanging a puzzled glance with Jennifer, Joey, and Kaylee.

"Never you mind, young man."  The children wanted to ask Gandalf what he meant by that; however, the glint in his eyes discouraged them from pursuing the subject.

Joey looked thoughtful, and then, looking at Gandalf, he said, "Kevin said we have to be careful of what we say.  Can't we talk about Jesus?  We're supposed to tell everyone about Him."

“Jesus has to be born first, Joey,” Jennifer reminded him.

Gandalf nodded.  "I do not think you must never speak of Him, but you must remember that the things you know about Him have not yet been revealed.  It might be safe for you to tell stories about Him, but you must not try to make others believe that they are anything but stories of your own land.  I think that if you simply keep in mind that our Creator has a plan for things to happen in His own time, you will not go wrong.”

“Yes, sir.”  Kevin looked thoughtful.  “We’re not in another world, are we?  We—went back in time.”

Way back,” Jennifer added.  “Not even Abraham’s been born yet, has he?”

"I do not know who Abraham is, but that is what Master Elrond and I believe, although it could be possible that you are also in another world as well.  We have no other experience like yours to go by, after all."  Gandalf sighed, and gave a pat to the puppy in his lap.  "But whether you are only changed in time, or in time and space, we do know that you are now far back before the Age that you know in your home."

"So," asked Jennifer, "you are saying that maybe we can tell a little about what we believe, but it's not the right time for us to try to get other people to believe what we believe?"

"Yes, Lady Jennifer.  I also think that you may talk among yourselves, and share the songs and tales of your land with others, so long as you remember that none of what you speak of has come to be as yet."

He looked once more at the two younger children.  He was sure that they did not truly understand all that was at stake, and yet he felt confident that they would know when it was right to speak and when it was not.  "Do not worry, children.  So long as you remember what I have told you, I do not think you will say anything out of turn."

The children exchanged glances and nodded.  “Yes, sir,” said Kevin.  He shook his head.  “I just don’t know what to make of it, Gandalf.  None of us do.  Our Holy Book, the Bible, doesn’t talk about this time, and neither do our history books.  The Bible only talks about the fall and redemption of man—it doesn’t even mention elves, dwarfs, or hobbits.”

“It sure doesn’t,” Jennifer agreed.

Scanning their faces, Gandalf asked, "Have any of you more pressing questions?  If not, I will be glad to answer later, if you think of any.  In the meanwhile, I have to meet Master Elrond."

"No, sir," said Kevin politely, answering for them all.  "You've given us an awful lot to think about.  I'm sure we’ll have more questions later.  But not right now."

A brief silence descended upon the group for a moment, and then Kaylee wiggled on Jennifer’s lap as she prepared to get down.  “Hey, Mr. Gandalf!  Guess what!  I know what one plus one is.”

“Oh?”  Gandalf raised his bushy eyebrows.  “And what is that, may I ask?”

“Two!”  Smiling broadly, Kaylee held up two fingers and then slid off her sister’s lap.

The others laughed, and Jennifer rubbed her back.  “Well done!” said Gandalf, with a chuckle.

The rest of the children rose, and Kaylee reclaimed Lucy.  "Thank you, Mr. Gandalf," she said, smiling broadly.  "Lucy likes you.”

He smiled.  "And I like her, too.  She is a delightful puppy.”  He rubbed Lucy’s head, and she licked his fingers.  “Farewell, children, for now."  He stood as the children left the room.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings​ belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 8: Jolly Holiday

The Last Homely House east of the Sea was, as Bilbo once told the children, "a perfect house, whether you like food or sleep or story-telling or singing, or just sitting and thinking best, or a pleasant mixture of them all"—or, as the children discovered, playing or exploring or reading as well.  Merely to be there was a cure for weariness, fear, and sadness.  Evil things did not come into that valley.

Rivendell was a place of tranquillity and beauty, and soon some of the anxiety and loneliness were lifted from the children's minds and hearts.  They did not stop missing their parents, but they soon ceased to pine for them, including Kaylee.  Kevin and Jennifer, in particular, continued to miss having modern-day conveniences, but they managed to find the strength to do without them, and to ration their use of the electronic gadgets that they had brought with them in order to save the batteries.  The children soon adapted to their current situation and grew healthy and content for the time being.  Though home always remained in the back of their minds, they found they were not pining for home quite so much.

For Kevin, Jennifer, Joey, and Kaylee, their stay in Rivendell was like one of their annual summer trips, only without their parents.  Arwen took them on a second tour of the Last Homely House, and Master Elrond or one of the other Elves periodically took them out to explore the valley of Rivendell.  The rest of the time, they explored the house on their own and played with the younger hobbits, among themselves, and with Lucy.

Every morning, after Lucy had had her own breakfast, the servants took the puppy down to the kennels for obedience training.  In addition to being housebroken, which was done on a pad and outside in the grass, Lucy gradually learned to sit, to stand, to stay, to lie down, to heel, and to come when called.  However, while she was soon housebroken (for which the children were grateful, as it spared them having to do that nasty job themselves), bringing her to the point where she was otherwise reliable in her response to commands was a slow process.

Kaylee spent a good deal of time on a daily basis playing with the dolls and stuffed animals that Arwen gave her, drawing pictures on the sheets of rag paper that Elrond gave her, and looking at the pictures in her storybooks.  Joey read his comic books, and he played with the toys in his backpack and the toys that Elrond gave him.  Both of the younger children also spent time playing with Lucy; frequently, they went to the kitchen by themselves or with the hobbits to visit the cooks and get something to snack on.

One afternoon, Kaylee was sitting cross-legged on the terrace, playing with Lucy.  As always, when feeling playful, the puppy growled and scampered about, crouching and chewing on Kaylee's fingers as she wiggled her hand about in Lucy's mouth.  The little girl giggled.

"Well, that looks like fun!" a now-familiar voice said above her.

Raising her head, Kaylee saw Gandalf standing over her.  "Hi, Mr. Gandalf!"  She smiled broadly and waved at him.  Chuckling, the wizard crouched next to her on the terrace, laying down his staff, and removing his bluish-grey pointed hat to set on the terrace next to it.

"And what are you and Miss Lucy doing?" Gandalf asked, his eyes twinkling.

"Playing!"  Kaylee giggled as Lucy ran toward the edge of the terrace and then back towards her, yipping.  "Lucy likes to play!"

Gandalf laughed.  "Yes, I can see that."  The puppy scampered up to him, and Gandalf lifted her up and rubbed her head.  Wagging her tail, Lucy licked his beard and then began to chew on his fingers.  "Still teething, I see, Miss Lucy," the wizard said in mock-sternness.  Lucy thumped her tail against his chest, and Kaylee grinned.

"She likes you," she announced.

With a chuckle, Gandalf set the puppy on the terrace.  "The feeling is mutual.  Lucy is a sweet puppy."  He re-positioned his legs and looked at Kaylee.  "Where are your brothers and sister, Miss Kaylee?"  He scanned the terrace as he spoke.

"Inside."  Kaylee shrugged.  "I wanted to go out and play."  She looked up at the elf-nursemaid who was sitting on a step nearby.  "Miss Mairen's with me."

Nodding toward Mairen, Gandalf agreed, "Yes, I see that she is."  Mairen smiled at them both.

"Hey, Mr. Gandalf, guess what?"  Kaylee bounced, smiling broadly.  "Mommy and Daddy's gonna take us to Disneyland this summer!"

"Are they, really?"  Gandalf tilted his head.  "And what is Disneyland, Miss Kaylee?"

"A theme park.  We've been there before.  We'll get to see Mickey Mouse and Donald Duck and Disney princesses and the Seven Dwarfs!"  Kaylee beamed at the prospect.  "And go on the rides and everything!"

Gandalf chuckled.  He hadn't the least idea of what she was talking about, but whatever this Disneyland was, it was clear that Kaylee and probably her siblings enjoyed going there.  "And what are you going to do before then, when you go home?"

Kaylee shrugged.  "Don't know.  School's gotta be out for the summer first."  She looked at Gandalf.  "I'm in pre-K.  We get to play games and draw and colour and learn stuff, and Miss Jackson reads to us."

"We?"

Kaylee nodded.  "The other kids and me. In my class."

"And who is Miss Jackson?"

"She's my teacher."  She smiled.  "And guess what?  I can write my own name, and my ABCs!  I can say them, too!  And I can count to ten!"

Gandalf nodded with a half-shrug.  He wished he had more understanding of the things the children spoke of.  It was disturbing to imagine a world so foreign to his knowledge; sometimes he felt that there might be something important in the child's prattle that he might miss because he did not know what she was talking about.  On the other hand, there was always something delightful to be found in any child's innocent prattle.  If nothing else, it made him smile.  "So are there many other children in your class?"  He had learned early on that the children of this family used the word for baby goats to describe other children—very odd.

Kaylee nodded.  "We have ten, six girls and four boys.  Most of them are nice, but sometimes Mikey—that's one of the boys—he gets mad, and then he's mean."  She scowled.  "Miss Jackson makes him stand in the corner.  She says it's 'time out'."

"And does that work?" he said with an ill-concealed smile.

Kaylee shrugged.  "Well, I guess so.  He's usually over being mad and says 'sorry' when she lets him come out."  Lucy ran toward her, and the little girl picked her up.

Just then they heard Jennifer calling, "Kaylee!  It's time to come in and get ready for dinner!"  She came out onto the terrace, and Mairen rose from her seat on the bench, taking Lucy from the little girl.  Kaylee turned back to wave at Gandalf, who smiled and waved back, and then Mairen and Jennifer escorted the little girl indoors.

Gandalf remained on the bench and took out his pipe thoughtfully.

-oo000oo-

Once a day, Jennifer spent some time practicing her baton moves with a tree branch that she had found on one of their exploring expeditions; she also spent some time every day reading the teenage novels that she had brought with her to read on the camping trip, until she had finished them all.  As often as they dared, she and Kevin also took pictures and videos of their surroundings and of their new companions with her digital camera and his tablet.  They fully intended to show the photos and videos to their parents when they returned to their own world.  It would be their proof that they were telling the truth.  In addition, in her bedroom, Jennifer read the books that she had brought with her.  After she had finished Little Women, she read, in gulps, The Legend of the King.  She also spent some time daily reading her teen study Bible.

One day, Jennifer was marching up and down the path, twirling her tree branch, flipping it in the air and catching it as she had been taught.  Over and over again, she did just that, and in between, she twirled it in her right hand.

"What are you doing?"

Startled, Jennifer froze, just managing to catch her branch before it slipped out of her hand.  Whirling toward her right, she saw Merry and Pippin standing in front of the other hobbits.

"Uh, h—hi," she said.  "I was just practicing.  You startled me."

Merry smiled sheepishly as he and the other hobbits approached her.  "I'm sorry," he said.  "We have never seen that before."

Jennifer shrugged.  "No, I guess you haven't.  Middle-earth doesn't have any marching bands or majorettes, does it?"

"No, it doesn't," Frodo said.

The young girl smiled.  "I've been twirling batons ever since I was little.  I was just seven when I first started learning.  When a band marches in a parade, it's our job as majorettes to perform with the batons.  Sometimes, during the parade, the procession stops, and then we do a dance routine with our batons.  We do that during halftime at sports events, too."

Without warning, Jennifer spun in a circle and then, facing the hobbits, she shifted her weight from one foot to the other, moving her arms from side to side, and she twirled her tree branch as she did so.  The hobbits clapped when she ended her dance routine to face them, arms at her sides, smiling broadly, with her branch dangling from her right hand.  Then she blushed as she realized that just beyond the hobbits, several Elves were also watching and had applauded, Lady Arwen among them.

-oo000oo-

Kevin turned on his tablet's touch screen.  After it had finished booting up, he tapped on the gallery icon, and a list of photos came up.  Jennifer looked over his shoulder as he tapped a folder that he had created a week after their arrival in Middle-earth.

"Look at that!"  He grinned, and Jennifer laughed.  With his tablet, Kevin had secretly taken a picture of the hobbits a few minutes before, while they had been gathered around, chatting.  Jennifer looked at the hobbits themselves, who were sitting on the other end of the terrace, chatting, and then exchanged a look with her brother, who nodded.

"Come here, Frodo!  Everyone!"  Jennifer gestured toward the hobbits.  "Kevin and I want to show you something."

The hobbits approached them, and Kevin held out his tablet.  All of them gaped at the photograph.  It had captured their images so perfectly!  "That's an eye-opener, and no mistake."  Sam shook his head, awe-stricken.

"How can this be?" Frodo asked, open-mouthed.

Jennifer blushed.  "To be honest, I know how to work it, but I don't really know how it works!"  She added, "But there are some people who do; they're the experts."

Kevin nodded agreement.  "That's true.  We have a lot of things that we don't know how they work, even though we do know how to use them.  But we're gonna take this picture home, along with all the others we've been taking here."

Glancing down at his tablet, he added, "I need to go over this tablet, Jennifer, before I take any more pictures.  The pictures I've got on it are taking up too much memory.  Some of them, I'm going to have to delete."

"All right."  Jennifer nodded, and Kevin stood up to go to his room.

A short time later, Kevin was in his own room sitting on his bed, doing just that, when he heard a tap on his door.

"Hey, Kev!  It's me; can I come in?"

It was Joey's voice.  "Sure, Joey!"

Joey found Kevin in his room lying on his bed, looking at his tablet.  For the past fifteen minutes, he'd been going through his pictures, trying to decide which to keep and which to delete, since he didn't want to use up too much of its memory.  And the more he kept stored on it, the easier it would be to use up the battery, too.  But it could wait.  "Hey, Kevin!  Look what I found!  Eledhwen said it used to belong to a boy who used to live here when he was little—not an Elf, but a human like us; I don't remember his name.  She said we could have it!"

With a broad smile, Joey held up a leather ball. It was round, and slightly smaller than a soccer ball.  Kevin examined it carefully.  Neither of them would be able to bounce it, he knew, but they could throw and kick it if they wanted to.  "Could we go outside and kick it around a little?" Joey asked hopefully.  "Maybe throw it back and forth?"

Kevin laid down his tablet and propped himself on his elbows to think about his little brother's request.  It would probably be a good idea to stop for a little while and play with him.  Joey didn't have too many people to play with, after all.  They were the only children here, and though the hobbits, especially Merry and Pippin, would play with him almost like kids sometimes, he knew they were actually grown-ups or, in Pippin's case, almost grown-up.

He sat up and reached over to ruffle Joey's hair.  "Sure, bro!  Let's go down to that little field near the stable."  He shut his tablet off and rose from the bed.

Joey grinned.  "All right!" He sped ahead, as Kevin got up to hurry after him.

The field was a wide meadow, sometimes used for grazing for the horses, but it was currently lying fallow.  It was a perfect spot for practicing dribbling and passing, and Kevin was enjoying it a lot.  He'd been about Joey's age when he had decided to give up soccer and football, and to concentrate on basketball.  Joey himself had decided to concentrate on baseball after this year, but both of them had enjoyed playing soccer and football¹ when they were little.  Their mom had always thought that soccer and basketball were both safer for kids than football.  They began to practice throwing and kicking the leather ball around the field.

They'd been at it about twenty minutes when they heard a hobbit voice shout, "Kick-the-ball!"  It was all four of the younger hobbits.  They showed Kevin and Joey the rules of what they called "kick-the-ball", which was almost like softball, except that it was played without a bat; they kicked the ball instead.  It was also somewhat similar to British cricket, since the pitcher more or less bowled the ball instead of throwing it.

They divided into teams of three: Kevin, Frodo, and Sam against Joey, Merry, and Pippin.  The two boys were amazed at how accurate all of the hobbits were at both kicking and pitching.  Finally, after the two teams had tied twice, they all fell back into the grass for a breather.

They talked for a while.  The hobbits talked of the various sports they played in the Shire.  Kevin and Joey explained the rules of football, basketball, soccer, and baseball, and the hobbits talked about roopie, nine-pin, and conkers².  The hobbits were surprised to learn that golf was played in the children's land, even though Joey said it was a "boring old people's game."

The afternoon had drawn on pleasantly, and Merry was trying to talk them into playing a tiebreaker, since he was used to winning when he played.  But then Pippin's stomach began to rumble and so did Joey's, and so they decided that going back for tea was a better idea.

-oo000oo-

Every night at bedtime, Jennifer read a story to Kaylee.  After she had finished reading to her little sister The Wonderful Wizard of Oz, she commenced reading to Kaylee at bedtime the storybooks that she had stored in her backpack for their camping trip, sometimes two or three stories a night.  She also occasionally read the stories aloud to her little sister during the day.

One day, Jennifer sat down on the bench with Bilbo on one side and Kaylee on the other, as she took out The Big Book of Fairytales that Kaylee had brought to her just minutes before.  Among other stories, it contained Charles Perrault's classic tale of Cinderella, beautifully illustrated.  "This is a very old story from our...uh, land—a fairy tale," she told the old hobbit as she opened it.  "It's one of the best-known tales of its kind."  Bilbo nodded, and she began to read it aloud to him and Kaylee.

"Once there was a gentleman who married, for his second wife, the proudest and most haughty woman that was ever seen.  She had, by a former husband, two daughters of her own, who were, indeed, exactly like her in all things.  He had likewise, by another wife, a young daughter, but of unparalleled goodness and sweetness of temper, which she took from her mother, who was the best creature in the world.

"No sooner were the ceremonies of the wedding over but the stepmother began to show herself in her true colors.  She could not bear the good qualities of this pretty girl, and the less because they made her own daughters appear the more odious.  She employed her in the meanest work of the house.  She scoured the dishes, tables, etc., and cleaned madam's chamber, and those of misses, her daughters.  She slept in a sorry garret, on a wretched straw bed, while her sisters slept in fine rooms, with floors all inlaid, on beds of the very newest fashion, and where they had looking glasses so large that they could see themselves at their full length from head to foot.

"The poor girl bore it all patiently, and dared not tell her father, who would have scolded her; for his wife governed him entirely.  When she had done her work, she used to go to the chimney corner, and sit down there in the cinders and ashes, which caused her to be called Cinderwench.  Only the younger sister, who was not so rude and uncivil as the older one, called her Cinderella.  However, Cinderella, notwithstanding her coarse apparel, was a hundred times more beautiful than her sisters, although they were always dressed very richly.

"It happened that the king's son gave a ball, and invited all persons of fashion to it.  Our young misses were also invited, for they cut a very grand figure among those of quality.  They were mightily delighted at this invitation, and wonderfully busy in selecting the gowns, petticoats, and hair dressing that would best become them.  This was a new difficulty for Cinderella; for it was she who ironed her sister's linen and pleated their ruffles.  They talked all day long of nothing but how they should be dressed…"*

Bilbo was very attentive, his eyes wide at the magnificent and brilliantly-coloured pictures.  He could discern no brush-marks on the page.  And the words were the most even that he had ever seen; not even Elves could write so perfectly.  He did not recognize any of the letters, but he could not tell how they had been put upon the page.  Perhaps they had used some sort of printing process—but the woodblock printing they used in the Shire was never quite this perfect, either.  Still, as fascinated as he was with the book itself, he did not want to interrupt Jennifer's reading.  He'd ask his questions later.

He felt movement behind him. Jennifer had not noticed, but she was beginning to acquire a larger audience.  Pippin and Frodo stood directly behind him, and he could see Merry and Sam behind Jennifer and Kaylee.  Some of the Elves were beginning to drift their way as well, even more silent than hobbits.  They were attracted by the story, which was new to them.

Jennifer kept on reading, totally unaware of her listeners, and Kaylee grinned each time her sister turned the page—the story was clearly not new to her, as she would occasionally quote some of the words as Jennifer spoke them.

Jennifer finally came to the last page of writing, although next to it was a large illustration of what was clearly a royal wedding.  "...her two sisters found her to be that fine, beautiful lady whom they had seen at the ball.  They threw themselves at her feet to beg pardon for all the ill treatment they had made her undergo.  Cinderella took them up, and, as she embraced them, said that she forgave them with all her heart, and wanted them always to love her.

"She was taken to the young prince, dressed as she was.  He thought she was more charming than before, and, a few days after, married her.  Cinderella, who was no less good than beautiful, gave her two sisters lodgings in the palace, and that very same day matched them with two great lords of the court." ³

Jennifer jumped in startlement at the sudden sound of clapping hands, and blushed as she looked around and saw everyone standing around behind her!

Before she could say anything else, Pippin leaned over Bilbo's shoulder and looked at her.  "What's a fairy godmother?”

-oo000oo-

...Exhilaration!  That's what Jennifer felt.  She was at the top of a giant roller coaster, ready for the downhill.  She stood and opened her arms wide, as—swoop! down she went.  She was as steady as a rock, although there were loops and swirls, and even one turn that went nearly upside down.  Her breath caught, not fear, but thrill.  She glanced down and saw there were miles to go to the bottom; she could not even see the ground, for she saw only clouds and mist below her.  It was like flying! If she wanted to, she knew she could simply launch herself forward.

Jennifer sat up suddenly and gave a little shake of her head as she realized she had only been dreaming.  She loved that particular dream.  She swung her legs out and put her feet on the floor.  She needed to use the convenient chamber pot located beneath her bed.  She stood up and padded over to close the door between her room and the room where Joey and Kaylee slept; then she pulled out the porcelain pot and used it to empty her bladder.  But her middle still felt full and a little sore.

Oh, dear!  She had nearly forgotten.  Biting her lower lip and shoving the chamber pot back beneath the bed, she laid back down and began to count the days backwards as well as she could recall.  They'd been in Rivendell over three weeks now.

She sighed as she snuggled back up in her blankets.  What could she do?  They were only supposed to be camping for a week, so she had not brought any of her usual supplies.  But now she knew the signs: she'd probably start some time tomorrow, or maybe in the middle of the night tonight.  Embarrassing as it was, she would need to ask someone what to do.

After breakfast the next morning, she slipped away from her brothers and sisters, and went to look for Lady Arwen.  She found her in the kitchen, discussing the evening's feast with the head cook.  As soon as Arwen had finished her conversation, Jennifer went up to her.

"Lady Arwen?  Are you too busy now?  I need to ask you about something."

"Of course, Lady Jennifer.  What is it?  Is there a problem?"

Jennifer felt herself blushing.  "Um...well, it's personal."

Arwen nodded.  "Ah!  Well, then follow me."

Jennifer followed Arwen to her solarium.  A maidservant was tidying and dusting, but Arwen dismissed her, and she gestured for Jennifer to be seated as she herself sat down in her own favourite chair.  Jennifer chose a chair across from her hostess.

Arwen leaned forward.  "Now, my child, tell me what troubles you."

"I, well..."  Jennifer stopped for a second, and then just blurted out, "It'stimeformyperiodandIdon'thavemysupplies."  She said it all at once, without taking a breath.

For just an instant, the Lady Arwen looked puzzled, and then the light dawned.  "I see.  Do not be discomfited, Jennifer.  This is a simple enough problem to solve.  Although Elf-women do not have female blood flow so often as the Edain, we are not completely immune.  And of course, we have often had women of the Dúnedain among us who needed to deal with their moon cycle."

Jennifer let out a huge sigh of relief.  Thank goodness Lady Arwen understands, she thought.

"Since you say that your time is close, we cannot stop it.  But I will provide you with strips of cloth that you can use for this time.  When they are soiled, simply put them in the buckets in the water closet provided for soiled rags, and they will be dealt with."

Jennifer nodded.  She had used pads when she had first started, so this probably would be similar.  She much preferred tampons, though.  But she was interested in one of the Lady's earlier statements.  "Thank you!  But what did you mean, 'stop it'?"

"We have a mixture of herbs that can be taken as a tea.  It is called dárithil*, and the main herb used in it is ithildin.  You must begin taking it about two days after this moonflow ceases and continue until the Moon is full.  Once the Moon begins again to wane, you must start taking it again.  I will provide you with a generous supply that should last you for many months."

"Oh, Lady Arwen, that would be wonderful!"  Jennifer smiled broadly.  Just think, no more periods after the one coming up, as long as they were in Middle-earth!

-oo000oo-

Every evening, the children spent some time together in Kevin's room as they always did in the living room at home with their parents, praying and singing hymns, praise music, and gospel songs, and Kevin would read aloud from his teen study Bible to his siblings as Jennifer read along in hers.  Every week, as they were required to do at home, they all memorized Bible verses, a separate verse per child, and they recited them to one another on Sunday mornings.  At mealtimes, Kaylee continued to ask the blessing before they ate.

"We need to talk, guys," Kevin told his siblings one morning after breakfast, as soon as they had entered his guest room.

"What about?" Jennifer asked.  Joey and Kaylee looked up at their older brother.  Lucy lay cuddled in Jennifer's arms.

"Well…"  Kevin perched on the edge of his bed.  "Remember when we first realized that we were gonna have start praying more ourselves, because our parents aren't here to help us pray?"

"Yeah," Joey mumbled.  Kaylee said nothing.

"And we've been praying and reading my Bible and Jennifer's quite a bit since then.  All of us.  Not just by ourselves, but together as well, every day.  And we've each been memorizing a Bible verse a week," Kevin went on.  "I don't know about you all, but I've been hearing God's still small voice in my spirit more and more ever since we came here."  Kevin cleared his throat.  He looked at Jennifer, who nodded agreement.

"Lately, I've been getting this feeling in my heart—my spirit—that He wants us to really start memorizing Bible verses.  Not just one verse a week, as we've always had to, or a verse a day for schoolwork, but as many as we can memorize.  A crash course of Bible verses."

Jennifer winced.  While she memorized verses because her parents and her teachers at their Christian school told her to, she had never enjoyed the task.  She set Lucy down on the floor.  "Uh, God wants us to do what?!"

Kevin touched her hand.  "I know."  He smiled grimly.  "I don't want to, either.  And I know Joey and Kaylee don't.  But this is what I'm feeling God's telling us."

Sighing, Jennifer lowered her head.  "Please, God," she complained, "do we have to do this?"  Immediately, her whole body stilled, and she remained motionless for the next few minutes.

At last, with a sigh, she muttered, "Yes, Father," and raised her head.  A resigned expression had replaced the resentment on her face.  "He's telling me the same thing."

Jennifer looked at Kaylee and then at Joey, both of whom gaped up at her with horrified expressions.  "Sorry, Kaylee, Joey.  I know you don't want to—I don't, either; none of us do—but we all have to do this.  If Mom and Daddy were here, we'd have to do as they told us, don't forget, even if we didn't like it.  Well, we also have to do as God tells us.  He's our Heavenly Father, remember."  She turned to Kevin.  "But how will we know what Bible verses we're supposed to memorize?  We don't even know what God has sent us here to do!"

Nodding, Kevin glanced at the ceiling.  "Yes, God.  How are we supposed to know?  Please tell us!"  His body suddenly stilled, and he lowered his head.  A few minutes later, he looked up at his brother and sisters.  "He'll tell us," he said.  "He'll tell us what verses to memorize, starting out, and when He's ready, I know He'll tell us what job He's sent us here to do.  In fact, I think I already know which verses for us to start on."  He looked at Kaylee.  "Since you haven't learned to read yet, Kaylee, one of us will read them to you over and over, and you'll have to keep repeating them back until you know them by heart.  The rest of us will read them for ourselves.  Jen, can I borrow your notebook so I can write the verses down for each of us?"

"OK."  Jennifer left the room, and returned a few minutes later with her spiral notebook, a pencil, a pocket pencil sharpener, and her teen study Bible.  Kevin removed his own teen study Bible from his backpack and then scanned his siblings' faces.  "If any of you feel a need to memorize a particular verse, tell me."  He looked at Jennifer.  "Since you brought your own Bible, you can use yours to memorize with.  I'll use mine to write down Joey and Kaylee's verses so they can practice theirs."  Jennifer nodded.

"But why?" Joey complained.  "Why now?  We've never had to memorize so many Bible verses before!"

Kevin glanced down at his Bible for a moment, then turned his gaze to Joey.  "I think," he said slowly, "it's because of the reason God has called us here.  He has a job for us to do here; I'm sure of it."  Jennifer nodded agreement.  "I'm thinking He wants us to know by heart as much of His Word as we can, so we'll be well-equipped to do that job."

"Yeah," Jennifer said slowly.  "I think you're right, Kevin.  After all, we don't yet know what God's called us here to do, or what we're going to face while we're doing it.  I get the feeling that it's something pretty serious, though, or God wouldn't be calling us to prepare this way."  She turned to Joey and Kaylee.  "We'd better get started, then."  Kevin nodded agreement, and Joey and Kaylee exchanged pouts.

-oo000oo-

Joey wandered around, muttering the Scripture passage that Kevin had assigned him that morning, memorizing it verse by verse.

"'Listen to your father, who gave you life,'" he muttered, "'and do not despise your mother when she is…'"  He paused and held up the piece of paper to refresh his memory.  "'…when she is old'!"  He shook his head.  "'Listen to your father, who gave you life, and do not despise your mother when she is old.'"

Joey paused, and then examined the passage from the Book of Proverbs.  He read aloud, "'Buy the truth and do not sell it—wisdom, instruction and insight as well.'" Looking up and dropping the paper to his side, he repeated, "'Buy the truth and do not sell it—wisdom, instruction and insight as—'"  He paused.  "'—as well.'"

He cleared his throat, and then started over, repeating them until he could say the words all the way through.  Then he held the paper up again and read the next verse aloud.  "'The father of a righteous child has great joy; a man who fathers a wise son rejoices in him.'"

Joey continued with the rest of the verses on the paper, until he thought knew them all.  Finally, he paused a moment to catch his breath, and then started to recite the whole passage over.  "'Listen to your father, who gave you life, and do not despise your mother when she is old. Buy the truth and do not sell it—wisdom, instruction and insight as well. The father of a righteous man has great joy; a man who fathers a wise son rejoices in him.'"  He paused.  "'May your father and mother rejoice; may she who gave you birth be joyful.'  Proverbs twenty-three, verses twenty-two to twenty-five."

He blew out a deep breath, and took one in again, and then with his eyes closed, Joey recited the entire passage again, ending with the Scripture reference, and then yet again.  As soon as he had finished the passage that time, clapping from behind him startled him.  Whirling around, he saw Glorfindel and Lindir standing in the doorway, smiling down at him.

"Uh, hi, Lord Glorfindel.  Hi, Master Lindir," the child said sheepishly.

"Hello, Master Joey.  You have been quite busy, I see," Glorfindel said.

"You certainly have been," Lindir agreed.

"Yeah, well, Kevin told me to memorize this passage." Joey held up the piece of paper.

Glorfindel exchanged a glance with Lindir, and then nodded approval.  "Your brother did well to assign it to you.  Those are wise words you have just memorized, and you will do well to remember them and abide by them.  Well done."

Joey smiled.  "Yes, sir.  Thanks."

-oo000oo-

Elrond found himself angrily pacing the terrace.  He had to admit that he was as close to anger as he had been in a long time.  He was reluctant enough to allow the younger hobbits to accompany the mission; to allow young children to go was sheer folly!

There had been no question of it: they were not of this world, and they were too young for the peril of such a desperate journey.  He was fuming as he took his seat on the terrace, near Gandalf.  There was no way he could, in good conscience, allow this!

And yet, last night, the Lady Galadriel had bespoken him mind-to-mind, telling him that it was necessary that the older children must go.  "Each of the four children has a part to play; it is why they were sent here.  The little one must stay in Rivendell, for it is there she shall play her part.  But the older three must join the Company."

With a sigh, Elrond sat down.  For a few moments, as Gandalf sat silently near him, Elrond was deep in thought over his mother-in-law's revelation.  She had been quite firm; in all the things she had seen in her Mirror, the three older McCloud children had been in the company of those who were going on the Quest.

Elrond jumped as he felt tiny teeth digging into his big toe.  If he had not been so distracted, he would have noticed the puppy approaching him.  Looking down at his feet, he saw Lucy crouched in front of his foot, her front paws on the floor and her rear in the air, gnawing on his toe and growling playfully.  As he raised his head, he noticed that the McCloud children had followed the puppy onto the terrace.

"That is enough, Lucy.  My feet are not for chewing," he told the puppy with a mixture of amusement and exasperation, as he jerked both feet back.  He pointed a slender finger at the pup.  "Sit," he commanded.  He was glad when she complied; the kennel-master had made progress with the spoiled little animal, then.  "Good dog," he praised her in his warmest voice.  Bending over, Elrond patted her on the head, and she wagged her tail.  With the ends of his mouth quirked upward, Elrond held his index finger in front of Lucy's mouth, and allowed the puppy to begin chewing on it while thumping her tail against the flagged terrace.

Kaylee and Joey giggled at the sight, and Kevin, Jennifer, and Gandalf all laughed.  "Lucy wants to play with you!" Kaylee said, smiling broadly.

Elrond chuckled.  "Yes, I can see that.  Unfortunately, Miss Kaylee, I do not have time to play with Lucy right now."

"You'll have to excuse Lucy, Master Elrond," Jennifer said.  "She's teething.”

"Yes, she is, and while that is happening, she will be gnawing on everything she can get her little teeth on."  Elrond handed the wiggling puppy to Jennifer.  "Take her off this terrace, if you would, children.  Take her down to the stables and see if the grooms can give you an old scrap of leather for her to chew on.  Gandalf and I have things to discuss."

"Yes, sir."  Grinning, Kevin gestured to his siblings and led the way off of the terrace.  Gandalf chuckled, and Elrond shook his head in amusement.

As soon as Elrond was certain that the children were well out of earshot, he turned to Mithrandir.  "I had a communication from the Lady Galadriel last night.  She sought me out with osanwë and informed me that the three older children must go with the company when it leaves Rivendell.  She says they have some part to play in the events to come."  He allowed his anger at the news to show.  They were only children, after all!

He expected Mithrandir to share his consternation.  After all, it would fall to the Istar to be responsible for them if they went on what was sure to be a gruelling and perilous journey.  He was shocked when the wizard nodded.

"I must agree with the Lady of the Golden Wood.  It has been growing on my heart, in the days since you and I first discussed it, that the coming of these young ones at this time is not mere chance, if chance you call it."

Elrond shook his head.  Part of him wanted to argue with his mother-in-law and with Mithrandir.  But he knew from experience that while he could always argue with the wizard, it would be fruitless to argue with her.  Yes, they had agreed during their previous discussion that Eru may well have sent these children here for a purpose, but even so…  He shook his head again.

"Very well, though it leaves me with foreboding.  This is a dangerous journey.  There is no way to promise their safety."  Elrond sighed heavily.

"No, there is not.  There will be no safety for them, or any of us who journey South.  And yet there will be no safety anywhere in Middle-earth either, if Sauron has his way.  We do not even know when or if these young ones will be returned to their world.  My heart tells me they will be needed in some way before the end."

"I shall worry, nonetheless, old friend," said the Elf-lord.  "And not the least for you.  But my heart is somewhat comforted in knowing you will be with them."

Gandalf nodded.  "I shall take my leave now.  I would speak with your daughter about the well-being of the youngest child.  I fear she will not take well to being left behind."

Elrond nodded agreement.  "I fear you are right, Gandalf."  With an answering nod of his own, the wizard left the terrace.

The Master of Imladris leaned over the terrace wall, surveying his domain, and feeling not much mollified at all.  Even if he had to make the best of it and allow Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey to go, nothing would make him like it.  And Kaylee, he was sure, would like it even less.

-oo000oo-

1. Since the McCloud children are American, "soccer" refers to what the rest of the world calls "football", and "football" here in this context refers to American football.

2. "Roopie" is a hobbit ballgame that has found its way into fanon, but was originally created by the incomparable Baylor.  Nine-pin is a historical predecessor of modern bowling and is mentioned in The Hobbit as a sport played in the Shire, along with quoits.  Conkers is a traditional game played in the UK, and is "played using the seeds of horse chestnut trees—the name 'conker' is also applied to the seed and to the tree itself.  The game is played by two players, each with a conker threaded onto a piece of string: they take turns striking each other's conker until one breaks. (Wikipedia)".  This game has also found its way into hobbit-fic fanon in a number of stories, and Bilbo admits having some skill in the game in the 2012 Peter Jackson movie, The Hobbit: An Unexpected Journey.

3. This version of Cinderella comes from Andrew Lang's translation of the classic French fairy tale, as told by Charles Perrault, and is in the public domain.

*The name dárithil is courtesy of the Web site, http://funtranslations.com/elvish, Fun Translations, and means basically "stop moon".  Ithildin is a canonical flower, but its use in this case is simply made up for the story.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure. This story is AUand blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse. This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belong to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson. This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined. Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story. Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 9: Once Upon a Dream

Yawning, Jennifer laid her teen study Bible on her table, and then recited her latest memory verse for the last time that day. Afterward, she knelt beside her bed.

"God," she prayed, "we've been here for several weeks now, and we still don't know why You've sent us here. We don't even want to be here, Lord; we want to be home! Home with our mom and daddy. Home with Megan. We don't want to worry Mom and Daddy, and we hate it that we're not with them. I mean, this isn't like being at summer camp or visiting our grandparents!" She took a deep breath. "Surely, we can carry out a ministry at home, can't we, Father? Why do we have to be in a fantasy world to do it?"

Jennifer swallowed. "Please, God, speak to me. Tell me why we're here." She paused. "In Jesus' name, amen."

With a sigh, she drew the covers back and crawled underneath. To her relief, a supernatural peace flooded through her. I'm with you, a still, small voice spoke in her gut. I have sent you here, and I am here with you. I am also with your parents.

Yes, Father, she thought, before she drifted off...

...only to find herself seeing a strange man standing before her in what appeared to be the middle of a wilderness, with mountains on the horizon. To her surprise, Kevin and Joey were with her and that man, as were Boromir, Gandalf, Legolas, Gimli, and all of the hobbits except Bilbo. Where's Kaylee? she wondered.

As Jennifer scanned the horizon, she saw a black cloud moving slowly toward them. It was not a thunderstorm cloud or a wall cloud containing a tornado; it was pitch-black, for one thing, much blacker than any wall cloud she had ever seen, and it had a feeling of evil about it which not even wall clouds had. Jennifer shivered as she watched it, and then she turned toward her companions. Unless they successfully completed their mission, whatever it was, that black cloud would not only catch up with them, it would cover all of Middle-earth. She knew it, though she did not know how she knew…

Jennifer's eyes popped wide open, and she shot up in her bed, her heart pounding and her whole body shaking. God? she silently prayed. What was that about?

No answer came to her. Taking a slow, deep breath, she lay back down and closed her eyes. She would just have to trust that her Heavenly Father would tell her when He was ready.

Jennifer woke early the next morning. Unlike most dreams, that one had stuck with her. She could still recall it perfectly. She rose and drew on the silk dressing gown that the Elves had given her, and instead of passing through the nursery where Joey and Kaylee slept, she stepped out the door to the corridor and took the few steps across the hall to Kevin's room. She tapped lightly on the door, and hoped that he was not deeply asleep.

"Come in!" came her brother's voice.

She cracked open the door and slipped into the room. To her surprise, Kevin was awake and dressed. He sat in a chair by the window with his Bible in his hands.

"Why are you up so early?" she asked.

"I could ask you the same question," answered Kevin, "but I had a very strange dream last night."

"You, too?" Jennifer asked in amazement.

Kevin jerked his chin up and stared at her. "Tell me your dream." He gestured to his bed, and she sat down. Then she carefully related her dream to him.

He had begun to nod his head when she had only just begun to speak. "That's the exact same dream I had," he said, when she had finished. "I also had the feeling that if we did not succeed, the darkness might even follow us home—if we ever got back there. I couldn't get back to sleep after that, so I finally decided to get up at dawn and do some reading. I've been reading about Joseph."

"The one who was sold into slavery in Egypt, or Jesus' earthly father?" Jennifer asked.

"The one who was sold into slavery."

Jennifer sank onto Kevin's bed, stunned. "This was no ordinary dream, then," she said. "It was a message from God!"

Kevin nodded agreement. "Yeah. I really think it was," he said slowly. "I believe He was telling us why He's sent us here. We still don't know what He wants us to do, exactly, but we do know it's serious, whatever it is. Something to do with battling some kind of demon—maybe this Sauron that Gandalf told us about, or Satan, perhaps—and defeating some kind of spiritual darkness. A darkness that will completely cover all of Middle-earth if it's not stopped. It might even follow us to our world, if we can't stop it." He paused. "Definitely serious."

Shivering, Jennifer took a deep, shuddering breath. "Yeah. Very serious." She paused. "I have a feeling we're gonna know just what He's sent us here for very soon." She took another deep breath, and then quoted softly, "'Finally, be strong in the Lord and in his mighty power. Put on the full armor of God, so that you can take your stand against the devil's schemes. For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the authorities, against the powers of this dark world and against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly realms. Therefore put on the full armor of God, so that when the day of evil comes, you may be able to stand your ground, and after you have done everything, to stand.'"

Nodding, Kevin continued, "'Stand firm then, with the belt of truth buckled around your waist, with the breastplate of righteousness in place, and with your feet fitted with the readiness that comes from the gospel of peace. In addition to all this, take up the shield of faith, with which you can extinguish all the flaming arrows of the evil one. Take the helmet of salvation and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God. And pray in the Spirit on all occasions with all kinds of prayers and requests. With this in mind, be alert and always keep on praying for all the Lord's people.'"

He paused, and then added, "'Submit yourselves, then, to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you.'" Kevin stopped briefly to take his breath. "'You, dear children, are from God and have overcome them, because the one who is in you is greater than the one who is in the world.'" He halted for a moment, and then continued. "'I have told you these things, so that in Me you may have peace. In this world you will have trouble. But take heart! I have overcome the world.'"

Kevin stood silently for a moment after he had stopped quoting the Bible verses. "God is with us, Jen, and He will help us resist the evil one. Satan can try to hurt us, but he can't defeat us, because God is greater than him, and the same thing goes for this Sauron. Whatever it is that God's gonna have us do, He'll give us the strength to do it, and He will give us the victory over the powers of darkness. We'll have to remember that." He paused, and swallowed hard. "Because it's true." He took a deep breath, and Jennifer suspected that he was trying to convince himself as well as her.

She nodded agreement. "Yeah. It's true." She cleared her throat, and then quoted, "'My prayer is not that You take them out of the world but that You protect them from the evil one.'" She grimaced. "Looks like we're gonna be doing some kind of spiritual warfare, doesn't it? All of us." She shook her head. "I still don't understand why God would choose us, Kevin!"

Kevin shrugged. "Hey, you know how God likes to pick unlikely people."

"No kidding," Jennifer muttered.

-oo000oo-

Arwen was looking for Kevin and Jennifer. The brother and sister were not in their rooms. Joey and Kaylee had gone down to the kitchens with the hobbits for "elevenses", but the older children had not accompanied them.

She came to the open doors to the outside, near the garden at the end of the corridor, and heard the low murmur of voices; stepping outside, she saw the two speaking quietly with their heads bowed and their eyes closed, which surprised her. But before she could say anything to them, Kevin gave a nod and touched his sister's hand, and both looked up and saw her standing there. Kevin stood up. "Lady Arwen!"

"Lord Kevin and Lady Jennifer," she said, returning the boy's greeting. "I was searching for the two of you."

"Is everything alright?" asked Jennifer, a flash of worry on her face. "Did Kaylee or Joey get in trouble? Are they hurt?"

Arwen smiled a reassuring smile, and shook her head. "Nay, the little ones are all right. They are in the good company of hobbits, and are being watched over by Eledhwen. But my father and Gandalf would like to speak with you."

"What about?" Kevin asked.

She shook her head. "That is for them to say. But I will accompany you to my father's study, and you shall find out."

"Of course," Jennifer replied. "We don't mean to be rude, but we naturally just wondered."

"You did not offend, but it is an answer better left until you get there."

They followed her back through the passageways, speaking of Lucy's progress in being housebroken and in learning to heel and to sit on command, and soon found themselves at the large double doors that led into the study of the Lord of Rivendell. Arwen tapped lightly on the door, and her father's voice bid them enter. Her father was seated behind the large table that served him as a desk, and Gandalf was standing behind him near the large window overlooking the Valley, and giving a great view of one of the waterfalls in the distance.

Kevin and Jennifer had begun to absorb the manners of Rivendell, and both of them gave a small bow to Master Elrond and Gandalf, and waited to be spoken to first.

"Good day, Lord Kevin and Lady Jennifer," Elrond said. "Will you be seated?" He gestured to three chairs across from him. They sat down in the two nearest ones.

"Good day, Master Elrond and Gandalf," Kevin responded. He found it odd that in this place where titles were insisted on, that no one ever used a title with the wizard.

"Do you wish me to stay, Ada?" asked Arwen.

"I do."

She sat in the third chair. Although she had not been privy to her grandmother's communication, nor to Gandalf's presentiments, she had a feeling that she might guess the subject of the conversation.

But it was not her father who opened the conversation. It was Gandalf who spoke first. "You two may be aware that you children have arrived in the midst of preparations for a journey, although you have never been told just what that journey was about."

"Yes, sir," said Kevin.

"It's pretty obvious," added Jennifer, "but no one will talk about where they are going, or why. The hobbits shut right up if they are talking about it when we come along, and some of the others never seem to talk about it at all."

Gandalf smiled at them. "You are very perceptive, Lady Jennifer. Yes, this quest that has been planned relies on secrecy. Up until now, there was no reason for you to be involved, or to be privy to the details of the mission."

"But now there is?" Kevin asked.

"Now there is," responded the wizard, nodding, "because there is reason to believe that your presence here at this time is not a mere accident. There is every indication that you are meant to go on this journey yourselves."

Arwen watched them closely. They did not seem to show much surprise.

"We wondered about that," said Kevin. "Not the going-on-the-journey part, I mean, since we didn't know about that, but we did think that there is a reason for us to be here." He looked Gandalf in the eye, and Gandalf returned his gaze with a knowing nod, remembering what they had spoken of not long after the children had arrived.

"May I ask what that reason is?" Elrond put in.

"We knew we wouldn't be here unless God had sent us here. After all, He's the only one who could," Kevin said, exchanging a glance with Jennifer. "And we knew He wouldn't have sent us to Middle-earth unless He had a job for us to do here. We figured all that out soon after we arrived here." He glanced again at Jennifer, who nodded agreement. "And that's not all. Both of us, Jennifer and me, had dreams last night—the same one, in fact. We both saw ourselves in a place we had never seen before, and we were with some of the people we've met here. Joey was with us, but Kaylee was not. All the hobbits except for Mr. Bilbo Baggins were there, as well as Lord Boromir, the Elf Legolas, and Master Gimli—and some man I've never seen before. And you were there as well, Gandalf." He described his own dream in detail, describing the black, evil-looking storm cloud in the process. Jennifer nodded agreement, and then she and Kevin turned their attention back to Elrond.

"I see." The elf lord nodded. "So it would not surprise you to know that Gandalf has had a similar foresight?"

Kevin and Jennifer looked at one another uneasily. "Is it all right to ask if we may know what it's all about now?" he asked.

Gandalf nodded. "Kevin and Jennifer, do you remember our discussion on your second day here? And what I told you children about Melkor and Sauron?"

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged another glance and nodded. "Yes, sir." Kevin swallowed. "What about them?"

As succinctly as possible, Gandalf and Elrond explained the tale of the One Ring, and Frodo's upcoming mission to destroy it, and thus rid the world of the evil of Sauron. Kevin and Jennifer both had stunned expressions when Gandalf and Elrond had finished, and then Jennifer shook her head in bewilderment.

"I don't get it," she said. "This ring you talked about—it's just a piece of jewelry! An inanimate object. How can a ring be evil?"

Elrond smiled ruefully. "It would be easier for all if it was just a piece of jewelry, Lady Jennifer," he said. "Unfortunately, it is not. It is a Ring of Power, and as such, it contains great power. Moreover, it is the One Ring. Sauron created that Ring to rule all the other Rings of Power, and in the process, he put a great deal of his own power into it. It has the power to corrupt everyone who has possession of it. Those who desire power for themselves, in particular, are at especial risk of being corrupted."

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged another glance and shook their heads. "So that's what The Lord of the Rings is about," Jennifer said softly as she looked at Kevin, and her brother nodded agreement. For a long moment, they sat in silence.

"Whoa!" Kevin finally said softly, shaking his head. "It's kind of like Star Wars, then. The Death Star had to be destroyed."

Jennifer nodded. "True, except the Death Star couldn't corrupt anybody."

Gandalf and Elrond looked puzzled. "Another tale from your world? Is it a real one, or one created by your people, such as you believed about Middle-earth?" asked Gandalf.

This time, Kevin and Jennifer did look surprised. In fact, both of them were startled: if Middle-earth was real in this place and time, what if Star Wars and other stories like that were, too? That was almost too much to think about.

Jennifer's eyes grew wide. Could even a place like Oz exist? But no, she argued with herself; Baum set that fantasy somewhere in the U.S., and everyone knew that magic land didn't really exist! But...naw, could it, actually? She shook her head to clear it and answered the wizard's question.

"A tale created in our world," Jennifer answered. "It's set in outer space. A man named George Lucas created it. As far as we know, it's not real."

Nodding, Kevin asked, "If we go, what does that mean? Will Kaylee stay here, where it's safe? I guess Joey has to go, since he was in our dreams, but how dangerous will it be?" These were only the first questions to come to mind, but he knew there would be many more.

"Miss Kaylee will have to stay here, as will your dog, but the two of you and Master Joey will go on the Quest," Elrond said. "My daughter will look after your little sister and Lucy in your absence." Smiling, Arwen nodded agreement as she looked at Kevin and Jennifer. Elrond added, "I am afraid that it will be quite dangerous, which is the main reason that Miss Kaylee will remain here in Rivendell. She will have her own role to play in the events to come, but she will play it out here."

Exchanging a troubled glance with Kevin, Jennifer bit her lower lip. "That's going to be really hard on Kaylee, Master Elrond," she said. "She's already missing our parents, and now she's going to miss us as well. Being separated from her whole family's gonna be really tough on her." Kevin nodded his own agreement. Jennifer added, "How are we gonna tell her?"

Elrond nodded sagely. "It will need to be done sooner rather than later, I think. Do you wish me to tell her?"

Jennifer looked up hopefully, but then shook her head. As nice as it would be to let someone else do the telling, Kaylee was their little sister and also their responsibility. "No, we'll do it."

Kevin nodded decisively. "Yes, we will." He looked at Jennifer. "We'll tell her and Joey together."

-oo000oo-

"Joey! Kaylee!" Jennifer called, as she and Kevin entered the kitchen.

The two younger children whirled around, half-eaten biscuits in their hands. "Hey, come try these! They're delicious!" Joey smiled broadly and took another bite out of his biscuit.

Jennifer and Kevin laughed. "I'm sure they are, Joey, but we don't have time to munch on cookies—uh, biscuits—right now," Kevin told him. "Right now, Jennifer and I need to talk to you." Jennifer nodded agreement.

"Come on, you two. We need to go up to our rooms and talk." Jennifer extended her hand toward the two. Exchanging puzzled glances, Joey and Kaylee approached them. As Kevin and Jennifer took them out of the kitchen, Kaylee and Joey finished their biscuits.

As soon as the four children entered Kevin's bedroom minutes later, Joey turned toward him and Jennifer. "What's up?" he asked, his brow furrowed in puzzlement. "Is everything all right?"

Nodding, Kevin gestured toward the chairs. "Better sit down, you two. We've got a lot to talk about." After the four children had taken their seats, Kevin cleared his throat. "We—uh, we've found out why God has sent us here. And it's very serious, Joey and Kaylee. Only if we can do what God has sent us here for will everything be all right, Joey."

"That's right." Jennifer glanced at Kevin and turned back to the two younger children. "Remember the Star Wars movies?" Kaylee and Joey nodded. "Remember what had to be done in the very first Star Wars movie?"

Joey exchanged a glance with his little sister. "They had to destroy the Death Star. The Rebels did," he said.

"That's right," Kevin said. "And why did the Rebels have to destroy the Death Star?"

Joey bit his lower lip. "Well, uh, because—because the Emperor was going to be too powerful if it wasn't. He'd be able to use the Death Star to blow up whole planets, and nobody would've been able to stop him. He blew up Alderaan with it."

Jennifer and Kevin nodded. "That's right," Jennifer said. "Well, Kaylee and Joey, Middle-earth is faced with a similar danger right now. Remember what Gandalf told us about Melkor and Sauron, the day after we came here?" Joey and Kaylee nodded. For the next few minutes, being careful to use words that a five-year-old would understand, Jennifer and Kevin explained to Joey and Kaylee what Gandalf and Elrond had told them about Sauron and his Ring.

"If Sauron ever gets his Ring back, he'll be just like Emperor Palpatine in the Star Wars movies," she said. "He'll be way too powerful. Nobody'll be able to stop him, just as nobody would have been able to stop the emperor as long as the Death Star existed. He won't be able to blow up whole planets, but he will be able to control everybody. He wants that Ring back, and he's bound and determined to get it. It's got to be destroyed so that he'll never be able to use it."

Kevin nodded. "Remember how the Rebels had to destroy the Death Star, Joey?"

Joey furrowed his eyebrows in concentration. "They had to blow up that re—rea…" His voice trailed off.

"Reactor," Kevin finished for him. "The main reactor. There was an exhaust port in the Death Star's surface that went clear down to the main reactor. If a Rebel fired a weapon from his ship right into that port, it would explode and the whole Death Star along with it, and it did. There was no other way to destroy it. That was the only way to blow it up; just firing a weapon at it wouldn't do it." Joey nodded agreement. Kevin added, "And then they had to do the same thing all over again in Return of the Jedi."

Joey nodded vigorously. "They sure did!"

Kaylee smiled broadly. "Yeah!" She wiggled.

Kevin continued, "It's the same way with the Ring that Sauron made, Joey and Kaylee. Unfortunately, it's so strong that not even a really hot fire can destroy it. You can't break it into pieces with a sledgehammer, or melt it by throwing it into a regular fire, not even a really hot one; it's that strong. Gandalf and Master Elrond told us there's only one place where it can be destroyed. The same place where it was made: Mount Doom in Mordor. Mordor's where Sauron lives, you see, and Mount Doom is where he made that Ring. It has to be thrown into the fire there—I suspect it's lava."

Jennifer bit her lower lip. "I believe it is, too. Well, anyway, Frodo Baggins has volunteered to go to Mount Doom and throw it into the lava there, to destroy it. It's a volcano, you see, and that's where Sauron made his Ring, as Kevin said. It's hundreds of miles away, east of Rivendell. Samwise Gamgee's going to go with him, and several others are, too." She paused. "It's gonna be a quest, Joey and Kaylee, just like the ones in stories about the Middle Ages."

"That's right." Exchanging a glance with Jennifer, Kevin took a deep breath. "This is not going to be easy to tell you two," he told Joey and Kaylee gently. "It turns out that God brought us here because He wants us to go on this quest, too. You and Jennifer and me, Joey. We have to go, too, with the others. Since cars haven't been invented yet, and since we won't riding horses or traveling by wagon, we're going to have to walk the whole way. It's going to take us a long time to get there."

Kaylee stiffened her back, her face etched with distress. She frantically scanned her siblings' faces. "What about me?"

Kevin softened his voice. "You'll have to stay here, Kaylee. With Lucy."

"No!" Wailing, Kaylee slid off her chair. Jennifer reached out to her, and Kaylee rushed toward her, crying. "I don't want to stay here! Not without you! Please don't leave me here!"

With Jennifer's help, Kaylee climbed into her lap and buried her face in her big sister's chest. "Shh." Wrapping her arms tightly around Kaylee, Jennifer kissed her little sister on her head. "It's not our choice, Kaylee," she said gently. "It wasn't our choice to come here, and the way they talk, it's not going to be our choice to take you with us, either. I'm sorry, Kaylee. I know you don't want to be separated from us; we don't want that, either. But you'll have to be. You and Lucy have got to stay here with Master Elrond and Lady Arwen while we're gone."

Kaylee didn't say a word. She just clung to Jennifer and sobbed violently. In that moment, Gandalf and Elrond entered the room.

Kaylee looked up and raced over to them. "PLEASE don't make me stay! PLEASE! I'll be good and everything!"

Elrond was taken aback. He was unused to such an outburst. Gandalf knelt down, and embraced her. "There, there," he said gently. "I know you will be good, child. But no amount of promises to be good will help you to go on this journey. You simply are not old enough." He rubbed her back gently. "Do not weep, Kaylee, for this parting may be hard, but it will not be forever." He stopped rubbing her back and patted it gently. "Be brave, little one."

Elrond was not sure, but he thought he noticed a brief flash of red light from Gandalf's hand, and nodded.

Kaylee leaned back from the wizard, wiping the tears off her face with the back of her hand. She sniffled. "I can be brave," she said in almost a whisper, and then just a little louder, "I can be brave."

"That's my girl," Gandalf said, giving her a brief hug, before standing back up.

Elrond handed her a fine linen handkerchief. "I think you need to blow your nose, Miss Kaylee," he told her, and she did so.

"Well," she said, looking at her siblings and biting her lower lip, "I can be brave, but I'll still miss you. I wish I could go."

Kevin and Jennifer gaped at their little sister, and then at Gandalf. "How did you do that?!" Jennifer asked him, her mouth wide open.

Gandalf chuckled. "As an Istar, I have ways of comforting little ones that mortals and Elves do not possess, Jennifer."

-oo000oo-

Boromir knocked at the door to Master Elrond's study, and at his host's call of "Enter," he opened the door and came into the room. He was somewhat surprised to see both Master Bilbo Baggins and Mithrandir in the room. They were seated across from Master Elrond at the large carven table that the Elf used as his desk. There was another empty chair there.

"Be seated." Elrond said. "As you know, we are trying to decide whether to allow the two youngest hobbits to be part of the Company as it travels South."

Boromir nodded as he sat down. He was both surprised and more than a little dubious about this, but his opinion had not been asked.

Bilbo Baggins must have noted something in his expression. He gave a small snort. "Master Boromir, you underestimate my young kin. I have no doubt whatsoever that they have already laid plans to slip out and follow Frodo if the permission has not been given. They will be far safer as part of the Company, and not trailing along behind it. Furthermore, Frodo will need them; they are family." This last word was spoken with the snap of finality and authority that reminded Boromir that this small person was well over a hundred years of age, and used to being listened to.

Nodding at Bilbo, Elrond continued, "What you do not know is that there is also a likelihood that the three elder McCloud children may also need to go upon the journey."

"What?" Boromir exclaimed in shock. "But they are mere children, save for young Lord Kevin, and he is not truly an adult either!"

Mithrandir nodded sadly. "And yet both myself and the Lady Galadriel, wisest of the High Elves remaining in Middle-earth, have had this foresight. It is necessary for the outcome of our quest that they be included. And we shall need your help."

Elrond gave a deep sigh, and added, "Normally, this is a task I would ask Aragorn to perform, but as he is leading one of the scouting parties, I think it would be best if you do so. I do not command you in this, but I do ask if you would be willing to teach Lord Kevin and Master Joey, as well as the young hobbits, the rudiments of using their weapons?" He paused. "Of course, that will mean giving Lord Kevin and Master Joey their own weapons before you leave on the quest. Except for Frodo, the hobbits already have swords." Mithrandir nodded agreement. "These lessons will be of benefit to them, even if they do not go on the journey, and will also be a good outlet for youthful energy."

"I will be giving Frodo my old sword, Sting, Master Elrond, since his was destroyed by the Black Riders. Merry and Pippin and Sam have their own swords still, that they received from Tom Bombadil, but are you going to supply the children with weapons?" Bilbo asked.

"Yes, Bilbo, I have already spoken to the armourer."

Boromir's eyebrows climbed nearly to his hairline, but before he could think to say "yea" or "nay", the Wizard spoke.

"I know," said Mithrandir (or Gandalf, as these Northerners called him), "that you have experience of this. I seem to recall that on one of my visits to Minas Tirith years ago, that you had the training of some of the young cadets?"

Of course. Faramir had been one of his students. He had quite enjoyed the job, too, until his father had decided he was not harsh enough with the lads. Denethor had him replaced with a sour and grizzled old veteran who knew the way to his lord's esteem was to be extra hard on the Steward's younger son. But Boromir had continued to teach his little brother in secret.

Bilbo spoke up again. "If my cousins are to have swords, I'd as soon have it that they learn what to do with them. I was lucky. Spiders do not carry swords. If I had been so unfortunate as to encounter an enemy who did, I should not have lasted two minutes."

"Very well," he answered. After all, teaching swordplay was something he was good at. And the task would give him something to do besides cool his heels until it was time to leave.

"Thank you so much, Lord Boromir," said Master Elrond. "Your help may very well mean the difference between life and death for the youngest members of the Company."

-oo000oo-

A/N: The Bible passages that Kevin and Jennifer quote above are from the New International Version, and consist of Ephesians 6:10-18, James 4:7, 1 John 4:4, John 16:33, and John 17:15.

Portions of the latter part of this chapter are slightly altered from Dreamflower's story, "A Conversation in Rivendell".


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure. This story is AUand blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse. This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson. This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies. Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined. Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story. Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 10: I'll Make a Man Out of You

A few days later, Aragorn strode down the path that led to the armoury; while he did hope to speak to the smith about the reforging of Narsil, he had another purpose as well for returning to Rivendell at this time.

Clack. Clack. Clack. "Get your shoulders up, Master Joey! Master Meriadoc, breathe! Master Peregrin, switch places with your cousin!"

Thwack. Thwack. Thwack. "Well done, Lord Kevin!"

Aragorn chuckled. The voice was Boromir's. Obviously, the Steward's son was experienced in training young recruits. Arwen had told him that the Gondorian had taken on the training of the younger hobbits and the two strange boys she had told him of. He had returned briefly to Rivendell to deliver a report to Elrond and Gandalf of what he had discovered in his scouting so far, and to get more supplies before he and his Rangers searched farther afield.

He saw Pippin and a little boy of about nine going at it with wooden practice blades. The leather practice armour the boy was wearing looked quite familiar—it had been Aragorn's at one time, made for him during his childhood many years ago. The two appeared well matched. Pippin's maturity and lower center of gravity gave him a bit more power, but the boy had a slightly longer reach, and he was quite enthusiastic. Both of them seemed to be quick, though Pippin was somewhat more coordinated. They were not, however, landing many blows.

Merry appeared overheated and out of breath. He was currently at one side, getting a dipper of water from Sam and being scolded fondly by Frodo.

On the other side of the grounds, Boromir was carefully watching a youth of about fifteen or sixteen years of age raining blows upon a pell. Occasionally, the warrior would step in to correct the boy's stance or grip. The boy clearly was a novice, which was puzzling. Most boys of his age would not be making those mistakes. Aragorn wondered why the youth appeared to have had no training. The boy had none of the signs of a son of the working class. His skin was clear, and not weathered or sunburned; his build lean and well proportioned; and he bore none of the callouses to be found on those who did manual labor, and nearly all gently-born sons learned early to wield a weapon. However, Boromir had called him "Lord Kevin". The Ranger's curiosity was piqued.

Boromir stopped and turned to Pippin and the younger boy, who were still flailing away at one another with enthusiasm, rarely ever getting in an actual hit, and only once in awhile blocking a shot. Most of the swings went wild. Aragorn smiled and shook his head as he watched Boromir remonstrating with them; the Gondorian shook his finger at them and sent the young boy over to the side to get some water, and summoned Merry. Now it was Brandybuck against Took, and Pippin was steadier against his cousin's more calculated onslaught. Boromir stood back, watched a few minutes, then shouted, "Master Meriadoc! Once more! Mind your breathing!"

Boromir summoned the younger boy, set him to the pell, and then summoned the older one to stand beside him, and had him imitate a series of stances and exercises that the warrior demonstrated. Aragorn found himself impressed with Boromir's teaching skills.

After a few more moments, Boromir had his students take a run around the training ground twice, and then head into the armoury to remove their practice gear. He himself made his way over to where Aragorn had stood watching.

"My Lord Aragorn," he greeted, with a nod.

"My Lord Boromir," Aragorn responded just as formally. He hoped the two of them would progress to less formality before they had to leave Rivendell. But he knew that the Captain-General of Gondor was still wary of him and his intentions.

"What do you make of my students?" asked Boromir.

"I was not surprised to see you working with Merry and Pippin, who are determined to go with us. But who are these young newcomers?"

"Young Lord Kevin and Master Joey are clearly in need of the skills of a warrior. I do not know what else you have been told of them, but the place they come from is clearly a very different and a more peaceful place, almost like the Shire of the Hobbits. They've had no need to learn swordplay or how to wield weapons, but now those skills may be vital to them, for Master Elrond and Mithrandir have told me they do not know if the young ones will ever return to their homeland."

"Is it so far, then?" Aragorn asked, puzzled. Arwen had not had time to tell him everything.

"Maybe you can tell me," Boromir replied, "for it is said by many here that you have wandered far into distant lands. Have you ever heard of the states of America, or the land of Or Egon?"

Aragorn blinked. "No, indeed."

Boromir led the way to the armoury, the two Men speaking together as they walked.

"All my Lady Arwen had the chance to tell me of these new visitors was their names and their ages, and the fact that they seem to come from a very far land indeed," said Aragorn.

The Gondorian nodded. "I have learned little more; none here have heard of their lands, not even Mithrandir. I have spoken with them, but their customs and ways are so different from ours, and many of their words make no sense; I cannot truly understand them. I do know they come from a land of peace and many wonders."

Aragorn shook his head in confusion. "If even Mithrandir does not know from what land they hail, then it must be a far place indeed."

They approached the armoury building, and could hear chattering within as Merry, Pippin, Joey, and Kevin discussed their lesson. They all stopped talking as soon as the two Men entered, and stood respectfully looking up at their teacher with their hands behind their backs. The older boy did a double-take as soon as he saw Aragorn.

Boromir gave them a nod. "Lord Aragorn, you already know Meriadoc Brandybuck and Peregrin Took. My other two pupils are Lord Kevin McCloud and his brother, Master Joseph McCloud." He gestured toward each boy as he introduced them. Turning toward the boys, he told them, "Boys, this is Aragorn, son of Arathorn."

Kevin hesitated only briefly as he tried to recall the proper response; he bowed his head, and said, "Uh—uh, at your service and your family's." He tapped Joey on the shoulder. "Joey." A startled Joey gave a bow of his own.

"I'm at your service, too," the little boy said, as he straightened his back. He gazed up at the tall Man, who stood even half a head taller than Boromir.

Aragorn smiled and inclined his head. "At your service, young gentlemen, and I am most pleased to meet both of you. You appear to be diligent students for Lord Boromir."

"We have a lot to learn," said Kevin. "We've only ever seen real swords in museums and such, or in historical shows. I've never even held one before we came here—neither of us have." He glanced at Joey. "I sure hope we can learn enough in the time we have."

Joey looked at Aragorn curiously. "Mister, are you the one that Merry and Pippin call 'Strider'?" He tilted his head as he spoke.

Aragorn chuckled. "Indeed, I am. They were introduced to me by that name, for that is what folk call me in Bree, where we met. You are most welcome to call me by that name as well, if you wish, Master Joey. You as well, Lord Kevin."

Kevin glanced at Boromir, who looked disapproving, and then exchanged a glance with Joey. "Uh, we'll have to think about that, sir. I am not sure if that would be respectful, since we've only just met." Boromir gave him a very slight approving nod.

Aragorn glanced at the other Man; Gondorians were much more formal than the Dúnedain of the North. Perhaps it was best not to insist on informality yet; Kevin and Joey were, after all, under the other Man's tutelage. "That is also acceptable to me," he said. "But the offer stands if you should feel differently when we know one another better."

Kevin nodded. "OK, thanks." He looked down at Joey, who nodded.

"You'll like good old Strider a lot when you get to know him," Pippin put in. "But when he gets going on those long legs of his, you'll know how he got that name!"

"You are a very cheeky hobbit, Master Took!" Aragorn laughed.

Merry raised an eyebrow at the Ranger. "You mean to say you are just now noticing that? His cheek is famous in the Shire."

"And yours is not, Mr. Brandybuck?" Aragorn asked with a smirk.

Merry grinned. "I taught him everything he knows," he replied.

Joey stared at the two hobbits; he still was not quite sure what to make of them. Sometimes they seemed quite grown-up, but at other times, they acted as if they were no older than he was.

Pippin looked at his cousin. "Merry! We need to tidy ourselves up and get ready for tea—we are supposed to take tea in Bilbo's rooms with Frodo and Sam this afternoon, remember?"

"Of course I remember, you silly Took! Lady Arwen and Lady Jennifer and Miss Kaylee will be there." He glanced up at Aragorn. "Why don't you come along as well, Strider? I know Bilbo will be glad if you come. And this will be your chance to meet Kevin and Joey's sisters, Lady Jennifer and Miss Kaylee." He turned to the boys. "You could come as well."

Boromir shook his head. "I must take the boys to the paddock. They are to have riding lessons today."

The boys looked excited rather than disappointed, so the two hobbits led Aragorn back to the House so that they could all get washed and changed into clean clothes before going to tea with Master Bilbo.

It did not take long for the hobbits to make themselves presentable, and after they met Aragorn in the corridor near their own quarters, they headed for Bilbo's little apartment.

Merry tapped firmly upon the door. Unlike all the other doors they had seen in Rivendell, this one was round.

Frodo opened the door, and grinned as he saw Aragorn there. "Ah, Strider! It's so good to see you are back. I had heard you might be." He ushered them all in. Sam was beside a fireplace, putting wood in the fire. Aragorn could hear Bilbo humming in the small kitchen that stood to the left of the door.

Arwen, Jennifer, and Kaylee had only just arrived themselves; Lucy was sitting obediently by Kaylee's feet, her tail thumping the floor. Jennifer was sitting in a chair. Arwen's face lit up, as did Aragorn's when they saw and greeted each other by name. Jennifer froze, looking startled, as soon as she saw Aragorn.

It's him! The man in my dream! she thought. I wonder if it's the same man in Kevin's dream, too! He said he saw a strange man in his dream also. She made a mental note to tell Kevin later. And then her face softened as she watched Aragorn and Arwen; it was like they were the only two people in the whole world for a moment. It was so romantic!

Aragorn's her boyfriend! she thought, smiling broadly. Lucky Arwen!

In the weeks since their arrival in Middle-earth, Jennifer had grown fond of Bilbo's cozy sitting room. It had a couple of sofas and several chairs. Some of the chairs, including Jennifer's favorite, were large enough for humans to sit in, as well as one of the sofas, but the other chairs and the other sofa were hobbit-sized. There was a low, round table in the middle, sort of like a round coffee table, but a little shorter, and yet the top was a little bigger. An old-fashioned crocheted doily was on top of it.

Bilbo came bustling in with an enormous tray—as always, Jennifer wondered how he could carry it—and placed it in the middle of the doily. There were cookies—no, they called them biscuits here, she reminded herself—and tiny cakes, and Sam brought out some little sandwiches and a big pot of tea on another tray. Frodo had gone to the kitchen, and he came out with yet another tray, this one with cups and saucers. Three sets were full-sized, and the rest were hobbit-sized. Jennifer mentally counted them, and realized that they must mean for Kaylee to use one of the hobbit-sized cups.

Returning to the kitchen, Frodo came back out with a bowl containing some cuts of meat. He set it down on the floor, and Lucy scampered toward the bowl, quickly gobbling the meat down.

Arwen turned to the girls. "Aragorn, these are two of the children who arrived in Middle-earth, Lady Jennifer McCloud and her little sister, Miss Kaylee." She gestured toward the puppy, who was devouring the meat. "And their puppy, Lucy."

Aragorn smiled. "I have just met their brothers on the training ground. They were having a lesson in swordplay along with Merry and Pippin. They are having a riding lesson now." He inclined his head toward Jennifer and then toward Kaylee. "Well met, Lady Jennifer and Miss Kaylee. At your service and your family's."

"We're pleased to meet you, Lord Aragorn. How do you do?" Jennifer said. Exchanging a glance with Kaylee, she and her little sister bowed toward the Ranger. "Uh, at your service, too," she added, as she straightened her body. Aragorn remembered what Boromir had told him about these children's ways and customs being different from those of Middle-earth.

Frodo nodded, and then turned toward Bilbo. He raised his voice so that his older cousin would hear him. "I added another cup and saucer, Uncle Bilbo, seeing that Aragorn has joined us."

"Quite so, my lad, quite so," Bilbo answered. He grinned up at the tall man. "So glad you could join us, Dúnadan!"

"It's good to see you as well, old friend," the Ranger answered, smiling. He and Arwen arranged themselves on the larger sofa, and the hobbits and Kaylee all sat in the smaller chairs that were arranged around the table. Jennifer took one of the larger chairs. At Bilbo's urging, Sam joined them on one of the smaller chairs.

Bilbo asked Lady Arwen to pour out the tea, and Frodo passed around the food. Jennifer was not especially hungry, but she took one of the small sandwiches and a couple of the cookies—biscuits. Was she ever going to get used to calling them that? We'll have to get used to calling them cookies again when we go back home, she thought wryly. Kaylee took two sandwiches and five biscuits, and Bilbo poured a glass of water and set it before the little girl. Jennifer shook her head. Wait till Kevin learns I actually met the man I saw in my dream!

They all began to talk. Bilbo told the rather amusing story of his first meeting with Aragorn. Apparently, he first had seen him all scruffy and dirty from camping out in the Wild for weeks, and had taken him for a dangerous ruffian at first.

Then Aragorn made Frodo blush by recounting the first time they had seen each other, and the hobbit had embarrassed himself by jumping up and singing on a table. "It seemed like a good idea at the time," the hobbit mumbled, red-faced.

Merry and Pippin laughed loudly at their older cousin, but he shook his head. "How many times have I heard the two of you use that excuse?"

Sam rolled his eyes, and Bilbo caught his look and winked.

Jennifer smiled. That was one of Joey's favorite excuses as well. She looked over and saw Arwen smiling at her. Jennifer got up her nerve to ask something that had been tickling her curiosity ever since Aragorn had entered the room. "Lady Arwen, how did you and Lord Aragorn get together?" Then she blushed at her own temerity. Aragorn spluttered in his tea, and Bilbo bit back a grin.

Arwen blushed as well, and laughed. "Our story is a long one, but I can tell you if you wish…"

-oo000oo-

That evening after the feast, instead of going to the Hall of Fire, Elrond summoned several people to his study. In addition to those who were going on the journey, he included his daughter, Glorfindel, Erestor, and Bilbo. Then he summoned the McCloud children to join them.

"Lord Kevin, Lady Jennifer, I want you to tell them what you told us about the manner in which you and your siblings came to Middle-earth, the day you arrived," Elrond ordered, as the four children took their seats.

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged glances, and then looked down at Joey and Kaylee, who both squirmed. "Do you want us to tell them everything we told you?" Kevin asked him. Elrond nodded.

Kevin cleared his throat, and then, for the next several minutes, as Joey and Kaylee listened, he and Jennifer explained to Aragorn, Boromir, Gimli, Legolas, Erestor, and the five hobbits everything that they had previously told Elrond, Arwen, Glorfindel, and Gandalf on the day of their arrival. In the process, all four children told the group their full names as well as Megan's, and everything else that they had previously shared on the day of their arrival. When Kevin and Jennifer had finished, silence descended upon the group for a few minutes.

"This is—incredible," Boromir said softly, shaking his head.

Aragorn nodded agreement. "It is, indeed, but it explains why these children are so different, and why everything in their world is so inexplicable."

"The only race in our world is Man," Jennifer said. "There are no other races there. No Elves, no Dwarves, no hobbits, no wizards; they're just imaginary fantasy creatures where we come from. Well—" She glanced down at Kaylee, and added, "—except for the elves at the North Pole, that is." With a grin, she winked at Elrond, who raised an eyebrow and quirked his lips in amusement. "Well, anyway, the elves in those stories are nothing like the elves here."

She cleared her throat. "There's just plain ordinary human beings where we live. There are different races among human beings, but that's it."

"Are there orcs and trolls there?" Aragorn asked Jennifer.

Jennifer furrowed her eyebrows in puzzlement. "What—what's an orc?"

Gandalf chuckled. "I believe you have your answer, Aragorn." He turned to Jennifer. "An orc is an evil creature, Jennifer, otherwise known as a goblin."

"Oh." Jennifer exchanged an uneasy glance with Kevin, and then turned to Aragorn. "No, sir, there's not. No goblins or trolls, either, except in fairy tales. They're just make-believe." She swallowed hard. "There's no goblins or trolls here, are there?"

"I'm afraid there are, Jennifer," Aragorn told her soberly. "They may be only imaginary creatures in your world, but they are quite real here. And dangerous." Kaylee shivered.

Kevin gulped. "Uh, what about dragons?" He gazed intently at the Ranger. "They don't exist here, too, do they?"

"There used to be dragons here, Kevin, but not anymore. Smaug was the last of his kind." Gandalf told him. "A dragon is one creature you don't have to worry about encountering." Kevin smiled, relieved.

Aragorn nodded agreement. "Are there no dragons in your world?"

"No, sir." Kevin shook his head. "They're just fantasy creatures, too, where we come from."

Furrowing her eyebrows, Jennifer bit her lower lip. Kevin looked at her questioningly. "What is it, Jen?" She took a deep breath, and then leaned sideways to whisper into Kevin's ear. When she leaned back, he frowned and fidgeted for a long moment.

"I think we may as well tell them," he finally said. "The hobbits and Lady Arwen already know, and it's gonna be kind of hard to keep from talking about it altogether while we're here. They may as well know." Jennifer nodded.

"Know about what, Kevin?" Aragorn asked.

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged uneasy glances. "Well, uh," Kevin said slowly, "what would you guys say, if we said you're all pretend characters in a book where we come from? Some of you, in fact, are in two books. Novels. Books of fiction." He paused. "Make-believe stories." He cleared his throat and scanned their faces.

Aragorn, Boromir, Legolas, and Gimli exchanged stunned glances. "It's true." Frodo nodded. "As hard as it is to believe, it's true. Lady Jennifer and Lord Kevin recognized us at first sight, even though we had never met before." The other hobbits, including Bilbo, nodded agreement, and so did Arwen.

Kevin and Jennifer immediately commenced explaining to the assembled company everything that they had previously told the hobbits during elevenses on their first day in Middle-earth about Tolkien, the fantasy novels he had written, the movies that had been made about the second book, The Lord of the Rings, and the upcoming movie that was coming out in their world, based on The Hobbit. They also explained as much as they could about movies and TV, just as they had already told the hobbits that first day.

Elrond raised his hand at the spate of questions that the others had about the children's revelations. "Please save your questions for the children for another day, and understand that they do not know all about these things they tell us of." Both Gimli and Boromir sat back, and nodded. Legolas, who was standing, also nodded his head. Aragorn had already heard much of this from Arwen.

"Nicole wants to take me to see The Hobbit movie when it comes out in December," Jennifer said. "She's my best friend back home; we like to spend a lot of time together, and talk to each other all the time. Sometimes, we have sleepovers at each other's houses, too. I was hoping she'd be able to come with us on the camping trip, but her parents had other plans for spring break." She grimaced. "Anyway, she has her own copies of the books, and she's seen The Lord of the Rings movies, too, and she's going to take me to see the first of The Hobbit movies when it comes out. Before that, though, she wants me to read the book. Since she has her own copy, she's gonna lend it to me when we get back home."

She paused, biting her lower lip. "If we get back home." She smiled ruefully. "Since we've never read the books or watched the whole movies—just bits and pieces of them—we can't tell you how the quest will turn out."

Gandalf smiled reassuringly at them. "It is just as well, children, for who is to say that the outcome will be the same here as it is in your books? If we know too much, we may spoil things by trying too hard to make them happen. Even the foresight of the Wise does not always turn out as it appears."

Elrond nodded. "While it is well to have some idea of what may happen, it is good to remember that things can change due to our own actions."

"Yes, sir." Kevin shook his head and exchanged a bewildered glance with Jennifer. "None of us understand this. Since Tolkien made all this up, how can it be real?"

"Yeah!" Jennifer agreed. "It was supposed to be just a make-believe story set in a fantasy world. With make-believe characters."

To their surprise, it was Gimli who answered. "Of course it is real. We are here. You can see us and touch us and smell us. You can see and hear and feel Middle-earth around you. You can see that we are not make-believe, and neither is the world we live in. Does the 'how' matter? What matters is that you are here as well."

"I agree," said Boromir. "These questions of 'real' or 'unreal' do not enter into our counsels, for we must deal with what is."

Aragorn crossed his arms. "Gimli and Boromir are right, children. While such questions of philosophy may be interesting, they have no place in the discussions of how we must conduct ourselves in this matter."

"And," Elrond added, "how do you know this gentleman made up his stories? Perhaps he, too, found himself here at some time. Or perhaps not. We do not know, but since you are here, then perhaps he was as well."

Kevin and Jennifer gaped at him for a long moment. That was one possibility they had not thought of!

Kevin looked at Jennifer. "When we go back home, Jen, we need to look up J.R.R. Tolkien. See if we can find out how he got started writing his stories."

Jennifer nodded agreement. When, she thought. I really hope that it is "when", and not"'if"!

The conversation now began to deal with the planning of the journey, what would be needed in the way of supplies, and what route the Company would take. This wasn't a conversation that the children could contribute to, so when first Kaylee, and then Joey, began to yawn, Elrond dismissed the four of them to their beds.

After the door closed behind them, Elrond asked both Aragorn and Glorfindel to share the results of their scouting expeditions.

"I found no signs at all of Orcs," said Glorfindel, "but I did find signs of a rather large pack of Wargs. They did not linger in the vicinity of Imladris, but turned South. None remained near enough to be a threat to us."

"But if they went South," said Gandalf, "they might yet become a threat to those of us who will be travelling in that direction." Elrond nodded agreement.

"As for the Nine," said Aragorn, "our mission is not finished. So far, we have searched South along the river beyond the Ford. Eight of their horses drowned in the flood, three near the Ford itself, and five more beyond the rapids, where we also found one of the Ringwraiths' cloaks. I will set back out at dawn and catch up with Halbarad and his patrol, to search as far as Tharbad. Elladan and Elrohir will be going with me so far as that, ere they turn aside for Lothlórien."

"Very well," said Elrond. "Be thorough, my son, but do not take too long. I would hope that the Company may set out ere the turning of the year."

-oo000oo-

As Jennifer put on her nightgown an hour later, she thought about the story that Aragorn and Arwen had told her earlier. Gosh! she thought. To think they've been engaged to be married for decades now! How could they stand to wait so long? I sure couldn't! She grimaced at the thought.

I can't believe how long he's been her boyfriend! Jennifer shook her head in bewilderment as she pondered that, and then smiled. They sure love each other, I can tell! Arwen is so lucky.

Jennifer recalled her last conversation about dating with her mom. I guess that maybe being patient isn't a bad thing. Even though they've had to wait years and years and years, they seem so happy together, and are willing to keep waiting to get married still. I know they can't get married until that Sauron guy is defeated. I sure hope he will be, soon! With a sigh, she turned over to get some sleep, imagining what Arwen's wedding might be like.

-oo000oo-

Kevin lay in his bed, grimacing. He did not like what Elrond and the others had told him. Goblins? Trolls? Not good at all!

We are in a fantasy land; I should have known, he thought. But goblins are dangerous, and I get the feeling that trolls here are, too. Not like the little toy trolls they sell at Wal-Mart, the ones with the funny-looking hair and ugly-but-cute faces. He sighed. I really don't like it that my sister and my little brother are going on this trip! It sounds really dangerous. I hate the thought of leaving them behind; I'd miss them if we did, but at least they'd be safe.

He turned on his side. Since they do have to go along, I'll just have to do everything I can to keep them safe. At least the grown-ups will be doing the same thing. He glanced up at the ceiling. Please, God, protect Jennifer and Joey! And me. And Kaylee. And Lucy, too. In Jesus' name, amen.

-oo000oo-

The next morning, it was Jennifer and Kaylee's turn to have a riding lesson. Jennifer had been told that she and Kaylee should dress practically, so she put on her blue jeans, T-shirt, and jacket, instead of the gowns that they had been wearing since coming to Rivendell. Eledhwen helped little Kaylee into the clothes she had been wearing on their arrival: her long-sleeved pullover shirt, blue jeans, and jacket. They also put on their sturdy hiking boots, instead of the Elven slippers they had been wearing indoors. Jennifer was surprised to learn that Mairen was going to be their teacher. The Elf-maiden was also clad practically in a long tunic and leggings of grey, and knee-length soft boots.

The three of them walked down to the stables after breakfast, accompanied by Sam and Bilbo. Sam was going to check on the hobbits' pony, Bill, and Bilbo had a treat for his pony, Merrylegs. He had agreed that Kaylee could learn to ride on his old pony, who was cheerful and gentle.

Bilbo was telling the girls and Sam stories of other ponies he had ridden—a little Dwarf pony named Myrtle that he had ridden on their journey to Rivendell, and a pony given to him by the King of Mirkwood, Thranduil. Bilbo had named it Cheesy, because of its yellow coat, which he had ridden on his return journey. They were all laughing at his account of how it had balked at coming down a mountain, and even Gandalf had a hard time coaxing Cheesy forward.

In the stables, they found the groom had already chosen three horses for them to use, as well as taken Merrylegs from his stall. He spoke to Mairen in Sindarin, and she nodded and replied in the same language, but then turned and translated for the girls. "I told him to speak so that you could understand."

The Elf bowed his head. "My apologies! I do not often speak with guests."

"Curubor asked, did we wish to use saddles, for most of the time Elves do not use saddles. But we will use them now."

The Elf brought out the saddles from a room at the other side of the stable. He carefully showed Jennifer and Kaylee how to put the saddles on, and to fasten them properly. Meanwhile, Bilbo and Sam had visited with Bill briefly, and were putting the saddle on Merrylegs.

Curubor led their mounts out of the stable, and then Eledhwen began explaining how to mount.

Jennifer felt awkward as she followed the instructions to mount. It was hard to get her left foot in the stirrup, hold on to the horse, and figure out how to swing her right leg over. Eledhwen told her to hold the reins and some of the horses' mane in her hand. "Won't it hurt the horse to pull its mane?" she asked.

Amused, Eledhwen shook her head. "Grab onto the cantle and jump up with your right leg," she told her. Then she went over to see how Kaylee was doing with Merrylegs.

It took a second try for Jennifer to get her leg over and then to sit down. She sat very gingerly, fearful of startling her horse.

Now that Eldwhen had Kaylee settled, she gave Jennifer a nod of approval, and then took the reins from them both, and began to lead them around the paddock. After a few times, she gave them the reins, and had them walk around and around on their own. She mounted her own horse and kept pace with them, giving the girls pointers as they rode

The girls had been riding around the paddock for what seemed like ages. Jennifer had been a bit nervous to begin with, and she still felt a lack of confidence. But, she thought, I'm bound to get better with practice. At least this horse only has to walk, and that's a whole lot easier than trotting, galloping, and jumping! But she shuddered at the thought of that last. Thankfully, Mairen had said nothing about jumping so far.

Kaylee had been clearly scared when she had first mounted Merrylegs, but she had fallen in love quickly with the sweet-natured little pony, and now was laughing as she walked her mount around the paddock, listening to encouraging praise from Sam and Bilbo, who were leaning against the fence and watching intently. "Look at me!" she practically shouted. "See me riding, Jennifer!"

Jennifer laughed. "You sure are, Kaylee! We both are."

But then Mairen said, "Anor is high in the sky. I believe that luncheon draws nigh. I am sure that you girls do not wish to dine smelling of horse and sweat. One last time around the paddock, and then we will go back up to the main house."

Jennifer was relieved, but Kaylee seemed disappointed to have the lesson end. They dismounted, and under the direction of Mairen, Curubor, and Sam, they learned how to remove the tack and help their mounts to cool down.

Finally, they began the walk back to the main house. Jennifer's head was filled with thoughts of a warm bath and a hot lunch. Kaylee skipped next to her, holding her hand and chattering about the lesson.

-oo000oo-

One morning, after Aragorn had returned from his hunt for the Ringwraiths, the beautiful weather had led several of the inhabitants outdoors to the large porch where the Council had been held.

Kaylee stepped out upon the terrace, her Big Book of Fairytales clutched to her chest. To her dismay, Jennifer wasn't there, and Kevin was watching carefully as Glorfindel and Boromir demonstrated a swordplay move for him. On the other side, Aragorn and Gandalf were sitting in chairs close to the entrance, watching and listening to Glorfindel and Boromir, and Joey was sitting cross-legged on the stone floor, his remote control in hand, controlling his toy car as it rolled across the terrace in one direction and then another. Merry and Pippin were watching Joey maneuvering his car in fascination.

Aragorn turned to the little girl. Seeing the stricken expression on her face, he asked, "Is something wrong, Kaylee?"

Pouting, Kaylee approached the Ranger. "I want someone to read to me." She glanced down at her book. "Where's Jennifer? Kevin's too busy." She looked sadly up at her oldest brother.

"Right now, Jennifer's busy with Lady Arwen," Aragorn told her. "Why don't you bring the book to me? Perhaps I can read it to you."

As the expression on her face brightened, Kaylee hurried toward Aragorn and climbed into his lap. Opening the book, Aragorn's face furrowed in puzzlement, and he sighed. "Perhaps you had better wait until Jennifer is free, Kaylee," he said gently. "I cannot read this book to you."

"But why?" Kaylee complained.

"Because, Kaylee, it is written in a language I cannot read."

Joey scrambled to his feet, dropping his remote control; the toy car came to a halt. He approached Aragorn and Kaylee and looked over the Ranger's shoulder at the picture book's open page. "But it's written in English!" he protested. "Surely, you can read English, right? That's what we all speak."

"That's right," Kevin agreed, turning his face toward Aragorn. "That's our native language."

Looking from Kevin to Joey, Aragorn chuckled. "I do not know what English is, Joey, but you have not been speaking it. None of you have, save perhaps for some words we cannot understand, such as 'moovees', 'teevee,' or 'vacation'."

Kevin whirled around. As he, Merry, Pippin, Boromir, and Glorfindel all came toward Aragorn, Kaylee, and Joey, a bewildered expression crept across the youth's face. "What language have we been speaking?" he asked, glancing at his younger siblings as he spoke.

Gandalf spoke up. "You children have been speaking the Common Tongue, Lord Kevin, ever since you came to Middle-earth."

"The Common Tongue?" Kevin tilted his head as he stared at Gandalf. "What language is that?"

Gandalf paused. "Westron." Something about the look in the wizard's eye made Kevin wonder if Gandalf had known all along that he and his siblings spoke another language back in their own world.

"Westron?" Kevin exchanged a bewildered glance with Joey. "We've never even heard of that language!"

Kevin turned to look at Boromir, who nodded consent. "Go ahead and read to your little sister, Lord Kevin," he said. "We will go over the swordsmanship moves again later."

"Thanks." Kevin sat down in a chair near Aragorn's, and Kaylee climbed off his lap and onto her older brother's. She opened the book and showed Kevin the story in it that she wanted him to read, and he chuckled. "The Three Billy Goats Gruff, huh?" Smiling broadly, she nodded. Holding the book open on his lap, he read it aloud to her, and Kaylee and everyone else in the room listened. Even though the story was written in English, he automatically translated it into Westron as he read it to his little sister, just as Jennifer had been doing ever since their arrival without even realising it.

-oo000oo-

"I don't believe it!" Jennifer exclaimed, staring at her brother. "You mean we've been speaking another language all this time?"

"Yeah! Without even knowing it." Kevin shook his head, an incredulous look on his face.

"But how?" Joey stared up at his older siblings. "We never even had a chance to learn this—this—"

"Westron," Kevin said softly. "Gandalf said Westron was the Common Tongue here. I guess it's kind of like English back home. As for how—" He paused, shrugging.

Jennifer leaned against the wall, folding her arms across her chest and furrowing her eyebrows. "Maybe…" She paused, thinking hard for a long moment. "Maybe it's like when God confused the languages at the Tower of Babel. Remember? And when He gave all the disciples the ability to speak other languages at Pentecost! He did that so they'd be able to preach the Gospel to the Jews who had arrived from other countries, remember?"

Kevin gaped at her, as a dawning realization etched his face. "I—I think you're right." He swallowed hard. "We know it's gotta be an act of God; there's no other way this could be happening. Just coming here was an act of God, and knowing their language is, too. Because Joey's right; we didn't have a chance to learn this Westron when we arrived here in Middle-earth. We just started speaking it and understanding it as soon as we got here." He bit his lower lip. "The one thing we can't do is read it. Or write it."

"True." Jennifer pursed her lips. "Guess God decided we could manage without the ability to read the language. But He must have decided that it was going to be necessary for us to be able to understand what people say here, and talk to them. There wasn't going to be time for us to learn Westron."

As Kaylee clutched the doll that Mairen had given her to her chest, she peered up at Jennifer, and then turned her gaze from Kevin to Joey. "What does that mean?"

Kevin sat down on the chair next to her. "Well, Kaylee," he said, "it means we're speaking a language none of us have ever heard before. One that none of us have ever had a chance to learn. God made us able to speak this language, maybe because whatever He's sent us here to do, it was important for us to understand the people here and talk to them as soon as we got here. There was gonna be no time to learn their language." He smiled at his little sister. "That's why Aragorn couldn't read you your storybook, Kaylee. It's written in English, and no one knows English here."

"I just wonder if we'll still know this language when we get back home," Jennifer said softly. "Back to 2012."

Kevin rose to his feet. "I don't know," he said. "Maybe not. No one speaks Westron in our time. We're not going to have any need for the language back in 2012, so it may be that God will take it away when He sends us back to our world." Jennifer shrugged.

-oo000oo-

That evening, after supper, Joey paused, white sheet in his arms, as he peered at Aragorn and Boromir perched on the bench, chatting. It was dark. A mischievous grin spread across the little boy's face as he draped the sheet over his head.

"Boo-oo-oo!" he called out, trying to sound ghostly. He crept around the column, moving toward where he knew the men were sitting, waving his arms above his head. "I'm a ghost! I'm gonna scare you!"

"No! Do not frighten me!" Boromir said in mock-fear, then he and Aragorn laughed.

"All right, Joey, it is time for us to go to the Hall of Fire," Aragorn said.

Several feet behind Joey, next to a pillar, Elrond and Lindir were listening. "It has been too long since we have last had a child here at Rivendell," Lindir whispered.

"I agree," Elrond whispered back, his mouth quirked in amusement. "I had quite forgotten the mischief that little boys can get into." Out loud, he said, "I will take that sheet, Master Joey."

As he and Lindir approached the child, Aragorn helped Joey to pull the sheet off of himself. Joey handed it to Elrond, who in turn handed it to Lindir. "And now, I believe your older sister is looking for you, young man," Elrond told the child kindly but firmly. He looked at Aragorn. "Would you do the honors, Estel?"

"Certainly." Aragorn laid a hand on Joey's shoulder. "Come on, Joey," he said. "Let us go to the Hall of Fire. I know you do not want to miss the singing tonight!" He took Joey into the building, followed by Boromir.

-oo000oo-

"Children, sit down," Aragorn ordered. "We need to talk."

The McCloud children sat down with the others, gathering around Aragorn, Elrond, Arwen, Glorfindel, Bilbo, and the members of the newly-formed Company. "As you know, you three are going to go with us on the Quest," Aragorn reminded Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey. They exchanged glances and nodded.

Kaylee pouted. She was still unhappy about being left behind. "Why can't I go, too?"

Kevin gave her a sympathetic smile. "It's not gonna be a pleasure trip, Kaylee. From what they've told us so far, it's not going to be fun. It's not going to be like the summer vacations Mom and Dad take us on. Not only is there no car, we're not even going to get to ride in a wagon or ride a horse. We're going to have to walk the whole way, no matter what the weather is, and since it's winter, it's going to be pretty cold. Mordor's hundreds of miles away, and we're going to have to walk all the way there. It's gonna take us a long time to get there."

"That is right," Aragorn agreed. "Besides, it would be too difficult for you to keep up with us, Kaylee; at your age, your legs are too short. One of us would have to carry you the whole distance, and now that you are five years old, you have grown too big for that. You are going to stay here with Lucy, and Lady Arwen is going to look after you while we're gone."

"That is right," Arwen told the little girl. "I will not be going with them either. But there will be ways that you and I can help them, Miss Kaylee, even in here in Rivendell." Elrond nodded agreement.

Aragorn turned back to the other children. "And while we are on the Quest, I will look after you. We all will, actually, but I will bear the primary responsibility for your care and protection."

Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey exchanged glances again. "You mean—we're going to be like—like your wards or something?" Jennifer asked.

Aragorn nodded. "That is correct. In fact, until you are reunited with your parents, you will be my wards, and I will be your guardian for the duration. As such, I will look after you, provide for you, and do everything in my power to keep you safe until the quest is over. I will not attempt to take your father's place, but I will be as a father to you, and Arwen will be as a mother to Kaylee, until your own mother and father can take over once more."

The three older children nodded acquiescence. "Yes, Aragorn," Kevin said. Aragorn's certainty that they would eventually be back with their parents made him feel better about the whole thing.

Bilbo turned to Arwen. "I'll help you look after Miss Kaylee," he told her. "Mairen and Eledhwen are excellent nursemaids and will help you take good care of her, but you will also need someone to help you amuse the child. I'll help you with that job."

Arwen smiled at him. "Thank you, Bilbo. I accept your help. I know that Miss Kaylee will enjoy that." She ran her fingers through Kaylee's hair, smiling down at the little girl. "While your brothers and sister are on the Quest, Miss Kaylee, you will have the opportunity to learn many new things here in Rivendell, things that you will enjoy. They will be skills that you will have a chance to show off for your parents and your siblings when you are reunited with them. You have already begun learning to ride a pony; you will continue to learn that skill, and you will learn other skills, too. And Lucy will be here to play with you, even though your brothers and sister will not be."

Elrond nodded agreement. "That is right," he told Kaylee, who gave a wan smile. Scanning the children's faces, he added, "I must ask you children to leave now. Gandalf and Aragorn and Bilbo and I have things to discuss."

"Come along, children," Arwen said, gesturing toward the door.

-oo000oo-

A/N: Details of the riding lesson are from https://www.thesprucepets.com/learn-to-ride-a-horse-1887068 (The Spruce Pets: Learn to Ride a Horse site).

Merrylegs is a character from Lindelea's story, http://storiesofarda.com/chapterlistview.asp?SID=3826 ("The Tenth Walker"), and is used with her permission. This wonderful story from the POV of Bill the Pony can be found at http://storiesofarda.com/index.asp (Stories of Arda Archive).

Cheesy appears in Dreamflower's story, https://www.fanfiction.net/s/10368681/1/Rained-In ("Rained In").

The idea of Aragorn becoming the children's guardian is a tribute to Radbooks' marvelous story, https://www.fanfiction.net/s/2049369/1/In-Aragorn-s-Safekeeping ("In Aragorn's Safekeeping").


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure. This story is AU,and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse. This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson. This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies. Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined. Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story. Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 11: That's What Friends Are For

As the children were leaving with Arwen, Gandalf turned to Bilbo and arched an eyebrow, giving a nod. Bilbo winked at him, and turned to Elrond.

"You do know that since those children are going, there is very little point in keeping Merry and Pippin from going as well," said Bilbo.

Elrond sighed. "I still feel allowing them to go would be a mistake."

"Allowing? I am quite sure that they will be going." The old hobbit looked Elrond in the eye. Aragorn looked on, amused. "To accompany Frodo was why they left home. They will not abandon him now."

"I suspect that you are right," Aragorn said dryly.

"There is still the matter of warning the Shire," Elrond responded. "I still think that there might be trouble there." In truth, that objection had held more weight with him than their ages.

Bilbo shook his head. "You don't understand. Merry and Pippin won't go back if Frodo is going forward; they'll just sneak off and follow along behind until it's too late to send them back. They left the Shire to help Frodo, and that's what they will do."

"I agree, Ada," said Aragorn. "They are every bit as stubborn as this one," and he nodded in Bilbo's direction, "and I think there would be trouble ahead if you tried to make them stay behind."

"You may be right. And yet, what of my foreboding of trouble ahead? Do you not wish to send warning to the Shire, old friend?"

Bilbo nodded. "Of course. But it needn't be Merry or Pippin. In fact, if we want the warning to be heeded, it might be better if it's someone else. Their fathers are likely to be too angry at them for going off to actually listen to them, especially Paladin. The Thain has a very short temper."

Gandalf arched an eyebrow. "Bilbo is quite right. Tooks are notoriously short-tempered. Perhaps you should send a messenger. No hobbit would fail to take an Elf seriously."

"And I'll send a letter along," Bilbo added. "I am sure they would all be so surprised to learn I'm still among the living that they'd be very impressed with the seriousness of any word I might send. And I can reassure the Tooks and Brandybucks, I think, that their heirs are safe and sound so far."

"I really think," said Gandalf, "that it's the best course of action."

Aragorn leaned forward. "I would not care to be responsible if the two of them were trailing about in the wild behind us when we leave."

"Very well." Elrond nodded. "Galdor is soon heading back to Mithlond, to report of our Council to Círdan. He will be passing through the Shire, anyway, and can carry our message. And Galdor's mien is serious enough, I think, to impress any number of hobbits."

After a few more moments of discussion, Elrond sent for Merry and Pippin. Bilbo wondered how they would react. He was well aware that both of them anticipated being told, "No." If he knew Merry, the two of them would be worried. He looked forward to their surprise when they learned that they had Elrond's permission to accompany Frodo. While he was not happy at the thought of any of his cousins, or Sam, on this perilous journey, he thought they would fare much better together than apart.

They heard a mutter of voices in the hall, and Elrond stepped to the door, opening it before the two young hobbits could knock.

"Master Meriadoc, Master Peregrin, please enter."

The two young hobbits were very surprised to see Gandalf and Bilbo and Aragorn also in the room. They looked at one another in dismay. At least they could have been spared the humiliation of hearing the bad news in front of people. They gulped, and came into the library; Merry remembered how he had felt as a small child when he had stolen two pies from one of the kitchens in Brandy Hall, and had been called in for punishment, not by his father, but by his grandfather Rory.

Pippin and Merry looked at their feet. Pippin rubbed his left foot behind his right, a sure sign of nervousness.

Elrond shook his head. "Meriadoc and Peregrin, after consulting with Aragorn and Mithrandir—and with Bilbo, who is the senior representative of your family here in Rivendell—I have come to the conclusion that it would, after all, be best if you are both allowed to accompany Frodo on the journey south."

Silence.

And then the words sank in.

Pippin gave a yell, then he and Merry grabbed one another in a hug and dance of joy, laughing and crying at the same time. Then they looked up finally, to see Elrond smiling kindly, Gandalf's familiar stern twinkle, Aragorn's amused expression, and Bilbo's look of fond indulgence.

"Thank you! Thank you! Thank you!" they both exclaimed.

"Do not thank me. I know that it is your heart's desire not to be separated from Frodo, but you are setting forth into peril and hardship. Yet I do believe that you are well able to handle it, and that you will do all that is in your power to help and support your cousin."

This reminder settled them down quickly, and they looked at the Elf lord solemnly. "We will, sir," answered Merry. Pippin nodded soberly.

"Well, my lads," said Bilbo, "you are well and truly in the frying pan now. I hope that you may keep out of the fire."

Aragorn looked at them sternly. "You will take this seriously, Merry and Pippin," he said. "This is not a hobbit walking party."

They looked offended. "Of course not!" Merry said firmly. "Frodo will be relying on us."

"He certainly will!" Pippin agreed. "Sam is an excellent fellow, and would jump down a dragon's throat to save Frodo, but our cousin will need more than one hobbit with him in this dangerous business, and who better than his kin?" Merry nodded emphatically. Aragorn nodded, satisfied.

"I will be sending word to your fathers," said Bilbo, "to let them know you are going."

"When?" asked Merry sharply.

"The message will be carried to the Shire by way of Galdor of the Grey Havens. He will be returning to his home in just a few days," said Elrond.

"Could he carry word from us as well?" Merry asked. Pippin made a face. If Merry wrote to Uncle Saradoc, he'd have to write his own father as well, and he really disliked writing letters.

"I'm sure he could, Meriadoc," Bilbo replied. "Just bring your letters to me when you have finished, and I will put them in with mine."

The two younger hobbits nodded, and Merry said, "Well, Pip, we had better get started on our preparations."

Pippin looked at him in surprise. They'd already planned on leaving anyway. What other preparations were there? But he said nothing, as he was certain Merry had his reasons.

The two left, and Pippin turned a quizzical eye to his older cousin. "What's left to do?" he asked.

Merry shook his head. "We don't want them thinking we were planning on sneaking off on our own, do we?"

"Ah, well, I see that might not be best."

"Let's go to the library and get our letters written." Merry knew that he'd find quills, ink, and paper in Rivendell's well-stocked library.

Pippin nodded and followed Merry. Might as well get it over with.

-oo000oo-

Bilbo headed to his own little quarters, and soon was seated at his desk, quill in hand. After a few minutes, he dipped his pen into the ink and began to write.

Dear Paladin and Saradoc,

I am quite certain that you both have been distraught over the absence of your sons. I am sure that you are in equal parts worried and angry.

While I cannot completely ameliorate your worry (for there is reason enough for that), let me do what I can to appease your anger. Merry and Pippin did not leave home for simple adventure. It was no lark that took them after Frodo and Sam, and no whim that caused Frodo to leave, either.

If you must blame anyone, it should be me. I unwittingly brought something home from my own adventure years ago that turned out to be both dangerous and valuable. Apparently, it is now, after all this time, being sought for by some rather unsavory and violent people. When Frodo learned of this, he thought the best way to protect the Shire was to get it away from there. Samwise Gamgee came with him, to look after him and protect him.

Of course, Merry and Pippin would never allow Frodo to go into danger without them, and made it clear they would follow him, will-he or nill-he.

The four of them made it safely here to Rivendell, where I've been living for a number of years. But the dangerous item could not rest here. Frodo and his friends are continuing on. I can't say much more than they are not alone, but have strong and able protectors.

I dare not trust more in writing. The Elf who brings this to you might tell you more. But I do want to warn you, there are those who may still think this thing is in the Shire. You may be facing danger yourselves over the course of the next year.

Be prepared! And once you both have seen this letter, and shown it to Eglantine and Esmeralda, please destroy it, for safety's sake.

Fondly,

Your cousin,

Bilbo Baggins, Esq.

-oo000oo-

Pippin had long since finished his note—Merry did not think it could properly be called a letter, but then it was typical of his younger cousin to never say more in writing than he had to, and it was, after all, longer than many other such missives he'd written in the past. He glanced over it, smiling wryly, and then glanced at Pippin, who was exploring the books in the shelves in a haphazard manner.

Dear Father and Mother,

I hope that you are not too dreadfully worried. We had to help Frodo out and come with him. We are safe for now.

Give my love to Pearl, Pimmie, and Vinca, and tell Vinca to stay out of my things. I will be home when I can. So will Merry and Frodo and Sam.

Love,

Pippin

Six whole sentences. Almost an epic from Pippin. Then he glanced at his own blank white sheet and looked at his discarded first attempts. It was so hard to try and convey the urgency of their departure without revealing too much. This was almost harder than the letter he had left for his father to find after they were gone. He took a deep breath, dipped the quill, and started once more. Maybe this one would work.

Dear Da and Mum,

We made it safely, more or less, this far. We are in Rivendell among the Elves. You will know by now that Bilbo is here as well, and Gandalf was also here when we arrived.

Our journey had its share of danger, but we had a strong guide from Bree to here. Frodo was injured along the way, but is well on the mend. However, our travels do not stop here, and I do not think we will be home before Spring, at the earliest. Perhaps we will be gone as long as a year. I will do all in my power to keep Frodo and Pip safe. Sam, too, though he is more than capable of taking care of all of us.

Please know that I love you both, and miss you. Keep your eyes open for trouble, because those who pursued Frodo from the Shire may come back, or others just as dangerous.

Mum, I know you will want to keep this letter. Please do not be tempted to do so—destroy it as soon as you and Da have finished with it, and do not speak about it with anyone save Uncle Paladin and Aunt Tina.

Love always,

Your son,

Merry

Merry pursed his lips as he read it over. Had he said too much? He wondered if Sam might want to write, but he knew the Gaffer could not read, and if he asked someone else to read it to him, then they would also know more than they should. He picked up the quill again, and added a postscript:

P.S. You may speak to Gaffer Gamgee if you can get his word to stay silent on the matter. He is probably worried about his son by now. I leave it up to your judgment.

As soon as he had finished that letter, he took out another sheet of parchment and wrote a second letter that he addressed to Paladin, whom he felt deserved to learn more than Pippin's six sentences alone would tell him. When he had finished, he silently reread the letter and then included it with Pippin's own.

Well, that was that. He felt the stirrings of hunger. Nearly teatime. "Oi, Pip! What say we take these to Cousin Bilbo, and see if he wants us to take tea with him?"

-oo000oo-

A/N: A portion of this chapter is adapted from Dreamflower's story, https://www.fanfiction.net/s/8744637/1/In-the-Frying-Pan ("In The Frying Pan").

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure. This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse. This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson. This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies. Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined. Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story. Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Can you guess the origins of the chapter title? HINT: it follows the pattern of previous titles; also, 1967.

(A/N: This chapter is extra long, to make up for the last chapter being extra short!)

Chapter 12: The Bare Necessities

Jennifer felt quite nervous as she followed the Lady Arwen out of the Last Homely House and down to the practice yard by the armoury.  She'd been there before to watch her brothers, but not to try practicing herself.  She was glad that no one had come with her; she was anxious enough, and the thought of her brothers teasing her when she messed up would have made her even more so.  She was wearing the clothes that she had first arrived in: her jeans, T-shirt, jacket, and hiking boots.  The Elves were making clothes for her, but they were not quite ready, and she knew that the long flowing dresses and slippers that she had been wearing were not at all appropriate for the exercise she'd be getting now.  Lady Arwen was wearing leggings and a tunic, such as most of the male Elves wore, but somehow, they seemed very feminine on Arwen.

Looking down at the sheaths strapped to the outside of her boots, Jennifer saw the white handles of the knives.  They were so beautiful, it seemed hard to believe they were deadly weapons.  There were leaves and vines carved into the handles, and delicate Elven letters etched into the blades.  It was amazing how everything the Elves made were so lovely, even something so ordinary as a knife.

When they arrived in the practice yard, Arwen instructed her on how to draw the weapons from their sheaths.  "You must practice pulling them out and returning them.  When you bend to take them out, keep your back straight, and try not to look at what you are doing.  Bend as little as possible—only far enough to get a grip on the hafts. Start with ten times."

Trying to remember all the instructions, Jennifer lowered herself slowly.  She groped at the handles and turned her eyes to look at what she was doing for a brief instant before she looked away.  She fumbled a bit with her left hand, although she managed to draw the one on the right easily.

"One," said Arwen.

Jennifer stood up, then bent to put the knives back.  Then she tried again; that time, she kept her eyes averted throughout the exercise as she withdrew them from her boots again.  It was even more awkward.  Arwen said, "Two."

Aside from counting, Arwen made no other comments, until she said, "Ten."  She looked at Jennifer.  "Do you know why you should not be looking when you do this?"

"To make it harder?" Jennifer guessed.

Arwen laughed.  "No.  But if you are in a situation in which you will need to fight, an enemy must be present.  You do not wish to lose sight of him while you draw your weapon."

"Oh."  Jennifer blushed.  "It seems so obvious when you say it."

Arwen moved to stand behind her.  "Now, try it again with my help."  The Lady placed her hand gently on Jennifer's back, and guided her in keeping it straight as she bent down.  "Chin up, child."

This time, Jennifer managed it much better.  They practiced a few more times on drawing the knives, until she was doing it smoothly, if very slowly.

"I wish you to practice this evening until you can get them out much more quickly.  Now we will move onto something else.  These knives are balanced for both throwing and fighting.  If you can engage your enemy by throwing, rather than closing in, that is best."

The two of them spent nearly an hour throwing the knives at the target, until Jennifer was hitting it more often than not, and most of the ones that hit were sticking into the target.  Her arm was very sore.

"I think that is enough for now," said her teacher.  "We will work on it some more after luncheon.  And then, this evening, I want you to practice removing them from your boots again.  Time is short."

"Yes, ma'am."  Jennifer looked at her knives before she sheathed them.  "Are we gonna do all this stuff tomorrow, too?"

Arwen nodded.  "Yes, we are.  In the morning, and every day for as long as we have time left."

"Yes, ma'am."  Jennifer gazed down at the knives.  "Lady Arwen, what do they say on the blades?"

Arwen touched the one in her left hand.  "This one is 'Truth', and the other one…"  She touched it as well. "…is called 'Justice'."

"Oh."  Jennifer looked at them thoughtfully, as she bent to put them back in their sheaths, just as the Lady had taught her.

She was surprised, when they went back after lunch, and Legolas accompanied them.  "I will be teaching you when we are on the road, Lady Jennifer.  It is well that I see how you have begun."

Lady Arwen began by having her make ten more attempts to draw and return her knives, which Jennifer was pleased to realize she was doing far more easily, and with less temptation to look.  Then she threw them at the target again.  Finally, about a half-hour after they had begun, Arwen stopped her and handed her a waterskin.  Jennifer gratefully took it, though she was still rather awkward in drinking from one—it wasn't like drinking from a plastic bottle or even a thermos at all!

"You may take a rest for a few minutes and observe while Legolas and I spar."

Jennifer blinked in surprise, but went to sit on the top rail of the fence surrounding the practice grounds.  The lady and Legolas went to the centre and bowed ceremoniously to one another.  Then, faster than Jennifer's eyes could follow, both crouched, and the knives were in their hands.  The knives flashed in their hands as they circled one another, the sound of the weapons against one another almost like music.  They moved lightly, every stroke met and blocked by another—it was almost like watching a dance.  When they abruptly stopped with all four knives crossed between them, Jennifer could not help clapping and cheering.  "Wow!  That was wonderful!  I'll never be able to do that."

Both the Elves laughed.  "Most likely not, Lady Jennifer," said Legolas.  "You are not an Elf, and we have had many mortal lifetimes to practice and hone our skills."

"Nevertheless," added Arwen, "you will be able to learn enough to help keep yourself safer than you would be able to without learning at all.  Come down here now, and we will begin again…"

-oo000oo-

A few days later, on the morning before they were to leave, Erestor came over to the children as they were having a pleasant second breakfast with the hobbits (although it was actually their own first breakfast), and told them, "Master Elrond and Mithrandir would like you to bring all of your possessions to his study when you have finished your meal, so that we can decide what you may take.  This concerns the entire company," he added with a nod to Frodo, Sam, Merry, Pippin, and Bilbo.  "Your company is welcome as well, although you have seen to your own packing, I am sure."

The hobbits all stared at Pippin, who blushed.  "Oi!  I'm nearly packed!" he protested.

"You always say that," said Merry wryly.  "Do you want me to check your pack, or Frodo?"

"Oh, you might as well," Pippin grumbled.  "You always do, just because you pack so far ahead of time, you are bored and need to occupy yourself rooting through my things."

The hobbits all laughed, Joey and Kaylee giggled, and Kevin and Jennifer rolled their eyes at Pippin's complaint.

Kevin spoke politely to Master Erestor.  "Yes, sir.  We will go get our things together as soon as we are done eating."

The McClouds rushed back up to their rooms as soon as they had scarfed down the last of their food.  Kevin had already completely packed his backpack, leaving the things he would need before the next day on the table next to it.  Jennifer had also packed, although she also had left a few things out that she would need before they left.  Joey's things had not even begun to be packed, so it took a while for Kevin and Jennifer to stuff his things in.  "You and Pippin!" Kevin teased him.

Joey, who had begun to be cross, cheered up at the thought that he was like Pippin, and grinned and puffed up his chest.

"Well, I think it's everything," said Jennifer.  "Come on, our host is waiting."  Kaylee watched them as they gathered their possessions together.

After Kevin and Jennifer set the items that they hadn't yet packed on their backpacks, the children took the now-familiar ways down to the study where they had been asked to go, with Kevin and Jennifer and Joey carrying their backpacks en-route and Kaylee trotting alongside Jennifer, and Kevin tapped on the door.  "Enter," they heard, and went inside to see everyone else gathered there.

The Elf-lord gestured toward the large table which ordinarily served as his desk. It had been completely cleared.  "Children, I want you to set your packs here.  We are going to have to decide which items you can keep, and which items you are going to have to leave behind."

Nodding, the children laid their backpacks on the table, setting aside the few things that they hadn't packed yet.  The morning sunlight poured into the study through the window, illuminating everything in the room.

"I want you to empty them out one by one, so I can have another look at their contents," Elrond said.  "I will also have look at the things that you haven't packed yet."

Together, as Elrond, Arwen, Legolas, Aragorn, Boromir, Gimli, the hobbits, and Gandalf, as well as Kaylee, all watched, the three older children took turns emptying the contents of their backpacks onto the table, one at a time; Kevin and Jennifer laid theirs with the items they hadn't yet packed.  Kevin started off by showing the elf lord his flashlight, walkie-talkie, replacement batteries, battery charger, first-aid kit, can of insect repellent, comb, hairbrush, toothbrush, toothpaste, deodorant, razor, shaving cream, radio, MP3 players, Android tablet, and finally, reluctantly, his teen study Bible, naming each item and explaining its purpose as he showed it to the group.  On Aragorn's orders, he opened his first-aid kit and showed everyone its contents, naming each item and explaining what it was for.  After he had placed all of the first-aid items back in the kit and set it back on the table, he turned to look at Master Elrond.

Elrond turned to Kevin. "Lord Kevin, you will have to leave behind this, this, these, and this."  He pointed out the radio, MP3 player, and tablet as he spoke.  With a sigh, Kevin nodded acquiescence.

Aragorn said, "I do believe that your medical kit will come in handy.  I think it well to take such grooming supplies as you have, but some of them will not last very long, for you will use them up."

Kevin grimaced.  "Our deodorant's almost empty now.  Jennifer and I use it to keep our underarms from stinking."  Jennifer nodded.  "Fortunately, Joey and Kaylee aren't old enough to need it yet.  And I guess I will get kind of scruffy, because I only have three razor blades left.  A good thing I don't have to shave very often yet."

Elrond's hand hovered over the Bible, uncertain.  Kevin reached over and picked it up, and held it possessively.  "I have to have this; we have to have it."  When he had pulled it out, he had explained that this was his people's Holy Book, the only way he knew to put it without going into too much detail.

The Elven Lord spared a glance at Gandalf, who gave a nod.  "Very well," he said.  "But you do realise you risk it being lost or damaged?"  In truth, travelling with books was rarely done, for those very reasons.

Kevin looked thoughtful, and then shook his head.  "We need it with us.  That's a chance we'll just have to take.  But, Jen, just so we don't risk not having one left at all, why don't you leave yours here?"

She nodded.  "OK, we can share yours."

One item at a time, Jennifer showed Elrond her own teen study Bible, her comb, hairbrush, toothbrush, toothpaste, deodorant, razor, shaving cream, bottle of body soap, hand mirror, flashlight, walkie-talkie, replacement batteries, battery charger, first-aid kit (which she also opened for Aragorn to examine, at his request), can of insect repellent, scissors, digital camera, the children's books that she had brought to read to Kaylee (and the teenage books that she had brought to read to herself), her MP3 player, portable DVD player, DVDs, and smartphone.  In addition, Elrond noticed the carefully-packed linen herb bag—the dárithil tea blend, no doubt. He knew his daughter had provided it to Lady Jennifer.  He said nothing and left it undisturbed.  Jennifer had not even bothered to pack any of the books she had brought, except her Bible.  She had already read her books, and she wouldn't need to take Kaylee's.  She could leave them, and Kaylee could at least look at the pictures.

"Lady Jennifer," Elrond continued, "I see you left behind most of your books, which is very wise, but since you have agreed with Kevin, that should include your Holy Book, and also those same items that I pointed out to your brother, as well as this and this."  He pointed out her camera and smartphone, and MP3 player as he spoke.

Jennifer winced.  "But I was gonna play my MP3 while we were on the Quest, to give me something to do.  It's gonna be so hard to have to walk all night, every night, and some music would really help."  She looked at Elrond pleadingly.  "Do I have to?"

"Yes, you have to," Elrond said firmly.  "Both you and Lord Kevin will have to.  All three of you will have to be on full alert throughout the Quest, you and everyone else in the Company.  It will not be possible for you to hear any approaching noises signifying danger if you're wearing those—devices—over your ears and listening to music."

"Master Elrond is right, Lady Jennifer," Gandalf agreed.

Exchanging a glance with Kevin, Jennifer sighed.  "Yes, sir."  She drew her scissors, smartphone, replacement batteries, and digital camera toward her.  "But I'm taking these!  Sorry, Master Elrond, but I'm not leaving my phone or camera behind.  Or my scissors either!  I'll need them."

Aragorn chuckled.  "Jennifer, are you sure about taking those?"

"I am."  Stiffening her back, Jennifer frowned.  "When we get back home, our parents and our aunt and uncle are going to need proof that we're telling them the truth about what's happened to us.  I can't use my iPhone to do much else here, but I can still take pictures and videos with it, as well as with my camera.  Our pics and vids will be our proof.  And maybe, when it's safe for Joey to play his harmonica, it'll be safe for me to play some music or watch a video saved on my iPhone's hard drive.  And I might need the scissors to cut something while we're gone."  Like my brothers' hair, for example, she thought.  I'm going to have to cut it before we leave, and I'll probably have to cut it again at least once during the Quest.  Can't have my brothers looking like hippies!

Elrond sighed.  "In that case, Lady Jennifer, you may take those particular items.  The rest of them will stay here."  He turned to Joey.  "All right, Master Joey, it is your turn."

Joey showed Elrond his flashlight, walkie-talkie, comb, hairbrush, toothbrush, Gameboy, comic books, harmonica, and toy cars, including the larger one that operated on remote control.  However, he left one item in his backpack that he did not want to be at risk of being ordered to leave behind: his monster mask.

Elrond examined his possessions for a long moment, picking up each item in the process.  When he had set the last item back on the table, he tapped the Gameboy, comic books, and toy cars.  "These will have to stay here, Master Joey," he told the little boy.  "There will be little time for playing with toys or reading books on the Quest, and anything you take with you will have to be for the purposes of survival."  Joey pouted, slumping his shoulders, and Kevin patted his back.  Elrond added, "You may take your harmonica, though."  The Elf had overheard him playing on it one afternoon, and he thought that on rare occasions, such music might be welcomed by the others.

Joey smiled broadly.  "Thanks!"

Gimli grinned.  "I'm glad to hear that.  You make bonny music on that thing."  Joey smiled his appreciation.

"I'm also taking my tree branch," Jennifer announced.

"And why will you be taking your tree branch, Lady Jennifer?" Boromir asked her, amused.

"Well..."  Jennifer paused.  "I'll need it to continue practicing my baton skills while we're on the Quest."

Aragorn exchanged an amused glance with Elrond, and then with Gandalf.  "Is that skill really so important, Jennifer?"

"Of course, it is!" Jennifer retorted.  "I'm the assistant leader of the Optimist Youth Band Baton Corps!  I can't afford to lose my skills.  It's very important that I keep practicing."  She paused.  "We're gonna be walking all night, every night, anyway; I'll just spend some time each night practicing while we're walking."

Bilbo, who along with the other hobbits had been listening to the inventory, now piped up, "That stick of yours is also a good size for a walking stick.  In fact, it might be well for others in the Company to have walking sticks!  They can come in handy on a journey over difficult ground."  The other hobbits nodded agreement.

His mouth quirked in amusement, Elrond shook his head; he noticed his daughter smiling as well.  Aragorn and the others looked at one another.  Aragorn, Boromir, and Gimli would probably just use any stick available if necessary, but would usually travel with only their weapons.  And Legolas needed no aid on rough trails; no Elf ever did.  But it was something that would likely come in handy for the others.

Elrond glanced around to see if there was anything anyone else wished to say.  Then he turned to the children.  "Very well, I believe that deals with most of your gear.  But all three of you will have to leave behind in Rivendell most of the clothes you wore when you first arrived in Middle-earth.  I will make an exception for your footgear, which is sturdy and well-made, and for the blue trews that you all wore when you first arrived here, although I recommend packing them as spare clothing.  They are pretty sturdy."  He gestured at the clothing that the children were wearing.  "But your other garments will not stand up to the wear and tear.  And as for your boots, there would not be time for our cobbler to outfit you with boots suitable for such long travel in the short time we have before you leave."

At the mention of the word, "trews," Kevin and Jennifer both bit their lower lips in an effort to refrain from laughing.  Trews! Kevin thought, smothering a snicker.  Of course, that's what they call pants here, we've learned.  I think that's what they called them in the Middle Ages, too.  Taking a deep breath, he made an effort to school his face, and Jennifer did likewise.

Elrond scanned the children's faces.  "All right, children."  He gestured to the items they had agreed upon.  "Those items, you may take with you; the rest of your belongings will stay here.  Including your watches."

Kevin winced.  "Do we have to leave our watches here?"  His wrist always felt strangely bare without it, even though it had not kept time since they'd arrived.

Elrond nodded.  When he answered, his voice was compassionate but firm.  "Yes, you do, Lord Kevin.  Your watches will be of no use on the Quest."

Jennifer bit her lower lip again as she glanced down at her watch.  "You know, Master Elrond's right," she told her brother.  "And besides, our watches haven't worked since we got here, so we can't use them anyway."

Kevin sighed.  "No, they haven't, have they?  And besides, we might lose them if we take them with us.  I don't want us to have to explain to our mom and dad how they got lost when we get back home."  He shook his head, and then removed his watch from his wrist and laid it on the table.  Jennifer and Joey followed suit.

Elrond nodded again, this time in approval, as he scanned their watches.  "That is well done, and a wise decision.  Do not worry, children, we will take good care of your watches and your other possessions while you are gone."

-oo000oo-

"Uh-oh!" Jennifer froze, as she pivoted, scanning her guest room carefully an hour later.  "Where's my stick?" she asked herself.

She started by searching the closet, and then looking under the bed and searching through her possessions.  At last, frustrated, she slapped her hands at her sides. It's gone! I can't find it!  Aloud, she called, "Joey?  Where are you?!"

"Here I am."  Joey scurried into her room.  Seeing her face, he asked, "What's wrong?"

"Have you seen my stick?" Jennifer asked him.  "The one I'm using as a baton?"

Joey shook his head.  "No.  I haven't seen it."

Jennifer sighed.  "Thanks."  She knew that Joey hadn't stolen it, and if he'd hidden it for a joke, he would have laughed and given it back to her.  He left.  Biting her lower lip, Jennifer took a deep breath.  Of all the things to happen, this was so maddening!  was going to practice with it before we leave, and now I can't find it!  Grrr!  She scowled and then sighed again.  Oh, well, I guess one of the Elf maids didn't realize it was important.  Someone besides Eledhwen or Mairen must have tidied our rooms today.

She reached for her newly re-packed backpack and opened one of the side-pockets and retrieved her scissors.  Cupping her hands around her mouth, she called, "Kevin!  Joey!"

Her brothers entered her room.  "Uh-oh!  What's this about?"  Kevin stared warily at the scissors Jennifer had in her hand.

She grinned.  "I'm gonna to give you and Joey a haircut.  Tomorrow is our last day here, you know, before we go on the Quest tomorrow night, and we don't know when there's gonna to be another chance.  I'm not going to have my brothers looking like long-haired hippies.  Sit!"  Jennifer pointed imperiously at the straight, hard-backed chair in front of her and looked sternly at her older brother.

Rolling his eyes and raising his hands in surrender, Kevin took his seat, and Jennifer spent the next several minutes cutting his hair.  Eledhwen entered the room as Jennifer was giving Kevin his haircut and stood off to the side, watching.  When she had finished, she handed Kevin her hand mirror, and he had to admit that she had done as good a job as their mother usually did.

"Thanks, sis."  Kevin smiled at her, and Jennifer smiled back.  She nodded toward Eledhwen and then gestured at Joey.

"OK, your turn, Joey."

Making a face at the prospect, Joey plopped onto the chair and submitted to the haircut Jennifer was giving him.  "Elves don't have to cut their hair!" he complained.

"Yes, well, you're not an Elf," Jennifer pointed out.  "And even Elves have to cut their hair sometimes, or it'd be trailing on the floor every time they walked."

"Yeah, they'd be in danger of tripping over it," Kevin agreed.

When Jennifer had finished cutting Joey's hair, she gazed down at him critically, and then smiled.  "You look good, Joey."  She looked from him to Kevin.  "You both do."  She glanced down at the scissors in her hands.  "I'm taking these with me in case we need them.  You're sure to need another haircut before all this is over, and Mom's not here to give you one."

"Yeah, I'm sure."  Kevin grimaced.  "Not to mention that we're a long way from a barber shop!"

Jennifer laughed, and then unzipped her backpack and dropped the scissors back inside.  Upon turning around, she made a face as she stared at the hair clippings littering the floor.  "Now I need a broom and a dustpan," she muttered.  She looked at Eledhwen.  "Do you know where I can find those, Miss Eledhwen?"

The Elven maiden smiled at her.  "I will take care of it, Lady Jennifer.  Do you wish to have your own hair trimmed before you leave?"

Jennifer looked startled.  Her usual shoulder-length hair was longer now than it had been when they arrived, and her bangs were getting on her nerves, since they were beginning to hang down into her eyes.  But she shook her head.  "I'm not sure I can cut my own hair," she said.  "Sometimes I go with my mom to the beauty shop, but usually she just trims my bangs for me."  She gestured at the unruly bangs and brushed them out of her eyes.

Eledhwen smiled.  "I believe I can help you there.  Elven maidens usually wear their hair very long, but even they need their hair trimmed and dressed from time to time.  I have some little talent with that."

For an Elf to say "some little talent" usually meant that Elf was very good, as Jennifer had learned since her arrival in Rivendell.  "Well, if it wouldn't be too much trouble, Eledhwen.  I wouldn't want to keep you from something more important."

Eledhwen smiled.  "You are my most important duty while you are here in Rivendell, Lady Jennifer.  After all, my own lady has asked Mairen and me to look after you and your siblings while you are guests here."  Jennifer smiled her appreciation.

Eledhwen pulled a chair over in front of the washstand, as there was a mirror above it.  She looked at Jennifer's backpack.  "My own scissors are in another wing of the house.  May I use yours?"

Jennifer nodded.  Unzipping her backpack again, she removed her scissors once more and handed them to Eledhwen, and then she sat down in the chair.  She felt both excited and shy at the same time.  After all, she had never received a haircut from an elf before.  Eledhwen took up Jennifer's comb as well, which together with her brush, Jennifer had been keeping on the washstand.  With a practiced hand, the Elf began to comb through the young girl's light-brown hair, drawing a part from just above her bangs to the back of her head.  Then she combed Jennifer's bangs forward.

"If your fringe was longer, I would leave it, and you could use combs to keep it out of your eyes," Eledhwen said.  "But I think it best if I cut it shorter than usual."  Jennifer nodded; she had seen the lady elves wearing specially-made combs for that purpose.  For herself, she preferred hair clips.  They would indeed keep her hair out of her eyes if she had any clips, but since she didn't, it was best to keep her bangs short.

She watched in the mirror as Eledhwen cut her bangs, making them quite short in the centre, and only somewhat shorter on each side.  She lightly trimmed the rest of Jennifer's hair.  It was still longer than she normally wore it, but it would do.  "Let me show you a way to braid your hair so that it will stay put while you are travelling," Eledhwen told her.  "It will be easy to do it by yourself."  Jennifer nodded.

Eledhwen pulled a piece of cord from the small purse she wore on her belt.  "I always keep some cord about.  You never know when you might need some."  As Kevin and Joey watched, the elf tied it around Jennifer's hair just behind her left ear, and then she braided the cord into the girl's hair.  She did it slowly enough that by watching in the mirror, Jennifer would learn what to do.

Jennifer looked at the neat braid hanging over her shoulder.  The bangs would take some getting used to, but the braid turned out to be quite simple, and since it hung in front, she could do it herself without needing a mirror or anyone's help.

"Thank you very much, Eledhwen."  She smiled.  "This will help a lot."

"You are most welcome, Lady Jennifer."

Joey grinned.  "You sure look different now, Jenn!"

Jennifer looked in the mirror.  "No kidding!"

Kevin chuckled.  "It looks very practical."  He paused.  He didn't want to offend her, and girls could be touchy about their hair.  "I like it."  And he did.  She probably wouldn't want to know he thought it made her look younger, but that was fine by him.

-oo000oo-

Since most of their things were packed, they decided to go outside and play with Kaylee, and spend some time with her.  They would only need to replace a few toiletries in their packs before they left the following evening.

Merry and Pippin were easily coaxed into playing a game of tag—although they called it "tig"—and also hide-and-seek.  Jennifer was it, and she was surprised when she easily found everyone except for the two hobbits and Kaylee.  With some broad hints from Frodo, Sam, and Bilbo, who had watched the game from a convenient bench, she finally found Merry, but Pippin and Kaylee eluded her until she called, "Alley-alley, oxen free," and the two of them burst laughing out of a bush that she thought was too small to hide even one of them, much less both of them.

Kaylee rushed over and gave her sister a hug.  "Pippin's a good hider!  He showed me how to scrunch down like a hobbit."

Merry laughed.  "Pippin almost always wins at hide-and-seek, although when Frodo was young, he was a really good hider, too!  Maybe I should tell the story of the time he found a really good hiding place.  Or at least it was a good one until he tried to get out of it…"

All the other hobbits except Frodo burst out into laughter.  But Frodo turned bright red.  "Merry!  Not that story!"  He tried to cover his cousin's mouth, but Bilbo stopped him.

"I don't think I've heard this one in a long time," said the oldest hobbit.

"If anyone is going to tell it," said Frodo, "I should be the one to do it.  After all, it's my story, and no one ever hears it from my point of view."

Merry laughed.  "Well, that will be a change in tradition—telling an embarrassing story about yourself!"

"Don't get cocky, Meriadoc," Frodo said ominously.  "I still know more embarrassing stories about you than the other way 'round.  I could start with Bilbo's and Aunt Dora's visit when..."

Merry went bright red, and said, "That's quite all right, Frodo!  Let's just hear your story right now."

Frodo gave his cousin a cheeky grin, and then took up his tale.  "Well, I was about sixteen, and it was a miserable rainy day in the autumn, a chill rain that had been steadily falling for nearly a week.  Even the adults were getting bored, and as for us young ones, we were full of pent-up energy, and so to keep the chaos within the passages of Brandy Hall to a minimum, the adults had shooed all of us teens and tweens into the great dining hall, with the tables pushed back out of the way.

"I made the mistake of taking a book down with me.  Uncle Bilbo had given me a rather fine one, his translation of the Akallabeth..."  He turned to the McCloud children.  "That is the story of the land of Numenor, also called Westernesse, a great island nation that eventually sank into the Sea.  It was very interesting."  The children looked puzzled, and Frodo paused.  "However, it was also a bad idea to try and read under the circumstances.  Most of my other cousins were playing a rather noisy game of tig.  My cousin Laburnum came running up and grabbed me by the shoulders.

"'Frodo!  Hide me!' she screeched, as she ducked behind me to get away from my cousin Marroc.  They started running around me like I was a tree or something, as they laughed and yelled at each other.

"'I'll get you yet, Freckles,' laughed Marroc.

"'Don't call me that!' Laburnum shouted.  'Frodo, save me!'  She grabbed me again, and at the same time, Marroc came barreling against me from the other side.  He knocked the book right out of my hands, and it went flying a good six feet away, skidding to a stop on the floor.

"'Hoy!' I yelled.  I admit I was furious.  I had a tendency to really lose my temper badly when I was younger; not often, but when I did, I got carried away.  And that book had been my favourite birthday gift.

"Luckily for everyone, Marroc's older brother Margulas had some sense.  He carefully picked the book up, dusted it off, and handed it to me with an apologetic shrug.  'I think it's all right, Frodo,' he said.

"'I don't think this is a good place to read right now,' Moggie—that was his nickname—added, after I had thoroughly examined it.  Now that I knew it was all right, my anger had cooled.

"'You may be right,' I said.

"Moggie looked over at his brother and Laburnum.  Marroc blushed and said, 'I'm sorry, Frodo!  We didn't mean to hurt anything—really, we were just playing.'

"'Find something a little less noisy to do,' said Margulas.

"The two of them went off, and I put the book aside on a table where it would be safe.  The other cousins had decided to all play hide-and-seek, and so I figured I might as well join in.  Since I was the last to join, I ended up being the seeker.  I hid my face and counted to one hundred, and started looking.

"I found everyone very quickly.  Marroc was the last one to be found—he had ducked inside the cold hearth, just to one side of the firebox.

"'That's not much of a hiding place,' I told Marroc scornfully.  After all, both his elbow and his shoulder had been sticking out where I could see him."  Joey and Kaylee giggled, and with a smile, Frodo continued his story.

"'There aren't any good places in here,' complained Laburnum.

"'Oh, I'll bet I could find a good place—where you'd never think to look! I'll bet I could hide so well, you'd have to give up!'

"'You can't leave the room!' exclaimed Marroc.

"'No,' I said.  'I wouldn't have to.'

"'Well, I dare you to find a place in this room that I couldn't find you.'

"I said, 'Very well.'

"Marroc dutifully hid his face, while the others watched.

"'Don't any of you give me away,' I whispered.  I went over to the cold, swept-out hearth and ducked in."  Frodo looked at the two younger McClouds, who were listening, wide-eyed, and warned, "This was not the cleverest idea I've ever had…"  Merry snorted, and Frodo quelled him with a glare.  "Keep listening, and you'll soon understand why."  Joey and Kaylee exchanged a puzzled look, and then turned back to Frodo.

He cleared his throat.  "Well, anyway, the others all looked puzzled.  That was where Marroc had hidden, and he'd been found fairly quickly.  But I had another idea altogether.  I stepped behind the grate, raised my arms up the chimney, and braced my hands against each side, and began to squirm upward.  I saw my feet clear the upper part of the firebox opening, as some soot and cinders rattled down past me.  I wiggled up just a few more inches.  I noticed that it was a little tighter fit there, and more than a little uncomfortable.  But it shouldn't be long, I reasoned.  After all, Marroc only had me to look for.

"I waited...and waited…and waited...getting hotter and sweatier, and even more uncomfortable as the time passed.  It was dark in there, and smelled of smoke.  I could hear the other cousins giggling and talking, but not what they said.

"Finally, I heard what I had been waiting for.  'I give up!' Marroc shouted."  Joey grinned, and Frodo grimaced.

"Unfortunately, Joey, what happened next kept me from feeling victorious.  I tried to scoot back down, but I couldn't move.

"'I give up!' Marroc shouted again.

"I wiggled desperately, but nothing happened except a shower of cinders that descended upon my head, some of them rattling past."

Kaylee's mouth dropped open.  "You were stuck?" she cried out.

Frodo nodded.  "Yes, Miss Kaylee.  I was stuck."  He paused, and then continued.

"'He's up the chimney!' I heard Laburnum shout.

"'You can come out, Frodo!' Marroc called.  'That was a really good hiding place!'

"I squirmed as hard as I could, but to no avail.  I was beginning to feel panicked.

"'Frodo, it's over!  You've won the dare!  Come on down!'

"I started kicking and began to yell.  'Help!' I called, as loud as I could before some ash fell into my mouth.

"'What did you say?' I could hear Margulas yelling this time.

"'I'm stuck!  I'm stuck!  Get me out of here!'  By that time, I was well and truly terrified.

"A minute later, I could feel fingers trying to grab my toes.  But they couldn't seem to catch hold.

"I was nearly crying.  'Please!  Get me out!"

"'I can't reach you, Frodo!' Margulas yelled up the shaft.  I started kicking harder than ever.

"'Marroc, go and find Cousin Saradoc!' I heard Moggie shouting."  Kaylee shivered, and Kevin wrapped his arm around her. Joey bit his lower lip, distress in his eyes.

"Yes, it was awful, Miss Kaylee, Master Joey.  I never want to go through anything like that again.  I don't know how long I dangled there, miserable in the darkness, when I finally heard the welcome voice of my Aunt Esmeralda shouting up the chimney at me.

"'Frodo!  We will get you out of there soon!  Don't worry, dear!'  Just hearing her voice made me feel a little better, knowing that the adults were now in charge of my rescue.

"Only minutes later, strong hands gripped my feet and began to slowly, ever so slowly, inch me downward.  It was agony on my back and shoulders, scraping on the stone, but I was so glad to be getting down that I paid that little heed.

"Suddenly, in a great shower of ash and cinders, I popped free and slid down into the fireplace.  I was kept from hitting the stones of the floor by Uncle Denny, who hauled me out.

"I must have been a sight.  I was black from head to toe, my clothing in shreds, and my arms, back, and shoulders were skinned and bloody.

"I was barely on my feet again, when I was hit by a flying faunt."  He grinned at Merry.  "Merry was only about two at the time, but he leaped into my arms and nearly choked me in a hug."

Merry laughed.  "I got just as covered with soot as he was.  I was so pleased to see him again.  I had been afraid he would never come out, and that when we had a fire for the winter, he would get all burned up."

Kaylee giggled.  "That would have been awful!"

"Yeah!" Joey agreed.

"Did you get in trouble?" asked Jennifer.

"A bit of scolding about using some hobbit sense." Frodo smiled ruefully.  "But I was stuck in bed for days.  I was all bandaged up from my scrapes and scratches, and also, I was sore from being yanked and pulled.  To top it off, I had a dreadful cough from all that ash and soot I breathed in."*

He looked from Kaylee to Joey.  "So, now you understand why I said it was not a clever idea.  Yes, it was a good hiding place, but it was too good!  Good for hiding in, but very bad for getting out of, as I discovered."

Next to them, Kevin sniggered.  At least he wouldn't have to worry about that; their fireplace at home was gas.  A look at Jennifer's mirthful expression showed him she was probably thinking the same thing.  He and Jennifer burst into laughter.

They were all laughing hysterically when they heard the bell announcing luncheon.  The hobbits could not have moved any more quickly than they did, but the children were right behind them, realizing they were also hungry.  Bilbo, who was not quite as spry as his younger kin, tugged at Kevin's sleeve.  He and Jennifer slowed to hear what he wanted to say.

"I am having a party tonight, for those who are going away on the journey tomorrow.  The two of you and young Joey are invited.  Arwen has already agreed to watch over Miss Kaylee, and to do something special with her while you are at my party."

Kevin and Jennifer looked at one another and nodded, and Kevin said in the formal way they had learned was expected here, "We would be honoured to accept your hospitality, Mr. Baggins."  Smiling, Jennifer nodded agreement.

Kaylee pouted.  "I want to go, too!"

Kevin hugged her to his side.  "It's just for those of us who are going on the journey, Kaylee.  It really wouldn't be fun for little girls."  Still pouting, Kaylee trotted beside him toward the dining room.

-oo000oo-

A/N: Portions of the scene of Bilbo's party are adapted from Dreamflower's story, "A Convivial Evening".

Note: Because two of the chapters were accidentally posted as one, I have taken the liberty of dividing that one chapter in two, and posting them accordingly.  Therefore, what was originally Chapter 12 in its entirety is now Chapters 12 and 13, and the chapters that follow have been renumbered.  K.G.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 13: Be Prepared

Joey followed Kevin and Jennifer through the hallway as they made their way to Mr. Bilbo's rooms.  They turned a corner and saw Boromir just entering the door, and heard Bilbo greeting him.  But they weren't close enough yet to hear what he said.  He hoped that Kaylee wasn't still mad at them for going without her, but he knew that Lady Arwen was going to do something special for his little sister tonight.

They soon came to the door themselves, and Kevin knocked on it.

The door opened, and there stood Mr. Bilbo.  He was grinning at them.  "Come in, children, come in!" he said pleasantly.  "You are not the last to arrive—soon we will be joined by Aragorn and Gandalf!"  Joey grinned back.

The spacious rooms were furnished with a combination of furniture meant for both tall and short people.  Joey had been to visit a few times, but he noticed that the furniture had been slightly rearranged.  He spotted Boromir sitting on an overstuffed sofa, with Pippin on an ottoman in front of him.  The two were chatting amiably.

Just then, Merry called out sharply, "Pip!  Stir your stumps and get over here, and help with the refreshments.  And I don't mean by that to sample it for quality!"

Pippin stuck his tongue out at Merry, but laughingly went over to the table where the five hobbits were laying out a lavish spread.

There were breads, sliced meats and cheeses, fruits, several kinds of pastries and cakes, and any number of other tasty items.  It seemed to Joey enough food for thirty, not thirteen.  Of course, the hobbits would probably eat twice as much as everybody else put together.  One of the first things Joey had noticed about hobbits was how much food they could eat!  They can sure eat a whole lot more than can! he thought wryly.

Joey noticed with dismay the cask which Bilbo, with the help of Sam, was preparing to tap.  Lined up in front of it were a number of mugs, six in hobbit size and seven of a regular size.  I wonder what there'll be for kids to drink, he thought.  Surely not beer!  I hate beer!  He made a face at the thought.

It seemed that the same thing had occurred to Jennifer as well.  "Surely we'll have something besides that beer to drink," he heard her whisper to Kevin.

"Of course, we will," Kevin whispered back.  "Mr. Baggins knows we don't drink beer."

Too bad they don't have any Kool-Aid here, Joey thought ruefully.  Or Coke or Sunkist, either!

Sure enough, the children spotted Merry bringing out a teapot with teacups to sit on the table, and then they noticed a silver pitcher with little drops of water on the outside, which was also near the cask.  Merry turned to them and asked them whether they wanted tea or fruit juice.  "The juice is apple and pear," he told them.  Joey shrugged.  Apple or pear juice would be much better choices than that yucky beer.

Only Jennifer took a cup of tea, but both Joey and Kevin picked the juice.  It was quite good, and Joey decided it was just as good or better than Kool-Aid, and at least as good as pop.  Wonder if they sell this juice at Wal-Mart? he silently wondered.

Joey saw Legolas standing back and just watching.  He wondered: did Elves like beer?

But Gimli was kind of standing close to the cask, his eyes alight with anticipation.  Joey made a face.  How can Gimli stand that gross stuff?  He shook his head.

Bilbo laughed at the dwarf.  "All in good time, my dear Gimli.  We must wait for the other guests to arrive."

But just then, there was another rap on the door, and at the same moment, Bilbo, Frodo, and Merry all said, "Get the door, Pippin!"

Pippin raised his eyebrow, but didn't object to them all ordering him around.  Joey knew he would have been quite annoyed if people ordered him around the way the older hobbits were bossing Pippin around.  The young hobbit trotted over and opened the door with a grin.  "Strider!  And Gandalf!  Come in, come in!  Bilbo won't let us touch a thing until everyone is here!"

Aragorn smiled from behind Gandalf and greeted him cheerfully.  Gandalf looked at him with a twinkle in his eye.  "And of course, Peregrin Took, that is more important to you than our company, I am sure!" he said gruffly.

"Of course, Gandalf," he said.  "After all, food's food and beer's beer, and what's more important than that?"  He gave another of his giggles when he said it, and the old wizard just shook his head.

Joey was often a little shocked at how much of a smart-aleck Pippin could be to Gandalf.  He didn't think he'd dare to be like that to the wizard.  But maybe Pippin didn't know that Gandalf was also an angel.  Gandalf probably didn't say anything, since it's supposed to be a secret.

Aragorn came into the room and paused.  "Good evening, Lord Kevin, Lady Jennifer, and Master Joey.  I hope this gathering will not be too boring for you."

Kevin said, "I think we'll be all right.  After all, we all have to get to know each other, since we're going to be travelling together."  He looked over at Jennifer and Joey, and then turned back to Aragorn.

"A very good attitude, Lord Kevin."  He gave a nod and a smile to Jennifer, and ruffled Joey's hair as he passed by, and went to talk to Boromir.

Just then Mr. Bilbo announced that the beer was ready to be served.  Merry took two mugs over to Aragorn and Boromir, and Pippin came over with the pitcher to ask Kevin and Joey if they wanted a refill of their juice.  Jennifer was still sipping her tea.

They overheard Merry telling Aragorn and Boromir, "You should go and serve yourselves some food before Pippin gets a chance at it, and leaves it bare as a field after locusts."

"Oi!" exclaimed Pippin.  "Look who's talking!"  Joey snickered, and Kevin and Jennifer grinned.

Gimli drank his beer quickly, almost in one gulp, and rubbing a rough hand across the foam that flecked his beard, said, "By Durin's beard!  That is a most excellent beer, Master Bilbo!  Where did you come by it?"

"From the cellars here at Rivendell, of course," Bilbo answered.

"Elves made this?"  He sounded incredulous.  "I thought Elves only drank wine!"

Bilbo laughed, and then Legolas said, with the kind of snooty tone of voice he always used with Gimli, "That is a common misconception.  Elves, in general, are far more fond of wine.  But we certainly like beer and ale as well."

"In fact, they are uncommonly good brewers when they choose to be," said Bilbo, "but I must confess that they do not broach the beer casks as often as I would prefer."

Gandalf laughed, and said, "My dear Bilbo, if they broached the beer casks as often as you preferred, you would soon be an avowed tippler!"

"Now, Gandalf, I seem to recall that you are fond of your beer as well as your pipe, so don't take that tone with me!"

"Well," said Pippin, who was at the tap and filling his own mug once more, "I'd say this is even better than the beer at The Golden Perch!"

"I think you're right, Pip," agreed Merry, who waited behind him to refill his mug as well.  "What do you say, Sam?"  He turned to Samwise, who was right behind him.

"I don't know, sir, as I never got the chance to try the beer at The Golden Perch.  But I'd say it's at least as tasty as The Green Dragon, though it's not so brown.  I wonder what sort of hops they use."

Frodo nodded.  "I think that you are right, Sam.  And it would be interesting to learn the kind of hops that Elves use in making their beer."

This led to a discussion of different inns and the excellence or poor quality of their beers and ales, and from there they all started telling stories about getting drunk.  Boromir told of the first time he had taken his brother Faramir out to get drunk, and how they had come home and made a lot of racket, and a guard had helped them to sneak in without waking up their father.

Mischievously, Frodo told of Merry's first time that his cousin became drunk, and had everyone else laughing, but then Boromir asked Pippin about his first such experience.  The young hobbit looked at his toes, and Merry quickly said, "Oh, no one wants to hear that story."  The hobbits looked so solemn at this that Joey wondered what the tale might be, but Merry went on, "How about you, Gimli?"

"Dwarves never get drunk!" he proclaimed.  "Although it would not do, perhaps, to ask my cousin Oín if that is really true."

"It would not do to ask me, either," said Bilbo.  "For I have seen enough Dwarves in their cups to know.  I will confess, however, that it is rare.  Dwarves have a remarkable capacity for drink, and Dwarven ale is a potent brew!"  He looked at Legolas.  "And I know that Elves are not immune to overindulgence either.  I seem to remember a couple of Mirkwood Elves who made themselves rather merry over some wine, and thus allowed me to make away with some of my friends."

Legolas burst out into laughter.  "My father still rails over that from time to time.  But the wine of Dorwinion is remarkably potent, and even by Elves, not meant to be drunk unwatered!"

Joey wondered why they all were so interested in talking about beer and wine, of all things.  He hoped the rest of the party wouldn't be this boring.  Why would anyone like beer, anyway?  It tastes awful!  He scrunched his face.  He had tried it once at a friend's urging, and it had tasted so bitter, almost like cough medicine.  He had never been tempted to try it a second time.  Beer doesn't taste good!  Anyway, it's not right to get drunk.  The Bible says so!  But then, Jesus did turn water into wine.  I'll have to ask Kevin about that sometime.

But Bilbo had noticed how silent the McCloud children were.  "But this is poor manners!  I know that Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey do not partake of beer or spirits!  I am sure that we are boring them all to death!"

"How about a story, Uncle Bilbo?" Frodo asked, giving the children a concerned look.

Joey had noticed that Bilbo was always glad to tell stories about his adventures.  Sure enough, they were all glad to listen to him tell about it, with occasional comments from Gandalf, who had been there, and Gimli, whose father had been.

When the story was finished, the hobbits were still munching on the food, and Joey went to get some more as well.  He was right behind Boromir, and he had his eye on some of those yummy-looking little honey buns.  He'd only had one so far, and would so love another.  Boromir was filling his own plate up.

Pippin grinned up at Boromir.  "We'll make a hobbit of you yet, Boromir."

Boromir chuckled.  "I can think of worse fates."

Joey giggled.  He looked up at Boromir.  "Yes, but just imagine if you had fur on your feet!  You couldn't wear your boots!"

This made both Pippin and Boromir laugh.  "True, but if my feet were hard-soled as theirs are, I would not need them!"  Boromir winked at Joey, who grinned.

Just then there was another tap upon Bilbo's door.  Bilbo himself went to answer this time, as Pippin was busy taking seconds (or was it thirds? Joey wondered) on his plate.

"Welcome, Master Elrond!" the hobbit exclaimed as he threw the door open.  "And welcome, my Lady Arwen, and Miss Kaylee, and...my goodness!  Everyone else as well!"  Bilbo grinned and winked.  "Come in!  Come in!" he said, with a gracious wave of his arm.

"Kaylee!" Jennifer cried out.  "What on earth?"  She exchanged a look with Kevin, who shrugged.

Joey noticed that the newcomers were all carrying bags and bundles and some things that were wrapped in brightly coloured cloth and tied with ribbon.  Presents?  He wondered who they were for.  In addition to Master Elrond, Lady Arwen and Kaylee, he also saw Lord Glorfindel, Eledhwen, Mairen, Erestor, Lindir, and a few other Elves whose names Joey could not recall.

"We come bearing farewell gifts to the Company," Elrond announced.

Bilbo's original guests all looked surprised, although Bilbo himself did not look at all surprised.  He gestured to the table beneath the window that served as his desk, and they noticed that it was unusually tidy; in fact, it was completely bare of the quills and inkstand and the piles of papers that usually made their homes there.  But there was a small box upon it.  Bilbo ushered the new guests over to place their burdens upon the table.

Kaylee had taken Jennifer's hand, and was bouncing up and down.  "Hey, Jennifer, guess what!  I got to help!  Did you know they never heard of wrapping paper here?  But Lady Arwen and me went to pick out some pretty cloth, and I showed her how to wrap stuff.  It's kind of harder without any tape, though."  She grinned, and then in a sing-song voice, said, "I know what you got!  I know what you got!"

Jennifer frowned, but before she could reprimand her little sister, Lady Arwen laughed and said, "Kaylee, hina, you mustn't gloat.  After all, the idea is for them to be surprised."

"I'm sorry, Lady Arwen," Kaylee said, looking abashed.

Arwen laughed again.  "Well, why do you not help to give them out?"

Now it was Kaylee's turn to grin.  "Okay!"  She looked over at the table, and picked up something long, that had been completely swathed in fabric and ribbon, and carried it over to her older sister.  Jennifer noticed there were some other lengthy items as well, but this one was the longest.

She took it from her sister and pulled on the bow tied near one end.  The fabric just slid away to the floor, and Jennifer's eyes grew wide.  She gasped, "Is this my stick?" for it was now as smooth as smooth could be, and carved with leaves and vines, and it had a very slight knob at each end.  It was polished, and the wood seemed to almost glow.  Mairen stepped to her side, and retrieved the fabric from the floor, folding it as she stood.

"I am sorry that you missed it, Lady Jennifer.  I took it so that Avorn," and she gave a proud smile to her husband, who was among those Elves who had joined them, "could do the carving this afternoon."

"Oh, thank you!"  Jennifer flew at her and gave her a big hug.  Mairen blushed.  "And you, too, Mr. Avorn!"  She threw her arms around Avorn, who appeared taken aback, but lightly returned her embrace.

I really can use it as a baton now! she thought.  It's just as smooth as a baton! It was always so awkward to use before, since it was so knobby, but now it's just as smooth as I need it to be.  It'll be perfect for practicing with during our walks!  She smiled broadly as she gazed down at it and rubbed her fingers over its now-smooth, polished surface.

Bilbo chuckled.  "I know you have it in mind to use in practicing those moves you showed us, but it will also make a very good walking stick."  He approached Jennifer and ran his fingers over her stick.  "There will be difficult terrain to walk through, and this stick will make it easier for you to get over such ground."

Jennifer nodded, smiling.  "Thanks."

Kaylee now picked up the other four long packages and passed them out to the hobbits.  They, too, had smoothed and polished sticks, though not so elaborately carved, to use as walking sticks on the journey.

After they had examined their gifts and given their thanks, Pippin looked closely at the table.  "Where are the rest of them?" he asked.

Aragorn laughed.  "Boromir and Kevin and I need to be unencumbered by walking sticks—if we need one for a while, we can find something along the way.  And Elves never use them, and Gimli has his own walking stick."

"Now, on with the rest of the gifts," Lady Arwen urged the little girl.

Kaylee handed Joey and each of the hobbits a little tin box.  When Joey opened his, he found inside two tiny fishhooks, two little lead weights, and a length of line.  "Oh, my!  Thanks!" he said, and then furrowed his eyebrows.  "But what about a fishing pole?"

Frodo laughed.  "Growing upon any sturdy willow tree or alder growing on the bank of the water.  Or we can always dangle our lines from our fingers, if need be."

"It's nice," Merry added, "to have one's own pole, but every hobbit knows how to fish without one. We can show you."

"Uh, Aragorn…"  Joey looked up at the Ranger.  "Can I use my knife to cut branches for fishing poles?  I don't have a pocket-knife."

"Not while we have an Elf with us." He grinned at Legolas.

"I can just ask the tree to grant us a limb," the Elf said.  "We do not cut living wood."

The children looked at him, astonished.  Ask the trees?!

Jennifer gaped at Legolas.  "You can actually ask a tree to do things?"

"Whoa!" Joey added, his mouth wide open.  "Can trees talk back to you, too?"

A mysterious smile was Legolas' only answer.

Now Kaylee handed a package to Kevin.  It contained a hunting knife, suitable for skinning animals, in a sturdy sheath.  It had a hook on the back so that he could attach it next to the scabbard for his sword.  Afterward, there was another item, a large cloth bag. Elrond handed it to Kevin.  "In truth, it is for all of you children."

Kevin opened the bag, and drew out a sturdy leather case of red.  It had a wavy golden, eight-pointed star embossed on the front. He looked puzzled.

"I believe that your Holy Book should fit within it and be protected against the trials of travel.  It was originally made for the history of Elder Days, which is in our library here. That book no longer needs to travel.  This case was made with words of protection and blessings upon it."

"Thank you," Kevin said with a grateful smile.  He had realized, after they had finished having their things gone through before repacking, that the Elf lord was truly concerned about the fact that items which were irreplaceable could be lost or damaged on the trip.  That was the main reason the children had been asked to leave some things behind.

More gifts were passed out to all of the members of the Fellowship.  A small bag containing a flintstone and a bit of tinder was given to each of them.  They also received a tin of the mixture the Elves used on their teeth, mostly salt and some herbs—Jennifer sniffed hers, and it smelled minty.  It would make a good substitute for toothpaste when their own ran out.  Sam was given a little box of salt; Pippin and Merry were both gifted with bags for foraging.

Frodo was quite surprised, when he opened the long cloth-wrapped bundle presented to him, to discover the very scabbard Bilbo had given him with Sting earlier that morning.  But now, instead of the leather being shabby and dull, it gleamed like new; the embossing had been embellished with colour, and the iron buckle had been polished.  He was taken aback.  "I left this in my room after luncheon this afternoon. How?"

Elrond smiled.  "I knew that Bilbo planned to gift it to you, so I retrieved it to let our armourer clean and polish it, so that it would once again be worthy of so honourable a blade as Sting!"

"Thank you," Frodo said with a grateful smile.

"If you had let me know in time," said Bilbo, "I could have let you take it to fix it up ahead of time."

Elrond raised an eyebrow and looked down at his small friend.  "And, Mr. Baggins," he said with mock sternness, "I would have gladly done so if you had let me know sooner than breakfast this morning."  Everyone laughed at that, including Bilbo.

Afterward, everyone also received a whetstone, and a special cloth for using to sharpen their knives and other weapons.

Jennifer bit her lower lip as she looked down at her little brother's growing pile of what she thought of as "grown-up" gifts.  "Uh, Master Elrond, I don't know if it'd be safe for Joey to have a flintstone or whetstone.  Or tinder!  Shouldn't one of the grown-ups keep those for him?"

Joey was about to protest when Aragorn's hand fell on his shoulder.  "Lady Jennifer, I understand that you want to protect your little brother, but you are objecting to all the wrong things.  Joey will be a part of the Company, and he needs to be able to do his share.  He may be needed to help start a fire, and he certainly will need to learn how to take care of his knife.  I shall teach him how myself.  Besides, at his age, he should already know how to do those things."

Frodo nodded.  "Young hobbits learn to safely work around a fire, and to use and care for knives, when they are barely out of faunthood."

Kevin put an arm on Jennifer's shoulder.  "We aren't at home where kids are well-protected from a lot of dangerous things, and don't have to fend for themselves.  Remember your history, Jen.  Kids used to learn and do all sorts of grown-up things."

Jennifer subsided.  She was only trying to do what her mother would do, but after all, her mom had never had to be in a place like this.

"If our mom was here, she'd be reacting the same way," Kevin explained to Aragorn.  "She wants to keep us safe.  She doesn't even like it that Dad has taught me to handle a gun, even though I'm fifteen now."

"Mothers are like that," was Aragorn's reply.

But the subject was soon changed by the last of the gifts: new leggings, breeches, and tunics for everyone, and new stockings for everyone except the hobbits.

Jennifer held up the beautiful new stockings, knit in elaborate designs.  They were so fine and soft—she had never seen even the most expensive store-bought ones that felt as soft and comfortable as these did.  I would love to take these home!  They are going to feel so good on my feet.

There was still one small package left, wrapped in blue fabric and tied with a white ribbon.

"I don't remember that one," said Kaylee, looking puzzled.

With a smile, Lady Arwen picked it up and held it out to the little girl.  "That is because this is for you, my young helper."

Kaylee took it and looked up with a broad smile that showed all of her front baby teeth.  Then she pulled on the ribbon and took off the cloth.  Inside was a little leather pouch, more like an envelope than anything else.  She opened it; inside were some needles, a tiny silver thimble, and a little pair of silver scissors.  "Oh!  My very own sewing kit!  Thank you!"  She bounced on her heels.  "Will you show me how to use it?"

"Of course, I will," Arwen replied.  Kaylee rushed over to give the Elf a hug.  Arwen smiled and hugged her back.

Jennifer smiled at the kit.  "That thimble sure is pretty, and so are the scissors," she said, picking the thimble up.  She examined it for a long moment and then, setting it down, looked at Arwen.  "Is that real silver, or is it just silver-plate?"  The room went quiet, and all of the hobbits stared at her, aghast.

Jennifer frowned, distress in her eyes.  "Uh, did I say something wrong?  Sorry, I'm still not familiar with all the rules of etiquette here."

"Yeah, some of our customs are different where we come from," Kevin added.

Bilbo said, "Miss Jennifer, I do not know how it is where you come from, but it is considered very rude to comment on the value of a gift."

Hanging her head, Jennifer bit her lower lip.  "I'm sorry.  I really didn't mean to be rude.  I was just worried about Kaylee maybe losing it or something.  We usually don't give really valuable things to children."  She shook her head.  "I can't seem to say anything right tonight.  I'm sorry," she said in a small voice, staring down at the floor, her shoulders slumped.

This time it was Elrond who spoke.  "Think nothing more of it, Lady Jennifer; we know you did not mean to offend."  Approaching the young girl, he laid a hand on her shoulder, and she raised her head and looked up at him gratefully.

Scanning the room, Elrond added, "It has been a long day.  I think that perhaps it's time for everyone to seek their rest.  Tomorrow is an important day, and I would not have you fretting before you set off in the evening.  You need to be fully rested."

-oo000oo-

The next morning, Jennifer awakened to hear Joey and Kaylee already awake and talking quietly in the other room.

"I'll miss you, Joey," Kaylee said plaintively.  "I wish I could go, too.  I'll be all by myself."

"Don't worry, kitten," Joey said.  "You won't be all by yourself!  Lucy'll be here, too, and you'll have all those Elves to keep you busy!  And we'll be okay.  I guess it can't take too long to go do what has to be done.  And we've got plenty of grown-ups to look after us.  Aragorn's gonna be our guardian while we're gone."

Jennifer stepped into the room.  "Joey's right, sweetie," she said.  "It's all going to work out, you'll see.  It's not going to be fun, unfortunately; you wouldn't enjoy yourself if you went."  Then she said more briskly, "Now, then, let's get ready for breakfast!  We've got almost everything done ahead of time, so we can relax today.  Walking all night, and in cold weather, no less, will be really different to what we are used to, Joey!"  She hugged Joey against her side.  "Better have your warm coat ready this evening; you're going to need it.  We're all going to have to bundle up tonight."

Just then, Mairen came in with Eledhwen to help Joey and Kaylee get dressed, and Jennifer turned to go back into her little room and also get dressed.  By the time she was finished, her younger siblings were also ready for the new day.  Kevin tapped at the door, and they all headed down to the dining hall together.

That morning, the entire Fellowship and Kaylee sat together at one table.  They were joined by Lady Arwen, who sat by Aragorn, and Bilbo, who was sitting between Frodo and Sam, and across from Merry and Pippin.  Kaylee claimed a spot between Arwen and Jennifer.  They took their time eating; the sideboard was laden with everything, as usual.  Gradually, most of the company finished and went on to take care of other things, until only the hobbits and the children were still eating.  Jennifer and Kaylee were just nibbling on a few things and Jennifer was sipping her tea, but Kevin and Joey seemed to be keeping up with the hobbits.

Finally, Pippin was the only one left with food, and he was more playing with it than eating it.  He gave a satisfied sigh.  "Well, that was an excellent second breakfast," he said, "but I think maybe it's time to have a little stroll and work up an appetite for elevenses."

The other hobbits all nodded seriously.  The McCloud children all looked at one another and rolled their eyes.  By this time, they were used to the hobbits' eating habits.  "Well," said Kevin, "I don't think I'll want any elevenses anytime soon.  But a stroll sounds good."

After Jennifer picked up Lucy, they headed outdoors.  The weather in Rivendell was brisk, but not as cold as the children were used to for that time of year, and the sky was clear and blue.  They wandered through the gardens, which had shed its finery for winter.  Joey and Kaylee ran, played with Lucy, and chased one another for a while, and then, joined by Pippin, climbed up an obliging elm.

"What day is it?" Joey finally asked.  "I know we leave tonight; that's not what I'm asking.  I just want to know what day it is.  I don't even know what month it is!"

Pippin said, "I don't know how the Elves reckon it, but it is the twenty-fifth of Foreyule by Shire Reckoning.  That's the last month of the year."

Kaylee wiggled and kicked her legs in excitement.  "It's Christmas!" she squealed.  "It's Christmas Day!"

"Yeah, but don't expect Santa Claus to find us here," Joey told her.  "Besides, we've already had our presents."

"Oh," said Pippin.  "You must mean Yule.  It sounds like you have it earlier in your land than we do here."

Kevin had overheard the exchange.  "It does sound similar," he said.  "I guess customs are different here.  Yeah, we do celebrate it on Foreyule twenty-fifth, as you call it here.  Where we come from, we call this month December, so Christmas Day is on December twenty-fifth.  It's a week before New Year's Day."  He looked up in the tree and gave Kaylee and Joey a look, to remind them that there were things that might be too hard to explain.  The two younger children subsided at his look.  Not far from him, Jennifer was tossing sticks for Lucy, who scampered after them to pick them up and bring them back to her.

After a while, Pippin, Kaylee, and Joey came down from the tree, as Bilbo reminded the other hobbits that it was time to come to his quarters for elevenses.  He politely invited the children to join them, but Kevin just as politely declined.  "We are still full from breakfast," he said.  "There's no way we can keep up with hobbit meals!"  Bilbo chuckled.

Joey wanted to go down to the stables and see the horses, and say good-bye to the grooms and the armourer who had been so nice to them while they were learning to ride and to fight.  Kaylee also wanted to pet Bill and say good-bye to the sweet-natured pony.  And so, while Joey carried Lucy, the four children hurried down to the stables to make their final visits and goodbyes.

After their visit to the stables, Kaylee was tired, and it was nearly time for lunch.  All the walking had given them an appetite, and they were glad to head back.  Kevin picked up Kaylee to carry her, not minding it, since he knew it would be the last time for a long time that he would have a chance to do so.  Jennifer picked up Lucy, and the puppy licked her neck as she carried her toward the house.  After a moment, Kevin looked over at her.  "Uh, Jen…" he said.

She gave a sigh and put Lucy down.  She looked at the puppy and said, "Heel."  Lucy thumped her tail and followed immediately.  Jennifer knew it was better for the little spaniel, but it was nice to carry her, too.  Lucy walked with them into the building and toward the dining room, wagging her tail.

The hobbits were not in the dining room.  It seemed they were having their last lunch in Bilbo's room as well.  They didn't see anyone else from the Fellowship except Gimli, who was sitting with his father Glóin and some other Dwarves, who looked as though they were nearly finished.  One of the servants picked up Lucy, to take her down to the kitchen for her own meal.

The children contented themselves with bowls of delicious vegetable soup and fresh hot bread, and goblets of fruit juice.  "Yummy, yummy!"  Smiling broadly, Kaylee smacked her lips and took another swallow of her fruit juice.

Jennifer took up Kaylee's napkin and wiped the little girl's lips, where drops of juice were.  Kaylee was about to protest when they all four looked up to see the Lady Arwen approach.  "Good afternoon.  My father asked me to remind you that you will need to get some sleep this afternoon, for you shall have none tonight."

"A nap!" Joey protested, scowling.  Kaylee looked just as upset.

Kevin put his hand on Joey's arm; still scowling, the little boy subsided.  "Thank you, Lady Arwen," Kevin said.  While he wasn't keen on a nap himself, he knew it was probably good sense.  Lucy came scampering toward them, wagging her tail.

"Does Lucy have to take a nap, too?"  Kaylee pouted.  Jennifer looked at her sternly, and her little sister tried to look less cross, without much success.

They stood up, and Lady Arwen took the two younger children by the hand.  "What if we go up to your room, and you lie down, and I will tell you a story, and perhaps sing to you?"  They brightened at the thought.

Kevin went into his room and shut his door.  He didn't anticipate being able to sleep much, but he thought he could at least try to rest.

In Joey and Kaylee's room, Jennifer got on top of Kaylee's bed and cuddled up next to her little sister.  Lucy jumped up at the foot of Joey's bed, and no one scolded her to get down.  Arwen sat down in a chair next to Joey's bed, and began to speak softly in her fair voice.

"Once there was an Elven maiden named Lúthien, the fairest of all the Elves.  She was the daughter of Thingol, the King of Doriath, and of Melian his Queen…"

She continued to tell of the meeting of Lúthien and Beren, and her voice was so soft and musical that Joey did not even mind that it was dreaded "lovey-dovey" stuff.  As he listened, he seemed to slip into a dream of a star-lit sky, and he could hear Arwen singing as he slept.

"A! Elbereth Gilthoniel!

silivren penna míriel

o menel aglar elenath,

Gilthoniel, A!  Elbereth!

We still remember, we who dwell

In this far land beneath the trees

The starlight on the Western Seas."

-oo000oo-

It was late evening when they were wakened to take one last meal in Rivendell.

-oo000oo-

Portions of the scene of Bilbo's party are adapted from Dreamflower's story, https://www.fanfiction.net/s/8751901/1/A-Convivial-Evening, "A Convivial Evening".

A/N: The "Hymn to Elbereth" by J.R.R. Tolkien is first found in FotR, Chapter III: "Three's Company".

Note: Because two of the chapters were accidentally posted as one, I have taken the liberty of dividing that one chapter in two and posting them accordingly.  Therefore, what was originally Chapter 12 in its entirety is now Chapters 12 and 13, and the chapters that follow have been renumbered.  K.G.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure. This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse. This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson. This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies. Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined. Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story. Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Can you guess the origins of this chapter's title? HINT: It follows the pattern of previous chapter titles; plus, 1953.

Chapter 14: Following the Leader

It was near the turning of the year, cold and windy, as the Company stood around on the terrace near dusk, preparing to start on their way. Elrond had advised them to leave at that time, hoping to avoid unfriendly eyes that might be lurking near the borders of Rivendell. It had been decided that they would be travelling at night for the same reason.

Pippin shivered, pulling his cloak closer to his body, and moved nearer to Merry. "Well, we are up to our ankles in briars now, cousin," he whispered. Merry's mouth twitched in amusement, but he did not say anything.

"You should fear the many eyes of the servants of Sauron," Elrond said. "I do not doubt that news of the discomfiture of the Riders has already reached him, and he will be filled with wrath. Soon now his spies on foot and wing will be abroad in the northern lands. Even of the sky above you must beware as you go on your way.'"

Now Merry spoke up. "I do wish he would not sound so very cheerful," he muttered to Pippin.

Pippin snorted, and then bumped Merry with his elbow. Frodo, who stood ahead of them, turned and shot them a glare.

Jennifer, who had been feeling rather miserable to be leaving her little sister behind, stifled a snicker. Merry and Pippin always seemed to find something funny to say, to lighten the mood a little. Still, it only lasted an instant, and now her misery came back. Kaylee was only just getting used to being without having her parents around, and now she'd be all alone except for Lucy, for Heaven only knew how long. Lost in her thoughts, Jennifer had tuned out some of the others.

"Loud and clear it sounds in the valleys of the hills, and then let all the foes of Gondor flee!" Boromir said unexpectedly, causing her to look at him.

Jennifer turned around and saw Boromir take up his big war-horn and blow a sudden loud blast that made everyone except the Elves jump. It echoed all around the Valley. Yanking her thumb out of her mouth, Kaylee jerked, and then grabbed tight hold of Arwen, who wrapped a comforting arm around the little girl's shoulder.

Gandalf gave the big Gondorian a glare, but it was Elrond who spoke up: "Slow should you be to wind that horn again, Boromir, until you stand once more on the borders of your land, and dire need is on you."

"Maybe," said Boromir. "But always I have let my horn cry at setting forth, and though thereafter we may walk in the shadows, I will not go forth as a thief in the night."

A blast of chill wind swept through, and Jennifer felt grateful for the thick warm clothes and fur-lined jackets and cloaks that the Elves had provided. In spite of the warm cloak, she still shivered. She glanced over to see Sam talking to Bill the Pony, who was laden with everything that the two-legged members of the Company could not carry. Did she really have everything?

She reached down and patted her belt pouch. Good, her camera was safely inside.

At that moment Elrond joined Gandalf, and he called the Company to him. "This is my last word," he said in a low voice. "The Ring-bearer is setting out on the Quest of Mount Doom. On him alone is any charge laid: neither to cast away the Ring, nor to deliver it to any servant of the Enemy nor indeed to let any handle it, save members of the Company and the Council, and only then in gravest need. The others go with him as free companions, to help him on his way; you three children are under the guardianship of Aragorn, and so where he goes, you will." Aragorn and the three older children nodded; Kaylee held Lucy to her chest with her left hand, and stuck the thumb of her right hand back into her mouth. Scanning the Company's faces, Elrond continued, "You may tarry, or come back, or turn aside into other paths, as chance allows. The further you go, the less easy will it be to withdraw; yet no oath or bond is laid on you to go further than you will. For you do not yet know the strength of your hearts, and you cannot foresee what each may meet upon the road."

"Faithless is he that says farewell when the road darkens," said Gimli.

"Maybe," said Elrond, "but let him not vow to walk in the dark, who has not seen the nightfall."

"Yet sworn word may strengthen quaking heart," said Gimli.

"Or break it," said Elrond. "Look not too far ahead! But go now with good hearts! Farewell, and may the blessing of Elves and Men and all Free Folk go with you. May the stars shine upon your faces!"

"Good…good luck!" cried Bilbo, stuttering with the cold. "I don't suppose you will be able to keep a diary, Frodo my lad, but I shall expect a full account when you get back. And don't be too long! Farewell!"

"Wait!" Jennifer removed her camera from her coat pocket and turned it on. "Before we leave, I want to take a couple of pictures of all of us together. Get together, all of you." The entire group assembled in front of her, with Kaylee holding Lucy up, and Jennifer snapped the picture.

Next, she turned on the self-timer function, set the camera on the table, facing the assembled group, and hurried to join the others. A moment later, the camera itself took their picture. Approaching it, Jennifer picked it up and looked over the two photographs, and then she smiled in satisfaction.

"Well, we're all set," she said. She shut the camera off and slipped it back into her belt pouch. Wait till I show these pictures to Mom and Daddy!

Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey took turns hugging Kaylee and cuddling Lucy, who whined. "Be good now," Kevin told Kaylee, and she nodded. "We'll be back with you as soon as we can." He set Kaylee down, and Jennifer handed Lucy to her. Kevin rubbed Lucy's head, and then joined the rest of the Company; Elrond joined the little girl and Arwen. Many others of Elrond's household stood in the shadows and watched the Company go, bidding them farewell with soft voices. There was no laughter, and at first, no song or music.

Kaylee watched her brothers and sister as they strode toward the entrance to Rivendell with the rest of the company. They're off to see the wizard, she thought, as mental pictures of The Wizard of Oz floated into her head. I wish I was going with them! She cleared her throat and, in a mournful voice, started to sing:

"Follow the yellow brick road.

Follow the yellow brick road.

Follow, follow, follow, follow,

Follow the yellow brick road.

Follow the yellow brick—

Follow the yellow brick—

Follow the yellow brick road…¹

As they set off, Jennifer could hear while her little sister's faint treble blew away into the brisk wind, as they went marching into who knew what. Kaylee's voice sounded so sad. Now she's singing, "You're off to see the wizard!" to cheer herself up, she thought. Jennifer blinked away the tears that started to form, and shook her head. She could not be fretting about Kaylee now; she should just be glad that her sister was safe in the care of Lady Arwen. She took a deep breath and continued on, one foot after the other, her walking stick in her hand.

-oo000oo-

As the Company turned away and faded silently into the dusk, Kaylee, who had just finished singing "Follow the Yellow Brick Road/You're Off to See the Wizard", nestled against Arwen and inserted her thumb back into her mouth. Elrond, who was standing on the other side of the little girl from Arwen, took Lucy out of her arms and handed the puppy to Bilbo, and then he lifted Kaylee up in his own arms. They had needed to hold the pup; otherwise she might have tried to follow Bill. Lucy and the pony had become good friends, and she whined a bit as the Company moved out of her sight. Bilbo rubbed Lucy's head.

"Your brothers and sister are in good hands," Elrond told Kaylee softly. "Aragorn and the others will all take good care of them, and do everything in their power to keep them safe."

"And I will take good care of you and Lucy while they are gone," Arwen added. Elrond nodded agreement, and Bilbo joined them, holding the wiggling puppy.

"We all will," Elrond promised, and then he carried Kaylee inside, followed by the others.

-oo000oo-

The Company crossed the bridge and wound slowly up the long steep paths that led out of the cloven vale of Rivendell; and they came at length to the high moor where the wind hissed through the heather. Then with one glance at the Last Homely House twinkling below them they strode away far into the night.

Grinning at his older brother and sister, Joey began to poke Jennifer in the arm. She pushed his hand back the second time he poked her. A moment later, he poked her again.

"Joey! Stop that!" Jennifer said, pushing him away from her.

"That is enough, Joey," Aragorn ordered him from near the front of the column, near Gandalf. Shrugging, Joey turned toward the hobbits ahead of him. Shaking her head, Jennifer rolled her eyes, and Kevin shrugged. The others exchanged amused grins, and Gimli snorted.

Joey glanced over at Jennifer. She had just started to march and to twirl her newly-carved walking stick. She had told him that she wanted to keep up her baton skills while they were on their journey; it would help make the time pass, she had said, and it reminded her of walking miles in a parade, as she had done so often in the past. Joey wished he had something interesting to do while he walked. He sighed, and kicked a pebble up the path. He saw it land by his sister's feet, and noticed those white knives Lady Arwen gave her.

Lady Arwen only gave her a few lessons after she gave her those knives, so how's she gonna use them? Joey wondered. Is Legolas really gonna teach her knife-fighting? With a shrug, he turned forward.

As the Company continued onward in the darkening twilight, Joey started thinking about the night a week or so before their camping trip that their family had watched Dumbo on DVD for their family movie night. The circus was on its way, too, just like we are, he thought. The song about the circus train leaving its winter quarters was stuck in his head. He began to hum the tune, and after a few moments, started to sing it; he was bored, but he recalled that when they got bored in the car, their dad encouraged them to sing, so he sang a little louder.

*"Casey Junior's comin' down the track,

Comin' down the track

With a smoky stack.

Hear him puffin',

Comin' round the hill;

Casey's here to thrill

Every Jack and Jill.

Every time his funny little whistle sounds—toot, toot!—

Everybody hurries to the circus grounds.

Time for lemonade and Cracker Jack.

Casey Junior's back;

Casey Junior's back…"

The others listened to him in amusement. "I'm afraid it's gonna be quite a while before we'll be having any lemonade or Cracker Jack again, Joey," Kevin told him. "Or before we'll be going to a circus again." Joey shrugged, and Jennifer smiled in spite of her heavy heart.

"What was that 'toot-toot'?" Boromir asked curiously.

Jennifer began to try and explain what a train was, and a train whistle, and then it began to turn into an explanation of the movie, Dumbo. At first, everyone was trying to listen to her explanation, but pretty soon she stopped trying, because it was clear from their expressions that they didn't have a clue of what she was talking about.

An amused smile crept over Jennifer's face as she recollected Kaylee singing, "Follow the Yellow Brick Road" as they had left the Last Homely House. She'd be singing "We're Off to See the Wizard" right now, if she was with us, she thought. It would be a most appropriate song to her, except instead of going to see a wizard, we're traveling with one.

Jennifer bit her lower lip, sorrow welling up in her heart. I wish Kaylee could come with us. I'm already missing her!

The children had a large stock of songs from movies, musicals, and TV shows stored in their heads. The family often watched them together, and their mother had the habit of singing along with the movies on TV, which had rubbed off on them. And the whole family was involved in music in the church: their mom sang in the adult choir, Kevin and Jennifer sang in the youth choir, and Joey and Kaylee sang in the children's choir. Their dad helped with the sound system, even though he had a nice singing voice as well. Therefore, the children took any chance they could to sing, especially when they were bored.

When Joey finished the song, he heard Kevin begin a song from another old Disney movie, and Joey and Jennifer chimed in with him:

*"Westward ho, westward ho.

Westward the wagons roll.


"There's magic in the wind

And a brightness in the sky.

There's a Promised Land a-waitin',

And we'll get there by and by.


"Westward ho the wagons,

Always westward ho.

Westward roll the wagons,

For Oregon's our goal…"²

The three children took turns singing all of the stanzas of that song. The others exchanged puzzled glances when they finished. "This Oregon…" Aragorn paused. "You've told us you live in Oregon."

"Yes, sir." Kevin nodded. "It's a state now, an American state, but it used to be an American territory. The song we were singing is from an old Disney movie, Westward Ho the Wagons. The movie—it's set back in the pioneer days. Back then a lot of Americans were leaving their homes and moving west. It's about a group of pioneers moving to Oregon Territory."

Jennifer nodded. "Oregon was the last territory pioneers could move to, because it's right up against the Pacific Ocean—well, that and California. I'm not sure which territory Washington was part of, back then—it might have been part of Oregon Territory. I'll have to look that up when we get back home." She paused, furrowing her eyebrows.

"Actually, no," Kevin told her. "Washington was its own territory back then—Washington Territory. So once the United States had control of California, there were actually three territories right up against the Pacific Ocean that pioneers could move to."

The two of them continued the discussion. Much of the information was fresh in Kevin's mind, since he'd recently had a test on the subject in his American history class. He corrected Jennifer, and added quite a few more facts.

Jennifer turned back to the others. "Well, anyway, Washington's to the north of Oregon, just below the Canadian border—it's a state, too, now. California's just to the south of our state…"

"Yeah," Joey agreed. "And you know what? There's just three countries in North America: the United States, Canada, and Mexico. And there's seven continents all over the world, including North America and Asia. I learned that in school. North America, South America, Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, and Antarctica!" He smiled broadly, proud of his knowledge.

Kevin looked at their companions. They'd lost them again, all the rest of the group just stared at them, looking confused. "Well, anyway, that's what the song was about…" Kevin's voice trailed off.

"Yeah, I love Westward Ho the Wagons!" Joey smiled broadly.

"He sure does, and he also loves Star Wars and Spider-Man. Especially Spider-Man. There's some other old TV shows he loves, too." Jennifer smiled.

"I can't wait to watch Spider-Man again!" Joey added, with a broad smile.

Kevin laughed. "I'm afraid you'll have to wait, Joey," he told his little brother. "Just as Jenn and I will have to wait to watch our favorite shows again."

The others shook their heads and exchanged bewildered glances. "Spider-Man?" Aragorn stared at the children, puzzled.

"Yeah, Spider-Man's a man with spider abilities. A superhero," Joey explained. "He can spin webs and everything!"

Kevin and Jennifer laughed. Between the two of them, with occasional interruptions by Joey, began to explain to the others about comic-book superheroes and the origins of Spider-Man.

Kevin wound the explanation up. "And Joey—he's also got some Spider-Man comic books, some of which were in his backpack when we came to Middle-earth. Joey loves to watch Spider-Man, and he also loves to read the comic books."

"Yeah, I love Spider-Man!" Joey grinned. The others exchanged bemused expressions. Joey grinned up at them, and then he sang the theme song to the old cartoon show. When he had finished, he added, "If Spider-Man was here, he'd go to Mount Doom, climb up it just like a spider, and use his spider web to throw that nasty old Ring into the fire!" He mimicked throwing a spider web toward the nearest hillside.

The others laughed, and the hobbits grinned and shook their heads. "Well, Joey, Spider-Man is not here, so we must use the resources we have at hand to accomplish our Quest," Aragorn told him, his face quirked in amusement. "And even if there were a real Spider-Man here to help us, I'm afraid that Sauron would find out about him and do everything in his power to stop him. And believe me, Sauron's powers are considerable." Gandalf nodded agreement.

Then Kevin began to explain about some other comic-book superheroes and TV shows, The others were beginning to look a little annoyed. Sometimes the children's explanations raised more questions than they answered, and many of their words did not make sense, as there was no equivalent in Westron. Pippin looked totally frustrated; he was bursting with questions, but the answers were just as frustrating as the questions themselves. He was learning to just not ask quite so often. Furrowing their eyebrows as they scanned their companions' bewildered facial expressions, Kevin and Jennifer stared at each other.

"Don't people in Middle-earth ever use their imaginations to invent stuff?" Jennifer asked, bewildered. "You know, make up stories and plays, make up songs and dances, create drawings, paintings, and statues, and invent things that no one ever thought of before? Because you don't know what you're missing, if you don't. I mean, that's called using your creativity! Spider-Man and other superheroes aren't real; somebody made them up. They're just fictional characters where we come from."

"Yeah, that's right," added Kevin.

Frodo suddenly stopped in his tracks and turned to face the children. There was a frustrated expression on his face. "Of course people in Middle-earth use their imaginations to 'invent things'!" He put his hands on his hips. "Perhaps not as prolifically as the people of your world who appear to do nothing else!" His blue eyes flashed.

Jennifer came to a sudden halt. She felt as if she had just been slapped. "S—sorry," she stammered. "I didn't mean to be mean, Frodo."

"None of us did," Kevin added.

Everyone else had halted now, and was staring at them. Jennifer was blushing, and Joey was looking at his feet. Kevin wanted to say something, but didn't know what else he could add to the apology. Not without possibly making things worse, at any rate.

Gandalf shook his head. "I know that it is difficult, children, to understand that what is common and ordinary to you is something that we do not even have the words for. We do not understand what 'deeveedees', 'seedees' are, and when you try to explain them, you use words that are equally confusing, such as 'teevees' and 'moovees'." Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey nodded, and Gandalf scanned the others' faces. "As for the rest of us, we must learn not to take offense at the children's ignorance of our world and ways. They know only what they have seen and heard since they came here."

He cast a look over the entire Company. "We are losing time now. Let us go on our way; and if you must sing, sing more quietly. I do not think we are so far away from Rivendell that we must walk in total silence, but we do not need to make the hills echo!"

Abashed, all of them began walking once more, in silence at first. After a while, Joey began to sing again, this time more quietly. He sang the theme songs to some old children's TV shows, "The Banana Splits," "H.R. Pufnstuf," and "The New Adventures of Huckleberry Finn". Then he sang all of the stanzas of the theme song of “The Mickey Mouse Club”. As he sang, “‘Mickey Mouse Club, Mickey Mouse Club, we’ll have fun; we’ll meet new faces. We’ll do things, and we’ll go places. All around the world, we’re marching,’” the others smiled. Joey finished by singing the version of the song that the Mouseketeers had always sung just before the show's closing credits.

Legolas and Boromir looked at each other as soon as the little boy had finished that song. "These children certainly love to sing," Boromir said in a low voice.

Legolas, who was the rearguard, nodded agreement. "Let them sing," he said in an equally low voice, making sure that the children could not hear him. "Right now, this is an exciting adventure for the McCloud children, a chance for them to travel and see new places. They do not know the dangers we will eventually encounter on this Quest. Singing walking songs, in particular, seems to help them keep their spirits up, so let them sing while they can. They will come face to face with the reality of the Quest soon enough."

Smiling ruefully, Boromir nodded agreement. When Joey had finished singing several more songs, some of which Pippin joined in on the chorus after hearing it, the hobbits contributed some Shire songs.

-oo000oo-

By the time the moon was high, the children were getting tired, and so were the hobbits. Jennifer had long since ceased her marching and baton practice, and was trudging wearily, leaning on her walking stick. The singing and chatter had died out. The hobbits had not flagged quite so much, but Joey, who at the beginning of the evening had expended a lot of energy in singing and talking, was stumbling along in silence. Aragorn looked back and saw Kevin pick up his younger brother, who only protested briefly.

"'m not a baby," he muttered.

"Of course you aren't," Kevin responded. He'd scarcely answered when Joey's head was drooping on his brother's shoulder, already asleep.

Aragorn shook his head, and drew Gandalf's attention to the two brothers. "Kevin will now tire more quickly for the effort of carrying Joey," he said.

Gandalf nodded. "We shall likely need to stop sooner than we meant to, since that is the case. Send Legolas to scout us out a good camping spot."

A brief hand signal from the Ranger to the Elf sent Legolas loping ahead of the group. He ran lightly, seemingly not very fast, but he was soon lost to the sight of the mortals.

Gimli looked wary. "Where is he going?" he asked gruffly.

Gandalf turned his bristling eyebrows towards the Dwarf. "To scout out our first campsite." His tone was just as gruff. "I will not tolerate bickering and suspicion in this Company!" the Wizard added sternly.

Gimli only looked a little abashed. "I was simply asking."

"Of course you were," replied Gandalf drily.

Aragorn hid a smile. He was used to Gandalf's irascible manner. They continued on for nearly an hour more, and when he began to notice Kevin was also beginning to stumble, he dropped back himself and offered to carry the youngest member of the Company. It was a measure of Kevin's weariness that he did not argue, but willingly handed over his burden. Aragorn decided that he, Boromir, and Legolas would probably all have to help carry Joey at least some of each night. Kevin would build up more strength and stamina as they traveled, but he was not up to carrying so much weight for so long at a time yet. Aragorn would have to discuss it with the others when they stopped to make camp.

And young Joey was going to have to be discouraged from expending so much of his energy early in the journey. He, too, needed to build up his strength, as did Kevin and Jennifer, but as young as the child was, it was likely that even after his brother and sister had built up enough stamina to walk throughout a full march, he would still tire out before each night's march came to its end. Singing and chatting so much at the beginning of a march would only hasten his exhaustion.

They had gone perhaps half a league* more when Legolas suddenly reappeared among them, causing everyone save himself and Gandalf to show their startlement.

"I have found an excellent place to stop," said the Elf. "If we turn left off the path by that linden tree up there, and go about a rod*, there is a nice hollow; a small stream runs nearby, and it is surrounded by birches and shrubbery. We might be able to have a small fire without risk of it being seen."

This was welcome news to everyone, and it lent them all a little extra energy. Soon they found themselves in a nice grassy little dell. Joey, who was now awake and somewhat rested from his nap, was feeling hale enough to join Merry and Pippin as they scoured for some firewood. Sam saw to Bill, and Frodo and Jennifer went to fetch some water from the nearby brook. No one had to tell the hobbits what to do, and Joey and Jennifer just naturally joined in the tasks they thought they could help with. In the meantime, Aragorn drew the others to him to assign watches for the rest of the night and the following day.

"Boromir, if you and Kevin will take first watch?" he asked.

Boromir nodded, and so did Kevin. Aragorn noticed the look of pride on the youth's face. Kevin was a very likely young man, even if he was learning some things at a slightly older age than most of the youths Aragorn was familiar with. Those two were assigned the rest of the night, which was only about three hours or so. He and Gimli would watch from dawn until noon, and Gandalf and Legolas would watch until late afternoon, when they would begin to stir and get ready to be on the march again. Afterward, huddling together to discuss the McCloud children, Aragorn, Boromir, and Legolas agreed to start taking turns carrying Joey whenever he grew too weary to keep walking during their nightly marches, so that Kevin would not lose his own stamina so early in a march after this.

Once the fire had been started by Gimli, Sam pulled out his small kettle and made tea. "Chamomile tonight, so as we can rest good," the hobbit said. "'Tisn't time to cook much, but we still have fresh bread as the Elves give us, and a nice little crock of fresh butter as well. And I'll put some 'taters in to roast afore we go to sleep. They'll be nice and done by time we wake up. Ember-roasted 'taters, with a little of that butter and maybe some bits of cheese'll be rare ballast for our bellies at supper."

"But will it be supper?" asked Pippin. "After all, it should be breakfast, if it is the meal we partake of when we wake up."

The result of this was a long four-way argument among the hobbits as to which meal should be dubbed "supper-breakfast" and which should be "breakfast-supper". Gandalf and Aragorn were amused by it, but all the others looked rather astonished at how the hobbits could keep going on and on about the subject. Indeed, Gandalf undertook to keep the entertaining squabble going by occasionally interjecting his own comments on the subject.

By the time they had finished their light meal of tea, bread, and butter, they were all ready to curl up in their bedrolls on the soft grass and go to sleep. Aragorn watched for a few moments, as Boromir instructed Kevin how to keep watch. ("Put your back to the fire," he heard Boromir saying, "so that your eyes will stay accustomed to the darkness.") As Kevin followed the Gondorian's advice, the Ranger made sure his knife was near to hand, closed his eyes, and went to sleep.

-oo000oo-

A/N: “Follow the Yellow Brick Road/You’re Off to See the Wizard” is the property of MGM.

“Casey Jr.", "Wagons Ho!”, and “The Mickey Mouse March” are the properties of the Disney Corporation.

*A league is approximately three miles (so half a league is a mile and a half), and a rod is approximately 15½ feet.  A furlong is approximately 220 rods!

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure. This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse. This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson. This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies. Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined. Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story. Linda is a well known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Can you guess the origin of the chapter title? HINT: 2017, plus, live-action.

Chapter 15: Days in the Sun

Kaylee approached Bilbo, a picture book clasped against her chest.  "Hey, Mr. Baggins," she said, smiling broadly.  "Guess what this is?"  She held up the storybook as she spoke.

Bilbo took the storybook, opened it, and gazed at the pictures.  Smiling in his turn, he said, "You tell me, Miss Kaylee."

"The Very Hungry Caterpillar," she said.  "Jennifer reads it to me."

Bilbo nodded.  "What's it about?"

Kaylee smiled broadly.  "It's about this little caterpillar.  It's very hungry, and it keeps eating and eating.  And then, one day, it makes itself a cocoon, and when it comes out, it's a butterfly!"

Bilbo chuckled.  "Yes, that is exactly what happens to caterpillars."

Kaylee pouted.  "I wish you could read this to me, Mr. Baggins."

Biblo touched her shoulder.  "I wish I could, too, Miss Kaylee.  Unfortunately, as you know, I cannot read your language.  But I can tell you stories, and I'll tell you one now."

"Tell me one?"  Kaylee stared at him.

Bilbo tilted his head.  "Has no one ever told you a story, Miss Kaylee?"

The little girl shook her head.  "Mommy and Daddy and Jennifer read to me.  My teacher, too."

Bilbo chuckled.  "Well, then, you're in for a real treat!  I think you'll find that I'm a very good storyteller."  He paused, and then began.

¹"Once, when I was a little lad, my best friend, who was my cousin Siggy Took, came over to visit us for a few weeks.  We were just old enough that our milk teeth were beginning to come out, just as you will be soon, Miss Kaylee, and Siggy had a loose tooth that had begun to wiggle.  He was always pushing and pulling at it with his tongue.  I was fascinated by this, because none of my teeth had begun to come out yet.  One day at luncheon, Siggy bit into a pear, and just like that, his tooth popped out, sticking right into the pear.  It wasn't very pleasant at mealtime, because it did bleed a little, but my mama had him take a sip of water and spit it out into a cup, and that was that.

"'Did it hurt, Siggy?' I asked.

"'Not much.  It hurts less than it did when it was just loose.'  My mama took the pear and rinsed it off, and we finished our meal.

"Before we left the table, we were astonished when Papa reached into his weskit pocket and pulled out a farthing, a nice shiny copper one, and gave it to Siggy in exchange for the tooth.  Siggy was quite excited about this, as you can imagine.

"My father explained that this was a custom among the Bagginses, to exchange a farthing for each milk tooth a child lost.  He excused himself to go back to his study.  Siggy and I were about to do the same and then go out and play, when Mama asked us to wait a moment.

"'Lads, I hope that you understand this is only a Baggins custom.  The Tooks do not follow that custom.  So, Siggy, you must not expect any such farthings when you return home, and Bilbo, if you should lose a tooth at the Great Smials (which is where my cousins on my mother's side all lived, Miss Kaylee), then you must not expect any, either.  Am I quite clear on this, my dears?'"

"We assured her that we did understand what she was telling us.  As we went back outside to play upon the Hill, Siggy was looking thoughtfully at his farthing.

"'You should put that in your pocket before you lose it, cousin,' I said to him.

"He just gave a big sigh.  'I suppose so.'  He tucked it reluctantly into the pocket of his jacket.

"I looked at him.  'I should think you'd be happy to have a farthing.  Mama's taking us with her to the village when she shops tomorrow.  You can buy sweets!'

"'Yes, and then it will be gone,' he replied.  'You are lucky!  You have a lot of teeth, and you are a Baggins!  You are bound to get a lot of farthings!'

"'But not before tomorrow.'  Now that I thought about it, it did not seem quite fair that Siggy got to have his tooth out and I did not.

"'If all of my teeth came out before I leave, then I could have as many farthings as I have teeth.'  Siggy's mind was clearly working on the problem.

"'I wish some of mine would come out today, so that I could have some farthings, too!'"

Kaylee interrupted Bilbo with a giggle.  "Boys are so silly!  If all of their teeth came out at one time, how would they eat?"

Bilbo chuckled.  "They do say that lasses are much more clever than lads, my dear.  I think you have just proved it.  But wait until you hear what a silly solution to our problem we came up with…"  He cleared his throat.

"We reached the top of the Hill and climbed into the rooftree, still pondering our dilemma.  We sat upon a large branch and thought and thought.  Just as I was feeling drowsy and wondered if I might just close my eyes for a few moments, Siggy gave a shout.

"'I know!' he said. "One time, Chop (that was our older cousin Adelgrim's nickname, Miss Kaylee) got into a quarrel with one of the Chubb cousins!  They were hitting and everything.  Anyway, Chop hit Tolly Chubb a good one in the mouth, and knocked two of his teeth out!'

"I was dubious about this.  'Wouldn't that hurt?' I asked.

"'Maybe.  A little bit.  It hurt more when Grandfather Gerontius thrashed them.'

"My eyes grew wide at that.  My father never gave thrashings.  But it meant we had nothing to fear on that score.

"Siggy saw that I was wavering, and coaxed me some more.  'Just think of all we could buy at the shops tomorrow.'

"I made up my mind, and immediately dropped to the ground.  'Well, what are you waiting for?' I asked.

"Siggy jumped down and then we looked at each other, uncertain as to how to proceed.  I myself had never seen a fight with hitting and everything.  And we weren't angry at one another, nor quarrelling.  'What next?' I asked.

"'Well, I guess we start hitting.'

"I braced myself.  'You should have the first go at me,' I said.  'You already have a farthing.'

"'All right.'  Now Siggy looked uncertain, yet it was his idea.  He balled up his fist and raised it up. Then he looked at me for a long time.  I began to get impatient.  Yet just when I thought he wouldn't do anything, he struck out—and managed to miss me altogether!

"'That didn't count,' I said.  'Have another go.'

"He did.  This time he did not miss, but barely tapped me upon the jaw.  'Did it work?' he asked me hopefully.

"I felt around my mouth with my tongue.  'Not even loose.  Try again.'

"I had barely spoken when his arm flashed, and he hit me quite hard on the mouth.  'Ow!'  But it still had not worked.  My mouth hurt, though.  'Maybe it should be my turn now.'

"Siggy nodded, seemingly relieved.  He set himself, and thrust his face forward, as if that might help.  Realising that I would need to hit him quite hard, I made my fist, swung my arm around and struck out with all my might. I missed completely and ended up swinging all the way around, nearly falling over.  "This is harder than you'd think," I said.

"'Try again,' said Siggy.  'Aim for my teeth.'  He gave a ghastly grin, showing all his teeth.

"Once more I swung, with a bit less energy and a bit more aim.  I hit him right in the middle of his teeth.  But no luck. I had not even loosened one, and my knuckles hurt."

Kaylee was laughing quite hard now, and behind him, Bilbo heard more laughter, most of it more than mortal fair.  He grinned. He loved an audience.

"We exchanged a few more blows, taking turns.  Most of them missed, but a few did not.  Our teeth stayed firmly in our mouths, and we began to get frustrated.  Just as Siggy had landed a quite painful blow to my jaw, we both froze.

"'MASTER BILBO! MASTER SIGISMOND!'  It was Tam Goodchild, our gardener.  Before either of us could say a word, he grabbed each of us by an ear.  'Fighting!  I never thought I'd live to see the day you'd be a-fighting!'

"'But we weren't really fighting,' I tried to explain.

"Tam's strong fingers pinched hard as he marched us smartly down the Hill to the back door.  "And a-lying about it, too!"

"My mother answered the door and looked astounded at the sight we made.  I cheered up immensely.  Mama would understand that we weren't really fighting…We grinned at her, though it was rather painful.

"'I'm sorry, Mistress Baggins, but I found 'em pounding away at each other down by the well,' Tam said.

"Her expression was even more shocked.  'Lads!  I cannot believe that you were fighting!'

"'We weren't, Mama!' I said.

"'No, Aunt Bella, we weren't fighting!'

"'I seen 'em,' repeated Tam.

'I know you did, Master Tam, and I am so very sorry that you had to deal with my son and my nephew so.  Thank you.'

Tam stared down at us with a forlorn expression.  "Kinfolk shouldn't be a-fighting, Master Bilbo," he said quietly, before he turned and went away back to his work.

"'But, Mama—' Bilbo protested.

"'Not another word from you, Bilbo Baggins!  Or you either, Sigismond Took!  We will let your father deal with this!'

"My mother marched us straight to my father's study. We were not allowed to say a word, as she reported what Tam had told her.  Of course, our split lips and bruised jaws were against us.

"'Not only were the two of you fighting, and were caught in the act, but you continue to lie about it.  Bilbo, I am sorely disappointed in you.  And Sigismond, all I can say is that we will be forced to cut your visit short…'"

"'Papa!  No!' I exclaimed.  'Please don't make Siggy go home!'"

"'Uncle Bungo!  Yes, we were hitting, but we weren't fighting, really, really—we weren't!'

"Mama and Papa looked more confused than ever.  Finally, Papa said, 'If you weren't fighting, what were you doing, then?'

"I was so relieved to finally have a chance to explain the very logical reason for our behaviour.  'We were just trying to knock our teeth out!'

"'WHAT?'  I do not think I had ever seen my papa look quite so astonished.

"'Yes, Uncle Bungo!' Siggy put in.  'We thought it would be good to have some farthings when we go with Auntie to the market tomorrow!  And besides—I wanted Bilbo to knock all of mine out before I go home, or I won't get any more farthings!'

"My mother took that moment to leave and close the door.  Looking back at it now, I realise that she must have found the whole thing more than a little amusing, once the explanation had been forthcoming.  Papa simply sat there staring at us for the longest time.  The two of us grew uncomfortable and began to fidget. Perhaps our idea was not such a good one after all.

"Finally, I saw the slightest twitch at the corner of my father's mouth.  Then he sighed, and said, 'You know, lads, there is a rule about milk teeth.  Only the ones that come out naturally will receive a farthing.'

"Now Siggy and I hung our heads.  'It seemed like a good idea at the time, Uncle Bungo,' my cousin said sadly.  While visions of riches had danced in our heads, it had seemed a very good idea.  I thought of all the sweets we could have bought with our fortune.

"'I suppose it did,' he said.  'But just how did you think you would be able to eat once all those teeth came out at once?  Why, you might have had to go back to drinking nothing but milk, like a babe who has no teeth at all yet!'

"Siggy and I stared at one another.  This had not occurred to us at all!

"My father pointed at the table where his students did their lessons.  'Have a seat,' he said.

"He took out two pieces of foolscap, a bottle of ink, and two quills.  'I would like the two of you to write for me a full page on the importance of teeth.  You will not copy.  And you will not write over and over again, '"I need them to chew my food."'  Siggy's face fell.

"It was a rather tedious afternoon, and I learned a number of variations on the phrase he had forbidden.  But we never tried to knock our teeth out again."

Kaylee was laughing so hard, she had the hiccups, and of course, the rest of Bilbo's audience was howling with laughter as well.

"Well, Miss Kaylee, do you like having someone tell you a story instead of reading it?" he asked.

She was still breathless with laughter, but she vigorously nodded, her eyes sparkling with mirth, and with a broad grin stretched across her face.  Bilbo smiled at her.  "It won't be long now until your milk teeth will start to come out.  When that happens, your grown-up teeth will begin taking their place."

Kaylee nodded. Both rows of her front baby teeth showed plainly as she smiled broadly back at Bilbo.  "The tooth fairy's gonna give me money when I lose my teeth," she said.

Bilbo arched an eyebrow and shook his head. What strange notions these young people had!  Out loud, he said, "Would you care to accompany me to the kitchen?  I do believe that it is very nearly time for elevenses!"

Still smiling broadly, Kaylee hopped down from the bench, her storybook in hand, and arm in arm, the two small people ambled away.

-oo000oo-

As the Company trudged eastward, Joey looked around.  Suddenly, he thought of a counting song that he had learned from his friends and sometimes sang with them, especially on long car trips.  He grinned and started singing.

"Ninety-nine bottles of beer on the wall,

Ninety-nine bottles of beer!

Take one down and pass it around.

Ninety-eight bottles of beer on the wall!"

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged grins, and Jennifer joined in on the next stanza.

"Ninety-eight bottles of beer on the wall,

Ninety-eight bottles of beer!

Take one down and pass it around.

Ninety-seven bottles of beer on the wall!"

Now Kevin joined in, and the three of them sang the third stanza together.

"Ninety-seven bottles of beer on the wall,

Ninety-seven bottles of beer!

Take one down and pass it around.

Ninety-six bottles of beer on the wall!"

They were not even halfway through the third stanza when Pippin piped in, in his light tenor (after all, the stanzas were not that hard!), and then, at the beginning of the fourth stanza, the other three hobbits added their voices as well.  They had reached as far as:

"Eighty-four bottles of beer on the wall,

Eighty-four bottles of beer!

Take one down and pass it around…"

"All right, all right, that is enough!" Aragorn ordered.

"Yes, sing some other song," Gimli added.  Aragorn, Boromir, and Gandalf exchanged amused glances and shook their heads.

With a look of mischief, the hobbits started off singing:

"One hundred apple pies, cooling on the sill;

Snatch one down, to eat our fill.

Pass it around,

No need to fight—

Everybody has a bite!


"Ninety-nine apple pies, cooling on the sill;

Snatch one down, to eat our fill.

Pass it around,

No need to fight—

Everybody has a bite!


"Ninety-eight apple pies…"

Gandalf turned around and glared at them.  "Not that one, either." Joey giggled, and Kevin and Jennifer grinned.

Without missing a single beat, Pippin began:

"A hobbit of habit is Nob o' the Lea,

Oh, a hobbit of habit is he, is he!


"First breakfast he has at the rise of the sun,

Two eggs, a sausage and one sticky bun.

He stays at the table until it is done,

And then back to bed is his idea of fun.


"A hobbit of habit is Nob o' the Lea,

Oh, a hobbit of habit is he, is he!


"Second breakfast, to the kitchen again.

Porridge and cream is his happy plan,

Followed by toast and strawberry jam,

An apple or pear and a wee bit of ham."

The other hobbits added their voices in, and the children began to join in the chorus.

"A hobbit of habit is Nob o' the Lea,

Oh, a hobbit of habit is he, is he!


"He takes himself out for a bit of a walk,

But elevenses come at the chime of a clock.

There's no time to stop and no time to talk

When there's bread and butter and beans in the crock.


"A hobbit of habit is Nob o' the Lea,

Oh, a hobbit of habit is he, is he!


"Though he's much work to do, he has a hunch

That naught will be done before time for lunch.

There are mushrooms and leeks and carrots in a bunch,

All of them things that he's eager to munch.


"A hobbit of habit is Nob o' the Lea,

Oh, a hobbit of habit is he, is he!


"He's ready to eat when teatime arrives,

Though fainting with hunger his spirit revives

With scones thickly spread with soft cheese and chives

And tea made with honey from his own beehives.


"A hobbit of habit is Nob o' the Lea,

Oh a hobbit of habit is he, is he!


"Soon supper has come and his hunger is dire;

He's almost certain that he soon will expire—

But there's chicken on the spit and soup on the fire.

It makes him the happiest lad in the Shire.


"A hobbit of habit is Nob o' the Lea,

Oh, a hobbit of habit is he, is he!


"And now that he finally finds he is fed,

He takes himself off to his warm little bed

And laying him down and nodding his head

He dreams of a marvellous, bountiful spread!


"A hobbit of habit is Nob o' the Lea,

Oh, a hobbit of habit is he, is he!"

The song ended, and as they had begun to go uphill, it was getting harder to sing and walk.  Instead, Jennifer asked something she had been curious about for a little while.

"Pippin, why is it that when you hobbits sing, it's always you who starts?"

Pippin laughed.  "I guess just because I like singing the most."

Merry looked sideways at his cousin.  "Don't let my cousin fool you.  Among hobbits, he's considered a fine singer, and he also plays several musical instruments."

"In fact," Frodo put in, "just a few years ago, a minstrel from Outside the Shire asked him to become his apprentice.  But of course, we couldn't part with our Pip!"

"I'm sure you couldn't."  Jennifer smiled.  "Kevin plays the guitar, and Joey plays the harmonica.  Kevin's guitar was back at the campsite when we came here, but Joey brought his harmonica here."

Pippin glanced over at Joey.  "I know I have heard you play it, Joey!  One of these days, when we have time, maybe you'll teach me to play that harmonica.  Although I don't think I'd be able to find one for myself, unless we could perhaps find a Dwarf who could make one."

Just as Joey was going to reply, he stumbled over a small hole in their path, and would have fallen if Jennifer had not reached out and grabbed him by the elbow.  "Whew!  That was a close call," she said.

"It is getting much darker, and the path is getting more difficult.  Perhaps we should save our breath for walking," Gandalf said from the head of the group, without even turning around to look.

Joey's eyes went wide.  "How'd he know what happened?" he hissed in a whisper.

Merry whispered back, "Of course he knew.  He's a wizard."

The Company continued on their way in silence for a time, and then Joey grinned up at Kevin and Jennifer.  He had suddenly remembered another activity that he, his siblings, and his friends sometimes participated in to pass the time during long car trips.  "Beep," he said.

Jennifer grinned back.  "Beep."

Kevin laughed.  "Beep."

"Beep," Joey repeated.

Merry and Pippin grinned at one another, shrugged and both said at the same time, "Beep."

At the front of the line, Gandalf shook his head, and Aragorn gave a low moan and put his hand over his face.

"Beep," said Frodo.

-oo000oo-

After a few days, the novelty of walking all night and sleeping most of the day, and only occasionally being allowed to have a few small fires that were just barely enough to boil water on, began to wear off.  Even Pippin and Joey were having a hard time staying cheerful, and no one had much energy for singing and chatting on the trail, except early in the evening.

"What's wrong with the hobbits?" Joey asked Kevin quietly, one evening.  They were five days out from Rivendell, and the first few nights of walking had been accompanied by non-stop hobbit prattle or singing with the children, especially Merry and Pippin.  But tonight, they had all four been mostly silent, and they had clung together more than usual.

"I don't know, Joey," Kevin answered.  "But they seem a little down in the dumps, don't they?"

Gandalf overheard the two brothers talking.  The Company was taking a short rest before moving on.

"Tomorrow is the first day of Yule."  He saw that they did not understand.  "According to the Shire calendar, the last day of the old year, and the first day of the new, are called Yule.  It is a major holiday for hobbits, and involves gift-giving, feasting, storytelling, and family gatherings.  Obviously, they have realized what they are missing."

Joey and Kevin looked at each other.  "Pippin told us something about that, before we left," Kevin said.  "It sounded like Christmas to us."

"Yeah."  Joey nodded agreement.  "Only the hobbits celebrate it on New Year's Eve, not Christmas Day."

Jennifer had been listening in, and she nodded in her turn.  "In our world, Christmas is called 'Yule' in some countries.  We celebrate it on December twenty-fifth in our country, and a lot of other countries do, too, but some countries celebrate it on January sixth."

"In the Northern part of Eriador, the turning of the year is the shortest day of the year, and is called Yule or the Turning of the Year," Aragorn said.  "In the Shire calendar, it takes place on the two days between the old year and the new."

Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey stared at him.  "There are two days between the old year and the new?" Joey asked, wide-eyed.

"Only in the Shire calendar," Aragorn replied. "They have a very well-organized calendar. But there are many calendars in Middle-earth. The Elves have their own, and the calendar of Gondor is somewhat based on the Elven calendar, but has some differences."

Jennifer thought of trying to explain Christmas, but then realized that doing so might involve talking about things that hadn't occurred or been revealed yet.  After all, Jesus hadn't been born yet.  If they were not able to return home, they might never have Christmas with their whole family again.  Tears sparked in her eyes at the prospect, but she blinked them away, and said aloud, "I sure can understand why they would be so homesick right now."

"Poor lads!" said Gimli, also joining the conversation.  All of the hobbits were so young, except the Ring-bearer, and none of them had ever been out of their homeland before.  Nothing like missing a major special occasion to bring on homesickness.

Aragorn glanced at Gandalf, and then went over to speak quietly to Legolas and Boromir, who were standing watch over their temporary resting place.

The children and the hobbits were weary and footsore as dawn began to break over the chill bleak landscape.  Legolas had scouted ahead, and found a little out of the way spot, nestled between two hills.  There was a copse of scrubby trees to one side, and a great rock formation to the other.

Gandalf looked at the site with approval.  "I think we may be able to have a fire and a hot meal this evening."  This at least drew the hobbits' attention, if it did not seem to cheer them much.

Still the morning meal was the same journeybread and fruit they had been having every morning at the end of the night's walking.  Jennifer took the chance to brew her daily cup of dárithil, while Sam was fixing tea for everyone else.

Sam laid out the bedrolls close together, as they had been sleeping together for warmth and comfort since leaving the Shire.  Packs were slung down, and Sam and Pippin were getting ready to lie down, when they realized Frodo and Merry seemed to be waiting for something.

Frodo blushed, and reached into his inside jacket pocket, and pulled out a small bag.  "When I realized that we'd be on the tramp today, I got these from one of the Elves in the Rivendell kitchen."  He poured out into his hand some boiled sweets, each wrapped in a twist of paper.  There were twelve of them, and he handed one out to each member of the Company.  "I know it's not much, but it's something. Happy Yuletide."  He attempted to sound cheerful with the traditional greeting, but it sounded more than a bit forced.

"Thank you, Frodo," said Gandalf gravely, as he popped the treat into his mouth.  Everyone else followed suit, except for Sam and Jennifer, who said they would save theirs for later, and Pippin, who just stared at his.

Merry reached into his pack.  "I have to confess these are not from me.  I don't even know what they are.  Bilbo gave them to me just before we left, with instructions to pass them out today."  He opened the package, and startled a laugh out of both Frodo and Gandalf when it revealed a stack of pristine white handkerchiefs, twelve of them.  He passed them out carefully.

"This was very thoughtful of Bilbo," said Aragorn, a bit bemused, as he stowed his in his pouch.

"It certainly was," said Gimli.  "I will have to thank him when we return."

Kevin and Jennifer were quite grateful; they had never had any handkerchiefs of their own, and there was no Kleenex in Middle-earth!  Joey grinned at his—it was a neat present, and he remembered Bilbo telling them how much he had missed having handkerchiefs on his own Adventure.  He was in such a hurry to meet the Dwarves, he forgot his handkerchiefs! he thought.

Merry placed Pippin's in his hand as he did not make a move to take it.  The tweenager looked at it, and burst into tears.

"I didn't even think of bringing something!" he wailed.

Merry moved to hug him, and Frodo used his new handkerchief to wipe the lad's tears.  But Sam just stared at his toes, looking every bit as miserable as Pippin, though there were no tears.

Jennifer moved to try and comfort Pippin as well, but Kevin shook his head.  "It's probably a family thing, Jen."

The rest of the Fellowship looked on, a bit uncomfortable, and then moved on about the business of settling in for a day's rest, leaving the hobbits to comfort their own.  The four finally arranged themselves for rest, but Pippin cried himself to sleep.

It made Joey feel so bad, he wanted to cry, too.

The hobbits awakened in the twilight to a delicious smell.  For once, someone had started the cooking without waiting for Sam.

The four of them sat up, blinking owlishly at the fire.

Frodo stood up.  "What do we have?" he asked.  The other three hobbits were getting up as well.

"Legolas brought down a pair of fine, fat pheasants, with Kevin's help," said Aragorn, turning the birds on the stick that was serving as a spit.  "Come sit over here, my friends."  He gestured to one of the larger rocks, which had been decorated with a few holly branches.

"Guess what! Jen and I found them!" said Joey, with a big grin on his face.

"Oh!" said Pippin, in a stunned voice.

"Master Sam, I am afraid I have been into your stores. I got a few potatoes for the roasting," said Gimli.

"That's all right, Mr. Gimli," Sam answered, amazed.

"Where is Boromir?" asked Merry, looking about.  Then he spotted him near the edge of the light, on watch.  He turned briefly and smiled, then returned his gaze outward.

"Boromir contributed this," said Aragorn, holding up a flask.  "I think we will water down these spirits, but I do believe the occasion calls for a toast or two."

"Not for us," said Kevin, glancing at his siblings.  "We'll make do with tea!"  Jennifer nodded agreement, and Joey shrugged.

Pippin gave a little bounce where he sat, and Frodo gave a smile that was genuinely cheerful.  The food was soon served out, and for a time concentration was on the meal.

When they had finished eating, Merry moved as if to prepare for the night's travel.

Gandalf put a hand out.  "There is no rush, Meriadoc.  I do believe we have time for a pipe and a tale before we move on."  He lit his own pipe, and blew the shape of a butterfly, followed by a series of rainbow-colored rings.

"Did I ever tell you about the time Bilbo danced on the table at The Prancing Pony?"

Sam sat forward eagerly, and Pippin relaxed into Frodo's embrace.  Joey wiggled in eager anticipation, as he sat between his older brother and sister; he leaned into Jennifer's side, and she wrapped her arm around his shoulders.

And a breeze blew a gap in the clouds, so that the stars looked down from a briefly clear sky; the clouds soon moved back in, but it was enough to see a few of them twinkling down for a moment.

-oo000oo-

The next afternoon, Joey woke up in his bedroll; some noise had awakened him early.  He saw that the adults were already awake; they were talking quietly and paying no attention to those who were still sleeping.  He noticed that it was late afternoon; in a few hours, sunset would begin.  An idea occurred to him.

Joey carefully unzipped his backpack, pulled out his monster mask, and then crept toward the men, who were sitting near the campfire.  A mischievous grin sneaked across his face as he pulled his monster mask down over his head.  He had originally intended to use the mask to scare his sisters during their family's camping trip, but he had just decided that this would be more fun.

"Growll!" he said.

Gandalf jolted.  Boromir and Aragorn reached for their swords, and Gimli reached for his axe.  Legolas, whose sharp Elven ears had overheard Joey's movements, was the only one who didn't react, and neither did the sleeping hobbits or teenagers.  But then Aragorn relaxed, taking his hand off his sword's hilt and shaking his head in amusement.  Exchanging a glance with Aragorn, Boromir rolled his eyes. Legolas smirked, and Gimli snorted.  Gandalf's eyes twinkled fondly.

"I'm a monster!" Joey said in a growly voice, as he approached the adults.  He raised his hands above his head, bending his arms and curling his fingers to make his hands look like claws.  "Growll, I'm a scary monster!"

"All right, scary monster, it is time that monsters went back to sleep.  It is a good two hours until sunset, and you need the rest," Aragorn told him kindly but firmly.  Approaching the little boy, he held his hand out.  "I shall take that monster mask, Joey."  Shrugging, Joey pulled it off his head and handed it to the Ranger.  "You left this inside your backpack so that Lord Elrond would not see it, did you not?"

Joey shrugged.  "Yes, sir."

"And why did you include it in your pack?"

Joey ran his finger over the mask and grinned.  "I was gonna scare my sisters on our camping trip."  He curled his hands over his head again again, making a scary face.  "Growwll!"

Shaking his head and biting back an amused grin, Aragorn put his hand on Joey's shoulder.  "Not this evening, you are not, and not while we are on this journey.  This journey is not the best of times for boyish pranks, Joey. I will keep this mask until we reach safe lands again."  Reluctantly, Joey nodded acquiescence.

As the Ranger led the little boy back to his bedroll, Gandalf shook his head in amusement, Boromir chuckled, and Legolas and Gimli laughed.  "Little boys," Gimli said, with a snort.

"I know," Legolas agreed, an amused expression creasing his face, and then he sighed, his face sobering.  "If only mischievous little boys wearing monster masks were the worst threat we shall encounter."

An amused smile crept across Boromir's own face, and then he shook his head, sobering in his turn.  "If only these children could remain happily ignorant of the dangers and threats we are going to encounter.  Orcs and trolls are only imaginary creatures in their world."

Legolas nodded.  "Whereas, here, they are all too real. At least Miss Kaylee is safe in Rivendell."

Gandalf nodded agreement.  "As soon as Aragorn returns, you had better get some sleep.  The hobbits and the other children are still asleep, and it is time that the rest of you joined them.  I will take the first watch."

-oo000oo-

A/N: "Ninety-nine Bottles of Beer on the Wall" is a popular travel song, and is in the public domain.

"One-hundred Apple Pies" and "Nob O' the Lea" were both written by Dreamflower, and appear in several of her stories.

Portions of this chapter were taken from two of Dreamflower's stories, https://www.fanfiction.net/s/8254705/1/A-Mother-s-Work ("A Mother's Work: Belladonna") and https://www.fanfiction.net/s/8787671/1/Yule-in-Hollin ("Yule in Hollin").

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure. This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse. This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson. This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies. Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined. Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story. Linda is a well known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 16: When You Wish Upon a Star

Kaylee sat on the little cushion next to Arwen's chair. They were in the room that Arwen called her solar, as it was surrounded on three sides by windows, and faced southeast. Most of Arwen's handmaidens were in the room as well, including Eledwhen and Mairen; they were all engaged in some sort of needlework. Kaylee stared down in concentration at the little scrap of fabric in her hands. It was in a small wooden hoop. The silver needle in her small hand was threaded with red silk, and the little silver thimble was on her right index finger; she concentrated with her tongue sticking out of her teeth as she carefully placed her stitches one after the other, in the way that Arwen had taught her. Nearby, Lucy lay curled up on the floor, chewing on an old, worn-out slipper that Arwen had given her to go with the scrap of leather and the rope that had been given to the puppy previously.

Kaylee pulled the needle through to the right side, and then gave a little flounce of frustration. "Ooh!" she exclaimed. "I wish it would stop doing that!" She pouted.

"What is the matter, Kaylee?" asked Arwen gently.

"It came all unthreaded again! I just can't get this!"

"Let me see." She took the fabric from Kaylee and studied it. The child's stitches had improved immensely since Arwen had begun to teach the little girl to embroider a week earlier, though they were still in need of improvement. "Ah! You have let your thread get too short, my dear. Here," and Arwen began to unpick two or three of the last few stitches, "now there is enough thread to tie off. Do you remember how to do that?"

Kaylee nodded, and tied off the thread as Arwen had taught her. Afterward, she took the now re-threaded needle from Arwen, and began to stitch once more. Arwen smiled down at her little pupil. Kaylee had come a long way in the week since her siblings had left. The little girl had never tried any sort of stitchery or needlework before, but she had taken to it well. The little design of red stars was marching across the snowy linen evenly, and today Kaylee had not yet needed to pick out any stitches to do over, save the few Arwen had done for her, to lengthen her thread.

Still, the child missed her brothers and sisters as well as her parents, especially at night. Mairen, who had taken the nursemaid's room Lady Jennifer had used so that she would be able to look after Kaylee, had reported that the child sometimes wept at night, and that she sucked her thumb every night at bedtime. "But, my Lady, she has a strange ritual each night. She kneels by her bedside, and speaks a rhyme before she gets into her bed. It always ends with her asking for blessings upon each of her siblings and also for her parents. Before Lady Jennifer left, she used to have Miss Kaylee kneel against her bedside and recite this rhyme, and to ask for these blessings upon their parents every night at bedtime, after she had finished reading to her."

"What rhyme is this that she speaks?" Arwen had been curious.

"She says:

"Now I lay me down to sleep.

I pray Thee, Lord, my soul to keep.

Watch over me all through the night,

And wake me with the morning light.

"Then she asks this Lord to bless Lord Kevin, Lady Jennifer, and Master Joey, to take care of them on their journey, to bless her mother and father and Miss Megan, and to keep her parents from worrying too much. And then, she ends it with this strange word: 'ay-men." Mairen had paused.

"And who do you think this Lord is, to whom she speaks?" Arwen had asked.

"I am not sure, my Lady, but I think she is speaking to Eru Ilúvatar." Mairen had blushed, because the notion that a small child might try to speak to the One seemed far-fetched, and yet by Kaylee's demeanor, she had been sure that was what was in the little one's mind.

Arwen had smiled. "I think that you may be correct, Mairen. Miss Kaylee and her brothers and sister are unusual children, even for the Secondborn. They do much the same thing at the beginning of mealtimes, too, as I have noticed. There is much we do not know of their home."

Arwen shook herself from her thoughts of Mairen's report, and looked fondly at Kaylee, who had reached the end of the row marching across the bottom of the linen towel.

"Look, Lady Arwen!" Kaylee grinned and held it up for her teacher's inspection. "I finished it! Isn't that cool?"

Arwen chuckled. The first time she had heard Joey and Kaylee use the term "cool" to mean something that was good instead of the temperature, she had been puzzled, but she was growing used to it now. Kevin and Jennifer also tended to use that word in the same way, as Arwen had discovered.

"You did indeed finish! Well done!" she exclaimed, and gave her small student an embrace. "And so you shall have a reward. We have been invited to take tea with Master Bilbo Baggins in his rooms, and I told him that we would come after you had finished your lessons."

"Yay!" Kaylee squealed. "I like Mr. Baggins! He tells me great stories and makes really good cookies—I mean, biscuits—" This had caused some confusion at first. Apparently, in Kaylee's homeland, biscuits were called cookies, and scones were called biscuits. "Why didn't you tell me? I would have finished faster!"

Arwen laughed. "That is exactly why I did not tell you. Would your work look so neat if you had tried to hurry?"

Kaylee looked down at her toes and blushed. "Prob'ly not," she said. She jumped to her feet and turned toward Lucy. "Can—uh, may Lucy go, too? Please?" She bounced on her heels.

Arwen laughed. "Yes, Kaylee, Lucy may go, too."

"Oh, goody, goody! Yippee! Thank you!" With an expression of delight, Kaylee hugged Arwen and then scooped the puppy up in her arms. Lucy immediately commenced licking the little girl's face. Chuckling, Arwen laid her hand on Kaylee's shoulder and escorted her out the door, followed by Eledhwen and Mairen. The other maidens looked up briefly, and then returned to their own work.

-oo000oo-

They had been walking for hours in the dark. Pippin looked behind him and sighed. Boromir was carrying a sleeping Joey, and Kevin walked by the Gondorian's side. Pippin almost envied the little boy. But he was no child; he might not be of age yet in the Shire, but he was certainly not in need of being carried. Then he noticed that Lady Jennifer was stumbling as she walked behind Bill and Sam. Gimli was just ahead of the pony. Aragorn was far behind them all at the moment, taking the rear guard, and Frodo and Merry had worked their way to the front, in hopes of asking Gandalf if they could take a rest for a few minutes. Legolas had gone before them to scout the trail ahead.

Pippin turned and made his way back to the young Woman, and took her by the arm. He was a lot shorter than she, but he was much steadier on his feet. Boromir had said that was because hobbits had a "lower centre of gravity" than the race of Man. She had ceased to practice marching and twirling her carved branch several hours earlier, and now she was just trudging along, obviously tired, using it now as a walking stick to keep herself upright.

She turned and smiled at him wearily. "Thank you, Pippin! I'm so tired. I'm not used to walking this long." She smiled ruefully. "I'm used to hiking with my family, but not like this!" The two of them spoke in a low murmur. Singing and louder conversation was being discouraged now by Gandalf and Aragorn

"Well, neither was I, to be honest," said the hobbit. "But I've had to learn on this journey. At least we are not having to hurry as fast as we did when we were following Strider to Rivendell, and we aren't taking any shortcuts through swamps!" He gave a shudder as he thought of the Midgewater Marshes.

Jennifer rewarded him with a small chuckle, and Pippin felt himself warmed by her laughter. She was much more serious than any of the hobbit lasses he knew back home in the Shire, but she did have a sense of humour, even if much of the time, he did not understand some of the things she found funny. He wondered what it would be like to see such marvels as "teevee" and "moo-vees" and "net-flix" and "yew toob". Apparently the last was a way to listen to music, which hobbits also enjoyed, and to watch kittens and puppies doing silly things, which in truth was usually amusing. He also didn't understand this activity that she and some of the other young people where she came from engaged in, during which she twirled this long, straight device she had described—the "bah-ton," as she called it, whatever that was, that Jennifer and her friends twirled when marching in parades.

"Too bad insect repellent hasn't been invented in Middle-earth," Jennifer said. "That would have kept those midges from biting you while you were going to Rivendell. Kevin and I both have cans of it in our backpacks."

Just then, before Pippin could answer, both of them wrinkled their noses. It was clear that Bill had left a little something on the trail up ahead. Pippin's eyes and night vision were somewhat better than hers. He carefully led Jennifer around Bill's little present, and everybody behind them followed.

"Thank you, Pippin! You are a true gentleman, er, gentlehobbit."

Pippin blushed and shrugged. "Well, really, when one goes about the world in bare feet, it's second nature to avoid unpleasant surprises!"

Just then, everyone ahead of them stopped. Pippin hoped they were going to take a rest, and was relieved to see the hand signal agreed upon. Sam raised his right hand and then turned the palm towards him. Pippin nodded, and did the same, hoping Aragorn would be near enough to see it.

He and Jennifer followed Sam and Bill up to where the others were gathering near Gandalf. Joey began to stir. "Are we there yet?" he mumbled.

"Yes, we are, Joey," Boromir told him, and set him on his feet. The group quickly and efficiently set up camp for the day's rest.

Jennifer slid her backpack off of her back, removed the knives from her shoes, laid them close to her, and sank wearily onto her bedroll for a long moment. I'm exhausted! she thought. It's a good thing my family is used to exercise! Suppressing a groan, she rose to her feet. Their meal still had to be prepared and eaten before she could even think about sleeping.

After the Company had eaten, Jennifer and most of the others returned to their bedrolls. For a moment, she thought about skipping her bedtime prayers and going immediately to sleep, but then training and discipline took over, and she wearily pushed herself up into a kneeling position and whispered her prayers. Her brothers did the same thing.

As Jennifer lay back down on her bedroll, resting her head on her lower arms, she thought about the discussion that she and her siblings had originally had about memorizing Bible verses, and the crash course that they had all engaged in during the weeks that had followed. This is why God wanted us to memorize all those Bible verses, she thought. He knew we weren't gonna have much time for Bible reading on this Quest—we don't even get to have Sundays off! During the hours when the sun is up, we're asleep, and when we're up and about, it's too dark to read! And always, when it's time to camp, even though the sun's coming up by then, we're too tired to read Kevin's Bible or anything else, and besides, every time we stop for a break, my brothers and Merry and Pippin and I all receive weapon lessons from Boromir and Legolas, and even Aragorn sometimes. If ever we needed God's Word stored in our hearts, we sure need it now. I sure hope I'm wrong, but I have a bad feeling we're going to need it even more before it's over.

Jennifer bit her lower lip. Please protect us, God! In Jesus' name, amen. As her eyes slid shut, a Bible verse she knew by heart came to her mind: Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on thee: because he trusteth in thee.*  A sensation of peace swept through Jennifer's heart, and she fell asleep.

-oo000oo-

Another week of walking, and they had come into the region known as Hollin, because of the many holly trees and bushes that grew there. The clouds had finally cleared completely, and Legolas had scouted out a deep hollow shrouded by great bushes of holly for their resting place that morning. Strider said that it was hidden enough that they could actually have a bit of fire and a hot "supper-breakfast". There was a small stream nearby for water, and the rushing sound also kept their voices from carrying. The hobbits were thrilled at the thought of a hot meal and Sam's cooking, rather than the cold trail rations they had been eating for most of the two weeks they had been travelling.

"We have done well," he said. "We have reached the borders of the country that Men call Hollin; many Elves lived here in happier days, when Eregion was its name. Five-and-forty leagues as the crow flies we have come, though many long miles further our feet have walked. The land and the weather will be milder now, but perhaps all the more dangerous."

"Dangerous or not, a real sunrise is mighty welcome," said Frodo, throwing back his hood and letting the morning light fall on his face.

"It sure is!" Jennifer smiled broadly.

"How far is forty-five leagues?" asked Joey.

"Well, Joey," said Aragorn, "a league equals nigh on three miles. Therefore, we have traveled about one hundred and thirty-five miles since we left Rivendell." He nodded toward the chain of mountains in the distance ahead of him. "Yonder lies the Misty Mountains, which we must cross."

"Whoa!" Joey gaped up at him and exchanged a look with Kevin and Jennifer, both of whom looked as stunned as he felt.

Pippin stared at the chain of mountains. "But the mountains are ahead of us," he said. "We must have turned eastwards in the night."

"No," said Gandalf. "But you see further ahead in the clear light. Beyond those peaks the range bends round south-west. There are many maps in Elrond's house, but I suppose you never thought to look at them?"

"Yes I did, sometimes," said Pippin, "but I don't remember them. Frodo has a better head for that sort of thing."

"We didn't look at the maps," said Kevin, glancing at his siblings. "It wouldn't have done us any good, since we can't read Westron."

"I need no map," said Gimli, who had come up with Legolas, and was gazing out before him with a strange light in his deep eyes. "There is the land where our fathers worked of old, and we have wrought the image of those mountains into many works of metal and of stone, and into many songs and tales. They stand tall in our dreams: Baraz, Zirak, Shathûr.

"Only once before have I seen them from afar in waking life, but I know them and their names, for under them lies Khazad-dûm, the Dwarrowdelf, that is now called the Black Pit, Moria in the Elvish tongue. Yonder stands Barazinbar, the Redhorn, cruel Caradhras; and beyond him are Silvertine and Cloudyhead: Celebdil the White, and Fanuidhol the Grey, that we call Zirak-zigil and Bundushathûr.

"There the Misty Mountains divide, and between their arms lies the deep-shadowed valley which we cannot forget: Azanulbizar, the Dimrill Dale, which the Elves call Nanduhirion."

Joey stared at Gimli. He had never heard the Dwarf sound so serious, and he was amazed at all the strange names of places he heard.

"It is for the Dimrill Dale that we are making," said Gandalf. "If we climb the pass that is called the Redhorn Gate, under the far side of Caradhras, we shall come down by the Dimrill Stair into the deep vale of the Dwarves. There lies the Mirrormere, and there the River Silverlode rises in its icy springs."

"Dark is the water of Kheled-zâram," said Gimli, "and cold are the springs of Kibil-nâla. My heart trembles at the thought that I may see them soon."

"May you have joy of the sight, my good dwarf!" said Gandalf. "But whatever you may do, we at least cannot stay in that valley. We must go down the Silverlode into the secret woods, and so to the Great River, and then—"

He paused.

"Yes, and where then?" asked Merry.

"To the end of the journey—in the end," said Gandalf. "We cannot look too far ahead. Let us be glad that the first stage is safely over. I think we will rest here, not only today but tonight as well. There is a wholesome air about Hollin. Much evil must befall a country before it wholly forgets the Elves, if once they dwelt there."

"That is true," said Legolas. "But the Elves of this land were of a race strange to us of the silvan folk, and the trees and the grass do not now remember them: Only I hear the stones lament them: deep they delved us, fair they wrought us, high they builded us; but they are gone. They are gone. They sought the Havens long ago."

Everyone was quite pleased at Gandalf's announcement that they would be staying put for the rest of the day and that night, except Aragorn. Joey watched him as he studied the area; uneasiness etched his face. The Ranger restlessly strode about the clearing until he suddenly froze, frowning. Just as he opened his mouth to speak, Merry looked up at him.

"What is the matter, Strider?" Merry called up. "What are you looking for? Do you miss the East Wind?"

"No indeed," he answered. "But I miss something. I have been in the country of Hollin in many seasons. No folk dwell here now, but many other creatures live here at all times, especially birds. Yet now all things but you are silent. I can feel it. There is no sound for miles about us, and your voices seem to make the ground echo. I do not understand it."

Gandalf looked up with evident interest. "But what do you guess is the reason?" he asked. "Is there more in it than surprise at seeing four hobbits and three children, not to mention the rest of us, where people are so seldom seen or heard?"

"I hope that is it," answered Aragorn. "But I have a sense of watchfulness, and of fear, that I have never had here before."

"Then we must be more careful," said Gandalf. "If you bring a Ranger with you, it is well to pay attention to him, especially if the Ranger is Aragorn. We must stop talking aloud, rest quietly, and set the watch."

The children exchanged looks and then gazed up at the stars now fading in the indigo sky, which was slowly growing lighter beyond the chain of mountains to the East. "Hey, look!" Joey cried out softly, pointing at the cloudless purple sky. "There's Venus! Holy cow!"

Kevin and Jennifer looked up at the sky and smiled broadly. "Yeah! I see it! Good old Venus," Kevin said, with satisfaction. "The morning star. And if I'm not mistaken, there's Jupiter as well."

"Yeah!" Peering intently at the sky, Jennifer nodded agreement.

Legolas had overheard them. "That star which you call 'Venus' is known as Eãrendil. And the other one is called 'Alcarinque', or sometimes 'Morwen'." He cast a sly glance at Aragorn. "Did you know that Eãrendil is Aragorn's ancestor? Or that he is also Lord Elrond's father?"

The four children stared at him, and then Kevin laughed. "You're trying to put one over on us, aren't you?"

He grinned back at the children and shook his head. "If you mean that I am jesting, no, I am not."

Frodo had also been listening to the conversation. "Don't you remember that song which Bilbo sang in the Hall of Fire? That was the tale of Eãrendil the Mariner."

"But how's that possible? Those particular stars are planets," Kevin argued. "Worlds just like our own! And most of the other stars are suns, only so far away, they look tiny."

"That's right," Jennifer agreed. "Where we come from, you can see them through a telescope. Venus really is a planet." She didn't attempt to tell them about the satellites that traveled through space, taking pictures. It would be impossible for the people of Middle-earth to understand, she knew. Joey nodded agreement.

Now the other members of the Fellowship looked at Kevin and Jennifer as though they were the ones who were joking.

Just then Gandalf turned, and gave Kevin and Jennifer a look. "I think perhaps it is better that we make our camp and get what rest we can. We need to take advantage of this respite and not waste it in pointless arguments."

Kevin and Jennifer looked at each other. Clearly they were about to say things that weren't supposed to be known, at least not yet. They nodded, and set about the task of helping with setting up the campsite.

As the others turned aside to their tasks, the three children took a moment to speak quietly among themselves.

"Look!" Joey pointed at the sky again. "There's—there's..." He bit his lower lip. "Uh, I forget what you call it."

Kevin peered up at the constellation Joey was pointing at. "Scorpius," he told his little brother. "I read once that the ancient Greeks used to think it looked like a scorpion."

"You think when it's night again, we'll see the moon and the North Star and the Little Dipper and all that stuff?"

Kevin laughed. "Maybe. We'll just have to see."

Jennifer shook her head. "Gosh! The very same stars and planets that are in our sky may well be in Middle-earth's as well," she said thoughtfully. "Our moon, maybe, and Venus and Jupiter, for sure, and maybe Mercury, Mars, and Saturn." She paused. "And maybe all the other planets and stuff in our solar system, too. And maybe the same constellations, also—we know Scorpius is up there. And surely, if Scorpius is up there, the Little and Big Dippers are, too." Kevin looked at her for a long moment and nodded, the expression on his face equally thoughtful.

"Until now, we haven't been able to see the stars or the moon very well, because the clouds have mostly kept them covered up," he finally said. "I'm so glad that the clouds have cleared out finally, and we can see the stars now. But don't forget what Legolas and Frodo said. They may look like our stars, but could still be very different."

"We won't! But I'm glad we can maybe see them anyway." Joey smiled broadly. He had felt a little homesick for his parents, recalling nights out camping, or just roasting marshmallows in the backyard, as his dad had taught them the stars.

Kevin looked up at Venus again, or, he supposed, Eãrendil, as it was called here. "We won't be able to see Venus up in the sky in the mornings for much longer, I suspect, so I'm glad we got to see it this morning," he said. "It won't be long now until it'll be showing up in the evenings instead."

Jennifer nodded agreement. "Yeah." Gazing up at the sky glittering with stars, she recited:

"Star light, star bright,

First star I see tonight.

I wish I may, I wish I might

Have the wish I wish tonight."

For a moment, she stood in silent battle. With all her heart, she wanted to wish to go home, but she knew that she and her brothers and sister could not do that yet. So finally, she took a deep breath and said, "I wish that Sauron would be destroyed."

"Me, too." Kevin stepped next to her. In a low voice, he said, "I know what you really wanted to wish for, Jen. I wish for that, too, but we can't have it. Not yet."

Jennifer nodded, biting her lower lip. "I know."

After everyone had eaten, Joey lay between his brother and sister. Even after nearly two weeks, he still was not used to sleeping on the ground during the daytime, or without some kind of shelter. Always before, during a camping trip, he had slept at night, and in a tent. Sam and Aragorn were on watch. He noticed that Kevin had begun to draw his sword whenever he rested, keeping it near his hand; Jennifer, on the other hand, was still leaving her knives in her scabbards, although she usually unfastened them from her boots and laid them next to her bedroll before she lay down.

Reaching toward his side, Joey felt the scabbard holding the long knife that Lady Arwen had given to him before they had left Rivendell; it was not quite so long as a sword would be, but it was long enough for a boy his age, and it was very sharp. Jennifer had not been happy at all about his having it, as he remembered, but Lady Arwen had also given Jennifer her own two knives, and had instructed her in their use. Since then, Legolas had been giving her private lessons. She still wasn't happy about the sharp weapons, but she no longer complained about them. But that did not stop her from giving Joey unhappy looks when he had his knife out; at least he left it in its scabbard when Boromir wasn't giving him and Kevin a lesson, or having him sharpen it. So far, Joey had not had to use it to fight an enemy; he did, however, wish that he could play with it, especially since he had had to leave all his toys back at Rivendell. He had only been permitted to bring his harmonica, which he had, so far, not had a chance to play since their departure from Rivendell; he hoped he would get to soon. Jennifer gave the same unhappy looks to Kevin whenever he had his sword out, too, even though until recently, he had been leaving it in its scabbard when he didn't need it. But she had never said anything to him about it that Joey knew of.

He had thought at first that this trip would be an exciting adventure, but so far it had been nothing but boring walking nearly all night long, and sleeping outside all day. Because it had been so cloudy for so long, they hadn't even been able to see the stars very often until this morning just before sunrise. Furthermore, since it was early January, it was so cold, and the wind made it feel even colder. At least the stars and moon could finally be seen, and now he did not have to be carried quite so often as in the beginning. It was usually Boromir who picked Joey up when he began to stumble, and carried him; very often, he drifted off to sleep while Boromir was carrying him, and didn't wake up until it was time to make camp. The big Gondorian man was strong and gentle, but it was embarrassing to have to be carried like a baby. The hobbits were smaller than he was—well, shorter, anyhow—and no one carried them! At least Joey was glad Kaylee had stayed in Rivendell. Someone would have had to carry her just about the whole time; she would never have been able to keep up with even the hobbits.

He was finally beginning to get sleepy and drop off, when suddenly he heard Sam whisper to Aragorn, "What's that, Strider? It don't look like a cloud."

The Ranger gave a shout. "Crebain from Dunland! Hide!" he called.

Sam rushed to put out the fire and hide Bill. The others leaped to their feet and raced to conceal themselves beneath bushes or overhanging rocks. Joey found himself beneath a rather prickly bush with his sister and Pippin. He wanted to move, but Pippin's hand tightened on his shoulder, and he lay as still as he could. Jennifer had a look of pain on her face, but was trying to lie still. Joey wondered what was wrong. Was she lying on a rock or something?

They stayed still until all the birds were completely gone. When the last one was out of sight, Pippin reached up above Jennifer's head. It was only then that Joey realized his sister's hair was stuck in the prickly holly leaves. Very carefully, Pippin untangled Jennifer's hair without saying a word.

Jennifer gave the hobbit a funny look. "Thank you," she said. But she still looked uncomfortable.

What's with her? Joey wondered.

Pippin just grinned. "Think nothing of it, Lady Jennifer." He scooted out from beneath the bush, completely ignoring the sharp leaves. He reached in his hand and helped both Joey and Jennifer to get out.

"What was that all about?" asked Kevin. Even though he had heard talk about even being watched by birds and beasts, he'd thought is was just a figure of speech. He had not believed that the birds could really be spies! But from Gandalf and Aragorn's reactions, maybe it was really true.

"Regiments of black crows are flying over all the land between the Mountains and the Greyflood," Aragorn said, "and they have passed over Hollin. They are not natives here; they are crebain out of Fangorn and Dunland. I do not know what they are about: possibly there is some trouble away south from which they are fleeing; but I think they are spying out the land. I have also glimpsed many hawks flying high up in the sky. I think we ought to move again this evening. Hollin is no longer wholesome for us: it is being watched."

"And in that case so is the Redhorn Gate," said Gandalf; "and how we can get over that without being seen, I cannot imagine. But we will think of that when we must. As for moving as soon as it is dark, I am afraid that you are right."

"Luckily our fire made little smoke, and had burned low before the crebain came," said Aragorn. "It must be put out and not lit again."

The news dismayed the hobbits and the children. No one was very happy with the news that they had to move on as soon as it was night, and that there would be no more fires for a while.

"Well if that isn't a plague and a nuisance!" said Pippin. "All because of a pack of crows! I had looked forward to a real good meal tonight: something hot."

"Me, too!" added Joey, pouting.

"Well, you can go on looking forward," said Gandalf. "There may be many unexpected feasts ahead for you. For myself I should like a pipe to smoke in comfort, and warmer feet. However, we are certain of one thing at any rate: it will get warmer as we get south."

"Too warm, I shouldn't wonder," muttered Sam to Frodo. "But I'm beginning to think it's time we got a sight of that Fiery Mountain and saw the end of the Road, so to speak. I thought at first that this here Redhorn, or whatever its name is, might be it, till Gimli spoke his piece. A fair jaw-cracker dwarf-language must be!"

This quickly became for Joey the most uncomfortable and boring day yet. All that day the Company remained in hiding. Every so often, whoever was on watch would hiss out a warning, and they'd all crouch down as the occasional flocks of the dark birds passed over them. Finally, after the Sun started to go down, they broke camp and headed for Caradhras, which glowed faintly red from the reflection of the sunset upon the snow. Slowly the sky turned darker and one by one the stars came out.

Guided by Aragorn they struck a good path. "It looks like the remains of an ancient road," muttered Frodo, looking from Aragorn to the path. "One that was once broad and well planned." He paused. More loudly he added, "It appears to stretch from Hollin to the mountain pass."

Aragorn nodded agreement. "It does."

The Moon, now at the full, rose over the mountains, and cast a pale light in which the shadows of stones were black. Many of them looked to have been worked by hands, though now they lay tumbled and ruinous in a bleak, barren land.

"Hey, look, Jennifer! Kevin!" Joey's voice was soft, but his tone conveyed excitement as he pointed at the sky, smiling broadly. "The moon is here!"

Cranking their necks, Kevin and Jennifer looked upward. "It sure is!" Kevin smiled, and Jennifer nodded agreement.

"And look! The Little Dipper, and the North Star." Jennifer pointed at the constellation in question. "And see? The Big Dipper's near it." Her brothers looked up where she was pointing, and nodded, smiling broadly. They kept on walking.

Several hours later, it was the cold chill hour before the first stir of dawn, and the moon was low. At one point, Joey looked up at the sky. Suddenly he saw or felt a shadow pass over the high stars, as if for a moment they faded and then flashed out again. He shivered.

"Did you see anything pass over?" he overheard Frodo, who was ahead of him, whispering to Gandalf, who was just ahead.

"No, but I felt it, whatever it was," he answered. "It may be nothing, only a wisp of thin cloud."

"It was moving fast then," muttered Aragorn, "and not with the wind."

Nothing further happened that night. At one point, Joey, who had become exhausted, started stumbling. Boromir picked him up and started to carry him.

No fair! Joey thought resentfully, looking at the hobbits out of the corner of his eye as sleep began to overcome him. No one ever has to carry the hobbits! Not even Pippin! Why can't I be as strong as them? Joey soon drifted off to sleep.

-oo000oo-

Kaylee was romping with Lucy on the lawn. Bilbo and Arwen were watching her from the bench. "Here, Lucy!" Kaylee called, running after the scampering puppy. Bilbo and Arwen laughed, watching her.

"Lady Arwen," a voice said behind them. Turning around, Arwen and Bilbo saw Glorfindel approaching them.

"Hello, Glorfindel," Arwen said, rising to her feet; Bilbo did likewise. Bowing, Glorfindel nodded and then looked at Kaylee, who had stopped to see who was coming.

"Hello, Miss Kaylee." Glorfindel smiled.

"Hi, Mr. Glorfindel." Smiling broadly, Kaylee raced toward him, Lucy darting after her. Bending over, Glorfindel picked up the puppy and cradled her against his chest with one hand. When he held his other hand in front of her, Lucy began chewing on it. Arwen and Bilbo laughed, and Kaylee giggled. A moment later, Lucy licked his hand.

"This puppy is growing." Glorfindel set her down, and Lucy sniffed his feet. Smiling down at Kaylee, he asked, "And what have you been doing, Miss Kaylee?"

"Playing!" Giggling again, Kaylee picked up Lucy. "Playing with Lucy."

Glorfindel exchanged a look with Arwen and Bilbo. "May I join you?" he asked Kaylee, his eyes twinkling.

Kaylee nodded vigorously. "Sure!" She picked up Lucy and handed her to him. The puppy immediately began to lick Glorfindel's fingers as he stroked the silky-soft fur of her head.

-oo000oo-

The following night, as the Company continued east, Joey sighed. "What's the matter?" Jennifer asked him.

"Oh…" He shrugged. "It's just that—well, look at how strong the hobbits are, and they're smaller than me! They can do so much, a lot more than I can."

Jennifer smothered a laugh, and she and Kevin exchanged amused glances. "Of course they're stronger than you, Joey, and of course they can do a lot more than you—they're a lot older than you!" she pointed out. "They've had a lot more time to grow up and learn to do things than you've had. Plus, even though they're shorter than you, they have the bodies of grown-ups, not little boys."

"That's right." Kevin caught up with his brother and sister. "Don't forget that Jennifer and I can do a lot more than you, too, because we're a lot older than you. Well, so can the hobbits."

"But Pippin—he's the youngest and shorter than me, and even he's stronger than me," Joey complained.

"He's still not as young as you, though. Not yearly as young," Kevin told him. "He's…uh, well, I'll put it this way. If he were a human being like us, he'd be…" His voice trailed off. "Aragorn, how old would Pippin be, if he were—" He bit his lower lip.

"Of the race of Men?" Aragorn finished. Kevin nodded. A thoughtful expression came over the Ranger's face. "You know, Kevin, that's a good question, because hobbits age more slowly than Men. Much more slowly. They do not come of age until they are thirty-three years old, so that means at twenty-eight, Pippin appears like a young man of about eighteen. In addition, hobbits tend to be stronger and sturdier than their size would account for; not so much so as Dwarves, but still surprisingly so for their height."

"I see." Kevin exchanged a glance with Jennifer, and then with Joey. He glanced at the hobbits, who were quietly listening to their discussion. "So, he would be graduating from high school, or getting ready to, if he were a human being where we come from."

He turned back to Joey. "Pippin is kind of like a teenager who's about to graduate from high school. Or has already graduated. In other words, he's the—uh, I'll put it that way: he's the hobbit equivalent of an eighteen-year-old human. So, naturally, he's learned a great deal, and naturally, he can do many things you can't do yet. Not to mention that he's stronger than you."

Kevin's eyes twinkled. "On the other hand, you're nine years old, Joey, and you're still in the third grade. You're a long way from being eighteen! So don't expect to be as strong as an eighteen-year-old, or able to do the things an eighteen-year-old can do, until you are eighteen." He patted his little brother's shoulder. "You only need to expect to be able to do the things a nine-year-old can do. And be as strong as a nine-year-old."

"Well said," Gandalf agreed from the front. "On the other hand, Joey, a hobbit child of nine would seem to be three years younger than you are."

Tilting his head as he looked up at Gandalf, Joey furrowed his eyebrows. "You mean that hobbits my age are like human six-year-olds?"

"That is exactly what I mean," Gandalf told him. "What's more, hobbits live longer than the race of Men. And Dwarves live even longer than hobbits. Much longer."

"And unless Elves fade or are slain, Master Joey, we do not die at all," Legolas added. "We will live as long as Arda lives."

"Arda?" Joey stared up at Legolas, tilting his head.

"The world."

"Oh." Joey spent the next few moments thinking about what his older brother, sister, Gandalf, and Legolas had said, and then shrugged. Then he gaped up at the wood elf as what Legolas had said slammed into his head. "You mean—you mean you will live forever?!"

Legolas laughed. "To mortals, it would seem so, would it not? You have such a short span of years, and then you leave the circles of this world. Elves, on the other hand, are tied to the this world. We cannot leave it until it ends. For that reason, Elves who fade or are killed go to the halls of Mandos, after which we are reborn into Arda. Most Elves are reborn in Valinor and, with a few exceptions like Glorfindel, remain there. What our fate will be when the world ends, we do not know."

"Whoa! No way!" Joey shook his head in wonder. Silence descended on the group for the next several minutes.

"You know, one thing puzzles me," Jennifer said, at last. "How is it that Pippin sounds—uh, I don't know—so much more mature than the average eighteen-year-old? I've heard eighteen-year-olds talk, and none of them sound as mature as he does."

Pippin grinned and puffed himself up, elbowing Merry. "See, cousin," he muttered, "some people can appreciate my maturity!"

Merry elbowed him back. "They're Big Folk. They don't understand that you should be much more mature than you seem!"

Everyone chuckled at their byplay, and with an amused look at Merry and Pippin, Aragorn said, "Well, Jennifer, hobbits have one advantage over those of us of the race of Men. Even though their bodies take longer to come of age, all the time they are growing up, they are learning constantly. Since they are still learning as they slowly grow, their minds mature more quickly than among 'Big Folk', as they call us."

Frodo laughed. "For one of the 'Big Folk', I'd say you are fairly close to correct. Though perhaps a hobbit might say that 'Big Folk' learn more slowly than hobbits do, and grow up too quickly!"

Now all the other hobbits laughed, as did Gandalf. The wizard turned his head and said, "Of course, I could tell some tales of the immaturity of certain hobbits of my acquaintance even after they have come of age! Not to mention of other races who are not nearly as old and wise as they think."

There was more laughter from all, and the group continued in a merry mood. But after a moment, it was Kevin's turn to look thoughtful, an expression which Jennifer shared. It was a mood that lasted until they stopped to make camp.

The next morning dawned even brighter than before. But the air was chill again; already the wind was turning back towards the east. For two more nights they marched on, climbing steadily but ever more slowly as their road wound up into the hills, and the mountains towered up, nearer and nearer.

The trek was less pleasant as it grew colder, and they made their trek mostly uphill. There was little breath for talking and even less for singing. At one point, Pippin and Joey made a little game of taking turns kicking a small stone ahead of them as they walked, but it didn't take long for their activity to annoy the others, especially after it hit Sam in the back of his foot. In spite of Joey's apology, Jennifer said, "Enough!" and Kevin kicked the stone far away.

The youngest McCloud and the youngest hobbit both sighed, and exchanging a long-suffering look, trudged on in sulky silence until the Company halted for the day. At bedtime, Joey yawned as he went to sleep.

On the third morning Caradhras rose before them, a mighty peak, tipped with snow like silver, but with sheer naked sides, dull red as if stained with blood.

There was a black look in the sky, and the sun was wan. The wind had gone now round to the north-east. Gandalf snuffed the air and looked back.

Kevin noticed Gandalf and Aragorn talking in quiet voices, but only Frodo was close enough to hear what they said, and he did not see fit to share it with anyone else. When they rolled up in their blankets on the cold ground, Kevin found it hard to sleep as he worried over whatever it was that was also worrying Gandalf and Aragorn. It had to be something serious to have both of them anxious. He heaved a great sigh, and tried to pray for patience and God's peace. Finally he drifted off.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *The Bible verse Jennifer remembers is Isaiah 26:3, King James Version.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 17: Do You Want to Build a Snowman?

When they were awakened for supper-breakfast, they all found out what the problem was.  Between the fear of spies and the coming weather, the two leaders had decided which way they were going.

Joey was still groggy when he was wakened, and just barely heard Gandalf's explanation that they needed to hurry up and leave because he thought they were being watched, and it would be dark soon.

As he clumsily rolled up his bedroll, for he still was wishing he could just go back to sleep, he heard Boromir add that they needed to gather some firewood, because it would be bitterly cold on the mountain, and they would freeze to death otherwise.  "...When we leave here," the Gondorian was saying, "...where there are still a few trees and bushes, each of us should carry a faggot of wood, as large as he can bear.”

“And Bill could take a bit more, couldn't you lad?” said Sam.  The pony looked at him mournfully.

Gandalf reluctantly agreed, although he seemed to say they wouldn't use it if they didn't have to. Joey sure hoped they would have to.  The cold of the mountains was seeping into his bones, and a fire would be a very good thing.

They finished their meal quickly, and while Gandalf, Aragorn, Legolas, and Sam broke camp, Gimli, Boromir, Frodo, Merry, Pippin, Jennifer, and Joey all looked for wood.  Kevin found himself on watch.

The three hobbits and Jennifer and Joey located fallen branches and limbs. Joey followed the hobbits' example, watching them from the corner of his eye as he saw what kinds of wood they chose.  He'd gathered wood for campfires back home, but his dad wasn't so picky about what he found, so long as the wood would burn. 

The limbs that were too long, Gimli used his axe to chop into manageable lengths, and Boromir carried that wood back to camp, and then returned for more.  After a while, they had several bundles of firewood and kindling ready.  Joey and the hobbits each carried a bundle of kindling apiece on top of their packs.  Bill was laden with firewood, as were the adults of the Company.  Joey's backpack felt a little odd with the wood strapped to the top of it, and some of the bark against his neck made his skin itch.

The Company set out again with good speed at first.  In spite of their extra burdens, the children were in high spirits.  Pretty soon the snow was coming down quickly. It was hard to even see to the front of their line where Aragorn and Gandalf were.  Jennifer was not bothering to march or twirl her stick this time; she was too busy plodding through the rapidly-thickening blanket of snow to be able to concentrate.  Instead, she leaned on it, using it for a walking stick, thankful to Bilbo Baggins for the suggestion back in Rivendell.

Joey paused to gaze down at the soft blanket of snow at their feet.  A mischievous grin crept across his face: now that he was completely awake, he had more energy.  Bending low, he grasped a clump of snow with both hands, shaped it into a snowball, and hurled it at his older sister.

“Hey!”  Dropping her walking stick, Jennifer wasted no time in retaliating by throwing her own snowball back at her little brother.  Joey threw his next snowball at Kevin, who immediately hurled one back at him.  Joey giggled, and tossed another at his older brother.  The others watched, amused.

“All right, children!” Aragorn called.  “This is no time for a snowball fight.  We have to get over this mountain as quickly as we can.”

Kevin nodded.  “Yes, sir.”  Dropping their clumps of snow, he and his siblings resumed their climb up Mount Caradhras with the rest of the Company as Jennifer picked up her walking stick.  As they continued onward, Joey kept staring down at the snow, wishing he could play in it.

“I wish we could build a snowman,” he said.  “There’s a lot of snow already; we could build a hundred snowmen!”  He grinned.

“I’m sure we could, Master Joey, but as Aragorn said, we have to get over Caradhras as quickly as possible,” Boromir pointed out.

“This would be great weather for skiing in, if we had some skis and a ski lift.”  Kevin scanned the mountain slopes that they were climbing as he spoke.

“It sure would,” Jennifer said wistfully.  “I wish we could do some skiing while we’re here.  You know, this mountain would be a great place to put up a ski resort!”  She looked at Kevin.  “Remember when Mom and Dad took us skiing last winter, during Christmas vacation?”

“I remember.”  Kevin grinned.  “It was Kaylee’s first skiing lesson on a bunny slope, remember?  She kept falling more than she skied!”  Jennifer laughed at the memory.

“Well, she was just four years old, so we couldn’t expect her to learn much in one week.  And it was Joey’s first time on an intermediate slope.”  Jennifer glanced down at her little brother as she spoke.  “You did pretty well up there, Joey, considering that you weren't even nine yet.”

"I was pretty good, huh?  Even Dad said so!" Joey answered proudly.  "After all, I'd been doing it since I was five!"

“You sure had been, and you sure were!"  Jennifer nodded agreement. 

Pippin had been listening curiously.  "What's 'skiing?'" he asked.  To his surprise, it was Gimli who answered.

"It's a method of travelling over mountains in the snow," he said.  "You strap specially carved boards of wood to your feet and glide on them over the snow."

"Yes," said  Boromir, "people often use skis in the White Mountains."

Joey was surprised.  He had been used to thinking that people here didn't know anything about the things they had back home.  It was kind of neat that they knew about skiing here, too.  He hoped he would get to ski again next winter, when they were back home.  He said, “This would be a great place to go sledding, too.  I wish I had my sled!”

Kevin smiled.  “Yeah, that would be nice.  There wouldn’t be time to go sledding here, though, even if you did.  We have to get to the other side of this mountain as quickly as we can.”

Joey grinned.  “Like the bear that went over the mountain?”

Kevin and Jennifer laughed.  “Yes, Joey!  Just like the bear that went over the mountain,” Kevin said.

Laughing, Joey began to sing:

“The bear went over the mountain,

The bear went over the mountain,

The bear went over the mountain

To see what he could he could see.

To see what he could see!

To see what he could see.”

When Joey finished singing that old children’s song, he, Kevin, and Jennifer all silently followed the hobbits for a time. In the process, Joey started thinking, and then, as he looked around at the thick blanket of snow they were walking through, another song came to his mind.  He began to sing again.

“Frosty the Snowman

Was a jolly, happy soul,

With a corncob pipe and a button nose

And two eyes made out of coal.


“Frosty the Snowman

Is a fairy tale, they say…"

Joey was singing the loudest through all the other verses, and when they came to the last verse, they repeated it twice; the second time, Pippin joined in.

“Thumpety thump-thump, thumpety thump-thump,

Look at Frosty go.

Thumpety thump-thump, thumpety thump-thump,

Over the hills of snow.”¹

The hobbits all laughed heartily at the end of the song.  "That reminds me of a story they tell in the Shire about two little hobbits who make a snow-hobbit that comes to life," said Pippin.

At the same time, Frodo, Merry, and Sam said all together, as if quoting, "Once there were two little hobbits named Tip and Tulip.  They were brother and sister, and they lived in a cozy little smial with their mama and their papa and their auntie."  Then they all laughed again.

Frodo explained, "There are many tales in the Shire about 'Tip and Tulip', nursery tales meant for very young hobbits.  All of them start the same way."

"Oh!" exclaimed Jennifer.  "We have nursery tales at home, too!  Fairy tales and folk tales and stuff like that.  Kaylee brought a book of such tales with her.”  She paused.  “We've told you so many songs and tales of our home.  We’d love to hear one of your Shire stories."

The younger hobbits all looked at Frodo, who was acknowledged as the best storyteller among them.  He began again with the same words they had already quoted, and then told the rest of the story, which was indeed very similar to the story of Frosty the snowman, except that the snow-hobbit was a secret to just the two little hobbits.  He ended it with, "But when they told their auntie, she winked at them, and said for them to save the snow-hobbit’s things, in case it should snow again next Yule."

Frodo chuckled.  "Tip and Tulip's parents never believe their adventures, but their auntie always does, and she always has the last word in the story."

“I wish Kaylee was here with us,” Jennifer said wistfully.  “She would have loved this story!”

Frodo smiled up at her.  “I’m sure that Bilbo is sharing some of our stories with her while we’re on the Quest.  Anyway, she’s safer in Rivendell.”  Jennifer nodded.  As much as she missed her little sister, she could only agree.

-oo000oo-

Bilbo answered the rap on his door with anticipation.  Lady Arwen had told him that she would be bringing Kaylee and a couple of her handmaidens once Kaylee's sewing lesson had ended.  “Hullo, Miss Kaylee!”  With a chuckle, Bilbo gave her a gentle embrace, and then smiled down at Lucy, who sat obediently at her young mistress' feet.  Kaylee held the end of her puppy's leash loosely in her right hand.  "And how are you, today?" he asked her.

“Fine, Mr. Baggins.”  Kaylee grinned, and the elderly hobbit bent over and rubbed Lucy’s head.  The puppy licked his hand.

Stepping backward, Bilbo indicated the ottoman upon which Kaylee often sat when she visited his quarters.  He then turned with a courtly bow and greeted Lady Arwen and her two handmaidens, courteously seeing them seated and made comfortable.  He rubbed Lucy on the head again, and the puppy sniffed his hand and then licked his fingers.  “Hullo, Lucy,” he said.

Bilbo turned toward the low table.  “There are some savoury biscuits waiting on the table for us, as well as teacakes and currant scones, and some radish and cucumber sandwiches.  You ladies must help yourselves while I fetch the tea tray.  I will also bring a little dish of milk for Lucy."

“Goody!” Kaylee exclaimed in delight.  She dropped Lucy’s leash and rushed toward the table.  Lady Arwen unfastened the leash from the puppy’s collar, and Lucy began to sniff around the room.

Bilbo went to his small kitchen and returned with the tea tray, set with the teapot and cups, sugar, honey, and milk, as well as a bowl of chopped meat for Lucy which he set on the floor as soon as he had laid the tray on the table next to the food that was already there.  Lucy immediately began to eat her treat.   Bilbo took his own seat, and invited Lady Arwen to do the pouring out.

Kaylee took some of the biscuits and scones, as well as a couple of the radish and cucumber sandwiches.  When they had first arrived, she had thought that sandwiches made with vegetables were weird and not very good, but when Jennifer had insisted she try some to be polite, she had learned they weren't too bad, and now she sort of liked them.  The homemade butter helped.  It was much more tasty than the butter spread back home, that came in a plastic tub!  Of course, she loved the biscuits and cakes and scones much better than the vegetable sandwiches.

After a leisurely tea, during which Kaylee munched on her food and regaled Bilbo with news of how well her needlework was coming, she slid off the ottoman and went to sit on Arwen’s lap on the Man-sized couch.  The other two Elves sat on the other Man-sized chairs.  Bilbo sat on a hobbit-sized chair and gazed at Kaylee.

“This is a story I often used to tell to Frodo and his cousins when he was a little hobbit,” he told Kaylee…

-oo000oo-

Once there were two little hobbits named Tip and Tulip.  They were brother and sister, and they lived in a cozy little smial with their mama and their papa and their auntie.

One fine Spring morning, Tip and Tulip finished their first breakfast.  It was a lovely first breakfast: porridge with berries and honey, toasted bread with butter, and a cup of tea apiece with plenty of milk and honey stirred in.

They knew that they had to do their morning tasks right afterwards.  Tulip cleared the table, and Tip helped Mama with the washing up.  Then Tulip went right out to sweep the front step, while Tip helped Auntie with dusting the parlor.  (Of course, they had made their beds and tidied their own rooms before first breakfast!)  Then Tip brought in some firewood for the kitchen, and Tulip took a basket and went out to the back garden, and gathered in some spring onions and radishes and young lettuce and brought them in for Mama to use later.

The last morning task was to take a bit of food out for the family cat, Honeybun.  Tip carried the small dish of minced leftover meat, and Tulip had the little bowl of water.  Honeybun's food and water was always placed on the back step by the kitchen door.  She would run up each morning with a little mew, and rub against Tip and Tulip's legs before gobbling up her food and drinking a little fresh water.  Then Tip and Tulip would sit upon the step and play with Honeybun for a few minutes, before they went in to have their lessons with Auntie.

But that day, Honeybun did not come.  They were quite surprised, but waited a few moments, and then began to call her.  Still, Honeybun did not appear.

"Where do you think she is?" asked Tulip, with a worried look in her eyes.

Tip shook his head.  "I don't know.  I hope she is all right."

They called some more: "Here, Honeybun!  Kitty!  Kitty!  Kitty!"

But still there was no sign of Honeybun."

Kaylee gave Bilbo a worried look. "Is their kitty okay?" she asked.

Bilbo smiled. "Wait and see…"

Tulip was on the verge of tears, and Tip was frowning with worry.  Where could Honeybun be?  They called and called, and walked about the back garden, looking.

Just as the two of them were nearly ready to weep, a voice called them from the back door.  "Tip!  Tulip!" called their auntie.  "You are late for lessons!"

"Oh, Auntie!" they exclaimed, and ran to her.  "Honeybun is missing!  She did not come up for breakfast, and we've called and called!"

Now, Mama would have said, "Don't worry, she'll come when she is hungry!" and Papa would have said, "Perhaps she's caught a mouse!"   But Auntie knelt down and hugged them and said, "Well, then, we shall have to go and find her, for I know we'll be too worried to think of lessons until we do!"

Bilbo then described all the places that the children and their auntie had searched.  Finally, their auntie suggested the top of the smial where the rooftree grew.

So they went to the north side of the smial, where it sloped down, and there was a little dirt path that led up to the rooftree.  Papa had built a little playhouse among the rooftree branches, but not high up at all, for the branches came quite close to the ground.  It was one of Tip and Tulip's favorite places.

As they approached, they could hear mewing!  Such a lot of mewing!  Tip and Tulip raced over to their hideaway, but Auntie came more slowly.

"Auntie!  Auntie!" called Tip.  "Come and see!"

"What do you think they found, Kaylee?" Bilbo asked.

Kaylee shook her head, her eyes wide with curiosity, as she was under the spell of Bilbo's story-telling.

"There was Honeybun!  She was all stretched out, her front paws kneading at the floor, while she fed three tiny, brand-new kittens!

Auntie stood by, while Honeybun allowed Tip and Tulip to crouch down beside her kittens, but told them not to try and touch the wee babies.  There was one ginger, and two little tabbies.  After a few minutes, Auntie sent Tip and Tulip off: Tip to bring Honeybun's food and water up to the playhouse, and Tulip off to find something warm for mother and kittens to lie upon.   

Tip soon returned, holding the cat's food bowls carefully, and then Tulip came back with one of her mother's old flannel petticoats, which was too worn to mend.  Mama had said she had planned to tear it into cleaning cloths, but that Honeybun needed it more.

That afternoon at tea, the conversation turned upon the new members of Honeybun's family.  Papa said that Tip and Tulip could keep one of the kittens, but they would need to find homes for the others in a few weeks; Mama said for the children to make sure that they took good care of the little cat family in the meantime.  But Auntie said, "You shall need to find names for them all!"*

-oo000oo-

Kaylee smiled broadly; all of her front baby teeth showed.  “I love kitties,” she said.  “I’d love to have a kitten.”

Bilbo chuckled.  “You already have a puppy, do you not?”  He gazed down at Lucy as he spoke.  The puppy had finished her chopped meat, and now she was lying on the floor and licking her front paws.

“Yeah!  Uh, yes, sir.”  Kaylee twisted around to look up at Arwen, who smiled at the little girl and nodded her approval.  With a giggle, Kaylee slid off of Arwen’s lap and plopped on the floor next to Lucy.  Sitting cross-legged, she picked the puppy up and held her against her chest; Lucy licked her face.  “But I’d love to have a kitten, too!”

Arwen smiled.  "Perhaps tomorrow, you can go down to the stable for another riding lesson, since Bilbo has kindly agreed that you may learn to ride upon Merrylegs."³  This was Bilbo's own old pony, who had brought him to Rivendell when he came to live there.  "There are some cats and kittens at the stable, but most of the kittens are half-grown.  There are a few very young ones, though."

Kaylee grinned and clapped her hands with excitement.  She laughed, and then politely asked, "Mr. Baggins, may I please have another teacake?"

-oo000oo-

The McCloud children had coaxed the hobbits into singing one of their own songs, and this time, Pippin, who had a very good voice indeed, began to sing "The Greening of the Hall", a song about decorating the Hall with greenery for Yule.

“Cedar, spruce, and fir and pine,

All of these will do just fine!

Holly berries and mistletoe,

Wrapped with ribbons, decked with bows,

From doors and windows and ceiling beams,

We place the ever-living greens!


“The greening of the hall!

The greening of the hall!

Come, ye laddies and lassies all

For the greening of the hall!


“Out in the frost or snow, we trek

To find the finest boughs to deck

Each modest cot or finest smial!

The cold may nip till we can't feel

Noses and toeses, but we don't mind,

So long as the greenery we can find!


“The greening of the hall!

The greening of the hall!

Come, ye laddies and lassies all

For the greening of the hall!”*

Kevin, Joey, and Jennifer laughed.  “Do you put up Christmas trees, too?” Joey asked.  “Uh, Yule trees.  We put them up at Christmastime!”

“Yeah, fir trees,” Kevin added.  “We set them up in the corner of the living room, and we always decorate them.  And then we put most of the presents underneath!”

“Until we open them on Christmas morning, yeah,” Jennifer added.  “Oh, and when we put up the Christmas tree, we put up the other decorations, too.  Including wreaths on our front doors!”

The hobbits laughed.  "Whole fir trees?" asked Merry incredulously.  "That would take some doing in a hobbit hole!"

Frodo added, "Fir trees usually only grow in parts of the Northfarthing. But we do make use of other evergreens, mostly mistletoe and holly, as well as sometimes pine or cedar.  But wreaths on the doors, and garlands in the Hall and around the doors and windows, are common."

Pippin grinned.  "We actually have a staircase in the Great Smials, leading from the main level to the ballroom.  Those are always garlanded with greens and ribbons for Yule."  The Tooks were quite proud of that staircase, one of the few in the Shire, and the largest and grandest staircase, at that.

“And guess what?  We kids hang up stockings, too,” Joey added, smiling.  “For presents to be put in.  On Christmas Eve.  Before we go to bed.”

Jennifer grinned.  “We always have to wait till after breakfast to open the presents under the tree, but we do get to take the gifts out of the stockings as soon as we get up.”

"Well, as for stockings, you'd be hard put to find a single one in the Shire," laughed Sam, holding up one of his furry feet.  Joey giggled. 

Pippin looked around at all the snow.  "Snow that stays on the ground is unusual in the Shire, but sometimes it happens.  They'd love a snowfall like this back home.  Sleds and sleighing and snowhobbits and all!"  Joey smiled broadly in anticipation.  He loved to build snowmen and go sledding and have snowball fights in the winter.

Then Jennifer began to sing in her turn:

“Sleigh bells ring; are you listening?

In the lane, snow is glistening;

A beautiful sight.

We’re happy tonight,

Walking in a winter wonderland…”

After she had sung the remaining three stanzas, Kevin, who refused to be outdone by his brother and sister, sang “Let It Snow!  Let It Snow!  Let It Snow!”, followed by “Sleigh Ride,” and then Joey sang all three stanzas of “Jingle Bells” with help from the others.  Following that song, Kevin sang “White Christmas”.  And then he, Jennifer, and Joey led them in all three stanzas of “Deck the Halls with Boughs of Holly”; the hobbits joined in with the "tra-la-la-la-las".  When that song was over, Pippin taught them to sing another hobbit Yule song:

“Come now, good hobbits, be of much cheer,

And let's raise a toast to the coming New Year--

May each day dawn bright and fair,

Free from want and free from care!

May the year be short on sorrow,

And long on joy with each new morrow!

May the Shire know peace and plenty,

That no larder may go empty!

And blessed be the earth we till,

That each belly may have its fill!

May the ties of family, too,

Be strengthened by hearts warm and true!

May each hobbit have a hand to hold,

And love for all, both young and old!

Let the halls with laughter ring,

As to the New Year, we gladly sing!”³

Meanwhile, it continued to snow heavily; soon enough, neither children nor hobbits had the breath to sing anymore, and with the wind blowing so hard, they could not have heard one another at all.  Soon the weather got even worse, and their way grew steep and difficult.

“I don't like this at all,” panted Sam.  “Snow's all right on a fine morning, but I like to be in bed while it's falling.  I wish this lot would go off to Hobbiton!  Mr. Pippin’s right.  Folk might welcome it there.”

Gandalf halted.  Snow was thick on his hood and shoulders; it was already ankle-deep about his boots.

The rest of the Company came up closer, so they could hear him.

“This is what I feared,” he said.  “What do you say now, Aragorn?”

“That I feared it too,” Aragorn answered, “but less than other things.  I knew the risk of snow, though it seldom falls heavily so far south, save high up in the mountains.  But we are not high yet; we are still far down, where the paths are usually open all the winter.”

“I wonder if this is a contrivance of the Enemy,” said Boromir.  “They say in my land that he can govern the storms in the Mountains of Shadow that stand upon the borders of Mordor.  He has strange powers and many allies.”

“His arm has grown long indeed,” said Gimli, “if he can draw snow down from the North to trouble us here three hundred leagues away.”

“His arm has grown long,” said Gandalf.  The wizard looked sad and weary.

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged a surprised look.  Some wizards could actually control the weather?  Gandalf did not say it was impossible.  They weren't quite sure what to make of that.  In front of them, Joey gulped, and turned around to look up at his brother and sister.

While they were halted, the wind died down, and the snow slackened until it almost ceased.  They tramped on again.  But they had not gone more than a furlong when the storm returned with fresh fury.  The wind whistled and the snow became a blinding blizzard.  Soon even Boromir found it hard to keep going.  The hobbits, bent nearly double, toiled along behind the taller folk, and Kevin and Jennifer had drawn Joey between them.  Kevin had his arm around both his siblings, but it was plain that they could not go much further, if the snow continued.  Glancing at Frodo, Kevin could see from the way he was trudging that the Ring-bearer’s feet felt like lead.  Pippin was dragging behind.  Even Gimli, as stout as any dwarf could be, was grumbling as he trudged.  Joey was shivering, and his teeth were chattering.

“I want my mom and dad,” Joey said at one point, his voice small.  Kevin squeezed him even closer to his side, pulling his sister in as well.

The Company halted suddenly.  Joey, who had been too miserable to even think, stopped in relief, not really caring why.  But then he began to hear eerie noises in the dark.  Even though he was sure it was only the wind, it sounded like scary voices.  And he flinched at the sounds of small stones rattling down the mountain. They seemed to be awfully close.

“We cannot go further tonight,” said Boromir.  “Let those call it the wind who will; there are fell voices on the air; and these stones are aimed at us.”

"I do call it the wind,” said Aragorn.  “But that does not make what you say untrue.  There are many evil and unfriendly things in the world that have little love for those that go on two legs, and yet are not in league with Sauron, but have purposes of their own.  Some have been in this world longer than he.”

At that point, Joey tuned out what the grown-ups were saying.  He badly wanted to just stop walking.  But his ears perked up when they seemed to be agreeing with him.  It seemed Gandalf knew of a spot where they could get out of the wind.

“And it is no good going back while the storm holds,” said Aragorn.  “We have passed no place on the way up that offered more shelter than this cliff-wall we are under now.”

“Shelter!” muttered Sam.  “If this is shelter, then one wall and no roof make a house.”

Everyone was too miserable to even smile at Sam's joke.

They bundled up together as close to the rough mountainside as they could.  Bill the pony stood patiently but dejectedly in front of them, and screened them a little; but before long the drifting snow was above his hocks, and it went on mounting.  If they had had no larger companions the hobbits would soon have been entirely buried, and the snow would have come up to Joey's chin.

In spite of the protection of the adults and the two teenagers and a pony trying to block the snow, the wind whipped and whirled flurries of the snow beyond them.  Boromir glanced back at the small folk; Frodo and Joey both had snow up to their waist, and it was not much better for the rest of them.

Boromir turned and began shaking the snow off first Frodo, and then Joey and the other hobbits while he was at it.  “This will be the death of the halflings, and possibly the children as well, Gandalf,” he said.  “It is useless to sit here until the snow goes over our heads.  We must do something to save ourselves.”

“Give them this,” said Gandalf, searching in his pack and drawing out a leathern flask.  “Just a mouthful each—for all of us.  It is very precious.  It is miruvor, the cordial of Imladris.  Elrond gave it to me at our parting.  Pass it round!”  

Jennifer looked dubiously at it, but Kevin took a sip and said quietly, "Take some, sis.  Think of it as medicine."  She tilted her head and rolled her eyes at him, but obeyed him.  She knew there was alcohol in it, but it didn't taste like it.  Immediately, she felt much warmer, and seemed to have more energy.  She passed it to Joey, and as he sipped it, she saw a proper color come back into his face.  His lips had been nearly blue.  Not far from her, Boromir was speaking to Gandalf, but she paid no attention to what he was saying; she was too focused on Joey.

She noticed, however, when Gandalf reluctantly gave permission for a fire, and when Gimli and Aragorn had both failed at the task, crossly agreed to light it himself.  “If there are any to see, then I at least am revealed to them,” he said, once he had gotten the fire started.  “I have written Gandalf is here in signs that all can read from Rivendell to the mouths of Anduin.”

Nobody really cared; they were too glad of the warmth and light to worry about being seen.

But the wood was burning fast, and the snow still fell.  Soon the fire burned low, and the last faggot was thrown on.

“The night is getting old," said Aragorn.  “The dawn is not far off.”

“If any dawn can pierce these clouds,” said Gimli.

Boromir stepped out of the circle and stared up into the blackness.  “The snow is growing less,” he said, “and the wind is quieter.”

Kevin wondered how Aragorn and Boromir could tell.  But as he paid attention to the sky, he began to hope.  Daylight was coming, and to his everlasting relief, the snow had finally stopped.  All about them, the morning revealed a white world.  It looked like a sheet spread over a bed full of toys; he remembered as a child trying to hide the messiness of his room by pulling the sheet up over all his mess.  His mother had laughed in exasperation at him, but there was nothing funny about the cold white field about them, with no sign of a path to be seen, and clouds hiding the sun above.

Gimli looked up and shook his head.  “Caradhras has not forgiven us,” he said.  “He has more snow yet to fling at us, if we go on.  The sooner we go back and down the better.”

Everyone was in agreement, but it seemed impossible.  The snow was up to Joey's shoulders, and it was even higher than the hobbits' heads.  In some few spots, it was even higher than Kevin’s own head!

Kevin grimaced.  Now would have been a good time to have some snow skis for everyone!

“If Gandalf would go before us with a bright flame, he might melt a path for you,” said Legolas, who had totally ignored the storm.  It had troubled him little, and he was the only one in a good mood.

Everyone stared sourly at the Elf.  Since he had not seemed affected by the cold at all, his remark, thought Kevin, went over like a lead balloon.

“If Elves could fly over mountains, they might fetch the Sun to save us,” answered Gandalf.  “But I must have something to work on.  I cannot burn snow.”  Kevin thought the wizard sounded even crankier than usual.

“Well,” said Boromir, “when heads are at a loss bodies must serve, as we say in my country.  The strongest of us must seek a way.  See!  Though all is now snow-clad, our path, as we came up, turned about that shoulder of rock down yonder.  It was there that the snow first began to burden us.  If we could reach that point, maybe it would prove easier beyond.  It is no more than a furlong off, I guess.”

“Then let us force a path thither, you and I!” said Aragorn.

"And me!" Kevin added.

Aragorn was the tallest of the Company, but Boromir was only a little shorter, and he had a broader build.  Kevin followed them.  Slowly they moved off, and were soon toiling heavily.  In places the snow was breast-high, and nearly shoulder-high for Kevin, and often Boromir seemed to be swimming or burrowing with his great arms rather than walking.

They had been working for a while when suddenly they looked up to see Legolas running past them—on top of the snow!  He waved at the three of them as he went by, giving them a smug smile as he ran.  Kevin rolled his eyes and shook his head.  “Show-off!” he muttered.

"Bloody Elf!" Boromir said.

"Language!' said Aragorn.  "Although I can think of a few words myself!"

"Sorry, Kevin," Boromir added.

Kevin didn't say that in America, "bloody" wasn't really swearing, although he'd heard that it was used that way in the UK.  The British used that word in the way that Americans would use the words, “drat” or “darn.”  But these people thought it was swearing, so he shook his head, and just said, "Well, on this occasion, I think he deserves it."

Meanwhile, up the slope, the others waited huddled together, watching until Boromir and Aragorn and Kevin dwindled into black specks in the whiteness.  Everyone had crowded against the cliff. The hobbits had put Joey between Frodo and Pippin, with Merry and Sam on each end.  Jennifer sat directly behind Joey, with him perched halfway in her lap.  Gimli and Gandalf were standing in front of them, and Bill in front of all, blocking the wind.  They'd huddled like that, sharing body heat, for what seemed like forever.  Then Gimli gave a shout.

"Here comes the Elf," he said.  "Show-off,"  he snorted, not knowing he was echoing Kevin.

“Well,” cried Legolas as he ran up, “I have not brought the Sun.  She is walking in the blue fields of the South, and a little wreath of snow on this Redhorn hillock troubles her not at all.  But I have brought back a gleam of good hope for those who are doomed to go on feet.  There is the greatest wind-drift of all just beyond the turn, and there our Strong Men were almost buried.  They despaired, until I returned and told them that the drift was little wider than a wall.  And on the other side the snow suddenly grows less, while further down it is no more than a white coverlet to cool a hobbit's toes.”

“Ah, it is as I said,” growled Gimli.  “It was no ordinary storm.  It is the ill will of Caradhras.  He does not love Elves and Dwarves, and that drift was laid to cut off our escape.”

“But happily your Caradhras has forgotten that you have Men with you,” said Boromir, who came trudging up at that moment, with Aragorn and Kevin behind him.  “And doughty Men too, if I may say it; though lesser men with spades might have served you better.  Still, we have thrust a lane through the drift; and for that all here may be grateful who cannot run as light as Elves.”

“But how are we to get down there, even if you have cut through the drift?” said Pippin.  It was evident to Jennifer that he was voicing the thought of all the hobbits.

“Have hope!” said Boromir.  “I am weary, but I still have some strength left, and Aragorn and Kevin, too.  We will bear the little folk.  The others no doubt will make shift to tread the path behind us.  Come, Master Peregrin!  I will begin with you.”

He lifted up the hobbit.  “Cling to my back!  I shall need my arms,” he said and strode forward.  Aragorn with Merry came behind, and Kevin had Joey do the same.  While Joey clutched Kevin’s chest, he watched Boromir widening the track in front of them as he went, making it easier for the rest of them to follow.

They came at length to the great drift. It was flung across the mountain-path like a sheer and sudden wall, and its crest, sharp as if shaped with knives, reared up more than twice the height of Boromir; but through the middle a passage had been beaten, rising and falling like a bridge.  On the far side Merry, Pippin, and Joey were set down, and there they waited with Legolas for the rest of the Company to arrive.  Aragorn, Boromir, and Kevin returned to fetch the others.

After a while Boromir returned carrying Sam.  Behind in the narrow but now well-trodden track came Gandalf, leading Bill with Gimli perched among the baggage.  Last came Aragorn carrying Frodo, and Kevin walking next to Jennifer, supporting her and helping her keep her balance on the slippery packed-snow trail. They passed through the lane; but hardly had Frodo touched the ground when with a deep rumble there rolled down a fall of stones and slithering snow.  The spray of it half blinded the Company as they crouched against the cliff, and when the air cleared again they saw that the path was blocked behind them.

“Enough, enough!” cried Gimli.  “We are departing as quickly as we may!”  And indeed with that last stroke the malice of the mountain seemed to be expended, as if Caradhras was satisfied that the invaders had been beaten off and would not dare to return.  The threat of snow lifted; the clouds began to break and the light grew broader.

As Legolas had reported, they found that the snow became steadily more shallow as they went down, so that even the hobbits and Joey could trudge along.  Soon they all stood once more on the flat shelf at the head of the steep slope where they had felt the first flakes of snow the night before.

The morning was now far advanced.  From the high place they looked back westwards over the lower lands.  Far away in the tumble of country that lay at the foot of the mountain was the dell from which they had started to climb the pass.

“The birds again!” said Aragorn, pointing down.

“That cannot be helped now,” said Gandalf.  “Whether they are good or evil, or have nothing to do with us at all, we must go down at once.  Not even on the knees of Caradhras will we wait for another night-fall!”

A cold wind flowed down behind them, as they turned their backs on the Redhorn Gate, and stumbled wearily down the slope.  Caradhras had defeated them.

Kevin looked at his sister.  "All that way for nothing," he said crossly.

Jennifer sighed wearily as she fell in line with the rest of the Company, Joey's icy hand in hers.

-oo000oo-

A/N: "The Bear Went Over the Mountain" is a popular children's folk song, and is in the public domain.  "Frosty the Snowman" was written by Walter "Jack" Rollins and Steve Nelson and first recorded in 1950.  "Winter Wonderland" was written in 1938 by Felix Bernard and Richard B. Smith.  The rights to both of those songs currently belong to Warner Music Group.  "The Greening of the Hall" and "Come Now, Good Hobbits" are both originals written by Dreamflower, and have been used in more than one of her stories.

The "Tip and Tulip" stories are part of the fanon of Dreamflower's Shire universe.  They are popular stories for very young hobbits, and are an integral part of the culture.  Many of the stories have been written down, but there are far more that are only transmitted orally.  Some of the stories are quite fanciful, while others are more practical, but they all have an important lesson.

Merrylegs belongs to Lindelea, and appears in her delightful story, http://storiesofarda.com/chapterlistview.asp?SID=3826 ("The Tenth Walker"), which may be found at the Stories of Arda Archive.  It's Bill the Pony's POV of his adventures with the Fellowship.



Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined. Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 18: Who’s Afraid of the Big, Bad Wolf?

Bilbo and Kaylee were having a pleasant early morning on the wide veranda in front of the Last Homely House.  First breakfast was over, and Kaylee had been showing him her book of children’s stories and explaining the stories in it, as she showed off the illustrations.  They came to the end of it, and Kaylee gave a great sigh.

Bilbo smiled at Kaylee.  “Why don’t I tell you another story?”

“Oh, yes!  Please, please, Mr. Baggins!”  Kaylee bounced with excitement.

Chuckling, Bilbo leaned back.  “All right. Let me see.” For a moment, he did some thinking, and then his face lit up.  “I think I will tell you another story about myself.” Clearing his throat, he shifted his position to face the little girl and leaned forward.  In his best storyteller voice, he began: “In a hole in the ground there lived a hobbit.  Not a nasty, dirty wet hole, filled with the ends of worms and an oozy smell, nor yet a dry, bare, sandy hole with nothing in it to sit down on or to eat: it was a hobbit-hole, and that means comfort.  It had a perfectly round door like a porthole, painted green, with a shiny yellow brass knob in the exact middle…”

Kaylee was engrossed in the story, and Bilbo in the telling, and the story had progressed as far as the troll incident when they were both quite startled to hear a loud growl from Bilbo's expansive middle.

"Why, bless my buttons!  It's nearly time for second breakfast!  Would you care to join me, Miss Kaylee?"

She giggled, and said, "Yes, if you’ll keep telling me the story while we eat!"

The old hobbit stood up and offered Kaylee his arm, and she took it, as they made their way to the kitchens.

-oo000oo-

Kevin sighed.  The journey back down the mountain had not only been exhausting, but discouraging.  After all that effort to climb up, it seemed awful to have to turn around and go back the way they'd come.  He felt listless and useless. He leaned back against one of the trees in the clearing. He was barely listening to the discussion among the others as to which way they would go now, until Gandalf asked Frodo to decide.

"I do not wish to go,” he said; “but neither do I wish to refuse the advice of Gandalf.  I beg that there should be no vote, until we have slept on it. Gandalf will get votes easier in the light of the morning than in this cold gloom.  How the wind howls!”

Kevin realized that the wind was very loud, whistling and howling.  It sounded like a hurricane, or at least like the way one sounded in the movies.  Scary! he thought.  I sure hope it won’t become a gale!

Aragorn jumped up suddenly. “How the wind howls!” he cried.  “It is howling with wolf-voices. The Wargs have come west of the Mountains!”

“Need we wait until morning then?” said Gandalf.  “It is as I said. The hunt is up! Even if we live to see the dawn, who now will wish to journey south by night with the wild wolves on his trail?”

“How far is Moria?” asked Boromir.

“There was a door south-west of Caradhras, some fifteen miles as the crow flies, and maybe twenty as the wolf runs,” answered Gandalf grimly.

“Then let us start as soon as it is light tomorrow, if we can,” said Boromir.  “The wolf that one hears is worse than the orc that one fears.”

“True!” said Aragorn, loosening his sword in its sheath.  “But where the warg howls, there also the orc prowls.”

Kevin's heart dropped.  Wolves? He saw Sam and Pippin muttering across the fire.  They looked as scared as he felt.

Aragorn gave orders to go uphill.  The hilltop was covered with boulders and large twisted trees.  Gimli built a large fire, using the well-seasoned fallen wood that lay about on the crown of the hill.

"The fire will be a good protection against the Wargs," the Ranger said.

"I thought they were wolves," said Jennifer.

"They are a type of wolf that were long ago changed and bred by the Enemy to be stronger, more clever, and crueler than normal wolves.  But they fear fire." Aragorn drew his sword. "Hobbits! Draw near the fire on one side. Sam, Merry, and Pippin, surround Frodo. All of you draw your weapons!  Gimli, guard the children on the other side of the fire. Kevin, draw your sword. Jennifer and Joey, make sure that you can easily draw your own weapons in case the Wargs break through.  Face outward from the fire so that you can see into the darkness."

While Aragorn gave orders, Legolas secured Bill to a tree near the fire, then strung his bow.  Biting his lower lip, Joey took a deep, shuddering breath, his body trembling. Kevin put his left arm around his little brother’s shoulders as he clutched his sword with his right. “It’s going to be all right, Joey,” he said softly.  “We’re all scared, but we’re going to be all right. Those wolves aren’t gonna get us. Right now, we’ve got to be very brave, and be ready to fight.” Joey shook his head up and down quite rapidly. Jennifer also nodded, her lips set in determination, poised to whip out her knives.

Watching the two of them, and the hobbits, Joey looked up at his brother.  "Um...is this one of those times I should draw my knife?"

Jennifer was going to say "no", but Kevin nodded.  "This is exactly one of those times." He looked at Jennifer.  “He’s got to, Jen.” Sighing, Jennifer nodded.

Shuddering, Joey carefully took it out and held it the way Boromir had shown him. Somehow it did make him feel a little safer, though he hoped he still wouldn't have to use it.

They waited uneasily.  Poor Bill the pony trembled and sweated where he stood.  The howls of the wolves grew louder and louder, slowly growing nearer.  Soon they could see the glow of yellow eyes, some slowly advancing almost to the ring of stones where they had camped.  At a gap in the circle a great dark wolf-shape could be seen halted, gazing at them.  A shuddering howl broke from him, as if he were a captain summoning his pack to the assault.

Kevin froze, as the memory of a previous growl slammed into his memory.  I remember that growl! he thought.  That’s the very same growl we heard outside the cave, when we first arrived in Middle-earth!  He exchanged a horrified glance with Jennifer, and then with Joey.  It was evident from the expressions on their faces that they recognized that growl, too.

Gandalf stood up and strode forward, holding his staff aloft.  “Listen, Hound of Sauron!” he cried. “Gandalf is here. Fly, if you value your foul skin!  I will shrivel you from tail to snout, if you come within this ring.”

Kevin felt almost sick, as he watched the wolf attack with a snarl, but a sudden "twang", and the leader of the pack fell dead in mid-air with an Elven arrow in its throat.

The rest of the wolves disappeared, and suddenly the night grew quiet.

"Are they gone?" Kevin asked.

"For now," replied Aragorn.  “But they will be back.”

Boromir nodded.  "I think they will probably wait now until the moon sets.  We may relax our guard for a short while."

"I agree.  We must get what rest we can ere they come back," added Gandalf.  "Legolas and Boromir, stand watch. The rest of us may sit down, but do not face the fire.  Sleep if you can."

The children all sat down together, with Joey between his older siblings, and Kevin mentioned his suspicions about that menacing growl.

Joey shivered.  “I remember that growl!”  He leaned against Kevin, who wrapped an arm around his shoulders.  “Remember, Kevin? Remember, Jennifer?”

“I remember,” Kevin said grimly.  “We heard it just outside the cave at Rivendell.  When we first arrived here. Remember how it sounded kind of like a cross between a wolf and a bear, or maybe a cougar?  It must have been a Warg!”

“Yeah!” Jennifer agreed.  “Good thing we ran in the other direction as soon as we heard it, or it could have eaten us!”

Dropping both arms in his lap, Kevin sat with his sword on the ground in front of his knees, unable to relax enough to sleep, although Joey leaned against Jen, and both seemed to be drowsing uneasily.

The moon had set, and Kevin became even more uneasy.  Suddenly, he heard Frodo give a wordless shout.

"Fling fuel on the fire!" cried Gandalf.  "Draw your blades, and stand back to back!"

Kevin and Gimli flung some of the wood on the fire.  In the leaping light, as the fresh wood blazed up and the wolves charged them, Aragorn's sword stabbed one, and Boromir’s sword, another.  Legolas was firing arrow after arrow, and Gimli's axe was soon embedded in a wolf's skull.  Kevin waved his sword in front of him, when he heard Jennifer give a scream. She had drawn her knives and knocked Joey to the ground, but her strokes in the beast's direction were merely making it angry.  Suddenly, Kevin felt calm as he remembered his training. Please, God! he silently prayed.

He struck at the Warg and landed a blow; though it did not kill it, it was incapacitated, as it lurched back awkwardly, a deep cut in its front leg.  Immediately afterward, Legolas' arrow was quickly embedded in its eye; its huge body went limp.  Kevin gave Legolas a look of thanks.

“Stay down, Joey,” he ordered his little brother.  “Keep your knife ready, but don’t get back up until we tell you to.”  Clutching his knife, Joey nodded, and Kevin turned around.

In the wavering firelight Gandalf seemed suddenly to grow: he rose up, a great menacing shape like the monument of some ancient king of stone set upon a hill.  Stooping like a cloud, he lifted a burning branch and strode to meet the wolves. They gave back before him. High in the air he tossed the blazing brand. It flared with a sudden white radiance like lightning; and his voice rolled like thunder.

“Naur an edraith ammen!  Naur dan i ngaurhoth!” he cried.

There was a roar and a crackle, and the tree above him burst into a leaf and bloom of blinding flame.  The fire leapt from tree-top to tree-top. The whole hill was crowned with dazzling light. The swords and knives of the defenders shone and flickered.  The last arrow of Legolas kindled in the air as it flew, and plunged burning into the heart of a great wolf-chieftain. All the others fled.

Slowly the fire died till nothing was left but falling ash and sparks; a bitter smoke curled above the burned tree-stumps, and blew darkly from the hill, as the first light of dawn came dimly in the sky.  Their enemies were routed and did not return.

Kevin could hear the others celebrating, and let out a whoop, but suddenly he turned: Joey was throwing up, and Jennifer was crying.  Suddenly he no longer felt like cheering. He had killed an animal. True, he had gone on deer-hunting trips with his father in recent years and had helped to bring back venison, but this felt different somehow.

Gandalf said that the Wargs would not return, and said they should rest for what was left of the night.

Merry brought over one of the waterskins to Joey, as Kevin tried to comfort their sister.

"Take a sip and spit it out," Merry said to Joey.  "Do you think you are finished?"

The boy nodded his head.  "I think so," he said after he spit.  He took another sip, and swallowed it.  "I was scared.” He shivered. “I wasn't any use at all," he added sadly.  "I might as well not have a knife.”

"You did what you should have—you obeyed your brother.  And you were ready to fight if the beast had come too close to you."  Merry patted the child on his back. "I was scared, too, Joey."

“We all were, Joey,” Kevin added.  “But we’re safe from those wargs now.”

The children lay down, with Kevin on their left, closest to the others.  As he lay there, trying to go to sleep, he overheard Gandalf saying to the others in a low voice, “You remember when Glorfindel searched for those wargs that the children heard upon their arrival.  He told us that they had traveled south. It must have been these same wargs that attacked us tonight.”

Kevin shivered.  Thank goodness they’re dead now!

The rest of the night passed fitfully. Gandalf and Legolas took the watch, but the others only drowsed off and on, as they caught what uneasy sleep they could.

When the full light of the morning came no signs of the wolves were to be found, and they looked in vain for the bodies of the dead.  No trace of the fight remained but the charred trees and the arrows of Legolas lying on the hill-top. All were undamaged save one of which only the point was left.

“It is as I feared,” said Gandalf.  “These were no ordinary wolves hunting for food in the wilderness.  Let us eat quickly and go!”

The weather was much nicer than the day before.  It was a change to be walking by daylight. The sky was blue and uncloudy, and though the air was crisp and cool, it wasn't miserably so.  It was a vast improvement over Caradhras! Kevin thought the temperature might be in the upper forties or low fifties, though of course there was no way to be sure, though it was obviously above freezing, as the snow and ice had begun to thaw.*  Where’s the Weather Channel when you need it? he thought ruefully.

“Well, Kevin,” Jennifer said as she marched at his side, practicing with her stick, “I take back what I said about Caradhras being a great place for a ski resort.”

Kevin smiled wryly.  “I’m afraid you’re right.  The risk of avalanches would be too great, for one thing.”

Jennifer soon stopped practicing and started leaning on her stick.  The whole Company were weary from their encounter the night before, and the lack of good sleep, so there was no singing and very little conversation as they trod along. They stopped only briefly to eat and drink, however.  Tired as they were, all were eager to leave the Wargs far behind them.

As Gimli and Gandalf led the Company, they started back towards the mountains south of Caradhras.  Kevin noticed they were following the course of a small stream; there was barely a trickle of water flowing alongside the rough path.  He could tell it had once probably been a road, for they kept having to scramble over broken pavers. For many miles, the Company followed the little stream by walking down that path; Boromir eventually picked Joey up and nestled the little boy in his arms.  Joey soon drifted off to sleep.

As the sun set, they eventually came to a dark still lake.  Neither sky nor sunset was reflected on its sullen surface.  The stream had been dammed and had filled all the valley.  Beyond the ominous water were reared vast cliffs, which loomed pale over them in the fading light.  Gandalf had indicated that the opening to this Moria place would be there, but Kevin could not see any sign of any kind of crack or entrance anywhere.

The Company climbed up the mountain slopes by the main path; the stars were twinkling overhead when they all reached the side of the lake.  At last, they came to a narrow area between the murky lake and the tall cliffs; Kevin thought it was barely a dozen yards between the water and the stoneface.  There at the edge of the water were the rotten stumps of some trees that must have once lined the side of the road. Then, right under the cliff, Kevin saw two of the biggest holly trees he had ever seen.  They were huge and cast great shadows, and loomed at least twenty feet overhead. The Company halted and Boromir set a now-awake Joey on his feet.

"Well, here we are at last!" said Gandalf.  "Here the Elven-way from Hollin ended. Holly was the token of the people of that land, and they planted it here to mark the end of their domain; for the West-door was made chiefly for their use in their traffic with the Lords of Moria.  Those were happier days, when there was still close friendship at times between folk of different races, even between Dwarves and Elves."

"It was not the fault of the Dwarves that the friendship waned," said Gimli.

"I have not heard it was the fault of the Elves," said Legolas.

"Oh, please!" Jennifer burst out, without meaning to.  "Please don't start arguing now!" She was so tired of their bickering!  It wasn't as bad as it had been when they had first started on their journey, thankfully, but still, it was very annoying.  She laid her tree branch against the side of the mountain.

Gandalf smiled at her, as both Elf and Dwarf blushed.  "I must agree with Lady Jennifer. I beg you two, Legolas and Gimli, at least to be friends, and to help me.  I need you both. The doors are shut and hidden, and the sooner we find them the better.  Night is at hand!"

He turned to the others, asking them to divide up their remaining supplies, since Bill would not be able to go into the mines.  At this announcement, both Sam and Joey grew angry. Sam protested mightily, and Joey kept yelling, "NO! I won't let you!" He moved in front of the pony, as if to keep the others away.

"Joseph McCloud!" Kevin said sharply.  "Behave yourself!"

Joey clenched his fists and glared at his older brother, who had sounded remarkably like their father just then, but he stopped yelling.

Sam and Gandalf were still arguing, though.  Sam was beginning to realize that they really did not have a choice.  Still he made one last try: "He'd follow Mr. Frodo into a dragon's den, if I led him.  It'd be nothing short of murder to turn him loose with all those wolves about!"

Frodo had moved up and placed a gentle hand on Sam's shoulder, and Gandalf bent down.  "It will be short of murder, I hope."  The wizard stood and laid his hand upon the pony's head, and said softly, "Go with words of guard and guiding on you.  You are a wise beast, and have learned much in Rivendell.  Make your ways to places where you can find grass, and so come in time to Elrond's house, or wherever you wish to go."  Looking at Sam, he said, "There, Sam!  He will have quite as much chance of escaping wolves and getting home as we have."

Sam was quiet, and still scowling as everyone set to the task of taking off Bill's burdens and dividing them up.  The hobbit was openly weeping as he pulled Bill's tack loose. Joey was fiercely wiping away furious tears of anger, and turned with a glare when Kevin put a hand on his shoulder, and leaned over to whisper in his younger brother's ear.  "You know, Joey, there is also something you can do to help protect Bill before we set him free. Can you think of what that is?"

Joey looked at Kevin in surprise, and then suddenly realized what Kevin meant.  His angry expression was replaced by a thoughtful and grave one as he silently helped with the task.  As they finished up dividing the supplies and setting aside what they did not need, Joey drew Sam aside.  "Sam, do you think it would be okay with you if we, uh, said a prayer for Bill before he has to go?"

Sam stared at him speechlessly, but Frodo smiled and nodded.  "I think that is a very good idea, Joey."

Joey smiled back, even though he was still crying a little himself.  He blushed, and then, as Gandalf had done, he put one hand on Bill's head, closed his eyes and bent his head.  "Um, God, it's me, Joey. Could you please take good care of Bill and not let any wolves eat him? He's a good pony and he works hard, and we all love him very much.  In Jesus' name, amen." He wrapped his arms around Bill’s neck, and the pony nuzzled his scalp.

He looked up and saw Kevin and Jennifer looking at him proudly.

"Master Joey," said Sam, "thank you!  I feel a lot better now." Joey hugged him.

Kevin beckoned to Joey, who joined him and Jennifer off to the side.  “Good job, Joey!” Kevin hugged his little brother to his side with his right arm.  To both of them, he added in a low voice, “We’d better be getting our flashlights out of our backpacks and putting them in our jacket pockets.  We won’t be able to keep them turned on the whole time we’re in the mines—the batteries won’t last that long—but there may be times when they’ll be needed.”

“How are we gonna be able to see where we’re going without them?” Jennifer asked.  “It’s gonna be pitch-black in those mines—as dark as a cave.”

“I don’t know.  Torches, maybe.”  Kevin shrugged. “But there may be times when the flashlights will help, so let’s get them out now.”  He paused. “Remember the summer we all spent in New Mexico two years ago? We went to Carlsbad Caverns once that summer.”

“Yeah, I remember.  Kaylee was only three years old then, and Megan was just a baby.  Remember how dark it got when they turned all the lights off?”

“How can I forget?!”  Kevin groaned. “It wasn’t just dark in there—it was pitch-black, just like you said!  I couldn’t even see my own nose, it was so dark. It’s gonna be just as dark in those mines unless we have a light of some kind.”  Jennifer grimaced at the thought. “Good thing the batteries in our flashlights still work.”

“And that we’ve got a few spares, should they go out,” Jennifer added.  “But you’re right. If we try to keep them on the whole time we’re in Moria, not even the replacement batteries will hold out.  So we’d better hope that Gandalf and Aragorn have some way of making light while we’re in there!”

And one that won’t use up our air,” Kevin added.

The three children slid their backpacks off of their backs and unzipped them.  They pulled their flashlights out of their packs and slipped them into their deep right jacket pockets, and then they rezipped their backpacks and once again slipped them over their backs.  Jennifer removed her digital camera from her left jacket pocket and took a picture of their surroundings. “Good thing we brought our walkie-talkies,” she muttered, as she slipped the camera back into her pocket.  Wait till Mom and Dad see this! she thought, glancing down at her camera.

For a while, everyone stood around watching Gandalf as he stared at the face of the cliff, as though his gaze would bore a hole in it.  Still nothing was happening, and the night was dark and chill. The children and the hobbits were both growing bored; Joey was fidgeting, and Pippin was kicking a pebble with his toes.  Kevin sighed loudly, and Jennifer rolled her eyes at him. Even Frodo had pursed his lips in distaste. Gimli was wandering about, tapping the stone here and there with his axe.  Legolas was pressed against the rock, as if listening.  It seemed they'd been standing about for hours.  Perhaps they had.

“Good thing Kaylee stayed behind in Rivendell, huh?” Jennifer asked Aragorn at one point, in a low voice.  “She never would have been able to keep up.”

Aragorn nodded agreement.  “No, she would not have been able to, Jennifer; her legs are too short,” he answered in an equally low voice.  “Either one of us would have had to carry her the whole way, or she would have had to ride Bill—possibly both. And now that we must leave Bill behind, she would not have the option of riding him.”  They said no more, but turned their attention back to Gandalf.

-oo000oo-

All day, Kaylee had been feeling worried.  Her brothers and sister had been gone so long, and there was no way to call them or talk to them, or even to get a letter, an email, or a text from them.  Their walkie-talkies did not work from that far away, wherever they were now, and even if they did, her own walkie-talkie was back home in her backpack. She missed her parents, too, and badly wanted her mommy, but she was not worried about them.  Kevin and Jennifer and Joey were out in the wild places of the world, and from the stories that Bilbo had been telling her about his adventure years before, she knew that there were dangers here that her own country did not have. There were goblins and scary wolves and trolls and—and giant spiders!  Kaylee shivered at the thought.  And all kinds of other scary things.  Plus her brothers and sister were out in the freezing cold weather, and Kaylee knew they didn't have any tents or anything.  She'd been listening to Mr. Baggins's stories about his adventure, and too much of it hadn’t been any fun.

She told herself that Gandalf was an angel and that he was watching over them, but she also remembered him saying he was not as powerful as he used to be before he had come here.  She tried not to show how worried and scared she was; she wanted to be brave, but it was really hard.

Kaylee slipped off and went to her room right after supper.  She knew Mairen would be looking for her, but she just wanted to be by herself for just a little while.  She curled up on her bed, and let herself cry for a little while, and then she started to pray. "Please, Jesus, look after Kevin and Jennifer and Joey.  I couldn't stand it if anything happens to them. I don't want to be alone here forever." She glanced down at the puppy, who had followed her into her room.  “Even with Lucy.” She paused. “Amen.”

After a while, Kaylee began to feel calmer, and she remembered one of the Bible verses that she, Joey, Jennifer, and Kevin had all memorized before her brothers and sister had left on the quest: "Casting all your care upon him; for he careth for you."  A supernatural peace settled on her heart.  She soon slipped into slumber, and did not even notice when Mairen found her, and changed her clothes for her nightgown, and tucked her under her blankets.

-oo000oo-

Merry finally ventured to ask where the doors were, and Gimli's answer was disheartening.  If the doors were not meant to be found when shut, why had they bothered to come that way at all?

Gandalf's response was somewhat more encouraging, and indeed, right after he had done so, the Moon began to peer his way above the mountains.  Then slowly on the surface, where the wizard's hands had passed, faint lines appeared, like slender veins of silver running in the stone.  The children gasped.  So far, in spite of being in a fantasy world where they knew magic existed, they had seen very little of it.  Gandalf making fire on Caradhras and also during the Wolf attack the night before had been it until now, but this was quite different.

They all stared at the silver tracery that glimmered in the moonlight, graceful lines that at once marked them as Elvish in origin.  It outlined a large double door, graven with the images of an anvil and a hammer, a crown, silver stars, and a large graceful tree, but in the very middle was a large eight-pointed star.  And above all were the beautiful Elvish letters that the children could not read.

"There are the emblems of Dúrin!" cried Gimli.

"And there is the Tree of the High Elves!" said Legolas.

"And the star of the House of Fëanor," said Gandalf.  He went on to explain that the ithildin that was used to write the letters, and the pictures would only reflect starlight and moonlight.

"What does the writing say?" Frodo asked.

"'The Doors of Durin, Lord of Moria.  Speak, Friend, and Enter. I, Narvi made them.  Celebrimbor of Hollin drew these signs,'" was Gandalf's answer.

"What does it mean by 'speak, friend, and enter'?" asked Merry.

“That is plain enough,” said Gimli.  “If you are a friend, speak the password, and the doors will open, and you can enter.”

“Yes,” said Gandalf, “these doors are probably governed by words.  Some dwarf-gates will open only at special times, or for particular persons; and some have locks and keys that are still needed when all necessary times and words are known.  These doors have no key. In the days of Durin they were not secret. They usually stood open and doorwards sat here. But if they were shut, any who knew the opening word could speak it and pass in.  At least so it is recorded, is it not, Gimli?”

“It is,” said the dwarf.  “But what the word was is not remembered.  Narvi and his craft and all his kindred have vanished from the earth.”

“But do not you know the word, Gandalf?” asked Boromir in surprise.

“No!” said the wizard.

The others looked dismayed; only Aragorn, who knew Gandalf well, remained silent and unmoved.

“Then what was the use of bringing us to this accursed spot?” cried Boromir, glancing back with a shudder at the dark water.  “You told us that you had once passed through the Mines. How could that be, if you did not know how to enter?

“The answer to your first question, Boromir,” said the wizard, “is that I do not know the word—yet.  But we shall soon see. And,” he added, with a glint in his eyes under their bristling brows, “you may ask what is the use of my deeds when they are proved useless.  As for your other question: do you doubt my tale? Or have you no wits left? I did not enter this way. I came from the East.

“If you wish to know, I will tell you that these doors open outwards.  From the inside you may thrust them open with your hands. From the outside nothing will move them save the spell of command.  They cannot be forced inwards.

“What are you going to do then?” asked Pippin, undaunted by the wizard's bristling brows.

“Knock on the doors with your head, Peregrin Took,” said Gandalf.  “But if that does not shatter them, and I am allowed a little peace from foolish questions, I will seek for the opening words.

“I once knew every spell in all the tongues of Elves or Men or Orcs that was ever used for such a purpose.  I can still remember ten score of them without searching in my mind. But only a few trials, I think, will be needed; and I shall not have to call on Gimli for words of the secret dwarf-tongue that they teach to none.  The opening words were Elvish, like the writing on the arch: that seems certain.”

He stepped up to the rock again, and lightly touched with his staff the silver star in the middle beneath the sign of the anvil.

Now it seemed that they had still more waiting about to do, as the wizard tried spell after fruitless spell.  Everyone grew more and more frustrated, and the children sat down dejectedly next to the hobbits. They had been prepared to enter right after the door appeared, but now it seemed they might never get in.  Would they have to turn back again?

Boromir angrily threw a stone into the stagnant pool that stood before the Door, where it sank slowly with a soft glop.  Frodo reproved him crossly, and it seemed everyone was nearly at the end of what patience they had left. The hobbits and Joey complained.  "I wish we could get away!" said Merry.

"Me, too!" added Joey.  "I don't like this place!"

"Why doesn't Gandalf do something quick?" said Pippin.

"He's doing the best he can," said Jennifer half-heartedly.  Truthfully, she felt the same as the others, but she didn't think that being disrespectful of Gandalf would help matters.  Joey pouted.

Suddenly, Gandalf jumped up and, laughing, he went to stand before the door.  "Mellon!"

Soon enough, wherever the Moon had shone his light, the outline of a door could be seen.  The door began to open, and they moved towards the door, as Gandalf explained how he had finally figured it out.  "It was Merry's remark that set me on the right track!"  

But no sooner had he begun to lead them into the darkness, than Frodo cried out.  They could hear a neigh of fear as, outside, poor Bill bolted into the wild. All was chaos!  Jennifer turned, and screamed herself, clutching Joey closely to her; Kevin wrapped his arms protectively around them both.  A hideous creature like something from a horror movie had Frodo in its tentacled grasp. Sam was first to reach it, where Frodo struggled, and began to hack away.

The creature let go of Frodo and Sam pulled him, calling for help as many more tentacles came boiling out of the water.  Aragorn and Boromir came back, and hacked more at the remaining arms as they reached out, and then everyone rushed inside, with Gandalf calling urgently, "Into the gateway!  Up the stairs! Quick!"  Snatching her branch, Jennifer rushed after her brothers toward the entrance.  They were all barely inside and on the first few steps when the tentacles reached in and grasped the Doors!

With a horrid shattering crash, the Doors crumbled into rubble.  They could hear more crashing on the other side, and found themselves in utter darkness.

Sam, clinging to Frodo’s arm, collapsed on a step in the black darkness.  “Poor old Bill! Wolves and snakes! But the snakes were too much for him.  I had to choose, Mr. Frodo. I had to come with you.”

“That was no snake!  That was a monster!” Joey gasped, shaking, as Gandalf went back down the steps to try the doors.  “A real monster!  It was gonna eat us!  It was scary!”

Dropping her branch, Jennifer wrapped her arms around her trembling little brother.  “It sure was!” she agreed, as she made a valiant effort to stop shaking herself. “Much scarier than any monsters we’ve seen on TV.”  She laid a hand on Frodo’s arm. “You OK?”

Frodo nodded.  “Y—yes.”

“I was scared!”  Joey squeezed his eyes shut and burrowed his face into his sister’s chest.  “Are there actually monsters here?”

“Apparently, there are, Joey, and you weren’t the only one who was scared,” Kevin said, his voice unsteady.  “We’re gonna have to be careful while we’re here. Real careful.”

Taking a deep breath, Joey leaned back from Jennifer and scanned the mines.  Pitch blackness surrounded him. “It sure is dark,” he whispered.

“It sure is, isn’t it?  We need some light.” Kevin removed his flashlight from his jacket pocket and switched it on.  Jennifer did the same, and the two teenagers scanned the mine tunnel surrounding them with the soft beams of light from their flashlights.  At that moment, there was a quiver in the stone and the stairs trembled, but the doors did not open.

Aragorn approached the two older children.  “Kevin, Jennifer, turn your flashlights off,” he said in a low voice.  “Gandalf will give us the light we need, and if I understand what you have told us about these devices, you will need to save your batteries.  Those flashlights should be saved for a true emergency.”

“Yes, my staff will provide us with light.”  Gandalf, who had just rejoined them, cupped his hand around the top of his staff, and a faint light emitted from it.  “Save your flashlights for when we really need them.”

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged glances.  “Yes, sir,” said Kevin. He and Jennifer switched off their flashlights and thrust them back into their jacket pockets.  

“I thought monsters only existed in stories and monster movies,” Joey whispered.

“We thought elves and wizards and dragons only existed in stories and movies, too,” Kevin whispered back.  “And they do exist only in stories where we come from, and so do hobbits. We’ll have to be prepared for more fantasy creatures while we’re here, Joey, and not all of them will be good, I’m afraid.”

Following a short discussion about what had just happened and what they faced, Boromir muttered under his breath, but the echoing passage magnified the sound to a hoarse whisper that all could hear: “In the deep places of the world!  And thither we are going against…”  Glancing at the McCloud children, he broke off.  He continued, “Who will lead us now in this…”  Glancing again at Joey and then at Kevin and Jennifer, Boromir paused.  “…this dark?”

“I will,” said Gandalf, “and Gimli shall walk with me.  Follow my staff!”  He turned to Jennifer.  “You will have to wait until we are out of Moria before you can practice your marching routine once more.”

Jennifer nodded acquiescence.  Actually, it hadn't even crossed her mind; it didn't seem like a good place for it.  It would only be a few days before she could practice again; surely, she wouldn’t lose her skills within that time.  Scanning the children’s faces, Gandalf added, “And since there may be other creatures in Moria, all of us must keep our voices down while we are here, so there can be no more singing or playing your harmonica until we are out of Moria.”  He looked at Joey. “Or playing.”

As the wizard passed on ahead up the great steps, he held his staff aloft, and from its tip there came a faint radiance.  Jennifer picked up her walking stick and began to follow the hobbits.  They all wearily followed the faint glow of Gandalf's staff up the cold stone stairway, up and up and up.  The wide stairway was fortunately sound and undamaged.  At one point during the climb, Boromir offered an exhausted Joey a piggyback ride, and the little boy gratefully accepted.  Jennifer had been trying to count the steps, but lost count somewhere at around a hundred-and-fifty. Still, when they reached the top of the stairs, she was pretty sure they had gone up at least two hundred steps.  They found an actual passage with a level floor leading on into the dark.  Joey let go of Boromir’s neck and landed with a thud on the stone floor; Jennifer laid her walking stick against the wall of the mine and slumped against the stone wall.

"Let us sit and rest and have something to eat, here on the landing, since we can't find a dining room!" said Frodo.

Everyone was pleased at this suggestion, and they all sank down upon the top few steps.  Sam got out some of the little packets they had put up for eating as they travelled when they could not stop to camp: little linen bags filled with fruit, nuts, sweetened grain, and small journeycakes.  The children thought those were more like hard crackers than bread.

When they had eaten, they felt somewhat better, and Gandalf passed around the bottle of miruvor so each could have a single sip.  It was the third time they had been given some on the journey.  The first time, Jennifer had been hesitant, because she could smell a faint scent of alcohol, but Gandalf had explained that it was more like medicine than a drink.  So now the children took a sip with no problems. It helped that there was no taste of alcohol in spite of the smell. In fact, it was quite delicious, and made them feel much better.

Gandalf reminded them they did not have much of it left.  He also reminded them to go easy on the water, since any they found in the mines might not be wholesome to drink. Frodo asked how far they had to go, and Gandalf told them that it would probably take three or four marches. Jennifer knew by now that a "march" took up most of a day.  She shuddered at the thought that they would be in this dark, scary place for three or four days.

Turning his head, Joey saw a two-foot-wide ledge on the wall to his left.  Scrambling to his feet, he approached it and climbed onto the ledge. Turning around, he waved his arms. “Hey, look at me, look at me!”

The others looked at him in amusement; exchanging a glance, Kevin and Jennifer rolled their eyes.  Shaking his head, Aragorn approached the little boy, placed his hands under Joey’s armpits, and set him onto the stone floor.  “A mine is not a place for play, Joey,” he told the child. “Wait until we are safely out of here, and until we have a chance to rest.”

“That is right,” Gandalf agreed.

Jennifer took Joey's hand a bit more firmly than necessary, and pulled him to her side.  "Don't you know how dangerous it is in here?"  She would have scolded more, but Kevin intervened.  He knelt down to Joey's level and spoke softly. Gandalf had told them they needed to be very quiet.

"Joey, I know that monster scared you, and now you have a lot of energy.”  He laid a hand on Joey’s shoulder. “But Jennifer’s right; it is dangerous in here.  You’re going to have to act a lot more grown-up than you really are."

Joey nodded, abashed.  He really was full of energy, and he still felt scared.  Horsing around was a way to forget about all the scary things that might be around.  They couldn't really pass the time in here with songs or stories, because Gandalf had said there might be other creatures in here.  "I'm sorry," he said, looking down at his feet and scuffing a toe. Her face softening, Jennifer hugged Joey to her side.

Ruffling his little brother’s hair, Kevin turned and approached Aragorn.  “I wish there was some way to drain that pond,” he said in a low voice. “If someone could do that, it’d be a lot easier to kill that monster.  It must be some kind of water creature; if it is, it can’t survive on dry land.”

Aragorn nodded agreement.  “It would be indeed, Kevin, but there is no way for us to do that now.  Right now, we have a quest to finish.”

Nodding, Kevin shrugged.  “Maybe, when all this is over, we can come back and figure out a way to drain it.”  He bit his lower lip. “We need an engineer with us.” Suddenly he swallowed a feeling of panic—when all this was over, he hoped to be home!  Why was he thinking of something to do here after the quest was over?  He gave a shudder.

When the members of the Company had finished their rest, they walked along silently for a long while, Kevin and Jennifer staying on either side of Joey, ready to take their little brother by the hand again, if necessary.  Jennifer’s walking stick dangled from her hand. She was glad they had Gandalf. They didn't have any way to make torches, and if they had to use their flashlights the whole time, the batteries would soon run out.  They'd also had to leave a lot of stuff behind when they let Bill go.  At least they'd had their packs on. There were so many paths and tunnels to choose from, as well as all sorts of of crevices and holes, so Gandalf's staff came in really handy.

There were fissures and chasms in the walls and floor, and every now and then a crack would open right before their feet.  The widest was more than seven feet across, and it was long before Pippin could summon enough courage to leap over the dreadful gap.  Joey blanched at the thought of having to jump over such a wide hole; Legolas gave him a piggyback ride and leaped across the chasm with the little boy. Jennifer could not bring herself to watch, and only opened her eyes when she heard them land safely.

Jennifer gulped.  It was her turn. Taking a deep breath, she tried to throw her walking stick over the chasm, but it fell short, and was lost in the darkness below.  She didn't even hear it hit bottom. She felt like crying at her loss, but held it back. She still had to leap the chasm.

“Please, God!” Jennifer whispered, as she hurtled toward the chasm.  As she jumped, she kept her gaze fixed on those who had already jumped across the gap; to her relief, she landed safely on the other side, as Aragorn and Legolas each grabbed an arm to keep her steady.  Kevin was able to leap across the gap on his own. All the while, the noise of churning water came up from far below, as if some great mill-wheel was turning in the depths.

“Rope!” muttered Sam.  “I knew I’d want it, if I hadn’t got it!”

Jennifer glanced at him.  I wish we did have a rope! she thought ruefully.  What if one of us falls into one of these holes?  She shivered at the thought.

As these dangers became more frequent their march became slower.  Already they seemed to have been tramping on, on, endlessly to the mountains’ roots.  They were more than weary, and yet there seemed to be no comfort in the thought of halting anywhere.  Jennifer trudged alongside Frodo, and more than once, Boromir picked up an exhausted Joey and carried him in his arms for a while.

They had been walking and walking for hours on end, it seemed, with only brief halts, when Gandalf came to his first serious check.  Before him stood a wide dark arch opening into three passages: all led in the same general direction, eastwards; but the left-hand passage plunged down, while the right-hand climbed up, and the middle way seemed to run on, smooth and level but very narrow.

“I have no memory of this place at all!” said Gandalf, standing uncertainly under the arch.  He held up his staff in the hope of finding some marks or inscription that might help his choice; but nothing of the kind was to be seen.  “I am too weary to decide,” he said, shaking his head. “And I expect that you are all as weary as I am, or wearier. We had better halt here for what is left of the night.  You know what I mean! In here it is ever dark; but outside the late Moon is riding westward and the middle-night has passed.”

“Poor old Bill!” said Sam.  “I wonder where he is. I hope those wolves haven't got him yet.”

Kevin laid a hand on his shoulder.  “I’m sure he’s safe, Sam,” he said softly.

To the left of the great arch they found a stone door: it was half closed, but swung back easily to a gentle thrust.  Beyond there seemed to lie a wide chamber cut in the rock.

“Steady!  Steady!” cried Gandalf, as Merry and Pippin pushed forward, glad to find a place where they could rest with at least more feeling of shelter than in the open passage. “Steady! You do not know what is inside yet. I will go first.”

He went in cautiously, and the others filed behind.  “There!” he said, pointing with his staff to the middle of the floor.  Before his feet they saw a large round hole like the mouth of a well. Broken and rusty chains lay at the edge and trailed down into the black pit.  Fragments of stone lay near.

Kevin paled, and Jennifer let out a gasp.  With a gulp, Joey reached up and took both their hands of his own accord.  Drawing close to him, Kevin turned his hand loose and put his arm around the little boy’s shoulder; Jennifer continued to cling to his other hand.

“One of you might have fallen in and still be wondering when you were going to strike the bottom,” said Aragorn to Merry, whom he had grabbed by the shoulder.  “Let the guide go first while you have one.”

Gimli began to explain that it was probably a guardroom when the Dwarves had still been the rulers of Moria, and that the well was probably for the guards to have water when they were on watch.

Joey noticed that Pippin was edging closer to the well, but not quickly.  The hobbit moved to it cautiously, and stood staring into it. Joey felt curious as well, but he was mindful of his brother and sister's hands on his shoulder and his hand, and did not move any closer.  He turned and followed them as they moved around the perimeter of the room and began to make a place where they could spread out their bedrolls. No one was talking; everyone just knew what they were supposed to do, so all of them jumped when they heard a loud "plunk!"  All eyes turned to Pippin.

Joey winced as Gandalf began to scold Pippin harshly.  He'd hate it if the wizard ever called him a fool!  Soon after, they began to hear a faint, ominous, and frightening tapping sound coming from the bottom of the well, but after a few tense minutes, it faded away.  Once again, Gandalf gave Pippin a harsh scolding, and ordered him to take the first watch.

Joey winced again.  Gandalf was sure mad at Pippin; that was clear.  He had scolded him twice in the last several minutes.  I would have hated that! he thought, shuddering.  And for the hobbit to have to sit on watch in the pitch black as punishment?  He shuddered again.

Apparently, his sister agreed.  "Poor Pippin!" she murmured.

Once the bedrolls were set out and everyone was settled except for Pippin, who was huddled by the door, Gandalf extinguished his staff.  Pitch-blackness immediately settled over the room. But Joey was too wound up to fall asleep right away. He was still listening when Gandalf finally went over and sort of apologized to Pippin, and took over the watch. Shortly after that, Joey was finally able to drop off to sleep.

It seemed like no time that the younger members of the Company were being awakened.  Gandalf had watched the whole time, as he thought about the way they needed to go. Amid grumbles from the hobbits over not having more than trail rations and Joey's reluctance to roll out of his bedroll, nevertheless they were soon ready to start walking once more.

Gandalf had decided to take the right-hand passage.  While he still did not remember this particular cross-tunnel, he knew that the air felt fresher to the right.  They arranged themselves for walking, two by two. Gimli walked with Gandalf in the very front. Joey and Frodo were in the middle, with Jennifer and Pippin right in front of them, and Sam and Merry behind.  Kevin was next to Boromir behind Sam and Merry, and Aragorn and Legolas took the rear guard, in case of any pursuit. They had not forgotten about those ominous tapping sounds from the well the night before.

Kevin looked at Boromir as they set off.  "Why can't I walk by my sister and brother?" he asked.  He felt responsible for them; how could he guard them this way?

The warrior looked at him.  "Think about your question for a moment, Lord Kevin.  Why did we decide on this order?"

"Well, Frodo's the Ring-bearer, and Joey's just a kid.  I guess they need more protection."

"Very good.  Gimli is of help to Gandalf because he is a Dwarf and used to these sorts of mines, if not this one in particular.  Also, they are both mighty warriors in spite of Gandalf's age and Gimli’s size, so if we are attacked from the front, we have those most vulnerable in the middle.  Even though Lady Jennifer and Master Joey have swords and knives, and Legolas and I have been giving them lessons, we do not want either of them to fight except as a last resort.  Pippin, however, has learned well, and will do his best to protect Lady Jennifer, as well as Frodo and Joey behind him. Merry is an even better pupil than Pippin, and he and Sam will fight fiercely.  You are still learning, and my pupil, but as attack is more likely from the rear, that is where the strongest warriors walk."

“So that’s why Aragorn and Legolas are in the back?” Kevin asked.

Boromir nodded.  "Nothing can easily sneak up behind an Elf, and Aragorn's hearing is almost as keen."

Kevin had this to think about.  They kept on walking for nearly eight hours before they were allowed to stop for any longer than it took to take a small sip of water from their waterskins (or canteens, in the case of the children), and to pass around more of the cold trail rations.

I wonder what Kaylee’s doing right now, Kevin thought.  I’m sure glad she’s not with us right now in this horrible, dangerous place.  He grimaced, and then sighed.  At least his little sister was safe.

-oo000oo-

*A/N: As Kevin is American, he is estimating the temperature in Fahrenheit: 50⁰ F would be about 10⁰ Celcius.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site. 

Chapter 19: In the Darkness

"Do you like mushrooms, Kaylee?" Bilbo asked her.  The two of them had been taking a ramble through the grounds around the Last Homely House.  The winter weather had been unseasonably mild for the last few days, even for Rivendell.

When Kaylee had first come to Rivendell, she would have made a face and probably said, "Eew!" at such a question, but she had begun to learn that was rude, so instead she said, "I never had any.  I think I don't like them."  She made a face at the thought.

Bilbo grinned at her.  "Well, I would wager you'd like them, the way hobbits make them.  You certainly like everything I make when you come to tea with me!"

"Maybe," she answered, scrunching her face.  About mushrooms, she wasn’t so sure!

"Well, here is the first step—" and he pointed over to a spot next to a shady oak, where quite a few mushrooms were growing, almost hidden in the heavy, leafy loam.  He took off his jacket, and went over and laid it upon the ground next to them, and then he began picking the mushrooms and putting them on his jacket.  She watched, fascinated by how carefully he picked them and made sure to leave a few of them untouched.  When he had all he wanted, he gathered his jacket up.

"Do you know how to make soup?" he asked her.

Kaylee shook her head.  "Mommy won't let me use the stove.  But she opens a can and pours it in a pot, and puts water in."

He blinked.  "Your mother won't let you use the stove?"  He sounded sort of surprised.

"No, she says I'm too little, and I might get burned."

Bilbo made a face, and then smiled.  "Well, I daresay you might be too little in your mother's kitchen, but you wouldn't be too little in mine!  Come along!"  He turned and headed back towards the house, and Kaylee darted along to catch up to him.

First they went to the big main kitchen, where Bilbo was well known.  He greeted everyone there with a cheery "Hullo!" and a wave of the free hand which was not occupied in holding the jacket and its precious mushrooms.

The head cook, Haldanar,* grinned at the elderly hobbit.  "Bilbo!  Have you come to pilfer our stores again?"

"Of course!" was the jovial reply.  "Miss Kaylee and I found a bounty of mushrooms!  And I have discovered an appalling thing, Haldanar—she does not yet know how to cook!"

The Elf chuckled, and winked at Kaylee.  "Why, how dreadful!  And I suppose you plan to remedy that?"

"Yes, indeed."   He placed the jacket upon the table.  "May I do a bit of shopping from your larder?"

Haldanar gestured to one of the other cooks, and he fetched two baskets, which he put on the table.  Bilbo opened up his jacket and transferred the mushrooms into one of them.  “Will you send word to Lady Arwen that Miss Kaylee will be taking tea with me?” he asked Haldanar, who nodded and spoke to one of the kitchen servants, who left.

Then Bilbo took the other basket upon his arm, and with Kaylee following, he made his way into the spacious pantry.  At the end of it, some stairs went down into a cold stone room lined with shelves filled with all sorts of things.

Brrr!!  It’s cold!  Shivering, Kaylee wrapped her arms around her chest.

Bilbo chuckled.  “I know it’s cold in here, but we won’t be down here long.”  He patted her shoulder.  "Now, Kaylee, we need some butter."  He went to a crock on one of the lower shelves, and opened it.  There were little cloth bundles in it, and he took one out.  "I think one knob of butter will be enough."   Kaylee watched him in fascination; she had always thought that butter either came in long sticks, or in a plastic tub.  Then Bilbo found an empty jar, a small one with a stopper.  He took a piece of cloth from the top of a pitcher, and poured some cream into it.  Kaylee knew it was cream, because it was thicker than milk.  From another shelf, he took an entire glass jar of some kind of yellow liquid, and added it to the basket.  Then they went back up the steps.  Kaylee wondered what he was going to make with the mushrooms.

From a basket on the floor, Bilbo picked up an onion.  Then he stood and muttered too quietly for Kaylee to hear, before saying aloud, "I think I have everything else we need in my kitchen."  He looked at her.  "Let's go and get those mushrooms now."

The mushrooms had all been placed in the other basket, and Bilbo asked her to carry the mushrooms as they made their way back to his cozy little chambers.

Kaylee had been to Bilbo's rooms on a number of occasions by then, but she had never been into his kitchen, and she was very curious.

Bilbo led her up a low step and through a rounded arch that led into a tiny kitchen.  Kaylee clapped her hands and let out a squeal of delight at the little kitchen that looked like it might belong in a playhouse.  To one side was a fireplace with a cheery fire blazing away, with a built-in stone oven on one side.  On the other side of the fireplace, the wall next to it was hung with miniature cast iron pots and tools: skillets and pans and what her mommy called a Dutch oven; also hanging there were all kinds of lids and utensils, long-handled spoons and forks and other things she didn't know a name for.  Everything hanging there was easily within her reach (and Bilbo's).  The wall above was painted with a beautiful scene of hills and trees and fields.  The hills had little round windows and doors painted in them, and Kaylee knew from the stories Bilbo told her that those were supposed to be hobbit-holes, or "smials", as he called them.  Kaylee wished she could visit there one day.

The brick oven built into the chimney on the far side was also easily within her reach.  Below it was a little opening filled with firewood.  Next to it, there were shelves filled with copper kettles and saucepans and pots, and tin bake pans in the upper shelves and pottery cooking dishes on the lower shelves.  As on the other side, no shelves went higher than halfway up the wall.  The painting on this side of the fireplace showed a table covered with all sorts of food, like for a party.  The candles glowed like they were real, and there were bowls of fruit and plates of bread and cheese and different kinds of meat that appeared to be steaming hot.  A pitcher looked like it had little drops of water on the outside of it.  Everything in the painting looked very real and yummy enough to eat.

At the end of the little kitchen was a china cabinet with lots of dishes in it.  There was a large butcher block island in the center, and Kaylee saw some food on it, some apples and bread and a bowl of eggs, and a small vase with a bunch of plants in it, and on the side of the room opposite the fireplace was a stone sink set into a stand, above which perched a copper pump.  On either side of it were two cupboards.  Kaylee hopped up and down as she scanned the kitchen, smiling broadly.

"Welcome to my kitchen, Kaylee," said Bilbo, smiling at her excited face.  "While I take many of my meals in the big dining hall with others, sometimes I love to potter about in here, and I usually have first breakfast and teatime here.”  He placed his basket of items upon the table, and gestured for Kaylee to place the basket of mushrooms she was carrying upon the table next to it.

"Now, first things first, dear."  He reached over to the little pump and made the handle go up and down.  It took a couple of minutes, but then a little stream of water came out.  "Shall we wash our hands?"

The water was cold, but Kaylee had gotten used to that during the weeks she'd been there, so she obediently rubbed her hands together in the water with a sliver of soap, and then dried them on a little dish towel that Bilbo handed her.  Then he opened one of the cupboards, and took out two white aprons for them to use.  He tied his on first, and then helped her to put hers on and tied it for her in the back where she couldn't reach.  Since their arrival in Middle-earth, she had learned to tie a bow, but not without looking yet!

"Now, let's get the fire ready, shall we?"  Bilbo went over to the fireplace, where the fire was burning low.  He stirred it up with the poker, and added on another piece of wood from the little stack below the stone oven.  "Always use the right tool when you are cooking, Kaylee, especially around the hearth.  See how the fireplace tools all have very long handles?"  Kaylee nodded.  Bilbo wrapped a dish towel around his hand, and took up another fireplace tool that looked like a little rake.  He carefully pushed it beneath the grate, and pulled some of the red-hot coals out onto the flat part of the hearth.  Then he handed her the dish towel, showing her how to hold the rake handle with it.  Holding his hand over hers, he helped her to rake more of the coals out.  Together they made a little pile of the coals.

Then Bilbo stood up and took down one of the cast-iron pots.  It had little legs on the bottom.  Using a long-handled hook, he placed it over the fiery coals.  "Now we will let it get hot while we prepare our ingredients," he said.

He gave her another dish towel, this one wet, and got one for himself, and then he spread another clean, dry one on the butcher block table.  "Let's clean our mushrooms.  You must be very gentle with them as you carefully wipe off any dirt that clings to them."  Kaylee nodded, and he picked one out of the basket and showed her what to do, as he placed the clean one onto the dry dish towel.  "Now you do one."

Kaylee was a little nervous, but she concentrated on her task, with her tongue sticking out slightly between her teeth.  As she cleaned each mushroom that she took, she glanced over at Bilbo for his nod of approval.  He smiled and nodded at her, and then they continued.  Between the two of them, they soon had the whole basketful clean.

"Next we slice them up."  He went over and got a sharp knife from a wooden block.  "Since you've not done this before, I will hold your hand as you do the cutting.”  He looked at her intently.  “Knives are very sharp, and should be treated with respect.  Never use a knife without a grown-up present, even once you know how to cut by yourself without someone holding your hand!  You could cut yourself all too easily if you try to use a knife by yourself, Kaylee, so until you’re older, always wait until a grown-up is with you.  Do you understand?"

Wide-eyed, she nodded solemnly.  She sure didn’t want to cut herself!  At that point, Bilbo showed her how to place her hand over the knife handle, and then, as he had done with the coal rake, he covered it with his own, and they slowly sliced each mushroom.  After that, he showed her how to cut up the onion as well.  That was not as pleasant a task, as it made her eyes sting and tear up.  But it made Bilbo do the same thing, so they laughed about it, and then they washed their hands again and wiped their eyes with another damp clean cloth.  “Unfortunately, onions will insist on having that effect, Kaylee,” he said, chuckling.

Kaylee smiled wryly.  The little basket below the table was sure filling up with used towels!  At home, she thought, we'd just use paper towels and throw them away!

"Now we are almost ready to start cooking our mushroom soup.  This next part, I will do myself, but you watch carefully, all right?"   With a nod, she squatted down by the fireplace as he took the butter (he called it a "knob" of butter) from its cloth wrapper and tossed it into the pot they had placed upon the coals.  It sizzled and melted quickly; the butter smelled good.  Next, as Kaylee continued to watch intently, he threw in the onions and stirred it with a wooden spoon that had a very long handle.  In another minute, he told her, "Hand me the mushrooms now, please!"

Kaylee grabbed up the wooden bowl into which they had placed the sliced mushrooms and handed it to him.  Bilbo also tossed those in and stirred them.  "Kaylee, do you see the vase of herbs on the table?"

She nodded.  "Yes, Mr. Baggins," she answered.

"Bring that over."

She took it from the table.  "Let me show you what these are."  He pulled out a sprig with very tiny leaves.  "This one is called 'thyme'.  Smell it!"

She sniffed obediently, and smiled.  "That smells good, Mr. Baggins!  It smells kind of like the woods in the summertime."

He smiled at her.  "I quite agree, my dear!  And thyme always goes well with mushrooms!  This is how you put it in."  He held the tiny branch over the pot in one hand, and with the other, he ran his thumb and finger down it, stripping the little leaves into the sizzling mushrooms and onion.  Then he used the big long-handled hook to pull it forward a bit.  "This way, it won't get too hot and scorch while we do the next part."  Kaylee nodded.

Bilbo paused.  "But first I will put the kettle on, so we can have a cup of tea."  He filled the copper kettle from the pump, and hung it over the hook that stuck out over the fireplace above the fire.

"Now that's done.  All right, Kaylee, we need some flour and salt.  The salt box is on that shelf.  You get that…"  He pointed.  "...and I'll get the flour," he added, as he reached down a pottery canister, and at the same time got a pottery bowl.  Then he went to the cabinet at the end of the kitchen and took from the drawer a silver spoon.

He opened the canister, and handed the spoon to Kaylee.  "I know you can count, for I've heard you do it for your sister.  Please put six spoonfuls of flour into the bowl."

Kaylee carefully scooped up the flour, and counted aloud, "...four, five, six!  That's all, Mr. Baggins!"

"Now."  He held the salt box out to her.  "Two little pinches of salt."  She did the honors, smiling proudly.

"I'll do this part," he said.  As Kaylee watched, he took up the jar of broth, and poured it into the bowl.  Then he took a little wooden whisk and began to stir the ingredients together until they were smooth, and then he poured it into the little pot and stirred it well with the wooden spoon.  Then he very slowly poured the rest of the broth in, and moved the pot back onto the hotter part of the coals.  Kaylee stood next to him and continued to watch.  When it began to boil, Bilbo pulled it back again, and added the cream.  Then the tea kettle began to whistle.  Using a dish towel, he took it down.

He carried it over to the table.  "Which tea do you wish?  Mint or chamomile?"

"Mint, please," she said.

Soon they were sipping their tea (sweetened with a bit of honey), and Bilbo was explaining the other herbs in the vase to Kaylee.  She recognized mint from its smell right away; chamomile smelled kind of flowery; rosemary smelled almost like a Christmas tree.  But some of the others were more difficult.

After a little while, he sniffed.  "I do think that soup is ready, dear!"  He used the hook to pull the pot away from the hearth.  "Go and fetch a couple of bowls and spoons from the sideboard, Kaylee, please."  She nodded, and did as she was told.

As soon as she handed them to Bilbo, he dished up two bowls full, and placed them upon the table.  Then he fetched a loaf of bread from a cabinet.  It was a round loaf, and he tore two big chunks off it for them to dunk in their soup.

Kaylee had to admit that the soup smelled delicious, and now that she had helped so much in the making of it, she was eager to taste it.  She took up a spoonful, and blew on it gently to cool it, before sipping it from the spoon.  Her face lit up.  "Mr. Baggins, this is REALLY GOOD!"  She grinned.  "And I helped!"  She giggled.

"Indeed you did, Kaylee!  Well done!"  Bilbo smiled proudly at her.

Kaylee took another bite.  Wait till Mommy sees what I can do!  She smiled broadly.

It was the first of Kaylee's lessons in Bilbo's little kitchen, but it was certainly not the last!   

-oo000oo-

The Company had gone nearly fifteen miles into the mines.  They had marched as far as the hobbits and the children, especially Joey, could endure without a rest, and all were thinking of a place where they could sleep, when suddenly the walls to right and left vanished.  They seemed to have passed through some arched doorway into a black and empty space.  There was a great draught of warmer air behind them, and before them the darkness was cold on their faces.  They halted and crowded anxiously together.

The company stared about them; they were in a huge cavernous area.  Gandalf began to explain about the place where they now stood, giving them their bearings.

Sam stared at the place.  The columns with their carvings, the high arches, but it was as gloomy and dim as the parts they had already been through.  “There must have been a mighty crowd of dwarves here at one time and every one of them busier than badgers for five hundred years to make all this, and most in hard rock too!  What did they do it all for?  They didn't live in these darksome holes surely?”

“These are not holes,” said Gimli.  “This is the great realm and city of the Dwarrowdelf.  And of old it was not darksome, but full of light and splendour, as is still remembered in our songs.”  He rose, and standing in the dark he began to chant in a deep voice, while the echoes ran away into the room.   

“The world was young, the mountains green,

No stain yet on the Moon was seen,

No words were laid on stream or stone

When Durin woke and walked alone.

He named the nameless hills and dells;

He drank from yet untasted wells;

He stooped and looked in Mirrormere,

And saw a crown of stars appear,

As gems upon a silver thread,

Above the shadow of his head.

“The world was fair, the mountains tall…”

Sam listened in fascination to the lengthy song as Gimli continued chanting it; under the spell of the Dwarf's words, he could almost see the lights and beauty that he spoke of with such feeling.  “Well, there's an eye-opener and no mistake!” he said, thinking that perhaps he could get Mr. Gimli to teach him that song.

Joey stepped next to the gardener, his eyes open wide.  “Wow,” he breathed.  Kevin, who was standing next to his little brother, put his hand on Joey's shoulder.

“You said it, kid!  Wow!”

Jennifer had been moving around, trying to take some pictures with her phone.  “Hey, look!” she said.  “There's light over that way!”

Gandalf nodded.  “Well spotted, Lady Jennifer.  That is the direction in which we need to go.”  He started forward, holding his staff high.  The others fell in behind him, their hopes rising at the thought of light.  They passed into a new passage, and saw another glimmer of light coming from a large room; a door stood half open, letting the light fall into the corridor.

Suddenly Gimli pushed ahead of Gandalf, his expression tense.  He hurried forward, ignoring Gandalf's call of his name.

Gimli rushed into the vast empty chamber.  It was lit with a narrow shaft of sunlight beaming in from a small hole near the roof.  The others followed him more slowly, their eyes wide as they took in the scene: skeletons of Dwarves and Orcs were scattered about the room.  There was a well in one corner.

Pippin's eyes grew wide, and he took Jennifer's arm and steered her to the opposite side of the room.  Jennifer winced at the sight.  Boromir took Joey's arm.

“Stay back, lad,” he said.

A shaft of sunlight fell upon a large stone vault covered with a marble slab.  Stricken, Gimli fell to his knees before it.

“These are Daeron's Runes, such as were used of old in Moria,” said Gandalf.  “Here is written in the tongues of Men and Dwarves:

                        “BALIN SON OF FUNDIN

                        LORD OF MORIA.”

“He is dead then,” said Frodo.  “I feared it was so.”  Gimli cast his hood over his face, and began to chant in Khuzdûl:

“Kilmin malur ni zaram kalil ra narag.

Kheled-zâram …

Balin tazlifi.”

Gandalf carefully lifted the rotting remains of a book from the white stone slab.  It had been slashed and stabbed, and appeared to have been splashed with dried blood.  The pages cracked and broke as he opened it.

Kevin and Aragorn had been moving across the room.  Gandalf turned and handed his staff to the boy to hold as he tried to get a better look at the book.  He began to read:  “They have taken the Bridge and the second hall: we have barred the gates…but cannot hold them for long…the ground shakes…drums, drums in the deep…we cannot get out.  A shadow moves in the dark.  Will no one save us?  They are coming!”

Kevin backed up nervously, and reached a hand out to steady himself.  But Aragorn grabbed his elbow and moved him away from the well.  Kevin looked, and gave a shocked gasp as he saw the skeleton of a Dwarf warrior perched precariously upon the stone wall of the well.  He had just narrowly missed bumping into it, and his eyes widened as he looked at Aragorn, who nodded.  It would have made a horrible racket if it had toppled into the well!  Kevin shuddered.

Just then, they began to hear an ominous rolling sound, like approaching thunder.  Then there was a loud BOOM, followed by the harsh sound of a horn.

Sam glanced at Frodo’s belt, and drew in a breath of shock.  “Mr. Frodo!”

Frodo looked down.  A cold blue glow was emanating from Sting's scabbard.  Frodo drew the sword, staring at its glowing blade.

Legolas saw it at the same time, and knew what that meant.  "Orcs!" he exclaimed.

Aragorn turned swiftly to the hobbits.  "Get back!  Stay close to Gandalf.“  He scanned the children’s faces.  ”Children, stay close together, and ready your weapons!  Jennifer and Joey, stay close to Kevin; be ready to fight, but do not do so except as a last resort.”

Swallowing hard, Jennifer nodded, and then exchanged a glance with Joey and another with Kevin.  She took a deep breath.  “Please, God!” she whispered.  Kevin exchanged a second glance with her and nodded.

Aragorn and Boromir slammed and wedged the doors.  Boromir caught sight of something in the passage beyond as he pulled the door to, and placed an axe into the door handle to bar the way.

"They have a cave troll!"  The warrior sounded more exasperated than worried.

Gimli snatched up two rusty Dwarf axes as he leapt upon the tomb.  "Let them come!” he growled.  “There is one Dwarf yet in Moria who still draws breath!"

“I’m scared,” Joey whimpered, as he leaned against his older sister and, with his right hand, clutched his knife’s handle in a tight grip.  His left hand trembled.

Taking a deep breath, Kevin, on his other side, squeezed his shoulder.  “We all are, Joey,” he whispered.  “We’ll just have to do the best we can.”

“We need angels, don’t we?” Joey answered.

Jennifer nodded agreement.  “We sure do,” she whispered.  Glancing up at the ceiling, she whispered, “Please, God, send some angels to save us!”  She paused.  “All of us.  In Jesus’ name, amen.”  We really need some angels who have all of their angelic powers! she thought, looking at Gandalf.  Please, God, send us some!  In Jesus’ name, amen.

Suddenly the door burst open in a shower of wood fragments, and goblins began charging into the tomb.  

Gandalf pushed the hobbits and the children behind him, as he drew Glamdring, which glowed for him much like Sting did in Frodo's hands.  Merry and Pippin moved to stand in front of Frodo, and Sam was by his side.  They held their Barrow-blades out.  Kevin was standing in front of his brother and sister, a look of grim determination on his face.  "You might want to take out your own weapons!" he exclaimed, half-turning to glance at his siblings.  Pressing her lips together in determination, Jennifer nodded and exchanged a glance with Joey.

“All right, Joey, this is a time to be ready to use your knife to defend yourself.  But don’t fight unless you have to.  Except as a last resort,” she told her little brother.  “Stay close to Kevin and me, OK?”

“OK.”  Taking a deep breath, Joey pulled out his knife. Jennifer put her left arm around his shoulder, and hesitantly drew out one of her own knives.  She poured all her fear into a wordless prayer.  Surely the Lord would know what she needed, because she most certainly did not.

Everywhere around her, people were fighting.  The hobbits had already pulled out their swords and joined the fight.  Kevin had his own sword out, holding it at the ready, as he had been taught.  All was confusion and chaos.  And then a horror beyond Jennifer's imagination: a huge, ungainly figure, what they had called a cave troll.

Kevin took a step forward, and towards the front of Jennifer and Joey.  He reached back slightly with his left hand and pushed them behind.  Merry and Pippin had done the same with Frodo.  

Sam stood frozen in front of the entrance, staring up at the cave troll as it entered.  Aragorn also stared at it, as did the children and hobbits.  Legolas fired an arrow at it, but it did not fell the troll.

It approached Sam and swung its huge spiked club at the hobbit, but with a yell, Sam darted beneath its legs, dropping down on his hands and legs as he reached the other side.  The club landed on the very spot where Sam had stood just seconds before.

Lifting its club, the troll turned toward Sam, who had crawled away from the troll and rolled over onto his back, and was now propped on his elbows, awaiting his imminent death.  Before it could swing its club at the frightened hobbit again, however, Aragorn and Boromir, who saw the danger that Sam was in, grabbed hold of its chain and began pulling on it, yanking it away from Sam.  Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey watched the whole thing in horrified fascination.

Soon, the troll was fighting other members of the Company, and Jennifer noticed that Sam had sheathed his sword, and was now waving a large iron skillet instead.  Gandalf was in front of them all, and was wielding Glamdring in one hand and his staff in the other, while in the middle of the fray, Aragorn, Legolas, and Gimli were already in the thick of the fray.

Out of the corner of her eye, Jennifer thought she saw Sam hit one of the creatures with his skillet.  She felt like laughing hysterically, but swallowed it down.  “I think I’m getting the hang of this!” she heard him say.

The cave troll lunged forward, thrusting at Frodo's chest with his spear.  The creature's lunge pushed him between the hobbits and the children.  As it tried to shove its short spear at them, Merry and Pippin were forced to leap to one side, and Frodo to the other.  Jennifer could barely see the Ringbearer.

"Aragorn!  Aragorn!" he shouted, but the troll lunged at him again, catching him with the spear this time.

"Mr. Frodo!" Sam screamed.

Frodo was lifted off his feet by the spear tip and slammed against the wall.  Jennifer and Joey both screamed in horror.

Aragorn fought his way towards Frodo, calling his name.  For an instant, it almost seemed to Jennifer that everything froze, and all were staring at Frodo's limp form.  But the illusion did not last, and once more the battle was renewed.

The hobbits suddenly went into a furious frenzy.  Sam slashed at the cave troll's knee, bringing him down briefly.  With a yell of pure fury, Merry and Pippin leapt upon the beast's back, hacking at the thick hide to little avail.  Suddenly, as the troll tried to fling the hobbits off, Legolas found an opening to fire an arrow into the roof of his mouth, and the cave troll toppled dead, flinging Merry and Pippin to the floor.  As the troll was defeated, the surviving goblins suddenly fled.

Jennifer grabbed Joey, who was sobbing, and they dropped to their knees, holding one another and weeping, certain that Frodo was dead.  Fighting back his own tears, Kevin wrapped his arms around his brother and sister.

Suddenly, they heard the sound of coughing and looked over to see Aragorn cradling Frodo in his arms, as Frodo struggled to take a deep breath.

Sam's face was lit up with astonished joy.  "He's alive!"

"I'm all right.  I'm not hurt."  Frodo struggled to sit up in Aragorn's arms.

"You should be dead.  That spear would have skewered a wild boar," said Aragorn, stunned amazement etching his face.  “Well, I can only say that hobbits are made of a stuff so tough that I have never met the like of it.  Had I known, I would have spoken softer in the Inn at Bree!”

“Well, that spear did not skewer me, I am glad to say,” said Frodo, “though I feel as if I had been caught between a hammer and an anvil.”  He said no more.  It was clear to Jennifer that he found breathing painful.

Gandalf leaned wearily upon his staff, an expression of relief upon his face.  “You take after Bilbo, Frodo,” he said.  To the others, he added,  "I think there’s more to this Hobbit than meets the eye."

Frodo pulled up his shirt.  To everyone's amazement, there was the sparkle of pure mithril.  It was Bilbo's old vest, that he had given to Frodo.  There were smiles of joy all around.

Gimli shook his head in amazement.  "Mithril!  You are full of surprises, Master Baggins."

Aragorn laughed.  “Here’s a pretty hobbit-skin to wrap an elven-princeling in!”  He shook his head.  “If it were known that hobbits had such skins, all the hunters of Middle-earth would be riding to the Shire.”

“And all the arrows of all the hunters in the world would be in vain,” said Gimli, gazing at the mail in wonder.  “It is a mithril-coat.  Mithril!  I have never seen or heard tell of one so fair.  Is this the coat that you spoke of, Gandalf?”  The Wizard nodded.  Gimli turned back to Frodo.  “Then Bilbo undervalued it.  But it was well given!”

“I have often wondered what you and Bilbo were doing, so close in his little room,” said Merry.  “Bless the old hobbit!  I love him more than ever.  I hope we get a chance of telling him about it!”

BOOM.  BOOM.  BOOM.  Suddenly, the sound of the drums rang out again.  Gandalf turned to the others.  "To the bridge of Khazad-Dûm!" he ordered, as the company was once more roused to their danger.

Gandalf led them all back through the antechamber, toward a distant door.  Jennifer was hauling a stumbling Joey, when Kevin snatched him from her.  Their little brother did not even object to being carried, and buried his face in Kevin's shoulder.  They all ran and ran and ran some more, as the goblins pursued them once more.  And then, a scuttling sound terrified Jennifer!  It sounded like hundreds and hundreds of cockroaches.  More goblins were pouring down from the ceiling and the pillars.  They were surrounded.

Slowly, Kevin lowered Joey to the floor and drew his sword again.  He took a deep breath and locked eyes with Jennifer.  "I'm sorry," he said.

Jennifer closed her eyes for an instant.  "Thy will be done," she prayed, lowering her head.  Joey huddled against his older sister, squeezing his eyes shut, trembling, and taking shallow, rapid breaths.  Jennifer put an arm around him.

“I’m scared,” whimpered Joey.

“We all are, Joey,” whispered Kevin.  “But it’s going to be all right.  We’re going to get out of this.  'The One who is in you—us—is greater than the one who is in the world,'* he quoted.  Jennifer and Joey nodded.

Suddenly, a deafening roar filled the air!  A fiery light danced down the hallway, the pillars casting eerie shadows.  The goblins froze.  They backed fearfully away from the approaching beast and then skittered away into the darkness.

"What is this new devilry?" asked Boromir.

Red flames surrounded a huge shadow, immense, with what appeared to be fiery wings.

Gandalf placed a weary hand across his face.  "A Balrog…a demon of the ancient world!  This foe is beyond any of you!"  He looked up with determination.  "Run!   Quickly!"

Once more the race was on to escape the blackness of Moria.  They ran again, fear and loathing lending wings to even Joey's short legs.  The hobbits, too, were running faster than they ever had before.  Gandalf was at the very rear, and Aragorn was leading from the front with Boromir at his side.  The Ranger urged them on.  Jennifer thought her heart would burst, and her breath was burning in her lungs, but on she ran.  They came around a curve in the tunnel, strewn with broken stone, and just beyond was a steep stairway, and below it, the Bridge of Khazad-dûm spanning a seemingly-bottomless abyss.  Beyond was a faint hint of light—real daylight!

Then, just as they had nearly reached it, there was a massive roar behind.  None of them could help but look.  It was a vast shadow, and within it, a human-like form, though immense.  There was a dreadful sense of power and horror, and dread seemed to precede it.  Like a dark cloud, it leaped over the flames; the flames roared up, and smoke filled the air around it.  It seemed to have a mane of fire; in its right hand was a sword of flame, and in its left, a horrible whip.

Aragorn led them down the stairs.  Gandalf followed, leaning heavily on his staff.

“Lead them on, Aragorn!  The bridge is near,” Gandalf called.  When Aragorn hesitated, he shouted, "Do as I say!  Swords are no more use here!"

On they raced, hoping that the end was near and that they would soon be out of Moria.  Jennifer noticed Kevin had picked Joey up again, and she slightly stumbled.  Merry and Pippin each grabbed one of her hands and pulled her on.  Across the bridge, they hurried.  She kept her eyes straight ahead and tried not to look at the sides of the bridge, which had no rails or anything to keep them from falling into the abyss.  What was it Aragorn said about falling and not knowing when you were gonna hit the bottom? she wondered silently, shuddering at the prospect of falling off that narrow bridge.  Why couldn’t the dwarves have built railings on this bridge?

As they reached the other side of the bridge, they paused briefly to catch their breath, and Jennifer saw a look of horror on Frodo's face, as he had turned back to face the bridge.  She turned, too, and saw Gandalf standing in the middle of the span.  What would Jesus do if He was here, facing that demon? she asked herself.  He cast out demons, but He never faced one like this!  Not while He was on earth, anyway.  But He would have conquered it; I know He would have!  But how, and what would Jesus have us do now?  Come on, Jen, think!  She slapped her forehead and took a deep breath.  Please, God, protect Gandalf!

The Balrog reached the bridge.  Gandalf stood in the middle of the span, leaning on the staff in his left hand, but in his other hand Glamdring gleamed, cold and white.  His enemy halted again, facing him, and the shadow about it reached out like two vast wings.  It raised the whip, and the thongs whined and cracked.  Fire came from its nostrils.  But Gandalf stood firm.

“You cannot pass,” he said.  The orcs stood still, and a dead silence fell.

“Gandalf!” Frodo cried, horrified.

“I am a servant of the Secret Fire, wielder of the flame of Anor,” Gandalf warned.  “You cannot pass.  The dark fire will not avail you, flame of Udûn.  Go back to the Shadow!  You cannot pass.”

The Balrog made no answer.  The fire in it seemed to die, but the darkness grew.  It stepped forward slowly on to the bridge, and suddenly it drew itself up to a great height, and its wings were spread from wall to wall; but still Gandalf could be seen, glimmering in the gloom; he seemed small, and altogether alone: grey and bent, like a wizened tree before the onset of a storm.

From out of the shadow a red sword leaped flaming.

Glamdring glittered white in answer.

There was a ringing clash and a stab of white fire.  The Balrog fell back and its sword flew up in molten fragments.  The wizard swayed on the bridge, stepped back a pace, and then again stood still.

“You cannot pass!” he said again.

With a bound the Balrog leaped full upon the bridge.  Its whip whirled and hissed.

“He cannot stand alone!” cried Aragorn suddenly and ran back along the bridge.  “Elendil!” he shouted.  “I am with you, Gandalf!”  

“Gondor!” cried Boromir and leaped after him.

At that moment Gandalf lifted his staff and his sword.  “YOU SHALL NOT PASS!!” he shouted in a booming voice, and crying aloud he smote the bridge before him with his staff and sword.  The staff broke asunder and fell from his hand, but Glamdring stayed intact.  A blinding sheet of white flame sprang up.  The bridge cracked.  Right at the Balrog's feet it broke, and the stone upon which it stood crashed into the gulf, while the rest remained, poised, quivering like a tongue of rock thrust out into emptiness.

With a terrible cry the Balrog fell forward, and its shadow plunged down and vanished.  But even as it fell it swung its whip, and the thongs lashed and curled about the wizard's knees, dragging him to the brink.  He staggered and fell, grasped vainly at the stone, and slid into the abyss.  “Fly, you fools!” he cried, and was gone.

Even as Aragorn and Boromir came flying back, the rest of the bridge cracked and fell.  With a cry Aragorn roused them.

“Come!  I will lead you now!” he called.  “We must obey his last command.  Follow me!”

Frodo cried out in anguish, "Gandalf!  NO!"  Frodo struggled, but Boromir scooped him up and carried him away.

Jennifer realized she, too, was screaming in grief.  How could it be Gandalf?  How could he have fallen?  She paid no attention to the tears running down her face, as the remaining eleven members of the company raced through a stone archway into the cold daylight.

As they came out into the nearly blinding light upon the snowfield before them, she fell to her knees and collapsed, sobbing, into sorrow and grief.  She scarcely noticed the others as they wept.

Aragorn called out sternly, "Legolas, get them up."

Boromir objected, "Give them a moment, for pity's sake!"

The Ranger shook his head regretfully.  There was no time for grief here and now.  "By nightfall, these hills will be swarming with Orcs!  We must reach the woods of Lothlórien.  Come, Boromir, Legolas, Gimli, get them up.  On your feet, Sam.  Kevin!  You must see to your brother and sister."

Sniffling, Kevin dragged himself to his feet and bent to pick up Joey, who was curled up into a little ball of sorrow and tears.  "Jen?"

Jennifer looked up at him, and forced herself to nod.  As she slowly stood up, she felt a weariness she had never felt before.  She looked around at the others as they, too, tried to pull themselves together.  Where was Frodo?  She looked around…there he was, walking away, as if in a daze.

Aragorn called him, "Frodo?  Frodo!"

Frodo slowly turned, a look of numb shock on his devastated face.  Without a word, he slowly trudged toward the others; Sam joined him.  The Company marched on, down the snowy slopes.

-oo000oo-

A/N: Haldaran is an OC belonging to pandemonium213.  He's the head cook at Rivendell, and at one time could be found found in her story, "Abundance," at Many Paths to Tread, which has since been taken down.

*The Bible verse quoted by Kevin is 1 John 4:4, New International Version.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Chapter 20: Into the Woods

Tears kept running down Jennifer’s face.  Why? her heart screamed.  Why Gandalf?  Why did he have to die?  Her stomach churned, and her heart roiled nonstop.  She could see, from looking at her companions’ faces, that they all felt the same.  Thank goodness Kaylee’s not with us!  She loves Gandalf.  Jennifer shook her head violently.

  Please, God, help me! she silently begged.   Please help us all!

Without warning, a song rose into her heart, and without thinking, she began to sing it softly.  

“Precious Lord, take my hand;

Lead me on, let me stand.

I am tired, I am weak, I am worn.

Through the storm, through the night,

Lead me on to the light.

 

“Take my hand precious Lord,

Lead me Home…"

The others listened to her as she sang; their facial expressions eased.  When Jennifer had finished, Kevin began to sing a different hymn.  

“Nearer, my God, to Thee, nearer to Thee!

E’en though it be a cross that raiseth me,

Still, all my song shall be

Nearer, my God, to Thee;

Nearer, my God, to Thee, nearer to Thee…”

Legolas listened in amazement to the songs of the children.  Their voices were not Elven voices, and the music was quite different from any music he had heard before.  But the words!  Their songs spoke directly to Eru Ilúvatar, rising up with assurance to the Presence.  These children seemed so confident that they were being heard by Eru, and the songs were as a balm to his grieving féa.  He could sense a difference in the others of the Company as well—an easing, though the sorrow remained.

Jennifer started to sing another song:    

“When peace like a river attendeth my way,

When sorrows like sea billows roll,

Whatever my lot, you have taught me to say

It is well, it is well with my soul…”

Once that song was finished, Kevin softly began another song, and Jennifer joined in.  

“Bless the Lord, oh my soul.

Oh, my soul.

Worship His holy name.

Sing like never before, Oh my soul.

I'll worship Your holy name…"

When Kevin and Jennifer had finished their song, Joey began another one:  

“All night, all day.

Angels watching over me, my Lord.

All night, all day.

Angels watching over me.”

His older brother and sister joined in:  

“Sun is a-setting in the West;

Angels watching over me, my Lord.

Sleep my child, take your rest;

Angels watching over me.”

As the children began another chorus, Pippin's clear voice joined theirs as well, repeating the words from before.  

“All night, all day.

Angels watching over me, my Lord.

All night, all day.

Angels watching over me.

 

“Now I lay me down to sleep,

Angels watching over me, my Lord.

I pray the Lord my soul to keep,

Angels watching over me.”

As the chorus joined in once more, Legolas lifted his own voice.  How wonderful it was, he thought, to think that the Maiar were watching over them, even though Gandalf was lost to them now.  

“All night, all day.

Angels watching over me, my Lord.

All night, all day.

Angels watching over me.”

Moved by the music, Legolas began to sing another song:  

"Eru, Tân Ilnad,

i amarthant i Veleglin ah i Melain,

aglarath an Eru i echant ah ista in ind ‘wîn.

No ‘lassui athen i lind ‘wîn aglar;

isto i banthas-i-fêr ‘wîn, Eru; togo i laim ‘wîn an *oled lend

anin Beleglin Gardhon, Eru.

Eglerio Eru, i Adar Ereb Ilnad,

i Ben i or archadhwath n’uir." *

Jennifer could not understand his words, sung as they were in another language, but she understood the feelings of it, that it was a song to the Heavenly Father who ruled everything, no matter what world they were in, and it eased her heart even more.

After Legolas had finished his song, they all grew silent once more, still saddened by the loss of Gandalf, and yet strangely comforted by all the singing.

Once they had stopped singing, it was all Joey could do to put one foot in front of the other.  He slowly plodded next to Frodo and Sam, making a valiant effort to keep up with the rest.  His big brother was up ahead, helping Aragorn and Boromir.  Jennifer was stumbling along with Pippin holding her by the elbow, and Merry on her other side.  Legolas was directly in front of Joey.  At first, Joey had been walking along with Frodo and Sam, just staring at the ground, trying not to trip, and trying not to think about that horrible moment on the Bridge.  It was a while before he realized that Frodo and Sam were not alongside him anymore.  He turned and saw them lagging far behind.  They didn't look too good.  Sam was shivering, and Frodo seemed to be struggling to breathe.

"Legolas!" Joey called.  "Frodo and Sam need help!"

Legolas turned around and seeing how far back Frodo and Sam were, called Aragorn, and then trotted back to the two stragglers.  Aragorn gestured to Boromir and turned back as well.  The others halted, and then Merry and Pippin also started to go back, but Gimli stopped them.  "Do not crowd them, laddies!"

“I am sorry, Frodo!” Aragorn cried, full of concern.  “So much has happened this day and we have such need of haste, that I have forgotten that you were hurt; and Sam too.  You should have spoken.  We have done nothing to ease you, as we ought, though all the orcs of Moria were after us.  Come now!  A little further on there is a place where we can rest for a little.  There I will do what I can for you.  Come, Boromir!  We will carry them.”

Legolas patted Joey on the shoulder.  "You did a good thing, Joey, noticing that your comrades needed help.  I think that you perhaps need some help as well."  He gave Joey no chance to protest, but picked him up to carry him.

The remaining members of the Company continued at a slightly brisker pace now, and pretty soon they came to a little stream.  There was a little wooded clearing, surrounded by some fir trees. There was lots of shrubbery surrounding it, and there was a little flat area next to the stream.  Joey recalled that this was the sort of place that they had occasionally camped in, and where they had been allowed to have a fire on their journey.

"Let us rest here," said Aragorn.  "We can now tend to your wounds."

Gimli directed the children and the other two hobbits in kindling a fire.  There was plenty of brush and fallen fir branches close by.  Joey helped Pippin to draw water, while Jennifer helped Merry in gathering the wood.  Kevin assisted Gimli in starting the fire; he had begun to get pretty good at using flint and tinder, and Gimli praised his efforts.  Joey glanced over at Aragorn tending to Sam; the Ranger's face was grim at first, but then he looked relieved.

“Good luck, Sam!” Aragorn said.  “Many have received worse than this in payment for the slaying of their first orc.  The cut is not poisoned, as the wounds of orc-blades too often are.  It should heal well when I have tended it.  Bathe it when Gimli has heated water.”

He opened his pouch and drew out some withered leaves.  “They are dry and some of their virtue has gone,” he said, “but here I have still some of the leaves of athelas that I gathered near Weathertop.  Crush one in the water, and wash the wound clean, and I will bind it.  Now it is your turn, Frodo!”

Frodo protested a little, but he knew that Aragorn would have his way, so he allowed him to lift his shirt.

“We must have a look and see what the hammer and the anvil have done to you.  If you had not been wearing that mithril shirt, you would be dead now.”  Gently he stripped off Frodo's old jacket and worn tunic, and revealed the rest of the mithril shirt.  It was the first time the rest of them had a good look at the mail.

Aragorn shook his head in astonishment“Bilbo did well to give you that shirt, Frodo.  It saved your life today.”  With a wan smile, Frodo nodded.  It certainly had.  Aragorn added, “But you are badly bruised and in need of treatment, and so I need to take it off so I can have a look at your wounds.”

Frodo nodded again.  “All right, Aragorn.”

Merry smiled with relief, and said again how grateful he was that Bilbo had given the coat to Frodo.  Joey felt relieved as well.  He did not even want to imagine how horrible he would have felt if Frodo had been killed by that troll—and then Gandalf...  The image of the Balrog rose in his mind, and he shook it away, shuddering.

Kevin took Joey by the arm.  "Come on over here by the fire while Aragorn works on Frodo, Joey, and let’s give him a little privacy, you and me.”   The brothers went over to join the rest.  There was a lovely smell that pervaded the whole little clearing.  The smell was like when Joey's mother made homemade cinnamon bread, and then it also smelled like Christmas.  While Aragorn treated Frodo and Sam’s injuries, Joey began to relax, and soon fell asleep at his brother's side, with Kevin's arm around him.

After what only seemed a little while, Kevin shook Joey awake.  "Let's have a little something to eat," he said.

He handed Joey one of the little bags of the dried fruit, nuts, and grain that reminded Joey of trail mix back home.  Then he gave him a strip of dried meat—that was sort of like jerky, except it didn't have as much taste to it.  Jennifer came over to him with a cup of hot tea.  Joey had never had hot tea before they all had come to this world, but after all these weeks of drinking it here, he found it very comforting.  Looking at Frodo and Sam, he noticed that there was a bandage covering Sam’s forehead, and that Frodo had put his tunic and jacket back on.  The mithril shirt must be on underneath, Joey supposed.

After everyone had finished eating, Aragorn urged them to their feet.  "Come along!  We must get well and truly into Lothlórien before it gets much darker!"  Everyone scrambled to their feet and worked together to remove all signs that a fire had been built.  Within minutes, they had climbed out of the dell and were on their way again.  That time, Frodo and Sam were able to keep up with the others; Joey could see that they felt eased and greatly refreshed.

"I feel a lot better after smelling that stuff Aragorn put in the water," he said.  "It smelled like Christmas morning."  Joey gave a deep sigh as he recalled the aroma of fir and cinnamon and Christmas candles.

"I thought it smelled like Mom's garden in the spring, after a rain," Jennifer replied.

"To me it smelled like Grandma and Grandpa Gordon’s apple orchard when we visit in the fall."  Kevin took a deep breath.

"Maybe it just smells like all those things."  Joey thought it made him feel braver and stronger to smell it; it was still sad about Gandalf, but he thought he could keep on going better now.

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged a glance.  “Maybe,” Kevin said, and Jennifer nodded.

The eleven of them walked on, not quite so weary as they had been; soon the Sun sank behind the mountains to the West, and it grew dim and misty.  But even so, they kept going on for at least three more hours, with only one short halt, so that Aragorn could check on Frodo and Sam.

As Jennifer trudged alongside Kevin, questions about their approaching destination kept running through her mind.  At last, when two hours had passed since they had left the dell and it had grown dark, she decided to ask Aragorn, so she hurried forward to catch up with him.

Aragorn looked down at her as she reached his side.  “What is on your mind, Jennifer?”

Jennifer furrowed her eyebrows.  “What’s Loth—Loth…?”  Her voice trailed off.

“Lothlórien?” Aragorn asked.  Jennifer nodded.  “It’s a place where Elves live.”

“You mean—like Rivendell?”

Aragorn smiled.  “Yes and no.  Elves live in Lothlórien, yes, but it is very unlike Rivendell in many respects, some of which I cannot find words to adequately describe, Jennifer.  You will find out for yourself when we arrive there, if not before.  I will tell you this: you will meet the Lord Celeborn and the Lady Galadriel when we come to their home in Lothlórien.  We will reach the Golden Wood tonight, but it will require two more marches to come to Caras Galadhon, the city where Celeborn and Galadriel live.”

Nodding, Jennifer dropped back.  She had a lot to think about.

The Sun continued to sink behind them, and their shadows in front of them were long.  Soon, it was dark.  Deep night had fallen.  There were many other clear stars, but the fast-waning moon would not be seen till late.  Gimli and Frodo were at the rear, walking softly and not speaking, listening for any sound on the road behind.  At one point, Boromir lifted an exhausted Joey and carried him; the child soon fell asleep.  They travelled on and on towards the distant golden eaves of a great forest.  It was quite dark when they finally arrived at their destination and took another break under the dark eaves of the forest at night.

They still heard no signs of pursuit.  Kevin knew that the ears of their companions were much sharper than his own.  And the goblins were not exactly quiet creatures.  Perhaps they had given them the slip; he could only hope so.  He heard Gimli voice much the same opinion to Frodo.

“Not a sound but the wind,” he said.  “There are no goblins near, or my ears are made of wood.  It is to be hoped that the orcs will be content with driving us from Moria.  And maybe that was all their purpose, and they had nothing else to do with us—with the Ring.  Though orcs will often pursue foes for many leagues into the plain, if they have a fallen captain to avenge.”  Frodo glanced down at Sting's blade.

Jennifer turned toward Kevin, and they exchanged an uneasy glance.  Good thing Joey wasn’t awake to hear that! Kevin thought.  Hopefully, though, Gimli’s right, and there are no orcs after us now.

Kevin knew that Frodo’s sword would glow if danger from those creatures was nearby, and he saw no sign of it as Frodo lifted it slightly.  He took even more comfort in that.

Frodo and Gimli continued talking, but Kevin tuned them out as he moved closer to where Jennifer and Joey were walking with Merry and Pippin.

Suddenly the group stopped.  “Lothlórien!” cried Legolas.  “Lothlórien!  We have come to the eaves of the Golden Wood.  Alas that it is winter!”

“Lothlórien!” said Aragorn.  “Glad I am to hear again the wind in the trees!  We are still little more than five leagues from the Gates, but we can go no further.  Here let us hope that the virtue of the Elves will keep us tonight from the peril that comes behind.”

A little over five leagues, Kevin thought.  One league equals roughly three miles, so it’s a little over fifteen miles from here, give or take, to those gates Aragorn mentioned.  He grimaced.  He’s right—there’s no way we can get there tonight!

The group stopped for more conversation.  Gimli doubted that Elves still lived there, and Boromir seemed almost afraid to go in.  That’s odd, Kevin thought, furrowing his brow.  I wouldn't think a warrior like Boromir would be afraid.

“Then lead on!  But it is perilous,” was Boromir's last word.

“Perilous indeed,” said Aragorn, “fair and perilous; but only evil need fear it, or those who bring some evil with them.  Follow me!”

They had not gone far when they found another stream; they could hear it splashing over the rocks long before they could see it.  When they came upon it, it was running swiftly across the path.

Here is Nimrodel!” said Legolas.  “Of this stream the Silvan Elves made many songs long ago, and still we sing them in the North, remembering the rainbow on its falls, and the golden flowers that floated in its foam.  All is dark now and the Bridge of Nimrodel is broken down.  I will bathe my feet, for it is said that the water is healing to the weary.”  He went forward and climbed down the deep-cloven bank and stepped into the stream.

“Follow me!” he cried.  “The water is not deep.  Let us wade across!  On the further bank we can rest, and the sound of the falling water may bring us sleep and forgetfulness of grief.”

It wasn't very deep.  They all (except the hobbits) took off their shoes or boots, and waded across.  The water was very cold, but felt soothing and refreshing to Kevin's tired feet.  When all eleven of them were across, they sat down and rested a little.  They put on their footgear once more.  (Kevin wished he had some clean dry socks.  He hated putting dirty ones back on.)  They broke out some of the trail food again and ate a little, and Legolas talked a little about Lothlórien.  The music of the stream and the distant waterfall was mesmerizing.  Kevin almost thought he could hear singing.

“Do you hear the voice of Nimrodel?” asked Legolas.  “I will sing you a song of the maiden Nimrodel, who bore the same name as the stream beside which she lived long ago.  It is a fair song in our woodland tongue; but this is how it runs in the Westron Speech, as some in Rivendell now sing it.”  In a soft voice hardly to be heard amid the rustle of the leaves above them he began:  

"An Elven-maid there was of old,

A shining star by day:

Her mantle white was hemmed with gold,

Her shoes of silver-grey…"

It was a long and sad song, but the way Legolas sang it, Kevin could just see it in his mind's eye.  When Legolas had finished singing, Jennifer sighed.  "That was so romantic and sad," she said.  “I wish Amroth could have married Nimrodel.  It’s not fair that they got separated like that.”

"Tales worthy of song are often sad, and in the long lives of Elves, they rarely end happily, for they are true," Legolas answered.

Jennifer bit her lower lip.  “Well, if they’re still alive, maybe they’ll be reunited someday.  I hope they will be!”

The Elf shrugged.  "Whether they have returned from Mandos or no, we shall not know so long as we dwell on this side of the Sundering Sea."

After everyone had finished eating, Aragorn urged them to their feet.  "Come along!  We must get well and truly into Lothlórien before it gets much darker!"    Everyone scrambled to their feet and worked together to remove all signs that a fire had been built.  Within minutes, they had climbed out of the dell and were on their way again.

Legolas turned his talk to Lothlórien, telling of the way the Galadhrim dwelt in the trees.  Gimli suggested that they do likewise, to throw off any possible pursuers.

“Your words bring good counsel, Gimli,” said Aragorn.  “We cannot build a house, but tonight we will do as the Galadhrim and seek refuge in the tree-tops, if we can.  We have sat here beside the road already longer than was wise.”

The group went off the path and into the woods, heading always west.  Not far from the waterfall they had heard, they found some trees overhanging the stream.  By this time Kevin was carrying an exhausted Joey, and Pippin was carefully guiding a stumbling Jennifer by her elbow.  Kevin watched them—Pippin was always so solicitous of his sister.  He wondered…no, that was just silly…

They stopped, and Legolas offered to climb up into the trees and discover if they would make proper shelter.

"Whatever it may be,” said Pippin, “they will be marvellous trees indeed if they can offer any rest at night, except to birds.  I cannot sleep on a perch!”

“Then dig a hole in the ground,” said Legolas, “if that is more after the fashion of your kind.  But you must dig swift and deep, if you wish to hide from orcs.”  He sprang lightly up from the ground and caught a branch that grew from the trunk high above his head.  But even as he swung there for a moment, a voice spoke suddenly from the tree-shadows above him.

“Daro!” it said in commanding tone, and Legolas dropped back to earth in surprise and fear.  He shrank against the bole of the tree.

“Stand still!” he whispered to the others.  “Do not move or speak!”

There was a sound of soft laughter over their heads, and then another clear voice spoke in an elven-tongue.

It was Elves!

The group spent the night in the trees with them.  There was a disturbance in the middle of the night, and several of the Elves went after the cause, but Kevin was too sleepy to be curious.

-oo000oo-

The next couple of days were weird.  First, they had to cross over a raging river by walking across a rope!  And then they all had to travel blindfolded because Gimli was going to have to.  Kevin didn't like that one bit—these Elves were way too paranoid and prejudiced against dwarves to suit him, but that's what Aragorn said they had to do, so Kevin couldn't protest much about it.  It really was unfair that Gimli wasn’t allowed to see what was around him when the rest of them would have been allowed to.  Joey, on the other hand, kept complaining about not being able to see until Pippin and Merry suggested they turn it into a game, trying to guess what they might see if they could take off the blindfolds.  They spent the rest of the day guessing the sounds and scents around them.

Thankfully, on the second day, orders finally came down: they would all be allowed to take the blindfolds off, and the Elf in charge, who was named Haldir, took Gimli's blindfold off first.

“Behold!  You are come to Cerin Amroth,” said Haldir.  “For this is the heart of the ancient realm as it was long ago, and here is the mound of Amroth, where in happier days his high house was built.  Here ever bloom the winter flowers in the unfading grass: the yellow elanor, and the pale niphredil.  Here we will stay awhile, and come to the city of the Galadhrim at dusk.”

Kevin pulled down his own blindfold, and gasped, “Whoa!”  They stood on the greenest grass he had ever seen, sprinkled with white and golden flowers, and looked up at a double mound, crowned with a circle of amazing trees.  It was the most beautiful sight he had ever seen.  He felt his sister and brother come to his side, and he put an arm around Jennifer's waist and a hand on Joey's shoulder, pulling them close.  This beauty was meant to be shared with loved ones.

Joey smiled broadly.  “Cool!” he said.

Jennifer nodded agreement, open-mouthed, shaking her head in wonder; she pulled her phone out and snapped a picture. But when she checked it, it didn't seem half so beautiful as it did in real life.  “I wish Kaylee could see this,” she said wistfully.  She looked over at Aragorn, and nudged Kevin, who looked as well.  The Ranger had a faraway look in his eyes as he held one of the golden flowers, and said something in Elvish.  Kevin and Jennifer exchanged a puzzled look.  What on earth was Aragorn thinking about?

Soon, Haldir led them on again.  It was still a fair walk to the treetop city of the Galadhrim.  It looked amazing in the dusk, with lights that twinkled like stars.  Haldir led them on and on, the trees above them a dizzying height.  Jennifer lost count of the many paths and stairs before they finally came to a wide clearing with a fountain flowing from the center; silver lights hanging in the trees made it almost glow as the water poured into a wide silver basin.  The water overflowed into a white stream that meandered down the hill.  To the south of the clearing was the biggest and tallest tree she had yet seen, the largest and grandest of the mellyrn, as Haldir had told them was the name of the great trees.  The trees put the great sequoias of California to shame.  She recalled how awed she had been to see those when the family had last gone to California on vacation when she had been thirteen.

“They get to live in treehouses!” Joey said, smiling broadly, craning his head as he looked upward.  “How neat!  Just like the Swiss Family Robinson!”  He loved to play with his friends in his family’s backyard treehouse back home.

Haldir led them to the foot of a long stairway that encircled that mighty mallorn.  Up and up they climbed, and Kevin began to have butterflies in his stomach at the thought of meeting the King and Queen of Lothlórien.  They climbed past many platforms that Haldir called "flets".  Some of the flets were set to one side or another, and a few were built all around the trunk of the tree.

At a great height above the ground, the members of the Company found themselves on a huge platform with a large house built on it.  Kevin and his companions discovered that they were in a chamber of oval shape.  The chamber was filled with a soft light.  The light was soft within the green and yellow walls, and the roof was as golden as the leaves of the mighty mallorn which grew through the center of the chamber.  On two thrones which sat on a dias by the trunk of the great tree were two Elves.  They seemed to glow with an unearthly light, and their eyes were deep pools of wisdom.  Kevin remembered that he had been told that they were Lord Celeborn and Lady Galadriel.  The two of them stood and came forward.

Celeborn's hair was long and silvery, while Galadriel's hair was of a golden hue.  She was so beautiful—Kevin had never seen a woman so beautiful, save perhaps the Lady Arwen.  Kevin exchanged an awe-stricken look with Jennifer and then looked at Joey.  The child’s mouth hung wide open.

Looking at Aragorn, Lord Celeborn spoke in a deep and sonorous voice, "The Enemy knows you have entered here.   What hope you had in secrecy is now gone.   Eleven there are here, yet twelve there were set out from Rivendell.   Tell me, where is Gandalf?   For I much desire to speak with him.  I can no longer see him from afar."

Before Aragorn could answer, Lady Galadriel spoke softly.  "Gandalf the Grey did not pass the borders of this land.  He has fallen into Shadow."  She looked out over the Company, who stood there uneasily.

Finally, it was Legolas who spoke.  "He was taken by both Shadow and flame.   A Balrog of Morgoth.  For we went needlessly into the net of Moria."

In a sad voice, Aragorn told them everything that had happened since their disastrous attempt to reach the pass of Caradhras—the wolves, the monster at the entrance to Moria, and worst of all, the Balrog and Gandalf's fall.  At the sudden memory of the Bridge of Khazad-Dûm, Kevin suddenly felt grief well up, as he recalled Gandalf's fall into the deep chasm.  He bent his head to blink away the tears in his eyes.  But he looked up in surprise when he heard the Lady say, "Needless were none of the deeds of Gandalf in life.  We do not yet know his full purpose."

She looked out at the group of travellers before her with great sympathy, looking at each in turn, her eyes softening as she looked at Joey, and then her eyes stopped on Gimli.  "Do not let the great emptiness of Khazad-dûm fill your heart Gimli, son of Glóin.  For the world has grown full of peril, and in all lands, love is now mingled with grief."  She added, “Dark is the water of Kheled-zâram, and cold are the springs of Kibil-nâla, and fair were the many-pillared halls of Khadazd-dûm in Eldar Days before the fall of mighty kings beneath the stone.”  She looked again upon Gimli, who sat glowering and looking sad, and she smiled.  And the Dwarf looked up at her and met her eyes.

He’s looking as if he sees a friend! Kevin thought, as he stared at the Dwarf.  Kevin saw hope and wonder dawning on Gimli’s face for the first time since they had left the tunnels, and then Gimli smiled in answer.

He bowed in dwarf-fashion, saying, “Yet more fair is the living land of Lórien, and the Lady Galadriel is above all the jewels that lie beneath the earth!”  She smiled at him again.

Kevin and Jennifer exchanged delighted grins.  It was clear to them both that the ancient prejudice between dwarf and elf was beginning to break down—at least, between Gimli and Galadriel.  Maybe things’ll change between Gimli and Legolas next, Jennifer thought hopefully.  I hope they will!

Then Galadriel’s gaze once more scanned each of them.  She held them with her eyes, and in silence looking searchingly at each in turn.  None save Legolas and Aragorn could long endure her glance.  Sam quickly blushed and hung his head.  Joey squirmed, biting his lower lip and shaking his head violently.

When Galadriel’s eyes met Kevin's, he had a sudden thought.  What if they had never gone into the cave?  What if they could go back in time, and wipe all memory of Middle-earth from their memories?  They would all be safe with their family and free from danger…he shook his head.  No, not now.  He and Joey and Jennifer couldn't leave all their new friends in the lurch, especially Frodo, and most especially since he and Jennifer, in particular, knew now that it was the Lord's will.

Lead us not into temptation, he silently prayed, but deliver us from evil.  Suddenly the temptation was gone, and a pressure he was not aware of before had left his mind.  He looked at the Lady, who gave him a nod of approval and a smile of pride, and he realised that he had just passed some kind of test.  Finally, the Lady Galadriel released them from her eyes, and she smiled.

Celeborn spoke again.  "What now becomes of this Fellowship?  Without Gandalf, hope is lost."

“Your quest is known to us,” said Galadriel, looking at Frodo.  “But we will not here speak of it more openly. I will not give you counsel, saying do this or do that, for not in doing or contriving, nor in choosing between this course and another can I avail, but only in knowing what was and is, and in part also what shall be, but this I will say to you: your quest stands upon the edge of a knife.  Stray but a little and it will fail, to the ruin of all.  Yet hope remains while the Company is true," Galadriel said.  Her eyes turned to Joey, who was staring up at her in amazement, and then to Sam.

"Do not let your hearts be troubled,” she added.   “Go now and rest, for you are weary with sorrow and much toil.  Tonight you shall sleep in peace."  Kevin felt exhausted and ready to rest, and he could tell that his friends felt the same.  Joey was leaning against him, barely able to stay awake.

Celeborn nodded agreement.  “Go now!  Even if your Quest did not concern us closely, you should have refuge in this City, until you were healed and refreshed.  Now you shall rest, and we will not speak of your further road for a while.”

Thus dismissed, they were all led by Haldir back to the foot of the mallorn.  There, two Elves, one a maiden, were waiting for them.

-oo000oo-

A/N: We would like to thank Hana M. of the Stories of Arda forum for helping us to come up with the translation of Legolas' hymn to Ilúvatar in this chapter.  She acted as go-between for us with the wonderful folks at Realelvish.net (https://realelvish.net/).  Our thanks also go to dreamingfifi, who came up with the actual translation.  Below is the original song, along with dreamingfifi's translation, as well as the literal meaning of the Sindarin.

Original: Eru Ilúvatar, Maker of All, who declared among the Ainur the Great Music, all praise to Ilúvatar who made and knows our hearts.  May our songs of praise be delightful to Him; may He know the fullness of our spirits; may He guide our tongues to be always in harmony with the Great Music of Arda.  Praise Ilúvatar, the One Ilúvatar, the One who is above all thrones forever!

Translation: Eru, Tân Ilnad, i amarthant i Veleglin ah i Melain, aglarath an Eru i echant ah ista in ind ‘wîn.  No ‘lassui athen i lind ‘wîn aglar; isto i banthas-i-fêr ‘wîn, Eru; togo i laim ‘wîn an *oled lend anin Beleglin Gardhon, Eru. Eglerio Eru, i Adar Ereb Ilnad, i Ben i or archadhwath n’uir.

Literal: Eru. Maker of Everything, who decreed the Great-song with the Valar, all glory to Eru who fashioned and knows our hearts.  May our songs of glory be joyous to him; may Eru know the fullness of our souls; may Eru lead our tongues to becoming sweet-sounding to the Great-song of Arda.  Praise Eru, the Lone Father of Everything, the One who is over all thrones forever.

This was translated by dreamingfifi from Realelvish.net (https://realelvish.net/) into the wood elves' Sindarin.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it. 

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people. 

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 21: Reflection

Haldir introduced them to the two new Elves, Thorchon and Lassiel.  Like most of the Elves whom the  Company had met in Lothlórien so far, they were fair-haired.  Thorchon was not quite so tall as Haldir, and he was clad in grey.  Lassiel's long, blonde hair was pulled to the back in a loose plait, and fell nearly to her knees; her long gown was pale green.

"I will leave you with them for now.  I must go and make my report."  Haldir gripped Aragorn's forearm briefly, and gave the rest of them a nod, before he left.

It turned out that the two Elves were to escort them to a place where they could bathe, and then would show them to where they would be staying.  Lassiel led Jennifer away from the rest, which made Kevin somewhat nervous, but of course his sister couldn't take a bath with all of the guys.  He knew she would welcome a bath as much as he would.  All they'd been able to do, throughout their whole journey so far, was to just wash themselves in cold water.  He hoped these Elves had hot water as in Rivendell, but he wasn't sure, since they lived in trees.  With the rest of the group, Kevin followed Thorchon back part of the way they had come.  Then he led them to one side down a path marked on one side by white stones.  Soon they came to a small clearing hedged about by small trees and bushes.  Inside was a pond, but it was clear and clean and giving off steam.  There was a bubbling in the center, indicating that it was a hot spring.

There was a carved wooden bench nearby, piled with folded white linen.  Kevin and the other males quickly disrobed.  Since he played sports, he was used to stripping down in the locker room, and he wasn't embarrassed since he knew no one else would look at him; the others were too busy getting ready for their own baths to take any notice of him.  He helped Joey get undressed.  His little brother was slightly embarrassed, but he knew Joey would get used to it.  "Hey, guy," he said, "it's okay.  No one will look; the others are all going too busy cleaning themselves to pay any attention to us.”  He nodded toward their companions.  “Besides, won't a hot bath feel good?"

Joey nodded, his face still red.  But he lost his embarrassment once he got into the water, which was the perfect temperature.  Kevin watched Joey's blushes subside, and then took a bar of soft creamy soap from a basket on the bank of the pond and tossed it to his little brother, and then he handed Joey one of the smaller linen cloths.  "Be sure to wash behind your ears and the back of your neck," he said, exaggerating his bossy tone.

Joey laughed.  "Yes, Mommy," he said mockingly.

Laughing, Kevin picked up a bar of soap.  Sure now that his brother was comfortable, he exchanged a wink with Pippin, who was taking his own bath nearby, and turned his attention to his own bathing.  It felt seriously good to not be dirty anymore!   

-oo000oo-

“Where am I gonna bathe?” Jennifer asked Lassiel, as the female elf led her away from her companions.

“There is a pond not far from the one where your brothers will bathe.”  Lassiel stepped aside and gestured toward the clearing ahead of them.

Jennifer stepped forward.  The clearing was hedged with tall bushes, and in the center was a shallow pond.  The water was clear, and it was giving off steam, as Jennifer noticed.  She smiled.  At least the water would not be cold.  There must be a hot spring underneath, she thought.  In that instant, she noticed bubbles rising to the surface of the water in the middle.  There is a hot spring!  She smiled.  At least I won’t have to take a cold bath!

Close to the edge of the pond was a carved wooden bench.  Some pieces of white linen were folded on it and stacked in a short pile.  It was clear to Jennifer that they were meant to be washcloths and towels.  A basket filled with bars of soap rested on the bank of the pond, and a narrow jar stood next to it.  “No one will come in here while you are bathing, Lady Jennifer,” Lassiel told her.  “So you are free to undress and step into the water.”  She nodded toward the basket.  “The bars of soap are for your use, and the jar contains a liquid soap for your hair.”

Jennifer smiled.  “Thanks.  The—the water’s not too hot, is it?”

Lassiel shook her head.  “It is near to hot, but it will not burn you.”

Jennifer smiled again, in relief.  “Thanks.  Don’t think I want any first- or second-degree burns on my body tonight.”

Lassiel smiled at her, and then she turned to leave.  As soon as she was out of sight, Jennifer removed her clothes and laid them on the end of the bench.  Picking up a bar of soft, creamy soap, she entered the water and began to wash herself.  Lassiel was right; the water was comfortably hot, but not hot enough to burn her.  When she had finished washing her body, she picked up the jar and tipped it over her head to lather her hair with the liquid soap.  Once she had finished washing her hair, she ducked below the water to rinse the soap out of it, rubbing her fingers through her hair in the process, and then she stepped out of the pond to dry herself.  She smiled broadly.  It feels so good to be clean once more!

-oo000oo-

All of them, including Jennifer, were bathed and clean and dressed in clean clothing brought to them by the two attending Elves, who returned just as they were finished with their baths, and then they were taken back to the path where they had separated, and Thorchon and Lassiel led them to a beautiful pavilion at the foot of one of the mallorn trees, near the fountain.  Soft couches had been placed there, and on a low round table were trays with sweet bread, fruit, cheese, and cold meat, and pitchers of clear, cold water.  There were also plates and cups for them to use.  Bidding them a peaceful night in their musical voices, Thorchon and Lessiel left them.  Joey and the hobbits took full advantage of the food, but the others only ate a little bit, and then they found places to bed down, as soon as they had supped.  For a while, they chatted about the day, about Lothlórien, and the Lord and Lady.  It was too disheartening to think back any further than that.

“What did you blush for, Sam?” said Pippin.  “You soon broke down.  Anyone would have thought you had a guilty conscience.  I hope it was nothing worse than a wicked plot to steal one of my blankets.”

“I never thought no such thing,” answered Sam, in no mood for jest.  “If you want to know, I felt as if I hadn’t got nothing on, and I didn’t like it.  She seemed to be looking inside me and asking what I would do if she gave me the chance of flying back home to the Shire to a nice little hole with—with a bit of garden of my own.”

“That’s funny,” said Merry.  “Almost exactly what I felt myself, only, only well, I don’t think I’ll say any more,” he ended lamely.

It seemed like they all had the same ordeal: they all had been offered something each really wanted if they would only decide to just give up and go back, and leave the others to deal with Sauron and his Ring.

“And it seemed to me, too,” said Gimli, “that my choice would remain secret and known only to myself.”

Kevin shook his head, bewildered.  “The same thing happened to me,” he said softly.  “I thought I was just being tempted, and I did what I had been taught, to resist it.  Was it really Galadriel?”

Aragorn nodded.  “It appears that it was, Kevin.  What was it that she offered you?”

Kevin bit his lower lip as he looked back on that moment.  “Well, uh,” he said slowly, “I got to thinking: what if we had never entered the cave?  What if we could go back in time and just completely forget Middle-earth, erase it from our memories?  We’d be safe with our mom and dad, and we’d be free from danger.”  He shook his head.  “But then I realized we could not do that.  We can’t leave you guys in the lurch like that—most of all, Frodo.  It’s God’s will that we take part in this quest, and we know He’s not gonna let us go back until it’s over.”  He looked at Jennifer, who nodded agreement.  “Soon as I prayed for deliverance from that temptation, it disappeared.  And—it’s hard to describe—”  Furrowing his eyebrows, he tried to think of the words that would explain what had happened.  “—it felt like a pressure on my mind also disappeared, a pressure I hadn’t even known was there, till it was gone.”

Jennifer grimaced as she stepped through the curtain that partially covered her couch in one corner of the pavilion, giving her privacy.  Holding it open and turning back to face the others, she said, “The Lady Galadriel can’t turn back time, and powerful as she is, I don’t think even she can open up that portal so we can go back through it.”

Kevin nodded.  “I agree.  I don’t think she can, either.  Can she, Aragorn?” 

The Ranger shook his head.  "Nay, she is powerful, one of the Noldor from the First Age, and she once dwelt in Aman, in the light of the Two Trees.  But that power is not in her.  She was merely testing your mettle, Kevin."

Jennifer bit her lower lip.  “Funny thing is, the same thing happened to me.  And I did what you did, Kevin, when you fought it.”  She turned to Joey.  “What about you, Joey?  Did she offer you anything?”

“Just a chance to be back with Mom and Dad.”  Joey shrugged.  “But I can’t go back without you two.  And Kaylee.  And Lucy.  And I said that in my mind.”

Boromir frowned.  “To me it seemed exceedingly strange.  Maybe it was only a test, as you said, Aragorn, and she thought to read our thoughts for her own good purpose; but almost I should have said that she was tempting us, and offering what she pretended to have the power to give.  It need not be said that I refused to listen.  The Men of Minas Tirith are true to their word.”  But what he thought that the Lady had offered him Boromir did not tell.

And as for Frodo, he would not speak, though Boromir pressed him with questions.  “She held you long in her gaze, Ring-bearer,” he said.

“Yes,” said Frodo; “but whatever came into my mind then I will keep there.”

“Well, have a care!” said Boromir.  “I do not feel too sure of this Elvish lady and her purposes.”

“Speak no evil of the Lady Galadriel!” said Aragorn sternly.  “You know not what you say.  There is in her and in this land no evil, unless a man bring it hither himself.  Then let him beware!  But tonight I shall sleep without fear for the first time since I left Rivendell.  And may I sleep deep, and forget for a while my grief!  I am weary in body and in heart.”

He cast himself down upon his couch and fell at once into a long sleep.  Jennifer disappeared behind the curtain, and Joey and Kevin lay down on their couches next to each other.  The others soon did the same, and no sound or dream disturbed their slumber. 

-oo000oo-

The next morning, the members of the Company wakened refreshed, though still sad and grieving.  They had slept scattered about the pavilion, with Jennifer just a little further off than the others, in the partially curtained-off corner—the most privacy she'd had since she had left Rivendell.  The morning was sunny and bright with the sunlight on the clearing, and the glittering fountain made a soothing sound.

Some Elves had brought them breakfast: delicious-smelling fresh bread, fruits, and cheese, and a hot drink smelling of herbs.  The hobbits immediately took over serving their friends as they had been doing on the journey.

"What will we be doing today, Strider?" Pippin asked, as they sat around eating their breakfast.

"We will be here for some days, Pippin.  There will be scouts sent out to check the borders, and to see if the orcs are still following us or waiting upon us to leave.  I am quite sure we will find things to occupy ourselves with as we rest.  I do believe this will be a good chance for weapons practice and learning some skills that will do us some good when we leave here."

Legolas spoke up.  "Haldir has offered to give those of you who wish it archery lessons.  Kevin, you have told me that neither you nor your siblings can shoot, at least not with a bow.  I know that Pippin and Merry know how to shoot, and that Pippin is quite skilled.  Frodo, do you shoot?  Sam?"

Frodo smiled.  "Not really.  I tried it out a few times when visiting my Took kin, but I am a very poor shot."

Sam shook his head.  "I've never had no reason to shoot a bow, but I'm not half-bad with a sling or even a thrown rock.  A bow and arrows'd be just one more thing to have to keep track of on the walk, when we leave."

Merry and Pippin exchanged a look.  "Sam's got a point there.  I think we'd better stick to learning how to fight with our blades," said Merry.

Pippin nodded.  "Much as it would be nice to have a bow I could use, I think it would be too much to ask for these Elves to make us special bows.  You can't tell me they've got bows our size sitting around here."

Legolas laughed.  "You are quite right, though I do not think a bowyer of the Galadhrim would object to making bows your size.  Still, it is probably the right decision.  You and Merry need to concentrate on your blade work.”

The group finished eating, and while Boromir took Merry, Pippin, Kevin, and Joey aside to work with their swords, Legolas drew Jennifer over to where the two of them could spar with the long knives of the Elves.

"Um, Legolas?” Jennifer asked hesitantly.  “I'd kind of like to learn archery, too.  With the knives, an enemy has to get awful close for me to use them."  She made a wry face, but she was serious.

"Very well; we shall see about getting you a bow by tomorrow.  Meanwhile, we shall continue with the knives."  Jennifer nodded.

Aragorn and Gimli both decided to help Boromir with his pupils.  Aragorn took Kevin aside, and Gimli worked with Merry.  Boromir concentrated on Pippin and Joey.  The two youngest fighters had a great fear of hurting their sparring partner that kept both of them holding back too much.

Boromir knelt down in front of the two.  "Pippin, Joey, I know that you do not wish to injure one another, and I will do my best to see that neither of you comes to grievous harm.  But you must expect small cuts and nicks and bruises as a part of your training."

After that, they did work out much harder.  Pippin did end up with bruised and scraped knuckles from a blow with the flat of Joey's blade, and Joey had a little cut on his left forearm that frightened Pippin far more than it hurt Joey.  Still, Pippin held onto his blade, and did not fling it aside as he had on one occasion, when he had drawn blood while sparring with Boromir.  Kevin, who had removed some Band-Aids and the bottle of antiseptic from his first-aid kit and put them in his leather pouch after breakfast that morning, stopped his own sparring long enough to tend Joey’s cut and Pippin’s scraped knuckles; afterward, they all resumed practicing.

All the while, Legolas was helping Jennifer to increase her speed in fighting with Elvish knives.  The Elf was impressed with her dexterity in handling the blades (perhaps, he thought, it was helped by that walking stick she had constantly twirled), but she needed to be much faster in drawing the blades from their sheaths at her boot tops.

When Jennifer and Legolas stopped to catch their breaths, Legolas patted her shoulder.  “You need to work on your speed in drawing your blades from their sheaths,” he told her.   “We will work on that as soon as we are ready to continue.  However, I am quite impressed with your dexterity, Lady Jennifer, in handling your knives.”

Jennifer laughed.  “Thanks.  Years of baton-twirling have certainly paid off!”  She smiled broadly.  Legolas laughed and nodded agreement.

The group practiced and sparred until the hobbits got hungry, and they all took a break.  The hobbits and Joey nibbled at some of the leftover food the Elves had brought earlier, and the others just rested and took the chance to drink some water.  The water was delicious and cold, coming from the sparkling streamlet that ran through the clearing where their pavilion was located.   

-oo000oo-

They lost track of the days in Lothlórien, so far as they could tell.  Each day was sunny and fair, except for a few showers of brief light rain.  It never lasted long, but the air always felt cleaner and fresher afterwards.  It seemed like it was spring, rather than the dead of winter, although it was as quiet and tranquil as winter days often were.  It seemed to them that they did little but eat and drink and rest and walk among the trees, as well as continue their weapons training, and it was enough.

There was time for the Company to heal from any hurts they had during the journey, to rest, and to come to terms with their grief for the loss of Gandalf.  They also had the chance to explore Lothlórien, sometimes together and sometimes alone.

Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey returned to memorizing Bible verses every day as they had done back in Rivendell, and they spent some time on a daily basis studying Kevin’s Bible, praying together, and singing hymns, gospel songs, and praise songs.  Every morning, Kevin spent some time asking God to tell them what verses to memorize, and he always received guidance which he then passed onto his brother and sister.  In addition to their daily lessons with their swords and knives, Aragorn gave Kevin and Jennifer daily lessons in tracking, and he and Legolas also gave them daily instruction in archery.  When Joey wasn’t engaged in weapons practice or in practicing his Scripture memory work, he played his harmonica, and he played with the hobbits and with his older brother and sister, or by himself.

Pippin often accompanied Jennifer in her walks, chattering about his home and the Shire.  He was always careful to help her when she ascended the stairs into the flets, and when the hobbits served the group their meals, he would always serve her first.  An embarrassing thought had begun to occur to her.  Did Pippin like her?  Well, of course he did, but…as more than a friend?  She did not know much about hobbits and whether they'd like a person who wasn't a hobbit in that way.  But she did know that according to the way that hobbits reckoned ages, he was closer to her in age than the others.  Of course, she thought of him as a very good friend, but, well, he wasn't what she'd always thought would be her "type".  She could not even imagine being romantic with him; she wasn’t the least bit interested in having him for a boyfriend.  But how else could she explain the way he tended to be around her so much?  She really needed some advice, and she certainly couldn't ask Kevin!  She liked Pippin very much, but not in a romantic way.  Somehow, she was going to have to let him down gently if he did like her that way, but first, she needed someone to talk to.

One morning, she slept late, and when she woke up, she did not see Pippin nearby.  She looked about the clearing.  Aragorn and Gimli were sharpening their weapons—something they did a lot, she'd noticed.  Legolas wasn't there either.  Boromir seemed to be still asleep.  Frodo and Merry were by the fire, and they looked over and saw her.

"Lady Jennifer!" said Frodo.  "Would you like to have some tea?"  He held up the teakettle, which had been by the fire.  "And Sam's gone off to fetch us a bite for second breakfast.  I'm sure there will be enough for your first as well!"

Nodding, Jennifer joined them.  "Where’s Pippin?" she asked, as she scanned the clearing in search of the young hobbit.

Frodo cocked his head.  "You don't hear?  I suppose our hearing is sharper.  He and Legolas are down by the stream.  Legolas is teaching Pip to play those shepherd's pipes he made for him out of the reeds.  And Joey’s there with them, joining in with his harmonica.  You need not worry; Legolas is keeping an eye on him."

"Oh."  She knew Pippin liked music, as he'd often spoken of missing his fiddle.  Sometimes Joey played his harmonica for the others, but none of them had learned to play it.  "Um…"  She tried to think of how to approach this question to Pippin's cousins.  "Uh…"  She blushed.

"What's wrong, Lady Jennifer?" asked Merry.

"Uh, you two probably know Pippin better than anyone."  She hung her head and asked quickly, "DoyouthinkPippinlikesme?"

Frodo looked astonished.  "Of course, he does!  Has he done something to make you think he's angry with you?"

But Merry chuckled.  "That's not what she meant, Frodo."  He turned to look at Jennifer sympathetically.  "I'm sorry, Jennifer, but I am certain Pippin doesn't think of you that way.  He is fond of you, I'm sure, but like a sister."

Now Jennifer went even redder.  Merry thought she liked Pippin!  "But why does he stay with me so much?  And he's always trying to protect me, even though, well…"  Now she was flustered for a different reason, because the truth was, Pippin did protect her, and there was no "even though he was half her size" about it, but she couldn't say any more about that to his cousins.

Frodo smiled gently at her.  "He pays you those attentions because you are like a sister to him.  Has he told you of his sisters?"

"Yes," she said.  "They’re all older than him, and he tells me about all the pranks he pulls on them.  He said they are named Pearl, Pimpernel, and Pervinca."  Jennifer thought them very odd names, except for "Pearl".

"Well," said Merry, "he would tell you of the pranks he pulls.  But even though they are older, he has always been aware that he's their brother, and he feels very protective of them.  Once, when a lad who was much older than Pippin was paying Vinca unwelcome attentions, Pippin interrupted and told the fellow that he should leave his sister alone, or he'd smack him on the nose.  Pip was barely into his tweens at the time, and he embarrassed the chap so much that he simply turned tail and left.  Of course, he knew what I'd do if he messed with Pippin!"

"Oh," said Jennifer, relieved.

Frodo nodded.  "I know that he misses his family very much, Lady Jennifer.  You help him to feel less homesick."

"Don't feel badly," said Merry, patting her on the arm.  "You are simply not his type.  You are much too thin, and frankly, Pippin is fond of furry ankles on a lass."

Now Jennifer turned red for another reason—she was trying hard not to laugh.  "Thank you so much for helping to clear that up," she managed to say, once she was sure she would not giggle.  “I like him very much, but not that way.  I would hate to have to hurt his feelings.  You won't tell Pippin I asked about this, will you?”

Frodo shook his head.  "Of course, we won't."  He looked at Merry.  It was clear they did not quite believe her denial, but they did not refute her.  Still Merry smirked, and Frodo shook his head with a quiet smile.  How embarrassing.

Merry grinned.  "Certainly not!  He'd get such a swelled head!"  Jennifer and Frodo laughed.

Jennifer shook her head, amused.  “I really don’t.  Pippin’s a sweet boy, and I’m fond of him, but he's not my type, either,” she said.  “There’s a boy I like back home, a couple of years older than me, and I’d date him if he asked me out.”  She paused.  “If Mom and Daddy would let me, that is.  They won’t let me start dating yet.  Not till I’m fifteen.”

Merry grinned.  "I see."  Jennifer realised she might have convinced Frodo, but Merry had his own ideas, and she might as well drop the subject.  But at least she had her answer, and that was the important thing.

And just then, Sam returned with a tray that held a large bowl of frumenty and bread and fruit.  Jennifer had never had frumenty before she came to Middle-earth, but now she had grown quite fond of it.  Wish I could get their recipe to take home to Mom, she thought.  I’ll have to look it up on the Internet when we get back home.  Maybe Mom could make it with ground beef for supper, sometime.  She suddenly was quite hungry!   

-oo000oo-

One morning soon afterward, the whole company went to the large clearing where the Elves had their archery butts, as Joey learned the place with the targets were called.  He had snickered the first time he heard that, but Jennifer had given him a light smack in the back of his head.  "Don't be vulgar, Joseph!" she had whispered.  Joey still thought it was funny, but he didn't laugh at it anymore.

For some days, Kevin and Jennifer had been learning to shoot, but there was no bow the right size for Joey.  And so, while Kevin and Jennifer practiced their archery, the hobbits had finally decided to teach Joey another self-defense skill; they were going to give him his first lesson that morning.  They took him to the other side of the clearing.  He noticed that Sam was carrying a rather heavy sack, but then he was surprised to see the hobbit dumping out a bunch of rocks!

"What are those for, Sam?" Joey asked curiously.

"Throwing," said Sam.  "Are you good at throwing, Master Joey?"

"I guess," he said.  "I play Little League; I'm a pitcher on my team."  Joey's coach seemed to think he was pretty good, but that he still had more to learn.  He added, “Little League’s baseball for kids.”

"Show us," said Merry.

Joey looked through the pile of rocks, and chose one that was mostly round and smooth, but was about the size of a baseball, though it was heavier.  He slipped into a pitching stance.

"Aim at the target," said Sam.  "It's meant for arrows, so you can't hit it from here, but throw as if you could."

Joey nodded and looked straight ahead.  He pretended that someone was on second base about halfway there, wound up, and threw.  The rock flew down the way he'd aimed, but to his dismay, it fell to the ground long before it reached the halfway mark.  "It was too heavy, I guess."

"If you are used to throwing balls," said Merry, "rocks are quite a bit heavier."  Merry picked one of the stones up and tossed it in his palm a few times, and then, without winding up or anything, he let it fly.  It was fast, and went far past where Joey's rock had landed, although still far short of the target.  "You also have to have good aim and speed."  He gave a look at Frodo and picked up two rocks, handing one to his older cousin.

Frodo gave Merry a nod and took several steps back.  Without further warning, Merry launched his rock up into the air, almost, but not quite, straight up.  In less than an eyeblink, Frodo threw his rock.  It hit the one Merry had thrown, and both rocks were smashed to bits.

"Wow!" exclaimed Joey.  He stared, eyes wide open and jaw dropping, at the bits of smashed stone on the ground.

"Now, just throwing won't go as far as an arrow," said Pippin.  "What you need is a sling.  Sam, show him yours.  The rest of us lost ours in the barrow on our way to Bree, before we got to Rivendell.  Sam's was in his pack on Bill, so he still has his."

Sam reached into his pocket.  Joey was expecting what he'd always thought of as a slingshot—a Y-shaped handle with a stretchy band to shoot with.  But the item Sam brought out was a sort of oval-shaped piece of leather that had long thongs attached to each end.  One of the thongs had a loop at the end; the other did not.  Joey was puzzled; it did look sort of familiar.  Sam grabbed up a stone from the pile and placed it in the center of the leather, with the looped end around three fingers of his right hand and the other cord held loosely in the other fingers.  Then, holding it by the cords, he began to spin it very fast around his head.

Suddenly, he let go of one end.  The stone zipped through the air and smashed the archery target right in the middle!

Now Joey realized why it looked familiar: "David and Goliath!" he yelled.  It was just like the pictures of David and Goliath he had seen in Bible stories.  It was a sling just like David had used!

The hobbits all looked at him puzzled.  "It's from a Bible story.  There was a boy in the Bible named David.  His people, the Israelites, were being attacked by the Philistines.  Their leader was a giant named Goliath.  David used a sling and a stone to kill him!"

He stared once more at the target.  "I wish I could do that!"

"Well, Joey," said Frodo, "that's just what Sam is going to teach you."  He reached in his pocket and pulled out another sling, this one rather new-looking.  "We got Legolas to beg a bit of leather from the other Elves, and Sam made this for you."

"Thank you!" Joey said, his eyes shining.  He took it and examined it carefully, and then looked up at Sam.

Sam carefully showed him how to choose a proper stone, fit it into the leather, and how to hold the cords.  "Now, remember, Master Joey, when you twirl it 'round your head, you have to do it really fast, so as the stone don't fall out."

Joey nodded and held it up, and he began to swing it faster and faster.  Suddenly, he let go.

"NO!" shouted the hobbits.  Instead of going towards the target, it went flying off to the side, where the archery lessons were going on.

"LOOK OUT!" yelled Frodo.

In the instant they had yelled, Legolas leapt forward and knocked Jennifer and Kevin to the ground and Aragorn and Boromir jerked backwards, as the stone went sailing past.  It very likely would have hit Kevin in the head if Legolas had not moved so quickly.

Joey was pale, and he dropped the sling to the ground.  Everyone was staring at him in silence.  He took a deep breath and shuddered.  His hands trembled.

After a few seconds, Sam spoke up.  "Well, Master Joey, I see as how we need to work somewhat on your aim."

Joey took another deep breath, shuddering a second time.  “No kidding!”  Silently, he added, It’s sure not like pitching a baseball!  He shook his head.   

-oo000oo-

After that, Sam gave Joey daily lessons in using a sling, being careful to make sure that no one else was around except the other hobbits during Joey’s lessons.  Gradually, the little boy’s skill improved, until the day finally came when he could hit the assigned target with his rock.  When Aragorn was not giving the older two children lessons in tracking, and when Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey were not receiving weapons-training, they spent much of their time exploring the surrounding forest and playing with one another, as well as with the younger hobbits.  Frequently, Jennifer and Kevin wandered around with her digital camera and his tablet, taking a few pictures of their surroundings and of the elves that they saw.  They had to save the batteries and memory on their devices, and often they'd delete the ones that just didn't seem to capture the beauty around them, but they were able to save a few of the pictures to show their parents.  Sometimes, Joey played his harmonica for the others, and Pippin played his new shepherd’s pipes that Legolas had made for him.  Soon, the young hobbit began to give Joey lessons in playing his shepherd’s pipes, and the little boy practiced diligently.

The Company had not seen the Lord and Lady again since their first night in Lothlorien, and they couldn't really talk to most of the Elves, since very few of them knew Westron.  Haldir had bidden them farewell and gone back again to the fences of the North, where they had increased their guard since learning of what had happened in Moria.  Legolas was away much among the Galadhrim, though he returned to eat and talk with them.  He often took Gimli with him when he went abroad in the land, and the others wondered at this change.  Kevin and Jennifer hoped this meant that Legolas and Gimli were becoming friends.

The remaining Fellowship finally found themselves beginning to be able to talk about Gandalf and how much they missed him.  Kevin and Jennifer began to realize that everyone in the group, except for themselves and Joey, had already known the wizard long before the journey began.  Yet they missed him a lot; they had felt so safe with him, since they knew he was an angel.  The two of them wondered if he had returned to Heaven to be with God (or IIúvatar, as Gandalf had called him) and the other angels.  It would have been good for him to regain his memories and powers, they knew.  But they missed him just the same.

“Mithrandir, Mithrandir,” sang the Elves.  “O Pilgrim Grey!"  as they loved to call him.  But if Legolas was with the Company, he would not interpret the songs for them, saying, “I have not the heart to tell you.  For me, the grief is still too near."

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it. 

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people. 

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 22: I've Got A Dream

Bilbo was taking the air on one of the many benches placed at various points in the gardens of Rivendell.  He was enjoying a pipe and listening to the birds singing, leaning back on the bench with his eyes closed, contemplating a nap, when he felt a small body joining him upon the bench.  He knew at once who it was, and smiled, opening his eyes and turning to look at Kaylee.

Kaylee wiggled.  “Let’s play, Mr. Baggins!”

Bilbo’s eyes twinkled.  “And what shall we play, Miss Kaylee?”

Kaylee bounced on the bench.  “Let’s pretend you don’t know who I am.  Ask me my name!”  With a broad grin on her face, she whirled around, turning her back toward him and folding her legs up, and covered her face with her hands.  Bilbo laughed.

“All right.”  He leaned forward and gazed at Kaylee.  “Well, well.  Let me see.  Hmm.  What is your name, little one?”

“Guess!”  Kaylee giggled.

Bilbo furrowed his eyebrows in mock puzzlement.  “Who is this little girl sitting on this bench beside me?  What is her name?”  He paused.  “Could her name be—Esmeralda?”

“Nope.”  Kaylee giggled again.

Bilbo put a finger to his chin, as he pretended to think.  “Is her name Ruby or Pearl?”  Kaylee shook her head.

“Diamond?”

“Nope!”  Kaylee giggled yet again.

“Rose?”

“Uh-uh.”  Kaylee shook her head.

“Eglantine?”

“Nope.”  Kaylee wiggled and bounced.

“What about Lily?  Daisy?  Marigold?  Posy?”

“Uh-uh.”  Kaylee giggled once again, as she continued to keep her face covered, her legs folded up, and her back toward Bilbo.

“Hmm.”  Bilbo leaned back in his chair, holding his pipe in his lap, and pretended to think again.  “Well, well, this is a hard one.  This little girl doesn’t seem to have any of the names I can come up with.”  He leaned toward Kaylee.  “Could she be—no, this can’t be—could her name be—Kaylee?!”

“Yes!”  Bouncing again, Kaylee pivoted toward him and grinned broadly.

Bilbo laughed.  “I thought so!”  Giggling, Kaylee crawled toward the old hobbit and hugged him.  Laying his pipe on the bench, Bilbo chuckled and hugged her back.

Just then they were interrupted by Lady Arwen and Eledwhen coming up the path.  "Ah, there you are, Miss Kaylee," said Arwen.  "Are you ready to go down to the stables again for your riding lesson?"  Kaylee had been taking lessons for the past month and a half now, and she had grown quite fond of Bilbo's old pony.

"Yes, Lady Arwen!"  She grinned and jumped up, and reached into the little pouch which hung upon her belt, serving as her pocket, and pulled out an apple.  "See?  I have a treat for Merrylegs!"

Bilbo smiled.  "Perhaps I will come along with you; I have not seen my old friend in a while.  I am sure that he is enjoying your company, Miss Kaylee."

Kaylee smiled broadly.  "I have fun with Merrylegs, and Curubor says I am becoming a good little rider!"

"Is that so?" asked Bilbo.  "I am sure that Merrylegs is happy to have a rider once more."

Lady Arwen took one of her hands and Eledwhen took the other, and Kaylee skipped cheerfully along as they headed down the paths to the stables, Bilbo trailing behind them at a more leisurely pace.  The head groom, Curubor, who also had the duty of riding master, smiled to see them coming.  "Ah, little miss!  Are you ready for another lesson?"

Kaylee nodded enthusiastically.  Soon enough, after Kaylee had fed Merrylegs her apple, the Elf had her mounted upon Bilbo's gentle old pony.  She needed no saddle; Curubor took the reins and walked Kaylee at a gentle pace around the paddock.

They had made several circuits, and Curubor was allowing Kaylee to take the reins for a little while, when half a dozen riders approached, accompanied by Lord Glorfindel.  But the other riders were not Elves, but Men.  Kaylee pulled the reins to stop Merrylegs the way Curubor had taught her.  Merrylegs obligingly did so, and Kaylee felt quite proud of herself, but she was curious as to who the Men might be.  They were all dusty and sweaty, like they had been riding a long time; they were also dressed like Lord Aragorn dressed.

Lady Arwen turned to greet them.  "Halbarad!  Well met!  Welcome to Imladris."

One of the riders dismounted.  "Well met, indeed, my Lady Arwen."  He bowed over her hand.  "We thought to bring news here of the doings to the West, and consult with our Chieftain and perhaps with your brothers."

"Alas, your cousin has already left the Valley, on a journey with Gandalf and several others.  But Elladan and Elrohir have returned from their own journey."

The Man nodded, but said no more, as he knew that Master Elrond would tell him any further news if he needed it.  He turned his glance to the paddock, where Bilbo Baggins's old pony stood placidly as Curubo helped his small rider to dismount.  He was surprised to see it was a young maid-child.  He grinned.  "Who have we here?" he asked jovially.  "Is that some fair princess from a far-off land?"

Kaylee giggled.  "I'm not a real princess, but sometimes I play I’m one!"  Halbarad and Arwen laughed softly.

Arwen beckoned Kaylee to come closer.  "Halbarad, may I present Miss Kaylee McCloud?"

Kaylee dropped a little curtsey as Lady Arwen had taught her.  "Kaylee McCloud at your service and your family's."  She cast a look up at the Lady, to see if she had done it right.  Lady Arwen gave her an approving smile and a nod.

With a warm smile, the man gave her a bow in return.  "Halbarad, son of Nethon, at your service, Miss Kaylee!"

"Halbarad is Lord Aragorn's cousin," Arwen told the little girl.  She turned to the Ranger.  "Miss Kaylee is a visitor to Imladris; her older brothers and sister have accompanied your kinsman and his other companions on an urgent journey to the South."

Halbarad looked startled at this news, but nodded.  "Very well.  I shall take my news to your father and brothers, then, in my Chieftain's stead.  We will be staying a few days, to resupply and take fresh mounts, before we look for Aragorn.  I will see you both later, then."  He inclined his head toward Kaylee and then toward Arwen, after which he turned and left them.

Kaylee watched him walk away.  “I like him," she said, smiling.

Arwen smiled back.  “I like him, too, Miss Kaylee,” she said.  “Come along, let us return to your riding lesson.”  Kaylee skipped toward Merrylegs, followed by Arwen, and remounted the pony.

Halbarad stayed in Rivendell for a couple of days, and Kaylee got to talk to him several times during his visit.  She liked him.  He looked a lot like his cousin, Lord Aragorn.  He didn't seem to smile much, thought Kaylee, but when he talked to her, he smiled, and she liked his smile. He told her stories of his work as a Ranger and his times with Aragorn.  He said she reminded him of his granddaughter, whose name was Oriel.  Kaylee didn't think he looked old enough to be a grandpa, but he said he was older than he looked. 

On the last afternoon before he left, he came to tell Lady Arwen farewell.  They were in her sunroom, all of them working on their needlework, the lady and all her maidens and Kaylee.

He sat down to talk to Lady Arwen.  "Soon we shall receive word to join our Lord, but it is not yet time, your father says."

Arwen shook her head.  "No, it is not.  Yet when that time comes, you must come to me before you leave.  I will have a gift for you to take to him when you go."  She indicated the huge black cloth she had been embroidering with silver thread and jewels.  She had been in the process of embroidering a beautiful tree, and she was almost finished.  Kaylee had been quite curious about it, but had not known it was to be a gift for Lord Aragorn.  But Halbarad gave a solemn nod, just as though he knew all about it.

He glanced at Kaylee, who was stitching away, her needle moving in and out quite easily compared to when she had first started.  "You are becoming quite an accomplished young needlewoman, Miss Kaylee.  Young Oriel is not nearly so neat in her stitches as you."

“Thank you.”  Kaylee blushed at his compliment.  "Well, Lady Arwen is a really good teacher."

Halbarad grinned and nodded.  "That must be it, of course.  She certainly is, and you have worked very hard, I see."  He rose to leave and turned to Arwen.  "I shall take my farewell of you now.  Your father has said we will get word when it is time for us to go South.  I will see you again before we leave."

He gave a brief bow, and left the room.

Kaylee was quiet and thoughtful after he left, and after a few minutes, Lady Arwen asked her, "What is on your mind, child?"

"Halbarad said he liked my sewing," she answered.  "Do you…do you think he’d like it if I made a present for him?"

"I think he would like that very much, dear," the lady replied.  She rose to her feet to fetch the materials that Kaylee would need.  If the little girl was going to make Halbarad’s gift, she would have to begin immediately, and work quickly so that she would have it finished before he and his men left the next morning.  And Arwen would have to work just as quickly to finish her own gift for Aragorn before Halbarad and his men left to go find his kinsman.  

-oo000oo-

That evening, during the Hall of Fire, Kaylee climbed into Halbarad’s lap.  She had finished his gift just a short while before, and had left it in her bedroom.  “Well, Miss Kaylee, this is my last night here,” Halbarad told her.  “My men and I must leave in the morning and look for Aragorn.”  He kissed her forehead.  “Perhaps I will also find your brothers and sister when I find him.  Do you have a message you want me to give them?”

Kaylee thought for a moment, her thumb in her mouth.  At last, dropping her hand, she said, “Tell them I miss them lots.”  She paused, and added, “And give them lots of hugs and kisses for me!”  She covered her mouth with both hands and then, smacking her lips, threw them out in front of her, spreading her arms out.  Grinning, the little girl added, “And tell them I’m trying to be very good.”  She bounced.  “And tell them, don’t worry about me!”

Laughing, Halbarad mussed her hair.  “If I find them, I will give them your messages,” he told Kaylee.  He exchanged an amused look with Arwen and Elrond, who sat nearby.

A half-hour later, Mairen came to fetch Kaylee to her bed.  She found the child still perched on Halbarad's knee, by then nearly asleep.  The Elf-maiden roused her.

"Miss Kaylee, dear, it is time for you to go to bed now."

Kaylee blinked.  "Now?"

"Yes, little one."

Kaylee rubbed her eyes and looked up at Halbarad.  "Good night, Halbarad.  Will I see you at breakfast?"  She yawned.

"No, my little lady.  My men and I will be leaving at first light.  I must say farewell to you now."  He embraced her lightly and left a little kiss on top of her head.  "I am glad I got to know you, Kaylee.”

She nodded, already half-asleep again as she was passed into Mairen's capable arms.  “Good night, Kaylee,” Elrond told her.  “We will see you in the morning.”

“Yes, we will,” Arwen agreed.  “Good night, Kaylee.”

“Night,” Kaylee said, yawning, her eyes sliding shut again.  She did not rouse as she was carried to her room, but as Mairen was trying to put her into her nightgown, she woke more fully.  There on her nightstand was Halbarad's present!

She looked up at her nursemaid. "I have to wake up before the Dúnadain leave!" she said urgently.  “I have a present for Halbarad.”

Mairen kissed her forehead.  “Very well, Miss Kaylee, I shall wake you before he leaves, then.”  Kaylee smiled her thanks.

The next morning came early, and true to her word, Mairen was there to wake her.

Kaylee was at first resistant to waking up.  "It's still dark out, Mairen!"

"They will leave soon," Mairen told her.  "My Lady has already gone to the paddock to farewell her brothers, and Lord Halbarad is with them."

At that news, Kaylee quickly allowed Mairen to dress her.  She grabbed the little present from her nightstand and raced from the room and down the stairs to the outside.

Out on the lawn, Kaylee ran as fast as she could.  She just had to get there before the Dúnadain left; she just had to!  She could see them now, mounted on their big horses.  But Halbarad and Arwen's big brothers were still standing there, talking to Arwen.  She was nearly there when she stumbled, and she cried out as she hit the ground—she had tripped over a small dip in the ground, and her knee was scraped.  But she got herself up and began to run again.  In the past, she would have sobbed loudly until someone had treated her knee and comforted her, but now she ignored the pain in her knee and the sudden wet blurriness stinging her eyes, and kept running.

Arwen and the others had stopped their conversation at the sound of Kaylee's outcry, and ran to her.  They reached her quickly, and Arwen scooped her up.  Kaylee's eyes were leaking tears, and she brushed them away with her hands.  "Kaylee, child, what in the world are you doing up so early?" Arwen asked.

“Him!”  Kaylee pointed at Halbarad.  "Halbarad!  You were going to leave without saying 'bye’!"  Kaylee turned her face to the Ranger with a look of hurt and accusation.

"But I farewelled you last night, little one, ere you went to bed," he replied.

"That doesn't count!  You weren't really leaving then.  And I didn't have a chance to give you your present!"   Kaylee reached into the little purse that hung upon her belt and drew out the pouch she had made for Halbarad.

He took it with a gracious smile.  "You honor me, Miss Kaylee.  Thank you."  He looked at it.  It had been made out of a scrap of the same fabric from which Arwen had made the standard she had just given him to carry to Aragorn, and it was carefully embroidered with an eight-pointed star in silver thread.  He could feel something hard within, and he drew out a stone.  It was tan and brown, and was nearly flat and rather oval in shape, about two inches in diameter.  It was an attractive pebble.  "Is this a special stone?" he asked the little girl.

"Yes, Halbarad!"  She nodded earnestly.  "I found it just before we came from our country, when we were going to the cave.  So it's kind of like a part of my home."

"Well, then, I shall always keep it close by me."  He lifted the long cord of the drawstring over his head and hung it round his neck.  "See, it hangs down over my heart, dear."  He took Kaylee's hand and kissed the back of it.  "But I must go now."  He patted her head.

Arwen carried Kaylee the rest of the way to where the horses waited.  She said a word of farewell to her brothers, and then they and Halbarad moved to the front of the company of Rangers.  Halbarad raised a hand and said, "Forward!" and they all rode away at a trot.  Even though none of them looked back, Kaylee waved until she could no longer see them.

"Now," said the Lady Arwen, "we shall go see if my father can fix up that scraped knee for you."

Kaylee burrowed her head into Arwen's shoulder.  "Yes, milady," she said, as she so often heard the Elves say to Arwen.  Arwen set her on the ground, and together, they both walked back in the dawn mist towards the Last Homely House, with Arwen holding Kaylee’s hand.  

-oo000oo-

Jennifer had been sleeping soundly in the Company's pavilion when she woke abruptly from one of those extraordinary dreams: she had seen her parents and Megan in Rivendell, with Kaylee, a half-grown Lucy, Master Elrond, and Lady Arwen!  How odd, she thought.  It had been quite vivid.  She lay there blinking, when she overheard Frodo and Sam talking softly.  She couldn't hear what they were saying, but there was a movement at the entrance to the pavilion.  The Lady Galadriel was there.  She gestured to Frodo and Sam and spoke softly to them.  They got up to follow the Elven lady.  Jennifer watched, tempted to get up and follow them herself.  But as she was trying to decide, Lady Galadriel turned her head and looked straight at Jennifer, and gave a mysterious smile, while shaking her head ‘no’.

Jennifer stayed where she was, but she was more curious than ever.  She could not go back to sleep, and so she tried to recall all the details of her dream before they slipped away.  I wish they were here, she thought.  I miss Mom and Daddy.  Megan, too.  She bit her lower lip.  I also miss Kaylee.  And Lucy.  At least they’re safe in Rivendell.  I wonder how much Lucy has grown since we left?  I’m sure she’s not teething anymore.

She was not sure how much time had passed, but after a while, Sam and Frodo returned and went back to their bedrolls.  Lady Galadriel returned and, smiling once more at Jennifer, she beckoned her to rise and follow.  Scrambling to her feet, the young girl did as she was told.  What’s happening? she silently wondered.  What’s going on?

‘Follow me, and you shall find out,’ Galadriel’s amused voice sounded in her head.  A startled Jennifer jolted.  She was not used to that!

Jennifer silently followed the Lady.  She had what seemed like a million questions about where they were going and what the Lady Galadriel wanted, but somehow it did not seem the right time to ask them.  Jennifer realized they were nearing Caras Galadhon, but they did not ascend the slope of the Hill.  Instead the two of them went around to the southern side, where the end of their way led to a huge hedge.  An archway of living green allowed them access.  For the first time since entering Lothlórien, Jennifer suddenly realized that she was not beneath a canopy of trees, and she could see the night sky unobstructed.  They went down a long stone stairway, which grew more and more shallow until it became a pathway.  A babbling stream ran alongside from the Hill above.  At the end of the pathway was a pedestal that looked like the trunk of a tree.  A silver basin stood upon it, and beside it a silver pitcher.

Moving gracefully, the Lady took the pitcher and filled it with water from the stream.  She filled the basin with the water and bent to breathe over it.  Jennifer thought it seemed that there was a glowing mist for a second, but then she wasn't sure—perhaps it had been her imagination?  But now the Lady spoke for the first time since summoning Jennifer.  "Here is the Mirror of Galadriel,” she said.  “I have brought you here so that you may look in it, if you will."

"What will I see?" Jennifer asked, almost whispering.

“Even the wisest cannot tell.  For the mirror shows many things: things that were…things that are…and some things that have not yet come to pass,” was the Lady's mysterious answer.  Jennifer swallowed a gulp.  That sounded ominous!

Reluctantly, she went to the pedestal and bent her face to see within.  At first all she could see was the sky and the night stars above.  How odd, she thought, I don't even see my own face reflected.  But then the water briefly went grey, and then became as clear as could be.  There was the scene from her dream.  It was clearly Rivendell, and there were her parents with Kaylee, Lucy, and Megan, as well as Master Elrond and Lady Arwen!  They appeared to be talking seriously.  Where are Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet? she silently wondered.  Aren’t they here, too?

Then the mirror changed.  She could see orcs—they were running away, carrying Merry, Pippin, and—and Joey!  But before she could even cry out in alarm, it changed again, and there was a huge white city that looked like something from a fairy tale.  And then she saw—Gandalf?  She couldn’t tell.  He was all dressed in white, and he was riding a white horse.

Then she saw her parents, Kaylee, Megan, and Lucy again—they were riding in boats on a big river with some Elves.  I hope that Kaylee and Megan are okay!  They can't swim.  But Mom and Dad are with them.  But someone here really needs to invent life jackets!  Suddenly, Jennifer saw a huge mountain belching fire, and somehow, she knew it was Mount Doom!  It was belching out lava and fire, which seemed to be coming right at her!  With a yelp, she leaped back, startled, and the spell was broken.

Most of what she had seen, she could not understand, but one thing was pretty obvious.  She looked at the Lady in wonder.  "Our parents and Megan are coming to Middle-earth, too, aren't they?"

Galadriel nodded.  "While much is still open to interpretation, it does appear that the rest of your family will come.  But do not place too much hope in it, for there is no way of telling when they will be here, or when you may be reunited with them.  Much will befall before that happens!"  The Lady bent to look Jennifer in the eyes.  "I know that it will be tempting to talk about this to your brothers, but the Mirror is a chancy thing.  You should not give false hope to them."

Jennifer nodded.  She knew that the Lady Galadriel was right, but it would be a hard secret to keep.  Still, she would have to try.  And if she was understanding the Mirror correctly, their parents and Megan would come, but their aunt and uncle would not.  Guess they’re gonna stay back at home, she thought, but why are Mom and Dad back at the park after all this time, and why are they going to the cave?  And bringing Megan?  Did they go back to the park to try to find us, or what?  She shook her head in confusion.  It’s been a few months now since we entered that caveMom and Dad must have gone back to look for us again!  What’s happening?  She bit her lower lip.

"And Joey?" she asked fearfully.  "Shouldn’t he be warned about the orcs?"

"Can you tell him when it will happen, or how?  And how to avoid it?"

Jennifer shook her head.  "No."

"Then all you would be doing is worrying him overmuch about something that may or may not happen.  Remember, trying to avoid something may actually bring it about.  The Mirror is dangerous as a guide of deeds."  The Lady put a comforting arm around her.  "You know Whom to trust, my dear.  Hold fast to the knowledge that all will be well in the end, whatever that end may be.  And now, my child, I will guide you back to your bed.  You need your rest."

Jennifer nodded.  “Yes, ma’am.”  She shook her head.  “You know, Lady Galadriel, it’s so weird.  Before we came to Middle-earth, I never had a prophetic dream, and since coming here, I’ve had two!”  She swallowed.  “I dreamed about our parents and Megan coming here before I woke up tonight.”

Galadriel nodded.  “And what was your first dream?”

Jennifer bit her lower lip.  “I dreamed it while we were in Rivendell.  In fact, Kevin and I both did.”  She described her dream to Galadriel, and then explained what Kevin had told her about his own dream the next morning.  She added, “Of course, we didn’t know about the Ring or the upcoming Quest at the time.”

“And why do you think that you and Kevin had that dream?” Galadriel asked her.

Jennifer halted.  For a long moment, she thought back over that time.  “I had done some praying when I went to bed,” she finally said.  “I asked God to tell us why He had sent us here.  He…He sent me—us—that dream when we fell asleep.”

"The ways of the One are mysterious," the Lady said, "but I think that you are correct."

Jennifer smiled.  “Hey, that’s what the Bible says!  ‘The Lord moves in mysterious ways, His wonders to perform.’

Galadriel smiled and nodded.  "I have heard you and your brothers speak of your Holy Book.  It is a very wise book."

Jennifer nodded back.  “It should be.  It’s the Word of God.”

They walked back to the pavilion in silence.    

-oo000oo-

Jennifer lay on her cot, unable to get back to sleep.  She just couldn’t stop thinking about it either.  Their parents and Megan were actually coming to Middle-earth!  That meant that if all went well, it would only be a matter of time until she, Kevin, Joey, and Kaylee were reunited with them.  And surely, when it was all over, they would all be going back to their own world.  After Galadriel had left her at the pavilion, Jennifer had sought the Lord’s guidance in prayer, asking Him if she could tell her brothers that their parents and Megan were coming to Middle-earth.  She had felt an immediate check in her spirit telling her that the answer was no, and that she should follow the advice of Lady Galadriel, after all.  She kept hearing how wise the Elf was, and to keep her secrets within her heart.

Actually, she thought, Kaylee will be reunited with them before the rest of us are.  She smiled broadly.  That’ll make her so happy!  She’s really missed Mom and Daddy ever since we entered Middle-earth.

For a long moment, Jennifer furrowed her eyebrows and bit her lower lip, as she tried to make sense of the whole thing.  It had been quite some time since they had entered Middle-earth, so how could their parents and Megan still be at the campsite?  Unless they really did decide to go back to the park to help look for us, and ended up entering that cave, she thought ruefully.

Sighing, she turned on her side and closed her eyes.  She had to try to go back to sleep.  They were scheduled to leave Lothlórien in the morning.  Please, God, she silently prayed, protect Joey!  And Merry and Pippin.  Please protect us all!  In Jesus’ name, amen.  She shifted position.  Joey and Kevin need haircuts before we leave.  I’d better get out my scissors when I get up.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it. 

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people. 

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 23: The Parent Trap

MONDAY, APRIL 2, 2012

At the campsite in Oregon, Steve, Gail, and Steve’s brother and sister-in-law had removed the tent posts out of the minivan, and were in the process of pounding the first three of them into the ground with mallets.  Their goal was to put in the rest so that they would be able to set up the tents afterward.  They would get started on that when the children returned from the cave.  At the moment, Janet was keeping an eye on Megan, who was rubbing her fingertips through the dirt and picking up twigs.  Wiping the sweat off her forehead, Gail returned to the car to get the tool kit for Steve.  Only a few minutes had passed since the children had left for the cave.

As she passed the minivan, something caught her attention out of the corner of her eye.  Looking into the back seat where Kaylee and Joey had sat en-route to the park, she saw Kaylee’s backpack.  Sighing and shaking her head, she opened the car door and removed it, and returned to her husband.

“What is it, my dear?”  Glancing at the backpack, Steve smiled and shook his head.  “Kaylee forgot her backpack, didn’t she?”

“Yes, she did.”  A mixture of fondness and exasperation etched Gail’s face.

Steve nodded; he understood what she was feeling.  “Well, Kaylee’s got to learn to remember to take it with her when she leaves the campsite.  She’s only five, so we mustn’t be too hard on her, but it is necessary that she learn.  We’d better stop what we’re doing and take it to her.”

“Yes.”  Gail turned to Ryan and Janet.  “Steve and I have to leave you for just a tad, to take Kaylee her backpack.  Would you look after Megan until we get back?”

Ryan exchanged a rueful glance with his wife.  “Actually, Steve, I’d like to continue hammering in the tent posts, and it would be easier for us if we don’t have to keep an eye on Megan while we’re at it.”

Janet nodded agreement.  “And I’d like to get a head start on unrolling the tarps.  I can’t do that and watch Megan, too.”

Steve laughed.  “All right, then, we’ll take her with us.”

Gail shook her head as she lifted the backpack up to her chest.  “Kaylee has certainly filled up this backpack with her toys and whatnot; it’s heavy.”

Steve chuckled.  “All four of them did.  I saw her putting her doll inside it when we got out of the car.  Well, we’d better go find the children now, so let’s take Megan and go.  But first—”  He looked back toward the car.  “If we’re going to set our children a good example, we’d better get our own backpacks before we head off.”  Gail nodded.

He returned to the minivan, removed his and Gail’s backpacks from the trunk, and took them towards his wife.  As he handed Gail’s backpack to her, she set Kaylee’s backpack on the ground to strap her own onto her back; Steve did the same thing.  When their packs’ handles were dangling from their shoulders, Gail picked up Kaylee’s backpack, and Steve picked up Megan.

Steve led the way down the path as Ryan and Janet chuckled behind them.  “We’ll be right back,” Steve called back.

Several minutes later, the three of them reached the cave.  The backpack dangled from Steve’s hand as he peered intently into the tunnel.  “Kaylee!” he called.  “Kaylee, I want you to come out now; you forgot your backpack.”

There was no answer except echoes.  Sighing in his turn, Steve turned to Gail.  “Well, I’d better go inside.  This tunnel stretches quite a distance, as Ryan and I discovered, and they may be out of earshot.”

Gail nodded, and glanced at Megan.  “We’re going with you.”

Setting Megan on the ground, Steve slipped his own pack off his back to take out his flashlight.  After Gail had helped him zip it back up and to slip his arms back through its handles, she picked up Kaylee’s pack and handed it to her husband.  Steve switched on the flashlight and the two of them entered the cave, Gail carrying Megan this time, and Steve carrying Kaylee’s backpack.  “Children!” Gail hollered.

As soon as they had gone around the tunnel’s bend, the entire cave, without warning, became pitch-black, and the ground began to shake.  Not even Steve’s flashlight emitted any light.  Megan screamed in terror.  Grabbing hold of his wife with one hand, Steve yelled, “Don’t move!  Stay put!  Please, God, help us!”

“It’s all right, Megan; God is looking after us,” Gail soothed her daughter.

To Steve’s relief and Gail’s, the earthquake stopped, the darkness subsided, and his flashlight came back on.  “What on earth—!” Gail gasped, as she gaped at their surroundings.  The cave had changed; it was not the same cave that they had entered!  The walls were more jagged, and sunlight entered through a crevice in the roof.  Gail and Steve gaped at each other in shock.

“What in the name of Heaven!”  Shaking his head violently, Steve took a deep, shuddering breath and clenched and unclenched his left fist, in an obvious effort to control his panic.  After a moment, he turned to his wife and took another deep breath in an effort to calm down.  “We’d better pray before we do anything, sweetheart,” he said, and Gail nodded agreement.  They bowed their heads, and Gail clasped Megan against her chest, and Steve placed his arms around his wife's shoulders.  “Please, God,” he said, his voice shaking, “help us and guide us.  We don’t know what’s just happened, but You do.  Please help us, Lord.  In Jesus’ name, amen.”

“Amen,” Gail repeated.

Steve lifted his head, and Gail, taking her own deep breath, followed suit.  “Let’s go back to the entrance and see what we find out there,” she said.

Steve nodded agreement.  “Let’s.”

Going back the way they had come, they arrived at the steep boulder that rose from the cave floor and formed the entrance above their heads.  They could see no trees beyond the entrance from where they stood at the foot of the incline.  Steve stood silently for a long moment, gazing up at the entrance and then down at the stone floor, while biting his lower lip.

“Gail,” he finally said, “I feel a strong check in my spirit about going out that way.  I don’t know why, but I do.”

Frowning, Gail turned to look up at the entrance.  “What does God want us to do, then?”

Steve turned in the other direction.  “He—”  He cleared his throat.  “I believe He wants us to go in the other direction.”

Gail bit her lower lip.  She did not like that idea in the slightest.  At last, with a sigh, she said, “Well, we’d better get started, then.”  She shifted Megan in her arms and accompanied her husband down the tunnel.

As they approached the bend, Steve shook his head.  “You know, Gail, I just don’t understand it.  This did not happen when Ryan and I explored that cave!”

Gail gazed intently at her husband.  “There was nothing to forewarn you that something like this might happen?”

Steve shook his head.  “Nothing whatsoever.  We went clear to the end of the cave and back, and the only things we found were a few stalactites hanging from the ceiling near the back.  We didn’t even find any bats.”

Gail smiled in spite of herself.  “Thank goodness for that!”

Minutes later, they came to the same waterfall that the children had arrived at earlier, and they all had a drink of water, including Megan, drinking from it as they would from a water fountain.  When the three of them came within sight of the valley and of the elegant complex of buildings across the valley, they froze, stunned.  “Look!” Megan cried out, waving her arms.  “I see house!”

“We all do, Megan.”  Gail smiled at the three-year-old and then looked at Steve.  “Where—where are we?”  Her voice choked.  “And more importantly, where are the children?”

“That’s what I’d like to know!”  Steve shook his head, disbelief in his eyes.

“‘I have a feeling we’re not in Kansas anymore,’” Gail quoted dryly.

Steve smiled wryly.  “Or Oregon, rather,” he said, just as dryly.  “And more importantly,” he added, scanning the valley, “I have a feeling that our children aren’t in Oregon anymore, either!”  

-oo000oo-  

FEBRUARY 14, 1419 (T.A. 3019)

It was the morning after Halbarad and the Grey Company had left Rivendell, and Elrond was speaking with Glorfindel and writing a letter to Halbarad’s wife when a tap came at the study door.  "Enter.”

The door opened, and an Elf entered with a bow.  It was one of the scouts who helped keep watch over Rivendell.   "Master Elrond, Lord Glorfindel, we have been keeping watch over the tunnel entrance into the Valley, as you commanded.  About a quarter of an hour ago, our patrol spotted more newcomers, Edain, dressed as those children were before, and burdened with similar packs.  There were three: one Man and one woman, and the woman was carrying a child younger even than Miss Kaylee.  We suspect that they may be the rest of the family of the children who came before."

Glorfindel rose instantly; Elrond finished the letter he had been writing, and also rose.  "We shall accompany you back with an escort to help bring them here.  Ask the grooms to ready mounts; Glorfindel, you go ahead and select the escort.  I shall join you after I have a word with Arwen."

Glorfindel acknowledged Elrond's command with a nod, and left.  Elrond reached for the bell pull to summon a maidservant, and then changed his mind and went in search of his daughter himself.  It would be quicker.  He had learned from Arwen earlier that Kaylee was currently with Bilbo, and he felt that it would be better if Kaylee did not learn about this just yet.

He strode down the passage towards his daughter's solarium; she was nearly always with her maidens there, this time of day.

The door stood open to the bright room, allowing its light into the passage.  He stopped and spoke.  "My daughter, may I have a word with you?"

Arwen looked up, surprised.  "Certainly, Ada."  She put down her sewing and rose gracefully to join him.  "Is something amiss?"

"I hope not, yet there is something afoot.  The patrol spotted three more persons who appear to be from the same place as the McClouds.  From the descriptions, it possibly may be their parents and younger sister."  He paused.  "Is Kaylee still with Bilbo?"

"Yes, the two of them went to the glass house to gather some vegetables."

"Good, we shall not disturb her with this news until we know that the new guests are, in fact, whom we believe them to be.  But you will need to arrange chambers for them."

"Of course, Ada.  I hope this is so—the poor child has sorely missed her family.  I will go at once."

He kissed her forehead.  "And I, too, must go.  I wish to be among those who ride to greet them."

He hurried off in one direction, while she went in the other.  

-oo000o-

“Uh, Steve—”  Gail grabbed her husband’s arm.  “What’s that?”

Listening intently, Steve peered through the trees.  “Horses,” he said.  “Someone’s coming, but until they get closer, I can’t tell who.  Maybe they can tell us where our children are.”  I hope! he silently added, as he took a deep breath.  He could only hope that those strangers, whoever they were, did not intend to harm them.

A moment later, several long-haired men on horseback cantered toward them; Gail clutched Megan to their chests.  One of the men waved toward them.

“I am Master Elrond.  Do not be frightened.  We mean you no harm.”  The man who had spoken dismounted his horse and stood before the McClouds.  Steve extended his hand in greeting.

“Pleased to meet you, Mr. Elrond.”  Smiling and nodding, Steve stepped forward and shook Elrond’s hand.  As always, his handshake was firm and attentive, and he maintained eye contact with Elrond throughout.  “I’m Steven McCloud, and this is my wife, Gail, and our youngest child, Megan.”  He gestured toward his wife and youngest daughter as he spoke.

“How do you do?”  Smiling, Gail removed her right arm from around Megan to shake Elrond’s hand.  That done, she wrapped her arm once more around Megan’s back and glanced down at Kaylee’s backpack dangling from Steve’s hand.  She looked from her husband to Elrond.  “We were wondering if you could help us?  We’re looking for our other children.”

“Yes, one of our other kids forgot her backpack when they left the campsite, and we were going to take it to her.”  Steve held up Kaylee’s backpack for Elrond, who nodded.

“This is the valley of Rivendell, Mr. and Mrs. McCloud, and yes, your other children arrived here.  But I had better explain some things to you, and this is not the best place to do that.”  He gestured toward the horses.  They had brought two extra mounts with them.  “Do you know how to ride?”

Exchanging glances, Steve and Gail shook their heads ruefully.  “None of us have ever learned how, Master Elrond,” Steve said.

“Then we will help you to mount, and one of us will hold Miss Megan while you are doing so.”  He spoke softly to one of the others who had come with them, and he rode off, leading the two extra horses.

Glorfindel dismounted and held out his arms for Megan.  Gail was apprehensive, as Megan was usually very shy of strangers, but instead she held out her arms to him with a grin.  "Shiny!" she said, and she laughed as he took her.  Glorfindel nodded and gave the three-year-old girl a courtly smile.

Gail blinked.  It must be a trick of the light, the way the sun shifted through the leaves.  It really did seem for a moment that he was glowing.  But the thought fled as she found another of these exceptionally handsome, long-haired men appearing, to help her onto the horse.  It was a bit nerve-wracking to be hoisted up onto such a large animal, and there was no saddle!  But Glorfindel mounted gracefully behind her, and she felt much safer.  The other person handed Megan up to her.  She noticed that two of the other men were already mounted with their backpacks, and that Steve was behind the one who had introduced himself as "Master Elrond".  She wondered if perhaps these people were historical re-enactors; their clothing and mannerisms would go with that.  And what on earth was this Rivendell, and this Middle-earth?  She had never heard of either place!  Certainly, as far as she knew, Wallowa Lake State Park had no such places.  But if they were re-enactors, Rivendell might be what they called their campsite; Heaven only knew what Middle-earth was supposed to be!  She recalled some photos that Nicole Adams’s mother, Carol, had shown her of an elaborate SCA campsite that Carol’s nephew had been to.  

As they rode off, the rider behind her said, "I am most sorry, but in our haste to get back, I failed to introduce myself.  I am Glorfindel, of the House of the Golden Flower."

Well, she thought, that can't be his real name!  I guess he actually must be trying to stay in character.   Out loud, she said, "And my name is Gail McCloud.  I hope my older children haven't been much trouble to you this afternoon.  My husband and I need to find them and get back to setting up our camp.  We only just arrived at the park a short while ago, and we’ve still got to put up our tents."

There was a long silence, and then he said, "Your older children are very responsible and well-behaved.  They were concerned about your worry."

Gail thought that was an odd way to put it, but before she could question him further, they came out of the woods, and her jaw dropped.  That was no campsite!  That was the house they had seen when they had first come out of the cave, and it was so beautiful!  So elegant, Gail thought.  The wooded area had blocked their view since there had been no path to follow and the trees were so thick.  Is this where the re-enactors have their headquarters? Gail silently wondered.

They rode across a narrow bridge and into a sort of courtyard in front of the amazingly beautiful building that they had already seen.  The riders pulled up near the foot of wide steps and dismounted.  Glorfindel reached up and handed Megan down into the arms of one of the most beautiful women that Gail had ever laid eyes upon.  She blinked, shook her head, and blinked again.  The woman had her hair pulled back by intricate braids...Were those points on her ears?  What kind of people had their kids fallen in with, anyway?

She felt much better as Steve came up and put his arm around her shoulders.  "Where are our children?" he asked, with a touch of anger.  "I think some explanations are in order."  He reached for Megan, and the woman handed her to him.  Gail took her from him.

Elrond lifted his chin and said calmly, "Explanations are indeed in order.  But I think they should be made in privacy and comfort.  Please follow me, and I will tell you what has happened…"  

-oo000oo-

After Steve and Gail had heard their host's explanation of all that their other children had done since their arrival, they stared at one another in astonishment and dismay.  As glad as they were that Kaylee was safe in Rivendell and that they would get to see her shortly, to learn that the rest of their children had gone on a dangerous quest was shocking.  What their other children were in the process of doing here was even more so.  And where they all were was the most shocking of all.  That they were surrounded by fantasy creatures—by elves—in what appeared to be a fantasy world was nothing short of incredible!

“I don’t believe this!”  Gail shook her head and gaped at her husband, and then stared at Elrond.  “I mean, I can’t believe I’m hearing all this!  Our other children on a dangerous quest?”  She hugged Megan to her chest.  “And we’re—we’re in another world?  A fantasy world, of all places?  With elves, of all things?”

Steve gently patted her shoulder.  “I know, Gail,” he said softly.  “I’m stunned, too.  But from what we’ve seen, it’s clear that this is real, and from what Master Elrond has told us, it appears that God has called them to this world, whatever it is, to take part in this—this quest.”  Gail took a deep breath in an evident effort to calm herself down for Megan’s sake, and Steve squeezed her arm.  “It’s all right, Gail.  We know the Lord is with them.”

Steve had silently been praying for calm all through the rather strange tale that he had been told, and he had gradually come to accept it as the only possible explanation for their strange surroundings and even stranger hosts.  It had stunned them both to learn that not only had they entered another world, but that this strange world was populated by elves!  Somehow, though, he could feel that they were truthful, and—well, good.

“True.  But I am so worried about our children, Steve!  They’re too young for this, especially Joey.”  Gail took another deep breath and repositioned Megan in her arms.  “At least Kaylee is safe here in Rivendell.”

“Yes, and thank goodness.”  Steve turned to Elrond.  “Thank you for taking care of our children, Master Elrond.”  Eledhwen stood nearby, listening, and Arwen sat next to her father.  Megan sat nestled in her mother’s arms, sucking her thumb.

Elrond smiled.  “It has been my pleasure, Mr. McCloud.  My daughter has had the primary responsibility of looking after Miss Kaylee, with the help of her ladies.”  He nodded toward Arwen, who smiled, and gestured toward Eledhwen, who inclined her head in acknowledgment.

Arwen looked from Steve to Gail.  “And it has been a pleasure to do so, Mr. and Mrs. McCloud.  Your little daughter is a sweet child.”  Steve and Gail smiled fondly and proudly in response.  “Mairen has gone to fetch Miss Kaylee; she should be here soon.”

“Yes, and while we are waiting for her, I have some questions I wish to ask you.”  Master Elrond paused.  “I asked your children these same questions when they first arrived here.  Now I must ask these questions of you, Mr. and Mrs. McCloud.  I would like for you to tell me how you arrived in Middle-earth, and what led up to it.  You have already told me some of it, but now I wish to hear it in full.”

Steve and Gail exchanged glances.  “Well, as we told you earlier, Kaylee forgot her backpack, and we decided to take it to her,” Steve explained.  “That meant going to the cave.”  Elrond nodded, and Steve paused.  “We’re on a week-long camping trip, you see, and Gail and I decided to go together to take it to her.  Since my brother and his wife wanted to go ahead and continue setting up the tents, we decided to bring Megan with us.”  Gail nodded agreement.

Elrond listened as the two of them explained how the children had left the campsite to explore the cave, and their own departure for the cave where the children had gone, after they had discovered Kaylee’s backpack; what had happened while they were inside the cave, and everything that had followed.  Afterward, in answer to Elrond’s questions, Steve and Gail gave him their full names and told them where they lived, and then Steve explained what he did for a living, and why he and his family had been camping at the state park.

As inwardly annoyed and impatient as Steve felt, he tried not to let it show, and answered the questions.  They felt intrusive, yet he sensed that his host was mentally comparing his story with the one the children had given him, to be certain of his and Gail's truthfulness, and to be sure that they really were the parents of the children who had arrived here.  I can’t really blame him for that, he silently told himself.

As soon as the McClouds had finished their explanations, the door swung open, and Kaylee raced into the room, followed by Mairen and a scampering Lucy.  For a moment, Kaylee froze; her mouth hung wide open as she gaped at her parents and younger sister.  Then, with a squeal of joy, she rushed toward them.  “Mommy!!  Daddy!!  Megan!!”  She barreled against her father, who, laughing, wrapped his arms around her.  “I missed you,” Kaylee whimpered.  “I missed you so much!!”

Leaping backwards, she hugged her mother sideways, since her mother was holding Megan, and Lucy placed her front paws on Gail’s knee; with one arm, Gail hugged her back and kissed her daughter’s forehead, and then she bent over to rub Lucy’s head.  Steve and Gail gaped down at the puppy, stunned.  Lucy had grown by several months, and she was wearing a collar!  If we needed proof that time has passed for our children since they arrived here, this is it, Steve thought.

“Lucy missed you, too,” Kaylee said.  Leaning back, she looked from her father to her mother, thrusting out her lower lip.  “I’m sorry, Mommy.  I’m sorry, Daddy.  We all are.  We didn’t mean to make you worry.”

“Oh, Kaylee,” her father said soothingly, “we know you didn’t, and we never even had a chance to worry.  From what Master Elrond, here, has told us, months have passed since you and the others arrived here, but in truth, back at the campsite, just a few minutes had passed since you had left us before we decided to follow you.”

“That’s right,” Gail added.

Kaylee hugged her mother again.  “I missed you SO much!”

“I know, sweetheart,” her mother said soothingly.  “But we’re here now.”  She kissed Kaylee on the forehead.  Putting her front paws back on the floor and trotting toward Steve, Lucy whined, pawing his leg, and he leaned down to pick her up and set her on his lap.  Lucy licked his hand, and he began rubbing her head.  Gail gaped down at the not-so-young puppy.  “If it hadn’t been for what Master Elrond told us, I’d swear this was another dog,” she told her husband, who nodded agreement.

“Look at the collar she’s wearing,” Steve said, running his fingers over the collar.

Kaylee looked around the room, and then turned back to her parents.  “Kevin and Jennifer and Joey aren’t here,” she said.

Gail nodded.  “We know that, hon.  Master Elrond has been telling us all about this quest they’re on.”

Kaylee bounced on her heels.  “Where’s Aunt Janet?  Where’s Uncle Ryan?  Are they here, too?”  She looked around the room as she spoke.

Steve shook his head.  “Nope, they’re back at the campsite, sweetheart.  We’ll rejoin them when we return to Oregon.”  He glanced over at his daughter, and said, "Kaylee, haven’t you missed this?"  He held up her backpack and dangled it in front of her.  “You forgot your backpack, young lady.”  He wagged his finger for emphasis.

Kaylee bit her lower lip.  “I’m sorry,” she said again, and then, with an excited squeal, she pounced on it and began to explore its contents.  She pulled out her toothbrush, a box of crayons, a coloring book, a walkie-talkie, several sheets of drawing paper, and a container of watercolors, followed by several storybooks and a My Little Pony figure.  Then she reached down into it again.  “I want my doll!  Where is it?  Yaayyy!  I see it!”  She smiled broadly.

Elrond and Arwen watched in amusement, and Steve and Gail smiled, as an excited Kaylee pulled her Baby Alive doll out of the backpack, along with its bottle, its spoon, its diapers, and little jar of "food".

“Guess what?!” Kaylee announced, smiling broadly.  “This doll eats and drinks.  See?”  She held the doll bottle, filled with water, up to the doll’s mouth, and the water squirted through the hole in its mouth.  Then she opened the jar, took a spoonful of the "food" that came with the doll, and held it up to the doll’s mouth.  Its mouth opened and closed as she inserted the spoon in it.

“And guess what?” Kaylee added.  “This doll wets, too.”  She removed its diaper from its bottom and showed it to their hosts.  Not only was it wet, but some of the food that she had fed it was also smeared on the disposable diaper.  “You have to change its diaper.”  As the grownups watched, she did just that, and then she cradled the doll against her chest.

Elrond and Arwen exchanged amused looks.  “I have lived for many thousands of years, and I have never seen such marvels as your age is destined to have,” Elrond said dryly.  He found it hard to believe that such resources would be wasted for a child's toy.

Steve and Gail laughed.  “Well, Master Elrond, in our world, many discoveries have been made in our time, and many things have been invented that no one in this time, in your world, have even thought of,” Gail said, and Steve nodded.  Elrond simply shook his head and recalled the lost wonders of Númenor.  More impressive to him was the small stack of books Kaylee had laid to one side.  He found it truly astonishing to see that books were so readily available.

They watched Kaylee for a few more moments as she played with her doll, and then Elrond turned to Arwen.  “You may show these people to their chambers.”

With a nod, Arwen gestured to Steve and Gail, and Steve set Lucy on the floor.  Kaylee put everything inside her backpack except her doll, zipped it shut, and slipped it over her back, and then she picked up her doll.  Rising to their feet and picking up their jackets as well as Megan’s, her parents followed Arwen down the hall, accompanied by their daughters and by Eledhwen and Mairen.  Gail carried Megan, and Steve held Kaylee’s left hand while she clasped her doll to her chest with her right.  Lucy trotted alongside, wagging her tail.

“I will show you Miss Kaylee’s quarters,” Arwen told Steve and Gail.  “Master Joey shared her quarters while he was here, and your other daughter will share it now.  Your own guest room will be close to theirs.”

Steve and Gail exchanged glances.  “Thank you, Lady Arwen,” Gail said.

“Hey, Mommy, Daddy, guess what!”  Kaylee skipped alongside her father, still holding the doll to her chest, her bulging backpack dangling from her back.  “I’m learning to ride a pony!”

Her parents exchanged another glance.  “Are you, now?” Gail asked her.

“Uh-huh.”  Kaylee smiled broadly.  “Mr. Baggins has his own pony, and he lets me ride him!  His name’s Merrylegs!  Curubor says I’m becoming a good little rider!”

Curubor?  Mr. Baggins?”  Gail looked from her daughter to Arwen in puzzlement.

Arwen nodded.  “Curubor is the head groom, and he has been giving Miss Kaylee riding lessons for the last few months.  He gave your other children lessons while they were here.  Bilbo Baggins has been a guest here for some years now.  He is a hobbit from the Shire, and ever since your other children left, he has been helping us amuse your daughter.  Miss Kaylee was visiting his quarters when you arrived here.”  She smiled down at Kaylee.  “Your daughter has learned much more than horseback-riding, Mr. and Mrs. McCloud.  She has learned a number of skills since her arrival in Middle-earth, which I am sure she will be glad to show to you.”

Steve and Gail smiled.  “Well, I’m looking forward to seeing what our little girl has learned,” Steve said.  Gail nodded agreement, and then she shifted Megan to her other arm.

When they entered the guest wing, Arwen showed them the bathing room and the water closet.  As soon as the McClouds entered their guest room, Gail set Megan on the floor.  She and Steve removed their backpacks and laid them on the table, and then they laid their jackets on the table.  Steve straightened his yellow plaid cotton button-down shirt, briefly glancing down at the ballpoint pen that was clipped to his shirt pocket and the dark blue pocket-sized spiral notebook that jutted out of it.  Gail smoothed her hair.  Smiling broadly, Kaylee bounced from one foot to the other, clearly excited and overjoyed to be reunited with her parents at last.  Megan wandered around the bedroom, and Lucy scampered about.

Suddenly, Megan froze.  “I need go potty!”

Laughing, Mairen picked up the little girl.  “I will take you to the water closet,” she told Megan.  Eledhwen left the room, and Mairen carried Megan to the water closet.  Her parents and Kaylee remained in the bedroom to wait for them.

As soon as Mairen returned with Megan, Lady Arwen suggested that they go outside for a while before time for luncheon.  Steve and Gail looked at each other, and then nodded.  They had noticed that it was much earlier in the day than it had been when they had left the campsite.  To them, it seemed almost time for supper.  They didn't say anything about that, though, and politely agreed to the Lady's suggestion.

They followed the two Elf-women back down the hallway, noticing the many tall arched windows along one side, which made it feel almost like they were already outdoors.  Steve's sharp eyes observed small patches of snow in the shadiest areas, but the weather had not seemed particularly wintry.  This lent even more credence to his suspicions that time moved differently here; after all, their other children had already been here for a few months, while it had only been a few minutes from the time they had left the campsite to the moment when he and Gail had decided to follow them.  While neither he nor Gail had ever been fans of fantasy, he had read enough science fiction to realize that such a phenomenon would be possible in a situation like this.  I’m not sure that Isaac Asimov ever thought of a scenario like this!  Or Jules Verne, either, he thought ruefully.  It feels as if we’ve entered the Twilight Zone!  I’m sure it was just as surreal for our children when they first arrived here.

Just as they were about to turn through the wide doors to a terrace leading down to a grassy lawn, they saw a small figure coming in their direction.  At first, Steve thought it might be a "Little Person", but a closer look showed him differently, especially once he noticed the furry bare feet and the pointed ears.

“Hi, Mr. Baggins!”  Smiling broadly, Kaylee waved as she skipped toward the elderly hobbit, alongside her parents, Arwen, and Mairen.

“Hullo, Miss Kaylee!”  Chuckling, Bilbo approached the four.  “And hullo, Lady Arwen!  Miss Mairen!  Hello, Lucy!”  The man bent over to rub Lucy’s head, and she licked his fingers.  Steve noticed that his voice was as normal as theirs, not high-pitched as a Little Person’s sometimes was.  The elf lady inclined her head, and Mairen smiled.

Turning back to Kaylee, Bilbo asked, “Are these your parents and your other sister?”  Bilbo knew perfectly well that they were; he'd already heard the gossip in the kitchen when he was having elevenses.  He had come this way on purpose in order to meet them.

“Yep!  This is my mommy and daddy!  And Megan!”  Bouncing on the balls of her feet, Kaylee turned toward her parents and younger sister.

Laughing, Steve bent over and extended his hand.  “I’m Steven McCloud, Mr.—uh—”  He paused.

“Bilbo Baggins of the Shire, now of Rivendell,” the hobbit said.  “At your service, Mr. McCloud.”

Steve shook his hand and, straightening his back, turned toward Gail.  “And this is my wife, Gail, and our youngest daughter, Megan.”

Arwen smiled.  "Your children came to us in the autumn, and have been here for four months—well, only young Kaylee has been here in Rivendell the whole time.  She has not been idle, and has learned much in her time here.  She has become quite the little seamstress, and she has helped with many tasks around here.  And I believe she already mentioned learning to ride."

Bilbo chuckled.  "My old Merrylegs has become quite fond of her.  I've not the time nor inclination at my age to go riding very often, and the Elves usually just turn him out to pasture for exercise.  He seems pleased to have a rider once more.  And I believe Miss Kaylee is much less timid than she was when I first met her."

"I can see a difference in her already," Steve agreed.  "It seems like only yesterday that she was so clingy.  Heck, it was only yesterday that she was so clingy—only today, in fact, in our world!”  He shook his head incredulously.  “She used to suffer separation anxiety every time we had to leave the house—well, that no longer appears to be the case.  Why, as she was, you would not be able to pry her off Gail's lap after being apart for even half a day.  And look at how well she's watching over Megan.”  He gestured toward his daughters.

“I know.”  Gail shook her head in wonder as Steve turned toward her.  “She has actually learned to ride, and Lady Arwen has told us that she has also learned to sew.  And look!  I just saw her tying Megan's shoelaces!”

Steve whirled toward their little girls.  Kaylee had indeed just finished tying Megan’s shoes; that was a skill that she had not yet acquired when they had arrived at the campsite.  He nodded agreement, a thoughtful look on his face.  Perhaps this time away from them had been good for his little girl; sometimes he thought Gail was just a mite overprotective, but he would never say that out loud.

Arwen smiled.  "We had to keep her busy, especially once her older siblings left on their journey. But she is a clever and sweet child, eager to learn new things.  It has been a privilege to look after her.  It has been more than seventy of your years since we have fostered a child of Men in Rivendell, and there have been no Elven children here in over two-thousand, seven hundred years, when I was young."

Steve and Gail stared at one another in shock, and then shook their heads.  Somehow asking the obvious question now would feel rather rude.  Instead, Gail smiled and said, “Well, I want to thank you for looking after our daughter.”

“So do I,” Steve added.

Just then Bilbo's stomach began to rumble. "Pardon me!" he said.  "But it is well past time for luncheon!”

With a smile, Arwen rose to her feet.  “So it is.  We will go to the dining room.”

They went back inside and down the hall, and soon entered a large room with rows of tables and chairs.  A few minutes after they had taken their seats at one of the tables, a servant approached them and bowed.  "We have winter soup," he said, "and a cold platter."

"Thank you, Baragund.”  Arwen smiled at him.  “I will just have a goblet of light mead, but our guests have travelled far, and will be glad of food."

"I'd like my usual teapot," said Bilbo, "and I'm eating, of course."

Baragund laughed lightly.  "Of course, Mr. Baggins."  He glanced over at Steve and Gail.  "Would you care for some wine or ale?  Or would you like some tea with Mr. Baggins?" he asked.

Steve and Gail looked at one another, and then Steve shook his head.  "Just plain water for me, please," Steve said.  Gail looked at her husband and wondered if the water would be safe; still, there didn't seem to be many alternatives. She wasn't fond of hot tea, and she knew her husband wasn't either.

"May I have tea like Mr. Baggins?" Kaylee asked eagerly.  “Please?”

Gail looked surprised at that, but nodded and said, "Water for the rest of us," she said.  Baragund nodded and walked off, returning shortly after with a large platter.  Three other Elves were with him, one with a tray containing a small teapot, two cups and saucers, and a little honeypot, which was placed in front of Bilbo.  The platter was placed in the center of the table along with a basket of bread, and then bowls of steaming soup were distributed to everyone except Lady Arwen, while goblets were placed in front of everyone except Bilbo.  A small silver cup was given to Megan instead of the larger goblets.

Gail found she was actually quite hungry.  The soup smelled good, and the platter was an attractive arrangement of sliced meats and cheeses.  Gail saw that Megan was sniffing the soup with a smile.  "Smells good, Mommy!" the little girl said.  Gail was very thankful that so far, Megan had not developed Kaylee and Joey's picky ways.

She was surprised when Kaylee enthusiastically said, "It sure does, Megan!"  At home, Kaylee had never cared for vegetable soup, and would only eat chicken noodle soup out of a can!

Kaylee took Megan's hand and her father's, and Megan reached for her mother's hand.  The two little girls closed their eyes.  Gail smiled as she and Steve closed their own eyes, and Steve murmured, "Thank you, Lord, for our safety and for this good food, and for our hosts.  Please bless them, and the food we are about to eat.  In Jesus' name, amen."

Lady Arwen watched them with a smile.  She had become accustomed to the "grace" that the McCloud children said before each meal, and was unsurprised to see their parents do the same.  It was a very charming custom, and it had caused her to begin thanking Eru in her own heart for all the blessings of Arda.

When the McClouds had finished their prayer, Bilbo poured out some steaming tea into both cups, added some honey, and passed one of the cups and saucers over to Kaylee.  "Thank you, Mr. Baggins," she said politely, and without any prompting.  Once more, Gail found herself surprised at Kaylee's impeccable behavior.

The soup was indeed quite good; a light broth with some small bits of some sort of meat, and several kinds of vegetables floating about in it.  "What's in this soup?" she wondered aloud.

Bilbo grinned.  "Well, the meat varies, but I'd say today, it's venison.  They used dried mushrooms in the broth.  Then there are onions, leeks, apples, parsnips, carrots, turnips, beans, and a little chopped kale.  Some thyme and marjoram in the broth.  Elves are nearly as good cooks as hobbits!"

Gail also took a little of the meat and cheese onto her plate, with chunks of the freshly baked bread.  Megan just used some of the bread to dunk into her soup, imitating her older sister, who was eating with every sign of enjoyment.

As hungry as she was, Gail found herself flagging near the end of the meal.  Once sated, Megan had leaned into her side and was falling asleep.  Gail saw Steve stifling his yawns with his hand, and she exchanged a glance with Arwen.

"You are very tired!” Arwen said.  “Why do you not return to your rooms for a time of rest before the evening feast?  I have asked my maidens to provide you with clothing for the feast, and it should be there awaiting you."  She looked at Kaylee.  "Kaylee, can you show your parents to their room?"

"Yes, Lady Arwen.  Do you want me to come to your sewing room for my lesson today?"  Gail stared at her five-year-old, sounding so much older and more grown-up than she had this morning.

Arwen smiled.  "You are excused from your sewing lesson today, child.  You may want to stay with your little sister this afternoon, and I know that your parents want your company."  Kaylee smiled broadly.

Steve carried Megan as he and Gail followed Kaylee, who seemed to know the way very well.  Bilbo accompanied them part of the way, before he bid them a temporary farewell and headed to his own rooms.  Their daughter led them unerringly back to the room they had been given.  She smiled broadly up at her parents.

"See, your room is right next to where Kevin's room was.  My room and Joey's is across the hall, but since Joey's gone, Megan's gonna stay with me!"  She threw open the door, and Steven entered and placed the sleeping three-year-old on the bed that Kaylee indicated.  Gail removed her youngest daughter's shoes.  Since it was only to be a nap, she did not bother to undress her except for her jacket.

Kaylee pointed to an open door in the middle of the wall between the two child-sized beds.  "That was Jennifer's room before she left, but Mairen and Eledhwen take turns sleeping in there now."  She paused.  "They both told me not to say 'miss' to them.  Is that okay?"

Steve and Gail both assured her that if the Elf women did not want her to say “miss”, it was all right, since they were in a place with different customs.  

"They will ring a big bell when it's time to get ready for feast!  You will like the feast—the food is really, really good."  She ushered them out of the room.  "I'll keep an eye on Megan!"

Steve and Gail went into their room, still rather bemused by Kaylee's behavior.  Gail closed the door, and for the first time, she studied the room.  “This is a very nice room,” she said softly, and then froze in surprise.  “And look!”  She approached the elvish outfits neatly folded on the bed and turned toward her husband.  “Steve, look!  These must be the clothes Lady Arwen told us about.”

“Yes, I see,” Steve said.  Approaching the bed, he ran his hand over the tunic lying on top of his own stack of clothes.  “These look very much like the clothes men used to wear back in the Middle Ages.”

“They certainly do,” Gail agreed.  “This dress looks like something from the twelfth century!”

Steve looked rather dubiously at the long tunic and narrow trousers provided for him; it was clearly of the same style that the Elves had been wearing.  Both garments were in a soft fabric, finely woven—possibly silk—and were in a shimmering pale grey.

Gail held up the dress: the scooped neckline of the deep wine-colored gown was embroidered with green leaves.  There was similar embroidery around the hem and the edges of the wide sleeves.  In addition to the dress, there was a long, green leather belt, embossed with golden flowers, and a pair of soft leather slippers of dark brown.  Steve had noticed similar shoes near his own clothing.  Gail noticed that the dress laced up at both sides, which she thought might be a little awkward.  She also noticed that the bodice would support her breasts, making her bra unnecessary.

She added, “Did you notice the dress Kaylee is wearing?  Megan will probably wear one much like it while we’re here.”

“Yes, I did, and Megan probably will,” Steve agreed.  He sat down on the edge of the bed and removed his shoes.  In a low voice, he added, “Staying here certainly seems to agree with our Kaylee.”

“It certainly does!  Have you noticed how polite and well-mannered she is now?  And she’s so much more independent than she used to be!”  Gail shook her head in wonder.  “Not that I’m complaining, mind you—far from it!  It’s just that it’s so...so…”  Her voice trailed off.  

Just then, there was a tap on the door.  Steve opened it to find one of the Elven women who had been taking care of Kaylee—Eledhwen, he believed this one was.  Behind her was another Elf holding a tray with a large pitcher.

"Lord Steven…"

"Please just call me Mr. McCloud," he said uncomfortably.  “There are no nobles in our country.”

She looked a bit surprised, but said, "Ah!  Like Mr. Baggins' Shire!"  She did not repeat the name that Steven had told her to call him.  It was clear she was not comfortable addressing him that way.  But then she went on to the purpose of her presence.  She introduced the male Elf.  "This is Thalion.  He will be serving the two of you while you are guests here.  We have brought fresh water for the ewer on the washstand, and I have fresh towels for you."

Steve noticed then the white linens over her arm.  They came into the room, and Thalion poured the fresh water into the ewer.  It was a beautiful porcelain vessel set in the matching basin.

Thalion spoke for the first time.  "I will return to help you dress for the evening, L—Mr. er, McCloud."

Steve nodded.  “Thank you.  That’s very kind of you.”

"And I will come to assist you, Lady Gail…" Eledhwen added.

"Mrs. McCloud, please," Gail murmured.

"We will leave you to your rest, then," she said.  "We will return when the evening bell rings."

The two Elves gave a brief bow and departed.

Gail sighed.  "I don't know about you, sweetheart, but I am just going to lie down on top of that very comfortable bed right now.  I am not even going to undress."  She sat on the bed and slid her shoes off, and then she made herself comfortable.  “At least Kaylee and Megan are in good hands right now.”

She yawned, and patted the bed on her other side, inviting Steve to do the same.  He smiled and lay down beside her.  He reached one arm out, and she snuggled into it with a wide yawn.  “Yes, they are,” he agreed.  Steve closed his eyes.  He wasn't sure he'd be able to sleep; there was so much to think about.  But before long, the comfort of the bed lured him into slumber as well.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 24: Two Worlds

Gail woke to the pealing of a large bell and turned to see Steve still snoring beside her.  She started to wake him, but changed her mind and slipped off the bed, padding over to the old-fashioned washstand.  She carefully poured some of the water into the basin.  Next to the basin were two folded white cloths, and on a bar attached to the end were two folded white towels.  They gave every appearance of being made from real linen!  She wondered, would they be as absorbent and comfortable to use as terry cloth?

But she was pleasantly surprised to find that though they felt quite different, they worked quite well.  A small bar of pale green soap lay in a little dish next to the basin—it smelled of rosemary and mint.  The water, of course, was cold. But she washed up and then looked up at the mirror hanging above the washstand.  I need to get my brush out of my backpack! she thought.  It’s a good thing we took our backpacks with us when we left the campsite, or we wouldn’t have what we need right now!  We need our toiletries, and I need certain other things.  Thank goodness we have them.  She looked at the now-soapy water in the basin, and realized she'd need to empty it, so that Steve could have clean water to wash with as well.

Her dilemma was solved when she noticed that the pretty copper container that she had taken for a wastebasket was actually a bucket!  She poured the water from the basin to the bucket, and then turned to find her husband quietly watching her, his hands behind his head on the pillow.

"You look beautiful," he said.

She gave a skeptical sniff.  "My hair's a mess, and I just washed off all my make-up!  But thank you anyway."  She smiled.  "Sometimes I don't know if you are just biased, or maybe you need glasses."

Steve chuckled.  "You are always beautiful, and you don't need make-up to make you that way."  He grinned; it was a familiar bit of banter.

Gail laughed, but then looked thoughtful.  "All these Elves are really beautiful!"

Steve shook his head.  "They are, every last one of them, drop-dead gorgeous, the men and the women.  It's unnatural, or maybe it's just natural to Elves.  But none of them have your beauty."  

This time she looked thoughtful.  "It does seem strange.  I haven't seen anyone who doesn't look like a model.  And everyone seems to be the same age!  I haven’t seen any old elves here, so far, or any child elves either.  But then, Lady Arwen did say that there haven’t been any children here in over seventy years, or elf children in over two thousand, seven hundred years."  She shook her head.  “I would have never thought that elves could have children!  Of course, I never expected elves to exist for real, or to be even taller than humans.”

Steve nodded.  "I know what you mean.  And yes, Lady Arwen did say that.  Mr. Baggins was quite elderly, but apparently, he's not a kind of Elf.  He said he was a hobbit, whatever that is."

Gail puckered her brow.  "I know I've heard that word before," she said.  Suddenly, she froze.  “I remember!  There's a book called The Hobbit!  An Englishman named J.R.R. Tolkien wrote it decades ago.  I’ve never read it, but I’ve heard of it.”  She shook her head in bewilderment.  “But it’s a fantasy novel, I’m told.”

"You're right," said Steve.  He furrowed his brow.  "I remember now.  And years ago, there were those movies about something—wasn't it that Lord of the Rings movie that won all those awards?  Three movies, in fact; they came out soon after the turn of the millennium.  They were about hobbits and Elves, too!"

Gail nodded.  “Yes.  That’s another book he wrote—a sequel to the first, I think.  And yes, someone made it into a series of movies.  I’ve never read that book either, or seen the movies except for occasional ads on TV, and that was years ago.  And now, they’re in the process of making The Hobbit into a set of movies as well, I’m told.”

Steve shook his head.  "What have we gotten ourselves into here, Gail?  And our children…"  But what else he would have said was interrupted by the arrival of Eledhwen and Thalion to help them dress.

-oo000oo-

Getting dressed by someone else had not been quite so traumatic as they had expected.  It turned out that the door the two of them had taken for a closet actually led into a separate dressing room, containing two wardrobes and a full-length mirror.  Eledhwen took Gail in there to dress her, while Thalion helped Steve to dress in the bedroom. 

Gail admired her reflection.  Eledhwen had dressed her hair; since it was shoulder-length anyway, it hung down no shorter than before, but two thin braids hung down the side of her face with jeweled beads threaded through them.  And the dress did look lovely, although she was not sure how she'd manage not to trip herself, as the hem dragged the floor.  She asked Eledhwen.

The Elf-woman laughed.  "When you walk, gently kick the skirts forward as you step.  And lift them in front whenever you walk down steps or stairs."

When Gail came back into the bedroom, Steve's jaw dropped.  He swallowed hard, and then said, "I think that dress really suits you, honey."

She blushed again, and then studied him in his outfit.  "Well, I think you look like a fairy-tale prince in your clothes."

Then both of them blushed, as they realized that the two Elves were watching them in amusement.  Steve cleared his throat.  “Come on.  We’d better go get Kaylee and Megan.”

In the hallway, they found their daughters waiting with Mairen.  Gail noticed that Kaylee's and Megan’s dresses were indeed very similar, although the sleeves were not quite as long, and the hems came down only to the tops of their ankles.  Kaylee's dress was rose-colored, and Megan's was pale blue.

The family followed the Elves down to the dining hall, which at night had a very different appearance.  It was lit by candles and torches on the walls.  A long table was at the head of the room, set upon a dais.  The other long tables were still there, but all of the tables were covered with creamy linen tablecloths, and they had candles in silver candlesticks set upon them.  

To their surprise, Eledhwen and Mairen told Steve and Gail that they would be sitting at the High Table with Master Elrond and Lady Arwen, while the children would be sitting at one of the other tables.  Gail was not happy about it, but since Kaylee didn't seem to mind, and Megan seemed happy enough to go with her "big sister", she decided not to make a scene.  Steve squeezed Gail’s hand, letting her know that he felt the same way she did.

Mairen smiled kindly at Gail.  “You will be reunited with your daughters when the feast is over.”  With a wan smile, Gail nodded.

Thalion led them to the dais.  "You will wait to be seated until the Master and Lady Arwen arrive.  You, Mr. McCloud, will sit next to Lady Arwen, and you, Mrs. McCloud, will be sitting next to Master Elrond.”  Gail noticed that all the chairs were along one side of the table, all facing into the room and looking down at the other tables.

Gail looked at Steve, who shrugged.  “Apparently, it's similar to the kind of seating arrangements they have at royal banquets in our world,” he said in a low voice.

Gail smiled wryly.  “So it would appear.”

"Good evening, Mr. and Mrs. McCloud," a voice addressed them at about waist-height.  It was the hobbit.

“Good evening, Mr. Baggins."  Steve smiled down at Bilbo.

"We are glad to see you," said Gail.

"And I, you.  You do realize," the elderly hobbit said, "that you have thrown our Elves into confusion by your insistence on Shire forms of address.  Young Kevin and Jennifer have been ‘lorded’ and ladied’ ever since they arrived here."

"Oh?  Have they, now?" Steve asked, raising his eyebrows.

"Indeed, they did tell us there were no lords and ladies in your land, but I think they felt uncomfortable with correcting the adults.  In any case, the titles persisted, and I do not think the young ones felt up to disputing them.  Of course, since Joey and Kaylee were so much younger, the Shire forms were allowed for them.  They have been addressed as Master Joey and Miss Kaylee."

"I see.”  Steve nodded.  “Now, then, you said, 'Shire forms'?  What does that mean?"  He exchanged a puzzled look with Gail.

"Just that in my own land, the Shire, we also have no lords, although the Thain's wife is, of courtesy, titled, 'Lady'.  But it's not much used even then, save upon especially solemn occasions."

Steve and Gail exchanged a glance.  “I see.  Very interesting, Mr. Baggins,” Steve said thoughtfully.

“But you do have last names,” Gail said.  “As we do.”

"This is true," replied the hobbit.  "The same customs of address are also used in the neighboring land of Bree.  But elsewhere in the lands I know of, such customs are unknown."

Just then, Gail noticed a number of other Elves milling about.  There was the one named Glorfindel, who, she was startled to see, really did seem to glow slightly in the candlelight.  Bilbo began to point out others.  "There is Master Erestor, Master Elrond's councillor and steward.  There is Lindir, the minstrel, and his wife, Amarië, and over there is Mistress Narviel, the chief blacksmith, and her husband the chief groom, Curubor, who gives Miss Kaylee riding lessons.  Eledhwen, along with Mairen, will be sitting with your daughters tonight, but she is Lady Arwen's senior handmaiden.  However, she and her husband, Avorn—"  He pointed to a dark-haired Elf.  “—the chief woodwright, usually sit at the High Table.  Master Elrond's sons, Elladan and Elrohir, have just recently left on a journey, but they, too, usually sit up here."

Steve had been following Bilbo's identifications, making note of the names and faces of each person as Bilbo pointed them out, for he was quite observant.  He put an arm around Gail, who was simply confused.  He knew it would take his wife a little longer to remember all those names.  “I know, hon,” he said in a low voice.  “It’s going to take time to remember everybody’s names here.”

Gail bit her lower lip.  “It certainly will for me, since I don’t have your memory for names.”

However, at that moment, Master Elrond entered, his daughter on his arm.  Lady Arwen was looking especially radiant in a dark blue gown.  They took their seats in the two center chairs at the table.  For the first time, Steve noticed that the two chairs were ever so slightly larger and more ornate than the others.  Like a subtle pair of thrones, he thought.  Lady Arwen sat by her father's right hand, next to Steve’s assigned chair.

Their host gave a signal with his upraised hand, and people began to find their places.  Bilbo escorted Gail to her place at Master Elrond's side, while Steve remembered to take his seat next to Lady Arwen.  She gave him a radiant smile.  "Welcome, Mr. McCloud," she said.  Steve realized that Eledhwen must have spread the word about their preferred form of address, since everyone had been using it since they came down.

Steve smiled.  “Thank you.”

Lord Glorfindel was on Steve's other side.  He turned towards Steve and said, "How are you finding Rivendell so far, Mr. McCloud?"

Steve sat silently for a moment, thinking.  "To be honest, it is rather stunning.  Places like this don't exist where we live.  Much of the style seem to be a bit reminiscent of past ages in our world, but, well, better, and just a little different.  And I have to say, I've never experienced this sort of hospitality anywhere before.  You took our children in, and then you took us in—even gave us clothes!"

Glorfindel nodded.  "The Last Homely House is famous for its hospitality.  For many lives of Men, Master Elrond has welcomed folk of all races to his home, and his generosity is legendary."

"What do you mean, 'lives of Men'?” Steve asked, furrowing his brow in puzzlement.

Arwen had turned from speaking to one of the servants, giving orders for the food to be brought out.  She said, "The lives of Men are fleeting, seventy or eighty years for most, and even the longest-lived Men, the Dúnedain, seldom live longer than two centuries in these days.  Hobbits seem to average about a century or a little more.  Dwarves, unless slain in battle, often live to two and a half centuries.  Elves however, are tied to Arda.  Unless they be slain in battle or fade from grief, they will live until the end of the world."

“Arda?”  Steve raised his eyebrows, obviously puzzled.  “Sorry, I’m afraid I’ve never heard of the place.”

"Arda is the name of our world; Middle-earth or Ennor is what we call the part of the world East of the Sundering Sea," Glorfindel answered.

"Oh."  Steve had so many questions now that he couldn't sort out what he wanted to ask next.  And it seemed that he was going to have to take his time to find out what he most wanted to know: why his older children had decided to go on the perilous journey he and Gail had been told of.  If this was indeed God’s will, then he and Gail would have to accept it, but that didn’t mean they couldn’t try to look out for the children now that they were here, too.  No matter how hospitable Rivendell was, he had no intention of staying here patiently, waiting for them to return.  He was going to find them, and if he knew Gail, she felt the same way.  They might need to stay a while to get their bearings and make preparations for travel, but they would be going after Kevin and Jennifer and Joey; his main concern about that, however, was Kaylee and Megan.  He and Gail would have to decide whether to take them along or leave them behind.

Out loud, Steve said, "I see I have a lot to learn."  Leaning forward to glance at Gail, who seemed to be listening intently to Master Elrond, he added, “My wife and I both do.”  I need to talk this over with Gail after supper, he thought.

They were interrupted by a servant bearing soup.  It smelled wonderful, and for a while the conversation flagged.

-oo000oo-

On the other side of Master Elrond, Gail had been having her own conversation.  Her host had been telling her some of the things her children had been learning.  She tried to keep the appalled expression off her face.  While it was all very well for Kaylee to learn how to ride a pony, to sew, and to garden, it was quite another to learn that Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey were learning how to fight with swords and knives, and how to make fire, and to engage in other such dangerous activities.  Kevin and Jennifer, she could understand, since they were in their teens, but Joey was far too young.  And come to that, she still wasn't that keen on Kevin sword-fighting.  After all, she still wasn’t completely happy about her husband teaching Kevin to handle a gun; he was only a boy, still.  She breathed in and out slowly, nodding her head in the right places, and trying to be tactful.  Wait until she told Steve!

When Master Elrond turned to speak to his daughter for a moment, her attention was caught by Bilbo, who asked her, "Are you settling in well here in Rivendell?"

"They could not have been nicer," she said.  "I can hardly believe they even gave us these clothes!"

"It's very homely here," Bilbo agreed.  Gail had already realized that “homely” here did not mean “slightly ugly” as it did at home, but was more the old-fashioned meaning of "homelike".  Although this place was certainly not anything like her own home, it did have a homelike coziness and comfort about it.

"I have not seen any other hobbits here.  Are you the only one?"

"I am.  I have lived here for seventeen years, ever since I decided to retire from my duties in the Shire—that is the homeland of my birth, and the home of most hobbits, save for some few in Bree, a small land slightly east of the Shire."

Gail nodded.  “You mentioned something about the Shire, whatever it is, and its customs before we started eating.  But why here?"  Why on earth would he want to leave his home and his people, permanently?

Bilbo grinned.  "Some seventy-odd years ago in my youth, there was a small matter of thirteen Dwarves, a wizard, and a dragon in the lands to the East of here.  The wizard came to my home, Bag End, and asked me to go with them; I was fifty years old then.”

Gail’s mouth had dropped open as Bilbo had spoken.  “What?” she gasped, when he had finished talking.  Wizards?  Dragons?  How can that be? she wondered.  First elves and hobbits, now wizards and dragons!  What kind of place is this, anyway?  Has God really dropped us into a fantasy land of some kind?

Bilbo smiled.  “While I was traveling with them, we passed through here, and I struck up an acquaintance with Master Elrond.  On my return journey, he invited me to come and visit here someday.  When I was eleventy-one, I decided to take him up on it, and here I still am.”

Eleventy-one? Gail silently wondered, as her mouth hung open.  He must mean one hundred and eleven!  But he doesn’t look that old!

A wistful expression crossed Bilbo’s elderly face.  “I do miss the Shire sometimes, and my kin.  But at least I recently had a visit from three of my younger cousins, and a friend of theirs."  The expression on his face became guarded.  "Oh!  Look! The food has arrived!"

Gail shook her head violently and tried to turn her attention to the delicious-smelling bowl of soup that one of the servants placed before her.  But her mind kept circling around the astonishing information she had just learned.

What other fantasy creatures are we going to meet here?  

Once the food began to arrive, Bilbo's conversation seemed to dwell on the food they were being served.  Gail lost track of the many courses, which seemed to be combinations of the ordinary and the exotic.  She soon found she should only have a little at a time, since more food kept coming.  She was astonished to see Bilbo take full-sized servings of everything, and keep on eating more.  She wondered where the little fellow put it all.  Are your legs hollow, Mr. Baggins? she thought wryly, at one point.

She was quite relieved when the last course, a beautiful cake, was served.  She was sorry she could only eat a couple of bites, since it was sublime.  It was a rich fruitcake, loaded with fruits and nuts, and covered in marzipan.  Unlike the usual fruitcakes she'd had at home, this one was moist, and though dense and rich, it was not heavy.  She wondered what the secrets of its baking might be.

I’ll have to get their recipe before we return home.  This would be a great cake to have at Christmas.

After that, Master Elrond rose, and made a small speech of welcome to her and Steve.  She blushed, for she hadn't expected such a thing, but she was quite proud when Steve rose up and began to thank Master Elrond and everyone there for their gracious hospitality.

Their host gave a nod, and offering his arm to his daughter, they left the room, and people began to rise and get ready to depart.  She had scarcely rejoined her husband when a small blur barrelled into her legs.  It was Kaylee.  "Mommy!  Daddy!  Come on!  It's time for the Hall of Fire!"  She bounced in anticipation.

Eledhwen, carrying Megan, and accompanied by Mairen, joined them.  The Elf-maid gave Kaylee a stern look.  "Miss Kaylee!  What are you forgetting?"

Kaylee immediately stood still, hanging her head.  "I'm sorry," she said in a small voice.  She looked back at her parents.  "Mommy and Daddy, may we please go to the Hall of Fire now?  It's very nice," at first sounding quite grown-up, but then she bounced a little more just on her tiptoes as she spoke, giving her parents a puppy-eyed look.  “Please, please, please?  Pretty please?”

Gail was torn between astonishment at how quickly Kaylee had simmered down and annoyance at another person scolding her child, no matter how gently it was done.  She tried to remind herself that Eledhwen had been basically Kaylee's nanny for five whole months, and it was only to instill behavior that Gail herself had been trying to teach her five-year-old.  She glanced at Steve, who gave a nod while biting back an amused smile.  "Very well, Kaylee, we'll go see this 'Hall of Fire', whatever it is.”

An elf servant approached them, leading Lucy.  She handed the leash to Gail, who took it, looking surprised as Lucy, who was still wearing a collar, calmly sat down next to her.  Goodness gracious, Gail thought, even our puppy has learned a few things here!  Steve took Megan from Eledhwen, and Kaylee took her puppy's leash and eagerly led the way to the Hall of Fire, with Lucy trotting next to Kaylee.

-oo000oo-

As Steve and Gail sat on a bench, listening to the Elvish music, Gail smiled at the pictures that the songs kept forming in her head, even though she couldn’t understand a word of them.  Kaylee and Megan sat on the cushions on the floor in front of their parents.  The flames in the fire pit blazed cheerily.  Lucy lay with her head on her paws, her tail curled on the ground, facing the singing Elf.

“Look,” Steve finally said, nudging Gail, and then pointed at the children.  Looking down at Kaylee and Megan, Gail chuckled.  Both of them were now curled up on the big cushions, with their eyes closed and their mouths parted open.

“I do believe they’ve fallen asleep,” Gail said, rising to her feet.  She picked up Megan; her husband stood up and lifted Kaylee in his arms.

“They may wake up as we get them ready for bed,” she said in a low voice, as she accompanied Steve out of the Hall of Fire, followed by Mairen.  Lucy scampered alongside Steve.  “Kaylee’ll be wanting a bedtime story if she does.”

Steve nodded.  “Yes, she will, and then it’ll be time for their bedtime prayers.”

Sure enough, Kaylee did wake up as her mother was in the process of pulling her Elven dress up over her head.  Within a few minutes, she and Megan were wearing their Elvish nightgowns, and Kaylee was holding her Baby Alive doll in the crook of her arm.

“Would you read me a story?  Please?” she begged her mother.  “Mr. Baggins can’t read to me.  He can’t read English, only Westron and Elvish.  Lady Arwen and Eledhwren and Mairen can’t, either.”  Gail thought that odd, since he seemed to speak English perfectly well, but she put the thought aside for the time-being, chalking it up to just one more oddity of this extremely odd place.  She firmly turned her attention to her daughter.

Gail laughed.  “Certainly.  Which story would you like me to read to you?”

“The Wonderful Wizard of Oz.”

Gail smiled.  “Jennifer was reading it to you when we went to the campsite.”

Kaylee nodded.  “She finished it.  But I want to hear it again!”

Gail found the book lying on the table across the room and brought it to the bed.  As she slid onto the bed next to Kaylee, Steve tucked Megan under her covers on the other bed.  Gail opened the book to the beginning of the first chapter.  Clearing her throat, Gail began to read to her daughter.

“‘Chapter 1: The Cyclone.  Dorothy lived in the midst of the great Kansas prairies, with Uncle Henry, who was a farmer, and Aunt Em, who was the farmer’s wife.  Their house was small, for the lumber to build it had to be carried by wagon many miles.  There were four walls, a roof and a floor, which made one room; and this room contained a rusty-looking cooking stove, a cupboard for the dishes, a table, three or four chairs, and the beds.  Uncle Henry and Aunt Em had a big bed in one corner, and Dorothy a little bed in another corner…’”

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.  

Chapter 25: Just Around the Riverbend

Jennifer’s planned-for haircuts never happened.  The following morning, Celeborn advised them to make use of boats in order to depart on the River Anduin, and Aragorn decided to take him up on the offer.  For the rest of the day, they were so busy getting ready to leave that there was no time for haircuts.

Soon Haldir arrived to guide the Company from their pavilion to the place of their departure.  He led them South, through Caras Galadhon and out of the treetop city.  The group followed Haldir for nearly ten miles, until they came to a high green hedge; there was an arched opening in the greenery, and beyond that was an elanor-studded grassy lawn that led down to the merging of the two rivers: to the West they could see the Silverlode, and to the East they could see the dark waters of the Great River.  They found themselves on a verdant tongue of land, leading down to a landing of white stones and white wood.  There were a number of boats moored there—many of them colorful, and all as beautiful as Elves could make them—but there were three, smaller than the rest, of grey.  Elves were loading those three down, not only with the Company’s packs and so forth, but also with food, supplies, and even coils of rope.

Jennifer was amused to see Sam’s eyes light up at the sight of the ropes.  She overheard his brief conversation with an Elf about them.

“What are these?” asked Sam, handling one that lay upon the greensward.

“Ropes indeed!” answered an Elf from the boats.  “Never travel far without a rope!  And one that is long and strong and light.  Such are these.  They may be a help in many needs.”

“You don’t need to tell me that!” said Sam.  “I came without any and I’ve been worried ever since.  But I was wondering what these were made of, knowing a bit about rope-making: it’s in the family as you might say.’

“They are made of hithlain,” said the Elf, “but there is no time now to instruct you in the art of their making.  Had we known that this craft delighted you, we could have taught you much.  But now alas!  unless you should at some time return hither, you must be content with our gift.  May it serve you well!”

Haldir chivied them into the boats: Aragorn, Kevin, Frodo, and Sam in one, Boromir, Merry, Pippin, and Joey in the second one, and in the last one, Legolas, Gimli, and Jennifer.  Most of the supplies were also in the third boat.  But they were not setting off down the river quite yet.  Instead, Aragorn led them up the Silverlode to get them used to the boats.  Both Kevin and Jennifer had had some experience with canoes from summer camp over the years, and even Joey’d had a single canoe experience the previous summer, when he had gone to camp for the first time.  Kevin and Jennifer were not surprised to find the Elven boats handled smoothly and easily; after all, just about everything Elves made was perfect.  The paddles were especially easy to use, and with their short handles and leaf-shaped blades, even Merry, Pippin, and Joey could use them with ease.  Frodo had never done any more boating than necessary since his parents’ deaths, and Sam was the most nervous and inexperienced of them all.

They came around a bend, and saw coming towards them a beautiful swan-shaped boat.  They could see Lady Galadriel, a wreath of golden leaves upon her head and a harp in her hands, standing behind Lord Celeborn near the prow, while white-clad Elves rowed behind them.  Jennifer thought she almost looked like an angel.  She could hear the Lady singing a beautiful and mournful song. 

The boats were all drawn up, and the Company was invited to join the Lord and Lady in a picnic farewell feast.  They ate and drank in pleasurable companionship and quiet conversation on snowy linen cloths laid out upon the soft green grass, and when they had finished, Lord Celeborn gave them some information and advice about the journey ahead.

Then Lady Galadriel rose up, and a cup of mead was brought to her by one of her maidens.  “Now it is time to drink the cup of farewell!  Drink, Lord of the Galadhrim!  And let not your heart be sad though night must follow noon, and already our evening draweth nigh.”

Then she brought the cup to each of the Company, and bade them drink and farewell.  Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey just wet their lips, to be polite; Jennifer thought that the Lady gave her an amused look, but she wasn’t sure.  Then, after each member of the Company had partaken of the cup, Lady Galadriel stepped back and gestured to those of her maidens who had accompanied her.

The Elf-maids came forward, and for each they had provided a hood and cloak, made according to the right size, of the light but warm silken stuff that the Galadhrim wove.  It was hard to say of what colour they were: grey with the hue of twilight under the trees they seemed to be; and yet if they were moved, or set in another light, they were green as shadowed leaves, or brown as fallow fields by night, dusk-silver as water under the stars.  Each cloak was fastened about the neck with a brooch like a green leaf veined with silver.

Jennifer felt a bit surprised as one of the maidens settled the cloak around her shoulders and fastened it at the throat with the brooch.  “Thank you,” she murmured.  It felt so light, and yet warm as well.  

“Are these magic cloaks?” asked Pippin, looking at them with wonder.  Joey’s eyes were also alight with curiosity as his own cloak was settled upon his shoulders; Jennifer grinned at seeing his expression.

“I do not know what you mean by that,” answered the maiden.  “They are fair garments, and the web is good, for it was made in this land.  They are elvish robes certainly, if that is what you mean.  Leaf and branch, water and stone: they have the hue and beauty of all these things under the twilight of Lórien that we love; for we put the thought of all that we love into all that we make.  Yet they are garments, not armour, and they will not turn shaft or blade.  But they should serve you well: they are light to wear, and warm enough or cool enough at need.  And you will find them a great aid in keeping out of the sight of unfriendly eyes, whether you walk among the stones or the trees.  You are indeed high in the favour of the Lady!  For she herself and her maidens wove this stuff; and never before have we clad strangers in the garb of our own people.

Galadriel then moved on past Joey and Pippin to Merry, and Jennifer stifled a giggle as Pippin leaned over and whispered to Joey, “In other words, ‘yes’.”  Joey gave a gulp and went red in the face from trying to stifle his own laughter.

Wonder if they really are magic? Jennifer wondered.  Then she decided it didn’t matter.  If Lady Galadriel had a part in their making, they might as well be magic.

“Whoa!”  Joey’s mouth dropped open.  “Look, Jennifer!  Look, Kevin!  I see what Pippin meant.  These cloaks keep changing color!  See, it seemed green just a minute ago, and now it looks brown, or maybe grey!”  He smiled broadly.  “It’s a camo cloak!”

Jennifer and Kevin laughed quietly.  “Not so loud, Joey!  Right now, we need to keep our voices down.  But you’re right; it sure is.  They all are,” Kevin agreed in a soft voice.  “Sort of like the camouflage Dad and I wear deer-hunting, only better!”

“And these brooches sure are pretty,” Jennifer whispered with a smile, rubbing her index finger over her own gleaming, leaf-shaped brooch.

When all the cloaks had been distributed, the maidens brought other items to the Lady, who called each one of the Fellowship forward.

“Here is the gift of Celeborn and Galadriel to the leader of your Company,” she said to Aragorn, and she gave him a sheath that had been made to fit his sword.  It was overlaid with a tracery of flowers and leaves wrought of silver and gold, and on it were set in elven runes formed of many gems the name Andúril and the lineage of the sword.  Then Galadriel leaned forward and spoke to the Ranger in a low voice that Jennifer could not hear.  Aragorn answered her back the same way.  But then she reached out and said something else, as she pinned another brooch at his neck.  He bowed graciously to her and stepped back.  Jennifer wondered what it was all about, but as he came near, she saw that the new pin was shaped like an eagle and had a shiny green stone set in it.  

The Lady called Legolas next.  “My gift for you, Legolas, is a bow of the Galadhrim and a sheath of arrows, worthy of the skill of our woodland kin.”   Jennifer looked on in somewhat amazed jealousy, until she heard her own name called.

“And for you, Lady Jennifer, also a bow and arrows of the Galadhrim, though suitable for your age and stature.”

Jennifer stared at her new weapon in awe.  “Thank you, Lady Galadriel.”  For some reason, she felt her eyes tearing up.  She was touched by the gift, and was realizing that she was going to miss Lothlórien.

The Lady bowed her head, and she turned then to Boromir, and to him she gave a belt of gold and a beautifully wrought dagger, and she also gave the same thing to Kevin; and to Merry and Pippin and Joey, she gave small silver belts, each with a clasp wrought like a golden flower.  To each of them, she also gave a dagger.  “These are the daggers of the Noldorin.  They have already seen service in war.”

To both Pippin and Joey, she leaned down and whispered in their ears, one at a time.  Pippin’s eyes grew wide, and Joey, in his turn, blushed.  Jennifer wondered what the Lady had told them, but she shuddered at the idea of her younger brother having yet another dangerous weapon on him.  The two hobbits took their blades from the sheaths and looked at them, but Jennifer was pleased to see that Joey did not draw his, although he did gaze down at it and rub his fingers over its sheath.

“Remember, Joey, it’s a weapon, not a toy,” Kevin told him.  “It’s not to play with.”

Joey shrugged.  “I know, but I still like it.”  He scowled slightly.  By now he already knew to be respectful of his weapons; he didn’t need to be reminded like a baby.

The others exchanged amused expressions.  Galadriel laughed and turned to Sam.  “For you little gardener and lover of trees,” she said to Sam, “I have only a small gift.”  She put into his hand a little box of plain grey wood, unadorned save for a single silver rune upon the lid.  “Here is set G for Galadriel,’ she said; “but also it may stand for garden in your tongue.  In this box there is earth from my orchard, and such blessing as Galadriel has still to bestow is upon it. It will not keep you on your road, nor defend you against any peril; but if you keep it and see your home again at last, then perhaps it may reward you.  Though you should find all barren and laid waste, there will be few gardens in Middle-earth that will bloom like your garden, if you sprinkle this earth there.  Then you may remember Galadriel, and catch a glimpse far off of Lórien, that you have seen only in our winter.  For our spring and our summer are gone by, and they will never be seen on earth again save in memory.”

Sam went red to the ears and muttered something inaudible, as he clutched the box and bowed as well as he could.

Then Lady Galadriel turned a luminous smile upon Gimli.  “And what gift would a dwarf ask of the Elves?”

Gimli blushed a fiery red and seemed flustered at the question, finally saying, “Nothing.  Except to look upon the lady of the Galadhrim one last time, for she is more fair than all the jewels beneath the earth.”

Galadriel laughed, and Gimli started to turn away, before turning around again.   “Actually, there was one thing…No, no, I couldn’t.  It’s quite impossible.  Stupid to ask…”

Finally, at Galadriel’s gentle urging, he gave in, bowing low and stammering as he spoke.  “There is nothing, Lady Galadriel.  Nothing, unless it might be—unless it is permitted to ask, nay, to name a single strand of your hair, which surpasses the gold of the earth as the stars surpass the gems of the mine.  I do not ask for such a gift.  But you commanded me to name my desire.”

The Lady smiled.  “It is said that the skill of the Dwarves is in their hands rather than in their tongues,” she said; “yet that is not true of Gimli.  For none have ever made to me a request so bold and yet so courteous.  And how shall I refuse, since I commanded him to speak?  But tell me, what would you do with such a gift?”

“Treasure it, Lady,” he answered, “in memory of your words to me at our first meeting.  And if ever I return to the smithies of my home, it shall be set in imperishable crystal to be an heirloom of my house, and a pledge of good will between the Mountain and the Wood until the end of days.”

Then the Lady unbraided one of her long tresses, and cut off three golden hairs, and laid them in Gimli’s hand.  “These words shall go with the gift,” she said.  “I do not foretell, for all foretelling is now vain: on the one hand lies darkness, and on the other only hope.  But if hope should not fail, then I say to you, Gimli son of Glóin, that your hands shall flow with gold, and yet over you gold shall have no dominion.”

Jennifer tried not to stare.  She could never have imagined that Gimli would ask such a thing!  She would have thought maybe the Elves would give him a special axe or something.  Clearly, her friend had hidden depths.

Last of all, the Lady summoned Frodo.  “And you, Ring-bearer,” she said, turning to him.  “I come to you last who are not last in my thoughts.  For you I have prepared this.”  She smiled.  “Farewell, Frodo Baggins.  I give you the light of Eärendil, our most beloved star.”  She handed Frodo a crystal phial and leaned over to kiss his forehead.   “May it be a light for you in dark places, when all other lights go out.  Namárië!”  She paused, and then looked from Frodo to Sam, and then to Jennifer.  “Remember Galadriel and her Mirror!” she added, scanning the faces of all three as she spoke.

It was now noon, and the travellers made their way back to the boats, casting off silently into the water.  As they floated away, Jennifer heard Lady Galadriel singing once more:  

“Ai!  laurië lantar lassi súrinen,

Yéni únótimë ve rámar aldaron!

Yéni ve lintë yuldar avánier

mi oromardi lisse-miruvóreva

Andúnë pella, Vardo tellumar

nu luini yassen tintilar i eleni

ómaryo airetári-lírinen…”

Jennifer could not understand the words, but she knew they were sad, and she had an impression of autumn and things slowly dying in the winter and leaves, golden leaves falling…

As Lady Galadriel’s voice faded off into the distance, their boats went around a bend in the river, and Lothlórien was lost to view.  Jennifer turned her attention to her companions.

Gimli seemed very sad, his eyes cast down.

“Are you all right, Gimli?” she asked.  It was unlike the gruff Dwarf to seem so depressed.

“I have taken my worst wound at this parting,” he said mournfully, “having looked my last upon that which is fairest.  Henceforth I will call nothing fair unless it be her gift to me.”  He put his hand to his breast.

“May we see, Gimli?” Jennifer asked softly.  Legolas glanced over curiously.

“I asked her for one hair from her golden head.  She gave me three.”

He opened his hand.  Three shining individual hairs lay upon his palm, looking much like very fine strands of gold and mithril, twisted together, and gleaming like molten metal.

Jennifer just gazed at them in awe, amazed that three simple hairs could be so glorious.  She heard Gimli and Legolas talking, but paid no mind to their conversation, as she thought how lucky he was to have such a memento of the Lady.  She wondered: was he only impressed by her beauty and kindness, or had the Dwarf fallen in love with the Elf?  She would never know, for she knew Gimli was too honorable a person to speak of it if he was.  After all, Galadriel was married.  It was so sad and romantic.  She gave a sigh, but was brought up with a start as Gimli called out:

“But let us talk no more of it.  Look to the boat!  She is too low in the water with all this baggage, and the Great River is swift.  I do not wish to drown my grief in cold water.”

Jennifer grabbed her paddle, and so did Gimli, for Legolas had never stopped using his own paddle.  

-oo000oo-

In the next boat over, Joey bit his lower lip.  That song Galadriel had sung when they’d left had sounded so sad, he thought; they needed a happier song to start their river journey with!  He remembered a song Pippin had taught him back in Rivendell.  It was about a river in the Shire, and it had a very cheerful tune!  

“When I was a lad so free

I had no cares to worry me,”

Joey had not sung more than two lines than Pippin joined in, and then Merry,   

“Save what to drink and when to dine,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

On the banks of the Brandywine!

Save what to drink and when to dine,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

 

“Once I spied a lass so fair,

Plaiting violets in her hair,

Her eyes so bright, her cheeks so fine,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

On the banks of the Brandywine!

Her eyes so bright, her cheeks so fine,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

 

“I asked her could I sit a while,

And she gave to me a winning smile,

Her heart was true, her heart was kind,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

On the banks of the Brandywine!

Her heart was true, her heart was kind,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

 

“I looked at her and then I said

If she thought we two could wed,

She told me that she would be mine,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

On the banks of the Brandywine!

 

“She told me that she would be mine,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

We sealed our troth with a kiss!

Her two lips, ah!  They were bliss!

I never knew true love I’d find,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

On the banks of the Brandywine!

 

“I never knew true love I’d find,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

I asked her father for her hand,

And on the shore, we did stand—

And I was hers and she was mine,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

On the banks of the Brandywine!

And I was hers and she was mine,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

 

“And now we are a happy three,

My sweet wife, my fauntling, and me

In our smial with roses entwined,

On the banks of the Brandywine!

On the banks of the Brandywine!

In our smial with roses entwined,

On the banks of the Brandywine!’”*

At the end of that hobbit song, Joey smiled, and began to sing a very old song that he knew from back home:  

“Row, row, row your boat

Gently down the stream.

Merrily, merrily, merrily, merrily,

Life is but a dream.”**

Pippin and Merry quickly joined in, and after they sang it a couple of times, Joey taught them how to sing it in rounds.  To his surprise, Boromir even joined in, in his pleasant, deep voice, and then he taught them a sailor’s song from Gondor.

“This is a rowing song, sung in the galley ships of Gondor.  In the lands of the South, they use slaves to row the ships, but we have no slaves in Gondor.  Our sailors take it in turns to pull the oars, and sing to keep in time.  

“Fair Westernesse lieth beneath the deep sea.

Pull, ye faithful, pull!

Eastward, eastward now, we must flee.

Pull, ye faithful, pull!

 

Fair Westernesse sank below the waves.

Pull, ye faithful, pull!

Eastward-bound with all we can save:

Pull, ye faithful, pull!

 

Old Westernesse nevermore shall be seen.

Pull, ye faithful, pull!

We shall have a new land, fair and green.

Pull, ye faithful, pull!

 

Now Westernesse is forever gone.

Pull, ye faithful, pull!

A land of white stone shall be our new home.

Pull, ye faithful, pull!”**  

-oo000oo-

Kevin had been paddling steadily alongside Aragorn.  Frodo and Sam sat in the stern behind them.  He could hear Joey and the younger hobbits, and even Boromir, singing loudly from their boat.  Was that wise?  What if there were orcs within earshot?  But Aragorn didn’t seem bothered.

“Do you think the orcs are still after us?” he asked.

“Undoubtedly,” Aragorn replied calmly.  “But they will not follow so closely while we are still so close to the Golden Wood.  They fear the power of the Lady.  Boromir is a warrior; he will silence the singing when we have gone a few more miles.”

“Orcs are not what I fear most,” said Frodo unexpectedly from the back of the boat.  “I do not doubt there is a certain someone who can follow us even now.”

“That is also likely,” said Aragorn.  “But I do not fear him attacking us now.  We must not forget about him, though.”

Kevin wondered who they were speaking of, but he decided not to ask.  He wasn’t sure he wanted to know.  And the current was becoming a little swifter.  He concentrated on his rowing.  

-oo000oo-

They stopped to camp that night.  Aragorn set double watches.  Kevin and Gimli had the second watch after Aragorn and Boromir.

Kevin was having trouble sleeping.  He could tell Boromir was in a bad mood, and earlier, he’d overheard Frodo arguing with Sam about eating: Frodo clearly was not hungry, but Sam wouldn’t take no for an answer.  For once, Merry and Pippin had stayed out of it.  Now everybody except Aragorn and Boromir were lying quietly in their bedrolls.  As Kevin rolled over to get more comfortable on the hard ground, he could hear a hissing argument between Aragorn and Boromir.  At first, he couldn’t understand the words, but as the rest of the camp grew quieter, he could.

“Look!”  Boromir’s voice was just a little louder.  “Something moves in the water beyond the reeds…”

Gollum,” Aragorn replied.  “He has tracked us since Moria.  I had hoped we would lose him on the river.  But he’s too clever a waterman.”

“Minas Tirith is the safer road.”  Boromir’s voice clearly sounded annoyed.  “You know that.  From there, we can regroup.  Strike out for Mordor from a place of strength.”

“There is no strength in Gondor that can avail us,” Aragorn shot back.

Now Boromir’s voice rose once more.  “You were quick enough to trust the Elves.  Have you so little faith in your own people?  Yes, there is weakness.  There is frailty.  But there is courage also, and honor to be found in Men.  But you will not see that.”  Aragorn started to turn away, but Boromir yanked him back.  “You are afraid!  All your life, you have hidden in the shadows.  Scared of who you are, of what you are.”

Kevin gasped.  Had Boromir just accused Aragorn of being a coward?  Kevin knew that wasn’t true.  He had thought Boromir knew it, too!

And now it was Aragorn whose temper rose.  “I will not lead the Ring within a hundred leagues of your city.”

He heard Aragorn moving away from Boromir.  Kevin sat up and looked in that direction.  He met Legolas’ eyes, for the Elf had also been watching the argument.  “Go back to sleep, Kevin,” Legolas said softly.  “Their anger is not their own.  The Ring grows stronger.  Get some sleep before your watch.”  Nodding, Kevin tried to take the Elf’s advice, but it still took him awhile to fall asleep.

The next day was one of the most unpleasant days Joey had experienced since they had left on the journey South.  It wasn’t a horrible, terrifying day like in Moria, but considering that he was riding in a boat with Merry and Pippin, it was uncomfortable, to say the least.  Because the fourth person in their boat was Boromir, and he was in a really, really bad mood.  Pippin had tried to start up some singing, and he crossly told them, “No”; he sat in front of them rowing and talking to himself, but if one of them asked him what he said, his reply was a curt “Nothing”.

Merry was concentrating on his rowing with a scowl on his face, and Pippin was also uncharacteristically quiet.  Joey was not only bored out of his mind, but he also could just feel the bad moods of the others, and it made him feel antsy at the least.  He wished he was in one of the other boats.  He sure wouldn’t mind trading places with Jennifer.  It would be cool to talk with Legolas and Gimli; the three of them seemed to at least be having a little bit of pleasant conversation.

The scenery was depressing.  The “Brown Lands” were on one side (whoever thought up that name didn’t have much imagination, Joey thought.  He’d call them the “Sorry-Looking Lands” or something.  (Brown’s almost too cheerful, he thought sarcastically.)  On the other side, the land was swampy and dead-looking.  He wished he was back in Lothlórien, or even Rivendell with Kaylee.  Or, best of all, back at the campsite with his entire family.  He felt really homesick.

And it continued like this for the next several days.  Aragorn would not allow him to switch boats when he asked as they camped that second night, even though Jennifer said she wouldn’t mind.  Joey had been cross about that, and then Kevin reprimanded him for his “attitude”.  So, on they floated down the river, a cranky and silent Gondorian, two worried hobbits, and a very sad little nine-year-old boy.  About the only thing he could do, when he wasn’t taking his turn helping Boromir row, was to sleep.

About four days in, Aragorn, Frodo, and Sam saw something or other that upset them.  They didn’t say what it was, but Aragorn decided they should journey by night again.  This meant they didn’t stop when they usually would have, but continued on into the night after a brief stop for a fireless supper.

Back once more to trying to sleep all day, Joey realized that everyone else was now on edge as well.  He was too uncomfortable to do more than doze, and was woken once by an argument between Aragorn and Boromir; it was short and sharp.  Then, shortly later, he could hear a whispered conversation between Merry and Pippin.

“You know what’s got him out of sorts,” hissed Pippin.

Merry’s response was also soft, but Joey could still hear him: “Of course I do.  I wish we could do something about it.  That Ring’s got hold of him, I’m sure.”

“If it comes down to it,” Pippin answered softly, “we’ve got to choose Frodo.”

Joey didn’t hear Merry’s answer.  Perhaps Merry had nodded.  Then Merry said, “No choice at all, really, Pip.  I just wish we could help.  I tried to speak to Frodo about it, but he wouldn’t hear a word of it.”

He heard a deep sigh.  But the two younger hobbits apparently were through talking, and Joey decided he’d really need to try and sleep.  He said the Lord’s Prayer silently in his head, and then added in a low whisper, “Lord, please look after us all; I mean, I know You do anyway, but I thought I should mention it.  And help me get to sleep.”  He started to think of some of the Bible verses he knew, and soon slipped into slumber.  His dreams, he did not recall when he woke, but they seemed to have been pleasant.  He felt refreshed, anyway, when they set out again.

When they woke on the evening of the eighth night, Aragorn spoke to them as they munched on another cold supper-breakfast.  “Come!” said Aragorn.  “We will venture one more journey by night.  We are coming to reaches of the River that I do not know well: for I have never journeyed by water in these parts before, not between here and the rapids of Sarn Gebir.  But if I am right in my reckoning, those are still many miles ahead.  Still there are dangerous places even before we come there: rocks and stony eyots in the stream.  We must keep a sharp watch and not try to paddle swiftly.”

Aragorn’s boat took the lead, with him and Kevin and Frodo all paddling very carefully.  Sam was sitting in the prow to keep look-out for all three boats; he was to shout if he saw them approaching rough water.

Joey had fallen asleep, curled up in the stern, while Merry and Pippin helped paddle, when he was suddenly awakened by a loud shout.  It was Sam!  Joey sat up abruptly, and his eyes adjusted to the darkness.  There ahead were dark shapes looming up in the stream and he heard the swirl of racing water.  The current was swiftly pulling them all to the left, and Joey now could see white water breaking on the sharp rocks ahead.  Their boat pulled nearer to Aragorn’s, and the boat with Legolas, Gimli and Jennifer was right behind them.

“Hoy there, Aragorn!” shouted Boromir, as his boat bumped into the leader.  “This is madness!  We cannot dare the Rapids by night!  But no boat can live in Sarn Gebir, be it night or day.”

“Back, back!” cried Aragorn.  “Turn!  Turn if you can!”  He drove his paddle into the water, trying to hold the boat and bring it round.

“I am out of my reckoning,” Aragorn said.  “I did not know that we had come so far: Anduin flows faster than I thought.  Sarn Gebir must be close at hand already.”

It took a lot of work to stop the boats and turn them around.  It was hard, and Joey was really scared.  What if the boats tipped?  He was a decent swimmer, but Joey thought he’d feel a lot safer if Middle-earth had such a thing as life jackets!  At one point, he looked fearfully at Jennifer and Kevin.

“All together, paddle!” shouted Boromir.  “Paddle!  Or we shall be driven on the shoals.”

All of a sudden, there was an unmistakable sound: the twang of a bowstring, then more.  Several arrows whistled over them, and some fell among them.  Joey heard Jennifer scream, and he couldn’t help crying out himself as one hit Frodo between the shoulders and he lurched forward with a cry, dropping his paddle.  Thankfully, the arrow fell back.  Joey was surprised, until he remembered the hobbit’s mithril coat.  Another arrow passed through Aragorn’s hood.  Joey gave a yelp as one hit their own boat, nearly hitting Merry’s hand!  Joey glanced over at the Eastern bank, and thought he saw small black creatures running back and forth.

“Yrch!” said Legolas, falling into his own tongue.

“Orcs!” cried Gimli.

“Gollum’s doing, I’ll be bound,” said Sam to Frodo.  “And a nice place to choose, too.  The River seems set on taking us right into their arms!”

Joey was terrified.  “Jesus, help us!” he prayed right out loud, not caring who else heard.  This was even scarier than Moria.  Not only was he scared of all the arrows whistling overhead, but he was afraid that the boat might tip over or hit a rock.  Thankfully, the arrows seemed to be missing the target.  He wondered if their “camo” cloaks were keeping them safe.  Bit by bit, they fought their way to the western bank, pushing up against it roughly.  All the arrows were now missing them completely and falling into the river.

Suddenly, Legolas took his bow and drew it, firing a shot high in the sky.  Joey had no idea of what the Elf was aiming at, but dark clouds advanced, sending out dark outriders into the starry fields.  A sudden dread fell on the Company.

“Elbereth Gilthoniel!” sighed Legolas as he looked up.  Joey’s head jerked up at the sound. He saw a dark cloud-like shape come speeding towards them.  It was huge, a great, scary-looking creature that reminded him of a pterodactyl in Jurassic Park.  Fierce voices rose up to greet the flying monster from across the water.

Joey felt cold, and a dread even greater than when they had first seen the Balrog in Moria came over him.  He could hardly breathe.  But Legolas’ bow gave a great twang, and his arrow sped from the bowstring.  A horrible screech assailed the Company’s ears, as the arrow pierced some great winged creature.  Could it have been a dragon? Joey wondered.  But no, Gandalf had said dragons were extinct.

After a while Aragorn led the boats back upstream.  They felt their way along the water’s edge for some distance, until they found a small shallow bay.  A few low trees grew there close to the water, and behind them rose a steep rocky bank.  Here the Company decided to stay and await the dawn: it was useless to attempt to move further by night.  They made no camp and lit no fire, but lay huddled in the boats, moored close together.

Joey listened to the soft talk of the grown-ups.  He was so grateful that Legolas had killed that monster, whatever it was, but he had nothing to say.  Boromir’s attitude towards Frodo made him think of what Merry and Pippin had said earlier, which was another level of scary altogether.  Joey’s heart was still in his throat and pounding hard.  He heard them talking also in Kevin’s boat, something about the Moon...  As he gradually calmed down, his exhaustion allowed him to fall asleep, but his rest was fitful, and filled with frightening images that he could not later recall.  

-oo000oo-

Kevin was thoughtful when he woke the next morning, what with the conversation about how time had passed while they were in Lothlórien was still on his mind.  He had known they’d spent several days there, but it hadn’t seemed like a whole month.  Of course, it hadn’t seemed like months in Rivendell either.  Maybe it was something to do with Elves.  But the moment when an arrow had bounced off Frodo’s mithril shirt had been terrifying.  After that, he and Sam had almost squashed Frodo trying to protect the Ringbearer until Legolas had shot whatever-the-heck-that-flying-thing-was.

We’ve already run into one monster at Moria, and now it looks as if we’ve seen another one—one that flies! he thought.  Good grief!  Are we gonna run into Godzilla next?  Or Bigfoot?  He shook his head.

Kevin looked around; it was misty and foggy on the River; they couldn’t even see the Eastern shore.  Legolas and Aragorn had apparently kept the watch for the whole remainder of the night, and now it was decided they would wait until the fog lifted to leave.  The two of them were planning to scout ahead for a while to see their best path to the Emyn Muil.

Boromir and Aragorn had another argument about that.

“I do not see why we should pass the Rapids or follow the River any further,” said Boromir.  “If the Emyn Muil lie before us, then we can abandon these cockle-boats, and strike westward and southward, until we come to the Entwash and cross into my own land.”

“We can, if we are making for Minas Tirith,” said Aragorn, “but that is not yet agreed.  And such a course may be more perilous than it sounds.  The vale of Entwash is flat and fenny, and fog is a deadly peril there for those on foot and laden.  I would not abandon our boats until we must.  The River is at least a path that cannot be missed.”

So—Aragorn’s having second thoughts about refusing to take the Ring to Gondor, Kevin thought.  At least, he’s not really sure we won’t.  Not right now, anyway.

“But the Enemy holds the eastern bank,” objected Boromir.  “And even if you pass the Gates of Argonath and come unmolested to the Tindrock, what will you do then?  Leap down the Falls and land in the marshes?”

“No!” answered Aragorn.  “Say rather that we will bear our boats by the ancient way to Rauros-foot, and there take to the water again.  Do you not know, Boromir, or do you choose to forget the North Stair, and the high seat upon Amon Hen, that were made in the days of the great kings?  I at least have a mind to stand in that high place again, before I decide my further course.  There, maybe, we shall see some sign that will guide us.”

“I agree,” Frodo said.  “Gandalf would have wanted Aragorn to lead us.  I think we need to follow his plan.”

“It is not the way of the Men of Minas Tirith to desert their friends at need,” Boromir said with a scowl, “and you will need my strength, if ever you are to reach the Tindrock.  To the tall isle I will go, but no further.  There I shall turn to my home, alone if my help has not earned the reward of any companionship.”

Kevin heard this with dismay.  Ever since leaving Lothlórien, the Gondorian had been in a foul mood.  He could tell it had worn on Joey and the two younger hobbits, who were sharing Boromir’s boat, but it dismayed him as well.  He had grown fond of him, for Boromir had spent a lot of time with him, teaching him how to be a warrior.  The skills he had learned here wouldn’t do him any good if he were to join the army back home, when he grew up, but they were useful skills nevertheless.  He had always found that Boromir was a good companion and thought of him as a friend.  But the way he was acting now worried Kevin.  How could Boromir even think of abandoning Frodo?  Would it really be so awful to stop in Minas Tirith first?  Maybe they could get some more help if they did.  But Frodo was right: Aragorn was in charge.

The time passed slowly while the two were away scouting, but it turned out that they were not gone as long as they had thought they would be, and Kevin, who had been given the task of watching for their return, was relieved when he spotted them, coming down the bank towards the edge of their cold camp.

“All is well,” said Aragorn, as he clambered down the bank.  “There is a track, and it leads to a good landing that is still serviceable.  The distance is not great: the head of the Rapids is but half a mile below us, and they are little more than a mile long.  Not far beyond them the stream becomes clear and smooth again, though it runs swiftly.  Our hardest task will be to get our boats and baggage to the old portage-way.  We have found it, but it lies well back from the water-side here, and runs under the lee of a rock-wall, a furlong or more from the shore.  We did not find where the northward landing lies.  If it still remains, we must have passed it yesterday night.  We might labour far upstream and yet miss it in the fog.  I fear we must leave the River now, and make for the portage-way as best we can from here.”

Kevin found himself assisting Aragorn, Jennifer helped Boromir, and Legolas helped Gimli to carry the boats.  That left the hobbits and Joey to lug all of the baggage.  Thankfully their way was downhill, and not so terribly far.

The way was difficult, and a couple of times the others had to put down the boats, and Aragorn and Boromir ended up lifting all three boats over some of the rougher spots.  But finally, they came to the end, where the portage-way, turning back to the water-side, ran gently down to the shallow edge of a little pool.  It seemed to have been scooped in the river-side, not by hand, but by the water swirling down from Sarn Gebir against a low pier of rock that jutted out some way into the stream.  Beyond it the shore rose sheer into a grey cliff, and there was no further passage for those on foot.

They were all totally exhausted.   Not even Joey had the energy to get up and play.  The afternoon was more than half-over.  They sat beside the water listening to the confused rush and roar of the Rapids hidden in the mist; they were tired and sleepy, and their hearts were as gloomy as the dying day.

“Well, here we are, and here we must pass another night,” said Boromir.  “We need sleep, and even if Aragorn had a mind to pass the Gates of Argonath by night, we are all too tired—except, no doubt, our sturdy dwarf.”

Gimli made no reply: he was nodding as he sat.

“Let us rest as much as we can now,” said Aragorn.  “Tomorrow we must journey by day again.  Unless the weather changes once more and cheats us, we shall have a good chance of slipping through, unseen by any eyes on the eastern shore.  But tonight two must watch together in turns: three hours off and one on guard.”

Kevin had his watch with Boromir, who seemed in a slightly better mood than he had been for the past several days.  In a low voice, just above a whisper, Kevin asked him a few questions about his brother, Faramir.  He had noticed that talking about his younger brother made the big Gondorian feel much more cheerful; although Boromir had never spoken of Faramir to the Company as a whole, he did seem comfortable speaking of him to Kevin.  So far, the others had not been told of him, at least by name so far as Kevin knew.  Kevin guessed it was because of Joey, and suspected that it was because Kevin was also an older brother that Boromir was willing to tell him about Faramir.

“Sometimes I think that Faramir would have done better than I on this journey.  But our father would not have it, and I feared it was too dangerous.”  Boromir paused and shook his head, grimacing.  “In truth, though, it was really myself who would not have it; I think Father would have given the job to Faramir if I had not insisted that he send me on the errand to investigate the riddle instead; I would not be gainsaid.”  He gave a sigh.  “I will owe my brother an apology when we get home.”

Nothing happened that night worse than a brief drizzle of rain an hour before dawn.  As soon as it was fully light they started.  Already the fog was thinning.  They kept as close as they could to the western side, and they could see the dim shapes of the low cliffs rising ever higher, shadowy walls with their feet in the hurrying river.  In the mid-morning, the clouds drew down lower, and it began to rain heavily.  They drew the skin-covers over their boats to prevent them from being flooded, and drifted on: little could be seen before them or about them through the grey falling curtains.

Fortunately, the downpour didn’t last long, and when it ended, the sky was clear.

Kevin peered ahead, as he sat paddling by Aragorn’s side.  What were those huge stone formations up ahead?

Aragorn stood up.  “Frodo!  Kevin!  Sam!”  He gestured ahead.  “Behold!   The Argonath!  Long have I desired to look upon the kings of old.  My kin.”

The Fellowship looked up in awe at the towering splendor of the Argonath.  Two majestic statues, carved out of the mountain, proudly stood on each side of the Anduin.  Their left arms were held aloft, their palms facing outwards in gesture of warning.  Stern were their faces.

Kevin gazed up in astonishment.  The statues were immense, quite possibly larger than the Statue of Liberty.  He could make out clearly their noble features, even from this distance, and he even thought he could see a little family resemblance to Aragorn.  It must have taken many years to sculpt them.

“Whoa!” he cried out softly; no words came to his mind that would do them justice.  He craned his neck to look back as the River carried them past.

After that, they continued their journey for several more hours.  The Fellowship reached the foot of Amon Hen, the Hill of Sight.  As they reached the beach of Parth Galen, Boromir looked troubled and appeared to be fighting a conflict within himself.  The Fellowship started to make camp.

They had been on the River for ten days, and now the Wilderness was behind them.  They’d finally come to the part everyone had dreaded: Did they strike off West for Minas Tirith?  Or cross the River and the horrible path towards Mordor?  Or did they split the group up?  Kevin hated this, and was glad that Aragorn had the decision, because Kevin knew he couldn’t have made it.  Frodo and Sam, at least, have to go to Mordor; that’s their job, he thought, biting his lower lip.  But what about the rest of us?

Kevin saw Frodo, who was sitting near him, stand up.  “I need to think.  I shall be back soon,” he muttered.  Kevin wasn’t sure that anyone else noticed, even the usually attentive Sam.  He opened his mouth to ask if the hobbit was sure it was a good idea to go off alone when Aragorn spoke up.  He put Frodo out of his mind; after all, Merry was getting firewood—he would surely see his cousin…

“We cross the lake at nightfall.  Hide the boats and continue on foot.  We approach Mordor from the north,” the ranger said, as they took their rest on the bank around the campfire he had reluctantly allowed.

Kevin nodded.  So, then, Aragorn has made up his mind.  It’s off to Mordor we go, not Minas Tirith!

“Oh, yes?  It’s just a simple matter of finding our way through Emyn Muil?  An impassable labyrinth of razor-sharp rocks!  And after that, it gets even better!   Festering, stinking marshlands far as the eye can see.”  The Dwarf’s voice dripped with sarcasm.

Kevin noticed Pippin staring at Gimli in evident alarm; Joey’s eyes had also widened, and they sought Kevin’s.  He scooted closer to his older brother and leaned against him.  Kevin put his arm around Joey’s shoulders and tried to keep his expression reassuring, although the Dwarf’s words were less than reassuring.

That is our road,” Aragorn replied in the same tone.  “I suggest you take some rest and recover your strength, Master Dwarf.”

Recover my…?” Gimli spluttered with indignation.

“Do we have to go that way?” Joey whispered.

Kevin squeezed Joey against his side.  “I’m afraid so, Joey,” he whispered back.  “But we won’t be alone.  We have those who will take care of us and try to keep us safe, and I don’t just mean Aragorn and Boromir.”

Biting his lower lip, Joey nodded.  Kevin gently squeezed the little boy against his side again and turned back toward Aragorn.

Legolas had been gazing off towards the West with an air of unease.  “We should leave now.”

Aragorn shook his head.  “No.  Orcs patrol the eastern shore.  We must wait for cover of darkness.”

“It is not the eastern shore that worries me.  A shadow and a threat have been growing in my mind.  Something draws near.  I can feel it.”  The Elf’s unease was clear.  Shaking his head, Aragorn said nothing, and Legolas spoke no more about it.  Silence fell over the Company.  

-oo000oo-

A/N: *“On the Banks of the Brandywine” was written by Dreamflower, and made its first appearance in her story, “The Road to Edoras” (http://storiesofarda.com/chapterlistview.asp?SID=3578).

**“Row, Row, Row Your Boat” is in the public domain.  And “Fair Westernesse” was written especially for this story.

   

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 26: Breakaway

It was a few days after the older McClouds’ and Megan’s arrival that Elrond watched as Kaylee chatted with her parents and little sister, as they waited in the Feast Hall for the meal to be served.  They had not taken their seats yet, but were milling around, waiting for the dinner bell to be rung.  Kaylee was talking quickly in what her oldest brother had described as “a mile a minute”, quite a descriptive phrase for her happy chatter.  Lucy scampered about their feet, her tail wagging, until one of the servants picked her up and carried her out of the Feast Hall to be fed in the kitchen.

Arwen stood near Kaylee, an indulgent smile on her face.  She had so few chances to be around children that the little girl had long since quite captured her heart.  Her parents had taken a chance that day to observe some of the things Kaylee was learning to do, and they’d had questions that the Lady of Rivendell was eager to answer.

Glorfindel and Erestor flanked Elrond, all three of them with amused expressions on their faces.  Glorfindel had arrived that afternoon from patrol, and Erestor had been too busy with checking the stores of supplies to meet Kaylee’s parents yet.  “Do you suppose she will allow either of her parents to get a word in?” Erestor asked.    

Glorfindel chuckled.  “I daresay she will, when either of them decides to check her.  They are glad to see her, but I can tell that they will assert themselves soon.”

“What do you think of them?” Elrond asked his two advisors.  He had his own notions, but he wished to see what they would say.  Glorfindel had met the elder McClouds and their youngest child when they had first arrived in Middle-earth, but he had not had a chance to spend much time with them before he’d had to go back out on patrol.  Erestor had not met them as yet.

“The father has the look of one who has been a warrior in his past.  I saw that when I first met him upon their arrival.  See his stance?” Glorfindel replied.

“I shall know better what to think when I have spoken with them,” was Erestor’s response.

“I think you will soon have your chance.”  Glorfindel nodded in the direction of those they had been observing.  Shaking his head and smiling in amusement, the father held a finger against Kaylee’s lips, and then, straightening up, he spoke briefly to his wife before turning and coming in their direction, accompanied by Gail, Kaylee, and Megan.  Kaylee skipped at his side as he held her hand.

“Gail and I want to thank you again for taking care of our daughter, and our other children,” Steve told Elrond as they drew near, glancing briefly down at Kaylee as he spoke.  “We’ve been pleased, but surprised, to find Kaylee thriving so well here.  She’s never really been separated from her family before, and she’s always found it most difficult to be separated from her mother and me for even brief periods.  I hope we will be able to be reunited with our older children soon.”

Elrond inclined his head.  “I hope you will be, too.  And it was very hard for her at first, Mr. McCloud.  She missed you two greatly.  In truth, they all did, but it was the hardest for Miss Kaylee.  But as time passed, she adjusted, and so did her brothers and sister.”

“Yes, we can see that.”  Gail nodded agreement, and then she sighed.  “I just wish that our other children could have been spared this dangerous quest you spoke of a few days ago.”  She shook her head, and Steve gently squeezed her hand.

“I wish it could have been so, too, Mrs. McCloud.”   Elrond had been surprised that they had not been more reproachful about his allowing the older children to leave with the Company.  He turned to his companions.  “You have already met Lord Glorfindel of the House of the Golden Flower, captain of my guards and one of my advisors.  May I present Master Erestor, a scholar and the Keeper of the Records?  He is also part of my council.”

“Hello.  We’re pleased to meet you, Master Erestor.  It’s good to see you again, Lord Glorfindel.”  Steve shook the hands of Glorfindel and Erestor as he spoke, smiling.

“How do you do, Master Erestor?”  Gail shook their hands in her turn, and then looked down to make sure that Megan hadn’t wandered off; she was standing between her parents.  The little girl leaned against her father, her thumb in her mouth.

Both Elves gave Steve and Gail a half-bow.  “Well met, Mr. and Mrs. McCloud,” said Glorfindel, with a smile.  “It is good to see you again.”

Erestor nodded agreement.  “You must be very proud of your children, Mr. and Mrs. McCloud.”

Steve and Gail exchanged proud smiles.  “We are proud of them.  Thank you,” Gail said, smiling fondly at Kaylee and then at Megan.  Steve nodded agreement, and then picked Megan up.

Glorfindel smiled.  “Kevin was quick to pick up the skills of a warrior.  I hope he will have little chance to use those skills, but we thought it best that he should learn them.  And even Jennifer and Joey were quick learners.  No matter how young, it is well that children learn the defensive arts.”

Shaking her head, Gail bit her lower lip.  “Begging your pardon, Lord Glorfindel, but are you sure it was safe to teach the children to use weapons?  I mean, it’s quite enough that Kevin has learned to use a rifle, and I’m not at all sure it’s a good idea for him to learn that much, even.  He’s only a boy.”  She glanced apprehensively at her husband as she spoke.

“One of the weapons of your world?  I assure you it would do him no good here, as he has no such weapon with him,” Glorfindel told her.  “Even though they are children, it was necessary to teach them, and we went to great lengths to make sure it was safe.  The adults of the Company will do their best to defend the weaker members of their fellowship, but if your children are separated from them for some reason, or if the enemy catches them off guard, the time they would gain in defending themselves for even a few moments could mean saving their lives.”

“Anyway,” Steve told Gail, “we left my rifle back at the campsite, so they’ll have to use the kinds of weapons that are available here.  And even though Kevin’s only fifteen, he’s not too young to learn to use a weapon, hon, including a gun.”

“I am glad you agree, Master Steven,” the Elven warrior said.  “Pardon me, I believe that you have been a warrior yourself at some time.  Your martial bearing gives you away.”

Steve exchanged a glance with Gail.  “Well, before I met Gail—right after I graduated from high school, in fact—I joined the United States Army.”  He paused.  “I was eighteen at the time of my enlistment.  I was in the army for two years and deployed to Iraq throughout that time, and I fought in the first Gulf War in the infantry.  Operation Desert Storm, it was called.”  He paused.  “That was twenty years ago, in our world.  So, yes, I am a war veteran.”

“I thought you must have seen battle.”  Glorfindel nodded.  “There is always a look about one who has had to fight to defend his people.”

“There is, huh?  I never thought of that.”  Steve chuckled, and then furrowed his eyebrows.  “I suppose it must be my posture that gives me away.  What kinds of weapons do you people use here?”

Exchanging a glance with Glorfindel, Elrond spoke up.  “We use swords, axes, knives, spears, lances, javelins, and bows and arrows.”

“I see.”  Steve exchanged another glance with his wife.  “We used to use those kinds of weapons in our world a long time ago, but ever since people started using gunpowder, we’ve used other kinds of weapons instead, some of which I learned to fight with in the army.  I’ve never learned to use any of the weapons you’ve just listed, except for knives.  And I only did knife-fighting during training; I never had need to use one in an actual combat situation. I did learn hand-to-hand combat, however, and those skills came in very handy, I might add, on a number of occasions during the war.”

Steve stopped as an idea occurred to him.  “A few years ago, my brother showed me how to use one of his crossbows; those are still used by some people for hunting, and I’ve gone hunting with him using it during bow season, a couple of times.  Do your people use crossbows?”

“Elves do not, but Men do, and as sometimes the Dúnedain train here in Rivendell, we do have some.  And I do know their use.  They are powerful weapons, and more easily mastered than the longbow.”  Glorfindel was not as comfortable with the crossbows, for orcs also used those at times, but a weapon was a weapon, and he was quite good with it.

“That’s good.  Even though our people mostly abandoned bows after gunpowder came along, they are still considered good for sport and target shooting, as well as for the occasional hunter.”  Steve knew Ryan had always had an interest in bows.

Glorfindel nodded and then tilted his head, a quizzical look in his eyes.  “Gunpowder? You have mentioned that before.”  The mention of a new sort of weapon intrigued the warrior-Elf.

Steve nodded.  “It’s a black powder that will explode in the right circumstances.  Our people have learned how to put some inside lead cartridges, what we call bullets.  Guns can be either long or short, but when they are loaded with bullets, they can be fired at high velocity to strike and penetrate the target.  In war, gunpowder has also been used in cannons, to fire cannonballs at the enemy—at least in the old days; we have different kinds of cannons now.  And both gunpowder and other kinds of explosive material can be used in bombs.”  Steve paused.  “Rifles are one type of gun; I learned to use them in the army.  Nowadays, I use my rifle for deer-hunting and I’ve taught Kevin to use it, too, but I won’t hesitate to use it to protect my family if I have to.  In the army, I also learned to fight with bombs and hand grenades, and to set landmines; they contain other types of explosive material.”

He shook his head.  “But I’ll be honest, Lord Glorfindel: I’ve never liked to set a landmine, because innocent people can be killed by those, too.”

Glorfindel nodded.  “I see.  Well, we do have black powder, though its use is confined to sending off fireworks for the enjoyment of those watching.  Gandalf, the wizard who accompanied the Company your children are with, is quite an expert with fireworks.”  Glorfindel looked thoughtful.  “I think I can imagine how it could be used in a weapon, but I fear I would not care for it.  It could be very destructive, far more than our weapons.”

Steve nodded.  He did not think he should tell them about weapons of mass destruction or nuclear warheads.  In his experience, guns and bombs were bad enough.  “It is, Lord Glorfindel.  Very destructive, more than you can possibly know.  And there are other types of weapons in our world that are even more destructive than those that contain gunpowder and other explosive materials.  I never learned to use any of those.”  He did not elaborate, and Glorfindel did not ask him to explain.

“Mr. McCloud, do you think that you would care to join me on the training field tomorrow?  We can see how your knife skills have held up over the years, and perhaps find out if you would be able to use any of our other weapons.  After all, since we will be journeying to find the others, it would be as well to be prepared.”

Steve looked surprised.  “We will?  I mean, yes, I fully intend to do so, but I have yet to mention it to anyone here!”

Glorfindel smiled. “You are a dedicated father, and it seems obvious that you would not care to linger here while your children are endangered.  Of course, you would want to go after them.  But as your hosts, it behooves us to prepare you for such a journey.  There will be a large group of travellers setting forth from Imladris as soon as it is safe for your family to leave the valley.  Since you have never used any of our other weapons, we would be willing to train you before we leave.”

“I would be honored, Lord Glorfindel.”  He furrowed his eyebrows.  “But we do not wish to wait too long.  If I have to, I will set forth on my own.”

Gail overheard him.  “Not without me!” she said firmly.

“And if both of you go, would you leave your two younger daughters here without you, or take them with you into greater peril with only the two of you as protection?  What if you find yourselves unable to return?  You should at least wait until you have the safety of a group of armed warriors as an escort.”

Gail and Steve looked at one another unhappily; they had not thought of that.  Finally, Steve nodded unhappily.  “I suppose that’s true...but we won’t wait forever!”

“Nor should you,” said Master Elrond who had silently moved up to join the conversation.  “But even the Dúnedain, hardy and doughty warriors that they are, waited until they had numbers enough to set forth in safety.”

Steve nodded, and then he and Gail exchanged a glance.  “Uh, excuse me,” asked Steve, “but what is a Dun—Dun—uh—dain?  Our daughter tried to tell us about that, but I’m afraid neither of us could understand.”  He exchanged a glance with Gail as he spoke, and then looked down at Kaylee.

A bell rang.  “Ah!  Dinner is served.”  Elrond gestured toward the tables, and Steve handed Megan to Gail.  As they made their way to the Feast Hall, he added, “And we will be delighted to tell you the story of the Dúnedain at supper, to fill in what Kaylee has not already told you.  It will mean telling you about my ancestors, and about a land that you have probably never heard of.  A land that exists no more.”  

-oo000oo-  

Merry returned with some wood for the campfire, and looked around with alarm.  “Where’s Frodo?”

Sam, who was half-dozing, roused with a start.  An hour or more had passed since Aragorn and Gimli had argued about the route they were going to take to Mordor.  Aragorn looked over the camp.  His gaze stopped on Boromir’s shield, lying with the baggage.  It was evident to Kevin that Boromir was gone, too, and he could see from the expression on Aragorn’s face that the Ranger knew that, as well.

Just then, Kevin saw Boromir return.  He approached the others silently, and Kevin thought the Gondorian’s expression was kind of odd.  Boromir looked around, but didn’t look any of them in the eyes or say anything when he sat down.

“Where have you been, Boromir?” asked Aragorn.  “Have you seen Frodo?”

Boromir hesitated for a second.  “Yes, and no,” he answered slowly.  “Yes: I found him some way up the hill, and I spoke to him.  I urged him to come to Minas Tirith and not to go east.  I grew angry and he left me.  He vanished.  I have never seen such a thing happen before, though I have heard of it in tales.  He must have put the Ring on.  I could not find him again.  I thought he would return to you.”

“Is that all that you have to say?” said Aragorn, looking hard and not too kindly at Boromir.

“Yes,” he answered.  “I will say no more yet.”

Oh, no! thought Kevin.  No, no, no…  He looked over at Jennifer, who met his gaze with horror in her eyes.  Joey looked from Boromir to Aragorn, obviously bewildered.

“This is bad!” cried Sam, jumping up.  “I don’t know what this Man has been up to.  Why should Mr. Frodo put the thing on?  He didn’t ought to have; and if he has, goodness knows what may have happened!”

“But he wouldn’t keep it on,” said Merry.  “Not when he had escaped the unwelcome visitor, like Bilbo used to.”

“But where did he go?  Where is he?” cried Pippin.  “He’s been away ages now.”

“How long is it since you saw Frodo last, Boromir?” asked Aragorn.

“Half an hour, maybe,” he answered.  “Or it might be an hour.  I have wandered for some time since.  I do not know!  I do not know!”  He put his head in his hands, and sat as if bowed with grief.

“An hour since he vanished!” shouted Sam.  “We must try and find him at once.  Come on!”

“Wait a moment!” cried Aragorn.  “We must divide up into pairs, and arrange—here, hold on!  Wait!”

But no one was listening. Sam, and then Merry and Pippin just took off in a panic. They were already disappearing westward into the trees by the shore, shouting: “Frodo!  Frodo!” in their clear, high hobbit-voices.  Legolas and Gimli took off as well.  Kevin didn’t know what to do.  He felt paralysed, and Jennifer and Joey also stood frozen and horror-struck.  It was like the whole Company had lost its collective mind.

“We shall all be scattered and lost,” groaned Aragorn.  “Boromir!  I do not know what part you have played in this mischief, but help now!  Go after those two young hobbits, and guard them at the least, even if you cannot find Frodo.  Come back to this spot, if you find him, or any traces of him.  Jennifer, you and Joey stay here!  Kevin, come with me!  We shall return soon.”

Joey felt like crying, but he didn’t want to be a baby.  He could feel the tears in his eyes and dashed them away with a rough hand.  “Why can’t we help look for Frodo?” he asked angrily.

Jennifer sighed.  She knew why she couldn’t go.  Joey could not have kept up with the others, and someone had to watch him, but she couldn’t tell him that; it would just make him even angrier.  “We have to stay here, Joey, because Aragorn told us to.  Someone needs to do what they are told, and I guess that’s us.”  She looked around.  They were rather exposed.  “I think we should stay in this area, but we should move to a spot where we can hide.”  Jennifer could not help but recall Legolas’s cryptic warning earlier.  She pointed up the slope away from the River, perhaps twenty or twenty-five feet away, where she could see a promising hiding place.  They could hide there, behind large boulders and some shrubbery, and quickly re-join the others when they returned.

Jennifer grabbed her bow, and they scrambled away to the hiding place.  They had a good view of the campsite, and when their friends returned, they could easily go back.  Behind them, they could hear Merry and Pippin shouting for Frodo.  They also heard crashing and running through the woods.

Then a rough voice called from behind: “Find the Halflings…find the Halflings!”  The orcs were coming in their direction!

“Go, Joey!”  Jennifer gave her brother a shove, and they went further up the slope away (she hoped) from the oncoming orcs.  They had not got more than ten feet before they had to dive behind a fallen log when a dozen of the creatures came thundering through their original hiding place.

Just then they heard Merry’s and Pippin’s voices again, closer.  Jennifer turned and could see them jump out of their own hiding place not far away, a little below Jennifer and Joey.  They did not see her or Joey, but were looking in the opposite direction.

They apparently could see Frodo, although Jennifer and Joey could not.  They were hissing and gesturing.  “Frodo!  Hide here!  Quick!  Come on!”  Then the two of them looked at one another and spoke too softly for Jennifer to hear them.

Suddenly Pippin ran out.  “No!” he shouted.

Merry grabbed at him in vain.  “Pippin!”

This drew the attention of the orcs.  Those that were still upslope stopped, and those who had passed them came running back.  Jennifer and Joey had to duck back down and could not see Merry and Pippin, but they did hear them.

“Run, Frodo.  Go on!” Merry was yelling.  “Hey, hey, you!  Over here!”

Jennifer cautiously raised her head to see both of them shouting and running, waving their arms as they yelled, “Hey!  Over here!  This way!”  Suddenly Jennifer realized they were trying to lead the orcs away from their older cousin.

Immediately all the orcs began pounding after the two hobbits.  Jennifer and Joey heard Pippin yell, “It’s working!”

Merry responded, “I know it’s working!  Run!”

After all the orcs had passed them, Joey and Jennifer cautiously stood up, both horrified and scared for their two friends who were being pursued by all those huge orcs.  Jennifer’s heart was in her throat, for she and Joey could see that there were now more orcs coming from another direction.  There was no escape from either way!  She wished she could do something, anything to help!  She could see Merry and Pippin were trapped.  Please, God! she silently prayed.  As she turned to Joey, she could see the same desperation in his eyes.

“Jennifer!” said Joey.  “Please, we’ve got to help them!”

Realizing that she had to keep her little brother safe, she took hold of his shoulder and shook her head sadly.  “It will take a miracle!”

Just then, it seemed, a miracle did happen.  There was the blast of a horn—Jennifer and Joey knew it at once: Boromir’s horn.  He came racing up seemingly out of nowhere, his blade drawn, charging up the hillside, blocking the strokes of the leading Uruk-hai, to place himself in front of Merry and Pippin.  Many Uruk-hai fell to Boromir’s sword as he tried to protect Merry and Pippin.  He glanced over his shoulder briefly and ordered them to run.

But Jennifer and Joey knew those two would not run and leave Boromir behind.  The hobbits began to pick up stones to throw at the orcs.

Then Joey tugged on Jennifer’s arm, and pointed.  “Look!”

Unseen by Boromir or the hobbits, but not by the two children, a huge Uruk-hai was taking aim with his bow, clearly planning to shoot at Boromir!

Jennifer let go of Joey and reached behind her for her own bow.  Would she have time to string it and shoot before the orc could?  But she heard the scuttle of stones and feet, and turned, seeing to her horror that Joey was running down towards the orc archer, his sling in his hand.  He stooped briefly to pick up a rock, and in only an instant, his sling was twirling over his head.  It hit the orc in the back, and threw off his aim.

The arrow missed Boromir, and he continued to fight the many orcs that surrounded him.  Merry and Pippin had drawn their own barrow-blades, and they began striking out around them.  Jennifer winced as she saw Merry chop off the hand of one; it went flying, the black blood spurting as the orc fell to the ground, writhing in pain.

Jennifer held her breath as the huge Uruk looked up and saw Joey, who was already spinning his sling again.  This time he hit the creature in the front of his head, and the orc fell to the ground, unconscious.  “Good for you, Joey!” she whispered, as he began to scramble away, back in her direction.

But just as Jennifer thought her younger brother was safe, two other orcs ran to grab him.  She felt the blood drain from her face as they took him, kicking and screaming.  Boromir’s attention was drawn by Joey’s cries, and then he was struck down.  Pippin had slumped to the ground, she noticed; he must have fainted.  One Uruk-hai had grabbed Merry, whom he struck head-first into a tree, and another of the monsters grabbed an unconscious Pippin, and now they began to run away with their three small prizes.  They had never even seen Jennifer.  Where were Aragorn, Legolas, and Gimli?  Where were Kevin and Sam?  She could hear sounds of fierce fighting far behind her.  

Jennifer was Joey’s only hope now, and Merry’s and Pippin’s…with a deep breath, she began to follow behind the orcs as quickly and silently as she could, while staying out of sight.  She picked her way between the bodies of the many dead orcs, and came near to Boromir.  She had to know if he was dead.  She took a deep breath to keep from throwing up at the sight of all the blood, both red and black, and bent over, and then she put her hand on him.  Much to her relief, she could see that he was breathing.

“Thank you, Lord,” she prayed.  “Please take care of him.”  For she knew she had to keep going.  Surely Aragorn and the others would soon catch up, and then they could find and rescue her little brother and the hobbits.  She tried very hard not to think of what might happen if the others were all killed by those Uruk-hai.  And what about Frodo?  And Sam!  I haven’t seen him since we split up.

But she didn’t let any of that stop her from following the orcs.  

-oo000oo-

Aragorn sprang swiftly away and went in pursuit of Sam, Kevin right at his heels.  Just as he reached the little lawn among the rowans he overtook Sam, toiling uphill, panting and calling, “Frodo!”

“Come with us, Sam!” he said.  “None of us should be alone.  There is mischief about.  I feel it.  I am going to the top, to the Seat of Amon Hen, to see what may be seen.  And look!  It is as my heart guessed, Frodo went this way.  Follow me, and keep your eyes open!”  He sped up the path, looking for more signs.

Sam started off trotting alongside Kevin, but he could not keep up with Strider the Ranger, nor even with Kevin; he began to fall behind.  Both Aragorn and Kevin were intent on watching the trail; neither of them noticed when Sam stopped and then ran back the way he’d come.

Aragorn and Kevin sped on up the hill.  Every now and again the Ranger bent to the ground.  Hobbits go light, and their footprints are not easy even for a Ranger to read, but not far from the top a spring crossed the path, and in the wet earth he saw what he was seeking.

Aragorn hesitated.  “I desire to go to the high seat myself,” he told Kevin,“in the hope that I will see there something that will guide me in my perplexities.  But time is pressing.”  He paused for a moment, scanning their surroundings.

“I read the signs aright,” he said to Kevin, a moment later.  “Frodo ran to the hill-top.  I wonder what he saw there?  But he returned by the same way, and went down the hill again.”  Kevin nodded, and Aragorn furrowed his eyebrows for a moment.

Aragorn turned again to Kevin.  “I think it best if we keep heading for Amon Hen.  That is the way Frodo went, and even if he is no longer there, we may be able to espy something from there.”   

Kevin nodded.  He didn’t have any breath to spare, but tried his best to keep up with Aragorn’s long stride, as they made their way to the Hill of Seeing.  

-oo000oo-

It seemed to Jennifer that she had been running forever.  Every so often, she just had to stop briefly, just to breathe.  She knew that the orcs were getting further and further ahead of her, and if she stopped too long, she would never catch up.  They were already out of her line of sight, and she was making use of the tracking skills Aragorn had taught her.  But it would soon be too dark to see the trail.  She took a drink from her waterskin, which she realized with dismay was nearly empty.  Then she began walking more slowly than she had been, and prayed for an idea to come to her.

But when the idea did come, she gasped in dismay.  Could she possibly be brave enough to allow herself to be…captured?  And yet it was the only sure way to get close to her little brother and the two hobbits again.  Okay, she thought.  Well, that’s that.  She walked more briskly now.  She could not do it unless the orcs found her.  Thank goodness Kaylee’s not with us!  At least she’s safe in Rivendell.

In less than an hour, she realized she had come up to where she could see the orcs again.  They had paused to argue.  She tried to think of something else.  Surely Aragorn and the others were coming.  Pippin had only just regained consciousness, she noticed, but Merry was still unconscious.  Jennifer stopped, and slipping her backpack off, she laid it on the ground, unzipped it, and removed her walkie-talkie.  Standing upright once more, she pressed the button.  “Kevin, this is Jennifer.  Over.”

A moment later, Kevin’s voice crackled out of her walkie-talkie.  “This is Kevin.  What’s happening, Jen?  Over.”

“Joey and Merry and Pippin have been captured by orcs.  I’ve been following them.  Tell Aragorn.  Over and out.”

She switched off her walkie-talkie before Kevin had a chance to respond, slipped it back into her backpack, and zipped it shut, leaving it carefully on the ground, behind a large rock, along with her bow.  If Aragorn was tracking her, he’d know she had done this on purpose when he found her things.  Then she went about twenty or so feet closer to where the orcs had halted, and breathed, “Thy will be done.”

Taking a deep, shuddering breath, she cupped her hands around her mouth and, with tears falling down her face, yelled as loud as she could: “HEY!  You have my little brother and my friends, you creeps!  I want them back!”  Then she braced herself as half-a-dozen huge orcs turned and came pounding up and grabbed her, dragging her down to the others.  She struggled a little, so they wouldn’t guess she was allowing herself to be caught, but not enough to make them angry.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 27: I See the Light

Gail had feared that she would be at loose ends hanging around with Steve down at the training grounds for most of the day, of course, but she really was still uncertain of the daily schedule in Rivendell, and she still did not quite know her way around the maze of corridors that made up the Last Homely House.

She needn’t have worried, though.  Kaylee already had their day planned.  Right after breakfast, her daughter began pulling on Gail’s hand.

“Mommy!  I want you and Megan to come to my lessons with me!”

“Your lessons?”  Gail had not thought the Elves would want to bother with entertaining her daughter now that Kaylee’s parents were on the scene.

“Yes, Mommy!  Lady Arwen said I could, and you could come, too, and Megan could have lessons, too, if she wants, and I want to finish my new nighty and show you what I made!”

“I wanna less’n like Kaylee!” Megan crowed.

Gail had to laugh.  With Megan on her hip and Kaylee pulling her along by her other hand, she allowed herself to be led along through the wide and sunny passages.

As they walked, Kaylee gave a running commentary on the day’s activities.  “We’re going to the solar—that’s what Lady Arwen calls her sunroom.  After lunch, you can come to the paddock and see me ride, and then Mr. Baggins is going to let me make scones!  Those are really yummy.”

“Scones, huh?” Gail asked, still trying to wrap her brain around all the things her little girl was learning.  It would never occur to her to allow a five-year-old to use a sharp needle, or to cook on a hot stove, much less in a hot fireplace!

They had reached the solar, as Kaylee had called it.  Kaylee pushed open the door and entered the room with her mother and little sister in tow.  Gail saw the Lady sitting in a carved chair beneath one of the wide windows; there were several other Elf women in the room, all busy with various types of needlework.  Kaylee dropped her mother’s hand and turned to the Lady of the House, and made, to her mother’s astonishment, a graceful curtsy.

“Good morning, Lady Arwen.  I came for my lesson today,” she said in a dignified manner.  Then she grinned and darted up to Arwen’s side.  “Hey, guess what!  Mommy and Megan came, too,” she added in a much more excited tone, bouncing on her heels.  “Can I show Mommy what I did?  Can Megan have a lesson, too?”

Arwen laughed, and placed a calming hand on Kaylee’s shoulder.  “I think that we can do all that and more, tithen nin.  Why do you not go ask Mairen for your workbasket?  Eledhwen.”  She gestured, and that maiden turned and came to her side.  “Perhaps Megan would like to learn to weave?”

“Yes, my Lady.”  She smiled at Megan and took her hand, leading the three-and-a-half-year-old over to a shelf filled with various supplies.

Kaylee had gone across the room to ask for the aforementioned workbasket, and now her hostess nodded at Gail and gestured to another chair near her own.  “Please, be seated, Mrs. McCloud.  And welcome to my chambers.  I am pleased that you and your younger daughter have accompanied Kaylee.”

Gail smiled.  “Thank you, Lady Arwen.  Please call me Gail.”  She sat down, amazed at the comfort of the solid wood chair.

“Very well...Gail.  And please, call me Arwen.”

Just then, Kaylee darted over, a large basket on her arm.  “Look, Mommy!”  She put the basket on the arm of her mother’s chair, and opened it.  “Look what Lady Arwen gave me!”

Gail admired the little sewing kit that was right on top as her daughter removed it and handed it to her. She was astonished that the thimble and scissors appeared to be made of real silver.  “Well, sweetheart, this is a very pretty sewing kit,” she told the little girl.

Then Kaylee pulled out what appeared to be three dishcloths.  Each had an embroidered border: one of red stars, one of green leaves, and one of blue flowers.  Kaylee smiled broadly.  “I made another with yellow flowers, but I gave it to Mr. Baggins!  And I made a pouch for my friend, Halbarad, with a silver star.  But I gave that to him before he went away.”  She tiptoed up and whispered, “He said I could sew better than his granddaughter!”

Chuckling, Gail examined the stitches.  They were very well done.  She smiled at her daughter.  “Don’t tell your daddy, but I think you sew better than I do, at least by hand.  Maybe when we get home, you can learn to use a sewing machine, too.  I’ll see if I can find one at Wal-Mart that’s made for beginners.”

She blinked.  She couldn’t believe she was actually thinking of letting a five-year-old use a sewing machine!  But she was beginning to re-think a lot of things.

Kaylee dug something else out of the basket, a larger project, apparently.  The fabric was much softer and finer than the dishcloths.  “This is gonna be my new nightie, Mommy!”  She handed it to her mother.  “I just have to finish the neck and the hem and the...the...?”  Kaylee glanced over at Arwen.

“The cuffs, Kaylee, dear,” Arwen replied serenely, with a small smile.  ”I think you might get the neck and cuffs finished today.  Do you already have your binding cut out?”

The child dug down into the basket again, and came up with some strips of the same cloth, which had been folded in half lengthwise.  “Yes, my lady,” she answered.

The Lady gave her a brighter smile, and patted a large footstool that was beside her chair.  Kaylee gathered her nightie from her mother, who had been examining it, and her basket from the arm of her mother’s chair, and went to sit upon the stool and took from the basket the small sewing kit.  Carefully and with patience, she threaded her needle as Gail watched with mingled pride and astonishment.

Arwen bent over her little pupil, and showed her how to hold the binding in place with her fingers, as it was to be sewn on.  Gail noticed that there was no pinning involved, and wondered—but of course, pins were something that, at home, were mass-produced.  Having a bunch of pins would probably not be practical here.  When they returned home, she would have to teach Kaylee how to use sewing pins.

Kaylee was soon engrossed in her stitching, her little tongue poking out slightly in concentration, and as soon as Arwen realized the child was intent on her task, she sat up to see Gail watching closely.

“You seem surprised, Gail.”

Gail shook her head incredulously.  “It just never occurred to me that a child of Kaylee’s age could learn to do a task that takes such patience and fine-motor control.”

“You might be surprised at what young children can learn, when given the chance,” Arwen replied with a knowing smile.

“Mommy!” Megan shouted.  “Lookee!”

Gail turned and rose to go ever to the other side of the room where Megan sat on Eledhwen’s lap.  “I can weave!”  Grinning from ear to ear, her daughter held up a small square loom threaded with blue yarn in one hand; in the other was a small shuttle of yellow yarn.  “See!  I go ovah, undah.  Miss El’wen show me.”  Megan demonstrated for her mother.

“That’s wonderful, sweetie!  Good job!”  Gail looked at Eledhwen gratefully.  “Thank you very much for your patience.”

Eledhwen nodded, smiling.  “It is no trouble.  It is a delight to have little ones to teach once again.”

Returning to her chair, Gail sat back down.  “Have you taught children in the past, then?” she asked Eledhwen.

“Yes, there were many children in lost Doriath, where once I was nursemaid to my Lady’s grandmother Elwing, and for a brief time, I cared for my Lord Elrond and his brother Elros ere they were made hostage by the sons of Fëanor at the fall of Sirion.”

Gail stared at her, gobsmacked.  “Oh.  I see,” she said lamely, and glanced at Arwen, who was trying to hide a smile.

“She is somewhat older than she appears.  She was also nursemaid to my brothers, but when I was small, she was away from Rivendell for a time.”  Arwen appeared highly amused.  “Mairen was my nursemaid.”

Mairen was seated at a large loom, with her back turned.  Without turning around, she said, “Indeed, I was, and quite a handful you were, my Lady.”

Gail tried to repress a snicker, but didn’t quite succeed in doing so.  “Indeed?” she asked, attempting to bite back an amused grin.  “I would never guess it from looking at you now, Arwen.”

Arwen laughed.  “I certainly was, Gail.  I was spoiled beyond belief, as at the time, I was the only child here.”

Gail laughed, and then glanced around at her daughters and the other busy women in the room.  Everybody was busy doing something but her, and that didn’t seem right.  “I feel like I should be working on something, too, but it’s been years since I did any hand-sewing.  All my sewing, anymore, is done on a sewing machine.”

Kaylee, who had been quietly sewing away, glanced up.  “You could do it, Mommy.  I bet you could make a dishcloth!  They’re easy.  I could show you how to make stars!”

The adults all laughed.  “From the mouths of babes,” chuckled Gail, and she soon found herself cross-stitching a row of stars along the hem of a linen dish towel.

She had nearly lost track of time, but the Elves had not.  Mairen rose from her cushion at the loom and turned.  “Miss Kaylee, it is time for your lunch.  Mrs. McCloud, do you wish to accompany us, or have a tray brought up for you?”

Gail leaned back and thought.  “I believe that we will go down for lunch,” she soon answered, and rose to collect Megan, who was reluctant to leave her project.  Still, the three-year-old didn’t fuss too much.  She wanted to walk, and took her sister’s hand as they headed down to the dining room.

-oo000oo-

After a delicious lunch of chicken soup with dumplings and vegetables, Gail and her two small daughters walked down to the paddock, accompanied by Mairen, who had come down with them.  Kaylee and Megan, hand in hand, skipped ahead of the two adults.

“I’m actually very pleased that Kaylee is learning to ride.  She has always loved ponies, but Steve and I could never have afforded riding lessons,” Gail told Mairen.  “Nor do we have enough space in our yard to keep a pony.”

Mairen looked surprised.  “Is it so costly, then?”

“We live in a city,” Gail explained.  “If we lived in the country and had our own horses, it might work out.  But right now, it is more convenient to live in town, and riding lessons cost money.   Money we just can’t afford on my husband’s salary.”  She smiled ruefully.  “You have to pay for lessons anywhere, unless you own horses or have friends who do.”

Arwen nodded thoughtfully.  Money certainly complicated a lot of things, much more for the Edain than for Elves.  But even for Elves, it did so from time to time, especially when dealing with other races.

Just then they approached the paddock.  Curubor was waiting, and there was more than one pony awaiting them.  There were also two horses waiting as well.

Kaylee rushed over to greet Merrylegs, whom she hugged, as he rubbed his face on her shoulder and whickered softly.  Then Kaylee looked up at her teacher.  “Who is the other pony, Master Curubor?” she asked politely, gazing at the dainty little bay mare with white stockings and a white blaze on her forehead.

“Well, Miss Kaylee, the other pony shall be yours to ride, and as for a name, that shall be yours to decide, as well.  What would you like to call her?”

Gail watched in amusement as Kaylee studied the pony intently, her face scrunched up in thought.  Then Kaylee grinned, and said, “I know!”  She turned to look at all the adults.  “I’m going to name her Barrel!”

“Barrel?” Gail asked in confusion, though the Elves were smiling.  They were quite familiar with Mr. Baggins’s stories of his Adventure.

“Yes, Mommy!  That’s what the dragon thought was the name of Mr. Baggins’s pony, but it really wasn’t.  And he and the Dwarves, they all escaped in barrels!”  Kaylee smiled up at her mother.

“Oh,” Gail said.  I seem to be saying that a lot lately, she thought ruefully.  Just then, there was a tug on her sleeve.  She looked down at Megan.  “What is it, Megan?”

“Wanna wide pony, Mommy,” Megan said.

“Yes, Mommy,” Kaylee added.  “Megan gets to learn to ride, too!”

“As do you, Mrs. McCloud, added Mairen with a twinkle in her eye.

“Me?” Gail asked, shocked.

“Yes, you must learn if, as you and your husband intend, you are to go to join your other children.”  Mairen nodded emphatically.

Put that way, Gail realized that Mairen was right.  She and Steve would indeed have to learn to ride, before they began their trip to find their other children.  She found that she was suddenly quite determined to learn something she had not thought of even attempting for many years, although she had once wanted to as a child.  At least here, her riding lessons would be free, as were her daughters’.

Kaylee mounted the newly-named Barrel all by herself, and then grinned over at Mairen and Curubor.  “Did I do good?” she asked her teachers.

“Do well,” her mother corrected her.

Kaylee did not seem to hear her mother’s correction, but Mairen replied, “You did quite well, Kaylee.”

Gail shook her head slightly.  Then she asked Mairen, “Don’t you teach girls to ride sidesaddle, since skirts are so long here?”

The Elf-woman looked puzzled.  “Sidesaddle?”

“From what I gather, in the history of our own world, back when women wore long skirts, they were taught to ride sitting sideways on the horse—or the pony, too, I suppose.”  Gail paused.  “Special saddles were invented for that purpose.  They’re called sidesaddles.”

Curubor and Mairen exchanged an astonished look.  “We have never heard of such a thing,” Curubor replied.  “It sounds most impractical.”  

Gail nodded.  She was coming to realize that in spite of many parallels, the cultures of Middle-earth did not exactly match up with the history of her own world.

“Now, Miss Megan, do you want to ride a pony, as well?” Curubor asked, smiling down at the three-and-a-half-year-old girl.

“Yes!  Yes!  Me, too.”  She jumped up and down in eagerness, grinning from ear to ear.

But when the groom lifted Megan, to place her on Merrylegs’ back, her expression changed to one of fear.  “Noo,” she moaned.  “Scawy up here!”

Curubor looked dismayed, but Kaylee urged Barrel up next to her sister.  “It’s okay, Megan.  Merrylegs is a nice pony.  He won’t let you fall.  See how I do it?  It’s easy.”

Megan, who had begun to tear up, looked at Kaylee with admiration.  She gave a big sniff and nodded.  “Do just like you.”  Once Curubor had helped her mount, she straightened up and tried to sit just like Kaylee was, and with Curubor’s patient guidance and Kaylee riding alongside, the two little girls made a slow circuit of the paddock.

And now Gail found herself being coaxed over to the side of one of the remaining horses, and realized that her own first riding lesson was imminent…

Later on, as she walked stiffly back to the house, with both she and her daughters smelling distinctly horsey, Mairen advised them to take a hot bath before joining Mr. Baggins for tea.

Gail took her advice, and after a while, the three of them, dressed in clean clothes and smelling of lavender and rosemary, stood knocking on the door of Bilbo Baggins’s quarters.

-oo000oo-

“...and you should have seen me, Steve, after bouncing around on the back of that poor horse like a sack of potatoes for what felt like forever, and looking forward to a nice little cup of tea, I then ended up having a lesson on how to bake in a fireplace.”  Gail shook her head.  “I have to say that was easier than I thought it would be.  Kaylee made a batch of scones as Bilbo and I watched.  Then I also made a rather respectable batch of scones under Bilbo’s directions, and after that, I watched as Kaylee showed Megan how to make cucumber sandwiches, and to decorate some gingerhobbits that Bilbo Baggins had made.”  She smiled wryly.  “I also have learned the ‘proper’ way to make a pot of tea.”  Steve laughed and patted her shoulder.

“Well, Gail,” he said, leaning against the back of the settee, “at least your training sessions were nothing like mine!  I’ll tell you, it’s a relief to relax after my lesson.  Glorfindel reminds me of my old drill sergeant back in boot camp.”  Steve had joined Lord Glorfindel that morning for his first training session in the use of Middle-earth weapons.  The Elf was politer than his drill sergeant had been, but he was just as tough and demanding.

Gail’s mouth quirked.  “He’s probably no less exacting than your drill sergeant was, when you underwent basic training.”

Steve laughed, finding it funny that she echoed his own thoughts—but after all these years, she knew him pretty well.  “That’s certainly true, but after twenty years, I’ve become soft, I’m afraid.  I’m no longer used to being pushed so hard.”  He grinned and put his hands behind his head as he leaned back.  “At least I wasn’t a total newbie with the crossbow.  Even though the ones they have here are not composite bows, they work the same way.  It only took me a few tries to remember what Ryan taught me.”

Gail laughed in her turn.  “That’s good, but I’m sure you’re working hard on your other new skills as well, and that you’re coming along nicely in your lessons.”  Steve smiled his thanks for her confidence in him; he was not quite sure “coming along nicely” fit his fumbling with a sword, although he had remembered his knife-fighting skills and his hand-to-hand combat skills fairly rapidly.  He guessed it was like riding a bicycle; you never forgot how.  Muscle memory, after all, accounted for a lot of things.

The two of them sat in silence for a few moments, looking at the cliffs across the valley and the waterfalls that poured down them.  “This is a lovely valley,” Gail finally said.  “Master Elrond says that Lothlórien is also lovely.  It’ll be interesting to meet his mother-in-law, Lady Galadriel, when we go there.  And his father-in-law, Lord Celeborn.”

Steve nodded agreement.  “It certainly will.”  He paused.  “I just hope I won’t have to use the skills I’m learning here before we return home.”

“Same here.  At least I have no qualms about using the skills I’m learning here.”  Gail bit her lower lip, and then sighed.  “Steve, I’m going to be honest: I do have real misgivings about taking Kaylee and Megan on this trip to Lothlorien, if we do end up going.”

“Well, if this war they speak of ends in victory, Elrond and Arwen will be going, too, hon.  In fact, most of the elves who live here will be going.  We can’t leave our daughters here with the few elves who’ll be staying behind.”  He had spoken privately to Master Elrond at dinner the night before about that, after the history lesson that Elrond had given him and Gail.  He had learned that Glorfindel would be leaving soon with a large group of warriors, and that Master Elrond and Lady Arwen would be heading South with another group as soon as word arrived of the end of the War—unless it ended badly.  But Steve did not want to think about that; it was far too difficult to imagine what that would mean for his three older children who were already in harm’s way.  For the time being, all that Steve and Gail could do was to pray for God’s intervention in that war, and for His protection of their children and themselves.

“What about Bilbo?”  Gail leaned forward.

Steve furrowed his eyebrows.  “Elrond has his doubts about Bilbo being able to go.  His health being what it is, he may also have to stay behind.  But I don’t want him to be stuck with the job of looking after our daughters, Gail.  He has done a wonderful job of helping to amuse them and helping to teach Kaylee new skills, for which I’m grateful, but taking care of them almost on his own is another story.”

“True.”  Gail sighed again.  After a moment, she added, “If we do go after our other children at some point, suppose we leave Kaylee and Megan in Lórien?  Or, better yet, how about we leave them here anyway, Steve?  Surely the few elves who will stay here can look after them.  I’m sure Bilbo won’t have to perform that job alone.  Surely some of the elves will stay behind, and they’ll be quite capable of looking after our daughters until we come back.”

Steve smiled ruefully.  “I wouldn’t have a problem with that, except that Elrond told me last night that he and Glorfindel have reason to believe that Rivendell and Lórien may both be attacked at some point.  I don’t want Kaylee and Megan to be here without us if that happens, or alone in Lothlórien either.  I want our daughters where I can protect them, if I have to.”

Gail shook her head, scowling.  “You mean they’re expecting a possible attack here in Rivendell?  Or at Lothlórien?”  Her husband nodded.  Gail clenched her fists.  “Steve, I’ll confess that there have been times since we arrived here when I’ve had a difficult time not questioning the ways of God.  Like now.”  She shook her head.

“I know, sweetheart.”  Steve wrapped his arm around his wife’s shoulders.  “This is hard on us both.  But God has chosen to bring our children here, and us, too.  We’ll just have to trust that He knows what He’s doing, and that He’ll protect us all.  Kaylee and Megan will be safer with us than they would be here in Rivendell, if it’s attacked.  Or Lothlórien.”  Steve silently hid his own doubts from his wife, and silently prayed, Lord, help my unbelief.

Gail nodded.  “I know.  It’s just…”  Her voice trailed off.  After a pause, she added, “At least we’ll see our other children when we arrive there.  They’ll be so glad to see us all.”

Steve smiled.  “They certainly will be.”  He squeezed his wife against his side.

“Now, sweetheart, you need to clean your sweaty self up!”  Gail grinned, as she wrinkled her nose and playfully pushed him away.  “The bell will be ringing soon, to summon us to the dining hall.”  Steve laughed and rose to his feet, followed by his wife.

-oo000oo-

“Hello, Mr. Baggins!”  Steve smiled as he, Gail, and Megan entered Bilbo’s quarters the following afternoon, followed by Lucy.  “Thank you for your invitation to tea.”

“You are very welcome.”  Bilbo’s eyes twinkled.

“Mommy!  Daddy!”  Squealing with joy, Kaylee rushed into the room and leaped into her mother’s arms, and Gail hugged her.  She then hugged her daddy, who chuckled as he hugged her back.  As Kaylee stood back, she smiled at her younger sister.  “Hi, Megan!”

“I hope you’ve been a good girl while you’ve been with Mr. Baggins, Kaylee,” Gail told her.

“She has,” Bilbo assured her.  “As good as gold.  And she’s been a big help to me.”  He told Kaylee, “If you’ll give me a hand with the plates, Kaylee, I will certainly appreciate it.”  Smiling broadly, Kaylee nodded and followed him into the kitchen.  As soon as they had left the room, Lucy obeyed Steve’s command to sit, and Steve praised her warmly, rubbing her head.  A few minutes later, Bilbo and Kaylee returned carrying trays of food, and then they returned for the plates, cups, and silverware.

“Your daughter helped me make our tea,” Bilbo told the McClouds as he poured the tea.  “She made the scones and the cucumber sandwiches, and helped me make the rest.”

“Did you, now?”  Steve turned to Kaylee, his eyes wide.

Kaylee nodded, smiling proudly.  “I made them all by myself!”

Bilbo laughed.  “She certainly did!  I didn’t even have to help her.”

Gail leaned back, shaking her head as she recalled watching her little girl baking the day before.

Steve smiled at her.  “Our little girl is becoming quite a big girl,” he said.

Gail nodded agreement.  “She certainly is!”

Bilbo and his guests took their seats, and then Gail turned to Kaylee.  “Time to ask the blessing, sweetheart.”  She ruffled her daughter’s hair as she spoke.

Kaylee nodded, and then she bowed her head and closed her eyes.  She chanted:

Thank You for the world so sweet.

Thank You for the food we eat.

Thank You for the birds that sing.

Thank You, God, for everything.”

Kaylee raised her head, and they began to eat.  She quickly began to chatter about the things Bilbo had been teaching her in his kitchen.  “Mommy, Daddy, guess what?  The first thing I helped make was mushroom soup!  Mr. Baggins taught me how.  We cooked it in front of the fireplace, and we didn’t even use a can!  And I like mushrooms.  Do you like them, Mommy and Daddy?”  She looked up, and Steve nodded with a smile, but Gail just looked shocked.  Mushrooms?  She was still wondering where her little picky eater had gone.  “And we cooked stuff and baked stuff!  I pared and sliced the cucumbers, and Mr. Baggins just held my hand part of the time.  He says I should never use a knife unless there’s a grown-up around, till I’m older.”

With an approving smile, Bilbo nodded agreement.  “That’s right,” he told her.

Kaylee smiled broadly at him, and then at her mother and father.  “Hey, Mommy, Daddy, guess what?  He made the bread for the sandwiches, but I got to bake the scones!  We put them in a pan and scooped the coals over the top of it.  And you know what?  I got to go to the dairy and watch them make the butter!  Did you know butter here doesn’t come in little sticks?  They let me churn it!”  She smiled broadly.

“Wow, sweetie!  I am so proud of all the things you have learned here.”  In spite of all the evidence to the contrary, Gail still wondered if it was entirely wise for a child so young to do these things, but it was something she was learning to accept.

Bilbo gave her a shrewd look.  “For a child who had never been taught any kitchen skills before she came here, Kaylee has picked them up quite quickly.  I admit that I was shocked that a child of five did not know her way around a kitchen.  In the Shire, children begin to learn safety in the kitchen almost as soon as they learn to walk.”

Gail blushed.  She recognized a rebuke, however mild.  Plainly, the elderly hobbit thought she had neglected Kaylee’s education when it came to cooking.  Aloud, she said, “In our country, it is not our custom to teach such small children around such dangerous things as fires and knives until they are quite a bit older, and even older children don’t always learn such things.  We have much different ways of preparing food than you have here.”

“Ah, yes!  I have heard of some of them.  Soups that are in a can, and little circles of grain that come from a box.  I am afraid we have no such wonders here.”  There was a mild touch of sarcasm in his voice.  He clearly thought his food was superior to the convenience foods of their own world.  Truthfully, Gail had to agree.  The food here was some of the best she had eaten in her life.

“But the food here is sooo good, Mommy!”  Kaylee bounced slightly.  “Sometimes I even help the Elves in the big kitchen, but not with knives, ‘cause theirs are too big for me.  But they make everything from scratch!”

Gail looked at her husband.  She could feel amusement coming off him in waves.  Clearly, he approved of these lessons.  But she still did not feel quite so complacent about it.

But the excellent tea continued, and the conversation was guided (mostly by Steve) to some of Kaylee’s other new skills, such as sewing and learning to ride.  And Gail had to admit to herself that the food was superb—even the cucumber sandwiches (and Kaylee would not even touch cucumbers at home) and the scones, which were so similar to biscuits at home, as she had discovered.

When the meal ended, Kaylee asked Bilbo if she could help with the washing up.  Gail quickly grabbed her chance.  “Only if Mr. Baggins will let me help as well!”

“Certainly!” Bilbo said cheerfully.  “And Kaylee can teach you the Dwarves’ washing-up song,” he added, chuckling.

Kaylee giggled, and picked up a stack of saucers.  “The Dwarves sang this song when they visited Mr. Baggins!” she announced, and began to sing.

“Chip the glasses and crack the plates!

Blunt the knives and bend the forks!

That’s what Bilbo Baggins hates—

Smash the bottles and burn the corks!”

Steve stood up, laughing, and kissed his wife on the head.  “I’ll see you later, dear!” he said, and left.

Gail picked up a tray with the teapot and tea things and followed her daughter into the kitchen, where she saw the old hobbit preparing a pan of dishwater, and recalled her first glimpse of the tiny and old-fashioned kitchen the day before.  Kaylee continued to sing the comic song that she had begun, to Gail’s amusement.  “Surely the dwarfs didn’t make the mess described in that song!” she said, when the little girl had finished.

Bilbo laughed.  “No, they didn’t.  They were just teasing me because I was so nervous that they might damage something in my smial.”  Smiling, Gail shook her head.

Later, as Steve and Gail watched Kaylee and Megan playing in the grass, Lucy cavorting with them, and Mairen sat near the little girls, watching them, Steve asked, “Well, did you thank Mr. Baggins for his dangerous lessons for our baby?”

“Megan’s the baby now.”

Steve gave her a sideways look.  “Gail, you know what I mean.”

“Of course, and yes, I did.  He is clearly a good teacher, and his kitchen is adorable.  I am beginning to think maybe I am a wee bit overprotective after all.”  She blushed.

“You think?”  Steve grinned.  Gail snorted, and then looked at the little girls for a moment.

“Well, our little girl has certainly matured, and for the better, I must admit.”  Gail smiled fondly down at Kaylee, who was roughhousing with Lucy.  Megan sat near her sister, playing with the grass.

“She certainly has, hasn’t she?” Steve agreed.  “I’ll say it again, Gail: it seems like only yesterday that she was so clingy.  In fact, it was only a few days ago that she was, in our world!”  He shook his head incredulously.  “She has become so much more independent and confident than she used to be.”

“I know.  She really has.”  Gail shook her head in wonder.  “And she has learned so much!  The elves and Mr. Baggins have taught her so many skills—cooking, sewing, horseback riding, even tying her shoes—and now she is so eager to teach them all to Megan.”  Smiling, Steve nodded agreement.

Gail bit her lower lip.  “I have to admit, though, that I did have real concerns about Mr. Baggins teaching her to use a knife, or to work around a fire.  She’s only five years old, Steve, and knives and fires are dangerous.  But under the circumstances, I guess it’s wise that she learn how to be safe around them.  And at least Mr. Baggins has made it a requirement that she only use a knife when there’s an adult present.”  She shook her head again, this time at her realization that circumstances were actually making it necessary.

Steve nodded agreement.  “I agree.  With an adult to watch over her and make sure that she treats knives and fire with respect, as Mr. Baggins does, Kaylee should be safe enough in the kitchen.  We’ll have to do that, too, when we go home, and before then, while we’re on our way South.”

Gail smiled ruefully and shook her head.  “Well, at least I’m getting the same lessons, too, now.  Pretty soon I will catch up to my five-year-old!”

Steve laughed.  “Both of us are going to be learning things that every kid in this world already knows.”

Gail shook her head.  “Isn’t that the truth?”  She looked at Lucy.  “And you know, Lucy has learned a great deal, too.”

Steve nodded agreement.  “She certainly has.  It won’t be necessary, I don’t think, to enroll her in obedience school, because she’s already learned it here.”  He looked thoughtful.  “Of course, that depends on whether she remembers it when we go home.”

Gail grimaced.  “If she’ll just remember her housebreaking, I’ll be happy.”

Suddenly, the dinner bell rang, and she raised her voice.  “Kaylee, Megan!  It’s time to go inside.  Time for supper.”  Kaylee and Megan scampered toward their parents, with Lucy heeling next to Kaylee, and the three of them entered the building.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 28: One Jump Ahead

Kevin and Aragorn finally reached the top.  Even as Aragorn gazed beside him, Kevin suddenly heard some sounds down below, in the woodlands; it sounded as if they were coming from the west side of the River.  Next to him, the Ranger stiffened.  Then Kevin heard some cries, and among them, to Kevin's horror, he heard the harsh voices of orcs.

Suddenly, he could hear the mighty sound of Boromir's horn, and it was clear from Aragorn’s reaction that his companion could hear it, too.  It was so loud it echoed through the hills, loud enough to be heard over the roaring of the waterfalls. 

"Boromir!" Aragorn and Kevin both shouted, and Aragorn raced down the hill, with Kevin following after as quickly as he could.

Kevin was horrified as they ran into a party of orcs trying to hinder their progress.  His sword was in his hand; he did not even recall drawing it.  He was slashing wildly, not even noticing if he was actually fighting.  All he wanted to do was get to Boromir, and to his brother and sister, who were also in that direction.

Aragorn desperately slashed his way towards Boromir, felling Uruk-hai in his path, while Legolas and Gimli fought a rearguard action.  Kevin saw Legolas using his bow, and thought of his own, resting with his backpack at the campsite.  Then he realized that he had lost sight of Aragorn, who still raced on.

Kevin arrived at a clearing just as Aragorn spotted a large Uruk-hai rise from the ground with a bow.  Suddenly Aragorn charged at the orc, smashing the bow with his sword.  They locked into a deadly battle.

But Kevin spotted Boromir, and fearing the worst, he raced towards Boromir, who lay slumped against a tree.  At least twenty dead Uruk-hai were heaped around Boromir.  Kevin did his best to not look at the grizzly bodies of the creatures and the pools of black blood mingled with Boromir's red, but knelt next to Boromir, and forced himself to reach out and take the warrior's wrist, as he had been taught in his Boy Scout troop’s First Aid class.  Fearfully, he prayed, "Please, Lord, let him be alive," and to his great relief, his prayer was answered: there was the beat of a pulse beneath his fingers.

Just then Aragorn was beside him.  "He's alive, Aragorn!  He's alive!"

"Allow me room to check for wounds," was Aragorn's reply, "for there is red blood on him as well as black."  The red blood seemed to be mostly at the Gondorian's temple.  "Ah, it looks as though our friend was blessed with luck.  It appears that his last foe only struck him with the flat of his blade.  If his brain was not too badly rattled, then he should come around in a few moments."

Just then they were joined by Legolas and Gimli.  "Alas, we are too late!" cried the Elf.

"Nay," Aragorn replied, "he is only insensible, and should come around soon.  Do any of you have a waterskin?  I had no chance to fill mine today."

Kevin was embarrassed.  His was back at the camp with his bow and quiver.  But both Legolas and Gimli offered theirs.  Aragorn took Legolas', since he was nearer.  He lightly poured some into his hand and began gently bathing Boromir's face.

The eyelids began to flutter, and his eyes opened in fear.  "The little ones!  orcs took them!"

Aragorn looked up at the others in terror.  "The camp!  Kevin and Gimli, go and check.  Jennifer and Joey were there, and Frodo might have come back.  Legolas!  Go see if you can find Sam, Merry, and Pippin!"  The Elf took off, and Kevin and Gimli headed towards the River and their campsite.

Suddenly, Kevin heard his sister’s crackling voice coming out of his backpack.  Kevin ran more quickly, and slid into the campsite to grab his pack.  Halting to unzip it, he snatched his walkie-talkie out of the backpack and held it up.  “This is Kevin.  What’s happening, Jen?  Over.”

“Joey and Merry and Pippin have been captured by orcs.  I’ve been following them.  Tell Aragorn.  Over and out.”  To his dismay, Jennifer’s voice cut out.

“No, Jen!” he said urgently.  “Where are you?  Where are Joey and Merry and Pippin?  Tell me!  Over!”

There was no answer.

-oo000oo-

Joey had been scooped up and slung across the back of a huge, stinking, rough monster of an orc.  He could see that the same had happened to Merry and Pippin.  Merry had blood on his forehead, and looked like he had been knocked out; Pippin had fainted earlier, before they were captured, and had just regained consciousness a moment ago.  Pippin looked over and saw Joey, and then looked really sad.  Merry’s not going to be glad when he comes to, either, the child thought.

Joey was more than just sad: he was sad and angry at the same time.  But he was kind of glad, as well, because he had kept Boromir from getting shot up with arrows.  That was a good thing, wasn't it?  Pretty soon people would come after them.  Jennifer would tell Aragorn, and the others would come and rescue them.

He had no idea how long they had been bumping along behind these stinking orcs.  But suddenly they came to a halt—one of the other orcs at the front had bumped into another, and now they were fighting.  Another orc—this one seemed to be a leader—went over and broke the fight up by shoving the fighters apart so roughly they both went to the ground.  Then he went over to them and began kicking them.

Just then he heard a very familiar voice yelling: "HEY!  You have my little brother and my friends, you creeps!  I want them back!"

Oh, no! he thought—Jennifer, no! as he looked back the way they'd just come.  She was just standing there with her hands on her hips, like she was just waiting for the orcs to come get her.  Is she gonna let herself be captured? he silently wondered, in dismay.  And then, as a half-dozen of them ran in her direction, he realized that was just exactly what she was doing.

He could tell Jennifer was only struggling a little bit, just enough to make the orcs think she was resisting.  The orcs took her to their leader and slung her to the ground.  She sat there, red-faced, her legs crossed.  Her hair, which she had been braiding and wearing pinned to her head ever since they had left Lothlórien, had come down, and was sticking out every which way.  Her face was red and sweaty, and she was glaring up at the orc, though Joey thought she also looked nervous and was trying to hide it.  Her hands were trembling.

The orcs began groping Jennifer, and fearing the worst, she began to struggle harder.  But it turned out they were only searching for weapons.  They found the long knives in her boot tops, and took them out.

"Arggh!  Filthy Elf knives!"  The orc who had discovered them flung them away as though they burned him.  Then he grabbed her by her hair and dragged her over to the leader.  "This one's a female!  And she's not a halfling!"

"We can have some sport!  The orders only said the halflings had to be taken alive and unspoiled!" said another orc.

Jennifer looked at him in horror.

"NO!" shrieked both Joey and Pippin.  "NO!"

"Please don't hurt her," Joey cried out.

The leader gave them a nasty look.  "We won't hurt her for now.  But you three halflings had better do as you're told if you want to keep her alive," he sneered at them.

Jennifer's heart leaped.  She was safe for the moment.  And seemingly, the creatures thought Joey was a halfling as well, not noticing that he wore boots.  She was suddenly thankful that she had not had a chance to cut his or Kevin’s hair again, as she had intended to do on their last morning in Lothlórien.  It was just long enough to hide the tops of Joey’s ears.

What the leader said prevailed.  Joey and the hobbits were soon hanging on the orcs' backs again, and her own arms were tied up firmly in front of her by cruel leather cords.  A very large orc was put in charge of her.  He ran behind her, lashing the back of her legs with a whip when she did not go fast enough.

-oo000oo-

As they headed back to the campsite, Aragorn looked about, searching for clues; there was a confusion of footprints, but soon he found the trail of Jennifer and Joey.  "They hid here.  They could see the battle below.  But look, Joey ran this way by himself.”  The Ranger followed the trail to where Joey had stopped.  "Oh, clever lad!"  He could see Joey's sling upon the ground, and he saw an orc-bow within sight of Joey's position.  He smiled approvingly.

He returned once more to the site of Boromir's battle, and looked around the perimeter.  In addition to Merry's and Pippin's swords, he found Joey's knife.  He took all the tokens with him and returned to the others, where he told them what he'd found.

"Boromir, it looks as though you owe your life to young Joey McCloud.  An Uruk-hai archer had drawn upon you, but a stone from the boy's sling spoiled his aim, and another took him down at least briefly.  I believe he was the Uruk whom I battled ere I could come to your aid—he had a large bruise on his temple."

They returned to their original campsite at Parth Galen.  Aragorn once again surveyed the green lawn, quickly but thoroughly, stooping often to the earth.  He returned to the bank, close to where the rill from the spring trickled out into the River.  “There are some clear prints here,” he said.  “A hobbit waded out into the water and back; but I cannot say how long ago.”

“How then do you read this riddle?” asked Gimli.

Aragorn went to look once more among the packs, then to search along the banks.  He finally found clear hobbit prints near the water.  “Frodo has gone by boat, and his servant has gone with him.  Frodo must have returned while we were all away.  I told Sam to follow me; but plainly he did not do so.  He guessed his master's mind and came back here before Frodo had gone.  He did not find it easy to leave Sam behind!"

“But why should he leave us behind, and without a word?” said Gimli.  “That was a strange deed!”

“And a brave deed,” said Aragorn.  “Sam was right, I think.  Frodo did not wish to lead any friend to death with him in Mordor.  But he knew that he must go himself.  Something happened after he left us that overcame his fear and doubt.”  He glanced at Boromir, who sat upon the ground, nursing his sore head.  The Gondorian kept his gaze upon the ground and said nothing.

Legolas spoke up.  "What must we do now?  Our duty should be to follow Frodo, and yet we cannot leave the children and the hobbits to the mercy of the orcs!"

Kevin stuck his jaw out.  "I'm going after my sister and brother!  I don't care what anyone else does!"

“Maybe we should split up," said Gimli.  "Aragorn and the Elf could go after Frodo and Sam, and Kevin, Boromir, and I could pursue the orcs."

"Boromir is injured," said Legolas.

At his name, Boromir finally looked up.  "This trouble is my fault," he said.  "I will do what I must.  A little headache will not hinder me!"

“Let me think!” said Aragorn.  “And now may I make a right choice and change the evil fate of this unhappy day!”  He stood silent for a moment.  “I will follow the orcs,” he said at last.  “I would have guided Frodo to Mordor and gone with him to the end; but if I seek him now in the wilderness, I must abandon the captives to torment and death.  My heart speaks clearly at last: the fate of the Bearer is in my hands no longer.  The Company has played its part.  Yet we that remain cannot forsake our companions while we have strength left.  Come!  We will go now.  Leave all that can be spared behind!  We will press on by day and dark!”

Kevin was relieved at this.  He helped the others pull the boats up beneath the trees, and helped go through the remaining packs.  Apparently, Jennifer had taken hers, but Joey's was there, and so were Merry's and Pippin's.  Kevin took some of Joey's special things with him, and left behind some of his own things he would not be needing.  But he hung onto the walkie-talkies, stuffing one of the walkie-talkies into one jeans pocket and the other into another.  They had already proved useful, and might be needed again.  He put his fire-starter and Joey's, a couple of spare batteries, and his flashlight into his belt pouch.  Everything else that he had brought from Oregon had to remain with his backpack.  He looked wistfully at the red leather case holding his Bible, silently thanking Master Elrond for the gift which would keep it safe from harm.  But it was too unwieldy to take along.  It was a good thing that he had gone to such lengths to store God’s Word in his heart during his stays in Rivendell and Lothlórien.

Wish I had a pair of binoculars, he thought ruefully.  They would sure come in handy right now!

“We will have to hide the packs,” Aragorn told him.  “We cannot take them with us while we are running.”  Reluctantly, Kevin nodded.  He could see that there was no room for Joey’s backpack, not if they were going to run; however, he didn’t look forward to having to explain to their parents how their backpacks had gotten lost.  Still, he knew his dad would say Jen and Joey were the most important thing to worry about.

Legolas and Gimli brought with them all the food they had that could be eaten without cooking, including what was left of the lembas the Lady Galadriel had given them.  They filled all the waterskins, including Joey's, Merry's, and Pippin's, as well as their own, and then left the backpacks hidden beneath one of the boats, which they pulled up on the bank and overturned to protect what had been left.  They covered the hiding place with some fallen branches for camouflage.   

Soon they had as much as they could carry and still be able to run.  At least, Kevin hoped he'd be able to run.  He felt much lighter than he had in quite some time, so he hoped that would make it easier.  Good thing I’m used to running! he thought wryly.  This is gonna be worse than running a marathon.  He grimaced.  I just hope we get the backpacks back before we go back home!

Aragorn had walked up towards where the fight had occurred, looking out over the obvious signs of the orc party.  He turned back and looked at the others with a steely glint in his eyes.  "We travel light.  Let us retrieve our friends."  He gave them a wry look.  "And hunt some orcs while we are at it."

Gimli gave a flourish with his axe, and grinned.  "Yes!  Ha!"  Kevin and Legolas nodded agreement.

They took off at a jog, Aragorn and Legolas to the front, then Gimli, and then Kevin alongside Boromir.  Though they moved quickly, they were not yet going full-out.  Aragorn zig-zagged slightly from one side of the orc trail to another, seeking for any sign of the captives.

At one point, the Ranger paused near a tree.  "Alas!  One of them may be injured!  See—"  He pointed at the bark of the tree, where there was an obvious red bloodstain.  He looked closely, and then used the tip of his knife to draw something away from the bark.  Kevin couldn't see what it was, but Aragorn's next words made it clear.  "It is a light hair, the color of wheat.  It looks as though Merry struggled, and was thrown against the tree.  All the others have darker hair than he."  Aragorn began running again, faster than before.

Kevin huffed after the others, occasionally checking on Boromir at his side.  The big Gondorian was breathing heavily, and Kevin was worried about him.  Yet neither of them wished to slow down the others.  Kevin was even more worried about Jennifer and Joey.  "Please, Lord, keep them safe," he prayed under his breath over and over and over again, as he ran.

The path was clear ahead of them.  The troop of orcs had left an indelible trail across the countryside, with grass and flowers crushed, and the marks of heavy boots stomped into the ground.  Even though there were occasional rocky places, the trail just beyond was always soon spotted as soon as there was once more turf.

Kevin tried to match his pace to Boromir's.  They were all loping along at a speed which would not exhaust them.  It reminded Kevin of the cross-country runs he had done with his dad.  He often missed the times he had spent most mornings running with his father, but now he was simply glad that he had done that so often, and that he took track and field as well as basketball at school.  Without that, he would not have the stamina to keep up with the others now.  He remembered that he and his dad had been scheduled to run the annual "Run for the Cure" marathon only a few weeks after the camping trip.  He wondered if his dad had gone on to do it alone, or was he too worried about his missing children to think about marathons?

With his mind wandering, Kevin nearly stumbled, but Boromir caught him by the elbow and steadied him.  He put his thoughts back on his pace, and slowed slightly.  It would not do to fall and get injured now!

He could hear Gimli's feet behind them.  Short as the Dwarf was, he was still managing to keep up fairly well.

It was beginning to get darker and darker.  They might have to stop until moonrise.  He thought briefly of his flashlight, but he wasn't sure how much battery power was left.  When it got truly dark, he would see if Aragorn thought it was a good idea to bring it out.

It was dusk when suddenly Aragorn halted and gave a cry of surprise.  "Kevin!" he called.  "Come, see what I have found."

Kevin gave a burst of speed, to catch up to the place where Aragorn and Legolas (who had been running slightly ahead, and had turned back at Aragorn's call) were standing.  "Look!” Aragorn said.  “It appears to be Lady Jennifer's pack, and her bow and arrows!"

That's exactly what they were.  Kevin picked the backpack up, wondering why she had left it there.  "Why?" he asked.  "Was it slowing her down?"

Aragorn picked up Jennifer’s quiver and bow and handed them to Legolas, who slung them over his shoulder.  He would leave her pack to her brother.  Afterward, the Ranger knelt down and began looking around the spot.  "It appears that after she spoke with you on her walkie-talkie, Kevin, she placed her things here, and then walked forward…"  He stood up, and all of the others backed away so that he could follow the trail.  He took several steps.  "She stopped here briefly, and then she went on a few more steps.  Kevin, please bring me your light!"  Aragorn sounded almost fearful.

After slinging the backpack’s straps over his left shoulder, Kevin dug the flashlight from his back pocket and carried it over, his heart pounding.  "Here it is," he said, handing it over.  Aragorn nodded his thanks.

At the beginning of the quest, Kevin had showed all of the company how to push the flashlight’s switch to turn the unfamiliar light on and off, and so Aragorn did just that, sweeping the light around.  He drew in a deep breath and turned to Kevin.  "I do not know whether to be angry with your sister or to admire her courage."

Kevin's heart sank.  "What do you mean?"  But he had seen the trampled ground, and he feared to hear what the answer would be, because he thought he knew.

"By all the signs, it appears that Lady Jennifer stood here and allowed herself to be captured.  It is in my mind that perhaps she was afraid of losing their trail in the darkness, and decided it was best if she were taken along with Joey and the hobbits.  She left the backpack behind so that it would not be despoiled by her captors and also, I think, as a sign to us."

Kevin gulped.  "God, have mercy," he said, meaning it.  He was too horrified to even think of anything else.  He raised his head toward the sky.  “Please, God, help my brother and sister.”

Aragorn gently squeezed Kevin’s shoulder and turned back to the backpack.  "She was only an hour or so ahead of us when this occurred.  We must continue.  We will find them, Kevin."  Swallowing hard, Kevin nodded.  Aragorn turned off the flashlight and returned it to Kevin.  "Keep it handy," he told the boy.  "We may have need of it in case there are any more signs to read.  Hold onto her pack so you can return it to her when we find her, Kevin, and Legolas, hold onto Joey’s things.  We will return for your own pack when we can, Kevin.”  The boy nodded.

Aragorn briefly scanned the cloudless sky.  “Look, Ithil has risen, and she is bright tonight.  Let us go on."

Kevin gave a burst of speed, to catch up to the place where Aragorn and Legolas (who had been running slightly ahead, and had turned back at Aragorn's call) were standing.  They had run downslope about twenty yards when Legolas gave a shout.  The Elf stooped and held up one of Jennifer's knives.  A second later, he found the other.

"Why didn't the Orcs steal them?" Kevin asked.

Legolas shook his head.  "They cannot abide things of Elven make, especially those marked by words of power."

Kevin was grateful that they had found Jennifer’s knives and that he now had her flashlight and walkie-talkie, as well as Joey's, which he had brought with him from the campsite.  Not for the first time in recent days, he wished that they still had spare batteries for their flashlights.  Unfortunately, the batteries that he, Joey, and Jennifer had had in their flashlights upon their arrival in Middle-earth had run out of power during their stay in Lothlórien, and they had all had to replace them with the spares in their backpacks.  There were no more spare batteries to be had until they could return to their own time, their own world, and so he would have to be sparing of their flashlights.  At least the moon was out, which would help their search.  Kevin adjusted his sister's pack and hefted it onto his back, while Legolas added her bow and arrows to his own.

The five of them had been standing still long enough to catch their breath, so once more the little group of hunters began to run along the crude and trampled path that the Uruk-hai had made for them.

-oo000oo-

Pippin lay in a dark and troubled dream: it seemed that he could hear his own small voice echoing in black tunnels, calling "Frodo, Frodo!"  But instead of Frodo hundreds of hideous orc-faces grinned at him out of the shadows, hundreds of hideous arms grasped at him from every side.  Where was Merry?

He woke.  Cold air blew on his face.  He was lying on his back.  Evening was coming and the sky above was growing dim.  He turned and found that the dream was little worse than the waking.  His wrists, legs, and ankles were tied with cords.  Beside him Merry lay, white-faced, with a dirty rag bound across his brows.  All about them sat or stood a great company of orcs.

Slowly in Pippin's aching head memory pieced itself together and became separated from dream-shadows.  He recalled the horrible fight Boromir had put up, and how useless it had been to struggle against the hideous orcs.  Boromir had fallen to a sword stroke, and Pippin did not know if he was alive or dead.  And then one of the orcs had grabbed Joey, and Pippin had swooned and had been taken captive.   And then, later on, after Pippin had come to, Jennifer had allowed herself to be captured!  Where were they?

He turned his head frantically, and then heaved a sigh when he saw both of them, trussed up just like he and Merry were.  They were just on the other side of the camp.  As helpless as he felt, he was glad that he and Merry had come, if only to keep an eye on the children.  He wasn't much use, but at least he knew where his fellow captives were now.  He wished he could recall the last few hours; somewhere along the line, he must have passed out again.  He did not know if Merry had even come to, as yet, from his injury.

He struggled a little, quite uselessly.  One of the orcs sitting near laughed and said something to a companion in their abominable tongue.  “Rest while you can, little fool!” he said then to Pippin, in the Common Speech, which he made almost as hideous as his own language.  “Rest while you can!  We'll find a use for your legs before long.  You'll wish you had got none before we get home.”

Jennifer was not asleep; her eyes were open, fixed on Joey.  Joey seemed to be asleep himself; not only were his eyes closed, but his face was relaxed and peaceful.  Pippin hoped he was far away in pleasant dreams.

The orcs began to argue again.  Pippin listened for all he was worth, though he did not really quite understand what the argument was about; at least it was in Common Speech, though their rough voices made it sound harsh and horrible.  It seemed there were three different groups of them, and they all had different ideas of where to go from here.  There was one group that just wanted to kill them, but both the leaders of the other groups repeated their orders: no killing, and they were to be "unspoiled".  He shuddered to think what "spoiling" might involve.  But where were they being taken?  Where was "Lugbúrz"?  Across the River?  Mordor?  But the others were insisting on taking them North.  What was to be found to the North?  What was "the White Hand"?  One of them had mentioned "Isengarders" and "Saruman" in the middle of cursing him in orc-language.  Could that be where they were being taken?

Suddenly the orcs’ argument grew violent.  Joey’s body jerked as his eyes shot wide open; he raised his head, gaping up at the orcs and then at Jennifer and the hobbits.  Pippin nodded at him and turned back to the orcs.

“Swine is it?" shouted Uglúk.  "How do you folk like being called swine by the muck-rakers of a dirty little wizard?  It's orc-flesh they eat, I'll warrant.”

Apparently, some of the orcs took offense at that.  The next thing that Pippin knew, the orcs were yelling in their own ugly tongue.  Then weapons were drawn, and the orcs were fighting among themselves—the clash of weapons was loud.  Carefully, lest he be noticed, the hobbit rolled over.  He saw the big orc that he'd heard called "Uglúk" facing off against a bow-legged one called "Grishnákh".  A bunch of smaller ones, goblin-looking, like the ones that the Company had faced in Moria were surrounding them.  Everyone had their weapons out, but were hesitating—Uglúk was fairly huge, after all.

Uglúk gave a yell, calling his own companions, nearly as big as he was.  Suddenly Uglúk sprang forward and with a vicious stroke beheaded two of the smaller ones.  Grishnákh slunk off into the shadows. The others began backing up, and one tripped backwards over Merry.  Then one of the large orcs killed another.  Its body fell right on top of Pippin.  Its ugly saw-toothed knife was gripped in its hand.  He could hear Jennifer scream, but Pippin was terrified, and could scarcely breathe with that corpse on top of him.

“Put up your weapons!” shouted Uglúk.  “And let's have no more nonsense!  We go straight west from here, and down the stair.  From there straight to the downs, then along the river to the forest.  And we march day and night.  That clear?”

“Now,” thought Pippin, who suddenly had a desperate idea, “if only it takes that ugly fellow a little while to get his troop under control, I've got a chance.”  A gleam of hope had come to him.  The edge of the black knife had snicked his arm, and then slid down to his wrist.  He felt the blood trickling on to his hand, but he also felt the cold touch of steel against his skin.

Quickly, before he could lose his nerve and before the orcs noticed him again, he used the knife to cut the cords around his wrists.  He formed them into loose loops and put them back around his wrists; to all appearances, he was still bound, but unless they looked closely, they would not see that he could get his hands free at any moment.

“Pick up those prisoners!” shouted Uglúk.  “Don't play any tricks with them!  If they are not alive when we get back, someone else will die too.”

One of the big orcs grabbed Pippin and put its head between his tied hands, grabbed his arms and dragged them down, until Pippin's face was crushed against its neck; then it jolted off with him.  Two other orcs treated Merry and Joey in the same way.  To Pippin's dismay, he saw another orc yank Jennifer up roughly by the arm, and shove her in front of him.  The orc's clawlike hand gripped Pippin's arms like iron; the nails bit into him.  He shut his eyes and slipped back into evil dreams.

He wakened once more when he was dropped upon the stony ground.  He looked around to check on the others.  Jennifer looked exhausted and white.  Joey's dirty face had tear tracks on it, and he had dark circles under his eyes.

Suddenly, a shadow bent over Pippin.  It was Uglúk.  “Sit up!” said the orc.  “My lads are tired of lugging you about.  We have got to climb down and you must use your legs.  Be helpful now.  No crying out, no trying to escape.  We have ways of paying for tricks that you won't like, though they won't spoil your usefulness for the Master.”

The orc used an ugly knife to cut the thongs binding his legs, and hauled him up by the hair of his head.  But Pippin's legs were asleep from being bound so long, and he fell down again.  Once more he was hauled up, and once more fell down again.  The ugly orc leader signaled to the others, and one of them thrust a flask in his hand.  He forced Pippin's mouth open and thrust the mouth of the flask between his teeth.  It was horrible and nasty, and burned like fire going down his gullet.

“Now for the other!” said Uglúk.  Pippin saw him go to Merry, who was lying close by, and kick him.  Merry groaned.  Seizing him roughly Uglúk pulled him into a sitting position, and tore the bandage off his head.  Then he smeared the wound with some dark stuff out of a small wooden box.  Merry cried out and struggled wildly.

The orcs clapped and hooted.  “Can't take his medicine,” they jeered.  “Doesn't know what's good for him.  Ai!  We shall have some fun later.”

"Shut your gobs!  Tend to the other two!" Uglúk ordered.  Pippin watched as they treated Jennifer and Joey in the same manner.  He wished he was near enough to speak to them.

Merry stood up defiantly, and made an attempt at a grin.  “Hullo, Pippin!  Hullo, Jennifer and Joey!  So you've come on this little expedition, too?  Where do we get bed and breakfast?”

“Now then!” said Uglúk.  “None of that!  Hold your tongues.  No talking to one another.  Any trouble will be reported at the other end, and He'll know how to pay you.  You'll get bed and breakfast all right: more than you can stomach.”

-oo000oo-

Jennifer had been forced to run much of the way, although at one point she had been picked up and carried across on one of the larger orc's shoulders, unlike Joey and the hobbits, who had hung down the backs of their carriers by their bound arms.  She tried to keep her eyes on Joey, but her head was mostly hanging downward, making her dizzy and giving her a headache as well.

There had been a brief break, and she had drifted into dark dreams, but she could not really get any rest; her body hurt too much.  She had no idea how long they had been in that spot.

Suddenly, she noticed that across the other side of the camp, they were rousing Merry and Pippin.  They gave them some sort of drink that, given the way the hobbits struggled, must taste awful.

She heard Merry say, “Hullo, Pippin!  Hullo, Jennifer and Joey!  So you've come on this little expedition, too?  Where do we get bed and breakfast?”

Of course, she could not respond to him.  How could he do that: be so brave, and pretend to be cheerful?  But she could not spend much time pondering that question, because now the orcs were turning their attention to her and Joey.  Joey's bonds around his legs were cut, and like Pippin and Merry, he was jerked up.  He'd been sound asleep, nearly unconscious, and he cried out as he was pulled up.

"Hey!"  Jennifer started to object to how they were treating her younger brother, but one of the orcs slapped her mouth.  He cut her lip doing so, and she could feel blood trickling down her chin as he withdrew his rough hand.  Joey was forced to drink some of the vile stuff that Pippin and Merry had been dosed with, and then they turned to her.

She knew better than to resist, as they poured the stuff down her throat.  It was thick and bitter, and it smelled like alcohol; it was alcohol and it burned her mouth, and the cut on her lip felt like it was on fire.  She wanted to scream out, but managed to stay silent, although tears were leaking from her eyes.  Unlike the others, she had not had her legs bound.  Joey looked up at her, his eyes wide as he saw the blood on her face.  She saw him start to say something, and shook her head.  He did not need to say anything that might draw attention to him.  She wasn't sure what she would do if they struck him.  And the last thing she wanted was for the foul monsters to notice that he was not a hobbit!  Apparently, his size alone had been enough for them to lump Joey in with the hobbits; they seemingly had not noticed the difference in the feet and ears.

But whatever that nasty stuff was, it appeared to be working, because she was feeling better.  Her headache had subsided to a dull roar, and she felt some energy returning to her.  She hoped it worked as well for the others, and that it did not have any bad side effects.  Now the orcs began to jostle the prisoners forward, and they were taken to the edge of a small ravine that went down to the grasslands below.  There, they were forced to clamber down; Jennifer could not see the others, since they were separated by several other orcs.

Once at the bottom, there was another argument.  The smaller orcs were complaining about having to run in the sunlight.  The big one called Uglúk yelled at them and they settled down, and soon they were running again.

Jennifer settled into a weary rhythm, wishing she could see Joey and Pippin and Merry, but she dared not try.  The orc behind her had a nasty whip, with which he stung the back of her calves if she slowed down too much.  She hoped they weren't doing the same to Joey, but she couldn't count on it.

They'd run about a mile or so, when suddenly there was a commotion ahead.  She saw a small figure veer off and run off to the right.  It was Pippin!  What was he doing?  He could never escape!  She bit her lip and winced as she watched several orcs chase after him.  One of them had another whip, and he struck out at Pippin and brought him down.  The orcs dragged him back to the group.  Poor Pip!  She wished he could have gotten away.  He might have been able to find Aragorn and the others.  She saw one of them lug Pippin up on his back again.

But the orc guarding her gave her a rough shove, almost knocking her down.  He cracked his whip.  She ran, stumbling but still running, anything to avoid the sting of the whip against her calves.  She could not see Joey or the others; they were now spread too far apart, and she had to concentrate on just putting one foot before the other.

On and on they went; five minutes or five hours were all the same to her—she had lost all track of time, but finally she stumbled and fell.  There was no reprieve then, either, for her guard snatched her up, and once more she was slung over his shoulders against his stinking, sweaty back.  She closed her eyes and concentrated on trying not to throw up, and from there she passed into a semi-conscious state.

-oo000oo-

Boromir spoke up.  He'd been very quiet most of the time, for him, thought Kevin.  He was sure that the warrior's head must hurt.  But now he said, "I know just where we are, and so does Aragorn.  If the path holds true and we must go North, we shall be heading straight into Rohan."

Kevin nodded.  He knew nothing about Rohan, and he had no idea of what to expect there, or what the people there were like. He just hoped it wouldn't slow them down.

But soon they found their way blocked by a cliff on the right-hand side, while on the other side were the dim shapes of shadowy hills.  They kept going, more of a jog than a run now, towards the North, when Aragorn suddenly stopped and began searching the ground.  The Ranger's search appeared fruitless, but Legolas, who had been taking point, suddenly gave a shout, and they all ran towards him.

“We have already overtaken some of those that we are hunting,” he said.  “Look!”  He pointed, and they saw that what they had at first taken to be boulders lying at the foot of the slope were huddled bodies.   Kevin swallowed his gorge at the sight the corpses—five orcs, two of them beheaded.  Black blood was everywhere.

“Here is another riddle!” said Gimli.  “But it needs the light of day and for that we cannot wait.”

“'Yet however you read it, it seems not unhopeful,” said Legolas.  “Enemies of the orcs are likely to be our friends.  Do any folk dwell in these hills?”

“No,” said Aragorn.  “The Rohirrim seldom come here, and it is far from Minas Tirith.  It might be that some company of Men were hunting here for reasons that we do not know.  Yet I think not.'”

“What do you think?” said Gimli.

“I think that the enemy brought his own enemy with him,” answered Aragorn.  “These are Northern orcs from far away.  Among the slain are none of the great orcs with the strange badges.  There was a quarrel, I guess: it is no uncommon thing with these foul folk.  Maybe there was some dispute about the road.”

Boromir nodded in agreement. "Ever it is so, if they have no other enemy in sight.  They will quarrel among themselves at the least of disagreements, and think nothing of slaying their own.  It is likely they would fall out if some wished to take a different road."

“Or their quarrel may have been about the captives,” said Gimli.  “Let us hope that they, too, did not meet their end here.”

Kevin shuddered.  He hoped that Joey and Jennifer hadn't had a good look at the violence.

Aragorn searched the ground with the help of Kevin's flashlight, in a wide circle, but no other traces of the fight could be found.  He searched a wider circle.   “At last!” said Aragorn.  “Here are the tracks that we seek!  Up this water-channel: this is the way that the orcs went after their debate.”  He gave the light back to Kevin.  "Turn it off.  It is too useful a tool to waste.”  Nodding, Kevin switched the flashlight off and stuffed it into his pocket, and they resumed running.

They followed the new path until the sun began to come up.  The green plains of Rohan were spread before them, and in the far west, the shadows of the White Mountains rose beyond.

Aragorn halted, his keen eyes taking in the sight before him.  “Gondor!  Gondor!  Would that I looked on you again in happier hour!  Not yet does my road lie southward to your bright streams.

“Gondor!  Gondor, between the Mountains and the Sea!

West Wind blew there; the light upon the Silver Tree

Fell like bright rain in gardens of the Kings of old.

O proud walls!  White towers!  O winged crown and throne of gold!

O Gondor, Gondor!  Shall Men behold the Silver Tree,

Or West Wind blow again between the Mountains and the Sea?"

It was full dark now, and they were still running.  Kevin had eaten half a lembas, and felt renewed energy, but it was getting harder and harder to run and not stumble and miss his footing in the dark.

They were in a rocky area filled with steep gullies and ravines, and the trail appeared to lead down a rather lengthy and steep place that, in turn, led down to a valley below.  All night the companions scrambled in this bony land, climbing to the crest of the first and tallest ridge, and down again into the darkness of a deep winding valley on the other side.

It was not yet dawn.  Kevin had begun to learn the signs of the sky, and he figured that it was probably about an hour until sunrise.  They stopped for a short rest, and Aragorn and Legolas discussed their future course.  For the moment Aragorn appeared to be at a loss: the orc-trail had descended into the valley, but there it had vanished.

“Which way would they turn, do you think?” said Legolas.  “Northward to take a straighter road to Isengard, or Fangorn, if that is their aim as you guess?  Or southward to strike the Entwash?”

“They will not make for the river, whatever mark they aim at,'' said Aragorn.  “And unless there is much amiss in Rohan and the power of Saruman is greatly increased; they will take the shortest way that they can find over the fields of the Rohirrim.  Let us search northwards!”

"I wish I had looked at those maps and things back in Rivendell," Kevin muttered.  “But then, I can’t read Westron, so I don’t know if it would have done any good.”

Beside him, Gimli chuckled.  "I've no idea of where we are, either, laddie," he said, even though Kevin had been talking more to himself than to others.

-oo000oo-

The orcs had been running away from those riders all day.  The captives had been forced to run, and then to be carried, without a break.  Jennifer was desperately worried about Joey.  The pace was far too much for a nine-year-old; he was going to be sick, at best.

Many of the orcs had been slain as they had tried to get away from the Rohirrim, but there were still a couple of hundred left.  The forest was less than half a mile away if Jennifer was guessing right.  And now the horsemen had surrounded them.

She heard Grishnákh and Uglúk arguing again.  They were always arguing, and at first she paid them no mind until she heard Uglúk saying, “Put those prisoners down!  You, Lugdush, get two others and stand guard over them!  They're not to be killed, unless the filthy Whiteskins break through.  Understand?  As long as I'm alive, I want 'em.  But they're not to cry out, and they're not to be rescued.  Bind their legs!”

This terrified her.  So far, she had been counting on the mysterious orders that the prisoners were to be kept "alive and unspoiled".  But now it looked as though they would be killed out of hand if it appeared that they might get rescued!  She sent up a brief and wordless prayer for protection, as she was suddenly and unceremoniously flung to the ground.

For a moment, she was dazed and disoriented, and then she realized that all four of them were together finally!  The three huge orcs guarding them were standing around them.  They had their backs turned so they could see the horsemen, and there was a lot of racket going on, so the guards were not actually paying much attention to the prisoners at all.

Since her hands were in front of her and not behind, she used one of her fingers to scratch a rough "J" in the dirt, and since her hair was already coming down, she eased off one of her scrunchies from the end of one of her braids that had once been pinned neatly behind her head.  She hoped that the orcs would not trample the signs she had left, or worse, notice them.

Joey was on one side of her, and to her other side lay Merry and beyond him lay Pippin.

"Joey," she whispered, "are you okay?"

Her little brother moaned slightly.  "Uh-huh…well, uh, mostly."

“I don't think much of this,” said Merry.  “I feel nearly done in.  Don't think I could crawl away far, even if I was free.  Are you and Joey all right?

She nodded.  "We are hungry and exhausted, and sore, too."

“Lembas!” whispered Pippin.  “Lembas: I've got some.  Have you?  I don't think they've taken anything but our swords.”

Jennifer sighed.  Her lembas ration was back in her backpack.  I wish I’d thought to put it in my pocket when I left my backpack behind, she thought ruefully.  It would sure come in handy right now!

“Yes, I had a packet in my pocket,” answered Merry, “but it must be battered to crumbs.  Anyway I can't put my mouth in my pocket!”

“You won't have to.  I've—” but just then a savage kick warned Pippin that the noise had died down, and the guards were watchful.

The night was cold.  Jennifer tensed up, trying to stay as still as she could, but she could hear Joey at her side, his teeth chattering and his body shuddering.  Occasionally they would hear the orc guards arguing.  It was obvious that the horse warriors were harassing the orcs.

A sudden outcry on the east side of the knoll showed that something was wrong. It seemed that some of the Men had ridden in close, slipped off their horses, crawled to the edge of the camp and killed several orcs, and then had faded away again.  Uglúk dashed off to stop a stampede.

To Jennifer's surprise, their guards had run off after their leader.  Suddenly they realized that without moving they were now outside the circle: there was nothing between them and escape.

“Now,” said Merry, “if only we had our legs and hands free, we might get away.  But I can't touch the knots, and I can't bite them.”

“No need to try,” said Pippin.  “I was going to tell you all: I've managed to free my hands.  These loops are only left for show.  You'd better have a bit of lembas first."  He slipped the cords off his wrists, and fished out a packet.  Then he rolled over and untied Merry's hands.

He took some from the packet, and passed it to Merry, who also took a few crumbs and passed it to Jennifer after untying her hands.  She took some out, and passed the packet to Joey after likewise untying him.  He nibbled some, and then shoved the packet in his own pocket.  The lembas put some heart into the captives.  They very cautiously sat up and began untying their feet. Just beyond the knoll, they could hear the screams and clash of the battle.  None of the orcs seemed to pay a bit of attention to them.

"We have our cloaks from Lothlórien," whispered Merry.  "Let's cover up well and try crawling away from the battle.  We might be able to get into the woods without being seen."

At one point, they thought they would be caught.  An orc they had heard called Grishnákh suddenly loomed up in front of them with an evil look in his eye.  He reached out and grabbed Merry and Pippin by their belts.  But before he could get a really good grip on them or cry out, an arrow sprouted in his chest and he fell to the ground, pulling the belts off.  A rider on a big horse leapt over the body, and would have trampled Pippin into the ground, save for Merry yanking his cousin back at the last second.  The rider did not seem to notice the four of them at all as he sped off into the fray.

They lay there beneath their cloaks, breathing heavily, grateful for their narrow escape.  Then they began crawling away.

The men on horseback with weapons were closing in, and Jennifer saw that they had pushed the last few orcs back, and the battle was behind them.  Now the forest eaves were much closer, and the sounds of screaming was fainter.

Into the forest it was, then.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom.

Chapter 29: Go the Distance

It was the morning of the third day, and still the five hunters ran.  Only constant thoughts of his brother and sister kept Kevin moving now; he was beyond exhaustion.  But he would never give up!

Suddenly Aragorn bent down, looking at the ground,as if he could hear something in the earth.  He held up his hand.  "Horses!" he exclaimed.  He gestured for the others to follow him in hiding behind a rock.   "I am sure it must be an éored of the Rohirrim."

Gimli was uneasy.  “What do you know of these horsemen, Aragorn?” he said.  “Do we sit here waiting for sudden death?”  Kevin wondered the same.  He recalled that he'd heard some things back in Rivendell that were not good.

Boromir snorted.  "Only if we do something foolish when we see them."

Aragorn nodded.  “I have been among them.  They are proud and wilful, but they are true-hearted, generous in thought and deed; bold but not cruel; wise but unlearned, writing no books but singing many songs, after the manner of the children of Men before the Dark Years.  But I do not know what has happened here of late, nor in what mind the Rohirrim may now be between the traitor Saruman and the threat of Sauron.  They have long been the friends of the people of Gondor, though they are not akin to them.  It was in forgotten years long ago that Eorl the Young brought them out of the North, and their kinship is rather with the Bardings of Dale, and with the Beornings of the Wood, among whom may still be seen many men tall and fair, as are the Riders of Rohan.  At least they will not love the orcs.”

"But Gandalf said that they gave horses to Sauron," said Kevin.

“I believe it no more than does Boromir,” answered Aragorn.

“You will soon learn the truth,” said Legolas. “Already they approach.”

Aragorn looked up.  He gestured to the others to hasten behind a nearby rock formation to hide.  They knelt in the grass behind it, and drew their Lórien cloaks around themselves, and watched as the troop of horsemen came riding over the hill.

Aragorn looked at them passing.  He walked calmly out of hiding and shouted, "Riders of Rohan!  What news from the Mark?"

Quickly with his spear, the leader of the mounted warriors signaled his men.  With astonishing speed and skill, they checked their steeds, wheeled around, and charged the five intruders.  The Riders circled around the strangers tightly.  They suddenly stopped and pointed their spears at the five of them.

Aragorn held up his hands in a gesture of peace.  Their leader rode forward and addressed them from his mount.  “What business do strangers have in the Riddermark?  Speak quickly!”

Boromir threw back his hood.  "Not all of us are strangers, Éomer, son of Éomund," he said.

Éomer flinched slightly and raised an eyebrow, but otherwise did not show his shock.  "Boromir!  When the mount we loaned you turned up alone long after you had left us, we thought you dead!  Yet now we see you here a-foot!"

"It is a long story, and we have not the time to tell it here."  The Gondorian turned and deferred to Aragorn, as he had done ever since the Fellowship had been broken at Parth Galen.

"Who are these others?" Éomer demanded.

Aragorn stepped forward.  "I am Aragorn, son of Arathorn.  This is Gimli, son of Glóin of Erebor, Legolas, son of Thranduil of the Woodland Realm, and Kevin, son of Steven of Ore Gon.  We are friends of Rohan, and of Théoden, your king."

Éomer shook his head sadly.  "Théoden no longer recognizes friend from foe."  He removed his helmet and dismounted.  "Not even his own kin."   He moved more closely to the newcomers and lowered his voice.  “Saruman has poisoned the mind of the king and claimed lordship over these lands.  My company are those loyal to Rohan.  And for that, we are banished.  The White Wizard is cunning.  He walks here and there, they say, as an old man hooded and cloaked.  And everywhere, his spies slip past our nets.”

"We are no spies," said Aragorn.  "We track a party of Uruk-Hai westward across the plain.  They have taken four of our friends captive."

Éomer once more shook his head.  "The Uruks are destroyed.  We slaughtered them during the night."

Kevin could feel the blood drain from his face.  Jennifer?  Joey?  Merry and Pippin?  What had happened to them?  He felt Boromir's hand on his elbow, saving him from passing out where he stood.

But Gimli sprang forward.  "But there were two Hobbits, and a young lady and a small boy!   Did you see them among their captors?”

"Except for the young lady, they would have been small, and all of them would have been arrayed as are we, with concealing cloaks," added Aragorn.

Éomer shook his head.  "We left none alive.  We piled the carcasses and burned them."  He gestured back the way they had come.  Smoke rose from a pile in the distance.

All of them stared in shock at the rising smoke.  Kevin couldn't breathe.  He felt Legolas take his other elbow to keep him upright, and he was glad because he surely thought his knees would give out.

"Dead?" Gimli asked in shock.  Legolas placed his other hand on Gimli's shoulder.  Boromir went white, but grabbed Kevin by his other arm, for the boy swayed as if he were going to pass out.  Kevin's own face was nearly green.

Éomer turned and whistled.  "Hasufel!  Arod!  Bron!  Faran!”

Éomer watched as four beautiful horses were led forward.  He lovingly placed his hand on them.  "May these horses bear you to better fortune than their former masters.  Farewell."

Éomer put on his helmet and returned to his horse.  "Look for your friends.  But do not trust to hope.  It has forsaken these lands."  He raised his hand in command to his Riders.  "We ride north!"

The éored thundered off, leaving the small group of hunters standing by their horses in shock.  Aragorn and the others gazed toward the smoldering pile.

Aragorn mounted Hasufel, while Legolas mounted Arod, with Gimli riding pillion behind him; Boromir took Faran and Kevin hefted himself into the saddle of Bron.  He was trying his best to hope, but his thoughts were in such a swirl, he could not even gather them to pray.  All this effort and...no, he couldn’t imagine Jen and Joey...dead.  He just tried to concentrate on staying on the horse.

They took off across the Plains toward the edge of Fangorn Forest, where the pile of dead orcs smoldered.  Kevin had to concentrate on his riding.  He was still a novice, and he'd had no chance to practice horseback riding since they had left Rivendell.  But he was glad for the effort—every time his mind wandered from simply staying on the horse's back, he kept wondering about the fate of his brother and sister, and the two hobbits.  He kept whispering to himself, "Stay on the horse...stay on the horse…"

The group of hunters finally halted their steeds beside the pyre and dismounted.  They looked upon the still-smoking pile with dismay.  There were no obvious signs of hobbits, much less the two children, anywhere.

Aragorn bent down to see the ground more clearly.  The others were sifting through the ashes that had cooled enough.  Kevin had tied a kerchief over his mouth, and tried not to be sick from the stench.  He gave a start when Gimli gave a cry.  The Dwarf had unearthed one of the hobbits’ sheathes.  "It's one of their wee belts," he said mournfully.

Kevin felt like he had taken a punch to his stomach, and tears pooled in his eyes.  If…if…he could not make himself continue the horrible thoughts his mind wanted to imagine.  How am I going to tell Mom and Dad?

Legolas bent his head.  "Hiro hyn hîdh ab 'wanath.  May they find peace in death," he murmured.

Boromir nodded sadly.  "May we avenge them," but it was said half-heartedly.

Aragorn kicked a helmet.  Screaming a cry of anguished defeat, he fell to his knees, hanging his head low.  He knelt in despair.

"We failed them," sighed Gimli.

Suddenly Aragorn turned his head.  Something on the ground caught his attention.  A glimmer of hope flickered across his visage as he noted some marks on the ground.  He moved towards them, and touched the spots with his hands.  "A hobbit lay here.  And the other."

He began to search more intensely as hope rekindled.  Sparked by Aragorn's reaction, Kevin found his own hope rising.  He, too, went down to the ground and began to put the Ranger's tracking lessons to work himself, as did Legolas.  Boromir and Gimli being less experienced as trackers, stood by the horses, trying to stay out of the way.

Legolas was also looking more closely now with his keen Elven sight, and suddenly he gave a cry of triumph.  He indicated the ground not too far from where Aragorn and Kevin were searching, and both the Men came over.  Kevin gave a whoop of joy: there, the ground had clearly been crushed by two smaller people lying there, smaller than orcs, but larger than hobbits.  And in the dirt was scratched a clear "J" and next to it, one of Jennifer's scrunchies.  He picked it up and showed it and the “J” to Aragorn, who nodded, and then he stuffed the scrunchie into his jeans pocket.

For quite a while, Aragorn, Legolas and Kevin slowly scoured the area for signs, drawing ever nearer to the Forest eaves.

"Look!  Here at last we find news!” said Aragorn.  He lifted up a broken leaf for them to see, a large pale leaf of golden hue, now fading and turning brown.  "Here is a mallorn-leaf of Lórien, and there are small crumbs on it, and a few more crumbs in the grass.  And see!  there are some pieces of cut cord lying nearby!”  He pointed to the ground.  "It looks as though, somehow, all of them managed to be here, in this spot, together ere the Rohirrim were able to flank the Uruk-hai!"

He studied the signs once more.  "They have gone into Fangorn Forest."

"Why would they do that?" asked Gimli.  "We were warned against it!"

Boromir gave Gimli a look.  "Come, now!  Think!  Would they turn back into the middle of a battle?  Risk recapture or death?  All they would know of the Rohirrim is that they were fighting the orcs.  Much safer to venture into the woods, for with danger all around, that would seem the lesser evil."

"Well," said Kevin, "if that's where my brother and sister went, that's where I'm going."  He started forward.  "Is anyone else coming?"

The others all looked at one another and wordlessly followed along.

-oo000oo-

In Rivendell, plans were moving apace for the remaining McClouds to make their journey South.  The family would be led by Lord Glorfindel and twelve warriors of Elrond’s household, handpicked by Elrond himself, and Arwen chose Mairen to go along out of her handmaidens.  She would assist in caring for Kaylee and Megan, and she would be of help to Gail on the journey.

The group would travel by horseback across the Misty Mountains to the other side, and from there, they would journey South on the Western shore of the Anduin, until they reached Lothlórien.  Elrond was sending messengers ahead of them to the Golden Wood, with news of their coming.  From there, they would take boats down the River, in the hopes of catching up with the children before the Company had to take the Eastern shore and the way to Mount Doom.  Steven had made up his mind that if he had any way to do so, he was going to see to it that Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey did not follow Frodo Baggins into Mordor!  Gail was in full agreement with him on that.

Steve and Gail had been surprised to realize that they could speak Westron, but they could not read or write it.  Steve had hoped to memorize the maps of the route they would be taking, and he was disappointed to realize that would not work.

It was the clever Mr. Baggins who came up with the solution.  He made a copy of the map without any words on it, and then while Steve used his ballpoint pen (which completely fascinated the elderly hobbit), Bilbo would point to a spot on the blank map and speak the name of the place aloud.  Steve would write it down phonetically, using English letters, and then he copied the original Elvish name next to it from the original map, slowly and carefully copying the Elvish letters in the process, since he had never written them before.

He also took his small pocket notebook to make a list of handy phrases in Sindarin that did not seem to translate into Westron, or of some of the more common phrases used in conversation.  

Bilbo was thrilled to be of use, and in the process, he also had Steve explain many of the English words the children used that no one could understand.  He had scarcely been able to understand the children's explanations of "teevee" and "moovee", and was still not quite sure he understood the ideas.  Pictures that talked and moved and told stories?  Steve was not too sure his own explanations were much better.  In all likelihood, the only way to make Bilbo understand would be to show him a movie or a TV show, and he had left his laptop back at the campsite.

Gail used some of their preparation time to learn a few of the skills that Kaylee had learned.  She already knew how to sew by hand, and was now refreshing those skills under Arwen's direction, but cooking on a campfire (the McClouds had always used a propane campstove and a barbecue grill whenever they camped, except for roasting hot dogs or toasting marshmallows) and making a fire without a match were not really a part of her life skills.  Bilbo had begun showing her how to do those things, as they cooked on his little hearth.  Fortunately, Steve had his lighter and a box of matches in his backpack, but neither of them knew how long those would last.  Meanwhile, under Arwen’s instruction, Kaylee finished her new nightgown and started wearing it to bed, and Megan received regular lessons in weaving and in riding a pony.  Bilbo, for his part, continued Kaylee’s cooking lessons, and he began to give Megan beginning lessons in food preparation, and he told the little girls stories.  Meanwhile, in the kennels, Lucy received training that would be of use to her on the journey, and Steve and Gail were taught how to give her those commands.  Lucy became reliable in obeying all of the commands that she was given, both the earlier commands that she had been taught before the rest of the family’s arrival and the newer ones that the elves were currently teaching her for the upcoming journey.

Just before they were to leave, Lady Arwen pulled Gail aside.  "Mrs. McCloud, I would like to ask you if you are prepared for your monthly moon flow.  I know that this was a great concern of your elder daughter, and I was able to help her with it."

Gail blushed.  "I have a couple of items with me just in case of emergency, but for as long as we may be here, I am badly under-prepared."

Arwen gave her an understanding nod.  "This was a concern of Jennifer's as well."  The Elven maiden then explained to Gail about the darithil and its uses.  Gail was surprised, but quite grateful for the assistance.  She had not yet really thought about the issue, as it was a few more weeks before she would have to deal with it.

"Thank you so much, Lady Arwen."  She was very glad for learning what she would need to have in this world.

The time for leaving was growing nearer and nearer, as they were only waiting for the scouts to return before setting off.  Steve and Gail could hardly wait to be reunited with their older children.

-oo000oo-

The escaped former prisoners continued to crawl until they were only a few yards away, and then they got up and walked.  Running was impossible.  It was not until they were well away from the battle that they paused and looked around warily.  They were just barely under the outer eaves of the woods.  It looked dark and unwelcoming, but safer, anyway, than turning back would be; they could still hear screams and the clashing of weapons behind them, though it was slowly dying down.

Getting back on their hands and feet, they crawled just a little further until they were inside the forest and hidden from view.  “We must stay under cover,” said Pippin, as he clambered awkwardly to his feet once more, “or we shall be seen.  It will not be any comfort to us, if these riders discover that we are not orcs after we are dead.”  He got up and stamped his feet.  “Those cords have cut me like wires; but my feet are getting warm again.  I could stagger on now.  What about the rest of you?”

Merry stood up and nodded.  “Yes,” he said, “I can manage it.  Lembas does put heart into you!  How about you two?” he asked, turning towards Jennifer and Joey.

"Yes, I'm better," Jennifer said.  Pippin reached a hand to her and helped haul her to her feet.  It never ceased to amaze her how strong these hobbits were.  Even though Pippin was shorter and lighter than she, he had no trouble helping her up.  Merry also lent a hand to Joey.

Joey swayed.  "I'm kind of wobbly," he said.  Merry held onto him until he felt more stable.

They were near a river, and so they decided to get a drink of water, and splash some of it on their faces.  Jennifer tried in vain to use her fingers to comb through her tangled hair; it helped only a little, but she felt better for trying.  “I wish I had my comb and brush,” she muttered.

They walked along the line of the river slowly, talking among themselves, wondering what had come of the others.

Finally, Jennifer asked, "Does anyone have any idea of where we are?  I'm completely turned around.  I don't even know which direction we are going."

Merry chuckled.  "This Brandybuck is going in front now.  This is where he comes in.  I don't suppose you have much notion where we are; but I spent my time at Rivendell rather better.  We are walking west along the Entwash.  The butt-end of the Misty Mountains is in front, and Fangorn Forest.”

“Lead on, Master Brandybuck!” said Pippin.  “Or lead back!  We have been warned against Fangorn.  But one so knowing will not have forgotten that.”

“I have not,” answered Merry; “but the forest seems better to me, all the same, than turning back into the middle of a battle.”

"Well, the night is over and the sun's come up," said Jennifer.  "I think the battle might be over, but we don't know if there are any orcs left.  So, I think we should stay in here instead of going back out there!"

“No kidding!” Joey agreed.  “I don’t ever want to see another orc!”

“Not unless it’s from a safe distance,” Jennifer added.

"Not even that!" Pippin exclaimed with a shudder.  "But we never know what could happen."

And so, the hobbits and the children continued on into the depths of Fangorn Forest.  They did not even look back, and so they missed seeing the smoke as it rose from the pyres set by the Riders of Rohan.

The Forest grew denser and more difficult as they went on, following the river.  The further they went, the less they worried about orcs, and they slowed their pace.

"It's getting hard to breathe," said Jennifer.

"It feels stuffy, like the Old Forest," said Merry.  Joey, who had been uncharacteristically silent, nearly stumbled, but Merry on one side and Jennifer on the other caught him by the arms.

“What old forest?” Joey asked.

Pippin shook his head.  "You don't want to hear about it now.  We'll tell you another time, when we are not in the middle of another forest.”

"Why?" Joey persisted.

"Just trust us," Merry replied.

Pippin nodded.  "This forest doesn't feel cruel like the Old Forest.  It feels sleepy and musty.”  He clambered over a log.  "It is all very dim, and stuffy, in here,” he added.  “It reminds me, somehow, of the old room in the Great Place of the Tooks away back in the Smials at Tuckborough: a huge place, where the furniture has never been moved or changed for generations.  They say the Old Took lived in it year after year, while he and the room got older and shabbier together—and it has never changed since he died, a century ago.  And Old Gerontius was my great-great-grandfather: that puts it back a bit.  But that is nothing to the old feeling of this wood.  Look at all those weeping, trailing, beards and whiskers of lichen!  And most of the trees seem to be half covered with ragged dry leaves that have never fallen.  Untidy.  I can't imagine what spring would look like here, if it ever comes; still less a spring-cleaning.”  He sighed deeply.

"Here," said Jennifer.  "Why don't we sit down here, and get another drink of water and get a little breather?”

Merry and Pippin looked at the tree.  "It's not a willow tree," said Pippin.  Indeed, it was an alder, and the air did seem fresher near the stream.  So, all of them sat down and scooped up some of the water in their hands. It was wonderfully fresh and sweet.  The hobbits stuck their bare feet in the rushing water, and after a few minutes, Jennifer and Joey took their hiking boots and stockings off to do the same.  They tied their boots together by the laces, and slung them around their necks with the socks tucked inside, so that they would not be likely to lose or forget them.

On they went, until they came to a stony hillock that almost appeared to have stone steps cut into the side.  Up they clambered, Merry in front, then Jennifer and Joey, and finally Pippin at the rear.  Jennifer did not say anything out loud, but it was clear to her that the two hobbits had put her and Joey in the place of safety between them.  Before they had set out from Rivendell, she would have thought it ridiculous that two small hobbits could protect her and her brother from danger.  But no longer.  She had seen how brave and clever and fierce both of them were.  They would probably be managing much better on their own with no children to look after.

Finally, they came to the top.  "Look!" exclaimed Joey.  "Sunshine!"  He smiled broadly.

“Yeah!”  Jennifer nodded emphatically.

Indeed, they had come out from beneath the trees and stood atop the little hill, which was open to the sunshine.  But then they all four gave a shiver, as the breeze passed over them.

“The wind's changing,” said Merry.  “It's turned east again.  It feels cool up here.”

"Yes," said Jennifer.  "It didn't seem so cool under the trees."

“Yes,” said Pippin; “I'm afraid this is only a passing gleam, and it will all go grey again.  What a pity!  This shaggy old forest looked so different in the sunlight.  I almost felt I liked the place.”

“Almost felt you liked the Forest!  That's good!  That's uncommonly kind of you,” said a strange voice.  “Turn round and let me have a look at your faces.  I almost feel that I dislike you, but do not let us be hasty.  Turn round!”  A large knob-knuckled hand was laid on each of the hobbits' shoulders, and they were twisted round, gently but irresistibly; then two great arms lifted them up.

Jennifer gave a little shriek, and her hand went to her mouth. Joey yelped, took a step backwards, and promptly fell on his bottom. They both stared up and up as Merry and Pippin struggled in the twiggy hands of a strange-looking—well, either a walking, talking tree or a giant that looked like a tree!

“Whoa!” Joey gasped.  “Look, Jennifer, a talking tree!”

“Yeah!”  Jennifer helped her little brother to his feet and wrapped an arm around his shoulders.  “I see it!”

“Just like in The Wizard of Oz!  And “H.R. Pufnstuf”!”  Joey shook his head in stunned amazement.

Jennifer nodded agreement, equally stunned.  “Except this one’s so much bigger.  A giant!”

“Hrum, Hoom,” murmured the voice, a deep voice like a very deep woodwind instrument.  “Very odd indeed!  Do not be hasty, that is my motto.  But if I had seen you, before I heard your voices—I liked them: nice little voices; they reminded me of something I cannot remember—if I had seen you before I heard you, I should have just trodden on you, taking you for little orcs, and found out my mistake afterwards.  Very odd you are, indeed.  Root and twig, very odd!  And traveling with two very young Men, though I see one of them is female.”  He blinked his amazing eyes, which seemed to be immensely old, like deep pools of wisdom, green and brown in the depths of them.

Joey scowled.  “I’m not a man yet.  I’m a boy, and Jennifer’s a girl,” he muttered.  With a nervous laugh, Jennifer ruffled Joey’s hair.  She hoped her brother hadn't offended the strange creature.

"Hroom-bararum!"  The creature made a noise that sounded much like laughter.  "As I said, very young, and hasty as well!"

Pippin cocked his head.  “Please,” he said, “who are you?  And what are you?”

"I am an Ent.  A tree-herder.  A shepherd of the forest.  Treebeard, some call me.”

"And whose side are you on?" Pippin asked.

The creature looked puzzled.  "Side?  I am on nobody’s side because nobody’s on my side.  Nobody cares for the woods anymore.”  He looked down at the hobbits in his hand.  "I would have taken you for little orcs if I had not heard you talking, and seen you with these other two, who would never be in the company of orcs unless as prisoners."

"We’re not orcs.  We’re Hobbits," said Merry.  "And up until a short while ago, we were prisoners of orcs."

Jennifer grimaced.  “Yes, we sure were!  All four of us.  We managed to escape a while ago.”

“Yeah!” Joey agreed, nodding and scowling.  “They were mean!”

"Hobbits?  Never heard of a Hobbit before," replied Treebeard.

"Some people call us Halflings or Shire-folk," Merry put in.  "But a lot of people have never heard of us until lately.  We usually do not travel outside our own land."

Joey shook his head.  “The orcs thought I was a hobbit, too!  I guess it’s because I’m short, but that’s just because I’m a boy, not a grown-up.”

Jennifer lightly elbowed her brother.  When he got excited, he tended to forget how rude it was considered in this world to interrupt adults when they were talking.  "Please excuse my brother, Treebeard.  I’m Jennifer McCloud at your service, and my brother is named Joseph McCloud—everyone calls him Joey.  These two hobbits," and she gestured at each of them, "are Meriadoc Brandybuck and Peregrin Took."  She and Joey bowed.

Merry and Pippin could not bow, still being held in the Ent's hands, but they bobbed their heads and said, "At your service."

"Call me Merry," said Merry.

"And you can call me Pippin, or even Pip," his cousin chimed in.

"My!" explained Treebeard.  "You are young and hasty!  Imagine giving out your real names to just anyone.  Hoom-hum!”

"Well," said Merry, "you don't seem to like orcs at all, so I suppose that does make you more or less on our side."

"Orcs!"  The Ent gave out a loud "hoom" that sounded more like a roar than a word.  “They come with fire.  They come with axes.  Gnawing, biting, breaking, hacking, burning!  Destroyers and usurpers!  Curse them!"  In his anger, he began to squeeze the hobbits in his grip, not realizing it.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom.

Chapter 30: Trust in Me

"Put them down!" cried Jennifer.  "Stop it!  You’re hurting them!"  She smacked Treebeard against the legs.  Her hand stung, but she did not stop until she had his attention.

Treebeard blinked. "Oh! Oh, my!" His grip loosened immediately. "I am so sorry; I forgot my own strength." He did not put the hobbits down, but shifted his grip to make them less uncomfortable. He stood silently and motionless for so long that they all began to believe that he really was a tree, and they had imagined the whole encounter.

But just as Joey got impatient and was starting to fidget, the Ent spoke up. "Hoom-ha! I suppose there is nothing for it but to take you to my home for the night." He glanced down at the two children. "It is a fair distance in Ent-strides. I do not think your legs could keep up." He transferred Merry and Pippin gently to his wide and sturdy shoulders. "May I carry you?" he asked the children. "I promise not to squeeze you."

Jennifer nodded nervously. Treebeard reached down and picked them up very gently, and they sat upon his palms. He did not close his hands completely, but curled his fingers over them just enough to prevent them from falling.

"I like to climb trees at home," Joey said, smiling, as he looked around.

Jennifer nodded. "We've all done that, except Kaylee and Megan. They're too young to climb trees yet. We have a treehouse in our back yard, too."

"But I do not suppose that your treehouse moves, does it?" Treebeard began to walk, taking long deliberate strides through the trees, deeper and deeper into the wood, never far from the stream, climbing steadily up towards the slopes of the mountains.

Jennifer and Joey laughed. "Nope, it sure doesn't," Jennifer said. "Trees can't walk or talk where we come from. They can't even think. They're alive, but they're not…sen—uh…" She paused for a moment, furrowing her eyebrows in intense concentration and thinking hard. Finally, her face brightened. "Sentient! That's the word."

"That's a big word," Joey muttered.

"And how do you know your trees are not sentient if they do not speak?" Treebeard asked, his voice sounding amused, and both children found themselves wondering about that.

The children and the hobbits fell silent after a while, soothed by the gait which made Jennifer remember being rocked in a rocking chair by her mother when she was little. Treebeard kept on talking—mostly to himself, it seemed—in long sentences, and strings of "hooming" and "humming" and bits of poetry mixed in, and even phrases of Elvish, and pretty soon all four of the weary travelers had dozed off where they sat.

-oo000oo-

Aragorn scoured the forest floor, following the tracks of the hobbits. Legolas followed closely, with Gimli and Kevin close behind and Boromir taking the rearguard. Aragorn suddenly halted, studying the ground closely. "These are strange tracks," he muttered, almost to himself.

"The air is so close in here." Gimli looked about suspiciously. He had never liked the woods, especially after all the stories his father had told him about Mirkwood.

"It does feel rather breathless beneath these trees," added Boromir. Woods did not bother him, although he had never been as comfortable among them as his younger brother. Boromir could cope in the wild well enough. Every warrior had to be able to do so, but he much preferred the comfort of the big city.

Kevin rather liked the strange forest. It was a little stuffy, but also it felt very alive to him. He was used to going deer-hunting in forests with his father, and his family had never much gone in for scary stories. All he wanted was to focus on finding Jennifer, Joey, and the two hobbits.

Legolas looked about the forest, as if feeling it. "This forest is old. Very old. Full of memory." Low groans reverberated throughout the forest.

Gimli gasped and raised his axe. The groans grew louder, and a whispering sound as of a wind though the wind played through the trees, though not even a breeze could be felt. Just then a strong wind blew through the trees, creating an even louder groan. They heard the cries of their horses from where they had tethered them just below the forest eaves.

Kevin froze and looked around frantically. "What's happening?" he cried out. Aragorn laid a comforting hand on the boy's arm. Legolas and Boromir turned and almost ran back; Gimli began to swing his axe wildly.

"Gimli!" Aragorn ordered in a low whisper.

Gimli startled at the sound of his name, and looked over at their leader.

Aragorn gestured at him. "Lower your axe!"

Gimli nodded and lowered his axe reluctantly, as if surrendering.

Boromir's shoulders drooped, and Legolas shook his head. "I can no longer hear their hoofbeats; our mounts are long gone."

Aragorn shook his head. "It is just as well, Boromir; we need to be afoot, and they will find their way back to Edoras. Look!" He pointed to the ground around the stream. "Look! The four of them paused and rested by the stream before they went on. It looks as though Jennifer and Joey took off their boots and continued, barefoot like the hobbits."

They followed the trail as it led deeper into Fangorn. It was clear enough that even Kevin could follow it easily. It comforted him to know that his brother and sister were no longer among the orcs, but he felt impatient to find them.

Suddenly, Legolas seemed to sense something, and darted ahead for a better look. "Aragorn, nadennas! Something is out there!"

Aragorn came up behind him. "Man cenich? What do you see?"

"Look!" said Legolas, pointing. "Down in the wood, back in the Way that we have just come. It is he. Cannot you see him, passing from tree to tree? The White Wizard approaches!"

The others gathered closely about the Elf, staring into the dimness of the trees. Kevin followed Aragorn's gaze into the dimness of the woods; as his eyes adjusted, he too spotted what appeared to be a bent old man, leaning on a staff and looking weary. The fellow's head was bowed, and so he hadn't spotted them yet. Kevin held his breath, waiting to see what would happen.

Boromir whispered, "Do not let him speak. He will put a spell on us."

Gimli nodded emphatically, hefting his axe. Kevin, Boromir, and Aragorn drew their swords. Legolas nocked an arrow to his bow, but he did not shoot. He stared intently at the scarcely perceptible figure.

"His cloak is dirty grey, not white," said Aragorn.

"Shoot," urged Gimli. "He must be Saruman!"

"But he may not be anything other than an old man," said Aragorn. "We must not shoot him until we are certain he is a danger."

Reluctantly, Boromir nodded. Kevin was glad that Aragorn and Boromir agreed. He wasn't comfortable with the idea of shooting an old man, even if he might be Saruman.

The old man came in sight, making his way atop the rise. Suddenly, Legolas gave a cry, and launched an arrow. It burst into flame and fell to the ground, nothing but a stick of char and ash. There was a blinding light emanating from the unexpected figure.

"You are tracking the footsteps of two young Hobbits and two children." The voice seemed to echo.

"Where are they?" Aragorn exclaimed.

"They passed this way, the day before yesterday. They met someone they did not expect. Does that comfort you?" The voice seemed to change in timbre. It seemed almost familiar, teasing at the edge of their memories.

"Who are you? Show yourself!" Aragorn shouted.

Slowly the light faded, and there, hung about with a tattered grey cloak, was Gandalf. His beard and hair were snowy-white now, though, and white robes peaked out beneath the old cloak.

The group were astounded. "Gandalf?" said Aragorn in wonder. At last, he stirred. "Gandalf!" he said. "Beyond all hope you return to us in our need! What veil was over my sight? Gandalf!"

"Gandalf," the old man repeated, as if recalling from old memory a long disused word. "Yes, that was the name. I was Gandalf. Yes, you may still call me Gandalf," he said, and the voice was the voice of their old friend and guide.

Legolas knelt. "Forgive me. I mistook you for Saruman."

The others all knelt as well. Kevin could not believe his eyes. It was a miracle—he knew now that he had doubted a little about Gandalf being an angel, but now every bit of doubt was erased.

"I am Saruman. Or rather, Saruman as he should have been." Gandalf's voice was low, almost as though he was speaking to himself.

"But we saw you fall!" said Kevin.

"Through fire and water, I fell," he said slowly. "From the lowest dungeon to the highest peak, I fought with the Balrog of Morgoth, until at last, I threw down my enemy and smote him to his ruin upon the mountainside. Darkness took me, and I strayed out of thought and time. Stars wheeled overhead, and every day was as long as a life age of the Earth." He raised his head and looked at his friends directly; his voice grew stronger. "But it was not the end. I felt life in me again. Naked, I was sent back…" He paused and studied each of the others briefly. "…until my task is done."

The companions sat down together. Kevin looked at Gandalf, and said diffidently, "Uh, Gandalf, you look so different. Your hair, your beard? And where did you get the white clothes?"

"I am now Gandalf the White; that is why I wear white, and why my hair is white," the wizard replied. "I lay atop the mountaintop until I was found by Gwaihir the Windlord, Lord of Eagles.

"'Ever am I fated to be your burden, friend at need,' I said.

"'A burden you have been,' he answered, 'but not so now. Light as a swan's feather in my claw you are. The Sun shines through you. Indeed I do not think you need me anymore: were I to let you fall you would float upon the wind.'

"'Do not let me fall!' I gasped, for I felt life in me again. 'Bear me to Lothlórien!'

"'That indeed is the command of the Lady Galadriel who sent me to look for you,' he answered.

"Thus it was that I came to Caras Galadhon and found you but lately gone. I tarried there in the ageless time of that land where days bring healing not decay. Healing I found, and I was clothed in white. Counsel I gave and counsel took. Thence by strange roads I came, and messages I bring to you. To Aragorn I was bidden to say this:

"Where now are the Dúnedain, Elessar, Elessar?

Why do thy kinsfolk wander afar?

Near is the hour when the Lost should come forth,

And the Grey Company ride from the North.

But dark is the path appointed for thee:

The Dead watch the road that leads to the Sea.

"To Legolas she sent this word:

"Legolas Greenleaf long under tree

In joy thou hast lived. Beware of the Sea!

If thou hearest the cry of the gull on the shore,

Thy heart shall then rest in the forest no more."

Gandalf then turned to Boromir and smiled at him. "She sends you this word, Boromir:

"Silver horns sound clear and cold, atop the tower walls:

'What news of Boromir the Bold, long away from his father's halls?'

Son of Gondor, you shall soon be homeward bound,

and your honour once more found.

Comfort your sire and beware of fire."

Boromir looked up sharply, hope in his face, and he nodded.

"Kevin, son of Steven, here are the words she sent to you:

"Son of the west, the time has come to put away childish things.

Don the full armor of righteousness, and gird yourself with truth.

Into battle, you shall be born on eagle's wings.

Take up the warrior's way, and put behind your youth."

Kevin furrowed his eyebrows as he nodded. "Wonder what that means," he mumbled.

Gandalf fell silent and shut his eyes.

"Then she sent me no message?" said Gimli and bent his head. Kevin thought he seemed very sad that she had seemingly forgotten him. Legolas tried to comfort his friend, but Gimli was having none of it.

But Gandalf raised his head and opened his eyes, jarred out of his thoughts by Gimli's reactions. "Your pardon, Gimli! I was pondering the messages once again. But indeed she sent words to you, and neither dark nor sad.

"'To Gimli son of Glóin,' she said, 'give his Lady's greeting. Lock-bearer, wherever thou goest my thought goes with thee. But have a care to lay thine axe to the right tree!'"

"In happy hour you have returned to us, Gandalf," cried the Dwarf, capering as he sang loudly in the strange dwarf-tongue. "Come, come!" he shouted, swinging his axe. "Since Gandalf's head is now sacred, let us find one that it is right to cleave!"

"That will not be far to seek," said Gandalf, rising from his seat. "Come! We have spent all the time that is allowed to a meeting of parted friends. Now there is need of haste. We must leave at once."

Kevin looked startled. "We have to find Jennifer and Joey and the hobbits!"

Gandalf shook his head. "They are safe now," he said. "They are in the care of Treebeard, and he will keep them from harm. They will be better off with him; our ways are more perilous."

"Treebeard?" asked Aragorn.

"The guardian of this forest. One of the Ents, the Shepherds of the Trees. The Ents are going to be in for a surprise. They are going to wake up and find out that they are strong."

He stood up and began to walk briskly back the way they had already come. "Merry and Pippin and the children are quite safe. In fact, as I said, they are far safer than you are about to be. One stage of the journey is over; another begins. We must travel to Edoras with all speed."

Gimli looked indignant. "Edoras? That is no short distance!"

"We hear of trouble in Rohan. It goes ill with the king," added Aragorn, and Boromir nodded agreement. Puzzled, Kevin looked from him to Gandalf.

Gandalf stopped. "Yes, and it will not be easily cured. It helps that you are among us, Boromir."

"How might that be, Gandalf?" asked the Gondorian.

"You are known in the court of Meduseld. It should help to have you there when we speak to the King," the wizard replied.

They had come back to the edge of the forest and were looking over the land before them, wide and empty. "It is going to be a long walk," said Aragorn with a sigh.

"I shall not walk. Time presses." Then lifting up his head Gandalf gave a long, piercing whistle. It echoed off into the distance. He whistled again. As the echo died out, a neigh answered him. A magnificent white horse galloped towards Gandalf over a nearby hill, followed by the others' runaway steeds. Gandalf smiled. "Shadowfax. He is the lord of all horses…and has been my friend through many dangers." Gandalf walked up to Shadowfax and stroked his neck.

The others looked on in amazement, and more than a little relief.

"That is one of the Mearas, unless my eyes are cheated by some spell," murmured Legolas.

Boromir shook his head in surprise. "Not merely one of them—this is Shadowfax, chief of the Mearas, prince of horses. How did you come by him, Gandalf?"

"Théoden King gave him to me as a much-begrudged price for leaving Rohan, after I escaped from Saruman." He vaulted upon the horse's back in a movement far too lithe and graceful for an old man. "Come, we are burning daylight! We must get to Edoras as soon as we can."

The rest of them mounted, although save for Legolas, not quite so gracefully. They turned their backs to Fangorn, and began to gallop across the plains.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 31: A Step in the Right Direction

After a night’s worth of hard riding, the morning was bright and clear about them, and the birds were singing, when the travellers came to the stream.  Kevin was exhausted; they had been riding all night long.  But he was glad, for it meant they were nearing their destination according to Aragorn.  Just beyond the willow trees on the other side, there was a track leading to the uplands.  There was a well-beaten path there, and they could see in the distance a walled hill, and the path led them through several green mounds, covered in thousands of lovely white flowers.  He looked at them curiously; the mounds did not appear to be a natural feature; they were too regular, for one thing.

As they rode, Gandalf explained the mounds and the flowers.  Kevin listened intently as the wizard spoke of them.  He was surprised to realize that they were burial mounds.  He thought perhaps they were much prettier than the cemeteries of his own country.  He heard what Aragorn and Legolas had to say, and then was surprised when the Ranger began to sing in a strange language, and it didn't sound like any of the ones he had heard so far.

"Is that the language of Rohan?" Kevin asked.  "What does it mean?  It sounds so sad."

"It runs thus in the Common Speech, as near as I can make it," Aragorn answered, and then began to sing once more:

“Where now the horse and the rider?  Where is the horn that was blowing?

Where is the helm and the hauberk, and the bright hair flowing?

Where is the hand on the harpstring, and the red fire glowing?

Where is the spring and the harvest and the tall corn growing?

They have passed like rain on the mountain, like a wind in the meadow;

The days have gone down in the West behind the hills into shadow.

Who shall gather the smoke of the dead wood burning,

Or behold the flowing years from the Sea returning?”

Soon they came to the walls of the city, and began to make their winding way up to the huge building at the top of the hill.  The doors of the Golden Hall opened, and a guard came out, followed by a small detachment of other guards.

The six companions climbed the steps, and the guard met them at the top.  Gandalf leaned heavily on his staff, looking more than ever like a simple old man.  The wizard looked up at the guard with an innocent smile.

The doorwarden said, "I am Háma, doorwarden of Meduseld and of Théoden King.  I cannot allow you before Théoden King so armed, Gandalf Greyhame, nor those with you.  By order of Gríma Wormtongue."

Gandalf nodded to the others to surrender their weapons.

Kevin watched as his companions began to remove their weapons.  He watched as first Legolas and then Boromir handed theirs over.

Boromir took off his sword and drew his other weapons.  He looked at Háma.  "I know you well for a good and honorable man, Háma, for we have dealt with one another before.  I know also that you follow the will of your master in this."  He handed them over, and then nodded to Kevin, who had not been sure of handing over his weapons, but since both Boromir and Legolas had done so, he decided he should as well.  Still, it felt odd to be without them.  He realized he had not been without his weapons since leaving Rivendell.

But after Aragorn and Gimli had handed theirs over, and Gandalf passed Glamdring to the waiting door warden, Háma looked nervously at Gandalf.  "Er…I will also need you to leave your staff…"

Gandalf glanced at his staff innocently, and then at Háma.  "You would not part an old man from his walking stick?"

Kevin hid a grin.  Háma shook his head, rolling his eyes, and then gestured for them to follow him.

Gandalf winked at Aragorn, who raised an eyebrow in return.  Gandalf followed Hama into the hall, leaning on Legolas’ arm as an old man might for support.

Háma entered the hall and bowed before the King.  He stepped aside to allow the travellers to enter behind him.

Kevin's eyes went wide as they came into the Hall.  It was different from any of the dwelling places he had seen in Middle-earth so far.  It was dim, and the shadows flickered from the torches on the wall.  There was a dais at the end of the room, where there was an elaborate throne, upon which sat an elderly man.  His crown clearly proclaimed him the King, but he was very old and appeared ill, with his head bowed and his eyes shadowed, his hair and beard white and sparse.  Next to him stood a rather ugly, pasty-faced man with greasy hair, all dressed in black.  The ugly man bent over and whispered into the king's ear.

The six continued walking toward the king.  The guards closed the doors behind them.  They noticed several men behind the contingent of guards following them as they walked towards the King.

The greasy-haired guy was staring at them with a sour expression.  “Gandalf Greyhame!  He’s a herald of woe.”

Legolas released Gandalf's arm.  The old wizard straightened up slightly and stared at the two on the dais.  Gandalf said, "The courtesy of your hall is somewhat lessened of late, Théoden King."

The pale man whispered to Théoden loudly enough to be heard: "He’s not welcome."

Théoden, his breathing laboured, asked, "Why should I welcome you, Gandalf Stormcrow?"   He then looked to the other man to for affirmation.

"A just question, my liege."

Kevin thought his voice sounded just as oily as his hair looked.

The man stepped down from the dais and walked several steps closer.  "Late is the hour in which this conjurer chooses to appear.  Láthspell spell, I name him.  Ill news is an ill guest."

Gandalf bent his gaze on the other man.  Kevin knew that expression: someone was about to be in big trouble.  "Be silent, Gríma Wormtongue!  Keep your forked tongue behind your teeth.  I have not passed through fire and death to bandy crooked words with a witless worm."

So that was the oily guy's name!  Kevin thought it was appropriate.  You tell him, Gandalf! he thought.  He noticed this Wormtongue freeze in his tracks, his expression growing suspicious.

Gandalf raised his staff to Wormtongue, who backed away from it.

Wormtongue looked afraid.  "His staff!" he cried, as he backed away.  “I told you to take the wizard’s staff."  His voice was arrogant and commanding, but the guards ignored it.  It seemed that they had grown tired of Wormtongue's orders!

I would be, too, Kevin thought, scowling at Wormtongue and clenching his fists.

Gandalf began to walk towards Théoden King, his staff held out before him.  Wormtongue fearfully stepped out of the way, but he glared at Gandalf with a mingling of terror and hatred.  If Joey was here, he’d be sticking his tongue out at Wormtongue, Kevin thought, with a pang.  And I wish he was here to do it.  I miss him.  I hope Gandalf is right about him and Jen being safe right now!

Gandalf reached out to Théoden.  "Théoden, son of Thengel…”

Théoden reacted to Gandalf with an evil stare.

Gandalf continued, "…too long have you sat in the shadows."

Kevin noticed as Wormtongue tried to crawl away unnoticed, but Gimli caught him and pinned him to the floor under his foot.

Gimli growled, "I would stay still, if I were you."

Kevin had to bite back an urge to laugh at the expression on Wormtongue's face.  Gimli could be pretty scary when he wanted to be.  But he looked up to see Gandalf was almost to the king, his staff still held straight out before him.

"Hearken to me!" Gandalf called out.  “I release you from the spell."  The wizard was holding out his other hand, and in concentration.

To Kevin's shock, Théoden laughed menacingly.  "You have no power here, Gandalf the Grey."

But now Gandalf was angry.  He threw back his grey cloak and spread his hands.  A blinding white light blazed from him, making Kevin blink.

Théoden was thrown back against his seat.

“Whoa!” Kevin gasped.  Then he blushed.  He noticed none of the others had shown any reaction.  Will I ever learn to keep a warrior's stone face? he wondered ruefully.

Gandalf went on, in a voice filled with power, "I will draw you, Saruman, as poison is drawn from a wound."  He thrust his staff towards the king.  But though he did not actually touch him, the force knocked Théoden back into his throne.  Gandalf moved in closer.

For a moment, Kevin was distracted by a movement at his side.  There was a beautiful blonde lady who was trying to run to the king, but Aragorn stopped her, grabbing her by the arm.  "Wait!" he said in a low voice.  She looked at him for a moment, and then stopped struggling.

A glow came over Théoden's face.  He looked at Gandalf evilly and spoke in a strange voice.  "If I go, Théoden dies."

Gandalf thrust his staff again, throwing the old man back again.  "You did not kill me; you will not kill him."

A demon!  Kevin gasped again.  King Théoden is demon-possessed!

Théoden leaned forward with difficulty, hate welling in his eyes.  "Rohan is mine."  But he was struggling against Gandalf’s power.

"Begone!" Gandalf cried victoriously.

“In the name of Jesus,” Kevin whispered.  He wasn't sure if Gandalf needed his prayer, but it couldn't hurt, and besides, there was power in the name of Jesus.  Surely that power held here, too!

Gandalf smote the King, and Théoden was thrown back once more.

Théoden moaned and fell from his throne.  Aragorn released the blonde lady.  She charged across the hall to catch him before he could hit the floor.  She held him up to look at him.  His eyes were now clear; his hair began changing from white strands to brown, sprinkled with only a little grey.  His face began to shift from an old and unhealthy-looking man to that of one in late middle age, though one that was healthy and hardy.  Kevin smiled and glanced up at the ceiling.  Thank You, God!

The lady smiled, overjoyed.  Théoden looked about, confused, and saw the lady.  "Éowyn.  Éowyn."

Éowyn wept with joy.  Théoden looked up, and seemed surprised to see Gandalf standing over him.  "Gandalf?" he asked.

Gandalf gave him a compassionate smile.  "Breathe the free air again, my friend."

Théoden rose to his feet and looked over his Hall.  "Dark have been my dreams of late."   He looked down at his trembling hands.

"Your fingers would remember their old strength better if they grasped your sword," said Gandalf.

Just then Háma, who had left the Hall as Éowyn was ministering to the king, returned, holding a magnificent sword.  Théoden slowly reached for it and wrapped his fingers around the hilt, then slowly, he drew it from its scabbard.  He gazed upon the steel, feeling his strength return.

Théoden's eyes darkened as he gazed down at Gríma, still pinned beneath Gimli's boot.  Wormtongue shuddered and looked fearfully up at the King.  "I have only ever served you, my lord."

Théoden gave him a look of loathing and suspicion.  "Served me?  I think not.  Your leechcraft ere long would have had me walking on all fours like a beast."

Gandalf turned his piercing glance upon Gríma.  “Down, snake!” he said suddenly in a terrible voice.  “Down on your belly!  How long is it since Saruman bought you?  What was the promised price?  When all the men were dead, you were to pick your share of the treasure, and take the woman you desire?  Too long have you watched her under your eyelids and haunted her steps.”

Éowyn gasped, and put the back of her hand to her mouth in horror.  Théoden’s eyes flashed in fury, and he almost used his sword, but managed to rein in his wrath as Gandalf put out his hand.  Instead, the King gestured to the guards, and two of them grabbed the former counsellor by both arms, dragged him to the door, and threw him down the steps.

Everyone in the Hall followed the wizard and the King as they went out the doors and stared down at Wormtongue, who looked up at them with hatred in his eyes.

“Éowyn is safe now,” Gandalf said.  “But you, Wormtongue, you have done what you could for your true master.  Some reward you have earned at least.  Yet Saruman is apt to overlook his bargains.  I should advise you to go quickly and remind him, lest he forget your faithful service.”

“You lie,” said Wormtongue.

“That word comes too oft and easy from your lips,” said Gandalf.  “I do not lie.  See, Théoden, here is a snake!  With safety you cannot take it with you, nor can you leave it behind.  To slay it would be just.  But it was not always as it now is.  Once it was a man, and did you service in its fashion.  Give him a horse and let him go at once, wherever he chooses.  By his choice you shall judge him.”

Kevin watched as Wormtongue slowly stood up.  The man glared at them all through lidded eyes, and then looked up at Théoden, as though he was going to say something.  Kevin was shocked at how much evil and hatred glittered in Wormtongue's eyes.  Suddenly, with a hiss like a snake, he spat at the king.  He missed the King, but it landed at Théoden's feet.  But Wormtongue darted off and down the stairs, not waiting for anyone to grab him and punish him for his act of disrespect.

Wormtongue violently pushed his way through the crowd, as those on the steps solemnly watched him depart.  Kevin exchanged a look with Legolas, who placed his hand on Kevin's shoulder and gave him a reassuring nod.

A moment passed in stunned silence at Wormtongue's sudden departure, but then Hama called out, "Hail, Théoden King!" and the people knelt before their king.

As they did so, the gates of Edoras opened in the distance, and the traitor galloped through them.

-oo000oo-

The day had finally arrived.  Steve and Gail looked around their pleasant guest room, making sure that they had not forgotten anything they might need.  They had taken Elrond's advice on not taking their more modern devices with them; he promised to bring them when he and Arwen left.

"For now," he had said, "I think it best that you not be burdened with too many things; you still may encounter enemies or other dangers in the Wild and be forced to flee.  You will have your daughters to care for, after all.  Speed is imperative now; my daughter and our retinue and I will only leave after the War has ended and the danger is past."  He gave a sigh of frustration.  "I would that I could prevail upon you to wait, but I already know that you will not."

Steve had simply nodded, and Gail had said, "No, we really need to find our other children."

Elrond had nodded in agreement.  Truthfully, he could understand.  If he were in their shoes, he would want to do the same thing.

But while their packs were somewhat lighter, they did have gifts much as the older children had been given before their departure.  Among other things, Steve had been given a rough stone, which he puzzled over, until Arwen explained to him that it was what the Dúnedain used, when they had the time, to scrape their beards.  "Although many, like my beloved Aragorn, use their knives to shave.  But I did not think you would care to try that method."

Steve smiled.  “I prefer to stay clean-shaven myself, so if there is any way that I can safely shave, I will do so.”  He chuckled.  "But you are right, I don't think I would care to accidentally cut my throat just for a shave."  He still had one or two of his disposable razors, which was what he usually used when camping, but they would soon be gone, and he had left his electric razor at home.

The Lady Arwen was walking down to breakfast with him and Gail.  Mairen had already taken Kaylee and Megan down to breakfast a short time earlier.  "I have enjoyed your company," their hostess said, "and especially that of your sweet daughters.  The laughter of children is a rare thing in these halls."

When they arrived, they saw that the girls had saved them a place, for they were already eating, surrounded by Mairen, Eledhwen, and Bilbo.  But two chairs next to Kaylee were empty; she'd been saving them for her parents.  Steve and Gail went to the sideboard to collect their food, and soon joined the merry little group.  The little sisters were giggling together at some silly thing Bilbo was saying.

"I am sorry that you will be leaving," the old hobbit said, as soon as Steve had asked the blessing.  "But I am very glad that I got to meet your delightful family."

"You're welcome," Gail responded.  "And I'm so glad to have met you as well, Bilbo.  You've been a good teacher to Kaylee and Megan...and to me."  Gail truly was grateful for the lessons she had learned, not only those of cooking over fire or identifying herbs, but of teaching her that her children were capable of learning things that she had thought them too young for.  She'd come to realize that she had babied them and spoiled them a little, when perhaps she should have been giving them more scope for learning valuable life skills at a young age.  It was hard to admit that Steve's occasional admonishment that she was overprotective of her children was true, but yes, she had been.  The sight of Kaylee happily eating foods she would never have touched before (and which Gail would never have dreamed of making her eat) was proof enough of that.

She gave Steve a rueful smile, and he guessed what she was thinking and gave her an encouraging squeeze of the hand, before he turned back to his own food.  He had grown fond of Elvish frumenty, and he didn't know if he'd get any such thing in the Wild or in Lothlórien, and he'd never heard of it back home.  He'd enjoy it while he could.  It would make a good casserole dish, if mixed with ground beef, he thought.

Soon it was time to go.  There was no need to trek down to the paddocks; the grooms would bring their mounts up to the courtyard in front of the Last Homely House.  Steve's Loborros was a big gelding with a slightly shaggy red coat, while Gail had been given a light grey mare with white socks and a white blaze, named Calroc.

Several members of the household who were not going at this time accompanied them—among them, Bilbo, and there were many others who had already gathered there to farewell them all.

Elrond watched as they mounted their horses.  Mairen was mounted, and then Steve passed Megan up to her.  It simply wasn't practical yet for their youngest to ride with him or Gail, not until they were better riders.  Hopefully, they would be able to do so for at least a few hours a day, taking turns, by the time the journey was over.

Lucy, who was now seven months old, had long since been housebroken, and in the kennel, she had quickly learned to heel, to sit, to stand, to stay, to lie down, and to come when called.  More recently, she had also learned how to trot alongside the horses without spooking them or getting clipped by their hooves, and she had learned some other commands that would be necessary for the journey.  In the process, Lucy had reached the point where she now obeyed all commands reliably.  She had already seemed to form “friendships” with the horses and ponies of Rivendell.  Curubor had explained to Steve and Gail that sometimes she’d still need to be carried on horseback for a while; even a full-grown dog might find keeping their travel pace all the time to be rather tiring, and would need some relief, and Lucy was still a puppy.  Right now, she was skipping back and forth, and giving excited little jumps, as though she knew an adventure was ahead.

Kaylee threw her arms around Bilbo.  “I want you to go, too, Mr. Baggins!”

Bilbo returned her hug.  "I wish that I could, my dear, but I can't.  I will miss you, though."  He said no more than that.  Let the child cling to hope, but he doubted that they would meet again.

"Please, tell Merrylegs 'bye for me?" she said, as she quickly mounted into the saddle.  "Barrel is a good pony and I love her, but I love Merrylegs, too!"

With a laugh, Bilbo gave Barrel a pat on the nose.  "I certainly will pass along your message, Miss Kaylee."

Elrond stood before the group, and Arwen passed among those leaving with a goblet.  Even though she knew that Steve and Gail did not drink wine, she offered them the courtesy anyway.  They had been forewarned, and each took the goblet and merely wet their lips, before she went to offer it to Glorfindel and the warriors, including Mairen, who wore light armour over her traveling clothes and carried a bow slung across her back.  Eledhwen then handed Arwen another goblet containing sweet cider, which she offered to Kaylee, and then Megan.

Elrond spoke to Glorfindel.  "I know that you will care well for our guests.  Please give the Lady Galadriel and Lord Celeborn my greetings and well wishes, and offer them any help they need in defence of the Golden Wood."

"I will, my lord," was the response.

Now the Master of Imladris addressed them all.  "We fare you well in your journey, and wish you safety in these dark times.  May you soon find your other children at the end of the road.  Thankfully, our scouts found no sign of enemies so far as they went."

Steve smiled.  “Thank you.”  Gail nodded.

Glorfindel and six of the warriors rode ahead; Steve, Gail, Kaylee, and Mairen with Megan before her, were positioned behind them.  The remaining warriors went at the rear of the group, the last two leading a pack pony apiece.

They started off, leaving the confines of the Valley, upon the narrow road that would lead them into the Misty Mountains.  After a few minutes, Kaylee began to sing a little song in her sweet treble, one that she had learned from Bilbo.

"The road goes ever, ever on,

Down from the door where it began…"

-oo000oo-

Jennifer woke from a light doze.  Treebeard had stopped reciting his poetry.  It was beautiful to listen to, but also soothing, and kept making her sleepy.  She noticed that Joey was also sound asleep in the Ent's other hand, while Merry and Pippin were faintly snoring.

Scanning the forest, she noticed that twilight was coming on; beneath the trees, it was almost dark.  She also realized that they were going uphill, and that the river that Treebeard had called the Entwash was splashing down from the springs up above, running down the rocks almost like stairs.  On the right of the stream there was a long grass-clad area, leeched of colour in the growing darkness.  Treebeard carried them there; his pace had changed, though it did not slacken, and it was enough to waken the others.  He was taking them towards two large trees that made a sort of gateway with their interwoven boughs.

As Treebeard approached, the trees lifted up their branches, and all their leaves quivered and rustled.  The trees were in full leaf, clearly some sort of evergreen with leaves instead of needles. They weren't holly, though the leaves were dark green and shiny.  Jennifer couldn't recognize what kind they were, though perhaps they might be related to laurel; she had never seen a tree like these where she came from.  Just past them was a wide clearing cut into the hillside.  On each side, the rest of the hill sloped upwards, maybe as much as forty or fifty feet.  Trees almost surrounded the clearing, seemingly taller the further back they went.

But at the back of the clearing stood a sheer cliffside, and there was a small hollow area, not really a cave, but more like an alcove.  The trees on either side of the alcove had entwined their branches to make a roof-like cover.  A path led to the little shelter. A small fall of water ran tinkling down the cliff, and poured down before the opening and gathered in a stone basin.  From there, it overflowed and ran down beside the path to flow away to the Entwash far away.

“Hm!  Here we are!” said Treebeard, breaking his long silence.  “I have brought you about seventy thousand ent-strides, but what that comes to in the measurement of your land I do not know.  Anyhow we are near the roots of the Last Mountain.  Part of the name of this place might be Wellinghall, if it were turned into your language.  I like it.  We will stay here tonight.”   He set Merry, Pippin, Jennifer, and Joey down on the grass between the aisles of the trees, and they followed him towards the great arch.  They noticed that as he walked his knees hardly bent, but his legs opened in a great stride.  Jennifer realized for the first time that the Ent walked toes first, instead of heel-first, like humans.

For a moment Treebeard stood under the rain of the falling spring, and took a deep breath; then he laughed, and passed inside.  A great stone table stood there, but no chairs.  At the back of the bay it was already quite dark.  Treebeard lifted two great vessels and stood them on the table.  They seemed to be filled with water; but he held his hands over them, and immediately they began to glow, one with a golden and the other with a rich green light; and the blending of the two lights lit the bay; as if the sun of summer was shining through a roof of young leaves.  Looking back, they saw that the trees in the court had also begun to glow, faintly at first, but steadily quickening, until every leaf was edged with light: some green, some gold, some red as copper; while the tree-trunks looked like pillars moulded out of luminous stone.

“Well, well, now we can talk again,” said Treebeard.  “You are thirsty I expect.  Perhaps you are also tired.  Drink this!”  He went to the back of the bay, and then they saw that several tall stone jars stood there, with heavy lids.  He removed one of the lids, and dipped in a great ladle, and with it filled five bowls, one very large bowl, and four smaller ones.

“This is an ent-house,” he said, “and there are no seats, I fear.  But you may sit on the table.”  Picking up Jennifer, Joey, and the hobbits one at a time, he set each of them on the great stone slab, six feet above the ground, and there they all sat dangling their legs, and drinking in sips.  The drink was like water, indeed very like the taste of the draughts they had drunk from the Entwash near the borders of the forest, and yet there was some scent and flavour Jennifer could not quite identify.

She sniffed the bowl he had given her.  It smelled like nothing more than clear fresh water, with a slight hint of herbs.  She drank it down, and so did the others.  It made her feel refreshed from the tip of her toes to the top of her head.  

Joey gulped the contents of his bowl down.  "Wow!  This is the best water I've ever tasted, ever!"

“Yeah, it is delicious, isn’t it?” Jennifer agreed, smiling.  Joey nodded agreement and took another swallow.

At last, Treebeard set his bowl down again, laid himself on a long stone ledge, and gestured for them to sit upon the grass.  "Now, hoom, hum, I would hear your tale!”

The hobbits and children slid off the table and perched on the grass, cross-legged.  “Now tell me your tale, and do not hurry!” said Treebeard.

It was Pippin who started.  The hobbits told him the story of their adventures ever since they had left Hobbiton.  They followed no very clear order, for they interrupted one another continually, and Treebeard often stopped the speaker, and went back to some earlier point, or jumped forward asking questions about later events.  They said nothing whatever about the Ring, and did not tell him why they had set out or where they were going to; and he did not ask for any reasons.  All the while, Jennifer listened carefully, and next to her, so did Joey.  She and Joey had heard a little about the hobbits’ adventures before they had arrived in Rivendell, but mostly in snippets, and not really in order.  And then it was Jennifer’s turn to add in the parts where her brothers and sister had joined the story, aided by Joey.  From time to time, as his sister and the hobbits talked, Joey tossed a small stone from his pocket into the air and caught it.

It was a very long story at this point, but Treebeard did not seem to notice.  He was immensely interested in everything: in the Black Riders, in Elrond, and Rivendell, in the McCloud children’s arrival in Middle-earth, in the Old Forest, and Tom Bombadil, in the Mines of Moria, and in Lothlórien and Galadriel.  He made the hobbits describe the Shire and its country over and over again, and he made Jennifer and Joey describe their world as well.

Finally, Jennifer noticed that Joey was flagging, and she was beginning to tire as well.  She began yawning.  "I'm sorry," she said, "I can hardly keep my eyes open, and Joey's really sleepy, too."  She nodded toward her brother, whose chin kept drooping to his chest and then jerking up.  His eyes would pop open and then slowly close again.  The pebble that he had been playing with earlier lay on the ground by the table.

"Hoom, hum," Treebeard answered.  "I am a poor host, making you tell your stories while you are so tired.  Lay you down upon the soft turf and take your rest."

Jennifer helped Joey down and to walk a few paces, and then curled up at her little brother's side.  Her last thought before she fell asleep was, Thank you, Lord, for sending us a friend.  Please take care of Kaylee back in Rivendell, and the others, especially Kevin…  Her thoughts drifted away before she was quite finished as the music of the falling stream soothed her to sleep.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 32: Wherever You Are

It had not taken them long to enter the foothills of the Misty Mountains, and now they were traveling over the mountains themselves.  More than ever, Steve was glad they had chosen to allow Megan to ride with Mairen.  As their group navigated the narrow single-file path at the edge of a mountain, he was nervous enough on his own; he'd be terrified for her safety if he had his baby in front of him.  There was no conversation right now; Gail was riding behind him, with Mairen and Megan behind her, and Kaylee on her little Barrel behind the Elf-woman.  There was a string of warriors both in front of and behind the little family.  Two of the warriors had gone ahead to scout out a location for them to make camp, and Steve had begun to wonder when they would stop.  He shivered.  It might be near the end of winter here, but at this altitude, it was still pretty darn cold.  Good thing they were all wearing warm cloaks!  Their family had been dressed for early spring, and didn't have any clothing with them that would have been suitable for this kind of climate.  But Elrond had gifted them with these cloaks, which were light, yet amazingly warm, and which also seemed to repel water to a certain degree.  They'd remain dry in all but the worst of downpours.

This must be like traveling through the Swiss Alps! he thought, gazing down at the tiny white, star-shaped flowers growing at his horse’s hooves.  These mountains even have edelweiss!  Raising his head, he scanned the rising mountain to his left and the valley to his right.  The first few nights, they had been in the foothills, and it had been easy enough to find a place to camp, but up here?  He sure hoped they would find somewhere good to stop before it got dark.

Just then, he saw the Elf in front of him hold his arm up, before stopping.  His horse stopped automatically before it ran into the one in front of it. Like all animals trained by Elves, it was exceptionally intelligent.  He leaned forward and patted his mount on the neck.  "Good boy, Loborros."  The big red horse gave a whicker, and leaned into Steve's hand, reminding him of a cat that wanted to be petted.  He rubbed it for a few seconds, before the Elf in front of him turned to relay a message.

"The scouts have found our stopping-place for the night," the Elf said.  "It is about a half a league from here, a cave that is known to Lord Glorfindel.”

"Thank you, Terevor."  A half a league was about a mile and a half, if Steve recalled correctly.  That wasn't far, and he looked forward to stopping for the night.  He gave Terevor a nod, and turned to speak to Gail, so she could pass on the message.

Gail was glad to hear they would be stopping soon.  Riding when you could not converse with anyone except your own thoughts was rather tedious.  Besides, underneath it all, she had a purely physical reaction every time she glanced to her right, and could see the sheer drop below.  She knew perfectly well that her well-trained Calroc was not going to slip.  She thought that if the horses had not been so wonderfully beautiful, like the Elves that bred them, they could have been part goat, since they were so sure-footed.  She had never really been afraid of heights before, but it was such a long way down!

Also, she thought that her legs and her rear end would be glad to stop as well.  Riding around a paddock did not have nearly the same effect on her body that riding hours on end on a narrow trail did.  She turned and looked at Mairen.  Megan, who was seated firmly before her nursemaid, grinned up at her mother.

"Hi, Mommy!  Can I ride with you now?"

"No, sweetie, not yet.  You stay with Mairen.  Mommy's not good enough at riding to take you yet."

Megan gave a tiny pout, but did not argue.  Like Kaylee, her behaviour had improved immensely in the company of Elves.

Gail lifted her eyes to Mairen.  "They are sending a message down the line, that we will stop in about a half a league."

Mairen gave a nod.  "Very well...Gail."  Gail had insisted that since they were traveling together, they should be on a first-name basis.  Mairen was not quite comfortable with that concept yet, but she was consistent once Gail had told her.  "I shall tell Kaylee."

Kaylee had wondered why everyone had stopped.  She wrinkled her nose.  While they were waiting, Barrel had pooped on the trail.  She looked up when Mairen turned around.

"Miss Kaylee, we have only to ride a little longer—half-a-league, if you can remember that.  Will you tell Raendir?"

“OK, Mairen.”  Kaylee smiled, and then giggled.  “Reindeer!”  She gazed intently into her nursemaid's eyes.  “Think maybe we’ll see some stone giants?” she asked hopefully.

“I hope not!” her mother said fervently from up in front of Mairen.  Bilbo had told them all about that battle in the Misty Mountains during his Adventure, and Gail had thought he was making it up, until Elrond had assured her that it was the truth.  But their host had also told her it was not the season for such goings-on in the mountains, and that there were very few of the stone giants left.

"Their race has very nearly died out," he had said with a sigh.

Kaylee felt bad about that.  She really would have liked to have seen one.  But Bilbo had assured her that the actual experience was not nearly as much fun as hearing about it.

She turned, and carefully repeated Mairen's message to the Elf behind her, who was carrying Lucy before him on his saddle.  It was too scary for Lucy to try running alongside on this narrow mountain path, was what Glorfindel had said.   "Hey, Rudolph!  Mairen says we are going to stop in half of a league." 

She gave the Elf a cheeky grin, and he shook his head with a smile.  She had sung for him the song of a reindeer named Rudolph, mocked and laughed at by the other reindeer because of his red nose, although he was not quite certain why she had decided upon it as an epessë for him.  Still, he could deny the little one nothing, even to be called by such a strange and undignified name.

"Thank you, Miss Kaylee."  He turned to pass the word on.

Kaylee giggled again.  When they did this, it kind of reminded her of the game of Whispers they used to play in class sometimes.  Boy, would she have a lot to tell when she got back to school!

Glorfindel had begun to ride once more, following the scouts.  He knew these trails well, and of the cave they spoke of.  He had sent them ahead to make sure it was still safe.  After the Battle of Five Armies, Master Elrond had sent some of his Elves to secure the cave and make it safe for others who journeyed.  The entrances into the old goblin mines had been well blocked, and the outer cave had been expanded and made into a comfortable waystation.  Thankfully, Glorfindel’s scouts had reported that the protections had held, and that no goblins or wild animals had taken refuge once more in the cave, so they could look forward to a good night's rest in just a short while.

-oo000oo-

On the day after Gandalf and his companions had arrived, a funeral was held for Théodred, Théoden's son, who had been slain in battle while the King was still under Saruman's spell.  Kevin and the others followed the mourners out of the town, where the barrows were for the burial.

Kevin watched.  It was so different from any funeral he had been to before.  It seemed sadder and somehow more dignified than the ones he was used to.  He supposed it was because they did not talk about the Resurrection.  They knew nothing about it, since all of that knowledge was far in the future, likely thousands of years longer than he could even imagine.  But Éowyn sang a beautiful song; it was in Rohirric, so he did not understand it.  But it made tears come to his eyes.

Lord, Kevin silently prayed, I know that Théodred could not believe in You.  That's all way in the future.  But I am confident that You will take care of him.  He paused.  Please take care of Théoden, too!  I know that he doesn't know about what will come, and can't be a believer, but he is a good man.  Please give him something that will comfort him and give him hope.  Please take care of him and help him.  In Jesus’ name, amen.

He wondered what sort of beliefs the people of Rohan had.  He knew the Elves believed in God as Creator, though they called Him Eru, but he thought that the hobbits did not even have any ideas about God.  But maybe he was wrong; maybe some people did, even some hobbits.  Perhaps he would get a chance to talk about it to Gandalf.  If anyone could tell him, it would be Gandalf.

Kevin recalled some of what they had learned about pagan mythology in his history classes and his literature books in his English classes, as well as in the Bible itself.  The ancient Greeks and Romans had lots of gods, and so did a lot of other past civilizations.  But if he remembered right, even some ancient people believed in the One.  After all, even before and after the Flood, there had been people right up to Abraham’s time who had believed in the true God, and of course, the ancient Israelites in the Old and New Testament eras had.

I wish I understood more about that; I know some people in the Old Testament were saved, he thought.  We never have talked about that in Bible class yet.  I wonder if Gandalf can answer my questions.  He might be able to do that.

When the funeral was over, and as they were heading back to the gates, there was a cry.  He looked up to see several people staring in the distance. He followed their gaze up to a ridge in the distance.

A horse had trotted over the ridge, ridden by two children.  Suddenly one of the children slid off the horse and fell to the ground.

At an order from Théoden, three of his Riders raced to them.  Two of them took the children upon their horses and rode quickly back, while the third slowly led back the exhausted horse.  The children, one, a boy in his early teens and the other a little girl of about eight, were brought in where they could rest and tell their story.  

After being cleaned up by Éowyn and a couple of her serving maidens, they were brought in to sit at a table in the Great Hall and given some food.  They ate ravenously as Éowyn sat by them quietly, gently questioning the children.  Then Éowyn stood up next to them, looking up to where Théoden sat on his throne with Gandalf at his side.

Éowyn said, "They had no warning.  They were unarmed.  Now the Wild Men are moving through the Westfold, burning as they go—rick, cot, and tree."  Aragorn, Legolas, and Gimli exchanged concerned glances.

The little girl—whose name, they had learned, was Freda—looked up at Éowyn and asked plaintively, "Where's Mama?"  Éowyn immediately turned and gave her a hug.

Gandalf turned to the King.  "This is but a taste of the terror that Saruman will unleash.  All the more potent, for he is driven now by fear of Sauron.  Ride out and meet him head-on."  The wizard leaned forward, putting a hand on the arm of the throne; the king looked at him warily.  “Draw him away from your women and children.  You should fight."

Aragorn stood up and faced Théoden.  "You have two-thousand good men riding north as we speak.  Éomer is loyal to you.  His men will return and fight for their king.”  He sat back down and inserted his lit pipe into his mouth.

Théoden rose from his throne and walked to the centre of the Hall.  "They will be three hundred leagues from here by now.  Éomer cannot help us."  He turned to Gandalf.  “I know what it is that you want of me, but I will not bring further death to my people.  I will not risk open war."

"Open war is upon you, whether you would risk it or not," added Aragorn, removing his pipe before speaking.

Éowyn spun to look at her uncle and Aragorn.  Théoden turned toward Aragorn and said sternly, "When last I looked, Théoden, not Aragorn, was King of Rohan."

Gandalf silenced Aragorn with a look, and then turned back to Théoden.  "Then what is the king’s decision?"

Théoden turned away from them for a moment, concern etched on his face.  After a moment, he said, "We shall make for the stronghold of Helm's Deep.  It has never been breached in time of war."

Aragorn, Boromir, Legolas, and Gimli all exchanged glances with a mutual expression of concern.  Gandalf simply nodded thoughtfully to himself.  Kevin looked at them all, wondering what they knew that he didn't.

Théoden summoned his men and hurried away to begin the preparations for mustering his army and preparing the people of Edoras for an evacuation.  Kevin and his companions watched as the king went off to set his plans in motion.  Gandalf, Aragorn, and Boromir all exchanged a look of dismay.  Gandalf shook his head and looked thoughtful.  "I must go," he said.  "If I hurry, I may yet find a way to avert disaster.  Rohan must be defended."

The wizard put his words to action, and hurried from the Hall and down the steps.  “Helm’s Deep,” Gimli grumbled.  “They flee to the mountains when they should stand and fight.”

Kevin followed his five travelling companions into the stables, with Gandalf hurrying ahead of them.  What was he up to? Kevin wondered.  What were they all going to do?  Were they all going to Helm’s Deep, whatever it was?

"Who will defend them, if not their king?" Gimli grumbled.

"He’s only doing what he thinks is best for his people." replied Aragorn.

"Helm’s Deep has saved them in the past," added Boromir.  "In fact, it has never failed them, and Théoden has no reason to believe that it will not do so now."

Kevin grimaced.  Just as well that Jennifer and Joey aren’t here!

Aragorn and Gandalf approached the stall where Shadowfax awaited his rider.  He looked eager to see the wizard.

"There is no way out of that ravine.  Théoden is walking into a trap.  He thinks he is leading them to safety.  What they will get is a massacre."  Gandalf looked grim as he spoke.  He turned to Aragorn.  “Théoden has a strong will, but I fear for him.  I fear for the survival of Rohan.  He will need you before the end, Aragorn.  The people of Rohan will need you.  The defences have to hold.  I must go to bring the help that Théoden thinks is beyond his reach."

Kevin watched the determination in Aragorn's eyes as he answered Gandalf.  "They will hold."

Gandalf gently stroked the mighty horse’s coat.  "The Grey Pilgrim.  That’s what they used to call me.  Three hundred lives of Men, I have walked this earth, and now I have no time."

Aragorn opened the stall door as Gandalf mounted Shadowfax.  "With luck," Gandalf said, "my search will not be in vain.  Look to my coming at first light on the fifth day.  At dawn, look to the east."

"Go," Aragorn said in a steely voice.   

Kevin found himself jumping out of the way, along with the others as Shadowfax came shooting out of the stall like a bullet.  The mighty horse was out of the stable doors before Kevin could even regain his balance.  For the time being, the remaining Fellowship was without Gandalf, again.  At least this time, they knew they'd see him again.  And thank goodness! Kevin thought.  Still, he couldn't help feeling dismayed.  He had badly wanted to talk to the wizard.  He had questions that he could not ask anyone else.

It took longer than Kevin thought it would, for all the talk of urgency, to arrange the evacuation of the city.  In fact, even though the citizens of Edoras were under orders to take only necessary provisions, the preparations took all day to complete.  But at sunrise the next morning, the first wains of evacuees began heading out.  Warriors rode up and down the lines of women and children and the elderly.  Lady Éowyn was in charge, and she kept the refugees in order.

Those who were mounted rode slowly, so as not to outpace those in wagons or on foot, but some rode ahead as scouts.  Kevin was definitely not one of those, although Aragorn and Legolas were.  They had been gone quite some time, in fact, although several Rohirric scouts had returned.

Kevin was beginning to feel anxious.  He turned to Boromir, who was riding beside him.  "Shouldn't Aragorn and Legolas be back by now?"

Boromir shrugged.  "Perhaps, but scouting can take a while.  If they find anything of importance, I am sure at least one of them will report back."

"It just makes me worry about them a little," Kevin confessed sheepishly.  He expected the warrior would laugh at him.

But Boromir just nodded, although he had an amused smile.  "You have a good heart, Kevin McCloud.  But those two are seasoned warriors and skilled trackers.  Do not fear for them."

Somewhat relieved by Boromir's words, Kevin nodded, and the two rode in silence for a while.

Kevin guessed that it was about another hour, when Theoden gave the signal to halt for a brief respite, so that those on foot could rest a while.  He took the opportunity to dismount and stretch and walk about a little.  Kevin wandered up to the front of the line, hoping to maybe hear what the King was talking about.  He wanted to know what was going on.

Just as the King was about to give the order to resume their journey, Legolas came riding up.  He rode straight to where Théoden was speaking with Éomer.  Kevin stood near them and could overhear his report.

"Aragorn and I came across two orc scouts.  I slew one with my bow, but the other got away.  Aragorn went after it, to ensure that it cannot report our position.”  The King nodded, and Legolas continued.  "He said to go ahead.  He will find us after he eliminates the danger of the scout reporting to the enemy."

"Very well.  He knows where are going."

Kevin bit his lower lip.  Aragorn knew what he was doing, Kevin knew, but it was so hard not to worry!  If only someone could have gone with him, to watch his back when he fights that orc, he thought.  Please, God, protect Aragorn!  Amen.

At that point, the King ordered them all to continue onward, and Kevin mounted his horse.  For a long time, he rode in silence.  His thoughts kept returning to Aragorn, and he kept attempting to beat back the worry that kept surging in his gut.

“Kevin?”

Startled, Kevin turned to notice Legolas riding alongside him.  The boy smiled sheepishly.  “Sorry.  I keep thinking about Aragorn.”

Legolas nodded.  “And worrying about him.”

Kevin grimaced.  “Yeah, to be honest.  He's all alone, Legolas!  What if he runs into some orcs?”

Legolas nodded agreement.  “Yes, he is, Kevin, but it is not the first time he has acted alone.”

Kevin bit his lower lip.  "I'm sure it's not."

"Would you care to hear of his most recent such adventure?" the Elf asked.

Kevin raised an eyebrow and tried to imitate Pippin's expression when the subject of stories came up.  "Would I?" he asked.  “I sure would!”

Legolas laughed and then began.  "It was some years ago, when Gandalf asked our friend to track down the creature Gollum, for he much desired to speak with the wretched beast.  Thus began one of Aragorn's less delightful and more lengthy tasks…"

Legolas' tale of the hunt for Gollum was quite exciting and interesting, and the Elf successfully kept Kevin’s mind from worry as they rode.

Still, the longer they rode without any sign of Aragorn's return, the more Kevin's worry returned.  And he could not help but fear that perhaps something had happened to their friend.  It was difficult; he had two more people to worry about besides his brother and sister and Merry and Pippin.  And Frodo and Sam, too.  He wasn't used to having so many he cared about in so much danger.  It didn't help that there were no easy ways to communicate, as there were back home.

They rode for a very long time. Legolas said they'd been riding for forty leagues, at least.  No wonder I'm getting sore; that's almost a hundred and twenty miles, Kevin thought.  He noticed that Gimli looked really tired, too.

Wonder if Dad got tired like this, when he went off to war years ago?  I’ll be he did!  I guess he spent some time riding in jeeps or tanks back then, but he also had to do a lot of marching on patrol every day with his gun and army pack, when he wasn’t fighting in battles, and that’s very tiring.  And if he had to ride in cars for long distances, that must have also been really tiring.  Just riding in a car for hours at a time can get pretty tiring, too.

Kevin was really exhausted as twilight began to fall, and the group began to near the Westfold.  They approached a green valley which lay between the mountains; it narrowed into a gorge that led into the place the Rohirrim called Helm's Deep.  They rode on and on, the way growing steep and narrow, until they were surrounded by high cliffs.

There it was: Helm's Deep, its mighty walls pierced only by a wide culvert through which a stream passed, flowing into a gully beyond.  Over a stone causeway they passed to the gate.  There were stone walls rearing up all around, immensely high, almost boxing them in.  Horns sounded from the riders, announcing their approach, and the wide gates opened to let them in.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer woke to the sound of voices.  It seemed that Merry and Pippin were already awake and talking with Treebeard.

"...You have brought me a bundle of news and no mistake," Treebeard's gruff voice was saying.  "You have not told me all, no indeed, not by a long way.  But I do not doubt that you are doing as Gandalf would wish.  There is something very big going on, that I can see, and what it is maybe I shall learn in good time, or in bad time.  By root and twig, but it is a strange business: up sprout a little folk that are not in the old lists, journeying with children from a strange and distant land.  Behold the Nine forgotten Riders reappear to hunt them, and Gandalf takes them on a great journey, and Galadriel harbours them in Caras Galadhon, and Orcs pursue them down all the leagues of Wilderland: indeed they seem to be caught up in a great storm. I hope they weather it!”

"And what about yourself?" Merry began to ask the Ent.

Jennifer sat up and ran her hair through her fingers.  “Good morning,” she interrupted.

"Good morning," rumbled Treebeard, distracted by her awakening.  "I hope that you slept well."

She nodded, and then glanced over to where Joey was still sleeping hard, his head pillowed by his own hands, which were clasped beneath his cheek.  A fond smile crept across her face as she gazed down at her slumbering little brother.

The Ent offered her another bowl of water, which she drank thirstily, and then splashed her face a bit with what was left in the bottom.  The Ent didn't seem to notice, as he had continued his conversation with the hobbits, telling them that he had not heeded much about the earlier wars of Elves and Men.  "...I am not altogether on anybody's side, because nobody is altogether on my side, if you understand me: nobody cares for the woods as I care for them, not even Elves nowadays.  Still, I take more kindly to Elves than to others: it was the Elves that cured us of dumbness long ago, and that was a great gift that cannot be forgotten, though our ways have parted since.  And there are some things, of course, whose side I am altogether not on; I am against them altogether: these—burárum…”  (he again made a deep rumble of disgust)  "...these Orcs, and their masters."

Jennifer shuddered.  "Orcs are awful!" she said.  "They are the worst thing I've ever dealt with."  That was an understatement.  Jennifer sometimes wished she could use some stronger language.  It was hard to think of words bad enough to describe orcs without cussing, and she couldn't do that.

Pippin did, though his cussing was pretty mild.  "They are bloody monsters, is what they are!"

Merry jabbed his cousin in the side with his elbow, and gestured at Jennifer with his head.

Pippin blushed.  "Sorry, Jennifer."

"That's all right, Pippin."  She really didn't think of that as a cuss word, but it was pretty strong language for a hobbit, she guessed.

Treebeard agreed that the orcs were monstrous beasts, though he added that the creatures of shadow had not troubled him much when they were far away.  "But Saruman now!  Saruman is a neighbour: I cannot overlook him.  I must do something, I suppose.  I have often wondered lately what I should do about Saruman."

The Ent spent a few moments, seemingly muttering to himself about Saruman and the Orcs, and then finally he stopped abruptly.  Treebeard raised himself from his bed with a jerk, stood up, and thumped his hand on the table.  The vessels of light trembled and sent up two jets of flame.  The Ent's deep green eyes seemed to flicker with anger.

“I will stop it!” he boomed.  “And you shall come with me.  You may be able to help me.  You will be helping your own friends that way, too; for if Saruman is not checked Rohan and Gondor will have an enemy behind as well as in front.  Our roads go together—to Isengard!”

Merry and Pippin gave a cheer, and Jennifer did, too, which finally wakened Joey.

"What's going on?" he asked sleepily, yawning and stretching.

Treebeard strode to the archway and stood for some time under the falling rain of the spring. Then he laughed and shook himself, and wherever the drops of water fell glittering from him to the ground they glinted like red and green sparks.  In the meantime, while the old Ent stood and thought, Jennifer and the hobbits filled Joey in on much of what Treebeard had told them.

They sat and waited for their host in the cool of the morning, while Joey had a drink of the refreshing water, and wondered among themselves what Treebeard was planning.

Suddenly, the Ent lifted his head, and gave a mighty call, sounding almost like a giant horn.  The sound seemed to be echoed back at them over and over...until they realized that it was not echoes at all, but other Ents responding to Treebeard's call.  He turned to his guests.  "Now, my small friends, we go to Entmoot!"  He lowered his arms, so that the hobbits and children could climb up to ride upon him once more.

“Where is Entmoot?” Pippin ventured to ask, once they had arrayed themselves on him as they had the day before.

“Hoo, eh?  Entmoot?” said Treebeard.  “It is not a place, it is a gathering of Ents—which does not often happen nowadays.  We shall meet in the place where we have always met: Derndingle Men call it.  It is away south from here.  We must be there before noon.”

And with the four of them settled in place, Treebeard set off, and Jennifer could have sworn his pace was somewhat hastier than it had been the day before.  She could hear him occasionally repeat his call, and hear answering replies as they went.  Jennifer had a feeling that they were headed for something momentous and altogether dangerous, and not only for them, but hopefully for Saruman as well.

I hope it will be! she thought.

-oo000oo-

It had not taken the travellers very long to reach the small cave.  The Elves had somewhat enlarged it in the process of making it safe from any future orc intrusion over the years since Thorin Oakenshield and Company had spent that eventful stormy night there.  They had also taken care to keep it provisioned with dry firewood.  An Elf named Amdir was tasked with starting a fire, while Raendir and his friend Cenion retrieved some of their foodstuffs from the packhorses.

Kaylee took it upon herself to entertain Megan, who was inclined to be cranky after sitting in front of Mairen all day.  “London Bridge is falling down, Falling down, falling down.  London Bridge is falling down, My fair lady,” Kaylee sang to her little sister, who soon laughed and joined in.  Since there were no other little children to play the game with in the way that it was supposed to be played, Kaylee and Megan played it as they would ring-around-the-rosy.  The two took hands and danced around in circles, falling to the ground at the end of that verse.  “Take the keys and lock her up, Lock her up, lock her up.  Take the keys and lock her up, My fair lady.”

Kaylee sang another song or two, and soon Megan had settled next to her, leaning against her older sister, and sucking her thumb.  Kaylee looked up as the grown-ups finished arranging the campfire.  Lucy was wandering around, sniffing the cave floor, and begging absent-minded pats on the head from the various Elves as they went about their tasks.

“Now’s when I could use some frankfurters,” Gail said.  “And some hot dog buns!”

Steve laughed.  “Me, too, and some marshmallows, too!  I would welcome a s’more to snack on, myself.  But we’ll just have to make do without those till we get back home.”  Gail nodded.

Glorfindel sat down against the wall of the cave.  He smiled at Kaylee and Megan, who ventured to sit next to him.  “Well, little ones,” he said, “it is much more comfortable for us than it was for Bilbo, Gandalf, and the Dwarves, when they tried to camp here, is it not?  And fortunately, we do not have to worry about goblins as they did!”

Kaylee giggled.  “Bilbo said it was raining, and that’s why they had to sleep in this cave,” she said.  “What’ll we do if it rains?”

Glorfindel leaned against the cave wall.  “Well, Miss Kaylee, it depends.  As for tonight, we are already in the cave and will be warm and dry if it does start to rain during the night, save for Egnil and Thenor, who shall be on watch outside tonight.  If it decides to rain while we are riding, we will either keep going and ride through the rain, or we will look for other shelter to stay in until the rain is over.  Either way, we will likely get a little bit wet, unfortunately.  As Bilbo often says, adventures are not always pony rides in May sunshine!  And he is right.  You may be sure that your brothers and sister have long since found that out.”

An amused smile crept across his face.  “But unless we have to sleep in the rain, at least we will not have to worry about getting wet in our beds!”  He shook his head.  “Not as I once did.”

“Really?”  Kaylee snuggled up against him, and Glorfindel took Megan on his lap.  “When?”  Kaylee gazed up at him, wide-eyed, and Megan stuck her thumb back in her mouth.

Glorfindel wrapped his arm around Kaylee.  “Once, a very long time ago, when I was still living in Valinor.  I was living in the palace of King Finarfin in Tirion with his son, Finrod.  The king’s Quenya name is Arafinwë, and his son’s name in Quenya is Findaráto.”  He shook his head.  “I had just awakened in my own bed when I saw Finrod standing over me, holding a bowl.  And do you know what that naughty elf did, Miss Kaylee, Miss Megan?  It turned out that that bowl was filled with water, and he dumped it all over me!”*

Kaylee giggled again, and Glorfindel laughed.  “Yes, it is funny, Miss Kaylee.  I can laugh about it now, but I certainly could not laugh about it then.”

Steve had his arm around Gail, and she leaned into him.  "That reminds me of a similar trick I pulled on Ryan when we were kids,” he said.  “But I rigged it so that he doused himself with the water."

Kaylee looked up at him with wide eyes.  "How did you do that, Daddy?"

He grinned at the memory.  "I filled a bucket with water and perched it up on top of the headboard of his bed.  Then I tied a string to the handle and the other end of the string to his big toe.  Then I tickled the bottom of his foot!"  He laughed out loud.  "He kicked right out and knocked the bucket over and woke up with a yell!  It completely doused him and his bed with water.  Unfortunately for me, the empty bucket then hit him in the head.  The racket all woke your grandma and grandpa, who came in to see what was going on.  They were not at all happy at being woken so early in the morning, Kaylee, and your grandma was really mad about the lump on Ryan's forehead.  Not to mention being mad about the wet bed and my brother's wet pajamas!  I was in big trouble over that one, let me tell you!  It was the end of my practical joking, anyway."

All of the Elves had a hearty laugh over the story, and then Avorn saw fit to mention some of the trouble that Elladan and Elrohir had caused, when they were very young.  Kaylee giggled, but her parents shook their heads.  “It would appear that children are children wherever you find them, whether they’re humans or elves,” Gail said, and Steve nodded agreement.

Soon, the food was ready, and the group assembled around the campfire.  Kaylee and Megan sat next to their parents, with Megan sitting between Kaylee and Gail.  “Megan, why don’t you ask the blessing?” Steve asked her.

Nodding, Megan took her sister’s and mother’s hands and bowed her head.  She chanted:

“T'ank You for the world so s’eet.

T'ank You for the food we eat.

T'ank You... "

Megan paused briefly, her face scrunched up as she tried to recall the words.  Kaylee leaned over and whispered in her ear.  Megan grinned, and quickly finished.

“...for the birds that sing.

T’ank You, God, for ev'yt’ing.

Jesus' name, A-Men!"

Raising her head, she grinned up at her parents, who nodded their approval.  “That was very good, Megan," her mother said, ruffling her youngest daughter's hair.

Mairen brought over wooden bowls of stew, warm and steaming, and plates of flatbread.  Everyone ate with a hearty appetite after the long day's journey, and before she had even finished, Megan fell asleep with a piece of bread still in her hand.

Steve carried her to the corner of the cave where the little family was to sleep.  Their bedrolls had already been laid out for them by the solicitous Elves.

“I am really glad goblins aren’t gonna get us!” Kaylee announced.

The others laughed.  “I really am, too, sweetheart,” her father agreed, as he wrapped his arm around her shoulders.

“And now, it’s time for prayers and dreamland, Kaylee,” Gail added.  Steve nodded agreement.

Kaylee lay down and said her prayers; once she had snuggled next to her slumbering sister, she was soon asleep as well.

Steve and Gail sat by them, their hands joined as they said a silent prayer together, before they, too, sought their beds. Gail soon was breathing softly in slumber, but Steve was awake for a little while, thinking of the journey ahead, and saying another silent prayer for his older children.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *Glorfindel’s anecdote about his dousing by Finrod can be found in Chapter 19: “Return to the Maze” (http://storiesofarda.com/chapterview.asp?sid=5080&cid=21120) of Elf, Interrupted: Book One: Glorfindel Redux (http://storiesofarda.com/chapterlistview.asp?SID=5080), by the late Fiondil, which is posted on on this Web site.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site. 

Chapter 33: Forest of No Return

Kevin was once more worried.  The entire group of refugees and the warriors had entered their stronghold, and were nearly settled in, and still there had been no sign of Aragorn.  The earlier soothing statements from Legolas and Boromir were now ringing a little hollow.  Something awful must have happened to keep the Ranger so long.  And while Boromir and Legolas were just beginning to show signs of the fears they had for their friend, Gimli was openly expressing his own worries, which did not allay Kevin's feelings one bit.

"Aragorn should have been here long ago!" exclaimed the Dwarf in a voice equal parts anger and fear, and not a little frustration added in.  "Naught could have kept him save something dire!  We should go and look for him!"

"We wouldn't even know where to start!" Kevin snapped, before he suddenly hung his head.  "I'm sorry, Gimli, but I am worried, too."

"Aye, laddie."  Gimli was also abashed.  "We shouldn't be taking it out on one another, no matter how worried we are."  He shook his head.  "And, much as I hate to admit it, you are right.  We've no idea of where to search for him."

Boromir laid a firm hand on Kevin's shoulder.  "Standing about fretting will not be of any use.  I confess that he has surely been overlong in re-joining us; but we should keep busy for now.  At the least, it will take our minds off—"  He stopped at a shout from Legolas.

The subject of their discussion had now come galloping over the hillock before Helm's Deep, and then hurried on to ride over the causeway into the mountain stronghold.

Gimli began to shove his way through the crowd, with Kevin and Boromir close behind.  "Where is he?  Where is he?  Get out of the way!  I’m going to kill him!"  It took the determined Dwarf scant seconds to reach his goal.  He planted his feet and put his hands on his hips, glaring up at his tall friend.  Then he smiled broadly.  "You are the luckiest, the canniest, and the most reckless man I ever knew!  Bless you, laddie!"  He threw his arms around Aragorn, who accepted his affection.

The Ranger stepped away, only to find his path blocked by Legolas, who put his hand on the Ranger's shoulder, looking amused.

"You are late," he said.  He raked his friend with his gaze.  "You look terrible!  Welcome back, mellon nin."

Aragorn laughed.  He looked at Legolas in amusement, and nodded with appreciation.  “Hannon le,” he added, and patted Legolas’s arm.  

By this time, Kevin and Boromir had caught up with the others.  "We thought you might be injured, or even dead," said Boromir.  Kevin kept silent.  The thought had kept crossing his own mind for hours.

"I had to chase that Orc scout almost all the way back to his fellows before I could stop him.  But I finally caught him.  He was not so hard to slay, but the Warg he rode upon was more difficult, and it was a close thing.  I was unhorsed when my mount sensibly bolted to avoid the Warg, and I was afoot for hours catching up with him.  Still, both orc and Warg are disposed of.  He will give no warning now.  But I got a good look at the foe, and then I rode all night to get here.  I have seen our enemies, and I must see the King.  Where is he?"

"Within the keep," Boromir replied.

Aragorn strode off, his friends close behind him.  Approaching Théoden’s chamber, Aragorn threw open the doors and entered the chamber, followed by the others.  He, Boromir, Legolas, Gimli, and Kevin all stood before those who were in the room, with Aragorn in front of his friends.  Théoden looked up.

"I have seen the host of the enemy," Aragorn said without preamble.  “It is a great host, one that far outnumbers those we have with us."

Théoden leaned forward, intent.  “A great host, you say?"

Aragorn nodded, his face serious.  "All Isengard is emptied."

The King grew pale.  "How many?"

"Ten thousand strong, at least," Aragorn replied grimly.  Kevin winced, and his eyes widened.  Ten thousand?  He couldn't even imagine that many Orcs!

Théoden stared, incredulous.  "Ten thousand?"

Aragorn nodded.  "It is an army bred for a single purpose...to destroy the world of Men," he grimly completed the bad news.  "They will be here by nightfall."

Kevin shook his head.  Where are machine guns and bombs when you need them?

Théoden turned away slowly, considering.  Finally, he walked resolutely from the hall.  "Let them come!" he said grimly.   All of them headed down the stairs towards the lower part of the keep.

“I want every man and strong lad able to bear arms to be ready for battle by nightfall," the King commanded Gamling as they went.  Gamling went to carry out Théoden's order, while Théoden, along with Aragorn and the others, continued onto just outside the main gate.  They looked out on the stone pathway leading into Helm's Deep.  He addressed his plan.  "We will cover the causeway and the gate from above.  No army has ever breached the Deeping Wall or set foot inside the Hornburg!"

Gimli snorted, and expressed doubt at the strategy.

"I have fought many wars, Master Dwarf.  I know how to defend my own Keep."  Théoden turned and walked back into the Keep.

Aragorn, Boromir, and Legolas followed.  Gimli lagged behind, looking put out.  Kevin glanced at the Dwarf.  "I don't think Théoden liked what you said."

The Dwarf shrugged.  "He has never encountered an army like this one will be, lad.  But he puts too much faith in this Keep."  He started to walk after the others.

Kevin followed them, thinking he certainly hoped Gimli was wrong.  Again, he wished that the weapons of warfare from his own world were available to defeat this approaching enemy.  An atomic bomb would wipe them all out!  But then he realized, And it would wipe us out, too!  Maybe the bomb itself wouldn’t kill us, since we’d use it on Saruman’s army long before it ever got here, but the radiation sickness would.  Maybe a rifle or a machine gun would be nice, but I guess bows and swords will have to do.

Then he winced as his rational thoughts caught up with his mood; here he was wishing for horrible weapons to kill with.  He was learning to be a warrior, but somehow his thoughts made him feel ashamed.  Yet he knew they would have to kill the enemy; they had no choice.  What was he turning into?  Kevin shook his head and hurried to catch up with the others. 

-oo000oo-

The refugees were quickly organized into taking their belongings and what supplies they had down into the caverns.  Kevin was among those helping the elderly and infirm to get into the caves.  He was carrying one end of a litter and a Rohirric warrior the other end, as they carried an elderly man into one of the caves.  He kept ranting that he could stay out and fight if only someone would give him a sword.  Beside him, Boromir was carrying two very young children.  Their mother walked at his side, carrying a third.  The children were crying, and Boromir was trying to comfort them as he walked.  Aragorn was assisting an old lady, and Gimli and Legolas were helping to carry supplies.

Down in the cavern that was their destination, Éowyn was in charge, putting everything and everyone in order, making sure that families were together, and that those that had the youngest of the children were in the centre.  She directed all who came to put their belongings at the far side of the space.  Her face was grim.  However, she had everything under control, though she looked frustrated.  She looked over as the new arrivals came in, and saw Aragorn.

"Aragorn!  Aragorn!"  She pushed her way through the throng towards him.  She was clearly angry.

"I’m to stay with the women in the caves," she exclaimed.

Aragorn nodded.  "That is an honourable charge."

"To mind the children, to find food and bedding when the men return.  What renown is there in that?"  Éowyn was furious.

Aragorn reached for her reassuringly. "My lady, a time may come for valour without renown.  Who, then, will your people look to in the last defence?"

"Let me stand at your side." Éowyn begged.

"It is not in my power to command it."  Aragorn was sure that she knew only her uncle could countermand the charge she had been given, but she was too overwrought to think of it.  He turned away from her.  She looked after him, unmoved.  He turned back.

"You do not command the others to stay!  They fight beside you because they would not be parted from you.  There was desperation in her voice.  "Because they love you!"

Aragorn stood before her, looking at her silently.  She averted her gaze.

She blushed.  "I am sorry."  She pushed past him and followed the people into the caves.

Kevin felt sorry for her; it was clear she had a crush on Aragorn.  But he knew that Aragorn was deeply in love with Arwen.  He sighed.  Maybe someone should tell her.

Legolas had moved to Aragorn's side.  "She is young and fierce, and trained as a shieldmaiden.  I worry for her."

"As do I," Aragorn answered.  "But there is naught we can do.  She is subject to her uncle's commands.  He is King here." 

-oo000oo-

Joey was bored, uncomfortable, and ready to stretch his own legs.  But here he was, sitting on Treebeard with Jennifer, Merry, and Pippin; the Ent was walking and walking.  He wished he knew what was going on.  He tried amusing himself by imagining himself telling his friends about all this.

In his imagination, he was surrounded by all his buddies, and they were listening to him in amazement.  "There we were, me and Jennifer and two hobbits being carried along by this huge talking tree…"  But his daydream was interrupted by an exclamation from Merry, who gave a shout and pointed behind them.  

"What's that?" cried the hobbit.

The rest of them turned to look behind, and jaws dropped as the Ents began emerging from the forest and walking towards Treebeard.  The other Ents followed them for a while, until they stopped in a wide grassy dell within a ring of leafy trees, mostly oak and alder.

Joey was awestruck at the sight of all these huge creatures.  There were so many different kinds, like different kinds of trees.  He saw some with as few as three fingers on their hands, and others with as many as nine.  They were of varying shapes, too.  They were almost like a walking forest all by themselves.  But he could see by their eyes that they were all related to Treebeard.  “Whoa!” he gasped.  “Look!"

“I’m looking, Joey!”  Jennifer gaped at the Ents.  “It’s—it’s…”  Her voice died down as she shrugged and shook her head.

The two children and the hobbits stared as the various Ents gathered together in a circle around Treebeard.  Soon the assembly began to talk, at first in a slow and low murmur, but gradually growing louder until they were chanting loudly in a rhythmic language none of the four could understand.  At first, it sounded pleasant, but after a while Joey began to grow bored.  He fidgeted a little, and Jennifer gave him a very light thump on the shoulder, like when he fidgeted in church.  But then Pippin muttered, “I wonder what the Entish is for yes or no.”  He yawned.

Merry and Jennifer glared at the younger hobbit, though Joey had to swallow a laugh, but Treebeard was immediately aware of him.

“Hm, ha, hey, my Pippin!” he said, and the other Ents all stopped their chant.  “You are a hasty folk, I was forgetting you; and anyway it is wearisome listening to a speech you do not understand.  You may get down now.  I have told your names to the Entmoot, and they have seen you, and they have agreed that you are not Orcs, and that a new line about hobbits shall be put in the old lists.  We have got no further yet, but that is quick work for an Entmoot.  You can all stroll about in the dingle, if you like.  There is a well of good water, if you need refreshing, away yonder in the north bank.  There are still some words to speak before the Moot really begins.  I will come and see you again, and tell you how things are going.”

He set them all down, and Joey found it a great relief to have his feet on solid ground once more.  The hobbits bowed to Treebeard, and a split-second later, Jennifer and Joey did as well.  Joey thought the Ents looked like they were laughing at them.

They walked towards the western side of the dingle and climbed up the path that seemed to be there.  There was a big hedge with an opening in it.  There were trees and more trees, climbing up a mountain.  On their left, they could look to the south and watched the forest below them grow distant. It seemed to end at the horizon with a bit of green that might have been the plains of Rohan.

“I wonder where Isengard is?” said Pippin.

“I don't know quite where we are,” said Merry; “but that peak is probably Methedras, and as far as I can remember the ring of Isengard lies in a fork or deep cleft at the end of the mountains.  It is probably down behind this great ridge.  There seems to be a smoke or haze over there, left of the peak, don't you think?”

"What's Isengard like?" asked Joey.  “That’s where the Orcs were taking us, wasn’t it?”

“It sure was,” Jennifer said.  Turning to Merry and Pippin, she asked, "And can the Ents really do anything about it?"

Merry shrugged, but he described what he knew of the layout of Isengard from what Gandalf had told them, and from the maps he'd studied back in Rivendell.  “But I have an odd feeling about these Ents: somehow I don't think they are quite as safe and, well, funny as they seem.  They seem slow, queer, and patient, almost sad; and yet I believe they could be roused.  If that happened, I would rather not be on the other side.”

Pippin agreed, and Jennifer nodded.  "I think Ents are probably stronger than they look,” she said.  “A whole lot stronger!  And I don't think they are all quiet and gentle, either."

“As big as they are?  I’ll bet they’re plenty strong!”  Joey shuddered.  “But they won’t hurt kids, will they?”

Jennifer shook her head.  “No, Joey.  They won’t hurt us, or the hobbits, either.”  Merry and Pippin nodded agreement.

"I am sure we are safe from the Ents, at least," added Merry, "at least since they now know that none of us are Orcs!"

They all turned back towards the clearing.  The little dingle was a pleasant place.  There was a fountain with a small pool, and the grass was soft and nice.  They drank some of the water, and Joey thought the water was some of the best water he had ever had, but then all the water had been since they came into the forest.  They were tired, and the voices of the Ents kept on going in the background, soothing and remote.

"I wonder where Frodo is now," said Pippin wistfully.

"With Sam," answered Merry, "which means he's being taken care of.  But as to his location now, I don't have a clue."

"I sure wish Aragorn would come find us," added Joey.  "I miss him a lot."

"And Kevin," added Jennifer.  "I hope Kevin is sticking with Aragorn and the others, and is safe, too."  She looked at her brother.  "Maybe we should pray for them?" She wasn't sure how the hobbits would take that.  She'd learned that hobbits didn't really seem to understand what religion even was, let alone what it was like to worship and serve and love and have fellowship with God, and they couldn't say the sort of prayer they usually did, because they could let slip what Gandalf had told them not to.

But Merry smiled at them.  "If you think it will help, you go right ahead, Jennifer.  You, too, Joey.  Even though Pip and I don't really know much about it, we do know about the Powers in the West.  Not like Bilbo and Frodo did, but a little bit from their tales.  I am sure Someone will hear you."

Jennifer and Joey held hands and bowed their heads.  “Please, God,” Jennifer prayed in a low voice, “protect Kevin and Aragorn and Boromir and Legolas and Gimli.  And please, God, especially protect Frodo and Sam; they’re all alone out there, and they’re in danger.  Please give them Your guidance, and surround them with angels to protect them all the way to Mordor and back.  And please protect Merry and Pippin and Joey and me.  And let us all be together again soon, please.  Thank You.  In Jesus’ name, amen.”

“Amen,” Joey echoed.  He added, “And please, God, let us kids all be with Mom and Dad again, real soon!  And Lucy, too.  Amen.”

They sat quietly for a while longer, and Joey was about to drop off to sleep when they suddenly realized that the Ents had fallen silent.  After hearing their voices for so long the quiet seemed odd.  They looked up and saw Treebeard coming towards them. with another Ent at his side.

“Hm, hoom, here I am again,” said Treebeard.  “Are you getting weary, or feeling impatient, hmm, eh?"  He urged them to be patient a while longer, as there was still much for the Ents to decide.  Then he introduced his companion.  “Bregalad is his Elvish name.  He says he has already made up his mind and does not need to remain at the Moot.  Hm, hm, he is the nearest thing among us to a hasty Ent.  You ought to get on together.  Good-bye!”  Treebeard turned and left them.

Bregalad stood for some time surveying the hobbits and children solemnly; and they looked at him, wondering when he would show any signs of “hastiness”.  He was tall, and seemed a bit younger; at least his voice sounded younger to Joey.

“Ha, hmm, my friends, let us go for a walk!” he said.  “I am Bregalad, that is Quickbeam in your language.  But it is only a nickname, of course.  They have called me that ever since I said yes to an elder Ent before he had finished his question.  Also I drink quickly, and go out while some are still wetting their beards.  Come with me!

He reached down and took Joey with one long-fingered hand and Pippin with the other.  Jennifer and Merry followed alongside.  Joey noticed he had six fingers on each hand, and his barkish skin did not feel rough.  His hand was warm and comfortable, and made Joey feel safe.

They walked together for a long time.  They sang and laughed as they went.  Quickbeam laughed a lot, whenever he saw something pleasant, even if it wasn't funny.  They stopped a lot—at streams, to drink and splash in the water, and sometimes it seemed as if Quickbeam stopped to talk to trees.  Once, Joey and Pippin had a water fight at one of those streams.  Sometimes Quickbeam would sing to some of the trees, which Joey found odd, but nice.  Quickbeam was definitely weird, Joey thought, but in a good way.

It was evening when they came to his home.  It wasn't much, except a moss-covered stone set upon turves of soft green grass, with trees growing in a circle all around it, and just like Treebeard's house, there was a spring and water to drink.

Even though they'd walked a long way, they could still hear the voices far away, of the Entmoot.  But they listened to Quickbeam telling them stories, and about how the Orcs had destroyed his home and cut down his special trees.  It was a very sad story, and it brought tears to Joey's eyes.  He blinked them away.  He wasn't a girl, after all!  But he felt very sorry for Quickbeam, and could understand why he hated the Orcs so much.  Next to him, Jennifer took a deep, shuddering breath and bit her lower lip.  Tears glistened in her eyes, as well.  Soon, Quickbeam began to chant. 

“O Orofarnë, Lassemista, Carnimírië!

          O rowan fair, upon your hair how
white the blossom lay!

          O rowan mine, I saw you shine upon a
summer's day...”

The four of them gradually fell asleep to the sound of the soft singing of Bregalad, that seemed to lament in many tongues the fall of trees that he had loved.

Joey thought the next two days were awfully boring.  They hung around with Quickbeam, but they pretty much stayed at his home.  They mostly just sat around, and the hobbits and Jennifer didn't even seem to want to talk.  The weather was colder than it had been, and all there was to listen to was the sound of the Entmoot in the far distance.  Even if they could hear the words, it didn't matter, because they couldn't understand them.

At one point, Pippin was bored enough that he and Joey had a stone-throwing contest, but Pippin was so much better at it than he was that it wasn't even that much fun.  And there was nothing to eat but a few little crumbs of lembas and some Ent-draught.

The third day was windy and grey, but just as the sun came up, the voices from the Ents got louder and louder.  The sound of their anger made Joey feel scared.  He'd thought the Ents were friendly, but they sure didn't sound like it now.  Quickbeam had moved to the far end of his dell, nearer to the voices, and he listened intently, looking northward hopefully.

Everything suddenly went completely quiet.  Joey found he was holding his breath, and he let it out in a shuddering sigh.  Jennifer took his hand and squeezed it; Joey leaned against her.  Merry had his arm around Pippin's shoulders as they waited.

There was a great crash, and then: "RA-HOOM-RAH!"

The trees began to bend as if a high wind was passing through the forest.  And then a marching music began like solemn drums, and above the rolling beats and booms there welled voices singing high and strong. 

         “We come, we come with roll of drum:
ta-runda runda runda rom!
 

         “We come, we come with horn and drum:
ta-rûna rûna rûna rom!”

The Ents were coming.  Quickbeam picked them all up and began striding towards the voices. Soon they saw the other Ents, with Treebeard at their head.  They all looked really scary and determined.

Treebeard saw them coming.  “Hoom, hom!  Here we come with a boom, here we come at last!  Come, join the Moot!  We are off.  We are off to Isengard!”

When Quickbeam came alongside Treebeard, he allowed Merry and Pippin to move over to the other Ent.  It meant that they would be more comfortable; since they were the lightest, they'd been on the higher, less-sturdy limbs.  Jennifer and Joey stayed on Quickbeam’s limbs.

All the Ents had begun to chant: 

“To Isengard!  Though Isengard be ringed
and barred with doors of stone;

 Though Isengard be strong and hard,
as cold as stone and bare as bone,

We go, we go, we go to war, to hew
the stone and break the door;

For bole and bough are burning now,
the furnace roars—we go to war!

 To land of gloom with tramp of doom,
with roll of drum, we come, we come;

To Isengard with doom we come!

          With doom we come, with doom we come!”

Joey twisted his upper body around to see what was happening.  “Whoa!” he gasped.

“What, Joey?”  Jennifer furrowed her eyebrows as she peered at her little brother intently.

“Look!”  Joey pointed behind them.  “Walking trees!”

Jennifer turned to look, expecting to see more Ents, and her mouth dropped open.  “I don’t believe it!” she whispered.  “Where’d all those trees come from?  They weren’t there when we started off!”  They obviously were not Ents!

Shaking his head in response, Joey stared behind them.  The slopes that were now behind them had been bare for the most part; now they were covered with trees!  Moving trees!  “Just like in The Wizard of Oz and `H.R. Puf'n'stuf’,” he said.  “I wish Kaylee could see this!”

Jennifer grinned.  “You almost expect to see a talking scarecrow or a tin man next, don’t you?”

Joey laughed.  “Yeah, really!  Or a talking lion!”  He shook his head violently.  “You think they talk?  You know—like the Ents?”

Jennifer shrugged.  “You know, Joey, I just don’t know.  Unfortunately, we don’t have time to go to them and find out.” l  She glanced up at their host.  “Let’s ask Quickbeam.”

Joey turned to Quickbeam.  “Hey, Quickbeam!  See those walking trees?  Do they talk, too?”

"Not in the voices of Men or Elves or Ents.  They can mutter among themselves, sounding like the wind in the leaves.  But they are always angry, the huorns.  Some say they are trees that have grown Ent-like, and others that they are Ents that have grown tree-like.  For myself, I believe they are both; they are from the deepest parts of the Forest and do not have any love for those that go on two legs, but as for Orcs, they hate themand will be glad of the chance to take their revenge."  His voice deepened almost into a growl.  "As will I, those bárarum-hoom-hom-rahroom…"

Joey tilted his head, looking up at Quickbeam.  “You mean, those trees are gonna go to war, too?”

"They are wild, the huorns; I do not think you could call what they will do 'war'.  They go for revenge."

“Revenge against the orcs?” Jennifer asked.

"What else?" answered the Ent.  "For what they have done among the trees, the cutting, hacking, biting, burning...what else but revenge?"

Turning backwards, Joey waved at the huorns.  “Hi!” he shouted.  Turning back to Quickbeam, he asked, “Do you think when this is over, the huorns would like to play with me?”

"I would not attempt it, young Joey. l  They are all angry at heart, and as I said, they have no love for any who go on two legs."

Joey bit his lower lip, a troubled look in his eyes.  “Oh.”  He paused.  “Even kids like me?  I wouldn’t hurt them.”

“They probably don’t know how to play anyway, Joey,” Jennifer added.  “And the way Quickbeam talks, it doesn’t sound as if they care how old we are.  I think maybe they are more like wild animals than people.”

Joey made a face.  “This place sure isn’t like the Hundred-Acre woods in Winnie-the-Pooh!”

Jennifer laughed.  “Nope, it sure isn’t.  But at least the Ents are our friends.  They’ll protect us from the huorns.  And the Orcs!”

They had come near the top of the ridge, and the Ents were no longer singing.  Night fell, and there was silence: nothing was to be heard save a faint quiver of the earth beneath the feet of the Ents, and a rustle, the shade of a whisper as of many drifting leaves.  At last they stood upon the summit, and looked down into a dark pit: the great cleft at the end of the mountains: Nan Curunír, the Valley of Saruman.

Night lies over Isengard,” said Treebeard.  Exchanging a glance with Jennifer, Joey shivered.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from the books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: To our beta, Linda Hoyland, who has been of great help with this story.  Linda is a well-known and respected writer in the LotR fandom, who also posts on this site.

Chapter 34: Never Give Up

It had gone from twilight to true night when the army of Ents crept into the upper end of the Wizard's Vale.  It was dark, too cloudy for the Moon to show her face.  Pretty soon, Merry looked about and saw that there was a wood surrounding the whole north side of Isengard.  The only light came from a window, high up in the Tower.

Treebeard and Quickbeam, and a few other Ents, crept round near the Gates.  "Be very quiet," Treebeard said to Merry and Pippin, his voice like a soft rustle of leaves. He turned to Quickbeam.  “You, too, children,” he told Jennifer and Joey, who nodded and then exchanged glances with Merry and Pippin.  The Ents all stood perfectly still and patient until both hobbits and both children could hardly stand it.  But seated as they were upon the Ents’ shoulders, they could feel his tension as he quivered beneath them.  There they stood for what seemed forever.

Suddenly harsh trumpets sounded, a huge racket and stir—the walls echoed with the sound.  Merry's heart dropped right down to his toes.  "We've been spotted!" he hissed.

But no, instead, a great army began marching out: first, wild-looking men, followed by thousands of Orcs—some marching, some riding on Wargs, and some pushing great siege engines.  Some of the Orcs near the end reminded Merry of the squint-eyed Men he'd seen back in Bree.  Trying to keep count, Merry estimated at least ten thousand altogether.

Merry wondered out loud: "Aren't we going to attack them?"

"My business is with Isengard tonight, with rock and stone," Treebeard replied.

But then Merry noticed the huorns were peeling away to the south.  They were after the Orcs, and as time passed, all he could see was the shadow they had created.  He glanced over and saw the children, and then turned toward Pippin, who nodded.  Jennifer and Joey exchanged a look, but did not say a word. Once the army was out of sight, Treebeard put down the hobbits, and Quickbeam put down Jennifer and Joey.  Treebeard went up to the gates and began hammering on them with his fist.  "Saruman!  Saruman!  Come out of there!  Show your face!"

But the only answer was arrows and stones from the walls.  Those couldn't really hurt Ents, and the hobbits and children were safely out of range.  Merry supposed that was why Treebeard and Quickbeam had set them down where they did.  

Merry looked at Jennifer.  "It's about to get nasty," he said, and bent down and began filling his pockets with stones.  Pippin began to do the same, and so Jennifer and Joey did as well.  Merry grinned to himself; a hobbit never had to be without a weapon as long as there were rocks to be found.  They nearly had their pockets filled, when Treebeard and Quickbeam reappeared and lifted them all up again.

Quickbeam, with Jennifer and Joey aboard once more, strode away to where several Ents were near the dam that held back the waters of the Isen.  With Quickbeam watching, the Ents began to work on the supports to the dam, succeeding in breaking the supports.  Water began trickling through the cracks they made.  Suddenly the dam shattered, and many Orcs began to fall to their deaths in the rushing torrents.  But others on the southern battlements began to shoot more arrows; some of those were tipped with fire.

Treebeard shouted, "Break the dam!  Release the river!  Hold on, young hobbits!" Treebeard added, as the water rushed their way.

Quickbeam and his passengers, as well as the other Ents, were hurrying back in their direction.  “Hold on, children!” Quickbeam said.  Jennifer and Joey nodded, and clutched his bark-covered limbs tightly.

Merry and Pippin began to let fly with their stones, nearly all of them hitting an Orc squarely in the head; they could see that Jennifer and Joey were also making good use of their ammunition, as rocks were also flying from the direction of Quickbeam.

Some of the arrows struck Treebeard, but they didn't really seem to harm him.  He swatted at them like they were stinging flies.  Thankfully, he was able to keep all of them from hitting Merry or Pippin.  However, some of them did strike Treebeard in the legs and torso.  Just then Merry heard Pippin yell, "Look out!"  He looked down and saw a figure with a torch—he could not tell if it was an Orc or a Man at the distance, but it was running towards Quickbeam.  A stone flew from the direction of the Ent's shoulder and knocked the torchbearer down, to be swept away by raging waters.  Pippin grinned and yelled, "Good shot, Joey!" though there was not much chance the boy could hear him.

Then Merry noticed Saruman bolting from a small door at the side of the tower.  "He's getting away!" Merry shouted.

Everyone turned, and spotted the wizard as he ran.  One of the Ents moved to pursue him from behind, just as he started to turn and race back the way he had come, since he had been seen.  But the Ent was now between him and his bolthole.  Saruman turned now, and made a desperate run for the main door.

But Quickbeam had noticed, and veered off after Saruman, fairly running on his long legs.  "Oh, hang on, Jennifer and Joey!" he muttered to himself, since he feared they might fall.  Jennifer and Joey clutched tightly to one of his other limbs.  Merry and Pippin were once more riding Treebeard, Jennifer noticed.  At least they were safe with him.

Saruman was racing ahead of the rushing waters and reached the stairs to the tower, but Quickbeam snatched him up at the last instant before Saruman could enter the doors, and before Treebeard could stop him, he strangled the life out of the fallen wizard.

“Jeez!” Joey gasped, as he and his sister watched in horrified fascination.  “Quickbeam sure was mad!”  He shuddered, and hid his face in his sister's side.

Jennifer nodded agreement, wrapping her arm protectively around Joey’s shoulders; she bit her lower lip as she gaped up at the angry Ent.  “I've never seen so much anger...”  Her voice shook.

Quickbeam had dropped the body, and he stood there staring despondently.  Slowly, Jennifer and Joey climbed down him and dropped to the steps, standing at his side, both of them very pale and frightened-looking.  Merry thought the Ent might feel a bit appalled at what he’d just done, and he was sure that the two children were shocked.  Treebeard came up beside Quickbeam and gently set Merry and Pippin down.

Around the body a grey mist gathered, and rising slowly to a great height like smoke from a fire, a pale shrouded figure loomed over the Tower.  For a moment it wavered, looking to the West, but out of the West came a cold wind, and it bent away, and with a sigh, dissolved into nothing.  And then something horrid to watch happened to his body: it seemed to have been dead for many years; it shrank, and the shrivelled face became rags of skin upon a hideous skull.   Merry looked at his cousin, who seemed pale.  Pippin was sick from the sight of it, and threw up; so did the children.  Merry, with much effort, swallowed his bile; he needed to keep his wits about him for the younger ones' sakes.

Treebeard stood there staring down at it for a moment, and then said, “Hoom…hrummm…wizards should know better.”  And he lifted a fold of Saruman’s robe and covered him over.  Then he turned and announced to all the Ents, “The wickedness of Saruman is ended.  Now let us see to cleansing Isengard."

But there weren't many of Saruman's troops left, as he appeared to have sent them almost all away to deal with Rohan, but a few dozen Men and about the same number of Orcs tried to bolt.  The Ents caught a few of the Men, but let them go after questioning them.  They killed the Orcs, and the few that did get away ended up running into the huorns.  

Pippin went over and took Jennifer's hand.  Merry went over to where Joey knelt upon the steps, and helped him up and drew him close by the shoulders.

Quickbeam looked down at them, a stricken expression on his face.  "I am sorry!  I put you in danger!"  He sighed and turned away from them all, too ashamed to let them see his face.”

Sympathetically, Jennifer laid a hand on his hand.  “It’s all right, Quickbeam.  You didn’t mean to endanger us, and you did protect us.  Thank you for that.”  Joey nodded agreement.

Treebeard looked down, directly at Merry.  "Find a safe and dry place for the children to rest, as well as yourselves," he said.  "The waters of the Isen will soon run clean and clear out the filth, but it will take many hours before the waters go down.  Walk warily; I am sure there are many holes and much dangerous debris beneath the water."

Merry nodded.  "Pip, watch over Jennifer and Joey; I'll find a safe spot for us to hole up for a while, as Treebeard said.  I'll be back in a few minutes."  When Pippin started to say they should stay together and all look at the same time, Merry shook his head.  He whispered in Pippin's ear, "There are bound to be some very unpleasant sights floating around.  The young ones don't need to see that."

Startled, Pippin nodded.  The water by the steps was already beginning to recede a little, so he gathered Jennifer and Joey to him and led them down a few steps away from the shrouded remains of Saruman.

Merry carefully picked his way down, averting his eyes from the occasional floating body.  Most of the water was still chin-deep to him, and it was easier to swim than to walk in some spots, but he came to a recess in the walls near the tower.  There were partially shattered stairs there, leading up.  The wall above the first landing was broken, but the landing itself was large and seemed stable.  It was the nearest place Merry could find, and there would be room for the four of them to lie down and recover.

By the time he made his way down, the water was only up to his shoulders.  He was exhausted, and was relieved when Treebeard picked him up.  Merry showed him the spot he'd found, and the old Ent carried him back to collect the others.  He then returned them to the place that Merry had found for them.

The two children fell asleep right away, curled together, Jennifer hugging her little brother close.  But Merry and Pippin were wakeful.  A loud growl from Pippin's stomach explained why.  Merry's own insides were also feeling rather empty.

"We need food," Pippin said.

Merry nodded.  With a glance at the two young sleepers, he got up and gave Pippin a hand up.  “So do they,” he said in a near-whisper, so as not to wake up Jennifer and Joey; Pippin nodded agreement.  They quietly and carefully picked their way down the broken steps.  There was an Ent nearby, keeping watch, so they knew the others would be safe.

While some of the waters were going down quickly, there was still a lot of stuff floating around.

Merry picked up a floating basket and tossed out its contents in disgust.  "Good luck trying to find something decent to eat around here.  Probably dead rats and mouldy bread."

Beside him, Pippin had picked up a floating apple.  He looked to the sky for a moment, trying to figure out where it came from.  Suddenly, he saw another and another...

Merry noticed what was happening.  They followed the trail of apples, and then they spied a basket of even more apples.

The hobbits looked with rapt anticipation at a storehouse in the wall near the Gates.

"Saruman’s storeroom!" Merry exclaimed, as they stared into a room filled with boxes and crates.  They began to examine them; obviously, they were filled with food meant for the Men who worked for Saruman, and not for the Orcs.

Suddenly Pippin gave a crow of triumph, and began to laugh and dance about.  Merry turned to see what he'd found: there were two barrels, very familiar-looking barrels!  Longbottom Leaf!  There were the Hornblower brandmarks on the barrels, as plain as plain, along with the year: 1417!

"How did it come here, do you suppose, Merry?" Pippin asked in amazement.

"I can't imagine.  For Saruman's private use, I fancy.  I never knew that it went so far abroad.  But it comes in handy now!"

They cracked open the top of the nearest one.  Merry took a huge sniff of it.  "The finest pipe-weed in the Southfarthing."  The barrel had been well-sealed, and the pipe-weed was dry and clean.

Pippin grinned.  "It’s perfect.  One barrel each."  He stopped.  "Wait.  Do you think we should share it with Treebeard?"  He gave an impish smirk and rolled his eyes.

Merry gave a lopsided Brandybuck grin.  "No.  No.  Dead plant and all that.  Don’t think he’d understand."  He leaned into Pippin.  "Could be a distant relative." he said, putting a conspiratorial finger aside his nose.

Pippin smiled.  "I get it.  Don’t be hasty."

Merry whipped out his pipe.  "Exactly."  He lowered his voice to imitate the Ent.  "Bah-hrum!"

The two of them began to laugh.  Finally, Merry said, "Let's take a look round."  This guard tower seemed to have been used by Men, and was fairly clean and in decent shape.  After a few moments of exploration, he told Pippin, "Let's go and fetch Jennifer and Joey, and bring them here.  There is some dry firewood in the inner storeroom, and a place where we can start a fire, get everyone dry and warm."

His cousin nodded, and they made their way down.  They found the two children still sleeping where they had left them, and woke them gently.  "We've found a better place," said Pippin, as he roused Joey.  "And there's real food."

Merry asked the Ent standing guard to carry them back there; as tired as he was, he was sure the others were just as exhausted.  The Ent, one they'd heard called Beechbone, obliged.

Jennifer seemed pleased at their discovery; Joey was too tired to even be curious.  Merry bustled about and started a small fire, and filled a kettle with some clean water from a barrel he'd found, while Pippin searched for the means of a simple meal—some day-old bread, some cheese, and some apples.  Merry'd also found some dried herbs in a small jar.  They weren't the freshest, but he steeped some chamomile and mint in the water when it boiled to make tea.  He thought it would help the children to have something hot to drink.

Joey ate a little cheese and an apple, but fell asleep before he'd taken more than a bite or two of the bread.  Jennifer just barely managed to eat her apple and drink her tea, and then she snuggled up with her brother to sleep again.

Merry and Pippin kept watch outside the entrance, Pippin pulled out his pipes, somehow still safe after all their trials, and they settled in with a smoke, as content as two hobbits could be in such a place, though they missed their other friends.

The two hobbits were finally at the point of going back in and sleeping themselves when there was the sound of a rider coming swiftly up the road.  Merry and Pippin lay quiet, and Treebeard hid himself in the shadows under the arch of the Gate.  Suddenly a great horse came striding up, like a flash of silver.  It was already dark. but they could see the rider's face clearly: it seemed to shine, and all his clothes were white.

Pippin just sat up, staring, with his mouth open.  Merry found himself gaping at the approaching horseman as well.  Jennifer and Joey hurried outside, apparently awakened by the sound of hooves, and stared at the approaching horse and rider.  “What on earth…?”  Jennifer’s voice trailed off as she and Joey joined the hobbits, crouching next to them.

The rider stopped.  Peering down at Pippin, he said, "Get up, you tom-fool of a Took!  Where, in the name of wonder, in all this ruin is Treebeard?  I want him.  Quick!"

“Gandalf!” Pippin cried out.  He and Merry leaped to their feet.  Jennifer and Joey did the same, and gaped up at the old friend they had not expected to ever see again.

“Gandalf!  You’re alive!” Jennifer gasped.

He smiled at them, a twinkle in his black eyes.  "I do seem to be," he said dryly.  "And I am most pleased to see the four of you alive and hale.  But I am in much haste; where is…"

But Treebeard heard the wizard's voice and came out of the shadows at once; and there was a strange meeting.  Gandalf obviously expected to find Treebeard here; and Treebeard might almost have been loitering about near the gates on purpose to meet him.

When Treebeard came up, he said, “Hoom…hrummm…Gandalf!  I am glad you have come!  There was a wizard to manage here.  I must tell you that Saruman is no more!”

Merry was surprised to see how sad Gandalf looked at this, considering all the trouble Saruman had caused, but the wizard shook his head and said, “I know; I felt his passing.”  Then he muttered some words in a strange language, and pointed his staff at the body, still covered at the steps.  Merry was surprised that Gandalf could see it there—he scarcely could make it out, and he already knew it was there.  But, after all, Gandalf was a wizard.   There was a flash of white flame, and when it cleared, Saruman’s body was gone, with not even any ashes to show where it had been.

Then Gandalf turned to Treebeard and said, “Treebeard, I need your help.  You have done much, but I need more.  I have about ten thousand Orcs to manage."

'"Huorns will help," said Treebeard.

Jennifer watched as Gandalf went off with Treebeard to talk.  They spoke for a short time (Jennifer was sure the Ent would have found it a very hasty conversation!).  The four companions simply stared at one another.  Gandalf!  He was alive! 

After a while, Gandalf came back to the hobbits and the children, leading Shadowfax.

“Gandalf!” Joey squealed as he jumped off the rock fearlessly into the wizard's arms.  Laughing, Gandalf wrapped the little boy in his embrace, and then, setting Joey down, he extended them to include Merry and Pippin, who had scrambled quickly down after Joey.  Jennifer followed a little more slowly, dazed in wonder at seeing Gandalf alive.

“I am glad to see you,” he told Joey.  “All of you,” he added, as he scanned Merry, Pippin, and Jennifer’s faces.

He looks as if he’s relieved, Jennifer thought.  Heck, he is relieved!  I can tell.  He even seems…  She thought.  ...uh, merry!  Or almost, anyway.  She leaned into him for her own embrace, taking a deep breath of the smell of wool and horse and some other pleasant scent she could scarcely identify, that was purely Gandalf.

“The Orcs hurt Merry and Pippin and Joey,” she said softly so that only he could hear.  “They whipped them.  Pippin fainted just before they were captured, and Merry was knocked out.”

Gandalf nodded, sorrow in his eyes.  “They whipped you, too,” he said.  Jennifer nodded, biting her lower lip.

"But Gandalf," she said more loudly, "where have you been?  And have you seen the others?"

"Wherever I have been, I am back,” Gandalf said.  “Yes, I have seen some of the others.  But news must wait.  This is a perilous night, and I must ride fast.  But the dawn may be brighter; and if so, we shall meet again.  Take care of yourselves, and keep away from Orthanc!  Good-bye!"  He swung back up on his great horse with nearly as much grace as an Elf and galloped off, his hair and beard billowing behind him.

After Gandalf left, Merry and Pippin went back into the storeroom to take a nap.  Jennifer occupied herself with going through the stores of food, to see what they actually had.

Joey went outside and sat down in front of the door; he was perched quite high, and began to amuse himself with throwing some of the stones left from his pockets into the water below, being very careful not to hit any of the Ents who were wading about.  When he got bored with that (and had run out of stones), he stood up and climbed on some of the rubble to reach the top of the wall and gaze out on the plains, which were misty up near to Orthanc, but clear further out.  He was thus the first one to spot the horse racing in their direction.

He scrambled down and poked his head into the storeroom.  "Someone's coming!" he shouted.

Jennifer looked up from her task, startled, and Merry and Pippin woke up at once, their hands on their swords, which had been placed right next to them as they slept.

Merry stood up.  "Who is it, Joey?" he asked.

Joey shrugged.  "Don’t know.  It was too far away for me to see who it was, but he was coming quickly!  It's not Gandalf coming back.  This horse is dark."

The other three followed Joey back out, and up to the spot where Joey had been standing.  They gazed out on the tiny figure of the rider, still beyond the haze of steam and fog.  "He's probably about two miles off," said Pippin.  "He will likely be here in twenty minutes."

Merry nodded.  "Joey, will you climb down and go let Treebeard know someone's coming?"

Joey grinned and nodded.  "Sure!"  He carefully descended the damaged part of the stairs, but hurried quickly once he had reached a part that was safer.

The rider was still a couple of furlongs off when the horse slowed down, clearly winded nearly to exhaustion, and the rider disappeared into the mist.  They could still hear the clop, clop of the horse's hooves, though.

Treebeard had followed Joey up to the gate; the the other three came down to join him and await whoever this person might be.  He was pale and had lank dark hair.  When he came out of the mist and suddenly saw all the ruin and wreckage in front of him, he sat and gaped, and his face went almost green.  He was so bewildered that he did not seem to notice Treebeard and the hobbits and children at first.  When he did, he gave a cry, and tried to turn his horse round and ride off.  But Treebeard took three strides, put out a long arm, and lifted him out of the saddle.  His horse bolted in terror, and he grovelled on the ground.

“I am Gríma,” he said.  “I am a friend and counsellor of the king, and I have been sent with important messages from Théoden to Saruman.”

Exchanging a glance, Jennifer and Joey rolled their eyes and snorted.  This man’s claim did not ring true!  Jennifer shook her head.  “Yeah, right!” she muttered under her breath.

'"No one else would dare to ride through the open land, so full of foul Orcs," the one who called himself Gríma continued, "so I was sent.  And I have had a perilous journey, and I am hungry and weary.  I fled far north out of my way, pursued by wolves."

Treebeard looked at him, and he flinched.  "Saruman is dead.  He is no more."

The fellow struggled.  "Then let me go away!  My messages are useless now."

"They are indeed," said Treebeard.  “Gandalf said you might turn up, and if you did, you were not to be allowed to roam about and cause more mischief.  You may wait in the Tower, until he decides what to do with you.”

Gríma wanted none of that, but Treebeard gave him no choice, so he floundered through the dirty water, and managed to get inside the Tower.  “He looks for all the world like a drowned rat,” Merry whispered, smirking.

Grinning, Jennifer and Joey nodded agreement. ‘He sure does, doesn’t he?” Jennifer whispered back.  Joey snickered.

Treebeard had watched until the fellow went inside the tower and the huge doors closed behind him, and then he turned.  "Well, he has gone in," he said when he returned.  "I saw him crawling up the steps like a draggled rat.  Now I must go and wash myself clean of the slime.  I'll be away up on the north side, if anyone wants to see me.  There is no clean water down here fit for an Ent to drink. or to bathe in.  So I will ask you two lads and you children to keep a watch at the gate for the folk that are coming.  There'll be the Lord of the Fields of Rohan, mark you!  You must welcome him as well as you know how: his men shall be fighting a great fight with the Orcs.  Maybe, you know the right fashion of Men's words for such a lord, better than Ents.  There have been many lords in the green fields in my time, and I have never learned their speech or their names.  They will be wanting man-food, and you know all about that, I guess.  So find what you think is fit for a king to eat, if you can."   Jennifer, Joey, and the hobbits exchanged glances and nodded, and Treebeard left them.

-oo000oo-

Kevin stood there in the cave, watching the people, hundreds of the Rohirrim.  The women were tearfully saying farewell to the men at the entrance.  Old men and young boys were being separated out.  He was near Aragorn, who was looking through a pile of swords as they were being passed out to the new soldiers.

He saw Aragorn giving a disdainful look at one of the old swords, and tossing it aside in disgust as unfit for use even in these circumstances.  "Farmers, farriers, stable boys.  These are no soldiers."

Gimli snorted.  "Most have seen too many winters."

"Or too few," said Legolas sadly.

"They are younger than I am," Kevin said glumly.  "And I don't feel nearly as prepared as I should be, even though you've been training me."

Aragorn looked at him.  "You are younger than I would care to see in battle, but you are more prepared than these boys.  And you have courage, I know.  Think of your siblings.  They are depending on you, though you are separated by distance."

Sighing, Kevin nodded.  I never expected to have fought in a war when I haven’t even graduated from high school yet!  Aragorn patted his shoulder and then glanced across the steps.  Kevin followed his gaze.

A boy, maybe a year or so younger than Kevin, stood at the edge of the steps,nervously holding a sword.  He looked at Aragorn and Kevin briefly before he turned his face away.

Aragorn looked over at him and held out his hand.  “Give me your sword.”  Slowly, the boy walked over to Aragorn and handed over his sword.  Aragorn took it.  Kevin watched intently, looking from Aragorn to the other boy.

"What is your name?" Aragorn asked.

"Haleth, son of Háma, my lord," the boy answered.

Aragorn nodded.  "I know your father.  He is a fine warrior."

"The Men are saying that we will not live out the night.  They say that it is hopeless…"  Haleth looked embarrassed to mention his fear, and Kevin felt sorry for him.

Aragorn stood and looked at the sword.  He gave it a few swings and held it before him.  He looked at Haleth.  "This is a good sword."

Aragorn handed the sword back to Haleth, who took it gingerly.

"Haleth, son of Háma…" Aragorn said, leaning down to him and laying a hand on his shoulder, "...there is always hope."

He strode off, but Kevin stayed behind, and moved over next to Haleth.  "Aragorn's a good man, and a great warrior," he told Haleth.  "If he says there is hope, then you can depend on him.  He's taught me everything I know—which isn't much yet—but I feel safer, knowing what he's shown me."

"Could—could you teach me some of the things he has shown you?" the boy asked nervously.

Kevin was startled, but he nodded.  "Sure.  Why don't we go and find some place with fewer people and more room?"

Haleth looked grateful.  "My father has been showing me a few things, but he is often away, since he is in Théoden King's éored and has to stay in Meduseld for much of each year," he said, as the two of them walked off to find a spot where they could practice.  "I have to stay behind on our holding, to help my mother and sister, so he does not have a lot of time to teach me."

"Well, I haven’t been learning for long," Kevin answered.  “But Aragorn and Boromir are really great warriors and good teachers, and so are Legolas and Gimli."

Just a short distance from the cavern's entrance was a small opening that led into a storage cave.  There were boxes of supplies and piles of weapons around the edges, but the centre of the room was open enough for the two boys to be able to practice.

Kevin realized that Haleth was probably almost as good as he was; they were both beginners, after all.  But Haleth was much more frightened and nervous.  Kevin was as well, but somehow, he felt much calmer—part of it was that he had already participated in an actual battle, and part of it was that he had left things up to the Lord.  Thy will be done, he prayed before he fought.  It helped a lot.  But he did not know how to explain this to Haleth without talking about things that hadn't happened yet, and wouldn’t happen in Haleth’s lifetime.  Instead, he just said a little silent prayer for Haleth himself.  Lord, please take care of my new friend, and help him to be calm and brave in battle.  And please, God, protect him.  He’s just a boy, younger than me.  Please keep him alive and safe!

They were just getting into the rhythm of sparring when suddenly they were interrupted by the loud sound of a horn.

"Is it the enemy already?" exclaimed Haleth.  The two boys rushed out of their makeshift practice room, and encountered Aragorn, Gimli, Legolas, and some of the Rohirric warriors speeding towards the sound as well.

They followed, and came towards the gate.  The Guards were opening the gate, so it could not be orcs.  Kevin and Haleth could see outside the Keep, to the causeway approaching the Gate.

An army of Elven warriors was marching up the causeway into the Hornburg.  To Kevin's joy, he could see Haldir at their head.  They must be from Lothlórien! he thought.  The Rohirric warriors looked upon them in wonder and excitement.  Then Théoden King walked down the steps of the Hall, staring in surprise.

The Elven troops marched in with perfect precision, with Haldir in front.  He stopped and with a subtle signal, all the others stopped in unison.

Facing the King, Haldir bowed as Théoden gazed on in astonishment.  "How is this possible?"

Haldir straightened his back.  "I bring word from Elrond of Rivendell, and from the Lord and Lady of the Golden Wood:  An alliance once existed between Elves and Men.  Long ago, we fought and died together."

Aragorn, Boromir, Legolas, Gimli, all of whom had put on their chainmail armour, and Kevin appeared at the head of the stairs.  Haldir looked up to them and smiled.  "We come to honour that alliance," he said.

They descended the steps to greet him. Haldir reached out with a soldier's clasp; a beaming Aragorn began to return it, but then grabbed the Elf in a huge embrace.  Haldir appeared taken aback, but hugged him back lightly.  "Mae govannen, Haldir.  You are most welcome."

Haldir extended his greeting to the other members of the company.  When he reached Kevin, he arched a brow.  "I see you are still in one piece, young Stevenion."  He glanced around.  "Where are your younger siblings and the hobbits?  Are they in safety with the other women and children here?"

Kevin shook his head.  "No, I am afraid we became separated.  It's a long story, but I'll tell you about it after the battle."

The Elf chuckled.  "I like your confidence, and look forward to your tale.  But now I must speak with the King of Rohan, and with Aragorn."  Smiling, Kevin nodded.

The army of Elves made a perfect left face, and stood at attention before the King of the Rohirrim for his review.  Haldir bowed before him.  "We are proud to fight alongside Men once more."

Smiling his thanks, Aragorn turned to Kevin.  “It is time for you to put on your armour, Kevin.  The enemy will soon be here.”  He took Kevin to the armoury to be fitted out.

-oo000oo-

Kevin stood on the battlement, wearing the armour that Aragorn had selected for him.  It consisted of a leather hauberk with chain mail sleeves, and a metal collar called a gorget around his neck.  They had not been able to find any elbow or leg armour that would fit him, though.  He also had a leather cap with iron band around it, since they hadn't found a helmet in his size.  He glanced down at his temporary attire.  Sure is different from what soldiers have to wear in my time!

Haleth, who was wearing armour similar to Kevin’s, had gone to fight near the King, alongside his father, but Kevin remained with Aragorn, who was with the Elves.  Legolas and Gimli were slightly further on, with the Rohirric archers, and Boromir was helping to command those who would be guarding the Gate.  Kevin looked around.  The spot where he stood with Aragorn was packed with Elves.  Beyond, on either side, the battlements were crowded with the warriors of Rohan.

He felt somewhat nervous—not a bad, worried nervous, but the sort of nervous alertness that Boromir had told him was necessary to keep ready, and to protect himself and others.  "Fear serves you, not the other way around,” Boromir had told him.  “If you have no fear at all, you will quickly be wounded or killed.  But do not let it overcome you.  Let it help to guide you into keeping your eyes open and your weapon at the ready."  Kevin supposed that made sense; after all, he supposed that just like righteous anger, there could also be a righteous sort of fear.

He could easily see over the wall in front of him through the crenels (which he'd been told was what those slits in the walls were called), but it was dark and windy, and difficult to see what was out there.

Suddenly, there was the flash of lightning and a crack of thunder, and it began to rain.  Kevin's eyes grew wide as he saw the Orc army off in the distance, approaching.  It seemed endless, rows and rows of the creatures.  A whole sea of enemies!

Kevin took a deep breath.  If there was ever a time to remember the Scriptures that he had memorized back at Rivendell and Lothlorien, this was it.  A psalm sprang to memory.  “Lord, how many are my foes!” he whispered.  “How many rise up against me!   Many are saying of me, ‘God will not deliver him.’‘  But you, Lord, are a shield around me, my glory, the One who lifts my head high.  I call out to the Lord, and he answers me from his holy mountain.  Arise, Lord!  Deliver me, my God!  Strike all my enemies on the jaw; break the teeth of the wicked.”  He paused.

Psalm 3.  Parts of it anyway, Kevin thought.  He whispered, “Please, God, arise and deliver us all!  Please be our shield.”

Feeling stronger, Kevin took another deep breath in and out, steadied his stance, and waited.  A supernatural peace flooded his being, but he stayed alert and ready to fight.  I’m so glad Jennifer and Joey and Kaylee aren’t here!  And Merry and Pippin, he thought.  At least they’re safe.  He bit his lower lip.  I wish I knew that Frodo and Sam were safe, too!  Beside him, Aragorn was striding along the Elven archers.  Aside from Haldir, few spoke Westron, and none of them well, so Aragorn was helping the March Warden to command them.

I wish I knew what Aragorn was saying!  Kevin shook his head.  Lady Galadriel was right.  Tonight, I do have to don the warrior’s way, and put behind my youth!  But what did she mean about me having to ride on eagles’ wings?

He did not understand the orders, but that did not matter.  He felt that the warriors from Lothlórien probably didn't even need orders, since they were so experienced.  But Aragorn knew what he was doing.  He kept his gaze on the approaching enemy.  But suddenly they stopped.  He could hear one of them roar, and they all began to pound their spears on the ground, and to chant harshly.  Kevin had to suppress an urge to laugh.  He was suddenly reminded of a football game and the crowd singing, "We will, We will Rock You!"  The humorous image made any of the fear that the display was supposed to instil evaporate.

Everyone seemed to be ready, Men and Elves, with their weapons in their hands or their arrows ready.  Aragorn yelled, "Dartho!", one of the Elven orders that Kevin did understand—it meant "Hold!"

But someone either did not hear the order, or perhaps they simply could not hold the arrow, because Kevin suddenly saw one speeding from another part of the wall, and found one of the Orcs in the front line.  It fell over, either dead or wounded.  The Orc commander gave a mighty roar, and the host charged.  

Suddenly everything erupted into chaos.  Arrows were flying from the battlements, raining down on the Orcs below.  Kevin was not an archer, though.  He was among those who waited with their swords drawn for the inevitable attack on the walls.  He was breathing in and out, remembering that the Lord was with him.  He was still nervous, but not as afraid as he had thought he would be.  The supernatural peace that had filled him before kept hold of his heart, enabling him to stay clear-headed and alert.

Ladders began to be raised against the outer walls.  Kevin was among the many who shoved them back, pushing the ladders away.  He could not help but wince at the sight of the creatures falling to their deaths.  But not every ladder was pushed off, and then at one place and then another, the Orcs began coming up between the merlons onto the battlements.

Kevin barely heard Aragorn's order of "Swords!  Swords!", for the blood was roaring in his ears, and the sounds of screams from wounded Men and Orcs was louder than he'd thought it would be.  But his sword was already drawn.  He saw that the Elves around him had done so as well.

The battle raged on, and Kevin had no room for thought.  He just allowed his body to remember what he had been taught, and fought as best he could.  More and more ladders were being brought, and more and more Orcs kept on coming, like a mighty tide.  Kevin had not even noticed that Aragorn was no longer at his side.  His vision was limited to the enemy in front of him.  At one point, he was barely able to stop himself when one of the Elves bumped into him.  Thankfully, both of them were able to stop themselves from attacking each other, and the Elf's quick reflexes saved him from one of the Orcs who had tried to sneak up when they were distracted.

And then there was a sound Kevin never had expected to hear in Middle-earth: an explosion!  Somehow, the enemy had explosives!  Then he recalled the stories of Gandalf's fireworks: where there were fireworks, there was gunpowder!  But he'd thought only wizards had them...oh.  Duh!  Saruman was a wizard, too.

The sound had also startled everyone else, and there was a brief lull in the fighting where he was.  He had completely lost track of Aragorn and Gimli, whom he had briefly seen earlier.

What on earth is going on? Kevin wondered.  What’s happening?  Frantically, he scanned the surrounding area.

His brief instant of inattention cost him.  There was a hard blow to his back, and it knocked him down.  He rolled several feet and came up hard against the wall.  He was only out of it briefly, but it hurt to breathe, and though he knew he needed to, it was difficult for him to focus enough to stand back up.  Fortunately, he had been knocked into a small alcove in the wall, and was unnoticed by both the enemy and his allies.  He struggled to his feet, and heard Aragorn's voice, shouting orders in both Sindarin and Westron to retreat.

He looked around and saw the Elves gathering to leave, and made his way towards them.  He could see Haldir easily, and heard Aragorn coming their way.

Haldir was accosted by one of the Orcs, and was making short work of it.  But just then Kevin saw what the Elf could not: another of the big Uruk-hai had risen from where it had been down—perhaps wounded or knocked out briefly, as Kevin had been.  It was sneaking up on Haldir as he was engaged with the other one.

Without even thinking about it, Kevin ran two steps and raised his sword up to block the blow.  It was a hard one, and his arm was numbed by it, but the delay was just enough to allow Haldir to turn and finish the Orc off.  He turned and locked eyes with Kevin, and gave him a brief nod of thanks, gathering Kevin in with the rest of the Elves into the retreat.

Aragorn caught up with them, and together they all made their way down into the Keep, where Théoden was fighting with his personal éored and Boromir.  They could hear the rhythmic booming of the Orcs assaulting the gate with a battering ram, and then a horrid crash as the gate smashed under the assault.  They ran faster down the steps and saw that the gate had been breached. There was one soldier impaled on the jagged end of the battering ram.  There was arrow fire, and then Boromir and Théoden were fighting fiercely with the Orcs who were trying to clear the narrow opening and get inside.

There was the loud clash of close weapons, and as the group came into the line of sight, they saw Théoden injured as he saved Gamling from a fierce Uruk-hai.  Boromir leaped into the gap and shouted to Gamling, “Protect the King!”

Kevin found himself swinging his sword wildly as they tried to cut through to the gate.  They were nearly there, but would they be in time to stop the onslaught?

Théoden was breathing heavily as he leaned against a wall.  The injury did not seem serious, thankfully, but he was looking discouraged until Aragorn fought his way to the King's side.  "Hold them!" he shouted.

“How long do you need?” Aragorn called back.

Théoden took his sword in hand.  "As long as you can give me."

Aragorn nodded and looked around.  "Gimli!"

Aragorn and Gimli headed towards a side gate.  Kevin started to follow, but Aragorn shook his head.  "You are needed here, Kevin!"  And then the two were gone, and Kevin found himself defending himself from an Orc that seemingly appeared from nowhere.  The creature struck so hard that Kevin would have gone down, but Boromir was suddenly there, and with a mighty stroke, he parted the beast from its head.  He gave Kevin a brief grin and then turned back to the gate.

Théoden observed Aragorn and Gimli from above the gate.  He turned back to his men.  “Shore up the door!”

A group of soldiers began to carry beams to dam up the door against the ocean of enemies outside.  They worked feverishly to shore up the gate.  Kevin grabbed one end of a large broken beam, regardless of who had the other end, and hurried to help.  As the onslaught slowed (Kevin assumed because of Aragorn and Gimli on the other side), they finally were able to secure and reinforce the gate.  He hoped that the two of them were all right, and was relieved when he saw Théoden put his head through a crack and give the order: "Gimli!  Aragorn!  Get out of there!"

Théoden drew back, and a final board was shoved in place at the crack, to seal it off.

Almost as one, the fighters drew a deep breath.  Kevin looked at Boromir.  "Thank you," he breathed.  Boromir smiled at him and gave Kevin a slap on the back, but did not say anything.  Instead the big man turned to help with the injured.  Kevin looked around to see if he could help also, and was alarmed to see Haleth.  He was huddled against a wall, his face on his knees.  Kevin rushed over to him.

"Haleth!  Are you all right?"

The other boy lifted a tear-ravaged face.  "My father!  He was hit by the ram, and before I could make my way to him, the Orcs…"  He stopped briefly and gasped, "They...they cut him to pieces!"

Boromir saw Kevin awkwardly patting Haleth on the back, and went over.  He heard what the boy had said.  "Lad, your father was killed by the ram before they began to maim his body.  He would have felt nothing."

But Haleth just looked up at him blankly.  Kevin nodded to show Boromir he'd stay with the other boy and try to help him.  As Boromir walked away, Kevin drew Haleth to him by the shoulders, and felt him give way to sobbing.  Kevin just stayed with him, holding him, not saying anything, but silently praying for Háma and all the others who had died defending Helm's Deep.

Then the order came from Théoden and Gamling: "Pull back!  Pull back!  Pull back from the Gates!"

Kevin heard a sound of cheering on the battlements above, and realized that Aragorn and Gimli must have been pulled to safety.  He stood up and helped Haleth to rise, and they began to follow the retreat from the Gate.  If it were assaulted again, there would be no shoring up.

The remaining defenders had retreated to the Keep and barred the door.  Their reprieve was brief.  They heard the crashing of the gate from its second onslaught, and they could hear the Orcs overrunning the stronghold.

After Kevin had given Haleth some water to drink, Gamling had come to speak to him; he had been a close friend of Hama, and his words helped put some heart into the bereaved son.  Now Haleth had recovered his nerve, his grief turning to anger.  He and Kevin were helping to barricade the door, and then they would draw their swords together and fight once more.  Kevin once more felt confident that somehow things would work out right, even if they were killed.  Although for Mom and Dad’s sake, I sure hope it won’t come to that! he thought.  They don’t even know where we are.  They wouldn’t have any way to find out I’m dead, or bury me.

Across the room, he could see Aragorn and Théoden speaking; they were clearly debating what to do next.  He could not hear what they said, but he saw Legolas standing with his head cocked, indicating that the Elf was eavesdropping.

Suddenly, Théoden's stance straightened, and his face cleared.  He made a gesture that Gamling understood.  Gamling came over to them.  He picked Haleth and three or four other Rohirric warriors.  "Go!  Your job is to get the women and children clear of the caverns and into the mountains beyond.  Tell Lady Éowyn she is to lead them, and you will fight the rear-guard."

Haleth looked like he wanted to argue.  Angry over his father's death, he wanted to be in the thick of the fighting.  Kevin could tell what he was thinking by the expression on his face, and put his hand on Haleth's arm.  "Your mom and sister are in those caves," he whispered.

Clearly, Haleth had not remembered that.  He looked at Kevin.  "Thank you!" he said, and after clasping Kevin's wrist in a warrior's handshake, he went with the others on his appointed task.

"Can I go with them?" Kevin asked, loath to part with his new friend.

Gamling shook his head.  "You are under the command of Lord Aragorn.  I may not set orders to you, nor permit you to leave without his say."

Kevin sighed, but nodded.  There was another sickening crack at the door.  He drew his sword and went to stand next to Boromir and other warriors.  But Legolas was smiling, and he had his knives in hand.

After what seemed like forever, Kevin noticed a faint ray of light illuminating the room.  He looked around.  The rays of dawn could be seen through the window.  It’s morning! he thought.  Have we really been fighting all night?

Another blow at the door sent some of the men who were barring it to the floor, but they quickly scrambled up to hold it once more.

Kevin glanced over to see Théoden put his hand on Aragorn's shoulder.  Gamling rushed over and went to the smaller door that led to the caverns where the horses had been stabled.  Then Kevin saw Gimli climb up a stairway leading to a giant horn, the one he had been told was the Horn of Helm Hammerhand.  The ram hit again, but not quite as hard.

Théoden's voice rang out: "Fell deeds awake...now for wrath...now for ruin and a red dawn!"  He placed his helm upon his head and, drawing his sword, held it high.

Gimli blew on the horn, and it sounded a deep blast across the depths of Helm's Deep.

There was a brief silence.  The Orcs had stopped the pounding.  Perhaps, thought Kevin, they think that horn is some sort of strange weapon.  But the silence was broken by noise from another direction, as Gamling and a couple of the stablemen led forth the horses.  All of the Rohirrim, Aragorn, Legolas, Boromir, and Kevin quickly mounted their horses.  Gimli kept blowing the giant horn.

But now there was another crack—and the door gave way.

Théoden held out his sword.  "Forth Eorlingas!" he called.

They charged out of the hall, straight through the broken door, trampling the hapless Orcs, who were attempting to come in over the rubble, down as they rode.  Even the horses seemed to appreciate what they were doing.  Kevin's own horse reared up and gave an extra stomp on one of the Orcs.  The horses blasted out of the Hall under the standard of Rohan.  They charged down the road of the Keep, slicing through stunned Uruk-hai as they rode.

Gimli continued blowing on the horn, sounding its low blast through the keep.  They poured through the main gate and down the causeway, knocking Uruk-hai off the narrow walkway as they did.  They fought bravely, as if it were their last stand.

Kevin saw Aragorn look up, and followed his gaze.  Between two massive boulders in the light of the dawning sun, a white horse reared on the horizon.

It was Gandalf, shining white in the brilliant blaze of the rising sun!

They looked up and cheered.  Suddenly, beside Gandalf, another figure appeared.  It was Éomer!  He raised his sword high, and they could hear his voice ring out: "Rohirrim!"

A large group of riders emerged from behind the rise.

The Uruk-hai moved into position to receive this new threat.  They readied their lances before them.

Gandalf and Éomer led the charge down the ridge toward the waiting throng of Uruk-hai, plunging precipitously down the hillside in a move that would have been fatal for riders less skilled than Rohirrim.  Gandalf blazed brighter than the sun itself, a blast of light coming from the tip of his staff.  All around him, the Riders had levelled their spears.

The light had momentarily blinded the Uruk-hai, giving the Rohirrim the first strike to overrun them.  They were no match for tons of heavily armoured Men and horses, and those who were not ridden down began to break and run...

...right into the midst of a dense forest that blocked their way.  A forest Kevin could have sworn was not there when he had arrived.  Whoa! he thought, gaping at the thick clumps of trees.  Where did that come from?!  That wasn’t here before!  How on earth did that forest get here?  Trees can’t move!


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.  (Co-written by KathyG and Dreamflower.)

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 35: Let’s Get Together

Kaylee opened her eyes.  The sun was just coming up.  She yawned, stretched, and rubbed her eyes.  “I’m hungry!” she said.

Megan, who had been sleeping next to her side, woke up at that.  "Me, too," she said, blinking.

“Breakfast will be ready shortly, little ones,” Glorfindel said.  He gestured towards the campfire, where the two little girls could see their mother and Mairen stirring a pot that nestled in the coals.  Steve, who had been helping to feed the horses, came over.

"Hello, munchkins!  Are you awake?"

Kaylee giggled, and then shook her head at her daddy.  "Silly daddy!  Of course, we are!  See?"

Chuckling, her father reached down and picked up Megan, and then held out his hand for his older daughter.  Kaylee put her hand in his, and the three of them went over to where some fresh water had been set out for washing.  Kaylee splashed some water over her face the way they had been doing since they had started their journey, and then she helped Megan do the same, while Daddy dug out a wide-toothed wooden comb from Kaylee's pack, and summoned them over.  He sat down cross-legged, and crooked a finger at Kaylee.  She went over and obediently sat on his lap.  With an expert hand, Daddy combed through her sleep-tousled hair, and then caught it up in a ponytail.  After a minute, Kaylee hopped out of his lap, and he reached for Megan.

She shied away.  "Don' wanna.  It hurts."

"Come on, Megan, you know that you need to have your hair combed," Steve said.  "Kaylee didn't fuss."

Megan pouted and shook her head.

Kaylee looked at her little sister with a disapproving face.  "Megan, you know that if you don't, it will be all messy!"

Megan studied her sister, whose expression did not relent.  "Okaaay," she said.  "I be good."  She went over and plopped in her father's lap.

Kaylee grinned at her.  "There!  That's a big girl!"

Megan smiled back, and then squinched her face up, as her daddy began pulling the comb through her locks.  However, although she made faces, she didn't cry or yell as she had once done.

Steve shook his head, amazed at the influence Kaylee was having on the baby of the family.  Before this, there had been some jealousy on Kaylee's part over the attention that Megan received.  But now she proved to be a good example, and seemed to genuinely enjoy teaching the smallest member of the family.  Turning back to Megan, while brushing her hair, he sang to her:

“The wheels on the bus go ‘round and ‘round,

‘Round and ‘round, ‘round and ‘round.

The wheels on the bus go ‘round and ‘round

All through the town.”

When Steve was finished, he shooed the girls on over to the campfire to get their breakfast, and then turned to see that Glorfindel was standing nearby, a smile on his face that made the Elf seem "shinier" than ever.  "I'm glad we are out of the mountains, Glorfindel," he said.  "Where are we now?"  He reached into his jacket pocket and pulled out the map he and Bilbo had made, and unfolded it.

The Elf looked at it, and then pointed with a long, slender finger.  "We are here, just a few miles south of the High Pass.  We will pick up the Old Forest Road here, and follow it for just under twenty leagues to the Anduin.  It will be a straight journey Eastward, and we should arrive at the Old Ford in a little over a half-day's ride.  We shall make camp early, for we will be able to pick up supplies there."

"Is there a town there?" Steve asked.  He'd yet to see a town of any sort since he'd arrived in Middle-earth, although he knew that there were some.

"No, there is neither town nor village there, but there is a permanent encampment, where trade is often held.  Master Elrond sent word ahead of our coming, so we can count on seeing the Beornings there with goods for our travel."

"Beornings?" Steve asked.  "Are they any relation to the one Bilbo called Beorn in his stories?"

"You could say that.  They are his descendants, and they hold sway over all the lands of their longfather."

"Do they turn into bears, too?" Steve asked, frowning.  While the tales were interesting, he didn't want to expose his wife and daughters to possible danger.  

Glorfindel shook his head.  "Not that I know of.  But they remain fiercely independent and are yet mighty warriors.  It could be that some among them might have that skill, but if so, it is not revealed to outsiders."  The Elf looked at him, and said, "They are friends and allies.  They would not attack unless provoked by danger, and would never harm a woman or a child.  Your wife and daughters will be quite safe in their company."  Steve nodded, reassured.

He saw that the girls had their breakfast, and were saying good morning to their mother.  He wandered over and gave Gail a peck on the cheek, and accepted a wooden bowl of porridge from her.  He'd never been much for cereal, hot or cold, but the way the Elves made porridge, it was pretty good.  And it sure beat a granola bar for breakfast, which was what the family usually had when camping.

Soon enough, breakfast was finished, and camp had been broken, and it was time to set off.  Steve was pleasantly surprised when Boridhren told him that since they would be riding on an actual road, that they had decided Megan could ride with him, if he felt confident enough to have her do so.

Steve smiled.  “I should like that very much, and I know Megan would, too.”

Megan was, indeed, very happy to ride with Daddy.

Soon enough, the entire group was mounted and ready to ride.  Since they were travelling on an actual road this time, they could ride abreast, so Gail was able to ride right alongside Steve and Megan.  Mairen and Kaylee rode right behind them, although sometimes Kaylee would ride Barrel forward a little, so that she could talk to her parents more easily.  Lucy scampered alongside Barrel, occasionally darting off to say "hello" to one of the other horses, or to explore the fascinating smells along the side of the road.  She didn't stray out of sight of the travellers, and if she began to go too far, a sharp call of "Daro, Lucy!" from whoever spotted her, would bring her back to the road.  She was one member of the party who was obviously very glad to be out of the mountains and able to run about on her own four feet.

The group paused briefly about an hour before noon, when the scouts returned with a message that the Beornings had already set up an encampment on the West bank of the ford, and were expecting their arrival.  Everyone dismounted, and took advantage of the pause to stretch their legs and walk around.  They partook of a midday snack of journeybread and some water before mounting the horses once more and continuing on their way.  

As they rode this time, Mairen rode abreast with Gail, with Steve riding near the front with Glorfindel with Megan in front of him, and Kaylee riding between her mother and her nursemaid on Barrel.  

"What do you know about the Beornings, Mairen?" Gail asked.  "Have you ever met them before?"

Mairen shook her head.  "No, I never have.  But they are once more a prosperous people, though once their numbers were few.  Beorn was almost the last of his people, but he wed a woman of the Lake People, and they had seven sons.  He lived to see all of them wed, and numerous grandchildren and great-grandchildren, and the scattered remnants of his people gathered once more, before he left them.  His eldest son, Beorht, is now the leader of the Beornings.  Some say he has the abilities of his father, but no one really knows for certain outside their people."

“Hey, Mairen!” Kaylee said eagerly.  “Do the animals still serve meals?  Mr. Baggins said they did that!”

"So far as I know, although those special animals only dwell in the heart of the Beornings’ own lands.  We will not be going there, for it is far to the East of the River, and also far out of our way."

"Oh."  Kaylee sounded disappointed.  She gave a big sigh.  "I wish we could go that way.  I want to see the animals serve the meals!”

Gail laughed.  “Well, sweetheart,” she told her daughter, “I’d much rather have my meals served by a human, myself.  Or an elf.”  She looked at Mairen.  “Tell you the truth, Mairen, I’m not sure I’d trust any food made or served by an animal.  Any animal.  I’m not at all sure that the food would be clean, for one thing.  I think Bilbo and his companions were very lucky that the food that Beorn’s animals served them didn’t make them sick.”

Mairen laughed and turned to Kaylee.  "I am sure, Miss Kaylee, that you do not want to take the long way ‘round to find your brothers and sisters, do you?" she added.

"Would it take so terribly long?" Kaylee asked in a small voice.

"Weeks and weeks," Mairen replied dryly.

"Oh.”  Kaylee bit her lower lip.  “Well, I don't want to wait that long to see Jennifer and Kevin and Joey again, then.  But I still wish I could see Beorn's animals."

Mairen laughed.  "And what does Mr. Baggins say about wishes?"

Kaylee grinned, and said in a voice meant to imitate her hobbit friend, "‘If wishes were pies, we'd all be too round to walk about.’"

Mairen and Gail laughed.  “That sounds like him,” Gail said dryly.  “I think all hobbit sayings involve food!  There’s a saying about wishing in our world, as well.  ‘If wishes were horses, then beggars would ride.’

Mairen nodded.  "Among the Elves, we say, ‘Be careful of wants and wishes, for you may get what you want, and then wish you had not.

Gail laughed again.  "Somehow, that does sound very Elvish."

Mairen smiled.  "I daresay it does.  Our history shows us much folly, and living as long as we do, we often find that sooner or later, pursuing what we want with too much passion brings more trouble than it is worth in the first place.  The Noldor learned that lesson only after much pain and sorrow."  Her face had grown more solemn as she spoke, but then she shook her head.  "But today is not a day for dwelling on the folly of Elves.  Anor is bright in the sky, and we shall soon be arriving at the Ford, where I am sure you will see many things of interest."  She glanced down at Kaylee with a fond smile, and then she raised her voice and began to sing an Elvish song.

Gail could not understand the words, but it sounded cheerful, and of course, Mairen's voice was lovely.  When she had finished, Kaylee began to sing a nursery song she had learned in her pre-kindergarten class:

“If all the world were paper,

And all the sea were ink,

If all the trees were bread and cheese,

What would we have to drink?"

Mairen and Gail both laughed heartily at that; in front of them, Steve and Glorfindel chuckled.  Then Megan started to sing:

"I'm a 'ittle teapot

S'ort and stout.

Here is my handa,

Here is my spout…"

A short while later, Lucy suddenly darted ahead, barking excitedly.  She sped up the road, and only stopped reluctantly when Steve yelled, "Daro, Lucy!"  She stopped, but did not return, only barking and turning her head back up the road, as if to urge her people to hurry up!

"What's got into her?" Steve asked, his tone torn between annoyance and amusement at her behaviour.

Glorfindel chuckled.  "Her ears and nose are sharp.  I believe she realizes we are close to the River and the encampment.  I can hear the rush of water from here myself, and I would not be surprised if she does not both hear and smell our hosts."

The Elf proved to be right, for they soon topped a rise in the road, and in the not-so-far distance, Steve could now see some pavilions, and a few people milling about.  They were likely less than half a mile from their destination. 

Soon enough, they had all arrived at their destination.  Glorfindel slid down from Asfaloth as two figures approached.  One of them was a tall, muscular Man with distinctive features, and the other was an older person with an oddly-shaped hat, dressed in shabby brown robes and carrying a staff.  A jay was perched upon his shoulder.  Lucy ran up to him eagerly and began to sniff him, wagging her tail in welcome.

Glorfindel placed a hand on his chest and bowed very slightly.  "Well met, Beorht, son of Beorn, and also to you, Radagast the Brown!"

-oo000oo-

Kevin and his friends left the majority of the army behind, to tend the wounded, and to help Eowyn as she led the refugees to the stronghold of Dunharrow, as that was where the muster would be held.  Théoden took a picked company from the remainder of his own éored and that of Éomer's, and of course the five who had come from Rivendell.  Haleth was among the company going with the King; his father had been one of Théoden King's personal guards and the doorwarden of Meduseld, and so the King took a personal interest in his now-fatherless son.  Haleth was riding at the back of the group, and Kevin, who was feeling some responsibility for his new friend rode with him.  It was very eerie as they rode through the mysterious trees; he could sense danger, and yet he also felt that it was not directed at him or his companions.  There was no sign of the Orcs who had fled beneath the eaves, which was almost creepier than it would have been to have seen some of the bodies.  He couldn’t stop wondering what the trees had done to them, besides killing them, although he wasn’t at all sure that he really wanted to know.

Gandalf had told them all to ignore the trees, and Kevin tried his best.  It helped that he was trying to watch after Haleth, who was grieving deeply for his father.  That task left him little time for his own worries; those seemed petty in comparison.

He glanced up towards the front of the line, where the rest of his friends were riding with the King.  Legolas and Gimli appeared to be having a brisk conversation, as he could hear the sound of their voices, if not the words they were saying.

It took longer than he had expected to traverse the eerie forest.  Conversation had died out, and the only sounds he heard now were creakings, groanings, and a rustling of leaves, though there was no breeze to stir them.

It was late afternoon when they exited.  The company turned then away from the Coomb and from the wood and took the road towards the Fords.  The sun had set, already it had sunk behind the rim of the world; but as they rode out from the shadow of the hills and looked west to the Gap of Rohan the sky was still red, and a burning light was under the floating clouds.

Kevin gave a shudder.  This was where the battle in which the King's son Théodred had died, and so many others.  Haleth had not spoken the whole journey, and he was worried for his friend.  He silently prayed for the wisdom to say the right thing to him.      

The group rode on as twilight turned to night, and the moon came up.  It was nearly full, so it gave them light to ride by.  Kevin had begun to learn how to tell time from the sky, and he figured that they'd been riding for maybe about four hours since the road had branched off.  He could hear several of the Rohirrim speaking in surprise, sounding shocked even though he could not understand their words.

"The river," Haleth whispered.  "What happened to it?"

There, where the stepping stones of the Fords had been laid, the River Isengard had gone down to a mere trickle.  The beds of the stream were almost dry, a bare waste of shingles and grey sand.

“Yeah,” Kevin said, gaping down at the nearly dry streambed.  “What has happened to it?”

“This is become a dreary place,” said Éomer.  “What sickness has befallen the river?  Many fair things Saruman has destroyed: has he devoured the springs of Isen too?”

“So it would seem,” said Gandalf.  Kevin looked at his expression.  It looked like it did when the wizard was not telling everything he knew.  He wondered what that might be, and how soon he would find out.

They rode down to the river, and fear fell on them seeing Gandalf in the moon, and Shadowfax his horse shining like silver.  The riders passed over to the islet, and glittering eyes watched them wanly from the shadows of the banks.

“Look!” said Gandalf.  “Friends have laboured here.”

And they saw that in the midst of the eyot a mound was piled, ringed with stones, and set about with many Spears.

“Here lie all the Men of the Mark that fell near this place,” said Gandalf.

“Here let them rest!” said Éomer.  “And when their spears have rotted and rusted, long still may their mound stand and guard the Fords of Isen!”

“Is this your work also, Gandalf, my friend?” said Théoden.  “You accomplished much in three days!

“With the help of Shadowfax—and others,” said Gandalf.  “I rode fast and far.  But here beside the mound I will say this for your comfort: many fell in the battles of the Fords, but fewer than rumour made them.  More were scattered than were slain; I gathered together all that I could find.  Some men I sent to join Éomer.  Some I set to make this burial.”

Once they had left the Isen behind, there was an ancient road that ran before them.  At first it ran parallel with the river, but after a while it turned more northerly, heading straight towards Isengard.  The road was a good one for the horses, and they were able to ride about another fifteen miles more by midnight.  There it was decided to stop for the night.

Kevin noticed that they could see a huge plume of smoke or steam far in the distance.  "What's that, Gandalf?" he asked.

"Yes, what do you think?" Aragorn added.  "One could say that all the Wizard's Vale was burning."

Éomer added something about the area always seeming to have water and smoke coming from it these days.  "Maybe Saruman is boiling all the waters of the Isen, and that is why the river runs dry."

Gandalf's reply was as cryptic as he usually was.  "Let us rest while we can," he added.

Later in the night, there was a cry from the watch!  Kevin jerked awake and his hand went to his sword; there was a blackness creeping over them.  But before he could draw his weapon, or even stand up, Gandalf spoke sharply.  "Stay where you are!  Draw no weapons!  Wait! and it will pass you by."

Kevin tried, but he could not relax with all that blackness, and creaking and groaning passing over them.  It seemed like forever before the last of it passed them by, and he could not really get back to sleep.  What on earth was that? he wondered.  Just as he thought he would at least try to close his eyes, he heard a loud rushing sound: the river had come back, and soon it was rushing full and flowing between its banks once more.  As long as it doesn’t flood! he thought.  I’m not dressed for a swim.

They roused at the first light of dawn, and made ready to ride on once more.  They still had several leagues to go.  Everything was foggy, and there was a nasty smell to the air—almost like smog or pollution, thought Kevin, though he'd not heard of anything like that in Middle-earth.  When the mist did briefly clear after they'd ridden for a good long while, there was nothing except devastation to be seen.  As the Sun began to burn off some of the fog, they could see more clearly: rubble and broken walls and flooded ground.

Kevin and the rest all stared silently at the sight before them.  It seemed obvious that Saruman had been defeated—but how?  And then he looked over at the pile of rubble near the gates and he suddenly saw two small figures lying on it, hardly to be seen with their grey cloaks, surrounded by bottles and bowls and plates.  They both looked very satisfied, and two of them had wisps of pipe smoke issuing from their mouths.  Kevin felt his heart leap.  This was Merry and Pippin!  But—where were Jennifer and Joey?  He looked around for his brother and sister, and then turned toward his companions.

The Rohirrim appeared to be shocked by the sight.  Kevin spotted a number of them with their mouths hanging open in astonishment; even Haleth, at his side, seemed to perk up a little, his eyes wide open.

Then as they drew a bit closer, one of the smoke-breathing figures stood up.  To Kevin's delight, it was Merry.  He bowed very low, putting his hand upon his breast, and pretending not to see his friends, he turned to Éomer and the king.

“Welcome, my lords, to Isengard!” he said.  “We are the doorwardens.  Meriadoc, son of Saradoc is my name; and my companion, who, alas! is overcome with weariness”—here he gave the other a dig with his foot—“is Peregrin, son of Paladin, of the house of Took.  Far in the North is our home.”  He peered at the ravaged building behind him for a moment, and then turned back to their guests.  “We are joined by Jennifer, the daughter of Steven, and her brother Joey; at the moment, they are in the storeroom, but we can call them back out here.  The Lord Saruman is no longer counted among the living, or doubtless he would be here to welcome such honourable guests.  However, one Gríma is within the Tower.”

“News not unexpected,” said Gandalf, laughing.  “And who was it that ordered you to guard the damaged doors, and watch for the arrival of guests, when your attention could be spared from plate and bottle?”

"Our orders came from Treebeard," said Merry, "who has taken over the management of Isengard.  He commanded me to welcome the Lord of Rohan with fitting words.  I have done my best.”

At the mention of his sister and brother, Kevin urged his mount forward to join his friends just in time to hear Gimli say:

“And what about your companions?  What about Legolas and me?  You rascals, you woolly-footed and wool-pated truants!  A fine hunt you have led us!  Two hundred leagues, through fen and forest, battle and death, to rescue you!  And here we find you feasting and idling—and smoking!  Smoking!  Where did you come by the weed, you villains?  Hammer and tongs!  I am so torn between rage and joy, that if I do not burst, it will be a marvel!”

“You speak for me, Gimli,” laughed Legolas.  “Though I would sooner learn how they came by the wine.”

“One thing you have not found in your hunting, and that's brighter wits,” said Pippin, opening an eye.  “Here you find us sitting on a field of victory, amid the plunder of armies, and you wonder how we came by a few well-earned comforts!”  He gave them a grin full of mischief.

“Well-earned?” said Gimli.  “I cannot believe that!”

But while the Riders laughed, Kevin grinned as he saw Pippin move over to a dark opening within the gate and shout, "Jennifer!  Joey!  You might want to come out here!"  He was finally going to see his brother and sister again!

He no longer listened to the banter between the Riders and the hobbits, but watched as he saw the two he had been most worried about burst from the opening.  He jumped from his horse and ran forward as both Jennifer and Joey half-ran and half-slid down the side of the rubble, which thankfully was not precariously unstable.  They ran together to embrace one another with laughter and tears, Kevin repeating over and over and over again, "Thank God!"

Kevin was drawn back to reality when he heard Gandalf's distinct voice.  "You do not know your danger, Théoden,” the wizard interrupted; Jennifer and Joey also turned toward him as he spoke.  “These hobbits will sit on the edge of ruin and discuss the pleasures of the table, or the small doings of their fathers, grandfathers, and great-grandfathers, and remoter cousins to the ninth degree, if you encourage them with undue patience.  Some other time would be more fitting for the history of smoking.  Where is Treebeard, Merry?”

Merry pointed out the Ent's location with a wave of his hand.  Kevin looked in that direction, hearing a rumbling sound, and another sound as of distant horns.

“And is Orthanc then left unguarded?” asked Gandalf.

“There is the water,” said Merry.  He also pointed out various Ents planted here and there, including Quickbeam.

“Yes, a tall grey Ent is there,” said Legolas, “but his arms are at his sides, and he stands as still as a Door-tree.”

"That's Quickbeam," said Joey.  "He's a friend of ours, but he's been upset since he killed Saruman."

So, that's what happened.  Well, it is past noon,” said Gandalf, “and we at any rate have not eaten since early morning.  Yet I wish to see Treebeard as soon as may be.  Did he leave me no message, or has plate and bottle driven it from your mind?”

“He left a message,” said Merry, “and I was coming to it, but I have been hindered by many other questions.  I was to say that, if the Lord of the Mark and Gandalf will ride to the northern wall they will find Treebeard there, and he will welcome them.  I may add that they will also find food of the best there, it was discovered and selected by your humble servants.”  He bowed.

Gandalf laughed.  “That is better!” he said.  “Well, Théoden, will you ride with me to find Treebeard?  We must go round about, but it is not far.  When you see Treebeard, you will learn much.  For Treebeard is Fangorn, and the eldest and chief of the Ents, and when you speak with him you will hear the speech of the oldest of all living things.”

“I will come with you,” said Théoden.  “Farewell, my hobbits!  May we meet again in my house!  There you shall sit beside me and tell me all that your hearts desire: the deeds of your grandsires, as far as you can reckon them; and we will speak also of Tobold the Old and his herb-lore.  Farewell!”

The hobbits bowed low.  “So that is the King of Rohan!” said Pippin in an undertone.  “A fine old fellow.  Very polite.”

Jennifer giggled at Pippin's remark.  Kevin was holding Joey in his arms, and he chuckled as well.  "What an understatement!" he said, and Joey grinned.

“I can’t wait to meet him,” Joey said.  “Is he a real king?”

Aragorn nodded, his eyes crinkled in amusement.  “Yes, Joey.  He is a real king, and you shall soon have your wish.  I will introduce you children to Théoden King when he comes back.”

Gandalf rode off eastward, along with the King and the Rohirrim who had accompanied them.  But Aragorn, Boromir, Kevin, Gimli, and Legolas lingered, as did Haleth, who was loath to leave Kevin's company.  Kevin hopped up to sit on one of the rocks next to Joey.  Jennifer was on Joey's other side.  Kevin snaked out one of his long arms to embrace both his brother and sister at the same time.  He gave them a squeeze, and Joey leaned into his older brother's side briefly.

"Ew!" he said, scrunching up his face in disgust.  "You smell like a sweaty horse, Kev!"

"That is high praise," said the blond boy who was with Kevin.

Kevin took a moment to introduce Haleth, who no longer seemed so downcast.  "Haleth, I would like you to meet my sister Jennifer and my brother Joey.  Jen and Joey—this is my new friend, Haleth, son of Háma."

Haleth blushed deeply, and softly said, "I am honoured to meet you."  He looked away, too shy to maintain eye contact.

"Any friend of our brother is a friend of ours," Jennifer answered.  Joey nodded briskly.

“Well, well!  The hunt is over, and we meet again at last, where none of us ever thought to come,” said Aragorn.  The remaining companions also made themselves comfortable on the sun-baked rocks.

After a few more pleasantries between the reunited friends and family, the hobbits offered to bring out a picnic of items from the storehouse. Jennifer got up to help Merry and Pippin.  Joey promptly got into his brother's lap, and clung to him, horsey smell or no horsey smell.  Kevin was somewhat startled, as his little brother had outgrown lap-sitting a few years back, but he was happy enough to hang onto Joey.  He bent his head down and planted a kiss on top of Joey's hair.  Haleth sat next to the boys.

Joey looked up and whispered, "I was scared, Kev!  I thought I might not ever see you again."

Kevin nodded and squeezed him gently as they waited for the food to come out.  “I know you were, Joey,” he whispered back.  “If orcs had captured me, I would have been scared, too.  But you’re safe now, and we’re back together.”  Joey said not a word, but wrapped his arms around his big brother, who hugged him.

Pippin went into the storeroom and came out minutes later with a pile of wood in his arms; climbing off Kevin’s lap and leaping to his feet, Joey and Haleth rushed toward him to take some of the wood out of his arms.  Together, the three of them arranged the wood in a pile, and with a flint, Aragorn set it on fire.  “Wish we had some matches,” Kevin muttered.  “Matches are a whole lot easier to use.”  Smiling wryly, Jennifer nodded agreement.  Haleth looked at them, puzzled.

Jennifer brought out a bottle of wine and a pitcher of beer, and apologized to her brothers.  "We've been drinking hot water—boiling it and then letting it cool a little."  She grimaced.  "The water is really dirty after the flood, and I'm afraid of drinking it plain."

“Merry and Pippin made us some tea, too, once,” Joey added, glancing at the hobbits.

Kevin said, "Well—"  He glanced at Aragorn.  "—we can take some of the water and add just a little wine—it will help to sanitize the water.  Aragorn knows how much; it's what he's been doing for me since he knows I don't want to drink alcohol."

All the details of the meal were settled, and they sat down together and began to feast on bread, cheese, bacon grilled on sticks over the fire, and apples.  When the meal ended, Aragorn and Gimli were quite pleased to have a share in the smoking of the Southfarthing leaf that the hobbits had found, although Aragorn was a little concerned about the implications of finding it in Isengard.

They could see far down into the valley now; the mists were lifting and floating away upon the breeze.

“Now let us take our ease here for a little!” said Aragorn.  “We will sit on the edge of ruin and talk, as Gandalf says, while he is busy elsewhere.  I feel a weariness such as I have seldom felt before.”  He wrapped his grey cloak about him, hiding his mail-shirt, and stretched out his long legs.  Then he lay back and sent from his lips a thin stream of smoke.

“Look!” said Pippin.  “Strider the Ranger has come back!”

“He has never been away,” said Aragorn.  “I am Strider and Dúnadan too, and I belong both to Gondor and the North.”

They smoked in silence for a while, and the sun shone on them; slanting into the valley from among white clouds high in the West.  Legolas lay still, looking up at the sun and sky with steady eyes, and singing softly to himself; Kevin, Jennifer, Joey, and Haleth stayed close to him, upwind from the pipe smoke.  At last he sat up.  “Come now!” he said.  “Time wears on, and the mists are blowing away, or would if you strange folk did not wreathe yourselves in smoke.  What of the tale?”

“Well, my tale begins with waking up and finding myself all strung-up in an orc-camp,” said Pippin.  “Let me see, what is today?”

Among them, the four who had been captured told their stories.  Pippin seemed to tell the most, although Merry, Jennifer, and Joey all had their contributions to the tale.  When Pippin got to the part where he let his brooch fall as a clue, Aragorn interrupted.

"Here are some treasures you let fall," he said.  From his belt beneath his cloak, he took the hobbits' knives and belts, as well as Pippin's brooch.  Boromir returned Joey's sling, belt, and knife to him, Legolas gave Jennifer her bow and arrows and her knives, and Joey's pack to him, and Kevin gave Jennifer her pack, where he had stowed the walkie-talkies and her scrunchie that they had found.  All of them were pleased to have their possessions back, and the story waited for a while as they looked over their belongings, that they had never thought to see again.  But soon enough, they returned to the tale of their capture and escape.

The picnic ended, and with the story told, they gathered themselves up, and went to find Gandalf and the others.  They spotted the riders, along with Treebeard, approaching from the north, and went to join them.

“Théoden King,” Aragorn said to the King of Rohan, “you have already met Kevin, son of Steven, but now I should like to introduce you to his sister, Lady Jennifer, and their brother, Joey.”  He gestured toward each child as he introduced him or her.

Théoden’s eyes crinkled kindly as he gazed at the children.  “It is my pleasure to meet you, Lady Jennifer and Master Joey,” he told them, and then looked at Haleth.  “I see that Haleth, son of Háma, is making some new friends in you two.  He has already made a friend in Lord Kevin.”

Joey gaped up at him.  “Are you—are you really—a real king?”

Théoden and the others laughed.  “Yes, Master Joey, I am a real king, the King of Rohan."  He gave a gracious nod of his head, and Jennifer, recalling her lessons in Rivendell, gave a bow (since she was not wearing skirts and could not curtsey), and Joey, prompted by her, also bowed.

“None of us has ever met a king before, Your Majesty,” Jennifer explained, still slightly bent from her bow.  “This is new to us.”

"Rise, my lady.  We of Rohan are not so formal as those of Gondor.  Yet I say to you, your manners are a credit to you, and to you as well, young Joey."  He gave them a gentle smile.

Jennifer blushed.  He really was, as Pippin had said, "a fine old fellow and very polite", though she did not repeat the sentiment aloud.  “Thank you,” she said, glancing at Joey, who smiled his thanks.

"My Lord," said Gandalf to the King of Rohan, "we shall need to decide the fate of your former advisor, and then I will lock up the Tower of Orthanc, for there is likely much there which should not be meddled with, I daresay."  Théoden nodded agreement.

From their vantage at the foot of Orthanc, Théoden called out, "Wormtongue!  Come forth and hear your doom!"

Gríma, his face pale and his hair wild, came to look out the window.  But he said nothing.  Instead, with an angry cry, he raised both arms high, and in his hands was some large round object which he heaved down upon their heads.  His aim was poor, or perhaps he could not tell whether he wished it to land upon the King’s head, or upon Gandalf’s, for it fell down to smite the stair near where they stood.  It was Wormtongue’s last action; three arrows suddenly sprouted from his chest, one of them from Legolas, the others from two of the King’s escort.

The stair cracked and splintered in glittering sparks.  But the ball was unharmed: it rolled on down the steps, a globe of crystal, dark, but glowing with a heart of fire.  As it bounded away towards a pool, Pippin ran after it and picked it up.

Joey darted after him.  “Hey, wait for me!  Let me see!” he called.

“The murderous rogue!” cried Éomer.

Gandalf was unmoved.  "A parting shot from Master Wormtongue, I fancy, but ill-aimed.”

“The aim was poor, maybe, because he could not make up his mind which he hated more, you or Théoden,” said Aragorn.

"Perhaps both," Gandalf replied, as he waded over to where Pippin and Joey were examining the fascinating object.

“Here, my lads, I'll take that!  I did not ask you to handle it,” he cried, seeing Pippin and Joey handling it as if it were very heavy.  He went down to meet them and hastily took the dark globe from the two young ones, wrapping it in the folds of his cloak.  “I will take care of this,” he said.  “It is not a thing, I guess, that Saruman would have chosen to cast away if he were still alive.”

Joey bit his lip, resentment etching his face.  “No fair!  I want to see that!”

Pippin scowled.  "I saved it out of the deep water," he grumbled, "and naught so much as a 'thanks’!”

“It is not a child’s toy, Joey,” Aragorn told the young boy from his horse.

"Nor is it a curiosity for hobbits," Gandalf added.  

"Well," said Gimli, "that’s enough.  If things are settled here, I say let this be an end, and let's be on our way!"

The sun was high above the long western arm of the mountains when Gandalf and his companions, and the king with his Riders, set out again from Isengard.  Gandalf took Merry behind him, and Aragorn took Pippin; Joey rode with Boromir, and Éomer took Jennifer before him.  Two of the king's men went on ahead, riding swiftly.  The others followed at an easy pace.

While Gandalf rode up ahead with the King, as did Éomer and Jennifer, the others rode a bit behind.  Aragorn and Boromir rode side by side, with Pippin and Joey before them.  The leisurely pace made conversation easier.

"Where are we going now?" Joey asked.

"I believe the plan is an easy ride to the end of the valley," answered Aragorn.  "We will set up camp there for tonight, then tomorrow we'll continue our journey.  We had originally intended to go straight to Edoras, but after the battle, Théoden King changed his mind: we'll go first to Helm's Deep, and then from there to the mountain stronghold in Dunharrow."

"Why?" asked Pippin.

"Because," said Boromir this time, "the next likely battle will fall in Minas Tirith, and Dunharrow is the best place in the South to muster the éoreds."

There was a brief silence.  Pippin could tell that Gandalf and Merry were talking, but they weren't quite close enough for him to hear what they were saying.  Finally, he gave up.  "Aragorn, what was that round thing Wormtongue threw from the tower?  I didn't get a very good look at it."

"I do not know for certain, although I have suspicions.  But I would rather not say, Pippin.  If Gandalf wanted anyone to know, he would have told us.  I do not think he wishes it discussed."

Joey looked sideways at Pippin, who caught his eye.  Neither of them was satisfied with that answer.   "Boromir?" Joey asked tentatively.  An amused snort came from behind him.

"I neither know nor suspect any more than does Aragorn, Joey," he said.  "And I agree.  Gandalf does not want that bandied about.  It is unwise to meddle in the affairs of wizards."  Joey pouted.

"Well, since we can't talk about anything interesting," he finally said, "tell us about where we're going?  Isn't Helm's Deep where you guys were fighting?  I thought that's what Kevin said."

Boromir and Aragorn went on to describe Helm's Deep a little bit, and to tell some parts of the course of the battle, although they did not go into the sorts of details they thought unsuitable for Joey.  Pippin could tell they were leaving out a lot, but he didn't mind; they had won in the end, and to his mind, that was all that mattered.  And Joey did not seem to notice they were skipping some parts.

"What happened to Haldir and the other Elves?" asked Joey.  He had liked the Marchwarden of Lothlórien during their stay there.   

"A few of them were injured; they were going to stay there until the injured Elves were well enough to travel, and then they were going to head West towards the River Anduin, to see if there were any other Orcs or enemies coming down from the North.  Then they were going to head back to Lothlórien, since Lord Celeborn was expecting it to also be attacked soon.  Depending on whether any of the injured have recovered well enough, they may still be in Helm's Deep when we arrive."

The conversation tapered off.  The road was winding down the valley, and they could sometimes hear the sound of the River Isen to their right.  It grew darker and darker, and Joey fell asleep.  Pippin was still awake, though, his mind returning over and over again to that curious stone he had picked up.  The moon came out, full and round, lighting their way with its cold light.

Finallythey halted.  Then they turned aside, leaving the highway and riding upon the green grass on the verge. The went west for a mile or so, and made camp in a little dale about an hour or so before midnight.  

Two guards were chosen to keep watch.  A light supper of trail provisions was eaten.  Pippin and Merry had a few apples they had brought from Isengard, which they cut up and shared with their friends.  "I am sorry we couldn't bring away more!" said Merry, looking at the other people in the encampment.

Aragorn chuckled.  "I am sure they do not mind," he said.  "And I am thankful for your sharing."

But the meal was a short one, for all were tired, and they wrapped themselves up in cloaks and blankets.  Joey had decided to curl up near Merry and Pippin.  He pretended to be already asleep, though he felt quite wound up still.  So did Pippin, it seemed; the hobbit kept squirming in his blanket.  The bracken upon which they lay rustled with his movements.

“What's the matter?” Merry asked Pippin.  "You are fidgeting as though you are lying on an ant-hill.”

“No,” said Pippin, “but I'm not comfortable.  And I can't help thinking about that—glass ball, now.  Gandalf seemed mighty pleased with it.  He knows or guesses something about it.  But does he tell us what?  No, not a word.  Yet I picked it up, and I saved it from rolling into a pool.  'Here, I'll take that, my lads...'—that's all.  I wonder what it is?  It felt so very heavy.”  Pippin's voice fell very low as if he was talking to himself.

Joey couldn't help thinking about that, too.  That ball, or whatever it was, had been so fascinating, with those deep lights swirling within.  He'd love to get another look at it himself.

“Hullo!” said Merry.  “So that's what is bothering you?  Now, Pippin my lad, don't forget Gildor's saying—the one Sam used to quote: ‘Do not meddle in the affairs of Wizards, for they are subtle and quick to anger’.'”

Joey almost giggled.  Before they had come here, he had once seen a T-shirt that said, ‘Do not meddle in the affairs of dragons because you are crunchy and taste good with ketchup.’

“But our whole life for months has been one long meddling in the affairs of Wizards,” said Pippin.  “I should like a bit of information as well as danger.  I should like a look at that Ball.”

So would I, thought Joey.

“Go to sleep!” said Merry.  “You’ll get information enough, sooner or later.  My dear Pippin, no Took ever beat a Brandybuck for inquisitiveness, but is this the time, I ask you?”  He rolled over and turned his back.

“All right!  What's the harm in my telling you what I should like: a look at that stone?  I know I can't have it, with old Gandalf sitting on it, like a hen on an egg.  But it doesn't help much to get no more from you than a you-can't-have-it So-go-to-sleep!”

“Well, what else could I say?” said Merry, half-twisting his upper body and craning his head to face Pippin again.  “I'm sorry, Pippin, but you really must wait till the morning.  I'll be as curious as you like after breakfast, and I'll help in any way I can at wizard-wheedling.  But I can't keep awake any longer.  If I yawn any more, I shall split at the ears.  Good night!”  He turned back on his side.

But Pippin did not go to sleep, although he said no more.  Under his own half-open eyelids, Joey could see his friend was still awake.  He didn't miss it when Pippin carefully crawled out from under the blanket and began crawling in Gandalf's direction—the wizard was sleeping on the other side of the camp.  He waited a few seconds, and then crept after the hobbit.

"Wait!" he hissed, when he was close enough for Pippin to hear a whisper.  "Wait for me!  I want to see, too!"

Pippin glanced back, and Joey feared he would tell him to go away, but instead he gave a grin and a nod.

Gandalf had the thing securely in his arm, and moreover was sleeping with his eyes open; one never knew when a wizard was actually asleep. Joey crept up behind him. How could they get it when the wizard was holding onto it so hard?

Pippin waved his hand in front of Gandalf’s eyes.  They didn’t blink.

“He’s asleep,” hissed Joey.

Pippin looked at the bundle in Gandalf’s arms.

Just then, Merry woke up.  “Pippin!  Joey!  What are you doing?” he hissed, a worried look on his face.

Pippin ignored him and crept a few feet away to find a stone about the same size.  Gandalf muttered something in his sleep, making Pippin recoil in fear, but he grabbed the bundle from Gandalf's arm, replacing it with the stone he had found.

Pippin and Joey crept back over to where Merry was sitting up, appalled.  "Pippin!  Joey!  Are you mad?  Put it back!" he said.  "You will be in so much trouble, both of you!  Put—it—back!"

But they ignored him.

Pippin pulled the cloth from the stone, and looked into its depths.  Joey sat back and looked over Pippin's shoulder.

The air seemed still and tense about them.  At first the globe was dark, black as jet, with the moonlight gleaming on its surface.  Then there came a faint glow and stir in the heart of it.  Joey jerked back, as it had tried to hold his eyes.  It suddenly came to him that this was a really stupid thing to do.  But it appeared to be holding onto Pippin's eyes, so that now the hobbit seemed to struggle to look away.  Joey found himself fighting an overpowering temptation to look again, but Merry grabbed hold of his shoulder and pulled him back with a yank.

Suddenly the lights went out.  Pippin gave a gasp and struggled; but he remained bent, clasping the ball with both hands,as if he could not let go.  Closer and closer he bent, and then became rigid; his lips moved soundlessly for a while.  Then with a strangled cry he fell back and lay still.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 36: Just One Mistake

Pippin's cry was piercing, shrill, and terrified.  Merry moved Joey aside and tried to grab his cousin, but suddenly he was also pushed aside as Aragorn came rushing toward him, followed by Legolas.  Aragorn threw a blanket over the stone and managed to get it away from Pippin just as Gandalf came up, looking both distressed and angry.

Kevin and Jennifer were wakened by Pippin's scream.  Kevin sat bolt upright, fumbling for his sword at the side of his bedroll.  Jennifer woke breathing heavily, still confused by waking up so suddenly.  Then they looked over to see Joey out of bed, next to Merry and apparently in the middle of the commotion.

"Did Pippin have a nightmare, you think?" Jennifer asked.

"Your guess is as good as mine," her older brother replied.

They started to go over to where Gandalf was attending to Pippin, but Legolas caught each of them by the shoulder.  "Wait," he said.  "Give Gandalf some room."

“So this is the thief!” said Gandalf.   “But you, Pippin!  This is a grievous turn to things!”  He knelt by Pippin's body: the hobbit was lying on his back rigid, with unseeing eyes staring up at the sky.  “The devilry!  What mischief has he done—to himself, and to all of us?”  The wizard's face was drawn and haggard.  "And you, Joey!  Did you look into it as well?"

Too frightened to speak, Joey shook his head emphatically.  As badly as he had wished to look into the round thing with Pippin, something had held him back at the last second, and then when the temptation had almost overwhelmed him, Merry had pulled him back.  Finally, he whispered, "I think it looked at me."  The wizard gave him a sharp look and then turned to Pippin.  Merry was hovering over his cousin, white-faced and angry.

Joey watched as Gandalf took Pippin's hand and bent over his face.  He seemed to be listening for the hobbit's breath.  Pippin gave a shudder after Gandalf's large hand caressed his brow and the wizard whispered something to him.  He blinked slowly and then, with a yell, he sat up and began staring about him at everyone.

“It is not for you, Saruman!” he cried in a shrill and toneless voice, shrinking away from Gandalf.  “I will send for it at once.  Do you understand?  Say just that!”  Then he struggled to get up and escape, but Gandalf held him gently and firmly.

“Peregrin Took!” he said.  “Come back!”

Pippin slowly relaxed, and then with a shake of his head as if clearing it of fog, he fell back into Gandalf's arms.  “Gandalf!” he called out.  “Gandalf!  Forgive me!”

“Forgive you?” said the wizard.  “Tell me first what you have done!”

“I, I took the ball and looked at it,” stammered Pippin; “and I saw things that frightened me.  And I wanted to go away, but I couldn't.  And then he came and questioned me; and he looked at me, and, and that is all I remember.”

“That won't do,” said Gandalf sternly.  “What did you see, and what did you say?”

Pippin shut his eyes and shivered, but said nothing.  They all stared at him in silence, except Merry who turned away.  But Gandalf's face was still hard.  “Speak!” he said.

The hobbit began to speak, hesitantly at first, then slowly his words grew clearer and stronger.  “I saw a dark sky, and tall battlements,” he said.  “And tiny stars.  It seemed very far away and long ago, yet hard and clear.  Then the stars went in and outthey were cut off by things with wings.  Very big, I think, really; but in the glass they looked like bats wheeling round the tower.  I thought there were nine of them.  One began to fly straight towards me, getting bigger and bigger.  It had a horrible—no, no!  I can't say.

“I tried to get away, because I thought it would fly out; but when it had covered all the globe, it disappeared.  Then he came.  He did not speak so that I could hear words.  He just looked, and I understood.

“‘So you have come back?  Why have you neglected to report for so long?’

“I did not answer.  He said: ‘Who are you?’  I still did not answer, but it hurt me horribly; and he pressed me, so I said: ‘A hobbit.’

“Then suddenly he seemed to see me, and he laughed at me.  It was cruel.  It was like being stabbed with knives.  I struggled.  But he said: ‘Wait a moment!  We shall meet again soon.  Tell Saruman that this dainty is not for him.  I will send for it at once.  Do you understand?  Say just that!’

“Then he gloated over me.  I felt I was falling to pieces.  No, no!  I can't say any more.  I don't remember anything else.”

“Look at me!” said Gandalf.  

Pippin looked up straight into his eyes.  The wizard held his gaze for a moment in silence.  Then his face grew gentler, and the shadow of a smile appeared.  He laid his hand softly on Pippin's head.

“All right!” he said.  “Say no more!  You have taken no harm.  There is no lie in your eyes, as I feared.  But he did not speak long with you.  A fool, but an honest fool, you remain, Peregrin Took.  Wiser ones might have done worse in such a pass.  But mark this!  You have been saved, and all your friends too, mainly by good fortune, as it is called.  You cannot count on it a second time.  If he had questioned you, then and there, almost certainly you would have told all that you know, to the ruin of us all.  But he was too eager.  He did not want information only: he wanted you, quickly, so that he could deal with you in the Dark Tower, slowly.  Don't shudder!  If you will meddle in the affairs of Wizards, you must be prepared to think of such things.  But come!  I forgive you.  Be comforted!  Things have not turned out as evilly as they might.”

He lifted Pippin gently and carried him back to his bed.  Merry followed, and sat down beside him.  “Lie there and rest, if you can, Pippin!” said Gandalf.  “Trust me.  If you feel an itch in your palms again, tell me of it!  Such things can be cured.  But anyway, my dear hobbit, don't put a rock under my elbow again!  Now, I will leave you two together for a while.  But first...

Gandalf turned to Joey.  "You said you thought it looked at you."

By this time, Legolas allowed Kevin and Jennifer to approach more closely, enough to realize that whatever mischief Pippin had been into, Joey had apparently gone along with it.  Kevin scowled at his little brother, and Jennifer shook her head.

Joey hung his head.  By this time, he could see not only Gandalf and Aragorn and Legolas standing around, but also his brother and sister, both of them looking really mad.  And the King and a lot of the Riders were also there.  It was humiliating.  He bit his lip.  "I wanted to see it, too.  I was going to look in it, and I started to, but, well, suddenly it seemed like not such a good idea, and I jerked away.  But I could feel something staring in my direction, and it might have seen me before that."  He bit his lower lip and glanced at Merry.  “Then I was tempted to look in it again, and the temptation was real strong.  So very strong—I almost gave in!  But Merry held me and pulled me back.”  Merry nodded.  “Thank goodness,” Joey added, looking at Merry.  "Thanks, Merry."

Merry just nodded back at him solemnly.

“Indeed.”  Gandalf nodded.  "I know not what warning guarded you from your own folly, child, but I am glad of it.  Pippin suffered horribly in the grasp of the Eye, and I would not have you suffer such things as well.  But if you were so much as glimpsed, then your own danger is increased."

Joey bit his lower lip.  “Does that mean Sauron wants me, too?”

The wizard did not answer, but looked at those around him, and gave Joey into his older siblings’ custody.  "See that your little brother is comforted.  Scolding can come later."  He watched them lead their brother away to the other side of the room, and then led the others in the opposite direction.  “Peril comes in the night when least expected,” he said.  “We have had a narrow escape!”

“How is Pippin?” asked Aragorn.

“I think all will be well now,” answered Gandalf.  “He was not held long, and hobbits have an amazing power of recovery.  The memory, or the horror of it, will probably fade quickly.  Too quickly, perhaps."  He looked at the blanket-covered object in Aragorn's arms.  "Will you, Aragorn, take the Orthanc-stone and guard it?  It is a dangerous charge.”

“Dangerous indeed, but not to all,” said Aragorn.  “There is one who may claim it by right.  For this assuredly is the palantír of Orthanc from the treasury of Elendil, set here by the Kings of Gondor.  Now my hour draws near.  I will take it.”

Gandalf looked at Aragorn, and then, to the surprise of the others, he bowedand gestured at it.

“Receive it, lord!” he said: “in earnest of other things that shall be given back.  But if I may counsel you in the use of your own, do not use it—yet!  Be wary!”

“When have I been hasty or unwary, who have waited and prepared for so many long years?” said Aragorn.

“Never yet.  Do not then stumble at the end of the road,” answered Gandalf.  “But at the least keep this thing secret.  You, and all others that stand here!  The hobbit, Peregrin, and the boy, Joey, above all should not know where it is bestowed.  The evil fit may come on them again.  For alas!  Pippin has handled it and looked in it, as should never have happened, and Joey has come dangerously close to doing so.  Pippin ought never to have touched it in Isengard, and there I should have been quicker.  But my mind was bent on Saruman, and I did not at once guess the nature of the Stone.  Then I was weary, and as I lay pondering it, sleep overcame me.  Now I know!”

“Yes, there can be no doubt,” said Aragorn.  “At last we know the link between Isengard and Mordor, and how it worked.  Much is explained.”

“Strange powers have our enemies, and strange weaknesses!” said Théoden.  “But it has long been said: oft evil will shall evil mar.”

“That many times is seen,” said Gandalf.  “But at this time we have been strangely fortunate.  Maybe, I have been saved by this hobbit from a grave blunder.  I had considered whether or not to probe this Stone myself to find its uses.  Had I done so, I should have been revealed to him myself.  I am not ready for such a trial.  But we have only a little time."

He looked thoughtful, and stroked his beard briefly.  "We must snatch that time.  We have been too leisurely.  We must move.  This is no place now to linger in.  I will ride ahead at once with Peregrin Took.  It will be better for him than lying in the dark while others sleep.  I also think that Joey would be best away from here as well."  He looked at Boromir.

"My lord, I think that my way, and that of Pippin, is South, to Minas Tirith.  Will you accompany me to the Hall of your father, to help me explain things?  You could bear young Joey along with you."

Boromir took a deep breath.  "I think if you are going to the Citadel, I had best come with you, since my father is not overly fond of you.  Yet if you ride upon Shadowfax, I do not think I can keep up with you, especially with the extra burden of Joey.  My own horse, though a fine Rohirric mount, is not the Prince of the Mearas as is your Shadowfax."

Théoden and Éomer had been listening in, and the two of them exchanged a glance.  "Lord Boromir," the King said, "there is a Meara that might consent to bear you.  Hrimfax is the son of Shadowfax, and we have been wooing him in the hopes he might one day consent to bear Éomer.  He is the only horse in Rohan that might possibly keep up with Shadowfax."

"But we can spare no time in searching for him," said Boromir.

Théoden, Éomer, Gandalf, and Legolas all looked amused.  "Hrimfax has been trailing us for a long time; we travel with his sire, after all.  He followed at a distance when Gandalf went to fetch me and my éored for the battle.   As one of the Mearas, he is not kept confined, and may run as he pleases," said Éomer.  "He also likes to keep track of me, as well.  He has yet to consent to bear me, but he does think of me as his friend."  He put two fingers to his mouth, and gave a shrill whistle.

Soon there was a distant sound of hooves, and at the far edge of the clearing, a beautiful horse appeared.  He stood back warily.  Everyone also stood back out of respect, but Théoden, Éomer, Boromir, Legolas, and Gandalf slowly approached him.

Aragorn, however, walked over to where Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey were.

-oo000oo-

Kevin found it hard to follow Gandalf's advice.  He really wanted to yell at Joey for pulling such a stupid stunt, even if it had been Pippin's idea.  He clamped down on his tongue, and allowed Jennifer to hug Joey and pet him while he tried to rein in his temper.  But before he had a chance to say anything, Aragorn was tapping him on the shoulder.

"Kevin, I know that you have just been reunited with your brother, but his actions have placed him in danger,” Aragorn said in a low voice.  “He and Pippin need to be sent far from here."

Despite Aragorn’s efforts to keep his voice down, Joey and Jennifer heard him.  They both turned on him, appalled.  “Can—can Kevin and I go with him?  With Joey?” Jennifer asked, holding her little brother tightly against her side.

Aragorn shook his head sadly.  “No, you may not, Jennifer.  Joey and Pippin will ride with Gandalf and Boromir to Minas Tirith.  You and Kevin must stay here with Théoden King and me.”

Joey took a step forward, shock on his face.  “No!” he wailed.  “Not without Kevin and Jennifer.  Please!”

Approaching Joey, Aragorn laid a hand on his shoulder.  “I know you do not want to be separated from your brother and sister so soon after being reunited, Joey,” he said kindly.  “But if they try to accompany you to Minas Tirith, it will only slow all of you down, and time is of the essence now.  It is not safe for you or Pippin to stay here at present.  You will not be alone, Joey; Pippin is going with you, and so are Gandalf and Boromir.  You will be reunited with Kevin and Jennifer as soon as it is safe for you to be with them once more.”

Kevin took a deep, shuddering breath.  His anger toward Joey had been replaced with concern and distress.  “I know, Joey,” he said, his voice shaking.  “I don’t want us to be separated again either.  Especially now.  But we’ll have to be, for the time being.”

“That is right.”  Putting his arm around Joey’s shoulders, Aragorn nodded toward the entrance.  “Come with me, Joey.  A horse is being selected for you and Boromir as I speak.  You may say goodbye to Kevin and Jennifer before you leave.”  Slumping his shoulders, the morose little boy accompanied Aragorn out the door.

-oo000oo-

Those who had approached the horse stopped several feet away.

Éomer smiled.  "Greetings, Hrimfax, my friend.  I am not here to ask if you will bear me.  Rather, I would ask if you might find my fellow warrior Boromir worthy of you.”  He gestured at Boromir, who tried to look both humble and proud at the same time.

Legolas moved close to the fence and spoke in Sindarin.  Easui, Hrimfax,” he said soothingly.  “Boromir na-milui adan, a ho cin eithel.”*

Hrimfax tossed his head.  Just then another horse trotted over to him.  It was Shadowfax.  He looked at his son until the younger horse looked away.  Then Shadowfax put his own head against that of his get.  They stood there silently, and then Hrimfax approached Boromir and placed his muzzle against Boromir's hand.  Shadowfax followed, and they stood there together.

In just a few moments, they were joined by Gandalf, who had Merry and Pippin by his side, and by Aragorn, who was with Joey and his older siblings.  Pippin was looking downcast, and Merry was scolding him.

Gandalf turned to Théoden.  "We are going to Minas Tirith.  It seems clear that the enemy's next strike will fall there.  Boromir needs to return to his people, and to speak with his father.  It is there that the next blow will fall.  If Gondor calls, will Rohan answer?"

Théoden nodded.  "I will begin the muster.  But it may take days to call in all of my people."

At that moment a shadow fell over them.  It seemed as though the moon suddenly vanished.  Joey gave a cry of fear, but he was not alone—so did many of the Riders.  He shuddered, as it seemed to become cold, and he felt a terror like he had never known before.  He gasped and looked up to see a giant winged shape fly past the moon.  It whirled around, and then flew away as fast as it had come.  The stars seemed to pale before its shadow.  Then it was gone.

Gandalf was gazing up, his arms out and downwards, stiff, his hands clenched.

“Nazgûl!” he cried.  “The messenger of Mordor.  The storm is coming.  The Nazgûl have crossed the River!  Ride, ride!  Wait not for the dawn!  Let not the swift wait for the slow!  Ride!”

He sprang upon Shadowfax's back, and Aragorn swept Pippin up, placing him in front of the wizard.  Boromir also mounted Hrimfax quickly, and after a Joey had received a very quick hug from Jennifer, Kevin handed him up to sit in front of Boromir.

"Behave yourself, Joey, and stay safe," he ordered.

Joey nodded, biting his lower lip, and Hrimfax shot off right after Shadowfax, as the four of them rode into the night.

He could faintly hear Jennifer call after him, "We love you, Joey!" but her voice was quickly gone, and he had no breath to call back to her.

Joey could not help the tears that threatened him.  He and Jennifer had only just gotten their older brother back, and now he had to leave both brother and sister behind.  Now he was separated from his whole family!  His parents, Megan, Kaylee, everyone!  Why had he been so stupid as to go along with Pippin?  He was just thankful that he had not stared directly into that thing, though he still wondered why he had not at the last second; what had held him back from doing so?  At least, when he had been so strongly tempted again, to the point where he had been almost overpowered by it, Merry had grabbed him and pulled him back, but the first time, something in Joey’s heart had hindered him from looking into that ball, or whatever it was called.

-oo000oo-

“A beautiful, restful night!” said Merry to Aragorn.  “Some folk have wonderful luck.  Pippin did not want to sleep, and he wanted to ride with Gandalf—and there he goes!  Instead of being turned into a stone himself to stand here forever as a warning.”

Kevin and Jennifer looked at one another.  It sounded as if Merry was just as annoyed with Pippin as Kevin, at least, was with Joey.  Although I wouldn’t really want Gandalf to turn my little brother into a stone, Kevin thought.  I’m mad at him for what he did, but not that mad!  Aragorn looked amused.

“If you had been the first to lift the Orthanc-stone, and not he, how would it be now?” the Ranger said.  “You might have done worse.  Who can say?  But now it is your luck to come with me, I fear.  At once.  Go at once, all of you, and bring anything Pippin or Joey left behind.”  Nodding, Merry and the remaining children did as they were told.

Please, God, Kevin silently prayed, as he gathered his things and stored them in his backpack, protect Joey and Pippin!  And Boromir and Gandalf, too.  He paused.  Thank You for protecting my little brother from looking into that stone!  Thank You for stopping him from doing that.  Please keep protecting him, Lord.

-oo000oo-

Gandalf and Boromir were gone, and the thudding hoofs of the two Mearas were lost in the night, when Merry, Kevin, and Jennifer all came back to Aragorn.  Merry had only a light bundle, for he had lost his pack at Parth Galen, and all he had was a few useful things he had picked up among the wreckage of Isengard.  Kevin and Jennifer had their packs, which already hung on their backs.  Hasufel was already saddled.  Legolas and Gimli with their horse stood close by.

“So, six of the Company still remain,” said Aragorn.  “We will ride on together.  But we shall not go alone, as I thought.  The king is now determined to set out at once.  Since the coming of the winged shadow, he desires to return to the hills under cover of night.”

“And then whither?” said Legolas.

“I cannot say yet,” Aragorn answered.  “As for the king, he will go to the muster that he commanded from Edoras, three nights from now.  And there, I think, he will hear tidings of war.  But for myself and any who ride with me, we shall take the swiftest way to Dunharrow, and thence to Minas Tirith beyond.”

The word had come down that Théoden King was riding for Dunharrow.  All of the refugees from Helm's Deep had already been led to Dunharrow by the Lady Èowyn.  It was there that the rest of the muster would gather.  It would be a slower ride, as they had such a large group of riders.

Merry was up at the head of the line, having mounted a stocky pony, alongside King Théoden, to whom he had impulsively sworn fealty less than an hour ago.  And so were Aragorn and Legolas and Gimli.  Haleth was among the Rohirrim who were riding with the King at the van, and Kevin rode alongside him.  Jennifer had taken her place next to that of her brother.  It had seemed to take forever to get everyone organized, but just when Jennifer was about to burst with impatience, the horns were blown, and the orders were given to head out.  Jennifer put her mind to riding, something she had far less practice with than the knife-fighting.  Fortunately, the Rohirrim had chosen a gentle mare for her when they had learned that she was still a beginning rider.

The ride was slow and mostly silent; it was hard, she found, to concentrate on staying on a horse and keep up a conversation, so mostly she just listened to Kevin and Haleth talking.  Maybe, someday, if she ever lost her fear of falling off, she'd be able to talk and ride as well.

-oo000oo-

Kevin was pleased with the improvement in his riding skills.  He'd practiced quite a bit in Rivendell, but all of the people in Rohan rode so naturally.  They had all been very generous with their tips on how to improve his riding (even though it was clear to him that they thought it very odd that he had never learned to ride as a child).

He and Haleth talked for a while as they rode.  His Rohirric friend had cheered up immensely at the thought of going into another battle, and talked with great enthusiasm of all the Orcs he hoped to kill.  That was something that Kevin found strange—he knew his friend still grieved his father, and he knew that Haleth had been just as traumatized by the fury and chaos of the battle in Helm's Deep, but it didn't fit with him being so excited about another battle.  But it seemed like all the Rohirrim he had met felt that way.  They were a warrior culture, and he was only just beginning to realize what that meant.

Like the Vikings, he thought, remembering his history lessons at school.  They were warriors, too!  Another warrior culture, just like the Rohirrim.  But the Rohirrim don't pillage or burn.  That's what the Vikings did, and that’s what Orcs do, too.

"I look forward to avenging my father," Haleth said.

Kevin shook his head.  "I'm not really looking forward to fighting again.  But that’s what we have to do, to keep people safe, so we will.  I really don't like killing, but they don't seem to care about peace, so I guess there is no way around it."

Haleth looked at him in surprise, and then his expression changed to a thoughtful nod.  "You are like the Lord Aragorn," he said.  "You are a brave warrior who does his duty, but you do not like the slaying."

Kevin smiled gratefully.  "That's high praise.  Thanks.  I can't think of anyone in Middle-earth I would want to be like, besides Aragorn.”  He paused.  “He sort of reminds me of my own father.  He was a warrior, too, when he was young, for a few years; that was before he got married.  I miss him, and I hope we’ll be able to see him again soon."  He didn’t say anything about his father having gone to college after his deployment, but before his marriage.

Before Haleth could respond, several of the Rohirrim behind them raised their voices in a song.  It sounded more like a chant than the songs Kevin was used to, but it was very interesting to listen to.  Haleth joined in, but Kevin just listened.  He didn't know any of the words, but he liked it very much.  It would be a long time before they stopped.

Suddenly, there was a pounding of hooves, as one of the scouts came galloping up.  Kevin saw him thunder past as he rode right up to the King and Aragorn.

“My lord,” he said to the king, “there are horsemen behind us.  As we crossed the fords I thought that I heard them.  Now we are sure.  They are overtaking us, riding hard.”

Théoden at once called a halt.  The Riders turned about and seized their spears.  Aragorn dismounted, and drawing his sword he stood by the king's stirrup.  Éomer and his esquire rode back to the rear.  Kevin saw Merry draw aside, and though he stayed upon his pony, he carefully drew his small sword.

Kevin looked at Haleth, who had dismounted as Aragorn had.  He took a deep breath.  "Here we go again, Lord," he prayed under his breath.  He dismounted, drew his sword, and tightened his belt.

The moon had been hidden behind the clouds, but the clouds passed and now it was visible again.  And soon they could hear the sound of hoofs, and they could see the moonlight shining on the armour of the approaching groups.  They could not make out how many.

When they were some fifty paces off, Éomer cried in a loud voice: “Halt!  Halt!  Who rides in Rohan?”

Kevin saw that Jennifer was looking nervous.  "Jen!  Go over there—"  He pointed to a spot behind them, back near the waggons where most of the women and all the children were.  "You aren't a good enough rider to fight from horseback."  Actually, he didn't want her fighting at all, if he could help it, but he wasn't going to say that to her, since it would put her back up.

She nodded, relieved, and very carefully guided her mare back to the place where Kevin had pointed.  She was willing to fight for her family if she had to, but she wasn't sure that she could control her horse while doing so.

The pursuers brought their steeds to a sudden stand.  A silence followed: and then in the moonlight, a horseman could be seen dismounting and walking slowly forward.  His hand showed white as he held it up, palm outward, in token of peace; but the king's men gripped their weapons.  At ten paces the man stopped.  He was tall, a dark standing shadow.  Then his clear voice rang out.

“Rohan?  Rohan did you say?  That is a glad word.  We seek that land in haste from long afar.”

“You have found it,” said Éomer.  “When you crossed the fords yonder you entered it.  But it is the realm of Théoden the King.  None ride here save by his leave.  Who are you?  And what is your haste?”

“Halbarad Dúnadan, Ranger of the North I am,” cried the man.  “We seek one Aragorn son of Arathorn, and we heard that he was in Rohan.”

“And you have found him also!” cried Aragorn.  Giving his reins to Merry, he ran forward and embraced the newcomer.  “Halbarad!” he said.  “Of all joys this is the least expected!”

"Who is Halbarad?" Haleth asked Kevin, as they slowly sheathed their weapons, relieved that they didn't need to fight right now.

Kevin shrugged.  "I don't know.  I never saw him before.  But he seems to be good friends with Aragorn, so at least they aren't enemies!"

“All is well,” said Aragorn, turning back.  “Here are some of my own kin from the far land where I dwelt.  But why they come, and how many they be, Halbarad shall tell us.”

“I have thirty with me,” said Halbarad.  “That is all of our kindred that could be gathered in haste; but the brethren Elladan and Elrohir have ridden with us, desiring to go to the war.  We rode as swiftly as we might when your summons came.”

“But I did not summon you,” said Aragorn, “save only in wish.  My thoughts have often turned to you, and seldom more than tonight; yet I have sent no word.  But come!  All such matters must wait.  You find us riding in haste and danger.  Ride with us now, if the king will give his leave.”

Théoden was indeed glad of the news.  “It is well!” he said.  “If these kinsmen be in any way like to yourself, my lord Aragorn, thirty such knights will be a strength that cannot be counted by heads.”

"Are the children McCloud among you?" Halbarad asked.

Kevin's head jerked up as he heard his last name.  He walked towards those at the front, leading his horse.  Haleth followed.

They heard Aragorn's answer.  "Kevin and his sister, Lady Jennifer, are among us.  Young Joey has travelled ahead to Minas Tirith with Gandalf and Boromir."  Aragorn spotted Kevin coming up next to him with Haleth.  "Haleth, of your courtesy, would you please go to the rear, and bring forward the Lady Jennifer?"

Haleth gave a quick nod and jumped on his horse, riding swiftly back towards the group of women and children and waggons.  It was only seconds before the youth returned, with Jennifer riding behind him.

Halbarad smiled at Jennifer, as Haleth helped Jennifer down from the horse.  Haleth was blushing furiously.  Jennifer came forward to stand at her brother's side.

"Lord Kevin, Lady Jennifer, I bring you messages from Rivendell.  From your younger sister Kaylee, I am to present to you many hugs and kisses.  I hope you will permit me to give you those verbally?”  His eyes twinkled.  Kevin and Jennifer exchanged amused glances, and Aragorn and Théoden, who were listening, chuckled.  Halbarad continued, “And I am to say that she misses you very much, but she is trying very hard to be good while you are gone.  You are not to worry about her."  He grinned as Kevin, Jennifer, Aragorn, and Théoden all laughed in response to Halbarad’s message from Kaylee.

“Did Kaylee really say all that?” Jennifer asked him, grinning.

"She did, indeed.”  Halbarad chuckled.  “I also have messages from the Lady Arwen for each of you."  He looked at Jennifer.  "Unto you, Lady Jennifer, she had this to say: 'Your path lies with that of the Dúnedain, daughter of a far land.  Do not allow yourself to be left behind, though that path may be a dark and dangerous one, for you will be needed at the end of it.'   These were her exact words."  He turned to Kevin. “And unto you, she says, 'Son of the West, your own road is that of the horsefolk.  Among the Rohirrim, you have made friends, and your place is by their side.  Do not fear separation from your kin.  You shall all be reunited ere the end.'”  Kevin and Jennifer exchanged an uneasy, apprehensive glance.

Aragorn stood listening, his face both anxious and slightly forlorn.  It was clear that he was wondering what word his beloved had sent to him, if any.  Halbarad arched his eyebrow, and gave a brief nod, as if to indicate such a message would be a private one, delivered later.  Aragorn's face lit up, and he gave a nod in return.  So long as he knew his lady had word for him, he could wait to hear it.

Jennifer and Kevin were no longer listening, though.  They were looking at one another in dismay.  "It sounds like we might split up again, Jen," Kevin said.  "I don't like the sound of that."

"But Lady Arwen has what they call foresight, among the Elves.”  Jennifer scratched her lower arm.  “I think she knows what she's talking about."  Kevin made a face, and Jennifer smiled ruefully.  “I know.  I don’t want to leave you, either.”

All around them, the others were getting ready to mount up and ride on.  Kevin looked at Haleth.  "I guess the two of us should ride with the rest of the King's guard.”

Jennifer nodded and looked around.  "My horse is over there, but I’m supposed to stay with Aragorn.  That's what the message said.”  

Aragorn glanced over at her.  "Jennifer, I do not think you will be able to keep up with the rest of us if you ride alone."  

Just then someone came up behind them.  "Lady Jennifer?"

They turned.  It was one of Lady Arwen's brothers. “Would you mind riding with me?"

Jennifer nodded, but looked embarrassed.  "I'm sorry, I can't tell which brother you are."

He smiled at her.  "I am Elladan, the eldest."

"Thank you, Elladan; yes, I would be glad to ride with you."  She smiled broadly, relieved that her lack of riding skills would not be a problem.  She turned and hugged her brother, before he could mount his horse.  Haleth had already mounted his.  "I'll see you later, Kevin."

Elladan lifted her up onto his horse, and then gracefully leapt upon his horse's back, with Jennifer seated behind him.  There was no saddle, so she had to keep her arms around his middle.  The horse she had been riding was tied to one of the waggons, and her belongings, which had been secured behind her saddle, was passed to Arwen's other brother, Elrohir.  He secured it to one of the spare mounts which carried his own things.

Aragorn rode to the front of the Dunedain with Halbarad on his left and Elrohir on his right, and Elladan and Jennifer rode to the right of Elrohir.  In front of the Dunedain and behind them rode Théoden King and his éored.

Then the Riders set out again, and Aragorn for a while rode with the Dúnedain; and when they had spoken of tidings in the North and in the South, Elrohir said to him:

“I bring word to you from my father: The days are short.  If thou art in haste, remember the Paths of the Dead.”

“Always my days have seemed to me too short to achieve my desire,” answered Aragorn.  “But great indeed will be my haste ere I take that road.”

“That will soon be seen,” said Elrohir.  “But let us speak no more of these things upon the open road!”

And Aragorn said to Halbarad: “What is that that you bear, kinsman?”  For he saw that instead of a spear he bore a tall staff, as it were a standard, but it was close-furled in a black cloth bound about with many thongs.

“It is a gift that I bring you from the Lady of Rivendell,” answered Halbarad.  “She wrought it in secret, and long was the making.  But she also sends word to you as well: The days now are short.  Either our hope cometh, or all hopes end.  Therefore I send thee what I have made for thee.  Fare well, Elfstone!

And Aragorn said: “Now I know what you bear.  Bear it still for me a while!”

Halbarad laughed, and Aragorn looked at him, puzzled.  Still laughing, Halbarad lifted his purse from within his tunic, where he wore it on a cord about his neck, and held it out toward his cousin.  “While Lady Arwen was making this banner I bear, little Kaylee made this token for me.  It contains a stone that she gave me, that she had brought from her homeland.  So, I, too, have a lady's favour!”  Aragorn, Elladan, and Elrohir laughed.

Jennifer could hear Kaylee's name, but not the rest of what Halbarad had said, but Elladan had heard clearly, and chuckled.  He turned and told her what Halbarad had said.

She smiled.  That was such a Kaylee thing to do!  Except that the Kaylee she knew didn’t know how to sew.  Out loud, she said, “How could Kaylee have made that for Halbarad?  She can’t sew!”

Aragorn looked at her.  “Apparently, Arwen has been giving her sewing lessons, Jennifer.”

Jennifer looked thoughtful.  “Yeah, I guess she has been, huh?  She must have started that after we left.”  She paused.  “I wonder what else Kaylee’s been learning in Rivendell?  Besides learning to ride, that is.”

-oo000oo-

Glorfindel turned and gestured the McClouds nearer.  "May I present to you Steven McCloud of Ore Gon, his wife Gail, and their youngest daughters, Kaylee and Megan?"

Kaylee was staring at Radagast in fascination, but Megan retreated behind her mother, though she, too, was staring at the Brown Wizard.  The jay upon his shoulder was chittering into his ear, and he shook his head impatiently.  "Very well!  Very well!  Off with you, then."  He turned to Steven and Gail.  "Jays!  So impatient.  He wanted to go off home to his wife, as she is about to nest.”  He placed his hand over his heart and bowed ever so slightly.  "So very nice to meet you, Steven and Gail.  I am Radagast the Brown, at your service."

The other man also repeated Radagast's gesture.  "Beorht, son of Beorn, at your service," he said.  He looked up at Glorfindel.  "It is good to see you again, my Lord Glorfindel.  We had word that you were travelling south on an errand of great importance concerning the coming war.  Yet we see you journey with young children?  And a dog?"  His eyes rested on the little girls, and then on Lucy, curiously.

"We are going to find our older children," Steve said.  "We didn't want to split the family up any more than it already was."

"I understand," Beorht replied.  His gaze returned to Glorfindel.  "Lord Glorfindel, we have the goods and supplies that your scouts indicated would be needed for your journey to the Golden Wood."

"My thanks, Beorht.  The things that Master Elrond has sent for trade are on the pack horses."

"That is excellent news.  Our healers will be most pleased, for the medicines of Rivendell have no rival."  He turned and called out, "Dagna!" 

A tall blonde woman walked over and joined them.  "This is my wife, Mistress Dagna.  She is the chief healer of our clan."  He introduced her to the newcomers, and she acknowledged them with a dignified nod of her head.  Then he said, "The medicines from Lord Elrond have arrived, so you may take charge of them now."

"That is good news, husband!  Our stores of Elvish medicines have begun to run low, after the winter."

"The medicines should be fair trade for our supplies on this journey, Mistress," Glorfindel said.  "But I know that Master Elrond is eager to obtain more of your people's excellent honey, and is willing to trade more of the medicine in exchange."

"We shall speak of that later, my Lord," Mistress Dagna replied.  "The medicines of Rivendell are unrivaled in the North, and we are always glad to get them."

Glorfindel summoned Olon from among the warriors, and sent him with Mistress Dagna to get the medicines.  Gail watched with interest as the healer walked away.  This was the first mortal woman Gail had met since their arrival in Middle-earth, and she was curious.  She hoped that she would get a chance to talk to Dagna later.

"We have a meal being prepared," Beorht told them, "but it will be a little time yet until it is ready.  Perhaps your family would like to explore the camp?"

"I would be honoured to accompany you, Master Steven," said Radagast.  

"Very well," Glorfindel said.  "Master Beorht and I have business to discuss."  The two of them walked off together, leaving the McClouds alone with the wizard.

The old wizard winked at Kaylee and Megan.  Megan gasped and once more retreated behind her mother, though she peered out and stared at Radagast, but Kaylee grinned at him.

"Are you like Gandalf?" she asked.

He laughed.  "You are a very perceptive child!  Indeed, Gandalf and I are kindred, in a way."

"Does that mean you’re an angel, too?"  Her grin was even wider, now.

Steve and Gail exchanged a glance.  Angel?

"In a manner of speaking," Radagast said.  "I, too, came as a messenger from Valinor, but my errand is somewhat different than his."

"Oh, OK."

“And so, your name is Kaylee?” Radagast asked.  “And your sister’s name is Megan?”  He looked down at the three-year-old as he spoke.

Kaylee nodded, smiling.  “Uh-huh.  That’s our names.”  Kaylee turned toward Lucy.  “And that’s Lucy.”  Her eyes grew large.  "Something is moving in your clothes!"

"Tsk, tsk, tsk."  He reached his hand into his robes, and came out with a squirrel in his hand.  "Now, now, Chatter!  You are supposed to be sleeping."  He set the small animal down at his feet.  It sat up on its back legs and began chittering at him in a scolding sort of way, before it gave a flip of its tail and darted off.

Radagast looked up at the McClouds.  "He was cold, so I was letting him have a small nap.  He was unhappy at leaving the warmth of my robes.  Now, I believe that I am to be showing you about our camp?"

He turned and meandered off, the McClouds following after.  "Over there is the pavilion where the day meal will be served in a short while.  The pavilion on the other side of it is the kitchen."  Indeed, Steve and Gail noticed a big fire, being tended by several people, and delicious smells coming from it.  "And in that tent are the foodstuffs and other supplies which the Beornings have made ready for your journey."  Steve and Gail looked at one another and nodded.

Steve noticed an odd contraption, constructed of rough wood.  It reminded him of something, but he was not sure quite what...and beyond that...what on earth?  Suddenly, Lucy started barking.

Daro, Lucy!  Hush,” Steve ordered.  Lucy stopped barking.  Steve set her on the ground.  “Sit!”  Lucy obeyed.  “Good dog,” Steve praised her, bending over to rub her head.  Lucy licked his fingers.

“Look, Mommy!  Look, Daddy!  Bunny rabbits!” Kaylee squealed, pointing ahead.  Gail looked that way and gasped.

“Those have got to be the biggest rabbits I have ever seen!”  She turned toward her husband, and then whirled as Kaylee rushed toward the rabbits.  “Kaylee!  Be careful!”  To her horror, Megan dashed after her sister, and the two delighted little girls began to pet the rabbits.

"Do not fret, Mistress Gail,” Radagast assured her.  “My sled rabbits will not harm the children."

Steve stared at Radagast.  Sled rabbits?  He had never heard of such a thing!  But now that the girls were not in earshot, he had another question to ask.  "What did Kaylee mean by 'angel'?"

"Why as to that, you would know more than I, for that is a word from your home.  But I get a sense of its meaning.  I think that it may mean a Messenger of Eru?  The Powers in Valinor, who are also servants of the One Who Made All, sent five of us here to help the free people of Middle-earth.  We were to bring hope, and courage, in the fight against Sauron.  In addition, I was also tasked by Yavanna with healing some of the hurts caused to nature.  Saruman, of course, has betrayed us and fallen.  Of our other brethren, those two ventured to the far East, and we do not know their fates."

Steve and Gail looked at each other.  “Who’s Yavanna?” Gail asked.

"She is sometimes known as the Giver of Fruits, the Vala tasked by the One with nurturing living things."

Steve and Gail looked at one another.  This didn't sound like anything they'd ever heard before.  And how could this rather dishevelled-looking old man be an angel, of all things?  They would need to talk this over later.  For now, they would just have to keep it in mind.  It was time they joined their daughters, since it would soon be time for lunch.  Radagast led them toward his sled rabbits.

-oo000oo-

[A/N:  *Legolas’ words mean "Easy, Hrimfax, Boromir is a kind man, and will treat you well."  From the Website, "Fun Translations: Sindarin".  https://funtranslations.com/sindarin.]


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Can you guess the origin of the title chapter?  HINTS: It sort of follows the pattern of previous titles; TV, 2009, and H.M.

Chapter 37: Supergirl

Theoden, Aragorn, and the army stopped as it neared dawn, and everyone dismounted and prepared to have some breakfast, as well as a short respite for themselves, and according to the Rohirrim, more importantly for the horses.

Jennifer stretched, and thanked Elladan for letting her ride with him.  He nodded graciously.  "You are most welcome, Lady Jennifer."  Then he wandered over to where Aragorn and the rest of the Dúnedain were gathered.  She went to get something to eat and to see how things were with Kevin and Haleth.

There was no cookfire. The three of them got some journeybread from the supplies, and drank from their waterskins. Merry joined them. They all sat down upon the grass to relax for a while, and Jennifer asked Haleth about his family.  It turned out that in addition to his mother and younger sister, he also had an older sister who was married.  She and her husband lived in a different village with her father-in-law, who was ill.  Haleth sighed and looked sad, and Jennifer recalled that he had only just lost his father.  She bit her lower lip, wishing that she could say something to make him feel better, but not knowing what to say.

“Psst!” Kevin interrupted.  "Look!  Over there!"

Théoden, Éomer, and some of the higher-ranking Rohirrim had joined Aragorn and the Dúnedain, and there was more conversation going on.

"Should we go over and see what's going on?"  Jennifer asked.

Kevin was about to say, "Yes," and get up, but Haleth laid a hand upon his arm, shaking his head.  "This must be the business of lords and captains.  If they need us to know what is happening, they will tell us when we need to know."

"Haleth is right," Merry said. "It would be really rude to go over and interrupt.  And we can't really eavesdrop, either; there's no cover."  He shook his head.

Kevin and Jennifer looked unhappy at this advice, but did not object.  Instead, Merry changed the conversation to horses, which Jennifer found more than a little boring, but she had to admit to herself that it appeared to have cheered Haleth up again.

Journeybread washed down with water was not the most appealing meal; the bread tasted nothing like lembas, or even the regular journeybread of the Elves.  Dry and tasteless, it took a lot of chewing, even when followed by swallows of lukewarm water.  I sure hope army food in modern times tastes better than this! Jennifer thought, making a face.  I’ll have to ask Daddy sometime, when we’re back home.

After a while, Haleth pointed.  The consultation of the captains seemed to be breaking up, and Théoden and Éomer went off back to the main body of Rohirrim.  Éomer looked unhappy, but Théoden just appeared to be resigned.

But the four young people perked up as they saw Aragorn and the two Elves heading in their direction.  Perhaps now they would find out what all that was about.

They stood up, and Haleth gave a small bow.  "What was all that about, Aragorn?" Kevin asked.

"I have been pondering the word sent to me from Rivendell.  The Rohirrim need to linger briefly here, for they are expecting a company of the muster to join them.  But I feel the need is urgent, given the news from my foster father that I must go on with all speed.  Therefore, the Grey Company, Legolas, and Gimli will ride with us as we go on immediately.  We shall be taking the Paths of the Dead.  Merry, Kevin, and Jennifer, the choice belongs to each of you, whether to join us or remain with the Riders of Rohan?"

Kevin and Jennifer looked at each other, shocked.  "I think," Kevin said, slowly and reluctantly, “that I need to stay with the Riders.  That was the advice Lady Arwen gave me, after all.”

Merry nodded.  "I've pledged my allegiance to the King.  I haven't had a chance to tell him about pipe-weed yet, after all!"  He gave Aragorn a lopsided grin.

They all looked expectantly at Jennifer.  She looked at her brother.  "I'm sorry, Kevin.  But Lady Arwen gave me advice, too."  She heaved out a deep breath and looked up at Aragorn.  "I'm going with you."

Aragorn looked at her sternly.  "It will not be a pleasant journey, Jennifer."

Jennifer shrugged.  "I know, and I don't care.  Lady Arwen told me to stay with you, remember?  It's what I need to do."  She did not look happy herself, but her face was set and resolute.

"Very well.”  Aragorn nodded.  “You will continue to ride with Elladan, although we will take your horse along as a spare.  Get ready; we will be leaving as soon as we can."

Aragorn and his foster brothers turned and walked away, leaving Kevin looking desperate.

Merry took Haleth by the hand.  "Come along, Haleth!  Let's let brother and sister say their farewells."  The two left, leaving Kevin and Jennifer alone.

Kevin took his sister by the shoulders.  "I don't like this, Jen!  You'll be going off on this Paths of the Dead thing, which sounds more than a little ominous to me."

Jennifer smiled ruefully.  "I already prayed about it, Kevin, right after we got the messages.  I knew we'd be separated again; I just didn't think it would be quite this soon.  And I really feel that this is what the Lord wants me to do.  I don't know why, but I just know there is something I need to do at the other end.  And you know Aragorn and Legolas and Gimli will take care of me."

He nodded reluctantly.  "Yeah, I know they will.  I’d go with you, Jen, but I feel that I must stay with the Rohirrim.  Haleth…"  His voice trailed off.  Kevin could not quite explain it, but he felt that Haleth still needed his friendship to get through this next battle.  And he knew that if Jennifer did not go with Aragorn, Théoden King would not allow her to come with the army of Rohan; he would not even allow his own niece to fight, and she had been trained as a warrior!  So, the two of them would be separated, anyway.  And Kevin suspected from the looks Aragorn had exchanged with Théoden, when Merry had sworn fealty, that the King would leave Merry behind as well.  How could they go off and leave the poor hobbit all alone?  But there was no other choice.

Brother and sister embraced, and quietly prayed with one another, before saying their farewells.  Then Jennifer turned to join Aragorn and the others.  She would ride pillion with Elladan for now, although they had a couple of spare mounts with the Grey Company in addition to hers, since she could not ride as fast as they would need to, once they came to the other side of the passage.

Kevin's heart sank as he watched them ride away.  It seemed that every time he got a member of his family back, they ended up getting torn apart again.

-oo000oo-

Riding behind Elladan, Jennifer could not help but wonder what all this "Paths of the Dead" business was about.  It sounded very ominous.  But Aragorn insisted that it was what he had to do, and Jennifer trusted both Lady Arwen and Lord Elrond and their foresight.  And there was her own feeling—it was much like the feeling she’d had after the dream that had made her realize that she and her siblings had to leave Rivendell with the Quest.  True, there had been no obvious dream this time, or like the time in Lothlórien.  But she was gradually learning to trust that "still, small voice" in her heart, even when it seemed to send her ways she didn't want to go.

The small group rode much more swiftly than the Riders who were going on a slower way, for they needed to gather the muster as they went.

It was not quite evening when they came to Dunharrow, where they were greeted by the Lady Èowyn.  It was clear to Jennifer that Èowyn was glad of their coming,and she also seemed glad to see Jennifer again, but mostly Èowyn had eyes for Aragorn as she listened to all the details of the battle and the things that had happened since then.

But at last she said: “Lords, you are weary and shall now go to your beds with such ease as can be contrived in haste.  But tomorrow fairer housing shall be found for you.”

She glanced at Jennifer, who still felt tired and a bit grubby even after washing up and changing before the meal.  "Lady Jennifer, would you do me the honour of sharing my chamber tonight?  In truth, we are quite crowded here, and there is no other suitable place for you."

Jennifer nodded.  "Thank you, my lady, that would be fine."

But when Lady Èowyn turned to Aragorn to speak of how they might arrange things later, he shook his head.  “Nay, lady, be not troubled for us!  If we may lie here tonight and break our fast tomorrow, it will be enough.  For I ride on an errand most urgent, and with the first light of morning we must go.”

She smiled on him and said: “Then it was kindly done, lord, to ride so many miles out of your way to bring tidings to Èowyn, and to speak with her in her exile.”

“Indeed no man would count such a journey wasted,” said Aragorn; “and yet, lady, I could not have come hither, if it were not that the road which I must take leads me to Dunharrow.”

And she answered as one that likes not what is said: "Then, lord, you are astray; for out of Harrowdale no road runs east or south; and you had best return as you came.”

“Nay, lady,” said he, “I am not astray; for I walked in this land ere you were born to grace it.  There is a road out of this valley, and that road I shall take.  Tomorrow I shall ride by the Paths of the Dead.”

Èowyn was shocked at this news, and tried to dissuade him, but he only shook his head, and told her that this was the way he must go.

Jennifer could tell that the lady was subdued as she led Jennifer to the sleeping chamber.  They took off their outer clothes, but kept their shifts for sleeping in.

"What is your role, Lady Jennifer?”  Èowyn asked her.  “Did the Lord Aragorn bring you here to leave you in my keeping as he treads this foolishly dangerous road?"

Jennifer shook her head.  "That might be nice, because then I'd be with my older brother in a day or so.  But no, the information we have from Rivendell is too important.  The Lord Elrond has told Aragorn that he can only arrive in Minas Tirith in time if he takes the Paths of the Dead.  And the Lady Arwen also had foresight, and sent word to me that I must go with him.  And really, I do need to, for my little brother is already on the way there, and he will need me—more than my older one does, in fact."  She sighed.  She was very worried about Joey, and how he’d had to leave with Pippin so suddenly after that foolishness with the Stone.  “He’s only nine years old, Lady Èowyn.  Too young to be away in that far-off city without at least one of us there with him.”

"Who is Lady Arwen?" asked Èowyn.

"She’s an Elf, Master Elrond’s daughter, and Elladan and Elrohir’s sister—you met them tonight—and she is also engaged—er, I mean betrothed—to Aragorn."

Èowyn suddenly looked sad.  "He is betrothed?" she asked.

Jennifer nodded.  "Yes, they've been betrothed for a long time.  Bilbo—he's another friend in Rivendell—he says they've been betrothed for forty years now!"

"Surely you are jesting with me now!"  Èowyn looked stern and disbelieving.

Jennifer shook her head, biting back an amused grin.  "Nope.  She's an Elf, and you know they live pretty much forever and never get old.  And Aragorn is one of the Dúnedain.  They live a very long time, and get old very slowly."  She could tell Èowyn seemed to be disappointed, and decided to change the subject.  "Did your family always live in the King's Court?"

Èowyn shook her head, and explained that she and her brother had grown up in Théoden King's court after their parents had died when they were young.  "Our uncle became as a father to us, and his son Theodred was like an older brother to us both."  Tears sparked in her eyes briefly, but she blinked them away so quickly that Jennifer thought she might have imagined them.

But Èowyn was curious about Jennifer's life, and Jennifer talked a little about her family (trying very hard not to mention anything modern or anything Gandalf had warned her not to speak of—not an easy task).  “Kevin and I have three siblings,” she said.  “You’ve met Joey, but we also have two other sisters, Kaylee and Megan.  Kaylee’s five, and Megan’s three.  Our daddy’s a geologist.”  She smiled wistfully.  “Kaylee and Megan are so cute.  I miss them so much.  Kaylee’s in Rivendell right now, and Megan’s back home with our mom and dad.  Kaylee’s safer where she is than she would be with us, but I really do miss her.”  She bit her lower lip.  “Truth is, I miss them both, and Joey, too.”  She did not mention how much she missed her parents, but she sensed that Èowyn understood anyway.

Èowyn gave her a sympathetic smile.  “Perhaps you will be with them soon, and with your mother and father, too.”  She paused.  “Tell me more about your family.”

Jennifer paused in her turn.  “Well, uh, we like to read, my family and me, and my whole family’s also into sports and exercise.  I’m afraid the sports we like to play, you’re unfamiliar with, but I’ll try to explain.”  She cleared her throat.  “Many sports where I live involve some kind of ball game, though there are other kinds, too.  Kevin’s into basketball; he’s on a basketball team at our school.  Joey’s on a baseball team.  I’m a majorette, and I perform in a marching band.  I also take part in intramural sports at school; Kevin and I both do.  In the spring, I like to take part in track and field.  That's mostly races on foot; I'm a good sprinter.  I also like to play basketball and soccer.  Kaylee and Megan are too young for sports, of course.   And my family and I like to go on picnics and go camping and hiking and stuff like that, and Kevin and Daddy like to run together.  Daddy also likes to take Kevin deer-hunting.  And we like to swim and ride bikes and snow-ski and skate and play tennis and other stuff, and go out in boats and other stuff like that.”  She smiled ruefully.  “None of us ever learned to ride a horse, though.  We only learned how when we came here.  I’m still not very experienced at riding.”

"That does sound like your family has much fun together.  Most sport in Rohan involves riding or hunting or both, though among very young children, 'kick-the-ball' is sometimes played."  Èowyn gave Jennifer a wistful look.  "I have no younger siblings.  Young Joey seems as though he has much courage and spirit for his age."

A thoughtful expression crept over Jennifer’s face.  “I never thought of that,” she said.  “Joey does love excitement and adventure, and of course, he loves to play.  He has a lot of energy.”  She smiled ruefully.  “He also has a mischievous streak.  You should see the pranks he pulls on us sisters!”  She shook her head and rolled her eyes.

Èowyn laughed.  "Éomer jests with me at times and teases, but he is too serious for pranks.  However, my cousin Éothain is the same age as I, and we often played pranks upon one another when we were younger.  And we managed to get into a lot of trouble together."  She chuckled.  "I used to only care about training as a shieldmaiden, and neglected the lessons my aunt set for me—she was sister to my mother and to Théoden—and was to teach me what I needed to learn as a lady.  I had no use for needlework or cooking or learning how to run a household at the time.  I was sent away to stay with my uncle on my father's side one summer.  They were Éothain's parents.  I got into so much trouble, as did he, when I crept out one day to join him in sparring, instead of sitting around doing my embroidery!  My aunt was quite cross with me, and I had to scrub pots like a scullery maid the next day!"  She smiled.  "But she also told me that so long as I applied myself to my ladylike duties, I could spar with my cousin during the rest of the visit."*

Jennifer grinned.  “And did Éothain also get in trouble that day?”

Èowyn nodded her head.  "He did!  We both were confined to our rooms and were supposed to miss the minstrel who was visiting, even though we slipped out and listened to him anyway!  But the next day, while I was scrubbing pots, Éothain was in the stable under the stern eye of our armsmaster, cleaning stalls."  Jennifer laughed.

It was late when the two young women stopped talking, and settled down to sleep.  Just before Jennifer dropped off, she thought it had been nice to have another girl to talk to, even though Èowyn was quite a bit older—almost like a sleepover with Nicole.

At the thought of Nicole, Jennifer bit her lower lip.  How long had it been since she had even thought about Nicole or her other friends back home?  Back in Portland, her biggest concern had been that her parents wouldn’t let her have a boyfriend yet, and that she wasn’t going to have full hook-up or Internet access at their campsite, and now here she was, helping to fight for the freedom of Middle-earth!  Soon, she would be going through the Paths of the Dead with Aragorn and joining Joey in Minas Tirith.

When we go back home, am I gonna be the same girl who went on that camping trip? she wondered silently.  Are any of us gonna be, for that matter?  Already, this quest has changed us so much, and it’s not even over yet!  And what about Mom and Dad and Megan?  Are they in Middle-earth yet?  Is it gonna change them, too?

Jennifer yawned.  She was too sleepy to think about those questions any longer.  Her eyes drifted shut, and she soon slept.

When Jennifer awakened, it was still dark and dim.  Èowyn had already risen, and Jennifer could hear her stirring, and a low murmur of conversation.  She glanced over and saw that one of the lady's maidservants was helping her get dressed.  "Good morning, Lady Èowyn," said Jennifer, her voice rather raspy after sleep.

Èowyn looked over.  "Good morning, Jennifer!  I am sorry if I wakened you.  I was hoping you might rest a little longer."

Jennifer shook her head and sat up.  "I need to get up and get dressed myself.  I know that we are leaving early."

The Lady looked at her wistfully.  "You are fortunate, then, to be able to ride with the men.  I have trained all my life as a shieldmaiden, and yet when the time comes that I might use what I have learned in defence of my people, it seems that I am not allowed to do so."  Her servant had completed her tasks and silently left the room.  Èowyn went to a chest at the foot of the bed, and drew out a beautiful sword.  Jennifer, by this time, had gotten out of bed and washed her face in the cold water at the washstand, and had begun to dress herself in her travelling clothes.  She looked over at the sword that Èowyn was holding up.  She watched a bit enviously at the ease with which the shieldmaiden held the sword, as she swished it about in a practice pattern that Jennifer had never mastered.

"I was learning to use a sword, but I did better with knives," Jennifer said shyly.  She gestured towards the top of her soft boots on the floor by the bed, where the white handles stood out of their sheaths.  "The Lady Arwen gave me hers, and she and Legolas taught me to use them.  I'm still sort of a beginner.  I only started learning to use them a few months ago."  Thank goodness Aragorn found them and gave them back to me when they found us! she thought.  I didn’t know if I’d ever get them back.  I wish I still had my stick to practice with, though.

"May I see?" Èowyn asked, her eyes alight with curiosity.

Jennifer drew them as she'd been taught, and presented them to Èowyn hilt-first.  Èowyn took one and held it up, examining the blade.  She ran her other hand over the blade lightly.  "This is an Elvish blade," she said, admiration in her voice.  She turned it, and then presented it back to Jennifer, also hilt-first.  Jennifer inserted the blades back into their sheaths in her boots, which she had yet to put on.

"Did your brother object to you learning to be a fighter?  Or to you riding away to war?"

Jennifer shrugged.  "He wasn't terribly happy about it, since like all big brothers, he wants me to be safe.   But he didn't try to stop me from doing what I needed to do.  In our own worl…er, land, things are a little different.  There, well, used to be there were a lot of things women were not allowed to do, just like here.  But in the last hundred years or so many things changed.  A lot of women are soldiers now, and women are allowed to do any kind of work they want to do, even things that used to be just for men.  Mostly that's a good thing, but there are a few drawbacks to it."  Jennifer knew her mother did not have a good opinion of women being allowed into combat, although her dad had never said much about it one way or the other.

Èowyn looked thoughtful.  "Perhaps, then, over time, things might change here in Rohan…"

She turned down the coverlet on the bed, and climbed in, blowing out the candle as Jennifer climbed in on the other side.  It really was almost like a sleepover with Nicole.  I wish Nicole was here, too!

Soon both young women were sound asleep.  Still, it seemed to Jennifer that she had barely begun to fall asleep, when she felt Èowyn stir and get out of the bed; she was far too sleepy to stay awake, and barely had time to think her companion probably had to go to the privy before she fell asleep again.

When Jennifer wakened, it was still dark.  She saw Èowyn already up and quietly getting dressed, with the help of a maidservant.  She was dressing in mail and armour.

She glanced over when Jennifer stirred.  "I am sorry if I awakened you.  I had hoped to let you sleep just a little longer."

Jennifer sat up.  "That's all right.  I'm starting to get used to getting up at oh-dark-hundred."

Èowyn looked puzzled.  "Oh-dark-hundred?" she asked.

Jennifer laughed.  "Sorry.  That's an expression my daddy uses when we have to get up extra early, while it's still dark out."

"We usually say 'before the morning star',” said Èowyn.

Jennifer turned down the maidservant's offer of assistance; she really was not used to having other people help her put her clothes on, not since she had been Kaylee’s age, anyway.  She quickly got dressed and followed Èowyn out of the tent.  She was surprised to see two guards were standing outside.  They gave a slight bow to Èowyn, and then as the two women went on their way, the guardsmen left.

Jennifer looked back.  "Were they there all night long?"

"Of course," Èowyn replied.  "But now that we are up and about, they may go to their own rest."

“I see.”  Jennifer smiled at her companion.  “Well, I don’t know about you, but I’m hungry!”

They soon came to the mess tent, and Èowyn entered to see if all was well.  A table was being set on trestles in front of the tent.  Aragorn, Legolas, Gimli, Halbarad, and the sons of Elrond were gathered there already, and greeted Jennifer.

Soon a few other people joined them—a couple of the leaders of the mustered éoreds, and Master Eadig, the headsman of the village, but no one else.  The other warriors and the people of the camp would come and get their food, and then carry it away to their own parts of the camp.

Breakfast consisted of flat bread baked in the campfire, and bowls of porridge flavoured with a little honey.  Jennifer was glad to see that she was not given ale, but a sip told her that there was a little bit of wine in her water.  She was resigned to the fact that it was a necessity in places where the water might not be clean and fresh, but she took as few swallows as possible, to wash down her food.

As soon as breakfast had ended, the horses belonging to the Grey Company were brought forth. Jennifer found herself once more riding with Elladan.

Aragorn made ready to depart.  His company was all mounted, and he was about to leap into the saddle, when the Lady Èowyn came to bid them farewell.  She was clad as a Rider and girt with a sword.  In her hand she bore a cup, and she set it to her lips and drank a little, wishing them good speed; and then she gave the cup to Aragorn, and he drank, and he said: “Farewell, Lady of Rohan!  I drink to the fortunes of your House, and of you, and of all your people.  Say to your brother: beyond the shadows we may meet again!”

Jennifer watched closely, but she could barely hear what they were saying.  “Aragorn, wilt thou go?” she heard Èowyn ask Aragorn, at one point.

“I will,” he said.

“Then wilt thou not let me ride with this company, as I have asked?”

“I will not, lady,” he said.  “For that I could not grant without leave of the king and of your brother; and they will not return until tomorrow.  But I count now every hour, indeed every minute.  Farewell!”

She stood tall and proud.  "Then farewell to thee and to those who ride with thee.  Yet even so, I deem we shall see one another again ere the end."

"That well may be, my Lady."  Then he kissed her hand, and sprang into the saddle, and rode away, and did not look back.

But as Elladan passed with Jennifer, she held up her hand to halt them, and drew nigh.  "My thanks to you, Lady Jennifer, for you have given me much to think upon.  Fare thee well, my friend, for so I deem us."

Jennifer smiled.  "Thank you, too, Lady Èowyn.  It was very nice to have the company of another girl, even for only a little while.  I hope we'll meet again."

Elladan gave Èowyn a gracious nod, and then trotted forward to ride next to his brothers once again.  Turning toward her, Jennifer waved good-bye.  Wonder if I’ll ever see her again, she thought.  Wish she could meet Nicole!  She bit her lower lip.  I wish Nicole was here, too!  I miss her.  I wish she could have gone on the camping trip, too; then she’d be here with me.  She’s a fan of Tolkien, so she’d love it!  She sighed.

Èowyn stood and watched as the Grey Company passed, and then with determination, she sought out the village head.

They rode on in the grey light of early morning, up into the road leading up into the mountains.  It was little more than a wide trail, but it was marked by ancient and primitive stone figures on either side.  Jennifer wondered who had carved them and why.  But as they approached what Aragorn had called the Dimholt, a feeling of cold fear came upon Jennifer.  The trees were black, and their shade was not pleasant.  She shuddered, and not only with the morning chill.  They came to a halt in front of a stone that rose up like a pillar of doom before a darkened hollow glade.

“My blood runs chill,” said Gimli, but no one else spoke at all.  To Jennifer, the silence felt heavy and dead.

The horses did not wish to go through, though.  Jennifer had to dismount as Elladan got down to lead his fearful mount. In front of them was a sheer wall of rock, and in the wall, a dark door gaped before them like the mouth of night.  Signs and figures were carved above its wide arch too dim to read.  Jennifer shuddered.

The company halted, and Jennifer felt completely terrified.   She couldn’t stop shaking.  But she looked around her at all the other faces; Legolas was the only one who did not look at all afraid, but only curious.  Approaching him, she whispered, “Aren’t you scared?!”

Smiling, Legolas shook his head.  “The dead do not frighten me,” he told her.

“You’re—you’re not afraid they’ll hurt you?”  Jennifer tilted her head as she spoke.

"The shades of mortal men hold no power over Elves."  He looked Jennifer in the eye.  "Nor do they hold any power over the living, save that of terror alone."  Taking a deep breath, Jennifer nodded.

“This is an evil door,” said Halbarad, “and my death lies beyond it.  I will dare to pass it nonetheless; but no horse will enter.”

“But we must go in, and therefore the horses must go too,” said Aragorn.  “For if ever we come through this darkness, many leagues lie beyond, and every hour that is lost there will bring the triumph of Sauron nearer.  Follow me!”

Aragorn led them in, and without hesitation, the Dúnedain and their horses followed him.  Jennifer was amazed at the confidence the Rangers all had in their Chieftain, and even more amazed at how the horses seemed to lose their fear and followed their riders.  Legolas' horse, Arod, balked at first, but Legolas laid his hands on his eyes and sang some words.  Soon, he calmed down and allowed the Elf to lead him.

As they all entered the cave, Jennifer left Legolas and returned to Elladan, staying close to him after that; try as she did, she could not stop shaking.  Looking behind her, she saw Gimli standing stock-still, and then moving reluctantly forward into the cave.

Gimli’s scared, too, she thought.  I don’t blame him!  So am I!  She turned to face forward.  Ahead of her, it was pitch-black.

Please, God, protect us! she silently prayed.  You can protect us from demons; I know You can protect us from some ghosts!  She took a deep, shuddering breath and bit her lower lip.

Jennifer was glad when Aragorn lit the torches.  This was so scary.  She clung closely to Elladan, who was leading his horse carefully.

They walked for a long time, and Jennifer was trembling. There was nothing there to fight; still, there was a prickling between her shoulders, as if she was being followed.  And she could have sworn she heard whispering.  She couldn't tell how long they had been walking, when they came to a large open space.

Away to the left something glittered in the gloom as Aragorn's torch drew near.  Then Aragorn halted and went to look what it might be.

“Does he feel no fear?” muttered the Dwarf.  “In any other cave Gimli Glóin's son would have been the first to run to the gleam of gold.  But not here!  Let it lie!”  Jennifer nodded fervently in agreement, though she said nothing.

There was a body over near the wall!  She watched as Elladan and Aragorn approached it, and then turned her face away, unwilling to look at it any closer.  How awful it must have been, to die all alone in this horrible tunnel!  She squinched her eyes shut, but she could hear Aragorn's soft voice.

“Hither shall the flowers of simbelmynë come never unto world's end,” he murmured.  “Nine mounds and seven there are now green with grass, and through all the long years he has lain at the door that he could not unlock.  Whither does it lead?  Why would he pass?  None shall ever know!

“For that is not my errand!” he cried, turning back and speaking to the whispering darkness behind.  “Keep your hoards and your secrets hidden in the Accursed Years!  Speed only we ask.  Let us pass, and then come!  I summon you to the Stone of Erech!”

There was no answer and then a chill blast came in which the torches flickered and went out, and could not be rekindled.

An even greater fear gripped Jennifer's heart.  She felt for an instant that she would burst into tears, and prayed silently, Lord, please help me control my fear.  I feel so alone in the dark.  She repeated the last part of her prayer, and then once more, though it came out like a song, and seemingly from out of nowhere, she found herself making up a song to express her feelings.  Very softly, she sang:

"I feel alone in the dark,

I need Your spark;

Oh Lord, please be by my side,

please be my guide.

When shadows weigh me down,

and dark whispers are the only sound,

and I can't find the light,

lead me through the night.

Lord, I need your love,

Lord, I feel your love,

Lord, your love is my hope.

Lord, your love is my only hope."

Jennifer became silent for the rest of their ride.  After a while, she heard the sound of a waterfall, and was forced to squint as she thought she was seeing a glimmer of light.  Soon the Company passed out through another gate, next to a stream falling down the mountainside, and below them was a road, running steeply between the cliffs.  It seemed at first that it was almost night-time, but as they moved away from the gate, Jennifer realized it was only late afternoon.

Now they once more mounted.  Elladan lifted Jennifer up, and once more swung up behind her.  The path at first was narrow, and Elladan hung back to go last.  Legolas was just in front of them with Gimli.  He turned his head, and Jennifer saw the Elf's eyes glittering.

“The Dead are following,” said Legolas.  “I see shapes of Men and of horses, and pale banners like shreds of cloud, and spears like winter-thickets on a misty night.  The Dead are following.”

“Yes, the Dead ride behind.  They have been summoned,” said Elladan.

The Company came at last out of the ravine, as suddenly as it they had issued from a crack in a wall; and there lay the uplands of a great vale before them, and the stream beside them went down with a cold voice over many falls.

“Where in Middle-earth are we?” said Gimli.

Elladan answered: “We have descended from the uprising of the Morthond, the long chill river that flows at last to the sea that washes the walls of Dol Amroth.  You will not need to ask hereafter how comes its name: Blackroot men call it.”

Jennifer looked down into the valley and the bay below.  The slopes before them were covered with grass, but it was dusk now, and all was grey.  Below them, she could see the lights of villages twinkling in the early evening.

Suddenly, Jennifer heard Aragorn calling out, “Friends, forget your weariness!  Ride now, ride!  We must come to the Stone of Erech ere this day passes, and long still is the way.”

So without looking back they rode the mountain-fields, until they came to a bridge over the growing torrent and found a road that went down into the land.

Wait till I tell Joey about this! Jennifer thought.  Out loud, she said, “Joey would love to see this!  He loves to visit haunted houses at Halloween.”  She smiled wryly.  “Of course, they’re not really haunted!  They’re just people play-acting ghosts and other spooky creatures.”

"Mortals sometimes mock what they fear," said Elladan solemnly.

Jennifer shook her head.  Perhaps she wouldn't tell Joey about all this after all.  Real ghosts were a lot more serious than a Halloween haunted house.

When they approached the first small village, Jennifer was at first heartened to think they might be able to stop and rest.  But instead, the lights went out, and people ran inside, slamming doors.  Most of them were yelling, “The King of the Dead!  The King of the Dead is come upon us!”

It was almost like a scary movie, in which all the regular people panic because the monsters were coming, Jennifer thought.  But she was so exhausted.  When would this ride end?

After Jennifer caught her breath, she asked, "Where is this Stone of Erech?  Why do we need to go there?"

Elladan answered, "It is one of the stones brought over the Sea by Elendil. It fell from the sky to earth in lost Númenor, and was set upon the hill of Erech by Isildur.  To that hill we ride, for it is a trysting-place of the Shadow-men, the Oath-breakers, and there they gather in times of fear, thronging round the Stone and whispering.  To that Stone we ride, for that was where the last King of Gondor laid upon the Men of the hills this doom that they should become shades, and await the chance to fulfil their oath when they are called.  Only then will they be free to pass on beyond the circles of the world to that fate which awaits Men when they die."

Jennifer furrowed her eyebrows.  “And then, where will they go?” she wondered aloud.  “Heaven or Hell?”

"It is not given to Elves to know where the spirits of mortals dwell,” Elladan said.  “Some say that they go to the Halls of Eru; some say they fade away to naught, and others say they are reborn anew as babes; and some that only the righteous join Eru, while the wicked end up in a place of punishment and despair.  But the true answer is known to none."

Jennifer fell silent, realizing that this was one of those things God had not yet revealed to the world.  It would be many generations before even Abraham was born.  We’re so fortunate, because we know! she thought.  And better yet, we know how it will end, because the Bible tells us.  Satan will be thrown into the Lake of Fire, the dead will be resurrected, and the righteous will live forever with God in a new heaven and a new earth.  All the former things, the bad things, will be passed away.  She smiled, and then frowned.  But that doesn’t tell me where these dead men will go!  God, are these men going to go to Hell?  She winced at the thought.  Please, God, when this is over, let them have peace for real!  Peace with You.  Won’t You, please?

It was the dead of night when they finally arrived at their destination. They all stopped, and Jennifer roused from her half-asleep state, as Elladan and Elrohir flanked Aragorn, along with Halbarad.  Then Elrohir gave Aragorn a silver horn, and he blew it, and it seemed to Jennifer that she heard a sound of answering horns echoing in the distance.   Other than that, it was dead silent, but she was aware of a great host gathered all about the hill on which they stood.  She shuddered at the ghostly cold, and for the first time thought about the chill of despair that must be felt by someone who had sinned and was banned from the presence of God.  I truly hope that they won’t be banned from God’s presence when this is over!

Aragorn dismounted, and standing by the Stone he cried in a great voice:

“Oathbreakers, why have ye come?”

And a voice was heard out of the night that answered him, as if from far away:

“To fulfil our oath and have peace.”

Then Aragorn said: “The hour is come at last.  Now I go to Pelargir upon Anduin, and ye shall come after me.  And when all this land is clean of the servants of Sauron, I will hold the oath fulfilled, and ye shall have peace and depart for ever.  For I am Elessar, Isildur's heir of Gondor.”

Aragorn signalled Halbarad to unfurl the big black banner he carried.  It was too dark to see what was on it.  They made camp there, but Jennifer was too restless to sleep, and from all the tossing and turning she could hear, so was everyone else.

They rose at dawn and set forth at once.  Jennifer was so exhausted, her mind was in a haze.  She could no longer even hold a thought from start to finish, and her whole being was concentrated on staying on the horse and not encumbering Elladan any more than absolutely necessary.  They rode all day, and sometimes Elladan would tell her where they were, but the names meant nothing to her.  She would sometimes shudder simply from the chill presence of the host of spirits following them.  There was no daylight the next day—the sky was filled with black clouds that hid the sun from sight.  She lost track of the days they had ridden.  They passed through a deserted town and on, until they came to a wide ford in the Anduin.

"We have ridden ninety-three leagues*, Lady Jennifer, and are at Pelargir.”  Elladan pointed ahead in the gloom.  "Yonder are the sounds of battle.  I will bid you await here, for we must engage the enemy, and you are in no condition for fighting."  He found a place for her, a small copse of juniper where she could hide.  She was too weary to object; she knew she probably would not even be able to draw her knives, much less fight with them.

She made herself as physically comfortable as she could, upon a pile of soft juniper needles, with her back against a tree.  For some reason, it did not even occur to her that Elladan might not be able to come back for her, although she worried about Aragorn, Legolas, and Gimli.  Then, as the eldest son of Elrond rode away, she felt the horror of the dead following.  She curled into a ball, and silently recited the twenty-third Psalm in her mind once again, and then of a mercy fell into a profound sleep.  She did not even waken when Elladan did return, and gently picked her up.

-oo000oo-

A few hours later, once they had finally taken the ships from the pirates, and the Dead had been sent away to their eternal rest (and, Jennifer hoped, eternal peace), she finally got a chance to relax.  A kindly woman who owned an inn in Pelargir took her in, and saw to it she had a hot bath, and the loan of a soft linen shift to sleep in.

"What were those soldiers thinking," she said to Jennifer, as she poured hot water into a copper tub, "allowing a young lass like you to come along with all those uncanny ghosts to a battle!  Why, I left town at once!"  She never gave Jennifer a chance to get a word in edgewise, as she chattered on.  "I watched, though, from afar, and as soon as those ghastly things were gone, I came back at once to make sure my inn had not suffered any harm.  There, now, Missy, there's a hot tub all steaming for you.  I'll just wait over there in that chair, so as to make sure you don't fall asleep and get drownded in the bathtub, as I've heard tell can happen if a body's as tired as you.  Now here's a flannel and a bit of my rosemary soap—"  She handed the items to Jennifer, and then retreated to the chair, still talking, though Jennifer couldn't really hear what she was saying.  It was a good thing the old lady did watch over her, because Jennifer did start to fall asleep in the water, and she woke Jennifer before she completely fell asleep and slid into the water.

“Whoops!  Thanks,” Jennifer said sheepishly.  The woman patted her shoulder and returned to her seat.

After the bath, she gave Jennifer a worn, but soft, clean linen nightshift, and fed her some hot broth and some fresh baked bread, and then she tucked her up like a mother would.  I wish my mom was here.  I really miss her, Jennifer thought wistfully, and then at once fell into another deep sleep.

The entire Company was able to rest for another day before they boarded the captured fleet and set sail for Minas Tirith.  While they waited, Elladan made sure to check out Jennifer's bow, which had been stowed with her other things on one of the pack horses.  "For we sail now into battle, and though it is not meet for a young girl such as yourself to ride against the enemy, I would not have you unarmed.  Your bow will help you not to have to get near any enemies, we may fervently hope.  My sister would be profoundly grieved and angry with me if I allowed you to come to harm."  He tousled her hair as if she was a little kid, but she was busy checking out the bow.  She wasn't the best archer on the Quest, but Legolas and the Galadhrim had seen to it that she was pretty good, compared to an average person.

"Thank you, Elladan."  Smiling, she looked at the bow once more, and then back up at Elladan.  "That was very thoughtful.  And thank you so much for so patiently hauling me all the way from Rohan!"  She tiptoed up and gave him a little kiss on the cheek, as if he was her own brother, Kevin.

He smiled back.  "Thank you, Lady Jennifer.  It was an honour."

Another smile creased Jennifer’s face.  “Soon, I will be with Joey once more!  I can’t wait to see him.”

Soon they were leading the horses aboard the main ship, and then they, too, were all aboard.  The ship cast off.  Halbarad pulled down the flag of Umbar, and raised the standard which he had been carrying, but it hung limp and flat.  They hoisted the black sails and cast off, rowing up the Anduin.

Jennifer was given a hammock below decks.  My grandpa used to have a hammock, she thought, smiling at the memory.  Kevin and I used to lie in it and swing in it when we were little kids.  It had been a long time since she had lain in a hammock, and she did not expect to be able to sleep in it, but in a short time, its gentle swaying and her own exhaustion caught up with her, and she was sound asleep.

She wakened, roused by racket around her.  She could hear the shouts of command, and the clatter of horses' hooves upon the deck, and the motion of the river had changed, for they were tied up at a dock.  She peered out the porthole above her hammock and could see the men rushing to secure the ship.  How long had she slept?  Why had no one wakened her?  She rushed to get dressed and grabbed her things.  It was clearly late in the morning.  She could see that nearly everyone had already disembarked before her: Aragorn was far ahead, with the Grey Company at his side.  Only Legolas, Gimli, and a few of the warriors they had picked up on the way were still on the dock.  Gimli, who was mounted behind Legolas as usual, had turned to adjust the ax hanging on his back, and saw her.

"Wait!" she shouted.

Gimli shook his head, and Legolas called back to her:  "You are safer where you are, Lady Jennifer!"  Then he leaned forward, and Arod galloped off after all the others.

Jennifer's mouth hung open.  She did not know how to feel—she was furious, for one thing, that they had tried to slip away from her.  And she was frightened of all the sounds of battle that she could hear, even as far from the fighting as she was.  But even more, she was scared that she would not be able to do whatever it was that she knew she was supposed to do here.  After all, she'd been told to stay with the others!  Tears sprang to her eyes at the thought she might fail at what she needed to do.

She jumped when a voice behind her said, "Don't fret, little lady!  If'n anyone could live through such, it would be them folk."

It was one of the freed slaves.  A few of them had stayed to help crew the former pirate ship.  They were in no shape for fighting, but had wanted to help.

"Can you help me?" she asked.  "Are any of the horses still aboard?"

"Yes, milady!  A few of the spares."

"Please, would you saddle one, and bring it here?"

"You aren't thinking of going after 'em, are you?"

She sighed.  "Never mind, I'll try to do it myself."  She turned and started to head below decks where the horses had been kept.  If she had to do it, it would take forever.  She just barely knew how, though they had taught her in Rivendell.

"No, little lady.  I'll do it.  But I don't think it's a good idea."  He went below, and Jennifer turned to see what she could see.  The brightly jewelled black standard that Halbarad carried was now easy to spot, since the wind had picked up.  The fighting was fierce in that spot.

She watched, fretting as she waited, and then heard the clatter of hooves, as the former slave brought her horse up.  "I still say this is a bad idea, little lady," he said mournfully.  "They left ye here to keep ye safe."

"It probably is a bad idea," she said.  "But it's something I have to do."  She mounted, and at the higher vantage point she could observe even better.  The fierce fighting around the standard suddenly began to move away, and the standard went down in a windless flutter.  She gasped and urged her mount down the gangplank.  She could not see as well from the ground, but she pushed her horse forward towards the fray.  Halbarad had been holding that standard!  Please help him, God! she silently prayed.

She could not ride swiftly at first.  But she soon had the horse trotting.  She was not yet skilled enough to be sure she could keep her seat at a gallop or a canter. The battle kept moving away towards the huge City that loomed in the distance, but there were many slain upon the way she went, both Men and Orcs.  But she kept her attention ahead, and tried not to look down.  The horse seemed to instinctively avoid treading on...well, anyone.

It seemed to take forever to get near the spot where she'd seen the banner go down.  There were far more...bodies...in that place.  She started to feel sick, but she did her best to force it down.  Please, God!

Just then, she saw a sparkle.  Was that the standard?  She increased the horse's pace and then she saw that she was right: it was the big jewelled banner Arwen had sent, twisted and soiled, and seemingly draped across someone.  She halted the horse and dismounted as quickly as she could.

Running to the standard, she dismounted and pushed it out of the way.  It was Halbarad, and he wasn’t moving!  Oh, no! thought Jennifer.  She couldn't hold back her tears.  He had been kind to her, and so kind to Kaylee.  But even as her tears fell, she heard a small, but barely audible groan.  Her sorrow turned to joy in an instant!  He was alive!  Thank You, God! she silently prayed.

Quickly, she reached around and pulled out her waterskin.  She poured a little in her hand and dribbled it over his face very gently.  He moaned again, more loudly, and his eyelashes began to flutter.  Please, God, protect him—and me!  Please keep us both alive and safe.

“Halbarad?” she asked softly.

“Lady Jennifer,” he said weakly.  “You found me.”

Jennifer swallowed.  “Y—yeah, I did.  It’s gonna be OK, Halbarad.”

The warrior tried to sit up, wincing, as he attempted to push up on his elbows.  "I surely thought that big Orc had skewered me.”  He leaned a little on his left elbow, and reached across his body with his other hand, to where there was a large rip in his tunic.  He put his hand in the hole and pulled out the pouch.  Jennifer could see it was black, and there was a tear in it as well, right through the middle of a design of an eight-pointed star worked in silver thread, similar to the thread on the banner Lady Arwen had made.  Showing through the hole was a smooth brown stone.

Jennifer's jaw dropped.  "I recognize that rock!  Kaylee's gift!"

Halbarad gave a weak chuckle.  "Indeed.  Your sister's gift saved my life."

“It sure did!”  Jennifer smiled broadly.  “I’ll have to tell her that.”

He forced himself with much wincing to sit up.  "The battle has moved far beyond us, Lady Jennifer.  But we cannot stay here.  My own horse is nowhere to be seen, and I fear I have broken a rib, not to mention the knock on my head.  I do not think I can fight in this shape."

"Why don't you ride on my horse, and I can walk beside you?” Jennifer suggested.  “Should we go back to the ship?  Or try to make it to the City?"  She could see there was still some fighting between them and the white walls of Minas Tirith.  It was huge, though not perhaps as large as some cities back in the United States.  But it was certainly vast in comparison to any other place she had seen here in Middle-earth.

Halbarad gazed at the battle he could see.  It was too far right now for anyone but an Elf to make out details, yet it seemed clear that as it moved closer to the city, it was also fiercer fighting; there were mûmakil upon the battlefield.  And it could easily shift back in their direction.  He shook his head.  "I do not see how we could reach the Gate safely, Lady Jennifer.  It is best that we retreat back to the ship, for the tide of battle could come this way without warning."

Jennifer nodded, though not without a look of longing.  Poor Joey!  He must be so dreadfully afraid right now.  But she assisted Halbarad to mount her horse.  He winced, and went very pale as he did so, and swayed in the saddle for an instant.  Jennifer feared he might be going to pass out, but he drew a breath and managed to keep his seat.

He held the pommel of his saddle, and Jennifer took the reins to lead the horse back to the ship.  It was a dreadfully slow progress, but eventually they came near the dock.  She could see the freed slaves—about a half-dozen—standing at the rails of the ship watching.  They gave a ragged cheer, and the gangplank, which they had raised after Jennifer rode off, was lowered once more.

Two of them raced down and helped her lead the horse back up onto the ship, and assisted Halbarad down.  He gave a sharp cry, quickly bitten off, as he was helped down.

In a hoarse whisper, he said, "Take...ship...away from...moorings…"

The two who were holding him up nodded.  "Must...stay...on...deck."

Jennifer was uncertain why Halbarad had given such orders, but soon enough they had arranged a comfortable pallet on the deck for the injured man, and some of the others had seen to raising up the gangplank and moving the ship about twenty feet away from the dock.  One of them explained to her that if the battle came back towards the River, it would be more difficult for enemies to seize it.  But if their friends returned, they would still be near enough to return to the dock.

That explanation unsettled her.  She strung her bow and stood looking out once more at the distant chaos of the fighting.  Never before had she thought that a battle could take so long.  In movies and TV shows, battles only seemed to last a few minutes, although she knew that in real life, they must last longer.  She couldn't help a sinking feeling as she realized that if it went badly, that big city where Joey was would be overrun with orcs.  And then she realized something else: if the Rohirrim had come, then Kevin would be smack-dab in the middle of the battle itself.  She had seen so many bodies; how could her brother survive something like that?

What if, at the end of the day, she was the only one of the three of them to live?  How could she ever tell the rest of the family, especially Kaylee?  It was a horrible thought, and even though she tried praying, it felt as if her prayers kept bouncing back.  Did the Lord even hear her?  Her head said "yes", but her heart was doubtful.

Hours passed.  The former slaves tended Halbarad, mostly by giving him some kind of smelly liquor to drink to ease his pain.  But it did ease it, for the expression of pain on his face eased, and he seemed to fall asleep.  Jennifer kept watch, when suddenly, as they had feared, the fighting began coming closer.  She nocked an arrow, just in case it was needed.

To her astonishment, she saw giant elephants, huge creatures much larger than any elephant she had ever seen in a zoo!  They were immense, and they carried tower-like canopied saddles filled with warriors who were also shooting arrows.  Some of them were toppling over and killing not only their enemies, but their own people as well.  The screams of the poor horses were awful to hear.

She wanted nothing so much as to throw down her bow, and run down into the bowels of the ship, far away from all of this horrifying war.  But she did not.  She could not.  She was the only one who could keep the ship safe.

Then a shadow passed over her, and a shriek that was worse than anything else she yet had heard.  She dropped her bow, and covered her ears, and glanced up to see an awful creature that looked like nothing less than a flying dinosaur, pass overhead.  A creature in black was mounted upon it, and it swooped down upon the battlefield, scattering men and horses of both sides as it landed.  It had finally stopped its awful scream, but she could no longer see the place where it had landed, as once more things had moved around, and it was too far away to make out details.  Taking a deep breath, and a sip of water from her waterskin, she picked up her bow, and kept watch again.  How, she wondered, were the others faring amid all this chaos?

-oo000oo-

AUTHOR’S NOTE: *This refers to an incident told in Dreamflower's story, "Chance Encounter" (http://storiesofarda.com/chapterlistview.asp?SID=4305).

*Ninety-three leagues is approximately a bit under 300 miles.  We use Karen Wynn Fonstad's Atlas of Middle-earth to estimate most distances in this story.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 38: Honor to Us All

Kevin and Haleth rode near the King, with Merry riding morosely alongside them on his pony.

Kevin looked at the hobbit with sympathy.  He knew just how Merry felt.  He was the only member of his family now, just as Merry was the only one of his.  And now all the others they had travelled with were also gone—Gandalf and Boromir had taken Pippin and Joey away, and now Aragorn, Legolas, Gimli and, worst of all, Jennifer, had abandoned them to seek out those ominous-sounding "Paths of the Dead".  He and Merry were now a part of the Rohirric host mustering for battle.  And he didn't plan to say anything out loud, but he suspected that the King was going to leave Merry behind when they finally got the Army ready.  He'd overheard Éomer saying to the King that a pony could not keep up when they got ready to finally head to Minas Tirith, and the King had said not to worry, it would not be a problem when the time came.  He hoped he was wrong.  Merry would be both crushed and furious if he was left behind.

And I don’t blame him, Kevin thought, pursing his lips.  I would be, too!

The ride was a long one, with only brief stops to water the horses; the men took those short stops to relieve themselves, drink water, eat some trail food, and stretch their legs.  There was little talk and no singing this time.

The day was nearing its end, and the shadows were long.  The muster had slowed its pace as they came closer to Dunharrow, as their way went round a huge boulder and entered a forest of fir trees (Kevin drew a deep breath of the fresh scent of the trees), and they were forced to ride only two a-breast down the long and winding road into a gorge; by the time they reached the bottom it was full evening, and in the narrow strip of sky above, the stars shone upon the waterfalls.

They had been riding alongside a stream from one such waterfall, as it leaped from one level to the next one below, and winding its way through the pine trees.  Now they could see a stone gate, where it flowed out into a wide valley.  The Riders followed it, and suddenly Harrowdale lay before them.  The waterfalls roared and thundered down the side of the gorge and plunged into the Snowbourn River, where the water frothed into rapids.  Kevin saw a mighty mountain looming at the head of the valley, the last of the setting sun tinting the snow-topped crown into a rosy red.

Kevin, Haleth, and Merry stared around them at the strange country, their eyes wide with wonder.  Haleth had heard tales of the place, and had told some of them to Kevin and Merry, but he himself had never been there before; he had only heard his father's stories.  Kevin thought that it was absolutely beautiful, surrounded by the mountains, and the smell of the pines with the whisper of wind through them, and the sound of the rushing water.  It reminded him of the mountains in Oregon, their beauty.  He thought of the hymn, "How Great Thou Art"; it was astounding how much beauty the Lord had made.  But at the same time, it made him dreadfully homesick.

"I wish I was back home by the hearth in Brandy Hall," he heard Merry mutter.

I wish I was back home in Portland! Kevin thought, biting his lower lip.  With my family.  All of it!  He made a face.  When we went on that camping trip, we sure didn’t expect this!  We never would have entered that cave if we had.

They were all exhausted.  They'd been riding for nearly three days.  Most of the time they had ridden with the King, and Merry had told him about the Shire, and Kevin had told the King what he safely could of his own homeland.

But Théoden King, as kind and genial as he was, was not family.

Kevin looked down to see a sad frown cross Merry's brow.  "What's wrong?"

"Frodo and Sam.  I am forgetting them!” Merry said reproachfully.  “And yet they are more important than all the rest of us.  And I came to help them, but now they must be hundreds of miles away, if they are still alive.”  He shivered.

"You haven't forgotten them, Merry," Kevin said.  "But there have been an awful lot of other things to think about.  And I am sure they are still alive."

"Thank you," said the hobbit, with a wan smile.  "You're a good friend."  They retreated into silence for a while.

“Harrowdale at last!' said Éomer, finally.  “Our journey is almost at an end.”  They halted.  The paths out of the narrow gorge fell steeply.  Only a glimpse, as through a tall window, could be seen of the great valley in the gloaming below.  A single small light could be seen twinkling by the river.

“This journey is over, maybe,” said Théoden, “but I have far yet to go.  Last night the moon was full, and in the morning I shall ride with the muster for Mundberg as quickly as we might.

“But if you would take my counsel,” said Éomer in a low voice, “you would then return to Edoras, until the war is over, lost or won.”

Merry whispered, "What's this 'Mundberg'?  I thought we were going to Minas Tirith!"

Haleth smiled at the hobbit.  "'Mundberg' is the name for Minas Tirith in Rohirric."

"Oh."  Kevin was glad Merry had asked—he had wondered, too.  He returned his attention to what the King was saying.

Théoden smiled.  “Nay, my son, for so I will call you, speak not the soft words of Wormtongue in my old ears!” he told Éomer, glancing back at the men behind him.  “Long years in the space of days it seems since I rode west; but never will I lean on a staff again.  If the war is lost, what good will be my hiding in the hills?  And if it is won, what grief will it be, even if I fall, spending my last strength?  But we will leave this now.  Tonight I will lie in the Hold of Dunharrow.  One evening of peace at least is left us.  Let us ride on!”

Kevin felt glad to hear Théoden speaking so confidently.  He remembered how weak and frail the old king had looked when he first saw him.  He still looked elderly, but not ancient and withered up as he had been from Saruman's spells.  He really liked the King, and his courtesy and willingness to listen to Merry and himself when he had so many other important things on his mind.

Soon they forded the river.  Suddenly as they approached, men jumped out from where they had been waiting, and cheered, “Théoden King!  Théoden King!  The King of the Mark returns!”

Then one blew a long call on a horn.  It echoed in the valley.  Other horns answered it, and lights shone out across the river.

Suddenly, Kevin and the others heard many trumpets responding, the sound of them amplified by the echoes as their sounding bounced off the stone cliffs.  Kevin thought it sounded like a great brass orchestra.

There was also cheering as the King and his escort led the way into Dunharrow.  Soon several captains of the éoreds that had already arrived came to meet Théoden at the ford, led by the chieftain of Harrowdale, Dúnhere.

Dúnhere reported to the King, giving him news of the passage of Aragorn and the Grey Company.  They also reported of the Nazgûl who had also flown above, and the advice Gandalf had given them of remaining out of sight as much as possible.

“It is well,” said Théoden.  “I will ride now to the Hold, and there before I go to rest I will meet the marshals and captains.  Let them come to me as soon as may be!”

Those with the King rode straight on, across the valley to the walls of the hold.  Everywhere they passed, they saw throngs of men, some of them pushing forward to hail the King.  Beyond the men were rows and rows of tents, and piles of weapons and provisions.  Kevin had never seen such a sight in person, although he'd seen some gatherings like that on television, mostly when reporters were doing pieces on groups that did historical re-enactments of battles and so forth.  Or watching historical movies like Braveheart.  But even though it was beginning to get dark, Kevin saw no lanterns or campfires.

As they rode, Kevin was peering from side to side.  They eventually came up beneath the high cliff that loomed over the eastern side of the valley, and Kevin stared around in wonder as the path began to climb.  The road climbed upwards, winding back and forth, and it really didn't do him good to look down as they looped back and forth up the side of the cliff.  And to make it even stranger, every time the road took a turning, there were these weird statues.

"What are those statues?" asked Merry.  "They look ancient!"

Indeed, the figures of men—stumpy and squatting, with their arms folded—were pitted by the weather, worn down and discoloured, as though they had been sitting there for eons.

"I don't know," said Kevin.

"They are called Púkel-men," said Haleth.  

Kevin stared at them curiously, since the art did not look like any style he had seen since they'd come through the portal back in the cave.  It was far more primitive than the work of Elves or even of the Men he had met, and it looked like it belonged in a museum.

I’ve never seen any statues like these before! he thought.  Out loud, he asked, “What is a Pukel-man?”

“The Pukel-men are standing stones,” Haleth told him.  “They’ve been here for a very long time now.”

Nodding, Kevin turned to stare at the standing stones.  Like Stonehenge in England, he thought, awestruck.  It’s made up of standing stones, too!  And no one knows who put them there, or why.  Only difference is, these standing stones have been sculpted into statues, and the ones at Stonehenge weren’t.

Finally, at one sharp turn, they came to the brink, and the road went into what seemed like a gate or opening in the rock.  They passed through, and before them was a wide open plain.

“What’s that?” Kevin asked.

The king overheard his question.  “It is called the Firienfeld,” Théoden told him.  Kevin stared around him.  The whole area consisted of grass and low shrubs covering great expanses of ground.  The Snowbourn was well below them, he noticed.  There was another mountain to the south and still another to the north.  Between those two rose a third mountain; its slopes were covered with pine trees.  Dividing the upland into two there marched a double line of unshaped standing stones that dwindled into the dusk and vanished in the trees.  For some reason, it gave Kevin the shivers to look at that mountain and the road that led toward it.

Théoden looked at him.  “You see that mountain?” he asked, pointing.  Biting his lower lip, Kevin nodded.  “That’s the Dwimorberg, the Haunted Mountain.  The black Dimholt can be found there.  That is where the Paths of the Dead can be found, Kevin.”

“You mean—you mean it’s haunted?” Kevin asked.  Sombrely, Théoden nodded.  “There’s ghosts in there?”  The king nodded again, and the boy shivered.

Théoden gestured toward the area they had come to.  “And this is Dunharrow.  It was made by men who have long since been forgotten; only the Púkel-men can be found here now.  No one knows why they made it: to be a tomb of kings, a town, or a temple.  It was made before a ship ever came to the shores of Middle-earth, and before Gondor was ever settled by the Dúnedain.  This is where the Rohirrim will muster, before we leave for Minas Tirith.”

This place sure is creepy! he thought.  Especially that mountain!

Kevin exchanged a glance with Merry and then stared at the lines of black marching stones.  All of them were worn out, he noticed.  Some of them had fallen on their sides, and some of the ones still standing were leaning sideways or forward.  Some of the standing stones were cracked, and others were broken.

Kevin shivered.  Was Aragorn really going to go into that frightening place?!  And my sister, he thought.  She’s going in there with him!

A moment later, Kevin noticed that clusters of tents and booths stood on both sides of the path ahead of them.  However, none of them were anywhere near the trees; instead, they were set closer to the edge of the cliff.  Most of them were to the right, at the wider end of the field; there was a smaller camp on the left, and a pavilion taller and fancier than the rest stood in the middle.  A lone rider came from that direction to meet them.

As they got closer, Kevin could tell that the rider was a woman with long blonde braids, but she was wearing a helmet and dressed in armour.  She had a sword at her side.  Èowyn! he thought.  She’s here!  That means Jennifer’s here, too!  He smiled broadly in anticipation.

-oo000oo-

Èowyn had clad herself as a rider, and had girded herself with her sword.  Jennifer's words had given her heart and hope.  Aragorn was a hero beyond all hope, puissant and strong, but he was also beyond her reach.  Her own actions, however, were not.

“Hail, Lord of the Mark!” she cried.  “My heart is glad at your returning.”

“And you, Èowyn,” said Théoden, “is all well with you?”

“All is well,” she answered; “It was a weary road for the people to take, torn suddenly from their homes.  There were hard words, for it is long since war has driven us from the green fields; but there have been no evil deeds.  All is now ordered, as you see.  And your lodging is prepared for you; for I have had full tidings of you and knew the hour of your coming.”

“So Aragorn has come then,” said Éomer.  “Is he still here?”

“No, he is gone,” said Èowyn turning away and looking at the mountains dark against the East and South.

“Whither did he go?” asked Éomer.

“I do not know,” she answered.  “He came at night, and rode away yestermorn, ere the Sun had climbed over the mountain-tops.  He is gone.”

"You seem surprised," said Théoden.  “What has happened?  Tell me, did he speak of that road?”  He pointed away along the darkening lines of stones towards the Dwimorberg.  “Of the Paths of the Dead?”

“Yes, lord,” said Èowyn.  “And he has passed into the shadows from which none have returned.  He is gone.”

“Then our paths are sundered,” said Éomer.  “He is lost.  We must ride without him, and our hope dwindles.”

"I am not so sure, brother, for he brought hope with him.  He believes this is the Path that will bring him safely to his goal.  I found his confidence strangely comforting."

Kevin could not help it.  He had to ask.  "Was a girl with him—my sister, Jennifer?"

Èowyn smiled at him.  "You must be her older brother, Lord Kevin.  She spoke well of you.  Yes, she came in his company, and left in it as well.  She gave me a message for you when you came here.  She said, 'Tell Kevin I will see him in Minas Tirith, and…'”  She paused.  “I do not know what this means, but she said you would understand…'remember Eye-say-ah forty thirty-one'.  Do you know what that means?"

He grinned.  "Yes, I do.  It’s a saying from the Holy Book of our people:

“'But those who hope in the Lord

will renew their strength.

They will soar on wings like eagles;

they will run and not grow weary,

they will walk and not be faint.'”

Kevin paused.  “I'm glad she reminded me of that."

All of the others looked at him with amazed expressions.  "Your Holy Book sounds wise," said Théoden.

"You have no idea," Kevin answered.  He still could not say he was exactly happy to be separated from Jennifer and Joey, but he would “hope in the Lord”.  And here in Middle-earth, the wings of Eagles meant even more than they did back home, he had learned.  Gandalf had told the children that the Eagles were servants of Manwë, who seemed to be like the head archangel.  They weren't mere birds.

I wonder if Gandalf knows Gabriel and Michael, Kevin thought.  Surely Manwë does, since they’re archangels, too!  Maybe they just have different names here.  Everybody seems to have a lot of names in Middle-earth.

The King and his companions were shown to tents and pavilions, and provided with water to wash away the soil of travel.  Kevin found himself in a tent with Haleth and a couple of other Rohirrim of the King's éored, but Merry, as Théoden's esquire, had been given a place in the King's big pavilion.  It was there, he learned that a meal was to be served.  He was the only one from his tent invited to go to that meal.  All the others would be sharing a common mess with the other warriors.  Kevin, however, had also been invited to eat with Théoden, but Haleth had not.  Kevin felt a little awkward about that, but Haleth just took it in stride.

In the inner part of the pavilion was a small space, curtained off with tapestries, and scattered with skins: and Théoden with Éomer and Èowyn, and Dúnhere, lord of Harrowdale,sat together at a small table.  A seat had been placed next to the Lady Èowyn, which was where Kevin was told was his place.  Merry, however, stood beside the king's stool and waited on him till presently the old man, coming out of deep thought, turned to him and smiled.

“Come, Master Meriadoc!” he said.  “You shall not stand.  You shall sit beside me, as long as I remain in my own lands, and lighten my heart with tales.”

They made room for Merry at the king's left hand, and Kevin was glad.  It made him feel a little uncomfortable to see the hobbit just standing by the king like a waiter in a restaurant.  He shook his head.  Like Haleth, Merry had not thought it was anything out of the ordinary.  "He made me his squire, Kevin,” he told Kevin.  “It's part of what I'm supposed to do, unless he tells me otherwise."

Still, no one called for any tale.  There was indeed little speech, and they ate and drank for the most part in silence, until at last, exchanging a glance with Kevin and plucking up courage, Merry asked the question that was tormenting him.

"My Lord, I keep hearing of the Paths of the Dead,” he said.  “What are they?  And where has Strider, I mean the Lord Aragorn, where has he gone?”

“Yeah,” Kevin added, frowning.  “My sister has gone with him, so I’d like to know, too.”

The king sighed, but no one answered, until at last Éomer spoke.  “We do not know, and our hearts are heavy,” he said.  “But as for the Paths of the Dead, you have yourself walked on their first steps.  Nay.  I speak no words of ill omen!  The road that we have climbed is the approach to the Door, yonder in the Dimholt.  But what lies beyond no man knows.”

Théoden went on to say, “Folk say that Dead Men out of the Dark Years guard the way and will suffer no living man to come to their hidden halls; but at whiles they may themselves be seen passing out of the door like shadows and down the stony road.  Then the people of Harrowdale shut fast their doors and shroud their windows and are afraid.  But the Dead come seldom forth and only at times of great unquiet and coming death.'

“Yet it is said in Harrowdale,” said Èowyn in a low voice, “that in the moonless nights but little while ago a great host in strange array passed by.  Whence they came none knew, but they went up the stony road and vanished into the hill, as if they went to keep a tryst.”

“Then why has Aragorn gone that way?” asked Merry.  “Don't you know anything that would explain it?”

“Unless he has spoken words to you as his friend that we have not heard,” said Éomer, “none now in the land of the living can tell his purpose.”

“Greatly changed he seemed to me since I saw him first in the king's house,” said Èowyn: “grimmer, older.  Fey I thought him, and like one whom the Dead call, yet he was also strangely certain of his way as though he had a sure road before him.

“Maybe he was called,” said Théoden; “and my heart tells me that I shall not see him again.  Yet he is a kingly man of high destiny.  It is said that when the Eorlingas came out of the North and passed at length up the Snowbourn, seeking strong places of refuge in time of need, Brego and his son Baldor climbed the Stair of the Hold and so came before the Door.  On the threshold sat an old man, aged beyond guess of years; tall and kingly he had been, but now he was withered as an old stone.  Indeed for stone they took him, for he moved not, and he said no word, until they sought to pass him by and enter.  And then a voice came out of him, as it were out of the ground, and to their amaze it spoke in the western tongue: The way is shut.

“Then they halted and looked at him and saw that he lived still; but he did not look at them.  The way is shut, his voice said again.  It was made by those who are Dead, and the Dead keep it, until the time comes.  The way is shut.

And when will that time be? said Baldor.  But no answer did he ever get.  For the old man died in that hour and fell upon his face; and no other tidings of the ancient dwellers in the mountains have our folk ever learned.  Yet maybe at last the time foretold has come, and Aragorn may pass.”

“But how shall a man discover whether that time be come or no, save by daring the Door?” said Éomer.  “And that way I would not go though all the hosts of Mordor stood before me, and I were alone and had no other refuge.  Alas that a fey mood should fall on a man so greathearted in this hour of need!  Are there not evil things enough abroad without seeking them under the earth?  War is at hand.”

He paused, for at that moment there was a noise outside, a man's voice crying the name of Théoden, and the challenge of the guard.

Presently the captain of the Guard thrust aside the curtain.  “A man is here, lord,” he said, “an errand-rider of Gondor. He wishes to come before you at once.”

“Let him come!” said Théoden.

A tall Man entered, and Kevin and Merry both gasped, for he looked like Boromir!  But as he came closer, they realized it was just a strong resemblance.

He sank on one knee and presented the arrow to Théoden.  “Hail Lord of the Rohirrim, friend of Gondor!” he said.  “Hirgon I am, errand-rider of Denethor, who bring you this token of war. Gondor is in great need.  Often the Rohirrim have aided us, but now the Lord Denethor asks for all your strength and all your speed; lest Gondor fall at last.”

“The Red Arrow!” said Théoden, holding it, as one who receives a summons long expected and yet dreadful when it comes.  His hand trembled.  “The Red Arrow has not been seen in the Mark in all my years!  Has it indeed come to that?  And what does the Lord Denethor reckon that all my strength and all my speed may be?”

“That is best known to yourself, lord,” said Hirgon.  “But ere long it may well come to pass that Minas Tirith is surrounded, and unless you have the strength to break a siege of many powers, the Lord Denethor bids me say that he judges that the strong arms of the Rohirrim would be better within his walls than without.”

Théoden explained that the Rohirrim had only just come from a battle themselves, and that they might take them as long as a week to ride to the city and be able to engage the enemy.

“A week!” said Hirgon.  “If it must be so, it must.  But you are like to find only ruined walls in seven days from now, unless other help unlooked-for comes.  Still, you may at the least disturb the Orcs and Swarthy Men from their feasting in the White Tower.”

“At the least we will do that,” said Théoden.  “But I myself am new-come from battle and long journey, and I will now go to rest.  Tarry here this night.  Then you shall look on the muster of Rohan and ride away the gladder for the sight, and the swifter for the rest.  In the morning counsels are best, and night changes many thoughts.”

With that the king stood up, and they all rose.  “Go now each to your rest.” he said, “and sleep well.  And you, Master Meriadoc, I need no more tonight.  But be ready to my call as soon as the Sun is risen.”

“I will be ready,” said Merry, “even if you bid me ride with you on the Paths of the Dead.”

“Speak not words of omen!” said the king.  “For there may be more roads than one that could bear that name.  But I did not say that I would bid you ride with me on any road.  Good night!”

Merry turned to Kevin, his face pale and his grey eyes wide with shock.  "Did you hear what he said, Kevin?  He sounded as though he was not going to let me come!  That can't be right!"

Kevin sighed.  "I was kind of afraid of that.  I think Aragorn let you be Theoden's squire, so you'd be safe."

Merry scowled, and now his cheeks grew red with anger.  "That's just wrong!  If 'safe' was what I wanted, I would have stayed in Rivendell.  Or maybe even never left the Shire!  I won't be left behind!"

Kevin shook his head sadly.  "I'm sorry, Merry, but I don't know that you will be able to change his mind."

They went to their sleeping quarters.  Merry was fuming, but not saying anymore. Kevin was worried about the clearly angry and upset hobbit.  But there wasn't much to do about it.  They were shown to a tent near the King's, where Kevin, Merry, and Haleth bedded down along with three other Rohirrim that Kevin did not know.

“I won't be left behind, to be called for on return!” said Merry.  “I won't be left, I won't.”  And repeating this over and over again to himself he fell asleep at last.

He was wakened by a man shaking him.  “Wake up, wake up, Master Holbytla!” he cried; and at length Merry came out of deep dreams and sat up with a start.  It still seemed very dark, he thought.

“What is the matter?” he asked.

“The king calls for you.”

“But the Sun has not risen, yet,” said Merry.

“No, and will not rise today, Master Holbytla.  Nor ever again, one would think under this cloud.  But time does not stand still, though the Sun be lost.  Make haste!”

Kevin, too, was wakened, and he and Merry both made haste.  Kevin, Merry, and Haleth stood by and listened as the King gave his nephew the orders to prepare the muster.  Kevin realized from the look on the king's face that his suspicions were right, and all Merry's determination was useless.

The king turned to Merry.  “I am going to war, Master Meriadoc,” he said.  “In a little while I shall take the road.  I release you from my service, but not from my friendship.  You shall abide here, and if you will, you shall serve the Lady Èowyn, who will govern the folk in my stead.”

“But, but, lord,” Merry stammered, “I offered you my sword.  I do not want to be parted from you like this, Théoden King.  And as all my friends have gone to the battle, I should be ashamed to stay behind.”

“But we ride on horses tall and swift,” said Théoden; “and great though your heart be, you cannot ride on such beasts.”

“Then tie me on to the back of one, or let me hang on a stirrup, or something,” said Merry.  “It is a long way to run; but run I shall, if I cannot ride, even if I wear my feet off and arrive weeks too late.”

Théoden smiled.  "You stay here, with Èowyn.  There are tasks for many hands here, and there may yet be fighting for you and all others to do."  He looked at Èowyn, whose face was stoic.

Then Èowyn rose up.  “Come now, Meriadoc!” she said.  “I will show you the gear that I have prepared for you.”  They went out together.

Kevin watched sadly; he would miss the shrewd young hobbit.  Lord, please look after him, he silently prayed.

-oo000oo-

Later on, Éowyn watched Merry as he gazed wistfully at the rows of riders, his face reflecting his longing.  She had already made her own preparations, and was now clad in the armour of an ordinary rider.  She had tucked up her hair beneath her helm and bound her breasts with linen before she had donned her mail.  To all appearances, she was simply a very young Rider of Rohan.

It was clear to her that Merry knew that they'd soon be riding out without him.  She shook her head; it was not fair!  A half-formed resolution suddenly was fully formed.  Silently she approached him.  Pitching her voice to a low whisper, she bent to his ear.  "'Where will wants not, a way opens', so we say,” she whispered; “and so I have found myself.”

He gaped up at her, hope and astonishment on his face.

“You wish to go whither the Lord of the Mark goes: I see it in your face,” she added.

“I do,” said Merry.

“Then you shall go with me.  I will bear you before me, under my cloak until we are far afield, and this darkness is yet darker.  Such good will should not be denied.  Say no more to any man, but come!”

“Thank you indeed!” said Merry.  “Thank you, sir, though I do not know your name.”

“Do you not?  Then call me Dernhelm.”  Eowyn successfully kept herself from laughing.  So far, her disguise was working just fine.

She lifted him up onto her horse, and then swung up behind him flung a corner of her cloak around him, and rode off to hide the two of them among the host, far back in the lines from the King and her brother.

-oo000oo-

Kevin and Haleth were among the éored riding with Éomer.  He felt horrible about leaving Merry behind.  At least, he would get to see Joey and Jennifer when they got to Minas Tirith, but poor Merry, it might be weeks and weeks before he ever got to see Pippin!  He tried to put out of his head the bleak thought that none of them would survive the battle, and he kept repeating to himself Isaiah 40:31, as Jennifer had reminded him to keep that in mind.  Then a hymn came to him, and he began singing it silently, in his head:

My hope is built on nothing less

Than Jesus' blood and righteousness;

I dare not trust the sweetest frame,

But wholly lean on Jesus' name.

 

On Christ, the solid Rock, I stand;

All other ground is sinking sand

All other ground is sinking sand…

He then started singing that hymn quietly aloud.  Without Jennifer there to sing along with him, it felt a little funny singing by himself.  He was used to singing with his family, or with the youth choir at church.  Also, he wasn't prepared to hear questions he wouldn't be allowed to answer.  Still, he sang softly the rest of the hymn, and then several others.  They soothed him and helped him feel less worried about his siblings.  At one point, Haleth looked over at him, puzzled.  But the Rohirric boy didn't say anything—he was probably lost in his own thoughts, Kevin imagined.

A few hours before the King gave the orders to stop and set up camp, Kevin had the odd idea that he saw a Rider with someone smaller riding in front of him.  It was only a tiny glimpse, and he wasn't sure but what he had imagined it.  But just then, Haleth got his attention, and they went to find their own spot to bed down.  He was tired, and glad to stop, and he soon fell asleep, forgetting all about what he thought he had seen.

-oo000oo-

After only a couple of days, Merry was entirely sick of riding beneath Dernhelm's cloak.  Last night, it had been made clear to him that Elfhelm, who was in charge of the éored they were travelling among, knew exactly who Dernhelm was, even if Merry didn't, and that he also knew Merry was among them—"Master Bag", indeed!  But it also seemed clear he had no intention of giving the two of them away, either.  So long as they were in the middle of that group, there was no reason he couldn't come out of hiding!  But Dernhelm simply held his cloak together even more tightly whenever he tried to poke his head out.  Merry wondered if perhaps the boy's father was riding among the soldiers.

When they finally stopped for the second night, they once more tried to find a spot away from the others to put out their bedrolls.  Merry took the opportunity to pull out some of the food they had been surviving on: hard journey bread, dried fruit, and dried meat, washed down with water from his waterskin.  Dernhelm whispered, "I shall be back soon," and wandered off by himself.

Merry waited several minutes, but began to grow worried.  It was longer than it should have taken to just go behind a bush and relieve oneself.  With a tired sigh, he got up and brushed off the seat of his pants, and strolled off in the direction his companion had gone, into a copse of mostly alders that were growing along the bank of the nearby stream.  He soon heard the sound of running water, and realized that must have been where Dernhelm went, to find the water.

-oo000oo-

As the youngest of the warriors in the éored, it was inevitable that all the little chores would fall to Kevin and Haleth.  And so it happened that was why the two young men found themselves headed in the direction of a nearby stream, ladened with the waterskins of everyone else in the éored.  Their progress was slow, as they tried to keep from dropping any of them.

"It's going to be even more of a hassle going back," Kevin said.  He was not really complaining, just stating a fact.

"If," said Haleth, "you mean 'awkward', you are right."

-oo000oo-

Merry approached the stream, and saw Dernhelm sitting on the bank.  He was about to call out to him when he saw his friend reach up and pull off his helm—to reveal a fall of long golden hair, far longer than even the other Rohirrim wore theirs.  Suddenly, he understood.  It was the Lady Èowyn with whom he had been riding!  That explained a lot.

He came closer.  "My lady!" he said.  She turned and smiled at him.

"I wondered how long it would take you to figure it out," she said.

He laughed, and put his palm to his face.  "I just hope Pippin never discovers I didn't know you were a woman when I was riding with you!  I would never hear the end…What's that?"  He spun round and pulled his sword, and Èowyn did the same as they heard someone approaching.  "Put your helm back on!" he hissed.

But it was too late.  Whoever it was came out from beneath the cover of the trees.  Merry heaved a sigh of relief.  "Hullo, Kevin!  Hullo, Haleth.  Fancy seeing you here."  He grinned at them cheekily, but there was steel in his grey eyes as though he was daring them to object to his presence.

Kevin also sighed, although his sigh sounded more like resignation.  "Merry.  I should have known you'd find a way to come.  I can't say I am actually surprised at you, although…"  He turned his gaze to Èowyn.  "…I am surprised to see you, my Lady.  I thought the King had ordered you to stay behind.  Did Merry talk you into bringing him along?  He's disobeyed orders as well."

She stood straight as a spear.  "Nay, Lord Kevin.  Both of us came for the same reason: we would fight with our kin, and not be left behind in so-called 'safety'."

Kevin looked at them, both of them so brave and defiant.  Truth to tell, he was glad to know that Merry had managed to come along anyway, and that once they reached Minas Tirith, the hobbit would at least be reunited with Pippin.  As for the Lady Èowyn, he did not know her well, but she seemed brave and able.  He looked at Haleth, who had yet to say a single word, and to be truthful, looked more confused than anything else.  "We aren't going to tell on them, are we, Haleth?"

Haleth stood a bit taller, and looked a little offended that Kevin thought he had to ask.  "Of course not!"  He bowed on one knee, and looked at Èowyn.  "My Lady!  You are of the House of Eorl and a Shieldmaiden of Rohan, fell and brave.  If you wish to help drive the enemy away, I will not say you 'nay', nor hinder you."

"Thank you, Haleth, son of Háma.  You have my gratitude, and I am in your debt," Èowyn replied.

"Well, now that's settled," Kevin said.  "So how did you two manage to sneak along?"

Merry looked at the waterskin-laden boys, and said, "It's a long story.  How about we help you two out with your errand…"  He gestured at the many waterskins they were carrying.  "...and we can talk while we fill those things up."

They sat down by the stream, and began to fill the waterskins up with water.  Èowyn began their tale.  "We did not exactly sneak away," she said.  "I asked Dúnhere to be my Steward of the people while I was gone.  And we are riding with Elfhelm's éored.  They all know we are among them, but they feign not to see us."  

"I wish they wouldn't feign quite so well.  Last night, Elfhelm tripped over me and called me 'Master Bag', " said Merry indignantly.  Kevin laughed, though it earned him a glare from the hobbit.

With four of them at the task, it took them little time to get the water filled.  Merry and Èowyn assisted the two boys to hang the vessels about themselves, to make it less likely that they would have a mishap.  "These are going to be a lot heavier going back than they were when we got here," Kevin grumbled.  "Oh, well.  Listen, it will be easier for us than for you—we'll try and check up on you two tomorrow night, if we can.  But right now, we should get back to our own camp, since they will be wondering where we got to."  Merry and Éowyn nodded agreement.

As Kevin and Haleth headed back to their own encampment, Merry and Èowyn looked at one another.

"We were lucky," said Merry, "that it was those two who found us."

Èowyn nodded.  "I dread to think of the scene that would have followed, had it been my brother who found us."

Merry shuddered.  "Or of what the King would say, if he found out."

Èowyn looked horrified.  "He would have us bound and returned to Dunharrow, probably escorted by Elfhelm and his men, since they aided us.  And it would deprive the army of good fighting men, when all are needed."

Merry nodded.  "We have to be more careful."  He picked up the still discarded helm.  "Here is your helmet, Dernhelm,"he said with emphasis, a teasing grin on his face.

She bundled up her hair and put it on.  "Thank you, Master Bag," she replied, grinning back; Merry laughed.  "Let us return to the camp now."

The next day, the King had made a bargain with the Wild Men to help them find a way to slip into Gondor unseen by the enemy.  Kevin had to ask Haleth all about the "Wild Men" whom the Rohirrim also called Woses and Druadan.

Kevin was not privy to the conversation of Theoden and their leader, Ghân-buri-ghân.  He and Haleth sat too far away to hear what they were saying, but the guttural speech and the hand gestures reminded him of old Westerns, the ones in which the Native Americans sat around a fire with the U.S. Cavalry and had peace talks.  All that’s lacking is the peace pipe! he thought wryly.  Out loud, he asked Haleth, "What do you suppose is going on?"

The other boy shrugged.  "I think that perhaps Théoden King seeks aid from the Woses, though I have never heard that they have fought beside us in the past.  But in such strange times as these, who knows what might happen next?"

Danulf Danhelm’s son, who was sitting nearby and feeding wood into the campfire, said, "Nay, they will not fight alongside us, for they have long memories of when our people were their enemies.  Even now, some among our people will try to hunt them and drive them away.  But they are canny, and they hate Orcs as much as we do.  They may help us in some other way."

Just then they were joined by Éomer's second-in-command, his cousin Éothain, who had been with the King and the other leaders earlier, as they had spoken to Ghân-buri-ghân.  "You guessed aright, son of Danhelm.  Ghân-buri-ghân has agreed to be our guide to Mundburg.  He will lead us around the enemy so that we may come upon them unawares."

Kevin looked up.  "That's a good thing, right?  I mean, they know what they are doing?"

"Even better than we do, the Wild Men know the secret ways in and out of their lands, young son of Steven," Éothain answered.  "And we need not fear treachery from them.  I have never heard that any of them ever lie.  We will head out soon, for dawn will not show herself this day, but the riding will be slow, no more than four horses abreast."

Éothain moved on to another group to convey the same message, and Kevin leaned over to Haleth and whispered, "I'm going to slip to the back and check on Èowyn and Merry.  I'll be back as soon as I can."  Haleth nodded.

Kevin slowly meandered through the gathered muster, trying to make his way to where the éored led by Elfhelm was to be found.  He soon located the two of them, sitting a little bit away from the rest.  They looked up at him.  Merry smiled at him, and the Lady Èowyn gave him a nod.  He thought they both looked really tired, but he supposed he looked the same, so he didn't say anything about it.  "Are you two all right?" he asked.

"Yes, if anything can be all right."  Èowyn sighed.  "They say there will be no Sun on the morrow."

"But," added Merry, "I heard we will be on our way again.  While my backside is not happy about it, I'm kind of glad to get moving once more.  I'm worried about Pip and Joey.  And Gandalf and Boromir too, although I suppose they are less likely to find trouble than Pip and Joey!"  He tried to laugh, but it was more of a weary chuckle.  And then his face became solemn again.  “I’m also worried about Frodo and Sam.  I wish we had been able to stay with them.”

Kevin put a comforting hand on his shoulder.  "Well, at least we may soon be in a position to help Pip and Joey.  I think we probably can't do anything for Frodo and Sam except pray."

Merry just nodded and did not respond.  Kevin knew the hobbit did not really understand about prayer, and it was one of those things he thought Gandalf would prefer him not to try to explain.  Èowyn looked at Merry, who just shrugged.

She glanced over at Kevin.  "I am thankful for your care of us.  But you should return to your own place, lest you be missed."

Kevin nodded.  "Well, good-bye for now," he said, before turning and making his way back to where Haleth waited.  He made sure to avoid Éothain, who had finally made his own way to Elfhelm's group.  Èowyn turned her back, and Merry hunkered down beneath his Elf-cloak, looking like a grey rock in the dim light.

It seemed no time until the order came to "Mount up" and "Head out".  For a while, they had to ride single file, as they slowly followed Ghan-bûri-Ghan through the gloom and towards the coming fray.  There was nothing to show how time was passing until they came out of the dim passage they had been riding through and were in sight of the Rammas Echor.  They halted briefly.  He glanced over and saw that slowly, Èowyn and Merry had snuck up closer to the front, where Theoden, Éomer, and the other leaders were.  She rode past him, and gave him a nod.  He winked at her and she averted her gaze.

Soon enough, they were out in the open, and the army began to spread out.  Kevin and Haleth were near Théoden and Éomer; Kevin could lean forward and spot Èowyn and Merry, somewhat further down from them.  They had gradually slipped aside from Elfhelm's command and moved closer to the King—but not close enough to be spotted.  Merry was no longer beneath her cloak, but she still was keeping her head down and face hidden by her helm.

Kevin and Haleth glanced down the line.  He could spot his two friends there on her horse, Windfola.  Èowyn's face was down, and she appeared to be adjusting her cloak.  But Kevin thought it likely she was talking to Merry.

Below them, between then and the city, were ranks upon ranks of orcs, perhaps even more of them than he'd seen at Helm's Deep.

Suddenly, Théoden began riding to his captains and giving orders.  "Éomer, take your éored down the left flank!"

"Flank ready," Éomer responded.

Théoden rode on.  "Gamling, follow the King’s banner down the centre.  Grimbold, take your company right after you pass the wall.  Forth, and fear no darkness!"

The King galloped before his army.  "Arise, arise, Riders of Théoden!  Spears shall be shaken, shields shall be splintered; a sword-day, a red day, ere the sun rises!”

The riders readied their spears.  Kevin could feel his heart pounding in his chest; he felt like he could hardly breathe.  Unlike when he stood at Helm’s Deep, he had some idea of the horror before him.  Only it was likely to be worse: they were not defending a wall, but would be plunging headlong into the middle of the enemy.

Théoden rode at full speed before the front ranks of his men, holding out his own spear to strike theirs.  "Ride now!  Ride now!  Ride!  Ride for ruin, and the world’s ending!  Death!”

"Death!" roared the men, as their King passed them.

Kevin had no spear, but he held his sword forth, and Théoden's blow jarred his arm to the shoulder.  "Death!" he found himself yelling.

"Death!"

"Death!"

"Death!"

The sound was overwhelming, like being carried along by a giant wave in a storm.  Théoden gave the order.  "Forth, Eorlingas!"

Suddenly Kevin found they were charging forward.  He rode swiftly, his sword held high like the others.  Haleth rode next to him—his friend was grinning, and still yelling, "Death!"  But Kevin felt somewhat embarrassed at how he had been among those yelling.  It felt wrong, somehow.  But it had helped to pump up his courage, like the yells they did before going into a football game.

Still, he silently prayed, Lord, I don't want to kill anyone, and I don't want to be killed.  Please help me to be brave and fight the enemies, and be with me if I do get hurt or killed.  He couldn't help thinking about how his family would feel if he died in this awful battle.

The horses were galloping, and the enemy was ahead.  Orcs were lined up with pikes to stop them, but as the horses did not slow down; many of them threw down their weapons and just ran away.

Most, but not all.  Kevin found himself slashing out with his sword, striking left and right at Orcs who were trying to grab him.  He could feel the sword striking them, and he knew he was dealing out injuries, as his sword bit into the flesh, and the acrid black blood stained its blade, and much of it splashed on him.  But he had no time to be grossed out, or even to wonder if he had killed any of them.  At least the blood was all black., so he had injured no humans.

But while the orcs had been routed, another army had come to the fore, and to Kevin's dismay, they were human.  They fought fiercely.  They were dressed in red and black, and their faces were either covered with black veils or tattooed with strange symbols.  So far Kevin and Haleth were far enough back that they had not engaged what he heard the other Rohirrim calling "Southrons".  Up ahead, he could still see the standard of the King, but he had no idea where Éomer was.  He glanced over to see if Haleth was still with him, and he was.

He was steeling himself to meet this new enemy, when he felt what seemed to be an earthquake!  The ground shook and rumbled and a sound like heavy thunder seemed to come from beneath him.  His horse became skittish, and it was all he could do to hang on.  The other horses were doing the same.  He heard drumbeats and harsh-sounding horns in addition to the rumbling of the earth.  Many horses were screaming and throwing their riders.  Others were bolting away from the battle, in spite of the Riders efforts to control them.  He heard a totally unexpected sound: elephants!  It sounded like elephants!  His horse, just barely under control as it was reared up and he found himself flying from the saddle, unhorsed in all this madness.  Terrified, he took hold of his sword, and found himself suddenly defending himself against a Southron warrior.  He was doing his best to defend himself, but he was sure he'd be killed.  Desperately he swung a wild stroke, forcing his foe backwards.  Unfortunately for the Southron, there was a body behind him, and he tripped.  Almost by accident, Kevin's stroke went home, and he caught the enemy as he went down.  Red blood spurted, and the copper smell of blood made Kevin feel ill.  But something else had caught his attention—that body, it looked like...quickly he bent to turn it over.  It was Haleth!  But as he turned him, the Rohirric boy gave a deep gasping breath.  Haleth was alive, but injured!

Kevin scarcely had the chance to take in the good news when the trumpeting and thundering came closer.  Heading in their direction was an immense elephant, as large as a dinosaur.  He tried to rouse Haleth, but he could get no better response than a groan.  And he couldn't run away and leave his friend.  With a wordless prayer, he flung himself on top of Haleth, and closed his eyes.  The beast was right upon them!  He held his breath, and hoped that being stomped by a giant elephant was not too dreadfully painful, when amazingly, it did not happen.  The creature had run right over them, but never set foot on them, and now it had gone by.  Thank You, God!

But there were more of the creatures.  He had to get Haleth off the battlefield if he could.  Not far from him, he saw one of the elephants stumble and go down, and beyond that, another.

Then, without warning, there seemed to come a lull in the battle.  He heard a dreadful shriek, and saw another shadow, this one overhead.  He stood, and saw much further down the battlefield, a monstrous flying creature that looked almost like a dragon, land upon the field at a distance.

It seemed no one was fighting for a moment.  He felt an awful chill in the air.  But even though the sounds of its scream sent a chill of horror through him, he pushed at Haleth until the other boy responded.   "Haleth!" he said.  "You need to get up if you can."  With much coaxing, he managed to get his friend on his feet.  So far, the only injury Kevin had seen on Haleth was a cut near his temple, as well as a sizable knot on his forehead.  There had been another horrible shriek, but now the battle seemed to pick up again, though it appeared to be moving away to the east and south of his position.  Half-dragging his companion, Kevin and Haleth stumbled along.  Kevin spotted a broken and battered siege tower about twenty feet to the north of them.  It had been knocked over and smashed by one of the gigantic elephants.  With a lot of effort, he was able to get them over there and sheltered behind its ruins.  He sat them down behind it, ignoring the dead Orcs only a few feet away.  He took out his sword and put it close to hand, and then he unhooked his waterskin from his belt, and managed to get Haleth to take a sip of water, and then he took one himself.  Now, if only they could wait the battle out.

This is so different from the way my father fought in the Gulf War, he thought wryly.  He fought with automatic rifles and grenades!  He shook his head.  I sure never expected to become a soldier when I’m not even out of high school yet!  Wait till I tell my dad about this!

At least the Sun had finally come out, and there seemed to be a breeze.  In spite of Kevin’s efforts to stay alert, his exhausted body slipped into an uneasy doze.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belong to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 39: Good Company

Joey sat in front of Boromir, the wind blowing in his face. He had never been on a horse this fast before. Up ahead, Shadowfax was carrying Gandalf and Pippin even faster. It was all that Hrimfax could do to keep up with his sire, Joey thought.

Now, they were finally heading to Minas Tirith, the city where Boromir had been born and raised. He wondered what it would be like. He knew it was bigger than Edoras, but it wouldn't be anything like Portland. "Boromir?" he asked. "What's your city like?"

He could not see the expression on the Gondorian's face. But his voice sounded happy when he answered Joey. "It is quite beautiful. In the night, it gleams like the Moon, and in the day, it glitters beneath the Sun. You see, it is built almost entirely of white marble, and right into Mount Mindolluin, where the snow-caps gleam above. That is why they call it the White City. But Minas Tirith means the Tower of the Guard, and so it is. The Citadel, which is where the Steward dwells, is by far the tallest tower in the West of Middle-earth, and it is there that we keep watch over Gondor. Long have we been at war, ever seeing to it that the Enemy is pushed back. It is getting harder and harder to do, I fear."

"What's your family like? I know you have a father and a brother." He suspected Boromir's mother was dead, but no one had ever come right out and said it to him, so he didn't want to put his foot in his mouth.

"I do. My mother died when I was only ten and Faramir was only five."

Well, thought Joey, I was right.

Boromir continued, "But I also have aunts and uncles and cousins, most of whom live away to the South in Dol Amroth, by the Sea. Faramir and I used to visit them when we were young."

"That's nice," Joey said politely. Visiting cousins was always fun, and so was the beach. He was glad to know his friend had that experience as a boy.

"Alas," Boromir said, "it has been many years since I have had the chance to visit there. My brother and I are both warriors now, and so are my Uncle Imrahil and his three sons. We have little time to spend in visits."

Joey smiled broadly. "Sometimes, Mom and Daddy take us to the beach. Portland's only sixty miles from the coast, so sometimes, in the summer, we go there and spend the day. That's where the Pacific Ocean is, you see. It's the biggest ocean in the world." He smiled again. "It's fun! We get to play in the sand and wade in the ocean, and we have picnics and stuff."

Boromir chuckled. "It is fun, is it not? Faramir and I used to have fun on the beach, too."

Joey nodded. "And sometimes, during summer vacation, Mom and Daddy take us to Mount Hood. They take us hiking on the Timberline Trail. It goes clear around the mountain; did you know that?"

Boromir chuckled. "Since I have never heard of Mount Hood, no, I did not, Joey."

"Well, it does. Our parents are real careful about where they take us hiking, so we won't get hurt." He paused. "They were gonna take us to Disneyland this summer, and camping, too, but I don't know if we'll ever get to do that stuff now," he said wistfully.

Boromir patted his shoulder. "Perhaps your family's plans will yet work out, Joey. Do not lose hope."

Joey was hoping Boromir would keep talking, but he fell silent. Now Joey kept remembering the Stone and how stupid he had been to look at it. He hoped Kevin and Jennifer weren't still mad at him. He looked ahead; Shadowfax was still maybe a quarter of a mile ahead, but Hrimfax still kept up. He wondered when they would stop. He was so tired, but he was way too wound up to sleep on horseback.

Then Boromir began to sing. At first, he sang something in Sindarin. It was a pretty song, and though Boromir's voice wasn't nearly as beautiful as that of an Elf, it was pleasant, low, and deep. Then he began another song, this time in Westron:

"Let ancient prophecies relate
Concerning King's or Kingdom's fate. 
I think myself to be as wise
As he that gazeth on the skies.
My sight goes beyond
The depth of a pond
Or rivers in the greatest rain.
Whereby I can tell
That all will be well
When the King enjoys his own again!
Yes, this I can tell
That all will be well
When the King enjoys his own again!

"When at last he shall return,
None his rightful claim shall spurn;
Nor refuse for any cause
Justice of those ancient laws.
Deny who would
Elendil's blood,
Naught shall halt the rightful reign.
For all's to no end,
The times will not mend
Till the King enjoys his own again!
Yes, this I can tell
That all will be well
When the King enjoys his own again!

"A thousand years the royal crown
Hath awaited the fair brow;
For is there anyone but he
That of the same should sharer be?
Who better may
The scepter sway,
Than he that hath such right to reign?
Then shall there be peace,
And the wars they will cease,
When the King enjoys his own again!
Yes, this I can tell
That all will be well
When the King enjoys his own again!

"Though for a time that fair White Tree
Leaf and branch doth withered be,
Bereft beneath a shadowed sky
While seasons long hath passed it by--
Once more shall it bloom
With rare perfume
That falls like sweet rain.
The old renewed shall be..."*

The song soothed Joey, along with the smooth motion of Hrimfax's gait, and soon he drifted into slumber.

-oo000oo-

Boromir gently lifted Joey down from Hrimfax, and noticed Gandalf was doing the same for Pippin. The hobbit woke up slightly, just enough to stumble to the bedroll Gandalf took out and laid upon the ground. But Joey did not stir at all. Boromir gestured at his young burden with his chin.

Gandalf shook his head and chuckled, taking down Joey's bedroll and unrolling it next to Pippin's so that Boromir could put the sleeping child down. Boromir fondly stroked the hair off Joey's forehead, and then stood and stretched. His back popped.

"'Twas a longer time spent in the saddle than I have been used to of late," he said.

Gandalf nodded. "My bones, too, are complaining. We need no fire tonight, but we should eat, and I would not mind a smoke."

Boromir laughed lightly. "I enjoy watching you and the others make your rings of smoke, but I simply cannot understand the idea of breathing in smoke on purpose."

"I often wish I had never tried it, but it can be relaxing."

The two of them watered the horses, unsaddled them, and set them free to graze. They were Mearas, after all, and would not abandon the riders they had chosen. Then they sat down near their slumbering charges. They ate a little lembas and downed some water, and Gandalf did bring out his pipe and lit it.

Boromir watched the wizard, who decided to show off by turning the smoke rings different colours and set them to swirling above his head.

"Gandalf?" The Gondorian looked down at the ground. "There is something I must tell you: I betrayed Frodo, and very nearly took the Ring from him. I regretted it quickly, but there it is: still, I was a traitor."

Gandalf looked at Boromir. "It was a sore trial for you, Boromir: a warrior, and a lord of men. Galadriel told me you were in peril. But you escaped in the end, and with your life. I am glad."

Nodding, Boromir smiled ruefully.  "I am glad that I did escape with my life, though my honour was forfeit. Nevertheless, I am glad I do live to come home to my father and brother. It was through young Joey's doing that I live."

Gandalf nodded. "It was not in vain that the hobbits and the McCloud children came with us, if only for your sake. But that was not the only part they had to play. If things had not gone as they did, the Ents might never have been roused, to the ruin of Saruman. As for your honour, honourable you remain. For you acknowledged and repented of your folly, and you did your best to defend Merry and Pippin. Do not chastise yourself any longer over your mistake, Boromir. The Ring has ensnared many, and I know of few who could have cast off its snare so quickly as you did."

Boromir thought about that for a moment, and then gave the wizard a grateful smile. "Thank you, Gandalf. You give me hope that I am not wholly without honour. But if I do not get the chance to see Frodo again, to ask his pardon, I will not be able to completely forgive myself."

"Frodo is a forgiving soul, and he knows more than any the entrapments the Ring can set for the unwary. I, too, hope you will get the opportunity to ask his pardon." Gandalf took his pipe and snuffed it out. "I suggest that you imitate our small friends now, and sleep while you can. I shall keep watch tonight."

-oo000oo-

They woke before the Sun was fully above the horizon, and with a small bite of lembas and a few swallows of water, they were on the way again. Today, Boromir was not very talkative, and truthfully, Joey was too tired to listen. He kept drifting off to sleep, only to be awakened by cramps in his legs or the pain in his back. "This hurts," he moaned at one point.

They did pull up then, about halfway to noon. Gandalf helped Pippin down, and Joey could see that the hobbit was having the same trouble. Pippin and Joey wobbled around until they could walk properly, but both of them were aching from all the riding. That afternoon, after a lunch as brief as their breakfast, they switched riders until late that evening.

Joey was feeling somewhat better after he'd had some more lembas, and he decided to talk to Gandalf.

"Uh, Gandalf? What was that round thing—I mean I know you said it was a—a palantír, but I don't understand what that is?"

He was surprised when the wizard threw back his head and laughed. "You and Pippin! He asked me that same question." Then he explained about the Seven Stones. "Sadly, the remaining Stones, save one, have been corrupted, and are easily brought under Sauron's sway. The other one is far away, and looks only to the West."

"Oh. Gandalf, if I had looked in it on purpose like I started to do, what would have happened to me?" Joey shivered.

"Ah, Joey! That is something we can never know—what might have happened; we can only guess. But Pippin did not fare as ill as he might have done, so I hope that it would have been the same for you. However, we shall never know for certain.  Hobbits have an amazing power of recovery which Men do not share. Comfort yourself that you did not completely look into the Seeing Stone, and that the Enemy caught but a fleeting glimpse of you." The wizard paused.

"Let us speak now of more pleasant things," Gandalf added. "What else would you know?"

So, Joey thought up all the questions about Middle-earth that he had been curious about, and that had not already been answered by his experiences. As Gandalf answered his questions, the child learned of the First Age, and the Second, and of Númenor.

"You mean there really used to be a huge island in the ocean that's been swallowed up?" Joey shivered again. "That would be scary!"

Gandalf laughed. "It would be, indeed, and for the people who lived on Númenor, it was more than scary—it was terrifying! They knew that death was coming for them when that huge wave came toward them."

Joey shook his head. "That's just like the Flood in the Bible," he said, after a moment. "Noah's ark. Everyone in that Flood died, too, except Noah and his family. Because they were in that ark they built. God told them to build it so they'd survive, and all the animals, too." He bit his lower lip. "And Melkor was worse than Sauron?"

Gandalf nodded. "Much worse," he said sombrely. "But he is imprisoned in the Void now, so he can inflict no more harm on Middle-earth."

Joey scowled. "I wish Satan and his demons were in that Void with him." He fidgeted. "Uh, Gandalf, are there really giant spiders here? And talking eagles? Huge talking eagles that can eat boys?"

"The Eagles would never eat a boy!" Gandalf laughed again. "They are messengers of the Valar, especially Manwë, who is Eru's deputy in Arda. And yes, there are giant spiders, the spawn of Ungoliant, who poisoned the Two Trees, as I told you. But we are safe from them, Joey."

That gave Joey a lot to think about, and his questions ceased for a while. For a while, he thought about what he had learned about the beginnings of the earth and the early history of man, as told in the Book of Genesis. What Gandalf had told him was so different from what the Bible taught!

Could it be that we're in a whole 'nother world? he wondered. The way our world got started and the way theirs got started is so different! How can that be, if we're in the same world? God made our world Himself; He didn't need His angels to help him. They just watched. The way Gandalf talked, Eru's angels helped him create Ar—Arda. And our God didn't create elves or hobbits! Only humans. And none of God's angels created any dwarves, either. And trees that walk and talk don't exist in our world, either. In our world, trees can't even think!

Joey looked up at the sky. And yet the same constellations in our sky at home are here, too; I've seen them. We all have! The Big Dipper, the Little Dipper, the North Star, and those others. And the moon; it shines in this world's sky, too. And Venus! Surely another world wouldn't have the same moon, and the same stars and planets and stuff, would it?

He shook his head. Please, God, I need your help, he prayed silently. This doesn't make sense.

-oo000oo-

This was the second night since Pippin had looked in the Stone and Joey had come close to doing so. A light kindled in the sky, a blaze of yellow fire behind dark barriers. Joey wondered what was going on. He rubbed his eyes, and then he saw that it was the moon rising above the eastern shadows, now almost at the full. So the night was not yet old and for hours the dark journey would go on. He stirred and spoke.

"Boromir, where are we?"

His voice was triumphant as he answered: "We have entered the realm of Gondor! We are riding through the land of Anorien! Tomorrow, we will come to Minas Tirith." He urged Hrimfax to put on a burst of speed, so that they caught up to Gandalf and Pippin.

Gandalf paused for a moment as they rode up beside them, and there was a brief silence as they looked at the land before them.

"What is that?" cried Pippin suddenly, clutching at Gandalf's cloak. "Look! Fire, red fire! Are there dragons in this land? Look, there is another!"

"A fire?!" Joey cried out, straightening his back and looking from side to side. "Where? We'll need firemen if there's a fire!"

"The beacons!" shouted Boromir, as he shot forward, for once pulling Hrimfax ahead of his sire.

Behind them, Joey could hear as Gandalf cried aloud to his horse. "On, Shadowfax! We must hasten. Time is short. See! The beacons of Gondor are alight, calling for aid. War is kindled. See, there is the fire on Amon Dîn, and flame on Eilenach; and there they go speeding west: Nardol, Erelas, Min-Rimmon, Calenhad, and the Halifirien on the borders of Rohan."

But Shadowfax paused in his stride, slowing to a walk, and then he lifted up his head and neighed. And out of the darkness the answering neigh of other horses came; and presently the thudding of hoofs was heard, and three riders swept up and passed like flying ghosts in the moon and vanished into the West. Then Shadowfax gathered himself together and sprang away, and the night flowed over him like a roaring wind, soon passing Boromir and Joey once more.

"What are those places and those fires? Who were those riders?" Joey asked.

"The beacons are a message to Rohan! And so were the riders. Gondor must be in dire trouble, for my father to send for help!" Boromir said no more, but once again urged Hrimfax on, until they were neck and neck with Shadowfax.

The riding was far too swift for conversation, and Joey was tired. Soon he drifted into half-slumber. He was aware of the wind in his face and the sound of the horses' hooves, but he was far too tired for thought.

They didn't stop until moonrise, and Joey was so exhausted, he fell asleep almost as soon as he lay down.

"This will be the day we come to the end of our journey," Gandalf said, as they prepared to leave the next morning. "We will soon be within sight of our destination."

At that point, Shadowfax amended his pace so that Hrimfax could gallop alongside his father. Now Joey and Pippin could hear whatever was being said by the other. Even so, they did not talk a lot. For one thing, it was obvious that Boromir was worried about what was happening in his homeland, and for another, Gandalf seemed to have his mind on other things.

They rode through the day with few and short stops, only when absolutely necessary. Even Pippin was too tired to talk at this point, though in late afternoon, the two younger members of the party perked up when they had some lembas, and even better, a few drops of miruvor Gandalf had hidden in his robes. "There is only a small amount given to me by the Lady Galadriel. There was not much, so I saved it for the last push."

-oo000oo-

Joey and Pippin had drifted off again, when they woke to voices. It was cold and misty, and almost dawn again. Joey felt a little confused as he heard the voices of other men than Gandalf and Boromir. He blinked and looked around. Shadowfax and Hrimfax were standing next to a stone wall—it looked like it had been falling down, but even at night was being repaired. He could hear the sound of hammers and other tools, and the creak of a wagon. There were torches all around, their light blurred by the fog. Gandalf was speaking to the men that barred his way, and as Joey listened, he and Pippin, who exchanged glances, became aware that they themselves, as well as Boromir, were being discussed.

"My Lord Boromir!" the leader of the men exclaimed. There were murmurs of astonishment behind him. "We had word that you were dead! Your father proclaimed a day of mourning some days since!"

Boromir shook his head. "As you can see, I am very much alive, though I had a close call. I headed home as soon as it was practical, but there was no way to send a message ahead of me. As you can see, I have brought companions with me, one of them Mithrandir."

"Yea truly, we know Mithrandir," said the leader of the men, "and he knows the passwords of the Seven Gates and is free to go forward. But we do not know your companions. Who are they? A child and a dwarf out of the mountains in the North? We wish for no strangers in the land at this time, unless they be mighty men of arms in whose faith and help we can trust."

"I will vouch for them before the seat of Denethor," said Boromir.

Gandalf nodded agreement. "And so will I. And as for valour," added the wizard, "that cannot be computed by stature. The one before me has passed through more battles and perils than you have, Ingold, though you be twice his height; and he comes now from the storming of Isengard, of which we bear tidings, and great weariness is on him, or I would wake him. His name is Peregrin, a very valiant man."

"Man?" said Ingold dubiously; and the others laughed.

"Man!" cried Pippin, now thoroughly roused. "Man! Indeed not! I am a hobbit and no more valiant than I am a man, save perhaps now and again by necessity. Do not let Gandalf deceive you!"

"Many a doer of great deeds might say no more," said Ingold. "But what is a hobbit?"

"A Halfling," answered Gandalf. "Nay, not the one that was spoken of," he added seeing the wonder in the men's faces. "Not he, yet one of his kindred."

"Yes, and one who journeyed with him," said Pippin.

"And," said Boromir, "this one is Joey, son of Steven, and though his years are few, he yet saved my life when I was attacked by the Uruk-hai!"

"And glad we are to hear of it," replied Ingold, staring at Joey, who was blushing fiercely. "For the Lord of Minas Tirith will be eager to see any that bear the latest tidings of his son, be he man or child or—"

"Hobbit," said Pippin. "Little service can I offer to your lord, but what I can do, I would do, for Boromir is our friend, and we have travelled long together. He saved us from the snows in the North, and he was nearly slain defending me and my cousin from many foes."

Joey nodded. "Yeah, from the Uruk-hai, and they tried to kill Boromir."

"And failed, thanks to Joey." Boromir patted the boy's shoulder. "We must be off!" he told Ingold. "I would not have my father grieve a moment longer than he must."

"Fare you well!" said Ingold; and the men made way for the two horses, and they passed through a narrow gate in the wall. "May you bring good counsel to Denethor in his need, and to us all, Mithrandir!" Ingold cried. "But you come with tidings of danger, as is your wont, as well as joy, I daresay." Joey shivered at the prospect of danger and exchanged a glance with Pippin.

"Indeed, because I come seldom but when my help is needed," answered Gandalf. "And if I may give you counsel, make haste in repairing the wall of the Pelennor. Courage will now be your best defence against the storm that is at hand—that and such hope as I bring. For not all the tidings that I bring are evil. But leave your trowels as soon as you can, and sharpen your swords!"

"The work will be finished ere evening," said Ingold. "This is the last portion of the wall to be put in defence: the least open to attack, for it looks towards our friends of Rohan. Do you know aught of them? Will they answer the summons, think you?"

"Yes, they will come. But they have fought many battles at your back. This road and no road looks towards safety any longer. Be vigilant! But for Gandalf Stormcrow you would have seen a host of foes coming out of Anórien and no Riders of Rohan. And you may yet. Fare you well, and sleep not!"

The four of them rode off in a flash, to the startled gaze of the guards, and rode rapidly across the Pelennor, a land of rich and fertile farmlands and orchards, with many homesteads, small cottages, and large manors. But riding at such a pace, Joey and Pippin had little chance to take in details.

The Sun was coming up behind the bleak mountains to their left, but ahead of them in the growing light was the huge mass of Mount Mindolluin, the purple shadows of early dawn giving way so that they caught sight of the brilliant white snow as it sparkled above the City, and as the Sun grew even higher, the seven stone walls went from grey to white. Joey could not help but gasp; he had seen big cities before back home, but none of them were beautiful in the way that this one was, or as steep.

"Wow!" Joey said, awed. At the same time, Pippin gave out a wordless gasp of astonishment. They could now see the Tower of Ecthelion, standing high within the topmost walls, shininglike pearls and silver, and the Tower like diamonds. Joey saw white flags flying from the high walls, and then they heard the sound of trumpets.

Above Joey, Boromir said, "'Wow!' indeed, my young friend. This is my home!" He urged Hrimfax on, and for only a brief moment, the great horse passed his sire. But soon they were neck and neck again.

Joey shook his head, awestruck. "I never saw a city right on the side of a mountain before!" But soon he could not speak. The pace at which they rode took his breath away.

Now they were no longer riding cross-country, but were galloping along a road, towards the gates. Seeing who was coming, the guards parted and made way, and the iron doors rolled back before them.

Joey could hear the shouts of "Boromir! Boromir! The Captain-General has returned to us!" behind him, as they rode onwards and upwards, hooves clattering on the cobbled streets as they wound upward and ever upward.

But a few of the men were calling out, "Mithrandir! Mithrandir! Now we know that the storm is indeed nigh!"

"It is upon you," said Gandalf, as he flew past. "We have ridden on its wings. Let us pass! We must come to your Lord Denethor, while his stewardship lasts. Whatever betide, you have come to the end of the Gondor that you have known. Let us pass!"

Then men fell back before the command of his voice and questioned him no further, though they gazed in wonder at the hobbit that sat before him and the little boy that sat before Boromir, and at the horses that bore them. They said: "Surely these are two of the great steeds of the King of Rohan? Maybe the Rohirrim will come soon to strengthen us."

They passed through five more gates and then came to a seventh. This last gate also had some guards, and there were also some servants standing about in the livery of the Citadel. Boromir halted Hrimfax, and Gandalf stopped. Boromir gestured and a couple of the servants came forward, astonishment on their faces. Boromir swung down from Hrimfax's back and Gandalf dismounted from Shadowfax.

"Cirion and Angrod!" ordered Boromir. "Take these noble steeds and see that they are properly stabled. Treat them as the princes they are, and give them the finest of grain, for not only have they borne us nobly on a swift and long journey, but this fine mount of Mithrandir's is the Lord of the Mearas from Rohan, and my own steed is his get."

The two grooms looked at the great horses with awe, and then Angrod bowed his head. "As you command, my Lord Boromir, for I can see how noble these fine horses are!"

Gandalf looked impatiently at the others. "Come along, let us hurry now!" He strode off through the gate, leaving Boromir, Pippin, and Joey to catch up as quickly as they could.

As the four of them passed the Fountain of the Tree in the courtyard of the Citadel, Gandalf said to Boromir, "What do you think your father's mood may be?"

"Since he believes me dead, I daresay it is grim and dour, but he should be glad enough to see me to overcome his grief."

"Normally, I would insist on being the one to speak first, but I feel that it might be best on this occasion to let you do so."

"Very well," Boromir said. He cast the hood of his Lorien cloak over his head, which put his face in shadow. "I will announce myself, but I hope I do not shock him overmuch."

Gandalf nodded, and then turned his attention to the two small figures trotting alongside them. "Peregrin and Joey! Heed me, be careful of your words. This is no time for hobbit pertness or childish bluntness. Théoden is a kindly old man. Denethor is of another sort, proud and subtle, a man of far greater lineage and power, though he is not called a king. The Lord Steward is a noble man, ruler of Gondor and the equal of anyone save the true King."

The true King? Joey thought. He must mean Aragorn. But he said nothing, and nodded. Pippin was nodding also.

Gandalf added, "Do not speak until spoken to, and then answer only what you are asked. Leave quiet the matter of Frodo's errand. I will deal with that in due time. And say nothing about Aragorn either, unless you must."

They came to the steps of the huge building. Joey's eyes widened as the door opened, seemingly with no one there to open it. There's no electricity here, so how could they open on their own? he silently wondered. He and Pippin exchanged glances as they entered, walking slightly behind Gandalf and Mithrandir. They walked between tall black pillars, intricately carved, and the high ceiling gleamed with gold and jewel-toned paint. There were no draperies, or even tapestries like the ones Joey had seen in both Rivendell and Meduseld, not even any carpets. There were tall white marble statues between the pillars—Joey thought many of them looked like Aragorn. He was reminded of the vast statues at the Argonath.

They came closer, and Joey saw a white throne at the top of many steps, but it was empty. At the foot of the steps was a chair of black stone. An old man sat there; in one hand was a white rod with a golden knob on top. He was staring at something in his lap, and did not look up at them.

When they came nearer, Boromir said, "Hail, Lord and Steward of Minas Tirith, Denethor son of Ecthelion! I have returned, my father, after a long and perilous journey, with tidings both good and ill. With me is the wizard, Mithrandir, who has wisdom and counsel."

Now the Steward did look up sharply. Denethor shook his head. "You are not my son. Boromir is dead. He perished many days ago near the River Anduin, and I was brought this token of his passing." Denethor held up what he had been holding in his lap, the two halves of Boromir's horn. He turned his head and glared at Gandalf. "Mithrandir, I do not know what game you play, bringing an imposter into my Hall. I should have you all imprisoned for your insolence!"

"My Lord, I assure you…" Gandalf began, but he was interrupted.

Boromir had winced at his father's statements, his brow furrowed in evident distress. "No, I am not dead, Father, and I am not an impostor," he said softly. "I came close to death, yes, but I did not die." He turned toward Joey. "This boy here saved my life when the Orcs and Uruk-hai attacked us."

Joey nodded, stepping forward. "My name's Joey. Joey McCloud. Sam Gamgee—he's a hobbit—he taught me to use a sling," he said, removing his sling out of his pouch and holding it up for Denethor to see. "I was able to stop that Orc from killing Boromir with his arrow."

Boromir walked forward slowly, his eyes trained on his father's face. Denethor peered hard at his son as Boromir approached him. "Look at me, Father," he said softly. "We have not lost so much time that you have forgotten what I look like. Do I not have the appearance you remember?"

Carefully Boromir came right up to the foot of the chair where his father sat. Denethor leaned forward to peer intently at Boromir's face. At last, incredulous, he leaned back. "You are alive," he said. "You are alive!" Leaning forward again, he clasped his son's arms. Boromir beamed, and wrapped his arms around his father's back; the two hugged tightly. Joey and Pippin exchanged overjoyed glances, and Gandalf looked relieved.

"Father, we travelled here in great haste! There are events you need to know of, news from the North."

"And I would hear that news, my son, but first tell me of your companions. Mithrandir, I know, but these two youths are strangers to me."

Boromir looked a little abashed, but said, "Young Joey has spoken his name: he is Joseph, son of Steven, of a distant land called Or Egon. It was his clever thinking and skill with a sling that saved me from certain death. And our other companion is Peregrin, son of Paladin, of the Shire in the North. He is a halfling—no, not the one of the dream, but one of his kin. He, too, has proven himself worthy and valiant many times over." He turned to look at both his smaller companions, and then before he could say anything else, the silence was broken by a small rumble. He smiled.

"Father, as I said, we travelled in haste. There was little time for rest or refreshment."

"My apologies; I fear that with war at our borders, the courtesy of my hall has been lessened of late." Denethor raised a hand and made a gesture, and a servant hurried out.

"Bring wine and food and seats for the guests," said Denethor, "and see that none trouble us for one hour." He looked at Joey and then at Boromir, and then turned back to the servant. "Since one of my guests is a child, you had better bring water as well." Boromir nodded agreement, and the servant hurried back out.

Minutes later, men came bearing chairs and low stools, and one brought a salver with two silver flagons and cups, and white cakes. Boromir saw to it that Joey's cup was mostly water, with a small dash of wine from the other flagon. Pippin grinned as he raised his own cup.

Denethor questioned the two young ones, paying little attention to his son or to Gandalf. Instead, his keen eyes studied both the halfling and the child as they answered his questions. Pippin gladly spoke of his journey to Rivendell with his cousins and Sam, though he said as little as possible of Frodo, and nothing at all of the Ring. He also skirted over the identity of the mysterious Strider, trying his best to give the impression that "Strider" was just another hobbit.

It was harder for Joey. He couldn't really explain where he and his sisters and brother had come from, though he did not lie. But it was difficult to explain a world so different.

The Steward questioned them for nearly an hour, and then told them they were to go, so that he could speak privately with his son and Mithrandir.

The two of them rose, and each gave a polite bow. Pippin said, "Thank you for the refreshment, my Lord." Joey nodded in agreement. They turned, and one of the servants led them out of the Citadel, back through the huge doors from which they had entered.

"What should we do now, Pippin?" asked Joey.

"I think we could try and find the stables, and see how Shadowfax and Hrimfax are doing. Those two horses are used to being pampered and spoiled in Rohan. I don't know how these Gondorian folks would treat them."

Joey nodded in agreement. It seemed like a good plan to him.

-oo00oo-

As the doors closed behind Pippin and Joey, Denethor said, "I have sent word for one of the Tower Guard to find them, and show them the City and see to their needs until we three have had our council." He turned to Gandalf. "Mithrandir, you and the two younger ones may take as your dwelling that guesthouse on the sixth circle, which you occupied during my father's rule. But now, we must speak of that urgent news of which you have hinted."

Gandalf nodded. "A great battle was fought in Rohan with the forces of Saruman, who was corrupted by Sauron. Saruman is dead. The battle was great, and Rohan suffered many losses; nonetheless, even before you sent your message or lit the beacons, Théoden was already calling up the muster of the éoreds."

Boromir added, "There is one who rides with them: he is Aragorn, son of Arathorn, Chieftain of the Dúnadain, and he is descended through many sires from Elendil and Isildur. He bears Narsil, the sword that cut Sauron's Ring off his hand, re-forged and renamed Anduril. It could be that the return of the King is at hand."

"You believe in his claim, my son?" Denethor's expression was doubtful, and somewhat sour.

Boromir nodded. "At first, I was doubtful. But I doubt no longer, my father. I would gladly give him my fealty when the time comes."

Denethor leaned back in his chair and studied both of those before him; he locked eyes with Gandalf, who returned his stare calmly. It was Denethor who looked away first. He returned his gaze to Boromir. "You will pardon me, Boromir, if I withhold my judgment until I meet this would-be King, and judge him for myself. I will not give over my Stewardship to anyone less than the true King returned."

"I would expect no less, Father. Yet I believe you will see the truth in him," Boromir said firmly.

Denethor turned to Gandalf. "I know that you are behind this Aragorn, Mithrandir. But the rule of Gondor has been mine for many long years. And to me, there is no purpose higher in the world as it now stands than the good of Gondor. Pride would be folly that disdained help and counsel at need; but you deal out such gifts according to your own designs. Yet the Lord of Gondor is not to be made the tool of other men's purposes, however worthy. I will not allow just anyone to take my place, nor will I surrender it until the true King has come again."

"Until the true king has come again?" said Gandalf. "Well, my lord Steward, it is your task to keep some kingdom still against that event, which few now look to see but us. In that task you shall have all the aid that you are pleased to ask for. But I will say this: the rule of no realm is mine, neither of Gondor nor any other, great or small. But all worthy things that are in peril as the world now stands, those are my care. And for my part, I shall not wholly fail of my task, though Gondor should perish, if anything passes through this night that can still grow fair or bear fruit and flower again in days to come. For I also am a steward. Did you not know?"

Denethor gazed at Gandalf as if he had never truly seen him before, and then gave a nod, as if something had just been made plain to him. Then he turned to his son once more.

"You told me that you brought the halflng and the child with you to keep them safe; if so, you did so at a very inopportune time. There is no safety in Gondor now, neither within the city walls nor without. What do you propose to do with them?"

"They have proven themselves resourceful and brave, yet I would not have them come to harm. I will take Pippin as my esquire and Joey as my page, Father. It will bring them under my protection, and also give them duties so that they may feel useful."

Denethor nodded. "That is a good plan. I have neglected my own duties since I thought you dead, my son! The grief undid me; I was so certain of what I saw."

Boromir looked sharply at his father. "You saw? Father, do not tell me that you made use of the palantír! We saw for ourselves how dangerous that could be when the one in Orthanc fell into our hands!"

Gandalf, who had said little, gazed at Denethor. "That was unwise, if you did so, my Lord. Even an uncorrupted palantír is a poor guide to the truth."

"I confess it. When Boromir went North, and Faramir went into the wilds of Ithilien, I could not help but seek out their fates in the Seeing Stone. As Steward, I felt it was my right."

"That right belongs to the King. Only in the name of the King, and for the good of Gondor, can you, as Steward, use that right. And as you know now, the palantíri can be deceitful, especially since the Ithil-stone fell into Sauron's hands," Gandalf added.

Denethor sighed. "I do realise that now. If you had not come with my son at your side, I would have been wroth with you, and it is likely I would have failed to listen to your counsel, Mithrandir. I see now it would have been a grievous error if that had come to pass."

Boromir stood, and reached a hand out to his father. "I am here now, Father," he said, "and you need not grieve anymore." He paused. "Have you had word of Faramir? Has he been in the City lately?"

"He is still in Ithilien, but I expect him, or at the very least a report from him, any day now. Tell me more of your journey and your mission, my son."

-oo000oo-

Pippin and Joey went out to the steps and looked down them, wondering where to go next. Pippin was keenly aware that he was the older; in comparison to Joey, he was practically an adult. They were hoping to go find the horses, but had no idea of where the stables might be. As the two of them stood pondering, they heard a clear bell ring out three times—it was the third hour of the day since sunrise.

"Nine o'clock we'd call it in the Shire," said Pippin aloud to himself. "Just the time for a nice breakfast by the open window in spring sunshine. And how I should like breakfast! Do these people ever have it, or is it over? And when do they have dinner, and where?"

"I'm kind of hungry, too. Those little cakes tasted good, but they weren't very filling," Joey said. Looking at Pippin, he asked, "How do you know what time it is? You're not wearing a watch, and I left mine back in Rivendell."

Pippin smiled. "We hobbits have ways, Joey." The little boy shrugged.

Just then they noticed a man, clad in black and white, coming along the narrow street from the centre of the citadel towards them. Pippin made up his mind to speak to the Man and see what he could find out, but there was no need. The Man came up to them.

"You are Peregrin the Halfling?" he said. "And you are young Joey, son of Steven? I am told that you are now in the service of the Captain-General, Lord Boromir! Welcome!" He held his right fist over his breast, and then made a slight bow.

Pippin and Joey acknowledged their identities, both nodding their heads, and Pippin adding, "At your service." Joey kept quiet, letting Pippin speak for them both, as he had been taught in Rivendell to keep silent and let the older person do the speaking when in a new situation.

"I am named Beregond son of Baranor. I have no duty this morning, and I have been sent to you to teach you the pass-words, and to tell you some of the many things that no doubt you will wish to know. And for my part, I would learn of you also. For never before have we seen a halfling in this land and though we have heard rumour of them, little is said of them in any tale that we know. And I have also heard that the young one comes from a land far away, that none have ever heard of. Moreover you are friends of Mithrandir. Do you know him well?"

"Well, I have known of him all my short life, as you might say; and lately I have travelled far with him…" As Joey listened next to him, Pippin went on to say they'd travelled together, and then suddenly realised he was talking too much when he caught himself mentioning Aragorn—which Gandalf had told him not to do. He changed the subject a little, and spoke of Rohan and of Boromir, which put the man off the track, to Pippin's relief.

Beregond was nodding, but mentioning Boromir was useful, since it seemed to remind him of his own task. "But I am forgetting my errand, which was first to answer what you would ask. What would you know, Master Peregrin, Master Joey?"

He laughed when Pippin mentioned breakfast, especially as both his stomach and Joey's began to rumble about the time that he said it. He was agreeable to showing them where they could get their meal when Joey jabbed Pippin with his elbow, and whispered, "Shadowfax and Hrimfax?"

"Oh!" Pippin exclaimed, blushing. "One moment! Greed, or hunger by your courtesy, put it out of my mind. Before we go to eat, could you show us to the stables? We would wish to see about the horses we came in on. Shadowfax is Gandalf's—Mithrandir, as you call him—steed. He is Lord of the Mearas and the apple of King Théoden's eye. And Boromir's horse Hrimfax is the son of Shadowfax and just as noble. We would be greatly in your debt if you could take us to them, so we can report they were taken care of? This hobbit, for one, would greatly appreciate it, and so would Joey. I think Shadowfax's new master loves the beast better than he loves many men, and if his good will is of any value to this city, you will treat Shadowfax with all honour: with greater kindness than you have treated this hobbit and this boy, if it is possible. Hrimfax, too, if you please."

"Hobbit?" said Beregond.

"That is what we call ourselves," said Pippin.

"I am glad to learn it," said Beregond, "for now I may say that strange accents do not mar fair speech, and hobbits are a fair-spoken folk. But come! You shall make me acquainted with these good horses. I love beasts, and we see them seldom in this stony city; for my people came from the mountain-vales, and before that from Ithilien. But fear not! The visit shall be short, a mere call of courtesy, and we will go thence to the butteries." He led them away, towards the sixth circle.

Pippin and Joey found that Shadowfax and Hrimfax had been well housed and tended. For in the sixth circle, outside the walls of the citadel, there were some fair stables where a few swift horses were kept, hard by the lodgings of the errand-riders of the Lord: messengers always ready to go at the urgent command of Denethor or his chief captains. But now all the horses and the riders were out and away.

The two horses were glad to see their small friends again, and they whinnied in greeting. Pippin apologized for not bringing them treats, but both he and Joey petted the huge horses, and scratched them behind the ears. They talked a little to Beregond about how swiftly the two great animals could run, and some of what things were like in Rohan. Soon enough, Beregond led them away to the mess.

"And now for our manger," said Beregond, and he led Pippin and Joey back to the citadel, and so to a door in the north side of the great Tower. There they went down a long cool stair into a wide alley lit with lamps. There were hatches in the walls at the side, and one of these was open. "This is the storehouse and buttery of my company of the Guard," said Beregond.

Pippin was glad of the smells wafting from what Beregond called the "buttery". The guardsman introduced the two to Targon, the quartermaster, as the new page and new esquire to the Captain-General. Targon seemed a genial sort, and provided Beregond with bread, butter, cheese, and apples, as well as a leather flagon of ale for Pippin and Beregond to share, and a waterskin for Joey. "The water is clean and fresh, for it comes from our own deep well," Targon told Joey, who nodded. He had long since learned that where the water was clean, it actually tasted much better than tap water back home. Furthermore, it didn't have to be filtered with wine to make it safe to drink.

The three of them put their picnic into a wicker basket that Targon had provided, and went out into the sunshine. Pippin and Joey followed Beregond to a great stone wall that jutted out from the City like the prow of a great ship. From their vantage point there, they could see out over the world below.

There they sat and enjoyed their meal; Beregond told the two young ones of Gondor and its customs and history, and Pippin told of the Shire and some of their travels, with occasional comments from Joey. They talked for a long time as the sun climbed higher in the sky, and the morning mists blew away.

"I will not hide from you, Master Peregrin," said Beregond, "that to us you look almost as one of our children, a lad of nine summers or so; and yet you have endured perils and seen marvels that few of our greybeards could boast of. I thought it was the whim of our Lord to take him a noble page, after the manner of the kings of old, they say, as Lord Boromir has done with Joey. But I see that it is not so in your case, and you must pardon my foolishness."

"I do," said Pippin. "Though you are not far wrong. I am still little more than a boy in the reckoning of my own people, and it will be four years yet before I 'come of age', as we say in the Shire. Joey is a lad of nine summers, himself, and yet he has shared my perils and seen many of the same marvels. But do not bother about us. Come and look and tell us what we can see."

Then Pippin looked to the East, and his heart dropped, as he thought of Frodo and Sam and their perilous errand. He needed to know, but had to be careful to give nothing away. He asked about what they saw to the East, and Beregond began to speak of Minas Morgul and the Mountains of Shadow, and the peril that surrounded Gondor from all sides.

Beregond's news made Pippin feel melancholy and very small, as he thought of all the unpleasant things he had encountered over the course of their journey: orcs, and evil birds, and Black Riders. At least, Joey had not been forced to contend with the Black Riders in the Shire, for which Pippin was thankful; he had only come across a Fell Rider during their journey. He looked over and noticed Joey's face was pale and not a little frightened as he heard the Man's words.

Pippin was about to propose that they change the subject to something more pleasant when something cold fell over him. He shuddered and a feeling of hopelessness suddenly welled up in him, and the sun for a second faltered and was obscured, as though a dark wing had passed across it. Almost beyond hearing he thought he caught, high and far up in the heavens, a cry: faint, but heart-quelling, cruel and cold. He blanched and cowered against the wall. Whimpering, Joey scrunched his knees and covered his ears.

"What was that?" asked Beregond. "You also felt something?"

"Yes," muttered Pippin. "It is the sign of our fall, and the shadow of doom, a Fell Rider of the air." He glanced over and laid his hand on Joey, who had turned white, and looked completely terrified. The apples of the boy's hazel eyes were huge and black. His knees were still folded against his chest, and he still had his hands over his ears. Beregond wrapped his arm comfortingly around the child's shoulders and hugged Joey against his side.

"What—what is that?" Joey cried out. "It felt like that thing on the River, the one Legolas shot."

Pippin did not respond, but Beregond said, "The shadow of doom, I fear that Minas Tirith shall fall. Night comes. The very warmth of my blood seems stolen away." Shivering, Joey nestled against the guardsman's chest and squeezed his eyes shut.

For a time they sat together with bowed heads and did not speak. Then suddenly Pippin looked up and saw that the sun was still shining and the banners still streaming in the breeze. He shook himself, and Joey straightened his legs out in front of him and uncovered his ears, but still leaned against Beregond. "It is passed," Pippin said. "No, my heart will not yet despair. Gandalf fell and has returned and is with us. We may stand, if only on one leg, or at least be left still upon our knees."

Joey looked at Pippin, and then said, "'Be not afraid, only believe.'" He closed his mouth then, and didn't say more, but he looked much less afraid than he had only a moment ago. Pippin wondered where these words of Joey's sometimes came from, but the child refused to elaborate, saying that Gandalf would not want him to. Pippin did not even ask, this time.

"You are wise beyond your years, young Joey," said Beregond. "We should believe that we can prevail. We have many brave warriors, and our Captain-General has returned alive to us after so long abroad, we thought him dead, and we have his brother Captain Faramir as well." After a moment, he added, "Though all things must come utterly to an end in time, Gondor shall not perish yet. Not though the walls be taken by a reckless foe that will build a hill of carrion before them. There are still other fastnesses, and secret ways of escape into the mountains. Hope and memory shall live still in some hidden valley where the grass is green."

-oo000oo-

After a long while, Beregond released Joey. "Farewell for this time!" he said. "I have duty now till sundown, as have all the others here, I think. But if you are lonely, as you say, maybe you would like a merry guide about the City. My son would go with you gladly. A good lad, I may say. If that pleases you, go down to the lowest circle and ask for the Old Guesthouse in the Rath Celerdain, the Lampwrights' Street. You will find him there with other lads that are remaining in the City. There may be things worth seeing down at the Great Gate ere the closing."

A delighted grin spread across Joey's face. "There's other boys here?" he asked hopefully.

Chuckling, Beregond ruffled the child's hair. "There certainly are, Master Joey, and I know that my son will welcome you when he meets you. You, too, Master Pippin."

He went out, and soon after the others followed. The day was still fine, though it was growing hazy, and it was hot for March, even so far southwards. "Are you sleepy?" Joey asked Pippin, who was making an evident attempt to stifle a yawn.

Pippin nodded. "I am, but it's too early for bed yet, and our lodgings would be cheerless without Gandalf. So, what say you and I go down and explore this City?" Smiling, Joey nodded. That would be fun.

Pippin and Joey took a few morsels that they had saved to Shadowfax and Hrimfax, and the morsels were graciously accepted, though the horses seemed to have no lack. Then the two of them walked on down many winding ways.

People stared much as they passed. To Pippin's and Joey's faces, in particular, men were gravely courteous, saluting them after the manner of Gondor with bowed head and hands upon the breast; but behind them Pippin and Joey heard many calls, as those out of doors cried to others within to come and see the Ernil i Pheriannath and the young lord from a faraway land, the companions of Mithrandir.

They came at last by arched streets and many fair alleys and pavements to the lowest and widest circle, and there they were directed to the Lampwrights' Street, a broad way running towards the Great Gate. In it Pippin and Joey found the Old Guesthouse, a large building of grey weathered stone with two wings running back from the street, and between them a narrow greensward, behind which was the many-windowed house, fronted along its whole width by a pillared porch and a flight of steps down onto the grass. Boys were playing among the pillars, the only children that Pippin and Joey had seen in Minas Tirith, and they stopped to look at them. An expression of longing etched Joey's face. "I wish I could play, too," he muttered, and Pippin patted his arm.

Presently one of the boys caught sight of Joey and Pippin, and with a shout he sprang across the grass and came into the street, followed by several others. There he stood in front of Pippin and Joey, looking them up and down.

"Greetings!" said the lad. "Where do you come from? You are strangers in the City."

"We were," said Pippin; "but they say we have become men of Gondor."

Joey giggled quietly, but let Pippin do the talking. After all, they had not even been introduced yet.

"Oh come!" said the lad. "Then we are all men here. But how old are you, and what is your name? I am ten years already, and shall soon be five feet. I am taller than you. But then my father is a Guard, one of the tallest. What is your father?"

"Which question shall I answer first?" said Pippin. "My father farms the lands round Whitwell near Tuckborough in the Shire. I am nearly twenty-nine, so I pass you there; though I am but four feet, and not likely to grow any more, save sideways. My friend Joey here is only nine, though as I can see, he is nearly as tall as you are."

"Twenty-nine!" said the lad and whistled. "Why, you are quite old! As old as my uncle Iorlas. Still," he added hopefully, "I wager I could stand you on your head or lay you on your back." He looked at Joey. "I am sure that I could land you on your back, tall as you are, since you are only nine."

Pippin winked at Joey and nodded, giving him leave to speak. He wanted to see how Joey handled this situation. He hoped he would not have to break up a fight.

Joey drew himself up, and thought of how Strider and Boromir acted. He cast a glance at Pippin and then, rolling his eyes, he said, "I have no idea. I've never tried to put anyone on their back, but I might if I wanted to. Which I don't. Why should I fight with you? We haven't even been introduced."

Pippin laughed. "Well said, Joey. I am proud of your forbearance." He put a wicked grin on his own face. "As for me, well, maybe you could, if I let you," he said, with a laugh. "And maybe I could do the same to you: we know some wrestling tricks in my little country. Where, let me tell you, I am considered uncommonly large and strong; and I have never allowed anyone to stand me on my head. So if it came to a trial and nothing else would serve, I might have to kill you. For when you are older, you will learn that folk are not always what they seem; and though you may have taken me for a soft stranger-lad and easy prey, let me warn you: I am not, I am a halfling, hard, bold, and wicked!" Pippin pulled such a grim face that the boy stepped back a pace, but at once he returned with clenched fists and the light of battle in his eye. Behind him, he heard Joey giggle again.

"No!" Pippin laughed. "Don't believe what strangers say of themselves either! I am not a fighter. But it would be politer in any case for the challenger to say who he is."

The boy drew himself up proudly. "I am Bergil son of Beregond of the Guards," he said.

"So I thought," said Pippin, "for you look like your father. We know him and he sent us to find you."

"Then why did you not say so at once?" said Bergil, and suddenly a look of dismay came over his face. "Do not tell me that he has changed his mind, and will send me away with the maidens! But no, the last wains have gone."

"His message is less bad than that, if not good," said Pippin. "He says that if you would prefer it to standing us on our heads, you might show us round the City for a while and cheer our loneliness. Joey and I can tell you some tales of far countries in return."

Bergil clapped his hands, and laughed with relief. "All is well," he cried. "Come then! We were soon going to the Gate to look on. We will go now."

"What is happening there?"

"The Captains of the Outlands are expected up the South Road ere sundown. Come with us and you will see."

Pippin and Joey found that Bergil was a good comrade. The three of them laughed and talked gaily as Bergil showed them around the streets of Minas Tirith, heedless of the many glances that men gave them. Joey looked on in wonder. The city was very large, larger than some cities back home. But it was different in so many ways. Not just the lack of modern things like cars and traffic lights and honking horns and neon lights and skyscrapers—although the Citadel at the top was nearly as big as some older skyscrapers he had seen. But it was different in other ways as well: it was so much steeper than the cities he knew at home, there were not so many people bustling about, and it was quieter. The people appeared more serious here, but not in so much of a hurry, and not so distracted as people were back home.

But as they drew nearer the Gates, the crowds were heavier, and there was a whole throng of people headed in the same direction. It reminded him of people gathering to see a parade or something.

"We cannot go any closer," said Bergil. "We boys are not allowed outside the Gates without an adult who knows the password."

"Well, you are lucky to have me, then," said Pippin, with a mischievous grin. "Your father gave Joey and me the passwords, as we are in Lord Boromir's service. And while I am not quite an adult at home, at twenty-nine, I am an adult here!"

Joey winced. He had forgotten about those passwords. He had not paid close attention when Beregond had recited the passwords to him and Pippin; at that moment, he wished he had. He was glad Pippin had remembered them; he would have to ask Pippin to recite them to him at the earliest opportunity, so he'd be able to remember them this time. The three went to the guard, who apparently had been sent word already of the "Ernil i Pheriannath" and the young Outlander accompanying him, who was said to be a young lord from a far land. Since Bergil was with them, he was also allowed to exit the Gates.

There he saw a huge crowd of people, and now it really did seem like a parade, for they were lining the sides of the road. Pippin confidently edged their way through to the front, with Joey and Bergil in his wake. Joey could hear them whispering and pointing at them.

"What does Ernil i Pheriannath mean?" Joey asked Bergil.

"It means 'Prince of Halflings'," was Bergil's answer.

Pippin let out with a choked laugh. "You are joking, aren't you?" he said.

Bergil shook his head. "That is what it means. Are you not a prince?"

Pippin shook his head as Joey gazed at him. "My sisters would laugh themselves silly to hear such a thing! We don't have a king or princes in the Shire. My father is the Thain, which is to say he is the closest thing to a leader we have, but that scarcely makes me a prince."

"Oh," said Bergil doubtfully.

"Your daddy lives on a farm in Whitwell?" Joey asked, remembering what Pippin had said earlier.

Pippin shook his head. "Not anymore, Joey. I should have said that we used to live on the farm at Whitwell, and my father used to farm it himself, but since he has become the Thain, we live at the Great Smials now. He still owns the Whitwell farm, but relatives of ours live on it and farm it nowadays."

Joey nodded, and then looked at the expression on Bergil's face. Obviously, Bergil did not believe Pippin wasn't a prince, and he didn't think they'd be able to convince the other boy any different. But then his attention was caught by the crowd: they had seen a cloud of dust approaching.

"They are coming!" many in the crowd exclaimed.

Horns sounded at some distance, and the noise of cheering rolled towards them like a gathering wind. Then there was a loud trumpet-blast, and all about them people were shouting.

"Forlong!" Joey heard men calling.

"What do they say?" he asked.

"Forlong has come," Bergil answered; "old Forlong the Fat, the Lord of Lossarnach. That is where my grandsire lives. Hurrah! Here he is. Good old Forlong!"

Leading the line there came walking a big thick-limbed horse, and on it sat a man of wide shoulders and huge girth, but old and grey-bearded, yet mail-clad and black-helmed and bearing a long heavy spear. Behind him marched proudly a dusty line of men, well-armed and bearing great battle-axes; grim-faced they were, and shorter and somewhat swarthier than any men that Pippin and Joey had yet seen in Gondor.

"Forlong!" men shouted. "True heart, true friend! Forlong!" But when the men of Lossarnach had passed they muttered: "So few! Two hundreds, what are they? We hoped for ten times the number. That will be the new tidings of the black fleet. They are sparing only a tithe of their strength. Still every little is a gain."

For what seemed like hours, Joey stood with Pippin and Bergil amidst the cheering throng, watching a bunch of men march or ride into Minas Tirith. Bergil was eagerly talking to Pippin, telling the names of every leader and what lands each group of people came from. But all the strange names went right over Joey's head. He could barely recall any of them. Still, it seemed to him not many people. He could recall seeing soldiers marching in some of the ceremonies and parades that his daddy, as a veteran, had taken part in, and there didn't seem to be even as many as that—much less as many soldiers as it would probably take to fight a war! He wondered what his dad was doing, whether he was still looking for his missing children, and what he would think of the groups Joey saw marching into the city. He really missed his daddy right now. Pippin probably misses his daddy, too, he thought, glancing at the hobbit.

Finally, the last group came through, to much more cheering and excitement from the crowd than before. They were all mounted, and clad in blue and silver, and a banner of a white swan on a blue background was carried before them. He was some sort of prince, Bergil had told them, from a place called Dol Amroth. And he was a relative of Boromir and his brother, and the Steward. Then it was all over, and the crowd began to drift apart and head back into the city.

Pippin looked up, and Joey followed suit. The sky now looked grey to Joey; it looked as if a considerable amount of smoke and dust was drifting in the air. Whoa! Where'd all that smog come from? he wondered. The light looked dimmer now, coming through it, than it had before. In the West, where the sun was setting, it looked as if the smog was on fire. Is there a volcano erupting somewhere? Joey silently asked himself. There's no forest here, so it can't be a forest fire!

"So ends a fair day in wrath!" Pippin said forgetful of the lads at his side.

"So it will, if I have not returned before the sundown-bells," said Bergil. "Come! There goes the trumpet for the closing of the Gate."

Together the three of them went back into the City. They were all the way to where Bergil called the Street of the Lampwrights, when the bells began to toll the hour.

"Farewell for this time," said Bergil. "Take my greetings to my father, and thank him for the company that he sent. Come again soon, I beg. Almost I wish now that there was no war, for we might have had some merry times. We might have journeyed to Lossarnach, to my grandsire's house; it is good to be there in Spring, the woods and fields are full of flowers. But maybe we will go thither together yet. They will never overcome our Lord, and my father is very valiant. Farewell and return!"

Joey and Pippin said their own farewells to him, and waved as he rushed off to his duties in the Houses of Healing. Then the two of them made their way wearily back up to the Citadel. It wasn't hard to find, since it was the tallest thing in Minas Tirith and was at the city's top level. They were hungry, and made their way to the mess hall, where the daymeal was already underway. But Beregond was there to greet them; he had already begun his own meal, but he paused and waited for the two of them to get their plates and sit by him. They told him of Bergil's message, and thanked him for sending them to such good company. After the meal Pippin and Joey stayed a while, and then took their leave, for a strange gloom was on them both, and now Joey desired very much to see Gandalf again. He suspected that Pippin did, too.

"Can you find your way?" said Beregond at the door of the small hall, on the north side of the citadel, where they had sat. "It is a black night, and all the blacker since orders came that lights are to be dimmed within the City, and none are to shine out from the walls. And I can give you news of another order: Boromir will wish to see both of you early tomorrow. He has assignments for you both. We may hope to meet again. Farewell and sleep in peace!"

"Good night, Beregond!" Joey waved good-bye and went with Pippin to the lodgings in the Sixth Circle that they were going to share with Gandalf. To his dismay, the lodging was dark, save for a little lantern set on the table. Gandalf was not there. "I hope Gandalf gets back soon!" Joey said, with a groan.

"Me, too." Pippin sighed as he climbed on the bench and tried to peer out of a window. "I can't see a thing out there," he said, after a moment. "It's like looking into a pool of ink! We may as well go to bed, Joey." He got down and closed the shutter, and then he and Joey went to bed.

-oo000oo-

*A/N: This song is an adaptation of a 17th-century folksong, changed to fit Middle-earth, and first appeared in Dreamflower's story, "Chance Encounter", which may be found here on the Stories of Arda archive (http://storiesofarda.com/chapterlistview.asp?SID=4305) and on Fanfiction.net (https://www.fanfiction.net/s/8986610/1/Chance-Encounter).

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 40: Everything is Honey

Gail was glad when the family was called to dine beneath the pavilion, where they were treated to a lovely meal, consisting of a thick stew of vegetables and mushrooms, and freshly-baked brown bread with butter and honey.  They were offered mead, but when it was declined, they were served fresh cold water to go with the meal.  Gail wished that they had the option of iced tea or even hot tea or some other sort of drink, but the water was good, and she'd come to learn over the weeks that wine, ale, and other alcoholic beverages were common here, and there were not very many alternatives once they had left Rivendell.

She had an interesting conversation with Dagna, Beorht's wife, and began to learn what daily life was for women who were not Elves.  It seemed to be, in some ways, similar to what she had experienced in Rivendell, in that the tasks she took for granted at home as being done by machines, or by paying for convenient services, were the same: sewing by hand, cooking over fire, and so on.  But while there were many hands in the household of Elrond, all of them with the experience of hundreds or even thousands of years, women here had to do everything themselves or with only the help of their immediate family.  It reminded Gail of the way people had lived back in the old days in her world, before the invention of labour-saving devices.  Dagna was somewhat privileged by being a healer, and the wife of the head of the clan, but she still did most of the work in her own home, helped only by her daughters.

"Is your life so different, Gail?" asked Dagna.  "You seem so curious about the simplest of things."

Gail blushed and wondered how to answer the woman's question.  If she explained too much, she risked being disbelieved, and it might also seem like she was boasting.  At any rate, she owed her hostess some sort of answer.  "It’s very different where I live.  We live in a very large town—a city—and have many convenient things that make life easier, although perhaps not simpler.  I do not school my own children, for example.  They go to others for that each day.  I purchase most of our clothing from shops.  And we have devices that don’t exist here...well, for example, my stove does not use fire directly."  She shrugged.  "I honestly do not know how to explain much of it to you, Dagna.  Please forgive me, for I don't have the right words."

Dagna laughed.  "That is all right, Gail.  I know, from what Beorht said, that your family comes from far away.  I have travelled, have been to a town before, and I do not think such a bustling and busy sort of life would suit me."

Gail was relieved.  "What is it like being a healer?"

The woman's face lit up.  "It is a joy to be able to help those who are ill or hurt, to bring new life into the world, and to ease the passage of those who must leave this world.  And I confess I do enjoy the respect it brings me.  Men listen to a woman who is a healer, or indeed a woman who is a mistress of her craft.  I find it annoying that they do not listen to women who have only their homes and families to care for."

"Well, even though most women where I live have a…"  She had started to say "job", but realized that it would not mean quite the same thing, and "career" didn't sound right either.  "...a craft or a business of some kind, many men do not listen to women either."  She paused.  "Not Steve, of course.  He's different."

Dagna smiled.  "One's husband usually is," she said.  She glanced to her side, where Beorht, Steve and Radagast were immersed in conversation.  "But then, sometimes we women don't always listen to men, do we?" she added with a smirk.

Gail snickered and glanced at another table, where Kaylee and Megan were happily dining with other children.  Most of them appeared to be between Megan's age, and up to about ten or twelve years old.  She noticed that they were laughing and talking, but were all eating politely.  "The girls seem glad to have found some new children to play with. There were no children at all in Rivendell."

"It is sad.  The Elves seldom seem to have children.  I, myself, have never laid eyes upon any Elf who was not full-grown.  The Elven race seems to be dwindling, and many of them leave to sail away over the sea.”  Dagna shook her head.  “I do not know what it is they seek."

Gail sighed.  "I don't know, either.  They did not seem to like to talk about it much in Rivendell, I noticed."

Just then Kaylee and Megan darted over to their mother.  Kaylee stood and waited until Gail asked her what she wanted.

"May we go play with the other kids?  Oswin...he's that big boy over there...he said it's OK to go play after we finish eating.  He said he would watch us little ones."  She pointed at a tow-haired lad of maybe twelve.

Gail smiled.  "Yes, you can go play.  Just don't wander too far away.  And don't go near the River."

"OK, Mommy!  Thanks!"  She gave her mother a hug, and Megan did the same, before they both darted off.

Dagna was grinning.  "Oswin is my nephew." She pointed at a little girl of about the same age as the boy.  "That is my daughter, Inga.  He is twelve, and she is eleven.  They are used to watching over the younglings.  You need have no worry."

With a nod, Gail watched the gaggle of children running off, Lucy at their heels.  Then she and Dagna rose and followed at a distance to observe them.

Kaylee and Megan ended up chasing their new friends in circles, laughing and giggling; Lucy yipped as she scampered alongside Kaylee’s heels.

“Hey!” Kaylee said, as she suddenly halted.  “Let’s play ring-around-the-rosy!”

The other children halted as well, and Inga stared at her.  “What’s ring-around-a-rosy?”

“It’s a game my friends and I play at school!  We all make a circle and hold hands, and then we dance in a circle and sing the song.  ‘Ring-around-a-rosy, a pocket full of posies.  Ashes, ashes, we all fall down!’  And then we fall.  It’s real fun!”  Kaylee smiled broadly.  “And then, I could show you how to play ‘London Bridge is Falling Down’!”

It wasn’t hard to convince the other children, and so Kaylee and Megan showed them how the first game was played.  As they held hands and danced in a circle, they sang:

“Ring around a rosy,

A pocket full of posies.

Ashes, ashes,

We all fall down!”

As soon as they sang, “down,” which Kaylee and Megan shouted, the children plopped on the ground, laughing.  Then they played the game twice more.  Afterward, Kaylee and Megan taught them how to sing and play “London Bridge is Falling Down,” which they played three times before deciding to quit.

At that point, Oswin shook his head.  "Let's play something different.  I have a hoop!"  He darted off to one of the tents and came out with a large metal hoop and a stick, and the children took turns trying to see who could get it rolling and keep it rolling with the stick for the longest time.

"It looks like a hula hoop," said Kaylee dubiously, after her turn, which was not terribly successful. "I wonder can I hula-hoop with it."  She picked it up and attempted to get it going around her hips, but the metal was too heavy, and it just dropped to the ground before she could get any momentum going.  "I guess not."  The other children laughed at her.

“Well, hey, that’s how we play with hula hoops back home!” Kaylee said defensively.

“Well, that is not how we play with hoops here,” Oswin told her.  "Let's play something else."

"I'll go get my ball," said Inga, “and we can play kick-the-ball."

The rest of the afternoon was spent playing that game, which Kaylee thought seemed kind of like soccer and kind of like softball, and Kaylee and Megan were completely absorbed with their play when they heard: “Kaylee!  Megan!”  The little girls started at the sound of their mother calling them.  “Come on, now, it’s time to eat!”

Kaylee and Megan turned to their new friends.  “See you later!  Bye!”  Kaylee waved her hand and Megan followed suit, and then the two of them darted toward Gail.  Kaylee had not even noticed that the shadows had slowly gotten longer.  She and Megan did have so much fun that afternoon!  There had been no other children to play with since they had entered Middle-earth.

There was no formal evening meal, but there was a large pot of bean soup, and folk would help themselves when they felt hungry.  The small family sat together near the fire; someone had given Lucy a meaty bone to gnaw, and she chewed contentedly on it, while the others ate their soup with the help of chunks of bread.  By the time they finished, a few stars had begun to twinkle in the East.

Kaylee began to sing:

“Twinkle, twinkle, little star.

How I wonder what you are,

Up above the world so high,

Like a diamond in the sky.

Twinkle, twinkle, little star.

How I wonder what you are.”

The family sang a few other simple songs together, and then Steve and Gail settled the girls down in their bedrolls, at which point Kaylee and Megan said their prayers.  Soon the little ones were fast asleep.

The next morning, the new supplies were counted out and packed up onto the extra mounts.  Kaylee and Megan played a little longer with some of the children, and Kaylee talked to Inga.

"Mr. Baggins said Beorn could turn into a bear?"  She turned the statement into a question at the end.

"He was right," Inga said.  "He was my great-grandda!”

"Soo…um…"  Kaylee furrowed her eyebrows and twisted her mouth as she tried to think how to ask her question.  "Can your daddy do that, too?"

Inga looked at her, but said nothing for a long moment, and Kaylee thought the other girl might be mad at her.  "Why do you not ask him?  It is not my place to say."

"Oh."  Kaylee did not say anything else after that, and soon enough Inga seemed to forget all about it.  But the question would not leave her mind.

But soon the horses were all loaded up, and they were ready to go.  The McClouds were pleased to learn that Radagast was going with them, at least for part of the way.  All of the family watched curiously as the wizard harnessed up the huge rabbits.

Pretty soon it was time to say farewell to the Beornings; they would remain at the ford for a few days, for others would come to trade with them.

After Beorht and Dagna had farewelled her parents, Kaylee found herself standing in front of the large man.  She gathered up her courage and blurted, “Are you a bear?”  Kaylee tilted her head as she looked up at Beorht.

“Kaylee!” Gail admonished, and then looked at Beorht apologetically.

“It is all right,” Beorht assured her.  He looked down at Kaylee, and then crouched in front of her.

"Do I look like a bear?" he asked gently.

"Umm...no.  But are you a bear sometimes?"

He raised one eyebrow, and shook his head in amusement.  "Little one, that I will not answer.  It is a secret only those who are part of my family may know."

"Oh.”  Kaylee bit her lower lip.  “I'm sorry."

He laughed and ruffled her hair.  "There is nothing wrong with asking questions, little one, but you should be satisfied with the answers you get."  He stood up and smiled at Steve and Gail.  "Your daughter is a curious and clever child."

Steve laughed.  "Thank you.  She's been full of questions ever since she learned to talk."

Gail gave Kaylee a mildly disapproving look.  "I think our daughter has listened to too many of Bilbo Baggins' stories!"  She would once more have to speak to Kaylee about asking personal questions.  She had been doing much better about that while they were in Rivendell, but now with the excitement of meeting new people, Kaylee had slipped back a little.

Beorht laughed again, this time more heartily.  "If she has been in the company of Master Baggins, then it is no wonder that she is curious.  He, too, was curious and clever and full of questions.  I did not meet him during his first visit to my grandfather, but when he and Gandalf returned from their adventure, I met him then.  I was only a child at the time, and he and Gandalf spent much of the winter at his house, when the whole family came together to celebrate the turning of the year."

Kaylee giggled.  “Bears like honey!  Do you like honey?”

Beorht’s eyes twinkled.  “So do little girls, I am told!  Yes, I like honey, but that proves nothing.”  The others laughed.

“All right, Kaylee, that’s enough,” Gail admonished.  “It’s time for us to leave, and to say goodbye to these kind people who have hosted us.”

“That’s right,” Steve agreed, and took Megan’s hand.

Glorfindel summoned Amdir and Egnil and sent them off to scout ahead, and they trotted away and were soon lost to view as they topped a rise in the road and travelled down the other side.

Megan got to ride with her father again, and Kaylee mounted Barrel all by herself.  They would be riding South, with the Anduin River flowing along at their left side.  The road was not paved in any way, but had been worn down by the passage of many hooves and feet over the years.

“Bye!”  Kaylee twisted her upper body to wave goodbye to the Beornings.  They waved back and were soon lost to sight.

It was a pleasant sunny day, though there was a slight chill in the air.  The view of the river was only occasionally obstructed from their view by the occasion copse of alder or willows; on their right, to the West, there was a large green verge, that seemed to be nearly thirty or forty-five feet wide, or about two or three rods, as Glorfindel said.  Radagast drove his sleigh over that grassy boundary, rather than on the firmer track on which the horses passed.  Beyond that, pines and other evergreen trees dotted the rolling landscape up to the foothills of the Misty Mountains over which they had recently come.

Steve watched in fascination the oddly hopping gait of Radagast's sled-rabbits.  They were easily keeping pace with the horses.

"I wonder just how fast those things can go?" he murmured, more or less to himself.

Glorfindel heard him anyway.  He laughed, and called out to him, "How fast can those bunnies of yours go, old man?"  He already knew, but he enjoyed tweaking the eccentric Istar.

“Fast enough that I can outrun an orc!  Or a pack of orcs!” Radagast said, smiling broadly.  “I’ve done it before.”

"Of course, you have," the Elf shouted.  He turned and winked at Steve.  "Actually, I know very well how fast they go, and he is quite right: they can outrun orcs when they have to."

"How well do you know him?" Steve asked.

"Not so well as I know Mithrandir," Glorfindel replied, "but I have spent some time with him.  He is a droll old fellow, who likes to make people think he is slightly mad.  But make no mistake, he is a wise and canny person for the most part.  And, like Mithrandir, he hides the greater part of his power.  But he loves animals better than Elves or Men or Dwarves, and although he is one of Yavanna's servants, he speaks the tongues of birds.”  He shook his head.  “Sadly, like Mithrandir, he placed too much confidence in Curunir—or Saruman, as he is known this side of the Sea.  But he will not be fooled again."

"'Tongues of birds'?  Are birds able to speak here?" Steve asked, more than a little startled at that revelation.

"Only the Great Eagles," was the answer.  "They are a Free People, and are servants of Manwë, and some among them can speak with the tongues of Men.  Other birds are beasts like any other, although all beasts have voices that can be understood by those who try to listen."

"I see."  Steve wasn't entirely sure he did, but thought he was at least beginning to learn.

They rode nearly fifty miles that day, stopping only briefly from time to time, to rest the horses or have a bite to eat, and let the children stretch their legs and run about.  After one of those stops, Radagast invited Kaylee and Megan to ride in his sleigh for a while; the little girls quite enjoyed the ride, and one of the elves led Barrel.  They stopped and made camp just before sunset, and Kaylee and Megan spent some time playing with Lucy and petting the sled-rabbits.  Lucy, for her part, seemed slightly intimidated by the rabbits.  When she had first encountered them back at the camp, she had stood at a healthy distance and barked at them, but would not get closer to them.  They were half-again larger than she was.  Now, she no longer barked at them, but would still not get close to them at all.  The first evening, when Radagast freed them to graze upon the virge, one of the largest of them curiously hopped in Lucy's direction.  She tucked her little tail as best she could, and ran to Steve, where she stood behind him.  The rabbit, for its part, lost interest and began feasting on some early dandelions.

Megan darted toward it and crouched by its side to pet it.  “Pitty rabbit,” she said, smiling, as she rubbed its fur.  Its nose twitched nonstop as it ate the dandelions.  Giggling, Kaylee crouched by one of the other rabbits to pet it.

The next day passed in much the same fashion, but on the third day, Glorfindel began to get worried.  "I would think that Amdir and Egnil would have returned to us by now," he said to Radagast and Steve, as they stopped to have their midday break.

"Do you suppose they have run into trouble?" Steve asked, frowning.

"They are capable warriors," Glorfindel said, not really answering the question.

-oo000oo-

Amdir was pleased with their progress.  He and Egnil had been able to ride more swiftly unencumbered by pack horses, ponies, and the Edain and their small children.  More than halfway to Lorien now, tomorrow they would turn back and report to Lord Glorfindel.  So far, they had found no trouble.  There was always the ominous presence East of the River, but they had encountered nothing untoward on this side so far.

"I think we may be able to turn back and report at daybreak," said Egnil, echoing Amdir's own thoughts.

Across the river, Mirkwood remained visible, although the forest eaves had drawn eastward, and the first of the trees were a little over twenty leagues away at this point and were little more than a dark edge on the horizon.  Amdir asked, "Why do we not take a rest here, on the north side of the Ninglor, and turn back in the morning?  The horses could use the rest, and I, for one, have no wish to ride through the Laeg Ninglorin* at night."

Egnil nodded.  "That is a place of ill-omen.  I agree, it is not a place to travel at night."

The two Elves allowed the horses to graze, as they sat down for a quiet conversation, but it was just at moonrise that they began to grow uneasy.

"I am unsettled," said Amdir.

Egnil nodded.  "The horses are uneasy, as well!" he added, as he stood up. There was a whickering from the two animals, who had startled up from their grazing near the riverbank.

Just then they both heard the whistle of arrows.  Egnil flung himself to the ground, but Amdir was struck in the shoulder.  Egnil grabbed his bow and returned two arrows in quick succession in the direction from which the other arrows had come.  From across the Anduin, there was a horrid scream, followed by guttural exclamations.  The horses had bolted downriver.

"Yrch!" Egnil exclaimed in disgust.  He turned to his partner.  "How badly are you wounded?" he asked.

With a mild curse, Amdir wrenched the arrow out.  "If it be not poisoned, I shall be well, but I will not be drawing a bow anytime soon."

"We are a-foot, now," Egnil replied, reaching down to take the arrow from Amdir.  He held the head of the arrow up and sniffed it.  "I smell no poison on it," he said.  He bent down and tore the sleeve from the wounded Elf's tunic, which he began to use to bind up the other's wound.

"Well, we do not know if any orcs remain, or if they all fled, but doubtless they will bring back reinforcements.  We cannot remain here.  South, or north?"  Amdir winced as the makeshift bandage was fastened about his shoulder.

"Towards Lothlórien, I think," was the reply.  "Though we risk the Laeg Ninglorin, we shall be headed towards a haven.  Orcs avoid the Lady and her Lord, and give a wide berth to their land."  Egnil helped his companion to his feet.  "If we go slightly to the west a few rods, there is a spot where the Marchwardens have laid stepping stones into the Ninglor.  They are set just beneath the surface, but we shall only risk wet feet.  Who knows, once we get into the Laeg Ninglorin, we might find our wayward horses."

-oo000oo-

Glorfindel grew increasingly uneasy the next day, as the group continued its journey.  Egnil and Amdir should have reported back by now.  He hesitated to send anyone else ahead to meet them, but he was beginning to think that it might come to that.  They would after all need to go through the treacherous ground South of the Ningloruin.

Memories of his previous excursion through that area began to come into his mind…

Glorfindel had been patrolling the southern bounds of Imladris, awaiting word of the arrival of Isildur when the word came, in the form of two worn and frantic warriors coming up the approaches into the valley.  One of them was Ohtar, Isildur's squire, who collapsed weeping at Glorfindel's feet.  "I obeyed, my Lord, I obeyed," he sobbed over and over.

The other man was not in much better shape; they were both distressed at having been sent from their king's side.  Glorfindel raised them up and gave them to drink and pieced together the sad story: an ambush by Orcs near the Anduin, close to the mouth of the Ninglor.  It was clear that Isildur did not hope to come away alive from the encounter.  His older sons were with him, and in like peril.  He had entrusted Ohtar with the shards of Narsil within its sheath, and the order to deliver it to the Queen Annanis* at Rivendell, where she dwelt with their youngest son, Valandil.

Glorfindel took them back to the Last Homely House to give the sad news to Master Elrond and to the Queen.  He had then been tasked to take a band of warriors down to the Laeg Ninglor—the Gladden fields—where the ambush had taken place and seek for survivors or for the bodies of the slain.

Glorfindel arrived to find that Thranduil and his warriors were ahead of him, for word had been sent to Lasgalen of the battle, and being closer, he had arrived all the sooner.  They had recovered several of the slain, including Isildur's sons Círyon and Araton, but they had yet to find the bodies of his eldest son Elendur, or of Isildur himself.

It was a gruesome and grief-filled search.  They finally found Elendur, his body hacked by the Orcs, and nigh unrecognizable save for his armor and the clasp of his cloak.  Those had been gifts to him from Master Elrond himself, and being of Elven-make, were not despoiled.  Orcs loathed the touch of things that had been wrought by the Eldar.  Of Isildur himself they found no trace at all...

It was not a time that Glorfindel recalled with any pleasure, and though he knew he would be returning to that area now and faced it with a warrior's aplomb, he did not take any joy in the prospect.

Steve had been watching their leader.  Glorfindel had been very quiet, and Steve could not help but wonder if something was wrong.  When they all stopped for the mid-day meal, he went over to where he saw Glorfindel and Radagast talking.

"Is something wrong?" he asked them.

"I have been worried about Egnil and Amdir.  I should have heard something from them by now," the Elf replied.  “It has been over three days since they left us, and they should have since returned with news.”

"I was just telling Lord Glorfindel that I will see what I can find out," Radagast said.

Steve looked at him in surprise.  "What can you do?" he asked.

The dishevelled old wizard gave him a lopsided grin, and held out his arm, and then he looked up at the sky and made a series of highly accurate bird calls into the air.  "I have sent for one of my friends," he said.

After a moment, they heard the flapping of wings, and a rather large thrush settled on Radagast's upraised arm and looked at him with its bright eyes.  Radagast looked at it, and made another series of bird sounds.  It cocked its head, and then launched itself back into the sky, flying rapidly south.

"He will find us with news," Radagast said.  "We can continue South after the horses have rested, and he will go look for your Elves."

"Thank you, Aiwendil,” Glorfindel said.   “I am most grateful for your help."

Steve re-joined Gail, the girls, and Mairen, and they had a light meal.  Kaylee and Megan ran and played with Lucy after the meal had ended, and Steve reported what Glorfindel and Radagast had told him.

“It’s been four days, now, since the scouts left us, and Glorfindel’s getting worried,” he told Gail.

"Do you think there is some sort of danger?" she asked.

Steve grimaced.  "Gail, we have been in some risk of danger ever since we left Rivendell.  But we agreed that we could not just wait for our other children to come back.  Who knows when that will be?"

"I know.”  Gail shook her head.  “But sometimes I wish we had left Kaylee and Megan there.  I know you said they might also be in danger in Rivendell, but…"  Her voice trailed off.

Steve wrapped his left arm around his wife’s shoulders.  "Sweetheart, there’s no use in second-guessing our choices.  We can't turn back now.  We'll just have to trust in the Lord to help us, and to work things out."

She reached for his right hand, and the two of them prayed silently for help, and for their children, and for peace of mind for themselves.

-oo000oo-

In the heart of Lothlórien, Galadriel turned from her mirror.  She had long ago learned to discern the visions in the water, and while it was unwise to trust in them too much, as she had told Sam and Frodo, there were times when they could also guide action.  This, she sensed, was one of those times.

She went to seek out her husband.  "Celeborn, my love, as you know, Elrond is sending a party to us from Rivendell.  Glorfindel is leading the group, and two of his scouts have run into trouble in the Gladden Fields.  They are a-foot, and one is injured.  They have no way of sending news to him, and they need succour."

Celeborn nodded.  "I will send Rumil with a group to intercept them and give them aid," he said.

"And I shall use ósanwe to let Glorfindel know that we have done so."

-oo000oo-

A/N: The Ninglor is a tributary of the Anduin, and it flows from the Misty Mountains slightly north of Moria.  Laeg Ninglorin is the Gladden Fields, the place where Isildur was ambushed.  We are using Karen Wyn Fonstad's Atlas of Middle-earth for locations. It seems clear from the accounts of the death of Isildur in Unfinished Tales that the Gladden Fields extended to both sides of the Anduin, although evidence suggested that Isildur perished closer to the Western bank of the river.  While the account says that some men living nearby did try to help and also sent to Thranduil, who also came, that Ohtar was sent to Rivendell.  It seemed logical that Glorfindel would lead any who were sent from there.

*After careful search, we found no canonical name for Isildur's wife.  However, consensus seemed to indicate it would be based on Quenya rather than Sindarin.  We found the name "Annanis" on q u e n y a  l a p s e p a r m a (http://www.elvish.org/elm/names.html).  It means "Gift".

 

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 41: Out There

Kaylee rode in silence for a long time, looking at her parents.  It was becoming clear to her that they were worried, and she was pretty sure that they were worrying about her brothers and sister.  They won’t be hurt, will they? she silently wondered, frowning.

At last, she looked up at Mairen, who was riding next to her.  “What is it, Miss Kaylee?” the Elven nursemaid asked her.

Kaylee bit her lower lip.  “Uh, Mairen…”  She paused.  “Jennifer and Kevin and Joey won’t get hurt, will they?”

Mairen gazed down at the little girl intently.  “Why do you fear they might get hurt?”

Kaylee looked toward her parents.  “They’re worried.  Mommy and Daddy.  I can tell.”  She turned back to Mairen.  “I don’t want Jennifer and Kevin and Joey to get hurt.”  She bit her lower lip and furrowed her eyebrows.

“None of us want that for your brothers and sister.”  Mairen smiled.  "And I think perhaps your parents always worry about you children, because they do not wish for any of you to get hurt.  But right now, I believe they may be more worried about someone else.  Can you not see that Lord Glorfindel is also worried?"

Kaylee shook her head.  "Not really.  He never looks worried.  I thought Elves never get worried."

Mairen laughed.  "Elves worry, little one, but we have had many long years to learn how to school our faces."

"But who else could they be worrying about?" Kaylee asked.

"You know that Egnil and Amdir went off to scout a few days ago.  But they are not back yet."

"Oh."  Kaylee thought for a moment.  "Mairen, do you think it would be okay if I said a prayer for Egnil and Amdir?  I like them."

"I think that it would be 'Oh-kay', as you say, dearest, if you wish to."

Kaylee bowed her head.  “Please, God,” she prayed, “take care of Egnil and Amdir.  Please don’t let anything bad happen to them.  Amen.”  She looked back up at her Elven nursemaid.

Mairen smiled at her small charge.  She hoped that Eru Ilúvatar was listening, and would heed the little girl’s prayer.  Though she had spent much time with Kaylee, she had never ceased to marvel at the confident way the child approached the One.  And since her parents’ arrival, it had become clear to Mairen that they approached Eru with the same confidence.

They rode in silence for a while, when they noticed Radagast pull his sled-rabbits to a halt from his place on the verge.  He looked up, and they heard the flapping of wings as the thrush he had spoken to earlier returned.  Kaylee didn't know what Radagast and the bird had been talking about back then, but she had seen it fly away.  And now it was back and seemed to be talking to Radagast again.

Glorfindel had halted the company as soon as he saw what Radagast was doing.  The wizard nodded to the bird, which flew away again, and then Radagast walked over to speak to Glorfindel.  Kaylee wished she could hear what they were saying.  She saw her parents move up to hear what was going on.  Perhaps later on, they would tell her what was happening.

-oo000oo-

"What is going on?" asked Steve, as he moved Loborros closer to where Glorfindel was speaking to Radagast.  "Is there news?"  He still found it odd to be waiting on news from a bird.

Radagast answered, "Yes.  The thrush spotted two Fair Ones afoot, one who seemed to be leaning upon the other and walking in a manner that seemed, as the bird put it, that one of his “upper legs” was hurt.  Of horses, there was no sign yet."

Glorfindel stiffened from atop Asfaloth's back.  "Avorn!" he called.

Avorn trotted up.  "What is it, my lord?"

"We have received word of our scouts, and they seem to be a-foot and in some sort of trouble.  I wish you to take charge.  I will ride to seek them.  You continue the journey as we have set it.  You should catch up with us by sometime tomorrow."

"Yes, my lord."

"Farewell, for now, then.  I will go to find our strays."

Avorn sat and watched his commander set off.  Of course, Asfaloth was the swiftest steed in their party, and he would suffer none but Glorfindel to bear him most of the time.  It was a good decision, but he still would rather have gone himself.  But if Egnil and Amdir were in need of help, then Lord Glorfindel was the best one to find them.

Gail joined them, and she and Steve exchanged concerned glances.  “What’s going on?” Gail asked.  “Are they all right?”

"All we know," said Radagast, "is that they are not with their horses, and that one of them appears to be slightly injured in some way."

"Lord Glorfindel has gone to seek them," added Avorn.  "He asked me to take charge until his return."

“Perhaps I should have gone with him,” Steve said, frowning.  “They may be needing first aid.”

"That is a kind thought," said Avorn, "but I do not believe you could have kept up with him.  And my Lord does know some simple healing—‘first aid', as you call it.  If the injured one can still walk, he must not be too badly injured."  Steve nodded.

-oo000oo-

Glorfindel urged Asfaloth onward, and his faithful steed shot forward as though he had sprouted wings.  The world passed them by in a blur, and he knew he had left his company of travellers far behind in only minutes.  He knew he could entrust their care with Avorn, whom he had known since the Last Alliance.

Egnil and Amdir were clearly in trouble, and only on Asfaloth could they be quickly found.  Or so he thought.

‘Laurefindil.’  The voice in his mind was a surprise.  It caused him to pull up and slow Asfaloth to a walk.  His mount snorted his displeasure at the sudden change, but obeyed.

‘Laurefindil.’  Confident and clear and distinctly feminine, he knew at once who it was.

He concentrated.  He was not quite as skilled in osanweas some were, for he rarely had occasion to use it, but it was certainly not unknown to him.  ‘My Lady Artanis,’ he replied.

‘I had a vision of two of your people.  They seemed in some slight trouble, and I have sent help to them.’

‘I am already on my way to them, for we learned through Aiwendil that they had been unhorsed.’

‘We await your arrival here.  Do not fear for them; we shall care for them.’

‘Thank you, my Lady,’ he responded, but he could already feel her withdrawing from his mind.  He urged Asfaloth on, but not as such a breakneck speed.  He now had assurance that his two warriors would be well-taken care of.

-oo000oo-

Rúmil had taken his brother Oropher and five other warriors with him.  All of them had experience as scouts.  He wondered what had put two Elves of Imladris a-foot?  Elven horses rarely strayed.  He also was not happy to know they would be going into the Laeg Ninglor.  Those marshes spread on both sides of the river.  The area had an evil name among Men, and even some Elves dreaded them.  Rúmil disliked them, but did not dread them.  They were, in a way, useful in guarding the northern approach to the Golden Wood, something which Haldir had often pointed out.  He wondered how his older brother was doing in the lands of Men to the South.  It had been long since the people of Rohan had any dealings with Lothlórien.  He was not sure if they ever had, although those of Gondor had at one time.  He had never had any dealings with Men himself save for Estel during his visits to the Golden Wood, and more recently the children who had stayed among them, but Haldir had occasionally gone adventuring with the Sons of Elrond.  They were, after all, the grandsons of the Lord and Lady.  Celeborn often sent one or two of his own warriors with them when they rode out into the lands of Men. 

Rúmil's mount suddenly stopped and gave a whicker, as did the horses of the others.  He held his hand up, and they heard an answering whinny, and the Elves stopped and waited, as they saw two horses step out from a copse of trees, and walk slowly in their direction.  The horses bore no saddles, but their reins and headstalls were decorated in the style of Imladris.  Oropher spoke up.  "I would say we have found the errant horses of the scouts we are searching for."

"No doubt."  Rúmil shook his head.  His younger brother had a talent for stating the obvious.  He raised a hand and signalled two of the others to approach the horses and bring them along.  "We must hope that finding the horses means their former riders are not too far away.  Let us continue."

The seven moved on, now followed by two extra horses.  They were Elven steeds, and needed no other leading than the will of the other horses and the Elves who rode them.

Continuing slowly into the depths of the Gladden Fields, they rode silently for over three hours when they spotted the ones they were seeking.  Egnil and Amdir were seated on the ground, their backs against a tree.  Egnil stood.  "Well met, Rúmil of Lothlórien.  We are in need of help.  Amdir was injured by an orc arrow, and our horses bolted.  Ah!  I see you have found the faithless nags!"

"And how did you encounter orcs?" Rúmil asked.

"We were ambushed by arrows from the other side of the Anduin, where they seemed to be lying in wait."

"They grow ever more daring.  No longer do they content themselves with tormenting King Thranduil in the Dark Forest or loitering in Dol Goldur, but now they venture West and South.  I fear that they are heeding the will of Mordor."  Rúmil knew that Lord Celeborn was in communication with Thranduil, and of course, the Lady had her own ways of knowing what was going on.  The Elves of Lothlórien were well informed of what happened beyond their bounds, and though many of them were little concerned with those events, those who watched the bordermarches had to keep their eyes and ears open, and to gather what information they could.

He glanced down at Amdir, who had yet to speak, and then gestured to Oropher to dismount and tend to the wound.  Oropher often served as a healer in the field.

Oropher took with him his pouch of healing supplies and went over to inspect the injury.  He glanced over at Egnil.  "You did well enough with what you had," he said.  "But now let us cleanse this properly and bind it with real bandages."

-oo000oo-

That evening, the children had said their prayers and were already asleep in their bedrolls after a long and tiring day.  Now Steve and Gail sat around the campfire with Mairen, Avorn, and Radagast.

"So," said Steve, glancing at Radagast, still a bit sceptical that the information had come from a bird.  "Do you think he's found them yet?  I hope that he will be able to reach them in time to help."

"If anyone can find them in the wild, Glorfindel can," was the reply.

Gail also looked at the wizard.  "You said they had lost their horses, and one was hurt.  How do you suppose it could have happened?"

Radagast shook his head.  "Birds have a limited understanding; they can tell me what they see, but they would not have any idea of how whatever it was came to pass."

Gail sighed.  It would be helpful to know just what sort of trouble the scouts had run into; at least whether or not it was something they could prepare themselves for.  She looked at her slumbering daughters, huddled in their bedrolls, troubled at the potential danger their little girls could be facing.  Steve squeezed her hand in reassurance.

"I think," said Avorn, "that until we do know just what the trouble is, tomorrow Megan should ride with Mairen, and Kaylee should ride with one of the other warriors—perhaps Raendir; she seems quite fond of him."

"But Megan's been riding with Steve for days now," objected Gail.  "And what about Barrel?"

Steve shook his head.  "If there is trouble, we might have to ride away quickly.  I don't think I would feel safe about Megan riding with me if I had to gallop."

"And at a gallop, Barrel might have trouble keeping up with the horses.  She does fine at a slower pace, but if we should need to flee?  And I am not sure if Kaylee could keep her seat if she had to gallop her pony, especially if we are fleeing danger."

"I also think," put in Mairen, "that Lucy should ride with someone.  She, too, would be hard put to keep up with the horses at full gallop."

Avorn gave his wife a proud smile.  "That is a good thought, beloved.  Perhaps she could ride with Radagast in the sled?"  He glanced over at the wizard, who had been sitting quietly, just listening.

He nodded.  "I would be glad to take her; perhaps I can talk to her about her fear of my rabbits."

Steve and Gail stared at Radagast, astonished.  Even after a few days of travelling with the Brown Wizard, they had a hard time telling when he was serious.  But since they already had proof he could talk to birds, was talking to their dog impossible?

The wizard in question gave them a mischievous look, as if he knew what they were thinking.  "I am quite sure we can have a nice conversation tomorrow, Lucy and I.  And we shall hope that all of our precautions are needless."

Avorn nodded.  "Needless they may be, and I most sincerely hope that is what they are.  But we will take them, nonetheless.  Better to be prepared."

Steve also nodded.  "Where we come from, the saying is 'Better safe than sorry'."

"I like that saying," Avorn responded.

"And I say that it is time that all go to their rest."  Mairen looked at Steve and Gail, for of course, the Elves did not need to sleep as Men did.  She refrained from saying that out loud, but chivvied them all until they were heading to their beds for the night.

"And," said Avorn to Mairen, after they saw Steve and Gail go to their own bedrolls.  "I know just why you are a nursemaid at heart, my dearest," he whispered to her.  "You treat the parents like they are elflings!"

She laughed.  "And compared to us, are they not still very young?"

The next morning, Kaylee and Megan were told of the new riding arrangements.  At first, Kaylee objected to not being able to ride Barrel, but Mairen told her that the pony could do with a bit of rest from carrying her, and asked her who she wanted to ride with.

"Rudolph!" she said gleefully, with a giggle.  "Can I ride with him?"

"Of course," Mairen answered, and so that was settled.  Fortunately, Megan was still a bit sleepy, and did not seem to mind that she would be riding with the nursemaid instead of with her father.

Lucy did not mind much when Radagast gathered her up.  She quite liked him—he understood her, and he was covered in fascinating smells.  At first, she wagged and wriggled and licked his face—until she saw they were going over to the sled, where the rabbits were already harnessed.

She began to try and escape from his arms as Radagast got onto the sled, but he held onto her tightly.  Lucy trembled in Radagast’s arm as he used his other hand to gather the reins.  After a few moments, she started to whine.  “Hush, Lucy,” he soothed her, “there is nothing to be afraid of.  These rabbits will not harm you.”

These rabbits are so big!’ Lucy’s thoughts entered his head.  ‘Bigger than me!’

Radagast laughed.  “Big, yes; dangerous, no.  They are gentle rabbits, and will not harm you.”

‘Are you sure?’  Lucy twisted her head to look up at the wizard.

Radagast snuggled her against his chest and smiled.  “Quite sure!  I really think they would like to be your friends, Lucy.”

‘Rabbits are not supposed to be bigger than dogs!  Do you really think they would be my friends?'

"Of course, they will be your friends!  When we stop for lunch later, I suggest that you introduce yourself to them."  With a chuckle, Radagast set Lucy on the sled in front of him and flipped the reins, and they took off like the wind.

Lucy calmed down and sat there, her face turned up to catch all the wonderful smells.  Why, she thought, it's better than a car ride!

Radagast gave a hearty laugh, and Lucy felt even better.

At lunchtime, while the others were preparing lunch, Radagast unharnessed his rabbits to forage.  Then he carried Lucy toward his rabbits and set her down in front of them.  “This is Lucy,” he told his rabbits.  “She wants to be your friend, but she is afraid you will hurt her, so you will have to show her that you mean her no harm.”

For a moment, Lucy just stood there, watching them, her nose twitching.  When none of them made a move on her to attack her, she moved cautiously toward the one closest to her and started sniffing his body.  The rabbit’s nose twitched nonstop as she sniffed him.

After a moment, the rabbit cautiously sniffed Lucy as well, and then, one by one, she greeted each of them, sniffing each rabbit in the process.  In return, each rabbit sniffed her back.

But suddenly, all of the rabbits startled, and stood up as if afraid.  In that instant, Lucy smelled something bad, and heard something she did not like.  Something dangerous! she thought.  Something very bad!  In the woods beyond the trees, she sensed.  She moved slightly in that direction, raising one foot to point, her hackles raised.  She began barking loudly and growling, her teeth bared in a snarl.  The rabbits all stood up on their back legs and began drumming one foot on the ground.  Then, as one, they all took off at a run.

Radagast, who had stiffened at Lucy's first bark, snatched the puppy up in his arms and shouted, "Go!  Go!  Go!"  He leaped onto one of the spare horses’ backs, holding a still-barking Lucy against his chest.

Two huge beasts came bursting from under the forest eaves.

Without warning, Mairen snatched Megan and threw her upon her horse, quickly mounting behind the child, whose face was stark with terror.  Raendir did the same with Kaylee, whose scream of "Lucy!" was lost to the wind.

“It is all right, little one,” Raendir soothed Kaylee.  “Radagast has Lucy.”  The little girl turned to look, but they had already gone too far for her to see the wizard.  “Do not worry.  Lucy is safe in his arms.”

"Go!" Avorn shouted at Steve and Gail.  "Follow your children!  We will deal with the Wargs!"

So that's what a Warg looks like, thought Gail, as she urged Calroc into a gallop.  It resembles a huge wolf, but it looks much meaner!  She had wondered if she would be able to stay on at such a fast pace, and she didn't feel secure, but she was riding neck and neck with Steve, and she could still see Mairen and Raendir ahead of them.  They weren't closing the gap, but at least they weren't losing them, either.

But what about the others?  She couldn't hear the sound of hooves behind them.  Would they be okay?  What if there were more than two of these Warg-things?  She looked ahead, and could see that the two Elves ahead, and realized they had slowed, and now had stopped for her and Steve to catch up.

"Whew!"  Steve was breathing hard as the two of them pulled up next to the Elves who had the children.  “That was a close call!”  Megan was sobbing, and Gail longed to take her, but she felt far too weak to attempt to dismount, and she couldn't reach her little girl from horseback.  But Mairen was smoothing Megan's hair and murmuring Elvish endearments.  Kaylee's face was still pale and frightened, and her whole body was shaking, but she wasn't crying.

"What about everyone else?" Steve asked.

"They are capable warriors," Raendir said.  "They can easily handle a few Wargs."

But what if there were more than just a few? thought Gail.

-oo000oo-

A/N: Laurefindel was Glorfindel’s name in Valinor, and Artanis was one of Galadriel's names in the First Age.

 

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 42: Hellfire, Part 1

As Joey lay fidgeting on his bed, memories of his sister’s discussion with the hobbits, when he and his brother and sisters had first met them, met suddenly flashed into his head.  Jennifer said a man wrote about all this stuff, he thought, but I forget his name!  She said it was fantasy.  I’ll have to ask her what his name was when we get back together.

He lay thinking about it.  I wonder how much of the stuff that’s happened to us so far happened in that fantasy book.  I’m sure he didn’t include four modern-day kids!  An amused grin crept across his face at the thought.  Maybe I can read it when we get back home.  And The Hobbit, too.

At some point, Joey must have drifted off to sleep, because during the night, a noise and a light woke him up.  Gandalf had come and was pacing to and fro in the room beyond the curtain of the alcove.  He heard the wizard sigh, and mutter: “When will Faramir return?”

Pippin stirred, and then got out of bed, followed by Joey; together, the two of them approached the curtain.  “Hullo!” said Pippin, poking his head around the curtain; Joey peered at Gandalf from behind the hobbit’s shoulder.  Pippin continued, “Joey and I thought you had forgotten all about us.  We are glad to see you back.  It has been a long day.  Gandalf coughed, and without being asked, Pippin went to the bedside pitcher, poured a cup of water, and took it to Gandalf, who nodded his thanks.  Joey leaned against the table and watched them both.

“But the night will be too short,” said Gandalf.  “I have come back here, for I must have a little peace, alone.  You two should sleep, in a bed while you still may.  At the sunrise, I shall take you to Boromir.  No, when the summons comes, not at sunrise.  The Darkness has begun.  There will be no dawn.”

-oo000oo-

The next morning, both of them woke at what they thought was an early time—the sky to the East was barely light.  But Gandalf had already left.  The two rose and made their morning ablutions in the wash basin—the water was cold, and Joey shuddered; even after months in Middle-earth, he still did not like washing in cold water.  Pippin didn't seem bothered, though.

Gandalf returned as they dressed hurriedly, and then he took them towards the Citadel, even though Pippin was grumbling about missing first breakfast.  They needed to see Boromir and find out just what he wanted them to do.

Luckily, as they approached the Seventh Circle, they were accosted by a Guardsman they did not know.

"Are you Peregrin the Pherian and Joey, son of Steven?" he asked.  "I am Adrahil, and the Lord Captain-General asked me to take you to him."

"Yes, we are," answered Pippin.  "We were just wondering how we were going to find Bo—er, Lord Boromir."

The man smiled.  "Follow me," he said, and set off at a brisk pace, accompanied by Gandalf.  The two of them had to trot to keep up, and Adrahil did not seem to notice at first, until he got back to the Citadel steps and realized the boys were lagging behind.  "Your pardon," he said, "I did not think to abate my pace."

He and Gandalf went more slowly once they were within, leading them down corridors they had not yet seen.  They went up some stairs that were nearly too large for Joey and Pippin’s short legs, and then down another shorter passageway that had a set of large double doors at the end.  Another Guardsman stood in front of them.

"The Captain-General sent for them," said Adrahil.

The other Guardsman turned and knocked upon the door.  It was opened slightly by a manservant.  "The Lord Boromir sent for Peregrin the Pherian and Joey, son of Steven."  

The manservant looked at them, and then opened the door more widely.  "Enter," he said, looking at Pippin and Joey.  "He is expecting you."

Gandalf nodded.  “I have an appointment with the Lord Denethor,” he said.  “I will see you later.”  He left, and Pippin and Joey entered the room.

Boromir sat at a table in the centre of the room.  "Welcome, my friends!" he said.  The table was laid with a fine linen cloth, and the hungry hobbit and boy could see food upon it; it was set with plates for three people.  There was bread, some fruit, a plate of cheese, and a steaming pot of something that smelled like coffee.  Joey’s stomach rumbled as the scent of that food reached his nose.  Boromir gestured at the table and the food.  "Come join me in breaking fast."

Pippin grinned with delight and hurried to the table, with Joey only a few steps behind him.  There were chairs to either side of their friend, and they each took one.  Boromir grinned at them and then to the manservant, who came over and took up the pot, pouring some into Boromir's cup first, and then into Pippin's.  Joey looked suspiciously at it as the servant poured some into his cup—but Pippin said, "That's enough," when Joey's cup was halfway full.  Pippin took a pair of tongs and put about three lumps in, and then took up a pitcher of milk and finished up the cup with that.  Joey took a sip carefully, but with the milk and sugar in it, he barely noticed the bitterness.

I wish I could have hot chocolate, he thought.   He did not say anything out loud, as it would have been rude.  He thought of the horrible stuff the orcs had made them drink when they had been prisoners.  I should be grateful for what I've got.  At least with milk and sugar, it doesn’t taste bad.  Out loud, he told Pippin, “Thanks.”  Pippin nodded.

They tucked into the food, for they really were quite hungry, and Boromir was not far behind them.  There was very little conversation, and the three of them cleared the table except for a few orange rinds and a couple of crusts of bread.

Pippin sat back with an air of contentment, rolling the last little bit of cheese into a ball between his fingers before he popped it into his mouth.  "Thank you, Boromir!  That really hit the spot!"  Then he leaned forward.  "What is next?  What are we to do while we are here?  I don't really know much about being a squire, and I am sure Joey would like to know what a page is supposed to do."

"To the point, as always, Peregrin Took!" the big Gondorian replied, smiling.  "Before you begin your duties, first you will need your livery.  It took a bit of searching, but I have found some things you might find useful."  He stood up and went over to a large chest by the wall beneath a window, and lifted up the lid.  He reached in, and out came a pile of black and white clothing.  "I sent Labadal to find these things last evening.”  He set the pile down, and took from the top of it a set of black trews, a white long-sleeved shirt that laced up at the neck, and a black surcoat.  The surcoat had the emblem of the White Tree within a circle, embroidered up on the left side.  There were also some white stockings, and a pair of soft black shoes with slightly pointed toes.  Joey took them in his arms as Boromir held them out to him.  "That is page's livery from years ago.  We have not had pages in the Citadel since my grandfather's time, but these were put by."

With a nod, Joey stared down at the clothes Boromir had given him.  Good thing my friends back home can’t see me now!  I’ll look so weird wearing this stuff.  Heck, I already look weird!  He looked down at the clothes he was already wearing.  

Boromir looked at Pippin, and then took out another, heavier pile.  It clinked as he took it out.  He held up a black silk shirt, in style similar to the one which Joey had, though with shorter sleeves, and a black fur coat embroidered with the White Tree in the middle, and gave it to Pippin.  Then he held up a shirt of black chainmail.

Pippin placed the shirt aside on a nearby chair, and took up the mail, looking at it in dismay when he did.  "This is heavy!"

"It is less heavy to wear than to hold, Pippin," Boromir answered.  "It belonged to my brother Faramir when he was young; I also had one, though since I was the eldest and the heir, mine was gold-washed.  But even at such an age, I was too stocky and wide in the shoulders for the one belonging to me to fit you.  We wore them on ceremonial occasions, when we had to accompany our father in processions.”  He held up a black surcoat, this one having a large White Tree embroidered in the centre.  "This went with the mail.  I am afraid that you will have to make do with the trews you wear now, for even at that age, Faramir was too tall and slender for you to wear those that went with the rest of the livery.  And I know better than to ask a hobbit to wear stockings and boots—which would not fit you, anyway."  Pippin agreed.

Then Boromir reached further in and took out another item: a small, high-brimmed helmet modelled after those the Guardsmen wore as they guarded the White Tree.  "This will, however!  And I expect you to wear it, to protect that hard head of yours.  My own that I used to have was lost, but by the time I lost it, I had nearly outgrown it and needed a new one anyway."

Pippin draped the mail over his arm, and took the helm, turning it about in his hands.  It was shiny, but it looked uncomfortable.  "Why would you and your brother need armour and helmets when you were only children?"

“Yeah!”  Joey grimaced, exchanging a look with Pippin.

"As I said, they were for us to wear when we accompanied the Steward on special occasions—but it was also to protect us from those who might think to harm our father by harming us."  Joey winced at the thought.

Pippin looked completely shocked, but Joey thought about the news and movies and TV shows back home—some people didn't care if they hurt kids.  He hated it that some people were so bad as to want to harm, kill, or kidnap children.

"Hurt children?" Pippin asked, outraged.  "That's not something anyone would even think of doing in the Shire!"

"Your Shire is a most blessed and fortunate land," said Boromir.  "I wish all lands could be so at peace.  But alas, in the lands of Men, such a thing happens all too often.  And should Sauron defeat us, such things might even spread to your Shire!"

"Lawks!" said Pippin.  "Let's hope Frodo can do what he needs to do!"  Even as upset as he was, Pippin knew better than to mention the Ring openly.  Joey vigorously nodded.

"I agree," said Boromir.  "But it is up to us to do our own part.  Even if Frodo succeeds, he will find it hard to get home if Orcs and evil Men have overrun the West!"  He rose from his kneeling position by the chest and closed the lid.  "Now..."  He gestured through a door on his left.  "...go and change into your new gear.  Joey, Pippin may need a little help getting his mail shirt on."  Joey nodded and followed Pippin through the door.

On the other side, the two found themselves in a small chamber that was clearly a dressing room.  Joey dressed quickly, and Pippin put on the black shirt.  Then Joey helped him wriggle into the mail shirt.  Pippin shook himself to help it settle over his body.  "Boromir was right," he said.  "It is lighter to wear than to carry!"  He pulled on his own surcoat over the mail, and Joey helped him straighten it.

"Well, we are all geared up," Pippin said.  "Shall we see what else our Lord Boromir has for us to do?"

Boromir awaited them in the larger room and gave a solemn nod when he saw them emerge. "The livery of the White Tree suits you both," he said.  "You must wear it when you are on duty; I have also given special permission for the two of you to wear the cloaks and brooches of Lothlórien, and for you, Pippin, to not wear boots.  Today, I would like for both of you to accompany me as I go about my business; if there is a time when I do not wish your presence, I will let you know.  I will have other duties for you starting tomorrow.  But first, I need to go over those oaths with you, and then we will go down to the Hall, and there you will swear your homage to me as my squire and my page."

First, he explained Pippin's oath.  "You will not have time to memorize it, but you will repeat after me."

Next, Boromir did the same for Joey.  Hearing the words that he would be promising made him feel serious and just a little scared.  What if he couldn't live up to it?

Boromir must have noticed his expression, and his own softened.  "Do not worry.  You will do well.”

“Yes, sir,” Joey said.  Turning to Pippin, he said, “Wait till my mom and dad hear about this!”  Pippin smiled.

The two of them accompanied Boromir back to the Hall, where Denethor sat on the Steward’s chair at the foot of the throne.  “Hi,” Joey said cheerfully, waving at him as they approached him, and then blushed for forgetting to bow and be proper.

But the Steward only gave his son a wry look, and thankfully did not appear to take offense.  “Hello, Joey,” Denethor said.  “I see you are wearing the White Tree livery.  It suits you.  You, too, Peregrin.”

Boromir turned to his father.  "My Lord Steward, may I have your permission to take these two unto me, as my squire and my page?"

Denethor furrowed his brow as he looked at his son.  "I have one reservation, Lord Boromir.  From what you have told me, both Peregrin son of Paladin and Joseph son of Steven are not of age, according to the customs of their people.  In the event the War ends, and they are reunited with their families, will you continue to hold them to their oaths?  Or will you release them?"

"It is in my mind that if all goes well, I will release young Joey, who may at some time be taken back to his far home.  However, Peregrin is only four years short of being of age, and in fact, according to the reckoning of his own people, older than the youths who become squires here among our people.  Therefore, I would release him with a leave of absence from his duties, but would give him the chance to remain under oath to Gondor as well."  He sighed.  "However, this is assuming all ends well.  Who knows what will come of us all if the War goes ill?"

Joey bit his lower lip at the prospect, exchanging an uneasy glance with Pippin.  Please, God, let the good guys win! he silently prayed.  Please help Frodo destroy the Ring!  Amen.

Denethor looked thoughtful for a moment, and then nodded.  "Very well, let the oaths take place."

Pippin came forward and knelt.  Boromir stood in front of him and held out his hands.  "Put your two hands between mine, and speak your oath."

Pippin swallowed, and began to repeat each phrase after Boromir:

I, Peregrin son of Paladin, do swear

Fealty and service unto Lord Boromir, son of Denethor—

To speak and to be silent, to do and to let be,

To come and to go, in need and in plenty,

In peace and in war, in living and in dying, in all things that honour the Realm of Gondor

From this hour henceforth, until my Lord release me,

Death take me, or the world end."

Boromir nodded.  "And I, Boromir son of Denethor, do hear and shall not forget, nor fail to reward, that which is freely given:

Fealty with love,

Valour with honour,

and oath-breaking with justice.

Now rise and await your duty."

Pippin stood up and moved back, so that Joey could come forward and also kneel.

Joey knelt down and also put his hands between those of Boromir, and he, too, repeated the phrases of the oath.

"I, Joseph son of Steven, do swear fealty and service unto Lord Boromir of Gondor, to obey him and honour him as I would a father, to do all duties given unto me to the best of my ability, and in all matters conduct my behaviour in a manner which will reflect his honour.  This will I do, in all things, until my Lord release me, death take me, or the world end."

He thought about the words—they were kind of scary, but he knew that Boromir would always take care of him and never ask him to do anything that would be wrong.

He looked up as Boromir answered:

"And I, Boromir son of Denethor, do hear and shall not forget, nor fail to reward, that which is freely given:

Fealty with love,

Valour with honour,

and oath-breaking with justice, and to, in all ways, protect you and be as a father to you until you are reunited with your own.

Now rise and await your duty."

Joey stood up in relief.  He hadn't known Boromir would add the part about acting like a father, but he was glad he had put in the part about being reunited with his own dad.  He hoped that would be soon.  He missed his folks dreadfully.  I can't wait to tell Dad and Mom about this!

Denethor rose from his stone seat.  “Mithrandir left just before you came, but he will be back this afternoon.  I have called a council for the seventh hour, after the daymeal.  You will be there, my son, and I would like to have Mithrandir in attendance as well."

"Very well, Father.  I will be there."  Boromir stood and watched his father leave the Hall, and turned to his new squire and page.  "Peregrin, do you recall the way to the guesthouse where you and Joseph and Mithrandir stayed last night?"

Pippin nodded.

"Good.  I would like you to go there and give Mithrandir the message about the Steward's council meeting.  You do not need to rush, as I am sure he will need to have a meal before coming back here."  He winked at the hobbit, and Pippin gave him a cheeky grin before he darted off.

Boromir turned to Joey.  "Can you find your way back to my rooms?"

"I think so," he said.

"If you are uncertain, you can ask one of the servants.  I would like you to go fetch my cloak and your own, Joey, and my gloves.  You and I are going to call upon my Uncle Imrahil, the Prince of Dol Amroth, and afterward, my Uncle Hurin of the Keys."

Joey said, "Yes, sir," as he turned to go back the way he had come.

After Joey had returned to the Hall with their cloaks and Boromir’s gloves, he followed his new boss (he smiled to himself at thinking of Boromir as his boss) as they left the grounds of the Citadel and turned onto a wide street that ran along the outer wall of the Citadel on one side, while on the other side were many large and fancy houses of white stone.  Most of them also had walls, though not so high as those of the Citadel, and the houses could only be glimpsed through the wide iron gates in the walls.  The gates all seemed to have some kind of guard sitting next to them.

Whoa!  Rich people must live in these houses, Joey thought, as he gaped up at the row of houses that they passed.

They hadn't gone far before Boromir stopped in front of one such gate.  The guard stood up at once.  "My Lord Boromir!" he exclaimed.

Boromir nodded.  “Manthor, I am here to see my uncle."

"Certainly, my lord!"  He opened the gate at once, and led them to the house.

Joey gazed about curiously around.  They were in another paved courtyard like many others he had seen in this city.  It had a sort of garden—none of the plants and trees were in the ground, but were planted in big stone pots, even two big evergreen trees planted on either side of the huge door to the house.

The guard knocked on the door, and was answered by a very imposing-looking servant.

They entered into a huge hall, and the servant led them into a kind of sitting room on the left.  The three people sitting there all stood up suddenly.  There were two men and a woman.  The youngest—Joey would call him a grown-up, but just barely, like if he was college age or something—rushed over and grabbed Boromir in a bear hug, and started pounding him on the back.

"Boromir!  Uncle sent word that you were alive, but we did not think to see you so soon!"

Boromir returned the hug and the pounding briefly, and then pushed the younger man back.  "Amrothos!  I am glad to see you as well, cousin."

Amrothos stood back and let Boromir greet the others.  Boromir gave the older gentleman a nod.  "Uncle, it is good to see you once more."  He stepped over to the Lady and took her hand and kissed the back of it.  "Aunt Lindiriel, it is good to see you as well."

She smiled at him and pulled him into a more restrained hug.  "It is more than good, child; it is a miracle.  Never have I been so glad to see the Steward in the wrong!"

Boromir reached over and took Joey by the shoulders.  "Here is my miracle.  May I present Joseph son of Steven, of Ore Gon?  It is only due to his quick wit and sure aim that I did not fall to an Orc arrow.  Armed with only a sling and a stone, he took down one of the huge Uruk-hai.  He is now my page."

Joey felt his face grow warm with both embarrassment and pride.

"Joey, this is my uncle, Imrahil, Prince of Dol Amroth, his Lady wife, Lindiriel, and their youngest son, my cousin Amrothos."

Joey bowed.  He felt like he was in a historical movie or something.  “Hi,” he said, raising his hand in greeting.  "At your service," he added, remembering what the hobbits had taught him.

"Where are Elphir, Ercherion, and Lothiriel, Uncle?"

"Elphir and Ercherion are staying with the Swan Knights.  Lothiriel has gone to see one of her friends whom she has not seen since last we were here.  She will be sorry to have missed you."

The family sat down again, and Boromir took a chair.  Joey stood just behind him—it was his duty, after all.  He tried to look alert and attentive, but it was hard to do, as Boromir began telling about what had happened since he’d left Gondor and gone on his quest to find answers.  When he began to tell about what had happened since then, it was boring, and Joey tried not to fidget.  He looked over at his hosts, and Lady Lindiriel caught his eye.  She smiled at him and interrupted her nephew.

Reaching over to a table at her side, she rang a small bell.  A moment later, a serving maid came into the room and curtsied.  "My Lady, did you ring for me?"

"Yes, I did, Hiril.  I believe Master Joey might be in need of refreshment.  Would you take him to the kitchen and get him something to drink and to eat?"

The servant, a nice-looking older woman with grey in her hair, wearing a large apron over her brown dress, led him to a large kitchen.  It was like the kitchens he was starting to get used to, with a big fireplace to cook on and a large wooden table in the middle to work on.  Joey sat on a stool, and the woman brought him a small plate with some sort of wonderful-smelling bun, and gave him a mug.  He was pleased but startled to see it was milk.  He had not had any milk to drink since he had left Rivendell, and he had not had it very often there.  He sniffed it; it smelled different than the milk he was used to, and he bet it was probably goat's milk.  He'd had that once when visiting his grandparents’ farm, and he liked cow's milk better.  But this was good, even if it did taste different and wasn't as cold as at home.

"Thank you, Mistress Hiril," he said politely.  The bun turned out to be a honey-bun, and it was delicious.

"Such a polite boy!" she said.  "The Lady said your name was 'Jo-ee'?"

He quickly took a sip of the milk to wash down his bite of honey-bun.  "Really, it's Joseph, but everyone calls me Joey."

"Very well, Master Joey," she said, getting the name right this time.

Joey looked around the kitchen and smiled.  “You sure have a nice place.  Uh, Boromir’s uncle has a nice place.”

She chuckled.  "His Grace does indeed have a nice 'place' here.  But yes, the kitchen is my place, too, so long as I continue to please with my cooking.  I am glad you like my honey-buns; they were a favourite amongst the young ones long ago.  I must say, they are still a favourite for Lord Boromir and his brother whenever they visit still."

Joey tilted his head.  “Do Boromir and his brother come here a lot?”

"They used to come often when the Prince and his family came to Minas Tirith.  This is their house in the White City, but they live in Dol Amroth, by the sea far to the South.  Of course, the Steward's sons would visit in the palace there, for their mother was our Prince's sister.  They came often after she first died, but less so as they grew older, for they have many duties."

Joey smiled broadly.  “The Prince lives by the ocean?  Cool!”

Hiril looked puzzled.  "The water can be cool sometimes, but Dol Amroth is mostly warm.  It is far to the South."

Joey shrugged.  “I mean, that’s nice.  Really nice.  It’s real fun to play on the beach and go swimming and stuff.  It’s great that the Prince and his family get to do all that.”

The two talked for a while, with Joey trying to tell her some things about home that didn't sound too modern.  When she learned he had spent the previous night at a guesthouse near the Citadel along with Gandalf and Pippin, she wrapped up a few of the honey-buns and put them in a basket to take and share with them, and with Boromir.

“Thank you.”  Joey smiled at her.

Just then he heard Boromir calling him.  He got down.  "It was nice to talk to you, Mistress Hiril."

“I hope you will come back and visit again.”  She smiled at him and patted his shoulder, and Joey smiled back.

After that, he and Boromir took their leave, with Joey showing Boromir the contents of his basket.  Boromir grinned as he smelled the honey-buns.  “Hold onto them, and we will take them to Pippin and Gandalf,” he told the little boy, who nodded.

They went a few houses down on the same street, where there was another big house.  Just like before, the guard let them in, and they took themselves to the big front door.  "My Uncle Hurin is living here alone right now.  When the enemy began to grow bolder last year, just before I left Gondor, he sent his family away to the countryside.  My aunt and my cousin, their daughter and her children, are dwelling in Lossernach right now."

"Oh, okay," said Joey, with a shrug.

This visit was much shorter, for Hurin had been at the Citadel at the time of Boromir's arrival, and they had greeted one another the night before.  Boromir delivered the message about the Council meeting, and then they took their leave.

They then returned to the Citadel, for the time for the meeting was drawing near.  Boromir took the basket.  “I will hold it for you until it’s time to return to my rooms,” he told Joey, who nodded.  They arrived back just in time to see Pippin arriving as well.

The hobbit sniffed appreciatively.  "You have honey-buns," he said confidently.

Joey stared at him.  The hobbit grinned at him and touched his nose; Joey rolled his eyes.

Boromir laughed.  "I think we will have just enough time to return to my chambers and share these before the meeting."

“We’d better leave one for Gandalf,” Joey told them.

"Good idea," said Pippin.  "I'll be glad to take it to him, later."  

-oo000oo-

Boromir marched up the corridor, both hobbit and boy trotting along behind him.  On one side of the corridor were wide arched windows, flanked by marble columns.  There was a series of doors on the other side, but Boromir stopped before a set of double doors wider and larger than any of the others.  A guard stood in front of them; on one side of the door was a stone bench.  Boromir ordered Pippin and Joey to sit there and wait for him.  "Stay where you are until I come out, or unless you are summoned.  Wait for me."

Boromir looked down at Joey, who was wrinkling his nose and chewing on his lower lip, and his face softened as he examined the child’s expression.  “This is going to be your first real test as a page, Joey,” he said.  “Being a page sometimes means boredom, as you found out this morning at my uncle’s home.  And sometimes it requires performing duties that are not fun.  Believe it or not, I was once a page, and I have not forgotten how easy it is for one to become bored when one has to remain in one place for a long while, with nothing to do.  But that is what you and Pippin will have to do now.”  He laid a hand on Joey’s shoulder and gazed intently into the boy’s eyes.  “Do I have your promise, Joey, that you will remain here on this bench, and not go wandering off?”

Joey bit his lower lip and swallowed hard.  “Y—yes, sir.”  He sat down on the stone bench, and Pippin followed suit.

“Good boy.”  Boromir patted his shoulder.  “I will come back out when the council is over.”

The guard stood aside, and Boromir entered.  The two sat there and made conversation as they waited.  Gandalf smiled and greeted them before he entered the room, and Prince Imrahil nodded at Joey as he went by.  The other councillors who came by paid no attention to them.

After a while, no more people came by.  The guard did not speak to the two, nor even look at them, but stood at his post motionless and silent.

Pippin and Joey played a game of riddles, as they had sometimes done on the journey from Rivendell, and then Joey taught Pippin to play "I Spy", but there were not many things to spy in the narrow hallway, except for the carvings on some of the pillars.

Pippin flapped his hand in front of his face.  "I spy, with my little eye, something that buzzes."

Joey chuckled.  "That's easy.  A fly."  A fly had been buzzing around them annoyingly for the past several minutes.  It had even made the stoic guard wrinkle his nose and shake his head slightly.

Then he said, "I spy, with my little eye, something shiny."

"The guard's armour," said Pippin.

Just then the door opened, and someone spoke to the guard.  He turned to them and said, "The Steward would like to speak with you, Master Pheriannath."

"Me?" said Pippin, surprised.  He stood up and looked apologetically at Joey.

"What about me?" Joey asked, somewhat indignantly.

"You are to wait," said the guard, as he allowed Pippin to enter through the doors.  Then he turned back into a statue and refused to look at Joey anymore.

Sighing, Joey leaned against the wall.  “Hope he gets out soon,” he muttered.  Maybe he won’t be in there long, he thought.

Long minutes passed.  To Joey’s dismay, no one came or went, and the guard remained as silent and motionless as before.  Joey gazed up at him off and on, standing at his post.  I don’t see how he can stay so still.  I sure couldn’t!  He shook his head.  

Sighing again, he fidgeted, and he stretched out his fingers, one by one.  He held two of them together; in his imagination, they looked just like two logs lying on top of each other.  Then he pressed the tips of both of his index fingers and thumbs together.  Following that, Joey pressed the thumb and index finger on each hand together, forming two circles, and held them up in front of his eyes, imagining that he was looking through a pair of glasses.  Afterward, he dropped his hands in his lap and stared down at the floor.

A moment later, he raised his head and looked up and down the hall.  A door, halfway open, stood several feet down the hall from where he sat.  Wonder what that room is.

Biting his lower lip, Joey fidgeted again.  I don’t want to just sit here!  I want to explore.  He looked at that other door again.  I’d like to see what’s in that room.  He scowled and dropped his head, looking down at his lap and sighing heavily.

Would Boromir really mind if I went over there? he thought, raising his head to peer longingly at that door.  I wouldn’t really leave.  I’d just go down there and look in that door.  Then I’d come right back to this bench.

Even as that thought crossed his mind, he sighed again and shook his head.  I can’t, though.  I promised Boromir.  He told me to stay right here, and I’ve got to do that.  I can’t go back on my word.

Grimacing, he slumped against the wall behind him and gazed down at the floor.  Silently, he prayed that God would make the day go faster.

He was very glad for his decision, for no sooner had he finished his prayer than the doors opened.  Boromir came out, talking to Gandalf, and with Pippin by his side.  Joey shuddered.  That was close!  What if I hadn't been sitting here just now?!

Boromir gave Joey an approving smile.  “Well done, Joey.  I know it was hard.”  He turned back to Gandalf.

Gandalf and Boromir walked along, speaking to one another in low voices, while Pippin and Joey trailed behind them.

"What did they want from you, Pippin?" Joey asked.

"The Steward had a lot of questions about the Shire, how it was run and so forth.  He seemed to be under the impression that my father has a lot more authority over other hobbits than he actually does.  He wanted to know a lot about the agreement between the Last King of Arnor, Arvedui, and the hobbits.  He says it's clear that the Thain is actually the Steward of the Shire.  I told him that wouldn't mean as much to hobbits as it does to Men."

"Why not?"  Joey had never heard Pippin talk much about his father's job, except to say that once he used to be a farmer, but now he was Thain.

Pippin shrugged.  "Hobbits don't need much ruling," he said.  "The Thain's in charge of the Shire Muster, but the last time they had to do anything was during the Fell Winter over a hundred years ago.  Ordinarily, hobbits are ruled by their family Heads.  The Mayor sees to the Shirriffs and the Post.  The Thain does take up disputes sometimes if they are between different families, and he does have to see to the upkeep of the East-West Road and the Stonebow Bridge—but that's just getting each family to do their part.  Most of my father's hard work is just being in charge of us Tooks."  He grinned.  "That's probably harder than all the other stuff he does."

"Why?"  What could be so hard about just running one family?

Now Pippin laughed.  "Because Tooks are stubborn, impulsive, and unruly fools.  It's a well-known fact."

Apparently, Gandalf had overheard this last part, because he burst out laughing, too.  "It was you who said it this time, Peregrin Took!"

Pippin chuckled and said cheekily, "That saying, 'Fool of a Took,' has been around for a very long time, Gandalf."

"From the time of Ferumbras II, young hobbit!  And I was the first one to say it, but by no means the last!"  They all laughed, including Boromir.

Pippin muttered to Joey, "We shall have to see if we can get that story out of him!"  Joey grinned.

The four of them returned to Boromir's quarters, and Boromir asked Labadal to give the two younger members of the party a lesson on the parts of his armour.  He was not wearing it at the time, as he was at home, but it was all arranged on an armour stand in the room where the two boys had dressed in their livery.  Labadal patiently went over it all until they had both memorized each piece.  Then he began to instruct them on how to fasten and unfasten the various pieces.  "For one of an esquire's duties is to help his Lord into and out of his armour, and a page should learn such things as well, for one day, he will also become an esquire."

“Do soldiers here also have to polish their shoes?” Joey asked.  “They do, where I come from.”

Labadal chuckled.  "The common men-at-arms must, but knights and lords have pages and squires and servants for such things.  Of course, at one time, they were also pages and then squires, so they do know how to polish their own boots if they have to."  Joey nodded.

The servant kept them busy, although at one point, he heard Pippin complaining under his breath about these strange Men not knowing about teatime.  But just when they were both beginning to hear signals from their stomachs, Boromir returned.  "Have you spent your time wisely?" he asked, but his eye was on Labadal.

"They have been most attentive pupils, my Lord," Labadal responded.  "But I believe that they are hungry now.”

"Indeed?"  Boromir grinned at them.  "Joey, are you certain you are not a hobbit?  Pippin, you are teaching him bad habits—eating all day, if possible."  Their friend did not even attempt to be stern in his teasing, and both of them just rolled their eyes.  Boromir laughed.  "You are to serve at table tonight, when Mithrandir and I dine with my father.  Hie you down to the kitchen, to fill your own bellies ere you have to report to your duties.  It would not do to stand about with growling stomachs as we attempt to eat our own meals."

The two young ones did not need to be told twice.  With curt bows to their new liege, they raced from the room.  They knew exactly where the kitchens were.  Within minutes, they were taking their plates and glasses to the table, the plates piled with food.  The food was simple: flatbread, some cheese, and a sort of thick spicy fish stew with a lot of vegetables on top of rice.

“This is good!”  Joey grinned as he swallowed the food.  “This reminds me of what my best friend Kyle’s mom makes.  Sometimes, I spend the night with him on weekends, and his mom makes something like this.”

“She does, huh?  I think I need to talk to the cook and find out how it's made.  I wonder how it would taste over noodles.  Rice is not easily come by in the Shire.”  Pippin grinned and took another bite of his own food.  “But what do you mean by weekends?”

Joey looked surprised.  Sometimes he forgot how different things were here from home.  "Well, there are seven days in the week.  The last day, most people don't have to go to work.  And the same for the first day.  The first day, a lot of people used to go to church.   My family does."  He tried not to go into much detail, since he didn't want to reveal anything they weren't supposed to.

"Oh, I see," Pippin replied.  "The last day of our week is called 'Highday', and most hobbits get at least a half-day off from work, and some get the whole day.  But why do you not have sleepovers during the week?"

Joey shrugged.  “Because, during the week, school’s in session, and Mom and Dad won’t let us have sleepovers on school nights.”  He made a face, then smiled.  “Luckily, that’s not a problem during summer vacation!  Or spring break.  Or Christmas vacation, either.”

Pippin scratched his neck.  "Is school a place?  I think you have a different idea of school than we do."

Joey nodded.  “It sure is.  It’s in a building, where teachers teach.  There’s a different teacher for each classroom.  School’s divided into different grades by ages.  I’m in the third grade with all the other kids my age.”

Pippin chewed and swallowed his own food before he answered.  “I didn’t go to a school.  The Shire doesn’t have schools like that.  We get educated by our families.  One of my relatives is the Tooks’ family tutor, and he taught me before we left.  My father taught me when I was little.  Before Frodo moved in with Bilbo, he was taught by one of his Brandybuck relatives, and so was Merry, by Frodo's uncle Dinodas.  After Bilbo adopted him, he taught Frodo his lessons.  Usually there are only one or two students at the same time, though sometimes Tooks have up to five.  There are a lot of relatives and cousins in the Great Smials.  I don't think most hobbits are taught outside their families, unless they are apprenticed to someone.”

Joey looked thoughtful.  “Uh, if there are no schools, did Sam ever learn to read?”

Pippin nodded, smiling.  “Thanks to Bilbo, he did!  His father doesn’t know how to read, and neither did his mother when she was alive, but Bilbo taught him his letters.  Because Sam and his father worked for Bilbo, Bilbo had the right to teach Sam since his own parents couldn’t.  He learned much from Bilbo.”  He looked thoughtful.  "I don't think I would like your type of school.  I think it would be very uncomfortable to be cooped up with a lot of strange people that are not even kin every day!"

Furrowing his eyebrows, Joey took another bite of his food.  He had never thought of that.  To him, it was just life—kids went to school.  End of story.  He had to go to school until he had grown up, and so did his brother and sisters.  Their parents and grandparents had had to go to school.  Everyone he knew had to, except for a few kids at his church who were homeschooled.  It seemed like all the hobbits were homeschooled.

"Things sure are strange in your homeland, Joey!" Pippin added.  But the conversation was cut short, as the cook came and told them to get ready for their duties.

-oo000oo-

The next morning, the two were awakened from their slumber on their cots at the foot of Boromir's bed by the clanging of bells.  They had both been exhausted after waiting on everyone at the feast the night before.  Joe's feet were really tired by the time it was over.

Joey sat up.  "What?  It's still dark outside!" he protested.

Pippin was also sitting up.  "I don't think it's going to get light, Joey."

Boromir spoke up from across the room.  "Pippin is right.  The Enemy has sent darkness ahead of his armies, that they may fight whether day or night.  I do not think we shall have respite with the Sun until this battle is fought."  Joey thought that Boromir sounded dreadfully grim and sad.

"Well," he said, remembering something he'd heard his pastor say once, "the Sun is still up there; Sauron can hide it, but he can't make it go away."  Joey thought maybe it would cheer them up a little to hear that.  Of course, his pastor had said "devil" instead of Sauron, but the principle was the same, he knew.  

Pippin chuckled.  "You have a point there, Joey."

Boromir smiled, and came over to ruffle Joey's hair.  "I shall try to remember that, Joey, when all is dark today, and the Enemy is knocking at the Gate.  But the two of you shall have much to occupy yourselves with, today.  I have many errands for you.  We shall stop at the buttery to break our fast as soon as you both are dressed.  And as soon as our fast is broken, Peregrin, I shall ask you to fetch Mithrandir for me."   Pippin nodded.

“What about me?” Joey asked.

Boromir smiled.  “Well, Joey, I have other tasks for you while Pippin is performing his own duties.  You and Pippin will be quite busy today, and so will I.”

And so began their busy day.  Once they had broken their fast with no more than bread, cheese, and some water, Pippin hied himself off to fetch Gandalf.  Joey waited impatiently for his own instructions.  Boromir spotted Beregond of the Guard as he and his son appeared to have finished their meal and were going to their duties.  Boromir summoned them over.  "Beregond, I would borrow your son from you today.  I wish him to accompany young Joey through the City on various errands."

“Yes, sir, Captain-General," Beregond said with a bow.  "Save that my son is expected at the Houses of Healing to assist the healers there today.  Can word be sent that you have commanded his service?"

"Of course.  In fact, his first errand with Joey shall be to report there, and give a message to the Head Healer, before both will go to take a message to my uncle, Prince Imrahil."

It was dark and dim all day.  At first, Joey's spirits were bolstered by Bergil's company.  It was so good to be around another kid once more; he had really missed being around other boys his age.  Pippin was not quite grown up by hobbit standards, but he wasn't really a kid.  He was closer to Kevin's age than his own.  Bergil was a little older, but not all that much.  Once or twice, they crossed paths with Pippin, who was busy with his own tasks, but they couldn't stop to talk.  There was a break at mid-day, but it didn't last very long.

And as the day went on and the gloom never ended, Joey found his mood flagging as well.  Even Bible verses and church songs in his head did not really cheer him up much.  But it wasn't like everybody else wasn't feeling all glum as well.  Far above a great cloud streamed slowly westward from the Black Land, devouring light as it came.  But more and more, everything felt like the very air was being sucked away, and it was hard to breathe.  It was like waiting for a disaster, like a tornado or something.  As Joey and Bergil trod glumly, with a message to the Citadel for the Master of the Keys, Lord Hurin, he wondered if Pippin was faring any better.

About the eleventh hour, released at last for a while from service, Pippin came out and went in search of food and drink to cheer his heavy heart and make his task of waiting more supportable.  He met Beregond in the mess hall, and they took their food out to the walls; for Pippin felt imprisoned indoors, and stifled even in the lofty citadel.  Now they sat side by side again in the embrasure looking eastward, where they had eaten and talked the day before.

It was nearly the time for sunset, but under the dark sky, they had hardly seen the Sun at all, and only since it began to seem darker still and the bell tolled, that they could know she had finally set in the West.  Pippin wondered what Joey was doing.

Already it seemed years to Pippin since he had sat there before, in some half-forgotten time when he had still been a hobbit.  Now he was one small soldier in a city preparing for a great assault, clad in the proud but sombre manner of the Tower of Guard.

In some other time and place Pippin might have been pleased with his new array, but he knew now that he was taking part in no play; he was in deadly earnest the servant of a grim master in the greatest peril.  The hauberk was burdensome, and the helm weighed upon his head. His cloak he had cast aside upon the seat.  He turned his tired gaze away from the darkling fields below and yawned, and then he sighed.

“You are weary of this day?” said Beregond.

“Yes,” said Pippin, “very: tired out with idleness and waiting.  I've been running errands for Boro—I mean the Captain-General, and then sitting around waiting to run more errands.  And I'm not used, Master Beregond, to waiting hungry on others while they eat.  It is a sore trial for a hobbit, that.  No doubt you will think I should feel the honour more deeply.  But what is the good of such honour?  Indeed what is the good even of food and drink under this creeping shadow?  What does it mean?  The very air seems thick and brown!  Do you often have such glooms when the wind is in the East?'”

They heard someone come up behind them, and there was an answer.  "Nay, Pippin, this is a device of the Enemy, fumes of Mountain fire or worse, that he is sending to weaken Gondor and delay the City's preparations."

"Captain-General!" Beregond exclaimed, scrambling to his feet.  "I did not know you were here!"

Pippin, too, had jumped to attention at the sound of his liege's voice.

"Be at ease," Boromir said.  "I came up to see the lay of the land below, between the City and the River.  I was hoping to espy some sign of my brother returning out of the East.  But I did not intend to disturb your meal."  He stood behind them, with Hrimfax at his side.

Pippin glanced down at the crumbs left on their dishes.  "I fear we have finished all our food already, sir," he said with a regretful look to Boromir.  "I am sorry we do not have anything to share."

Boromir chuckled.  "I doubt me not that you would also wish for more for yourself as well.  But worry not, I have already had a bite, and that will suffice…"  What more he would have said, Pippin never knew, for suddenly as they talked they were stricken dumb, frozen as it were to listening stones. Pippin cowered down with his hands pressed to his ears; but Beregond, who had been looking out from the battlement when Boromir spoke of Faramir, remained there, stiffened, staring out with starting eyes.  Pippin knew the shuddering cry that he had heard: it was the same that he had heard long ago in the Marish of the Shire, but now it was grown in power and hatred, piercing the heart with a poisonous despair.

At last Beregond spoke with an effort.  “They have come!” he said.  “Take courage and look!  There are fell things below.”

Pippin climbed up to see, and Boromir moved forward to watch.  The warrior put an arm around Pippin to steady him.

The Pelennor lay dim beneath him, fading away to the scarce guessed line of the Great River.  But now wheeling swiftly across it, like shadows of untimely night, he saw in the air below him five birdlike forms, horrible as carrion-fowl yet greater than eagles, cruel as death. Now they swooped near, venturing almost within bowshot of the walls, now they circled away.

“Black Riders!” muttered Pippin.  “Black Riders of the air!  But see, Beregond!” he cried.  “They are looking for something, surely?  See how they wheel and swoop, always down to that point over there!  And can you see something moving on the ground?  Dark little things.  Yes, men on horses: four or five.  Ah!  I cannot stand it!  Gandalf!  Gandalf save us!”

Another long screech rose and fell, and he threw himself back again from the wall, panting like a hunted animal.  Faint and seemingly remote through that shuddering cry he heard winding up from below the sound of a trumpet ending on a long high note.

“Faramir!  The Lord Faramir!  It is his call!” cried Beregond.  “Brave heart!  But how can he win to the Gate, if these foul hell-hawks have other weapons than fear?  But look!  They hold on.  They will make the Gate.  No!  the horses are running mad.  Look!  the men are thrown; they are running on foot.  No, one is still up, but he rides back to the others.  That will be the Captain: he can master both beasts and men.  Ah!  there one of the foul things is stooping on him.  Help!  help!  Will no one go out to him?  Faramir!”

But the instant that Beregond spoke Faramir's name, Boromir snatched Pippin up and flung him upon Hrimfax's back, and swiftly mounted up behind him.  He wheeled the great stallion around and began to gallop down the winding City streets towards the Gate below.

With that Beregond sprang away and ran off into the gloom.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 43: Hellfire, Part 2

In the Tower, Joey and Bergil had delivered their message to Lord Hurin, and after tackling so many stairs, the two boys were both exhausted.  They stopped at one of the large windows looking out to take a breath of air, but it seemed thick and stale even outside.  Just then they heard a terrifying shriek.

"Ai!  Nazgûl!" Bergil screamed in fear and pain, clapping his hands to his ears.  His face was contorted into a grimace.

Joey found himself also assaulted by the shrieks.  They pierced not only his ears and his mind, giving forth a tidal wave of fear, but his heart as well.  He felt cold and despair.  Lord, help me! he silently prayed, over and over.  Gradually the shrieks seemed to be further away, and he pulled together his courage to look once more out the window.

At that moment he caught a flash of white and silver coming from the North, like a small star down on the dusky fields.  It moved with the speed of an arrow and grew as it came towards the Gate.  It seemed to glow, and then he heard a voice calling.

“Gandalf!  Gandalf!  Yay, Gandalf!" he yelled with a broad smile.  "Faster, faster!  Gandalf, Gandalf!” he shouted wildly, as if he was at a track meet cheering for his brother.

But now the dark swooping shadows were aware of Gandalf and flew in his direction.  Joey saw him raise his hand, and a shaft of brilliant light shot up.  The Nazgûl gave a long wailing cry and swerved away; and with that the four others wavered, and then flew off to the East.  For a while, things seemed a little less gloomy.

Joey watched, and he saw the horseman and Gandalf meet and halt, waiting for those on foot.  As he watched he saw another white horse flying from the City over the fields.  It seemed that the rider bore another with him, and he realized it was Boromir and Pippin.  As they joined the others, they all turned back to the City and raced for its walls.  Men now hurried out to them from the City; and soon they all passed from sight under the outer walls, and he knew that they were entering the Gate.  Guessing that they would come at once to the Tower and the Steward, he and Bergil hurried to the Gate.  There they were joined by many others who had watched the race and the rescue from the high walls.

The two boys heard the men yelling, "Open the gates!  Pull!"  There was a huge crowd around them, and they could not easily see.  But they slowly managed to wriggle their way to the front of all those pressing around.

The great gates opened, allowing Gandalf, Pippin, Boromir, Faramir, and the Osgiliath survivors to ride in, nearly a hundred wounded and shocked men.  As Gandalf and Boromir pulled their horses up, Faramir gave an exclamation.  "Boromir!  Mithrandir!" he called.  As Faramir steered his own horse through the crowd towards Gandalf and his brother, he spoke.  "They broke through our defences.  They have taken the bridge and the West Bank.  Battalions of Orcs are crossing the River."

Suddenly Faramir caught sight of Pippin, sitting before his brother.

Gandalf read the surprise in his eyes.  "Faramir?  This is not the first Halfling to have crossed your path?”

Faramir shook his head.  "No."

A look of shocked joy transformed Pippin's face with a smile that made him look younger than he was.  "You've seen Frodo and Sam?"

Faramir nodded, looking somewhat puzzled.

Gandalf and Boromir exchanged a look.  "Where?  When?" Gandalf demanded.

"In Ithilien, not two days ago," Faramir responded.   "Gandalf—they are taking the road to the Morgul Vale."

"And then the Pass of Cirith Ungol…"  It was easy to see the wizard was worried.

"No," Boromir put in, his brow furrowed in consternation.  "That is a name of ill omen!"

Pippin's look of joy was gone; now he looked thoroughly alarmed.  "What does that mean?  What's wrong?"  But he got no answer.

"Faramir,” Gandalf said urgently.  “Tell us everything."

As they turned the horses to head up towards the Citadel, Boromir spotted Joey and Bergil.  "Joey, Bergil, return to the Citadel.  We must stable the horses and see to the wounded first.  Bring word to my father that Faramir has returned, and that we will be there as soon as possible.”

Their energy renewed by the good news, the two boys turned and went back the way they had come.  Their legs were tired, and Joey knew he would be sore, but it was wonderful to have a good message for once.  Although he could not help but worry about poor Frodo and Sam.  Lord, please take care of them if they are in a dangerous place, he silently prayed.

As they made their way, they were sometimes slowed by cheering crowds, but when the people saw their livery, they would make way.  "Please," Joey said at one point.  "We have urgent messages for the Lord Steward!"

An old man in a cart being pulled by a black mule called out to them. "Come, lads!  I'll give you a ride to speed you!"  Soon they were being driven at a bone-shattering trot over the cobbles.  Two other men ran before it, yelling, "Make way for the Steward's messengers!" 

Soon enough, the driver of the cart dropped the boys at the gate between the Sixth and Seventh Circle.  Smiling, they waved their thanks to the kind driver and the two men who had escorted them.  They hurried past the Guards, who passed them through with a wave, knowing that they had messages for the Steward.  Since they had rested a little on the ride up, they ran all the way to the Citadel doors.  There the other guards allowed them through.

A quick question to the first servant that they saw let them know that the Steward was in his working chambers, and they raced there as fast as their feet would take them.  There was one guard on duty at the door, and as soon as Joey told him they had an urgent message from the Captain-General, he opened the door and sent Joey in, keeping Bergil with him.

Denethor was seated on the other side of a large table, upon which lay many papers and maps.  He was absorbed in looking them over and making marks on them with a quill pen.

Now that it came to it, Joey was a little nervous as Lord Denethor looked up and saw him.  He looked briefly annoyed, and then his face cleared as he realized the child must have been sent by Boromir.

Joey gave a small bow, and Denethor gave a little gesture with his hand.  "You may approach.  You have messages for me from my son?"

Joey nodded and walked closer.  "My Lord Steward," he said, using the tone that he had been taught to present such messages, "my Lord Captain-General Boromir said that I was to bring word to you that Lord Faramir has returned, and that he, Lord Faramir, and Mithrandir will be here as soon as possible, though they must stable the horses and see to the wounded first.”

The Steward's face grew lighter.  He didn't exactly smile—Joey thought that the only time he'd seen the man smile had been when he saw Boromir had come back.  But his face grew a good deal less grim.  "Thank you, Joey.  That is indeed good news.  Since my sons will be soon arriving, you may wait just outside for their return, in case Lord Boromir has any tasks for you to perform."  He noticed Joey's slightly breathless and sweaty state.  He reached across the table and lifted a small bell and rang it twice.  A door at the back of the room opened and a servant came out.

"My Lord?"  The servant stood next to his master and made a brief bow.

"Go and fetch something for Boromir's page to drink, Vorondil.  He will be waiting outside my door."

"Er, my Lord?" interrupted Joey.  "Um, Bergil came with me; he's already outside the door.  He’s thirsty, too."  He wasn't sure it was the proper thing, but he couldn't let Bergil be left out.

Denethor at least did not look displeased.  He glanced up at the servant.  "Bring something for both boys, then, Vorondil."

With a nod, the servant went out, and Denethor dismissed Joey, not waiting for him to leave the room before the Steward was once more concentrating on the papers before him.

Bergil smiled when he saw Joey come out, but then both of them sat down on a bench just across the corridor from the guard at the door.  They silently cooled their heels, and in just a few minutes, the servant returned with a tray that had two tankards on it.  Joey hoped it was not what they called "small beer"; he knew that it was mostly non-alcoholic, but he did not care for the taste.  But he wouldn't complain, because he was really thirsty.  The tankard was cold in his hands, and beads of condensation ran down its sides.  He took a cautious sip, and gave a delighted grin.  "Lemonade!  I didn't know they had lemonade!"

His companion also grinned.  "It is a rare treat!  My father bought some for me on my birthday once."  

They sipped on it, to make it last longer, but were half-finished when they heard footsteps and saw Boromir, Gandalf, and Faramir coming up the corridor, with Pippin trotting at their heels.  Boromir cast them a glance and gave them a nod, and Pippin smiled at them, but no words were spoken then, and all four of them vanished into the chamber across from where they sat.

The two boys finished their drinks, and then they carefully placed their tankards on the bench beside them, and began talking quietly.  Joey was surprised to discover that Bergil's mother and little brother had gone away to the countryside to stay with his grandparents long ago, in order to be safe.  "Yes," said Bergil.  "Borlas was not quite two when last I saw him, and now he must be five.  I have not seen him or my mother since they went away."

Joey wondered if he would ever see his own mother or little sisters again, not to mention his father.  It was even possible he would not even see Kevin or Jennifer again, either.  He shook his head free of his gloomy thoughts.  "Well," he said, "I hope when all this is over, they can come back home."

"I hope so, as well," said Bergil.  "I miss them, and I know Ada misses them, as well."

Joey nodded, and the talk turned to other things.  Some minutes later, Gandalf, Boromir, Faramir, and Pippin came back out, and Boromir gestured to Joey and Gandalf to accompany them.  As the two boys leaped to their feet and joined them, Pippin said nothing, but began to trot to catch up, for the tall ones had somehow gotten quite a distance ahead of them.  Bergil and Joey hurried as well, and there was no time for talking.

They came to the main corridor.  Faramir gripped his brother's shoulder.  "I have my orders, brother," he said.  "I must go to see what men I can gather to carry out Father's orders."

Boromir pulled his brother into an embrace.  "Do not go without taking leave of me first," he said.  "Come to me before you go."

"I will," Faramir replied, and he strode away, his face serious.

Boromir punched his right fist into his left palm, and let out a huff of frustration.  "Ever Father pushes him, and does not see that he is as worthy a warrior as I."  He looked at Gandalf.  "Mithrandir, come with me.  I will see if I can get Uncle Imrahil to talk sense into Father—if anyone can, it is he."  He turned to the boys and Pippin.  "Go down to the buttery and get something to eat, and then, Joey and Pippin, you must go to your rest in my quarters.  Bergil, you may go back to your own father, or if he is on duty, then take yourself to the errand boys' quarters in the Houses of Healing."

"Yes, my lord," Bergil said.  All three responded with a short bow, and then headed off to take their meal.

Soon they were all three sitting down to a meal of onion soup in trenchers of bread.  Pippin had an ale, but Bergil and Joey were able to have plain water.  Joey thought with longing of the lemonade they had been given earlier, but said nothing.  It was kind of rare for him to have water since coming to Middle-earth, but the City water was clean.  He turned to Pippin.  “OK, Pippin!  Spill the beans!  What happened in that room?"  He wriggled in anticipation.

Pippin put down his ale and wiped his mouth with his sleeve.  "'Spill the beans'?  I like that.  I'll have to use that when I get back home.  I take it that means you want me to tell you everything?"

Joey nodded, as he had finished his soup, and just taken a big bite of his bread, and his mouth was full.  He took a sip of water.

"Well," said Pippin, "we came in, and the Steward was there with just one servant.  Lord Denethor had us sit down—and if that wasn't a production; I could barely climb up in mine, and it was kind of embarrassing.  The servant poured all of us a goblet of wine; I took a sip of mine, but it was too dry for my taste.  And then he asked Faramir to account for himself…”

At first, Faramir spoke of a battle with Southrons at a crossroads in Ithilien, and of their defeat.

Faramir looked at Pippin.  “But now we come to strange matters,” he said.  “For this is not the first halfling that I have seen walking out of northern legends into the Southlands...”

“I tried to act like I had not already heard this before,” Pippin said, “and Gandalf gave me a subtle nod of approval.”  Joey and Bergil nodded, and Pippin continued…

Faramir unfolded the tale of his meeting with Frodo and his servant and of the events at Henneth Annûn.  At last when Faramir spoke of his parting with the travellers, and of their resolve to go to Cirith Ungol, his voice fell, and he shook his head and sighed.

“I parted with them in the morning two days ago,” said Faramir.  '”t is fifteen leagues thence to the vale of the Morgulduin, if they went straight south; and then they would be still five leagues westward of the accursed Tower.  At swiftest they could not come there before today, and maybe they have not come there yet.  Indeed I see what you fear.  But the darkness is not due to their venture.  It began yestereve, and all Ithilien was under shadow last night.  It is clear to me that the Enemy has long planned an assault on us, and its hour had already been determined before ever the travellers left my keeping."

Gandalf stood up and paced the floor.  “The morning of two days ago, nigh on three days of journey!  How far is the place where you parted?”

“Some twenty-five leagues as a bird flies,” answered Faramir.  “But I could not come more swiftly.  Yestereve I lay at Cair Andros, the long isle in the River northward which we hold in defence; and horses are kept on the hither bank.  As the dark drew on I knew that haste was needed, so I rode thence with three others that could also be horsed.  The rest of my company I sent south to strengthen the garrison at the fords of Osgiliath.  I hope that I have not done ill?”  He looked at his father.

Before Lord Denethor could say anything, Boromir spoke up.  "You did exactly what I would have done."  He looked his father in the eye, daring him to contradict him.

Denethor's look at his elder son held anger.  "Exactly?  All of what Faramir did?  Would you have denied me the Enemy's weapon?"

A deep blush suffused Boromir's face.  "Father, at one time, I was tempted to take the Ring, and even tried to do so, in spite of my oath to protect and aid Frodo.  Thankfully, I was brought back to reason after my madness, and my life was spared that I could make amends for what I tried to do.  If I had succeeded in what I attempted to do, I would not have taken the Ring; the Ring would have taken me.  I tell you this, Father, in all seriousness: the Ring is not a weapon we can wield.  It twists all to madness and despair.  It corrupts the hearts of everyone who tries to wield it.  We should soon become tyrants as bad as the one who sits in Barad-dùr."

Denethor glared at Boromir, but after a moment he sighed and looked thoughtful.  "Perhaps you are right, my son.  And I cannot find fault with a decision you say spared your life to come home to us."  He sighed heavily.  "And yet all my decisions now are wrought with peril: to you, to you—"  He nodded at Faramir then.  "—and to our people, and to me."   He glanced at Gandalf then.  "As for you, Mithrandir, I cannot help but wonder at your own entanglement in these matters."

Boromir shook his head.  "If it had not been for him, the Dark Lord would already possess his prize, and the land of Rohan would lie in ruins, overrun with Orcs, instead of preparing to ride to our defence.  And it would likely already be too late for us and for all the rest of the West."

"Nevertheless, it will take Rohan many days to arrive to our defence if, as you told me, they have just fought a battle in their own land.  And I must give thought now to Gondor and to Minas Tirith."  He turned to Faramir...

“I was surprised when Boromir stood up,” Pippin said.  “He put both hands on the table…”…

“Father!  Faramir has only just returned out of peril, and has yet to rest.  Give this duty to me, I beg of you!”

Sadly, Denethor shook his head.  “I cannot spare you, Boromir.  You are the Captain-General of Gondor, and you are needed to plan the defence of the City.”

Boromir would have protested more, but Faramir interrupted then.  “It is well, Boromir.  I will do this thing if it is what Father wishes.  He is right.  You are the Captain-General; I am simply a Captain of Rangers of Ithilien.”

The Steward looked at Faramir then.  "Thank you, Faramir.  It is not what I wish, but it is what I must do."...

“I noticed that Gandalf did not look quite as angry as he did before,” Pippin continued, “so I supposed that was probably the best outcome possible.  After another moment, we took our leave of the Steward.  I was just glad I didn't have to say anything.  Lord Denethor can be a bit frightful."

Bergil looked slightly shocked at Pippin's forthright speech.  However frightful the Steward might be sometimes, it was not spoken aloud.  Pippin looked down as his now-empty dish.  "I suppose with food so scarce here, it isn't done to ask for seconds," he said.  He stood and picked up his dishes to return them to the kitchen.  "Come on, Joey, we have our orders."  He turned to Bergil.  "I suppose we will see you tomorrow, then, Bergil.  Give our best to your father when you see him.  I guess tomorrow is going to be a grim one."

At this reminder of the fighting to come, both Bergil and Joey looked dismayed.  But Bergil set out to find his father, and Pippin and Joey headed for Boromir's quarters.

-oo000oo-

The next morning, Boromir shook Pippin and Joey awake early.  It didn't even seem like morning; it was still very dark.  "The Enemy is preventing the light from shining here, with his smokes and sorceries," Boromir said.  “But it is still dawn, even though we cannot see it.  I have had breakfast, such as it is, sent to the room.  There is bread and butter and tea on the table over there.  Eat quickly.  We are to see my brother off on his mission."

They followed his orders, and soon enough were trotting behind him to keep up.  They followed him out to the courtyard, where Faramir and his men were already mounted.  Boromir's servant already had Hrimfax ready.

“Faramir,” Boromir called.  Faramir dismounted and handed the reins to a nearby servant.  As soon as he had approached his brother, Boromir turned to Pippin and Joey.  “You have already met Pippin, Faramir, but I should like to introduce Joseph, son of Steven, otherwise known as Joey.”

With a shy smile, Joey bowed slightly and raised his hand.  “Hi.  At your service.”

Smiling, Faramir patted his shoulder.  “Well met.  It is a pleasure to meet you, Joey.  My brother has already told me about you.”

He glanced back toward his horse, and then turned back to Joey.  “I shall look forward to getting acquainted with you, Joey, but right now, I must leave on my mission.”  Joey nodded, and Faramir turned and mounted his horse.

Boromir mounted his own horse, and then looked down at Pippin and Joey.  "You may follow us down to the streets to join in the farewell.  But I shall be very busy this day.  Once we are gone, you are both to report to the Houses of Healing, and there you will join the errand lads in making yourselves as useful as you can.  I know that I can depend upon you to do as you are told, and to keep yourselves safe.  Pippin, watch over Joey."  Exchanging a glance with Joey, Pippin nodded.  Joey bit his lower lip and took a deep breath, looking from Pippin to Boromir, and then to his brother.

Faramir looked down from his horse.  "My brother speaks very highly of you both.  I am pleased to have met you, Pippin and Joey, and hope that we will have more time someday to speak together.  Pippin, I know that your kinsman was much concerned over you; he would have been glad to know you are still safe, and had he known I would see you, I am sure he would have sent word.  See that both of you stay that way."  Joey and Pippin nodded.

Just then, a tall shadow fell from behind them, and from the smell of tobacco and wool and sunlight, the two knew Gandalf was there.

The wizard looked up at him.  "Be safe, Faramir.  I am uncertain as to the wisdom of your father's order."

Faramir looked down.  "He is doing what he thinks best.  He does not spare himself, either."

"I know that, too.  May the Valar watch over you."  He raised his hand in benediction, and to Pippin's eyes, he appeared to shine a little beneath the dim sky.

Faramir gave a signal, and his men began to move forward.  Boromir rode beside his brother at the head of the company.  They rode slowly, for the streets were steep, and they wished to spare the horses as much as possible for the ride beyond.  Joey and Pippin walked alongside with Gandalf, and as they walked, many other people joined in: soldiers who were not on duty, some of the tradesmen and craftsmen who had not fled the city, and most of the women who had remained behind.  Many of them had flowers that they strewed in the street in front of the departing warriors.  But their faces were solemn; there was no cheering, for all knew that Faramir and his men were riding into dreadful peril.  Some people were openly weeping, for Faramir was much beloved in the White City.

By the time they reached the Fifth Circle, Joey and Pippin had lost sight of both Faramir and Boromir.  Gandalf put his hands on their shoulders.  "I believe you both have orders from your liege to go back to the upper levels, and I must return that way as well, for Lord Denethor will need my assistance at the Citadel."

He left them at the entrance to the grounds of the Houses of Healing, where they caught sight of Bergil embracing his father, who was about to go on duty.  As Beregond strode away, Bergil caught up with them.

"Good day," he said.  "I will show you where we go to await our orders from the Healers."  He led them to one of the long marble buildings.  There were wide porches with high, arched columns.  By the centre building was a large bench against its wall beneath one of the porches, and about a dozen other boys were sitting on them, ranging in age from one who appeared younger than Joey to their early teens.  They greeted Bergil warmly, and looked at Joey and Pippin curiously.  Bergil introduced them, but Pippin and Joey could not really recall all the names, so many of them sounded the same, and all ended in "son of someone".

They were saved from a round of questions by the others when a stern-looking woman, wearing a chin-cloth and a veil over her practical grey gown, came out.  She pointed a finger at Joey, Pippin, Bergil, and three other boys, and signalled them to follow her in.

She led them through a wide corridor, and into a large room.  There were several other people there.  "You will be needed to fetch and carry—water, food, linens, blankets, whatever you are told to fetch."  She called out to a young woman who was sitting on a chair, tearing white cloth into strips and putting them in a basket.  "Morwen!  Are those bandages ready?"

"The first one is full, Dame Ioreth!"

Dame Ioreth looked down at Joey.  "Take that basket of bandages to the laundry."

"Yes, ma'am.  But I don't know where that is."

"Go back to the corridor, all the way to the end and out the door.  You will see the building on the right.  You can't miss it—the steam will be coming from it."

Joey nodded.  He got the basket, and went on his way, looking as he passed through the open doors and windows, at all the bustling people.  They were all scurrying about, busy with one task or another.

He wished he could ask Bergil or Pippin.  But there was the door, and there was the laundry—he could indeed see the small building with tall pipes of metal coming out the roof, and loads of steam surrounding the building, like a fog.  He could also smell the scent of herbs and soap.  He entered with his basket.

"Oh!" exclaimed an elderly woman, her grey hair limp from the steam.  "Here are more bandages!"  She took the basket from Joey without a word and passed it to one of the other women there, busy at a large stone basin.  "Here!  Firiel, bring me that finished basket!"  A girl about his own age brought him a basket of dry and folded cloths.  "Take these back along with you, lad," the elderly woman ordered.  He had no chance to say anything before she shooed him out the door.  It felt good to get back out of all the steam, and it cooled his face as it evaporated.  He took a deep breath and then trotted back the way he came.

He entered the room, and noticed Pippin and Bergil were both gone.  The lady in charge—Dame Ioreth, if he remembered rightly—gave him a smile.  "Good lad!   Now—"  She handed him an armload of what seemed to be clean sheets.  "When you go back out the door this time, turn left along the portico, and take the first stairs you come to.  It will take you up to a landing.  Go through that door, and you will find a linen room there.  Put them on the shelves there—"  She stopped abruptly as another boy returned with another basket, this one empty.  He was the youngest one Joey had noticed before.  "Ah!  Sador!  Here, lad, take these and go with—I am sorry, but I do not know your name," she said to Joey, as she piled Sador's arms with another pile of sheets.

"I'm Joseph, son of Steven, but you can call me Joey.  I am Lord Boromir's page.  He sent me here to help today."

She beamed.  "Our Lord Boromir is so thoughtful."  She looked again at the younger boy.  "Go along with Joey, here, Sador, and help him find the first linen room."

Once more Joey found himself in the corridor.  At least he had someone to talk to.  As they walked along, Joey said, "How old are you, Sador?"

"I'm almost nine.  Well, at the beginning of winter, I will be nine.  My brother is in the Tower Guard, but our parents are dead, and we have no kinfolk in the outer lands.  So, I stay here and help."

Joey almost laughed.  Almost nine?  He was barely eight and a half, Joey thought smugly.  But it was awful that he had no parents and had to stay here mostly alone.  He'd observed enough to know that Sador's brother would not have much time to spend with his little brother.  If he lived in Portland, we’d be in the third grade together, he thought.  I could teach him baseball if we went to school together.

Sador looked up admiringly at Joey.  "Are you really Lord Boromir's page?"  They went out through the big doors at the back of the building again, and Joey followed him as he turned left, and they walked along the wide porch until they saw a staircase running up.

"Yes.”  Joey nodded.  “I came from the North with him on his journey, with my brother and sister and a bunch of other people.  When Boromir and Mithrandir came to Minas Tirith, they brought Pippin and me with them."

"Pippin?" asked Sador, as they reached the top of the stairwell.  The landing was wide, and a couple of big doors like the ones on the first floor opened in.

“Yeah.  Pippin.”  Joey nodded.  "He's the hobbit, um…fera-neth?—who came here with Boromir and Gandalf.

Sador's eyes grew wide, and he looked impressed.  “Come, now, I will show you a shorter way back to where we came from,” Sador said.  “I am sure Dame Ioreth will have more errands for us."

Sador led Joey to another staircase a little further along the corridor, and it was, indeed, a shorter way, but not by that much.  And yes, there were more errands.

And more errands.  Joey was running his feet off.  Sometimes other boys went with him, and sometimes he went on his own, but only once did he and Pippin have the same errand.  Twice he saw Bergil in the room, but they did not go out together.  He thought he might drop if he had to take one more message or bring one more basket of bandages or one more pile of sheets.

Fortunately, when he returned to what he thought of as the “errand room” after fetching some herbs and medicine from the Herbmaster to one of the rooms where the Healers were working with the patients, Dame Ioreth told them to sit down.  Some bread and cheese and water had been sent to the boys, who sat on the benches or the floor where they could eat a simple lunch.  Joey was getting somewhat weary of just bread and cheese, but he'd been in Middle-earth long enough not to complain at getting any food at all.  But he couldn't help wishing for a glass of milk and a peanut-butter-and-jelly sandwich, for a change.

It’ll be a relief to get back home, where I’ll have some real food again!  Joey grimaced and took a bite of his bread.

“Joey!”

The young boy looked up and saw Pippin standing in the doorway.  With a broad smile of delight, he raised his hand in greeting and then patted the floor next to him.  Pippin approached him and Bergil and Sador and, taking some bread, cheese, and water, sat down on the other side of Joey, between him and Bergil.

Joey swallowed his bread and then turned to Pippin.  “Pippin, this is Sador.”  He pointed at the boy on his other side; leaning forward, Sador nodded.  “Sador, this is Pippin.  His real name is Peregrin.”

“Hello, Sador,” Pippin said.

“Pippin.”  Sador smiled.  “It is a pleasure to meet you.”

He broke off as he heard a clamour at the door, and Dame Ioreth rushed out of the room.  "What's going on, I wonder?"

Most all the boys were wondering the same thing.  Several rushed to the big windows at the front of the room, and those who looked out said, "Wounded!  They are bringing in the wounded!"

The windows were crowded, and there was no chance the four of them would get a look out of them.  Bergil stood up and gestured.  "I have a notion," he said.  "Perhaps we can see some of the battle over the garden wall."  He rushed out of the room, and the other boys followed, including Joey.  Pippin hesitated briefly; he was not sure he wanted to watch the battle, or that it was a good thing for the young boys to see it.  But he went on, for Boromir's last command to him had been to watch out for Joey.  He quickly caught up to them, and raced after him as Bergil raced through the maze of buildings and the herb beds.  The stone wall was too high for them to see over, but several sturdy trees were espaliered against it, and Bergil quickly scrambled up one, while each of the others took another tree.

Pippin blinked.  The City was even higher than he realized, and the figures on the battlefield looked like so many living toys.  He saw a glimpse of shining white—Gandalf, he knew it must be!  There were many other figures following him, and he saw a blue banner.  Towards him, many other men were fleeing from the frightful winged Fell Beasts with the horrible Nazgul.

“They have taken the wall!” Bergil cried.  “They are blasting breaches in it.  They are coming!  Where is Faramir?' he added in dismay.  “Say not that he has fallen!”

"NO!" shouted Sador.

Pippin leapt down from his perch.  "Come along, lads!  This was a bad idea.  If there are wounded coming, they will need all the help they can get."

-oo000oo-

A/N: On Thursday, April 25, DF had an accident in her kitchen, and suffered second-degree burns all over her right side and arm.  Because of this, we will be going to an every-other-week posting schedule for a while, so she can have more time to heal.  And we will keep it there until we are able to get ahead of our posting schedule again, and don't have to worry about being pushed for time.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 44: Hellfire, Part 3

It was Gandalf that brought the first tidings.  With a handful of horsemen he came riding as escort to a line of wains.  They were filled with wounded men, all that could be saved from the wreck of the Causeway Forts.

Dame Ioreth had lined all the boys up on the large porch, and as the Healers sorted through the wounded, those most seriously injured were placed on stretchers and carried away, while those who needed attention, but could still walk, followed behind.

Gandalf paused as he helped a man with an injured arm from the wain.  Pippin darted forward, ignoring Dame Ioreth's cry of disapproval.

“Is Faramir come?” he asked the wizard.

“No,” said Gandalf.  “But he still lived when I left him.  Yet he is resolved to stay with the rearguard, lest the retreat over the Pelennor become a rout.  He may, perhaps, hold his men together long enough, but I doubt it.  He is pitted against a foe too great.  For one has come that I feared.”

“Not—the Dark Lord?” cried Pippin, forgetting his place in his terror.  Would that mean Frodo and Sam had failed?  Were they in Sauron's clutches?

"Nay, but one you have met before: the Witch-king of Angmar, who stabbed Frodo upon Weathertop!" was the reply.  "But do not despair, Pippin!  Faramir may still win back to the City yet.  Boromir and Prince Imrahil have ridden out to meet him.  I am needed there more than here,” said Gandalf, throwing himself upon Shadowfax, and rode off at once, and the glimmer of him faded soon from sight.

Pippin backed up and returned to his spot in line; Dame Ioreth gave him a disapproving frown for his forwardness.  Then, as a group of Healers and their assistants began to move into the building, she gestured for them to follow.  She led the boys along the corridor, and up the stairs.  She passed several rooms with open doors filled with cots, most of them unoccupied, and there were Healers and their assistants in each room, busy with their last-minute tasks.  She assigned two or three of the boys to a room, and set them under the authority of the senior Healer in the room.  Bergil and Sador were placed in one room, and in the room across the passageway, she took Pippin and Joey.  As in each case, she stepped in and spoke to the senior Healer.

"Master Seregon, these two boys will be here not only to be of aid to you, but also for their safety.  Make use of them as you need, sir, but do not send them on any errand that will take them off this floor.  We've been that busy, sending all sorts of supplies to every floor where they may be needed, but the boys need to be kept close by and out of danger.  Now these two have worked right hard, and their names are Joey, son of Steven, and Peregrin, son of Paladin.  They are sworn to the Lord Boromir, bless him, and they came with him and the Lord Mithrandir, and you will answer to them if aught should happen to either of them!"

Joey and Pippin exchanged a glance.  They'd heard the other part of her speech whenever she'd left any of the boys in one of the wards.  But the part about Boromir and Gandalf was different.  Pippin hid a smirk, and Joey shook his head, but like the other boys, they stayed silent.

"Once I have finished assigning the boys to their wards, I will be here on this floor once everything's begun."  She gave a shake of her head. "What the world's coming to, I never thought I would see!  The Enemy at the Gate, and a pherian in the White City…”  She looked at Pippin as she spoke.  “...and those horrible wraiths overhead!  Thank goodness the Steward's always insisted on us being prepared!"  She turned to the boys.  "Now the two of you mind Master Seregon and the other Healers!  And do not step foot out of this room, unless you are sent on a task!  Behave yourselves, and do Lord Boromir proud."

"Yes, ma'am," said Joey, feeling butterflies in his stomach.  This was real.

Pippin nodded.  "Yes, Dame Ioreth."

She bustled off with the last few boys to the next ward along the corridor.

Master Seregon looked down at them.  "Lord Boromir and Mithrandir, eh?" he said.  "I daresay there is quite a story behind the two of you.  But there's no time for that now.  Do both of you know how to make a bed?"

Both nodded.  "Yes, sir," they chorused.

"Good!  You would be surprised how many boys your age have no idea how to put sheets on a bed.”  He pointed over to the opposite side of the room, where there were several cots yet unmade.  Each had a folded blanket, a pillow, and a pile of folded sheets upon it.  "You may do them together, as I find sheets go on more quickly with four hands rather than two.  When you are done, I am sure there will be more tasks for your hands when the patients begin to arrive.  Are either of you like to pass out at the sight of blood?"

Both of them went pale, and then Pippin blushed a bit.  "Well, sir, it does make me feel sick a bit, but I can keep it down if I need to, unless, well...unless I'm the one who causes it."

The healer nodded and looked at Joey.  "I think I will be OK, sir," he said.  "But I've never seen very much blood.  Just cuts and scrapes and stuff.”  He and his siblings had had, of course, their share of childhood injuries, but nothing serious that he could recall.

"If either of you feels sick or faint once the wounded come in, go sit on the floor out of the way, and put your head between your knees until it passes.  We will be very busy, with no time to deal with it."

"Yes, sir," said Pippin.  Joey was quiet, but nodded.  He was worried; would he have the courage to help when the time came?

Master Seregon turned away, and Joey and Pippin went over to the nearest of the beds that needed to be made up.  Pippin moved the blanket and pillow and one of the sheets to the bed next to it and began to unfold the remaining sheet.  Joey looked puzzled.  "Isn't that the top sheet?" he asked.

"What difference does it make?  They are both the same."  He gave a sniff of the sheet.  "I love the smell of clean linen.  My sister Pervinca and I used to always make up the beds after laundry day, when we lived at Whitfurrow.  But now the servants make all the beds."

Joey was about to ask where was the elastic, and then realized there was no such thing in Middle-earth.  He took the other side of the sheet, and imitated Pippin as the hobbit efficiently tucked in the corners of the bed tightly.  Pippin watched him.

"You need to push the fold in tightly at each corner.  The sheets mustn't come untucked.”

Joey redid the last fold, and Pippin grinned and picked up the other sheet.  The rest of the bedmaking went as Joey was used to, and soon it was all neatly done.  They moved onto the next one, and then the next; soon they had made up the nine remaining cots in the ward.  They were somewhat tired, and noticed a young woman drinking a ladle of water from a pitcher on a table in the corner.  They went over, and she smiled and offered them a drink.  Joey had gotten used to drinking out of the same thing as other people; it still bothered him some, but he had learned not to say anything about it.  But he was still a bit awkward with a ladle.  Some of it dribbled down his chin, and he blushed and said, "Sorry!" as he wiped his hand across it.

"You did a good job with the beds," she said.  "Do you know how to roll bandages?  Most of them are done, but I have two baskets left over there."

Joey grimaced.  He was only used to putting on Band-Aids.  He shook his head.

"I do," said Pippin.  "I sometimes used to help Mistress Poppy, the Healer back home, with that."  He turned to Joey.  "It's not hard; I can show you how to do it."

"Well, good," said the young woman.  "If you will finish up those, then I will be able to get the rest of the herbs ready."  She walked away, clearly already thinking of her next task.

Pippin took one of the baskets as they knelt on the floor, and then took up one end of a clean cloth, and began to roll it up snugly.  Each piece was about three inches wide and about five feet long.  Joey watched him for a couple of minutes, and then began to do the same.  He had learned a lot since he had come to Middle-earth, and one of them was that he could find out how to do a lot of things just by watching.  It wasn't like he always had to have lessons on some things.

The two of them were quiet.  They both felt solemn, and it was not a time for chatter, as Joey called it, or a "chin-wag", as he had heard the hobbits say.  Their minds were on their loved ones and friends, and their safety.  Joey found himself silently praying.

Please, God, Joey prayed, protect them!  Please protect them all, and me and Pippin, too.

Pippin pointed at the baskets.  "They are going to be needing these, aren't they?"

Joey took a deep, shuddering breath.  “They sure will!”  They also need some antiseptic to kill the germs, he thought.  Without that, some of their wounds are liable to get infected!

Pippin sat down, his back to the door, so that they could not watch, as more and more patients were being brought in and taken to the cots.  But they could not help but hear their moans or sobs or even screams of pain.  Joey followed suit, and they went back to their tasks.

When they had finished, they stood up.  Master Seregon and the young woman were busy with a patient, so were all the other Healers and assistants.  No one was free to tell them what to do.  But they wanted to help.

"What can we do?" Joey asked.

"Lots of things," Pippin said.  "First off, let's go over and wash our hands.  Mistress Poppy always insisted on washed hands in the sickroom."  By the hearth was a ewer and a wash bowl.  There was a bucket below for soiled water.  They washed their hands, and Joey followed Pippin as he walked over to one man who had been treated and bandaged.  He was quiet, but not asleep.

"Would you like a drink of water?" Pippin asked.  There was another pitcher on a table by the cot, and a cup.  Joey poured a little water in the cup, and Pippin carefully helped the man to sip it.  He had a bandage around his upper shoulder, and a cut on his face that had been stitched up.

"Thank you," the man whispered hoarsely.  "I was thirsty…"  His eyes closed and he drifted off to sleep.

If the patient was already asleep, they did not bother him, but they went from bed to bed, giving water, or fluffing pillows or finding an extra blanket.  One man was still groaning, and mumbling, "It's so dark, so dark!  All is lost, all is lost."  Suddenly, he cried aloud.  "They are coming!  Ah, the cold!  The cold!" and began to thrash about.

"Joey, see if one of the Healers can come over here!" Pippin ordered.

Joey nodded and saw the Master Healer was over by the hearth, washing blood off his hands, and dashed over.  "Master Seregon!"  Seregon turned, as Joey tugged at his tunic.  "That man over there!  He's getting worse!"  Joey pointed to where Pippin was trying to comfort the patient to no avail.

Without a word, Seregon rushed over, a look of dismay on his face.  He bent over the man and placed a hand upon his brow.  "Ah, no.  It is, I fear, the Black Breath.  There is naught we may do save try to ease him."  He shook his head.  "For this evil, I know no cure.  Yet I will give him a soporific.  If he can fall into a dreamless sleep, it will ease him for a little while."

“What’s the Black Breath?” Joey asked.

"It is the miasma that the Nazgûl bear about them, a sense of coldness and sorrow and despair.  Any who have been in their presence feel it a little, but when they directly it aimed at their foes, it is much worse, and leads that person into a deep despair which we have found no way to cure.  Soon those who have felt it fade away."

Distress welled up in Joey’s eyes.  He bent over the man.  “Don’t be sad,” he begged, laying his hand on the man’s shoulder.  “It’s gonna be all right.  No one’s gonna hurt you here.  All’s not lost yet, and maybe it won’t be.  I promise you!”

Master Seregon patted Joey on the head.  "You are a good child," he said.  "Perhaps your hope may help."  He turned to Pippin, who also looked very distressed.  "Would you go ask Apprentice Fimbrethil to fetch me the poppy draught?"

Pippin went over to the young woman, whose name he and Joey had learned from hearing Seregon speak to her.  There was no time in the ward for introductions.  At his tug on her sleeve, she glanced over at her master and then gave Pippin a small bottle from a shelf on the wall.  He thanked her and carried it back.  Master Seregon mixed it in a cup of water and helped the man to drink it.  Then with a sigh, he went back to tending patients whose wounds were physical.

Pippin and Joey stood by the man for a little bit, Pippin smoothing the hair on his brow, and Joey holding his hand.  It seemed to help some, or so they thought, and in a few minutes, he fell asleep, as the poppy took hold.

They moved onto another man who had a fever.  Seregon had already given him something to help reduce it, but he was still burning up.  Pippin asked Joey to bring him a cloth.  While Joey was doing that, the hobbit poured water from the bedside pitcher into the basin where it was placed.  When Joey brought the clean cloth, Pippin wet it and wrung it and laid it across the man's brow.  Seregon nodded approvingly.  "That should help.  I'm going to look at some of the other wounded to see what I can do.  If the cloth gets warm, just wet it once more in the basin.”

So, Joey gingerly sat next to the man on his bed.  He waited a few minutes and then did as Pippin had directed.  It did seem to be helping.  I hope he gets well soon! he thought.  He looked toward the man who had the Black Breath.  Please, God, don’t let him die!  Please heal him of the Black Breath and make him well again.  Amen.  He bit his lower lip and turned back to the man who had a fever.  Hopefully, they would be able to get his fever down!

The day had been dark enough, but time wore on, and both Joey and Pippin were still busy doing what they could, helping different patients, but trying to stay out of the Healers' way unless they were given an order.  For a while, there had been no new wounded, and Pippin had tried to get Joey to stop and rest a little.  But since Pippin had no intention of resting himself, Joey insisted on pushing on, too.  There was a table someone had set up with fruit and bread for the benefit of the Healers and their helpers, but even Pippin did not want to try and eat.  They did get some water, but with all they had seen today, neither had the stomach to try and force food down.  It did not help that they could still hear the crash and clamour of the battle below, and that the City still shook from time to time with the stones being lobbed by the Enemy.

A bustle and commotion in the corridor signalled the arrival of more wounded.  The door burst suddenly open, and men came in bearing a stretcher.

"Faramir!" cried Pippin.  Joey turned with a gasp, to see that was who it was.

The Steward was with his son, who had a bloody wound in his shoulder, and who was thrashing feverishly.  "Healers!" Denethor called, his voice sharp.  "My son needs attention!"

MasterSeregon turned, ready to rebuke him, even if he was the Steward, but then caught sight of Faramir.  He immediately pointed at a door at the far end of the ward, one which no one had gone through, and the stretcher bearers went to it and bore Faramir through.

He glanced at Pippin and gestured to him, as he called for his apprentice.  The other Healers turned and went back to their own work.  Joey was not happy to see Pippin vanish into the other room, but he had not been ordered to come.  He went over to the area where many soiled bandages lay upon the floor, and began to gingerly pick them up and put them into the near empty basket at which they had been aimed.  It was kind of gross, but it needed doing.

 

-oo000oo-

Pippin looked around at the room.  It wasn't large, and seemed dreadfully crowded, what with Seregon and Fimbrethil and the Steward, and the stretcher bearers and poor Faramir, not to mention one little hobbit.  But the stretcher bearers placed Faramir upon a clean bed, and left, which made it much less crowded.

Denethor took his son's hand, and brought it to his lips, and gave it a fatherly kiss.  "I know that you will do your best for my son.  But I am anxious, and would only fret and distract you.  I have other duties that call to me, but do not hesitate to send a messenger in search of me if he takes a turn for the worse."  He left also, with one last look over his shoulder at his son.

As he passed through the door, he saw Pippin waiting next to it, and said, "I think Boromir would be glad to know his faithful small esquire is helping to watch over his brother."  With a nod, he was gone.

Seregon and Fimbrethil were busy over Faramir's shoulder wound.  They had used the water provided next to the bed, and had washed much of the blood away.  Master Seregon summoned Pippin.  "I called for you, as you do seem to know your way around a sickroom, and have kept your nerve today."  He handed Pippin the basin to empty out the window, and sent him out to get fresh water.

As he went out, he heard Seregon saying to Fimbrethil, "As I feared, an Orc arrow, and a tainted one at that, which would explain the fever.  But I very much fear the Black Breath as well…"

He went back into the ward, to rinse and fill the basin—this time, with hot water from the hearth.  Joey came over to him, and helped him ladle the water from the cauldron to the basin.  "I'll be in there for a while," he told Joey.  "Just keep on doing what you are told, and when you get a chance, sit down and rest if you can."  He gingerly padded back into the far room, and the door closed behind him.

Joey soaked a clean cloth in the basin and took it to one of the wounded soldiers, where he wiped the man’s sweaty face.  “You’re going to be all right,” he said softly.  “You’re in the Houses of Healing; we’re taking care of you.”  I hope he will be all right soon, he thought grimly.  I hope they’ll all be all right soon!  Especially Faramir.  He glanced in the direction of the room where they had taken Faramir.  Denethor and his men had passed him on the way, carrying Faramir.  Please, God, let all of them all be all right!

-oo000oo-

Pippin placed the basin of hot water down, and then took the pitcher and went back out to fetch some fresh cold water.  He saw Joey helping another of the wounded, and gave him a proud glance, but did not say anything.  As he passed back into Faramir's room, he heard the boy softly singing to the man he was tending:

"All night,

All day,

Angels watching over

Me, my Lord…"

Master Seregon had finished bandaging Faramir's wound, and was tying it off.  Fimbrethil was administering a draught to him.  He seemed to be partly awake, and speaking of his father, but he sipped from the cup she held.  Pippin went over and put the fresh water on the table, trying to stay out of the way of the Big Folks.

Seregon turned to Pippin.  "We have done what we can for now.  Please watch over him, as you did for the men in the other room.  Leave only to get fresh water if you need it."

Pippin nodded and took his place at Faramir's side.  It was going to be a very long night.  And now he was hungry.  Embarrassingly, his stomach growled.

Fimbrethil gave him a small smile.  "I will bring some bread and fruit to you," she said.

Blushing, Pippin nodded and smiled.  True to her word, she came back in only a few moments with a tray on which was a pear and some bread.  As he thanked her, she said, "I have coaxed your friend into eating a little as well, Master Pherian."

"Thank you so much!  I was worried when he would not eat."

"Well, I must get back to my other duties," and she left him alone, to munch on his pear.

It was beginning of a strangely long time.  Neither Pippin nor Joey could keep track of how long it was, as they each fell to their duties.  It had grown much darker, and when Master Seregon came in the last time, he brought a lantern.  Pippin was mostly occupied in tending Faramir, keeping cold cloths upon his head, murmuring comforting words when he appeared to briefly waken, and simply staying at his side and worrying: about Faramir, about Joey, about Gandalf and Boromir, and Merry and Legolas and Gimli, about Kevin and Jennifer, and ever-present beneath it all, his worry for Frodo and Sam.  At least he didn’t also have to worry about Kaylee.  He tried to imagine the little girl safe in Rivendell, listening to Bilbo tell her stories, and Lady Arwen singing to her.

-oo000oo-

In the room where the patients were being brought, the healers and their helpers were working really hard.  Most of the wounded now being brought in had been hit by flying debris from the stones being hurled by the giant siege engines, and a few were warriors who had been hit by orc arrows.  The last healer who had been to see to Faramir had told him that, so far, the Gates were holding.  Pippin saw Joey carrying a basin of water to one of the women healers, as he was fetching his own such basin to take back to the private room where Faramir lay.

He stepped over.  "Are you all right, Joey?"

The boy nodded.  "It's scary.  But at least I’m helping a little."  He was pale, and his voice shook a little, but his face was determined.

"Very well."  Pippin looked down at the basin in his own hands.  "I must get back to Lord Faramir; he is very feverish, and the cold cloths help.  If you need me, or if they tell you they don't need your help anymore, I'm just in there—"  He nodded towards a door at the far end of the large room.  "—and you come stay with me."

"Yes, Pippin," Joey answered.  "I will."

Pippin carried the large basin carefully.  He had left the huge door to the room ajar, so that he could finish opening it with his foot while his hands were full.

The bombardment of the huge stones in the streets below shook the building again and again—though so far, none had reached so high as the Sixth Circle.  Faramir was moaning, and Pippin quickly carried the basin over to a table by the bed, and took up one of the cloths he had been using to help bring Faramir's fever down.  He wet it and wrung it out before placing it on the Man's forehead.  Pippin was quite worried, for Faramir seemed to be getting worse instead of better.  What if he died?  What would he tell Boromir?

There were more stones hitting the City; the building shook, but Pippin heard no sound of impact on any of its walls.  But then there was another sound, one that made him cringe in fear and cover his ears, a sound he had heard before, on Weathertop: the shrieks of a Ringwraith!

Joey had been sent into the corridor with a basket of soiled bandages and linens.  He was not to leave the floor, and had orders to return at once with the clean bandages and linen he'd been sent to fetch, from the very closet Sador had shown him earlier.  Was that still today?  How many hours ago had it been?  It seemed forever.  He was very weary, but he was too wound up to rest.

He set the basket on the floor outside, noticing that there were others there, lined up along the wall by the door.  It had been made clear to him the soiled ones were not to go into the room with the clean linens.  If there had not been a battle on, they would have been taken to the laundry.  But, Master Seregon had told him, the women and girls of the laundry had been reassigned to various wards.  The small building outside was not considered safe enough.  Joey wiped the sweat off his face.

Fairy-tale country, he thought wryly, as he remembered what Kevin and Jennifer had called Middle-earth in their attempts to comfort Kaylee when they had first arrived in that land.  I wish some fairy would come in here and make all these bandages clean by magic!  He wondered if Gandalf could do that?  Somehow, he was pretty sure that probably Gandalf could, but likely wouldn't.  He knew the wizard could do lots more than he'd seen, but he was unlikely to be willing to spend his power on laundry.

Joey went in and took down a pile of linen, and then added another basket of clean bandages on top of what he carried, balancing it with his chin, and went back out.  He leaned back against the door to close it, as he had no hands free, but as he headed back to the ward, he heard steps behind him.  More wounded?  But it didn't have the sound of stretcher-bearers.  He turned, and saw that it was the Lord Denethor, accompanied by Prince Imrahil and a couple of other men Joey did not know.  The Steward spoke to Joey.

"How is my son?" he asked.

Joey said, "I haven't seen him again, my Lord.  He is in the private room, and Pippin has been looking after him."

"I thought to look in upon him…"  But what else Denethor would say was cut off by a horrible shrill screech.  The very sound of it made Joey's heart drop to his toes; he wanted to just drop his burden and sit on the floor and cry.  It was awful!

He drew a deep breath.  He could not.  He had to do his duty.  Please, God, help! he silently begged.

"Nazgûl!" exclaimed the Prince.

"No!" shouted Denethor.  "They should not be here!"

They all began to hurry, Joey lagging behind because his arms were laden.  Yet they had not gone half the distance, when they heard a voice yelling, "Fire!  Fire!"

The door to the ward came open, and then Joey saw people coming out.  The Healers and their helpers were carrying patients, and smoke was coming from the room.  Denethor and those with him ran towards the room to help.

"Faramir!" the Steward yelled.  He ran into the ward, clearly intent upon reaching his son.  But the fire was heaviest at that end of the room: it was there the lantern had fallen, dropped when one of the healer's assistants had been shaken to the core by the sound of the Ringwraith.  Its oil had splashed out and run along the floor and beneath the door to Faramir's room.  The door had already begun to blaze.

Horrified, Joey could hear Pippin yelling for help.  Minas Tirith needs a fire department!  Why doesn’t Middle-earth have fire departments?! he screamed inwardly.  Where’s a fire engine when you need one?  And firemen?  He took a deep, shuddering breath.  Please, God, help!  Please help us!  Please don’t let us die!  He stared at the door to Faramir’s private room.  Please don’t let Pippin and Faramir die, God!  Please save them!

To his relief, Denethor charged toward the door.  Maybe he would be able to save them!  Joey crossed his fingers and held his breath.

-oo000oo-

Pippin had been occupied in putting the wet cloth on Faramir's head, when the Nazgûl's cry came.  He dropped it, and crouched down covering his ears with his hands—but the screams of the Wraith soon faded away, only for him to hear a crash, and and a call of "Fire!"

To his horror, he could see smoke and flame creeping beneath the bottom of the door.  The oil from the lantern had splashed against it, and the wood of the door was already catching fire, sparks had caught upon the rug beyond.  He looked around—the sill of the wide window of the room was low, and there was a narrow stone balcony beyond.  Thinking quickly, he grabbed the basin of water and splashed it over Faramir, and then picked up the ewer and emptied it as well.  Then, hoping he would not bring more harm to the injured man, he went to the side of the bed nearest the window, and pulled on the bottom sheet as hard as he could.

Faramir rolled off the bed, sheets and all, hitting the floor with a thud.  Pippin began dragging him to the window.  If they could just get onto the balcony, perhaps they would be safe.  There was nothing to burn there.

Someone was banging on the door.  He could hear something crashing against it.  "How can anyone get through that door?" he wondered out loud.  "It's already burning."  But he had managed to get most of Faramir over the sill.  Only the man's legs were still in the room.  The rug had begun to burn, and Pippin was coughing from the smoke, but he never ceased his pushing.

Suddenly, the door burst open.  In astonishment, Pippin saw Lord Denethor barrel through, flames licking at his robes.  He battered at the flames putting them out with his own hands, and through the smoke, he saw what Pippin was trying to do.  He raced across the room, ignoring his own burns, and managed to help Pippin finish getting Faramir out of the room and onto the little balcony.  The stone wall around it was sturdy, and without a word, the hobbit and the Steward pushed the injured and still-unconscious Faramir against it, and then sat down beside him, side by side.

Both of them were hacking and coughing from the smoke.  Pippin looked at the Steward, covered in ash, his hair scorched, his face red, his hands already beginning to blister from the fire.  His lower robe was burned, and even the soles of his shoes were burned off and the bottoms of his feet were blistered.   He was a far cry from the dignified Steward upon his stone chair.  Pippin gave him a lopsided grin.  "You are a sight for sore eyes, sire."

The old man gave a dry chuckle that ended in a hacking cough.  "I doubt that, Master Pherian," he said.

Pippin shook his head.  "No, we would have been done for if you had not come.  I was nearly at the end of my strength."

"I will never forget that you risked yourself for my son, Peregrin son of Paladin."  He placed a careful hand on Faramir, but winced and moved it away.  "I hope that it was enough.  He still burns within himself."

Pippin nodded, worried.  Even if they were safe from the fire for now, Faramir remained awfully ill.

-oo000oo-

In the corridor, Joey had gazed into the fiery room in spite of it making his eyes water.  "Pippin!  Pippin!" he yelled.

The Healers had gotten all the other patients out, and they themselves were relatively unscathed.  The arrival of Prince Imrahil and the two guards had enabled them to fight the fire before it spread to any of the other wards.  They had ripped blankets from the cots and whipped out the flames.  But the doors of the other wards had opened, and many had come out to see the commotion.

Joey was still yelling for Pippin when he felt a hand on his shoulder.  "Where is Pippin?"

It was Gandalf, and Joey immediately felt better.  "He was in the far room, with Faramir.  It's where the fire was the worst.  Lord Denethor busted down the door and tried to go in, but no one's come out."  He suddenly felt tears come to his eyes as he realized what he'd said.

Gandalf gave a decisive nod.  Then he looked down the passageway and crooked a finger.  Bergil had been one of those who had come out of the other rooms, and he obeyed the wizard's summons.

"Stay here with Joey," Gandalf said.  Then he strode into the room.  Most of the fire was out, but small flames flickered, and there were smouldering bits here and there, and still much smoke.  With a casual gesture from his hand, the remaining fire went out instantly, and the smoke disappeared.  He went straight through the burned and broken door.  After another moment, Prince Imrahil followed.

Joey and Bergil held their breath as they stared into the ward.  It seemed forever, but then they saw the Prince came out, supporting a halting Denethor, and Gandalf followed them, bearing Faramir in his arms.  They were trailed by Pippin, walking slowly, covered in ashes and soot.

Bergil could not hold Joey back as he ran into the room and grabbed the hobbit in a fierce embrace.  "Pippin!"

Joey grinned, and Pippin looked back at him with a weak chuckle.  "So you decided you couldn't wait to be covered with soot, too?" he asked, a teasing grin etched on his face.

"Who cares?" Joey asked, far too relieved to mind the teasing.  Pippin started coughing.  "Come on, let's get you out of here and find you a drink of water."  Silently, he prayed, Thank You, God!  Thank You!

-oo000oo-

A/N: This is the last chapter that will be posted for the next two weeks. 


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 45: It’s a Small World

Jennifer was growing weary of the long watch over the rails of the ship.  The other ships of the little fleet had also shoved off, so that they had made a little flotilla in the River, just far enough away from the bank to make boarding difficult from the shore.  The battle had begun to move once more, and back in their direction, so she dared not stand down from her uneasy watch.  Halbarad was fast asleep, dosed with the liquor that the men attending him had given him.  She wasn't sure she approved of such medicine, but really, there was nothing else to be done for him.  She just hoped Aragorn would come back, and soon.  She trusted his healing skills.

The day was growing late; she could see that some parts of the City were on fire, and she spared a thought to Joey, hoping he was nowhere near those flames. Please protect him and Pippin, God! she silently prayed.

The ship gave a lurch, as a strange wave lifted it and it dropped as suddenly.  There was a trumpeting blast upstream, and she turned to see one of those huge elephants—no, more than one—splashing across the water, running wild.  Her jaw dropped in fascination.  They were even larger than they had appeared at a distance!

The beasts floundered through the water and up the bank beyond, causing the ship to flounder briefly in the waves from their passage, and then went rampaging off into the East.  Then a moment later, two more came running parallel to the River, heading South, about fifteen or twenty feet from where they were docked.  She could see the broken war towers dangling from their backs.  The poor things had arrows stuck in them all over.

Gosh, Jennifer thought, shaking her head.  I have never seen such huge elephants!  They’re so much smaller where we come from.  Though still big enough!  She bit her lower lip.  Those poor things!   I know they have to be stopped, but I hate to see them hurt like that.

But now she could see that many of the enemy warriors were also retreating to the South.  Most of them were men.  But she saw a group of Orcs notice the ships.  They turned and pointed, and about twenty of them headed towards the ships.  With a deep breath, she lifted her bow and nocked an arrow.  They were still too far away, maybe fifty or sixty feet, but they were moving fast.  As soon as she could make out the details of their awful faces, she let free the arrow, trying not to think of what she was doing.  Then without looking to see if she had hit anything, she pulled out another arrow.  She knew she was being too slow, but she wanted to do it right.  She looked up to see if any of the other Orcs was close enough, but when one of them had been hit, the others stopped and drew back, looking at one another.  Then arrows came from some of the other ships—and she realized that the freed slaves on her ship had come alongside her, armed with kitchen knives and cleavers, ready to help if they had to, but a few of them seem to have found bows and arrows aboard, though they really couldn't shoot very well.

As she wondered when the Orcs would attack, she saw some of the pursuing warriors break off and head their way—they were clad in grey cloaks!  Dúnedain!  And then she realized that Legolas was among them, as other Orcs began to drop.  Those still alive forgot about the ships and began running to the South once more, pursued by the Dúnedain.  But Legolas—and now she could see Gimli by his side—they rushed toward the ship with a shout of joy.  Legolas ran down to the end of the dock and, throwing aside his bow, dove into the water, swimming towards the ship.  Gimli had stopped short at the end, shaking his head.  Dwarves did not swim.

As the Elf approached the side of the ship, one of the freed slaves lowered a rope ladder down, and he clambered up it effortlessly.  "Lady Jennifer!" he exclaimed, as he dripped on the deck.  "It is joyful to see you safe, and even defending yourself!  I am glad you had the sense to move the ships."  He moved towards her and took her by the shoulders.  "What good fortune that you are safe!  We feared for you, which is why we came this way when the battle became a rout."

She looked up at him with shining eyes.  "I'm so glad you and Gimli are safe…"  She was almost afraid to ask after anyone else.  Instead, she said, "Moving the ships was Halbarad's idea."

"Halbarad!" Legolas exclaimed.

Jennifer nodded her head towards the still-sleeping Ranger.  "I was coming after you all when I found him.  He's injured, but alive.  We didn't have any medicine, so the others made him drunk to ease his pain."

"A Elbereth!  When the standard went down, we were sure he was lost!"  He pulled her towards him with a brief embrace.  "Bless you, child!  What a wonder you have wrought."  

Jennifer blushed.  His praise made her uncomfortable, but she was too glad to see him to argue about whether she had done anything special.  "What do we do now?" she asked him.

Legolas looked thoughtful.  "I will look Halbarad over and see how urgent his need of a healer might be."

She followed the Elf over to where Halbarad lay upon his makeshift bed.  "He told me, when I found him, that he thought he had a broken rib.  And he had a knock on the head, too."

Legolas noticed the makeshift bandage around the man's head; he decided to leave it be, and then opened his tunic and looked at Halbarad's torso.  Jennifer gasped at the sight of the huge black and purple bruise.  The Elf touched the bruised area gently, and then nodded.  "I cannot be certain, as healing is not among my gifts, but I think he does indeed have a broken rib, perhaps more than one."

He stood and walked back over to the rail.  "Giml!" he shouted.  "Halbarad is alive, but injured.  He is here on the ship.  If you can make your way safely, could you but find one of the Peredhil, or perhaps even Aragorn, to give them the news, I would be much obliged.  He is in need of a healer!"

"Aye, Legolas!  That is good news indeed."  The Dwarf turned and took off running.  Jennifer watched in surprise.  She'd had no idea he could move that fast.

Finally, Jennifer felt she could sit down and rest.  She went over and sat down wearily on the deck next to Halbarad, and rested her head on her knees, and gradually slid into sleep.

-oo000oo-

Aragorn was weary, but the battle was winding down.  Most of the enemy had now fled over the River.  During the battle, he had become separated from the Dúnedain as he had joined Eomer, but they, too, had been swept apart by the fierce fighting.  Now he was among some of the Rohirrim, who were searching among their own for wounded.  Having seen no sign so far of Kevin, he hoped to possibly do so in this area.  He was with Éomer's second, Éothain, who had lost sight of his cousin during the mêlée.  Kevin and Haleth had last been seen among those fighting with Éothain.

So far, he had seen mostly only dead orcs and some of the Southrons, though they had found a few Rohirrim among the sorely wounded, and among the dead as well, sad to say.  There was a wide swath of the dead whose side could not be told, for they had been trampled by a mûmakil, and Aragorn's heart sank at the thought that Kevin might be among them.  But he had to hope that the youth had survived. 

"My Lord Aragorn!"  It was a shout from one of the other searchers.  He had been searching amidst the debris of a broken mangonel.
 
He loped over to the place from whence the voice had come, leaping over anything in his way.  He let out a huge breath of relief, for there, nestled among the broken remains of the siege engine, were both Kevin and Haleth.  He knelt on one knee and bent over them.  Both were breathing.  Kevin appeared to be simply sleeping; Haleth's breathing was shallower, and Aragorn used his thumb and finger to open the lad's eyelid.  Ah, he thought, a knock on the head.

Out loud, Aragorn told the other searcher, "We need to get them off the battlefield."  He stood, lifting Kevin in his arms as the other searcher lifted Haleth.  He didn't have the heart to wake up Kevin, since it was clear to him that the youth was totally exhausted, and though not severely wounded, was covered in small cuts and bruises, and not up to trudging any distance at present.

"Where shall we take them, my Lord?"

Éothain had joined them at that point.  "They are gathering the wounded near the walls, not far from the breached gates.  Wains and carts are being used to take the wounded up to the Houses of Healing."

They had not gone far when Kevin stirred.  He opened his eyes.  "A—Aragorn?"  He blinked, seemingly disoriented by his position.
 
Aragorn smiled, and gently set Kevin on his feet.  "Can you walk?"

"I think so."  He wobbled a little.  "Well, maybe not very fast.  Where is Haleth?"

"He is there."  Aragorn gestured to the one who carried Haleth.  "He seems to have suffered a bit of a knock on the head."  He laid a hand on Kevin's shoulder as the boy attempted to steady himself, and asked again, "Can you walk?"

Kevin bit his lower lip.  "I think so.  But as I said, maybe not very fast.  Right now, I seem to be kind of wobbly."

"Lean on me, then, as we go.  There is no shame in taking help from a comrade."  Kevin leaned against Aragorn's side, and the two of them accompanied the man as he carried Haleth toward the walls.

-oo000oo-

Gimli had been seeking among the various others who were also scouring the battlefield for survivors.  There were not many, for the fighting near the River had been very fierce.  But he eventually saw a very tall figure in a grey cloak leaning over a Southron who had evidently just died.  He shook his head, and was about to mount his horse and move onward when he saw the tall figure’s face.

Elladan! guessed Gimli, and then he darted toward the elf, shouting his name.

The Elf turned.  "Good guess, Master Dwarf."  He glanced down at the dead Southron.  "He feared Elves so much that he chose to kill himself rather than take my aid."  Elladan sighed.  "Why do you seek me?"

"Halbarad is wounded, and needs a healer.  Legolas and Lady Jennifer are with him.  They are aboard the ship.”  A proud smile crept across Gimli’s face as he shook his head.  “That brave lass went down upon the battlefield and found him, and managed to get him back to the ship all by herself." 

Elladan smiled.  "She is indeed a 'brave lass', and a strong one, too.  Lead the way, Gimli."

The Dwarf turned and abruptly headed back the way he had come, but in two quick strides, the Elf was by his side.

Jennifer was watching over the rail as Gimli and the Elf approached the ship, which had been returned to the quay, and now Legolas, with the help of one of the freed slaves, put down the gangplank.

Jennifer raced over to Elladan and gave him a fierce hug.  "I'm so glad to see you!"

With an amused smile, Elladan returned her embrace more gingerly.  He had nearly forgot just how enthusiastic and free with their feelings young mortals were.  "As I am, to see you, tithen nin.  Now, I should like to see my patient." 

Jennifer stepped back and dropped her arms to her sides.  “Of course.”
 
She walked over to where Halbarad lay.  Elladan could smell the strong spirits from several steps away, and shook his head.  Clearly, the crew had used the only means they knew to ease the Dúnadan’s pain.  While it might have worked by causing him to pass out, his patient would feel much worse for the wear when the makeshift remedy wore off.

Jennifer grimaced.  “He’s gonna have a hangover when he wakes up, I’m afraid,” she said softly.  “Sorry about that, Elladan.  The sailors don’t have any pain medicines on board; I wish they did.”

Elladan shrugged.  "I am sure it seemed like a good idea at the time.  They meant well.  Let us see what we have here."  He knelt down and pulled the shirt aside. 

In the end, he used a balm upon the abused ribs, and wrapped them gently, amazed at Jennifer’s explanation of how the little embroidered pouch and its stone had saved the Ranger's life.  His assessment of the head wound would have to wait.

“He’ll need to take deep breaths every so often, while his ribs are mending,” Jennifer said.  “Once every hour or so, when he’s awake.  If he doesn’t, he’ll risk getting pneumonia.  I learned about that when I studied first aid as a Cadette Girl Scout.  He’ll need a pillow to press against his chest while he’s doing his breathing exercises; that’ll make it easier on his ribs, ‘cause they’re gonna hurt while he’s breathing, especially when he’s taking deep breaths.  An ice pack put on his chest once every hour at first, for fifteen-minute periods, will help the pain, too.”  She looked around the ship.  “If there’s any way to get any ice around here, that is,” she added ruefully.

Elladan nodded. He was silently amused at her knowledge, which, while true, was not terribly useful under the current circumstances.  "But all that is for much later.  The battle has ended.  We shall get him to a better place."

A makeshift stretcher was made from one of the hammocks and some blankets, and the process began of transporting the unconscious Halbarad to the healers' tents.

-oo000oo-

For a while, things had been crazy at the Houses of Healing.  Joey was surprised at how quickly the healers were able to arrange things, moving all the patients out of the fire-damaged wing and into a new ward. 

The regular patients were put in the North wing, but those with the Black Breath were taken to a large room on the southeast side of the central building.  A few of the patients were from the original room in which Joey and Pippin had been, but Faramir was also among them.  The Steward did not wish to be separated from his son, so even though he didn't have the Black Breath, they arranged a bed next to his son.  But Faramir burned with a fever that would not abate.

Joey and Pippin watched as Gandalf went from one bed to another, full of care.

"He's really worried," said Joey with a whisper. 
 
Pippin nodded.  "I don't think I have ever seen him more worried."

There was a bustle at the door, and Dame Ioreth came in, with fresh blankets, bandages, and water being carried by some of the other helpers.

She directed them to put the things out, and turned and walked over to Faramir's bed, where she stood with tears sliding down her weathered cheeks. “Alas! if he should die.  Would that there were kings in Gondor, as there were once upon a time, they say!  For it is said in old lore: 'The hands of the king are the hands of a healer'.  And so the rightful king could ever be known.”

Gandalf gave her a sharp look, and turned with a look of hope.  “Men may long remember your words, Ioreth!  For there is hope in them.  Maybe a king has indeed returned to Gondor; or have you not heard the strange tidings that have come to the City?”

“I have been too busy with this and that to heed all the crying and shouting,” she answered.  “All I hope is that those murdering devils do not come to this House and trouble the sick."

Gandalf stood up with determination on his face. “Now I must go down to meet those who come.  I have seen a sight upon the field that is very grievous to my heart, and greater sorrow may yet come to pass. Come with me, Pippin!”  He summoned Pippin with a gesture.

"Joey and Bergil, you remain here.  I will send your father and some of the other guardsmen up here, Bergil, since both the Steward and his son are injured and ill."  He bowed briefly to the Steward, who nodded at him, and then he left, with Pippin at his heels.

As they passed through the courtyards Gandalf said to Pippin, "I have had much to do, and cannot be everywhere at once."  He stopped in concern when he heard the hobbit cough.  "I would not ask this of you when you are still suffering from the smoke, but I am certain that Merry is here somewhere, and I can think of no one who can find him better than you."

"Merry?" Pippin gasped.  "He's here in Gondor?"

"Yes, and he is lost and alone.  Seek him out, Pippin.  Find your cousin."

Pippin nodded and rushed off, his strength renewed at the thought of reunion with Merry. 

-oo000oo-

"Imrahil."  Denethor summoned the Prince to his side, and then began coughing.  "I need to speak to Boromir," he said, when the coughing finally abated.

"Rest easy," Imrahil replied.  “I will go find him for you.”

Denethor gave a deep sigh, and turned his eyes to his son, but his own strength was spent, and he passed into uneasy slumber.

Faramir was still burning up, and he was muttering in his sleep.  His brow was furrowed in pain and sorrow, and he writhed briefly. 

Dame Ioreth shook her head.  "I wish that we had some kingsfoil.  I remember my old grandmother used to say:

“When the black breath blows
and death's shadow grows
and all lights pass,
come athelas!  come athelas!
Life to the dying
In the king's hand lying!"

Master Seregon's head shot up.  "Kingsfoil?" he asked. 

"What's kingsfoil?" asked Joey.

"It is also called athelas."  He turned to Joey and Bergil.  "Boys, we need athelas.  Bergil and Joey, go find the Herb-master; see if he has some."

The two of them darted off.  "Where will we find the Herb-master?" asked Joey.

"Follow me," said Bergil, leading Joey through the maze of corridors to a room on one of the lower floors.  But the Herb-master did not have any in store, and the two of them were about ready to give up, when he said: 

"There is an old apothecary on the third level who used to keep some in store.  The old wives swear by it for headaches…"

"I know where that is," said Bergil.

And now the two boys raced off again, in search of the elusive herb.

-oo000oo-

It had begun to rain, a miserable misty drizzle, that somehow soaked in as badly as a downpour.  Boromir was leading a van of the Men of Gondor through the battlefield, seeking out injured, and checking for any of the Enemy who might be feigning death in order to slip into the City later and do harm.  Putting a hand over his eyes, he peered through the mist to see a group of Rohirrim slowly coming towards them.  They had two biers with them, and most disturbingly, the standard of the House of Eorl.  He had a bad feeling.

“What burden do you bear, Men of Rohan?” he cried.

“Théoden King,” they answered.  “He is dead.  But Éomer King rode off in the battle: he with the white crest in the wind.”

Then Boromir dismounted from Hrimfax and knelt by the bier in honour of the king and his great onset; and he wept.  And rising he looked then on Éowyn and was amazed.  “Éowyn?  But what is the Lady Éowyn doing here?  This is grievous beyond all measure!”

He leaned over her, pale and cold where she lay, and then he blinked.  He stood back, then leaned again more closely, and placed a finger against her neck.  "Men of Rohan!  Are there no leeches among you?  She is hurt to the death maybe, but I deem that she yet lives.”  He looked sternly at her bearers.  "Could you not see that she still breathes?”  He drew his silver dagger and held it before her lips, and the others gasped as they saw it fog up.

Boromir chose one of his own men.  “Haste now is needed.  Show them the way to the Houses of Healing.  Swiftly, now; every moment counts, if she is to live.”

Then he turned to pay honour to Théoden, before mounting Hrimfax and returning to his inspection of the battlefield.  He did not even see a small, wet figure slowly wandering into the city, lost among the many others who were doing the same.

The battle had ended much more quickly than Boromir had expected.*  But between the slaying of the Witch-king of Angmar and the arrival of reinforcements from Rohan in the North, and the River to the East, which dismayed the enemy and put heart into the defenders, there had been the destruction wrought by fleeing mûmakil.  The great beasts paid no heed to what side anyone was, but trampled indiscriminately.  However, they mostly seemed to flee in the direction of the Anduin, which meant they actually killed more of their own masters.  He had noticed some fire in the City, in the upper levels, which concerned him, and now that the battle was over, he thought to go investigate.

However, Boromir had not ridden far before he saw a familiar figure on horseback.  He saw the banner of the Swan Knights: there was his Uncle Imrahil, accompanied by two knights, riding in his direction.

"Boromir!" he called.  "I have news."

Imrahil rode up to his nephew.  "Faramir was brought in injured and suffering under the Black Breath.  He was taken to the Houses of Healing...wait!  There is more!" he said, as Boromir had almost started to ride away, up to the City.

"What?  For I must go there at once!"

"There was fire there in the Houses.  Faramir was saved, but it was your father who went in to save him.  He too lives, but breathed much smoke and was also burned, and is now abed next to your brother.  You are in charge of the City for now!"

"Fire in the Houses of Healing?"  Boromir's face became pale with shock.  "They should have been safe!  Joey and Pippin, I put them there to be safe..."

"And they are safe; they are!   Pippin kept your brother safe during the fire until your father came, and young Joey was never in danger of the fire at all."

Boromir heaved a sigh of relief, but nevertheless, shot off at a gallop into the City.  Imrahil followed at a somewhat slower pace.

Imrahil turned to speak to the Rohirrim, learning the sad news of Théoden's death, and the hopeful news that the Lady Éowyn had survived.

"It is troublesome that she was here, but I am glad to hear she was not slain," he said.  "I hope that she will be saved."  Imrahil and his two knights mounted up again.  The group of Rohirrim were far ahead now, and he hoped that they would quickly arrive at the Houses of Healing.
 
-oo000oo-

Halbarad moaned as he turned his head from side to side.  Jennifer had sat next to him ever since his stretcher had been laid in one of the makeshift healers’ tents a few hours before.  A moment later, he opened his eyes, and then squeezed them shut.  “I am sorry, Lady Jennifer.  The light hurts my eyes.”

She glanced around.  Elladan was helping with a few others who were wounded, and Legolas and Gimli were helping him.  She turned back to Halbarad.

“That’s probably the whisky they gave you on the ship,” Jennifer said.  “They gave you too much of it, and you’re gonna be feeling pretty sick for a while.  It’ll wear off, though.”  She brushed his hair out of his eyes, and Halbarad nodded.

“I owe my life to your little sister,” he said a moment later.  “If it had not been for the stone she gave me, I would have died.  The stone blocked the orc arrow from piercing my chest.”

Jennifer smiled.  He seemed to have forgotten that he had already told her this.  She hoped it was just the hangover and not the knock on his head affecting his memory.  “I’ll tell her when I see her.”  Halbarad fell silent, and Jennifer said nothing.

Another small group with a few walking wounded came under the tent, and Jennifer's heart leaped to see that it was Elrohir accompanying them.  His brother stood up immediately, and the two greeted one another.

A moment later, one of the local healers entered.  “We must get the injured ready for travel now,” he told Elladan and Elrohir.  “Orders have been given to move all the wounded to the Houses of Healing.”
   
Gimli grinned.  "Perhaps we will find Aragorn there."

Halbarad nodded.  “It will be good to see him again.”

Elladan spoke to Jennifer.  "Elrohir and I are going to remain on the battlefield.  There are still survivors out there who have yet to be found.  But you go into the city with the rest, for I know that you are eager to find Joey."

She nodded.  "Thank you, Elladan.  I will see you again soon, then?"

He nodded.  "You will, indeed, and I am sure you will see your brothers again soon.  Take care, Jennifer."  He turned and walked off with Elrohir, as they went to see if there were still any wounded left on the battlefield.

It took several minutes to get everyone else ready, and then they began to head toward the city. I sure hope his ribs’ll stay safe! Jennifer thought apprehensively, as she glanced down at Halbarad.  If any of them come loose while we’re on our way—!  The consequences did not bear thinking about, so she pushed the thought out of her head.  They could only move him as carefully as they could, and they were doing that. And how soon will I see Kevin and Joey again?  Joey is somewhere up there, I know, but I don’t know where Kevin is!  And this city is so big!  It's almost as big as a modern city, and a lot more confusing, the way the streets go.  It’s right on the side of a huge mountain—not flat like modern cities.  She bit her lower lip, grateful that those around her seemed to know where they were going.  And where is Joey staying?  I know he’s with Gandalf and Pippin and Boromir, but I don’t know where.  I hope I’ll see him again soon!

Jennifer stayed close to Halbarad as they entered the city and travelled up the levels toward the Houses of Healing.  Eventually, they arrived there, where one of the healers led them into one of the wards.  Under his instructions, Halbarad was carefully moved from a stretcher onto a bed.

-oo000oo-

A mist was in Merry's eyes of tears and weariness when they drew near the ruined Gate of Minas Tirith.  He wandered through, and onward, not paying any attention to where he was going.

Slowly the lights of the torches in front of him flickered and went out, and he was walking in a darkness; and he thought: 'This is a tunnel leading to a tomb; there we shall stay forever.'  But suddenly into his dream there fell a living voice.

“Well, Merry!  Thank goodness I have found you!”

He looked up and the mist before his eyes cleared a little.  There was Pippin!  They were face to face in a narrow lane, and but for themselves it was empty.  He rubbed his eyes.

“Where is the king?” he said.  “And Éowyn?”  Then he stumbled and sat down on a doorstep and began to weep again.

“They have gone up into the Citadel,” said Pippin.  “I think you must have fallen asleep on your feet and taken the wrong turning.  When we found that you were not with them, Gandalf sent me to look for you.  Poor old Merry!  How glad I am to see you again!  But you are worn out, and I won't bother you with any talk.  But tell me, are you hurt, or wounded?”

“No,” said Merry.  “Well, no, I don't think so.  But I can't use my right arm, Pippin, not since I stabbed him.  And my sword burned all away like a piece of wood.”

Pippin's face was anxious.  “Well, you had better come with me as quick as you can,” he said.  “I wish I could carry you.  You aren't fit to walk any further.  They shouldn't have let you walk at all; but you must forgive them.  So many dreadful things have happened in the City, Merry, that one poor hobbit coming in from the battle is easily overlooked.”

“It's not always a misfortune being overlooked,” said Merry.  “I was overlooked just now by—no, no, I can't speak of it.  Help me, Pippin!  It's all going dark again, and my arm is so cold.”

“Lean on me, Merry lad!” said Pippin.  “Come now!  Foot by foot.  It's not far.”

“Are you going to bury me?” said Merry.

“No, indeed!” said Pippin, trying to sound cheerful, though his heart was wrung with fear and pity.  “No, we are going to the Houses of Healing.”

They turned out of the lane that ran between tall houses and the outer wall of the fourth circle, and they regained the main street climbing up to the Citadel.  Step by step they went, while Merry swayed and murmured as one in sleep.

‘I'll never get him there,' thought Pippin.  'Is there no one to help me?  I can't leave him here.’ Just then, to his surprise, he saw Bergil and Joey run up behind them.

“Hullo, Bergil, Joey!” he called.  “Where are you going?”

“We are running errands for the Healers,” said Bergil.  “We cannot stay.”

"Wait," said Pippin.  "Bergil, can you run the errand on your own?"  When Bergil nodded, he added, "Go on then!  Joey, you need to find Gandalf for me!  We need help!"

“All right.”  Without another word, Bergil immediately darted out of sight.  Joey sped off, hoping that he'd soon find Gandalf.

I'd better wait here, thought Pippin.  So, he let Merry sink gently down on to the pavement in a patch of sunlight, and then he sat down beside him, laying Merry's head in his lap.  He felt his body and limbs gently, and took his friend's hands in his own.  The right hand felt icy to the touch.

It was not long before Gandalf came back with Joey in search of them.  He stooped over Merry and caressed his brow; then he lifted him carefully.  “He should have been borne in honour into this city,” he said.  “He has well repaid my trust; for if Elrond had not yielded to me, none of you would have set out; and then far more grievous would the evils of this day have been.” He strode off, bearing Merry, while Pippin and Joey followed slowly behind.

-oo000oo-

Halbarad began to moan, jolting Jennifer out of her thoughts.  “Halbarad?”  She leaped to her feet and hurried toward the bed.  “Are you in pain?”

Halbarad grimaced.  “I am afraid so, Lady Jennifer.  My chest hurts.”

“I’ll see if I can find anybody to give you something to relieve it.”  Jennifer stepped into the empty hall.  Where’s a nurse when you need one?  A moment later, a woman wearing an apron strode up the hall, and Jennifer called to her softly.  “Uh, ma’am, Halbarad’s in a lot of pain.  His ribs hurt.  Do you have anything to relieve it?”

"I'll see, my lady," she said and stepped into the ward to check on Halbarad.  Just as Jennifer turned to go back in, she heard steps coming from the other direction, and turned around.

Gandalf.  Carrying Merry.  Behind him, Pippin.  And Joey!

“Jennifer!” Joey squealed.  He rushed toward his older sister, who darted forward to hug him

“Joey!  You’re safe!”  Jennifer hugged him tightly, and then drew back slightly and began checking him all over to make sure he wasn't hurt.  He smelled like smoke, but she couldn't see any signs of injury on him anywhere.

“Joey is all right, but there is no time for a reunion now,” Gandalf said.  “We must get Merry upstairs.”

“Oh, of course.”  Jennifer stepped back.  “Go on with them, Joey.  I’ll catch up with you.”  Nodding, Joey hurried with the others as they disappeared around the corner.  "Legolas!  Gimli," she called into the ward.  "I found Joey.  I have to catch up before I lose him again!"  Legolas and Gimli stepped out into the hall, grinning.

"Well, lassie, what are you waiting for?  Go on, then!" said Gimli.

She didn't need telling twice.

-oo000oo-

Éomer rode slowly amid the desolation, with but a few of his éored about him.  So swept up in battle rage had he been that he had allowed himself to outstrip most of his companions.  Who knew where Éothain was?  He just hoped that his cousin and the rest of his warriors had survived.  He was a poor leader, indeed, to allow himself to be so overcome over the deaths of his sister and his uncle.  His uncle...he was king now.  That did not bear thinking of!  King!  He was never meant to be King; that was supposed to have been his cousin Theodred, now lost to Saruman's treachery.  How could he be king?  Why had he not been cut down in battle as well?  He had no family now. He needed to find where they had taken the King and his sister.

"Sire."  It was the voice of one of his éored.  It was Anwyn, Anwyth's son. 

He turned to him.  "What is it?"

"Just there, it is one of the captains of Gondor—see his standard.  Mayhap he knows where the King and the Lady Éowyn have been taken?"

Éomer nodded, and they headed in that direction.  That was the standard of Dol Amroth, who was kin to the Steward.  He would certainly know.

As they drew near, Éomer called out, "My Lord!  Stay but a moment!"

Imrahil turned, and saw drawing near a captain of the Rohirrim—no, not a mere captain!  If the crest on his helm was any guide, that was the King's nephew, now King, himself.  "How may I be of service to you?" he asked.

"Of your courtesy, My Lord, do you know where they may have taken the bier of my uncle, the King, and of the Lady Éowyn?"

"Théoden King has been taken to the Rath Dínen, there to lie in honour until your people are able to take him home."

But Éomer said: “And where is the Lady Éowyn, my sister; for surely she should be lying beside the king, and in no less honour?  Where have they bestowed her?”

And Imrahil said: “But the Lady Éowyn was yet living when they bore her hither.  Did you not know?”

Then hope unlooked-for came so suddenly to Éomer's heart, and with it the bite of care and fear renewed, that he said no more, but turned and went swiftly to the Houses of Healing, accompanied by the Prince of Dol Amroth.

-oo000oo-

Kevin was sitting next to Haleth, who lay upon a pallet among a group of other wounded warriors.  He was still exhausted, but he couldn't sleep anymore.  Every time he closed his eyes, he'd see again the face of that Southron he had killed.  It didn't help to remind himself that it had been to kill or be killed.  Yes, he had been one of the enemies, but he wasn't an orc.  Somehow that made it different, even though, Kevin thought guiltily, it should not.  Were orcs people, too?  But it was different, it was, and he couldn't help it.  Orcs were more like monsters than people.  They didn't look real; they looked like something out of a movie or a fairy tale.

He gave a start at a sudden hand upon his shoulder.  Turning his head, he saw Aragorn.  He just stared, and said, "What?" in an exhausted voice.

"Kevin," Aragorn said gently, "they are preparing to carry this group of wounded up to the City, to the Houses of Healing.  I am certain you wish to stay with Haleth?"

Kevin looked up. It didn't look so far to the City now.  And after all this, he did want to stay with Haleth.  He nodded and got wearily to his feet.  When one of the helpers came to take up an end of Haleth's pallet, Kevin took the other end.  After all, he wasn't wounded, and everyone else was just as tired as he was. They transferred Haleth into a waiting cart, and then they began the final trudge, Kevin walking with one hand on the cart, his head hanging low.

Aragorn looked on with troubled eyes.  Kevin was a warrior now, but it was not something he had prepared for his whole life.  The truth of battle was difficult even for those who were.  How much more so for one who had never expected to have to kill.  It was one thing to kill an orc or a troll; it was quite another to kill a man.  Soon, soon, if there was ever any time to be found, he would need to talk to the youth.  But for now, it was a search for more survivors…

-oo000oo-

It was hard for Joey to leave Jennifer behind, but he had duties to see to in the ward.  What had happened to Faramir while they were gone?  And he had to let them know that Bergil would be getting the athelas.  And Merry!  Poor Merry, would he be all right?  He scurried after Gandalf and Pippin.
  
As soon as they came in, the healers found a cot for Merry.  Pippin stood next to his cousin, gripping his hand.  Master Seregon looked over Merry, noting how pale he was; his right arm seemed to be cold and unresponsive.  "Pippin, can you get his armour off, so that we may make him more comfortable?"

Given something to do, Pippin perked up, and began to unfasten Merry's hauberk.  "Poor old Merry," he said soothingly, "we'll get you settled now."  There was no room for Joey to help with the task, but he stood behind Pippin and took the armour from him as he removed it.  There wasn't really a good place to put it, so he carefully pushed it under the cot with his toe, alongside Merry's pack.

Jennifer came in just then, and put her hand on Joey's shoulder.  "What's wrong with Merry?" she asked.

“He’s sick.  Real sick.”  Joey bit his lower lip.  “I don’t know what’s wrong with him, Jen.”

“He has the Black Breath,” Master Seregon said, his eyes looking sombre.

Joey exchanged a fearful look with his big sister.  “He’s not gonna die, is he?”

Master Seregon laid a hand on the child’s shoulder and looked from him to Pippin.  “Well, Joey, we are going to try very hard to prevent that from happening.”  The healer did not look optimistic though, in spite of his words.

“Indeed, we are,” Gandalf added.  "I must go again now, but when I return, I will bring hope."  He turned and strode off. 

Jennifer was very glad now to have found Joey, but their reunion was not as joyful as she had imagined it.  Everything still seemed very sad and scary, even though the battle was over.   "Lord, please,"  she prayed in a low voice.   "Please help Merry and these other people."
 
"Amen," Joey whispered. He leaned against Jennifer for a moment, and she gathered him close with one arm.  Then he took a deep breath and straightened his back.  "I need to go help," he said.  "I was helping before."

"What can you do?" she asked, surprised. What could a nine-year-old do in a hospital to help? 

Joey smiled wanly.  “I’m a page, Jennifer!” he said proudly.  “Just like the ones in the Middle Ages!  I’m Boromir’s page, and Pippin’s his squire.”  He gestured toward Pippin.  “He’s told us to help out here, so that’s what we’re doing.”  Pippin nodded agreement, and then turned his attention back to Merry.

"Oh."  She watched as he walked over to the side of the room and picked up some cloths and a basin of water, and went over to the side of a patient's bed and began to put a wet cloth on his head.  She went to Joey.  "Can I help, too?"

He nodded.  "Pippin showed me.  It helps with the fever."  Nodding, Jennifer picked up another wet cloth and laid it on another patient’s head.

Soon she was so absorbed in her task that she was startled to hear another familiar voice…

"Father, I came as soon as I could!  How is Faramir?"

It was Boromir's voice.  She turned to see him standing between two of the beds, leaning over an older man, who sat up and gripped both of Boromir's hands.  "My son!  I am so glad you are here now.  Your brother is suffering from the Black Breath, and my own strength seems to be gone…"  He stopped and coughed hard.  Jennifer turned and took up a pitcher of fresh water from the table Joey had showed her and poured a goblet and carried it over.

Boromir took it from her hand without looking, and helped his father to drink.  "Thank you," he said absently.

"You're welcome," she said.

His head turned.  "Jennifer!  You are here now!  Does Joey know?"

"Yes," she replied.  "He told me you made him a page."  Boromir nodded.

The older man was now looking at her curiously.  Boromir smiled.  "Father, may I present Lady Jennifer McCloud, sister to Joey?"

The older man gave her a gracious nod, before starting to cough again.

Boromir gave him more water and then said, "Jennifer, this is my father, Denethor son of Ecthelion, Steward of Gondor."

Once more, there was the arrival of more people.  And this time, it was the Lady Éowyn.
 
-oo000oo-

Kevin strode up the corridor, looking for Joey.  Haleth had been placed on a bed in a ward, and a healer was looking after him.  Now that Kevin was satisfied that Haleth was in good hands, he wanted to go and find his little brother.  “Excuse me, ma’am,” he told an older woman wearing an apron, as she was passing by.  “I'm looking for my little brother; his name is Joey.  Please, can you tell me where he is?”

"Young Joey, the Lord Boromir's page?" she asked.  "A most clever and brave child, he is.  I assigned him to Master Seregon's ward.  But of course, they had to move the patients because of the fire.  That's where poor Lord Faramir lies, dear man, struck down with the Black Breath.  But you know…"  She stopped to draw breath, and Kevin took the chance to interrupt.

"Yes, that’s probably my brother, Joey—he came here with Boromir.  Please, do you know where he is now?"

"Oh, I can show you.  It's just this way, around this corner and then up the stairs to the next floor...follow me.  It's such a maze here, and everything is turned 'round anyway, what with the fire and all…"  Kevin hurried alongside her, as she walked, not understanding half of what she was saying, and just hoping that she really was leading him to Joey.

As soon as the woman had led Kevin upstairs to the next floor, he stopped.  His little brother was standing in the hall next to another little boy, who was holding a rather heavy bucket.  “Joey!” Kevin cried out.

“Kevin!”

Kevin rushed toward Joey and wrapped his arms around the child, who hugged him back tightly.  A moment later, Joey stepped back.

“I’ve missed you, Kevin.  And Jennifer, too.  She’s back, too, now.  She’s here, right here at the Houses of Healing, and so are Merry and Pippin.  Merry’s real sick, Kevin.”  

Because Joey had buried his face in Kevin's tunic, his voice sounded muffled.  Dropping his arms to his sides and stepping back, Joey gazed up at his older brother.  “What about you, Kevin?  Are you all right?”

Kevin smiled wanly.  “Yeah, I am.  What about Jennifer?  Is she all right?”

“Yeah.”  Joey turned behind him.  “Hey, Sador!  Come and meet my brother.”  The other boy approached them.  “Hey, Kevin, this is Sador; he's been helping here, too.  And so has my friend Bergil!  He should be back soon!”  Joey then turned to Sador.  "Thanks for bringing us more water."  He took the bucket from the other child.

“Hi, Sador.  A pleasure to meet you.”  Smiling, Kevin shook Sador’s hand, now freed of its heavy burden.  But before the child could say anything, a commotion behind them caught their attention.

Whirling around, Kevin saw some members of the Rohirrim coming up the corridor, carrying a stretcher.  Approaching them, Kevin saw Éowyn lying unconscious on the stretcher, her face unnaturally pale.

Kevin darted toward the warriors, followed by Joey and Bergil.  “Whoa!  What’s happened to Lady Éowyn?”

One of the warriors sighed.  “It seems that our lady took on the foul Dwimmerlaik, the Chief of the Nine; she dared to smite him, and is now stricken with the Black Breath.  We thought her slain, but Lord Boromir realized she was still among the living.”   

Wincing, Kevin stared down at the lady’s unmoving form.  He looked up at Joey.  "Did you say Merry was here?  Merry’s sick?"  Joey nodded, biting his lower lip.  Kevin wondered why Merry had not been with Éowyn.

"Come on, Kevin, I have to take this water in there.  Jen's in there, too."

-oo000oo-

It was nearing evening.  Dusk had fallen, and there were already stars in the sky, as Éomer and Imrahil approached the Houses of Healing.  And there was Gandalf, and with him were three, clad in grey. 

And they greeted Gandalf and said: “We seek the Steward, and men say that he is in this House.  Has any hurt befallen him?  And the Lady Éowyn, where is she?”

And Gandalf answered: “She lies within and is not dead, but is near death.  But the Lord Faramir was wounded by an evil dart, as you have heard.  Denethor lies next to his son in the Houses of Healing, suffering from fire and smoke from the fire which was in the House of Healing.”  And they were filled with grief and wonder at the tale that he told.

But Imrahil said: “So victory is shorn of gladness, and it is bitter bought, if both Gondor and Rohan are in one day bereft of their lords, for Lord Denethor and his son are both abed. At least the Lord Boromir remains, but he has told me much.  Shall we not send now for the Lord Aragorn?”

And the cloaked man spoke and said: “He is come.”  And they saw as he stepped into the light of the lantern by the door that one of the three cloaked in grey was Aragorn, wrapped in the grey cloak of Lórien above his mail, and bearing no other token than the green stone of Galadriel. The other two were his foster brothers, Elladan and Elrohir, the twin sons of Elrond. “I have come because Gandalf begs me to do so,” he said.  “But for the present I am but the Captain of the Dúnedain of Arnor; and Boromir, the Steward's heir and Captain General, shall rule the City until his father is well.  But it is my counsel that Gandalf should rule us all in the days that follow and in our dealings with the Enemy.”  And they agreed upon that.

Then Gandalf said: “Let us not stay at the door, for the time is urgent.  Let us enter!  For it is only in the coming of Aragorn that any hope remains for the sick that lie in the House.  Thus spake Ioreth, wise-woman of Gondor: The hands of the king are the hands of a healer, and so shall the rightful king be known.”

And with that they passed into the House; and as they went towards the room where the sick were tended Gandalf told of the deeds of Éowyn and Meriadoc.  "For," he said, "long have I stood by them and at first they spoke much in their dreaming, before they sank into the deadly darkness.  Also it is given to me to see many things far off."

Aragorn went first to Faramir, and then to the Lady Éowyn, and last to Merry.  When he had looked on the faces of the sick and seen their hurts he sighed.  "Here I must put forth all such power and skill as is given to me,' he said.  “Would that Elrond were here, for he is the eldest of all our race, and has the greater power."

Elladan put his hand on Aragorn's shoulder.  "No, my brother, in this one thing, it is you who has the greater power, for you are the King, and this is your rightful kingdom."

And Éomer seeing that he was sorrowful and weary said: "First you must rest, surely, and at the least eat a little?"

But Aragorn answered: "Nay, for these three, and most soon for Faramir, time is running out.  All speed is needed."  Then he called to Ioreth and he said: "You have store in this House of the herbs of healing?"

"Yes, lord,” she answered; "but not enough, I reckon, for all that will need them.  But I am sure I do not know where we shall find more; for all things are amiss in these dreadful days, what with fires and burnings, and the lads that run errands so few, and all the roads blocked.  Why, it is days out of count since ever a carrier came in from Lossarnach to the market!  But we do our best in this House with what we have, as I am sure your lordship will know."

"I will judge that when I see," said Aragorn.  "One thing also is short time for speech.  Have you athelas?" 

Master Seregon stepped forward.  "We have heard that it might be of use, and have sent for some, but it has not yet arrived."

But just then, Bergil came running in, and he bore six leaves in a cloth.  “It is kingsfoil, Sir,” he said; “but not fresh, I fear.  It must have been culled two weeks ago at the least.  I hope it will serve, Sir?”  Then looking at Faramir he burst into tears.

Kevin had moved near to Jennifer and Joey, watching Aragorn.  His friend seemed a totally different person now.  He could very easily believe that the Ranger had turned into a King; he'd been seeing the change for a while, ever since Aragorn had revealed his identity to Éomer.  But now, exhausted and pale, with circles under his eyes, the King was confident.  Kevin was filled with awe as he watched.

“It will serve,” Aragorn said, with a smile of thanks for Bergil, who was staring up at him with tears in his eyes.  “The worst is now over.  Stay and be comforted!”  He reached for two of the leaves, and he breathed on them, and then he crushed them.

Kevin took a deep breath, as suddenly the stale air, filled with the smell of sweat, blood, and smoke, suddenly seemed fresh and clear.  Kevin felt joyful as he breathed in the scent of it.  He glanced around.  Everyone else seemed to be feeling the same, from the expressions on their face.  Then he watched as Aragorn threw the crushed leaves into the basin of steaming water that one of the healer's helpers held out.  The wonderful smell seemed even better now, and even Aragorn himself looked less weary.

Aragorn held the bowl in front of Faramir's face.

The silence was broken when the old lady who had shown Kevin to the room spoke up.  “Well now!  Who would have believed it?  The weed is better than I thought.  It reminds me of the roses of Imloth Melui when I was a lass, and no king could ask for better.”

Kevin didn't think it smelled like roses, though he saw Jennifer nod.  He thought it smelled like the sea, when his family went to the beach on a summer's day.  But Joey was shaking his head.  "It smells like Christmas to me!" he whispered.  “Hey, Kevin, remember that stuff Aragorn boiled, when we got out of Moria?  He used it to make Frodo and Sam feel better, remember?  It made us all feel better, too!”

“I remember,” Kevin whispered, and smiled.  “I do believe it was the same plant, Joey!  Aragorn must have had some on him back then.”

Jennifer shook her head and put a finger in front of her lips.  She seemed to want to hear what was going on.

Suddenly Faramir stirred, and he opened his eyes, and he looked on Aragorn who bent over him; and a light of knowledge and love was kindled in his eyes, and he spoke softly.  “My lord, you called me.  I come.  What does the king command?”

“Walk no more in the shadows, but awake!” said Aragorn.  “You are weary.  Rest a while, and take food, and be ready when I return.”

“I will, lord,” said Faramir.  “For who would lie idle when the king has returned?”

“Farewell then for a while!” said Aragorn.  “I must go to others who need me.'”

The older lady said, “King!  Did you hear that?  What did I say?  The hands of a healer, I said.”

Next to Kevin, Joey was hugging Jennifer, and looking up at Kevin with happiness.  "I'm so glad Faramir is going to be better!  You know, he's Boromir's brother!"

Kevin had wondered why Boromir had stayed by Faramir's bed when Aragorn moved away.  Now he knew.  Come to think of it, they did look somewhat alike.

He watched as Aragorn gave the basin to Elladan and moved over to the bed where Eomer and Gandalf stood, next to the Lady Éowyn.  The three of them spoke in voices too low for Kevin to hear.  He thought that Aragorn had looked kind of sad.  But after they had spoken for a few minutes, Aragorn stooped and looked in her face, which looked as white and cold as a marble statue.  But he bent and kissed her on the brow, and called her softly, but loud enough for Kevin to hear, saying:

“Éowyn Éomund's daughter, awake!  For your enemy has passed away!”

She did not stir, but now she began again to breathe deeply.  Once more Aragorn bruised two leaves of athelas and cast them into steaming water; and he bathed her forehead, and her right arm, which was laying outside the covers.

Once more, that amazing scent wafted through the room.
 
“Awake, Éowyn, Lady of Rohan!” said Aragorn again.  “Awake!  The shadow is gone and all darkness is washed clean!”  Then he laid her hand in Éomer's and stepped away.  “Call her!” he said. He handed the basin to Elrohir.

Kevin noticed that Elladan and Elrohir were using the basins of athelas water to help the other patients in the room.

Aragorn headed over to the other side of the room, where Merry lay, looking like a little kid in the large cot.  Pippin had been at his side the whole time, and as Aragorn and Gandalf arrived at his side, Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey followed as closely as they dared without getting in the way.

Kevin heard Eomer speaking to Éowyn, about the battle and Theoden, and something about making Merry a Knight of the Riddermark, but right now, he just wanted to make sure Merry would be all right.

Kevin felt a hand on his shoulder, and a glance to the side showed that Legolas and Gimli were right beside him.

“Poor old Merry!”  Pippin looked up at Aragorn desperately.  "Please help him, Strider."

“Do not be afraid,” said Aragorn.  “I came in time, and I will call him back.  He is weary now, and grieved, and he has taken a hurt like the Lady Éowyn, daring to smite that deadly thing.  But these evils can be amended, so strong and gay a spirit is in him.  His grief he will not forget; but it will not darken his heart, it will teach him wisdom."

The last two of the leaves, he now crushed.  The familiar smell was as fresh as the first time, but smelling now like flowers and summer sunshine.  He bent over Merry and took his arm and bathed it a bit, as he had for Éowyn.  Aragorn laid his hand on Merry's head, and passing his hand gently through the brown curls, he touched the eyelids, and called him by name.

And suddenly Merry awoke, and he said: “I am hungry.  What is the time?”

Kevin, whose eyes had filled with tears as he had watched the healing, couldn't help but laugh.  Who else but a hobbit would wake up from something so awful, and then declare his hunger?  Apparently, Jen and Joey felt the same, for he heard them both giggle.

“Past supper-time now,” said Pippin; “though I daresay I could bring you something, if they will let me.”

“They will indeed,” said Gandalf.  “And anything else that this Rider of Rohan may desire, if it can be found in Minas Tirith, where his name is in honour.”

“Good!” said Merry.  “Then I would like supper first, and after that a pipe.”  At that his face clouded.  “No, not a pipe.  I don't think I'll smoke again.”

“Why not?” said Pippin.

“Well,” answered Merry slowly.  “He is dead.  It has brought it all back to me.  He said he was sorry he had never had a chance of talking herb-lore with me.  Almost the last thing he ever said.  I shan't ever be able to smoke again without thinking of him, and that day, Pippin, when he rode up to Isengard and was so polite.”

Kevin felt a lump in his throat.  The King had been very kind to them, and now he was dead.  Poor Haleth!  How would his friend feel when he heard the news?

“Smoke then, and think of him!” said Aragorn.  “For he was a gentle heart and a great king and kept his oaths; and he rose out of the shadows to a last fair morning.  Though your service to him was brief, it should be a memory glad and honourable to the end of your days.”

Merry smiled.  “Well then," he said, "if Strider will provide what is needed, I will smoke and think.  I had some of Saruman's best in my pack, but what became of it in the battle, I am sure I don't know.”

“Master Meriadoc,” said Aragorn, “if you think that I have passed through the mountains and the realm of Gondor with fire and sword to bring herbs to a careless soldier who throws away his gear, you are mistaken.  If your pack has not been found, then you must send for the herb-master of this House.  And he will tell you that he did not know that the herb you desire had any virtues, but that it is called westmansweed by the vulgar, and galenas by the noble, and other names in other tongues more learned, and after adding a few half-forgotten rhymes that he does not understand, he will regretfully inform you that there is none in the House, and he will leave you to reflect on the history of tongues.  And so now must I.  For I have not slept in such a bed as this, since I rode from Dunharrow, nor eaten since the dark before dawn.”

Merry seized his hand and kissed it.  “I am frightfully sorry,” he said.  “Go at once!  Ever since that night at Bree we have been a nuisance to you.  But it is the way of my people to use light words at such times and say less than they mean.  We fear to say too much.  It robs us of the right words when a jest is out of place.”

“I know that well, or I would not deal with you in the same way,” said Aragorn.  “May the Shire live for ever unwithered!”  And kissing Merry he went out, and Gandalf went with him.

Pippin remained behind.  “Was there ever any one like him?” he said.  “Except Gandalf, of course.  I think they must be related.  My dear cousin, your pack is lying under your bed where Joey put it, and you had it on your back when I met you.  He saw it all the time, of course.  And anyway I have some stuff of my own.  Come on now!  Longbottom Leaf it is.  Fill up while I run and see about some food.  And then let's be easy for a bit.  Dear me!  We Tooks and Brandybucks, we can't live long on the heights.”

“No,” said Merry.  “I can't.  Not yet, at any rate.  But at least, Pippin, we can now see them, and honour them.  It is best to love first what you are fitted to love, I suppose: you must start somewhere and have some roots, and the soil of the Shire is deep.  Still there are things deeper and higher; and not a gaffer could tend his garden in what he calls peace but for them, whether he knows about them or not.  I am glad that I know about them, a little.  But I don't know why I am talking like this.  Where is that leaf?  And get my pipe out of my pack, if it isn't broken.”

"Do you really think you should be smoking in a hospital room, Merry Brandybuck?" Jennifer scolded.

"Yeah," added Kevin.  "I think we ought to ask that healer first if it's OK!"

Joey just darted over to the bed and gave the hobbit a hug.  "I'm so glad you are all right, Merry!”

-oo000o-

*A/N: We know that in the book, the battle took a lot longer.  It is shorter here in this AU, and instead of continuing through the night, it is still day when it ends.  We certainly hope that we finally have everything accounted for in this reunion!
 

I would like to thank the readers for their patience while I am recuperating from my burns; I am still recovering, but much better than I was. DF

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 46: We Got the Party

Egnil found himself relieved that the party from Lothlórien had found them, although it was embarrassing to have been caught in an ambush and lose their horses.  But he had been worried about Amdir's injury.  He had been pretty sure that the wound was not poisoned as some orc arrows were known to be, but that did not mean that it might not get infected, for even unpoisoned, they were filthy.

He watched anxiously as Orophin unwrapped the wound and gave an approving nod.  He glanced at Egnil.  "You did well.  The wound is clean, and I see no redness or inflammation.”  He took out a small bottle and dripped the contents on the injury.  Amdir's face grew tense, but he did not flinch or grimace.  "I know this stings, but it will prevent your wound from getting worse later."  Amdir's face remained tense, but he nodded.

"We need to decide what to do now," Orophin said, after Amdir's wound had been dressed once more.  "Shall we return to Lothlórien now, or should we await the coming of the rest of your party?  While I should like to go home, it may be better if we stay here until they catch up with us.  Or should I send one of my people to meet them on the road, and let them know what happened?"

Amdir exchanged a look with Egnil and took a deep breath.  "I think we should stay here until they catch up.  But I also think that you should send one of your people to meet them on the road."

While Orophin had been tending to Amdir, the other Elves had started a campfire and begun to prepare a meal.

"Come," called Rúmil.  "We have some soup and a bit of lembas.  For some reason, the Lady thought that we should bring some.  I suppose she knew there was need of it."

"She knew there was one among those we sought who was injured; it will help him to heal," his brother answered.

Orophin nodded in his turn.  "Then that is what we will do.  But first, we will eat."

When they had finished eating, Orophin spoke to his brother.  "Rúmil, as soon as it is light, you need to ride north to meet the other travellers.  Let them know their scouts are safe, and guide them back to us.  We shall remain here until your return." Egnil nodded agreement.

Rúmil glanced at the sky.  "It will be light soon enough.  Why do I not start now?"

Orophin looked up at the stars.  "Why not, indeed?  Just be careful, brother."

"I will."  Rúmil whistled for his horse, and then mounted up and began to ride North.

He did not ride swiftly.  It was cool and pleasant under the stars, and a steady pace was best until daylight, lest there be any places in the road that might injure his horse.  He kept alert, as well, for he had not forgotten the ambush that had harmed the scouts from Imladris.  It would not do for him to be caught by such an arrow.

Anor had shown her face in the East, and was nearly above the treetops beyond the River, when his horse perked up its ears.  He stopped.  He could hear hoofbeats.  He quickly turned his horse's head, and they retreated off the road to behind a copse of trees.

Soon he could see that the one who rode upon a white horse was an Elf, and not just any Elf.

-oo000oo-

Glorfindel had been riding with somewhat less urgency since he had the message from the Lady Galadriel.  But now he sensed the presence of another, hiding at the side of the road.  He was not worried; he could tell it was another Elf.  He stopped where he was.

From the west of the road, another Elf came forth upon his own horse.  "My Lord Glorfindel!  You are alone?"

"Well met, Rúmil of Lothlórien.  I am riding in search of two of my scouts, who should have reported back ere now."  Glorfindel scanned the surrounding countryside.

"We found your scouts, some miles South of here, in the Laeg Ninglorin.  One of them, Amdir, had been injured in an Orc ambush, and they had lost their horses.  They are safe now, for our Lady saw them and sent some of us to find and succour them."  Rúmil was quite relieved to have found the Noldorin Elf-Lord, though he wondered where the other people who were supposed to be travelling with him were.

"We had heard of their difficulties through your Lady.  But I did not know how soon help would find them, so I set out ahead.  Avorn is leading them on, and they are accompanied by Radagast the Brown."

Rúmil nodded.  "What should we do now, my Lord?"

Glorfindel thought for a moment.  "How far away are they?"

"Scarce three hours' ride.  I set off only two hours before daylight.  My brother Orophin sent me to find you and your party, to let you know of their fate."

"Very well.  I shall ask you to continue your errand, to let them know that Egnil and Amdir are safe.  I will go on and join Orophin, and we shall await your return with the others."

"I will, my Lord."  Rúmil trotted on, and Glorfindel urged Asfaloth in the opposite direction.

-oo000oo-

"Let us move off the road towards the River," said Raendir.

Steve nodded.  Gail looked apprehensive, but the four horses turned and followed Raendir.  He found a spot about halfway between the road and the River.

"Kaylee, you are going to be with your mother for just a few moments," the Elf told her.  He dismounted and went over and lifted Kaylee up in front of Gail.

"Are you sure this is a good idea?" Gail asked nervously.  As much as she wanted to have her little girl with her, this didn't seem like the best time.

"I need to be unimpeded," the Elf replied.  "Mairen, watch over the children and their mother."

He dismounted and prepared to string his bow.  He gave Steve a nod.  Steve dismounted, because he knew he could not possibly handle a crossbow from horseback.  The horse walked over to the other two horses and stood next to Mairen and her mount.  Steve prepared his crossbow.

It seemed that perhaps they had escaped the onslaught of the wolves, thought Steve, as they had waited several minutes without spotting anything.  He wondered if he and Raendir should stand down, when he noticed a difference in the Elf's stance.  Raendir became more alert, and he turned his head slightly and gave Steve an almost imperceptible nod.  Clearly, he had heard something that Steve could not.

Suddenly from the undergrowth beyond the verge, two of the beasts burst forth.  Steve took aim and loosed his bolt, a fraction of a second after Raendir loosed his.  The arrow from Raendir's longbow took one of them in the throat, and it hit the ground hard, dead.  Steve's bolt hit the other one in the chest below its front leg.  It went down, wounded but not dead.  He set another bolt and shot once more, this time finishing it off.

Megan had screamed when she saw the animals coming, and was now crying hysterically, in spite of Mairen's efforts to calm the little one.  Kaylee had turned her head into her mother's side and refused to look.  Gail was shaken, pale and trembling and breathing hard.  But she tried not to show her distress, for the children's sake.  The thing that had scared her most, was she had seen Mairen draw a knife, clearly prepared to use it if either of the wolves had somehow escaped the arrows.

Raendir went on foot to check the downed creatures, and then ventured toward the eaves of the woods beyond.  He did not go into the forest, but stood alert and listening for several minutes.  Then he turned and went back the others.

“You think Lucy and Barrel are safe?” Kaylee whispered loudly.

Gail hugged her one-handed.  “Let’s hope so, sweetheart.  They’ll protect them if they can,” she said in a low voice.  She kissed her little girl on the top of her head, and then looked over at Mairen and Megan.  Megan had finally gone from the screaming in terror to crying loudly, and then to the slow sobbing stage with hiccups.  Mairen was jiggling her slightly and patting her on the back, speaking to her soothingly in a low voice.

"Want Mommy," she hiccupped.

Mairen looked at Gail helplessly.  She would gladly trade Megan for Kaylee, but she was not sure if it was yet safe to dismount.  Gail was still not skilled enough to make the exchange from horseback.

Raendir had joined Steve, who had been waiting on the east side of the Road, his crossbow ready.  Steve was not going to stand down until he got the all clear from the Elf.

But now he spoke to Steve, and the two of them turned and joined the women and children.

"There was no sound of any other wargs in the wood beyond," said Raendir.  "I am sure that the others have dealt with the first attackers.  These two, though vicious and dangerous enough, seemed thin and unhealthy.  One of them bore scorch marks up its fur—not new ones, either.  They seemed to have fled this way from some other encounter to the West." 

Steve silently thanked God for saving them from the wargs.  "What should we do now?" he asked aloud.

"I think that we should wait here for the others to catch up to us.  If it did not take long for them to deal with the wargs that first found us, they should catch up with us in about an hour or perhaps another half-hour beyond that.  In the meanwhile, I shall gather some kindling, and we can burn those bodies."  Raendir looked up at Gail and Mairen.  "I believe it is safe to dismount."

He reached up and took Kaylee, so that Steve could help Gail dismount.  

"Are you okay, Rudolph?" Kaylee asked him, giving him a little hug before he put her on the ground.

"I am, indeed," he replied.  "You were very brave, Kaylee."

Kaylee looked at her sister, who was still sitting in front of Mairen on her horse.  “Megan was scared.”

Raendir nodded.  “She certainly was, Kaylee, but she will be all right now.  She is safe now, and so are you.”

As soon as Gail had dismounted, she and Steve held hands and put their heads together, and they quietly thanked God for delivering them all from the wargs.  Then they quickly kissed, and Steve went to help Raendir.

Gail took Megan from Mairen, and soon had jiggled her to sleep.  While Steve helped Raendir start the fire to burn the carcasses, Gail sat on the ground with her daughters, and Mairen went to check the saddlebags.  She came back with some of the sweet honeycakes that they had taken in trade from the Beornings, and gave a piece to each of the girls.  "The sweetness will help to soothe them," she said, "and us as well."  She broke off another piece and handed it to Gail, as she took a bite for herself from the remaining piece.  "There is more for the men when they have finished their task.  I am thankful the wind is blowing the other way.  Such things smell badly enough when they are alive; in death, they smell even worse."

Steve and Raendir soon returned and walked down to the riverbank to wash.  When they came back, they also had some of the honeycakes.  It was less than an hour later when they heard the sound of horses approaching.  

Kaylee roused, for she had fallen asleep in her father's lap, while Megan was asleep in Gail's.  She stood up, and said sleepily, "Are they here?"

“Not yet, sweetheart,” Steve told her.  “But they’ll surely be here soon.”

“I hope Lucy and Barrel’ll be with them,” the little girl said.

Soon the others were visible as they came down the rise in the road.  Steve heaved a sigh of relief—to his count, it looked like everyone was accounted for.  Radagast had Lucy on the horse in front of him, and he rode right next to Avorn, who was leading Barrel.

"There, see, honey," Steve said to Kaylee, "Lucy is just fine, and so is Barrel."

As the group came to the bottom of the small hill, Radagast leaned over and set a barking Lucy down.  The little spaniel ran as fast as she could towards her family.  She ran straight into Kaylee's waiting arms.  “Lucy!” she squealed, hugging the puppy against her chest.  Lucy, in turn, enthusiastically used her tongue to thoroughly wash Kaylee's face, making her giggle.  

Soon the little cavalcade came to a halt on the Road near them.  As soon as they stopped, Kaylee jumped up.  “Barrel!” she squealed.  She dropped Lucy and darted toward her pony, wrapping her arms around Barrel’s neck.  Barrel nickered, and nuzzled her little mistress's chin.

After the joyful reunion, everyone sat down to take a break, and Steve and Gail learned what had happened up the Road after they had raced the children to safety.

"There were six of the beasts altogether," said Avorn.  "Two of them turned tail and ran back into the woods when they saw the arrows fly.  I see that those two found you; I am sorry we could not stop them as well.  It was over very quickly, but like you, we took the time to burn the bodies."

Radagast grinned at Kaylee, who was seated with her legs crossed between her parents, cuddling Lucy.  "Your Lucy is a very brave little soul!  Why, she leapt down from my arms, when one of the four remaining wargs was trying to get away, and darted over to nip at its heels.  She was very quick, jumping back whenever it tried to snap at her, and keeping out of reach of those jaws.  She herded it right back, and Cadhron took it in the throat with an arrow."

Steve and Gail looked at each other and chuckled.  “Interesting,” Steve said.  “Spaniels are bird dogs, not herding dogs.  But I’m proud of Lucy for the way she helped you.”

"She was very proud of herself, I may say," said Radagast with a smile. "She pranced about in circles, with her head up and her tail held high, when it was all over.  But it is often the way that small dogs do not know they are small!  It is good that she did what she did; else you might have found yourself facing three of them, rather than only two."

Steve shook his head.  “I don’t even like to think about what would have happened, if we had.”  Gail nodded agreement, looking grave, and the other elves exchanged sombre glances.

Lucy picked up a nearby stick and started carrying it to and fro.  She had been picking up and carrying things in her mouth quite frequently ever since the journey had started.  Soon, she settled down and started gnawing on it.

"Radagast?" Kaylee said.  Gail sighed.  The wizard had told her to just use his name, and it wasn't like he had a last name for her to use.  She hoped that Kaylee would not forget all her manners before they got home.

"Yes, young Kaylee?" he replied.

"What about your bunnies?  And your sled?" she asked.  Now that she knew Lucy and Barrel were all right, the rabbits had been rather on her mind since the reunion.

Radagast grinned.  "My rabbits know the way home.  I will find them there when I return.  And I can always build a new sled."

"Oh, okay," she said, much relieved.  Then she frowned, distressed.  “But that means you can’t ride anymore!  You’ll have to walk!”

"Did I walk here?" he asked, looking amused.  "I am sure that Avorn will not grudge me the spare horse I used.  Do not worry about me, Kaylee.  As for walking, I have walked many more miles than I have ridden since I came to Middle-earth, though admittedly, I have not walked so far as my friend Ólorin."  His eyes twinkled.  “You and the hobbits call him Gandalf, I believe.  And his Elvish friends call him Mithrandir.”

Steve and Gail looked at one another.  Another name for that mysterious wizard the older kids had gone off with.  They had heard some of the Elves referring to him as "Mithrandir" as well as "Gandalf".  Another thing to ponder.

Soon enough, Avorn stood up.  "We still have a few hours of daylight left.  Let us continue our journey."  Soon they were all mounted.  Kaylee once again rode upon Barrel, who seemed quite happy to have her little rider back.  Megan was riding once more with her father, and Lucy, who had been made to drop the stick, was riding with Radagast again.

They had not gone far before they saw another rider coming from the South.  Avorn had been expecting Glorfindel, but this horse was a bay, not white like Asfaloth.  And he was clad in the green of Lothlórien.

The newcomer sped up and soon met with them.  "Mae govannen," he said, as he pulled up his horse.

Steve listened as the other Elf began to speak to Avorn.  He recognized "mae govannen" as one of those common phrases Bilbo had taught him—it meant "Well met," Middle-earth’s version of "Hello"—but he did not understand the rest of what the other Elf was saying, after Avorn had briefly responded.  Then Avorn turned to Steve and Gail.

"This is Rúmil of Lothlórien.  He does not speak Westron, but he was part of a rescue party sent from there; it seems that the Lady Galadriel had a foresight of the plight of Egnil and Amdir.  They were ambushed by orcs whom they drove off, and Amdir was wounded, and their horses fled.  Their search party found them, and they are well enough now.  Rúmil was sent to bring us word, and on the way, he came across Lord Glorfindel.  Lord Glorfindel asked him to continue his errand, and he will guide us to where they are waiting."

Steve nodded.  "Thank you.  We were wondering what manner of news he brought."

"I hope that Amdir wasn't wounded too badly," added Gail, concern in her voice.

Avorn nodded, and turned to ask Rúmil another question, and then relayed the answer.  "He was taken in the shoulder with an orc arrow, but it was tended well, and though he will not be drawing a bow for a few days, he will soon recover."

Gail breathed a sigh of relief, and silently offered up a prayer of thanks.

"We will continue our journey, and if we ride steadily without more than brief stops, we should find the others by sunset," Avorn said, and urged his horse forward, and the rest of the party followed.  

Steve knew that he, Gail, and the little girls were holding the Elves back.  They did have to make stops for the girls to have a break, and to eat and drink a little something, and truthfully, he and Gail needed those breaks as well.  The two of them were not experienced enough riders that they could ride as fast as the Elves without stopping.  Still, as exhausted as he felt, and as he was sure that Gail felt, they carried on.  He looked at his wife proudly.  She was adapting so well to this strange new world they had found themselves in.  Gail had never had to "rough it", growing up, and even after they got married, camping was always done with tents and as many of the conveniences as they could bring with them.  And the longest time they had camped was two weeks once—and that was done with a borrowed RV.  But she was adapting, and not complaining—or not much, anyway.  He thought for the millionth time how lucky he was to have her.

Gail looked at her husband, and then at their daughters.  My husband’s army years are certainly paying off, she thought.  He had to rough it quite a bit while he was in Iraq during Operation Desert Storm, carrying those heavy army packs in the desert, and his semi-automatic.  And he had to fight Saddam Hussein’s troops while he was there.  She bit her lower lip.  I just hope he won’t have to fight anything more dangerous than a wolf while he’s here!  It’s not only animals or men he might have to fight before we get back home.  She had yet to see one of those goblins or orcs that Bilbo had described, but she knew they were a part of the enemy's forces, and she did not want to see one, ever, if she could help it.

They continued travelling throughout the rest of the day, and Gail was wondering if she'd even be able to walk when they finally stopped.  She glanced enviously down at Lucy, who was once more trotting along the verge.  Radagast had set her down the last time they had taken a brief break; the puppy was carrying a twig she had picked up.  Gail unhooked the waterskin from her saddle and took a small sip.  She had still not learned the knack of doing so without having a little bit of water dribbling down her chin, but at least it was just a few drops now.  She recalled with embarrassment how the first few times, she had soaked the whole front of her clothes.

The area they were riding through had grown a little swampy on the sides of the road, and now Lucy had moved closer to the horses.  The pup's paws were all muddy, although the ground didn't appear that way from Gail's view atop Calroc.  She noticed that Avorn had slowed their pace, and she also noticed that the Elves looked a lot more alert.  Avorn was speaking in a low tone, in Sindarin, with their guide.  Rúmil?  She thought that was the name he gave.  She hoped that they weren't in some kind of danger.  But they rode on steadily, as the shadows to the left grew longer, and the sky began to grow dimmer.  The trees were closer to the Road now, but they were not riding through woods, just clumps of trees growing here and there.

In the eastern sky, Gail spotted a star or two or three twinkling where the sky itself had begun to turn purple, and the mostly-full moon started to rise above the clumps of trees on the other side of the River.  She smiled.  I can’t get over our moon being above this world, too!  And the planets and constellations we’re used to back home, as well.  And then she heard their guide make an exclamation, and she looked forward, and saw in the distance a campfire.   

Avorn turned.  "We have found them.  Let us join them now."

It was with great relief that as they stopped, they saw Glorfindel standing up, next to another Elf, and they spotted both Egnil and Amdir amid the other Elves who sat around the fire.  Gail just sat there atop Calroc, almost afraid to get down.  She just knew her legs would give way if she tried.  But Glorfindel came to her side and helped her down, keeping a steadying hand on her until she was able to stand on her own.  Steve came over, and she almost laughed at him, because he was also stiff, and he was walking rather bow-legged.  She knew she probably would, too, but she was thankful for the long skirt she wore—no one would be able to tell.

Mairen had dismounted gracefully, lifting Megan down.  The three-year-old was sound asleep, and did not even stir.  Kaylee was holding her daddy's hand, but she also looked very sleepy.

She looked up at Gail.  "Are we there yet?" she asked, sounding just like she did when they were just taking a long road trip in the car back home.

"Yes, baby," sighed Gail.  "At least for tonight, we are there.  We’ve found Lord Glorfindel and the scouts, and we’re going to spend the night here."




Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 47: Look Through My Eyes

They had ridden for only half a day before they entered the eaves of Lothlórien, and then for just a few more hours.  It was restful riding among the beautiful trees, which Glorfindel told them were called mellyrn.

Rumil led the group onto a hilltop.  Steve, Gail, and their daughters looked with wonderment at the vista spread before them.  Several miles towards the south, a large hill rose out of the woods.  Upon the hill rose many mighty mallorn trees, taller than any they had yet seen, and nestled high in the crowns of the mellyrn was a beautiful city.  It gleamed in the afternoon sun, green, gold, and silver.  To the east of that city, the woods of Lórien ran down the pale gleam of a huge river.  Beyond that river, the land appeared flat and empty, formless and vague, until far away, it rose again like a dark dreary wall.  The sun that lay on Lothlórien did not have the power to enlighten the shadows that lay beyond.

“Caras Galadon,” Glorfindel told the McClouds, looking ahead.  “The heart of Elvendom on earth.  This is the city of the Galadhrim, where dwell the Lord Celeborn and Galadriel, Lady of Light.”  He turned toward them.

Orophin spoke to Glorfindel, who turned and translated: “The Fellowship was here not long ago, but they have since departed.”

Gail looked troubled.  “I wish we could have arrived here before they left.”

Glorfindel nodded sympathetically.  “I am told they left Lothlórien only two days after you arrived in Middle-earth, Mrs. McCloud.  But we cannot go straight onward, not yet.  War is coming, and we have to make sure it will be safe for us when we leave.”  He shook his head at Gail when he saw an objection on her lips.  "No."  He shot a glance at Kaylee, who was sitting in front of Raendir, singing innocently.  

"There was a farmer who had a dog..." Kaylee sang, as they continued onward.

"...And Bingo was his name-o.

B-I-N-G-O

B-I-N-G-O

B-I-N-G-O

And Bingo was his name-o…"

"Your choices have not changed with regards to your children,” he said gently.  “If we travel straight on, then the two little ones will have to wait here with the Lord and Lady, unless you wish to carry them right into a war."

“And there is no guarantee that they will be safe if we leave them here, either, hon,” Steve told his wife.

Gail shuddered.  There seemed to be no safety anywhere in this land.  She listened to Kaylee's innocent singing, with Megan clapping along with her sister.  They had to be safe.

"But with the Lady Galadriel, they would be safer than traveling on yet awhile,” Glorfindel added.  “At any rate, we must stay for some days, at least, to gather what information is already known.  We also need supplies, and it is in my mind that our mounts may remain here.  It may be best if we travel on the River when we leave."

"Well," said Gail, "I am eager to meet this Lady Galadriel, if it so happens that she will have to babysit for my daughters."

Steve laughed.  "I think that you will meet her pretty soon, honey.  That is where we are headed, after all.  But, Gail—”  His face turned serious.  “—we may end up having to take Kaylee and Megan with us when we do leave, and Lucy, too.  It all depends on how things turn out.”

Gail set her jaw.  “Well, if we do, we are going to have to somehow improvise life jackets for our daughters, Steve.  I don’t want them in a boat without some way to keep them afloat if the boat overturns, or they fall out.”

Steve nodded.  “I agree.  We’ll see what we can do, if it comes to that.”

It wasn't long before they found themselves right in the middle of the "city".  It was hard for Gail to think of it that way; they were still right among trees, and it was more like riding in a park—until she looked up, and was reminded that it really was a city, a city of treehouses.  It made her dizzy to look at.  Like The Swiss Family Robinson, only bigger and more beautiful! she thought.  She noticed that there seemed to be very little in the way of railings or walls.  The swinging bridges made of ropes had only rope at about waist-height to hold onto, as she discovered, but she noticed many of the Elves did not bother to hold on at all, unless they were carrying something, in which case they might hold on with the other hand.  And some Elves weren't even bothering with the rope bridges, but just jumped from branch to branch with no more effort than a squirrel.  She shuddered.  She wasn't afraid of heights, but she had to admit to herself that she'd be apprehensive if she had to walk on any of those rope-bridges.  Some of the trees had stairways built around their trunks, reaching high up before there were even any branches to interfere with the winding spiral stairs.

These are more massive than the redwoods and sequoias in California.  She shook her head in wonder.

“Look, Mommy!  Look, Daddy!  Treehouses!”  Kaylee pointed up at the structures nestled in the mallorn trees and bounced in excitement.

“I’m looking, Kaylee!”  Gail smiled.  “Your daddy and I both are.”

“We sure are,” Steve agreed, nodding.  “These trees are so massive, and these treehouses are a wonder.”

And then they came to a halt before the most massive of the mallorn trees yet.  It dwarfed the other trees around it.  The stairway was much grander than any they had espied before, and the risers were beautifully carved with vines and flowers.  There was no support like the rope-rails she had seen before, but the treads were so wide that anyone walking in the centre would not need to fear falling over.  She turned to look at the children, and noticed that Glorfindel had picked Kaylee up, and Mairen was already carrying Megan.  She breathed a sigh of relief.  At least that would solve the problem of a curious child trying to peer down the edge of the stairs.  But the climb!  The first landing she saw was up among the branches, and there must be three stories worth of steps to climb before they got there!

As soon as they had dismounted their horses, Radagast handed Lucy to Steve and picked up his staff.  Gail took a deep breath, and followed Glorfindel and Orophin, climbing alongside her husband.  She sought his hand, and he grasped it comfortingly.  Mairen was right behind them with Rumil.  None of the other Elves followed.

“What’s it like?” Kaylee asked eagerly.  “What’s it like up there?  Is it gonna be like Rivendell?  What’s Lady Galadriel like?  Will I get to sleep in a treehouse?”

Glorfindel laughed.  “No, Kaylee, Lothlórien is different from Rivendell, as you can see just from looking at it.  You will learn what the sleeping arrangements are before this day is out.  As for the Lady Galadriel, you will find out when you meet her.”  He turned to Steve and Gail.  “I should tell you that Lady Galadriel has the power to read people’s hearts, and to speak directly into their minds.”  He then gave them a mischievous smile.  "By the way..."  He lowered his voice to a conspiratorial whisper.  "...she is also the Lady Arwen's grandmother, and mother-in-law to Master Elrond."

Gail's eyes had nearly popped when he had said that the Lady could read their minds and talk to them in their heads—but his second statement almost made her giggle.  Somehow, she did not think an Elven grandmother would look the same as her own grandmother did.  She realized then that Glorfindel was trying to ease them after his warning.  Please, God… she began silently, and then stopped.  She wasn’t really sure what to ask God for, this time.  After a moment, she silently prayed, Help mehelp us both—to do and say the right things.  She glanced at her husband.  Steve's eyes had a faraway look, and she realized he was probably praying, too.

The stairs among the branches were a little easier to climb, as there were more landings, and closer together.  But finally, they arrived at their destination.  A great house was built like the deck of a ship, a huge chamber that was oval in shape, and like the mast of a ship, the trunk of the immense tree grew right up through the centre of the room.  The walls gleamed with silver and gold carvings, and above them at a great height was a ceiling that appeared to be of gold.

There were two throne-like chairs sitting in front of that great tree-trunk, and in them sat two Elves that nearly took Gail's breath away, so beautiful and wise did they appear.  The two of them sat hand in hand, and once their guests were fully in the room, they stood up, still hand in hand, to greet them.  She couldn't believe how tall they were, taller than any of the other Elves she had met except for Lord Glorfindel.

Both of them were blond.  Lord Celeborn's hair was a silver-white, and the Lady's hair was gold, very deep gold, though there were also some silvery strands that gleamed through here and there.  But their eyes were filled with the wisdom of the ages.  Gail got the idea that they both could just see right through her.  How old are these elves? she wondered.  While the Lady Galadriel didn't look like any grandmother she had ever met back home, she had no problem believing she was Arwen's grandmother—those eyes were ancient!

She glanced down at her daughters, who had been set down on the floor as soon as they had entered the room.  Kaylee was nestling against her father, wide-eyed, her thumb in her mouth, and Megan was doing the same on his other side.  Steve, who was holding Lucy against his chest with one hand, had his other arm wrapped around Megan’s shoulders.

"Welcome to Lothlórien," said Celeborn.  He smiled wistfully at the two little girls and then smiled down at the puppy, who whined in Steve’s arm.  "Please be seated," and it was only then that Gail noticed some chairs had been brought forward, just enough for everyone who had come in to sit down.  Steve, Gail, and the Elves took their seats, and Steve set Lucy on the floor.  Kaylee climbed into Steve’s lap and resumed gaping up at Celeborn and Galadriel.  Gail took Megan in hers, while Lucy perched at Gail’s feet.  Radagast remained standing next to Glorfindel’s chair.

Celeborn's gaze fell upon Radagast.  "Aiwendil, welcome once more to our halls.  It has been long since you have graced us with your presence."

The scruffy, brown-cloaked wizard, who should have looked very out of place in this elegant chamber, instead looked very much like he belonged.  There was an air about him that Gail had never noticed before.  He placed a hand upon his chest, and with a smile at his hosts, he inclined his head in the briefest of polite bows.  "Celeborn of Lothlórien and Galadriel Artanis, I am glad to see you once more.  I can see that you have had the presence of my friend Gwaihir recently.  I look forward to hearing of his errand to you."

The Lady arched an elegant brow, and said, "You perceive much.  We shall speak of it later."  With another bow, Radagast took his seat on the remaining empty chair, holding his staff.  Galadriel turned her gaze to Glorfindel.  "Laurefindel of the House of the Golden Flower, welcome to you as well.  Thank you for heeding my message."  The two of them gazed at one another for a moment, almost as though they were having a conversation without words.  Gail recalled what Glorfindel had said earlier, and wondered if possibly Glorfindel was able to use telepathy, too?  He had not called it that—but it was obviously what he had meant.

Celeborn looked at Gail and Steven now.  "Welcome to our hall, Steven McCloud and Gail McCloud.  It is an honour to meet the parents of such remarkable children as Kevin, Jennifer, and Joseph.  We were glad to host them here in our realm for a while."  Steve and Gail exchanged proud smiles, pleased to know that their children had made a good impression on these Elves, even without their parents around to supervise them.  Celeborn then smiled at the little girls.  “Welcome, Miss Kaylee and Miss Megan.”  Kaylee smiled, and Megan fidgeted, sucking her thumb.

Galadriel now looked straight at Gail, and suddenly Gail heard a voice in her mind, just as Glorfindel had warned them.  ‘Fear not, Gail, for your children are wise, and have learned what they need to know to survive in this world.  Their hearts are filled with love for the One, and He gives them the strength they need.’

Gail gave a slight gasp and looked up at the Lady, whose face was filled with compassion, and her own eyes filled with tears.  She blinked them away, and whispered, "Thank you."

‘You are most welcome,’ the gentle voice in her head responded.  Then she felt it withdraw.

Now Galadriel smiled at Kaylee, who had said nothing so far, but had sat quietly in Steve’s lap, staring wide-eyed at her.  “No, little one,” she said, her eyes twinkling in amusement, “I am not an angel.  I am just an Elf-woman.”  Kaylee’s eyes opened even wider, and then she gaped up at her father, who shook his head in evident wonder.  Gail shook her head as well, as much to clear it as anything else.

With a smile, Galadriel bent over and gestured to Lucy, who trotted toward her.  Galadriel rubbed Lucy’s head as the puppy licked her hand.  “Welcome, Lucy,” she said.  Lucy whined and wagged her tail as the Elf-lady and Celeborn took turns petting her.

Straightening his back, Celeborn spoke again.  "Go now, rest and be comforted, and put aside your worries while you are here.  No enemies shall enter this land."

Sitting up straight once more, Galadriel nodded.  "You shall find ease here; rest, and we shall speak again on the morrow."  She and Celeborn rose to their feet, and Lucy trotted back toward the McClouds, her tail still wagging.

The two of them withdrew, and as they all stood up, Kaylee picked up Lucy.  Glorfindel led them out of the chamber.  Two Elves, a male and a female, awaited them.

The two Elves introduced themselves.  The Elf-maiden said her name was Lassiel, and the other one told them that his name was Thorchon.  "We are honoured to meet the family of Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey," he said.  "We spent much time with them while they stayed here."

"We are to guide you to where you may bathe, and to show you where you will stay while you are in Lothlórien," added Lassiel.  "Lady Gail, if you and the two little girls would come with me?"

"Please," said Gail, "just call me 'Gail'."

Lassiel looked at her, and said, "As you wish...Gail."

As in Rivendell, Gail got the feeling that the Elves here also did not approve of using first names so soon, but that they would do as they were asked, even if they didn't.  Glorfindel took Lucy from Kaylee and held her against his chest.  She licked his neck and thumped her tail against his chest.

The group had to descend the great tree once more.  Then, when they reached the bottom, Gail and Mairen followed Lassiel.  Gail carried Megan while Mairen walked, holding Kaylee's hand.  Lassiel led them to the second of two paths marked with white stones; Gail watched as Steven and the rest of their group walked down the first one, her eyes on Steve until the path curved around a low hedge and vanished from sight.  Then she picked up her pace, to keep up with Mairen and Lassiel.  She wondered what sort of bathing facilities they had here in the woods.  She recalled the bathing rooms at Rivendell fondly, and did not hold out much hope for hot water, although it would be wonderful to get really clean.  None of them had found any chance to do more than wash up at the banks of rivers and streams since they had left Rivendell.

But Lassiel led them into a small clearing hedged about by small trees and bushes; within the clearing, a small pond gave off the welcome sight of steam and a slightly mineral scent.  The pond bubbled in the centre; it was a true hot spring.

There was a pile of folded linens on a beautifully carved wooden bench at the edge of the pond, and a basket of round soaps that smelled of herbs and flowers, and a jar of liquid soap as well, that smelled the same.  Gail could not identify just what herbs and flowers, but the scent was light and refreshing.

Gail knew there was little privacy, although she still felt slightly embarrassed.  She had been in college the last time she could recall having to undress in front of others (besides her husband, of course).  But the wish to be clean overcame her modesty, and after all, she did not want to make Kaylee or Megan hesitate or be uncomfortable.  And she soon forgot even to be embarrassed as she joined Mairen and the girls in the steamy water that washed away her aches and pains of travel.  It was wonderful to wash all over, and to even get a chance to wash her hair, which was quite a bit longer than it had been when they had first arrived in Middle-earth.  I’ll have to get a haircut when I get back home! she thought wryly.

She and Mairen also washed the girls, including their hair, and allowed them to splash and play in the shallower side of the pond, before they finally got out, dried off, and changed into the garments that seemed to be a cross between a simple pullover calf-length dress and a nightgown.

"If you will give to me your own garments, we shall see them washed, dried, and mended, and returned to you tomorrow," said Lassiel.  "The packs containing your other things have already been delivered to your pavilion.  It is the same one that the Company from Rivendell used while they were here a few weeks ago."

Gail nodded.  “Thank you.  That’s very kind of you.”  She took her clothes and her daughters’ clothes out of her pack and handed them to Lassiel.  Turning to Mairen, she asked, “Do you have any idea how long we’re going to stay here?”

Mairen shook her head.  “We will stay here as long as we need to.  I do not know how long that will be.”

Gail bit her lower lip.  “I just want to get to our other children, Mairen.”

"It is likely to be some days at least, Gail," said Lassiel.  "While our Lady keeps the Golden Wood peaceful and free of the enemy's vermin, the lands outside are restless, especially to the South of here.  Scouts will have to be sent out before any may venture forth."

Gail sighed.  More delays, but she couldn't very well object to that—better safe than sorry, as Steve was fond of saying.

Kaylee tugged at her mother's hand and smiled.  “Can we go play?  Please?”

Gail shook her head.  "No, Kaylee.  It’s already past your bedtime.  Megan should have already been in bed an hour ago, and it’s past time now that you did the same."  She pointed up through the canopy of the trees to the night sky beyond.  It might have been mid-afternoon when they arrived in Caras Galadon, but it was definitely after dark now.

Kaylee made a little face, but did not otherwise protest.  Gail continued to be impressed with her five-year-old.  It wasn't long ago that any mention of bedtime was greeted with whining and protests.

They found Steve, Glorfindel, Avorn, and Radagast waiting for them at the head of the path, with Thorchon.  Steve was holding Lucy, who wagged her tail at the sight of Gail and her daughters.  Thorchon and Lassiel then led them to the spacious pavilion.  It was at the foot of one of the huge mallorn trees, near the fountain they had passed on their way to the hall of Galadriel and Celeborn.  It was spacious, filled with soft couch-like seats, cushions, and blankets, as well as a dog bed for Lucy.  There were two areas partitioned off by curtains, and in the centre of the pavilion was a low round table, covered with a soft white cloth and laden with food—bread, fruit, cheese, and cold sliced meats were set out for them, and two bowls on the ground for Lucy: one filled with meat, and the other filled with water.  Steve set Lucy on the ground, and she darted toward the nearest bowl and started gobbling the meat.

"Where are all the others?" Gail asked.  She did not see any of the other Elves who had accompanied them from Rivendell.

Steve said, "Apparently a lot of them have friends and family here, and they've gone to stay with them for the most part.  A few may return here to sleep, but maybe not."  It went unsaid that Elves did not really need much in the way of sleep.

Glorfindel added, "There are many ties of kinship between the Valley and the Wood, but also they knew we needed to talk, and they have made themselves scarce."

"Oh."  That sounded ominous.  Gail hoped it wasn't bad news about the kids.  She turned worried eyes up to Steve, who put an arm around her shoulders.

After they had all partaken of some of the food, Gail and Mairen put the little girls to sleep on a soft cot behind one of the curtained-off areas; on Steve’s orders, Lucy trotted toward her dog bed and curled up on the cushion.  Then they all sat down, for Gail and Steve to hear what news Glorfindel and Radagast had to impart.

Radagast spoke first.  "You only missed seeing your children by two weeks, it seems.  And I only missed my old friend Gandalf by a week."

"Gandalf didn't leave with them?" asked Steve.  He had yet to meet the other wizard, but he had rather been counting on the fact that the kids had a wizard with them!

Glorfindel shook his head.  "They took a route beneath the mountains, through the tunnels in the mines of Moria.  There they were attacked by an ancient evil."  He was silent, and his face had an expression they had never seen since they had met him.  "A Balrog, a demon of Morgoth.  Only Gandalf had the power to face him, and none who have fought a Balrog have ever survived.  Both Gandalf and the beast fell into an abyss, and the others all thought he had perished.  Aragorn it was, who led them here to Lothlórien."

"A demon?"  Gail's voice had gone up in pitch.  "A demon?" she repeated.

"One of the Ainur who chose to follow Morgoth when he rejected Eru," Radagast answered.  "The Valaraukar, or Demons of Night, were spirits of fire. They chose to keep their horrid appearance when they had assumed it, and would never again appear fair."

The four of them sat silently for a long moment.  At last, the wizard glanced over at Glorfindel and shook his head.  If the Lord of the House of the Golden Flower did not wish to speak of Balrogs, then he would.  Radagast said, “Gandalf is not the only one who has fought and killed a Balrog.  Glorfindel also killed one, a long time ago.”  He paused, looking at the Elf-lord.  “He was also killed in the process, but was restored to life centuries later by the will of Eru, in Valinor; that was back in the Second Age.  Almost seven hundred years after that, he was sent back by the Valar to Middle-earth, to look after Master Elrond; he has been his companion ever since.  When he says that none who have fought a Balrog have ever survived, he knows of what he speaks.”

Steve and Gail stared at Glorfindel, seeing him in a whole new light.  Without a word, the Elf-Lord got up and left the pavilion.   

Radagast sighed.  "I suppose I should not have said anything.  Oh, dear."  He shook his head.  "So many already know the story, still he does not seem to like speaking of it to others, especially people who do not already know.  People tend to look at him differently once they know his tale."

Steve and Gail exchanged a glance.  "But you said Gandalf was here, and then left?”  Steve exchanged a puzzled look with Gail.  “How did he survive?"

The brown wizard shrugged.  "I am sure it was only by the will of Eru.  But he was here, and now he is not, and he went South.  That is all I know of that."

Then he, too, got up and left—presumably to go after Glorfindel, or maybe not.  Gail and Steve sat and exchanged uncomfortable looks with Mairen and Avorn.  Finally, Avorn stood.  "No offense to the hospitality of the Galadhrim.  I am sure no evil may enter here, any more than at home in Imladris.  Nevertheless, I shall feel better keeping watch until the others return.”  He stood up, kissed Mairen on the forehead, and went to stand by the entrance of the pavilion.

"I will stay with the little ones, Gail, if you and Steve wish to retire and get some sleep."  Mairen rose and went to the area where the girls were sleeping and took the other cot.

Steve and Gail looked at one another.  Gail took another drink from her goblet of water, and then said, "I suppose we should take her advice."

-oo000oo-

When Steve woke up the next morning, he realized that he and Gail had slept late.  It was broad daylight, and he was quite hungry.  He glanced over at Gail, who was still sleeping very deeply. He smiled at her, and sighed.  It was very tempting to wake her, but she had been so tired when they came here.  She needed her rest.  He slipped out of bed, and noticed that at the foot of their bed, their packs had been placed, and also the clothes they had been wearing upon their arrival were there, clean, dry, mended, and folded.  He dressed quickly and quietly, and slipped out of their curtained off area to the common area of the pavilion.

Mairen sat on a cushion, sewing something, and Glorfindel was sharpening his sword.  He didn't see anyone else. 

"Where are the kids?" Steve asked.

"Radagast took them to see the swans," Mairen answered.  "I am sure he will find many other birds and beasts to show them as well.  Lucy is with them, and they will be well."

Steve nodded and turned his attention to the low table, where food had been set out.  A silver pitcher steamed with some sort of hot beverage, and in addition there was fresh bread, butter, fruit, and cheese, as well as a large bowl of frumenty.

He took a clean empty goblet from the table and poured whatever-it-was from the pitcher.  It was some sort of herbal tea, sweet and mildly minty, as well as the scent and taste of other herbs.  It wasn't quite as much of a pick-me-up as coffee, but it was invigorating and just as good as every other food the Elves had served during their stay so far.

Steve got a bowl of the frumenty and a chunk of the soft brown bread, which he smeared with some of the butter, and found a cushion to sit upon while he ate. He mentally said a prayer of thanks for the food and then glanced over at Glorfindel, who had finished with his sword, sheathed it, and put it aside.

"Do you think you will be needing to use that sword soon, Glorfindel?" Steve asked.  He tried to sound casual, but the news last night had worried him.

The Elf looked up and nodded.  "I am sure that I will.  It is very likely that we will see efforts to attack Lothlórien very soon.  The attack on our scouts were likely made by scouts of the enemy.  They would never come so close to the Lady's domain if they were not planning on something more.  And both she and Lord Celeborn spoke to me about this.  While it is unlikely that Lothlórien will fall the first time it is assaulted, and even more unlikely that the enemy could penetrate to the heart of the Golden Wood, if Sauron is not defeated soon…"  He let his voice trail off.

Laying his spoon and bowl down, Steve leaned back on his cushion, frowning.  “Will you be needing my help?” he finally asked.  “Since you did train me in Rivendell, I do have some skill with your weapons now.  I’ve also had experience fighting in war back in my homeland, although I’ll admit I’ve had more experience with a gun than with a sword or knives or a crossbow.”

The Elf looked at him intently.  Steve tried to keep his own eyes steady.  He had already realized it was hard to hold the gaze of an Elf, and Glorfindel in particular seemed to see a lot.  Finally, Glorfindel spoke.  "Whether you choose to fight here or not, your welcome is assured, and nor would any think ill of you if you did not.  You are right about your skill with a sword, and with knives.  But you have done very well with your crossbow.  But your honour will not be questioned if you choose to stay with your wife and children.  None could blame you for that."

Steve drew in a deep breath.  Elves.  They sure didn't like to give real advice!  Aloud, he said, "If you think I'd be of use with my crossbow, then I would feel better if I was also helping to defend my wife and our girls."

Glorfindel smiled.  "I had a feeling that you might say that.  Would you care to bring your crossbow and bolts, and I will show you the butts where your son and daughter practiced their archery while they were here.  I have been told that they learned much while they were here."  He rose and went to the corner of the pavilion, where stood several of the weapons they had brought from Rivendell.  He grabbed his own longbow and his quiver.  "Come!  I shall tell you the amusing tale Orophin recounted to me, of your son Joey and the hobbits, and how they taught him to use a sling…"

Steve stood up and followed him out of the pavilion as Glorfindel told him about Joey’s first lesson in using a sling.  The Elf had a droll manner of telling it, and Steve found himself laughing, as he could just imagine that as something Joey would do.

-oo000oo-

Gail stretched and yawned, and then she turned to see that Steve was already gone.  In the other part of the pavilion, she could hear Kaylee's excited chatter.

"Mairen!  Guess what!  We got to feed the swans!  They're so pretty!  And then we got to see a badger and some squirrels and a fawn!  It let us pet it!"

"Bambi soft," Gail heard Megan chime in.  With a grin, she got up to find her clothing neatly piled at the foot of the bed.  Quickly, she dressed and went to find her two girls in Mairen's company, and Lucy sniffing around.

She went to find Mairen still listening to the children, Radagast watching in amusement.  "Good morning, girls!  Good morning, Mairen and Radagast.  Where's Steve?"

"He went out with Lord Glorfindel about two hours ago, Gail," Mairen answered.

Just then her daughters barrelled into her for a good-morning hug.  "Mommy, guess what!  Radagast showed us lots of animals!" Kaylee said, smiling broadly.  "And we saw Daddy shooting his bow, too."

"He was practicing his archery with the Elves," said Radagast.  "We saw him on our way back here."

There was still some bread, cheese, and fruit on the table.  Gail helped herself to some of the bread and cheese and an apple, and a goblet of water, asked the blessing over the food, and sat down to listen to the children tell her of their adventures with Radagast.  Afterwards, she and Mairen put Kaylee and Megan down for their naps, for the girls had already eaten while they were out.  Lucy curled up on the ground next to their cot.

"I think I will go and find my husband," Gail said.  "Do you know where they practice archery here?" she asked Mairen.

Mairen shook her head, but Radagast spoke up and said that he would show her the way.

The old wizard offered her his arm, in what Gail thought of as a charming old-fashioned gesture; but of course, here in Middle-earth, it was just common courtesy.  She placed her hand on his forearm, and they went out in a leisurely fashion.  "Is it far?" she asked.

Radagast chuckled.  "Not particularly, although it is not the way of Elves to make a straight path, especially here in Lothlórien."

The path was rather winding, as Gail discovered.  "Kaylee and Megan seemed to enjoy going out with you this morning."

He gave her a lopsided smile.  "It has been so very long since I have been with children, especially such young ones.  It was good to recall the delight little ones take in seeing animals and talking with them.  Your littlest one seemed to insist on naming the fawn we saw 'Bambi'."

Gail laughed.  "In our home, there is a well-known story of a fawn named Bambi.  I am afraid that Megan may think that every baby deer she sees is named that!"

He shook his head and chuckled.  "So, are there many such tales in your land?"

"Many," Gail said.  "Most of them have animals that talk and act like people, although in real life, of course, animals don't do that."

"Well, of course, they do.  Animals are people," he said seriously.  "I do not understand why you would say that they do not.  What other life is there than that which is real?"

Gail was taken aback.  "I meant, of course, in the made-up stories that children often—"  She was about to say "watch" when she realized that would entail more explanations than she cared to give.  "—er, listen to.  Or read for themselves, when they're old enough."

The eyebrow he raised at her expressed his doubt that she had actually said what she meant.  Gail wondered if wizards could read minds, too. 

"I find that animals are often fine conversationalists," Radagast said, "although you do find that they tend to natter on about the things that concern them most.  It can sometimes be a task to get them to speak of the things that are important to wizards, Elves, Dwarves, and Men."

"Really?"  Gail had seen him "talking" to birds, but she thought that was just a "wizard thing", some kind of special magic.

"Some animals have a special affinity with certain lines of mortals.  Elves have a good understanding of most animals, and I must say I have a greater affinity for birds and beasts than even my fellow Istari.  But even Saruman can speak with his crebain."  He sighed.  "Sad, really, that he has become more taken with wheels and iron than with his fellow creatures."

Gail would have liked to question him more about all this, but just then he said, "Aha!  And we have arrived at the archery butts!"  He pointed ahead, and she saw several Elves with longbows, and Steve in the middle of them with his crossbow.  They were taking it in turns to shoot at targets that seemed absurdly far away.  Although she noticed that the one Steve was aiming at was not quite so far away as the others.  She and Radagast stood back silently, so as not to interrupt, but she could tell some of the Elves had noticed them.

Steve took his shot, and his bolt hit nearly at the bulls' eye, but not quite.  Still, she thought it was a very good shot.  Once it was made, all of the Elves and Steve stood down and looked in their direction.  Steve grinned, and began walking in their direction.  When he got there, he enfolded her in a big hug, and said, "Hello, sleepyhead!  I thought you'd never wake up."

She hugged him back and looked up at him.  "Thanks for letting me sleep in," she said.  He kissed her.

He looked at Radagast, his eyes twinkling.  "Thank you for showing her where I was.  And I guess I have you to thank for babysitting my little rug-rats this morning."

"Rug-rats?"  For a brief moment, the wizard looked puzzled, and then he smiled.  "Ah, I understand.  A good term for small ones who can be underfoot sometimes!"

Steve laughed.  "Exactly!  I forgot that term isn't familiar around here."

"It was a delight.  And they were very proud of you when they saw you practicing."

"Well, from what Glorfindel told me this morning while Gail was sleeping, I need to be ready," said Steve, his face suddenly grim.

Glorfindel joined them just then.  "Still, I say to you, none will think less of you; if you do not aid us, no one will think the less of you."

"I will," said Steve firmly.

Gail looked at him, and at the determination on his face, and her heart sank.

-oo000oo-

A/N: The plural of "mallorn" is "mellyrn".


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 48: All in the Golden Afternoon

Later in the day, Steve and Gail watched as Megan and Kaylee were playing by the fountain at the foot of the largest mallorn.  Radagast had taken Lucy for a walk an hour earlier, and had not returned with her yet.  Several of the Elves had somehow been coaxed into playing hide-and-seek with the little girls.  Considering that the Elves in question did not even speak Westron, they were still wondering how on earth their kids had managed that feat.

"It would not be hard for a child to make her wishes known," said a deep male voice behind them.  They turned to see Celeborn and Galadriel standing behind them.  Celeborn added, "We have had no young children here since Arwen was very young—Lassiel was her age, as was Rumil, and perhaps one or two others.  And there were scarcely more when Elladan and Elrohir were young.  Our daughter Celebrian had many playmates in her time, perhaps a dozen or more."

Gail noticed that he looked very sad at the mention of his daughter.  Mairen had told her the story on their way here.  It sounded such a very horrible thing to happen, that Arwen's mother had been able to find no peace in Middle-earth, and had to sail away to finish healing after she had been captured by those orcs.  "Do not mention her unless they bring her up," Mairen had cautioned her.  "It is still a very painful thing to speak of in Lorien."

"Gail," said Galadriel, "rise and walk with me.  I would speak with you."

Gail stood up and brushed herself off.  Merely being in the Lady Galadriel's presence made her feel dishevelled.  Galadriel looked down at Steve.  "I just wish to borrow your wife for a little while," she said in her mellifluous voice.

Steve nodded.  “Certainly.”

Galadriel walked off, and Gail found herself silently following.

"You are worried about your husband's decision to join battle alongside us," Galadriel said, once they were out of Steve’s earshot.

Gail nodded.  "I am.  He hasn't been a soldier for many years; I know he didn't like fighting and hoped never to have to fight again.  But he just decided to do it, just like that."  Gail didn't add, He didn't even talk it over with me first, but she knew by the small smile on the Lady's face that Galadriel knew what she was thinking.  She probably doesn't even need to use telepathy to know, either.  I'll bet she could tell just by the look on my face.

"Your husband is very much a man of honour," Galadriel said.  "He would find it difficult to allow others to fight on his behalf without at least trying to do his part.  And like your children, and like you yourself, he is tuned to the will of Eru Ilúvatar.  Trust him, and trust the One, and no matter what happens, all will be well in the end, though it be not what we may expect."

Gail furrowed her brow as she thought about what Galadriel had just told her.  A Scriptural passage came to her mind.  *"'And we know that in all things God works for the good of those who love him, who have been called according to his purpose,’”she softly quoted.

A smile spread across Galadriel’s face.  "Is that from your Holy Book?  Your older children often mentioned such wise sayings from it."

"Yes.  Yes, it is.  Romans eight, twenty-eight.  Chapter eight, verse twenty-eight."  Gail was pleasantly surprised to learn that her children were quoting from Scripture.  She felt a little glow of motherly pride.

"Jennifer, especially, seemed to have a good understanding.  Did you know that since coming to Arda, she has had dreams which showed foreknowledge?"  Galadriel glanced at her, gauging Gail's reaction.

Gail stood stock-still, gaping at Galadriel.  "She what?"

"In the House of Elrond, both she and her brother Kevin had the same dream, in which they saw themselves going on this journey.  She has had others since then, though I do not believe she remembered most of them; but she had such dreams here in Lothlórien and was able to recount one of them to me.  She knew that you, your husband, and your youngest child were also coming to Arda."

"She knew?"  Then something else struck her.  "Wait a minute—how do you know she had other dreams if she didn't remember them?"

"Such things do not happen in my realm without my knowledge," was Galadriel’s cryptic answer.  "But that is not important.  I mention it only because such gifts, once wakened, do not often go away.  I do not know if such will continue when she returns to your home, but it will be up to you to help her see it as a gift and not a burden, if it does happen."

Gail wasn't sure what to make of this information.  Her little girl could actually have dreams about the future?  Of course, the Lord could give someone such a gift—He had certainly done so back in Bible times—but Jennifer?  It was hard for her to imagine it.  And yet—here they all were, in a strange place and time, one that she herself had never imagined before.

Gail frowned.  “You said she didn’t remember most of them.  Then they couldn’t have been prophetic dreams, because she would have surely remembered them if they had been.  And even most of the dreams she could remember upon awakening were probably just ordinary dreams, unlike the two you told me about.  Most of mine are—all of mine, in fact.”

"Dreams always come for a reason.  Prophecy is only one of those things.  Even ordinary dreams are meant to help us clear our thoughts and to aid us in making decisions, and most people do not remember all of their ordinary dreams.  Jennifer's dreams of what may come are meant for the same purpose, to help her come to decisions about what to do.  But those dreams that she does recall, and speaks of to others, ones in which she sees glimpses of what is to come: those are dreams of what you may call prophecy.  And I will tell you this, of my own knowledge: since coming to Arda, any dreams of that nature are not ordinary.  We Elves do not use the term 'prophecy' in the way you Secondborn do; for us, we call it foreknowledge.  Prophecy is a special communication with Eru, and is the gift of certain chosen ones.  Of course, like any mortal, she still has dreams that are simply ordinary dreams, prompted by the day's events." 

Gail could not help it: "But Jennifer?"

Galadriel laughed.  "Though we mothers always like to think of our offspring as special, when they actually are, it is hard for us to believe that such exceptional creatures could be ours."

"Oooh-kay," she said, still feeling incredulous.  Though she did believe what the Lady was telling her in her head, it was harder to believe it in her heart.  "Was there a reason you did not include Steve when you told me this?  Do you want me to keep it from him?"  Gail felt uncomfortable at that idea.

"Not at all," said the Lady, "but I thought that it might come more easily from you.  Also, it gave me the chance to speak with you mother to mother.  All of your children are special, and they all have special tasks to accomplish in this place, or the One would not have put them here.  But you have to know that these things are neither easy nor without peril."

"Peril?"  Now Gail felt alarmed.  "What kind of peril?"

"If you knew, or thought you knew, what sort of peril, what could you do?  I could give you a glimpse of some things, but such may or may not be what actually comes to pass.  Keep in mind, that trying to prevent the peril might even hasten it.  Think about that for a while, and then let me know what you decide."

“I—I just want my children to be safe,” Gail said weakly.  “My husband, too, for that matter.”

"I know that, child.  So do all mothers wish safety for their children, and wives for their husbands," Galadriel said, and now Gail could hear a deep sadness in her voice.  "Yet even the simplest of journeys are fraught with both peril and wonder, and we cannot always keep them safe.  We must trust, as you said, that all will work to the Creator's purpose."  She sighed, and then added, "Would you like to hear some of what your older children did while they were here?"

So Gail listened as the Lady told of lessons and explorations and other small doings of her children while they had been Galadriel and Celeborn’s guests, but her thoughts kept wandering to what she would tell Steve, and to whether she wanted that mysterious information that Galadriel had offered her.  Part of her wanted to say "Yes, please," right now—and part of her just wanted all of the ideas of her babies in peril to just go away while she put her fingers in her ears and said, "La, la, la".

-oo000oo-

A little while later, Kaylee was chasing after Megan in circles; both little girls were giggling.  Lucy, whom Radagast had brought back from her walk a short while ago, was scampering about, barking.  Mairen sat on a bench, watching them in amusement, and Radagast stood next to her.

“Well, hello, little ones!”

Kaylee and Megan halted and whirled to find Celeborn standing next to Mairen and Radagast.  “Hi, Lord Celeborn!” Kaylee said cheerfully, scampering toward him with Megan right behind her.  Lucy followed them both, her tail wagging.

As soon as Kaylee stopped in front of him, Megan went right up to him, staring up at the Elf.  "Hi, Lor' Kelly—Kelly bur'," she said, her smile a bit crooked, as she seemed not quite sure what to make of this very shiny Elf.

"'Kelly-bur.’  Hmmm…"  He smiled down.  "Do you mind if I pick you up?"

"Up!" Megan said.  She held her arms up to him trustingly, and he lifted her.

"I once had a little girl like you," he said.

"Where is she?" asked Kaylee, looking slightly envious of her little sister.

"Well, she grew up, and she married Master Elrond.  And she had two little boys named Elladan and Elrohir, and a little girl named Arwen.  And then, long after they grew up, she sailed away across the Sea."

"When will she come back?" Kaylee asked.

He sighed and looked sad.  "She will not come back.  She cannot.  But one day, we shall sail across the Sea as well, and we will see her then."

"Oh."  Elves were strange, thought Kaylee.  She could not imagine her mommy and daddy letting her sail away and never come back.  Even if she was grown up.

“Guess what!  I know Master Elrond!”  Kaylee smiled broadly.  “And Lady Arwen!  And Elladan and Elrohir.  They’re nice!  Hey, Elladan and Elrohir are twins, did you know that?”

Celeborn laughed and exchanged an amused look with Radagast and Mairen.  “I should, Miss Kaylee!  I am their grandfather, and they and their sister used to come to Lothlórien with their parents to visit us when they were elflings.”  Lucy whined and rubbed her paw on his leg; with a laugh, Celeborn bent over to rub her head with one hand as he clasped Megan to his chest with the other.  Lucy licked his hand.  Straightening up after a moment, he looked at Megan.  "May I show you a game I used to play with my daughter when she was small like you?"

"Yes," said Megan.

"Say, 'please'," Kaylee said.

"Yes, pwease," Megan said.

He held her above his head.  "Put your legs straight out, and hold your arms out like bird's wings," he instructed.

She giggled and did so, and then laughed even more as Celeborn swooped her above his head, making her "fly".

First, he sang: 

 

"Aew niben, aew niben, navan gwilig?

‘Gwilin erin eryd nu menel luin.’

Aew niben, aew niben, amman glirig?

‘A-pheded i 'althon i sí Ethuil.’"

Then he switched to Westron:

 

“Little bird, little bird, where do you fly?

‘I fly over the mountains beneath the blue sky.’

Little bird, little bird, why do you sing?

‘To tell you I’m happy that now it is spring.’”#

After a few minutes, he put her down, and asked Kaylee if she also wanted a turn.

"YES, PLEASE!" she shouted, jumping up and down.

After Kaylee had finished "flying", Celeborn set her down upon the grass, and took a seat on the ground near Mairen and Radagast, who had been watching the game with a smile.  Radagast looked at him and laughed.  "I see little girls can always wrap themselves about your finger, Celeborn," he said with a wink.  Celeborn rolled his eyes.

Kaylee looked up at her Elven host, and then, using Pippin's favourite expression on her face, made her eyes as wide as she could as she put her hands together, and said, "Story, please."

He looked down at her, and said sternly, "I think you have been taking lessons from a certain young halfling.”

She giggled and then nodded, with an impish grin.  "Yes.  Pippin.  He's good at making people tell stories.”  She tilted her head and gave him her most appealing puppy-eyed expression.  “Story, please.”

"I know he is.  He is very good, indeed, and so are you, I can see."  Celeborn chuckled.  "He was a guest here, and I saw him use that very face on many people while he was here.  He cajoled a great many stories that way."

Kaylee nodded, and again, said, "Story, please."  She wriggled a bit and deliberately batted her eyelashes.  “Pretty please?  Pretty please, with sugar on top?”  Radagast snorted, and Mairen shook her head in amusement.

Celeborn capitulated.  "Very well.  Let me think.  It has been a very long time since one so young as you asked for a story.  Give me a little time to come up with a good one."  Celeborn ruffled Kaylee’s hair and then sat in silence for a long moment.  Lucy trotted up to him, and he lifted her onto his lap.  Lucy licked his hand, and then tucked her head down and curled up for a nap.

"You know that I told you Arwen was my granddaughter," he said finally.  "Would you like to hear a tale of when she was just a little older than you?'

The two little girls had by this time sat down in front of him cross-legged, their hands folded in their laps, and their eyes fixed upon his face.

"You girls have met Lassiel here in Lórien?"

They nodded.  "She took us swimming to have a bath," Kaylee answered.

"Well, she is the same age as Arwen, and when Arwen came to visit us with her brothers the first time, when she was just an elfling, the two of them became the best of friends."

"Hey, guess what!  Jennifer says 'BFFs'," Kaylee interjected, with a broad smile.  "That means 'best friends forever'."

"Does she now?" he asked, looking amused.  "Well, so long as forever means every time Arwen visits us, it remains true.  I will tell you of a little adventure that Lassiel and Arwen had on that first visit..."

-oo000oo-

“Arwen was very envious of Lassiel's skill at running about among the high branches of the mellyrn.  Although Elladan and Elrohir (who at that time were already well-grown adults, and who had come with her on that visit) had taught her the skill of tree-climbing in the Valley, there are no trees so large as this in all Imladris.”

"That's Rivendell, right?" Kaylee asked.

"Yes, they call it Rivendell in Westron," he confirmed.  "One morning, Elladan and Elrohir went off on a patrol with their friends Haldir, Orophin, and Rúmil.  Arwen remained in Caras Galadon.  She gained permission from her grandmother to go and play with Lassiel that day, and so off she went to find her friend.

She did not find her in the usual places where they played, but finally she was able to ask one of the Elves where her friend was.  She was told that Lassiel had accompanied her mother to the gardens.

"We shall have to show you the gardens while you are here," Celeborn interrupted the story to add.  "They are deep within Lothlórien, in a special clearing where the mellyrn do not grow, and the Sun may shine through."

“Are there swings there?” Kaylee asked hopefully.  “I love to play on the swings!”

“Love swings!” Megan added.

"No, there are no swings," he said.  Silently, he decided that there would be swings before the next day was out, for even if these little ones were only sojourning here briefly, they should have them.  "Do you wish to hear the rest of the story?"

“Oh, yes!  Yes, please!”  Kaylee nodded eagerly, and Celeborn picked up where he had left off.

"Off Arwen went.  She knew where the gardens were, though she had never been there alone before.  Finally, she found them, and saw Lassiel's mother among the others, working with the special wheat that we grow.  

“'Where is Lassiel?' she asked.

“'She was helping me earlier, but now she is playing among the trees beyond,' and Lassiel's mother pointed to the edge of the garden where the trees grew once more.  There was a flet in one of the mallorn trees, where the workers could take a rest from the heat.  Lassiel was playing among the roots of the tree where the flet was located.  She was very glad to see Arwen.

"For a while, the two of them rested in the flet and helped themselves to some of the fruit and water that was always available for the gardeners.  After a while, Lassiel asked Arwen if she wanted to climb up into the tree's canopy and upper branches.  Always eager to increase her skill in climbing, Arwen followed her friend out onto the branches, and up above the flet. Then Lassiel taught her how to jump from one tree to the next, and then they climbed and climbed up into the higher reaches of the trees.  Lassiel was, perhaps, showing her own skill off a bit, and they went quite high—much higher than such young ones should have been.

"Then Lassiel's mother called her, telling her it was time to come home.  Lassiel immediately started scrambling down, but Arwen did not move.  About halfway down, Lassiel looked up.  Arwen was frozen in place.

"It is too high," she called down to Lassiel.  "I cannot do it!"

“Lassiel's mother called up impatiently.  "Lassiel, Arwen, come down now!"

"‘Nana!’ Lassiel answered.  ‘Arwen is stuck.  She cannot get down.  She said it is too high!’

“Lassiel's mother gave a sigh and said, ‘You come down, now, Lassiel.  I will go up and bring her down.’

“Lassiel's naneth tied up her skirt and climbed up to the flet, and then made her way over to the tree in which Arwen was now clinging tightly to the bough on which she sat.  The mother climbed up as far as she safely could, for in their eagerness, the two elflings had gone up into branches which were too slender to hold an adult Elf's weight.  Lassiel's mother whispered to the tree, asking it to keep Arwen safe.  Then she looked up and called up to the young elfling.  ‘Arwen, can you climb down just to where I am?  The tree has promised not to let you fall.’

Arwen said, "‘I am frightened.  It is so far down!’

"‘Do not look at the ground; just look at me,’ was the reply.

“Carefully and slowly, Arwen made her way down, branch by branch, keeping her eyes fixed on Lassiel’s naneth until she reached her, who then told Arwen to cling to her back.  Down they both came, all the way to the ground.

"Well, after that, both Lassiel and Arwen were forbidden to climb without an adult present, for the rest of Arwen's visit.  But with the help of Elladan and Elrohir, and perhaps myself, Arwen did finally become more skilled in her climbing, and soon lost her fear of heights.”

Kaylee and Megan had kept looking up at the immense trees as he told the story, and after just a moment of silence, as Celeborn finished the telling, Kaylee shook her head.  "I don't think I could climb those trees," she finally said ruefully, looking up at the nearest tree and then glancing at the others surrounding them.  "They are way too big!"

Celeborn laughed.  "You are not a little elfling, Kaylee, so do not let it fret you.  Climbing trees does not come quite so naturally to you as it does to an elf."  Lucy, who was now awake, started to fidget, so he set her on the ground, and she scampered toward Kaylee, who took the puppy on her lap and petted her.  Lucy licked her face.

“Joey can climb trees.”  Kaylee smiled.  “He’s gonna teach me how when summer vacation starts!  We have an elm tree in our front yard, and two oaks in our back yard.  And guess what!  One of them has a treehouse.”

Celeborn raised an eyebrow.  “And do you play in that treehouse?”

Kaylee smiled broadly and nodded.  “It’s fun!”

Celeborn laughed.  “Well, with your brother to teach you, I am sure you will become quite an accomplished tree-climber.  But only an elf can climb a mallorn easily; they are too large for mortals to climb with ease.”  He smiled.  "Do you want to play at flying again?"

-oo000oo-

After Gail had wandered off with the Lady Galadriel, Steve had sat and watched the girls play for a little while.  At last, Glorfindel came by.  "I am going to the stables to check on our horses.  The Galadhrim do ride, but they do not keep so many horses as we do in Imladris."

Steve stood up from the grass and brushed off the back of his trousers.  "I'd like to come along—I want to check on Loborros.  I haven't seen him since we arrived here, and I want to be sure he's all right."

Glorfindel nodded, and the two of them fell into step together, as the Elf led Steve to the stables.  Although they were not visible from the spot where he and the children had been, they were not too far off.  There were two long low buildings, rather boxy-looking instead of having the high roofs Steve was used to seeing on barns and stables.  But of course, the climate here seemed to be quite mild, and the canopy of all the massive mellyrn would have kept off any snow or heavy rain.  No need for pitched roofs here.

The inside of the stable they entered was cool, and it had the earthy smell common to any barn or stable, even if said stable belonged to Elves.  The first thing Steve saw was Asfaloth, who had raised his proud white head with a whinny of greeting as soon as he had seen Glorfindel enter.

Steve took a minute to let his eyes adjust to the slightly dimmer light of the inside, and spotted Loborros just a couple of stalls down from Asfaloth. 

"Hello, old fellow," Steve said, reaching over the stall barrier to scratch his horse on the nose.  "Good to see you.  I'm sure you are happy to get a little rest after all those weeks of walking with me on your back."

"Steven!" Glorfindel called.  "Here!"

Steve turned in time to catch the expertly thrown apple.  "Where did this come from?" he asked.

"The Galadhrim usually have a small sack of them in the stables as treats for the horses."  He also had one, which he took to Asfaloth.

Steve fed Loborros the treat, which vanished quickly.  “Good boy,” he told the horse, patting its neck; Loborros whickered.  Then Steve went and got two more apples, going to find both Gail's horse Calroc and Kaylee's Barrel.  After giving each of them an apple and a pat, he looked all around.  "These are all horses that we rode in on,” Steve said, puzzled.  "Where are all the horses that usually live here?"

Glorfindel's face grew solemn.  "All of the scouts are out patrolling the borders, and so are all of their horses.  These are not the only stables; each of the Marches of the Golden Wood also have their own stables.”

"Do they usually send out so many patrols at one time?" Steve asked.

"What do you think?" Glorfindel responded.  

Steve sighed.  "Just how close is the danger?"

"If you intend to help with the defence, we shall be leaving while it is yet dark in the morning.  Most of the defenders are already in place, and the attack is likely to occur tomorrow at dusk—it is very unusual for orcs to attack in broad daylight."  Glorfindel smiled grimly.  "They do not like the sun."

"I see."  Steve furrowed his brow.  "Do you think I'll be effective with my crossbow at night?"

"So long as you aim it in the enemy's direction, every weapon will be of use," the Elf answered.

"Sure wish I had my old night-vision goggles," Steve muttered.

"'Night-vision goggles'?"  Glorfindel was curious.  Many of the devices of Steve's home world sounded either frivolous or far too destructive.  This seemed like something like that sounded actually useful.

"They were special eye-pieces issued by our army, to help with seeing in the dark," Steve answered.  "Dead useful, really.  But no use wishing.  I don't have any."  He shrugged.

"Elves have little use for eye-pieces, even for seeing in the dark.  But among the other races, spectacles are known."

Steve nodded.  "I have seen the ones Mr. Baggins uses for reading," he said.  Truthfully, Steve had been surprised to find such things were known in a world that seemed so medieval.  But he and Gail had learned a little of the history of this world, and had begun to realize that some of what seemed like backwardness was instead a cultural choice—they knew that at one time, the Men of this world, at least, had been far more advanced in the past than they were now.  And, he thought, than they will be again in the future, if this is truly our own world long ago.

"You may still change your mind, Steven."  Glorfindel was concerned about the mortal's determination to take part in a war not his own.  But he could not help but honour that decision.  Yet for Gail's sake, and the sake of their children, he would remind him one more time that he did not have to fight.

"I know that, but I won't."

"I am going to take Asfaloth for a ride; he is restive.  Do you wish to join me?"

"No, but thank you," said Steve.  "I think I'll get back to my kids now."

Steve wondered how Gail would take this news.  She wouldn't be happy about it, he knew.  But these people had helped them, over and over.  He had to help them, if he could.  Would she understand that?  He thought that she might understand, but she still would not be happy.  He hated to make her worry; he was fairly sure he wouldn't be in mortal danger.  The orcs would be trying to invade over the Anduin River, and it was a mighty wide river, at least as wide as the Mississippi River, if not wider.  They had been traveling right alongside it for days, and he knew it would take a good long time for anyone to cross.  Unless the orcs are good swimmers, it would be most difficult, if not impossible, for them to swim across, he thought.  But the orcs might have rafts or something; it wasn’t unknown in history for enemies to use flotillas to transport troops.

So engrossed in his thoughts, he didn't realize that he'd nearly returned to where he had left the girls with Mairen.  Then he heard the high-pitched sound of childish laughter, and looked along the path to see Celeborn with Kaylee above his head as he swooped her around.  She was laughing breathlessly, while Megan was hopping up and down, squealing, "Me!  Me!  Me!"

Grinning to himself, Steve sprinted up the path, and then came up behind his youngest daughter, catching her up and saying, "You!  You!  You!"  He lifted her above his head in the same way Celeborn had Kaylee, and now they both were swooping and laughing.

He kept it up for several minutes, until he was out of breath, and then he lowered Megan to the ground.  He himself plopped down upon the grass and laid flat on his back, breathing heavily.

At the same time, Celeborn lowered Kaylee to the ground, and sat down next to Steve, not even out of breath.

Elves! Steven thought, rolling his eyes.  He glanced up to see that Gail had returned, just in time to see the last of their game with the children; their eyes met, and his wife laughed.  A moment later, they were both laughing.

-oo000oo-

The feast turned out to be a much less formal affair than such things that were done in Rivendell, Steve thought, looking out at the snowy cloths spread on the ground and at the two fires, one a blazing bonfire, the other a smaller cookfire.  He and Gail had been somewhat surprised when both had finally returned to the place where Celeborn had been playing with the girls.  Celeborn had informed them, then, that they were invited to a feast in their honour, which was why the food that was usually placed out in their pavilion had not been renewed that afternoon.

Megan and Kaylee had been put down for a much-needed nap, and then one of Galadriel's handmaidens had arrived with an armload of garments, apparently for that night's celebration.  She spoke no Westron, but had made things clear as she had given them the clothing, with several graceful gestures.  She had also seemed to understand when Gail said, "Thank you", which was a relief.

So now, Steve stood there holding Kaylee's hand, while Gail had Megan's.  Lucy was back at the pavilion, having been told firmly to "stay" and given a length of knotted rope to chew.  Both of the little girls wore simple white calf-length dresses embroidered with pastel-coloured flowers at the neck, cuffs, and hem.  He was wearing an outfit similar to those of the Elves, in a greenish-grey colour, and Gail's ankle-length gown was a very pale green, also embroidered like their daughters’ frocks had been.  Everyone was barefoot, which Steve had originally thought odd, but now that he saw the picnic-like set-up, it made sense.  And the grass in Lothórien was as soft and smooth as a carpet.  There were no burrs on the ground or thistles growing, and so it was perfectly safe to walk barefoot, and it wasn't too cold for bare feet.  From what he had been able to figure out, they were about in the middle of March now, so spring had almost arrived.

The family watched quietly as many Elves busied themselves in setting out platters of food on the many white cloths upon the ground.  Something was roasting on the cookfire—it smelled like venison.  There were platters of cooked fish set out that also smelled delicious, and many bowls of fresh vegetables and greens, and plates of cheeses and breads.  Steve noticed that there were also barrels of beer and bottles of wine set up under one of the trees, but he also saw some pitchers on a table at one side; perhaps there was water as well.  Maybe even some sweet cider or small beer.  Coffee or tea, Steve was not sure that he could expect to be served here.  It amazed him that even those two beverages could even be served in Middle-earth, since the plants that were used for them were native to Asia and the tropics, and since tea would only be first taken to Europe for trade in the 1600s.  When we get back home, I’ll have to look up coffee and tea’s history on the Internet, he thought wryly.

"The largest pitcher contains berry shrub," Lady Galadriel's voice came from behind Steve's shoulder.

He had not considered that the Elves here realized that he and Gail avoided alcohol, but he was very glad for it.  They had been served a “shrub” in Rivendell.***  It consisted of fruit juice, a little vinegar, water, and honey.  

"Thank you, my Lady," he said.

Gail nodded her appreciation.  "The feast looks and smells lovely," she added with a smile.

Soon they had served themselves platters of food and goblets of the shrub, which was quite delicious and refreshing, and then were seated next to one of the large white cloths with their hostess.  Gail had taken a fish filet baked-wrapped in a leaf, and a little venison.  Steve had a large piece of venison, and both of them had bread, vegetables, and fruit.  Since the platters were large, they had put an assortment of the food on their own platters, and simply shared with the children.  Steve was sharing his food with Kaylee, and Gail shared hers with Megan.  All of the food was meant to be eaten with the fingers, and there were plenty of large cloth napkins to hand.

“Are there any hush puppies?” Kaylee asked hopefully, after she had taken her first swallow of the fish.

Steve and Gail chuckled.  “No hush puppies, and no tartar sauce either,” Steve told his daughter.  “We’ll have to wait till we’re back home before we can have those with our fish again.”  Gail nodded agreement.

Celeborn and Galadriel had been speaking with their guests, asking them questions about their home, and both Gail and Steve had answered as freely as they could—sometimes things slipped out that neither had intended, but since neither of their hosts pounced on them, they were not terribly concerned.

"What are 'hush puppies'?" asked Celeborn, a look of concern on his face.  He certainly hoped it was not the habit in his guests' homeland to eat puppies.

Steve laughed.  "They are little balls of bread made out of cornmeal, dropped in deep fat, and fried.  They’re delicious.  The story goes that they were first made by hunters around a campfire, and when the dogs would beg for food, they would throw them to the dogs with the admonition to 'hush, puppies!'  I have no idea if that is really true or not.”  He shrugged.  “At any rate, it’s the custom in our homeland to serve them with fried fish, which we often cover in cornmeal or breadcrumbs before we fry it."  Steve paused.  "We also have something to go with our fish called tartar sauce.  But I have no idea what is even in that!"  He nodded toward Gail.  “My wife knows how to make tartar sauce, though.  She makes it, to go with our fish at home.”

Gail shrugged.  "It's just a little mayonnaise—that’s a sauce made of eggs, oil, and lemon juice whipped together, but we usually buy that already made at the store—and some chopped pickle, parsley, onion, and lemon juice mixed in."

"Lemons are a rare treat here," Galadriel said.  "They have occasionally been brought in trade from the South.  Long ago, the twins brought us some as a gift—they had been travelling in the lands of the South for a while."  

As they had been talking, some of the Elves had come and begun to clear things away and fold up the cloths.  They now came to the main cloth where the Lord and Lady and their guests were, and got permission to take it away.  It was clear that most everyone was all through eating.

Musicians had begun to tune their instruments in the centre of the area, and Steve looked over curiously.  There were several types of flutes, panpipes, a couple of harps, an odd rather twisted-looking wind instrument he had never seen before, and a couple of drums.  The music they struck up was lively, with what seemed to him an almost Middle-eastern tone to it.  The Elves began to make circles of as many as a dozen people, all holding hands.  Lassiel suddenly appeared, and asked them to join in.  Kaylee and Megan eagerly ran to join one of the circles, and both the Lord and Lady stood, smiled at one another, and also went to one of the circles that was not yet full.

"Come," said Lassiel, tugging at Gail and gesturing to Steve.

"But we don't know the steps," Steve protested.

"It matters not: you will soon learn, and I will call the steps for you in our circle."

Soon they found that it was true—with Lassiel's help, they quickly mastered the simple steps, and had a lot of fun.

When they were out of breath, they went to the side-lines.  There they saw Radagast, also out of breath.  Kaylee and Megan, though, were still happily frolicking amid the dancers.  

Some of the Elves began to sing:

“Elechoi mírnu aglaron,

Thrad Earmenelon Ithil Círon…”^^

There were many other songs, and Steve put his arm around Gail's shoulder, as they watched and listened.  After a while, Mairen came to them with a sleeping Megan in her arms, followed by another Elf-maiden with a sleepy Kaylee held by her hand.  The two Elves gave the children into their parents' keeping, and then headed back to the party.

The little family slowly wove their way back to their pavilion for the night.

-oo000oo-

When Steve had told Gail how soon he would be leaving for the border of Lothlórien, she had not been happy, but keeping in mind what Galadriel had told her, she had kept her misgivings to herself, and when Glorfindel came and woke Steve while it was still dark, she rose to see her husband off with a smile and a kiss.  “Be careful!” she warned Steve.

“I will.”  Steve kissed her back and left with Glorfindel.  Then, with a heavy heart, she went back to bed, had a good cry, and then prayed very hard.

“Please, God,” she prayed in a low voice, “protect my husband, and protect our daughters and me.  Please protect us all.”  As she laid her head on her arms, a Bible verse came into her mind: You will keep in perfect peace those whose minds are steadfast, because they trust in you..**

A supernatural peace filled her heart, and she laid her head back down on her pillow and drifted back to sleep, until it was day, and her daughters crept into bed with her.  Lucy remained asleep in her dog bed.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *The Bible verse that Gail quotes is Romans 8:28, NIV.

**Isaiah 26:3, NIV

#The song, "Little Bird," is the work of our lovely beta, Linda Hoyland; when she learned that we were having trouble coming up with a little song to go with Celeborn's game, she created this one.  The translation is courtesy of Elaran from SWG's Discord (who also let us know that he skipped "to tell you I'm..." to keep the syllable count the same for all lines), and also credit goes to our good friend and reviewer, Kaylee Arafinwiel, who was able to contact Elaran for us.  Thanks to all three of you. 

***"Shrub" is an actual historical beverage, known by that and by other names from very ancient times.  It was non-alcoholic, although sometimes alcohol would be added later, to make a sort of punch.  Recipes to make various versions of this drink may still be found online. 

^^"Elechoi mírnu aglaron, Thrad Earmenelon Ithil Círon" was written by Carvin Knowles, and recorded by The Fellowship on their CD, "In Elven Lands".  This is an excellent LP, and it has a number of songs in both English and in Sindarin or Quenya, all inspired by J.R.R. Tolkien's Legendarium.  You may do a search for the group to find some of the songs online, if you wish.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 49: Endless Night

Steve had been pleasantly surprised to realize that he was once more riding among the friends who had travelled with him from Rivendell.  Only Avorn and Amdir had remained in Caras Galadon.  As Glorfindel's second-in-command, Avorn would be the one to take the news to Rivendell if things did not work out well.  And Amdir was still on the wounded list, although he had protested.

Steve had ridden alongside Terevor, and he was glad of the chance to get to know the Elf a little better.  (He knew from the way Terevor was teased by the other Elves that he was, for an Elf, quite young—about the same age as Master Elrond's sons.)  Now Terevor stood next to him in the flet, along with Raendir, Boridhren, Cenion, and Olon, as well as Orophin and another Elf of Lothlórien, whose name Steve had been told, but could not now recall.

He had thought he'd be reminded of his deployment to Kuwait, but he wasn't.  Things were way too different: the climate, the weapons, the people he was fighting alongside—all of it seemed strange to him.  What he was reminded of, was deer-hunting with his brother.  After all, standing in a flet with a crossbow was not so very different than standing in a deer-blind up in a tree while hunting.  Even the weapon was the same.  He was really glad now that Ryan had taught him to use one.

I wonder how Ryan’s doing, he thought.  I rather wish he was here with me; he’s had more experience with crossbows than I have.  He frowned.  I wonder if he's given up looking for us yet.  Though if the same amount of time has passed for him that passed for us back at the campsite, he and Janet may not have had a chance to start worrying about us yet.  I certainly hope so.  He smiled ruefully.  Our poor children have had the same concern for us!

They were beneath the eaves of the wood, high up in a flet that was built not for living in, but for guarding and fighting from.  It was still daylight, and while he had a good view of the River, he certainly could not make out anything more than a slight blur on the other bank.  The Elves, however, seemed to be able to see just fine; they were even counting the orcs.  He hoped he would be useful when it got dark and the fighting began.

The Elf who stood by Orophin said something in his own language, and everyone laughed.  Steve turned a curious glance to Terevor.  "What's the joke?" Steve asked.

"He said, 'If that ugly bunch of orcs is all Dol Goldur has to send us, we shall be done by moonrise'."

Steve smiled wryly.  “I’m afraid I can’t see them.  How many are there, and what do they look like?”

"Ugly," Terevor said.  "Think of the ugliest creatures you can think of, and then think of them as four times uglier than that, and you might come close to what we see.  As for the number—several hundred."

"Oh."  Several hundred was a lot more than he wanted to see.  He was glad now that he couldn't.  But he had no idea as to how many Elves they had.  He knew there were at least a hundred in their immediate vicinity; Glorfindel had told them that much.  But he also was aware that there were many other locations dotted along the Eastern border of Lothlórien, overlooking the River just like this one.  Perhaps they were not too badly outnumbered after all.

Only one of the Elves on the flet had his bow strung, and he had yet to nock an arrow.  It was Cenion, who had the watch.  Once they got the word the enemy was moving, then bows would be readied, and he would wind his crossbow and get out his bolts.  He watched the sky; although dusk was approaching, there were still patches of bright sky.  He could not look west to the sunset—the trees blocked that view.  But there was a lot of daylight still in the sky, although just above the treelines beyond the River, there was a line of indigo and one or two stars.

The Elf from Lothlórien said something to Orophin, who turned and translated to Steve.  “He says that we have time for some sustenance before the enemy comes.”

Steve turned to the little pouch that hung at his side.  He had heard a few times about the lembas, how it was special.  Apparently, some had been issued to those who were to fight.  Glorfindel had warned him to only take a small bite, as it was more filling than it looked.  Steve took out one of the folded mallorn leaves in his pouch and unfolded it.  Tucked away in the centre was a small square wafer with a large "X" crisscrossed upon it from corner to corner.  It smelled slightly of both spices and flowers, although he could not tell exactly which spices and flowers.  Mindful of Glorfindel's advice, he broke off one small corner and put it in his mouth.  The flavour was mild, but delicious.  It melted in his mouth.  He instantly knew what Glorfindel had meant—he had scarcely swallowed before he felt satiated.  His mouth was calling for "More!", but he knew he didn't need it.  He refolded the leaf and placed the wafer back in his pouch with the other two.  Then he took up his waterskin and had a drink of water.

Time passed, and the sky had darkened.  Steve had decided to sit down, as a few of the Elves were doing.  He rested his head on his knees, remembering how he had done that back in Kuwait and in Iraq, while waiting for the orders that would send his platoon into action; as the old Army saying went: "Hurry up and wait."  He tried to think of things that would keep him awake.  After all, resting was one thing; sleeping on duty was something else altogether.  Suddenly, he heard the Elvish word he'd been listening for, one of the few he knew.

"Yrch!"  It came not only from Boridren, who was standing watch on their flet at that time, but from other flets up and down the riverbank, and also from various points on the ground below.  The sound carried, and it seemed louder than it actually was, each voice echoing another.

He stood up quickly, preparing his crossbow, and making sure he had a plentiful supply of bolts on hand.  He was in the centre of their own little line of defenders.  After consulting with Glorfindel, he knew what his personal strategy would be: to watch the Elves around him and aim his bolts in the same direction as his fellow warriors.  "Your range in distance with your crossbow is not that far off than the range of our longbows, but your accuracy is not,” Glorfindel had told him.  “You cannot see to aim as well, even in daylight, much less at night, so that beyond the furthest range you have reached in practice, your aim is wild.  Therefore, simply aim along with your fellow warriors, and you should be able to hit the foe."  That was exactly what he planned to do.  At least he would not have to see what he killed.

Please, God, he silently prayed, as he bowed his head, protect us all.  Protect these elves and me.  Protect my family, too.  And please destroy these orcs.  Amen.

Steve shook his head.  This was a very different war from battling Satan and his demons in the spiritual realm.  The weapons of spiritual warfare were as described in Ephesians, but to battle a goblin, one needed physical weapons.

I never would have thought this day would come, he thought wryly.  Battling a goblin, of all things, let alone an army of goblins!  Back home, they’re just make-believe fantasy creatures.  Oh, well, at least this time, I won’t have to kill a man.  And I hope I won’t have to, while we’re here.  I will if I do have to, but I hope it won’t come to that.

He stood ready, when he heard Oropnin yell another of the phrases Glorfindel had taught him: “Tangado halad!”  Prepare to fire! he translated in his head.  He glanced at the elves at either side of him and adjusted his aim to match theirs.

"Leithio i philinn!"  Fire!  He shot his bolt—actually, he recalled, it was "release arrows".  He could not fire again so quickly as the Elves were doing.  They could shoot five or six arrows in the time it took him to put his foot in the cocking mechanism and pull it taut, and then load another bolt.  Still, in the past few weeks in Rivendell and on the road, and the last couple of days here in Lothlórien, he had gotten a lot faster at it than he had been back home.

Steve steadied himself and then, after another look at his neighbours, fired in synchronization with them.  He wished now he'd taken Ryan up on his offer to teach him the longbow as well, although he knew he'd never be able to handle one of the bows these Elves carried.  The draw weight on them was much higher than any he'd have used back home, anyway.

"Leithio i philinn!"  Again, he shot.  By now, the moon had risen, and his eyes were beginning to adjust to the dark.  Between the archery volleys, he could hear quiet splashes on the River, and he saw blurry objects floating in their direction—little flat rafts with blurry figures on top of them.  Every time the Elves fired, he would see several of the figures fall off into the water, and hear splashes.  Still, a lot of them remained on the rafts, which continued to move across the water in their direction.  

The order to fire kept coming, and it got harder for Steve to quickly cock and reload, but still he continued, even though he wasn't sure he was doing any good anymore.  But as the moon went higher and brighter, and the foe got closer, he was finally able to get a good look at the enemy, and a chill went down his spine.  They truly did look like monsters or beasts from a movie or something, with their inhuman faces and their greyish skin, and…yes, he had not really believed it when he'd been told…the blood he could see on the wounded ones was black!  Truly black, not just a red that looked black because of the dim lighting, but black as pitch!

"Dartho!"  That was "Hold!"  It had been drilled into him to stop altogether when he heard that order.  The Elves around him stopped firing as well.  The Orcs that were left were now coming ashore, not nearly as many as had started out, clearly, but enough to remain dangerous.

Suddenly, bright fires began to spring up along the shore.  The Elves had placed bonfires where they could be lit when the enemy actually arrived.  The bright light put the nocturnal Orcs at a disadvantage as hand-to-hand fighting began.  On the flet, only Orophin remained with Steve, as the other Elves descended to join in the ground-level battle.  Glorfindel had ordered Steve to not leave the safety of the flet for any reason, unless he was ordered to do otherwise.  He and Orophin continued to sometimes pick off individual foes when they were in clear sight and would not endanger any of the Elven warriors.

After a while, the part of the fighting that continued began to range away from directly underfoot, and there were fewer and fewer fighters on either side to be seen, as much of the battle seemed to move downstream of where they were.

Orophin's sharp eyes continued to keep a look-out, and suddenly he turned to Steve.  "Stay here!" he said sharply, before he clambered quickly down to the ground.  Steve wondered what he had spotted.  He was somewhat unnerved at being left alone, but he was under orders, and so he stayed put.  He reminded himself that he still had his knives, and also, he cocked his crossbow one more time.

Wish I had my rifle! he thought grimly, and not for the first time since the night had begun.  I could pick off quite a few of these orcs if I had my rifle with me.  As it is, I may end up having to fight hand-to-hand before it’s over.  Thank God for my army instructor!

He heard a sound on the rope ladder, and then he saw Raendir coming up awkwardly, with Orophin giving the Elf support from just below him.  He saw Raendir flop onto the flet in a way he had never seen an Elf move before, and then Orophin coming up next.  Orophin turned Raendir over, and Steve gave a whistle of dismay, as he saw the slash on the Elf's torso.  He quickly moved to the box that had been designated for healing supplies and began pulling out things.  He wasn't sure what all of them were—but he could recognize bandages and scissors, and there were bottles and jars that Orophin would certainly know how to use.  There were also some suturing supplies in case a bad cut should need stitching.  Then he grabbed the large vessel that contained the flet's water supply and shoved it over.  Orophin nodded in approval.

"Lord, please help us," he prayed aloud.  If anything serious happened to Raendir, he didn't know what he would tell Kaylee.  He was her favourite Elf among those who had come with them.  Steve helped Orophin as he treated the wound, handing him the things that the Elf pointed at, and doing whatever was requested.  

Finally, Orophin had done as much as he could for Raendir's injury.  Raendir was still conscious, which surprised Steve, but just barely.  Orophin gave his patient a small bite of lembas, and some sort of medicine to take a sip of, and finally Raendir lay back and fell asleep.  Although Steve would not have known it if he had not spent weeks on the road with Elves and learned they slept with their eyes open.  Steve put the first aid supplies back in the box, set the water vessel back in its place on the floor, and glanced at Raendir once more.  Raendir really was only asleep, much to Steve’s relief.

"He is as well as we can make him, and as comfortable as he can be here,” Orophin said.  “He will likely need further healing when we return to Caras Galadon, but I believe he will heal in time."

“Thank goodness,” Steve said thankfully.  “I don’t know what I would have told Kaylee if the worst had come to worst, and he had died.  She’s become quite fond of him.”

He looked up at the sky.  It was getting lighter.  He once more heard the whizzing of arrows coming from other flets and splashing in the water.  He took up his crossbow and his original position and looked out.  A few of the orcs were trying to make it back to the rafts and retreat, but the Elves still were firing on them. 

He could also see many dead orcs upon the ground below, and some of them floating along the riverbank.  The night was over, the battle won.

-oo000oo-

Gail couldn’t stop fidgeting restlessly after her husband had disappeared from sight.  She was determined not to show him how worried she was, but she was!  This could get him killed, if he wasn’t careful.

Please, God, she silently prayed, protect my husband!  And please protect our children.  And me.  Amen.

It was a prayer she kept on repeating throughout what seemed to be a very long day.  She did not see the Lady Galadriel at all that day, so the many questions she had on her mind remained unasked and unanswered.  Of course, Lord Celeborn was gone as well as Radagast, and of those she knew, so were all the Elves who had travelled with them with the exception of Avorn (who had been ordered to stay) and Amdir (who was still not completely recovered from his wound).  Lassiel came by after luncheon, and visited with her, and with Mairen and the girls, for a short while.  

Kaylee and Megan both asked when their daddy would be back.  Kaylee only asked the one time, and Gail answered as best she could: "Daddy went to help the Elves chase away some bad guys, and he will be back when he’s finished."  She prayed earnestly that she was telling the truth, as she was not so sure that he would come back, but she thought it best to stay positive.  Megan kept on asking, though, and staying upbeat when she repeated her answer was getting harder and harder.  She wished she had someone besides Mairen to talk to.

As time went on, it became harder and harder for her to hide her fears from her daughters.  Fortunately, Mairen volunteered to put them down for their nap.  Just as well, she thought, grimacing.  I’m in no shape to read to my daughters today, anyway.  It’s going to be hard for me to sleep when bedtime comes, I fear.

“Gail?”  It was Mairen.  Gail raised her head and looked at her.  “Your daughters are asleep, now.”

Gail smiled gratefully.  “Thanks for putting them to bed for me.  I really wasn’t up to it today.”

“I know.”  The Elvish nursemaid sat down next to Gail.  “You are worried about your husband.”  It wasn’t a question.

Gail nodded.  “I can’t stop worrying,” she said.  “It doesn’t matter how hard I try, or how much I try to occupy myself with other things.  It’s going to be hard for me to sleep when bedtime comes tonight, I’m afraid.”

Mairen smiled sadly.  “Kaylee asked me earlier today if giant spiders were going to eat her daddy.”

Gail snorted.  “And what did you say?”

Mairen laughed.  “I told her there are no giant spiders in Lothlórien, so her daddy has nothing to fear from them.”

“And thank goodness!” Gail said fervently.  “From what Steve and I have been told, orcs are bad enough.  I’m just so thankful we haven’t had to travel through Mirkwood, Mairen.  Mr. Baggins told us how dangerous that forest is.  I know he’s also told Kaylee, but I suspect he didn’t tell her the worst of it.”  I also suspect we’ll find out more when we go back home and read The Hobbit and The Lord of the Rings, she thought.  It won’t be only Jennifer who will be reading those books now; I shall want to, too.  And if Steve lives to tell about it, so will he, I’m sure.

"The Lady keeps such things away," Mairen said.  "But Lothlórien is a different sort of realm.  After Sauron deceived the Elves of Eregion into making Rings of Power, he came and razed that Realm.  Many Elves fled here, East of the Misty Mountains, to Laurelindórenan, which was the name for this place at the time.  The King here was named Amroth, and he welcomed those refugees here.  But later, when his love, Nimrodel, decided to sail to the West, he left with her, giving over his Realm to the Lord Celeborn and Lady Galadriel, who were of the highest rank of those who fled Eregion.  Here, the Lady, who was one of the High Noldorin Elves, who had seen the blessed Light of Valinor, and who had been a pupil of Melian, was able to bring the Golden Wood peace, and to keep out those who would harm it.  But now Lórien is assaulted, and should Sauron regain his Power, even she will not be able to stop its downfall."

Gail bit her lower lip.  “That’s why the Ring Master Elrond told us about has to be destroyed, then.”

“That is right.”  Mairen nodded agreement.  “Only if the Ring is destroyed will Sauron be rendered powerless.”  She shook her head.  "Still it is best if that Quest is not spoken aloud more than need be, even here."  She put her finger to her lips, and Gail nodded.  She could see the sense of that admonition.

Gail made a mental note to put Frodo Baggins on her prayer list, even as she was also praying for her husband and children.  It was clear to her that Frodo was going to need God’s help to carry out his mission.  She still did not want her children to go with him, though.  From what she and Steve had been told about Mordor, it was much too dangerous a place to take a child, or even a teenager like Kevin and Jennifer.

When the little girls had awakened from their nap, Avorn came back to the pavilion, accompanied by Amdir, who was looking much better than Gail had last seen him.  There were still some bandages and dressing peeking out below his tunic sleeve.  But he otherwise seemed in good spirits and healthy.

"We thought," said Avorn, "that you might like to take a small walk with us to the stables; we wanted to see our own horses, and we thought that you might wish to see yours."

"And my pony!" said Kaylee, jumping up in her excitement.

"Yes, Kaylee," he said, smiling.  "We shall see Barrel and Calroc as well."

Since Gail was up for anything that might take her mind off things, she agreed.  The walk was long enough for some good exercise, and she felt a little guilty that she had not checked on her horse herself this whole time.  She knew Steve had, but it wasn't the same, and she knew it.

"Can Lucy come, too?" Kaylee asked.

"Of course, she can," Avorn answered, and Amdir nodded as well.

It ended up being quite a party: Avorn, Mairen, Amdir, Gail, the two girls, and Lucy, who was quite obedient about staying at heel these days.

Walking through the peaceful forest, Gail began to feel her misgivings and anxieties relax somewhat.  It was not very long until they came in sight of the same long, low stables that Steve had visited the day before.

Inside the cool building, there was another Elf, who was taking care of their horses.  It was one of the Lothlórien Elves, so Gail could not speak with them, although Kaylee managed a very sweet "Mae govannen".  The Elf returned the Elvish greeting and patted the little girl’s head, smiling.  Gail was glad that Steve and Kaylee had begun picking up the Elves' language—she herself had no head for that sort of thing.  She had tried taking beginning French in college, and had nearly flunked it.  She wondered how much success Joey had had, so far, in learning Elvish—he didn’t have much of a head for foreign languages either.

As Gail fed Calroc an apple and patted her horse, and while Kaylee and Megan fawned over Barrel, who was clearly delighted to see his little mistress, Avorn and Amdir carried on a conversation with the groom.  They also checked on their own mounts.

As Amdir continued to speak to his horse (in Elvish, of course, but Gail thought with amusement by his tone that he might be playfully scolding his horse), Avorn came over to Gail.

"He says our four-footed friends could use a bit of exercise.  Would you care to take a brief ride?" 

Kaylee and Megan got so excited, Gail could not possibly have said no.  Avorn and Amdir helped to saddle Calroc and Barrel.  Their own horses needed nothing but reins.  Soon enough, the four horses were walking around the paddock.  Gail was pleased that she was allowed to have Megan riding with her.  They went from the paddock and rode for a short time on one of the trails through the woods, before returning their mounts and heading back to the pavilion.

The rest of the day went more or less peacefully, although Gail was unable to push her worries completely out of her mind.  Their Elvish friends kept them outside and occupied with a myriad of activities for the rest of the afternoon.  While Lassiel visited with Gail, the Elves took Kaylee and Megan on an exploring expedition, during which Avorn pointed out a variety of plants and animals to the little girls.  Kaylee and Megan petted several of the animals.  At last, as sunset was approaching, Gail and the little girls returned to their pavilion, where supper was waiting for them.

Gail just picked at her food; dusk had arrived, Megan was nodding already, and Kaylee was yawning.  “All right, you two,” she said, “bedtime for little girls.”  She took them to their bed, where she sang with them for a few moments and heard their prayers.  It was too dark to read to them.  A few minutes later, she left them trying to sleep and leaned against the tent wall, thinking.  She did not know what she was going to do; she was feeling too restless to sleep just yet.  Mairen had gone for a walk with Avorn, and Glorfindel was off with the rest of the warriors and Steve.

Gail really did not know what to do with herself; she was unused to being separated from Steve.  She thought of going for a walk herself, but she feared getting lost.  Finally, restless though she was, she changed into the soft linen nightdress the Elves had given her, and climbed into the half-empty cot.  She tossed and turned for what seemed like hours, though she suspected it was far less time than that—without a watch that worked, she was no good judge of time.

Finally, when she realized she was on the verge of tears, she got out of bed and knelt beside it, and began to pray.  “God,” she softly prayed, “if ever I needed Your peace, I need it now.  I can’t stop worrying about Steve, and I’m too restless to sleep.  Restless and worried.”  She stopped for a long moment, trying to think.  At last, she added, “And Steve needs Your protection, God, while he’s out there.  Please protect him, Lord, and all of those who went with him.  And I know that You are looking out for Jennifer, Kevin, and Joey.  Please be with them as well, and protect them, keep them safe.  Thank You for giving them strong people to look after them.  Help me to trust in You; it was You who brought us here, I know.  Help me to remember that.  And please help me to relax and sleep tonight.”  She paused again for another moment, after which she ended her prayer with, “In Jesus’ name, amen.”

She knelt there for a few moments more, and began to feel peace in her heart.  Her concern remained, but it was not a fearful concern, and she was able to trust that the Lord knew what He was doing.  She rested her head upon her folded hands for a moment, and then heard a little voice behind her. 

"Mommy…"  She turned.  It was Kaylee, holding a sleepy Megan's hand.  "Mommy, we're lonesome.  Can we sleep with you?"

She rose to her feet and opened her arms.  "Of course, you can, sweeties.  Come here."

And the three of them settled in, like a set of spoons, and finally all of their breathing eased into a slumber, filled with pleasant dreams they could not recall in the morning.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar fantasy world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 50: How Does a Moment Last Forever?

Kaylee woke up in the cot next to Megan.  She really needed to use the chamber pot.  It was nice to have things like chamber pots and outhouses again, instead of having to scrunch down behind a bush or something.  She scooted down to the foot of the bed as quietly as she could—Megan was still sleeping soundly, and she didn't want to wake up her little sister.  Then she clambered down and reached under the bed and pulled out the pretty vessel.  

It wasn't until Kaylee had finished that she looked up and noticed that Mairen was seated on the edge of her own cot, and had some sewing in her hands—it looked like one of the dresses Megan had been wearing a day or so ago.

"Good morning, Kaylee," Marien said with a smile.

"Morning, Mairen," Kaylee replied.  "I woke up."

"So, I see.  Would you like my help?"

"No.  I'm a big girl."  She went to get dressed, finding the frock she had worn the day before clean and folded on a small table.  She also took up the ewer to pour water in the basin on the washstand.  Mairen watched intently as Kaylee poured in the water, holding the heavy ewer with both hands, fearing an accident, but none happened.  Kaylee's little tongue was between her teeth as she concentrated.  Then she washed her face and hands and exchanged her nightdress for her day frock. 

"Okay, Mairen.  I'm all dressed," she said.

"Do you wish me to do your hair?"

"Oh.  I forgot."

"I have done your mother's hair as well," said Mairen.

Kaylee thought for a moment.  "Okay, you can do mine, then."

She went over to Mairen's bed and sat down next to the nursemaid, who had picked up a beautifully carved wooden comb.  Mairen combed Kaylee's fine hair, plaiting it into a braid.

Kaylee grinned at her.  "Thank you, Mairen."  She turned and hugged the Elf, who returned her embrace.  "I love you, Mairen.  Will you stay here?  Megan is still asleep."

"I love you, too, Kaylee.”  Mairen smiled.  “Yes, I will watch over your sister until she wakes."

"Thank you."

Kaylee hugged her again and then left the little partitioned area in which the girls slept, and went out into the main part of the pavilion.  Avorn was there, and there was food on the table.  Kaylee wondered if it was magic.  There was always fresh food on that table, and so far, she had never caught the Elves who brought it there.

"Good morning, Kaylee. You just missed Lassiel—she was with the maidens bringing breakfast this morn," Avorn said.

"I never see them bringing it," Kaylee said.  "How come?"

"You are always asleep when they come, little one.  Do you want me to help you choose something to eat?"

"No, thank you."  Kaylee helped herself to some grapes, some sliced apples and pears, some kind of berry that she didn't know what it was, and a piece of bread and some butter, and she poured herself a cup of fruit juice from the pitcher on the table.  This juice was very good, a mixture of juice from different kinds of berries.  She kind of wished there was milk, but she was used to not having it very often now, and only missed it now and then.

She went over and sat on the ground next to Avorn, while she ate.  She noticed an empty plate by him, so he must have already finished eating.

They sat in companionable silence as Kaylee ate.  Elves didn't always talk a lot, and she didn't mind.  She wondered when her mother would wake up, and what they would do, and would her daddy come back soon.  She really missed him.

Kaylee finished eating and sighed.  "I'm gonna go outside to play, Avorn," she said.

"Do not wander off very far, Miss Kaylee, for soon the others will waken."

"OK."  She headed for the edge of the pavilion, and the Elf rose and quietly followed.

He smiled as she went just outside and then stopped immediately.  

She looked up at him, her brown eyes huge in her face.  "He remembered!  Where did it come from?"

Avorn laughed.  He had watched and even assisted a bit as several of the Lorien Elves had arrived and hung the swing down from one of the massive branches that overhung the pavilion and grew even further beyond.  "Lord Celeborn did indeed order for this swing to be made and to be placed near here before he left.  The wood-wrights completed it last night, and after they asked the tree, they put it right where it is now, so that you and Megan can have it to play with."

Kaylee slowly walked over and put her hand on the wide seat of the swing.  "But it's too pretty!  I might break it."

"It will not break, little one," Avorn assured her.  "Elves do not make things that break, no matter how pretty they are."

For a child's plaything, it really was lovely.  There were carvings around the edge of the seat, though the seat itself was as shiny and smooth as butter.  The grey rope was thin and soft, and intricate knots held it firmly in place at each end of the swing.  The seat was wide enough for both little girls to swing at once if they sat close together, although Kaylee would still be able to reach both sides.

"It's so pretty, and the rope is soft."  A broad smile crept across Kaylee’s face as she ran her hands over the rope.

"The rope is made of hithlain, and even if you and Megan swing all day long, it will not break or blister your hands."

The seat easily hung low enough for Kaylee or Megan to sit without having to be boosted up by an adult.

She was about to climb up, when she heard voices within the pavilion.  Running back, she yelled, "Mommy!  Megan!  Come see!  Come see!"

Gail had just filled a plate to share with Megan when she heard Kaylee's yell.  She knew at once from the tone that it was something good and not bad.  With a sigh, she put the plate down and followed Megan, who was already running out.  Pretty soon she heard Megan yelling, "Looky!  Looky, Mommy!"  

Gail stared at the swing, rather amazed herself at the sight, and then she heard Mairen and Avorn chuckling behind her.  She shook her head.  Elves never ceased to amaze her.

Kaylee was already helping Megan onto the seat and then sitting down beside her.  As Kaylee started pumping her feet, Gail called out, "Just a few minutes right now, and then it’s time for breakfast."

"But I already ate," called Kaylee.

"But Megan hasn't.  Just a few minutes now, and then later you can both come out and swing to your heart's content."  Gail narrowed her eyes and looked more closely at the swing's ropes, and then glanced up at Avorn and Mairen.  "Are you sure," she muttered, "that those ropes will hold?  They don't look too strong to me."

"They will hold, Mrs. McCloud," Avorn said.  "They are made of the Elvish rope of Lothlorien, which is famed for its strength."

Nodding, Gail ran her hand over one of the ropes.  At least, we won’t have to worry about rope burns, she thought.

The girls only fussed a very little when Gail told them the time was up, and Megan really was hungry.  Kaylee grabbed a few more grapes and sat down beside her sister.  It didn't take long for them to gobble everything down, and then out they raced to their marvellous new swing.

Megan did get tired of swinging before Kaylee did, but that gave Kaylee the chance to swing higher and then jump out and go flying.  Gale winced at this, but did not try to stop it.  She had done the same thing when she was Kaylee's age after all, and the soft grass of Lothlorien was safer even than what she had usually dropped onto—and she had never suffered more than a scraped knee.  But it still made her cringe as a mom.  Avorn and Mairen watched the children from about ten feet away.

After a while, even Kaylee got tired of the swing for a while, and she and Megan sat and began to make little flower chains from the pretty star-shaped golden flowers that grew here and there throughout the forest.  “What are these flowers?” she asked Mairen, raising her voice.

Elanor,” the nursemaid said.  “They grow only here in Lothlórien.”

Kaylee smiled broadly.  “They’re pretty!”  She turned back to her flower chain, and Mairen and Avorn exchanged smiles, and their mother laughed.

Gail was thinking about returning to the pavilion for a while, when she saw Lassiel coming.

Lassiel briefly greeted the girls and then came to Gail.  "Good morning, Mistress Gail McCloud," she said.  "I have had word of last night's battle, and was tasked with speaking to you."

Gail's heart clenched.  She drew in a deep breath and nodded.  She couldn't find her voice to speak.

"Do not fear.  Your husband came through the battle unscathed.  There were some casualties among our warriors, alas, but none to the death.  The wounded are already being returned to Caras Galadon, and are sure to arrive by evening."

Thank you, Lord, Gail silently prayed.  "So, when will the others come back?"

"Alas, Lord Celeborn expects that the enemy will regroup and try again in a few days.  It is thought best that our warriors remain where they are for now."  Lassiel looked sad, and said, "Both my beloved and my brother are with the warriors.  I know how you must fear for your husband."

For some reason, Lassiel's admission calmed Gail. It did help that someone else she knew was in the same boat as she was.  She put out a hand and touched Lassiel's arm.  "Yes, I do.  I can't help but worry.  But I will pray for him, and for the others, especially your husband and brother."

Lassiel looked at her, rather startled for a moment, and then her eyes filled with unshed tears. "You would intercede with Eru Ilúvatar for them?  Yes, I can see that you would.  Thank you."

Gail hesitated briefly, and then said what had come to her heart.  "We could pray together for them, if you want."

Lassiel stared at her for a moment, and then almost shyly said, "I would like that, I think, if you think it is right."

Gail called to Avorn and Mairen, “Would you two keep an eye on Kaylee and Megan for me, please?”

“Certainly,” Avorn called back, and Mairen nodded.

Leaving Avorn and Mairen to watch the children, Gail and Lassiel went into the pavilion and sat down on two of the large cushions that served for seating there. 

Gail folded her hands and bowed her head.  "Heavenly Father, please be with those who have fought the forces of darkness last night.  Take care of those who were wounded, and help those who are waiting to fight again to rest and grow stronger, for when they are attacked again.  Please, take care of Steve for me, and watch over Lassiel's brother, and her husband as well.  And take care of my other children.  I don't know where they are now, or what kind of danger they might be in, but please be with Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey, and watch them for me until Steve and I can see them again.  In Jesus' name, amen."  She drew in a deep breath and let it out slowly, feeling more peaceful, and then looked up at Lassiel, who had been watching her.

Lassiel met her eyes, and then lifted her eyes up, and placed her hands palms up, upon her knees.  "A Elbereth Gilthoniel, please speak to Ilúvatar for me in my distress and fear.  My beloved and my brother are yet in peril, as is Gail McCloud's beloved.  Our Golden Wood is in danger.  Ask Him to deliver us from the evil that comes in darkness, and to give wisdom to our Lord and Lady as they guide us through this peril.  Deliver us from the Shadow in the South, and be with all who, of good will, seek that one's downfall.  Le nallon sí di'nguruthos!  A tiro nîn, Fanuilos!"*

"Who is Elbereth?" Gail asked, tilting her head in curiosity.  The name tickled at her memory; perhaps she'd heard the word during the singing in Rivendell.

"It is she who, in the High Language, is called Varda; she is Gilthoniel, the Star-kindler, and Fanuilos, the Everwhite.  We Elves awakened to life beneath the stars, and she who made the stars watched over us.  She intercedes for us with Eru Ilúvatar."

"I see," Gail said.  And she did.  It reminded her of some of her Catholic friends, who often prayed to Mary and the saints to pass their prayers onto God.  She was glad that she did not need to do that, but at least she understood.  This Elbereth, or Varda, must be an angel, she thought, but I don’t see how an angel could create stars.  It says in the Book of Genesis that God created the stars and planets.  But perhaps this is part of their mythology.  Aloud, she added, "Thank you for praying with me, Lassiel.  It really helped me not to feel so alone."

"I am glad.  It helped me in the same way."

Just then they heard some childish shrieks of laughter, and went out to find that Kaylee and Megan were on the swing once more, and Avorn was pushing them higher and higher.  The girls were holding on tightly and did not seem in the least afraid.  Gail was glad they were having fun.

For the next couple of days, Avorn, Mairen, and Lassiel stayed with Gail and the children throughout the daytime, as they took meals together and found things to keep the little ones occupied.  They returned to the stables to exercise the horses and Barrel.  Amdir had accompanied them that day.  He had been staying with some friends of his. 

The next day, they took a little expedition to the hidden garden from the story that Lord Celeborn had told Kaylee and Megan.

There, Gail was able to meet a couple of other Elven-maids who also spoke a little Westron, although not as well as Lassiel did.  Lassiel explained that only the Elf-women tended the garden, and that just a few were privileged to tend the section where they grew the golden wheat to make the lembas

But Gail and Mairen helped Lassiel and her friends as they weeded some of the vegetable beds.  Lassiel patiently showed Kaylee and Megan the difference between the weeds and the growing greens, some of which would also be harvested to take back with them.  They also harvested some shallots, and then took some metal buckets and went to a sunny patch of strawberries.  It was fun to watch Kaylee and Megan, who ate nearly as many as they picked, and had strawberry juice all over their faces, hands, and dresses.  At first, Gail was going to scold them for being so messy, but Lassiel told her not to worry—the stains would be gone by morning.  A relieved smile spread across Gail’s face.  At least she wouldn’t have to worry about berry stains being stuck on her daughters’ dresses.

All of them washed up at a fountain that was located at one end of the garden.  It was also used, explained one of Lassiel's friends in halting Westron, to irrigate the fields. They came back to Caras Galadon, laughing and singing and swinging their baskets.  Gail didn't know what they were singing, but she and the girls hummed along, or sang "La, la, la" to fit the melodies.

Then Gail began to sing, and of course, her words were coming out unnoticed in Westron:

"We gather together to ask the Lord's blessing.

He hastens and chastens, His will to make known…"

The Elves listened to her, and Mairen, Lassiel, and her friends who spoke Westron joined in when she sang it again.

There was a very small feast that night, for of course, nearly all the male Elves were still gone, except for a few.  Lady Galadriel was there to preside over the feast, and she sat by Gail.  There was music, but the only dancers had been Kaylee and Megan, who bounced around to the music.  

As the feast drew to an end, Lady Galadriel turned to Gail.  "Gail, have you thought about my offer?"

For a brief instant, Gail had to think—oh, yes, now she remembered.  "Yes, I have.  If your offer still holds, I want to take you up on it."

"Then I will wait for you tonight, after you have put your children to their sleep.  Meet me by the large fountain, and we shall see what my Mirror has to reveal."

That night, once Gail had tucked her daughters in for the night, she waited until they were sound asleep.  Avorn and Mairen were there, and they had already agreed to stay at the pavilion while Gail met the Lady Galadriel.

The night had a dreamy quality to it.  She could see the lights in the various flets twinkling through the trees.  There was a little mist in the air, and it was cool.  She had wrapped her traveling cloak around her before she left the pavilion.

Gail met the Lady of the Wood by the Fountain, as she had asked, and Galadriel led Gail toward the southern slopes of the hill of Caras Galadhon, and passing through a high green hedge the two of them came into an enclosed garden.  No trees grew there, and it lay open to the sky.  Down a long flight of steps Galadriel led Gail into a deep green hollow, through which ran murmuring the silver stream that issued from the fountain on the hill.  At the bottom, upon a low pedestal carved like a branching tree, stood a basin of silver. wide and shallow, and beside it stood a silver ewer.

Gail felt as though she was dreaming; nothing about her surroundings felt real, and yet she knew it was.

With water from the stream Galadriel filled the basin to the brim, and breathed on it, and when the water was still again she spoke.  "Here is the Mirror of Galadriel," she said.  "I have brought you here so that you may look in it, if you will."  She looked at Gail.  "Your daughter Jennifer looked in this Mirror while she was here, and it showed her that you had arrived in Imladris."

Gail furrowed her brow.  "And she also dreamed that we had come?"

Galadriel nodded.  "Her dream came first.  But I warned her not to tell her brothers."

Gail shook her head and turned her thoughts to the matter at hand.  "Will this show me what Steve is doing?  Will it show me my children?" Gail asked.

"Many things I can command the Mirror to reveal," she answered, "and to some I can show what they desire to see.  But the Mirror will also show things unbidden, and those are often stranger and more profitable than things which we wish to behold.  What you will see, if you leave the Mirror free to work, I cannot tell.  For it shows things that were, and things that are, things that yet may be.  But which it is that he sees, even the wisest cannot always tell.  Do you wish to look?"

Gail had to think.  Should she do this?  Jennifer had done it, and it had showed her something true...but what was right?  What should I do, Lord? she silently prayed.  She glanced at the silver bowl where it sat on its pedestal, seemingly nothing but a bowl of water.  For a moment, she stood quietly.  The Lady said nothing, just watching and waiting for her decision.  Gail knew that whatever she decided, that Galadriel would not judge her.  A feeling of peace came over her.

"I will look," she said.  "What do I do?"

"Look into the basin, but do not touch the water."

Gail nodded and stepped close.  She turned her eyes there, and then looked into the water.  For a moment, all she saw was the sky and the stars, but then...there was Joey's face.  He was smiling, and then she saw he was talking to another child...no, it was a hobbit, much younger than Bilbo.  She could not hear what they were saying; it was like watching an old silent movie, but in colour, and without the music.  Both of them were wearing strange clothing, almost medieval.  They were dressed in black, and Joey had a small white tree embroidered on his tunic or whatever, on his breast, and the other had a larger tree embroidered in the centre of his.  They seemed to be hurrying somewhere.  Before she could see more, the scene changed...there was an overview of a large river; a ship sailed up it with black sails, and then she saw figures standing in the prow.  One of them was Jennifer, and next to her was a tall Elf, and on her other side was a shorter figure with a bushy beard—from what she had heard, it must be a Dwarf.

But before Gail could see more, there suddenly was Kevin's face.  He seemed to be moving quickly, and the wind was blowing his hair.  Then she saw that he was riding a galloping horse...but before she could think about it, she saw two hobbits...they were huddled in a dark room.  One of them had dark hair, and he had no clothing.  He looked terrified.  The other was light-haired, and he seemed to be trying to comfort the other...but the scene changed again...there was Steve.  He was standing in a flet next to an Elf.  It was Glorfindel.  Steve was shooting his crossbow...but now there was a large city, shining white in the moonlight, and surrounded by rank upon rank of enemies...there was another scene...she and Steve were in some kind of white boat, like a canoe.  She had Megan in her lap, and Steve had Kaylee, and Lucy sat between them.  Two Elves were rowing...now she saw a vast desert...in it, was a mountain all by itself, and just beyond it, a tall and grim tower…  Gail shuddered and took an involuntary step back, and the visions ceased, and once more the water reflected nothing but stars.

Gail shook her head in puzzlement.  "From what Master Elrond told Steve and me, our children went off together with the Company to destroy a ring.  An extremely dangerous ring, the way he described it.  That's why Steve and I and our younger daughters left Rivendell—to catch up with them, so our kids wouldn't go to Mordor.  But the Mirror has shown me that they seem to have scattered in all different directions."  She looked intently at Galadriel, apprehension welling up in her heart.  "What on earth is going on here?"

"Your children are where they are supposed to be, Gail McCloud, serving the purposes for which Eru brought them to us."  Galadriel answered.  Her voice was calm and sure.  "I do not doubt that at this time, they are all well.  What comes in the days ahead, we did not see.”

"But why are they not all together, still?  What happened?"

"I do not know.  But what is the most important thing?"

Gail drew in a deep breath.  "They are safe.  They are safe for now."  She had been on the verge of panic, but now her heartbeat slowed.  They are safe, she thought.  Please, Lord.  Thank you for keeping them safe; please keep on doing that.

Aloud, she said, "Thank you, Lady Galadriel, for letting me see that my children and my husband are safe for now.  And I know they are still in God's hands."

"As always," was the reply.

Silently, the Lady walked Gail back to the pavilion.  When they were just outside, the Lady bent and kissed Gail on the forehead.  "Be of good heart, Gail McCloud, and have no fear.  Remember what you told me, when first we met…"

Gail nodded, and repeated, "'And we know that in all things God works for the good of those who love him, who have been called according to his purpose.’  Thank you.” 

The Lady smiled.  "Good night, my child, and sleep well."

Gail entered the pavilion and gave a silent nod of greeting to Avorn and Mairen, and then she peeked in on Kaylee and Megan, who were curled up, sound asleep, with Lucy on the bed at their feet.  The little dog looked up at her and flapped her tail a couple of times before going back to sleep.  Hard to believe Lucy is already half-grown! Gail thought.

She went to her bed and slept well.

The next day, the sky was dim and overcast, as Gail had not seen it since they arrived.  "Is it going to rain?" she asked Avorn.

"Nay, those are not clouds of rain," he said.  "They came up from the South.  Rain comes from the West.  Those clouds are not natural."

"Oh."  Gail looked up.  The clouds were more like smog, now that she thought of it, but coming from far away.  She hated to think of how dark it must be in the lands where those clouds originated.  Once more she found herself praying silently.  Thank You, Lord.  I know You are watching over my loved ones.  Please keep them under Your wings.

All through the day, as she and the Elves tried to keep Kaylee and Megan occupied, she found herself repeating that prayer over and over.  It helped her to remain calm and to keep the children calm as well.  She knew that both of them were missing their daddy.

That night, Gail allowed the girls to sleep with her.  They all knelt by the bed before they got in and prayed for Daddy, and for Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey.  The girls fell asleep right away, but Gail lay awake for a while, repeating Romans 8:28 under her breath until she finally slept.  She dreamed of Steve, as she had seen him in the Lady's Mirror; he was firing his crossbow, and then he was by a riverbank, fighting a monster with his knife.  But all around him was a glow of golden light protecting him from harm.

When she wakened with the morning light, she had no memory of the dream, but the feeling of warmth and calm it had brought her remained in her heart.

Outside, she heard the sounds of Elven song and laughter.  It woke the children as well, and they ran out to see.  

A line of Elves, all holding hands and singing, danced by in the distance, and Avorn and Mairen who stood by her turned to smile at Gail.  "The battle is ended for now, and our people were victorious!  It is a day for celebration!"

It was, indeed.  The Elves drew Kaylee and Megan into their dance, and a few broke away to hold the girls up and spin them around.  An impromptu feast had been set up, and their little group took their breakfast there, and, as the food kept on coming for the rest of the day, their lunch and dinner as well.  The music never stopped all day, and there were only brief pauses in the dancing and even the games, for Gail was astonished to see the Elves playing games like children—although Kaylee and Megan were not surprised, and joined in with glee.  At one point, even Gail found herself joining in with some game that seemed very similar to "Ring Around the Rosy", though a bit more complicated, and of course, she couldn't understand the words.

When it grew darker, the Elves started up a big bonfire, and the singing and games continued, only now Gail saw the Lady Galadriel joining in with all the abandon of a young girl.  Somehow, this time, Gail was not astonished. 

Kaylee and Megan finally grew sleepy, and they curled up in the soft grass to sleep.  Gail let them be.  After a while, the dances and games ceased, and there was only singing.  Finally, the Lady Galadriel sang by herself.  

The Lady's song was in no words Gail could understand, but somehow the meaning seemed clear, and she found herself transported to a Land of Light, where grew two beautiful glowing Trees: one of silver, the other of gold.  Somehow, she sensed, it was not Heaven, but it was wondrous just the same.  All was beauty and joy… 

The sun was high, and it was late in the day, when she felt a familiar touch on her shoulder.  She opened her eyes—she had fallen asleep right there in the grass, by the children, while Galadriel was singing—and saw a pair of tired but smiling eyes gazing into hers, but before she could get past the lump in her throat to say anything, two little voices yelled:

"Daddy!"

-oo000oo-

A/N: *"A Elbereth Gilthoniel" is an Elven hymn to Varda, also known as Elbereth.  It, or portions of it, are repeated several times in LotR, and is fully quoted in The Road Goes Ever On, the songbook that Tolkien collaborated on with musician Donald Swann.  O Elbereth Starkindler is the first part of Lassiel's prayer in this chapter, and the second part, Le nallon sí di'nguruthos!  A tiro nîn, Fanuilos!, is “To thee, I cry now beneath the shadow of death!  O look towards me, Everwhite.”

"We Gather Together" is a Christian hymn of Dutch origin written in 1597 by Adrianus Valerius, according to Wikipedia.  It is often sung at Thanksgiving in the United States, and is associated with fall and harvest time.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site. 

Chapter 51: Share This Day

It was a beautiful morning, but Kevin certainly was not enjoying it right at the moment.  He looked enviously out the window of the ward, where blue skies beckoned.  After all the gloomy overcast of the last several days, he longed to be out there.  He knew that Jennifer and Joey were waiting for him.  They were going to have a picnic with Legolas, Gimli, and the hobbits.

"I will not stay here, tucked into blankets like a baby!" Haleth exclaimed.

"But they haven't released you yet," argued Kevin, feeling like he was repeating this conversation for the umpteenth time.  "You cracked your head pretty bad yesterday.  They need to make sure it's not serious."

"I am a warrior, not a sick old man.  I can take a crack on the head!"  Haleth pouted, and Kevin sighed.  Nope, his friend was not a sick old man; he was a cranky toddler!  But he knew better than to say it aloud.  And truthfully, he'd heard a few others on the ward trying out similar arguments, who were plenty older than Haleth and had a lot less excuse.

Just then a stern-looking nurse—Kevin remembered her from the night before (Dame Ioreth, is it? he wondered)—came over.

She looked sternly at Haleth, both hands on her hips.  "Young man, you will go nowhere just yet.  You will rest until the healer comes, and you may try your arguments on him."  She turned to Kevin.  "You have been very patient with your friend, but so long as you are here, he will only argue rather than rest.  Shoo yourself out of here, and go and seek some sunshine and fresh air.  Are you not young Joey's brother?  Go and talk to  him!"

Kevin turned and gave his friend one last look and decided to do just as she said.  Grinning, Kevin raised his hands.  “Yes, ma’am!”  He turned again toward Haleth.  "I’ll see you later, Haleth."

Haleth sighed and gave a half-hearted wave of his hand.  He was still sulking.

Kevin went out into the hall and found Jennifer and Joey and Pippin waiting for him.  The four of them went up to the other ward, where they found Merry, who was ready to get up and wander around.  They collected him and went out into the garden of the Houses of Healing.  No sooner had they arrived there, than they saw Legolas and Gimli approaching them.

Together the friends walked awhile, just talking of trivial things, but Merry soon got tired, and Jennifer suggested they sit on a nearby wall; it looked to the south and onto the wide flats and green haze of Lebennin and South Ithilien.

And now Legolas fell silent, while the others talked, and he looked out against the sun, and as he gazed he saw white sea-birds beating up the River.

"Look!" he cried.  "Gulls!  They are flying far inland.  A wonder they are to me and a trouble to my heart.  Never in all my life had I met them, until we came to Pelargir, and there I heard them crying in the air as we rode to the battle of the ships.  Then I stood still, forgetting war in Middle-earth; for their wailing voices spoke to me of the Sea.  The Sea!  Alas!  I have not yet beheld it.  But deep in the hearts of all my kindred lies the sea-longing, which it is perilous to stir.  Alas! for the gulls.  No peace shall I have again under beech or under elm."

"Say not so!" said Gimli.  "There are countless things still to see in Middle-earth, and great works to do.  But if all the fair folk take to the Havens, it will be a duller world for those who are doomed to stay."

Kevin looked confused, but Jennifer shook her head sadly.  "Oh, Legolas I hope not!" she said.

Merry and Pippin were quick to add their objections to the idea of Legolas sailing, but Kevin was still confused.  "Sail?"  He looked from Legolas to Gimli to the hobbits, still confused.  "Sail where?"

Legolas looked at Kevin, pain in his young/old eyes.  "To Valinor," he said softly, "where, eventually, all my people will sail, never to return to Middle-earth."

"Oh."  Kevin glanced over at Jennifer, who was giving him her 'I'll-tell-you-later' look, so he dropped the subject.

"Let's not dwell on things like that," she said.

"I agree; don't be so gloomy!" cried Pippin.  "The Sun is shining, and here we are together for a day or two at least.  I want to hear more about you all.  Come, Gimli!  You and Legolas and Jennifer have mentioned your strange journey with Strider about a dozen times already this morning.  But you haven't told me anything about it."

"The Sun may shine here," said Gimli, "but there are memories of that road that I do not wish to recall out of the darkness.  Had I known what was before me, I think that not for any friendship would I have taken the Paths of the Dead."

"The Paths of the Dead?" said Pippin.  "I heard Aragorn say that and I wondered what he could mean.  Won't you tell us some more?"

"Not willingly," said Gimli.  "For upon that road I was put to shame: Gimli Glóin's son, who had deemed himself more tough than Men, and hardier under earth than any Elf.  But neither did I prove; and I was held to the road only by the will of Aragorn."

“And by the love of him also,” said Legolas.  “For all those who come to know him come to love him after his own fashion, even the cold maiden of the Rohirrim.  It was at early morn of the day ere you came there, Merry, that we left Dunharrow, and such a fear was on all the folk that none would look on our going, save the Lady Éowyn, who lies now hurt in the House below.  There was grief at that parting, and I was grieved to behold it.”

“Alas!  I had heart only for myself,” said Gimli.  “Nay!  I will not speak of that journey.”

And so, it was left to Legolas, with occasional additions by Jennifer, to tell them of the haunted road under the mountains, and the dark tryst at Erech, and the great ride thence, ninety leagues and three, to Pelargir on Anduin.  "Four days and nights, and on into a fifth, we rode from the Black Stone," he said.  "And lo!  in the darkness of Mordor my hope rose; for in that gloom the Shadow Host seemed to grow stronger and more terrible to look upon.  Some I saw riding, some striding, yet all moving with the same great speed.  Silent they were, but there was a gleam in their eyes.  In the uplands of Lamedon they overtook our horses, and swept round us, and would have passed us by, if Aragorn had not forbidden them."

They went on to tell of capturing the ships at Pelargir.  Kevin looked at Jennifer, eyes wide, when Gimli said they had come on a big battle, but she shook her head.  "I wasn't in on that, Kevin.  Elladan put me someplace safe to wait it out.  I was just really shot from the long ride, and I don't think I could even have drawn a bow at that point."  Kevin nodded, relieved.

Gimli continued the story of the battle and how the Host of the Dead had come and swept over the enemy, terrifying them into fleeing, as though they had all gone mad.

"Strange indeed," said Legolas. "In that hour I looked on Aragorn and thought how great and terrible a Lord he might have become in the strength of his will, had he taken the Ring to himself.  Not for naught does Mordor fear him.  But nobler is his spirit than the understanding of Sauron; for is he not of the children of Lúthien?  Never shall that line fail, though the years may lengthen beyond count."

"Beyond the eyes of the Dwarves are such foretellings," said Gimli.  "But mighty indeed was Aragorn that day.  Lo!  all the black fleet was in his hands; and he chose the greatest ship to be his own, and he went up into it.  Then he let sound a great concourse of trumpets taken from the enemy; and the Shadow Host withdrew to the shore.  There they stood silent, hardly to be seen, save for a red gleam in their eyes that caught the glare of the ships that were burning.  And Aragorn spoke in a loud voice to the Dead Men, crying:

'"Hear now the words of the Heir of Isildur!  Your oath is fulfilled.  Go back and trouble not the valleys ever again!  Depart and be at rest!”

The story continued, and Jennifer said, "I didn't see much of any of that part.  While the freed slaves were helping to get the ships ready, I got to stay at an inn with a nice old lady, and get some rest."  She smiled.  "She was very motherly, and she took good care of me."

The story continued of how they had sailed up the Anduin until they had reached the Pelennor Fields, and then Jennifer spoke up, looking at Legolas and Gimli.  "I'm still mad at you!"

The Elf and Dwarf looked at each other, puzzled, and then at Jennifer.  "You guys just rode off to battle and left me asleep on the ship!  I had to get my own self off to the battlefield!"

Kevin really was horrified now.  He knew how awful the battle had been for him—he sure didn't want his sister to have to deal with that!

"It had mostly passed on by," she added, correctly interpreting her brother's expression.  "But I managed to get one of the horses and get off—and a good thing too, for Halbarad!  I was able to find him and get him back to the ship."  She shook her head.  "An orc had tried to kill him with an arrow.  If it hadn't been for Kaylee, he would have died."

"Kaylee?"  Kevin furrowed his brow in puzzlement.

Jennifer grinned.  "I didn't think to tell you this, but Kaylee gave Halbarad a present.  Remember the little rock she brought from home?"  Kevin nodded.  "Well, she made him a pouch and put the rock in it, and then she gave it to him before he left Rivendell.  I heard him tell Aragorn, when we were riding to Dunharrow after Gandalf and Boromir took Joey and Pippin away.  He was wearing it when we arrived at that battle on the Pelannor, and when an orc tried to shoot him, its arrow bounced right off of it!  It saved his life."

Joey frowned.  "Kaylee gave him that rock?"

Jennifer laughed.  "She sure did, Joey, and good thing, too!  `Cause he'd be dead now, otherwise.  I mean to tell her how her present saved his life when we see her again."

They talked together for quite a while longer, as Jennifer told her part in the tale, and Joey and Pippin explained what they had done during the siege.  They talked until Pippin said they had already missed second breakfast and elevenses, but if they'd stay put, he and Joey would go fetch the lunch that Pippin had requested for all of them from the kitchens.

It wasn't very long before the two returned, with two laden baskets.

"Nothing but water for drink," said Pippin.  "I filled both our skins full up, and we can share.  But we've got food enough for us all."

"Uh-huh," Joey added.  "There's some bread and cheese and apples.  And there's some kind of spicy sausage we can share, and some pickles, too."

Jennifer made a face.  She wasn't terribly fond of spicy food.  "I'm fine with bread and cheese and an apple."

They all ate until the food was gone, and then it was agreed that Merry was getting too tired, and needed to go back to the Houses of Healing.

The friends had made sure Merry was tucked in.  Legolas and Gimli left, and Kevin, Jennifer, Joey, and Pippin talked with Merry for a little while longer.  Kevin and Merry talked a little about the ride from Rohan.  

"Good day," said a voice behind them.  Merry grinned, as the others turned around.

"Boromir!" Jennifer exclaimed.  "It's so good to see you!  How is your brother?  And your father?"

He smiled.  "Sleeping.  I came to speak with them, but as they are asleep, and I also need to speak with all of you, I thought to come by here.  Peregrin and Joey are staying with me, but I should like to invite you, Jennifer and Kevin, to join us for dinner in my quarters.  We have much that we should discuss about what will be happening next.  This is not the best place for such conversation."

"But...what?"  Jennifer was going to ask, but Kevin shook his head at her, and she stopped.

Boromir turned to Pippin and Joey.  "Pippin and Joey, as soon as you finish your visit with Merry, report to Labadal, and he will give you my orders."  Now he looked at Kevin and Jennifer.  "I will be dining at sunset, and will see you then."  He turned and left rather quickly, leaving all of them puzzled. 

"What was that all about?" asked Jennifer.

Kevin sighed.  "He wants to wait to tell us until later, so it is probably something that will take a lot of explaining."

Pippin nodded.  "I am guessing only, you see, but there was that meeting this morning.  All of the captains and Gandalf and Aragorn—I suppose they are deciding what to do next, or they did decide."  He turned to Joey.  "We have our orders, don't we?"  Then he looked at his cousin.  "And you need your rest."  He leaned over and hugged Merry briefly.  "I'll see you later, cousin."

Merry gave him a stern look.  "You'd better!  And you'd better tell me everything!'

Pippin nodded, and he and Joey took their leave.

"What do we do now?" Jennifer asked Kevin.  "I could use a little rest myself."

"I suppose we could go down to that house where we slept last night," said Kevin.  "Gandalf and Legolas and Gimli are staying there."

"That sounds good," said Kevin.

-oo000oo-

Kevin woke up to the sound of his sister singing in the next room, and peered out the window.  It wasn't sunset yet, but it looked close to it.  No one else had been there when they had come in, so they'd found the rooms they had used the night before. Their packs were already there, and it had not taken long to clean up and then rest for a while.  He sat up and ran his fingers through his hair and yawned.  He was dressed, except for his surcoat.  

He heard a rap on the door.  "Kevin?"

It was Jennifer.  "Yeah!  I'm awake."

When the two of them arrived downstairs, they were surprised to see Legolas and Gimli there.  Legolas was just sitting quietly in a window, looking out, and Gimli appeared to be making some repairs to his chain mail.  They turned and greeted Jennifer and Kevin, and then there was a knock on the door.

“Come in,” Jennifer called, and the door swung open.  Joey poked his head in.  Pippin stood behind him.  “Boromir has sent us down to escort you two to dinner.  Can we come in?”

“‘Course, you can!”  Kevin laughed.  “You know you always can, if we’re not busy, and you’re not needed somewhere else.”

“Thanks!”  Grinning, Joey and Pippin entered the room and shut the door behind him.  “Are you ready to go?"

"Don't rush them," said Pippin.  "We do have some time, just not a lot."

Jennifer rose to her feet.  “Well, I don’t know about the rest of you, but I’m hungry!”

“Me, too!”  Kevin laughed.

"Well, I am always hungry," said Pippin, with a grin.

Legolas and Gimli shook their heads.  "We are not invited," Gimli stated.

"What?" asked Kevin, surprised.

"We are to dine with Aragorn and Gandalf, and a few others," said Legolas.  "As we were not at the meeting of the captains, they want to see us."

Pippin nodded.  "We only had orders to fetch you two," he said.  "If you are really ready, we can go now."

After saying goodbye to Legolas and Gimli, the four of them walked together companionably, Pippin or Joey occasionally pointing out some spot where they had been.  There still were not a lot of people around, and most of those who were seemed to be warriors who were coming from the Houses of Healing, or somebody or other in a hurry.  

“Guess what!  I made a friend here!” Joey announced, smiling, as they strode up the hall.  “Actually, Pippin and I both did, but he’s closer to my age than Pippin’s.  His name’s Bergil; he’s ten.  He’s a year older than me.”

Pippin grinned.  “Beregond is his father; he’s a Guard of the Citadel.  We met him first, and then we met his son.  We’ll be meeting with Beregond later, when we’re on guard at the Citadel.  When we first met Bergil, he wanted to stand us on our heads, but we managed to persuade him that wouldn’t be such a good idea.”

“Yeah!”  Rolling his eyes, Joey shook his head.  “But he’s our friend now, and I hope he can soon play with me.”

"Well, play's the last thing on anyone's mind right now," added Pippin.  "Bergil's got duties as an errand boy for the Houses of Healing, and we are pledged to Boromir's service now."

"Yeah," Joey said. He looked up at Kevin and Jennifer.  "I'm his page, and Pip's his esquire!  It’s like being knights, you know?  That’s how people became knights in the Middle Ages—by being pages and then squires, remember?”

Kevin nodded and exchanged a look with Jennifer.  “Except you won’t be becoming a knight, Joey.”  He thought for a moment.  Well, if we go home.  But I'm going to think positive.  Surely God wouldn’t separate us from our parents forever!  They’d be worried sick.  He didn't mention his momentary doubt aloud.  Of course, we’ll get home!  God sent us here; He’ll send us back when our job is finished.  Why wouldn't He?

Joey shrugged.  “True, 'cause we’ll have to go home.  Well, anyway, it's kind of like Boromir's our boss, and it's our job!  Except he made a promise, too, to take care of us.  He said he would take care of me like a father until we see our father again."

Kevin was glad that Joey seemed to have no doubt.

"That was nice of him," said Jennifer, smiling.  "So, who else do you know?"

"Well, there's Faramir, Boromir's brother—he's still in the Houses of Healing, along with Lord Denethor, their father.  But we already told you about the fire and everything.  And then there's some other boys—Sador, Kevin; you saw him, remember?  I don't think I remember the other boy’s names, it was kind of hectic right then."

Kevin nodded.  "He was also helping, you said.  Isn't he a little young for that?"  He frowned.  In our world, he’d be in school!  And so would Joey.

"He's eight," Joey said.

"His parents are dead, and his brother is in the Guard," added Pippin.  "It was thought best that he help in the Houses of Healing when his brother is on duty."

"And there's Dame Ioreth!" interrupted Joey.  “You met her, too!  She's in charge of all the helpers there.  You know, the nurses and all the errand boys."

"Yes," said Pippin.  "Rather stern and talks a lot.  Looks like a tall hobbitess!"

At this description, both Kevin and Jennifer laughed and nodded.  Each had seen her, but they had not known her name.  “That must be the nurse who shooed me away from Haleth’s side when he wouldn’t stop complaining about having to stay in bed,” Kevin said.  "She showed me where everybody was!"

Joey smiled broadly.  “And don’t forget Bergil!  We met him and his daddy the day we got here.”  He frowned.  “If only there wasn’t a war, Bergil and Sador and I could be friends!  We could play together.”

“Well, maybe you’ll yet get to, Joey, when it’s over,” Kevin said.  He turned to Pippin.  "What do you think Boromir will tell us, Pippin?" Kevin asked the hobbit.  Even though he knew that Pippin wasn't technically an adult in his homeland, he still was a lot closer to it than Kevin was, and the hobbit was pretty sharp and clever.

"I'm fairly certain," Pippin replied, "that he will tell us all the things they talked about this morning.  And it seems to me that we'll find out what we are doing next."

"What do you mean?" asked Joey, frowning.  "We won!"

Pippin shook his head sadly.  "We won a battle.  But the war isn't over, Joey.  Anyway, we are nearly there.  We can wait to hear what Boromir says."  Joey shrugged.

Indeed, they were nearly at the steps of the Citadel.  As they walked up, Pippin and Joey greeted Beregond, who stood at the door.  He gave them all a courteous nod, but did not say anything, as he was still on guard duty.  The group passed through, and Pippin and Joey led the way to Boromir's rooms.

The anteroom was already set up.  Labadal had arranged the food on a sideboard, and a table had been set up that was large enough to accommodate the guests.  

Pippin and Joey had automatically stationed themselves by the sideboard, but Pippin was counting the chairs.  "You have two extra chairs, Lord Boromir," he said, assuming his role as squire.  Joey nodded silently, letting Pippin do the talking.

Boromir chuckled.  "You and Joey are the extra guests, Peregrin and Joey.  I wish you to consider yourself off duty for the evening.  I have much to tell you all."

"Oh," said Joey.  Darn, he thought, pouting.  I wanted Jennifer and Kevin to see how good a page I am!

"Fear not, Joey," Boromir said, seeing the boy's expression.  "You will have many more opportunities to serve me, and you will have other opportunities to show your brother and sister your skills, but tonight I have much to tell you both, and would rather you sit by my side this time."

Joey nodded.  “Yes, sir.”  He stood behind one of the extra chairs, and Pippin stood behind the other.  He looked at Kevin and Jennifer.  “Uh, don’t sit down yet, but stand behind your chairs.  We gotta do something first.  It’s a custom here.”

Boromir gave Joey a nod of approval that made him blush with pride.  Kevin and Jennifer stood next to their chairs and watched curiously as Boromir, Joey, and Pippin turned their faces to the West.  Jennifer and Kevin did the same, and stood quietly for a moment, until Boromir gave another nod, and then all sat down.  

Jennifer quietly reached for Kevin and Joey's hands, as she sat between them, and they briefly bowed their heads and closed their eyes as Jennifer said a quiet blessing.  Boromir and Pippin waited, as they were used to the children doing this before their meals.

“What did we do before we sat down?” Jennifer asked Boromir.  “What was that about?”

Boromir smiled.  “It is a custom here in Gondor, Jennifer, to stand and look towards the West before we sit down to eat.  It is called the Standing Silence, as we look to lost Numenor, and toward the Blessed Land beyond.”

Jennifer furrowed her eyebrows as she recalled what they had been told about Numenor.  “You miss Numenor, don’t you?” she said quietly.

Boromir shook his head.  “Numenor was destroyed a long age before Faramir and I were born, so we never had a chance to miss it.  But it was the land of our forefathers, and we show them respect.”

His guests nodded their understanding.  “And the Blessed Land beyond—that’s where the Elves live, right?” Kevin asked.  “The ones who don’t live here, I mean.”

Boromir nodded.  “And the Valar and the Maiar.”

Labadal came now and served each of them a thin, brothy soup.  It was golden in colour, and it tasted of chicken and garlic and lemon.  They ate it with some of the crusty bread in the middle of the table, and it was followed by a roasted bird stuffed with vegetables.

Boromir waited until everyone was busy eating, and then said, "This morning, there was a debate among the captains of the Army of the West.  It was decided that in order to give a certain person and his friend the chance to finish their Quest, we shall march on Mordor."  Even within these walls, Boromir was circumspect in speaking of the Ring.

"What?" Jennifer exclaimed.  "But...why are we going to Mordor?"

The Gondorian shook his head.  "We are not all going.  We decided that I will go, and Peregrin, as my esquire, you will also go."  He looked at Joey.  "Pages, however, will not be going.  You will have to stay here, Joey."

Joey's eyes grew big.  He did not know whether to be disappointed or relieved.

“It’s for the best, Joey,” Kevin said gently.  “Children shouldn't fight in wars.”  Biting his lower lip, Joey nodded.  He had mixed emotions about whether he wanted to go or not.

"Jennifer, you will also be staying here to keep an eye on Joey."  Boromir glanced at Pippin.  "Merry will also not be going, for Aragorn says he is not yet recovered enough to go."

"That's good," said Pippin.  "Merry's had his chance to fight, and that's enough for any hobbit."

Jennifer looked apprehensive.  “What about Kevin?” she asked.  “You can’t make him go!  You can’t!”  She laid a hand on her brother’s arm and looked at Boromir fearfully.  He looked at her with compassion.

"After much discussion, Aragorn and I decided that will be Kevin's choice,” said Boromir gently.  "He may not be an adult in your homeland, Jennifer, but he is not a child, either.  He is free to go with us, or to stay here and help defend the city, and watch over you and Joey."

Kevin looked surprised.  He really had not thought about anything further than the battles he'd already fought in.  It was pretty bad, and he had been troubled with unpleasant dreams he couldn't recall ever since the last one.  But...well, he had some fighting skills, and he could be of use to the cause.  He knew how small their army would be compared to what Sauron could send out of Mordor.

Anything to help Frodo and Sam, he thought.  But would it be better to stay and protect my brother and sister?  I just don't know.  I'll have to talk to someone, I guess.

Boromir looked at Kevin with concern.  "We will be leaving the day after tomorrow," he said, "with as many as can be spared to go.  You have some time to make your decision."

Labadal brought forth a large fruit pastry that looked delicious, but even Pippin did not have much to say, though he ate a large portion.  The meal ended quietly, as all of them had a lot to think over.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings​ belongs to New Line Cinema, and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 52: Goodbye, So Soon

Kevin could hear the voices from the open door where he stood.

"I advise against it," came the voice of a healer.  Kevin had met him briefly; he was the doctor—healer—he had to remember they did not say “doctor” here.  What was his name?  Master Seregon, that was it.

"I am well!"  Haleth was sitting up with a very stubborn look on his face.  "You have had people watching over me all this time, since I have been here.  I just had a little bump on the head."

Kevin went in warily.  He hoped Haleth would not get him involved in the argument.  Master Seregon turned and saw him.  He nodded a greeting.  "Lord Kevin?  Is that right?  You are young Master Joey's brother?"

Kevin nodded.  "That's me," he said.

"Your young brother was an excellent help during the siege.  He is very brave."

"I'm kind of proud of him," Kevin replied.  "He's never really been on his own without any family before.  I'm glad he didn't freak out or anything!"

"Not at all; he is a very brave young man, and wise enough to know how to follow directions in an emergency.  He looked to the Ernil i Pheriannath—that is to say, Lord Peregrin—for guidance when he was unsure, and he showed much pity for the patients he helped to care for…"

"Kevin!" Haleth interrupted, pouting.  "Tell this healer that I have had enough of being in bed.  I need to get up and get ready for the battle!"

Kevin took a step back and raised his hands.  “Hey, Haleth, I sympathize, but I’m not the healer!  I can’t tell you if you’re ready to leave this place or not.  Only Master Seregon can tell you that.”

Haleth frowned and looked down.  Then he looked up with hope in his eyes.  "Could you find Lord Éomer?  Or perhaps Lord Éothain?"  His face clouded.  "I should have said Éomer  King.  I suppose he would be too busy.  But, still, perhaps Lord Éothain could come?"

Master Seregon had taken the opportunity to move on to another patient, a Gondorian guardsman, who seemed ready to make the exact same arguments as Haleth had, only more emphatically.  Kevin felt sorry for the healer; he wondered if all soldiers were such bad patients.  And here, I thought doctors were supposed to be the worst patients! he thought, amused.  Or healers, as they’re called here.

"So, you already know that they'll be heading out to battle tomorrow?  And everything else?"

Haleth nodded, sorrow on his face.  "Yes, I have heard that Théoden King was slain by the Dwimmerlaik from the Black Land.  I know that many were slain in battle, but that we won."  He heaved a sigh.  "You will go see if you can find Lord Éothain, will you not?"

"What good would that do?" Kevin said.  "Lord Éothain is not the healer."

"Please?"

Kevin sighed.  "All right, Haleth.  I will see if I can find Lord Éothain, and tell him you want to see him, OK?  But you know, I can’t promise he’ll let you leave here, not if Master Seregon says you’re not ready yet.  But I’ll go see if I can find him for you."

Haleth grinned.  "Thank you, Kevin!  You are a good friend!"

Kevin nodded.  "OK, I'll see you later."  He got up from the edge of Haleth's bed and went out.  Sheesh, he thought, pouting in his turn.  I wanted to spend the day with Jen and Joey.  Now I'll have to go tell them that I need to run around looking for Lord Éothain instead.  He headed back to the mess, where he'd left them, along with Pippin, after breakfast.  They had said they'd wait for him there before they decided what they would do.  Boromir had given Joey and Pip the day off, so the two of them were going to show Kevin and Jennifer around.

They took his news fairly well, especially as Pippin said, "Well, clearly you need someone to show you where to look.  We shall just come with you on your errand!"

"Yeah!" said Joey, smiling broadly.  "You wouldn't know where to look, but we do!"

Kevin smiled, relieved.  “Thanks!  I could really use your help.”

"So," said Jennifer, "where to, first?"

"I think," said Pippin, "that we start at the Citadel."

A question or two to one of the guardsmen at the Citadel revealed that all of what the guardsmen called the High Lords (by which he meant Aragorn, Gandalf, Prince Imrahil, Lord Boromir, and  Éomer  King) had gone to the Houses of Healing to confer with Lord Denethor and Lord Faramir.  As to the whereabouts of Lord Éothain, they could speak to the servants in the Citadel, for surely, they would know more.

From there, a few questions of the servants finally led them to Master Ondahil, who was the seneschal in charge of all of the servants of the Citadel, and also knew where all the guests were.

Kevin followed Pippin's lead.  He hadn't seen Pippin a lot since the Fellowship had first split up.  He'd been remembering Pippin as playing with Joey and cheering everyone up with his songs and jokes, and he hadn't really thought about the fact that Pippin really was not a child.  If he were a man, he'd be almost old enough to vote, plus Kevin knew that Pippin was old enough to drink in his own country.  But now he saw the grown-up side of the hobbit, as he confidently navigated the maze of corridors in the Citadel to find out what they needed to know.

They'd been following him and Joey in silence for several minutes when Jennifer tugged at his sleeve.  "Kevin?  Have you decided yet?"  She spoke softly enough that Joey and Pippin didn't hear.

He didn't need her to say what.  "I don't know, Jen.  I'd kind of like to stay here with you and Joey, but maybe I'm meant to go off with the army tomorrow.”  He shook his head.  “I just don't know."

"I'm going to pray that you stay here!" his sister said, frowning.  “I really don’t want you to go, Kevin.  I want you to be safe.”

Kevin hugged her against his side.  "I know.  Thanks, Jen.  Well, I'm praying that the Lord will make it clear what I should do.  I’ve got to follow His leading; you know that."

Jennifer blushed.  "You're right.  I'm being selfish."  She was silent once more.

After a few minutes, Kevin said, "It'll be all right, sis."  Jennifer bit her lower lip and did not answer.  Kevin hugged her to his side again.

Just then Pippin and Joey stopped walking, and Pippin knocked on a door.  Kevin wondered how he knew which door.  There was nothing special about it to make it any different than all the other doors they'd passed in this hallway.  The door opened, and a very distinguished-looking man wearing the livery of the Steward opened it.

"Master Ondahil?" Pippin asked.

"How may I help, Lord Peregrin?  Does Lord Boromir have a request of me?"

Pippin blushed.  "I am not a lord, Master Ondahil, and I am not here on behalf of Lord Boromir, but rather at the request of Lord Kevin of Ore Gon..."  He gestured to Kevin.  "...who is trying to locate one of the Rohirrim, Lord Éothain."

Master Ondahil nodded and gestured.  "Step in."  He led them into a tiny room, lined with shelves of scrolls and a small desk that nearly took up all the room.  It was a little crowded with all five of them.  But the seneschal pulled over a piece of parchment and studied it for a few minutes.

"Ah!  You are fortunate.  Most of the Rohirric army is encamped outside the walls, but Lord Éothain is among those who are stationed in the city.  You will find him encamped in the paddock by the stables."

"Thank you, Master Ondahil.  We appreciate your help," Pippin replied.

They found that this part of the Rohirric army consisted of only about half a dozen tents belonging to some of the higher-ranking warriors.  They were standing outside in a group, and both Lord Éothain and Éomer King were there, addressing them, explaining about what they would need to do on the morrow.

Éomer spotted Kevin.  "Ah, Lord Kevin!  Are you joining us on our march tomorrow?"

Kevin blushed.  "I don't know yet.  Actually, I was looking for either you or Lord Éothain."

"For what reason?" the young king asked.

"Well, it's Haleth.  The healer at the Houses of Healing won't let him out of bed yet, but he wants to get up and go fight.  He was hoping one of you would help him convince the healer."

The king looked at Éothain.  "I have not the time, myself.  Éothain, would you go with Kevin to deal with this?  And find out if they are detaining others of our folk who may now be fit to fight."

Éothain nodded and joined Kevin and the others.  "Thank you for letting us know of Haleth's plight," he said, as they all began to head back to the Houses of Healing.

As they were walking once more to the Houses of Healing, Joey tugged on Jennifer's sleeve.  She bent over to hear him, as he told her quietly, "Jen, I'm kind of tired of all this walking around, and I'm hungry, too."

She nodded, and called, "Kevin.  Joey's tired and hungry.  And I admit I'm getting a little tired, too."

"You don't have to come with us, Jen," Kevin said.  "I'll find you right after we see Haleth again."

"I know," Pippin said.  "There's a small bakery that just opened again this morning; it wasn't badly damaged in the siege.  It's on the fifth circle.  You could meet us there.  You can't miss it; it's right by the gate into the fifth circle.  You can follow your nose right to it!"

"OK," Kevin replied.  "I'll meet you there after I see Haleth."  After all, he thought, it shouldn't take too long for Éothain to set Haleth straight.  He shrugged.  Either that, or else get him permission to go with us.  It all depends on what Master Seregon decides.

-oo000oo-

Kevin had no trouble finding the little bakery following his errand.  Pippin had been right, it was almost exactly across from the fifth circle gate, and it did smell good.  It had one window boarded up, and there was a pile of rubble over to one side of it, as though someone had swept it there.  He entered to see Jen and Joey sitting at a small round table with Pippin, and one extra chair pulled up.  There were some small plates with crumbs on them, a teapot, some cups, and one clean plate next to the extra chair.  A pretty young woman not much older than Kevin bustled over with something wrapped in a napkin which she placed on the empty plate as Kevin sat down.

Suddenly, he thought of something...he looked up at her anxiously, starting to say he didn't have any money.

"It's OK, Kev," said Joey.  "Pippin and me already paid.  We got our st—sti—uh, pay from Boromir this morning.  For being his page and squire!"  He sat up straight, his chest puffed out with pride.

Pippin laughed.  "'Stipend,' Joey.  And yes, Kevin, we paid already."

Kevin unwrapped the napkin.  It was a small loaf of some sort of sweet bread.  He could see some nuts and fruit sticking out, and smell spices.  Kind of like fruitcake, he thought.  Jennifer poured him some tea.

He wondered what he was going to say.  He broke off a good-sized piece of the bread and stuffed it in his mouth.  He couldn't talk with his mouth full.

Sure enough, Jen asked him: "How'd it go with Haleth?"

He shook his head and pointed at his full mouth, and chewed and chewed, and finally took a sip of his tea.  And another sip.

"Kevin, enough already.  Your mouth is not full, now!" Jennifer snapped.  "I asked you how it went with Haleth."

"Not like I expected it to go," he finally answered, after swallowing another sip from his teacup and wiping his mouth.

"What do you mean?"

Jennifer is just like Mom, Kevin thought.  And I do have to tell them.  He sighed.

Kevin looked up at her, and then glanced at Joey and Pippin.  "I figured that Éothain would make Haleth behave and do what the healer said.  Instead, he made the healer let Haleth go, along with about five or six other Rohirrim who weren't wounded badly."

"Oh, no!" said Jennifer, rather horrified.  Haleth was about the same age as she was.  Way too young to be fighting in a war!

"That's not the worst of it.”  Kevin grimaced.  “I can't let him go off like that, not by himself.  So, I’ve decided, Jen.  I'm going, too, with the Rohirrim."

"Oh, Kevin!"  Jennifer's eyes filled with tears, but she didn't let them fall.  Somehow, she had been afraid that would be his decision.

Pippin nodded.  "Well, I am sure we'll see one another on the march there."  He stood up.  "I'll be off with Boromir as well, you know, so I'm going back to spend some more time with Merry before we have to go off.  Can you find your way back to the Citadel, Joey?"

"'Course I can, Pippin!  I know the way around about as good as you do!"  Joey grinned.

Pippin laughed and ruffled Joey's hair; since he was standing and Joey was sitting, it wasn't so hard to reach.  He purchased another bread loaf from the young woman, to take to Merry, and went out the door.

-oo000oo-

"So, you are leaving me again," Merry said.  He was trying to sound light, but Pippin could tell there was an undertone of bitterness.

"Well, obviously, Boromir cannot get along without me.  Remember, the last time he went on a journey by himself, he lost his horse."  It was a lame joke, but it did the trick.

"He did, indeed," Merry said, chuckling.  But his face was serious once more.  "I hate to see you leave so soon, Pip!"

"I know."  Pippin shrugged.  "But you and I both know this is for Frodo."

Merry nodded.  "It is.  I hope Frodo and Sam are all right."

"Well, I hadn't yet had a chance to tell you yet, but they were, just a few days ago.  All right, I mean.  Faramir met them on the way, over in Ithilien.  He gave them food and water before he sent them on their way."  Pippin hesitated, and then added, "Gollum was with them."

Merry's jaw dropped.  "Gollum!  What is Frodo thinking?"

Pippin shrugged.  "Apparently, Frodo somehow talked him into being their guide into Mordor.  You know Frodo."

Merry scowled.  "I wouldn't trust that Gollum as far as I could throw him."

Pippin grinned.  "Well, you know, Sam won't trust him anymore than you would."

"You're right, he won't.  Well, that's all right.  Sam will watch out for Frodo and keep both eyes on that slippery little villain."  Merry looked much more cheerful now.

And thinking of Sam watching over Frodo, Pippin felt happier as well.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer walked to the guesthouse with Kevin and Joey, her heart filled with worry.  On the one hand, she was happy to be with Joey this time.  Granted, Pippin and Boromir had looked after him well enough, but it wasn't the same as having a family member.  But on the other hand, she was not happy at all to be separated from Kevin again so soon, and him going off to fight again.  He had escaped this time; he had not yet been wounded or killed.  But there was always the chance.

Kevin wasn't very happy himself.  He kept glancing at his sister, and he could just about read the thoughts on her face.  She was just like Mom: she couldn't ever hide her feelings.  He knew she was worried, and she was probably mad at him, since he had not discussed things with her much first.  But Haleth was his friend, and Haleth didn't have anyone now.  His mom and sister were way off in Rohan, and his dad was dead—killed right in front of him, really.  That must have been a truly awful thing for him to watch.  And Éomer and Éothain would be way too busy to watch out for just one warrior out of many, even if he was a young boy.  They wouldn’t even think of him as a boy—they don't think I'm a boy either, he realized.  Among the Rohirrim, once you’re old enough to swing a sword and kill something, you’re a man to them.  No, now that he knew what Haleth had decided, he just didn't have much choice.  Someone had to look after Haleth on that long march, and he was the only one available to.  He had already taken it to the Lord in prayer, and he felt peace about doing so.

Joey looked up at his older brother and sister.  They looked so sad and serious.  He was a little scared, himself.  But not as scared as he would have been before he ever got to Middle-earth.  Not even as scared as he had been when he had first arrived in this city.  He was a little worried about Kevin and Jennifer—mostly Kevin, because he'd be going off to fight again.  And he was real worried about his other friends, especially Pippin and Boromir, but the others, too.  He would pray really hard for them while they were gone.

He wished he could think up something to cheer Kev and Jen up.  Just then he thought of something.  "Kevin?  Do you remember last Veteran's Day Sunday?  Back home?"

"I'm not sure.  What do you want me to remember, Joey?"

"All the choirs got together to learn that one hymn, remember?  Jennifer?  Do you remember it?"

Jennifer thought for a moment.  “Do you mean this one?"  She started to hum a little, and then began to sing.

"Father of this Army, Captain of our soldiers," she began slowly.

"That's the one!" Joey exclaimed.

Jennifer began to sing again, and this time, her brothers joined in.

“Father of this Army, Captain of our soldiers,

May Your glory fill the earth.

As this world grows colder, may Your troops be bolder.

May we fight with only love.

May the crosses we bear be the weapons of our warfare.

May we even more dare for You;

May we even more dare for You.

 

“Let our uniform be holiness and mercy,

Justice clothed with grace and truth...”*

They finished singing the hymn, and then sang a couple more before they found themselves at the guesthouse.  Boromir had given Joey permission to stay with his brother and sister for the night, and they showed him the room Kevin had, which he would be sharing that night.

They could smell something good from the direction of the kitchen, and found Gandalf, Legolas, and Gimli there.  The three of them were unpacking a basket they had purchased at one of the local inns that had reopened.  There was some fresh bread, a roasted bird of some kind, and some fruit tarts.  The five of them sat down and had a nice meal, and then Gandalf went back out to join Aragorn, and Legolas and Gimli joined him.

"I will see you in the morning," Gandalf said.  "Do not forget that the army will be leaving early.  You must wake at first light."

"Do not worry," Legolas said.  "I will spend this night under the stars, and will come to find you in the morning."  He ruffled Joey's hair, and then the three of them left.

Jennifer watched them leave, and then rolled her eyes.  "You know where they are going first, don't you?"

"No," said Joey.  Kevin looked puzzled, too.

"They are going back to that inn so they can drink for a while, of course."  She looked pretty sure of herself.

Kevin laughed a little.  "You might be right, but anyway, that's their business, not ours.  They are a lot older than we are!"

Now Jennifer laughed, too.  "If we are going to get up at o' dark-thirty, then we should probably turn in soon."

"Yes," Kevin said, "but before we do, well, we've been split up before since we got here.  But it was always kind of sudden.  We are going to have a little time to say good-bye.  And I think that before we go to bed, we should all pray together.  We won't have that much time in the morning."

They all looked at each other, and then went back into the kitchen and sat back down at the table and held hands, and then they bowed their heads.

"Heavenly Father…”  Kevin paused to clear his throat.  “...please protect us while we march on Mordor.  Please protect Haleth and me.  Please protect Pippin.  And Aragorn and Boromir and Legolas and Gimli.  Be with all of us that go.  Help us to fight bravely, and to make it so Frodo and Sam can destroy the Ring in time.  And please defeat Sauron once and for all.  And please take care of Joey and Jennifer while they wait.  And watch over Kaylee in Rivendell, and our mom and dad back home.”

Jennifer smiled wanly.  She was not looking forward to seeing Kevin march off in the morning.  Out loud, she said, “If only Sauron’s defeat could end all evil, but we know that won’t happen.”

“No,” Kevin agreed.  “There’s still Satan to contend with, and he won’t be defeated until the end of time.  But at least Sauron will be helpless when the Ring is destroyed.”

Jennifer nodded.  “Yes, and thank goodness!”  She wrapped her arms around Kevin.  “Just—stay safe, please!  I don’t want anything to happen to you.  OK?”

Kevin smiled.  “I’ll try.  You and Joey stay safe, too, OK?  Meanwhile, is there anything you want to say to God while we’re here?  And you, too, Joey.”

Jennifer nodded and bowed her head.  “God,” she said, “I don’t know anything to add to what Kevin’s already said.  Please keep them all safe; that’s all I know to say.  And please destroy Sauron.  And please protect Frodo and Sam so they can finish their mission.”

She turned to Joey.  “OK, Joey, your turn.”

With a nod, Joey leaned back in his chair, bowed his head, and closed his eyes.  “Please, God, protect my brother and Boromir and Aragorn and the hobbits and everyone.  Amen.”  He stopped for a moment and then added.  "And please take care of Mom and Dad and Megan, and don't let our mom and dad worry about us too much, until we get home.  And take care of Kaylee so we can see her again, 'cause I miss her.  Oh, and also, all the people who are hurt in the Houses of Healing, please help them get well again."

He stopped and squeezed Kevin and Jennifer's hands, and together they all said, "In Jesus' name, amen."

Jennifer felt a little pang at Joey's prayer.  She remembered that her parents had also come to Middle-earth, along with Megan.  Kaylee may not be in Rivendell anymore, she thought.  She might be on the road by now, with Mom and Dad and Megan.  If she is, then she really needs God’s protection, and Megan, too.  But Galadriel had told her not to say anything.  Should she now?  She prayed silently this time.  Lord, please, help me to know what's right to do?  Is it time yet for me to let them know Mom and Dad and the little ones are on the way?  She sat quietly for a moment, as she felt the answer in her heart.  She would have to keep it a secret for a while longer.

Will I be able to hear God’s voice so clearly and easily when I’m back home? she wondered.

"Jen?"  She glanced at Kevin staring at her.  "Is there something else?"

"Not right now.”  Jennifer shook her head.  “Let's get ready for bed."

Kevin nodded.  “Yeah, we’d better do that.”  They split up to go to their bedrooms.  Kevin and Joey went to their shared room, and Jennifer went to hers.

-oo000oo-

It was a good thing that Legolas had decided to come and awaken them.  All three of them had slept much more soundly than they had for many weeks.

Kevin startled to hear the knocking on his door.  Next to him, Joey sat up and rubbed his eyes, and shook his head.  Kevin had to grin; Joey's hair was sticking up on all sides.  He bet that Jennifer would make Joey get a haircut, or she'd cut it for him.  As for himself, he was glad his own hair was a lot longer, since he'd fit in better with the other warriors, especially the Rohirrim, who wore their hair really long.  He would have to get a haircut, though, before they returned home.  He would ask Jennifer to give one to him and Joey when he and the rest of the army came back from Mordor.

He jumped up.  "We're awake, Legolas," he called.  "Give us a few minutes to get dressed!"

He heard the Elf laugh, and then heard him knocking on Jennifer's door.

He began to hustle into his clothes, and was surprised to see that Joey was already dressed before he was wearing that Gondorian outfit—Joey called it his "livery".

Kevin was already in his tunic and trews, and then turned to the armour he had been given at Helm's Deep.  He and Haleth had helped each other; it was really complicated to get into all that mail and leather, especially by oneself.

"Want me to help, Kevin?" Joey asked.  "When Labadal taught us about armour, I learned how to help put it on and off, and stuff.  I was helping Boromir and Pippin put theirs on.  Yours is a little different, but I bet I could help."

Surprised, but relieved, Kevin nodded.  "Sure, Joey.  You can't do any worse than I'd do, if I tried to put it on by myself."

"OK!"  Joey was beaming, and Kevin could tell his kid brother was pretty proud of himself for knowing what to do.

In almost no time, Joey had helped him into a pair of boots, a long shirt of mail, a leather hauberk, a pair of metal elbow cops, a set of leather arm braces, and his sword belt.  Joey handed him his Lothlorien cloak and a pair of riding gloves, and a leather helmet that had a flat metal piece to protect his nose.

Joey grinned.  "Just like I was your squire!"  Then suddenly the child's eyes filled with tears, but he blinked, and they went away.  "Please be safe," he whispered.

"I'll do my best," Kevin said sincerely.  Joey gave him a quick but fierce hug, and then stepped back.

The two of them left their room and went to wait with Legolas until Jennifer was dressed.  She joined them more quickly than Kevin was expecting.  Legolas had brought a basket with him, with some fresh-baked bread from the bakery, with a little cheese, as well as some dried fruit, all of which they washed down with water.  It was a more satisfying meal than Kevin would have thought, and certainly quicker and more practical than trying to cook a whole meal would have been.

"Kevin," said Legolas, "we are to go to the stables first."

Kevin nodded, and the four of them made the brief trek to the Citadel's stables.  The Rohirrim were gathered in the field next to the paddock.  It was mostly Éomer and his éored, for the others had encamped outside the City gates.   Éomer and Éothain were yet unmounted, and stood by their horses, as they spoke with Gandalf, Aragorn, and Boromir.  They spotted Pippin, who was speaking to Merry, and headed his way.

"Oh, good!  You came," Pippin said, when he spotted them.

Merry looked rather pale.  He was wearing only breeches and a tunic, while Pippin was dressed in his full Gondorian livery.  "Kevin, Haleth saddled your horse for you," he said, pointing to the few men of the éored, who were already mounted and ready.  Kevin spotted Haleth on his horse, another horse next to him with no rider.

Kevin looked at Jennifer and Joey.  "Well, I guess it's time for me to mount up."  He gave Jennifer a hug and a kiss on the forehead, and then he gave Joey a quick hug.  "Take care of each other," he said.  And he headed over to join Haleth.

Jennifer called after him, "You take care as well, Kevin Stanley McCloud!"  

Kevin laughed.  “You, too, Jennifer Elizabeth McCloud!"  Jennifer grinned.  She knew he was getting back at her for using his middle name. But she liked hers, while Kevin was not so thrilled about having his middle name after his grandfather.

Shaking his head and smiling, Kevin made his way over to the éored, and mounted his horse next to Haleth.  He looked at his friend, who was pale but grinning.  "Finally, we will be going soon," Haleth said, eagerness in his tone.

Kevin shook his head and sighed, but didn't say anything else.  He was ready to go, but he was certainly not looking forward to it.

Just then, Gandalf's voice boomed out.  "It is time!"  With an agility and grace that seemed strange for the old man's body he wore, he mounted Shadowfax.  The king of the Mearas was without a saddle as usual, and so was Hrimfax, who stood next to him, and also Arod, Legolas' horse.

Jennifer looked on, as Pippin gave Merry a swift embrace and went to join Boromir, who quickly lifted Pippin up to the horse’s back.  He mounted behind the hobbit.  She saw that Legolas and Gimli were now on Arod, with Gimli seated behind Legolas as usual.  Aragorn mounted Roheryn, and Jennifer smiled as Elladan, who was behind Aragorn along with Elrohir, gave her a wave.  A contingent of unmounted Gondorian guardsmen had lined up behind the horses for marching, and Bergil left where he had been farewelling his father who was among them, and came over to join them.

He greeted Merry and Joey, who then introduced Jennifer to Bergil.  She had seen the boy in the Houses of Healing.  Merry had met him there also, for he had helped to take care of Merry.  "Shall we go where we can watch the armies leave?  Lots of folk shall be following them down to the Pelennor, but we can watch from that place at the wall.  Do you not remember, Joey?" Bergil asked, looking at Merry.

Joey took a deep breath and nodded.  Merry was only just beginning to get well.

"Aragorn said I wasn't fit for the journey," Merry muttered, a slight scowl on his face.  "but I think I can make it as far as the wall.  Apparently..."  And now, the hobbit's tone turned to mockery.  "...I ‘have already earned great honour’, he says.  But I would rather be with Pippin."  He slumped his shoulders, his expression despondent.

Jennifer shook her head sadly.  "Pippin will be all right, Merry.  After all, he's with Boromir.  And you know, you and Lady Éowyn did a very good thing when you killed the Witch-king.  You saved the whole battle when you did that; they might have lost otherwise."

The hobbit drew a deep breath, but did not respond to what she had said about his and Éowyn’s feat.  "Yes, yes, he is.  All right, then," and he made an effort to lighten his tone.  "Lead the way, Masters Joey and Bergil, and show us this wonderful viewing spot!”

The two boys led the way through the slowly thinning crowds, and up to the last level, where only a few folks had decided to watch the armies leave.  They led Jennifer and Merry to the embrasure in the great wall on the east side.  Jennifer was glad to see a stone seat built in there, and if they stood upon it, they could look down upon the land below, where far beneath them a throng of people had gathered.  Beyond, many of the troops had already gathered.

"It's going to be awhile before the others get out the Gate and join them," said Joey.  He looked at Merry.  "Why don't we sit down for a while?  We'll hear all the people yelling when it happens."

“Yes, we will.”  Bergil nodded agreement.

"That sounds like a good idea," Jennifer agreed, looking from Joey to Bergil.

Merry sat down gratefully, and then he leaned his head back against the wall and swung his feet.  The others sat down as well.  

They were quiet, each sitting there thinking his or her own thoughts.  Jennifer wondered what on earth she was to do in this big city now that almost everyone she knew had gone.  Would she and Joey stay in that big guesthouse all by themselves?   “Please, God, protect them all,” she whispered.  She was on the verge of drowsing off in the sunshine, when a shout went up from some of the people who were watching from other places on the wall.  An instant later, a cheer went up from below.

They stood upon the stone seat and looked out over the wall. 

Bergil looked down below, and then pointed and said, "There he is!  My father!" for Beregond was marching along, leading a company of Guardsmen.  "I hope he will come back," he said in a low voice, for he, too, was downcast.

"Hey, there’s Pippin and Boromir!" said Joey.

Merry looked down and could see his cousin, a small figure mounted behind Boromir.  The Gondorian rode right alongside Aragorn, for he was Captain-General of the Gondorian Army. 

"Look!"  Jennifer pointed.  "Next to Aragorn.  I think that's Halbarad!  He was injured; he shouldn't be going."  They all looked at the standard-bearer riding next to Aragorn.  It did appear to be Halbarad.  She sighed in exasperation.  "Just like Kevin's friend, Haleth.  These people just won't stay down!"  She shook her head and scowled.

Merry laughed bitterly.  "Well, some of us apparently have to."  Jennifer patted his shoulder.

The watchers fell silent, as the seeming chaos on the field resolved itself into order.  At last the trumpets rang and the army began to move.  Troop by troop, and company by company, they wheeled and went off eastward.  And long after they had passed away out of sight down the great road to the Causeway, the little group standing on the stone bench watched.  The last glint of the morning sun on spear and helm twinkled and was lost.

Merry's face was pinched and worn, and he kept rubbing his right arm.  He was silent with his thoughts.

He was roused by the touch of Bergil's hand.  “Come, Master Perian!” said the lad.  “You are still in pain, I see.  We will help you back to the Healers.  But do not fear!  They will come back.  The Men of Minas Tirith will never be overcome.  And now they have the Lord Elfstone and the Lord Boromir, and Beregond of the Guard too.”

"Not to mention the White Wizard!  And Kevin!" added Joey.  "Yes, come on.  There's nothing left to see here, Jennifer.  Come on, let's get Merry back."

Jennifer nodded, and they slowly made their way back to the Houses of Healing.  Jennifer was feeling increasingly anxious about Merry, and also about what she and Joey were to do next.

They brought Merry back to the Houses of Healing, where they helped him into the bed.  It had been a long and stressful morning for the hobbit, and Jennifer could tell he was nearly worn out.  Joey assisted him to lie down, and with a heavy sigh, he was soon asleep.  Jennifer brushed a curl from his forehead.  "I hope he'll be okay.  He was really upset about not going with Pippin."

"I'm glad he didn't," said Joey.  "Kevin only went 'cause Haleth was being stupid about going.  Sometimes I don't get these Middle-earth people.  At least Merry had the good sense to listen to Aragorn, even if he didn't want to."

Jennifer laughed quietly and shook her head.  "And when did you get so smart?"

"Maybe after I was stupid enough to try and look in that palantír with Pippin.  I'm glad I never got a good look like he did!"

"And I am glad, also, young Joseph," said a hoarse voice behind him.  "You would not have liked it."  The voice stopped to cough heavily.  Jennifer and Joey turned to see the Lord Denethor standing there, being helped by one of the nurses.  He had been hobbling around the ward with her help.

"Come, my Lord," said the nurse.  "You have been standing around long enough.  This is your first time out of the bed, after all."

He started coughing again and nodded at her.  When he stopped coughing, he said, "Come over to see me, and to see Faramir."  He paused to cough again.  "We have a message for you from Boromir."

The nurse helped him over to his bed on the other side of the room.  Jennifer and Joey looked and saw that Faramir was sitting up in the bed next to his.  

"I hope he'll be okay," said Joey.  "You should have seen when he went in and tried to save Faramir from the fire!  He's really brave for an old man."

"I hope so, too," Jennifer replied.  Earlier, Pippin had told them the details of how Faramir had been saved from the fire.

"And then he decided to stay in that big ward instead of having him and Faramir taken back to the Citadel, because he said that since the fire made a shortage of beds, they would stay put and not make extra work for the healers,” he had said.  “It's easier to have everyone close together, except for the really bad off ones who need to be alone."

"Well," said Joey, "let's go find out what Boromir's message was."

So, they followed after, just giving the nurse time to put Lord Denethor back to bed.  Faramir greeted them.  He was very pale from his wound, but Joey was glad to see that the feverishness and the air of despair from the Black Breath was gone.

At first, Lord Denethor was going to speak, but once again he began to cough, and had a little trouble getting his breath back, so it was Faramir who explained:  "Boromir came to see us before he left, Lady Jennifer and Master Joey.  He was much concerned about your well-being."

Joey nodded.  "Yeah, 'cause he promised to take care of me when I was made his page."

Faramir smiled.  "Indeed, he takes that oath quite seriously, and asked for me to fill in for him while he is gone.  Since Labadal went along to take care of him, he made arrangements for the two of you to stay here.  Not in with the patients, of course," he said, when he saw a look of alarm on their faces, and smiled at the relief on their faces.  "Jennifer, he spoke with Master Sardos, the Warden of the Houses.  You will be allowed to stay among the younger girls who are apprenticed as healers here.  And if you wish to, you will be allowed to help with tasks here.  Joey, Dame Ioreth has said you may stay among the errand lads.  Your friend Bergil is staying here as well, since his father has gone away.  And of course, you also can help."

They nodded solemnly.

"I will be able to keep an eye on you, for the healers say I am nearly mended, though I must still rest a good deal."

"What should we do right now, my Lord?" asked Joey.

Jennifer gave Joey an odd look, and then realized that he was speaking as a page, and not just as her little brother.  He sounded strangely grown-up, and she wasn't sure she liked that, though on the other hand, she was also proud of him.

Faramir nodded in approval.  "Report to Dame Ioreth, and she will tell you,"

Joey nodded.  "Yes, sir."  He turned to Jennifer.  "Come on, Jen.  We'll go find her, and then we’ll be able to get settled where we need to be."  He walked off, and Jennifer followed him.  She had to remind herself that he'd been here a few days before she arrived, and actually knew where he was going.

He led her down some corridors and stairs and more corridors to a large room.  She didn't know it, but it was the room where Joey had gone that first day, before the battle began.  There were several boys in there, most of them about Joey's age or a little older, and one who was actually a little younger.  It was the younger one who responded when Joey spoke.  "Sador, where's Dame Ioreth?"

The boy got up and came over to him.  "She should be back any moment.  She went to see if the laundresses had everything they needed."

"Oh, well, we will wait here then.  Have you met my sister?"

Sador shook his head.  "I met your brother, but I have only seen your sister while everyone was busy."

"OK.  Sador, this is my big sister Jennifer.  Jennifer, this is my friend Sador."

"Nice to meet you, Sador."  Jennifer smiled at him, and he blushed.

Dame Ioreth soon came back, and was unsurprised to hear of Boromir's message.  She asked Joey to take his sister to the apprentices' quarters. 

"Er—"  Jennifer was a little intimidated, but she had to ask.  She cleared her throat and tried again.  "What about our things?"

Dame Ioreth smiled.  "That is not a problem.  Sador, as soon as Bergil returns, the two of you accompany Joey to fetch his belongings and those of his sister."

Sador nodded.  "Yes, Dame Ioreth." 

Joey said, "I'll be right back," and then told Jennifer to follow him.

To her surprise, they went out of the building onto a wide covered porch with lots of pillars.  He led her to a smaller building.  It had a similar porch.  Inside he took her to a room in which there were six beds.  A girl about Jennifer's age was sitting on one of them, doing some sewing.

She looked up.  "May I help you?"

Joey nodded.  "This is my sister Jennifer.  Lord Boromir said she can stay here while the army is away."

The girl nodded. "Very well."

Joey turned. "I'll be back with your stuff as soon as I can. Bye for now, Jen."

He left and Jennifer looked at the girl, who was watching with interest.  "My name is Firieth.  This is my bed, but you can take either that one or that one," she said, as she pointed to the beds on either side of her own.  "Melwen and Riel are not here.  They both left the City when their parents went to Lossarnoch for safety."

"Thank you, Firieth."  Jennifer sat down on the bed opposite her.  "I only just arrived here with the ships during the battle, and now all of my friends that I came with have gone off to battle."

The other girl gasped.  "You came with the Lord Elfstone!"

"I came with Aragorn, but that is what everyone seems to be calling him here now.  We travelled with him from the North."

Firieth was curious, so Jennifer told a short version of her journey, and even so, was surprised when Joey arrived, accompanied by Bergil and Sador with her things.

"Here you are, Jen.  I'll be staying over with the other errand boys, unless I get sent on an errand."  He went over and gave her a small hug.  "See you around, Jen."

She hugged him back.  "Be good, Joey."

"Of course."  He rolled his eyes.  "I'm on duty!"  And with that, he dashed off, with Sador and Bergil at his side.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *The portion of a hymn that Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey sing is called, "The Soldier's Hymn," by Transmission, released in 2009.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 53: How Far I'll Go

Kevin glanced to his right, where Haleth sat on his horse.  Bron was restive, and Kevin patted him on the side of the neck.  Haleth's mount was perfectly calm. 

"How long do we just sit here?" Kevin asked.  "Aren't we ready to go yet?"

Haleth laughed.  "Do not be so impatient, Kevin.  There are still others who are not yet in position.  And we have those on foot to consider."

Far ahead, Kevin caught a glimpse of Aragorn, along with Boromir and the others who were leading the vanguard.  He didn't see Pippin.  He knew he'd seen him with Boromir earlier.  Where was the hobbit?   

He suddenly gave a start when he heard the voice of the hobbit in question next to his stirrup.  Bron was also startled; and gave a nervous prance to one side.

"Hullo, Kevin and Haleth!"  Pippin didn't even jump back from the big horse.  "Boromir sent me to run messages to the Guardsmen, and I thought I would stop and see how you were."

"Thanks, Pip!  I'm just ready to get going as soon as we can."

Pippin nodded.  "Stay safe, then, Kevin.  You, too, Haleth!  Boromir's waiting."  And he dashed off.

Kevin watched him dart fearlessly between the horses, and back to the leaders at the front, and saw Boromir grasp his upflung arm and pull Pippin back up in front of him.

"I suppose that it will not be much longer, Kevin," Haleth said, and indeed, at that moment, the trumpets rang and the army began to move.  Troop by troop, and company by company, they wheeled and went off eastward.

As they rode, one of the Rohirrim among them began to sing.  It was a stirring warlike song, and though Kevin could not understand the words, it heartened him and helped him feel braver as he rode.

Before noon, the army had arrived at Osgiliath.  Kevin had heard Osgiliath mentioned, but had no idea of what it was.  Now he could see the River, and surrounding it, massive ruins.  It was clear that at one time, the place had been bigger than Minas Tirith.  He noticed all the workers and craftsmen that could be spared were busy.  Some were strengthening the ferries and re-building bridges and others were gathering stores; and others on the eastern side across the River were building crude walls of the broken stone.  I sure hope it can be fixed one of these days, Kevin thought sorrowfully.

Slowly they passed through the ruined city.  Those mounted picked their way slowly among the broken stones and rubble, and then over a hastily rebuilt causeway, where no more than four could ride abreast.  When all were finally across the River, they rode on for five more miles.  All stopped there long enough to take a hasty meal, and then the infantry stopped for the night.

The cavalry continued on until they came to a wide Cross-roads; a ring of trees was there, where they made camp.  In the West was a glorious sunset, but looking towards the East, the sky was filled with greyish-black smokes and a deep blackish cloud cover that was all too ominous.

Éothain, who was leading the Rohirrim (for Éomer rode in the vanguard with Aragorn and the other leaders), chose a place for them to make camp.  The horses were picketed at the perimeter, and the watch was chosen for the night.  But once everyone had found a spot to set down their blankets and the fire was burning, Éomer came to check on his warriors and spend time with them.

He was grinning and in a good mood.  "Look to the cross-roads and behold the surprise our good friend Wingfoot has for the enemy!"

Most stood and strained for a view.  The statue they had passed, that had an ugly stone orc-head on top, now had the head of the rightful king, still crowned with flowers on top.  A broad grin spread across Kevin’s face.  Good for Aragorn!  Take that, Sauron!

Just then came a blast of trumpets, and then Kevin heard several voices yelling, "The Lords of Gondor have returned and all this land that is theirs they take back."  It was repeated a few more times.  Then it was over, and everyone settled down to dig out their supplies from their saddlebags and eat.

There was some talking and storytelling around the fire, but since nearly all of it was in Rohirric, Kevin was about to consider curling up in his blanket, and then decided to kneel by it and pray first.  "Thank You, Lord, that we got through this day,” he said in a low voice, and then paused.  “Please protect us as we ride to Mordor, and please help us distract Sauron so Frodo can finish his job.  And please protect Frodo and Sam; they’ve got such a dangerous job to finish.  Please be with Jen and Joey in Minas Tirith, and Kaylee back in Rivendell with Lucy, and Mom and Dad and Megan back home.  And Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet, too. Thank You.  In Jesus’ name, amen.”  

The next morning, by the time all had risen and then breakfasted—this time on a hot bowl of porridge—and seen to the horses, the infantry had caught up with them, and by the time the sun was above the mountains, they were once more on the move.

Kevin rode in silence, thinking about his family and wondering how they were faring.  Kaylee, at least, was safe in Rivendell, and Jennifer and Joey were safe in Minas Tirith (provided it didn’t get attacked again, that is!).  But what about Mom and Dad and Megan?  And Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet?  He sighed.

“Are you all right, Kevin?”

Kevin jolted and turned toward Haleth.  “Sorry.”  He smiled sheepishly.  “I was just thinking.”  He paused.  “About my family.  I hope all of them are all right.  I know my little sister is, and so long as Minas Tirith doesn’t get attacked again, so are Jennifer and Joey.”

Haleth nodded.  “What about your parents?”

Kevin shrugged.  “Well, they’re not here, so at least I don’t have to worry about them.  Same for my youngest sister; she’s with them.  But…”  His voice trailed off.

Haleth nodded.  “I miss my father.  I wish he was still alive.”

Kevin wished he could put a hand on the other boy’s shoulder.  “I do, too, Haleth.”

Haleth bit his lower lip.  After a moment, he said, “Well, at least my mother and sister are safe in Dunharrow.  I will be with them again when all this is over.”

Kevin nodded.  “My dad is a geologist back home.  His job is to study rocks and soil.  How long was your father a guard for Theoden King?”

"Ever since I can remember.  But when I was small, he used to come home in the spring and autumn for a while, to help with the planting and harvest.  Things changed after Wormtongue came to Meduseld."  Haleth looked glum, and Kevin realized that was not a good topic of conversation for now.

Haleth turned to Kevin.  "Why would someone pay a man to study rocks and dirt?"

Kevin sighed and put his palm over his face.  How in the world could he explain all that?  He shook his head.  "It's just something we do in my land.  He can tell by studying the dirt and the rocks how well the earth is doing."

"That sounds like something the Dwarves would do," said Haleth dismissively.

"Yes," said Kevin.  "You should ask Gimli if his people do that, next chance you get."

Haleth nodded.  "Perhaps I should."  He wrinkled his forehead, and then reached for his waterskin, and took a drink, and after that, both fell silent for a while.

The next day, the army was brought to a halt for a while.  They were in a place, Éothain told them, that was near Minas Morgul.  The land was wretched and lifeless, and everyone could feel the nearby evil.  Kevin shuddered.

"Why are we staying in this place?" one of the Rohirrim asked.  "Must we do battle here?" 

"Nay!  And yet we must wait here, for Éomer King, and Aragorn of the North, and the Captain-General of Gondor, and Gandalf Greyhame all wish to overlook yon evil vale, to make certain nothing waits there to fall upon us from behind," responded another.

"Well," Haleth muttered, "it is a good reason.  But I dislike this place, and hope we may go on soon."

Grimacing, Kevin nodded.  “Me, too.  This place stinks!”  The valley to the East just reeked of evil.  In fact, from now on, this would be the place he would imagine when he thought about the "valley of the shadow of death".  At least God is with me, he reminded himself.  There’s no place where God isn’t, no matter how much the Enemy might wish He wasn’t.  Under his breath, he recited the twenty-third Psalm.

Shortly afterwards, Pippin came by with a message: some guards, and some archers were going to be set to watch the vale.  "And Gandalf used his staff and just broke that bridge the way he did the one in Moria.  So, hopefully, nothing can ambush us if there are any of the enemy still there."  He looked rather pale and troubled, and Kevin took the little hobbit aside.  

"What's wrong, Pip?" he asked.

Pippin tugged Kevin down, and whispered, "That's the way Frodo and Sam went, the way that Gollum took them."

Kevin gasped.  He shook his head and gave Pippin a small one-shouldered hug.  "It will be okay," he said, without a lot of conviction.

Pippin sighed.  "It has to be.  But Sam's with Frodo. He won't let anything happen to Frodo."

Kevin took a deep breath.  "You're right, Pippin."

The hobbit summoned up the ghost of his usual cheery grin.  "Of course, I am.  I'm always right.  Just don't tell Merry I said so."  He shook his head.  "I have to take the message to the other groups.  Don't tell anyone what I said about Frodo."

"I won't."  Kevin looked over at the stinking valley.  In the background was a city that had the general shape of Minas Tirith, but it seemed to be covered in yucky green mould, and there were strange-looking statues of ugly creatures on the walls.  The place looked horrible.  It had sharp, rocky mountains in the background.

Like a haunted house, only worse.  A whole city of haunted houses, in this case, Kevin thought with a shudder.  I almost expect to see ghosts and witches and goblins coming out at any moment!  He winced.  Only here, goblins aren’t imaginary creatures, but real.  All too real!

And Frodo had gone in that direction…  Kevin shivered.  Poor Frodo and Sam!  He shook his head.  Please, God, protect them!  He took a deep breath.  Greater is He who is in me than he who is in the world.  The Apostle John said that, and he was right.  I’ve just got to remember that.  God is so much more powerful than whatever’s in that city, and His angels are here, too.  He will have the victory!

Soon enough, the vanguard returned, and the army once more moved on.  

The next day, they turned North, and began to move with the Mountains of Shadow to the East.  They made no effort to hide, but several of the Rohirrim were set to scout ahead on the road, and some of the Rangers of Ithilien went on foot to check for a possible ambush or trap.  They went a little more slowly.  The land to the East was covered in dark bushes and ravines and rocky crags, and beyond that, the mountains sloped up and up. 

The weather wasn't too bad.  The wind stayed in the West, so mostly they were spared the bad smells.  But even so, it was gloomy, and there was a persistent mist clinging to the mountains.  As they approached Mordor, they could see plumes of noxious smoke, rising high in the sky.

Every so often, Gandalf would send off one of the heralds, who would blow their trumpets and then yell, "The Lords of Gondor are come!  Let all leave this land or yield them up!”

And then, after a time, they started yelling instead, "King Elessar Telcontar, High King of the West is come!  Let all leave this land or yield them up!”

Pippin, who was always running messages and would take the chance, when he could, to inform Kevin of what was going on, told them that it was Gandalf's idea for the heralds to shout out that the Lords of Gondor were coming.  "But," he said, "it was Prince Imrahil's idea to put the King's name in there, instead.  They thought it might really catch Sauron's attention more, and keep his eyes away from where Frodo and Sam are headed."

Kevin nodded.  “Not a bad idea!  Because he really is the High King of the West, and it’s high time Sauron knew that.”  Pippin smiled weakly and nodded agreement, and then he darted off.  Kevin bit his lower lip and took a deep breath.

Even though they were going along unmolested with no sign of the enemy, everyone was feeling downcast and on edge.  The further they went, the heavier in spirit everyone began to feel.  Several times that day, Kevin whispered the twenty-third Psalm; once, he whispered the ninety-first Psalm.

Greater is He that is in me than he that is in the world, he also kept reminding himself.  In this case, Sauron!  The good Lord has gotten us this far, and He will not abandon us now.

But a couple of days after they'd left the Cross-roads to Minas Morgul behind, word came that a party of Orcs together with some Easterlings were planning an ambush.  In fact, it was near the place where they had tried to ambush the Ithlien Rangers.  Mablung, who was second in command of the Rangers to Faramir, took his own men to ambush them first.  They were successful, and sent the enemy fleeing.

But the victory did little to enhearten the captains, according to Pippin.  “It is but a feint, Aragorn said, and he also said that its chief purpose was to draw us on by a false guess of our Enemy's weakness than to do us much hurt, yet.”  Pippin, as the only representative of the Shire, and as Boromir's esquire, was in all of the councils of the Captains.

And then the Nazgûl came and followed every move of the army.  They still flew high and out of sight of all save Legolas, and yet their presence could be felt, as a deepening of shadow and a dimming of the sun; and though the Ringwraiths did not yet stoop low upon their foes and were silent, uttering no cry, the dread of them could not be shaken off.

That evening, at the Rohirrim's campsite, Kevin began to notice that Haleth was not feeling well.  He seemed thirstier, and he also kept wincing as though his head hurt.

"What's wrong, Haleth?"  Kevin was worried.  He noticed Haleth was not wearing his leather helm, and that he kept touching his head where he had hit it in the battle.  Kevin was worried.  He was pretty sure that Haleth had not healed well enough for this journey, much less the battle that lay ahead.

"'Tis all right, Kevin.  It is just a headache," Haleth asserted rather shortly.  But Kevin was really worried.  He was sure that Haleth was definitely unwell.  And the horrible gloomy landscape did not help much.

There was little discontent among the Rohirrim with whom he rode.  They were, to a man, seasoned warriors, and though they felt the miasma that was overshadowing them like any of the others, they did not allow it to sway them.  But Kevin could not help but hear some of the complaining and fear from a few of the other soldiers in the foot companies.

On the fourth day after they had turned North, a good six days from Minas Tirith, they came to the desolation of Mordor.  On one side were awful marshes, and on the other was the desert that led into the Emyn Muil. 

There were a few from the other companies of the Rohirrim, as well as some of those who had followed their leaders from Lossarnach and other lands surrounding Minas Tirith, who were just overwhelmed, and could go no further. 

Aragorn called all the host together.  From his vantage point, Kevin could see the pity in Aragorn's eyes. 

“Go!” said Aragorn.  “But keep what honour you may, and do not run!  And there is a task which you may attempt and so be not wholly shamed.  Take your way south-west till you come to Cair Andros, and if that is still held by enemies, as I think, then re-take it, if you can; and hold it to the last in defence of Gondor and Rohan!”

Kevin took the chance to approach him after Aragorn had made his speech.  He had not had much chance to speak to him since they had left the City.  "Aragorn," he said, "I am really worried about Haleth.  I don't think he should have come in the first place, and he's not looking good.  He was all sweaty—I mean, more than normal—and last night, he was tossing and turning."

This roused the healer in Aragorn, and he went back with Kevin at once to seek out the young Rohirrim, who was now sitting on the ground and shivering next to his horse.

Aragorn examined Haleth, who was embarrassed and a little angry at Kevin summoning the King to him.  Aragorn examined him carefully, feeling the place where he had struck his head, and which was swollen, and looked into his eyes.  "Haleth," he said, "do you think, upon your honour, that you are fit for battle among your comrades?  Do you think you could fight without endangering others?"

Haleth moaned, and tears came into his eyes.  "I want to fight, for my father's honour.  But…"  He stopped, and then began to weep openly.  "I do not think I can even hold my sword right now."  Tears ran down the boy’s face.  Aragorn gently squeezed his shoulder and turned to Kevin.

"Kevin," Aragorn said, looking over at him.  "What do you intend to do?  You came, I deem, to simply keep an eye on your friend.  Shall you remain with him, or shall you follow the Army to the West?"

Kevin bit his lower lip.  "Aragorn, I don't know, to be honest.  I feel torn.  I don’t know what I’m supposed to do; this is a really hard decision!  I want to help keep Haleth safe, but I also want to help Frodo and Sam." 

He rose to his feet and scanned the encampment.  “You think Haleth’s the only one hurt?” he asked.  “Éomer got the Houses of Healing to release some others who were also there and wanted to fight.  Maybe Haleth’s not the only one who needs to stay behind.  I’ll bet you anything some of them weren’t really ready to leave the Houses of Healing just yet, either.”

Aragorn looked around and nodded agreement.  “Stay here with Haleth while I speak with the other commanders.”  He rose to his feet and strode off.

Kevin watched as Aragorn went off, looking determined.  Maybe, he thought, this was why I came?  To make sure Haleth was safe?  Still, he felt unsure.  As he had told Aragorn, he also wanted to help Frodo and Sam; obviously, there was no way for him to do both.  What was he to do?  He prayed, but he did not feel an answer coming to him.

In the end, Aragorn discovered among the troops a score of men who were not truly fit for battle.  He did not allow them to gainsay him, but plucked them out and put them in the care of two healers, whom he put in charge.  The men were to be sent back in the company of those who were going to retake Cair Andros, but be kept back out of the fighting and behind the lines.

Haleth was among them, and in no shape to protest this time.  

Kevin once more felt as if he had no choice but to stay with his friend.  But he wasn't feeling right about it.  He did not think he would feel right if he had made the other decision either.  Lord, he prayed silently, please help me to know if I am right?  If this is a mistake, please tell me, and lead me in the way You want me to go.

But there seemed to be no answer, and all he could do was continue on the course on which he had been set.  If God wanted him to take a different course, Kevin would just have to trust that He would tell him and make a way for him to set out on it.  He hoped the sign would be clear.

It seemed like no time at all before the wounded were gathered, a few of them still grumbling, but more of them feeling embarrassed at having to return when they had insisted on coming along.  Protests fell on deaf ears, though.  Aragorn was adamant that anyone who had left the Houses of Healing against their healers' advice would not continue to the Black Gate.

Many, including Haleth, were placed into some of the near-empty supply wains; a few who could sit a horse were allowed to ride.  

Kevin watched as those who were continuing on formed up ranks, with the mounted vanguard at the front, and the foot soldiers behind, and following them, the remaining supply waggons—there were only about two-thirds the number of those now, as many of the supplies had been moved to the others in order to accommodate the wounded.   

Aragorn and Gandalf and Legolas and Gimli and Pippin rode away.  Kevin could not help it; a lump formed in his throat, and he felt tears gathering in his eyes.  He dashed the tears away roughly with the back of his hand.  He truly felt forsaken, and even trying to remember Bible verses did not help the hollow feeling, and the useless urge to try and ride after them and catch up.  He rode morosely alongside the waggon in which Haleth rode, and tried very hard not to be angry with his friend for getting him in this predicament.  Ahead of the waggons of the wounded, and the supplies they had been spared, rode nearly four thousand men.  Two had been chosen by Aragorn and Éomer to lead those who would try to retake Cair Andros; it had not been their choice, but it was, after all, orders, and these inexperienced men would need good commanders if they were to stand a chance.  So, Lord Amrothos, the youngest son of Prince Imrahil, and Elfhelm, who was one of the Marshals of Rohan, had been given the command.  After a bit of grumbling between themselves, they had taken the task to heart.                    

There was also a healer left in charge of the wounded and those who had come to assist her.  She was a tough woman, and the language she used as she shouted her orders made Kevin blush.  He didn't know her name, and she never bothered to introduce herself, but she rode up to him.   

"Why are you here alongside the wounded, and not up there with them?" she asked abruptly, as she gestured at those who marched before them.

Kevin was startled at her sudden question.  "Because of my friend, Haleth.  I only came to help him.  He wouldn't stay behind even after he got himself whacked on the head."

She gave a hearty laugh, and Kevin realized that he had not actually heard anyone really truly laugh since they had passed the Morgul Vale.  "You have your head on straight for a youngster.  You will do."  She wheeled her horse, and then rode over to another waggon to eye the patients in it.

I’m not so sure! Kevin thought bitterly.  What I really want is to be with the rest of the army, but unless the Lord makes a way for me, that’s out now!  He sighed and looked toward his friend.  In truth, it wouldn’t be fair to blame Haleth, much as he was tempted to.  The angry, torn feelings in his heart were giving him a sense of empathy for the younger boy; they both wanted to be part of the battle, he knew; at the moment, they were frustrated because they couldn’t be.  At the same time, his yearning to join the others never stopped.  He bit his lower lip and looked in the direction of the departing army, and then turned back towards Haleth.

But why me?  The thought would not stay buried.  I want to go to Mordor, too!  I want to help the others help Frodo and Sam!  Instead, I’m stuck here, playing nursemaid to a wounded boy!  It’s not fair!  With every ounce of strength, he resisted the overwhelming urge to scream in frustration and yell at Haleth, and turned to silent prayer instead.

Help me, God!  Please!  If ever I needed your help, I need it right now!  Please help me!  Or I fear I’ll end up doing something I know I’ll regret!  Haleth doesn’t deserve that, I know.  Not from me!  Please help me!

But there was no still, small voice to comfort him or lend him advice.  Not this time.

And in the turmoil of his thoughts, came another voice.  But you really did not want to come and fight anyway, did you?  You wanted to stay in Minas Tirith with Jennifer and Joey.  Do you really want to fight some more?  Do you really like killing that much?

Kevin nearly pulled up on the reins.  Were those his thoughts?  Or was he being tempted?  He couldn't tell.  He had always thought he'd be able to tell if he was being tempted.

Another agonizing thought surged into his mind, searing his heart.  And I did kill a man, didn’t I?  That never should have happened, yet I did!  In misery, he slumped and hung his head, and started shaking it violently.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site. 

Chapter 54: True Love’s Kiss

Gail sat up and, through tears, watched as Steve swung first Kaylee and then Megan through the air, and eventually ended up with on child on each hip.  He grinned down at Gail, and his exhaustion was plain, as well as his elation to see them again.

Gail rose to her feet, and stared into her husband's eyes, as he slowly lowered Kaylee and Megan down to the ground.  She stepped forward and found herself in the circle of his embrace, and their lips met in a deep and passionate kiss.  Finally, aware of the small tug on her sleeve, she drew back, and looked down at Megan.

"Mommy!  'nough kissy-face?  I'm hungry."

Kaylee jabbed Megan in the shoulder with one finger.  "Megan!  Mommies and daddies get to kiss like princesses do!"

"Ow!  Mommy, Kaylee poked me!"  Megan pouted.

Steve began to laugh heartily.  "Well, I guess I really am back now.  I could use some breakfast myself, and a wash, and probably a nap, since I've been up all night long, travelling to get back here."  Looking amused, Gail nodded agreement.

The little family made their way back to the pavilion, Steve carrying Megan, and Gail holding Kaylee's hand.

Standing out of sight of any of the four, but not out of earshot, Galadriel had been glad to greet her own husband, and they watched as their guests walked off with a smile, both of them amused at the comments that the little girls had made as their parents had kissed.

"And how does little Kaylee know so much about princesses?" Celeborn asked, shaking his head as he smiled.

Galadriel laughed.  "Everything she knows about princesses comes out of the children's tales that she has heard in her homeland.  They are called 'fairy tales'."  Celeborn chuckled.

Sobering, Galadriel looked at Celeborn and changed the subject.  "I take it that Steven comported himself well?"

He nodded.  "He did.  From his own words, it has been long since he had served as a warrior for his own people, but he took orders well, and slew a good number of the enemy."

"That is good.  But you know, this is not the end of it, eremelda," his wife answered.  "We shall experience at least one more assault on our borders, and it is likely to be far worse.  And as to whether it shall be the last or not, my foresight fails me, and I can no longer see Frodo and Sam from afar."

"It will be as it will be.  Yet, I do think that if their mission had failed, that we would already know."

"Come, then, let us go and celebrate our reunion, ere we plan to meet the enemy once more."

Celeborn took one of her hands and raised it to his lips.  "You are rightly accounted one of the Wise," he said.

Her laugh was as light as that of a young child, as they, too, went their way.

-oo000oo-

Gail sat next to their bed and watched Steve sleep.  The little girls were outside on the grassy sward near the pavilion, playing on the swing.  They were being watched by Mairen and any number of other Elves who seemed to congregate around them like moths to a flame, whenever they were out playing.  She would say that Kaylee and Megan might get spoiled by all the attention, if it weren't for the fact that both of them (but especially Kaylee) were far better behaved now than they had been at home.

Steve had been sleeping for nearly two hours now, and Gail hoped he would wake up soon.  She wanted to tell him about the Lady Galadriel's Mirror and what she had seen there.  She wondered what he would make of her having seen some of the danger that their children had been in during their journey.

She was trying to think of how to broach the subject when Steve finally stirred.

He looked over at her.  "Hey, beautiful.  What time is it?"

"It's nearly time for supper, or dinner, or whatever.  A feast, in fact, like we had before you left.  That one was a farewell feast.  Apparently this one is a welcoming feast."

"I'm not all that hungry, Gail.  And I really would rather have a quiet evening."

She nodded.  "We have a lot to talk about.  What if I tell Mairen to take the girls to the feast?  We can stay here; there's always food on that table in the common area."

"That sounds fine to me," Steve replied.

Gail nodded, and got up and went out to ask Mairen if she could take the children to the feast and watch over them for the evening.  It was the work of a moment, and she was soon back to see Steve up and washing his face in the small washstand in their little curtained "room".

With a smile, Gail wrapped her arms around her husband’s shoulders.  “You don’t know how relieved I am that you’re back!” she said.  “I suspect it’s just as well that we weren’t married when you went off to fight in Operation Desert Storm.  I would have been so worried the whole time.”

“Indeed.”  Steve smiled wryly.  “So often, while I was deployed, I thought about how thankful I was that I didn’t have a wife and kids worrying about me, wondering if I’d ever return.”  He turned and kissed her.  “And I’m very glad that I did return, because that gave me a chance to go to college and to meet my best girl!”  He grinned, and Gail laughed, hugging him.

“So,” she said, as Steve sank down onto their cot, “how did it go?”  She sat down next to him and laid a hand on his shoulder as he sat for a moment, frowning.  She really wanted to tell him immediately about what she had seen in the Mirror so they could discuss their options, but she needed a chance to gather her thoughts first.  Anyway, she also wanted to know how the battle had gone, and how he had escaped injury or worse.  Bringing him up to date could wait until she had learned the details of that first.

"I'm not really sure how much to tell you, sweetheart. It was unpleasant, to say the least.”  Steve shook his head, a sombre look on his face.  “But I was in less danger than you may have feared.  Mostly I was up in a flet, shooting arrows across a wide river in the dark.  I didn't get a very good look at the enemy most of the time.  To be honest, I don't even know if I killed any of them—I was just aiming where the Elves with me aimed.  Glorfindel told me I did get some of them, so that means I wasn't totally useless.  And at least I didn't get injured, thankfully."

He stopped and looked sideways at her, and she knew he probably wouldn't say much more.  "So, how did you and the munchkins get along while I was gone?"

"Just fine.”  Gail smiled.  “The girls were busy being spoiled by Elves."  Steve laughed.  She stopped, and then said in a more serious tone, “I had a little talk with Lady Galadriel.  Remember I told you what she had said, that she could help me know what was going on with Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey?"

He nodded, but didn't say anything.  He knew she'd tell him in a moment.

"Well, first she told me that Jennifer has been having prophetic dreams since she arrived here."

Steve jerked forward.  "Prophetic?"

"Yes."  Gail bit her lower lip.  “Apparently she and Kevin both dreamed about going on this journey they were a part of.  And then while she was here, she also dreamed that we would be coming to this world as well."

"She did?”  Steve frowned, and his back stiffened.  “Why didn't they wait for us?"

Gail sighed.  "I don't know.  The Lady didn't say, and the Mirror she allowed me to look into did not show me enough details to let me see for myself.  And from what she also told me, those were not the only prophetic dreams Jennifer's had since she's come here.  Lady Galadriel thinks this new gift of hers may continue when we return home."

Steve frowned.  After a moment, he said, "She's going to need our guidance and support if that happens."

Gail nodded, biting her lower lip.   "I agree.  She certainly will, and we're going to need God's guidance if we're going to help her there.  And that's not all, Steve.  This Mirror of hers is like no mirror I've ever seen before."  Steve nodded, his eyebrows raised questioningly.  "You see, Lady Galadriel has this special silver bowl.  She calls it her Mirror, and when she fills it with water, she can see all sorts of things, past, present, and future.  She granted me a look into the Mirror, and I saw a lot of things involving the kids, but they didn't make much sense."

She grimaced.  “Every scene the Mirror showed me was very short, and quickly followed by something else completely different.  But most of them involved the kids, and one of them involved you.”  She snorted.  “It was as if the Mirror knew exactly what I wanted to see!”

"Like what kinds of things?" 

"Well, for one thing, they were not all together.  Not as they were, starting out.  I have no idea what could have split them up like that."

"Okaaay…"  Steve was disturbed, but he wanted her to keep talking.

"Joey was in some kind of city with a hobbit, and they seemed to be running—in a hurried sort of way, and not like they were frightened.  But before I could see where they were going, I saw Jennifer on a ship, a sailing ship, with an Elf and a Dwarf.  And then I saw Kevin on a galloping horse.  And then, before I could see as much of Kevin as I wanted to, the scene changed again a few times, to people we don't know, and then I saw you—and it must have been during the fighting, Steve, because you were shooting the crossbow, and then there was us, in a boat on the river with Kaylee and Megan, and it changed again, and ended up in a desert with a horrible-looking tower.  At one point, I could see two strange hobbits I had never seen before."  She lowered her head.  "I'm sorry, I just couldn’t get it to stop and stay with what the kids were doing."

Steve sighed and put an arm around her shoulders.  "Well, you did the best you could, hon.  It's troubling, and makes me want to leave Lothlórien ASAP, to go and find them, but I don't think we can.  Those orcs are still out there, and it's way too dangerous right now to leave; I know that much.  And if they’ve been separated, then who knows how we would find all three of them?"

Gail sighed.  “I don’t like this one bit, Steve.  We came all this way just to find our kids, and this happens.”  She shook her head.  “‘The best-laid schemes of mice and men, and all that.’”

Steve grimaced.  “No kidding!”  He shook his head.  “Robert Burns certainly had that right, didn’t he?”  He wrapped his arm around his wife’s shoulder and kissed her nose.  “Well, sweetheart, all we can do is trust that our children are in God’s hands, and that He’ll protect them.  And we’ll also have to trust that when the time is right, we will be reunited with them.”

Gail smiled wanly.  “True.”  She sighed.  “Sooner rather than later, I hope.”

“Me, too,” Steve admitted.  “I really miss our other children.”  She leaned her head against his.

For a while, they sat silently, and then Steve took her hand, and both of them bowed their heads.  "Lord, this is all beyond us," Steve prayed.  "All we can do is trust You to keep taking care of our kids.  Please be with them, and comfort them with Your presence.  In Jesus' name, amen."

“Amen,” Gail echoed, and then they rose and left the tent to go check on their daughters.

-oo000oo-

The next morning, Kaylee and Megan were playing on the double swing.  Their parents had left a short while before to take Lucy for a walk, and Mairen was watching them as they played.  The little girls couldn’t stop giggling as they swung back and forth.  Mairen observed them, amused.

Lady Galadriel stepped into the clearing and caught Mairen's eye.  Kaylee waited until the swing was at its highest and jumped off, flying through the air.  To Kaylee's surprise, the Lady stepped forward and reached out, catching her mid-air with no effort at all.  Megan, who had waited for the swing to slow to a stop after her big sister had unexpectedly left her to wobble and slow down, slipped off and ran over towards them.

“Good morning, Kaylee.”  The Lady smiled at her.  “And Megan.”  Lady Galadriel set Kaylee down by her sister.  "I did not know you could fly, Kaylee," she said with a gentle smile.

Kaylee took a deep breath.  "I didn't know you could catch me!" she answered.  "That was a surprise.  You were fast.  Real fast!"

Galadriel smiled.  “It pleases me that you enjoy your new swing.”

“I love it!  We do!”  Kaylee glanced at her little sister.  “We have a swing set and slide in our back yard at home, too!  We play on it a lot.  It’s fun to play on.”  She smiled broadly, both rows of front teeth gleaming in the sunlight.

“You do, now?”  Galadriel’s laugh was like a spring breeze.

“Mm-hm.”  Kaylee nodded vigorously, smiling broadly.  “And guess what?  Lady Arwen taught me to sew!”

Galadriel nodded in her turn.  “Oh, she did?”

“Uh-huh.  She sure did.  I made my very own nighty!  Lady Arwen taught me to make it.”  Kaylee smiled.  “And guess what!  Mr. Baggins taught me to cook.  I learned to make scones and mushroom soup and sandwiches and stuff like that.  And I learned to ride and everything!”

Galadriel laughed again.  “Well, Kaylee, it sounds as if you had fun in Rivendell, and that you learned much while you were there.”

“I sure did!  ‘Course, I missed Mommy and Daddy, though.”  Kaylee’s face clouded, and then she beamed.  “But then they came, too, and I got to show them what I can do!”

“That is very nice!”  Galadriel put an arm around the little girl’s shoulders and then glanced down at Megan, who was staring up at the Lady shyly, inserting her thumb into her mouth, and who tugged on her sleeve with her other hand.  Galadriel smiled and then picked up Megan, who dropped her hand to her side.

Megan stared into the ageless eyes, which were twinkling with merriment.  "You shiny," she said softly.  “Like G'orfinel.”

"So I am, little one, and so is Glorfindel.  You are shiny as well, in your own way."  Galadriel reached a long-fingered hand up to the little girl's brow, and gently brushed away a lock of hair that had escaped Mairen's careful braiding that morning, and then she kissed the little girl on the forehead.

"Kelly-born tol' us a 'tory."

"Did he, indeed?"

Not to be forgotten, Kaylee spoke up.  "He did!  He told us about Lady Arwen climbing a tree when she was little, and getting stuck!"  She giggled at the memory.

An amused smile crept across Galadriel’s face.  "Ah, I see.  And do you wish me to tell you a story as well?"

Both Kaylee and Megan nodded vigorously.  “Yes, yes!  Please, Lady Galadriel,” Kaylee begged.

The Lady Galadriel sank down to sit upon the soft sward, and Megan climbed upon her lap, while Kaylee leaned against her knee.  Mairen quietly sat down nearby and pulled a bit of sewing from the purse at her waist.  The Lady wrapped her right arm around Megan and laid a hand on Kaylee’s shoulder, and then she scanned the little girls’ faces before she began.

"Once, long ago, in the land where I lived when I was young, there were two beautiful Trees.  One of them had leaves of dark green and silver, and was called Telperion; the other was named Laurelin, and her leaves were of pale green and gold…"

Kaylee and Megan stared in rapt attention, as they listened to the story, transported by the Lady's soft and lilting words to a place far away, called Aman, long before the time of the Sun and the Moon, where all of the light came from those two beautiful Trees.  Megan snuggled against the Lady and inserted her thumb in her mouth as she listened.  Kaylee leaned against her, utterly unmoving and wide-eyed, her gaze never leaving the Lady’s face.

Only Mairen saw the sorrow and longing upon the Lady's face.

-oo000oo-

Steve and Gail walked along one of the paths that meandered through the mellyrn.  They walked hand in hand, with Lucy trotting along obediently alongside them, carrying in her mouth a stick she had found on the path.  Occasionally the little spaniel would go off to the side of the path to sniff among the tree roots, but she would always come back to her spot next to Steve's heels, still clutching her stick between her teeth.  Steve smiled down at the young dog approvingly.  He was still rather amazed as yet at how well the Elves had trained Lucy.  He caught Gail smiling at him, and they both laughed softly.

They were not speaking.  There was something about the quiet and peacefulness among the immense trees that made speech unnecessary.  Gail was surprised that the path came out overlooking the gardens where she and Mairen and Lassiel and the girls had visited that day.

By mutual consent, the two sat on the ground at a distance, leaning against the bole of one of the trees, where they could watch the women tending the garden, and listen to them singing.  They shared some water from Steve's waterskin, and watched as Lucy dropped her stick and chased a butterfly.

-oo000oo-

The next few days seemed to last forever.  There was a hush over the Golden Wood.  But the notion of war was also still over them.  Each day, Steve took his crossbow out to practice and, unknown to Gail, Lord Glorfindel was also testing out Steve's rusty knife-fighting skills.

"We have no way to know how the next attack will go.  I believe that we may face attack other than over the River, and if we do, there is a chance you may find yourself in a situation when those old skills will be needed."

Steve took a deep breath, and then sighed.  "Yes, sir," he said.  He watched as Glorfindel held out a piece of cloth, clearly wrapped around something.  Without a word, he took it and peeled back the cloth.  It revealed two beautiful knives.  They were white, and there was some of the graceful Elvish script engraved upon the blades.  "What do they say?"  He looked up at Glorfindel as he spoke.

"One says, 'Defend', and the other says, 'Serve'," the Elf replied.

Steve looked awed.  "When I served in the Army, our motto was 'This We'll Defend'."

The Elf Lord smiled.  "A good sign, I am sure."

“I hope so.  Well, thank you for the knives.”  Steve smiled and then shook his head.  “I think while I’m at it, I’d also better brush up on my old hand-to-hand skills.  I may need them before it’s over.  I had to use them more than once in battle, in Operation Desert Storm.”

"It is possible you may have to.”  Glorfindel nodded agreement.  “Do you wish sheaths for these?  Your daughter Jennifer was given boot sheaths for her knives."

"Jennifer?  Knives?"  This information rather floored him.

Glorfindel nodded.  "Lady Arwen herself taught Jennifer some knife-fighting skills before they left Rivendell, and I believe Legolas continued her lessons after they left.  And she learned the bow here in Lothlórien."

Steve shook his head, frowning.  "I just can't imagine my little girl fighting with knives...:"

"It is possible that she will never have to do so.  But if she should become separated from her protectors in a dangerous place, is it not well that she has the means to take care of herself until someone can come to her aid?"

"Of course, it is."  And Steve meant it.  But the back of his mind was screaming, ‘Your little girl might have to fight with knives!’  Out loud, he added, "And yes, I would like to have some sheaths for these, thanks."

Glorfindel nodded.  "I will find some for you soon."

Glorfindel had asked Gail if she wanted to learn a weapon, but she had steadfastly refused, and so he did not press the matter.  So, while Steve was busy with his military training, she and the girls found other useful things to do.

One afternoon, the Lady invited her and the children up to the talan, not just to the main part of it, which they had not seen since their arrival, but to another level, where she and Lord Celeborn had their private quarters.  Mairen and Lassiel accompanied them, with Marien holding Kaylee’s hand and Lassiel carrying Lucy.

"I seldom have guests to whom I can show my home," Galadriel said.  Her expression seemed both modest and confident at the same time.  

"It's beautiful," Gail replied honestly.  She put Megan down.  At that cue, Mairen let go of Kaylee's hand while Lassiel set Lucy on the floor.  The little spaniel started sniffing around the room.

Lady Galadriel smiled at Lucy, and without a word, held up two fingers.  Lucy looked at her and immediately sat, and then lay down close to Galadriel’s feet, thumping her tail against the floor and still looking up at her.  Gail gaped at the Lady in astonishment.

"Lucy is a very intelligent little dog," was all Galadriel said.  She bent over and rubbed the half-grown puppy’s head, and Lucy licked her fingers.  As she straightened up, the Lady added, “She has learned much during her stay in Middle-earth.”

Gail smiled ruefully.  “I just wonder how much of her obedience training she’ll remember when we return home.  I hope she’ll at least remember her housebreaking.  I don’t relish her having to be housebroken twice.”  She looked down at Lucy and then glanced around the room.

They were in what must have been a sitting room of sorts.  There were sheer curtains floating between branches growing from the tree that looked as if they had grown just for the purpose of having curtains hanging there.  There was a canopy above that had been half-rolled back.  The furniture seemed to all be made of intertwined tree limbs, but the chairs looked comfortable, with white cushions in the seats and on the backs.  The tables had slabs of highly-polished wood on their tops.

There was only one actual wall in the room.  One side of it was composed of the bole of the tree, and the rest of it was free-standing, about eight feet high, and perhaps twelve feet or so across.  A large wooden beam with beautifully carved edges spanned the width of the wall, and it served as a shelf of sorts.  There was an array of various objects there, all beautiful and elegant.  An enamelled vase in the centre held some flowers, and there were two sets of brackets above the beam.  One set held a wonderfully elegant sword, with a white hilt.  Like every Elven knife or sword that Gail had seen so far, it was engraved with the beautiful Elven script.  But there was nothing in the other set of brackets.

"My Lord Celeborn has his sword on him at all times, in these dark days," the Lady said answering Gail's unspoken question.  "Mine rests upon the wall until all is lost.  But that may not come to pass."

In the centre of the room was a large round firepit.  It was a large bowl of beaten copper, and there was evidence of ashes and burned wood, but it was cold.  Next to it was a spinning wheel.  Kaylee went over to it and reached out her hand, but did not touch it.  "This is so pretty.  Eledhwen had one in Rivendell.  She was a good spinner."  She dropped her hand to her side.

Galadriel nodded.  "I know Eledhwen, child.  You are right; she is a very good spinner."

Gail smiled at her daughter.  “You know, that’s the way people used to make their own clothes back in the old days at home,” she told Kaylee.  “They spun their own thread on spinning wheels, and then used looms to weave the thread into cloth, which they then made into clothes.  Apparently, that’s the way women make their families' clothes here, now.”

Kaylee frowned at her mother.  "I know that, Mommy.  Eledhwen showed me." 

"Oh."  Gail was somewhat abashed.  She glanced over at the Lady Galadriel, who was giving Gail a look that she could only describe as speculative.  Galadriel smiled and dipped her head. 

‘We shall speak later,’ Gail heard in her mind.  She nodded at the Lady, though it was still very strange to have someone speaking in her head.

Kaylee was still speaking.  "I liked to watch her.  I wish I could spin."  She looked once more at the spinning wheel.  "That one is really pretty," she said again, sounding wistful.

"That spinning wheel was a gift to me," Galadriel said, and she gestured at the chairs.  "Be seated, and I shall tell you of it."

Kaylee and Megan sat cross-legged on the floor in front of their mother's legs, and looked up at the Lady with rapt attention.

"Long, long ago, when first I came with our people from Aman to the lands East of the Sundering Sea, I stayed a while in the hidden land of Doriath, and was taken under the wing of the Queen, Melian, who was a very special person.  She taught me many things.  I was already a spinster, but she was so much more skilled than I, that I felt a rank beginner.  And so, when she knew I enjoyed the art of spinning and weaving, she taught me more…"

At first, Gail's attention wandered, wondering why Lady Galadriel needed to speak to her alone.  But soon the story drew her in; as she listened, she, too, became fascinated by the story of Galadriel's lessons (which, to her mind anyway, seemed to encompass a lot more than just spinning), and finally the gift of the spinning wheel.

After Galadriel finished the story, she took Kaylee upon her lap and let her hold the yarn as the Lady drew it through the spindle.  She gave Megan a bit of unspun wool to play with.  Kaylee watched, fascinated, as the wheel twisted the wool into a single strand of wool thread while Galadriel pedalled the wheel.

"It would not be possible for you to learn to spin alone on a spinning wheel," Galadriel told the little girl.  "Your legs are currently too short to reach the pedals.  But we can work together to spin thread, you and I, as we are doing now, and I have a drop spindle that you can practice with on your own, to learn how.  I am sure that Lassiel and Mairen will be able to help you as well.  It is just like the drop spindle my naneth gave me when I was a small elfling in Aman, to acquire the skill of spinning, and like the ones that my daughter and granddaughter learned with."

Kaylee smiled.  “Thank you.”  Galadriel picked up some unspun yarn and showed the little girl how to use the drop spindle, and for the next several minutes, under Galadriel’s instruction, Kaylee worked very hard to master the skill of spinning as her mother and Megan watched.  Lucy remained curled up on the floor, watching them all, her tail thumping the floor from time to time.

After a while, it was time to go back to the pavilion, as Lady Galadriel had other matters to attend to.

"I thank you for coming to visit me," she said, as she escorted them from the talan.  "I so seldom am privileged to have the chance to show my home to guests."

Gail smiled.  "Thank you for having us, Lady Galadriel."  She looked down at the girls.

"Thank you, Lady Galadriel," Kaylee said, with one of the curtseys she had learned in Rivendell.

Megan tried to emulate her big sister.  "T'ank 'ou, Lady," and she gave a wobbly little curtsey, too.

Lady Galadriel bent and gave Kaylee and Megan a smile.  "I was glad to have you."  She kissed each little girl on the forehead, and then she smiled at Kaylee.  “I will have Lassiel bring you the drop spindle, Kaylee, tomorrow.”

Kaylee smiled back.  “Thank you.”

That evening, after Kaylee and Megan had gone to bed, Gail discussed their visit with Steve.  "I can't think what I said to make her want to talk to me."

"There's no telling," answered Steve.  "Elves have a way of noticing things that we never do."

Gail nodded, but she was still wondering.

But Gail was left to wonder for another day.  While Steve was busy training for the next battle that they knew was to come soon, Lassiel came by with the little drop spindle that the Lady had promised, and she and Mairen gave Kaylee her second lesson in its use.  They spent some time after that, teaching the little girl how to use the drop spindle.  Megan wished to try, but her little fingers were not yet coordinated enough to manage the little spindle, and she soon lost interest, preferring instead just to play with the bits of unspun wool.  Even Gail gave it a try, but after several awkward tries, she too, gave up, mumbling, "Now I know why they call it a drop spindle…"

Lassiel and Mairen both laughed at that, and Gail shook her head.  It was somewhat embarrassing to be so inept at it, but she was a little amused at herself as well.

Kaylee did develop a measure of proficiency in using the little spindle, and she produced several yards of rather lumpy yarn.  It wasn't beautiful by Elf standards, but it reminded Gail of the expensive slubby yarn often sold at home, and Kaylee was proud enough of it.  "Let's save it," Gail said.  Perhaps when they got home, she'd dig out her crochet hooks and teach Kaylee how to do that.  She had not noticed any of the Elves engaging in that particular skill.  The last crocheting she had done was when she had been pregnant with Megan.  Maybe she could teach Kaylee to make a little scarf with her homespun yarn.

Kaylee’s going to be so accomplished when the Elves are done with her! she thought, smiling.  Cooking, sewing, horseback riding, and now spinning.

The next day, Gail got a summons from the Lady, to meet her by the fountain where the Mirror was located.  She knew this was in regards to whatever it was that Galadriel had wished to speak with her about when they had been in her talan.

"Good afternoon, Gail," the Lady greeted her with a graceful wave of her hand, beckoning Gail to her side.

It was clear that she had been looking in the stone bowl.  "Soon our warriors will be leaving for the borders once more, for the end is coming near, and the forces of Sauron will be assailing all of those havens of the Free Peoples of the West."

Gail shuddered and shook her head.  "And my other children are out there in the thick of it.  Thank goodness Kaylee and Megan, at least, are safe!"  She took a deep breath.  "Is that what you wanted to talk to me about?" she asked.

"No.  Do these words sound familiar to you?”  Galadriel leaned forward.  “‘That’s the way people used to make their own clothes back in the old days; they spun their own thread on spinning wheels, and then used looms to weave the thread into cloth, which they then made into clothes.  Apparently, that’s the way women make their families' clothes here, now.’"

Gail bit her lip.  It suddenly dawned on her what she had given away.  She and Steve had tried to keep their ideas about being in the past to themselves.

"Do not be dismayed, Gail McCloud.”  Galadriel smiled at her.  “I knew you were from another place, and that you are also from another time does not surprise me.  I could feel that Mithrandir, or Gandalf as your children call him, was not telling me all he knew when he was here.  But he is of a kind for whom time and place do not have the same meaning as they do for us."

Gail shook her head.  "We actually were not really sure ourselves.  But I am worried that I gave it away so easily."  She looked up at Galadriel.  "Does that mean Kaylee was right, then, when she said this Gandalf was an angel?"

"If I understand your meaning, I will say, yes, he and Radagast are both emissaries of the One.  They are Maia, and serve the Valar, who also are emissaries of Eru Iluvatar."

"Oh."  Gail was a little stunned to be told this outright.

"But this is not spoken of aloud, even among the Wise, save in the most secret of circumstances.  It is not something I have ever spoken aloud, though I remembered Mithrandir from the first time I met him on these shores.  When the world was young, and my brothers and I lived in Aman, I knew him as Olórin.  Here, he is one of the five wizards."

"But you are talking about it to me, of all people?"

"It was laid upon my heart to do so.  You may tell your husband, but after that, neither of you are to speak of it again."

Gail nodded.  "I understand."

The Lady gestured at the Mirror.  "Do you wish to look again?"

Gail glanced down at it, and then after a moment's thought, she shook her head.  "I really would like to know how my children are, but the last time, it was just so confusing.  I didn't really learn anything useful.  It just made me worry more."

"Then you did learn something useful: the Mirror is not always to be trusted to show what you want to see.  Even I, after all this time, still have times when I cannot interpret what I see, and when it is difficult to guide the visions."

Gail frowned.  “But can you not control it?  Make it show you what you want to see?” 

"Most of the time, but not always.  Sometimes that which is to be is still in doubt.  The future may be on the edge of a knife, and only some small thing will tip the balance one way or another.  All is in motion now, and I cannot see into the Black Land, but I can see what is happening, for the most part."

Gail nodded.  “At least my children aren’t in the Black Land, so I have nothing to worry about there.  Thanks to the Mirror, at least I know they are not there now, and hopefully, they will never be.  I just wish…”  Her voice trailed off.  After a moment, she added, “I just want to wrap my arms around them all and keep my babies safe!”

"Be comforted, Gail.  You believe your children came here for a purpose.  Trust in the One who sent them here."  Galadriel sighed.  "I, too, wish I could hold my child again, and my grandchildren.  But I, too, must trust that one day, that time will come."

Suddenly, she turned her head, as if she had heard something.  "Ah!  The men are returning from their practice.  You may wish to greet your beloved.  My own is on the way, and we have much to discuss about the defence of our land."

Gail realized she had been dismissed, and took her farewell.  Slowly she made her way back to the pavilion, where the girls had been in the company of Lassiel and Mairen.  Kaylee had been busily trying to improve her skill with her drop spindle when Gail had left them.

It turned out that Steve had reached the pavilion before she did.  He was sitting on the ground with the girls and Lassiel and Mairen, all of whom were laughing at him as Kaylee tried to show her daddy how to use the drop spindle.  Gail stood at a distance for a moment, watching and trying not to laugh at her husband, who was just as awkward as she herself had been.  Finally, she approached the little group.

"Well," Gail said, "I see you are no better at that than I was.  I think Kaylee is the one who has the nimble fingers!"

Steve grinned up at her.  "Well, she apparently has much better reflexes, too!"

"Mommy!  Look!"  With a broad smile, Kaylee held up her ball of yarn, which had grown considerably since the last time Gail had seen it.

Megan jumped up and hugged her mother around the knees.  "See mine!"  She held up a small ball of unspun yarn.  "'s round!" the three-year-old proudly exclaimed.

"I see it is, love.  It's a very nice ball!"  Gail smiled at her.

Noon was long past, so the little family retreated to the main part of the pavilion to have something to eat and drink, thanks to the ever-full table the Elves provided through the day.

Afterwards, Gail put Kaylee and Megan down in their little cot to nap, and she and Steve sat on the cushions and talked.

Gail confided that she had unintentionally let slip that they might be from the future, and what Galadriel had to say about it.

Steve shook his head, but said, "Don't worry about it too much.  I am not sure anyone else would have figured that out from what you said.  And I have a feeling that Lady Galadriel can be trusted with that sort of knowledge."

Gail sighed with relief and leaned against her husband, who put an arm around her.  "That's a relief.  I was afraid you might not be happy with me."

He shook his head again.  "It couldn't be helped.  I wouldn't get mad at you over something like that."  He pulled her closer and turned his head to meet her gaze.  "I have something to tell you that you will not be happy about, either."

She looked at him and remembered what else the Lady had said.  "When are you leaving again?"

Steve gaped at her.  "How did you know?"

Gail shrugged.  "The Lady said there will be another attack soon.  I didn't expect you'd stay behind this time, either.  How soon?"

"Tomorrow.  We leave tomorrow.  And this time, I won't be going to the River.  Glorfindel says we are headed to the Southern border of Lothlórien."

Gail looked at him for a moment, studying his face.  "Well, then, let's make the most of today."  She stood up and took his hand, and when he stood as well, they came together once more in what Kaylee would have described as a "princess kiss", and what Megan would have called a “kissy-face”.

-oo000oo-

A/N: "eremelda" or "arimelda" mean "dearest"; and come from the word, "melda," which can mean "beloved, dear, or sweet".  From Parf Edhellen.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 55: Whistle While You Work

Joey sat up on his pallet in the dormitory room where the errand boys slept, and glanced over at Bergil and Sador.  It was early morning, and Bergil seemed to already be wide awake, but Sador had pulled his blankets over his head, and was curled up in a ball.

"Just a little longer…" Sador was mumbling.

Joey, who had been wakened by the sound of the city bells, yawned and ran his fingers through his hair.  "Better not, Sador!" he said.

Bergil reached over and pulled the other boy's blankets away.  "Wake up, Sador.  Dame Ioreth will be here in a moment!"  He looked around and saw other boys in other blankets stirring in the room where all the errand lads slept.  

The door slammed open, and the formidable Dame Ioreth stood in the doorway.  "Rise up, boys!  You need to wash and dress, and be quick about it, if you are to get to the buttery before the Guardsmen do."

Sador shot to his feet, blankets forgotten.  "If they do, there will be no breakfast left for us!"

Joey shoved his blankets aside and leaped to his own feet.  "They’d better not; I'm hungry!"

The three boys made their way over to the long stone trough on one side of the room.  Fresh water flowed into one end and then disappeared out of the other end.  It was, of course, cold.  But at least it was not icy cold.  Joey used his hands to scoop up water and wash his face quickly.  Then he went to get his livery and put it on.  He'd slept in his underwear, and so all he had to do was put on his clothes.

This was the second day since Kevin and Boromir and the rest of the army had left, and Joey knew how it would most likely go.  They'd head down to the buttery, and grab some bread and maybe a piece of fruit or cheese and find a place to eat their meal; then they would go to that room that they had been to, the first day of the battle, and wait for Dame Ioreth or one of the other helpers to assign them something to do.  If he was lucky, at some point or other, he might catch sight of Jennifer if she, too, had an errand.  But they would meet for the evening meal, at least.

Joey finished dressing before Bergil and Sador did, and went outside the door for a quiet moment to himself.  He leaned against the doorpost and closed his eyes.  Lord, he silently prayed, please help me to do good today.  And help Jennifer to do the same.  And take care of Kevin and the others, wherever they are.  Please help Kaylee not to be too lonely, and Mom and Dad and Megan not to miss us too much.  Take care of the ones that are hurt, especially Merry and Lady Éowyn and Lord Faramir.  And Lord Denethor, too.  And help Frodo and Sam, most of all.  Thank You that we are all okay, so far.  In Jesus' name, amen.  He opened his eyes and saw Bergil and Sador looking at him.

"I'm fine," he said.  "Let's go get some breakfast while the getting is good."

Bergil laughed.  "'While the getting is good.'  You are funny, Joey!"  Joey grinned, and Bergil clapped him on the shoulder, and then the three of them strode off to the buttery.

The boys were lucky.  They were able to get there ahead of most of the others and got their bread and cheese, and there was a limited amount of something called "whey" for those who wanted it.  Joey’d had it a time or two since coming to Middle-earth—it was the liquid left over from making cheese, and it tasted kind of funny at first, but he liked it better with food than just plain water, which was mostly what he got to drink these days.  So, they had a large mug of the whey to share between the three of them.  The cheese they had this morning was white and mild, and tasted really good with the fresh bread.  They took their food out into the sunshine and found a spot to sit and eat.

I never knew what curds and whey were before we got to Rivendell, Joey silently thought, as the old nursery rhyme came into his mind.  But it was fun to watch them making cheese and taste the fresh curds. They were almost like cottage cheese back home.  I didn’t much like the whey, though.  Still, it goes better with food than just plain water.

"How long do you think it will take the army to get to Mordor?" Sador asked.

Bergil shrugged.  "Maybe a week?  It depends on how fast they go, but it should take a few days at least."

"So, where are they now, do you suppose?" Joey asked, and then broke his bread in half and placed the cheese between the two halves, forming a sandwich, which he ate quickly.  Then he washed it down with a swallow of the whey before handing the mug to Sador, who drank it in turn before handing it to Bergil, and then started to finish off his cheese and bread. 

"Why am I the one to ask?”  It was a little hard to understand him, as he spoke with his mouth full.   With a scowl, Bergil downed the remaining whey to finish up his meal.  “All I can do is guess!  But they are probably at least to Osgiliath by now, and maybe even the other side of the River."  He scowled again, and Joey knew it was because Bergil was just as worried about his dad as Joey was about Kevin.  And poor Sador!  His brother was his only kin, and he had no one else.  Joey bit his lower lip.

Sador swallowed the last bite of his food, and Joey stood up.  "Come on, let's take the mug back to the buttery and go to the 'errand room'.  You know Dame Ioreth will have a lot of tasks for us, and if we hurry, we might get our pick of the good ones.”

For Joey, "the good ones" would be running errands to the hospital wards, where he could get a chance to maybe see Jennifer or Merry, or even the Lady Eowyn or maybe Lord Faramir.  Other good errands would be running down to the apothecaries in the lower level, for whenever the boys went down into the lower levels, they went at least two at a time, in case one of them got into trouble.

The three of them were passed by a couple of other boys heading out as they went into the room.  Dame Ioreth was not there, but another woman, Mistress Niriel, greeted them.  "Good morning, boys.  Sador, you are to take that basket to the laundry and get clean linens and take them upstairs to the linen closet there.  Joey, you need to go find Master Seregonand get a note from him.  Take it to the herb-master, who will give you the herbs he needs, then you take them back to Master Seregon.  Bergil, the third-floor ward needs fresh water."

The three of them scattered.  Joey quickly dashed upstairs and found Master Seregon, who gave him a folded bit of parchment.  "There are four medicines on the list.  Two are potions, one is a powder, and the other will be some dried leaves."  

"Two potions, one powder, and one is dried leaves," Joey repeated.  "Do I need to know anything else about them?"

"Just don't drop the potions," Master Seregon replied with a smile.  He had learned that Joey was quite reliable.  "I will be in the new ward."

Joey grinned as he trotted off.  The "new ward" was what they called the big ward they had been using since the fire.  If he went there, he would see Merry for sure, and maybe even Jennifer if she was helping there.

Whistling as he walked, Joey headed down to the gardens, to the little building containing the still-room where they made potions and tonics and things like that, and the apothecary, which was where they kept all the other herbs and such, was.  There was a second story reached by an outside stair and that led to the rooms where the herb-master lived.  Joey knocked at the apothecary door, and after he got no answer, he went upstairs and knocked on that door.  He waited, and then knocked again.

"Just a moment!  Just a moment!" he heard.  He could hear footsteps approach, and then the door opened.  It was Master Egalmoth.  He blinked owlishly at Joey.  "Yes?" he said.  He was holding a dressing gown loosely around himself.

Joey took out the note and handed it to him.  "It is supposed to be two potions, a powder, and some dried herbs…"  

Master Egalmoth studied the note and nodded.  "Come in for a moment, while I get dressed, young man."

Joey was grateful for the basket the herb-master had given him to carry the items in.  One of the potion bottles was a good deal larger than the other.  He also had the little tin of powder in the basket.  But he'd tucked the leaves into his little belt pouch, because he was afraid that they'd get squashed by the other items.  He knew that some herbs did have to be used whole and not crushed until they were needed.  But at least he knew that these were not athelas; he had long since learned what that looked like.

Joey went back upstairs and easily found Master Seregon in the "new" ward.  He handed him the basket, and then retrieved the little waxed linen packet with the leaves.  "Here you are, sir."  He glanced around the room.

"Lady Jennifer is not here right now, but she should be back soon."  He smiled at Joey.  "I am sure that Sir Meriadoc would be glad for a few words."  

"Thank you, sir," Joey responded, grinning.

He turned and went over to Merry's bed.  The hobbit was sitting up, and it appeared that he was sewing on a shirt.  Merry looked up.  "Joey!" he exclaimed.  His face lit up.  "I'm glad you are here!"

"I'm on duty, so I don't have long," Joey said. "But I wanted to see you, too!"

"Jennifer was here," Merry said.  "She should be back soon!"

"Well, if she doesn't come before I leave, tell her I said, 'hi'."

"I will.  But surely you have another minute.”

Merry looked at him, and Joey realized that the hobbit was probably pretty lonely with Pippin gone.  "Yeah," Joey said, "I can stay just a little bit."  He sat down on the edge of the bed, and asked, "So, will they let you get up again?"  After all, Merry had already been out and about. 

"I have to wait each day for the healer to look me over.  And there's not really anywhere else for me to stay or anything for me to do, so I am more or less stuck here."  Merry shook his head.  "I'm not being very good company.  How are you and Jennifer doing?"

"Well, I'm one of the errand lads now, and you've seen Jennifer is one of the healers’ helpers."

"Has there been any news from the army?" Merry asked.

Joey shrugged.  "Not that I know of."

Just then they heard a voice behind them.  It was Master Seregon.  "Joey, I know there are tasks waiting for you."  Joey jumped up, prepared to take off, but Merry grabbed his hand.

"It's not his fault.  I'm a patient.  Isn't it one of his jobs to cheer me up?"

Master Seregon laughed.  "You are not a patient now, Master Meriadoc; you may go.  Lord Faramir has requested your company for the day, and he will tell you of your lodging arrangements as well.  Rise from your bed and get dressed.  Lord Faramir and Lord Denethor have been assigned a separate room here, for they are still in need of our care, especially Lord Denethor, but they have duties now.  You will find their room on the first floor, across from Dame Ioreth's quarters."

Once more, Joey stood up.  "If you hurry and get dressed, I can show you where it is—her quarters are close to where our quarters are."

Merry hopped up and turned to the healer.  "Thank you, Master Seregon!" 

The healer smiled and nodded.  "Please find me again if you need to, Master Meriadoc," he said before he turned and walked over to another patient.

Joey bent down and grabbed Merry's pack from beneath his bed.  "You don't need your armour or anything."

Quickly Merry dressed in tunic and trews, and with him carrying his pack and Joey carrying his armour, they went out of the ward.  Joey was still a little disappointed that he had missed Jennifer.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer awakened slowly.  She could hear other people stirring around her; it took her a moment to recall where she was.  She opened her eyes and turned to her side.

Firieth was sitting on the side of her bed, brushing her long hair.  "Good morrow, Jennifer.  The first bell will be ringing soon."

The door opened, and two girls came in, looking very tired.  They looked curiously at Jennifer.

Firieth looked up.  "Hareth, Miriel, this is Jennifer.  She came in on the ships with Lord Elfstone!  She will be staying with us, for her older brother is away with the army."  

Jennifer turned and smiled at them.  "Hello."

Both girls nodded and acknowledged the introduction.

"Pardon, Jennifer, but we are both tired, for we were working in the wards through the night," said Hareth.  The two girls undressed down to their shifts, and climbed into bed, settling in and pulling the covers over their heads.

"I guess they are pulling the night shift, huh?" Jennifer asked a few minutes later, as they left their quarters.

"'Night shift'?”  Firieth looked at her, puzzled, and then nodded.  “Ah, I understand.  Yes, they work from sunset to sunrise.  We will be working in the new ward, but we will also be helping the laundresses today, as well."

Jennifer grimaced.  The only way she knew how to do laundry was by using a washer and dryer; she did not have the least amount of skill in using a scrub board or any of those other old-fashioned tools that had been used back in Rivendell.  Guess I really am spoiled, she thought wryly.  I grew up with all those appliances, and they’re all I know how to use!  But she had watched the Elven laundresses at their tasks, so she hoped she wouldn't look like a total idiot.  But would having just watched laundry being done the old-fashioned way be enough?  She could only hope.

But first, they went up to the ward.  Merry was very pleased to see her.  They could not talk long, for they had to grab the basket of dirty laundry and take it down to the little laundry house at the back of the building.  

"They say the steam is good for the complexion," Firieth said.  The laundry was even steamier than Jennifer remembered.

They entered to see a lot of dirty laundry being dumped in a large smelly vat.  "Good morning, girls."  The head laundress looked up as they entered.  "We are bucking* the sheets today."

"What's that smell?" Jennifer asked, wrinkling her nose at the stench.

"'Tis lye, miss. These were badly soiled and stained, so they will soak in the lye until tomorrow.  They must be stirred often.  But we would be thankful if you could take the clean sheets out to dry in the sun, and to let the sun bleach them."  The head laundress pointed out a large basket filled with wet linens by the door.  

With Jennifer holding one side of the large basket and Firieth the other, they managed to carry them; they were quite heavy while wet.  Jennifer was grateful that Firieth knew what to do.  It took both of them to stretch out the wet sheets and lay them flat on the short green lawn. They had to be pulled out straight, so that the sun could dry them and bleach them.

Jennifer was surprised that the sun could bleach cloth.  The only bleach she knew about was smelly and liquid.  She bet sun-bleached sheets smelled a lot nicer.

When they finished, they returned the basket to the laundry-house, and were given another large basket, this one filled with clean dry sheets (which were not nearly so heavy) to take back to the ward.  A lot of work sure goes into running a hospital! Jennifer thought wryly, as she and Firieth took hold of the lighter basket.  So many things have to run smoothly to take care of the sick.

It was nearly time for lunch for the patients when the two girls came back with the clean laundry all nicely folded.  Jennifer was dismayed to see that Merry was gone, and to learn she had missed seeing her brother.

The kitchen servants had brought in a cart with trays of food for the injured.  There was extra food for the healers and those who helped them, but the patients had to be fed first.  Jennifer and Firieth took up that task; Firieth found the bowls for the broth that was made for those who could not eat solid food, while Jennifer filled wooden bowls with meat, beans, and bread, and carried them to the various patients in the room.  A few patients had injuries that kept them from being able to feed themselves, and so the girls would sit by them and give them their food.  It wasn't always very pleasant, and Jennifer thought that her "old" self (before she had come to Middle-earth) would have been grossed out by the things she had learned to do here.  She prayed silently, Lord, thank You for giving me the chance to help people, and to learn how to help them, too.  Please help me to not get cross or impatient while I do Your work.

Soon enough, all the patients had eaten, and after taking plates to the healers, Jennifer and Firieth were finally able to sit down and eat themselves.

After lunch, most of the patients slept, though a very few had visitors.  But now the girls had to go back and fetch some clean laundry, and put it away, and do any cleaning and tidying that the ward was in need of.

Some of the patients had been discharged, and so their beds needed to be stripped and changed. One of those beds was Merry's.  Jennifer was a little sad that he wasn't in the ward anymore—she had enjoyed the chance to talk to him when time allowed.  But she was glad that he was well enough to be up and about.  She wished she had been around when Joey had been up in the ward earlier—just at the time she had been down in the laundry!  Oh, well, she thought, maybe he will have another errand up here this afternoon.

She had been surprised by her little brother when they had arrived in the city.  He had been acting far too grown up, but she was proud of him.  When she thought of how he’d had to help during that awful battle, and that he’d seen people who were seriously injured and dying, she could only shake her head; she just could not imagine having to deal with that at Joey's age!  And the fire!  She was so thankful he had not been hurt in that awful fire!

She finished tucking the sheets on the bed she was making up, folding under the corners as she had been shown.  She smiled at the thought of elastic.  She missed bottom sheets with elastic.  But she was getting better at doing without them.  

When she and Firieth had finished the beds, they could finally sit down once more; this time, they were rolling some clean bandages that had been sent up.  But they took their time at the task, and were able to have a little conversation in the process.

"So, what is your family like, Firieth?" Jennifer asked.

"My parents live in Dol Amroth, by the sea, the Bay of Belfalas.  Mother is a healer, and Father is a chandler…"

"What's that?" Jennifer asked.

"He sells supplies to the ships that come to Dol Amroth; things they need for long voyages, such as candles and rope and buckets and dried food, that sort of thing.  My brother is a sailor now, getting experience on the ships as Ada did when he was young.  But when he turns twenty-five, he will come home and help run the business.  My mother is a healer.  I was her apprentice, but she wanted me to get more education in the healing arts here in the White City."  Firieth sighed.  "Nana was right; I am learning a lot here.  But I miss my family very much."  She looked at Jennifer.  "What about your family?"

Jennifer bit her lower lip.  "My family's not here," she said.  "Well, actually, my parents aren't here, and neither is my older brother or either of my little sisters.  My kid brother is here, though.  He's working here at the Houses of Healing while Boromir's gone."  She didn't know what she could safely say about her parents.

"Lord Boromir?"  Firieth's eyes widened.  "The Captain-General?" 

"Yes, we journeyed with him and Gandalf, or Mithrandir as they say here in Gondor, and Aragorn—people here are calling him 'Lord Elfstone' and some other friends.  We started from Rivendell.  When...Mithrandir and Boromir came here, my brother came with them, and then Lord Boromir made my brother his page.  But he told Joey to stay in the Houses of Healing and help while he is going to fight.  And my older brother Kevin went to fight as well."

"You are well-travelled, then," Firieth said.  "Where is Rivendell?"

"It's a very long way to the north of here.  Our little sister Kaylee had to stay there when our journey started, because it would be too dangerous for her."  And it sure was dangerous, she thought. 

"So," Jennifer said, trying to change the subject, "what's it like to live in Dol Amroth?"

"It's a lot different than here in Minas Tirith.  The city is not so high, nor so large.  But the palace of the Prince is quite beautiful.  Most of the trade takes place along the docks at the Bay of Belfalas, but the most fun is on the beach.  Families like to take their children there to paddle in the sea and to play on the sand."

"That sounds like fun," Jennifer said, feeling nostalgic for her own family's occasional visits to the seaside.

"Did your family live near this Rivendell?" Firieth asked.

"No, we live far from there…"

But just then Master Seregon told them that it was time for the two of them to take up their duties once more, now that the bandages had all been rolled up.  It would be at least a couple of hours until sunset, and there was still more work to do.  Then they would be released from duty to have dinner and return to their quarters to sleep.  They went back to work, this time to check on each patient again and see if they needed anything.

A few hours later, only moments after the two girls had been dismissed for the night, but before they had actually left, the door to the Ward opened, and they saw Joey, Bergil, and Sador.  "Jennifer!"  Joey smiled.  "Would you like to come and have supper with us?  I have my stipend from Boromir!"

Jennifer glanced at Firieth, and Joey understood.  "Your friend can come, too."

"Firieth, would you like to do that?" Jennifer asked.

"If I would not be a burden," the girl said shyly.

"Naw," said Joey.  "It's cool!"

"Well, the sun has set, but it is not really so cool as all that," Firieth said, puzzled.

Jennifer and Joey laughed.  "Where we come from," said Jennifer, "'cool' also means 'good'.  When we use it like that, we use it as a slang word."  She turned to her little brother.  "What have you been doing all day?"

Joey launched into an account of all that he and Bergil had done during the day as they walked.  But they had not gone far before they found Merry.

"Hullo!" Merry said.  "I was just looking for you!" 

"We were going to find someplace to eat," Jennifer said.  "Would you like to come with us?"

"I'd be happy to join you; I have missed seeing you today.  I'm staying in Lord Faramir and Lord Denethor's room here; they put a little cot in there for me."

"What have you been doing?" Joey asked.

"Well, today I got to walk in the garden with Lord Faramir."  Merry gave the others a roguish grin.  "He wanted to talk about Lady Éowyn…"

-oo000oo-

A/N: * "Bucking" is the process of soaking laundry in a lye bath for a day or two, in order to help clean stains and smells.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 56: Shadowland

The wagons rolled on, leaving dust behind them.  Kevin rode along, watching Haleth in the wagon.  The two boys didn't talk.  There were other wounded also riding in the wagon, so there wasn't much privacy, and the noise of the wheels and the sound of the horses' hooves made it difficult to hear one another without shouting.

Even though he had not seen a lot of his friends during the journey, he had always known that Aragorn, Gandalf, Legolas, Gimli, and Boromir were nearby, and he’d had a chance nearly every day to see Pippin for at least a minute or two.  Now they were gone, and with every beat of his horse’s feet, he was going farther in the other direction.

Mainly Kevin was left to his own thoughts, which grew gloomier and gloomier.  I miss my friends, he thought, sighing.  And my family!  I miss Jennifer and Joey and Kaylee, and Mom and Dad and Megan.  I miss them all so much.  And now, I also miss Aragorn and Boromir and Pippin and the others!  I wish I was with them.  He glanced at Haleth.  Please, God, help me!

But the only answer was silence.  He wished that Haleth had not been so stubborn.  Life would be a lot easier if Haleth had just stayed in the hospital—Houses of Healing, he corrected himself.  Only it really is a hospital, although it's not called that.

Kevin found himself feeling angry at his friend.  Why couldn't Haleth be more sensible? he wondered.  And why was it his job to watch out for the other boy?  It’s not like I’m my brother’s keeper, he thought resentfully.  Joey’s yeah, since he is my brother, but Haleth’s not!

Intense anger surged in his heart.  He wanted to yell at Haleth, to tell him what an idiot he was, but he squeezed his eyes shut and took a deep, slow breath.  Hollering at Haleth might make Kevin feel better, if only for a moment, but it would not fix the problem, and it would only cause bad feelings between them.  Where are You, God?  Why won't You help me now?  I just want You to tell me why I came all this way, just to turn around and leave everyone else behind!  Come on, Lord, I really need your help!

He tightened his grip on the reins a bit too much, and Bron shook his head.  Kevin loosened his hands.  It's not Bron's fault I'm upset.  He sighed, ashamed of forgetting his horse.  He reached down and patted Bron’s neck.  "I'm sorry, old fellow.  You didn't do anything wrong."

And though he kept trying to pray, nothing came to him; praying had never been so hard before.  Was the Lord even listening?

The rest of the day was dismal.  The gloomy skies to the East were looming over them all oppressively, and to Kevin's perspective, they were not making any progress at all.  Everything looked the same to him.  That evening they stopped, only halfway back to Cair Andros.  They had needed to go so slowly because of the wounded; many of them were worse off than Haleth.  They should never have left the Houses of Healing, but their pride had made them try.

The healer came by that night.  Kevin still did not know her name.  Haleth was doing better now that he was not riding his horse, but some of the other men in the wagon were feverish, and one of them had stitches in a long wound on his leg.  She unwrapped his bandages, examined him, and got angrier and angrier.

"What were you thinking?  There is no way you should have been trying to ride a horse for at least two or three months!  There are signs of putrefaction around them now!"  She turned to the assistant who had come with her and rattled off a rapid series of orders.  The other healer hurried off, and was soon back with a large basket filled with what she needed.  "You are a fool," she gritted, as she cleaned his stitches carefully with wine.  "No battle is worth the risk of blood poisoning!"  Then she took a salve that smelled a lot like honey and smeared it all over the area she had cleansed.  The wound was then re-wrapped with clean bandages, and she gave the man some sort of medicine to swallow.

She looked grim as she stalked off muttering to herself, mumbling, "...lucky if I do not have to take that leg anyway…", and Kevin started to wonder if the man would survive.  Blood poisoning?  That was bad even in modern times.  He'd heard on the news back home of some celebrity who had nearly died of it—her doctors had called it sepsis.  She'd been in a hospital with all the modern treatments and IVs and all that stuff, and still she'd almost died.

The healer's assistant remained after she left.  He told the others in the wagon they would need to be moved among the other wagons, so that the one with the leg wound could rest easier.  Kevin helped him move the men: two of the wounded went in one of the other wagons, and one each went to one of the other wagons.  Haleth was tired out, and fell asleep soon after he'd been moved into his new spot.

By that time, it was twilight, and a few little stars peeked through in the West, though the gloomy fogs in the East were all still hanging over them.  Kevin couldn’t stop shifting position; he was feeling too restless.

I wish I could sleep! he thought crossly.  No telling what I’ll have to do tomorrow, and I really do need to be rested.  Try as he did, though, he could not relax his body.  His heart was just too stressed out to let him settle down.

At last, biting back a complaint, he sat up and looked at his surrounding companions.  All of them appeared to be fast asleep.  With a sigh, he lay back on his pallet and did not attempt to close his eyes.  It won’t do any good if I try; I’ll never be able to keep them shut.  Perhaps if I look at the sky, that’ll help.  Maybe if I look at the stars, that'll calm me.  After rubbing his face, Kevin fixed his gaze at the twinkling stars overhead.

To the West, the sky was clear enough to see a sprinkling of stars, but there were only clouds to the East.  It was such a contrast.  But he noticed the clouds were moving, and there came a gap in the gloom.  There, right in the middle of all those black smoggy clouds, there was a little break, and in the centre shone a bright star, all alone against the darkness.  It only lasted for a short moment, and then the darkness closed in again.  It lifted his heavy heart just a little.  He wondered if anyone else had seen the tiny beacon?

I wish it would come back, he thought wistfully.  I want to see it again.

This time he closed his eyes, and did finally manage to fall asleep.

-oo000oo-

Kevin woke up the next morning to the bustle of the camp breaking.  There was more commotion than he had expected; he got up and saw that those in the wagon were still sleeping, so he got up and headed over to the camp.

Amrothos had sent out some scouts, as they would arrive back at Cair Andros about mid-afternoon.  While they were not expecting to have much fighting, for they thought there would be only a few guards there, it would be well to know who was holding the island.  They were also discussing leaving the wagons where they were, far from any actual fighting that would take place.  

The healer thought this was a good idea, and so did Kevin.  They would leave a few men to guard the wagons and the supplies, and the healers would also remain.  

Elfhelm spotted Kevin and gestured to him to come over to the campfire where he and Amrothos were breaking their fast.  "Good day, young Kevin," he said, smiling.  "Come, break your fast with us!"

There were ash cakes—really, they were more like flatbread than cake—by the fire, and watered-down beer.  Kevin added even more water to his to try and kill the yeasty beer taste, which he detested.  He set down the leather cup that he had kept fastened to his belt, and took one of the ash cakes.  They had been baked by burying the dough in the ashes of the fire.  The first time he'd had them, he thought they'd be nasty, but actually, they were pretty good; all you had to do was brush the ashes off.  His was still really hot, and he tossed it from one hand to the other until it cooled just a little.  

As Kevin munched on his breakfast, he listened to the conversation of the warriors who were also sitting around.  Since it was a mixture of men from many places, they all spoke the Common Tongue, and Kevin had no trouble following what they were saying.

He did not speak, but many of the men were saying they hoped there were still some enemies at Cair Andros, so they could fight.  He began to realize that many of them felt they had been cowardly to turn back, and they hoped to redeem themselves by fighting a different battle.  It didn't seem to bother them that they would be killing other people.  And yet, he knew that this war was necessary so long as Sauron was the enemy.  He had learned enough to know that Sauron would keep on as long as his Ring was still in existence.  He sure hoped Frodo and Sam were safe.

I wonder if it was like this for the soldiers who fought in World War Two, Kevin wondered.  They had to fight Hitler and his Nazis, and Hitler was evil like Sauron.  And he was just a man!  Sauron is a fallen angel, from what Gandalf told us.  A demon!  Like Satan’s demons.  He shuddered.

He finished his ash cake, and then he stood up and brushed off the seat of his pants.  He guessed he would go check on Haleth and then get ready to ride.  There might be a battle at the end of today's ride, and unlike some of the others, he was not looking forward to it.  But it had to be done, however things turned out.

Kevin had only gone a few steps when he heard the sound of hooves, of a horse rapidly approaching.  He turned to see one of the Rohirrim riding up in a hurry.  It must be one of the scouts.  Amrothos and Elfhelm both stood to hear what the rider had to say.

"My Lords," he said breathlessly from horseback, not even bothering to dismount, "there were only a few orcs left at the island.  But from the road to the South, many Southrons were approaching up the Eastern bank.  They will be there ere we arrive.  I do not think we can stop them all, and if we do not, they will come up behind the main army."

The two commanders exchanged a look.  Kevin stopped to hear what they had to say.

Amrothos shook his head.  "This is not good news."

"We can go ahead and engage them," Elfhelm responded.  "Even if we do not stop them all, we can diminish their numbers.  There will be fewer to go on to the Black Gate."

"Yet that is what we do not want.  Our people are few enough there, and fewer still since they sent this group back."  Amrothos scowled; he had followed his orders to shepherd this group in retreat, and he would do his best.  But even though he felt sorry for these green troops, he did not know if they would have the mettle to even engage the few enemies they had expected.  And he was unhappy at not being there for the big battle with his father and brothers.  He sighed.  Elfhelm was, after all, older and more seasoned than he was.  "I suppose that your plan is better than nothing.  But I suggest we send a messenger to Elessar and Mithrandir.  In case a miracle happens as it did upon the Pelennor, they do not need to have more foes behind them afterwards."

"We shall need a messenger.  My scouts will be too weary for such a task," Elfhelm replied.

Kevin suddenly felt dread, but somehow, he knew what he had to do.  He wondered at finding himself getting ready to speak; he bit his lower lip and cleared his throat.  "Uh, I could take the message…"

Amrothos looked over at him, uncertain.  He did not even know Kevin.  But Elfhelm did.  "Do you wish to take this task, Kevin, Steven's son?"

"I think I could do it.  Many of my friends are in the main army.  I want to warn them.  And my friend Haleth should be safe here with the wagons, don't you think?"  He cast a worried look behind him, where the four wagons of wounded and the one with some supplies had been arranged in a circle for safety.

"As safe as any in these times, young Kevin," Elfhelm answered.  "Go and bespeak him now and farewell him, and then return.  We will prepare what you need to take with you."

Kevin nodded.  He turned and went back to the wagons to find his friend.  When he found the wagon that Haleth was in, he climbed aboard.  “Haleth,” he said, as he squatted by his friend, “Elfhelm and Amrothos need someone to take a message to Lord Aragorn.  I’ve volunteered to be that someone.”

Haleth stared at him.  “Do you have to, Kevin?”

Kevin bit his lower lip.  “Someone has to,” he said softly.  “There’s not much I can do here, not really, but I can do this.  Anyway, I’ve already volunteered, so I’ve got to do it now.”

Haleth grabbed his arm.  “Be careful,” he pleaded.

Kevin nodded.  “I will.  I’ve got a brother and two sisters waiting for me, and good friends like you, too.”  Haleth let go of his arm, and Kevin rose to his feet and climbed down off the wagon.  He returned to Elfhelm and Amrothos, where he found that his saddled horse was already waiting for him, and a pack of supplies dangling from Elfhelm’s hand; the latter handed the pack to Kevin.  He mounted, said good-bye to the two commanders, and rode off.

Kevin followed along back the way their small army had come.  He had no trouble remembering that way, and he had a small map showing how he was to go, after he arrived at the place where they had turned back.  He started Bron at a trot.  As urgent as his errand was, he knew that he couldn't keep up a gallop for long.

As he rode, his thoughts still gloomy, he began to remember a time, he thought he was about Joey's age, when he and his father were en-route to the hospital, where the rest of the family had been waiting for them.  Uncle Ryan had been seriously hurt in an accident, and the doctors hadn’t known if he was going to live…

“He can’t die!”  Kevin fidgeted nonstop.  “He just can’t, Daddy!”

His father reached over and gently squeezed his oldest son’s arm.  “We will pray that he won’t, son.”

Kevin bit his lower lip and slumped back in the passenger seat.  After a long moment, he said in a small voice, “Will God say yes, do you think?”

Steve sighed.  “If it’s His will, yes.  All we can do is pray, Kevin, and all the doctors can do is do everything in their power to save his life.  If it’s God’s will, your uncle will survive and get well.”

Kevin was worried.  That was not the answer he wanted to hear!  He desperately wanted his uncle to live and get well—surely, that was what God wanted, too!  It just had to be!  With a sigh, he looked out the car window at the businesses they were passing.  Misery lay like a heavy stone in his heart…

He shook his head.  Guess a part of me really hasn’t changed that much since then.  I still find it hard to accept that God’s will may not be what I want!  Right now, though, I'd better pay attention to where I'm going.  He turned his attention to the road ahead of him and patted Bron’s mane.  By himself, with no wagons to slow him down, he was making good time.

Sooner than Kevin had expected, he realized that he was coming to the place where the group with the wounded and those who could not go on had turned back.  He could see the place where they all had been encamped—he stopped Bron next to where one of the old campfires had been, and dismounted.  He took out his waterskin, and both of them had some water to drink.  Kevin took a few swallows before pouring some into his hand for the horse, which Bron lapped up gratefully, and Kevin gave him another handful of water.  Then he took a look around.

It was very easy to see which way that the Army of the West had gone.  It left an easy trail to follow, but in spite of that, he took out the bit of parchment with the crude map.  He was very glad to see that it was indeed the same way.  According to the map, he would have to keep the curve of the mountains to his right and, according to what Lord Amrothos had explained to him, he'd be traveling between the "No mans’ Lands" and the "Slag Mounds".  He gave a snort of sour amusement at the names—not much imagination there, he thought wryly, shaking his head.  But the distance he had left to cover was about the same amount of distance he had already covered, more or less.  Unfortunately, the road was lousy.  He might have to stop when it got dark.  That was pretty scary this close to Mordor; but if he missed the road and the signs of the Army, that could be even more dangerous.

Suddenly, a brief wave of terror washed over him.  He was really alone in this wilderness.  

He felt the need to move, so he wandered around, and found the spot where he and Haleth's wagon had stayed the night.  Finally, he remounted and set off at a walk.  He felt very exposed and alone.

Kevin was really getting tired.  He wondered if he really was going to have to stop for the night, and how was he to sleep all alone, with no way to have a guard?  Maybe he should just keep going anyway, in spite of his exhaustion, but what if he missed the road?  He sighed again; his thoughts were going in circles...

He was completely unprepared when suddenly a single orc leaped at him from behind a boulder.  Bron reared up unexpectedly, and one of his hooves clipped the creature on the head.  Kevin was thrown to the ground.  The orc fell back, and Bron took off at a gallop into the unknown.  He eyed the orc warily as he drew his sword.

The orc, thankfully, was armed with only a knife, and it was moving awkwardly and slowly after the knock on its head.  But it was an orc, and fierce, and it came at him.  Kevin swung with all his might, and cut the arm with which it was holding the knife.  Then he swung again, giving it a gash in the torso.  He must have hit an artery.  It fell back to the ground, gushing black blood.  Kevin knew it would die, and that he should kill it now, but he couldn't bring himself to just stab it to death when it couldn't strike back.

Kevin shook his head, and went to the ground and sat there.  He wouldn't leave it to die alone, either.  So, he sat and watched as it died, and then when he realized that it was gone, he broke down and sobbed.  He was a failure.  He was alone and horseless in a wilderness, and all he had brought with him, save his waterskin, was gone with Bron.  His message would never reach the others on time, and he could not make it back the way he had come on foot.  And it was very likely there were other orcs around somewhere.

He didn't expect an answer; his prayers had gone nowhere for days.  But he reverted to his habits that he'd been taught since childhood.  "Lord," he wept, "please, please, help me!"

-oo000oo-

A/N:  The bits about blood poisoning and sepsis are from this site: The History of Sepsis from Ancient Egypt to the XIX Century, by Johan Sebastián Hernández Botero and María Cristina Florián Pérez.  Submitted: November 16th. 2011.  Reviewed: July 10th, 2012.  Published: October 3rd, 2012.  DOI: 10.5772/51484.  I only just used a tiny bit of the information, but the article is very interesting and useful.

KGandDF welcome reviews and comments pertaining to our story, and are glad to respond to reviewers who have their PMs enabled.  We do not ban anonymous reviewers, but we unfortunately cannot respond to those.  Likewise, we cannot respond to reviewers who do not have their PMs enabled.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 57: Nowhere to Go But Up

Steve and Gail had filled their own plates from the table that the Elves kept replenished with food throughout the day.  They were comfortably seated, with a slumbering Lucy resting her head on Steve’s lap, and Steve had already said grace.  They were about to eat when the girls came in, dressed in the finest of the clothes the Elves had given them.  While Steve and Gail had had their discussion, Mairen had prepared them for the feast.  Kaylee stopped in dismay, seeing that her parents were still in their "everyday" clothes.

"Don't you want to come to the feast, Mommy?  Daddy?  It's really going to be fun and nice!"  Kaylee looked up at her mother, letting her expression do her pleading.  She had begun to learn that begging and whining did not work very well.

Gail bent down and hugged her.  "I am very sorry, sweetie, but your daddy and I have some grown-up things to talk about tonight.  We told you that he has to leave tomorrow." 

Megan's eyes grew wide.  "I don't want you to go, Daddy!"

Steve did his best to look stern.  "Megan, I must go and help the Elves.  They have been very good to us."

She hung her head, but nodded.  Just then Mairen entered, dressed in her own festive finery, with Avorn standing behind her.  She summoned the little girls, who, with a last wistful look behind at their parents, obeyed.  Avorn picked Megan up, and Mairen held out her hand for Kaylee, and the four of them left the pavilion.

Gail was staring after them, wide-eyed.  "Steve, did you notice that Megan didn't use baby-talk just now?"

Steve looked at her and blinked.  "You're right!  How could I have missed it?"  He petted Lucy, who was now sitting up and staring at his plate.  He ignored the big brown eyes and took a bit of cheese.  "It must be the Elves."

"Maybe," said Gail.  On the whole, the Elves seemed to have a pretty good effect on their kids.  But it was a little disconcerting.  She hoped they would keep the things that they had learned when they went home.  But Megan was her baby.

She bit her lower lip.  “To be honest, sweetheart, I’m not sure I’m ready for my baby to become so grown-up quite yet.”

Steve laughed.  “I know what you mean.  She’s my baby, too, hon.”  He glanced toward the entrance through which Kaylee and Megan had left.  “She’s growing up so fast.  They both are.”

Gail smiled and shook her head.  “Silly of me, isn’t it?  Part of me wants her to stay just as she is for as long as possible, and the other part of me hopes that she and Kaylee will never forget the manners they’ve learned here, when we return to Oregon.  Living with Elves has been good for them.”

Steve nodded agreement.  “It certainly has been, and that’s a fact—why, it's even been good for Lucy!”  He glanced down at the puppy, who was still staring at Steve’s plate hopefully, and then looked back at Gail.  “And I know what you mean about having mixed emotions regarding what’s happening.”  Gail smiled again, ruefully.

He continued, "Our kids have had to learn a lot here, and we've begun to learn as well.  Let's face it, Gail.  It may or may not be the Lord's will for us to return home.  We are going forth in the faith that it will be, since that's what we want—but His will doesn't always match our own.  And that's something we need to realize."  He looked at her sadly.  “Our children may have to face that possibility, too.  They may have already had to, in fact.”

Gail winced at the thought, and then nodded.  "I know.  I try not to think about that."

"And there's something else,” Steve added.  “Something I should have thought of before I went out to the first battle with the Elves.  It's certainly something I would have thought of at home, if I'd still been in the Army and had to leave you and the kids."

"What is it, Steve?" Gail asked, but her heart sank as she said it.  She thought she knew what he meant.  He took a deep breath and took her hand, cradling it in his own.

"Hopefully, I will come back to you in one piece.  If our prayers are answered, I will.”  He squeezed her hand.  “But if something happens to me, then I want you to ask Lady Galadriel if Kaylee and Megan can stay here, while you go on to find Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey.  They should be safe with her and with Celeborn.  Follow Glorfindel's lead as you search for them.  He knows this world and can help you a lot.  If all goes well, and the war against Sauron succeeds, then you will need to decide what to do from there.  Get some advice from Lady Galadriel and from Glorfindel, and decide what you will do at that point.  You will either be led to go home afterwards, or you will need to find a way to make a home here."   

Gail shuddered at the prospect.  “And Ryan and Janet?” she asked softly.  “You know they’re going to worry themselves sick if none of us ever go back!  If the amount of time back home between our children’s arrival and ours is any indication, they’re doubtless still waiting for us back at the campsite even as we’re sitting here.  And you know, Steve, if they call the police, there’s going to be no clues leading them to our whereabouts.”

Steve smiled wryly.  “Now we know what our children went through, when they found themselves trapped here.  Our poor kids worried about worrying us!  And they also probably worried about being trapped here permanently.  But we can't worry about all that, you know; we truly can't, because we do not know what the Lord's will might be.  We can only pray.”  

Gail nodded agreement.  She knew that Steve was right, and they certainly did understand what it had been like for their children.  “I was showing Megan pictures and videos of her aunt and uncle off and on, starting out, when we first came here,” she said.  “I’ve got some stored on my cell phone.  I’m not too worried about Kaylee forgetting them, since she’s five now, but Megan is still young enough that I fear she’ll forget Ryan and Janet if I don’t keep reminding her.  But I have to be careful, because we can’t recharge the batteries here.  I had to stop using my phone after we got to Lothlórien, since the batteries were about to wear out.  They were below twenty percent."

Steve shook his head.  "The kids won't forget.  Even without the pictures and videos on your phone, we will make sure they won’t.  They might get a little fuzzy on their looks and their voices, but we won't forget to tell them about their aunt and uncle.  Oh, and I just remembered—I have a picture in my billfold—the family photo we took as a present for the grandparents a couple of Christmases ago."

"Oh, I'm so glad!”  Gail turned and hugged her husband.  "And that reminds me—I have a wallet-sized picture of them on their wedding day."  She bit her lower lip.  "I’m still hoping that we will go back, and I don’t want Ryan and Janet to be strangers to Megan if we do.  They’ll never understand how that could have happened.”

“I know.”  Steve paused, and then grimaced.  “I'll miss my brother if we never go back, and Janet, too.  But if God wants us here, He will find a way to console them, even in the strangest of circumstances."  He sighed.  "But I am very serious, Gail.  You will need to be prepared to take care of our family if worst comes to worst, whether here or at home."

Gail sighed in her turn.  "I know.  I've tried not to think about it, but that's not the best way to handle it, is it?"  She shook her head.

"It's only human, honey.  After all, this is not a prospect either of us wants to face."  He put one arm around her and drew her close.  Just then he sharply said, "Lucy!  No!"  The little spaniel looked up innocently.  The little dog was still staring, but her twitching nose had been inching closer and closer to Steve's neglected plate.

Steve laughed.  "Don't try those big brown eyes on me, Lucy.  Hop down."  Lucy jumped down, but continued to stare up at Steve.  At first, he ignored her, but then he picked up a piece of cheese and held it down to her.  She snapped it up, and then gave another look at the plate.  It was empty except for a few crumbs of bread and a few smears from the meat and cheese.  "Don't tell Mairen," he said, as he held the plate down.  Lucy quickly licked it clean.

Gail giggled and finished off the last of the fruit on her plate.

For a while, the two sat contentedly.  They didn't speak, but kept casting glances at one another. 

At last, Gail sighed.  "I don't know about you, hon, but I really don't feel like doing anything else this evening."

Steve smiled.  "Neither do I, to be honest.  At least Kaylee and Megan are in good hands, so we don't have to worry about them now.  Let's pray…"  He stopped and smiled.  "And then, maybe go to bed early.  After all, I do leave early tomorrow."

Gail nodded.  “Yes, let’s do that.”  She leaned her head on her husband's shoulder and closed her eyes.  “My Heavenly Father,” she prayed, “I ask that you protect Steve when he goes out to battle tomorrow.  Watch over our children, and Lord, please help them all remember that we still love them, no matter how far apart we are.”  She stopped and looked up at Steve.

He nodded.  "And Lord, please be with me and my comrades-in-arms as we fight the Enemy.  Be with all of those who fight on the side of the Light.  And Lord, I really do want our family to be reunited, and to return home.”  Steve took a long, deep breath.  “But, well...not my will, but Thine, be done.  In Jesus' name, amen."

He reached down and patted Lucy on the head as she sat next to his feet, and then he stood up, reaching his hand down to Gail.  She smiled up at him and took it, and the two of them went to their sleeping quarters.

-oo000oo-

Early the next morning, Steve kept turning back to wave to his family, as he rode away among the Elves.  Megan was in Gail's arms, and was waving wildly.  Kaylee was also waving, although not so enthusiastically as her little sister.  Gail did not wave, but kept her eyes on her husband.  Her gaze pierced him, and he could feel it long after they had ridden out of sight of all those who had been gathered to farewell them.

This time, they were not headed to the River to the East, but to the Southern bounds of Lothlórien.  It was a longer ride, but Lady Galadriel had seemed to know the threat was greatest there this time.  And to confirm it, on the evening before, a thrush had come to Lothlórien.  Lord Celeborn said that it was a message from Radagast.  The Elf-king of the great forest across the River was engaging those Orcs who remained on the other side.

Rumil also had taken some warriors to the Western border, as there had been some word of mountain orcs coming their way from the Misty Mountains. But it was a much smaller number than those coming up from the South.  

Steve knew that this battle might be fiercer.  He would still be shooting from a flet, but there was no handy river in between him and the enemy this time.  He fingered the thick leather armour vest that Glorfindel had given him that morning before they set out.  He wondered if it would work as well as Kevlar.  Somehow, he thought it would work at least as well; it had been made by Elves, after all.  He hoped that he wouldn’t need to find out.  He remembered: "You will not be afraid of the terror by night, Or of the arrow that flies by day…"*

-oo000oo-

Gail turned away as the last of the Elves’ horses rode out of sight, and returned to the tent that housed her family.  Please, God, protect Steve!  And please protect his companions, she silently begged.  Glancing down at Kaylee and Megan, she took a deep breath.  She had to be strong for them, and right now, they needed her.

“Come on, you two,” she said.  “We’ll take a short walk, and then, Kaylee, I want you to show me how much of that yarn you’ve spun, so far.”

“Yes, Mommy.”  Kaylee skipped by her side as Gail held Megan’s hand on her other side.  The two of them walked down the path.  Lucy trotted next to Megan.

“Mommy, how long is Daddy going to be gone?” Kaylee asked, after a few moments.

Gail shrugged.  “As long as the battle lasts, I suspect.  I don’t know how long that’ll be.”

Kaylee halted and bit her lower lip, looking at the ground.  “I don’t want anything to happen to Daddy.”  She looked up at Gail.  “What will the battle be like?”

Gail let go of Megan’s hand and wrapped an arm around Kaylee’s shoulder.  “I don't know, sweetheart.  It won’t be like the battles in our world; I do know that.”  Gail thought more for a moment.  "Honey, do you remember when we went with Nicole and her family, and we all dressed up in costumes and went to the park?" 

"Oh!" said Kaylee.  "The Esseeay thing?  And me and Megan got to wear our princess outfits?"  She grinned.  “I got to be Snow White!  And Megan got to be Sleeping Beauty!”

Gail chuckled.  "S.C.A., and yes, that is the thing I was talking about.  Jennifer and I wore our own princess dresses, too.  But do you remember the little battle we saw?"

"Uh-huh."  Kaylee nodded.  "It was all noisy!" 

"Clack!  Clack!  Clack!  T’ey got to hit each other; it was just a little bit scawy."  Sometimes Megan still slipped into baby-talk, though it was rare now.  "But it was fun, too."

"Well, this battle will be a little bit like that, only it will be real."  She took a deep breath; she knew that she had to prepare the little ones.  "You know Daddy could get...hurt."  That was as much as she could bear to say out loud.

"I don't want Daddy to get hurt," Kaylee said, biting her lower lip.

Gail took another deep breath.  “I don't want anything to happen to your daddy, either.  We’ll just have to pray that God will keep him and his companions safe.”

"Jesus will take care of Daddy," said Megan, childish confidence in her babyish voice.

Gail smiled.  A little child shall lead them, she thought.  "Yes, Jesus will take care of him, sweetie."

The three of them turned back and walked hand in hand.  Kaylee started humming, and she began to sing:

“He's got the whole world

In His hands.

He's got the whole world

In His hands.

He's got the whole world

In His hands.

He's got the whole world in His hands...”

Megan quickly joined her big sister.  After they had finished with "little bitty babies," "brothers and sisters," and "mommies and daddies", Kaylee added, "all of the Elves" and "the hobbits and the Dwarves", much to Gail's amusement.

A moment after the two of them had finished that song, Megan began to sing:

“Itsy bitsy spider

Climbed up t’e waterspout.

Down came t’e rain

And pushed t’e spider out.

Out came t’e sun

And dried up all t’e rain,

And t’e itsy-bitsy spider

Climbed up t’e spout again.”

“Here we are, girls,” Gail said, when Megan had finished that song.  “We are back to the pavilion.”

The three of them and Lucy entered the pavilion; as Gail reminded her, Kaylee took her growing quantity of yarn out of the wooden box that she kept it in and handed it to her mother.  Gail ran her fingers over it and smiled.  “It’s coming along nicely, Kaylee,” she said.  “You’ve spun quite a bit of it, I see!  Your yarn looks very nice.  When we go home, I’ll teach you how to crochet, and we’ll use this yarn.”

Kaylee smiled.  “Thanks, Mommy!  That'll be fun.”  She carefully placed the ball of yarn back in the box.

Megan tugged on her mother's sleeve.  "Can we swing?"

Gail nodded, and the girls darted out of the pavilion.  Gail followed at a more sedate pace.  The little girls raced toward the swing, climbed onto it, and began to swing back and forth quite vigorously as their mother watched.

"Good morning, Gail."  Gail turned.  Of course, she had not heard Mairen and Lassiel walk up behind her.  

"Good morning, Mairen.  And how are you, Lassiel?"

"I am well," she said with a dip of her head.  "I have a message for you from Lady Galadriel.  There will be a luncheon on the ground today, where the feast was last night.  There will only be a few folk there, but the Lady would like you and your daughters to attend.  She has much of which she would speak to you."

Gesturing toward Kaylee and Megan, Gail nodded.  “Certainly.  We’ll be glad to come, my daughters and me.”

Lassiel nodded and watched the little ones.  "I am glad they get so much enjoyment from their simple gift.  Lord Celeborn was very pleased with it."

"He is very generous," Gail said gratefully.

Mairen laughed.  "He is happy to spoil any young girl.  There have been few elflings born here in many generations of Men, and he will ever miss his daughter."

Lassiel sighed.  "I was among the last born here, and had few playmates save when Lady Arwen came to visit.  I was always sad when she left to return to her home in Imladris.  She invited me to come and return the visit, but my parents would not hear of it."

"I have wondered…" Gail started, and then stopped.  "Well, I suppose it's none of my business, but, well...why are there so few children among the Elves?  I have yet to see an Elf child…"  She hoped she wasn't being offensive.

Mairen answered gently.  "It is not something that would offend us, Gail.  But Elves only beget a child when they want to.  We live long lives, after all, and we tend to have our children when we first wed.  And we tend to have few children.  But when times are bad, such as with a threat of war, we wait until the bad times pass.  We are able to make sure our children have peaceful childhoods, unlike the Edain, who have no choice, and must bear their children in their youth whether times are good or not."

Gail recalled that Edain was the Elven word for Men.  Smiling wryly, she shook her head.  “It should amaze me that I would even be asking such questions; I guess it’s an indication of how long we’ve been here that it actually doesn’t.  But such a question would never occur to us back home.  Where we come from, Elves are just make-believe, and don’t marry and have families.  They’re not even born, so far as I know; they just—exist.  Like other fantasy creatures.”

Mairen laughed.  "I remember what odd notions Kaylee had of Elves when she arrived!"  She turned to Lassiel.  "The child believed Elves were the size of Halflings, and lived to the North of the Helcaraxë, so far as I could tell, with—so far as I could understand her—with an Istar, a Red Wizard who brought gifts of toys to children at the turning of the year, and the Elves spent their time making such toys."

Lassiel's eyes grew wide, and she turned to Gail.  "Is that true?"

Gail shook her head, but said, "Well, it is true that is what young children like Kaylee and Megan believe.  They eventually learn the truth as they get older.  But the tales are just legends, stories told to entertain the children, and to keep alive the spirit of giving."  She decided it was best not to go into the origins of Saint Nicholas; there would be a lot more explaining than she felt up to giving at that point.  "Usually, by the time they are Joey's age, they know that Santa Claus is not real, but sometimes they will pretend they still believe for the sake of younger children.  Last Christmas was Joey's last Christmas to believe in Santa Claus; he learned the truth about Santa not long afterward.  But Kaylee and Megan are still young enough to believe."

"It sounds like a delightful custom," Lassiel said, "and I wonder what truths may lie behind the myth?  But I know that among the Edain, such things lie so far in the past that things have changed greatly." 

Gail paused for a moment, to think about that.  "What is the Helcaraxë?"  she finally asked, changing the subject.

Mairen and Lassiel looked at one another.  "I will tell you," Lassiel answered, "for you must not mention it to the Lady Galadriel.  She was among those who crossed it from Aman, and it was a terrible time for those Elves.  When the doom was laid upon those of the Noldor who followed Fëanor, his followers were divided among those who sailed in the ships," and she stopped for a moment and frowned, "well, that is a story in itself, and not a pleasant one.  But there were those who could not sail, and so took the terrible way on foot across the great bridge of ice that spanned from the West to Middle-earth back then.  It was a dreadful time of hardship, and the Lady does not like to think upon it."

Gail shuddered and tried to imagine how it would be to walk in such weather, across hundreds of miles of ice.  It made her shiver to think of it.  That definitely sounds like the conditions above the Arctic Circle!  And down in Antarctica.

“A team of reindeer to pull sleighs, or dog sleds, would have certainly been helpful on that journey,” she said.  “They would have made much quicker progress than on foot.”

Lassiel and Mairen exchanged a glance and shook their heads.  "There was no time to make such preparations, Gail," said Mairen.  "It was a dreadful time, and they left in haste, nor would they have turned back after the awful words of Fëanor's oath and the Doom laid upon them."

Gail vaguely remembered hearing such a tale in the Hall of Fire in Rivendell, but at the time she had not paid much attention to what she'd thought was just "a story".  She made a mental note to ask Lassiel and Mairen about that when her daughters were not present.

Before she could make any kind of comment, Kaylee yelled, "Catch me, Mairen!" as she flung herself from the swing, to fly into Mairen's arms.  She had discovered that the Elves never failed to catch her, and it was fun to fly into the air at the peak of her swing.  With a smile, Gail shook her head.  She would never have been able to catch her daughter like that.

Megan patiently waited for the wobbling swing to slow down and almost stop, before she hopped down.  She ran over and said, "I'm hungry, Mommy!"

"Well, we need to go and wash up, because Lady Galadriel has asked us to have lunch with her.  We will be having a picnic."

"Oh, goodie!"  Kaylee grinned and clapped her hands. 

Gail took them inside, and Kaylee washed her face and brushed her hair, while Gail did the same for Megan.  She ran her fingers lightly through Megan's hair before she began to brush it.  Both of the girls' hair was much longer than it had been before they had arrived here.  Gail wondered if the Elves could give her something so that she could begin putting their hair in ponytails.  Something she could tie securely, since there was no elastic.

The three of them took the meandering path that would lead to the picnic area.  Megan held her mother's hand, while Kaylee skipped along just slightly ahead.

When they arrived at their destination, they found the Lady seated gracefully on the ground by a snowy-white linen cloth.  A couple of Galadriel's handmaidens were placing the plates and food upon the blanket.  There was a platter of small pastries, some cut-up vegetables and fruit, some fresh bread rolls that smelled of honey, and some slices of cheese and cold meat.  There were four pretty ceramic bottles with cork stoppers in a bucket of cold water.  Gail appreciated the fact that all the foods were things that could be eaten easily with just the fingers. 

The handmaidens withdrew, and Lady Galadriel gestured for them to be seated.  

"Please," said Lady Galadriel, "help yourselves to the food."  She reached into the bucket and took out the bottles, handing one to each of them.  "You will find that your drink is cold mint tea."

Gail removed the stopper for Megan, and then began to serve her youngest's plate with small portions of everything, allowing Kaylee to serve her own plate.

As they ate, Galadriel entertained her guests with a few stories from the past, when she was a child living under the Light of the Two Trees.  "Always I tried to outdo my brothers, racing with them, shooting my bow, and other such pastimes.  But my sister-in-law Eldalótë, wife of my second brother Angrod, taught me to spin, weave, and do needlework."

"I like to do those things, too," said Kaylee.  "I'm glad I came to Middle-earth and learned how!"  She smiled at their hostess.

The Lady's own smile glowed, and her laughter reminded Gail of bells.  "I am quite glad you came here as well, little one.  I am delighted to have met you and your family."

When the food had been finished, the Lady told the children, "If you would go down by the stream where the small waterfall is, and hide quietly and carefully behind the reeds, you might see an otter family at play.  But you must step softly if you wish to catch sight of them."

The two little girls darted off, though they slowed down as they neared the stream.  The area was within eyesight, but the girls were certainly out of earshot.

Gail looked at Lady Galadriel.  "What do you want to tell me?"

"Tomorrow is when the warriors will engage the Enemy.  I will be watching the battle from my Mirror, and many of my people will gather there to await any news I may gather.  If you and your children wish, you may join me in the Fountain glade."

Gail's breath hitched, and she felt a lump in her throat.  After a moment she drew a deep breath and nodded.  "We will be there," she said, glancing toward Kaylee and Megan.  "Thank you."

-oo000oo-

The riders had been going for several hours, when Celeborn, who rode at the front of the group, held his hand up for a halt.  Word made its way back that it was time to stop for a bite to eat, and to allow the horses to rest, be watered, and graze a little.

And me, thought Steve wryly.  His bottom was numb.  Lunch for the people was basically a swig of water and a small bite of the lembas bread.  He was surprised at how filling that was, and it was also energizing.  He felt much less tired when the brief halt ended, and he swung back into the saddle.  The lembas was very energizing, and he felt much lighter in heart than he had been.

Terevor was riding next to Steve, and told him that there was a nearby stream, where the horses could be watered, and they could refill their waterskins.  Steve was grateful for the information, and patted Loborros on the side of his neck.  The stream, when they came to it minutes later, was remarkably clear and cold.

"It is just a small stream," Terevor told him.  "It flows into the Celebrant, which flows into the Anduin."

Steve nodded.  He had seen some maps.  "Why are we riding in more of a westerly direction?  According to the maps Lord Glorfindel showed me, the river is fairly close to Caras Galadon?"

"The reports indicate that the majority of the Orcs are coming towards us from the mountains."

"Ah."  Steve nodded.  "So, we want to stop them before they can get closer to the Anduin, and to Caras Galadon."

"Yes," answered Terevor.  When they had finished refilling their waterskins and refreshing themselves and their horses, they remounted and rode in silence for a while.  Steve was deep in thought, pondering everything that the Elves had told him, so far.

The small army arrived in the late afternoon, and set up an encampment about a mile north of the Celebrant River.  They would be fighting on the other side of the river, for there was a strip just beyond it that was a part of Lothlórien.  It seemed to be as wide as a few of what the Elves called "rods"* up to about three miles for the most part.  There was a short section that was almost six miles wide in one area.  Steve would once more be among a group of archers, but even though he'd be in a flet, he might very well have to come down, and there was also the possibility that Orcs might get close enough to the tree in which his flet was located that they might try to climb up the tree.

Well, Steve thought, it’s not the first time I’ve faced the possibility of injury or worse in battle.  I’ll just have to entrust myself to God’s protection while we’re fighting.  I can always use my hand-to-hand skills if it comes to that; it won’t be the first time I’ve had to do so.  At least Orcs don't have automatic weapons, but a knife or an arrow can be just as deadly as any bullet or IED.

There were no fires lit, so supper was once more a little bit of lembas and some water.  He knew they also had a sort of tonic with them, but they would not drink any of that until just before the battle.  

Elves seldom slept on a journey, but Steve was no Elf.  He rolled up in his blankets soon after sunset, and fell asleep quickly with the sound of soft Elvish singing in his ears.

“A!  Elbereth Gilthoniel!

silivren penna míriel

o menel aglar elenath,

Gilthoniel…"*

Steve had heard that one before.  He wondered if, in this world, an angel actually had put up the stars in the sky.  But the Bible stated that God had made the stars, and this world was supposed to be their own in the distant past.  That was as far as his speculations got before he drifted into slumber.  But in his dreams, he saw an ethereal woman with the appearance of an Elf.  She floated against an empty sky, and where she waved her hand, she left bright stars in her wake.  That was all he could remember when he wakened.  

He woke the next morning, feeling refreshed.  A hand shook him as he was waking up.  It was Lord Celeborn.

"Waken, Steven McCloud.  We must soon get in position for the battle."  

Steve quickly got up and rolled his blankets.  He was ready in two shakes, and took another small bite of lembas, and was going to go check on Loborros, when one of the Lothlórien Elves came up to him with a small bottle in his hand.

He spoke in a strongly accented voice: "Lord Celeborn says to partake of a small swallow.  Miruvor.

Steve knew that there was some alcohol in the tonic, but it was kind of like taking vitamins, and it was only a tiny sip.  He saw no good reason not to take a sip.  Like most Elven food or drink, it only took a very small amount to have a good effect.  It had a honey-like taste, and though the heat and bite of alcohol was still present, it was not overwhelming.   “Thank you,” he said, as he handed the bottle back.

Afterward, Steve went to the place where the horses were tethered.  They would not be riding, but would make their way silently to where they would ford the Celebrant and make their way across, to keep the orcs out of Lothlórien.  He hoped it would not be by a rope bridge; Rumil had mentioned that was how the Company in which the kids had been traveling had crossed.

He needn't have worried, though.  There were stones in the river.  They were slightly submerged, and not readily observable unless you were almost on them.  His hiking boots got wet, but only just to the ankles.  He carefully walked behind the Elves that went before him; his boots also had non-skid soles as well.  The river was wide at the ford, but fairly shallow. 

Soon enough, the trees on the other side were visible, along with thick underbrush, and the occasional sight of a flet.

Inglor, who was Lassiel's brother, gestured to a nearby flet, and Steve followed him up the rope ladder, which was then pulled up behind them.  Unlike the one at the Anduin, this one was much smaller and had no rails.

The two of them waited silently for some time when suddenly they heard a hiss from below, and they looked down to see another Elf.  The Elf gestured with his head and spoke one word: "Yrch!"

The Elf nocked his longbow, and Steve loaded a bolt into his crossbow, and they watched for signs of the orcs.  It didn't take long to see them.  There was one group of about one hundred.  They were headed straight for them, cutting a wide swath with wicked-looking scimitar-like blades, although some of them had weapons that looked sort of like machetes.  Steve saw no archers in the front, though there might be some farther back.  They were not in range of Steve and Inglor, but they were in someone else's range, because just then one of the Orcs sprouted an Elven arrow in its chest and went down.  Then another did.

Steve began shooting as soon as the Orcs came in range.  Inglor had already been shooting—his Elf-made longbow had more range than Steve's crossbow.  Steve also had to be careful; he did not have that many bolts for his crossbow, and he was trying to make every shot count.  Suddenly, he realized the Orcs at the foot of the tree were getting closer.  Without any warning, Inglor cast aside his bow, and with a fierce yell of "Ai!  Aure enteluva!", he leaped down on top of an Orc at the foot of the tree, his blade in his hand, which he plunged into the Orc's neck.  Black blood spurted out, but the Elf had rolled to his feet and took his knife to yet another of the enemy.  But Inglor did not see another Orc approaching from behind.  Steve only had three bolts left, and he shot the Orc from above.  The Elf gave Steve a look and a nod, and then turned to another enemy.  Steve's last two bolts were especially effective at close range.  There were only a few Orcs nearby, now.

He knew that if he were to continue fighting, he, too, would have to get to the ground.  The rope ladder would be too slow, and he'd be a target himself, but he also knew he couldn't jump down the way an Elf could.  He moved off the flet onto one of the supporting branches.  Lowering himself to hang from the branch with two hands, he briefly swung back and forth from the tree branch, and then launched himself.  He landed near some of the undergrowth and crouched there for a moment, drawing one of his knives. 

Soon Steve saw an Orc, alone, as Inglor had taken out most of them in the general vicinity, and he had moved on, silently tracking the enemy.  This Orc appeared to be a straggler, as it didn't seem to be in any hurry to re-join the others.  He recalled his training.  Once he started, he needed to end it as quickly as possible.  The Orc was clearly larger and stronger, and Steve would need to take it before it could use its own weapon, a nasty-looking thing with a jagged edge to it.  It was not a sword exactly—but it was definitely longer than his own knife.  

Steve came up behind his Orc and made a slash at the unarmoured back of the creature's neck. It wasn't much of a blow, but any strike would weaken the enemy he had been taught. But it turned with a roar.  Steve planted himself right in front of it, but not too close.  He took a step backwards with his back leg.  At the same time, he made a cutting move with his knife in a bottom-up direction from left to the right, as he'd been taught by his army instructor.  It struck the Orcs leather, but only scratched the surface.  Then before it could bring its own wicked-looking weapon to bear, he stepped forward with his front leg and delivered a straight blow to the throat.  He had planned to slit its throat, but instead, he must have hit an artery.  Black blood came gushing out. The Orc was strong, and even though it knew it was dying, it reached for Steve.  Steve lashed out with his knife, but it stuck in the armour on its arm.  He jerked back and then he saw it fall to its knees.  He moved about ten feet away.  He was too afraid of its strength to risk coming any closer to check if it was dead yet.  Please, Lord, let it die quickly and not suffer too much, he silently prayed. 

He would have to wait before his knife could be retrieved.  He didn't dare leave it; with most of his arrows gone, it was his only weapon.  He looked around nervously, but he didn't see anyone else, not Orcs or Elves.  He heaved a sigh of relief.  

But when he turned back, he did see someone—another Orc looking really ticked off, holding a bow.  There was an instant of terror, and the impact of something hard and heavy thudding into his body.  He was knocked to his back, and knew no more.

-oo000oo-

*A/N: Psalm 91:5 "You will not fear the terror of night, nor the arrow that flies by day." NIV

Information about the hand-to-hand combat and the knife fighting came from "The 9 dirtiest and most effective hand-to-hand combat moves" https://www.businessinsider.com/the-9-dirtiest-and-most-effective-hand-to-hand-combat-moves-2015-8 and "Alexander Popov Knife Combat" http://rageuniversity.com/PRISONESCAPE/PRISON%20FIGHTING%20AND%20WEAPONS/knife%20combat%20spetnaz.pdf


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 58: Give Me A Try

The day was once more gloomy; not as bad as it had been before the Battle of the Pelennor, but bad enough.  There was less work in the Houses of Healing now—those who had been there before the Army of the West left were either those who were direly hurt, or who had a long convalescence ahead.  The rest had been discharged.  Joey and the other boys were now mostly taking messages or picking up needed supplies from around the city.

Since Jennifer was not in training to be a healer, she'd been seconded to the laundresses, and even those who were in training, like Firieth, found themselves assigned there at least temporarily.  Since Jennifer had always used a washing machine to do the laundry and a dryer to dry it back home, she had almost everything to learn about doing laundry the old-fashioned way, and so the laundresses had taken it upon themselves to teach her how.  Jennifer found the work physically tiring; she had learned a few things in Rivendell as well as in Minas Tirith, but she began to realize that there were a lot more steps to take than what she had done before.

Yet even in the laundry, there was somewhat less work than before, and fewer hands needed to deal with it.  Suddenly, Jennifer had found herself with a half a day to kill.  Firieth was still needed, so she couldn't just hang around with her new friend.  What’s Joey up to? she wondered.

-oo000oo-

Joey and Bergil were making their way back to the upper levels.  They had been sent down to take a couple of messages, one to the Builder's Guild, about making repairs to the wing of the House of Healing that had been damaged by fire.  The other was to deliver an order for certain herbs not grown at the Houses of Healing, to an apothecary on the fourth level.  Since neither of the errands required an immediate answer, Dame Ioreth had told them to take the rest of the day off, once their messages had been delivered. They had been working every day since the Host left, and were about due for a half-day’s leisure.  

"What shall we do this afternoon?" asked Bergil.

Joey shrugged.  "I don't know," he said glumly.  "I wish we didn't have the time off.  I would rather be busy."  

Bergil sighed.  "I know.  I'm worried about my ada."

"And I'm worried about Kevin.  Everyone else that went, too, but especially Kevin.  When we aren't working, there's too much time to think about…things.”  Joey bit his lower lip and then sighed.  “I wish I could go and see Jennifer, but she's probably still working."

He looked over at Bergil.  "At home, we'd watch, er, plays," (that's what Joey had decided to call TV and movies, since they were kind of like plays, only on film; he knew it would be too hard to explain the other things).  "My friends and I at school, we like to play baseball, and I like to go skateboarding and ride my bicycle."  He paused in case Bergil had questions, although he had previously explained both bikes and skateboards to his friend.  "What do you do here, when you don't have to work?"

"Sometimes my friends and I find time to play ball, or to go down to the Pelennor to race each other.  But sometimes I just wander around the City and see if I can find someone who has a small job I can do."

"You just go up to strangers and ask if they need someone to do odd jobs?"  Joey was intrigued by this approach.  He'd never really ever thought of doing something like that.  But then, back home, children were discouraged from talking to strangers.

"Of course, why not?" asked Bergil.

Joey shook his head.  "Back where I come from, people want to know you before they hire you.  If you want a job, you have to apply for it, fill out papers and stuff like that."

Bergil raised an eyebrow at his friend.  Sometimes the customs of Joey's land seemed very odd.

"OK," Joey said, with a shrug.  Why not?  At least, it would be something to do.

So, they looked about them as they walked, as they entered the Fourth Circle saw a cart driver with several items he needed to unload.  Bergil nodded towards the man, and then gestured to Joey, and the two of them walked over.

"Excuse me, sir," said Bergil.  "Do you need some help?"

He glanced over at them and saw them in the livery of the Citadel.  "Now, I 't wouldn't want to take you away from your duties…"

"No, sir.  We have finished our errands for today," Bergil responded.

"Well, then, I will give you two brasses apiece to load them small boxes over there, while I load the last of this big stuff."

Bergil nodded.  "Fair enough."  And with that, the two boys walked over to a pile of small wooden boxes.  They were not especially heavy; they were only about a pound to a pound and a half apiece.  And there looked to be about fifty of them.  The two boys began to pick them up and load them into the cart.  

A brass was the smallest of the coins of Minas Tirith, about half the size of a penny.  But it bought more than a penny would back home.  He and Jen had talked about it one day, and the two of them figured that the buying power of a brass was probably close to fifty cents back home, for most things.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer had been disappointed to not find her little brother down in the room where the errand boys waited for their assignments, and was told that their last errand of the day had been down into the City, and that they might or might not come back right away, as Joey and Bergil would be off duty for the rest of the day.  They'd have to be back by curfew—which was at sundown.  She sighed; maybe she would find them before that, or maybe not.  The two boys knew their way around the City a lot better than she did.  Firieth was working, of course, and her other roommates were sleeping.  It looked like she was on her own.  At home, she might have watched TV or gone online, or even read a book.  Those things were not an option here.  The few books she'd had with her were back in Rivendell, and she didn't know how to read the writing here in Middle-earth.

She remembered talking to Nicole one time, during a weekend sleepover at Jennifer’s house a few months before the camping trip; they had both been splayed across her bed in her bedroom, feeling rather bored…

"Can you imagine," asked Nicole, who was always imagining things, "what if you were stranded on an island with no other people, and you had enough food and a tent for shelter, but you didn't have anything else with you—no books, no music, no one else to talk to.  What would you do?"

Jennifer made a face.  “Sounds like Robinson Crusoe, and I don’t think I want to imagine it!”

"Imagine it, anyway.  How would you entertain yourself?"

Jennifer shrugged.  "I guess I could sing.  I know a lot of songs, but it would probably not be fun to sing alone a lot."

"Mostly you'd have to think," said Nicole.  You could maybe get a stick and write in the sand."

They began to try and think, and things eventually got absurd, and they started giggling.  But the question really was a hard one…

One of the things Nicole had suggested was to explore the island.  I haven't really had a chance to explore the City, Jennifer thought.  She left the area of the Houses of Healing and decided to see if she could see the Citadel.  It had been looming in the background, and they had not really seen much of it except for that one night they’d eaten dinner with Boromir, and then they had been preoccupied.  

She wandered uphill, and then found herself going through the archway in the stone wall that led to the courtyard.  She saw the fountain and the tree there.  The Tree was withered and grey.  A few Citadel Guards stood posted, surrounding it.  Joey would love to climb that tree, but it wouldn’t be safe since it’s dead, she thought.  And she knew the tree was special.  The guards would not be letting a kid play in it.  He would be in big trouble if he tried.

There was a nice bench there, and she sat down to think.  I wonder what Kevin’s doing right now, she thought.  Riding a horse, obviously, since they were heading East.  But somehow, she thought it would be a good time to pray for him.  She bowed her head and took a deep breath.  Lord, please, wherever he is, take care of Kevin.  Help him and guide him. Please don't let him get hurt or…or killed.  He's the only big brother I've got.  I'd miss him dreadfully, and I don't want him to be gone that way.  She took a deep breath.  I know maybe I'm being selfish.  Help me not to be selfish, but I do want him to be safe.  I really do, God.

Jennifer bit her lower lip.  She could not wish that Kevin would do anything other than what God was calling him to do, but she did yearn for him to live to tell her about it when it was over, and they were all reunited with their parents.  Besides, it wasn’t only Jennifer who would grieve if he died; so would his other brother and sisters, and their parents.  And their Aunt Janet and Uncle Ryan and all of Kevin’s friends.  Please spare our mom and daddy that grief, God.  Please, I don’t want to have to tell them he’s never coming back home.  Please keep him alive and safe while he’s in that battle.

Jennifer bit her lower lip.  In her anxiety about Kevin, she was forgetting others!  And Frodo and Sam, too!  Please, God, guide them, provide for them, keep them both safe, and help them finish what they're in Mordor for.  Help them to destroy that Ring.  And please protect Aragorn and Boromir and Legolas and Gimli and Merry and Pippin, too.  And Kevin!  Please take care of them all; please guide them and help them, and please don't let any of them get hurt or killed.

She took a deep breath.  Thank You, God.  In Jesus’ name, amen.

Raising her head, Jennifer smiled ruefully.  At least Joey was safe in Minas Tirith.  I wish I knew where he is now!  And what he’s up to.

-oo000oo-

Joey and Bergil proudly pocketed their two brasses.  It wasn't very much, but they had helped someone and earned some money.  Joey hoped he could buy some candy with his.  They went up the street and saw a dog that came up to them, wagging its tail just outside a shop.  They stopped for a few minutes to play with it.

"I have a dog," Joey said.  "Well, not just me—she belongs to the whole family.  But she's back in Rivendell with my little sister.  I miss playing with her."  He smiled sadly.  “She was just a little puppy when we left Rivendell.  I’ll bet she’s grown a lot since then!”

"Ada and I had a cat.  She was a good mouser.  We got her after Nana and Borlas went away."  Bergil sighed.  "When the war started, we gave her to the widow next door to take care of her for us.  Ada gave her some money to feed the cat, he said.  But we were really having an excuse to give the widow money.  Squeaky did not really need to be fed much, but she did like a little bowl of cream sometimes." 

The dog turned around, and its black ears perked up as its owner came out of the shop.  It went over to him, wagging once more.  The owner patted its head and looked over to the boys.  "I see that Morpôd found some company.”  He took a coin out of his pocket and flipped it in their direction.  Bergil caught it in mid-air.

"Thank you, sir!  But you don't need to pay us!"  They had not planned to make a job out of the little dog.

The man just winked at them, and walked away, with Morpôd trotting obediently at his heels.

The two boys stood up, and Bergil showed Joey the coin.  "It's just a copper," he said.  "Worth about a fourth of a silver.  But we can get two brasses for it to divide it up."

Joey nodded agreement, and they meandered up the street a little more.  The next several shops were still boarded up, and one had some damage from the war.  Then they saw two women at the next shop.  It, too, had some damage, and the women were trying to clean it up.

"Do you need some help?" asked Joey.

The women looked surprised.  "We can't pay you," one of them said.  "But we've some sausage rolls on the hearth."

The other looked at them closely.  "Are you off duty?" she asked.

"Yes," Bergil answered, and Joey nodded.

The older of the two smiled at them.  “I am Dess, and this is my sister-in-law, Paniel."

The boys introduced themselves as well.

So, for the next little while, the boys assisted the two women, moving broken stones and debris to the side of the street, for those who wanted it to pick up and take away.  A person trying to repair a damaged home or shop might could use it for their own repairs.  They also helped the ladies shore up a damaged beam with a beam they had taken from the shop next door.

"When they left, they said they'd not be back, so we do not think it wrong to take the beam from their shop," said Dess.

By the time the four of them had managed to raise the borrowed beam up to hold the old beam in place, they were all tired and ready to have a break.  The boys sat on the floor, and one of the women had a stool to sit upon, and the other was seated on a box.  The four of them sipped mint tea, and ate the spicy sausages wrapped in dough.

The younger woman, Paniel, explained that it was a sausage shop that belonged to her two brothers, one of whom was married to Dess.  The brothers were off with the army, and the women wanted to repair the shop so it could reopen when the brothers returned.

Joey thought the sausages were really spicy, spicier than pepperoni, which he liked.  But the crusty bread wrapped around it helped it not be too hot—well, spicy-hot, because it was still pretty hot from the fireplace.

"This is very good sausage," said Bergil.  "I think my father brought some of this home for dinner once."

"It would not surprise me.”  Paniel smiled.  “My brothers use our father's secret spice blend.  We still have many cured sausages hanging in the room below, which is thankfully mostly undamaged.  Would you like to see them?"

Having finished the meal, Joey and Bergil were shown to a door at the back of the tiny shop.  Paniel lit a small lamp and led them down a narrow stairway, and then when they reached the bottom, she lit a much larger lamp that stood upon a shelf.

Joey stared up at the dark beams on the ceilings and saw sausages of all shapes and sizes hanging down from hooks on the beams.  There were long strings of small sausages linked together, like he had only seen before in old cartoons.  Across the room, there was a really thick sausage nearly three feet long, hanging down.

"These are all of the cured ones we have.  We brought everything in from the smokehouse behind the shop before Hathor and Harlond marched off with the army."

She showed them around the room, and then she thanked the boys for all their help.  "You lads work up at the Houses of Healing, do you not?"

Both boys nodded, as Joey said, "Yes, we do."

She nodded.  "I thought so."  She took a small knife from her apron and cut off about a dozen of the linked sausages.  "We would like to help.  If you would, take these up with you, and ask that someone in authority to see that the sausage is served to the injured warriors."

She wrapped them up in waxed linen, and the boys thanked Dess and Paniel for their generous gift and were soon on the way.  “I hope there’s a store here when we could buy some candy,” Joey said.

"I do not think there are any sweet shops, but we can save our money for the next market day.  There is a woman with a cart who sometimes sells sugared nuts," said Bergil.

Joey sighed and nodded.  It was one of the hardest things about Middle-earth.  Things like candy, which were cheap and plentiful at home, were rare and hard to find here, sometimes.

-oo000oo-

"Jennifer!" 

Jennifer looked up, startled.  She had been deep in thought.  "Merry!  I didn't even see you." 

"I could tell," the hobbit said wryly.  "We—"  He gestured behind him where Jennifer could see Faramir and Éowyn, who were slowly strolling in their direction.  "—were headed to the gardens of the Houses of Healing.  Would you like to join us?"

Jennifer nodded.  "Yes, I think I would.  I had thought of searching for my little brother, who's out in the city today, but this is a very big city…"  She sighed.  "…so I gave up on that.  How are you doing, Merry?  What have you been up to?"

The hobbit chuckled.  "I've been trying my hand at matchmaking."  He gestured with a nod and a look at the couple who were strolling up to them.  "It's hard to tell how well I am doing."  He frowned and lowered his voice to a whisper.  "They talk for hours, but they hardly ever smile, and they haven't even held hands yet."

Jennifer spoke up, as the two were close enough now to hear them.  "Hello, Lord Faramir and Lady Éowyn!"

"Good day, Jennifer!"  Éowyn looked pleased to see her, and Faramir gave her a nod of greeting.  "How do you fare, today?"

"I'm all right," she replied.  "I'm at a loose end today; they didn't need my help in the Houses, so I really don't have anything in particular to do.  Merry invited me to join you in the gardens?"  She ended on a questioning note.  While she was sure that Merry welcomed their company, she wasn't so sure about the Steward's son and the Lady of Rohan.

"We would be glad to have you…Jennifer," Faramir said.  While Jennifer had told Faramir not to call her "Lady", she could tell that he was having to make an effort to be so informal.

Both of them still had their arms in slings, Faramir to spare his left shoulder, and Éowyn to support her broken right arm.  They had been walking side by side, their uninjured arms in the middle, and Jennifer could see what Merry meant: their hands were almost close enough to touch.  But they were not holding hands, and they had not been as they walked up.  She wondered if they still had not decided they were together, or if it was just the slow way people in Middle-earth seemed to do these things.  She couldn't help thinking about Aragorn and Arwen's forty-year betrothal…

The four of them made their way down the single level to the Houses of Healing, but headed out to the gardens.  They were to the north of the buildings, which were mostly low and single story or two, at the most, so that the Sun shone against the stone wall at the back.  There were fruit trees espaliered against the wall, cherry, peach, plum, and pear.  Of course, it was way too early for fruit there, but the cherry trees had begun to bud, and the others were starting to come into leaf.  Few herbs were in bloom, but the perennials were already fully leafed out, and the scents of rosemary, mint, savoury, balm, and basil were heady; even some of the other herbs had begun to leaf.  Creeping thyme grew on the paths between the beds and released its scent when stepped on.  The smoky smells left from the battle were here held at bay.

Gradually, Jennifer and Merry fell behind, allowing Faramir and Éowyn to walk on ahead of them.  The couple did not seem to notice.  "We need to stay where we can see them," said Merry.  "We don't need to be close enough to hear.  At least that's the way my mother always does, when she has courting couples to watch over."

Jennifer looked at Merry, surprised.  "Is that what we are doing?"  She hadn't thought of herself as a chaperone!

Merry looked up at her, his expression both serious and amused somehow.  "The Lord Faramir and the Lady Éowyn are of the highest blood in their lands.  They'd have all kinds of gossip to endure if they were out on their own without someone to watch over them.  I'm handy right now, having no other special duties.  Besides, it would be a very good thing for them to get together—they have a lot in common."

He glanced down at the fragrant herb bed they walked between and inhaled a deep breath.  "I could almost imagine myself at home in the Shire, with all the scents!  Frodo would love this garden, and so would Sam."

Jennifer smiled.  “Sam would love it even more than Frodo, wouldn’t he?”

"Well, he'd be eager to get down and dig, he would, and put his hands in the soil, that's for certain.  I wouldn't mind it myself," he added.  "I love herbs."  He went over to a small tree, no more than four feet high, with a thin trunk and a round canopy of large dark flat leaves.  "This is a nice bay," he said.  "They don't grow well in the Shire, except in the Southfarthing."

Jennifer had no idea Merry liked to garden, too.  "Do you have a garden?"

"Not my own.  But I help tend my mother's, at Brandy Hall.  Of course, the gardeners do the main work.  But I know how to plant and prune and weed and all, too."  His eyes, which had been mostly on the plants, looked up to check on Faramir and Éowyn.  The two of them had found a bench, and were speaking animatedly.  They appeared to laugh briefly, and Merry grinned.  "There!  That's a good thing, now!"

Jennifer laughed, too.  "You are a hoot, Merry!"

"What did you call me?"

"A 'hoot'!  It means you are very funny, in a good way!"  She thought for a minute. "I think maybe it's like if you find something funny, and you kind of hoot when you laugh."

"Well, then I thank you for the compliment, Jennifer!"  Merry grinned.

"Tell me more about the Shire, Merry.  I really wish I could see it for myself!"

The two of them found another bench, one where they could still see Faramir and Eowyn speaking, and Merry began with Buckland, painting a picture for her of life in Buckland, along the Brandywine River.  "…of course, Buckland is not in the Shire proper.  We are our own little land, and my father is its Master.  But we are thrown in with the Shire on many things, and the farmers in the Marish on the other bank look to the Master of Brandy Hall more than they do to the Thain in Tookland…"

Jennifer interrupted.  "Merry, Pippin says his father is a farmer, but then he also says his father is 'The Thain', which seems pretty important."

"Well, strictly speaking, both are true.  Uncle Paladin was not really meant to be Thain, but the Old Thain Ferumbras never married or had children, so that put Paladin in line.  But Paladin had a farm in Whitwell, one of the Tookish holdings.  That's where Pippin grew up.  But when Pip was fifteen, Ferumbras decided to step down as Thain, and so Paladin took over.  Puts Pip in line to take over after his father, which Pip doesn't really want.  So, Pippin tends to think of his father as the farmer Paladin was, when Pip was still a child."

Jennifer nodded, impressed.  “Is a Thain some sort of ruler, then?”

"Yes and no.  I mean, most of the Thain's duties are small.  He sees to the upkeep of the Brandywine Bridge and the Great East-West Road, which mostly consists of chivvying the landholders in that vicinity to check the bridge and fill in the potholes near their land every couple of years.  And he's in charge of the Shire Muster.  But they haven't had to be called out in well over a hundred years, back when Old Bilbo was a tween, and the wolves attacked when the Brandywine River froze over.  And he does have to preside over the convocation of the Families, if they have them—which they also haven't had to do as far back as I can remember."

"Is that it?"  Jennifer was surprised.  Was that all the government hobbits had?  “You mean, he doesn’t make and enforce laws and stuff like that?  He doesn’t run the Shire’s government?”

Merry looked surprised now.  "The Mayor is in charge of the Shirriffs and the Shire Post.  But the Shirriffs mostly are in charge of keeping stray animals out of people's gardens, taking lost children home, and also the occasional drunks; there are twelve of them, three for each Farthing of the Shire.  As for laws, the king gave us the laws when he gave hobbits the Shire.  That's all the laws we need.  If someone doesn't keep the law, their family punishes them, or if they are often lawbreakers, they are banished from the Shire.  But that's rather rare."

"Even murderers?" she asked.

Merry looked both shocked and offended.  "There has never been a deliberate murder in the Shire, though there've been a few wrongful deaths, which were accidental, but caused by someone who could've avoided it if they'd used any sense."

"Wow."  Jennifer thought of home.  There were always murders in the news.  Some were definitely murders people planned out in advance, while others were not planned out, though still intended.  She recalled that the very week before they had come on their camping trip, someone had pulled out a gun and shot at a car just because the other car had passed them!  He had killed two of the passengers, one of whom was a little six-year-old girl.  It had been on the local news; it had made Kaylee cry when the reporter had showed a picture of the little girl and interviewed her grandparents, who had also been crying and saying the person should go to jail forever.  What would it be like to live in a country where there were no murders, no terrorists, no people waving around and shooting guns off and killing little kids?

Merry is so lucky, she thought wistfully.  The Shire must be really peaceful, to have people like that!  People who would never murder anybody.  People who never even want to murder anybody!  I wish our world was like that.  It will be during the Millennium, I know, but I wish it was like that now.

Merry looked at her.  "You know, hobbits are a little different than Men.  We have very little inclination to violence, though if we are threatened, we do our best in a pinch.”

Jennifer looked back at him for a long moment.  “Yeah, I believe you do,” she said slowly, recalling how Merry had fought in Moria, and when the orcs were trying to capture him along with Pippin—and how he and Eowyn had killed the chief Ringwraith.  Hobbits weren't completely peaceful, but at least they only used violence when they had to.

-oo000oo-

Bergil and Joey raced uphill.  Bergil was taller, and was able to outpace him, but Joey was glad he was almost keeping up with the other boy, and tried to run faster—but so did Bergil.  The Gondorian boy put on another burst of speed and stopped in the Houses of Healing courtyard at the well, huffing and puffing and laughing breathlessly.

"I won!" he said.

Joey was breathing too hard to respond at first, as he bent over slightly with his hands on his knees.  Finally, he stood up and managed to say, "No kidding."

The two boys walked more slowly towards the main building of the Houses of Healing and then went in search of Dame Ioreth.  They finally located her returning from the Apothecary's rooms.

"Dame Ioreth," said Bergil, "we have something for you."

She looked surprised, since the two lads had been off for the afternoon.  "What is it, then, boys?" she asked.

"We helped two women who were cleaning up the rubble from their shop down in the Fourth Circle, and it was a sausage shop.  When we were done, one of them gave us some sausages to bring up here, to help with feeding the wounded!"

"Who were these women?" Dame Ioreth asked.

"They were named Dess and Paniel," said Joey.  "Paniel said her brothers were in the army."

"Ah!  I know that shop!  This is indeed a wonderful gift for our wounded warriors!"  She smiled, and the two boys handed the sausages over.

"What have you in mind for the rest of your day?  There is still daylight left."

"We thought we might try to find my sister, Dame Ioreth," Joey answered.

She nodded and smiled again.  "I believe someone spied her sitting in the courtyard of the Citadel not long ago.  Be sure to be back in the dormitory before curfew."

"Yes, Mistress," replied Bergil.  Joey nodded, and they started to walk up to the Citadel.

-oo000oo-

Merry touched Jennifer's arm.  "Look!"

Jennifer looked ahead.  A man had approached Faramir and Éowyn, and he was speaking to them.  Faramir nodded, spoke briefly to Éowyn, and left.  Turning around, Eowyn smiled at Merry and Jennifer and approached them.

“I would like to explore the City,” she said.  “Why do we not leave this garden and take a walk before sunset?”

Jennifer and Merry exchanged glances and nodded.  “Sure,” Jennifer said.  “I’d like that.”

“So would I,” Merry added.

The three of them left the gardens and started to take a walk down the Sixth Level.  Suddenly, Jennifer heard a young, familiar voice calling behind her: “Hey, Jennifer, Merry, wait up!”

The three of them whirled around to find Joey and Bergil walking towards them.  

“Joey!” Jennifer cried, as he halted in front of her.  “I tried to find you this morning, but I didn’t know where you were.”

“Yeah, well, Bergil and I have been busy doing stuff.”  Joey glanced at his companion.  “We’ve got some time off, so we thought we’d spend it exploring.”  He raised a hand in greeting.  "Hi, Lady Éowyn."  With a smile, she nodded in greeting.

“We did a few odd jobs around the City,” Bergil added.

Jennifer looked at the sky.  “We’ve got some time left to walk before we have to go back.  Why don’t we all walk together?”

“Sure.  And hey, guess what!  Bergil and I got to earn some money today!” Joey said, grinning at his sister.  “We helped some people here and there, and they paid us for it.  We helped a man load a cart, and also watched someone's dog, and they both tipped us.  And then we helped two women clean up the stones and trash around their shop.  They gave us some really good sausage.  And we took some sausage to Dame Ioreth for the wounded!”

“We each earned two brasses, and together, we received a copper,” Bergil added.

"That's nice!  Well, let's go walking while the sun is still out."  Jennifer smiled, and the five of them hurried down the street.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 59: Seize the Day

He was completely unprepared when suddenly a single orc leaped at him from behind a boulder.  Bron reared up unexpectedly, and one of his hooves clipped the creature on the head.  Kevin was thrown to the ground.  The orc fell back, and Bron took off at a gallop into the unknown.  He eyed the orc warily as he drew his sword.

The orc, thankfully, was armed with only a knife, and it was moving awkwardly and slowly after the knock on its head.  But it was an orc, and fierce, and it came at him.  Kevin swung with all his might, and cut the arm with which it was holding the knife.  Then he swung again, giving it a gash in the torso.  He must have hit an artery.  It fell back to the ground, gushing black blood.  Kevin knew it would die, and that he should kill it now, but he couldn't bring himself to just stab it to death when it couldn't strike back.

Kevin shook his head, and went to the ground and sat there.  He wouldn't leave it to die alone, either.  So, he sat and watched as it died, and then when he realized that it was gone, he broke down and sobbed.  He was a failure.  He was alone and horseless in a wilderness, and all he had brought with him, save his waterskin, was gone with Bron.  His message would never reach the others on time, and he could not make it back the way he had come on foot.  And it was very likely there were other orcs around somewhere.

He didn't expect an answer; his prayers had gone nowhere for days.  But he reverted to his habits that he'd been taught since childhood.  "Lord," he wept, "please, please, help me!"  (From Chapter 56, "Shadowland") 

Kevin sighed, and sniffed, and wiped a dirty hand across his face.  He heard something rather odd, almost like the distant sound of a helicopter, yet softer and less rhythmic.  He shook his head; he was hearing things...

But suddenly a mighty wind came up, blowing dust in his direction.  And when he could see again, he really thought he might be hallucinating: there before him was a golden eagle the size of an airliner!

"Hail," it said.  "I am Landroval.  How may I help you?"

And at that moment, Kevin recalled some of the stories he'd heard since he came to Middle-earth, of the Great Eagles who came to the rescue.  He remembered that some had rescued Bilbo and his Dwarf friends.  And one had rescued Gandalf from Saruman.  And one had taken him to Lothlórien after he had come back to life—had it been the same one? he wondered.

And then he remembered the verse that the Lady Galadriel had sent to him when he and Aragorn, Legolas, and Gimli had found Gandalf in the woods.

"Son of the west, the time has come to put away childish things.

Don the full armour of righteousness, and gird yourself with truth.

Into battle, you shall be born on eagle's wings.

Take up the warrior's way, and put behind your youth."

"You were sent for me?" Kevin asked hesitantly.

"Yes.  The time has come for my brothers and I to once more intervene.  We were coming this way already, when I was told to speed ahead and look for you."

Thank You, Lord, Kevin prayed silently.  He truly had been at the end of his rope.  He stood up, his legs a little wobbly, and eyed his gigantic rescuer.  “You’ll have to excuse me.  I’ve never seen an eagle so huge before.  Or one that can talk!”

The Eagle gave a high-pitched screech, and somehow Kevin had the impression that the giant bird was laughing at him.  Landroval bent down and leaned sideways in Kevin's direction, spreading out his wings.  "I have been told it is more comfortable for you little people to ride upon my back.  Climb up, and come just behind my neck and in front of my wings.  Or if you prefer, I can carry you in my talons?"

Kevin looked alarmed and shook his head.  "Uh, on your back will be fine, thanks!  Er, Landroval, how do I hold on?"  He climbed on the Eagle’s back as he spoke. 

Again, the Eagle made the laughing screech.  "You will figure it out, young one."

As the great bird launched itself into the air, Kevin gave a strangled squawk of his own, and began to tightly grip some of the feathers in front of him.  Landroval did not object, and so Kevin held firmly and began to get used to the sensation of flying on top of a living creature.

This is sure different from flying in an airplane! he thought wryly, and then shook his head and rolled his eyes.  Good one, Captain Obvious!

They flew higher and higher, and soon he realized that they had passed through the nasty fumes of the dark clouds, and they were above, in a clear blue sky.  It was amazing and beautiful.

In his head—for they were going too fast for him to do it out loud—he began to sing a familiar song.

And he will raise you up

on eagle's wings…

As the song finished running through his head, Kevin couldn't help thinking how beautiful it was up so high above all the evil that Sauron had made below.  The enemy ends, he thought, with a smile.  Sauron can't reach this high, and thank goodness!  He bit his lower lip and tightened his clutch on Landroval’s feathers.  I sure hope that Landroval gets me to Aragorn in time to be of some use!

They glided on for some time, and then Kevin spied the tiny looking, though vast, army below, and just past it, the incredibly massive walls and gates of Mordor.  Kevin shuddered at the sight.  

The army was just beyond two hills of what seemed to be rubble from this distance.  But Landroval began to descend in a slow spiral while they were still a mile or so from the hills.  The Great Eagle landed upon the ground. 

"Why did we stop here?" Kevin asked.

"My brothers have summoned me to join them," answered Landroval, "and I ask you to say nothing of my presence, nor of the aid I gave you."

Kevin's first thought was to protest, but he took a deep breath and nodded.  He was sure there were reasons that Landroval did not want the army to know the Eagles were coming.

He stood there and watched as the Great Eagle took off and soared quickly out of sight, and then began to stride towards those hills in the distance.  Please, God, let me get to them in time!

Kevin walked quickly, but he was only about halfway to the first of the two hills, when he saw someone on horseback descending.  The horse and rider galloped towards him, and Kevin was alarmed to see the rider holding a spear aimed at him.  

"Stop!" Kevin yelled.  "I'm on your side!"

The rider lowered his spear and slowed to a walk as he came near Kevin.  He was dressed in the livery of a Citadel Guard, and looked a little familiar.

"Kevin, son of Steven?"  

Kevin nodded.  "I am afraid I don’t remember your name, though your face is familiar…"

"I am Adrahil, son of Mardil.  You may perhaps have seen me with Peregrin, son of Paladin, who is in my company.  How come you here, alone and with no horse?"

"Lords Éothain and Amrothos sent me with a message for Aragorn and Gandalf.  My horse bolted a while back, so now I’m walking."  Kevin replayed his words in his head; he was trying to be as truthful as he could without mentioning Eagles.   

"I will bring you to them," said Adrahil, and replacing his spear into the holder by his saddle, he reached a hand down and helped Kevin up onto the horse behind him.  

-oo000oo-

Pippin shuddered.  Aragorn had told him to get ready to represent his people when they went forth to meet the envoy of Mordor at the Black Gate and deliver their challenge.  He supposed it was better than just going headlong into battle as soon as they broke camp, because the more long drawn-out they could make it before the actual fighting, the more time they gained for Frodo.  Looking at those massive gates that were so big, it strained his neck to look up at them.  He seriously doubted that any fight would last long enough to do Frodo any good.

He went to the small basin that held water for washing, and splashed some on his face.  He couldn't have a proper wash, because he did not want to foul the water for others who would need to use it.  He'd have to leave his friend Beregond and the few men of the city who were not in the Guard, since he had joined in with the Guardsmen.  He would be riding with Boromir again.  But Boromir had promised him that he would let him down to go join his comrades before the fighting started.

Feeling refreshed, Pippin turned to go see about getting some of the dry rations that were being given out for breakfast.  It basically consisted of hard tack—a kind of leathery dry bread that was a real challenge to the teeth and had no flavour at all.  He also had some watered-down ale.

Just then, he heard a familiar but unexpected voice call out his name.  "Pippin!"

Pippin whirled around and stared at his friend, open-mouthed.  "Kevin!  How did you get here?  Why are you here?"

Kevin laughed.  "I flew."  And back home, he thought with a grin, nobody would question that answer!

Pippin rolled his eyes, and then laughed in his turn.  "Seriously—what are you doing here?"

"I have messages for Aragorn and Gandalf."  Kevin’s face turned serious as he spoke.  He wasn't sure just how useful his message would be, since there might not be anyone left after this battle who might run into the reinforcements for Sauron's side coming up from the South.

Pippin took one look at his face and nodded.  "I'll take you to them."

The two of them made their way through the various soldiers' encampments to the place where the commanders had set up their tent.  The two guards by the tent waved Pippin and Kevin in, where Kevin saw Gandalf, Aragorn, and Boromir standing over a table and looking at a map, along with Éomer, Prince Imrahil, Halbarad, Legolas, Gimli, and Elladan and Elrohir.  He exchanged a glance with Pippin.

"We will hold the high ground as long as we can do so…" Aragorn was saying, when he looked up.  "Kevin!  What are you doing here?"

"I was sent by Lord Éothain and Lord Amrothos with a message."  As Pippin listened next to him, Kevin explained about the discovery that there were yet more Southrons moving up the Great Southern Road.

Aragorn looked at the dismay on the faces of the other leaders, and sighed.  But Gandalf spoke up.  "We will give word to the troops that should there be survivors at the end of the battle, to regroup to the north, and to flee north, rather than west or south."

"What is our next step?" asked Imrahil.

"We need to array our army as best we may, on the high ground, and then we commanders should ride towards the Black Gates and issue our challenge."

Gandalf looked down at Pippin.  "You are with Boromir, Peregrin.  Kevin, I think that you, too, should be a witness.  Will someone give Kevin a ride?"

Elladan looked over at Kevin.  "I will, if he wishes it so."

Kevin nodded.  "Thank you."

Kevin followed Elladan and his brother out to the horse-line.  While the commanders were arraying the host up on those two big hills of stone and earth, the twin sons of Elrond prepared the horses for the harrowing, but short, ride to the Black Gate.  In addition to the leaders, they would also be taking an honour guard with banners, and a couple of heralds and trumpeters.

Finally, the group set out.  Pippin rode behind Boromir, Gimli behind Legolas, and Kevin behind Elladan.  Éomer, Imrahil, and Elrohir rode unencumbered.  Behind them rode the honour guard, and flanking them were the two heralds and the two trumpeters.

Slowly, they picked their way among pools of nasty-smelling mud and piles of rubble.  They came within earshot of the Morannon, and unfurled the banner, the black, bejewelled banner that Arwen had made for Aragorn, and the trumpeters blew upon their trumpets; and the heralds stood out and sent their voices up over the battlement of Mordor.

“Come forth!” they cried.  “Let the Lord of the Black Land come forth!  Justice shall be done upon him.  For wrongfully he has made war upon Gondor and wrested its lands.  Therefore the King of Gondor demands that he should atone for his evils, and depart then forever.  Come forth!”

There was a long silence, broken only by the sounds of the horses' occasional snorts or the creaking of their leather tack.  Kevin thought the silence would never end, and they were about to turn away.

Just when it seemed nothing would happen, and just as Kevin and his companions started to turn in the opposite direction, there was a loud metallic screeching sound, and a crack slowly appeared between the Black Gates, outlining a door.  Suddenly, there was a thud that made Kevin jerk with its suddenness.  In the next instant, the middle door of the Black Gate was thrown open with a great clang, and out of it there came an embassy from the Dark Tower.

At its head there rode a tall and evil shape, mounted upon a black horse, if horse it was; for it was huge and hideous, and its face was a frightful mask, more like a skull than a living head, and in the sockets of its eyes and in its nostrils there burned a flame.

The rider, Kevin noticed, was as hideous as his mount.  He winced at the sight.  What is he?  Is he a man?  Is he some kind of monster I haven't heard of yet?  He gaped in horror at the rider’s black robe and black helmet, and then at the rider’s face.  He's hideous!  Behind the repulsive-looking rider came only a small company of black-harnessed soldiery, and a single banner, black but bearing on it in red the Evil Eye.

The helmet was skull-like, and as he grew nearer, Kevin realized that the rider’s mouth was bigger than any human mouth had a right to be.  As he halted a few paces before the Captains of the West he looked them up and down and laughed.

“I am the Mouth of Sauron.  Is there anyone in this rout with authority to treat with me?” he asked.  “Or indeed with wit to understand me?  Not thou at least!” he mocked, turning to Aragorn with scorn.  “It needs more to make a king than a piece of elvish glass, or a rabble such as this.  Why, any brigand of the hills can show as good a following!”

Kevin was surprised when Aragorn did not say anything, but took the other's eye and held it, and for a moment they had a staring contest; but soon, though Aragorn did not stir nor move hand to weapon, the Mouth of Sauron cringed and flinched as if Aragorn had threatened to strike him.  “I am a herald and ambassador, and may not be assailed!” he cried.  

Kevin found himself wishing Aragorn had just chopped the creature's head off.

“Where such laws hold,” said Gandalf, “it is also the custom for ambassadors to use less insolence.  But no one has threatened you.  You have naught to fear from us, until your errand is done.  But unless your master has come to new wisdom, then with all his servants you will be in great peril.”

“So!” said the Messenger.  “Then thou art the spokesman, old greybeard?  Have we not heard of thee at whiles, and of thy wanderings, ever hatching plots and mischief at a safe distance?  But this time thou hast stuck out thy nose too far, Master Gandalf; and thou shalt see what comes to him who sets his foolish webs before the feet of Sauron the Great.  I have tokens that I was bidden to show to thee—to thee in especial, if thou shouldst dare to come.”  He signed to one of his guards, and who came forward bearing a bundle swathed in black cloths.

The Messenger put these aside, and there to the wonder and dismay of all the Captains he held up first the short sword that Sam had carried, and next a grey cloak with an elven-brooch, and last the coat of mithril-mail that Frodo had worn wrapped in his tattered garments.  A blackness came before their eyes, and it seemed to them in a moment of silence that the world stood still, but their hearts were dead and their last hope gone.

Kevin saw it was too much for Pippin, who cried out, "Frodo!"  Kevin wanted to do the same, but Elladan had put a firm hand on his arm, which kept him silent.

“Silence!” said Gandalf sternly, but the Messenger laughed aloud.

“So you have yet another of these imps with you!” he cried.  “What use you find in them I cannot guess; but to send them as spies into Mordor is beyond even your accustomed folly.  Still, I thank him, for it is plain that this brat at least has seen these tokens before, and it would be vain for you to deny them now.”

“I do not wish to deny them,” said Gandalf.  “Indeed, I know them all and all their history, and despite your scorn, foul Mouth of Sauron, you cannot say as much.  But why do you bring them here?”

“Dwarf-coat, elf-cloak, blade of the downfallen West, and spy from the little rat-land of the Shire-nay; do not start! We know it well—here are the marks of a conspiracy.  Now, maybe he that bore these things was a creature that you would not grieve to lose, and maybe otherwise: one dear to you, perhaps? If so, take swift counsel with what little wit is left to you.  For Sauron does not love spies, and what his fate shall be depends now on your choice.”

No one answered him; but he saw their faces grey with fear and the horror in their eyes, and he laughed again, for it seemed to him that his sport went well.  “Good, good!” he said.  “He was dear to you, I see.  Or else his errand was one that you did not wish to fail?  It has.  And now he shall endure the slow torment of years, as long and slow as our arts in the Great Tower can contrive, and never be released, unless maybe when he is changed and broken, so that he may come to you, and you shall see what you have done.  This shall surely be-unless you accept my Lord's terms.”

“Name the terms,” said Gandalf steadily, but Kevin saw the sorrow on his face.  He was sure that Gandalf had to be completely crushed by this news.

“These are the terms,” said the Messenger, and smiled as he eyed them one by one.  “The rabble of Gondor and its deluded allies shall withdraw at once beyond the Anduin, first taking oaths never again to assail Sauron the Great in arms, open or secret.  All lands east of Anduin shall be Sauron's for ever, solely.  West of the Anduin as far as the Misty Mountains and the Gap of Rohan shall be tributary to Mordor, and men there shall bear no weapons, but shall have leave to govern their own affairs.  But they shall help to rebuild Isengard which they have wantonly destroyed, and that shall be Sauron's, and there his lieutenant shall dwell: not Saruman, but one more worthy of trust.”

Kevin saw the triumphant look on his ugly face, and figured he was planning to be the one to take Saruman's place.

Gandalf shook his head.  “This is much to demand for the delivery of one servant, however beloved: that your Master should receive in exchange what he must else fight many a war to gain!  Or has the field of Gondor destroyed his hope in war, so that he falls to haggling?  And if indeed we rated this prisoner so high, what surety have we that Sauron the Base Master of Treachery, will keep his part?  Where is this prisoner?  Let him be brought forth and yielded to us, and then we will consider these demands.”

“Do not bandy words in your insolence with the Mouth of Sauron!” he cried.  “Surety you crave!  Sauron gives none.  If you sue for his clemency you must first do his bidding.  These are his terms.  Take them or leave them!”

“These we will take!” said Gandalf suddenly.  He cast aside his cloak and a white light shone from him.  The foul Messenger recoiled, and Gandalf yanked away all the items.  “These we will take in memory of our friend,” he cried.  “But as for your terms, we reject them utterly.  Get you gone, for your embassy is over and death is near to you.  We did not come here to waste words in treating with Sauron, faithless and accursed; still less with one of his slaves.  Begone!”

Then the Messenger of Mordor laughed no more.  His face was twisted with amazement and anger to the likeness of some wild beast that, as it crouches on its prey, is smitten on the muzzle with a stinging rod.  Rage filled him and his mouth slavered, and shapeless sounds of fury came strangling from his throat.  But he looked at the fell faces of the Captains and their deadly eyes, and fear overcame his wrath.  He gave a great cry, and turned, leaped upon his steed, and with his company galloped madly back to Cirith Gorgor. But as they went his soldiers blew their horns in signal long arranged; and even before they came to the gate Sauron sprang his trap.

Kevin's heart sank.  It seemed he'd joined up with his friends just so he could die with them.  Forgive me, Jen and Joey and Kaylee—and Mom and Dad and Megan, I don't think I'll be coming home to you.  Lord, please give me courage.  He bit his lower lip.  I wonder if this is what it was like for Dad, when he fought in Operation Desert Storm?  At least he lived to return home.  But it doesn’t look as if I’m gonna get to!

He took a deep breath and set his face in determination.  It was time to fight.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings​ belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 60: Love Will Find a Way

Gail had found herself restless and worried.  She and the children and several of the Elves who had remained in Caras Galadon were loitering in the Lady Galadriel's private garden, where she had her Mirror.  They were not down at that end, for the Lady was standing by it, looking into it intensely.  None wished to approach her, nor disturb her, lest they interrupt something important. But all knew that she was likely watching the battle, and that any news to be had would come first from her.

Even Kaylee and Megan were subdued.  Gail was so proud of Kaylee.  The little girl had taken Megan aside, and was patiently showing her how to wind some of the yarn that Kaylee had spun into a ball, and the two of them were talking quietly.  Megan kept inserting her thumb into her mouth as the two of them spoke, something that Kaylee herself would have done in this kind of situation before coming to Middle-earth, Gail knew.  Somehow the little girls realized that it was a serious time, and that the adults did not wish to be disturbed.

Hours passed as they all continued to wait.  Food and drink had been brought and laid out, but most had not partaken.  Gail did pour herself a goblet of clear cold water, and Mairen had coaxed Kaylee and Megan into eating some cheese and fruit, and now the two little ones were curled up together and had fallen asleep.  Lady Galadriel, however, had yet to stir from her place of watching.  

Once the children had fallen asleep, Gail went over to sit near them, and then she bowed her head and closed her eyes.

Please, God, she silently prayed, we are all so worried!  I definitely am, and I know that Kaylee and Megan are, too.  I suspect that Lady Galadriel’s also worried about her husband, although she’s doing a better job of hiding it than we are.  She took a deep breath and glanced down at her sleeping daughters.  For a moment, she pondered what she and her husband had discussed the day before.  Then she bowed her head again.

Lord, she silently added, You know our hearts.  We do not want to stay here permanently; we want to return home.  We don’t want to worry Ryan and Janet.  We know that they will be worried about us all if we never go back.  Just as our children knew we would be, if they never did.  She rolled her eyes and shook her head.  At least Steve and I understand how our children felt, when they found themselves here, God.

Another long moment passed as Gail thought about what she had just prayed about.  Please, God, she finally prayed, the bottom line is, I want Steve to survive this battle.  I want our children to survive this war that Master Elrond told us about back at Rivendell.  And I want us all to return to Oregon.  I pray that if it’s Your will, Lord, that You will bring all of that about for us.  Please protect Steve while he’s in battle.  Please protect Kevin and Jennifer and Joey, wherever they are now.  And please protect Kaylee and Megan and me.  And Lord Celeborn, and my husband, and all of the elves who are in that battle now.  And while You’re at, please defeat the enemy, this Sauron.  If it is not your will that we return to Oregon, then please help Ryan and Janet, and please help us, my immediate family and me.

She took a deep breath.  But, Lord, it is hard to say this, but—  She bit her lower lip.  —Thy will be done.  In Jesus’ name, amen.  She opened her eyes and lifted her head.

At last, the Lady Galadriel turned, and Gail realized how late it was.  Dusk had fallen.  

The Lady looked at how her people had all turned to her, and Gail stood up to join them.  "Á laita Ilúvatar!  The battle has ended in victory for our people.  We are not without loss or injury, yet today was ours, and there are no longer any threats to our borderlands.”

There were some murmurings in Elvish around her, and Gail sucked in her lower lip.  “Any fatalities?” she asked, dreading that her husband might be among the dead.  However, her voice was weak, and the Lady did not seem to hear her.  But Galadriel was approaching, and she began to single out some of those gathered there, whispering silently to them.  Each one reacted differently, with a couple of them bursting into tears, and others standing straighter with expressions of determination.  Gail realized that Lady Galadriel was delivering the very news she had tried to ask, and her blood ran cold as the Lady approached her.

She could scarcely breathe as she was pulled aside and heard Galadriel whisper, "Your husband lives, but he is injured.  He is being brought now, back to Caras Galadon, and he will need your strength and care as he recovers."

Gail could scarcely form a whisper of her own. "H—how—how badly?"  She swallowed hard.  “Are his injuries life-threatening?”  Her voice shook.

"He is unconscious, yet there is no risk of his death, and all his limbs are intact.  It will take some time, but he will recover fully."

Well, though Gail, that's somewhat comforting.  "When will he be here?"

"The going is slow, yet he should be arriving with the other injured by tomorrow afternoon.  I have other news as well.  Your oldest daughter, Jennifer, and younger son, Joey, are safe and well, and are making themselves very useful in Minas Tirith.  Your older son, Kevin, is among the army making its way to the Black Gate of Mordor, to offer battle to the Dark One in the hopes of keeping his evil eye away from Frodo and Sam, who still struggle on to their goal."

Gail froze in horror, her mouth wide open.  “Kevin—Kevin is in the army?”  Her voice squeaked.  “He’s—he’s only fifteenMuch too young to fight in war!  He's only a boy.”  She shuddered at the prospect of what could happen to her son before they ever even got to see him again.  “Back home, he hasn’t even graduated from high school yet!  In fact, he’s just a high-school freshman, Lady Galadriel—only in his first year of high school!”  Though frantic and agitated, Gail did her best to keep her voice down so that she wouldn’t awaken her sleeping daughters, although she was not finding that easy.

The Lady gave her a sympathetic look, but shook her head.  "This is his third battle.  He has already blooded his sword, and among the Men of our world, he is fully a man.  Still a youth, to be sure, but old enough to do a man's work.  He is safe for now—as safe as any in our time may be—and for now, your thoughts should be with your husband."

Though unshed tears stood in Gail's eyes, she took a deep breath and stiffened her back.  All of her family lived.  That was the important thing.  Now she needed to tell the girls their daddy was hurt and prepare for his return.

-oo000oo-

Steve awakened to a blistering headache and a stomach that was more than a little nauseous.  His middle was sore as well.  Though he was awake, he couldn't seem to open his eyes, or place the odd rhythmic swaying motion—was he in a hammock?

He tried once more to open his eyes, and then gave up.  But a gentle voice spoke to him.  It was Glorfindel.  "You are awake, Steven?"

Steve managed to force out a rather pathetic moan.  His mouth was as dry as if it had been stuffed with cotton.  He still could not recall how he came to be feeling so bad.  Did he have the flu or something?

He felt something at his lips, and managed to open them slightly, and felt some water trickling into his mouth.  He swallowed; the water was so good, but it had that leathery taste of water from a waterskin.  That jogged his memory.  He'd been fighting alongside the Elves in a battle.

The moisture helped.  He was able to force out a whisper.  "We win?"  He had meant to ask, “Did we win?”, but his voice was too weak, and his eyelids still felt too heavy to open.

"Indeed, we did, Steven.  The battle is over, and we won.  You fought valiantly, but were wounded.”  Now his memory came fully back.  The Orc!  And then the arrow!  How was he even alive?

Either Glorfindel read his mind or just guessed what he was thinking, because he said, "Your armour saved you from that Orcish arrow, but your ribs are bruised, and it knocked you back.  You hit your head rather hard against a tree, and were knocked senseless."

Well, thought Steve, that explains the headache, the soreness, and the nausea.  But what about the swaying?  He was still so weak that he could not open his eyes to find out, which frustrated him.  If only he could pry his eyes open, he could find out for himself!

"We are on the way back to Caras Galadon, transporting the wounded on litters," said Glorfindel, again seeming to anticipate what Steve wanted to know.  "We should arrive sometime late tomorrow.

Oh, okay, a litter would explain the swaying.  It's very comfortable...

A large warm hand descended on his forehead.  "Sleep now, friend Steven…"

He took a calming slow breath, and once more drifted into sleep…

-oo000oo-

Gail slept poorly, as she imagined all the possible complications of her husband’s being injured in this place, with no modern medicine or hospitals.  She prayed from time to time, yet her worries came back.  And now it was morning, and she'd have to tell the little ones their daddy was hurt.

What can I say to them? she thought.  I don't want to scare them, but they need to be ready for him when he arrives.

She finally gave up trying to sleep and got up.  She washed her face and put on her clothing.  She was lacing up the side of her dress when she heard Mairen's voice in the little curtained-off section where the girls had been put to bed the night before.

"Come, children.  It is time to wake up and have some breakfast."

"Do we have to, Mairen?"  That was Kaylee's sleepy voice.

"What's for breakfast?"  That was Megan's rather eager voice.

"Griddle cakes with honey and fruit," Mairen said.

"Yay!" exclaimed Megan.

"I'm up, I'm UP!" shouted Kaylee, the delight evident in her voice.

Smiling in spite of her leaden heart, Gail went to join them, still worried about what she had to say.

"Mommy!" both of the girls shouted.

"Good morning."  Gail braced herself for the impact as they leapt out of bed to hug her.  She absently hugged them back and glanced at Mairen.  "Good morning, Mairen."

"Children," Gail said, as she sat between them, her arms around both of them, "I need to talk to you about something important."

Megan just looked up at her, eyes wide.  Kaylee cuddled closer to Gail.  "Is it about Daddy?" she asked.  "Will he be back today?"

"Yes, he will.  But when he comes, you need to know...he got hurt.  Lady Galadriel says he will get better, but he is hurt."

"Can we kiss it and make it better?" asked Megan.

"I'm sure that it will make it some better," said Gail, "but not all better.  He will need a lot of rest, too.  And perhaps bandages and medicine."

Kaylee gave a sort of shuddering sigh.  "Why did God let him get hurt?  We prayed and everything."

"I don't know, sweetheart.  But even when bad things happen, God can still help us to feel better about it.  Your daddy could have been hurt a lot worse."

Kaylee nodded, pouting.  "I know.  But I didn't want him to get hurt at all."

Gail took the little girl onto her lap and hugged her.  “Neither did I, sweetheart.  None of us wanted your daddy to get hurt.  There is something we can be thankful for, though: your daddy wasn’t killed.  Nor was he hurt so badly that he won’t be able to recover.”

Kaylee leaned her head against her mother’s breast.  After a moment, she nodded.  Megan approached them and leaned against Gail’s side, inserting her thumb into her mouth.  Gail removed one of her arms from around Kaylee and wrapped it around Megan’s shoulders.

The morning passed slowly.  The girls spent time with Mairen, who watched over them as they practiced some needlework.  Megan, who had learned to weave back at Rivendell, was just now learning how to make a straight running stitch, and Kaylee was making another pouch.  "It's like the one I made for Halbarad, Mommy.  But this one will be for Daddy when he gets better." 

Gail nodded.  She'd been watching intently as Megan sewed.  She still found it amazing that such a young child could learn to sew by hand.  She still feared that her youngest might hurt herself on the needle, but it never happened.

The hours continued to creep by, but early that afternoon, shortly after lunch, Lassiel came into the pavilion.  "Gail, the Lady wishes to speak with you."

Mairen nodded at Gail, so she followed Lassiel, wondering what it was.  Does she have more information about our other children? she wondered.  Has Steve taken a turn for the worse?

But after the long trek up to the talan, it turned out that the Lady Galadriel was offering a solution to a problem Gail had only begun to consider.

"I have been giving thought to your husband's recovery.  It would be good for him to recover in the pavilion, with your presence.  But you would not be able to give full thought to him if your daughters are there also.  Might I invite the little ones to stay in my talan?  Just for the time it will take Steven to recover; Lassiel and Mairen can still be with them, but you can give your whole attention to your husband, and he can have the peace and quiet he will need to get better." 

Gail was stunned at the generous offer, but still, she hesitated.

"And of course," the Lady added, "each day, we will see that the two of them can come down to have a quiet word with you and their father."

Gail was speechless for a moment.  “That—that is most generous of you, Lady Galadriel!”  She paused.  “I—I thank you.  It’s true, it’ll be hard for me to look after the girls and devote my whole attention to Steve.  But won’t it be difficult for you to juggle looking after my daughters and keeping an eye on the events outside this area?”

Galadriel smiled.  “No, it will not.  Mairen and Lassiel will be with them as well, to help look after them when I have to spend part of my time at the Mirror, watching what is going on."  

Gail took a deep breath.  “Well, in that case, thank you.  I accept your offer.”  She turned toward the entrance.  “We had better go back and tell them, then, hadn’t we?”  Galadriel nodded, and the two of them left her talan to return to the pavilion.

It was later that afternoon when word came that the wounded and their escort would soon arrive.  The little girls would be going to the Lady's talan after they had greeted their father.  Everyone began to gather to greet them.  Some of the litters had Elves, but in the sixth one, which Lord Glorfindel was walking alongside, there was Steve!  In our world, they’d be using a stretcher, Gail thought.  But then, in our world, he’d be going to the hospital!

As they came to the head of the path, Gail, Kaylee, and Megan approached the litter.  Gail stepped forward.  She had already told the little girls that they needed to use their "inside voices" when they spoke to their father.

He looked up at them from his place in the litter and gave them a wan smile and a wave.  "Hello, my girls," he said, his voice weak.

Both of them whispered, "Hi Daddy!"  Distress etched their faces.

"Daddy fell over and knocked his head," Steve said.  "It’ll take me some time to get better, but I'll be all right soon."  Looking up at his wife, he added, "I also bruised my ribs, but fortunately, they're not broken."

Gail managed to smile.  "Thank goodness!"

Megan tiptoed up by the litter and leaned forward and kissed his temple.  "Mommy said it wouldn't make it all better, but maybe a little better."

Steve smiled.  "I think I can tell a difference already, sweetheart," he said softly.  "Thank you."  Gail and the Elves next to them exchanged smiles.

Mairen and Lassiel came up, and each girl took a hand as the Elven-maidens led them away.

As the children left, Gail noticed that Steve had once more fallen asleep.  She looked down at him with tears in her eyes.

"Fear not," said Glorfindel, who had silently watched them have their reunion.  "His injuries will not threaten his life, and he will recover in a few days.  Sleep is what he needs, and rest, and the knowledge that you and his younger daughters are safe.  He has had quite a knock on the head, and his ribs are indeed very badly bruised.  But thanks to his stout leather gambeson, he took nothing worse from the orc arrow that flew his way."

"An arrow?" Gail exclaimed.  

"Yes," Glorfindel replied, "it was an arrow.  Though it hit hard enough to send him back off his feet.  He hit his head hard as he went down.  But the arrow did not pierce his armour."

Did not, did not, did not, Gail reminded herself.  He wasn't killed.  It didn't happen.  The Lord took care of him.  She took several deep breaths to calm herself.  I do not need to get hysterical about something that did not happen!

Glorfindel and Terevor helped Gail get Steve settled into the soft bed in the pavilion.  Glorfindel gave Gail a small earthenware pot with a nicely carved stopper.  "The Healer says to apply some of this to his bruises, very gently, whenever he indicates that he is in discomfort."

Gail took it and nodded, lifting the stopper to sniff the contents.  The smell was wonderful; there was definitely some lavender in it, and it also had an herbal scent about it as well.

He also gave her a glass phial, filled with a clear liquid that had a very faint green tint to it.  "And you should give him some of this in a tea at night, and also if he has a headache during the day.  Just three drops should do it."

"Thank you, Lord Glorfindel, for taking care of him."

"It is the least I could do, Gail, for I was sent on this journey to be of help to your family.  Still, war can interrupt and change circumstances.  I wished to deliver Steve to you myself, for I may not see much of you in the next few days.  While we do not believe the Enemy will directly assault Lothlorien again, there could yet be more battles to face.  I feel in my heart that the matter of the Ring shall be coming to an ending one way or another within a very short time."

"How—how soon?"  Gail had to force the words from her mouth.

"Perhaps as soon as tomorrow, or perhaps the day after.  Lady Galadriel will know more surely, I think, than I.  But fear not.  Eru Ilúvatar watches over us."  The Elf gave her a bow, and he and the other one left the tent.

He is, thought Gail.  Suddenly, a Bible verse came to her mind: "Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints…" 

And Gail prepared to spend her night on her knees, sending prayers not only for her husband and children, but for Frodo and the others.

"Please, God," she prayed aloud, "protect Kevin while he's out there.  Please protect Jennifer and Joey, where they are.  And please protect us here.  Steve and Kaylee and Megan and me.  And the Elves."  She paused.

After a moment, she added, "And please protect Frodo and his friend.  Please grant them success in destroying that Ring."

She gathered her thoughts.  "Lord, I do not understand much of what I have been told about this Enemy and this war.  I do know that You called my family here for a reason, and that it had to be that we should help in some way.  I've never really been much of a prayer warrior, but I sense that tonight I have to be, if I can.  Give my husband and me strength to follow Your will, wherever it leads.  Give me strength for my husband and children during this time.  Give me the strength to stay awake and watch.  Please help me."  She cleared her throat.  "In Jesus's name, amen."

She opened her eyes for a moment and placed a hand on her husband's brow.  He was sleeping peacefully, all unaware of what was to come.

Silently, she began to repeat her prayer, and then words came to her from the Bible:

He that dwelleth in the secret place of the most High shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty.  I will say of the Lord, He is my refuge and my fortress: my God; in him will I trust.  Surely he shall deliver thee from the snare of the fowler, and from the noisome pestilence.  He shall cover thee with his feathers, and under his wings shalt thou trust: his truth shall be thy shield and buckler.  Thou shalt not be afraid for the terror by night; nor for the arrow that flieth by day; Nor for the pestilence that walketh in darkness; nor for the destruction that wasteth at noonday.  A thousand shall fall at thy side, and ten thousand at thy right hand; but it shall not come nigh thee.  Only with thine eyes shalt thou behold and see the reward of the wicked.  Because thou hast made the Lord, which is my refuge, even the most High, thy habitation; There shall no evil befall thee, neither shall any plague come nigh thy dwelling.  For he shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep thee in all thy ways.  They shall bear thee up in their hands, lest thou dash thy foot against a stone.  Thou shalt tread upon the lion and adder: the young lion and the dragon shalt thou trample under feet.  Because he hath set his love upon me, therefore will I deliver him: I will set him on high, because he hath known my name.  He shall call upon me, and I will answer him: I will be with him in trouble; I will deliver him, and honour him.  With long life will I satisfy him, and shew him my salvation.

As the last words of the psalm came from her memory, a peace fell over her.  She did not fall asleep, but fell into a vigil over her husband as he slept.  All would be well, one way or another.

-oo000oo-

A/N: The Bible verse Gail quotes first is Ephesians 6:18, KJV, and the Psalm that came to her in prayer is Psalm 91.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.  

Chapter 61: One Last Hope, Part 1

Merry shivered as he awakened on his small cot in Faramir's room.  In spite of the fact that Faramir's shoulder wound was healing well, he had remained in the Houses of Healing, and so Merry remained with him; after all, the only other place Merry could stay was in the guesthouse.  The idea of being the only person in that great big house filled him with dread.

He stood up and then went over to reach beneath Faramir's bed and pull out the chamber pot and make use of it. Then he went over to the washstand.  He had to stand on tiptoe to wash his face; if it were not for the extra height granted him by Treebeard, he would never be able to reach it.  Then he got dressed—he did not dress in the livery of Rohan, for his liege was far away, and it would not be right to serve Faramir in the uniform of another land.  So, he was grateful for the children's used garments that had been found for him.  He pulled on the dark grey breeches that went all the way to his ankles instead to mid-calf, and the tunic which pulled over the head and had no buttons, and he had to lace up the opening at the neckline.  It was a nice bright blue with red, green, and yellow stitchery around the neck, cuffs, and hem.  The clothing felt quite strange to him, but he was grateful for it.  His Shire clothing had been completely ruined in Rohan.

The hobbit looked over at Faramir, who still slept soundly, thanks to the healing potions and teas he was still taking for his pain.  Merry decided to go down to the buttery and have a little breakfast; maybe Jennifer and Joey would be there.  Then he could bring a tray of food back for Faramir and maybe a little second breakfast for himself if there was enough.

He could scarcely believe it was Spring.  He pulled his cloak from Lothlórien closely around him.  The sky was dark, but not with rain.  The clouds hung low and grey, and everything felt rather glum and the air had a sense of something looming.  He trotted past the dead White Tree, which seemed melancholy and forlorn beneath the cheerless sky.  The Guardsmen looked more like statues than real people, as they stood there so stiffly.

The buttery was the other side of the training grounds, which were empty, since all but a few were off to the battle.  Only a handful of elderly Guardsmen were left, to tend the Tree and to command the small militia of civilians and City Watchmen who were left to defend the White City.  Since no one was using the training grounds, Merry took a shortcut across them.  He was about halfway across when he heard a voice.

"Hey, Merry!  Wait up!"  Well, that was Joey's voice, of course.  The hobbit turned to see Joey, Bergil, and Sador pelting after him.  Merry stopped and waited, as the boys caught up.

"I take it you are also on your way to breakfast, lads?" Merry asked.

"Uh-huh—I mean, yes," said Joey.  "Can we come with you?"

"Of course.  I was hoping for a bit of company to bring some cheer to a dreary morning," Merry replied.

"I think Jen might be there already, with her friends."

"That would be nice."  Merry resumed his way to the buttery, and the three boys came alongside him.

Jennifer was, indeed, already there, and her friends Firieth, Miriel, and Hareth were right there with her.  All the lasses had bowls of porridge and a bit of bread, and mugs of what appeared to be tea.

Merry and the three boys stopped at the kitchen door to get their own allotment of food, and then went to sit on the bench at the table, right across from the young women.

They all smiled in greeting at Merry and the boys, and Jennifer grinned.  "I'm glad you made it, Joey!  I was afraid we might have another day of missing each other all day long."

Joey returned her smile.  "Me, too."  He put his bowl with the bit of bread balanced on top onto the table, along with the mug of tea.  He folded his hands on the table, bent his head briefly, and then after a few seconds, murmured, "Amen."

No one remarked on this.  Their friends had all become used to seeing both Joey and Jennifer do this, and all of them figured it was just some strange custom of their homeland.

In spite of being glad to see one another, conversation was brief and sporadic.  Aside from two elderly Guardsmen across the room, and two Healers who had clearly worked all night at the other end of the table, they were the only ones in the large room.

"So, what's up?" Jennifer asked, after she had swallowed a bite of porridge.

"Nothing yet," Joey said, after he washed down a bite of bread with his tea.  "After breakfast, we gotta go see what Dame Ioreth wants us to do.  What about you?"

Jennifer shrugged.  "Same here.  I'll probably be going to the laundry room to see what they need me to do."  She took a bite of bread and then turned to Merry.  "What about you?"

Merry gave a little start.  He had not been paying a lot of attention.  "I'll be taking some breakfast back to Lord Faramir, and then see what he wants me to do."

"Oh."  Jennifer took a swallow of water.  "How is he?  And his dad?"

"He is doing much better.  In fact, we will likely be walking around the garden with Lady Éowyn again.  But Lord Denethor is not doing so well.  He is still coughing a lot, and he cannot walk more than the length of his room without being dreadfully short of breath.  I know Faramir is worried about him."

"That's too bad," Jennifer said.

"I know Pippin will be sorry about that.  He thought that Lord Denethor was so brave to come into the burning room," Merry replied.  "He said that the Steward saved both his life and Faramir's."

Joey nodded.  "He really did.  That fire was so scary—I was so glad when they were safe."  

"As was I," said Bergil.

Jennifer smiled.  It seemed funny to her to hear the young boys using such formal language, but it seemed the way most people in Gondor spoke.

"We are finished with our meal," said Firieth.  "We really should go and report for work."

The girls all nodded, and there was a clatter as they gathered their wooden bowls and spoons and tin mugs scooted back the bench so they could stand up.

"I'm glad we got to see you this morning, Joey," said Jennifer.  "Be good and work hard."

Joey laughed.  "You too, Jen!  Bye!"  He waved at his sister as she walked off with her friends.

Merry had hurriedly finished his meal and left the table when the girls did, so that he could fetch the tray to take to Faramir.  He bid the boys goodbye and said, “I hope to see you lads later!” as he left.

Joey, Bergil, and Sador quickly scraped the rest of their bowls clean, and then wiped them down with the last of their bread.  Joey took a few sips of his now-tepid tea and stood up, stepping over the bench behind him, and went to turn in his dirty dishes.  Bergil and Sador followed right behind him.

When they went out, it seemed that everything was even more dark and gloomy than it had been when they first got up.  

Sador hunched in on himself miserably.  "I do not like this," he said.  "I feel like the world is ending, and nothing will be happy again."

"It does feel that way," Bergil said with a sigh.

Joey wanted badly to say something cheering, but nothing came to mind.  It was cheerless and depressing this morning, and he couldn't think of a single Bible verse.  He prayed silently, Jesus, what is this awful feeling I have?  I just want to go somewhere all alone and cry.  Please, help me.  He sighed.

The boys silently went back to the room where Joey had first come at the Houses of Healing, to see what Dame Ioreth had for them.

Joey and Bergil were sent to the Apothecary to assist him during the morning.  Master Egalmoth was glad to see them, and sent them down to the garden to find a long list of herbs: stonewort, to staunch bleeding; cinquefoil, for sore throats and painful joints; foxglove, for the heart; lovage, for digestion; yarrow, for wounds; poppy and woodruff, to aid sleep; pennyroyal for headaches, and many others.  Both boys were familiar with a lot of them by this time, and thankfully there was nothing on the list that they did not know.

They worked slowly, and with no talking, as Bergil worked from one side of the garden, and Joey from the other.  He picked the leaves, or sometimes the blooms, gradually filling the basket.  Joey’s heart was so full of dread and sadness.  Kevin, where are you? he wondered.  Please come home to us.  He blinked back his tears as he picked some leaves of borage.

He glanced over at Bergil, who was sitting at the edge of one of the herb beds with his head in his hand.  Joey put his basket down and went to sit beside him, putting his arm around the other boy's shoulder.

This reminds me of when Sauron sent that darkness before he attacked Minas Tirith, Joey thought miserably.  It was gloomy then, too!  Dark and gloomy.  Real gloomy!

He exchanged a glance with Bergil, and then looked up at the sky and shuddered.  The sky was growing even darker.  The wind died.

Time halted.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer and Firiel had thought they would be going to the laundry again, but Dame Ioreth shook her head.

"Not this day, girls," she told them.  "The day is too dark and windy.  Take yourselves up to the new wing and see if you can be of use to the healers."

The two girls nodded, and Firiel curtseyed.  "Yes, Dame Ioreth," she murmured.

The "new wing" was not new.  It was the wing which had caught fire and was now finally repaired and renewed, and it was being prepared for use once more.

The room had been scrubbed and the burned walls repaired.  It had been newly whitewashed, and the floors had been polished.  It was so far unoccupied, but there were a number of people in it, mostly apprentice healers and other helpers.  Some were setting up beds, and a number of the beds had already been set up.  One of the apprentices shoved a pile of sheets into each girl's arms and set them to making up the beds that had already been put together. There were yet no patients there.

Jennifer was finally getting the hang of making a bed with no elastic-edged bottom sheets.  She still was not quite as neat as the way Firiel did it, or even Joey, for that matter!  But she looked it over and thought it looked much better than when she had first started to learn how.  It took her a little longer than it did her friend, but the beds did look quite nice when she was finished.  She put all of her concentration on the task and tried not to look out the windows.  The sky looked so dark and forbidding.

Gradually, the room grew quieter and quieter.  At last, the task of bed-making was done by both girls.  Jennifer approached the window and looked out apprehensively, biting her lower lip.  Please, God! she silently prayed.  Firiel approached and stood behind her.  Jennifer suddenly noticed, as she looked behind her and Firiel, that the other helpers and the healers had all drifted toward the other windows and were staring out as well.  A few of them stood behind Jennifer and Firiel, looking out.  Jennifer exchanged a troubled glance with Firiel, and then she turned back toward the window and stared up at the dark, gloomy sky.  The air seemed scarcely to move, and it felt hard to breathe. 

Jennifer struggled to take in a breath and tried to pray again, but that time, no words came.  She kept reciting silently to herself, I will fear no evil, for Thou art with me; I will fear no evil, for Thou art with me…,but it felt more like she was trying to convince herself, than anything.  She kept on trying to believe, but she could feel nothing but terror in her heart.

Time halted.

-oo000oo-

Merry carefully balanced the tray.  Since he had told those in the kitchen that this was for Lord Faramir, they had ladened it with their best.  In addition to a bowl of porridge laced with honey and butter, there were two small bread rolls, an ember-roasted egg, a tiny dish of fig preserves, and some red wine decanted into a small bottle, as well as a silver goblet to pour it into.

He hoped he could get the door open before he dropped it, when it opened of its own accord—but it was Labadal.

"Ah, good morn, Master Brandybuck; have you brought this for my lord?"  He reached down and took it from Merry's arms, much to the hobbit's relief.

"Yes.  Thank you, Labadal," he said. 

Labadal turned and went back into the room, followed by Merry.  Faramir was up out of his bed and dressed, sitting at the small table at one side of the room, looking at some papers.  He glanced over and smiled to see Merry.  "You brought me breakfast!  Thank you, Merry."  The hobbit smiled back and nodded.

Faramir turned his attention to the food, though not eagerly.  "I have a message from my father, Merry.  He was to see me this morn, but he is not feeling well enough—he says he did not sleep last night…"

"I'm sorry to hear that."  

There was a snick of the door as Labadal let himself out quietly.

Faramir took a sip of his wine.  "I am worried about my father," he said, a troubled expression on his face.  "He has not been the same since the fire."

Merry sighed.  "I am sorry to hear that.  Pippin told me how brave he was, breaking into the room and helping Pippin get you out onto the balcony and all."

"My father has ever been a brave man, stern but fair.  Yet the years of struggle with Sauron have taken its toll on him with his worries for Gondor.  And now the fire and smoke have stolen his strength and his breath.  I fear he has not the endurance that he once did."

"It is difficult."  Merry furrowed his brow.  "I remember when I was a lad, and my Gaffer Rory—my father's father, Rorimac—grew old, and how difficult it was for my own father to try and help with running Buckland, taking on more responsibilities."

Faramir nodded.  "He has spoken to me of leaving me the Stewardship, and yet he knows that the office may no longer be needed.  If Sauron is victorious, I will likely be leading the people into exile; if by some miraculous chance, we win, then the King returns, and a Steward will perhaps no longer be needed."

Merry frowned, puzzled.  "What about Boromir?  Wouldn't he inherit the Stewardship?"

"Boromir and I spoke with our father before he left, and Boromir believes that I would make the better Steward.  He would have taken the role in ordinary times, but his skills are as a warrior, and he would rather remain Captain-General.  He says if he survives the battle, he would help to lead a rear-guard action, in order to help keep the people safe as we evacuate.  I do not believe he thinks victory possible."

"I think that we will know today."  Merry glanced out the window.  "I have a feeling that it's all coming to a head."  He glanced at Faramir's plate.  "You don't seem hungry."

The young man had mostly taken a few bites and pushed the food around.  "I am not.  I have the same feeling as you, friend hobbit, and it has stolen my appetite."

There was a tap at the door, and Merry went over and opened it.  The door was heavy, but well hung, and it swung open to reveal the Lady Eowyn.  "My lady!" he said, in surprise.

She smiled at him briefly, "Good morn, Merry," and then looked over at Faramir.  "My Lord Faramir, I feel caged in my room this day.  Would you walk with me?"  She was pale and serious-looking, and Merry noticed she was wearing the blue mantle Faramir had given her.

"Yes, my lady." He rose and came to the door, where he took his own cloak from a hook upon the wall.  "Merry, will you accompany us?"

"I would be glad to do so," and as Faramir offered his arm to Eowyn they began to walk, with Merry trailing discreetly behind.  He thought it would be amusing one day, assuming they all survived this war, to tell his cousin Pearl of his role as duenna* to these two.  He hoped he'd be able to go home and do so.

Instead of going down and out, Faramir guided them up several flights of stairs, up to the top of the Citadel, onto the rooftop, where they could look out to the northeast, where it seemed almost like night.  They stood at the edge of the battlements.  Merry took a spot several feet away, but he could still hear them talking.  He looked at the grim sky with deep sorrow, for he felt the world would end.  He wished he could see Pippin again.  He wished that he could see Frodo and Sam once more, as well as Kevin, but whatever happened, he was sure that his friends would soon perish, and he would be left utterly alone in this strange land.

Eowyn shivered beneath the starry mantle, and she looked northward, above the grey hither lands, into the eye of the cold wind where far away the sky was hard and clear.

"What do you look for, Éowyn?" said Faramir.

"Does not the Black Gate lie yonder?" said she.  "And must he not now be come thither?  It is seven days since he rode away."

"Seven days," said Faramir.  "But think not ill of me, if I say to you: they have brought me both a joy and a pain that I never thought to know.  Joy to see you; but pain, because now the fear and doubt of this evil time are grown dark indeed.  Éowyn, I would not have this world end now, or lose so soon what I have found."

"Lose what you have found, lord?" she answered; but she looked at him gravely and her eyes were kind.  "I know not what in these days you have found that you could lose.  But come, my friend, let us not speak of it!  Let us not speak at all!  I stand upon some dreadful brink, and it is utterly dark in the abyss before my feet, but whether there is any light behind me I cannot tell.  For I cannot turn yet.  I wait for some stroke of doom."

"Yes, we wait for the stroke of doom," said Faramir.  And they said no more; and it seemed to them as they stood upon the wall that the wind died, and the light failed, and the Sun was bleared, and all sounds in the City or in the lands about were hushed: neither wind, nor voice, nor bird-call, nor rustle of leaf, nor their own breath could be heard; the very beating of their hearts was stilled.  

Time halted.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *The word "duenna" is of Latinate origin, and means "chaperone".  The word was also used as a name in English, and appears in Peoples of Middle-earth as the wife of one of the Bagginses.  Under the conceit that Tolkien devised that the names were translations from the actual language hobbits used, I think we may safely say the concept was also known by them.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelong to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 62: One Last Hope, Part 2

The group which had gone to the disastrous "parley" with the Mouth of Sauron quickly made it back to the battle lines.  Kevin was both grief-stricken and furious, and he could see that Pippin was, as well.  Poor Frodo and Sam.  He shuddered to think of their torture.  He glanced at Aragorn and Boromir, who seemed to not be fazed by the horrible news.

"How can they do it?" he said aloud.  "How can they possibly be so calm after hearing that Frodo and Sam were captured?  We came all this way for nothing!"

"Kevin!" Elladan said sharply from his seat in front of the boy.  "Think!  There was one cloak, one sword, one shirt of armour…"  He stopped mid-sentence to allow Kevin to take in what he said.

Kevin gasped.  "You mean they only caught one of them?  But was it Frodo, or was it Sam?"

"That we cannot know, Kevin.  But if Frodo was captured, we would know for certain, for the Enemy would have the Ring, and he would have already crushed us long before we arrived here."  

“But it was Frodo's mithril coat!”

"And the sword belonged to Samwise.  That was not Sting."  After a pause, Elladan continued, "It is even possible that our friends discarded those items to aid themselves in escaping the Enemy.  Or it could be something of which we could never guess." 

Kevin glanced over at Pippin, as he rode behind Boromir.  The hobbit's sorrow was clear.  "I don't think Pippin has thought of those things yet."

Elladan's voice grew concerned.  "I think you are right.  If you cannot find a chance to speak with him before the battle, then do what you can to keep him in sight during the fighting; I fear lest he allow himself to be harmed in his grief and despair."

"Oh, no!  I mean, yes, I will do my very best, Elladan."

"As will I.  And yet, we may all be swept apart in the rush of battle.  I will release my mount, as I am to help lead some of the levies from the countryside; Pippin will be afoot among the Guardsmen, and I will set you there among them as well."

"Yes, sir!" Kevin replied, realizing he had received his orders.  As soon as they came near the group of Guardsmen, Elladan halted and let Kevin slip down.  Pippin had yet to arrive among them.  

Aragorn had stopped at the front of the lines.  He was still on his horse, but Boromir dismounted from Hrimfax and lifted Pippin down.  He patted the hobbit on the head, and Pippin wiped his eyes and gave Boromir a brief embrace, before trotting in the direction of a small contingency in black-and-white livery.  As soon as Kevin saw Pippin, he headed in the hobbit’s direction.  He hoped he would get time before the fighting started to tell the hobbit what Elladan had said.  Elladan had dismounted as well, and he sent his horse away before melting into the crowd of fighters.

Kevin had reached the Guardsmen, and was trying to see Pippin, who had somehow put himself right at the front and middle.  He had to crane his neck to see the small figure with his sword held out.  At the same time, he saw Sauron’s enormous army exiting the gates and beginning to surround them all; he also noticed fear etching his companions’ faces as they fidgeted.  But before Kevin could move closer to Pippin's position, everyone's attention was suddenly fixed on Aragorn, who, sword held high, began to ride before the assembled armies.

His eyes were flashing, and his voice was full of passion.  “Hold your ground!  Hold your ground!  Sons of Gondor, of Rohan, my brothers, I see in your eyes the same fear that would take the heart of me.  A day may come when the courage of men fails, when we forsake our friends and break all bonds of fellowship, but it is not this day.  An hour of wolves and shattered shields, when the age of men comes crashing down, but it is not this day!  This day, we fight!!  By all that you hold dear on this good Earth, I bid you stand, Men of the West!”

When Aragorn returned to the centre again, he dismounted and dismissed his horse.  All the horses were being sent to the back, where Eomer would be leading their small cavalry into the battle.  He stared at their small force, and then, before he turned with Anduril flashing, Kevin could see his lips move: ‘For Frodo!’  Then he faced the enemy, running at them with a yell.

Kevin certainly got a good look at Pippin then, because as soon as Aragorn started running, Pippin did as well, with a fierce scream of defiance.  He was soon far ahead of the Guardsmen, but their longer legs brought them around the smaller warrior, and at last, Kevin caught up with him.

We're not here to defeat Sauron's army, he reminded himself, as he tried to keep pace with Pippin.  We're here to distract Sauron, so that Frodo and Sam will have a chance to finish the job.

Of course, he couldn't talk to Pippin, but at least he tried to remain close by, and it was working until the enemy caught up and the clash began, and Kevin was fighting for his life as he had in Helm's Deep and upon the Pelennor.

But there was no dismissing the furious little hobbit, who swung his sword with abandon, cutting the orcs behind the knees or ankles, bringing them to the ground, where his comrades, including Kevin, could finish them off.

Kevin was drenched in black blood, and he could see Pippin also drenched in orc blood, still fighting.  He was glad to see Beregond and a couple of other Guardsmen nearby, when there was the sound of thunderous footsteps, and Kevin saw a sight he had never hoped to see again: a troll.  It was bigger and nastier than the one they'd fought in Moria, and it was clearing its way with wide swings of its immense club.  Then it reached down and grabbed one of the Guardsmen with one hand.  The area around it had cleared somewhat as fighters on both sides were trying to avoid it, but Pippin was running at it screaming and swinging his sword.

With dread, Kevin increased his pace.  He saw Pippin duck beneath its legs, turn, and swoop down to slash at the back of the monster's legs, and deliver a deep cut to the back of both ankles. Pippin's sharp barrow-blade had no trouble slicing through the thick troll hide.  Kevin saw it drop the Guardsmen and sway slightly.  Pippin was right there, stopped and breathing heavily.  The troll began to topple.  Kevin dove down between its legs like he was sliding into first base and grabbed Pippin with both arms, gathering both himself and the hobbit up as closely as he could, while the troll toppled down upon them.

The last thing Kevin recalled was blackness and the stench of the creature that was crushing them.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelong to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Beginning Author's Notes: Two items of interest before you read: First of all, we just discovered a missing scene from Chapter 57: Nowhere to Go But Up.  That has now been fixed, so if you wish you can re-read the chapter.

Second, in this chapter we will be moving one small event from the book up a few days in the timeline.  We felt that for our purposes it would have a little more dramatic impact in this chapter.  Thank you for your forbearance!

Chapter 63: Into the Unknown

Gail missed the presence of her little girls that morning when she woke up.  But she knew that Lady Galadriel, as well as Mairen and Lassiel, would be taking care of the children.  And she had no intention of leaving Steve alone to check on them, much as she wished to do so.

Kaylee and Megan are in good hands, she told herself silently, but she could not stop fretting about her daughters and missing them greatly.  She firmly told herself a few moments later, I will not worry about them unless I must.  She took a deep breath.

The day felt oppressive.  She rose to find that someone had already been there to leave food in the pavilion, but she did not have much of an appetite.  There was a teapot, still steaming, and she helped herself to a cup.  She glanced into a tureen, and saw there some sort of broth, also steaming.  That was likely meant for Steve.  She would take him a bowl of that and some of the bread left on the table.  There was also some fruit and cheese, but he had not been cleared for any of that by the healer yet.  She took her tea and returned to her husband's bedside, but he had yet to stir.  She had been told he needed as much sleep as he could get.  She sat next to him and sipped her tea, and wondered what Kaylee and Megan were doing.

-oo000oo-

Kaylee rubbed her eyes and sat up.  Where am I? she wondered; then she noticed the leafy shadows around her.  She felt kind of funny, like things were a little scary today.  I wonder how Daddy is?  Then she remembered a little prayer her mommy had recently been teaching them to say in the morning.  She closed her eyes and recited in a singsong voice:

"God in Heaven, hear my prayer;

keep me in Thy loving care.

Be my guide in all I do;

Bless all those who love me, too."

Then she added, “And take good care of everyone in our family, especially today, in Jesus' name.  Amen."

She opened her eyes and glanced up to see the Lady Galadriel standing there, with a kind of a sad smile on her face.  "Good morn, Kaylee.  Did you have a nice sleep?"

Kaylee nodded.  "Mostly.  I had kind of scary dreams just before I woke up, though.  But it's all right now that I prayed to Jesus."  She smiled back at her hostess.  "I never slept in a place like this before."  She stretched out her arms to encompass the room.

Now the Lady smiled more, and not so sadly.  "I am glad you enjoyed your bed here.  This is the bower where my daughter slept for many years, and where Arwen slept when she visited, as well."

Kaylee looked around her.  The night before, she had been too sleepy to pay much attention to her surroundings.  It was kind of like a little porch, high up in the tree, and it was the shadows of the tree that she had noticed upon first awakening.  There was a railing of interwoven branches and ropes to make it safe, and the bed where she and Megan were sleeping had a little canopy of gauzy white curtains, that also blew very slightly in the morning breeze.

Kaylee smiled.  “I like treehouses.”  Galadriel smiled in her turn.

"Would you waken your sister, Kaylee?”  The Lady nodded toward Megan as she spoke.  “Mairen will be in to help you both get dressed.  There is someone at breakfast that you might be glad to see."

"Yes, ma'am—uh, Lady Galadriel."

The Lady gave a low chuckle and turned to leave, as Kaylee turned over to shake her little sister awake.

Mairen entered, with two of the white dresses that the little girls had been given in Lothlorien, and helped the little girls to wash up and get dressed.  Megan was still very sleepy and somewhat cross, but it did not take very long to have her and Kaylee ready.  Mairen escorted them into the large room where the children had visited the Lady with their mother, days before.  One of the tables was laden with food much the same way as the table in the pavilion often was.

But the girls paid little attention to the table full of food.  Instead, they raced across the room with their arms held wide.

"Radagast!" they both squealed in joy.

The Brown Wizard, who had been standing near the hearth speaking with Lord Celeborn, bent down to receive their embrace, and to return it with a warm hug as well.  "I am also very glad to see you again, Kaylee and Megan."

He sat down on one of the beautifully carved chairs, and each girl clambered up on his knees, one on each side.  Kaylee just quietly leaned against him, swinging her legs, but Megan chattered on at him, telling him bits and pieces of what had happened since he had left before the first of the battles.

After allowing the girls time to catch up with Radagast, Mairen steered them to have their breakfasts across the other side of the room, so that the Lord and Lady would have time to speak with the Wizard.

After breakfast, they all went down from the talan, for it was once more a momentous day.

"Why is it so dark?"  Megan asked Mairen.  She sounded frightened.  Swallowing hard, Kaylee looked from her younger sister to Mairen and bit her lower lip.

"Some bad things are happening far away, little one," the nursemaid answered.  "But fear not, for the Lord and Lady will keep us safe here."

The gathering by the fountain was smaller than the one during the third battle.  But this time, Celeborn was by his wife's shoulder, and Glorfindel and Radagast stood a little behind them as well.

The rest of the people were scattered around the clearing.  The two little girls felt safer near Radagast and the Lady, but they did not get too close, because it was clearly grown-up business.  Still, the darker things grew, the closer Megan got, just a half-step at a time.

Kaylee didn't notice.  She was too busy trying not to be frightened, and wishing her mommy and daddy were there.  If she dared, she might run to them, but she knew that her daddy needed rest.  A sudden yearning to stick her thumb in her mouth swept over her; instead, she took a deep breath and wrapped her arm around Mairen's waist, and then buried her face in the nursemaid’s side.  Mairen wrapped a comforting arm around the little girl’s shoulder and patted her upper arm.

Like the other day, the Lady stood beside the Mirror, watching it with intense concentration.

-oo000oo-

Merry stood away from Faramir and Eowyn, so as to give them a little privacy.  He smiled slightly to see them clasp their hands, but it was only a brief smile, for the sky was growing darker.  They all seemed to be standing frozen in time.

Then presently it seemed to them that above the ridges of the distant mountains another vast mountain of darkness rose, towering up like a wave that should engulf the world, and about it lightnings flickered; and then a tremor ran through the earth, and they felt the walls of the City quiver.  A sound like a sigh went up from all the lands about them; and their hearts beat suddenly again.

Merry drew a deep breath.  His body felt like he had breathed no air for days; for an instant, he felt lightheaded, and then the dizziness passed, and he felt lighter and freer than he had since he awakened.  He took a few steps closer to the couple, and they all gazed Eastward.

Now he could hear what they said, though he did not interrupt them.

“It reminds me of Númenor,” said Faramir.

“Of Númenor?” said Éowyn.

“Yes,” said Faramir, “of the land of Westernesse that foundered and of the great dark wave climbing over the green lands and above the hills, and coming on, darkness unescapable.  I often dream of it.”

“Then you think that the Darkness is coming?” said Éowyn.  “Darkness Unescapable?”  And suddenly she drew close to him.

“No,” said Faramir, looking into her face.  “It was but a picture in the mind.  I do not know what is happening.  The reason of my waking mind tells me that great evil has befallen and we stand at the end of days.  But my heart says nay; and all my limbs are light, and a hope and joy are come to me that no reason can deny.  Éowyn, Éowyn, White Lady of Rohan, in this hour I do not believe that any darkness will endure!”  And he stooped and kissed her brow.

And Merry laughed aloud for joy.  It was Frodo; he just knew it!  Frodo and Sam had done it!  That had to be what it was!

His laughter had drawn the attention of the couple, and both turned and smiled fondly at him, and Faramir kindly extended his arm for Merry to join them.  The three of them once again faced East and watched as a wind blew forth from the West and the darkness dissipated and the Light began to return.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer and Joey, along with the others in the ward stared out the Eastward facing window into the terrifying darkness.  Beyond the mountains, lightning danced among the ominous black clouds.  Then there was a tremor.

"Is it an earthquake, Jen?" Joey spoke in a terrified whisper.

"I don't know, Joey," she whispered back, as she wrapped her arm around his shoulders.

For a few moments, the darkness mounted up into the sky, and everyone held their breath.  But now it began to blow away.

Then everyone in the room turned and began to race out of the door.  Healer Seregond made sure they did so in an orderly fashion, as they ran down the corridor and then the steps and then out of the building and into the streets.

They were joined by many other people, as the Shadow departed, and the Sun was unveiled, and light leaped forth; and the waters of Anduin shone like silver, and in all the City men sang for the joy that welled up in their hearts from what source they could not tell.

"Look!" shouted Joey, pointing his finger up to the top of the Citadel, where they spotted Faramir and Eowyn, and a great wind rose and blew, and their hair, raven and golden, streamed out mingling in the air.  Everyone else began to follow their gaze, and other fingers pointed until it seemed like the entire City was watching as the Prince of the City and the White Lady of Gondor shared a kiss with the entire population of Minas Tirith looking on.

There was a great cheer!  And hats were thrown into the air, and people began to sing, and the bells of the City began to ring out the midday.

And before the Sun had fallen far from the noon out of the East there came a great Eagle flying, and he bore tidings beyond hope from the Lords of the West, crying:

"Sing now, ye people of the Tower of Anor,

for the Realm of Sauron is ended for ever,

and the Dark Tower is thrown down.

 

“Sing and rejoice, ye people of the Tower of Guard,

for your watch hath not been in vain,

and the Black Gate is broken,

and your King hath passed through,

and he is victorious.

 

“Sing and be glad, all ye children of the West,

for your King shall come again,

and he shall dwell among you

all the days of your life.

 

“And the Tree that was withered shall be renewed,

and he shall plant it in the high places,

and the City shall be blessed.

 

“Sing all ye people!"

And the people sang in all the ways of the City.

-oo000oo-

On the battlefield of the Morannon, Legolas and Gimli searched grimly among the wounded and the dead for any that they knew, while the mounted warriors from Rohan and Dol Amroth chased away most of the remaining enemies.  The Orcs and trolls had turned and fled like ants from a destroyed anthill when Barad Dûr had fallen.  But the few Southrons and other men retreated in a more orderly fashion, turning to fight in what became a running battle.

"Have you seen any sign of Kevin or Pippin?"  Legolas asked another group of searchers, but they simply shook their heads and went back to their grim task.

"We should never have let those two lads out of our sight!" Gimli growled in frustration.

"Let us keep searching.  Elladan told me they would likely be near the Guardsmen of Minas Tirith."

The two friends searched beneath the broiling sun, becoming more and more dismayed.  Gimli stopped to take a drink of water from his waterskin, when he heard Legolas give a shout.

"There!" he cried.  "There are some Guardsmen!"

The two raced over to see three Guardsmen.  One seemed to be slightly injured and was sitting to one side, while two others were trying in vain to shift an immense Troll.

"Look," said Gimli.  "There!"

Beneath the Troll's vast and hairy midsection, two legs could be seen sticking out; one of them was small and ending in a large hairy foot.  The other foot was larger, and it was covered by a boot.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 64: The Right Side

Legolas and Gimli raced over to the scene where they had spotted their friends’ legs.  Gimli's heart was racing in fear.  That was a mighty troll, and he could not imagine how it had been felled.  Legolas, with his long legs, had reached the fallen troll more quickly.  He was prone upon the ground, trying to see, as he spoke to one of the injured Guardsmen who sat there—as Gimli neared, he could see that one of them was Beregond.  "We tried to lift the beast," Beregond was saying, his hand pressed to the side of his head, which was bleeding, "but all of us are wounded and weak."

Legolas had immediately gone to the ground and began pushing at the troll in vain.  Gimli looked around and, seeing the troll's club to one side, grabbed hold of the end of it and dragged it over.  It was awkward, but he managed to turn it around and began to push the blunt end of the club under the troll's mid-section to the right of where Kevin and Pippin's legs were.

Legolas looked over at what he was doing.  "Clever, Gimli!  Just be careful of our friends."

As Gimli pushed, the gap widened, and Legolas crawled closer.  Gimli stopped pushing when the gap was as wide as he could make it, and then he, too, flung himself to the ground.  As Legolas pulled Kevin clear, Gimli began to gather Pippin up and pull him forth.

Kevin began to gasp and cough.  "Pippin?" he whispered.

"We have him," said Legolas.  Kevin sighed and closed his eyes.  Legolas gave Gimli a look.

Gimli shook his head, tears gathering in his eyes.  "Alas," he said quietly, lest Kevin hear him, "I fear we have lost him…"

Legolas leaned over and placed his ear to the hobbit's chest.  After a moment, he lifted his head and smiled.  "Nay, friend Dwarf, he yet lives.  But it is a near thing.  He is very weak."

The three Guardsmen grinned.  "Thank you!" said Beregond.  "We tried our best, but we could never have brought them out soon enough."

Legolas and Gimli looked at the three.  One of them appeared to only have a dislocated shoulder.  Gimli gestured at him.  "You are the least wounded.  Can you bear for me to put your shoulder back?"

"I am Adrahil, Lord Dwarf, and yes, I will bear what I must."  Adrahil placed his good arm firmly against the immense body of the troll, and with a heave and a horrid pop, Gimli put the other shoulder back in the socket.  Adrahil yelled, and then took a deep breath, and slowly and carefully moved his arm.  "Sore, my lord, but useful once more."

Legolas had quietly gathered Pippin up in his arms.  "I am going to rush him to Aragorn, Gimli."

"Yes, go—go swiftly, Legolas!"

Legolas did not hesitate, but raced off with his precious burden.  Gimli turned back to the Guardsmen.  "Adrahil, you are now mostly hale.  Please go to see if you can find any who can come back here to help bring Kevin, Beregond and…"  Gimli paused to look at the third Guardsman, who appeared to be still in a light swoon.

"My brother, Artamir," Adrahil replied to the unspoken question.  "And yes, I will go as quickly as I can, to bring succour."

Gimli then looked back at Beregond.  The blood was still running down the side of his face, and between his fingers and down his arm.  Gimli knew that head wounds bled profusely.  He searched within his pouch and found the handkerchief that Bilbo had sent their company for Yule, by way of Merry.  He had yet to use it, and it was mostly still pristine.  He took his waterskin from his belt and went over to move Beregond's hand and pour water over the injury to rinse away the blood.  The gash was not deep, but there was already some bruising around it.  When it was running mostly clear, he bound Beregond's head with the handkerchief.

Gimli chuckled.  "I shall have to tell old Bilbo that his gift was very useful," he said aloud.  "And you need to stay awake, Beregond, unlike our companions, who have already succumbed to swooning."

Beregond glanced at the other Guardsmen who was still unconscious, and then at the Dwarf, knowing he was right.  "Who is Bilbo?"

"Why, he is kin to Pippin, and to the other hobbits who came along on our journey, and a mighty adventurer in his own right.  My own father has told me of Bilbo's journey with the company of Thorin Oakenshield to retake Erebor…"

Gimli treated Beregond to an abbreviated account of the Quest of Erebor.  When Gimli finished, he glanced over to Kevin.  "And how did Kevin and Pippin come to fell this big beast over there?"

"'Twas Pippin, truly.”  Beregond shook his head in wonder.  “I never knew he could fight so fiercely.  He was racing through the Orcs slashing at their legs and heels with that sharp blade of his, while Kevin, Adrahil, Artamir, and I ran after him, finishing off those he felled.  When the troll came, it scooped up Artamir, and likely would have slain him had Pippin not gone behind and sliced through the backs of its legs."  He shook his head again.  “He saved Artamir’s life, Gimli.  Kevin tried at the last minute to move him out of the way, but the troll fell on them both before he could do that.”

Gimli nodded; he recalled one day speaking with the younger hobbits, along with Boromir and Aragorn, about the best way for someone smaller to fight a foe much larger.  He was more than pleased to know that their lessons had been taken to heart.  He glanced up and saw several men coming their way at a trot.  "Here is our rescue party," Gimli said, as he stood up and brushed himself off.

-oo000oo-

Gail wished that someone else was here with her to watch over Steve.  She knew that momentous things were going on at the Lady's Mirror, and she so yearned to be there with her daughters—to hold them and comfort them, if need be.  But Steve could not be left alone, and the pavilion had begun to grow so dark that she had needed to light the little lamps there.  She was glad that Kaylee and Megan were with Lady Galadriel and Mairen and Lassiel.  At least they could comfort the little girls in her stead.

She bowed her head and took a deep breath.  Please, God, she silently prayed, and then stopped, not knowing what to say.  Please, God—please, God

Just then, Steve awakened.  He blinked.  "Uh, Gail?  Why is it so dark?  Did I sleep through the day?"

Gail smoothed his forehead and gave him the cup with his medicine for him to sip.  "No, it's just a dark and gloomy day, sweetheart."

"What's wrong?  I can tell you are upset; where are the girls?"

"They are with Mairen and Lassiel and Lady Galadriel; remember I told you that, last night."  He continued to look at her with a knowing expression, and she knew he'd guessed she hadn't told him everything.  She sighed.  "Today is the day, Steve.  Today will be the day that everything ends, and either the Light wins or the Darkness does."

Reaching up to touch his wife’s cheek, Steve gave her a comforting smile.  "Not everything, Gail; you know the Darkness won't win forever."  He took another sip out of his cup.

"I know, but...I wish at least we could all be together."  In spite of her efforts, a tear trickled down her cheek.  Steve put his cup down and reached up to brush the tear away with his thumb.

"Even the darkness is not dark to You, And the night is as bright as the day Darkness and light are alike to You,"he quoted.  Biting her lower lip, Gail nodded.

They sat for a moment, holding hands, and then in a shaky voice that gradually grew stronger, Gail began to sing:

“There’s a light that is shining in darkness

While we wait for the dawning of day,

And it cheers us along on our journey

Till the shadows shall vanish away!

 

“So, we’ll wait and watch for the dawning,

The day of eternity blest,

Then take the wings of the morning,

And fly away to our rest…"

Gail sang softly, and soon Steve had once more fallen asleep.

-oo000oo-

The clearing where the Fountain and the Mirror stood had grown dim and dark, but for the presence of the Lord and Lady, and of Glorfindel, who glowed beneath the unnatural dusk.

Megan had quietly moved as close as she could to the shiny Lady.  She felt safe by her.  She glanced up at the Lady's face.  She looks sad, Megan thought, furrowing her brow and chewing her lower lip.  Jesus, please make her feel better.

She glanced down at the Mirror to see what had made the Lady sad, and she saw two hobbits.  They looked tired and hot.  The light around them looked fiery.  Megan gave a gasp as one of them went over to a place that looked like a cliff or something.  The hobbit was angry.  He held something up, and she gave a gasp of surprise as the hobbit disappeared.  Then suddenly out of nowhere, an ugly little monster came, and then seemed to jump up in the air.  The hobbit came back just as quickly as he had vanished, and he had a hurt hand.  The little monster was jumping up and down and yelling something while holding a shiny ring above its head, and it stepped backwards and fell over the cliff.  She gasped.  But before Megan could see any more, the Lady's arm came down around her and held her face against her white dress.

How long they stood that way, Megan did not know.

The sky had dimmed, and the air felt heavy; still, the Lady's gaze into the Mirror did not waver.  Yet there was nothing to grab hold of events flying by in a blur, past and present, some things that might never be.  She caught a brief glimpse of Frodo disappearing into a crack in the side of the mountain, and of Aragorn in the midst of battle, and of her grandsons also fighting fiercely.  

And then she did not see it—she felt it.  In wonder, she lifted the hand that bore Nenya high, and she laughed.  "Free!  Free at last!"  Lady Galadriel turned with joy to embrace her husband.  "Nenya is free, my husband!"

Megan blinked, and then she realized that the little water-mirror still had a scene in it.  The Lady was talking to Lord Kelly-born and Glorfindel and Radagast now.  She leaned forward on her tiptoes to see better and was surprised to see her family back in their living room at home.  They were eating popcorn and watching something on TV, but before she could say anything, it changed again—there was her family in a fancy place, maybe a castle.  And they were wearing fancy clothes.  There was her mommy and daddy and Kaylee and Jennifer and Joey and Kevin and her, but she looked a lot older, and—she laughed and waved.  "Hi, Kevin!  Hi, Jen!  Hi, Joey!  You're growner!"  She started to lean over to watch more closely and was pulled away.  

"You must not touch the water, Megan!" the Lady said sharply.

Megan turned.  "Did you see?  Did you see?"  She grinned and jumped up and down. 

The Lady bent down and kissed her forehead.  She gave a small smile and said, "I did see, I certainly did.  This is a very good day."

-oo000oo-

As the Eagle's song ended, Joey began to cheer even louder.  “Frodo did it!  Frodo and Sam did it!  They did it!" he squealed, over and over again, turning to hug his sister.  "They beat the old Bad Guy, Jennifer!  They did it!”

“They sure did!”  Jennifer hugged him back.  "Frodo and Sam!  Frodo and Sam!" she shouted.  Suddenly, she held her arms out, jumped, and yelled, "Give me an F!"

Joey only looked surprised for an instant, and then he responded, "F!"

"Give me an R!"

"R!" yelled Joey.  The people around them looked puzzled, but the children's yells were infectious.

"Give me an O!"

This time Bergil and their other friends joined in: "O!"

"Give me a D!"

"D!"  Now even more people were yelling along, even though they did not know what it meant.

"Give me another O!"

"O!"  Now half the street joined in.

"What does it spell?"

"Frodo!" shouted Joey.

What does it spell?"

Now everyone joined in: "Frodo!"

"Frodo!"

"Frodo!"

After everyone had yelled "Frodo" several times, Jennifer jumped and shouted: "Give me an S!"

"S!" 

Give me an A!"

"A!"

"Give me an M!"

"M!"

"What does it spell?"

"SAM!"

"What does it spell?"

"SAM!"

By now hundreds of people were joining in with the strange chant.

"FRODO!  SAM!" Jennifer yelled.

"FRODO!  SAM!" repeated the crowd.

-oo000oo-

Atop the Citadel, Merry was the first to hear the sound.  Was he hearing what he thought he was?

"What are they shouting?" asked Faramir.

Merry laughed and joined in as well: "FRODO!  SAM!

And then the other two also began to join in: "FRODO!  SAM!"

And tears of joy were running down the faces of all three.  There was much yet to be done, but Sauron was gone, thanks to Frodo and Sam.

-oo000oo-

A/N: The Bible verse is Psalm 139:12, and the hymn is found in https://hymnary.org/, no author listed.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Dedication:  We would like to dedicate this chapter to our friend Kimbra, known as Frodo Baggins of Bag End on FFN, andalso known as febobe, who passed beyond the circles of the world this past week, due to complications of surgery for a broken leg.  She was one of the bright spots of hobbit fanfiction and will be sorely missed.

Chapter 65: Live to Rise

Legolas raced along towards the area where the healers had set up their temporary camp.  He could feel the fluttering of Pippin's fëa, faint and faltering.  He hoped that he would find Aragorn here, or perhaps Elladan or Elrohir. 

"Legolas!"  It was Aragorn himself, and both his brothers were with him.  "What burden do you carry?"  Aragorn's voice was filled with dread.

"It is Pippin.”  Legolas glanced down at the injured hobbit in his arms and gave Aragorn a sorrowful look.  “He yet clings to life, but he is very hurt."

Aragorn and both his brothers raced to Legolas's side.  Aragorn gently relieved the Elf of his burden.  He held the hobbit close, placing his ear to Pippin's chest, as he carried him to the place where temporary pallets had been placed for the use of the injured.  Legolas realized that not many of the wounded had been recovered yet—the battle had not been ended but for a short time.

They placed Pippin on one of the blankets and called for water.  "He is drenched in black blood, but I see very little red blood upon him," said Elladan.  "Look, some of the black blood is upon his lips; turn him to the side.  How did this happen?"

"Pippin slew a troll.  Kevin was with him, and also hurt, yet not so badly.  It was Kevin who sheltered Pippin's body from most of the troll.  Gimli is with Kevin and some other wounded warriors.  Gimli sent one who was not so badly hurt to fetch help for Kevin and the others."

Elrohir, who had been bent over Pippin along with his brothers, stood.  "I will go and find them." He stood and loped off in the direction from which Legolas had come.

Aragorn was rubbing Pippin's back gently as Elladan examined him.  Pippin began to retch weakly, bringing up more of the black blood.  "He seems to have been deprived of air for some time," Aragorn said.

"He also swallowed a lot of that vile blood.  Can you help him bring up more?" asked Elladan.

Aragorn shook his head.  "Only carefully.  I dare not pound him; he has a broken rib, perhaps two, and he seems to be concussed—there is red blood on the back of his head, and some swelling."  All the time he spoke, he was still gently rubbing the hobbit's back, and the trickle of troll blood increased.

Water had been brought by one of the healer's helpers now, and Elladan wrung out a cloth and began carefully washing Pippin's face. Then he began to run his fingers over him gently, feeling for other injuries.  "His sword hand is broken.  But I do not seem to feel any other breaks besides the ribs.  He is significantly bruised," Elladan continued as he gently began to check as much as he could of the hobbit's body without pulling off Pippin's clothing.

Legolas had been listening, but staying back out of the way.  He glanced up.  "The Eagles are returning!  Gandalf is with them."  He stared more intently.  "And they bear with them Frodo and Sam!"

There was the loud thrum of wings, and with a swirl of the dusty ground.  Aragorn and Elladan slowly stood, yet remaining beside Pippin, but Legolas ran over to them, along with another of the healers' helpers.  Gandalf was on the ground, relieving the Eagles of their unconscious burdens.  He handed Sam to Legolas, and gently took Frodo in his own arms.  They walked back to where Aragorn and Elladan awaited them, and the two were also placed on pallets next to Pippin.

Legolas wept as he looked down on Frodo and Sam.  They were clad in rags; Frodo was nearly naked, although the Lothlorien cloak tied around him was in good repair; they were filthy with dirt and ash; they were as thin as rails; both were covered with cuts and bruises and welts and burns, and their lips were cracked and dry.  And…Frodo's hand was covered in blood, and he was missing a finger.  And yet there was hope, for he and Sam still lived.

-oo000oo-

Gimli stood.  There were eight warriors running towards them.  The one in the lead appeared to have one arm in a makeshift sling, but the others had blankets tied to spears made into two makeshift stretchers.  Gimli recognized the one with the injured arm as one of the sons of Imrahil.  Not the oldest, the one in the middle.  Now what was that name?

The young man stopped before the Dwarf.  "Lord Gimli?"  At Gimli's nod, he placed his fist on his breast and gave a brief bow.  "I am Erchirion, son of Imrahil of Dol Amroth."

Gimli gave him a brief bow in return.  "Gimli, son of Gloin, at your service, lad.  But I am no Lord; just call me Gimli."

The niceties observed, Erchirion and his men were swift in placing Kevin and Artemir in the makeshift stretchers, and one of the men offered Beregond an arm to lean on.  They would of necessity be traveling quite slowly.

Gimli walked with Erchirion.  "My father and brothers are with Lord Boromir, the Swan Knights and the Rohirrim, pursuing the remnants of the enemy.  But I received a blow upon my arm.  It is not broken, but at the moment it seems useless.  Father sent me back and said to make myself useful.  I thought helping with the wounded fit that description."

"Glad we are to have your help.  'Tis a far piece on foot, and with two of them unconscious, we scarce could have moved them."  Then Gimli looked above.  "Do my eyes deceive me, or do I see Eagles?"

-oo000oo-

Megan hugged Galadriel, and then she and Kaylee exchanged happy smiles as the three-year-old darted back toward her older sister.  Memories of The Wizard of Oz suddenly sprang into Kaylee’s mind.  The witch is dead! Kaylee thought.  The wicked witch is dead!  She started singing loudly:

“‘Ding, dong, the witch is dead!

“‘Which old witch?  The wicked witch.

Ding-dong, the wicked witch is dead.

Wake up, you sleepyheads; rub your eyes, get out of bed.

Wake up, the wicked witch is dead!

She's gone where the goblins go below, below, below, yo-ho.

Let's open up and sing, and ring the bells out...”*

She jumped into the air as soon as she had finished the song.  “The wicked witch is dead!” she shouted gleefully.  “Yayyy!  Goodie!  The wicked witch is dead!”

Galadriel laughed.  “Yes, Kaylee, the evil enemy is dead.  Sauron is no more.  And now, let us go and tell your mother and father.”

Kaylee kept singing that song over and over again as, while holding her hand, Galadriel took her and Megan back to their pavilion, accompanied by Lord Celeborn, Glorfindel, and Radagast, who held Megan's hand.

Steve and Gail looked up, surprised to see so many, and to see the children as well.  They had overheard Kaylee singing that song from The Wizard of Oz, which had also surprised them; Kaylee had stopped as soon as they had entered the pavilion.  Both Kaylee and Megan rushed over to their daddy, although they stopped at the edge of the bed.  Clearly, they wanted to hug him, but were mindful that he needed peace and quiet.  He sat up slightly and held out his arms.

"You can hug me, princesses!  Just be careful."  

They both climbed onto the bed with him, and he hugged them.  “The wicked witch is dead, Daddy!  The wicked witch is dead!” Kaylee said softly.

"And what witch is that?" he asked, puzzled.  Then he looked up at the adults who had accompanied the children.

"Frodo has fulfilled the quest," said the Lady Galadriel.  Her face was glowing.  "The Ring has been destroyed, and Sauron is no more."

"Daddy, Mommy," interrupted Megan.  "Guess what?  I saw Kevin and Jen and Joey inna water!"

"What?" Gail exclaimed. 

"It is true, Gail.”  Galadriel smiled.  “Megan was standing near me as I searched the water of my Mirror, and she caught a glimpse of your elder children.  It seemed to be a few years hence, and she saw the entire family together."

Gail heaved a great sigh of relief, and Steve squeezed her hand.  "Praise be to the Lord!" she said quietly.  She leaned in towards her husband, over the little girls' heads, and kissed him softly.  "Our prayers are answered."

“Yes,” Steve agreed.  His face, which had been tensed with pain and worry, seemed to relax a little at his wife's words.

"We needed to let you know that your younger daughters are now returned unto you," said Lord Celeborn.  "For my Lady and I, and Radagast, must travel to the other side of the River.  There we will join with my kinsman Thranduil to see an end put to Sauron's evil hold at Dol Guldur."

"Oh," Gail responded.  "Is everything not over now?"

"We hope that it may be," Celeborn responded, "but that place is filled with evil.  There still may be some enemies left, and it must all be cleansed.  Lord Glorfindel will remain here with the retinue from Rivendell.  If all goes well, we shall return ere it is time for your family to take leave of us and continue your own quest to reunite with your elder children."

-oo000oo-

Jennifer, Joey and their friends had been caught in the middle of the crowd of celebrators.  It was some time before they could extricate themselves and head in the direction of the Houses of Healing.  They had almost reached their destination when one of the other errand boys intercepted them.  "There is a message for you, Jennifer, your brother, and Bergil to join Lord Faramir and the Lord Steward in the Steward's room.  You are to go directly there."

The three of them farewelled their other friends and made their way to the part of the Houses of Healing where the Steward's room was located.  It was much larger than most of the rooms.  It was, in fact, the room belonging to the Master Healer over all the Healers.  But he had moved into his office in order to give Lord Denethor his room. 

Curious as to what the Steward wanted of them, the three of them made haste.  It was easy to tell which the room was, for just a few doors away from the room Lord Faramir had been using were two guards.  As soon as the children were spotted by the guards, one of them turned and opened the door behind him.  "The ones you have sent for are here, my Lord," he said, and then turned to gesture the children into the room.

Jennifer was only mildly surprised to see that Éowyn was there, seated in a chair next to the Steward's bed, while Faramir stood behind her with one hand on her shoulder.  Next to them stood Merry.  He gave the newcomers a cheeky wink and a grin, before schooling his face to seriousness once more.  On the other side of the bed, one of the apprentice healers stood close by.

Jennifer gave a slight curtsey, the way she had been taught in Rivendell, while both Joey and Bergil gave somewhat deeper bows.  They were, after all, in the service of the Steward.

Lord Denethor was propped up by several pillows.  "I suppose you are wondering why I sent for you?"  Before he could say more, he was interrupted by a fit of coughing.  The apprentice healer handed him a cup of water, and the Steward took a few sips and a wheezing breath.  He sat quietly for a moment, as Faramir came to hover over him.  Denethor flapped his hand dismissively.  "I—"  He wheezed.  "—am all right.  I assure you that it is nothing dire.  We will be sending messengers and supplies to the Army across the River.  Since you, Jennifer and Joey, have your brother there, Bergil has his father, and Master Meriadoc has his cousin, I would ask if you are willing to carry messages from me?  Only Bergil is directly in my service, and Master Meriadoc has already volunteered.  What of you, Jennifer and Joey?"

Before Jennifer could answer, Joey bowed again.  "My Master is Lord Boromir, and I rightfully should re-join him."

"Yes," said Jennifer, "and if Joey goes, I go."  She took a deep breath.  She'd see Kevin again soon.  She wanted so badly to make sure he was all right.

"I had—"  Lord Denethor paused for breath.  "I had thought...you might."  He began to cough again, and this time he looked up at Faramir and nodded.  He accepted another cup of water from his attendant.

"This is good," Faramir said.  "You shall not set off immediately, for we will have messages from across the Anduin, to find out what is needed.  Pigeons fly more slowly than Eagles, and messengers on horseback travel more slowly still.  Yet also, I think you will likely leave between a week to ten days from now.  You are all excused of other duties, save helping the Lady Éowyn and me in making preparations for the things you will be taking with you.”

Jennifer felt her eyes fill up, and she blinked the happy tears away.  Even if they waited a whole week, it was still a lot sooner than she had hoped for to see her brother again.  She closed her eyes briefly and sent up a wordless prayer of thanks.

-oo000oo-

*A/N: The song "Ding-dong!  The Witch is Dead" was written by Harold Arlen, and currently, the copyright is held by Warner Bros.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 66: Just Keep Swimming

The day after the Ring had been destroyed, Steve was up and around some, although the Elven healer who attended him had advised him to take it easy.  He walked slowly about the pavilion, with his little daughters following him anxiously at first, as though they expected him to fall down any minute. When they realized he seemed to really be all right, they darted outside with giggles, to play in front of the pavilion.  Gail, too, had been observing him, and she joined him as he sat down on a chair next to the table of fruit, cheese, and other breakfast items.  After she had taken a seat next to her husband, she began to serve both of them plates of food.

"I really am feeling a lot better, though I'm still a little wobbly…" Steve told his wife.

"Well, it's a good thing that Lord Celeborn declined your offer to go with the Elves, to go across the River.”

Steve smiled ruefully.  “Well, I’m really in no shape to fight anyway, and I know it, but I had to at least offer, so I don’t have to feel that I’m not doing my part.”

“Oh, Steve.”  Gail put a hand on his arm.  “You’ve done your part and then some!  You have done your bit to help the Elves here fight the enemy, so don’t think that you’re slacking now.  When you were in the army, wounded soldiers weren’t expected to fight, you know.”

“True.”  Steve grimaced.  “And for the most part, the reason they got wounded in the first place was because they were fighting!  Wounded in the line of duty, as I was the other day.”

“Truer words were never spoken.”  Glorfindel entered the pavilion, accompanied by Radagast.  “You have done your part, and you have nothing to be ashamed of now.”

"So, what's next?" Steve asked, looking from Glorfindel to Radagast.  "I know that the top Enemy is dead, but what about the rest of his crew?"

Glorfindel sat down in one of the other chairs.  Radagast helped himself to a plate of fruit, bread, and cheese, and then he also sat down.  Glorfindel gave an amused look at the wizard and then turned his attention back to Steve.

"You are quite right—this battle across the river will be about the 'rest of his crew', and also about destroying his former stronghold there.  Most of his 'crew', as you call it, are orcish rabble, with few of them intelligent enough to take command.  However, they are numerous enough and strong enough to pose a threat to others."

Steve nodded, furrowing his brow.  "Who is this Thranduil they spoke of?  Is he an ally?"

Glorfindel gave an amused chuckle.  "He is, though loath to admit it.  Thranduil is descended of Elmo, one of the first Elves to waken at Cuiviénen, brother to Elwë, also known as Thingol, as is Celeborn.  Celeborn was the son of Galadhon, who was the son of Elmo.  Thranduil is the grandson of Galadwhen, the daughter of Elmo."

Steve and Gail looked at each other.  They had heard tales of Cuiviénen in the Hall of Fire at Rivendell, although they did not really remember all the names.  It seemed that instead of just one pair of people, as the Lord had done for Adam and Eve, He had paired up a number of Elves there, which seemed to be the Elvish version of the Garden of Eden.  At least that was the only way for Steve and Gail to make sense of it.

"Why do you say that this Thranduil is 'loath to admit' the alliance?" Steve asked, frowning.  He hoped that Thranduil had not been an enemy of the Lothlórien elves!

Glorfindel shook his head.  "It is complicated, as family relations often are.  You see, Thingol was not fond of Noldorin Elves—and the Lady Galadriel is one.  Even though Galadriel's people had not taken part in the Kinslaying across the Sea, nor did they sail in the stolen ships of the Teleri, they yet followed Fëanor to Middle-earth from Aman.  Thingol held all the Noldorin folk to be cursed, whether they had taken part in the Kinslaying or not.  So, naturally, when his grand-nephew wed a Noldorin princess, he was unhappy, as was his other grand-nephew, Orophen, Thranduil's father.  But over the many years, Thranduil has come to see that his Noldorin in-law is not so bad as all that.  Still, he is a little prickly around the Lady Galadriel."

"Oh," said Steve, shaking his head.  Gail gave her husband an amused smile.  And they had thought it confusing when Bilbo had talked of hobbit genealogy!  "Well, I am glad it's no big deal, then."

Radagast laughed out loud, and Glorfindel shook his own head, smiling.  "If I understand your meaning, that is so."

Steve shrugged.  "So, what is our next move?"  He looked at Gail, and then back at Glorfindel.

"The majority of the Lothlórien Elves, as well as myself," answered Radagast, "will be leaving this afternoon, to head once more across the River.  There, we will meet with Thranduil and his people to throw down the enemy's stronghold of Dol Guldur.  You two and your daughters will remain here, along with Glorfindel and your escort Elves, until that task is safely accomplished.  After that is completed and Celeborn and Galadriel return, I believe you will be able to resume your journey to find your older children."

Glorfindel nodded.  "As Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey did, you will continue your quest by going down the River."

Gail frowned.  “We’re going to need life jackets, then.  For Kaylee and Megan.  I don’t want them in danger of drowning if the boats should capsize, or if they should fall out of the boats.”

Glorfindel laughed.  "Elven boats do not capsize, and we can take care of making sure they do not fall out.  I am sorry, Gail, but we have never heard of these 'life jackets'."

Gail turned to Steve.  "I don't like it, Steve."

He laid a hand on her arm.  "I think that we will have to trust the Elves in this.  Kaylee can swim some, and even Megan can dog paddle.  I'm sure we can rescue them if they fall out."

Glorfindel looked thoughtful.  "Perhaps we could rig some sort of tether, to make certain of that, should they fall out of the boat.  That would give us the assurance of hauling them back in.  It might be wise to do the same for Lucy as well.  I have seen her swim, but she is a rather small dog." 

"And still less than half-grown.  It might also be a good idea to allow the girls a chance to practice swimming before we set off, as well," added Steve.

“Except for one small problem,” Gail told him.  “The water is not warm enough for swimming yet.  Otherwise, I’d have no objection.”

"If they fall in, best they expect it to be cold," said Radagast.  "River water is cold, after all.  The lessons need not be long."

Steve nodded.  "If you are concerned for their safety, then Radagast is right.  I don't think they will fall in, but it is still much better to be prepared.  We won't not let them stay in the water long enough to get hypothermia, sweetheart—just long enough to be sure they know what to do if the worst happens on our trip."

Gail's expression was still unhappy, but she realized that not only was she outnumbered, but they were right, darn it.

That afternoon, Steve, Gail, and the children said farewell to the Lord and Lady, and to Radagast and many other Lothlórien Elves they had come to know before they set off for one more battle, this one across the River.  The Elves who had remained were subdued and soon vanished into the trees—even Lassiel.  But for the first time in a while, all the Rivendell Elves were together, and Mairen and Avorn were glad to join them in the pavilion, along with a few of the others, including Glorfindel, who found himself with a little girl on each knee.

"Daddy says we can go swimming in the water tomorrow!  In the River!" Kaylee told him.

"Yes, because when we leave here, we shall be going in small boats upon the River, and your mother wants to be sure that if you fall out, you can be safe until we pull you back in."

"Small?" asked Kaylee. "Big enough for Lucy?"

"Indeed."  Glorfindel grinned.

"What about Barrel?"

Glorfindel shook his head.  "Our horses and ponies will wait here in Lothlórien until later, Kaylee.  They cannot ride upon the River."

Kaylee gave a big sigh.  "I would rather ride Barrel."

"But the River is much faster, and we will find your brothers and sister sooner than if we ride."

"I like boats!" interrupted Megan.  "I wanna go inna boat!"

Kaylee frowned.  “We’re not gonna wear life jackets?”

Steve shook his head.  “The Elves don't have any life jackets, sweetheart.”

Kaylee shrugged.  "Oh, okay."

The next morning, Steve and Gail walked the girls down to the River, with Lucy trailing alongside.  Mairen and Avorn and Lassiel accompanied them, carrying towels and blankets and firewood. Glorfindel met them there with another Elf, one whom Steve recalled from the battle.  Inglor, if he recalled right.  Inglor had his left arm in a sling, which accounted for his not having gone East for the next battle.  The two of them had come up with ingenious leather harnesses that would fit over each of the girls' shoulders, back, and chest.  There was a ring in front of each, where the girls could be tethered to lightweight ropes.  Mairen and Lassiel helped the girls undress down to their shifts and underwear.  

"The water is very cold, little one," Glorfindel said to Megan, as he adjusted the harness and tied the rope in place.

"I don't care!" Megan answered, smiling and bouncing in anticipation.  "I like to swim!"

Kaylee looked more dubious.  "How cold?"  Steve was helping her put on her harness.

Steve laughed at his daughters.  "Hop in, kids, and find out."  Gail, who was seated against a nearby mallorn trunk, gave him a rather sour look.  The sun was high enough that the air was warm on the sunny bank, but she knew just how cold the water was.

She watched in trepidation and saw both of them shudder as they stepped off the shallow bank.  Kaylee stopped, but Megan waded in, and soon was dog paddling eagerly, with Lucy splashing beside her.  Kaylee had stopped when she was only knee-high, but yelled, "Hey, stop splashing!"

"Go on in," Steve said firmly.

Kaylee still hesitated, but then Lucy pounced at her, and she was all in.  She spluttered, but quickly began to paddle around as well.  

As the girls splashed in the water, Inglor built a small campfire, his injured arm barely inconveniencing him, and soon Lassiel was heating water to make some warm tea.  Gail kept her eagle eye on her little daughters, and when she noticed them shivering and their lips beginning to turn blue, she rose to her feet and approached the bank.  "OK, it's time to come in, girls.  You're getting too cold!" she shouted.

Kaylee at once headed for the bank, but Megan just shouted back, "I'm n—n—not c—c—cold, Mommy!"

Megan did love the water, Gail thought.  When they went to the pool at the park, it was nearly impossible to get her out, even when she was shivering and her lips nearly purple. 

"Hey!" Megan yelled.  Glorfindel was bringing her in easily by simply tugging on the rope attached to her harness.  "T—t—t'at's n—no f—f—fair!"  Glorfindel laughed, and Steve and Gail chuckled.

“No, little one, it is time for you to get out of the water,” Glorfindel told the shivering three-year-old, as he rubbed her with a towel.

“Glorfindel’s right,” Steve told her firmly.  “It’s still too early in the year to spend much time in the water, Megan.”

“That’s right!” Kaylee added emphatically, as she stepped out of the river and raced toward the others, shivering with cold.

Seeing her little mistresses coming out of the river, Lucy ran up and began shaking herself and then rolling on the ground.  As soon as she was sufficiently dried, she picked up a nearby twig and began to play with it.

Before long, all were seated around the campfire, enjoying cups of mint tea and some small pastries that Mairen and Lassiel had brought along.  Lucy had dropped the twig and was licking her front paws.

Gail leaned against Steve, and said, "You know, I wouldn't have thought so, but those harnesses seem to work just as well as life jackets do, and they are less bulky than life jackets, too."

"Not to mention that both our girls still seem to know how to stay afloat and keep their heads above the water.  Feel better now?" he asked her quietly.

"Yes, I do."  She nodded.  At least he hadn't said, "I told you so."

Later on, that afternoon, with harnesses in place, including one for Lucy, the McClouds were introduced to Elven boats.  They went down to the bank and saw several Elves paddling up and down the River in the area where the girls had been swimming that morning. 

Gail was impressed by their beauty.  They were much more streamlined than typical rowboats, and wider than canoes.  The lightweight wood they were made of was a silvery-grey colour with a fine grain.  The paddles were leaf-shaped, and even had veining carved to make them look even more leaf-like. She was still slightly doubtful about them not being able to capsize.  

She mentioned this to Glorfindel.  He laughed at her, and then cupped his hands to his mouth and shouted out to the Elves in the boats.  There were three Elves in each boat, so two of them in one boat stood up and then stepped up to stand on the same side of one boat.  It tipped just slightly, but did not capsize.  Then the other one stood up next to them, and again it tipped a little, but stayed upright.  Then two Elves from another boat jumped in the water and swam over, and pulled at the side to hoist themselves in.  Then those two stood up on the side.  There were now five Elves standing on the same side of one boat, and it was still just gently bobbing there, slightly tipped.  Then all of them bent their knees, and this time the boat listed almost to the water line.  They dove into the water, all of them, and the boat simply righted itself.

Gail's eyes were wide.  Glorfindel gazed down at her.  "Do you believe it now?"

She nodded rapidly.  "Uh-huh!"  She shook her head, wide-eyed.  "If only we humans could invent a capsize-proof boat!"

The Elves who had jumped in splashed and played for a while, and then one of them climbed back into the boat, which had just floated there.  

After a bit of experimentation, it was decided that two Elves, one adult, and one child to a boat would be how the McClouds would be transported, with Lucy in the same boat as Gail and Megan, while Steve and Kaylee rode in another.  That would be two of the boats.  Then they would need four more boats, with three Elves apiece in three of them, and one Elf to paddle the boat containing their supplies.

They spent the rest of the day getting used to the boats they would be using, and Gail and Steve practiced paddling.  Both of them had done some canoeing in the past, when they had camped.  But it was a little different with these boats, which were larger.  Gail expected the leaf-shaped paddles to be difficult to use, but in spite of their size, they were perfectly balanced, and they placed less strain on the back and arms than the paddles she had used in the past.

The little girls were also getting used to their harnesses, and they found that they could sit next to one side of each boat and trail their fingers in the water, while Lucy eagerly went from one side to the other to bark and startle the swans and other waterfowl that paddled about in that part of the River.  In spite of her back-and-forth scampering, Lucy and Megan managed to not tangle the tether ropes at all, which was a relief to Gail.  She remarked on this to the Lothlórien Elf who was in the boat with them.  His name was Inglor.

He smiled.  "The rope is of our making," he answered, "and hithlain does not tangle easily."

They were nearly ready to stop for the afternoon when a large thrush landed on the stern of the boat in which Steve rode, next to Glorfindel.  It cocked its head and hopped up on his forearm.  From the other boat, Lucy began barking madly, but the bird completely ignored her as Glorfindel held it up near his face, and they appeared to have a conversation.  Steve and Gail looked at one another in confusion.  After a few moments, the Elf lifted his arm, and the thrush flew off.

Glorfindel looked at Steve, but spoke loud enough for Gail to hear in the other boat. “Radagast has sent word: our folk have met with the Elven-King Thranduil, and between them, they have driven the remaining Orcs from the vicinity of Dol Guldur.  The only guards remaining seem to be a small group of Easterlings and an elderly Fell Beast within Dol Guldur itself.  Tomorrow, when the Sun shows her face, Radagast will raise a perimeter of protection for the land surrounding the fortress, and our Lady Galadriel will lay waste to the foundations of that dread place.”

“And then they will return to Lothlórien?” Steve asked; Glorfindel nodded.  “That is indeed good news, all of it.”  Steve smiled, and then frowned.  “Uh, Glorfindel, what is a Fell Beast?”

"They are eldritch creatures out of the ancient times.  Some say they are the stock from which Melkor created dragons.  It is certainly possible, but none truly know the answer.  They are ugly flying creatures sometimes used for the Nazgûl to ride upon."

Eldritch.  Haven't thought of that word since I read Lovecraft back in college, he thought.

The little family was tired and sweaty after their day on the water; they stopped by the bathing springs on their way to the pavilion to clean up.  Steve had to carry Kaylee, and Megan fell asleep in Gail's arms as, warm and clean, they made their way to the pavilion.

In addition to the usual bread, fruit, and cheese, they had been left a platter of cold meats and a hot brothy soup filled with bits of some kind of meat and lots of vegetables.  Gail fed Megan, who had awakened but was still sleepy, and who did not want much more than a little bread and broth.  Kaylee ate a little more than that, but she, too, was more tired than hungry.

Once they had tucked the little girls into their cot, Steve and Gail helped themselves to their own meals and spoke together quietly of their day.  They were not sore after their exertion as they had thought they would be, but they were very assuredly tired.

"Once Lord Celeborn and Lady Galadriel return, we should be able to leave fairly soon," said Steve.  "Although I imagine there will be a few days to prepare, and for reconnaissance to make sure there are no straggling enemies nearby."

“No doubt.”  Gail nodded agreement.  "I will be so glad to get started.  I do love it here in Lothlórien and could easily stay for ages, if it wasn't that we need to find the rest of our family!  I am so glad that the War is over, and that Ring is destroyed.  Everyone should be safe now."

Steve nodded.  "But don't think the danger is completely over.  There is always more trouble in the wake of a war than you would expect.  And besides, even though Sauron is now out of commission, along with Melkor—and I thank the Lord for that!—there are still Satan and his demons to contend with, and that’ll be the case until Jesus returns."

She snuggled next to him.  "Well, tonight, I can't think that far.  Remember, it says in Matthew: ‘Therefore do not worry about tomorrow, for tomorrow will worry about itself.  Each day has enough trouble of its own.’”

Steve laughed and squeezed her shoulders.  "Truer words were never spoken!  I do tend to get carried away, don’t I?  Well, at least our children are all safe from Sauron now.”  He kissed her.  “Let's get some rest, shall we?  We will need to practice being in the boats again tomorrow."  With a smile, she nodded, and the two of them closed their eyes and drifted off.

The following day was not quite so pleasant, for they stayed in the boats almost the whole time once they had begun, with only the most necessary and urgent stops for Kaylee and Megan when Lucy was also taken back on shore to relieve herself.  Except for Lucy, who had been fed before they’d started, they all ate in the boats, small bites of lembas and swallows of water, and there was a sack of apples aboard each one for the girls to snack on.  Gail was glad the two children were riding in separate boats, since both of them had become a little cranky before it was time to stop.  She knew if both the children had been together in the same boat, there would have been bickering.  This would be a rather monotonous trip for them once they started the actual journey down the River, not a whole lot different from long car rides; it shouldn’t be so difficult for Lucy, but the kids would quickly get bored, day after day.  So, they would have to keep their goal in mind.  And maybe she and Steve could think up some things the children could do to keep busy, as they rolled along the river, as they did whenever they went on a road trip.

They had finished for the day when another bird came down to find Glorfindel.  This one was a falcon of some sort, but once more the Elf spoke quietly with it to learn its message.  When they were finished, the bird launched itself off into the blue and was soon no more than a speck.

Glorfindel looked at them with his face glowing with joy, even more than usual.  "They have taken Dol Guldur.  Thranduil himself slew the Fell Beast, and Lady Galadriel has thrown down the walls and laid bare its pits, and the forest is cleansed.  They will remain with Thranduil's people for three days of celebration, and then our host will return across the Anduin to come home on the fourth day."

Steve and Gail looked at one another with grins, and Steve held up his palm.  "All right!" the two exclaimed, as Gail smacked his hand in a high five.

-oo000oo-

A/N: The verse Gail quotes is Matthew 6:34.

A/N: Celeborn was a Sindarin prince of Doriath, being the grandson of Elmo the brother of Elwe/Thingol, and thus he was the grand-nephew of the King of Doriath.   (Tolkien Gateway)

According to a family tree I found, Celeborn's father Galadhon could possibly have had an unidentified sibling, from whom Oropher, Thranduil, and Legolas were descended.  This is speculation, but it fits with the story, so we are adopting it.  We decided to make the unidentified sibling a sister, and found a name for her.

I would like to thank Laura Callahan, Hugh Caley, and Moraine Dunne, over at Quora, who confirmed my thoughts that Celeborn and Thranduil were related, although not how.  DF


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 67: The Place Where Lost Things Go

Pigeons were slower than Eagles, as Faramir had said, but not by much.  It was shortly after the evening meal when the first ones arrived.  Jennifer, Joey, and Merry had joined the Steward, Faramir, and Éowyn in the Steward's quarters for supper and were still there, answering some of the Steward's questions about their families and their homelands.  Jennifer and Joey had grown quite adept over the months at describing their home without putting in too much about technology that they couldn't explain.

Denethor was most interested in the way that the politics worked in the United States, with everyone getting a vote to elect their leaders.

"Do you mean to say there is no King over your nation, nor any Lords who inherit their office?"

"No, sir," Jennifer replied politely.  "Our whole country elects a President, but he also has to cooperate with other elected Senators and Representatives, and then if some people feel a law is unfair, we have a Supreme Court of judges who can make that decision.  And the states that make up our country have governors who are elected, and the cities and towns all have mayors.  No one inherits any of those offices.  And everyone over eighteen is allowed to vote and help choose which person takes office."

"Fascinating," said Denethor.  "What if someone unworthy is elected?"

"Well, they can't be much of a problem.  Some offices are only for two years at a time, and the office of the President is four years.  So, people can vote them out.  And a President can't have more than two terms.  The Supreme Court justices, on the other hand—they remain in office for life.  They can only be nominated and chosen by our Senators, you see, not elected.  But even they don't inherit their offices."

Merry leaned back in his chair, looking thoughtful.  "In the Shire, we have the Thain for the whole Shire, and my father is Master of Buckland, and all the family heads. But even my uncle, the Thain—he's Pippin's father—he mostly just rules his own family, but as Thain, he is responsible for seeing to the upkeep of the Bridge over the Brandywine and the main roads, and calling up the Shire Muster in an emergency.  And we do elect a Mayor every seven years, but only the family heads are allowed to vote."

"All this voting sounds like a somewhat risky system," said Denethor.  He paused to cough and take a sip of wine from his goblet.  "But it seems to work for your people."

Joey smiled.  “For over two hundred years, it sure has.”  He scanned their faces.  “George Washington was the first President of the United States!  He was the father of our country.  And before that, he was a general in the Revolutionary War.  We’ve had lots of presidents since then!”

Both Denethor and Faramir gave Joey a shocked look, and he grinned.

The conversation might have gone on further, but there was a knock at the door, and Denethor's elderly servant Baranor went to answer it.  He returned with two messages, which he handed to the Steward.  Denethor opened the first one, which had a wax seal on it of a serpent eating its tail.  Jennifer recognized it as a ring she had seen Aragorn wearing.

He scanned his eyes over it and nodded.  "Aragorn, son of Arathorn, confirms the victory over Sauron.  He also says that Boromir survived the battle unscathed."  He read a little further and then raised his eyes to the children and Merry.  "I am sorry to tell you, your brother and Peregrin were both injured in battle.  He gives no details in this message, but says more messages will be coming.”

The next message was from Boromir, and this one, he read aloud.

“My esteemed Father and Faramir, my brother,

“I know you are much relieved to see this message in my own hand.  I survived the battle with no injuries.  The enemy was completely routed, and Sauron the Enemy is thrown down and his tower is no more, thanks to the efforts of Frodo, son of Drogo of the Shire, and Samwise, son of Hamfast.  Their efforts in the Black Land left them half-starved and cruelly treated, but they were brought away still living and will recover, though they are still unconscious.  Aragorn is going to place them in a healing sleep, for he says rest is the best thing for them.

“Please relay to Jennifer and Joey that Kevin, son of Steven—and to Meriadoc, son of Saradoc, that Peregrin, son of Paladinwere each injured in the battle as they bravely fought to save some of our Guardsmen.  Both of them suffered mild concussions and breathed in some of the foul blood of a troll, and both have many cuts, abrasions, and bruises.  Kevin had a vicious bruise on his back.  Pippin sustained two broken ribs and a broken sword hand.  Kevin had no broken bones, yet had his right shoulder dislocated.  They will recover with the healing hands of our new King and the other healers.  Legolas and Gimli were unscathed in the battle, and it was they who discovered Kevin and Pippin.

Joey may also relay to young Bergil that his father is alive, and though slightly wounded, was able to walk back on his own two feet from the battlefield.

Our Uncle and his sons all survived the battle as well, all unscathed save Erchirion, who suffered a sprained wrist.  Please let the Lady Éowyn know that her brother fought valiantly, so fiercely he fought that he had not even a scratch upon him.

“The Army of the West will soon be moving from this broken land.  We shall be relocating to the Field of Cormallen in Ithilien for a time, to see to the healing of the wounded in a more wholesome location.  I will send more information as it comes to me.

“With great love, I am your son and brother,

Boromir”

Jennifer's eyes were filled with tears.  "Kevin's hurt!  And Pippin, too!"

Joey, who an instant before looked as though he might cry too, put his hand on her arm.  "But it's gonna be okay, Jen!  It says so in the letter, that they'll recover."

Jennifer swallowed and nodded.  "Thank God!  I just wish we could be there!"

"I know!" said Joey.  "Me, too!"

"I will be there," Merry said fiercely.  "Pippin needs me, and so do Frodo and Sam.  Can we leave in the morning?"

"No, Merry," said Faramir.  "Supplies and transport must be arranged.  The Army will need food and healing supplies and many other things.  But in just a few days, you will be able to go."

Joey straightened up in anticipation.  “I can’t wait!”

The children were dismissed.  Joey returned to the errand lads' dormitory, and Jennifer went back to the one she shared with the apprentice healers.

That night, she spent a long time on her knees, thanking the Lord that those she cared about most were all alive, and that the Enemy was cast down.

“Uh, God…”  She cleared her throat and continued.  “Thank You, God, for giving us the victory over Sauron.  Yes, I’m including us McClouds in that, because we would have been badly affected if Sauron had won, not just the people who belong here.  Thank You that Kevin and Pippin and Aragorn and Boromir and Legolas and Gimli are all alive and safe.  And that Kevin and Pippin will get well.  And especially thank You that Frodo and Sam are alive and safe, and that they were able to destroy the One Ring.  Thank You so much for all of that!”  She took a deep breath and paused for a long moment.

"And Lord, I know that a lot of our people probably did get killed or hurt a lot worse than Kevin and Pippin did.  Please welcome those who’ve died into Your Presence, though I know that it’ll be a long time before Your Son makes His Presence here known.  I don't know how that works, but I know You will take care of them, somehow, and give comfort to their families.  And I pray for the healing of those who were seriously hurt.”  She paused again, to scratch an itch on her upper left arm.

“Please help Joey and me to get to Kevin quickly.  But give us some patience until we get there."  Another moment passed while she tried to decide what to pray for next.

“Lord,” she finally said, “now that the War is over, and Sauron is no more, please fix it so that Mom and Dad and Kaylee and Megan—and Lucy—can be with us once more.  I know Mom and Dad and Megan are here somewhere in Middle-earth, even though I don’t know where.  Please bring them here, and Kaylee and Lucy, too.  And please keep them safe on the way here.  Sauron may be dead, but there may still be orcs and trolls and other evil creatures out there who could harm them.  Please keep them all safe from them while they’re traveling here to join us.”

She stopped again.  “In Jesus’ name, amen.”

Exhausted, she clambered into her bed, and was soon sound asleep.

-oo000oo-

Joey woke up the following morning with a sense of joy.  For a moment, he could not remember why—and then he did.  The War was over!  Kevin was hurt, but Boromir said he would be okay, and it was the same with Pippin.

He was also glad he'd had the chance to let Bergil know about his father being mostly okay before they went to sleep the night before, but he wished he knew about Sador's brother.  He knew the younger boy was very worried.

He sat up and looked around.  He must have slept late, because the dormitory was nearly empty!  "Where is everybody?" he wondered aloud.

Just then, Dame Ioreth came bustling in.  "Good morn, young Joey!  'Tis time to rise and wash your face and get dressed and go down for breakfast."

"You mean I didn't sleep late, ma'am?"  Joey stretched his arms above his head.

She shook her head.  "No, everyone else woke early.  A messenger rode in last night from the battle.  A list of those who died is posted at the gate to the Sixth Circle, and everyone has gone down to look at it, to see if those they know are listed."

"Oh."  Joey realized then that some people were going to be very sad today.  He quietly got dressed and washed his face.  But he didn't have much appetite now.  He would go to the gate and try and find Bergil and Sador.

He walked slowly to the gate; there were many people standing in lines to get the chance to see if they had a family member on the gate.  One of the Citadel scribes stood by the list to help each person find the name or names (or not) that they were looking for.  He was also there to read the names if the person could not read.  Joey caught sight of his friends over to one side and went to them.  "Why aren't you in line?" he asked.

"We already looked at the list.  Sador's brother is not on it," said Bergil, "and we know my father is alive, thanks to you."

Joey grinned and turned to say, "Sador, that's great!"  But then he noticed the other boy's face.

"Yes, but they told us to keep checking the list each day, since the wounded people might get added later, and we do not know if he might be injured."  Sador looked troubled, and Bergil nodded agreement.

"Oh."  Joey hadn't thought of that.  He furrowed his brow and bit his lower lip as he thought about that for a moment.  "Well, I think he’ll be OK.  I don't know why; I just do."

"Thank you, Joey.”  Sador gave Joey a wan smile.  “I hope you are right.  My brother is all I have; I do not know what will become of me if something has happened to him."

Joey frowned.  “I know what you mean.  I don’t like to think about anything happening to Kevin, either.”  After all, if they did not get back home, he and his brother and sisters would be stuck here on their own.  He was sure that Aragorn would take care of them, but still…  His thoughts began to drift…

"Joey!"  It was Jennifer's voice.  "I just came from Dame Ioreth.  She says there were more messages in the night, and Lord Faramir wishes to see us—and you, too, Bergil!"

The day grew quite busy then, for Faramir had received a list of many things that would be needed at Cormallen.  That was the place, he told them, to which the wounded would be evacuated, and the leaders would make the plans for the return to Minas Tirith, and for Aragorn’s coronation.  There were messages and errands aplenty.  But best of all was the news that not only would Jennifer and Joey accompany the supplies, but so would Merry and Bergil.

-oo000oo-

Merry and Bergil made their way down to the armoury.  Faramir had sent orders to have a replacement helmet made for Pippin, as his was badly damaged in the battle, and had to be damaged even more to be removed.  The skill and materials to simply mend it were not available in Cormallen, and so Aragorn had requested a new one be made if possible, in the short length of time allowed.  The work had begun nearly as soon as the message arrived, and now Merry and Bergil were to check on its progress.

The clang of the hammers and tools and the smell of the hot metal let the two know they were nearing their destination.

One of the blacksmiths was standing outside, pouring a ladle of water over his head, and he saw them approach.  He recognized Bergil, in his livery as an errand lad, but not Merry.

"Oi, young Bergil!  You know you should not be bringing your friends around here to show off."

"But Master Héostor! This is Meriadoc of Buckland, who helped Lady Éowyn of Rohan to slay the Chief of the Nazgul!"

The smith looked more closely, seeing the maturity in Merry's face, and his ears and feet.  "My apologies, my Lord!  You are kin to the Ernil i Pheriannath, are you not?"

"I am.  He's my first cousin.  It is on his account that we are here, for Lord Faramir asked us to check on the progress of the helm you are making for him."

"Not I.  I mostly make swords and knives."  He gave Merry a shrewd look.  "I am sure a warrior like you should have a worthy blade for your prowess and made to your length."

Merry shrugged.  "I've struck a few blows with it, but the last stroke I made was also the last for my blade, for it withered away into dust after it hit that foul Black Rider."  He turned towards the inside of the smithy, from which were still coming many loud clangs.

"Go on in, sir," Master Héostor said.  He turned and grinned at Bergil and gave a wink.

Bergil and Master Héostor followed Merry inside the smithy, where the heat and noise were even greater.  He introduced them to another smith, Master Galion, who stood up from the anvil where he had, in fact, been hammering away at a small helmet.

Merry had never seen an anvil quite like that.  Instead of flat, it was rounded, and next to it was another rounded anvil somewhat smaller.

The smith picked up the piece he had been hammering on and held it up.  "What do you think, my Lord?"

Merry shook his head, but said nothing about the form of address.  This was just one of the ways of Gondor he'd have to get used to.  He hated to think what Sam would say about a hobbit of the Shire being "my Lorded" about, even the Son of Brandy Hall.  Instead, he examined the piece of metal carefully.  "That's the upper part of the helmet?  It rather looks like the helmets the Guardsmen wear by the fountain, except for the lack of wings."

"You have a good eye, sir," the smith replied.  "Not many would see that at this stage.  Say, no offense, but is your head about the same size as the Ernil i Pheriannath?”

"Fairly close," Merry answered.  "I take it you'd like to use me to check the fit?"

"If you would be so kind?"

Merry nodded and stood still as the smith lowered the helm down over his head.  It actually fit somewhat better than his helm from Rohan did.  "It's comfortable enough—a little loose, but of course, there is no padding in it yet."

"That is true.  Wait just a moment, if you please."  Master Galion turned and picked up another piece which would protect the nose and held it up to the helmet.  He took a piece of charcoal and made a mark on the upper helm.  "There it is, does that seem right?"

"Yes, Master Galion.”

"This piece is almost finished.  The entire helm will be ready by sunset, once I can get back to work!"

Merry laughed.  "I am glad to see that you are dedicated to your craft, Master Galion.  We will get out of your way and let you get back to work."

-oo000oo-

Jennifer and Firieth were on the way to pick up some medical supplies.  They had already been to the apothecary, and each carried a basket filled with herbs as well as some bottles of tonics and potions and boxes of powders, and some jars of salves and balms.  They had two servants from the Citadel following them, for their next stop was to the storehouse of the Houses of Healing, where they would pick up the many fresh linen bandages and cleaning cloths which had been bundled up for transport.  

Firieth looked at the list they were carrying.  Most of the herbs and medicines had been in stock at the Houses of Healing.  But the Herb-master had sent them down to one of the apothecaries in town to see if they could find the rest of the items on that list.  They would go there after they had sent the servants back with the linens and bandages.

"I wonder what Lord Faramir needed Joey for?" Firieth asked. 

"I don't know, actually," Jennifer said.  "He just said he needed Joey's help to find something in the Citadel."

"How mysterious!  I wish I could be going, but I am needed here in the Houses of Healing.  I will miss you, Jennifer."

Jennifer smiled wistfully.  "I'll miss you, too, Firieth."

-oo000oo-

Joey followed Lord Faramir and Labadal through some musty corridors he had never seen before.  All the rooms back here seemed to be storerooms, and both the Lord and the servant seemed to know right where they were going.

"Ah!  My Lord, here we are," said Labadal, pulling out a large brass key from the pouch at his belt.  He inserted the key and turned it, pushing the door open at the same time.

Joey was surprised that the door didn't creak, and when they stepped in, there was no musty smell and no dust, and one of the high windows was partially opened.

Faramir turned to the servant.  "I see you have been busy, Labadal, since my brother went away."

The old man smiled.  "Rather say, my Lord, since you came here yourself to fetch your mother's mantle the other day.  I felt there might be more needs to enter this room now, so I brought up a couple of the chambermaids, and we gave the room a thorough cleaning."

"What are we trying to find?" asked Joey.  "My Lord," he added.  It was hard to remember to use the titles all the time.

Faramir laughed.  "Well, you are well supplied with clothing and pages' livery by my brother, but Pippin's livery has been through battle, Merry has very little clothing, and from what my brother said in his last message, poor Frodo and Sam have little more than rags.  Although the cloaks given by the Lady of the Golden Wood seem to have been spared to them."  Joey furrowed his brow as he thought about what Faramir had just said.  Faramir smiled at him.

"In some of these chests lie clothing that once belonged to my brother and I when we were your age.  We shall see what we may find that will fit our hobbit friends."

That made sense to Joey, so Faramir showed him one chest.  "That one has some of Boromir's childhood things—see what you can find that might fit either Sam or Merry."  Joey nodded.

Labadal unlocked it for him, and then Joey went to look into it, trying to find what might fit Sam or Merry.  Their build was similar, though now Merry was quite a bit taller than Sam.  He tried to imagine Sam's reaction to seeing both Merry and Pippin almost a head taller than they had been.

He found several pairs of what they called "trews".  They would probably fit Merry at about the same place as his hobbit pants, but would likely go to the ankle for Sam.  They looked like they might fit okay at the waist for both hobbits, since they laced up.  He didn't know anything about what kind of cloth they were, but some of it was fancier than others.  He set aside a pair of yellow ones, a pair of cream-colored ones that felt kind of like soft leather, a set of green ones, and a set of bright blue ones for Merry.  For Sam, he put aside two pairs of light brown, one of which also felt like soft leather, and a pair of dark blue and one of dark green.

Then he started pulling out some tunics and shirts.  He was about to sort out which ones he thought Merry would like and which ones he thought Sam would like, when he heard Labadal exclaim, "I have found it, my Lord!", so he turned around.

Labadal had found a chest that was different from the others, more like a flat box. 

Both Faramir and Joey went over to look as Labadal gently placed it down on the floor between them all.  After unlocking it with a tiny key, he lifted the lid.  There inside, right on top, was a mail shirt.  Except that it was made of gleaming golden scales rather than silver rings, it resembled the mail shirt Frodo had been wearing in Moria.  Labadal lifted it and held it up.

Faramir glanced at Joey.  "Do you think it will fit Sam?"

Joey nodded.  "Except I don't think he would want to wear it.  He’d think it was too fancy.  You know how he is."

Faramir looked amused.  "Do I?  I think it would take more than one meeting to know how Master Samwise Gamgee 'is'.  But yes, I do sense that he is a modest person, if that is what you mean.  Still, this garment was requested, and I daresay if he is given it to wear, he will wear it."

Joey nodded.  Especially if Frodo told him to, or maybe Aragorn.  Not so much if anyone else did, though, he thought.  He turned back to his sorting, until he had chosen four shirts each for Sam and Merry.  He could tell that Faramir was finding clothing for Frodo and Pippin.

Faramir opened another trunk and glanced at Joey.  "Come over here, Joey," he summoned.

Joey left the things he'd sorted neatly folded on the floor and walked over to where Faramir knelt by the trunk.  "Yes, sir?" he asked.

Faramir drew out a tunic somewhat larger than the ones he had been sorting for Frodo and Pippin.  "I believe that the things you came with are somewhat threadbare, and you are beginning to outgrow them as well.  I know you have a set of livery from my brother and a couple of sets of shirts and trews, but that is not nearly enough."  He took out a shirt of silky grey and held it up against Joey's chest.  "What do you think, Labadal?"  Labadal nodded and smiled.

The next thing Joey knew, he was also laden with clothing that Faramir indicated was to be his.  He didn't really think he'd need that much, but Faramir was insistent.

Joey smiled.  “OK, thanks.”  These’ll be nice, he thought, gazing down at the outfits Faramir had given him, but what am I going to do with them when I go home?  I can’t wear them in Oregon!  I’ll have to give them back to Faramir, and how am I gonna do that without hurting his feelings?

There was underclothing as well, and there were belts and pouches, hats and shoes (for Joey, since the hobbits did not need them).  He had as much as he thought he could carry and then some.  Faramir and Labadal had also taken out some adult clothing—"for the wounded," Faramir explained.

There was another stop along the way back, a room Joey recognized, since that was the room where a good deal of the pages’ livery was kept, looked over and mended by two elderly seamstresses.  There Joey was given two new sets for himself, and four new sets for Pippin were chosen to be slightly altered, to reflect Pippin's status as a squire.  Joey could barely see over the load in his arms, but both Labadal and Faramir were equally laden.

-oo000oo-

Éowyn and Jennifer had been given Firieth as a guide for the next errand they had been sent upon.

"So, who is it we're going to see?"  Jennifer asked.

"Lord Faramir told me to take you to see his aunt, Princess Lindiriel, and his cousin, Lady Lothíriel.  Because time is short, he said, they will help see you ready for the journey," Firieth said.

Jennifer looked around in amazement at the large stone houses that all ran opposite to the outer wall of the City.  They were fancier than any houses she had seen since arriving in Middle-earth.  They were built of gleaming white marble, and there were iron gates in front of them, although the gates were open. The distance wasn't far.  Firieth led them to one of the Houses.  There were huge pots of flowers and herbs scattered around a courtyard of stone.  They went up and knocked on the massive front door.

The door was opened by an elderly maidservant, her hair shot with grey, and the three of them were ushered into a large entrance hall.  There was a sitting room to the left, and Jennifer could glimpse two women sitting in chairs side by side next to the fireplace there.

Éowyn took charge.  To the maidservant, she said, "We are Éowyn of Rohan and Jennifer of Ore Gon.  Lord Faramir sent us here with a message."

She proffered the letter Faramir had given them to the servant who nodded and took it to the older woman in the sitting room, telling them, "My lady, it is Lady Éowyn and Lady Jennifer, sent down by Lord Faramir with this message."

Both women stood, and the older one beckoned to them.  "Welcome to the Minas Tirith house of the Prince of Dol Amroth.  I am Princess Lindiriel, and this is my daughter, Lady Lothiriel."

She noticed Firieth, who had stood back.  She was only to serve as guide, and so had tried to remain inconspicuous.  But Princess Lindiriel beckoned, and blushing, Firieth approached and offered a curtsy.

"I am Firieth of Lossarnach, here to study as an apprentice healer.  My Lord Faramir asked me to guide the Lady of Rohan and Jennifer—er..."  She blushed even redder.  "...Lady Jennifer to your home, since I knew the way."

"And very well done, child," the princess said gently.  She looked at her servant.  "Hiril, would you bring us some refreshment?  And Firieth may go with you to the kitchen and have some refreshment as well."

"Poor child," said the princess after Hiril and Firieth had left the room.  "I fear that I embarrassed her by my notice.  Now—"  And she gestured at a couple of the other chairs in the room.  "—please be seated, and I shall see what my nephew has to say."

The princess and her daughter sat in their original chairs, and Éowyn took one chair next to Princess Lindiriel, while Jennifer took the seat next to Lothiriel.  Lady Lothiriel was a lot closer to Jennifer's age than Éowyn, Jennifer thought, and she hoped that perhaps the two of them could be friends.  Éowyn sat quietly while the princess read the rather lengthy message, but Lothiriel decided to make quiet small talk with Jennifer.

Hiril arrived with a tray of small cakes, and goblets of wine.  Jennifer took two of the cakes and the goblet, but she just wet her lips and pretended to drink.  Thankfully, the cakes were moist and very good, tasting faintly of orange and rosemary.

"Jennifer is a very lovely and unusual name," Lothiriel offered quietly.

Jennifer smiled.  "Thanks.  It's rather common in my homeland; not so much here, though.  But I think your name is beautiful; it sounds like an Elvish name."

"Many names in Gondor are of Sindarin origin, but even more so in Dol Amroth.  The legend is that our family line has Elvish blood."

"Really?  Wow."  Jennifer was also trying to keep her voice down.  "What is the legend?"

Lothiriel grinned.  It would be nice to tell the story to one who had never heard it.  "Long ago, there was a horrible storm, the kind that we call Ossë's wrath*.  It blew up from the sea to the mountains.  My ancestor Imrazôr went out to check the damage caused by the storm, and as he searched the debris, he came across a lovely Elven maiden.  She was in a swoon on a mountainside, soaking wet amidst the debris.  He and his search party took her back to his home, and she was nursed to health.  Her name was Mithrellas.  They fell in love and wed, and she bore him a son and a daughter.  One night, she simply disappeared.  There are many thoughts about what happened to her, but no one really knows.  The son of Imrazôr and Mithrellas was the first Prince of Dol Amroth."

Jennifer sighed.  "I wish that romantic stuff like that would happen where I come from.  In real life, I mean.  We have lots of romantic stories, but they aren't real."

What Lothiriel would have said in reply, Jennifer never learned, for just then the princess finished reading her message and looked up at Jennifer and Éowyn.  

"Well, I see that Lord Faramir would like me to help outfit the two of you for your journey.  He seems to feel you may not have all you need?"

"Alas," said Éowyn, "I have but two gowns here in the City, both given me by Lord Faramir.  I have two shifts, and of course, the armour and garb I wore here.  The latter has been cleaned and repaired in the Citadel."

Princess Lindiriel looked at Jennifer, who blushed.  "I had plenty of traveling clothes when I left Lothlorien, plus what I had coming from Rivendell.  I lost a lot of it when I was captured by Orcs in Rohan.  And it seems I’ve had a growth spurt—I kind of have outgrown a lot of my things.  And I just have two dresses—I mean, gowns—that someone’s found for me since I got here."

"Well, we are to remedy that."  The princess stood and said, "Follow me."

She led them back to the entrance hall, and up a staircase.  There she summoned another maidservant, and the women soon found themselves in what appeared to be a giant closet filled with trunks and wardrobes.

Three hours later, Éowyn, Jennifer, and Firieth left the house with two servants trailing behind them.  The servants were laden with clothing.

"So, we'll all be travelling to see everyone together?" Jennifer asked.

"My brother has asked me to come."  Éowyn's reply lacked enthusiasm.  "But I have yet to decide if I am going to honour his request."

"You don't want to go?"  Jennifer had a suspicion.  

"If Éomer had been wounded, or our cousin Éothain, I would not hesitate.  But they are hale and hearty, from the word I have had.  They do not need me there."

"And someone needs you here?" Jennifer asked with a smirk.

Éowyn blushed.  "I have yet to make up my mind, Jennifer daughter of Steven.”

-oo000oo-

*A/N: I borrowed the term "Ossë's wrath" from surgicalsteel.  In Unfinished Tales, we are told that it was in just such a storm that Amroth's ship was swept from shore.  Nimrodel's party was lost in the mountains at the time.  I am imagining here that Mithrellas is found unconscious afterwards, alone and separated from the rest of the party, as Imrazôr and his people are surveying the storm damage.  DR.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 68: Back to Life

He could feel something rumbling beneath him, and discomfort breaking through the fog Kevin had been in for...?  For how long?  There was a distinct bump that jolted him, and he could not prevent crying out, as it seemed certain parts of his body each called for attention.  He felt aches and pains everywhere.  What on earth had happened to him?

"Kevin?"  A low familiar voice spoke next to him.  Who was it?  "Kevin, are you all right?  Do you need some water?"

Kevin forced his eyes to open, and then he blinked them closed again, before he could open them and focus.  "H—Haleth?  What…?"  He stopped to breathe and then cleared his throat.  "What's going on?"

"Do you remember the battle?"

Suddenly it came back to him.  "Pippin!"

Haleth nodded.  "You saved Pippin when a troll was falling on him."

A wave of relief washed over him.  "Saved.  That means he's okay."

"Well, he is at least as 'okay' as you are."  Haleth spoke the unfamiliar word with hesitance, though he had heard Kevin use it often enough to know what it meant.  "He is on the other side of the waggon.  He has not wakened.  He has some injuries but will recover."

Kevin shook his head, confused.  "Uh, wait—where did you come from?  I left you way back—Aragorn said you weren't supposed to go to the battle."  Bits and pieces were slowly coming back to him.

"I was back at the waggons with the other wounded, of course, lamenting my foolishness in trying to go to the battle when I was unready.  And yet I was beginning to feel much better.  If only I had a few more days, I was sure I could fight.  Then Lord Elfhelm and the lady healer came walking back to where we were…

"Listen, men, things are likely to get worse than better in a few hours," Lord Elfhelm told the wounded soldiers, a grave look on his face.  "You must remain here while we go forward into battle.  But there may be more enemies than we expected, and it may be that wounded as you are, you may yet find yourselves having to fight as best you can for your lives.  If we cannot hold back an army of Southrons who approach us, they are likely to overwhelm us all."  He paused, scanning their faces.

"We shall only be able to leave a couple of able-bodied Men to stay with you.  All the rest of us will be needed to the South.  With luck, we can hold them back until the morrow.  May fortune be with you."

Elfhelm turned and left, and the healer was left in command.  The two men being left with the wounded were also the drivers, and she ordered them to move the waggons to a place of greater concealment between a rocky outcrop of boulders and a thicket near a copse of trees.

The day grew longer and darker and more and more grim and silent.  Haleth had no idea how many hours had passed.  He sat with his sword upon his knees.  The healer came among them with some sort of foul-tasting tonic, and they were given some journeybread to munch on.  Haleth was not hungry, but the tonic was so awful that he munched on the bread a little to kill its taste.  He really wished he knew what was happening elsewhere, or how long they would have to wait before the Southrons came to slay them all.  How was Kevin faring in his errand to warn the main army of the possible reinforcements for the Enemy?

The sky began to darken even more, and what little breeze could be found died down.  Haleth felt as though he was suffocating.  Time halted.

Then after he knew not how long, the darkness suddenly began to roll away, and the sky began to clear.  To the East, a great cloud of smoke arose, lingered briefly, and then blew away.  It left a blue sky as it dissipated into nothing.  Haleth felt a great weight lift from his heart.

And then there was a shadow overhead, and for an instant, Haleth feared it was one of the Enemy's Dwimmerlaiks on a Fell Beastbut no, this shadow did not feel like that.  It was an Eagle!  And it was crying out a message:

"Sing now, ye Armies of the Men of the West!

Sauron the Deceiver is no more!

His tower is thrown down, and his realm is ended!

Sing and be glad, warriors of the West!"*

Haleth looked up into the sky as the Eagle flew on in the direction of those who had gone on to engage the enemy.  Pray they were not too late...

"Our small army had been fighting valiantly, and though the fight had barely begun, it did not look well for them.  But when the Eagle announced that the battle had ended and Sauron was gone, and that his forces had been routed, the rest of the enemy retreated at once at that news.  

"It was only a matter of hours when they returned to us, bringing a few more wounded.  Lord Elfhelm and Lord Amrothos and the healer all decided to leave only the most severely wounded where they were, and to bring the remaining waggons to the battlefield.  Thankfully I was no longer considered severely wounded, so I got to come along.  Oh—"  And here, Haleth looked confused.  "—we found your horse Bron running loose.  We were sure you had been killed.  I am glad we were wrong, for I had been grieving you."

"I'm sorry," Kevin said, feeling touched at Haleth's admission.  "Bron threw me when we were attacked by a lone orc.  But I was rescued by an Eagle!  The Eagle brought me to the battlefield in time."  Kevin drew a deep breath.  "Can I have some of that water you offered me?"

Haleth helped Kevin to sit just enough to be able to sip out of the waterskin.  The moisture was very welcome.  The movement reminded him that his head hurt, his back was really sore, and there was a throbbing ache in his right shoulder.  And he was tired, but he wanted answers still.

"How long have I been out?"  Kevin had to clear his throat again before he could get the words out.

"Two days—well, two and a half, if you count the day of the battle.”  Haleth took a swallow out of his own waterskin.  “The whole army is traveling to a place called Cormallen, to rest and treat the wounded, and wait for supplies to be brought to us from Minas Tirith."

Kevin gave a slight nod.  He wanted to ask how long it would take to get there, but he was already feeling worn out by the brief conversation, and felt himself drifting back to sleep.

The next time he wakened, it must have been many hours later.  The wagon was no longer moving, and it was dark, but someone was sitting next to him.  He had a headache, and his mouth tasted nasty and was very dry.  But his stomach was rumbling.  "Who's there?" Kevin managed to force out a whisper—he wasn't sure if he could even be heard.

He was relieved to hear a familiar voice.  "'Tis Gimli, lad," the Dwarf said.  "I'm watching you, and yes, Pippin as well.  Are you thirsty, Kevin?"

Kevin started to nod, but his head suddenly was shot through with pain, which made him wince.  When he no longer saw stars, he said, "I'm thirsty, and my head hurts, and I think I'm hungry."

Gimli gently lifted his head and gave him a small sip of water.  Then he turned and called softly, "Legolas!"

Kevin heard the Elf answer.  "Yes?"

Gimli said, "Kevin is awake, and he is in pain.  Also, he thinks he might be hungry.  Would you see if you can find one of the healers?"

"At once."

Kevin sighed.  He was so tired and achy, and he would go back to sleep if he was just not so uncomfortable...just then he heard a low moan.

"Merry?  Where's Merry?"

He felt Gimli turn, and heard him say, "Shush—shush, Pippin.  Merry will be coming soon."

"Gimli?"

The Dwarf turned to tend to Pippin, also giving the hobbit some water.

Kevin finally managed to force out a normal voice.  "I'm here, too, Pippin!"

"Kevin?" Pippin asked, before giving a brief cough.  "Ow!  It hurts to cough!"

Kevin said, "Well, we kind of got squashed by a troll together.  We probably shouldn't do that again."  

Pippin started to laugh, and then moaned.  "Hurts to laugh," he managed to wheeze out.

Gimli said, "Well, you might wish to avoid laughing out loud for a wee while."

"That is a good idea," came a new voice.  It was Aragorn, and there were some other people with him, and soon Kevin felt familiar hands on his brow, and the soothing smell of athelas, and he was being given some sips of a salty hot broth and herbs. It was very soon that he began to fall asleep again.  He wanted to ask Aragorn if, since Merry was coming, did that mean Jen and Joey would come, too?  But it was too much effort right now...

-oo000oo-

After Kevin drifted off, Aragorn went around the other side of the wagon to tend to Pippin, and then spoke to the apprentice healer who had accompanied him; the apprentice trotted off on whatever errand he had been sent on.  "Thank you, Legolas and Gimli, for your watch of these two brave young ones.  Gandalf is with Frodo and Sam, and I must re-join him."

"How are they?" asked Gimli.

"The only major injuries have been Frodo's missing finger and a nasty concussion for Sam.  Of course, among the minor injuries, there are numerous cuts and bruises, and their feet are in sad shape for hobbits.  And on the back of Frodo's neck was some sort of bite, and it was cut and bleeding from the chain on which the Ring was placed."  His face grew grim.  "And whip lashes on Frodo's back, and on the backs of their legs…"   

"Orcs," Legolas said grimly.

Aragorn nodded.  "At some point, we know they must have been captive."

"That foul Mouth of Sauron," said Gimli, and spat on the ground.  He swore rather vehemently in Khuzdul.

Aragorn did not bother to reprove him and continued his litany of injuries.  "Frodo and Sam were also covered in blisters and burns from the mountain.  And half-starved and parched.  And of course, nearly poisoned by the foul fumes of the dark land.  It is a wonder that they even live; they were on the threshold of death when the Eagles brought them back.  Hobbits are remarkably durable.  But what worries me most is the finger…"

"We know what that might mean," said Legolas sadly.

With a sigh, Aragorn nodded agreement.  "And now, I must return to them, and to Gandalf; continue taking care of Pippin and Kevin, my friends."

He went the short distance to the next wagon.  Gandalf was there and turned to look at him.  "They are the same, Aragorn.  The healing sleep holds."

"Yes, it is the best way.  I will have to bring them out of it from time to time, just enough to make sure they get the liquids and nourishment they need, but they will go right back to sleep afterwards.  The sleep needs to be deep enough to allow their bodies to begin mending.

"Sam is deeply asleep, and dreams of the Shire and of gardens and home," Gandalf replied.  "Frodo is not as deeply asleep as he should be.  He, too, dreams of the Shire, but sees it in ashes and ruin, and believes it to be all his own fault."

Aragorn sighed.  "I shall need to send him deeper, then, beyond dreams."

"He must dream in time, or he will never heal.  But I agree, for a time.  I shall monitor him, and with your permission, ask Irmo to send him a few special dreams.  The dreams he sends will bring strength and healing."  Aragorn noticed that Gandalf seemed to shine like Glorfindel when he said that.

"I would say that you have my permission, Gandalf the White."  He smiled.  "You are one of Frodo's oldest friends and have known him since he was a child.  I daresay that you will know when he needs to dream easily."

"Thank you, Aragorn.  And how are Pippin and Kevin?"

"They are as well as could be expected.  I still am rather stunned at the thought of Pippin slaying a troll all by himself, yet the Guardsmen who were there attest to it.  And they thought that Pippin would have died beneath the beast had Kevin not rushed to shield him with his own body."

"Then it is well that Thorondor was sent to bear Kevin hence, to be at the battle."  Gandalf moved a few feet away and took out his pipe.  "Downwind; I know not to smoke too near our injured friends.  Do you have your pipe, or will you share?  I still have some of the pipeweed Merry and Pippin liberated from Isengard."

"I do still have my pipe," Aragorn replied, "but not on my person at this time.  I will be glad to share, old friend."

And in the darkness, the scent of sweet galenas wafted away from the two figures who stood watch over the Ringbearers.

-oo000oo-

*A/N: The Eagle's verse is modeled on the verse used in canon, but modified for this chapter.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 69: The Journey

Well, thought Gail, we are finally getting on the way.  The boats were all arranged in the River.  Gail would be in one boat with Megan, Avorn, and Mairen; Steve would be in the next boat with Kaylee and Glorfindel.  Lucy would be riding with Radagast, who had decided to come along with them, and Raendir would be with him, and much of their gear.  There were four other boats with the rest of the Elves who had come with them from Rivendell.  Right now, they were still on the bank, on a spit of land within a cove of the bend in the River.  They'd already been treated to a lavish farewell breakfast, and now they stood, all solemnly lined up.  

The little girls, and even Lucy, seemed to realize that this was a serious occasion.  Galadriel stood behind a row of her handmaidens, including Lassiel.  Celeborn stood next to her, looking solemn.  

First, Galadriel came forward with a goblet, which she offered to each of the adults, but shook her head with a gentle smile at Kaylee and Megan.  They nodded obediently, knowing that was a drink only for adults.  Steve and Gail took as small a sip as they could and still be polite, but the drink was not harsh, and there was no smell of alcohol, though both knew it contained a small amount.  The maidens then came to them with simple light cloaks of greyish-green, or was it greenish-grey?  The colour seemed to shift with movement.  The handmaidens set the cloaks about their shoulders and fastened them at their throats with beautiful brooches, each one shaped like a mallorn leaf, green enamel with veins of silver.  It was Lassiel who fastened Megan's brooch, and Megan reached out to hug her.

"I'm gonna miss you, Lassiel," she said softly.

Lassiel returned the embrace.  "And I, you, little one."  She also gave a similar embrace to Kaylee, though she was not the maiden bestowing Kaylee's cloak.  She met Mairen's eyes as she stood, and then Gail's, but merely nodded, before she stepped back.  Gail was really going to miss Lassiel as well.

Thorchon and another Elf whose name Gail could not recall stood behind the Lord and Lady.  Both of them had laden arms.  The Lady turned to Thorchon, and then turned back.  In her hands, she now held a silver belt and a beautifully wrought dagger.  She fastened the belt around Steve and made sure that the dagger was hanging in its scabbard.  "Such is the gift we gave unto your sons.  May you have little need of it."

Steve nodded.  "I know what you mean, but it's as well to be prepared.  Thanks."  He exchanged a look with his wife.

Gail looked surprised as Lady Galadriel removed the wide, but plain, belt that Gail was wearing, and fastened a beautiful new one about her waist.  It was long, of green and gilt leather, and wrapped twice around her waist before hanging down in front almost to the hem of her dress.  On it, the Lady added other items.

"Here is a journal for you.  In it, you may record your thoughts in the days ahead of you."  There was a long leather case, embossed with silver, hanging from a red cord; also hanging from it was a small porcelain jar.  "The case contains two pens of reed, a silver stylus, and a penknife, and the jar has ink." 

Gail smiled ruefully.  "I've never used a pen like that in my life, and I have no experience with penknives.  I've always used pencils and ballpoint pens, and you don't need knives to sharpen them."  

"You may learn.  You have quite a journey ahead of you."  The Lady gave a mischievous sideways glance at Mairen and a little smile.  With a twinkle in her eyes and a little smile of her own, Mairen nodded.

Gail laughed.  "Thank you."

Now Galadriel bent down to Kaylee and Megan and handed them each a little set of reed pipes.  Each one had four reeds in graduated lengths.  "Here, little ones, are pipes, that you may make music upon your journey."  Megan looked puzzled, but Kaylee put her lips to the pipes and blew.  The sound was gentle and not at all shrill.

Gail looked down at them.  "What do you say, Kaylee and Megan?"

"Thank you," the sisters chorused.  Because, at three, Megan was unable to manage the th sound, she pronounced the first word as "t'ank."

Lord Celeborn leaned towards Steve and Gail.  "There are only four notes, all perfectly matched to sound well together.  There will be no discordance," he whispered.

"Thank goodness for that," said Steve.

Gail turned toward Galadriel.  "I want to thank you for everything you've done for us.  And for our other children."

Galadriel smiled.  "It was our pleasure, Gail.  When you arrive in Minas Tirith, perhaps it is that you will find your older children there."

Gail nodded.  "You saw that in the Mirror."  It wasn't a question.

Galadriel nodded back.  "Yes, I did, though it is not always a perfect guide, for as I told you, things can change for good or ill.  The future is a river with many streams, and it is not set until you pass it."

Steve exchanged a smile with Gail.  "Well, we are all looking forward to that reunion, wherever it occurs."  Gail nodded agreement, and Kaylee and Megan bounced in anticipation.  Steve shook hands with Celeborn, and then with Galadriel.  "Thank you."

Gail smiled.  "Yes, thank you."

Now it was time to get into the boats.  After all the practice over the last couple of days, there was no awkwardness.  As the leaving party began rowing from the cove towards the River, Lord Celeborn and Lady Galadriel followed in their swan ship, and as they rode the current into the mainstream of the Anduin, the Lady sang.

Gail could not understand the words of the song, for they were not in Westron, but it was so hauntingly sad.  At last they were on their way to find Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey, and she was glad that they would soon be reunited.  But at the same time, she was sad to be leaving this beautiful place.

Once Galadriel finished singing and her swan boat disappeared from around the bend, Kaylee’s childish treble piped up.  "'Ding-dong, the witch is dead!'" she began to sing once more.  But in their boat, Megan began playing her new pipes.

Gail hoped that Kaylee would move onto another song soon, but she was in the boat with Steve, and so Gail decided to let Kaylee's daddy deal with it.  She much preferred the sound of the little pipes, which sounded soothing, no matter how Megan blew them.

Riding in the Elven boats on the Anduin River seemed a swift way to travel.  The scenery passed by quickly, and it seemed no time until they had passed the last of the mellyrn. 

It was quiet, except for the girls.  Kaylee had stopped singing, and Gail could now hear her playing on her own set of pipes.  Megan had asked for an apple, but only finished half of it before falling asleep with her head in Gail's lap.  Gail found herself nearly dozing off a couple of times, her mind falling into a daydream of finding her older children and imagining their reunion.  She was rather startled when she heard a faint call in Elvish and realized Glorfindel was signalling the other boats.  He was guiding his boat to the bank, and the rest—including the boat she was in—were following his lead.

"Is something wrong?" Gail asked.

"No," said Avorn. "We are simply taking a small rest."  He looked fondly at Megan, who was beginning to stir.  

"Mommy?  I need to potty."  She could see Steve had lifted Kaylee from their boat, and he approached Gail with Kaylee by the hand.

"Kaylee has to 'go'," he said.

Gail nodded.  "Apparently so does Megan."  With Megan held by one hand and Kaylee by the other, she began to lead them towards a small copse of trees nearby.  Come to think of it, her own bladder was rather in need of a stop as well.

The Elves took advantage of the stop to bring out some of the food supplies.  There was bread, fruit, and cheese—a normal Elven noon meal.  Gail had not noticed, but Steve pointed out that the shadows were short and the sun nearly overhead.  

As they prepared to go on the way once more, Steve and Gail switched children, so that Steve had Megan and Gail had Kaylee.  

The afternoon passed much as the morning had.  With Avorn's permission, Kaylee was briefly allowed to "paddle the boat" as she asked, though of course, Avorn had his hands on the oar as well.  In the meantime, Mairen showed Gail how to use the stylus on her notebook—it was rather like a pencil in a way, although somewhat different.  The stylus made fainter marks on the pages than a pencil did, and she had to be careful not to press too hard and make holes in the pages.  And of course, she could not erase any mistakes.

"When we stop for the evening, I will show you how to use your pen and your penknife," said Mairen.

"Thank you," said Gail.  "I never thought of keeping a journal.  It would be difficult to use a pen like this while in a moving boat."

"You say the pens of your homeland are different?"

"Yes.  A few people do still use this kind, but only to create art with them.  Most people use pens that have the ink already loaded inside; while there are other kinds, the most popular are called ballpoint pens, and that's the kind Steve and I are familiar with.  Steve brought one of his with him when we came here.  It is much easier than having to stop and dip all the time, especially since the ink tends to drip on the paper when you have to do that.  Our pens can last many days without having to be re-loaded.  And in addition to pens, we also use pencils."  Gail smiled.  "The big advantage with pencils is that you can erase your mistakes and start over, whereas you can't with a pen.  Pencils come equipped with erasers for that job."

"Interesting."  Mairen smiled.  "Well, I think you will find our pens easier to use than you think.  And you will learn how to keep it from dripping."  Gail smiled ruefully.  She wasn't so sure.  "If you make an error, simply cross through it with a single stroke.  That is the neater way to do it."

Gail used the stylus to write the English alphabet on the first page, both upper and lowercase letters, and found it easier than she had thought it would be to manage writing in the boat.

There was one other brief stop in the afternoon, during which time, at Gail’s request, Steve showed his ballpoint pen to Mairen and demonstrated how it worked, and then they continued down the River until dusk, when they all stopped for the night.  The day had been easier than she had thought it would be.

I wonder what it was like for our other children when they travelled down this river? she thought.  When we're reunited, I mean to ask them.

For several days, the journey continued in a similar fashion.  The girls occasionally got fussy or bored.  One day, Radagast took both girls in his boat, and Gail rode with Steve and Glorfindel, while Lucy rode with Avorn and Mairen, which made a nice change.  Over and over again during the river journey, in addition to playing her pipes, Kaylee would sing "'Ding-Dong, the Witch is Dead,'" much to the adults' eventual exasperation.

"You'd think she'd think of something else to sing for a change," Gail said in a low voice one evening, after the little girls were asleep.  "I mean, I'm as glad as anyone that Sauron is dead, but this is really getting on my nerves!"

Steve laughed.  "I know, hon; same here."  He put an arm around his wife’s shoulder.  "But if you stop and think about it, this is as close as Kaylee can get to understanding what's happened.  At five years of age, she can't begin to understand how destroying a Ring can kill anyone.  But she has seen a wicked witch being melted by a bucket of water."

Gail sighed.  "True.  She's seen it in the movie, and she's listened to it being read to her in a book.  And you're right, that is as close as she can come to understanding what has happened."

Mostly to keep track of the days, Gail began to write brief entries in the journal, at first with the stylus, but later with one of the pens as she got better at using them.  Some of Gail's entries were short indeed, only saying things like "Day four on the River."  But on the eighth day, she knew she would have more to write.

They had spent most of the day floating through miles of cliffs on the west and dreary brown rocks and even more cliffs on the eastern side, when she noticed they were approaching some rather rough water.  She could see white water ahead, and she grew nervous. 

"Do not fear, Gail," said Avorn, as he watched Gail take Megan firmly in her lap and began to attach the hithlain rope to the harness Megan was already wearing.  "We shall go to the bank before we reach the rapids of Sarn Gebir and take a portage way past the rapids."

Soon Gail glanced over to see that Glorfindel was guiding the boat towards the bank where there was a small shallow bay.  A few low trees grew there close to the water, and behind them rose a steep rocky bank.  Avorn steered their boat after his.  Steve hopped out as the first boat touched the bank and helped to guide it up and out of the water.  Soon Avorn and Mairen did the same with the boat she and Megan were in, and one by one, the other boats came to halt in a neat, slightly angled line along the shore.

"We will portage the boats past the rapids," said Glorfindel.  "Raendir, you and Thenor scout to find the portageway path.  There used to be a stair all the way to the foot of Rauros Falls from here, but I do not know whether it is still well kept.  Report back, and we shall see how far we can carry the boats ere we take to the water again."

Raendir and Thenor went off to scout.  During their absence, the rest of the company had a light lunch, and Radagast spent some time tossing a length of heavy knotted rope for Lucy to chase and bring back.  Both of the little girls joined in the fun, glad of the chance to run and play after being cooped up in the boats most of the morning.  It was a longer break than the group had normally taken during their river journey, but it was not quite three hours later when the two Elves reappeared.

"The head of the path is about a furlong from the shore.  It is in fair shape for a little more than a mile, which will lead us past the rapids," Raendir reported.  "The stream calms down after that.  The portageway is less well-kept beyond there for at least four leagues.  But we did not go much further, since we knew that you were waiting." 

Glorfindel stood in thought for a few moments, and then nodded to himself.  "Very well.  Radagast and Steve, you will stay here with Gail and Mairen and the children.  The rest of us will see to carrying the boats.  Let us unload them, for we shall have to carry the supplies after we have moved the boats."

Everyone, including Kaylee and Megan, helped with the task of moving the supplies from the boats and stacking them neatly in a pile.  Lucy sat next to a tree, watching them all, her tail thumping the ground.

According to Glorfindel, the boats were light, but to speed the journey, three elves carried each boat, while Glorfindel and Corunir walked in front to keep watch, in case of any unexpected trouble.  This time, all except Corunir, who had remained to watch the boats, returned in less than two hours.  Now they had another trip to make, with everyone this time.  Only Gail and Mairen were not carrying anything, in case Kaylee or Megan got tired and needed to be carried.

It’s a good thing, too, thought Gail.  Grey boulders and rocks were tumbled in the way, and the footing was unsure.  There were what Kaylee called "sticker-bushes", squishy mud puddles, and even bogs in the way.

This trip took much longer, especially since Gail and Mairen ended up carrying the girls most of the way.  Finally, they arrived at the portageway itself, and there they all took another breather.  The Elves were fine, but Steve, Gail, and even Radagast were all winded and tired.

The pathway was easier to traverse, though there was still brush to contend with, and broken rocks.

Finally, the path turned back to the water, which ran gently down to the shallow edge of a little pool.  It seemed to have been scooped in the river-side, not by hand, but by the water swirling down from Sarn Gebir against a low pier of rock that jutted out some way into the stream.

"We shall stop here for the night," said Glorfindel.  "The afternoon is drawing on."  They proceeded to make camp.

The next morning, they woke to mist and fog.  Still, they began the journey early, and very soon the fog burned off, and the day was pleasant.

Gail was lost in thought as Megan tooted gently on her panpipes, so she was startled when Avorn spoke up:

"Look ahead of you; there is a sight there worth seeing, I think."

He was quite right.  Up ahead was something that took her breath away:  two amazing statues stood on either side of the river.  Two kings, each with a hand upraised, carved out of the living rock.  They were both immense, almost as tall as a skyscraper, dwarfing the Statue of Liberty, and even more detailed than the faces on Mount Rushmore.  They were still miles from them, and yet Gail had no problem seeing them in all their majesty.

Megan stood up in the boat and pointed, wide-eyed.  "Look, Mommy!" 

"Whoa!"  Kaylee exclaimed, also standing up, as she gaped up at the statues.  Gail heard Steve tell Kaylee sharply to sit down.

Even the Elves looked somewhat in awe. Mairen was shaking her head.  "It is hard to believe that Men could create such works!"

"Who are they?" Gail asked.

"They are Isildur and Anárion, sons of Elendil, Kings of Gondor and Arnor.  They mark the northern border of Gondor.  We shall be making camp not far beyond there," said Avorn.

Gondor!  That's where Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey are!  Thank You, Lord, Gail prayed silently, for bringing us this far.  Please bring us to them soon!

-oo000oo-

A/N: Our thanks to Stephen Tempest, Ernest W. Adams, and John Savidge of Quora for their assistance in figuring out the way from Sarn Gebir to Rauros.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 70: Someone’s Waiting for You

Jennifer, Joey, Merry, and Bergil were seated on several bundles of supplies stacked in the bow of the ship. The sun was just barely up, and all around them, the sailors and the healers were bustling around them.  The four of them were just trying to stay out of the way of those who had things to do.  

Joey, Merry, and Bergil watched with interest as it appeared that they were preparing to cast off.  Jennifer was not as curious, since she had come to Minas Tirith in a similar ship before the battle.  She had been told before they left that the journey would take most of the day; they were going upstream a little over sixteen leagues, or about fifty miles, and as they'd be going against the wind, it would be slower than if the wind was coming from the south. 

She wished Éowyn had decided to come, but finally, the Lady of Rohan confessed what Jennifer had suspected:  Éowyn did not want to leave Faramir behind.  The two of them had been as near to inseparable as they could be, given all that Lord Faramir had to do.  While the announcement was not official, Denethor would be giving up the Stewardship, since there would now be a King.  But until the King was crowned, someone had to take care of the City, and Boromir was in Cormallen with the Army still.

She recalled the conversation the two of them had the evening before…

"I'm going to miss you a lot, Éowyn," Jennifer said wistfully.  "You aren't going, and Firieth has to stay here because only full healers are going.  I'm going to be the only girl on the boat."

"I am sorry, Jennifer.  Yet my heart is here now."  Éowyn smiled and shook her head.  "I know what I truly want."

"I know you kind of had, well, a crush, on Aragorn," Jennifer said.  “That's why I made sure to let you know he was engaged to Arwen."

"I know that, Jennifer, but I also know your heart was in the right place and that you wished to save me from embarrassment.  But I realize now that what I felt for Aragorn was more the feelings of a young warrior admiring a great leader and commander, rather than the feelings of one I would wish to wed.  Faramir, too, is a great leader and commander, but my feelings for him go deeper than that."  She blushed, and then gave Jennifer a brief embrace.  "You have been a good friend to me, dear one, and have been of much comfort to me."

"I know.  You, too.  I mean...you've been a good friend to me, too."  Jennifer sighed.  "I must go get some rest—they are making us get up really early."

Éowyn laughed.  "I remember you told me the saying in your homeland, 'o-dark-hundred'!"  She hugged Jennifer again.  "Please remember to give my message to my brother when you arrive.  He may be unhappy that I did not come."

"I will."

Jennifer made her way back to the apprentices' quarters.  No one else was there, as Firieth and the others were already taking their night shifts at the Houses of Healing.  She said her farewells to them before they went on duty.  She lay down, and said her prayers:

“God,” she prayed in a soft voice, “thank You that we’re going to be with Kevin once more, and that Merry’s going to be with Pippin.  Please get us all safely to Cormallen tomorrow.  And if Mom and Dad are on their way to join us, please get them here safely.”  She cleared her throat.  “In Jesus’ name, amen.”...

Now they were on their way at last; she watched as the riverbank view glided past, keeping half an eye on Joey and Bergil, but satisfied that Merry was there and keeping an eye on the boys.  After all that Joey had been through, he was a lot less overexcited than he would have been a few weeks ago.  Bergil was a lot more serious than Joey was anyway, even though they were almost the same age.  But she figured that was because he was a Gondorian.  The people of Gondor seemed to be more sombre and serious by nature.  Plus, Bergil had been through a lot much longer than Joey had; it seemed to have made him grow up much more quickly.  He, Joey, and Sador had all become such good friends.  It was going to be difficult for Joey to leave all his new friends behind when they went home—if they went home.

For that matter, she thought, I have a feeling it’s going to be hard for us all to settle back into life in Portland if and when we do go back!

After a little while, Merry left Joey and Bergil questioning one of the sailors, who was patiently answering, and came back over to where Jennifer sat.

"How are you?" the hobbit asked.

"I'm okay.  I just really want to get there and see how Kevin and the others are doing.  I mean I know the messages all said they were doing all right, but I just really want to see for myself."  She sighed.

Merry sighed as well.  "I understand.  I won't be able to relax until I set eyes on Pippin for myself.  And Kevin also."  He took out his pipe and looked at her.  "Do you mind?"

Jennifer shook her head.  "Go ahead."  She had gotten used to the tobacco smoke from most of the Fellowship, and the pipe smoke was not nearly as nasty as cigarette smoke.  If they had been indoors, she wouldn't have liked it, but outside it mostly blew away.

Someone should tell them that nicotine causes cancer, she thought wryly.  And it’s so addictive!  She remembered how cranky Gandalf had been in Moria.  Imagine an angel who smokes!

"I notice that no one here smokes cigarettes," she said.  "That's what most people who smoke use where we live.  But a lot of places don't allow smoking back home." She hesitated briefly, and then went on.  "It's very bad for people and causes all kinds of bad diseases, diseases that affect your lungs.  Some of those diseases kill people.  And the ingredient tobacco has—nicotine—makes it so easy to get hooked on it."

Merry shrugged.  "I've heard that from some healers, but Aragorn smokes.  What is a 'cigarette'?"

Obviously Merry did not want to talk about how bad smoking was.  She thought a minute.  She really wasn't very familiar with cigarettes.  "People put the tobacco in a piece of paper and roll it up and light it on the other end and breathe through it.  Actually, tobacco companies do that and send them to stores, and people buy them.  They come in packages."

Merry's eyes grew wide.  "Well, no wonder it makes people sick.  That's disgusting.  They should stick to a nice pipe."

Jennifer shook her head and dropped the subject.  She really knew very little about cigarettes and how they were made.  And clearly, Merry wasn't about to listen to her on how bad tobacco was.

She glanced over at Joey and Bergil.  The sailor they had been pestering was now showing them how to tie knots in a rope.  Merry finished his pipe, tamped it out, and stuck it back in the pouch at his waist.  "I wish Gondorian clothes had pockets," he mumbled.

Jennifer grimaced.  “No kidding.  It’d be easier if they had buttons, too!”

"Oh, well," Merry replied.  "A guest doesn't complain about the host's provisions, as Frodo's Aunt Dora would say.  I'm just glad that I'm not still running around in rags after the orcs dragged us the length of Rohan."  He stuck a hand down to her.  "Care for a stroll around the deck?"

Jennifer smiled at him and took his hand to help her stand.  Sitting on a sack of what felt like potatoes was not all that comfortable.  And it always amazed her at how stout the hobbits were.

The ship was not large, and there were boxes, bales, and bags all over the place, so a "stroll around the deck" was more like an obstacle course than a walk.  A promenade deck, it was not!  By the time the two of them returned to the bow, the ship's cook was distributing the noon meal: hardtack and mugs of beans.  The crew was having a ration of rum, of which Merry also partook.

But the cook's boy handed Jennifer, Joey, and Bergil mugs of hot tea.

"I was tolt," said the cook, "by no less 'n Cap'n Faramir hisself, not to give you younglings no rum."  

"Thank you," Jennifer said.  "We appreciate his thoughtfulness."  She took a sip of her tea.  It had been sweetened with honey, she noticed.

The warmth of the sun, the heat, and the waves lapping against the side of the river made Jennifer sleepy after lunch.  She found a shady spot against the cabin, where she could sit on a bundle of blankets, and soon drifted off to sleep.

Joey woke her up by shaking her shoulder.

"Ow," she said, wincing.  "I have a crick in my neck."  She'd been leaning her head at an awkward angle against the cabin wall.  She reached up to rub her neck.

"I'm sorry, Jen!  But we are almost there!"

She stood up, stiff and sore, and stretched.  It was nearly twilight.  She looked ahead of the bow—there was an island ahead of them.

Merry and Bergil had joined them.  "It's called Cair Andros," said Merry.

The four of them walked all the way to the front of the bow and watched as their ship passed to the right-hand side of the island.  There was also a small stream pouring into the Anduin, and just beyond it, Jennifer could see the gleam of many campfires, and there were tall torches glowing along the riverbank.  The sun had yet to completely set, and she could see there was a dock built of rough-hewn logs, toward which their ship was headed.

Soon the four of them felt a small bump as the ship came alongside, and they huddled together, along with the four healers who had also made the journey, to stay out of the way while the sailors made the ship fast and put out the gangplank.

Merry had them hang back and allow the healers to go ashore first, and then they headed down the gangplank.  It was hard to see, for in spite of the torches, there were pockets of darkness and shadows.  But then they heard a familiar voice hailing them.  “Merry!  Jennifer!  Joey!  Bergil!  Over here!”

It was Legolas, a head taller than the men, and easily able to see them.  They could also see that Gimli was at the Elf's side.

Oh, it was so good to see them!  Jennifer and Joey raced down, followed closely by Merry and Bergil.  Legolas grabbed Jennifer by the shoulders and pulled her into a brief embrace, while Gimli had completely engulfed Joey and was thumping him on the back.

Legolas released Jennifer and placed a hand on Merry's shoulder.  "Welcome to Cormallen."

Jennifer noticed that Bergil was being hugged by a man that she had not noticed.  Now she realized it was Beregond, a white bandage tied around his head.  Both he and Bergil had tears in their eyes.  "Ada!" said Bergil.  "I was so worried about you!"

Gimli grinned at father and son.  "We shall leave you to your reunion, Beregond.  These other travellers have their own reunions to see to!"

Beregond nodded and bent down to hear what his son was saying.  Legolas strode off through the crowd, mostly those who were seeing to the unloading of the supplies.  Jennifer, Joey, and Pippin trotted in his wake while Gimli followed at the rear, to make sure that no one crowded in behind as they made their way.  "It’ll be dark soon, so watch your footing in the darkness," Gimli admonished them.

"Kevin and Pippin are in the same tent with Frodo and Sam," said Legolas.  "It is a wonder of wonders that Frodo and Sam came alive out of the Enemy's land.  But Aragorn has put the two of them into a healing sleep.”

Jennifer nodded, taking in what he was saying; though she had questions about Kevin, she saved her breath for keeping up with the Elf as the sun finished setting behind them.  Soon they passed through a pleasant glade of trees covered with fragrant white blossoms.  Through the branches, the moonlight and starlight were bright.  A few soldiers were sitting around beneath the trees, and Jennifer noticed that many of them had bandages or slings.  "Those are tree heathers,” Legolas told her.  “This is a pleasant place for those who are recovering to rest.  It is close to the tents of the wounded."  And just then they came out of the wooded area into a cluster of tents.  There were not so many tents as Jennifer would have expected, but she noticed that two of the largest tents that were nearest had guards standing by the tent flaps.  It was to one of these that Legolas led them.  Each of the tents had a tall torch next to the entrance.

Jennifer followed Legolas, who had to duck to enter; she had to duck just a little bit, but Joey, Merry, and Gimli had no need to do so.  It was dim in the tent, which was lit only by a few candles, but there were four cots within, and she noticed that to the right were two cots with sleeping forms, and in between them sat Gandalf on some sort of folding stool.  She was about to cry out a greeting to him when she heard a voice to her left cry out: "Jen!  Joey!"

Right then, another voice shouted, "Merry!"  Jennifer’s head whipped around, to see the two cots on the left.  The one nearest was empty, but on the further one sat Kevin and Pippin.

She nearly tripped over the empty cot in her rush to get to Kevin, but Gimli grabbed her by the elbow to keep her upright.  Joey and Merry had jumped over the empty cot, and Kevin and Joey were hugging, and so were Merry and Pippin, and then Jennifer was there, and now both her brothers were hugging her at the same time, and she was crying for happiness as the tears ran down her face.

"Kevin, oh, Kevin!"  She wept into his neck.

"Ow, ow!"  Wincing, Kevin pulled back, and Jennifer realized he had his right arm in a sling.  "I keep forgetting about this stupid shoulder," he said, with a grimace.  "Go easy on my back, too, would you?"

"What about your head?" Jennifer asked.  Both Kevin and Pippin had bandages around their heads, like the one that Beregond had sported.

"Well, it's hard to hurt these noggins of ours," said Pippin.  "But getting squashed by a troll would sure give anyone a headache!"

Jennifer wondered what in the world Pippin meant by "squashed by a troll", but figured it was some of his exaggerated joking.  Merry was looking at his cousin suspiciously.

Kevin laughed.  "Pip, if you would just pick on somebody your own size, you wouldn't have needed me to cushion the blow."

Pippin started laughing, but it turned into coughing.  He took up a rag he was evidently using as a handkerchief, and spit into it.  "Lawks!  I'm still spitting up black blood."  He made a face.  "Oh, thank you, Legolas."  The Elf had poured Pippin a goblet of water, unnoticed by the others, and Pippin sipped some, sighing in relief afterwards.  "That's better."

Merry, who was now sitting at Pippin's side, gave his cousin a careful hug, mindful of the fact that the letter they had received said Pippin had broken ribs, asked, "How are Frodo and Sam?"

Everyone looked over at the other side of the tent, and Gandalf stood up and smiled.  "They live, and they are sleeping.  Rest is what they most need after such an ordeal as they had.  It may be days yet ere Aragorn allows them to waken."  He glanced at the empty cot.  "I know that you are very glad to be reunited, but it is only today that Kevin and Pippin have been allowed to sit up, and Pippin is supposed to be in his own bed.  They need to rest, and Jennifer, Joey, and Merry, I believe you also need to eat and to have some rest after your long journey."

Kevin and Jennifer nodded agreement.  “Yeah, it’ll soon be bedtime, anyway,” Kevin said, and Jennifer nodded.

Gandalf turned to Legolas and Gimli.  "Legolas, Gimli?  Will you stay here and watch over our friends, while I show Jennifer, Joey, and Merry where they can find supper?"  As he herded the three of them out of the tent, he stopped and spoke to one of the guards.  "Let the Lord Aragorn know that these have arrived and send to the quartermaster to see if three more cots can be fitted into this tent."  The guard nodded and walked away.

And Gandalf led Jennifer, Joey, and Merry away in the direction of a large pavilion, from which some wonderful smells were coming.  Jennifer suddenly realized how hungry she was.  Whatever it was, it smelled wonderful!

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 71: So Close, Part 1

The travellers drifted so close to the great statues of the Argonath that Gail could see the details of the toenails.  There were some waterfowl there, about half a dozen swimming near the huge toes, and a few were perched on top of the big toe nearest to their boat.  She heard Kaylee laughing and giggling over the sight in the other boat, making her father and Glorfindel laugh also.  As they finally left the statues behind, they found themselves with huge cliffs on either side as the River opened out into a wide lake.

"This lake is called Nin Hithoel," said Avorn.  "The current is lesser here.  Do you wish to help row?"

Gail nodded.  Most of the time, there had been little reason to row except to occasionally steer.  The current had carried them steadily along.  But this lake, while it still had some current, was seemingly still.  She noticed that in the other boat, Steve was already rowing.

They kept their boats towards the western bank.  Avorn had told her the lake was almost seven leagues from north to south.  Calculating in her head, Gail figured that was about twenty miles.  They would be rowing probably the rest of the day.

The scenery was somewhat less appealing than it had been.  On the eastern bank, the cliffs and rocky terrain were dreary and brown, and there was very little in the way of shrubs or trees or greenery of any kind.  The cliffs to the west sloped inland, but were still extremely steep, and at the top, it seemed like there was a stone wall of some kind or other.

While Avorn paddled steadily, with seemingly no need to rest, Gail occasionally needed to take a brief break and stretch her arms and shoulders.  Gail had rowed before, both in a real boat and on the rowing machines at the gym.  But she had never needed to do so for more than about twenty or thirty minutes at a time.  She noticed that while Avorn could still keep pace when she stopped, the boat did tend to drift to the east, toward the centre of the lake.  So, she would take up her oar again as soon as she could.  Her shoulders and back were going to be so sore that night!  Wincing, Gail reached up with her right hand to massage her left shoulder beside her neck, before she put her hands to the oar once more.

It made her feel better to notice that Steve, too, was having to take breaks.  The two of them just were not up to what the Elves could do.  She could overhear as Kaylee continued to alternate between singing “Ding-Dong, the Witch is Dead” and playing her pipes.  Gail grinned when, after the third time Kaylee finished the "Witch" song, Steve raised his voice and began to sing "Row, Row, Row Your Boat", prompting Kaylee to join in with him.  Then Steve kept her going with some other children's songs.  Hopefully, "Witch" would not have another encore anytime soon.

At one point, Megan, who had also been trying to sing along with her sister and daddy in the other boat, stopped and tugged at her mother's sleeve.  "I'm hungry, Mommy!"

Gail stopped rowing and found an apple and a piece of cheese to give her.  Megan had her own small waterskin next to her.  Gail realized she was hungry, too, so she also took an apple and some cheese, and a sip from her waterskin.  She still had not quite mastered the waterskin, so she usually had some water dribble down her chin.  This time was no exception.   She wiped her chin with one hand and, noticing that the boat was drifting closer to the bank, took up her oar again.

She had begun to grow quite tired.  Megan had fallen asleep against her hip, and in the other boat, Steve and Kaylee had stopped singing.  Now it was Glorfindel who sang, a beautiful song in Elvish.  Gail could not understand the words, but she found herself dreaming of a swan ship drifting down the river…

She startled awake to realize that it was much later.  The shadows had grown longer.  And up ahead—quite close, really—there was an island in the middle of the River.

Then Glorfindel called out and gestured.  They were to go to the bank on the west, where there was a green lawn running down to the River.  There, unexpectedly, were two boats, similar to their own, drawn far up on the band and lightly covered with branches.  The remains of a campfire could be seen nearby.

The island, they were told, was called Tol Brandir, and the grassy area where it seemed that someone else had camped, and then abandoned the boats, was called Parth Galen.  The boats of Avorn and of Glorfindal were in the lead, and both pulled up on the bank at about the same time, leaving room for the remaining boats, which were still some distance behind, to also pull up.

Glorfindel and Avorn got out first and walked over to the nearest abandoned boat, as Steve helped Gail and his daughters out of the boats.  They went over to join the two Elves, and as the other boats arrived, they were also joined by Radagast and the rest of the Elves.  Lucy hopped out and began to race up and down the grassy sward, glad to be free of the confines of the boat.

"These are our boats that Aragorn and his company took when they left," Avorn said.  "I wonder why this one was abandoned, and where the other two might be?"

"Any signs that might have told us are long gone," said Glorfindel.  "Let us see what this boat might tell us."

The two elves bent over and grabbed one side of the boat and tipped it up and over.  There were three backpacks.

Gail gasped.  "That's Joey's backpack!  And Kevin's!"  She did not recognize the third one.

“What?” Steve gasped.  He strode over and bent over to peer down at the backpacks.  “They sure are!”  He ran his index finger over Joey’s backpack.  “I’d recognize that Star Wars picture anywhere.”  He lightly touched the zipper on Kevin’s backpack.  Straightening his back, he gaped at his wife in consternation.  Shock etched Gail’s face as she stared down at their sons’ backpacks.

Standing in the back of the group, Kaylee and Megan looked from their father to their mother, unsure as to what was happening.  Furrowing her brow, Kaylee bit her lower lip.  Lucy went over and began to sniff at the packs.

Corunir and Egnil did the same with the other boat.

"There are other packs here as well," said Glorfindel.  "Two of the smallest ones must belong to two of the hobbits.  The others were those of Aragorn, Legolas, Gimli, and Kevin, but they appear to be half-empty.  Joey’s, on the other hand, appears to be full.  The one under the same boat with Joey and Kevin's packs belongs to Boromir."

Mairen spoke up.  "Of the hobbits’ packs, the brown leather one belongs to Pippin, while the green one is Merry's.  I do not see Frodo's pack, nor that of Samwise, which was almost as large as those of the Men.  Jennifer's pack is not here, either."

Gail was still looking stunned, and still staring down at Joey and Kevin's packs.  Steve shook his head in disbelief and looked up at Glorfindel.  "What do you think this means?" he asked.  Gail glanced behind her at the little girls, and then turned her attention back toward the two backpacks and then her husband, looking from Steve to Glorfindel.  Bending over, Steve picked up Joey’s and Kevin’s backpacks and slung them from his shoulder as he straightened.  He and Gail would take them to their sons when the entire family was reunited.

Glorfindel stepped back.  "It is a puzzle, most certainly."  He put his hand up to his chin and cocked his head, thinking.  "I do not know why these boats were abandoned here."

"Look!" Radagast called out.  He was pointing to a small, withered copse of trees across the river on the other side.  "What is that?  Is it another boat?"

The Elves all turned to look.  "Yes, it is," said Avorn.

Radagast said, "Since Frodo's quest was to the east, and since his backpack and that of Sam are missing, my guess is that the two of them are on the further shore and carrying on with Frodo's task."

"But where are the others?  Why did they abandon these boats?"  Mairen asked.  "And why is Jennifer's pack not here?"  Horrified, she wondered if maybe Jennifer was going to Mordor with only two hobbits for company!  But that didn't sound right, not without Kevin at least.  But they had adults with them.

"The rest must have decided to carry on, on foot," said Glorfindel, frowning, "though I cannot imagine why…"

"Lord Glorfindel!" called Raendir, who had been scouting a little further inland.  "I have found something!"

Most of the Elves followed Glorfindel as he raced up over the boulders and the wooded terrain to where Raendir stood.  Steve also strode after the Elves.  He did not try to run.  But when Gail would also have followed, Mairen took her by the arm and shook her head, glancing down at the little girls, who both appeared confused and a little frightened.  Gail realized that she needed to stay with the children.

Steve soon caught up with the Elves, who stood looking grimly at the rocky area beyond.  The smell was foul, and there were bodies of at least a dozen dead orcs, their bodies half-decayed.  Glorfindel's face was bleak.  He spoke rapidly to his Elves, and several of them scattered to the south and west.  He turned and looked at Steve.

"I am heartened to find no sign here of any bodies that are not orcs, but battle was clearly done here, and there may be signs elsewhere of those who left the boats."

Steve felt like his heart dropped to his toes.  Battle.  And where were his kids?

He went back towards the riverbank and found Gail, telling her in a low voice of their find and, more importantly, what they did not find.  Radagast was watching over Kaylee and Megan and Lucy, as they played along the bank and threw sticks for Lucy to fetch.  Racing after them and picking them up, the puppy would bring them back to his young mistresses, and then Kaylee or Megan would toss them again while giggling.  Radagast watched them with an indulgent smile.  He caught Steve's eye and then turned his attention back to the little girls and Lucy.  Mairen, in the meantime, was busy laying a campfire and getting out the foodstuffs.

Removing both backpacks from his shoulder, Steve set Kevin’s backpack on the ground, and then he and Gail looked through Joey's backpack, seeing what was there and what was not.

"We know that all three of the children left a lot of their things in Rivendell," said Steve, and Gail nodded.  "They seem to have left their change of clothes, but Joey's flashlight, walkie-talkie, and whatever else he had are not here.  He didn't take his toothbrush or comb, I notice."

Then they took up Kevin's.  Kevin's pack had more in it—but like Joey's pack, it was missing the flashlight and walkie-talkie.  Most of the things that were still in it, they knew, but there was a large box of red leather that neither of them recognized.  It was sturdy and clearly weatherproof, and had an Elvish motif embossed in gold on the spine and the top.  Gail opened it and frowned.  "It's Kevin's Bible!  Why would he have left it?"

Steve drew in a deep breath through his nose and let it out slowly.  "The only thing I can think of is that perhaps he—and the others—had to leave quickly, and perhaps they needed to leave the extra weight behind.  But why, I can't say.  We'll have to wait for Glorfindel and the others to come back.”

Biting her lower lip, Gail nodded, her eyes troubled.  Steve put an arm around her shoulders and hugged her to his side.

It seemed like forever, but the sun was still up when Glorfindel returned with the other Elves.  He took Steve and Gail aside.  "We found no real signs of the company which set forth from Rivendell, save this: many of the orcs were killed by sword blows that could only have been struck by Aragorn; others were killed by Elven arrows and Dwarvish axe blows, and there were some who were killed by other swords.  But we saw no signs that any of our friends were killed or injured."

Gail was extremely relieved, and she went over to help Mairen set up camp.  But Glorfindel signalled Steve to remain where he was.  "Steven, this is only a guess, but I believe that perhaps Jennifer and Joey were captured by orcs who got away.  The others will have gone after them."

Steve felt the blood run from his face, and he shook his head.  "Are you sure?"  He swallowed hard.

"No.”  Glorfindel shook his head.  “As I said, I am only guessing from the few signs we found.  But this I say—both your wife and the Lady Galadriel saw them elsewhere in the Mirror.  If such was a thing that happened, they have since been rescued."

Steve felt it was hope that he could cling to, but he was not going to say anything.  After all, Glorfindel himself had said it was just a guess, and he wasn't going to say anything so horrible to Gail unless it was an absolute certainty.  At any rate, if it was true, it would explain why the company had left their boats so suddenly and left behind so many of their belongings.  When they were reunited with their children, he and Gail would return to Kevin and Joey their backpacks, and so it would be necessary to hold onto them until then.  They could find out what had happened to Jennifer and Joey when that time came.

The group finished making camp and had a light supper.  They would begin another trek on land in the morning, down what Glorfindel called the "North Stair".  It would take them to the bottom of a large waterfall.  The backpacks which had been found would be divided up among their own luggage and trekked down separately.  Once at the foot of Rauros—the waterfall—they would then return to the boats for the rest of the way to Minas Tirith.

The next morning, the trek down the North Stair that ran down the side of the huge waterfall, that they were told was called Rauros, began.  It was longer and steeper, and the trek was made more difficult by the fact that Glorfindel had decided to bring not only all the extra packs, but the other two boats as well.  

Mairen and Gail needed to carry Kaylee and Megan nearly the whole way down, and Radagast carried Lucy.  It was uncomfortable and damp, for spray from the falls blew in their direction, and the sound of the water pouring down from the heights was nearly deafening.  There was nearly no conversation, and even the Elves seemed glad of the few brief stops they were able to make, sitting on the rough-cut stairs, which were wet, and not particularly comfortable to sit upon.

By late afternoon, they finally arrived at the foot of the waterfall, and Gail was too tired to do more than just collapse.  Megan was fussy and sucking her thumb, and Kaylee whined to her mother, "I'm tired, Mommy!  I wish I could go to bed instead of sleep on the dirt again."  

Gail hugged her.  "I know, sweetie, I know.  Mommy wishes that, too."

"I'm hungry, too!"  Kaylee added, and then Megan echoed her older sister.  

Just then, Glorfindel bent over.  "I am so sorry you are tired, little ones.  But tomorrow there are no more stairs, and we shall be on the river once more.  Here, this may assuage your hunger and thirst."  He was holding a large leaf that was folded up.  He unfolded it to reveal a pale wafer.  He broke off a couple of pieces and gave one to each of the children.

"Oh!" Kaylee exclaimed.  "This cookie is good!"  Next to her, Megan smiled as she chewed on hers.

Glorfindel handed a piece to Gail, and she nibbled it and then quickly finished it.

"It's not only good," Gail said, "it's quite filling."

Glorfindel smiled.  "I have been saving the lembas for a real need, and I believe the rigours of today may call for it.  It can have long-standing effects on mortals if eaten too often, but this will make all of us feel better and rest well after our travails today."

The little girls had water with their lembas, but both Gail and Steve were given sips of the special cordial Glorfindel carried.  Between the exhaustion, the lembas, and the miruvor, the little family slept well that night, and woke refreshed.

The next morning would bring them back to the Anduin.  Glorfindel said that it was about thirty-six leagues to Minas Tirith.  (Steve figured that was a little under a hundred and ten miles, more or less.)

When morning arrived, they resumed their river journey.  Two of the boats carried all the extra packs, and now six boats only had one Elf each.  Since there were eight boats now, they were quite a sight with all eight of the crafts strung out along the river.  Gail was feeling eager once more.  In only two or three days, they would be arriving in Minas Tirith.  She could hardly wait to see the rest of her children.  

In the meantime, Steve had managed to switch Kaylee to another song, and now she was repeating "Row, Row, Row Your Boat" over and over.  But between Steve and Glorfindel, they managed to switch her attention so that they sang other songs.  Glorfindel cleverly taught Kaylee a hobbit song called "One-Hundred Apple Pies", which kept her going for quite a while, as well as teaching her to count backwards.  Megan spent part of the time sleeping, part of the time sucking her thumb, and part of the time singing with her older sister or playing her pipes.

They had made half the remaining distance to Minas Tirith when they stopped for the afternoon.  Only a couple of days more, and they would arrive in the city.  Gail so hoped that they would have no trouble finding Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey when they got there.

Their campsite was not terribly comfortable—it was in between two small streams among several which flowed as tributaries into the Anduin.  The ground was soggy, although not so depressing as the swamp on the other side of the river.  Glorfindel told them that the swamp was called the Nindalf.  Instead of camping on dry ground, they built a campfire just big enough to heat water and make tea, and for a second time, they had lembas.  Then everyone curled up in the boats which had been pulled up to the bank, wrapped in their cloaks to sleep, except for Coronir and Olon, who were on watch.

It was the sound of Lucy sharply barking that awakened Gail with a start.  She heard a voice call out in Elvish—one of those on guard, she guessed.  It was either very late at night or very early in the morning; she could not tell which.  

"What is it, Mommy?" whispered Megan.

"Shh, sweetie.  Mommy's not sure, but you don't have to worry."

"I know.  Elves are here."

Indeed, Gail saw that all of the Elves in the other boats were awake, sitting up and preparing their bows.  But just then they heard Olon call out, "Hale, the camp!  We bring friends."  Gail saw four figures come out from behind a copse of trees.  Two of them were the tall Elves, and the other two were human men, slightly shorter.  But Gail could tell they were taller than Steve, nevertheless.

Coroner introduced the men.  "This is Eradan son of Erellont, and this is Gelmir son of Malvegil.  They are Rangers of Gondor, sent from the City to scout to the North."

The two men each placed a hand to their breast and gave a bow.  "We were most surprised to come upon Elven folk," said Eradan.

Glorfindel stepped forth.  "I am Lord Glorfindel.  We have come from Imladris, and are journeying to Minas Tirith…"

Just then Gelmir spoke up in surprise.  "You have a woman with you, and children!" for he had caught sight of Gail and Megan in the boat where they had been sleeping, and Kaylee, who had stood up in surprise at the sight of the men.  Lucy rose to her feet and started barking again, but Radagast quickly silenced her with a gesture.  He started to gently rub her head; Lucy lay down beside him and looked up at the strange men.

"Yes," replied Glorfindel.  "Steven McCloud and his wife Gail, and their two daughters Kaylee and Megan.  We are escorting them to Minas Tirith, where they hope to find their three older children.  The children were journeying south in the company of Aragorn son of Arathorn and several others."

The men and the Elves spoke together, and Steve had joined them.  Gail remained in the boat, and Steve had put Kaylee in the same boat as Gail and Megan as he passed by.  She knew she'd need to stay there and keep the girls from interrupting things.

After the news, such as it was, of the war's end and the state of the city had been exchanged, Eradan said, "I do not know how easy it may be to find three children in the city, but if they had been in company of Lord Elfstone, as all are calling this Aragorn, then I am sure the Steward will have some news of them."

It was decided that Eradan would return to Minas Tirith, to report the presence of the Elves and of the McClouds to the Steward, and Gelmir would continue the scouting.  The others would return to the boats.

"Tell your Steward that we believe we are only two days out from our arrival.  Since we are on the River, though, we may arrive before you do."

"Our horses are swift.  They are hidden at the top of the ridge in a copse of alders," said Eradan.  "I hope that the last of the river will see you safely there."

"And may your own journey back be also a safe one," Glorfindel replied.

After the men left, Glorfindel looked at his fellow travellers.  "Though it is yet two hours until the Sun shows her face, we are all awake.  What say you to breaking camp and getting an early start?"

There was agreement to this, so in spite of it still feeling like the middle of the night, they all prepared to take to the water once more.  

The marshy lands to the west soon passed with the rising of the sun.  But the eastern bank remained dreary and swampy.  Gail and Steve had switched children, and Kaylee had her head in her mother's lap, sound asleep once more.  The day passed quickly due to the early start, and Glorfindel decided to stop early, as he spotted a good place for a campsite.  The streams from the Entwash were now running through solid ground, and he thought that it would make a more comfortable place to sleep after their miserable night before.

"We can also start early in the morning," Glorfindel added.  "The lands of Anórien are to the West, so we are already in Gondor.  If we pass the island of Cair Andros before dawn, we should be at Minas Tirith by afternoon."

There was plenty of room for the two children to play with Lucy, and Steve accompanied Radagast and Avorn down to the riverbank to fish.  They would have fresh fish cooked over coals for supper.  Gail and Mairen sat and chatted, and Mairen told her of some of the things Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey had learned while in Rivendell.

"I know you will be glad to see them once more," the Elf-woman said.

Gail heaved out a great sigh.  "I hope that I will see them very soon," she said.  "Is Minas Tirith a very big city?" she asked.  She wondered how quickly they could locate the children once they arrived.  If it was as big as Portland, finding her other children was going to be a real problem.

Mairen shook her head.  "I do not know, Gail.  I have never been there, and neither has Avorn.  I know that Elrond's sons have been there, as has Lord Glorfindel.  But that was many years ago in the years of men.  It may have changed since then."

"How many long years?" Gail asked, though she wasn't sure that she wanted the answer.

Mairen tilted her head in thought.  Finally, she said, "Perhaps five hundred years, more or less."

Well, thought Gail, five hundred years is certainly enough time for things to change.  America built an entire nation in only two hundred.  Aloud she said, "I hope that the city hasn't grown too much, and that it won't be difficult to find the kids."

Mairen patted her hand in comfort, and then looked up as they saw Radagast, Avorn, and Steve approach.  They all three had several fish on their stringers.

Gail and Mairen looked at one another and laughed.  "I'm glad we don't have to clean and cook them!" Gail said.  It was well known that the best camp cook in their group was Terevor.

"No," Mairen replied.  "But we can make some ash cakes and see if we can forage some greens to go with those fine fish."

With that the two stood up, and Mairen got one of the sacks she used for foraging, and Gail followed her.  She had never thought of picking wild plants to eat—she would not have known what would be edible and what wouldn't.  But with Mairen's help, she was learning.

Along one of the streams, they found what Mairen called meadowsweet, and near the treeline, they found a plant quite common back home.  Gail had previously thought it was some kind of wild clover and would never have thought of eating it, but Mairen had taught her that it was something called wood sorrel, and it had a nice delicate and slightly tangy taste.

They took their find back to the camp and set the greens to stew, and then made the little ash cakes—very simple flour cakes (bread, really, since they were not sweet) that were buried in the embers of the fire to bake.  The first time Gail had been offered one, she'd been taken aback. They looked all dirty, covered with ashes.  But the ashes wiped right off, and though they didn't have much flavour, they were a good accompaniment to the meal.

Now, she knew how to make them, and she felt quite accomplished and thought her pioneer great-great-great-grandmothers might have been proud of her.

Since they expected to arrive in the city the next day, Gail decided Kaylee and Megan needed a bath.  She and Mairen took them to a secluded area near the stream, and with the knowledge that none of the men would dream of peeking, all four took a cold, but refreshing bath and changed into clean clothing.

Between the active afternoon, the bath, and a full hot meal, Kaylee and Megan were worn out enough to fall asleep early.

The river was foggy and the sky still quite dark when they were wakened later on.  "O-dark-thirty…" grumbled Steve.  Gail grinned at his complaining.  Kaylee and Megan yawned, and Lucy shook herself as she stood up.  A little tea and lembas, and soon the whole party was headed downriver once more.

Our last day, thought Gail.  She was surprised at feeling a little reluctant to see their journey end.  But in spite of her impatience to get to Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey, it had been a quiet and peaceful time, floating down the Anduin River.  The slosh of the water lulled her back to sleep.

She was awakened by Avorn sometime later.  It was still dark and foggy.  "I am sorry, Gail, but we are approaching Cair Andros, according to Lord Glorfindel.  Will you hold the lantern for me?"

He held out his lantern, which he had already lit, and she held it up as he rowed.  The boats had narrowed to single file, and she could just barely make out the lantern of the boat ahead, the one in which Glorfindel, Steve, and Megan were in.  She noticed that they were veering to the right, and she could faintly see the shadow of a landmass on her left.

As the boats silently passed the island, no one noticed two figures watching from Cair Andros as they passed.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 72: So Close, Part 2

In the dimly lit tent, Aragorn stood watch over his charges.  There they lay deeply asleep, four small beings that had gradually stolen into his heart months ago, beginning at an inn in Bree.  How was it that such small creatures had such great hearts?

Frodo and Sam lay each in his own cot near one end of the tent, cast deeply into a healing sleep.  They suffered far more from sheer exhaustion, starvation, and exposure than to any serious physical injuries, except for Frodo's missing finger.  But they were covered in innumerable small cuts, bruises, gashes, and burns, all needing attendance, lest they infect and cause fever.  It was not their physical condition that worried him most, however.  When they had been brought in, their spirits had wandered far, and Frodo's, at least, had been reluctant to return to his call.  He planned to keep both of them asleep for as long as possible.  Two weeks at the least.

The fourth cot lay empty, for there were two hobbits in the third one.  When they had summoned Merry from Minas Tirith in haste, it had been in the fear that he would be bidding farewell to all three of his dear ones.  But once again, the hobbits had surprised everyone—especially Pippin.

Just then, behind the tent, he heard three young voices raised in song, one of the songs of their faith.  The song was brief, and he heard the murmur of their voices.  Ever since their reunion here in Cormallen, the children had taken to spending a few moments alone together each night, to talk and to pray.  Up until yesterday, Kevin had been spending his nights, too, in this tent.  But now he had accepted duties among the warriors—light duties, to be sure, taking messages and running errands.  Jennifer had been sleeping among the women who had come—healers and their assistants—and helping them as well.  And Joey, as Boromir's page, slept in the tent of the Captain-General.  So, they liked to be together before they were separated for the night.

When Gimli and Legolas had found Kevin and Pippin underneath the troll, they had feared the worst.  But Kevin's injuries had been mostly minor, and while Pippin had a few major injuries, it could have been so much worse for him, so very much worse.  There was no doubt in Aragorn’s mind that if it had not been for Kevin, it would have been.

But now Merry lay carefully alongside his youngest cousin, clasping Pippin's uninjured hand in his own left hand, sleeping the sleep of the truly exhausted.  But Aragorn knew that if Pippin even stirred, Merry would wake instantly.

"My sister has named him Holdwine," said a voice behind him.

Aragorn nodded.  He had known when Éomer had come in behind him.  "Appropriate.  It means 'loyal friend,' does it not?"

"Yes.  I have never seen anyone like Meriadoc.  He had every reason to stay behind in safety, and with such a disadvantage as his size gives, none would have thought the worst of him if he had done so, especially as unused to war as his kind are.  But that one does not seem to consider his size at all."

"Boromir believes he is a natural warrior.  He has the protective heart for it.  But then they all do, in their own different ways.  I wish there were some way to show them how much they have done.  I do not say repay what we owe them; that will never happen in a lifetime, no matter how much we shower them with.  My own debt to them is boundless."

"For myself," said Éomer, "I plan to make Meriadoc a Knight of the Riddermark.  He deserves no lesser honour.  My sister suggested it, but I believe it only right.  There is much else I would give him as well, if he will take it.  I would have done the same for young Kevin, had he not chosen to give his loyalty instead to Gondor.  Yet I understand; he travelled far at your side."

Aragorn smiled.  "A Knight?  I think our valiant young Peregrin also deserves no lesser honour.  And Merry would not be happy if his cousin were not so honoured as well.  And I think that such an honour should go to Kevin as well.  Thank you, Éomer, for an excellent idea.  I will make both Pippin and Kevin Knights of Gondor and Guards of the Citadel.  I do not yet know how we will be able to honour our brave Ring-bearers, but I will put my mind to it."*

The two new sovereigns, the future High King of the West and the newly made King of the Riddermark, nodded at one another and clasped their forearms in affirmation of their newly made pledge.

-oo000oo-

The next morning, Pippin was feeling the best that he’d had since what he was now calling "the troll incident".  He and Merry were all a-quiver with excitement at the news that they would both soon become real Knights.

Kevin was nervous and ambivalent, both elated that Aragorn felt he was worthy of such an honour, but at the same time unsure if he truly deserved it.  And what about when he went home?  Would he be deserting his new duties?  But he tried to keep his doubts to himself, because Jennifer and Joey were absolutely thrilled at the news.

I guess this must be their equivalent of medals, he thought.  Dad received some medals for bravery when he fought in Operation Desert Storm, and a purple heart when he got injured.  Kevin sighed.  I just hope Aragorn won’t hold it against me when it’s time for me to go home!  I don’t want him to think I’m ungrateful, or that I don’t take my responsibilities seriously.  But I’ve got responsibilities at home, too.  I’ve got to finish school, for one thing.

He shook his head.  What am I doing?  I need to keep my mind on what I’m supposed to be doing—Aragorn wanted me to find Gandalf!   He bit his lower lip.  I need to speak with him myself.  I could sure use his advice about this stuff.  About what to do.  Right now, though, Aragorn needs him, so I’d better go find him.

Kevin had already looked in at the hobbits' tent and the healer's encampment, and now he was going to see if perhaps Elladan or Elrohir might know the wizard's whereabouts.  He spotted Elrohir.  "Elrohir!  Have you seen Gandalf?"

The Elf nodded.  “Yes, he was going over to the pickets to check on Shadowfax."

With a nod of thanks, Kevin began to pick up his pace as he turned around and headed over to the area where the horses were being kept.  

Gandalf was indeed there, currying the immense white stallion.  "Ah, Kevin!  Were you seeking me?"

"Yes.  Aragorn—er, I mean Lord Elessar, wanted to see you.  He's over in the commanders' camp with Boromir and Prince Imrahil."  

"Very well.  I had just finished with Shadowfax.  Will you escort me back there, Kevin?"

"Yes, sir.  I need to make sure you get there.  And to find out what else I need to do after this."

"And I sense you are troubled?"

Kevin nodded before he thought, and then sighed.  "How did you know?"

"I have been around for a while, Kevin."  The wizard smiled at him and put one finger next to his nose.  "What troubles you?"

"Well, Aragorn wants to make me a Knight of Gondor, and that's a great honour and everything, but what about when I go home?  I don't want to fail my duty."

"Do you know for certain that you and your brother and sisters will be going back?"  Gandalf looked at him and raised an eyebrow.  "It seems that you may, but it is not well to anticipate the future too much."

Kevin sighed.  How could we not go back?  We need our mom and dad, who surely must have given up on ever seeing us again by now.  And yet, what if God thinks we have not done everything He sent us here to do?

Gandalf’s voice softened.  "I do not believe that Aragorn would fault you for returning to your homeland, not if the opportunity to do so opens for you.  But this is something that he believes you deserve to have."

Kevin walked silently for a moment, thinking about what Gandalf had just said.  "So, you think I should accept it, then?"

"I do, since you have asked."

"Thank you, Gandalf.  I will, then."  He glanced ahead and saw they had arrived at their destination.

After delivering Gandalf to the others, Kevin realized that he did not yet have another task, so he decided to go to the hobbits’ tent and check on Pippin, who was resting, and look in on Frodo and Sam, who still were deep in a healing sleep.

-oo000oo-

Earlier that morning, Jennifer was busy in the part of the camp where many of the injured were being cared for, giving water to the patients, putting cold cloths on their foreheads, or turning their pillows.  She had discovered that she enjoyed taking care of people who were hurt or ill.  

She was almost fifteen, and she realized that she had never really thought much of what she wanted to do as a grown-up.  I wonder if I could become a nurse, or even a doctor?  That is, if I ever get back to Oregon, so I can finish school first and go to college.  Then I will have to decide whether to go to nursing school or medical school.  She furrowed her brow.  Mom and Dad and Megan are also here somewhere in Middle-earth.  It’s a good bet that Kaylee’s with them by now.  I know that the Lady Galadriel said not to rely too much on my dreams or her Mirror.  But I saw two different futures, and in one we were all still here, and in the other we were at home.  What could it mean?

Just then one of the healers asked her to go and fetch some clean water, so Jennifer went over to pick up the wooden yoke in one corner of the tent, and put two empty buckets on the hooks at either end.  The yoke was uncomfortable, but it wouldn't be heavy until the buckets were filled.  She began the trek to the river, where some of the soldiers had dug a small place along the bank and lined it with rocks; it made a small artificial inlet where relatively clean river water could pool for the camp to use.  She smiled when she saw that Bergil was there, also getting some water—he was filling some waterskins.  He helped her fill her buckets and attach them to the yoke once more.

"I am going to find Joey when I deliver these waterskins back to my ada," Bergil said.  "Do you want to come with me?"

"If they don't need me for a while to help with the injured, yeah.  I missed seeing Joey at breakfast today."

Bergil nodded. "He has been eating with Lord Boromir, after he takes the Captain-General his breakfast."

"That's good.  I was hoping he hadn't overslept and missed a meal.”  They arrived at the healers’ camp.  “Well, here we are.  Let me take the water to them and see if they still need me."  

Bergil agreed and waited patiently.  The healer in charge directed Jennifer to pour the water into a large cauldron, in which the water could be boiled before use.  When she asked if she could go with Bergil, the healer nodded permission, adding that Jennifer should return before sundown to help serve supper and help the wounded get settled for the night.

Bergil and Jennifer located Joey in the first place they looked.  He was in Boromir's pavilion, where he had been making it tidy, rolling up the sleeping pallets and taking care of Boromir's armour and clothing.  Bergil grinned and came over to sit next to Joey, where he was polishing one of his liege's shoulder pauldrons.

Bergil reached for a cloth and began to polish the other one.  Jennifer made herself comfortable, sitting down on a folding wooden campaign chair, which she had placed next to her little brother.  She reached over and ruffled his hair.  

"You need a haircut again, Joey," she said.

He ducked away from her fingers.  "Maybe."  To distract his sister, he added, "Hey, Jennifer, have you heard the news about Kevin?"

For a moment, Jennifer worried, but she spoke up.  "Good news or bad news?"

Joey grinned.  "Good news!  Aragorn—I mean, Lord Elessar—is going to make Kevin a Knight!  He's making Pippin one, too.  And Éomer King is going to knight Merry!"

"Wow!  That's awesome!  A real knight!"  Jennifer felt so proud of her older brother; he had become a brave warrior these last few weeks.  It was like he was really a grown-up.  Of course, by Middle-earth standards, he really was.  And after all he had done, it was only right.  She remembered her grandpa telling her once that when he was younger, young men could fight and die for their country as young as eighteen, but they couldn't vote until they were twenty-one!  How strange that seemed.  Well, Kevin was only—had he turned sixteen yet?  Given the fact that it had been spring back in Oregon and fall in Middle-earth when they’d first arrived, it was hard to tell.  At any rate, Kevin wasn’t old enough to join the army yet, not back home.  It was so hard to keep track of dates here in Middle-earth—anyway, Aragorn was ready to say that if her older brother had done a man's part in the battles, then he was, in fact, a man.

But when we go back to Oregon, he’ll have to go back to being a boy, she thought ruefully.  He still has to finish high school.  He won’t be allowed to vote or join the army till he’s eighteen, and he won’t be eighteen for another few years.

-oo000oo-

Hours later, Joey and Bergil had just finished taking a message from Boromir to one of his captains when they found themselves accosted by Legolas.

"Good day, Joey and Bergil.  Aragorn has tasked me with finding a minstrel for tomorrow!"

"What's tomorrow?" Joey asked.

"Frodo and Sam will likely be waking up!  And as there will be a celebration, he will need minstrels and bards to sing for that celebration!  I found three in the lower camp, and they have been working on a special song for Frodo and Sam.  Are you free to accompany me down to check their progress?”

Joey and Bergil smiled at the prospect, and Joey said, "Boromir said we were free to wander around some, so long as we return in time for the evening meal."

The three of them headed down to the lower camp.  This camp was nearest the river, and there, they found those people who were neither healers nor warriors nor needed in the main camp.  Mostly they were those who had come to help unload supplies, or make and mend, or those, who were like the bards, there to learn of the end of Sauron first-hand.

It was easy to spot the little group of singers, sitting tailor-fashion in a little circle by the bank.  A young woman was playing a lute, a young man played a harp, and the third—also a young man—was singing and humming very low.

The woman spotted them first and sprang to her feet, and then made a graceful curtsy, as the two men stood up more slowly.  

"Lord Legolas!" exclaimed the harpist.  The three of them offered Legolas a bow, and then looked sideways at the two boys.

"Master Findegil, Mistress Finuiel, and Apprentice Devorin, these two young ones are Joey, son of Steven, and Bergil, son of Beregond,” Legolas announced.  “They are pages; Joey is page to Lord Boromir, the Captain-General, and Bergil is usually a page at the Houses of Healing."

The three gave a somewhat smaller bow to the boys.  "You are young for such responsibilities.  Well done."

Joey looked at Bergil.  “Thank you,” he said.

Legolas said, "I have come to see how your song is coming."

They both nodded, and the harpist and the lutenist took up their instruments once more.  After a few chords, the third member of the group began to sing:

"Frodo of the Nine Fingers

And the Ring of doom

Accepted a heavy burden

For the fires to consume…"***

The song was quite long, and it told much of the Quest.  The young man had a voice that could go very low and deep, but also as high as a girl.  Joey was impressed.  The story was of the companions that set out for Mordor, but Frodo the Ring-bearer and Samwise the Stout-hearted were the only ones mentioned by name.  When it came to an end, Joey felt tears in his eyes as he imagined poor Frodo and Sam trapped on the burning mountain, and then joy as he envisioned them being swept up by Eagles.

Bergil was staring in amazement at the minstrels.  "That was beautiful!  I have never heard singing like that.  We do not really have bards in the city these days."

"Yes," said Findegil, who had played the harp, and appeared to be slightly older than the other two.  "Several years ago, Lord Denethor banned bards, minstrels, and other entertainments when Mordor began to exert its power once more.  He felt that the frivolity would interfere with the serious business of defending the city."

"I bet he changes his mind now," said Joey.  "He is nicer now than he was when I met him."

The three musicians looked surprised, and might have said more, but Legolas intervened.  "I find the song very satisfactory and will say so to Lord Elessar."  He gave a little incline of his head to the musicians to honour their talent.  "But it grows late, and these young pages will have more duties this evening.  You will be told when it is time for your performance."  He turned toward Joey and Bergil.

"Come, boys," said Legolas, and they headed back to the main camp.  "What did you think?  Do you believe Frodo and Sam will like it?" he asked, after they were walking out of earshot of the lower camp.

"Yes!" said Joey.  "Especially Sam!  He'll love it for Frodo especially, but he'll be embarrassed by all the praise for himself and stuff.”  He grimaced.  “He’ll think he’s not worthy of it, you’ll see.  Frodo will, too.  For himself, that is, not Sam."

Legolas smiled.  "A little embarrassment will not harm them, and all of that praise will be very good for them."

Kevin had joined the hobbits in their tent to share an early supper with them.  He was still dressed only in his undertunic.  He was still rather elated at his new guardsman's livery that had been sent for him from Minas Tirith.  Gimli had polished his mail and armour pieces for him.  But he was nervous at what was yet to come.

They had barely finished eating when Éothain, Beregond, Legolas, Gimli, Bergil, Haleth, and Joey entered the tent.

"It is time to begin preparation," said Legolas.  "You will need baths, and we will dress you."  He smiled at Merry and Pippin’s expressions of consternation.  "Do not look at us like that, young hobbits.  You will need the assistance, especially you, Master Pippin.  So will you, Kevin.  Or do you tell me that you are not nervous?"

Kevin bit his lower lip.  “I know I sure am.”  He looked at the hobbits.

Legolas, Beregond, and Bergil saw to Pippin, while Éothain and Gimli took care of Merry.  Joey and Haleth helped Kevin.  The King of Rohan's cousin also took the chance to drill Merry on the words of his oath.

The sun was halfway down towards the horizon when they stepped outside the tent to the clear area that had been prepared for the ceremonies.

Jennifer was waiting for them.  None of the three had put on their belts yet, and they saw that Jennifer was holding them.  "Legolas told me that your belts should be put on by a lady."  She grinned.  She bent down and put Merry and Pippin's belts on first, and then stood to put on her brother's.  They weren't new, but they were the belts given them in Lothlorien by the Lady Galadriel.  Then they noticed Legolas was holding their cloaks, which had been cleaned.  Jennifer helped to settle each cloak around their shoulders, and then she fastened each cloak with its leaf-shaped brooch.  Then she bent down and kissed Pippin and then Merry on top of their heads, after which she hugged Kevin briefly before kissing his cheek.  She stood back, grinning, with tears of happiness in her eyes.

Aside from the members of the Fellowship, several other well-wishers had gathered.  There were a few members of the King of Rohan's personal éored that Merry knew.  And Pippin was pleased to see some of the members of the Third Company with whom he had journeyed to battle. He was especially pleased to see two brothers, Artamir and Adrahil, for the last time he had seen them, they had been struck down by the troll he killed.  He had worried about them, but he’d been afraid to ask if they yet lived.  Here they were, Artamir with a bandage round his head, and Adrahil with his arm in a sling, but otherwise hale.  Well, he thought, it was worth getting squashed by the troll, since I saved them and Beregond, after all.

Merry was to be knighted first, and he was more than a bit nervous.  There had been no ceremony when he had given his allegiance to Théoden.  For love of the king, who had reminded him so much of his own father, he had offered his sword and his fealty, and Théoden had accepted.  They’d been on their way to war at the time; there had been no time for formality.  And then, in the House of Healing, he had given that same allegiance to Éomer—once again, hastily and without ceremony.

Now Merry would step up and lay his sword at his King's feet, and he would offer a solemn oath before witnesses.  It was a bit daunting, yet there was a feeling of pride as well, that Éomer had found him worthy of the honour.

He stood now, apart and a bit alone near the centre of the area, feeling very small indeed.  There was a stir, and all the men-at-arms came to attention as the two Kings, accompanied by the White Wizard, approached.

Aragorn and Gandalf stopped at the edge of the clearing, and Éomer went forward a few more paces.

"Approach, Meriadoc."

Merry stepped forward, outwardly confident, inwardly quailing.  He knelt and drew his sword, and he laid it at Éomer's feet.

"Will you accept my sword and my oath?" he asked, according to formula.

"I will.  Speak your oath."  The young King of Rohan held out his hands, and Merry reached up and placed his own small ones between them.

"I promise on my faith that I will in future be faithful to Éomer, King of Rohan, and will observe my homage to him completely against all persons in good faith and without deceit.*  His enemies shall be my enemies, and his friends shall be my friends, and his word shall be my law, from this day forward."

"And I say: that Meriadoc, Saradoc's son of the Shire, is sworn unto me.  His enemies shall be my enemies, his friends shall be my friends, and his welfare shall be my consideration, from this day forward."  He looked down with a smile.  "Arise, Sir Meriadoc, Knight of Rohan."  And he bent and placed a kiss on the hobbit's brow.  He picked up Merry's sword and handed it to him. 

"Receive back your sword and bear it hereafter on my behalf."

There was an outburst of cheers from the gathered witnesses, and Merry blushed.  The King drew him back to his side, and they moved back a few paces.

And now Aragorn moved forward and summoned Pippin.

"Approach, Peregrin, son of Paladin of the Shire."

Drawing his sword, he presented it hilt first to Aragorn, and then carefully Pippin knelt.  He was still more than a little stiff.   

Kevin watched Pippin make his oath and took a deep breath.  He was next.  He was so nervous that he almost did not hear Aragorn summon him, but he gave a little start, and then took his place to kneel at Aragorn's feet, and began to recite the oath he had memorized.

"Here do I swear fealty and service to Gondor, and to the Lord and King of the realm, to speak and to be silent, to do and to let be, to come and to go, in need or in plenty, in peace or in war, in living or dying, from this hour henceforth, until my lord release me, or death take me, or the world end.  So say I, Kevin son of Steven, of Oregon."

"And this do I hear, Aragorn, son of Arathorn, and I will not forget it, nor fail to reward that which is given: fealty with love, valour with honour, oath-breaking with justice."**  Aragorn returned Kevin's sword, which he placed in its sheath, and then he took a place between Kevin and Pippin.  Placing a hand on each of their shoulders, he proclaimed, "I present to you Sir Peregrin Took and Sir Kevin McCloud, Knights of Gondor and Guards of the Citadel.  They are sworn to my service.  Let all who see bear witness that good done unto them are the same as good done unto me, and that harm done unto them is the same as harm done unto me.  So say I, Aragorn, son of Arathorn, Heir of Elendil."

Cheering broke out, the loudest from Joey and Bergil, who used their fingers to whistle.  Seats were brought forward, and the Kings sat down next to their new knights.  Now they brought out the chests containing the stipends.

Merry's contained a hundred silver pennies.  Thunderstruck, he stared up at Éomer, who said, "By the way, when you pass through Edoras on your return, Stybba will be waiting to bear you to your homeland.  He is yours."

Mindful of the young King's admonition the day before, he nodded.  This was incredibly generous!  And Stybba!  He had grown fond of the pony before he had to leave him behind.  How lovely!

After goggling in amazement at Merry's stipend, Pippin took his with a bit of trepidation.  He opened the lid, and then he shut it quickly after a brief glance and glared up at his new liege.

Aragorn just grinned at him.  In a low voice, he said, "One hundred fifty," and then with a twinkle in his eye, added, "Oh, and the pouch contains another fifty from Faramir, as a gift.  Which, by the way, you cannot decline, as he is not here."

Pippin's jaw dropped.  Two hundred silver pennies?  When the average hobbit of the Shire did well to earn the equivalent of fifteen or twenty a year?  Even the Thain's annual income did not normally rise above eighty!

After he saw what had been given to Merry and Pippin, Kevin was somewhat prepared when he was told that his stipend was also one-hundred-fifty.  His eyes grew wide at the sight of all the gold; it was hard for him to think of it as real money.  The gold coins looked like props from a pirate movie to his eyes, which were accustomed to paper money; he had trouble really understanding the wealth he held.

Trouble is, I won’t be able to spend any of it back home.  A smile spread across his face.  Wait till I tell Mom and Dad I’ve become a knight!

They sat for a while by their Kings as the sun set, accepting gifts from well-wishers, and sharing out the ale and pastries, but Aragorn was keeping a sharp eye on Pippin, who soon began to flag.  "I think, Sir Peregrin, that it is time you returned to your cot."  It was a measure of how tired he was that Pippin turned a grateful eye on his healer, who lifted him and bore him within the tent.

Merry soon followed, and the party began to break up.

Kevin had remained outside, talking to Jennifer, Joey, and Haleth.  Aragorn soon returned after he had made sure Pippin would rest.

"And how are you feeling now, Sir Kevin?" Aragorn asked.  

Kevin replied, "I'm fine, sir—I mean, er, sire?  Or should I say, ‘your Majesty’?"

Aragorn chuckled.  "Do not worry about how you address me, lad.  You are a friend and companion, and unless we are among many people, we shall dismiss with the formalities.  But I was not asking as a king or as a friend, but as a healer.  How do you feel?"

Kevin sighed.  "Really, I do seem to be all right.  I'm still sore and stiff if I stay in one position too long.  But I haven't had a headache all day today, and I slept pretty well last night."

"That is a good thing, then," Aragorn replied.  "If you remain feeling well, you might be able to take on a little more light duty.  Speak to my cousin, Lord Halbarad, and see if he has something you can do."

Kevin grinned.  "Yes, sire!"  Aragorn laughed, and Kevin left his presence.

Jennifer had to return to the medical encampment, and Joey had to report back to Boromir, so Kevin went to find Lord Halbarad.  The Dúnadan Ranger had been unable to take part in the battle at the Black Gate, because of his injuries from the Battle of the Pelennor.  But he had soon arrived with many of the supplies sent from the City, and he had been helping his cousin with many of the small duties needed to keep the entire camp safe and in order.

Kevin found him sitting at a table just outside the command tent.  He had a number of parchment documents before him, weighted down with stones to keep them from blowing away; a lit candle stood near the edge of the desk.  Kevin gave a brief bow and stood to attention.  "My Lord Halbarad?"

"Yes, Sir Kevin?"  The grey eyes looked up at him expectantly.

"Aragon—I mean, Lord Elessar—he’s said that I am fit for more light duty, and told me to ask you what you would have for me to do?"

"That is good news."  He thought for a moment, and then moved one of the stones, picking up the document beneath it to scan the list as he held it towards the candle.  "We are keeping watch over the River from Cair Andros.  I still need one more guard for the watch from midnight until dawn.  Do you think you could do that?"

"Yes, sir."  After all, Kevin had taken watch many times on the journey from Rivendell.

Halbarad nodded.  "Very good.  In that case, since you have already had an early supper, I suggest you get a snack and sleep while you can.  Someone will wake you in time to join those who will also be watching.  You are dismissed."

"Yes, sir."  Kevin gave another bow and headed off to the mess tent to get something to snack on.

-oo000oo-

He was roused by a hand on his shoulder.  "Sir Kevin!"  The voice was louder than a whisper, yet still quiet and crisp.  "Sir Kevin, it is time for the watch."

Kevin blinked and sat up.  "Huh?"

There was a low laugh.  "I am Eradan, in charge of the River watch this night.  Please accompany me down to the dry dock.”

Kevin was instantly alert.  He sat up and turned to pull his boots on, and then stood up to follow Eradan.  Just at the edge of the camp, four other men awaited them.  Kevin stopped briefly at the water bucket that stood not far from the banked campfire.  He drew up a ladle of water, took a sip, and then poured the rest over his head.  It was a little something Sam had taught him to do on their journey, when everyone had to get up early.  He spluttered, rubbed his forearm across his face, and then quickly caught up to Eradan and joined the others.

They all piled into the rowboat which awaited them and rowed the short distance to the island.  Kevin hopped out and helped pull the boat up onto the bank.  Then he went with Eradan, and another man named Anborn, on the brief trek to the Western side of the little island, while the other three remained to watch the Eastern side.  When they arrived there, the previous three guards were waiting to leave, and after a brief greeting and a "nothing to report", they made the same walk down that the new watch had taken up.

The Western bank was really a low cliff, and so they would have had an excellent view of that side of the River had it not been for the mist and fog that clung to the water.  Still, they all remained alert, for there could still be enemies lurking on the other side who would catch them off guard if they were not vigilant.

There was a small pit about ten feet from the edge of the cliff, surrounded by rocks.  There was a little stack of firewood next to it, and the embers from the previous fire still glowed.  Eradan added some wood, but made sure to keep it low.  One of them would watch the fire for a while, and then switch over, so that someone would always be "fresh" on watch.  Anborn would watch the fire first.  It had been a couple of hours before it was Kevin's turn to sit by the fire, and then a couple of hours more until Eradan came to take his place.  Now Kevin stood upon the cliff looking into the River, when he thought he heard something in the water—splashing?

"Hst!  Anborn, do you hear anything?"

Anborn hurried to his side and listened also.  "Yes, and look!"

Even though the stars were low and there was a faint tinge of dawn in the sky to the East, the mist and fog was still thick.  Yet they could easily hear the rhythmic splash of oars, and as it grew closer, they could make out the faint shadows of boats.  The boats moved slowly and showed no sign of coming near the shore.  One, two, three...eight in all floated past and vanished into the fog.  The boats looked familiar from what he could make out.

He turned to Anborn.  "I think those were Elvish boats," he said.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *Parts of the opening paragraphs are taken from Dreamflower's story, "Kingly Gifts" (http://storiesofarda.com/chapterlistview.asp?SID=2310).

**The first part of the oath is taken from an actual 12th-century oath.  I cannot post a link here, but the information can be found at the site of the SCA group Dragonbear.  Here is the link: http://www.dragonbear.com/fealty.html. The entire section of the knighting is also adapted from "Kingly Gifts" by Dreamflower.

***Adapted from The Return of the King, Book 6, Chapter 1, "Minas Tirith"

****Taken from The Return of the King (1980 animated film) soundtrack

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 73: Too Good to Be True

In the Steward's chambers, Lord Denethor and Lord Faramir were having a working breakfast as they sat among the remnants of their morning meal and were reading over the latest of the dispatches from Cormallen.

"Boromir says that the two hobbits who saw to the destruction of the Ring are still sleeping, though he also says that they may waken any day yet," Denethor said, as he perused one of the reports.

Faramir nodded.  "Yes, and Uncle Imrahil writes the same.  I am very glad that Frodo and Samwise survived their deadly errand, Father.  I was convinced that I should never lay eyes upon either of them again when we parted at Henneth Annûn."  

"I would have believed the same."  Denethor nodded.  "I am very glad that I had the chance to hear what Boromir had to say about the Ringbearer and his quest.  I admit that I would have been very wroth with you, had your brother been slain, as I believed him to be."  The Steward drew in a long wheezing breath and began to cough.  There was a goblet containing a tonic on the table, which he picked up and swallowed down, making a face as he did so.

"I understand, Father."  Faramir picked up the small cup of tea by his empty plate and took a sip.  "Yet it seems that all things worked out for the best in the end."

There was a sharp rap at the door, and when the Steward called out, "Enter," it opened.

Lord Denethor's Chamberlain stepped in and bowed.  "My Lord, one of the scouts sent North into Anórien has returned with news of import."

Denethor nodded.  "Send him in."

The scout came in and bowed.  Faramir recognized Eradan, one of his own men from the Rangers of Ithilien, who clearly had been travelling in haste.

"What news do you bear, Eradan?" he asked.

"My lords, as Gelmir and I explored the Western banks of the Anduin, in the Northern reaches of Anórien above where the Entwash empties into the river, we found an encampment of Elves, who have been travelling here in boats."

"Elves?" Denethor asked in sharp surprise.

"Yes, sire.  There were eight boats, which were led by an Elf who named himself Lord Glorfindel, and who was accompanied by twelve of his people, as well as a wizard styled Radagast the Brown.  There also with them was a family of Men: a husband, his wife, and their two small daughters.  The husband gave his name as Steven McCloud, and said they were on a quest to find their older children, reported to be here in Minas Tirith."

Denethor and Faramir looked at one another.  Faramir smiled and said, "That is welcome news, indeed!  Young Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey will be pleased to reunite with their family!  Yet they are not now in the City, but in Cormallen."

Eradan smiled to hear this, for it meant that he had been right in thinking that the leaders of the city would have news of the strangers. 

The Steward took another swallow of his tonic, and then made a gesture at the table.  "Sit and join us, Eradan, and tell us more of this group you found."

Surprised, the Ranger hesitantly took a seat across from his commander.  Faramir chuckled, and then he stood up and fetched a cup and poured some tea.  Denethor frowned at Faramir waiting on one of his men, but said nothing.  Faramir was the man's Captain, after all, and he knew that the Rangers were far less formal than the soldiers of the Guard.

Faramir sat back down and pushed the teacup over to his man.  "Tell me now, Eradan, what of Gelmir?  Did he remain with them?"

"No, my Lord.  We thought it best that he continue scouting for stray enemies.  I knew that I could ride directly here and yet arrive ahead of the travellers to give report."

Faramir nodded.  "That is well, then.  How soon do you think they may arrive here in the city?"

"They said they had two days of travel, yet their boats were slender and swift.  It is my thought that they might arrive sometime today, perhaps in the afternoon, if they had no delays and started their journey early in the morning.  It seemed to me that they were most eager to arrive."

Denethor nodded and asked if this Lord Glorfindel had said aught of when their journey had begun, and from whence they had set out.

"Yes, my Lord.  The company had set out from Imladris, but had broken their journey in the Golden Wood.  There, the land came under assault from orcs, and they were forced to await the end of the battles before they could set out once more."

The Steward turned to Faramir.  "Ask Ondahil to fetch us the maps showing the way they would have come.  And then we shall need to find a place for our guests to stay, and to make them welcome.  Then we shall send word of this to Boromir."  Faramir went back to the door, and gave Ondahil his orders, and then returned to the table.  With the map, they would soon have an idea of exactly when their unexpected guests should arrive.

-oo000oo-

Steve stopped rowing briefly and hunched his shoulders.  The fog had finally burned away, and they could see where they were going.  There had been a tense moment the night before; Glorfindel had suddenly been very alert as they had passed that island in the River...

"What's wrong?" Steve had asked.

Glorfindel shook his head, and relaxed.  "We were being watched.  Yet we were neither haled nor attacked.  I sensed no malice.  Perhaps whoever it was, was simply wary.  After all, a war has just ended."

So, Steve had relaxed as well.  He had every confidence in the Elf who had brought them all this way...

This had been a long and stressful journey, and now it was almost over.  But now he was feeling a different sort of stress.  They had been apart from Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey for a long time—and, as Steve reminded himself—even longer on their part.  And they could not know for certain everything his older children had experienced—but considering that the three children had been trapped in a war zone for weeks?  They had to have seen some pretty bad things.  And it seemed pretty clear that Kevin, at least, had been in battle.  War was brutal, even for full-grown adults.  What could he find to say to his son?  And to think of Jennifer and Joey in a city under siege was terrifying.  How had they managed?  What had they done?

At least Kaylee had been kept safe the whole time; until Steve and Gail had arrived, her biggest problem had been missing her parents, and her brothers and sister.  She still had her innocence, he hoped.  There had been some scary moments on the journey, but Kaylee and Megan had been spared the worst of it.

These were thoughts that Steve had been pushing out of his head from the time they had set out of Lothlórien, but now that the time grew close for the whole family to be reunited, he was unable to set aside the worry.  He gave a sigh.  Lord, he prayed silently, please take this burden from my mind.  Help me to give my cares to You.  I love my children and want them to never have any dangers or fears.  But You love them even more; help me to remember that.  You had a purpose in this whole adventure.  Please help me to give it all over to You.

Kaylee stirred at his side.  "Daddy!  I'm hungry!"

Steve grinned at her.  "Are you, then, kitten?"  He reached over and handed her a waterskin, and she took a drink without dribbling it down her chin, something he had yet to master.  Then he opened the food box which was just behind them in the stern.  He glanced at the leaf packets that contained the lembas, but did not touch it, because it was up to Glorfindel to pass that out.  He also passed up the journeybread.  It was a lot of work to chew.  Instead, he took up two little bags—he was hungry, too, come to think of it—and handed one to Kaylee.  Each bag contained a mixture of sweetened grain, dried fruit, and nuts.  He thought of it as Elvish trail mix, though they had a word for it he had never quite been able to pronounce.

He chuckled at his daughter as she took it and opened it eagerly.  "Just a minute, Kaylee.  Did you forget?"

"Oops!  Almost—sorry, Jesus."  Then she took Steve's hand, and the two of them bowed their heads, as Kaylee recited the second prayer that she had learned to pray at mealtimes:

"God is great!

God is good!

Let us thank Him

For our food.

Amen."

"And 'amen'," added her father.

Steve watched with amusement as Kaylee picked through the bag, carefully eating first the grain, her least favourite, leaving her favourite part, the fruit and nuts, for last.  While she had learned to no longer be a picky eater, and to eat what she was given, she still had some foods she liked better than others.  He put a handful of the mix into his own mouth.  Honestly, he really preferred it all mixed together.

He glanced over to see that in the boat next to them, Gail was feeding Megan the very same thing.  His wife looked up and waved at him, smiling.  Steve waved back.

He thought how much more enjoyable this journey would have been if they could all have ridden together in the same boat.  But of course, it had made more sense to have an Elf in each boat, both because they knew the way, and because they were more skilled in steering the crafts.

Kaylee had finished her breakfast, and now she reached behind her neck to untie the ribbon that held her hair back.  It was tangled into her hair, so Steve reached out and managed to untangle it, and when Kaylee handed him her wooden comb that she carried in the pouch on her belt, he began to gently comb out her hair, going slowly and methodically so he wouldn't pull.  He found the task rather soothing.  Kaylee winced when he accidentally pulled into a knot, but she did not complain out loud.

"How soon do you think we might get to Minas Tirith, Glorfindel?" he asked, as soon as he had finished combing Kaylee’s hair.

"The day is fine, and the current is swift.  If all goes well, we should arrive near noontide, for we got a very early start," was the answer.

"That's really good," Steve said.  "Do you think it is far from the River to the City?"

"Not far," the Elf replied.  "Perhaps a mile or two, depending on where the landing is.  If the scout Eradan was swift, he should have reached the city before us.  It is possible that there will be someone to meet us when we arrive."  Steve nodded with a smile, pleased at the prospect.

Kaylee took up her little panpipes and began to play, and Glorfindel began to sing a song along with her.  Of course, the melody he sang was not what Kaylee played, but there was no conflict with her random pleasant notes.   First, he sang the song in Elvish, and then he translated it into Westron for them:

"East of the Moon, west of the Sun

There stands a lonely hill;

Its feet are in the pale green sea,

Its towers are white and still

Beyond Taniquetil

In Valinor.


Comes never there but one lone star

That fled before the moon;

And there the Two Trees naked are

That bore Night's silver bloom,

That bore the globéd fruit of Noon

In Valinor.


There are the shores of Faëry

With their moonlight pebbled strand

Whose foam is silver music

On the opalescent floor

Beyond the great sea-shadows

On the marches of the sand

That stretches on forever

To the dragonheaded door,

The gateway of the Moon,

Beyond Taniquetil

In Valinor.


West of the Sun, east of the Moon

Lies the haven of the star,

The white town of the Wanderer

And the rocks of Eglamar.

There Wingelot is harboured,

While Eärendil looks afar

O'er the darkness of the waters

Between here and Eglamar—

Out, out, beyond Taniquetil

In Valinor afar." *

"That's pretty," Kaylee said.  "All the Elf songs are so pretty!"

"Thank you, little one," he said.  "You sing some pretty songs, too.  Perhaps you can sing your song of the rainbow?  I find I like that one very much more than the one about the dead witch."  Glorfindel winked at Steve, who grinned.

Kaylee giggled and then began to sing.

"Somewhere over the rainbow, way up high,

There's a land that I heard of once in a lullaby.

Oh, somewhere over the rainbow, skies are blue,

And the dreams that you dare to dream really do come true.

Someday I'll wish upon a star

And wake up where the clouds are far behind me.

Where trouble melts like lemon drops

High above the chimney tops,

That's where you'll find me...”**

She continued the song and then sang it again, and Steve joined in with his pleasant tenor while Glorfindel listened.  They followed up with a couple of folk songs, and then Kaylee lost interest and took out her spindle.  She had quite a respectable ball of yarn going, and now she was nearly out of wool.  Steve thought it was a good thing they were nearly to their destination.  Unless Minas Tirith had some wool available that Kaylee could practice with, she was shortly going to have to stop where she was.

-oo000oo-

Sador stood with his hands behind his back, though his right foot tapped very slightly, showing his nervousness.  "Master Ondahil?  Dame Ioreth sent me along.  She said you had an errand for me?"

"Is it true that you have become friends with the boy known as 'Joey, son of Steven'?" Master Ondahil asked.

"Yes, sir.  At least he and Bergil befriended me, and the hobbits did, too."  Now Sador's nervousness left him as his curiosity grew.

"Very well, I would like you to accompany me down to the wharf on the River.  We are receiving guests from afar to our City, and I have been told by His Lordship the Steward that among those guests are not only Elves, but a wizard, and the parents and younger sisters of Joey and his brother and sister."

Sador's eyes grew big, and he just barely stopped himself from squealing, "Really?"  But that would not have been at all proper.  Instead he simply said, "l am glad to hear that, sir.  Are we to go down straightaway?"

"Yes, Sador.  Two Guardsmen and several porters await us at the gate to the sixth circle."

The little procession made their way all the way down to the first circle, and then took the road leading to the Eastern Gate of Minas Tirith, and that led out of the City to the landings and wharfs upon the Anduin.  It had been quite warm within the walls of Minas Tirith, but once they were outside the wall, the breeze from the water was fresh and cool, if slightly fishy in smell.

As the welcoming group stood just above the wharfs where they could have a good view of the boats when they arrived, Sador found himself wondering how his friends were faring in Cormallen.  Joey would be so sorry to have missed the arrival of the rest of his family.

Sador was glad of the breeze, for the Sun was nearly at her height.  But soon he heard a commotion, and the porters moved down towards the first of the landings to join those whose job it was to watch for boats, and to tie them up.  In the distance, he spotted a flotilla of elegant boats, and as they grew close enough to count eight of them, he could see that in each one stood an Elf, plying an oar with graceful moves towards the landings.  An actual Elf!  For an instant he tensed, and would have darted eagerly down there, but Ondahil put a staying hand upon his shoulder and shook his head gently.  Of course.  They were representing the Steward; they would have to be dignified.  Only once all the boats were secured, and those within were beginning to disembark, did the two of them begin to walk down to the landing.

-oo000oo-

At first, when Steve had glimpsed a little boy among the ones who were coming down to greet them, he had at first thought it was Joey, and his heart gave a leap.  But no, it was not his little boy, but some stranger.  The child was clearly younger and smaller than Joey.

The man came up to Glorfindel.  "My Lord Glorfindel, we have had word of your coming.  I am Ondahil, Chamberlain to the Lord Steward Denethor son of Ecthelion, sent to greet you on his behalf.  We are honoured to have visitors of the Eldar once more in our White City."  Ondahil bowed deeply.

Glorfindel gave a slight bow in return.  "We thank you for your welcome.  May I present those on whose behalf we undertook the journey?"  The Elf gestured for Steve and his family to come forward.  "They have travelled far in search of their older children, who we have reason to believe had come to Minas Tirith: their eldest son Kevin, their elder daughter Jennifer, and their younger son Joey. This is Master Steven McCloud of Ore Gon, his wife, Mistress Gail, and their daughters, Kaylee and Megan." 

Steve proffered his hand, forgetting for the moment just to bow his head briefly.  Ondahil hesitated for an instant, and then realized this must be the greeting custom of Ore Gon.  He held out his own hand, and Steve took it and gave it a single shake before releasing it.  "We're glad to meet you, Chamberlain Ondahil, but were hoping that our children would be here, too."

Ondahil nodded.  "I regret to tell you that at this time, they are not in the city.  However, they will be returning soon.  They are currently in Cormallen, on the Eastern side of the Anduin, near the isle of Cair Andros."

Gail made a disappointed gasp, and Steve's heart fell.  They had passed right by the kids last night and never knew it!

"We are here to conduct you to the Citadel," said Ondahil.  "There, the Steward will tell you more details.  In the meanwhile, I should like for you to meet young Sador here.  He became friends with your son, Joey, and can tell you somewhat of their time here in Minas Tirith."

Ondahil turned to the porters, who were beginning to gather the baggage in the boats and load it into the waggon.  A carter had been engaged, and the waggon was soon ready to go.  Gail, Kaylee, Megan, Radagast, and Lucy would ride within, while Steve would walk alongside Ondahil and Glorfindel, with the rest of the party to follow behind on foot.

"May Sador ride with us?" asked Gail.  "We'd like to hear about how he became friends with our son."  

With Ondahil's permission, Sador clambered up and perched himself on a large bundle, facing Gail, Kaylee, and Megan.  The carter shook the reins, and the horses began to clop up the road towards the Gate into the City.

-oo000oo-

*From The Book of Lost Tales, Part Two, Chapter V, "The Tale of Eärendil", "The Shores of Faëry"

**"Somewhere Over the Rainbow,” composed by Harold Arlen, with lyrics by Yip Harburg, copyright currently held by Warner Bros.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 74: The World Will Know

Joey was helping Boromir into his armour when there was some commotion outside.  It was Bergil's voice.

"Ada," he heard Bergil say, and Joey recalled that Beregond was the guard on duty outside the tent.  "Ada, I have a message for Lord Boromir!"

Before Beregond could say anything, Boromir grinned and called out, "Let him enter, Beregond!"

Bergil hastened into the tent, somewhat out of breath, and said, "My Lord, Lord Elessar wanted to let you know: the Ringbearer has awakened.  Master Samwise is still sleeping."

"Does Lord Elessar wish for my presence?" Boromir asked.

"Yes, sire!  He wished me to let you know that both of them have been moved to the beech grove for now, as he wishes them to waken to fresh air and sunlight."

The beech grove was quite near to the area where the tent of Frodo, Sam, Merry, and Pippin was located.  It was a pleasant open grove filled with dappled sunlight, and some of the wounded had spent a part of their recovery there.  

Boromir nodded.  "Please let Lord Elessar know that I shall be there as soon as I am garbed."

Bergil darted off, and Joey finished fastening Boromir's vambraces and bent to put the knee cops on.  In only a minute, he had finished putting the armour on, and Boromir gave a satisfied nod.

"Do you want your cloak, sir?" Joey asked.

"The day is warm enough.  I do not think that I shall need it.  Will you accompany me?"

Joey nodded eagerly, and he trotted behind as Boromir strode off.  Joey had to trot to keep up with the Captain-General, who was hastening more than usual.  Soon they arrived at the grove, the trees were rustling lightly in a fresh breeze, and a warbler was singing its distinctive cheerful chirp. Boromir halted and took a deep breath, before he entered the grove more quietly, Joey following behind.  He found Gandalf sitting at Frodo's side as they spoke softly, and Sam lay sleeping in another cot nearby.

Boromir stopped, uncertain.  But Frodo smiled at him.  "Boromir!  It's so good to see you," he said softly, so as not to waken Sam.  "And you as well, Joey!"

Joey smiled and waved at Frodo, but he did not draw closer, as he did not want to interrupt his liege-lord.

Boromir stopped and knelt down by Frodo's cot on the other side of Gandalf.  "Frodo, can you ever forgive me?"

"There is nothing to forgive, Boromir.  You were not yourself at the time."  Frodo reached out and put his right hand on Boromir's arm, and it was clearly evident, in spite of the bandages, that one finger was missing.  "I know better than most the pull of the Ring."

Boromir placed his forehead down on Frodo's arm, the two were silent for a moment.  Then the Gondorian looked up and drew a deep breath and smiled.  He stood up and gestured for Joey to step forward. 

"It's good to see you, Joey."

"Oh, Frodo!"  Joey burst into tears and leaned forward to hug him, being careful not to touch his wounded hand.

Frodo smiled gently and placed a kiss on Joey's forehead.  "It is very good to see you are all right, too."  His voice was softer.  He gave a yawn.

Gandalf spoke up.  "I believe Frodo has had his share of company now, and Sam will be waking soon.  You just missed seeing Merry and Pippin and Aragorn here.  I believe the hobbits were headed for the mess pavilion."

The two said good-bye, but Frodo was already beginning to drift back to sleep.

When they came out of the grove, Boromir halted.  "Joey, why do you not go to the mess tent and see if you can find Merry and Pippin?  I am going to find Lord Elessar."

"Yes, sire!"  Joey darted off; he was surprised how easily people were adapting to Aragorn's new name.  At least he had remembered to say "sire" instead of "sir"—he was getting a little better at that, though not perfect yet.  Since Boromir never scolded him about it, it was sometimes hard to remember.

Joey found the two hobbits sitting on the ground by the side of the supply tent which was next to the pavilion.  They were sharing a mug of what smelled like beer, and each of them had a bowl of some sort of pea soup that smelled really good.

"Hullo, Joey!" said Pippin.  "Do you want to join us?  We aren't sure if this is second breakfast or elevenses, but it's quite good!"

Joey nodded and went to find a bowl for himself.  He was not especially hungry, but it did smell good.  He filled his mug with water from the barrel instead of beer and went over to sit with the two. 

"This is good," said Joey.

Merry nodded.  "It could use a bit less onion.  But they have rather a lot of onions in the supplies."

Pippin took a swig from the mug.  "It could use a little more garlic, and probably more salt, too."

Joey shook his head.  "I don't know how you hobbits do that," he said.

"Do what?" asked Pippin.

"Like, when you eat, you sit there and can say what all the ingredients are, just from tasting.  I could taste the onions, 'cause there are a lot, but I had no idea there was garlic in it."

Merry looked surprised.  "Really?"  He was quiet for an instant, and then said, "That's interesting.  Hobbits can almost always identify what's in a dish, unless there is something in it that we've never had before."

"Yes," said Pippin, "but I've heard Gandalf said that's a thing only hobbits can do, mostly.  He told me some Men or Elves do it sometimes, if they are cooks or like special dishes.  But only hobbits all seem to be born with that ability."

The three of them soon finished eating and got up to go over to the designated water barrel and rinsed the bowls, before returning them to the stack.   

"We have to go get into our new livery since we will be serving at the feast this evening," said Merry.  "Do you want to come with us?"

"Sure," said Joey.  He was already in his livery, and he also would be serving at the feast.  He followed them to their tent.

The Sun was at her noontide zenith when Merry, Pippin, and Joey returned to the tent.  They were surprised to see one of the healers awaiting them.

She was a stout old dame who had attended Pippin several times when Aragorn had been unavailable.  "There you are, young pheriain!" she said sternly.  "The Lord Elessar asked me to check on you.  You may need your ribs wrapped. You should not be wandering all about!"  She did not give either hobbit or Joey a chance to say a word, but pointed at Pippin's cot.  Pippin sat down on its edge and patiently suffered her attention.  She checked his ribs and his head and his bruises, all the while lecturing him on all the orders the King had left, plus a good deal more of her own advice, as well as a long and rambling tale of a patient of hers who had failed to listen to her and had suffered a dreadful relapse.

Merry stood off in a corner, watching intently, and trying not to laugh at Pippin's expression.  Joey had his hand over his mouth to cover his grin and snorted.

"There, now!"  The healer finished abruptly.  She stood up, patted Pippin on top of the head, and sailed out of the tent.

The cousins caught one another's eye, and all three burst out laughing.  "She reminds me of Dame Ioreth," said Pippin, when he caught his breath.

Merry nodded, laughing too hard to speak.  

"She sure does," said Joey through his own giggles.

Just then Legolas entered the tent, with Gimli at his side.  "The three of you sound jolly enough," the Elf said.  "What mischief have you been up to?"

"No good, I am sure," added Gimli with a wink.

Merry and Pippin tried to look wounded at the accusation, and Joey rolled his eyes, but they were altogether too happy to manage it.  "You would have had to be here," said Merry.  "It's one of those things that won't sound nearly so funny explained."

"Besides," added Pippin, "today is much too happy a day not to laugh!  What are you doing here?"

"We are here to help you into your armour, for it is time for each of you to report to your respective companies," said Gimli.  "Pippin, you are to report to the Third Company, and Merry, you are to report to Éothain once you are both ready.  Joey, you will need to go attend Boromir again; he is in the commanders' tent with Aragorn."   

"There is to be a ceremony for Frodo and Samwise," said Legolas, "and a feast afterwards, in their honour.  The two of you will serve at the feast, and Joey, I believe that you are to do so as well."

"I'll see you before the feast," said Joey, waving as he left the tent.

He hurried to the commanders' tent and was just in time to see Aragorn's brothers Elladan and Elrohir leaving.  They greeted Joey, and Elrohir reached down and ruffled his hair as he passed them.  Joey shook his head and used his hands to finger-comb it back into some semblance of order.  Just as he prepared to enter the tent, Gimli came out, and also greeted him.  Thankfully, the Dwarf kept his hands off Joey's hair.  

He entered to find Aragorn, Boromir, and Legolas speaking.  

Before Joey had a chance to greet his liege-lord properly, a voice called from outside the tent: "My lords!  A message for you!"

"Enter," said Aragorn.

A young soldier came in and briefly bowed before saying, "My Lord Elessar, the Lord Mithrandir has sent me to say that both the Ring-bearers are awake now!"

Aragorn left swiftly.  Joey would have run after him, but Legolas gripped his shoulder.  "You still have duties to attend to, Joey.  You will see Frodo and Sam soon, so for now, you should return to Boromir and wait for his orders."

Joey deflated a little.  "I should have remembered that—it's just so exciting!"

"Well, there is much to be done before the ceremonies to honour Frodo and Sam begin.  I myself have an errand in that direction.  I will walk with you for a bit."  The Elf patted his back, and Joey nodded.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer was rolling bandages at the healers’ camp, when one of them came to her.  "Jennifer, word has come that the Ring-bearer and his servant have wakened from their healing sleep.  Lord Elessar sent word for a meal and for them.  Take this tonic with you and ask the cook to put some into the broth he is preparing for you to take to them, and then deliver it to the beech grove."

With a smile, her face alight with joy, Jennifer hopped up.  "Yes, ma'am!" she said.  For so long, they had been waiting for Frodo and Sam to wake up.  This was wonderful news.  She carefully placed the little flask of tonic in the purse that hung from her belt, and hurried toward the mess tent—almost running, in fact, but not quite.  It would not do to trip, after all.

"Master Pellas!" she called out to the head cook. 

"Ah, young Mistress Jennifer," he said.  "How may I help you?"

"I have a special tonic that Lord Elessar wishes to be put into the food for Frodo and Sam."  She took out the little vial of tonic and passed it to him.  "I am to take the food to the beech grove."

Master Pellas took it from her and opened it to smell.  Jennifer picked up the aroma of a few of the herbs: mostly peppermint, but also ginger, and she caught a whiff of something floral.  Her time with the healers had helped her to begin to identify many of them and what they might be.  "These will blend well with the broth," he said, "and not overpower the flavour." 

He went over to a small cauldron that was hanging above the fire on a chain.  Carefully, he tipped in the vial.  The broth smelled of chicken, or maybe some other bird, and onion and garlic.  When the herbs were stirred in, it took on an almost heavenly aroma.  The contents were equally divided between two wooden bowls.  He put them on a tray and added four small ashcakes fresh from the coals.

Though the camp seemed very busy, all those whom Jennifer encountered were careful to give her a wide berth when they saw what she carried, and soon enough she arrived at the beech grove.  She stopped briefly, for she heard a delightful sound!  Frodo was laughing!

"Yes, I am all right, otherwise," she heard him say.  "I fell asleep again waiting for you, Sam, you sleepyhead.  I was awake early this morning, and now it must be nearly noon."

"Noon?  Noon of what day?"  That was Sam's voice!

"The fourteenth of the New Year," Gandalf was saying,"or the eighth of Astron in the Shire Reckoning…ah, look!  What have you brought, Jennifer?"

"Oh, that smells wonderful," Frodo said.  "I could eat anything right now!"  He sat up carefully, and Jennifer handed him the bowl of broth, and two of the ashcakes on a napkin.

"Real vittles!" exclaimed Sam.  "Lembas is a great thing, but real food at last!" as Jennifer brought Sam his share of the light luncheon.

Jennifer stepped back and watched carefully in case either of them should need assistance.  Frodo did not try to use the wooden spoon in the bowl, asking her to take it, so that he could just sip from the bowl.  She realized why as she saw his bandaged hand.

Gandalf went on to explain about the Gondorian New Year, and mentioned the new King, although she noticed he did not say who the King was.  Gandalf caught her eye and winked.  "This little meal is just to tide you over.  You shall eat and drink with him.  When you are ready, I will lead you to him."  

As they finished the broth and the bread, Jennifer took up the dishes.  "I'll see both of you very soon," she said, bending down to give each of them a kiss on top of their heads.  Gandalf was talking about clothes as she left the grove.  She snickered slightly; clearly, he was keeping Aragorn's kingship a surprise.  She would soon need to prepare for the ceremony as well!

She hurried back, first to the mess tent to return the dishes, and then back to the healers' camp.  She and several of the helpers got permission to clean up, if they wished.  Soon Jennifer found herself in the front row of those lining the side of the path in front of their camp.

-oo000oo-

Joey was thrilled with his new orders!  He was to ride in front of his brother on Bron, while Pippin would be seated in front of Elrohir on Súldál; on the other side was Elladan on his own steed, Tinnuroch.  Legolas and Gimli were seated on the other side of them on Arod.  All the Guardsmen and other Gondorian soldiers were standing in ranks at their side.  Beregond was near the front, and Bergil stood before his father.  On the other side of the Gondorians were the Rohirrim, and he could just make out Merry sitting in front of Éothain on the far side.

Joey turned and looked up at Kevin.  "How long do you suppose it will be?"

His brother laughed lightly.  "It'll be however long it takes, scout.  But I don't think it will take too much longer.  It's not like it's going to be some long parade; it's just going to be Gandalf and Frodo and Sam."

Just then, they could hear cheering begin at the far end of the crowd of people.  Everyone was chanting, and it grew louder and louder.

“Long live the Halflings!  Praise them with great praise!

Cuio i Pheriain anann!  Aglar'ni Pheriannath!

Praise them with great praise, Frodo and Samwise!

Daur a Berhael, Conin en Annûn!

Eglerio!

Praise them!

Eglerio!

A laita te, laita te!  Andave laituvalmet!

Praise them!

Cormacolindor, a laita tárienna!

Praise them!  The Ring-bearers, praise them with great praise!”

By the time the three figures, tall Gandalf in his bright white robes, leading Frodo and Sam by the hands, dressed in just filthy rags to show how hard their journey had been, Joey had memorized at least a few of the Elven words, which he knew he was probably messing up.  But he just yelled all the louder when they were shouting, "Praise them!  The Ring-bearers, praise them with great praise!”

The shouts of praise and the cheering rang out louder and louder as the three came closer.  As they went past, he stopped shouting to watch.  Frodo and Sam were getting close to the hilltop where four grass thrones had been made, when Gandalf stopped moving.   The four high-seats built of green turves.  Behind the seat upon the far right floated, white upon green, a great horse running free; upon the left was a banner, silver upon blue, a ship swan-prowed faring on the sea; behind the seat at the near right of centre was a gonfalon of creamy white bordered in gold, with the Tengwar letters R-ND-R, surmounted by three stars;* but behind the highest throne in the midst of all a great standard was spread in the breeze, and there a white tree flowered upon a sable field beneath a shining crown and seven glittering stars.  It was on that throne that their dear friend Strider was seated!   

The two hobbits took one step, another step, and then stopped as Aragorn rose.   

An expression of delight appeared on both their faces, and they dashed forward, all formality forgotten, into the embrace of their dear friend.  Frodo reached him first, but Sam was only a step or two behind, and as they were caught up in the King's long arms, Joey heard Sam exclaim, "Well, if this isn't the crown of all!  Strider, or I'm still asleep!"

"Yes, Sam, Strider.  It is a long way, is it not, from Bree, where you did not like the look of me?  A long way for all of us, but yours has been the darkest road."  And then, to the astonishment of many, but not of those who knew him best, the Lord Elessar bent his knee to the Ring-bearers, and then he took them and turned and placed them upon his own seat.

Then Aragorn cried out, "Praise them with great praise!"

And then there was another thunderous shout, which Joey joined in with such enthusiasm that Kevin caught hold of the back of his shirt, to keep him from falling off the horse; but Kevin was cheering, too.  And after the shout, the minstrel came, and sang for all the lay of "Frodo of the Nine Fingers and the Ring of Doom."  Joey listened to the singing, as entranced as everyone else was by the song.  

The song ended, and as the crowd broke up, Kevin helped Joey to the ground.  "Hop to it, Joey.  You're serving at the feast."  

Joey turned and found Pippin standing next to him.  The two of them made way to the pavilion near the campfires, where the feast would be served.  Merry had found a few barrels for them to sit on while they waited.

Ingold, who was second cook to Master Pellas, had provided each of them with plates.  "Our good King Elfstone himself bade me see you fed before you serve at table.  That is not, you know, the usual way of things, small masters."

Merry thanked him on behalf of all three of them.  Joey looked up and saw a couple of others with plates.  "Bergil!  Haleth!"  Smiling, he waved at them after shifting his plate from his right hand to his left.

The two came over.  While Merry, Pippin, and Joey would be waiting only upon the most important guests, Bergil would be serving some of the important Gondorians, and Haleth would be tending to some of the captains of the Rohirrim.

Soon enough, Joey watched as Aragorn, Boromir, Eomer, Prince Imrahil, and Halbarad were seated in the centre of the long table, along with the two guests of honour, Frodo and Sam, who were seated to Aragorn's right.  Their other companions—Gandalf, Legolas, and Gimli—were also at the High Table, along with kings and princes.*

Joey, Bergil, Merry, and Pippin ate their own food, the latter two sharing a goblet of wine and the two boys drinking water.  The four of them would have only a few minutes before the guests and their lords would be ready.  As they finished up their food and wiped their fingers upon clean towels, Merry looked closely at Pippin.  "Are you in pain, Pip?"

"Not enough to keep me from doing my duty!" was the firm reply.

Merry took a small packet from the pouch hanging from his belt.  "Strider gave me this with strict orders to see you take if I thought you needed it."  He sprinkled the powder it contained into the last of the wine in their goblet and handed it to his cousin.

Pippin made a face, but dashed it down.  "Shame to do that to good wine," was his only complaint.

Merry peeked out through the curtain wall dividing the back of the pavilion from the feasters.  Frodo and Sam were seated between Strider and Gandalf, looking overwhelmed.  Both of them were wearing clean linen clothes and on their heads, silver circlets.

All rose for the Standing Silence, and then Joey took up one of the ewers of wine and went to serve Aragorn first, and then Gandalf and Boromir.  Bergil was serving one of the Ranger captains who had come south to the war, while Merry and Pippin and each took a ewer of wine and also went forth to serve.  Merry attended to Éomer and Éothain first; Pippin poured wine for the Prince of Dol Amroth, who sat near Sam, and then turned, waiting for Sam to recognize him, as he poured his wine.

Joey grinned as he heard Sam.  Sam had still been sleeping when Merry and Pippin had seen their cousin that morning, so he hadn't gotten to see them before.

"Why, look, Mr. Frodo!  Look here!  Well, if it isn't Pippin, Mr. Peregrin Took I should say, and Mr. Merry!  How they have grown!  Bless me!  But I can see there's more tales to tell than ours."

"There are indeed," said Pippin turning towards him with a wicked grin.  "And we'll begin telling them as soon as this feast is ended.  In the meantime you can try Gandalf.  He's not so close as he used to be, though he laughs now more than he talks.  For the present, Merry and I are busy.  We are Knights of the City and of the Mark, as I hope you observe."

Joey shook his head and then went to serve one of the Prince of Dol Amroth's sons—he couldn't recall which one.  Merry had turned his attention to Elladan and Elrohir, and to Joey's delight, he was allowed to serve Kevin and Jennifer, even though they would not be drinking the wine; the two of them had a pitcher of water set between them.  Joey did what was planned and poured just a few drops of the wine for show, and then filled the rest of their shared goblet with water from the pitcher.

The feast finally was over.  Master Pellas praised the four for their service and allowed them to each take one of the leftover small spice cakes as a reward; they gobbled them down, and then took their leave.  Joey was very glad that they were not on clean-up duty!

As he left the pavilion with Merry and Pippin to find his siblings and friends, he discovered that the rest of the Fellowship had gathered in the beech grove, which had been cleared of the cots earlier in the day.  There they all sat under the whispering trees amid the fragrance of Ithilien; and they talked deep into the night.  There everyone was filled in on what had happened since they had been separated at Parth Galen. 

Jennifer and Kevin glanced at Joey, whose head kept drooping, and she noticed that Frodo and Sam looked tired as well.  She was wondering if she should say something, but just then Gandalf rose.  "The hands of the King are the hands of healing, dear friends.  But you went to the very brink of death ere he recalled you, putting forth all his power, and sent you into the sweet forgetfulness of sleep.  And though you have indeed slept long and blessedly, still it is now time to sleep again."

And then Gimli, who had become somewhat possessive of Pippin since finding him and Kevin under the troll, reminded him that he had only been up a day, and so needed his rest as well.  It was hardly necessary; the youngest hobbit was nodding off where he sat.  Aragorn swept him up and carried him back to the tent.

But Kevin had looked at Jennifer and nodded, and the three McClouds remained where they were.  Even though it was late, none of them were ready for bed yet, and they had rather gotten into the habit of having devotions together before bedtime since they had been reunited.

Now that they were alone, Joey allowed himself to lean against Keven, who put an arm around his shoulders.

Jennifer looked at her brothers.  Thank goodness it’s over! she thought.  All of us are alive and safe, and Sauron’s defeated!  Thank You, God!  She grimaced.  Now if only You would stop Satan in the same way, Lord!  Even though destroying a Ring won’t stop him the way it did Sauron. Suddenly, she chuckled to herself and shook her head.  The Lord knows what He’s doing.  Who am I to try and give Him directions?

"What's so funny?" Kevin asked.

She shrugged.  "I just caught myself being rather silly," was all she said, though her thoughts went on.  Satan’s next-to-final defeat would have to wait until Jesus came back to rule the planet for a thousand years, during which time Satan would be temporarily imprisoned in the bottomless pit.  His final defeat would only come when God cast him into the Lake of Fire.  And that's in a whole other world or time or something, anyway.  She scratched her arm.

God’s reserving that victory for Himself, Jennifer thought, instead of entrusting it to anyone the way he did the victory over Sauron.  But then Satan is more like Morgoth?  Or maybe he even is Morgoth; after all he had many names.  She frowned.  Except Gandalf told us that Morgoth’s in the Void, so Satan can’t be him!  He’s still on the loose in our time and most likely in this one, too, and his way of causing trouble is different from Morgoth’s or Sauron’s.  Anyway, believers still have victories as well.

"Greater is He who is in' us 'than he who is in the world,"* she said aloud.  Kevin nodded agreement.  

Jennifer thought for a moment about all the trials that they had all been forced to endure, especially Frodo and Sam.  God brought us through them all, she thought.  He was with us the whole time and got us safely out at the other end!  She smiled.  Thank You, Lord, for taking care of Frodo and Sam!  And for making them successful in their mission.  I felt so bad for them and all they had to go through.

A song suddenly came into her head, and without even thinking about it, she began to sing:

“Standing on this mountaintop,

Looking just how far we’ve come,

Knowing that for every step,

You were with us.”

Kevin and Joey joined in, as they sang the rest of the song:

“Kneeling on this battleground,

Seeing just how much You’ve done,

Knowing every victory

Was Your power in us.

 

“Scars and struggles on the way,

But with joy, our hearts can say,

Yes, our hearts can say,

 

“Never once did we ever walk alone.

Never once did You leave us on our own.

You are faithful.  God, You are faithful…"

After several more stanzas, the children finished with:

“You are faithful.  God, You are faithful.

You are faithful.  God, You are faithful.”

When they had finished singing, the three children sat silently for a moment, and then Kevin started an old familiar hymn that both Jennifer and Joey quickly joined.

“Great is Thy faithfulness, O God my Father,

There is no shadow of turning with Thee;

Thou changest not; Thy compassions, they fail not.

As Thou hast been Thou forever wilt be.

 

“Great is Thy faithfulness!  Great is Thy faithfulness!

Morning by morning, new mercies I see.

All I have needed, Thy hand hath provided—

Great is Thy faithfulness, Lord, unto me!

 

“Summer and winter, and springtime and harvest,

Sun, moon, and stars in their courses above

Join with all nature in manifold witness

To Thy great faithfulness, mercy and love.

 

“Great is Thy faithfulness!  Great is Thy faithfulness!

Morning by morning, new mercies I see.

All I have needed, Thy hand hath provided—

Great is Thy faithfulness, Lord, unto me

 

“Pardon for sin and a peace that endureth,

Thine own dear presence to cheer and to guide;

Strength for today and bright hope for tomorrow,

Blessings all mine, with ten thousand beside!

 

“Great is Thy faithfulness!  Great is Thy faithfulness!

Morning by morning, new mercies I see.

All I have needed, Thy hand hath provided—

Great is Thy faithfulness, Lord, unto me!”*

But by the time of the last chorus, Joey had completely drifted off.  Jennifer and Kevin shared a quiet smile of amusement, and then Kevin stood and lifted his brother up easily to carry.

"He seems lighter now, even though he's grown a lot," Kevin said.

Jennifer shook her head.  "Don't you realize you've grown, too?  And you have a lot more muscles than you used to.  I must return to the healers’ camp," she added, and gave her older brother a kiss on the cheek, and her younger one a kiss on the forehead.

"Sleep well, Jen," said Kevin.  "I'll take Joey back to Boromir's tent.  But I don't get to sleep till morning.  I'm off to take my watch.”

Jennifer nodded, and wandered off to the healers’ camp.  She was very tired and sleepy herself, and it would be good to have a night's rest, with all the Fellowship together and safe once more.

-oo000oo-

A/N: Sections in italics are quoted directly from The Lord of the Rings, from The Fellowship of the Ring, Book 2, Chapter 1, "Many Meetings" and from The Return of the King, Book 6, Chapter 4, "The Field of Cormallen."

Many sections of this story were adapted from Dreamflower's story, "Spring After Winter, Sun on Leaves: the Kingly Gifts/Waking Day Fusion”.  The story was written in 2014.  And a part of the section of honoring Frodo was from another of Dreamflower's story, "Clear Conscience: The Clear Shot Remix" from 2007.  All quotes in italics were from the Cormallen chapter of RotK.

*The description of the Steward's banner is based on this passage in Unfinished Tales: “In the same fashion, stewards of Gondor never took any heraldic device of their own, and their banners are white with golden lining.  Personal flag of the Steward of Minas Anor showed the letters "R · ND · R" for Arandur ("King's Servant"), surmounted by three five-pointed stars “(UT, Cirion and Eorl)."

The first hymn was:

A portion of "Never Once," written by: JASON INGRAM, MATT REDMAN, TIM WANSTALL. Lyrics © BMG Rights Management, Spirit Music Group

Followed by:

"Great is Thy Faithfulness" lyrics by Thomas Chisholm, composed by William M. Runyan; entered the public domain in 2019.

The Bible verse that Jennifer quoted was 1 Peter 5:8.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 75: Let Me Be Good to You

“This city is like no city I’ve ever seen back home,” Gail said, wide-eyed, as she gazed up at the immense white stone walls; damaged as they were from the war, they still remained an impressive sight, even with the occasional break or crack or scorch mark.

“I know what you mean,” Steve agreed.  “One thing’s for sure—we won’t find any suburbs around this city.”  He looked around at the ravaged land, still littered with broken weapons, the dirt churned up by the battle, and the occasional huge chunks of masonry that seemed too far from the city walls to have merely fallen.  As he looked, it occurred to him that perhaps they had been flung by catapults.  If they had broken from the walls, the pieces would have fallen to the inside.

Gail grimaced.  “No.  We sure won’t.”  She smiled wryly.  “No traffic lights or stop signs either, I suppose.”  

Steve shook his head and rolled his eyes.  "You think not?"

Gail grimaced again, ruefully, and gave him a very light swat on the arm.  Then she noticed the Gondorians giving her a shocked look.  Obviously, they did not understand the humour.  She blushed.  "We were simply teasing," she said to Sador, who really looked dismayed.  Perhaps adults did not tease one another in public in Gondor.

Steve gave Gail a nod, and also clambered into the waggon next to the driver.  Gail and the girls were on a small bench-like seat behind the driver and facing the back of the waggon.  This meant that Steve was facing the opposite direction and seated behind them.

Behind the waggon, he knew that Glorfindel and the other Elves were going to walk with Ondahil.  To their surprise, however, Radagast climbed into the waggon.  He had Lucy in his arms, whom he handed over to Kaylee, and then he sat atop the luggage alongside Sador, who sat facing Gail and the girls.  The driver flipped the reins, and the cart horses started off.

It was hard not to notice the way the land was torn up on the north side of the road; almost no grass remained, and there were piles of rubble which had yet to be carted away.  The south side of the road was even worse, for there was a stench like rotten meat being burned wafting their way with every breeze, and much of the actual rubble was still where it had been abandoned after the battle.  Fortunately, the smoke from the huge fires was far in the distance.

Gail overheard Steve asking the driver in a low voice what was burning, and felt nauseated when she heard the answer, that was also spoken softly: "'Tis the bodies of the enemy, as well as the bodies of the slain beasts, especially those of the mûmakil, giant creatures brought by the Southrons to ride into battle."  Gail was very glad that Kaylee and Megan had not heard what the driver had said.

Radagast sighed.  "It is such a shame, for the mûmakil—or as they call them in the North, oliphaunts—are marvellous and wise creatures.  But they would not have survived here in this climate, running wild."  He bent his head and reached over to pet Lucy.

Gail stared at him, wide-eyed.  “Oliphaunts?”  She looked towards Steve.  “Could that be some breed of elephant?”

Steve shrugged, but Radagast said, "In the far South, there are common elephants, but the mûmakil are at least ten times the size of those.  It has been very long since I have travelled that far to the South.  Perhaps now that Sauron is no more, I might journey there again."

“I hope we won’t run across them,” Gail said in a soft voice.  “Kaylee and Megan love elephants, and they would hate to see any killed.”  Steve nodded agreement.

The little girls had not been paying much attention to the adult conversation which had been held in almost whispers, but had been rather staring at Sador.  Kaylee smiled at him.  "Hi.  My name’s Kaylee.  How old are you?  Do you have brothers and sisters?”

“I am eight years of age," he replied.  "My only family is my big brother.  He is a guard and grown up, so he went off to fight.  I am staying in the Houses of Healing along with the other errand lads."

"Only a brother?  Where are your mommy and daddy?"  Kaylee was dismayed.  Even when she and her older brothers and sisters had come here, they’d had their parents back home, at least.

"I would have had a sister, but my naneth died when she was born, and the baby was dead, too.  And my father sailed the Anduin and down to the Sea at Pelargir, but his ship was taken by pirates, so he was either captured or killed.  It was long ago—I barely remember him."

"So, you are in Minas Tirith alone?" Gail asked.  She could tell that Kaylee and Megan were on the verge of tears at Sador's story.  "How did you come to be friends with Joey?"

"Well, when my brother became a Guardsman, he made arrangements for me to become an errand lad at the Houses of Healing.  I am the youngest, but there are many of us.  Bergil is ten, and he is my best friend.  I miss him now, because he went with Jennifer and Joey to Cormallen because his father was wounded in the battle.  But Bergil was friends with Joey and Pippin, and he introduced me to them.  We had a lot of work to do during the time of the battle outside the walls."

"What kind of work?" Gail asked.  She was aware that Steve was also listening closely to the youngster.

"Well, Bergil and I were errand lads, of course.  We carried messages and delivered supplies and medicine and things like that, and sometimes we helped with cleaning.  But at first, Pippin and Joey were with the Captain-General, Lord Boromir.  Joey was his page, and Pippin was his squire, and they did his bidding.  When the Captain-General went off to war at the Black Gates, he took Pippin along, but he left Joey with Dame Ioreth to take care of him—she's the matron at the Houses, so then they did the same kinds of things as we did.  But during the battle, they got to help take care of the wounded.  Dame Ioreth said I was too young for that.  I mostly just got to roll clean bandages and deliver them.  Pippin and Joey got to see the fire!  And Pippin saved Lord Faramir—that's the Captain-General's brother; they are sons of the Steward, Lord Denethor!  I wish I could have done something brave like that!  But Pippin is the Ernil-i-Pheriannath, so I guess that's why he's so brave!  The Pherian are really, really fierce!  But Pippin says to call them hobbits.  That's a funny word, and it's hard to remember."

Gail glanced sideways and noticed Steve's expression.  "Did you get to meet our older son Kevin and our other daughter Jennifer?" she asked.

"Not until after the battle," Sador answered.  "Lady Jennifer came to the city on the big ship with black sails, along with Lord Elfstone and some warriors all dressed in grey.  And Lord Kevin came riding with the Rohirrim and fought in the big battle on the Pelennor.  His friend Haleth was injured, so he came with him.  Anyway, Lady Jennifer stayed to apprentice with the healers and help out, and Lord Kevin rode off to fight with the rest of the Army of the West."

Gail was stunned into silence.  She had learned in Lothlórien that it was likely Kevin would have to fight, but to hear it was true, had actually happened—that was a different story.  She felt light-headed and somewhat ill.  She felt Steven's hand on her shoulder.  Because he was facing in the opposite direction, Steve could not really take part in the conversation, but his gentle squeeze let her know he felt the same.

Kaylee spoke up—it had been interesting to listen to Sador, but he had not told what she really wanted to know.  "So, why aren't Jennifer and Kevin and Joey here now?"  Her voice sounded plaintive.

Sador seemed surprised that they had to ask.  "Why, because Lord Kevin was injured!  So was Pippin, and Bergil's father, Beregond.  They all went to see them; Pippin's cousin, the Wraithslayer Merry, went with them as well."

Gail winced.  She wished that she could be there with her eldest son right now, looking after him.  Before she or anyone else could say anything, though, there was a difference in the horses' gait and the rumble of the wheels.  They had come to the broken gate of the City, and were now driving on cobblestones, which were much louder than a dirt road.  Conversation had become impossible as they moved up the winding road that ran through the many levels of the debris-strewn city, through gate after gate.  There was much evidence of fire and a lot of badly damaged buildings throughout the lower levels, which lessened as they went further up and in.

They finally ended up at the top of the city, as they entered one more gate.  Handlers came to take the waggon and the horses, and everyone clambered down.  Ondahil paid the carter, who was sent off to get something to drink and eat in the kitchens, and Sador was sent back to his duties at the Houses of Healing.  Steve looked around; the huge tower before them was, he had been told, The Citadel.  It was the tallest building he had yet seen in Middle-earth.  They were in a large courtyard, and in the centre next to a large marble fountain was a very large and very dead tree.  Four guards stood around it.

Lord Glorfindel and the Elves gazed at it in awe, and then all of them went over and bowed.  Steve heard Glorfindel say, "Greetings, scion of Nimloth.  May the day come soon when one of your own children will stand here in your place and thrive."

Steve's eyes grew wide.  He could have sworn that he heard the sound of the wind rustling in the leaves, even though there was no wind to speak of, nor any leaves at all!

Ondahil led them through two immense doors, also guarded, and into a wide anteroom.  It was decided that the children and Lucy would remain there with most of the Elves.  Only Lord Glorfindel and Avorn would represent the Elves, and Steve, Gail, and Radagast would accompany them into the audience chamber.

Ondahil led the five of them into the audience chamber.  It was a great hall, almost as big as a professional basketball gym.  Huge windows and high pillars of black stone flanked the room on either side.  A number of people stood to each side, and behind them were tall statues of Men, solemn and stern-faced, and rather looming over the people.  At the end of the room, across what seemed to Steve to be a vast distance of polished marble floor, atop many steps was a huge empty throne beneath a carven canopy.  Upon the bottom step was another seat, a large chair carved of black stone.  A man sat there, garbed in grey and white, holding a white rod.  They had been told this was Lord Denethor, the Steward.  He was an older man with grey hair, and he looked very pale, as if he had been sick.  Beside his right shoulder stood a good-looking young man with dark hair and a beard, and Steve recalled that he was Lord Faramir, the younger son of the Steward and the brother of the Captain that Kevin had ridden off with.

In front of them, and even further to the right, stood another man, somewhat pudgy and middle-aged, dressed in a long robe of dark grey.  Over it, he wore a tabard of black.  It was embroidered on the chest with a White Tree, and on the left shoulder was a small round badge of royal blue, with two golden trumpets crossed emblazoned in the centre.

The man took a deep breath and called out in a deep bass voice that filled the room: "We call into the Steward's presence the delegation from Imladris."

Ondahil had instructed them to walk forward with Lord Glorfindel in front, with Radagast next to him, and with Avorn, Steve, and Gail walking just behind them.  They were to go up to about ten feet away, and the menfolk would incline their heads, and Gail was to give a very small curtsey.  She was glad that she'd learned that skill in Rivendell.  Having lived her whole life in the USA, she had never had any occasion to curtsey until they had come to Middle-earth.

"Lord Glorfindel of the House of the Golden Flower, representing Master Elrond of Imladris," called the herald.  Glorfindel pulled a small sealed document from his robes and handed it to the herald, who handed it to the Steward.  Denethor nodded and placed it in his lap.  Glorfindel then stepped to the side.

"Radagast the Brown of Rhosgobel, the Brown Istar," called the herald.  Radagast nodded, not a nod of subservience, but an acknowledgement of the introduction.  He stood quite straight and looked both Denethor and Faramir in the eye before he went to stand on Glorfindel's left.

"Avorn Avamenion, second to Lord Glorfindel,” said the herald.  Avorn gave another nod and stepped over to the right of his captain.

"Master Steven McCloud, son of Thomas, and his wife, Mistress Gail," called the herald.  The two of them both took one step and repeated the nod and curtsey.

The Steward looked at each of them, and then said, "Long has it been since we have received visitors from the hidden realm of Imladris in the North.  We look forward to renewing Gondor's ancient ties with the North.  Please, accept our welcome.  Ondahil will show you to your chambers, where you may refresh yourselves, and then join my son and myself for the day meal, where we may talk of what brings you here…"  The Steward seemed out of breath for a moment, and then he went on.  "I do know some of it, yet we should speak of it in more comfortable surroundings."

All five of them nodded once more, and then Glorfindel spoke.  "We are glad of your welcome and your hospitality.  Thank you, Lord Denethor.”

Denethor rose and seemed to sway a bit, and then Lord Faramir took his father by the elbow and guided him to a door at the back of the room.

Gail watched them, concerned.  The Steward seemed to be unwell; she hoped it was not something serious.  Ondahil appeared, to take them to their quarters along with the others.

Apparently, Steve had also noticed the Steward's laboured breathing.  "Is the Steward all right, Master Ondahil?"

"He breathed in much smoke during the fire at the Houses of Healing as he exerted himself to save his wounded son.  It is thanks to him and to the Ernil-i-pheriannath that Lord Faramir lives.  But it is possible that the Steward may never recover from the smoke.”

Steve winced.  Smoke inhalation could be very serious, especially for someone older.

-oo000oo-

Faramir led his father into the small room behind the audience chamber, where his servant waited to help Denethor out of his heavy robe of office and assist him to a seat.  Faramir took another seat nearby.

The servant poured out a goblet of wine, sprinkled in some of the herbs the healers had recommended to ease the Steward's breathing, and then passed it to his master.  Denethor took a deep swallow, and breathed in through his nose, letting it out slowly.  He passed the letter from Elrond to his son.

"Would you read it for me, son?" he asked. 

Faramir nodded, and using his thumb to break the seal, opened it and started reading it aloud:

Imladris

By the hand of Erestor

From Elrond, Master of Imladris,

Unto Denethor son of Ecthelion, Steward of Gondor

“Greetings from the people of Imladris and the Last Homely House.

“My Lord Denethor,

“It is with great pleasure that I take this opportunity to renew the ties between the valley and the White City, Minas Tirith, though I well recall its days as Minas Anor.  May it one day shine once more as brightly as it did then.

“I send to you this delegation of Elves of my household. They journey with a two-fold purpose.  One is in the hope that they shall arrive perhaps in time to be of assistance in the upcoming war, or failing that, that they may be of succour in the aftermath.

“The second is that they are escorts of guests of mine, who have their own quest in the South.  I recommend to you Steven McCloud Thomasion, and his wife and two small daughters.  They are in search of their three older children, Kevin, Jennifer, and Joseph, also called Joey.

“The three children accompanied those who were sent on their own errand, led by the wizard Mithrandir and by one known as Strider.  Your own son Boromir was among that company, as well as an Elf, a Dwarf, and four of the periannath.  Of the purpose of their mission, I may not write, although if you have spoken with Boromir by the time you receive this missive, you will likely know already what that is.

“If there is any way in which you may be of assistance in their search for their children, I beg of you to facilitate it.  As one father to another, you will know of their fears until they are brought together once more.  Please be good to them.

“Of your son, Boromir, know that he arrived here safely, and is even now heading for home.  He may even have arrived there before this letter, and if so, I rejoice with you at the reunion.

“There is much more that I have confided in Lord Glorfindel, who may be able to answer questions about matters which at this time are unsafe to place in a letter.

“Elrond Eärendilion

Master of Imladris”

Faramir looked at his father, who leaned back and steepled his fingers.  Denethor thought for a moment, and then said, "The letter is a fair one, and a cautious one.  Do you believe that these Elves and this new wizard can be of help to us now?"

"I do not know them yet, save that I have heard tales of this Lord Glorfindel, if he is indeed the same Elf of legend.  Master Elrond does not mention the wizard in his letter."  Faramir looked puzzled.

"Perhaps he joined them later in their journey.  The herald announced him as being of Rhosgobel, which if I recall correctly, is near Mirkwood," his father said.  "I am not familiar with him.  The only wizards I know are Mithrandir and Saruman, and Saruman joined the Enemy."

Faramir nodded.  "I think I recall some story that Mithrandir told me as a child, of a friend of his, a fellow wizard who could speak with birds and other animals.  That might have been this Radagast."

"Alas, my son, that these McClouds arrived too late to find their children in the city.  But they will soon be reunited."

"Yes, Father, they will be.  But it is our duty now, as hosts, to break bread with them."  Faramir rose and helped his father to rise.  

"Thank you, Faramir.  Let us attend them."  Steadying himself with Faramir's elbow, he drew a breath, and the two left the small office.  "I hope that our hospitality may go someway to ease their disappointment in not finding their children here in the city.” 

-oo000oo-

Ondahil led the group up several flights of stairs to a wide corridor.  The left-hand side of the corridor was lined with tall arched windows through which the sunlight poured.  In a couple of places, instead of windows, there was an arched door leading out to a small balcony.  On the right-hand side, there were doors interspersed with small alcoves.  The alcoves had tables displaying small statues or pottery.  The walls occasionally had tapestries hanging upon them, and in one spot, there was a shield hanging on the wall with two swords crossed above it.

Megan had fallen asleep in Mairen's arms, but Kaylee walked by her parents, with Lucy at her heels.  Kaylee stared wide-eyed at everything, and then tugged on her mother's sleeve.  "Mommy, where are the princesses?"

Startled, Gail glanced down at Kaylee, and smiled.  "What did you ask me, sweetie?"

"Where are the princesses?" Kaylee repeated.  "We’re in a castle.  There should be princesses."

Gail laughed.  "I don't know if there are princesses here or not, Kaylee.  There might be one, I guess, but I don't know."

Steve looked down at his daughter and chuckled.  "Well, they said this is a Citadel, not a castle.  And the Steward is not a King.  There might not be any princesses."

"Oh."  Kaylee sighed and looked disappointed.

"But," said her father, "there might be.  We’ll just have to wait and see."  Amusement creased his forehead.  “And even if there are, they may not be wearing beautiful gowns and tiaras like Cinderella or Sleeping Beauty.”

Just then the corridor came to an end, and in front of them was a large set of double doors.  Ondahil opened them both wide and ushered them in.  The room was large, and like the corridor, it had windows all the way down the left-hand side.  There were four doors at the back of the room, evenly spaced, and on the right-hand wall were four more.

There were window seats below the windows, and several servants were bustling about setting up a large table.  Ondahil led Glorfindel, Radagast, Mairen, and Steve and Gail to the back of the room, where he assigned Glorfindel the first and Radagast the second of the bedchambers behind the doors.  Steve and Gail were given the third bedchamber, and the fourth had been set up for Mairen and the two little girls.  Lucy would also stay with them.  Each bedchamber, they were told, had a small water closet.  The rooms on the right-hand side were allotted to the other Elves, three to a chamber.

"The bathing rooms are all on the floor below," said Ondahil, "but there is fresh water in the ewers on the washstands.  You have time to refresh yourselves and, if you wish, to change clothing.  The meal will be announced once the Steward and Lord Faramir arrive."

Gail took the first turn at the washstand, a set-up very much like the one in Rivendell; Steve checked out the door into the water-closet, which was on the left side of the room, next to a wardrobe.

"Whoa!  Gail!  They have plumbing!" he called out.

Gail quickly dried her face and went to see what he was talking about.  The room was very small, with nothing in it but a very old-fashioned toilet.  It was made of copper.  The bottom part was just a seat with the base engraved with an embossed design of leaves and flowers, and a copper pipe led up to a large rectangular tank mounted high on the wall.  A pull chain hung down from the tank.

Gail blinked.  "I've only seen something like that in museums," she said. 

While Steve did his own washing up, Gail changed out of her travel clothes into one of the dresses brought from Lothlórien.  As soon as Steve changed, they and the others, followed by Lucy, went back out into the outer room, where they saw the table had been completely set up, and was now surrounded by wooden chairs with low backs.  The table was covered with a snowy-white cloth.  On wheeled serving carts set up on the window side of the room, servants were preparing plates.  Standing close to Gail and Kaylee, Mairen held Megan on her hip.

Gail noticed that the two shorter ends of the table were set up with one elaborate chair at each end, and there were eleven chairs down each side, only slightly less elaborate.  As some people started entering the room, Kaylee tugged on Gail's sleeve.  "Mommy!  Look!  Maybe they might be princesses?"

Denethor had entered the room with a very attractive older lady who was wearing a white veil, held in place by a jewelled coronet, and she wore a gown of deep blue and a tabard of lighter blue, embroidered with a white swan.  Behind him, Faramir was escorting two younger women.  One of them looked as though she might be a year or two older than Jennifer.  She had long dark hair, which she wore loose, and was also wearing blue.  She bore a strong resemblance to Faramir, and Gail wondered if she might be his sister.  The other was a tall and striking blonde.  She, too, wore her hair loose, and her gown was white, though it had an elaborate embroidered belt that hung down in front nearly to the hem.  She was smiling at Faramir, and he was returning the smile.

The group had stopped at the entrance, and now everyone waited.  All eyes turned to the newcomers, as an older gentleman who bore a strong resemblance to Ondahil called out:

"The Lord Steward of Gondor, Denethor son of Ecthelion.

"Lady Linderiel, Princess of Dol Amroth.

"Lord Faramir, son of Denethor.

"Lady Lothiriel, daughter of Imrahil, Prince of Dol Amroth.

"Lady Éowyn, Princess of Rohan, sister of Éomer, King of Rohan.”

"Mommy!  Mommy!  Mommy!  Princesses!"  Kaylee was hopping up and down excitedly, and Gail's face flamed in embarrassment.  

"Shush, Kaylee," she said firmly, leaning down.

Kaylee bit her lip and hung her head.  She had learned better than that.  But Princesses!  Megan stared wide-eyed at the strange men and women and stuck her thumb in her mouth.  Lucy tilted her head and then wagged her tail as she moved her head around from behind Gail's skirt and stared up at the strangers.

While Denethor and the older Princess (who, Gail guessed, was not his wife after all, since she seemed to be a queen of some other place besides Gondor) pretended not to notice Kaylee's gaffe, Faramir gave a gentle smile in their direction.  As Denethor led the Queen over to introduce her to Glorfindel and Radagast, Faramir led the two younger ladies in their direction.  Both the young women were smiling, and Gail felt relief that they didn't seem to take offense.

When the three arrived in front of Gail and Kaylee, Kaylee made up for her outburst with a beautiful deep curtsey.  Gail also curtsied, but not so deeply—she was afraid she'd fall over if she tried.  In Mairen’s arms, Megan stared at them and continued sucking her thumb.  Lucy whined.

Faramir grinned, and then gestured to the dark-haired girl.  "Lady Lothiriel, may I present Mistress Gail McCloud, and her daughters—let me see if I recall correctly?  Kaylee?  Megan?"

Kaylee nodded, amazed that he knew her name.  She stared up at Lothiriel and nodded, speechless.  Megan stared at them both, and then ducked her head shyly into Mairen's shoulder.

"Mistress Gail, this is my cousin, the Princess of Dol Amroth.  Her father is my uncle, Prince Imrahil, brother to my mother.”  Faramir then turned to the blonde-haired woman.

"Lady Éowyn?  This is Mistress Gail and Kaylee and Megan," he continued, and then he introduced Mairen.  "Mistress Gail, the Lady Éowyn is the sister of the King of Rohan."  He looked down at Lucy.  “This is your dog?” he asked.

Gail nodded, smiling.  “This is Lucy."  Faramir bent over to rub Lucy’s head, smiling.  Wagging her tail, Lucy licked his fingers.

“Well met, Lucy,” Faramir told her.

As he straightened his back, Kaylee looked up at her mother and whispered loudly, "Is it okay if I talk?"  Amused, Gail nodded.

Kaylee looked up at Faramir and asked, "How did you know my name and Megan's?"

He smiled.  "I spoke often with your brother Joey, and with Pippin and my brother Boromir.  I heard all about your family."

"Oh."  She nodded, pleased that Joey had told him about her and Megan.  She looked up at the beautiful lady, and then blushed and hesitated.

The blonde princess bent down to look Kaylee in the eye, smiling.  "What would you say to me?"

"You have a hurt arm.  Is it all right?"  Kaylee furrowed her brow in concern.

"It is feeling very much better than it was, little one.  I thank you for your concern."  She smiled again and stood up.

Now Faramir bent down and spoke once more to Kaylee.  "The White Lady is being modest," he said.  "It got hurt when she slew an evil sorcerer in the big battle."

It was Éowyn who blushed this time.  She might have said more, but Ondahil came over and spoke to Faramir, indicating that it was time to go to the table.  Servants began to guide the guest to their seats.  Faramir was at one end of the table, and his father at the other.  Gail noticed that the Lady Éowyn was seated at Faramir's right hand, and Gail was guided to a chair next to her, with Kaylee.  Steve was placed at Farmir's left hand.  Mairen was next to him with Megan on her other side.  Since Faramir and Éowyn were standing behind their chairs, Steve and Gail also waited.  Once everyone was in place, there was a moment of solemn silence.  Then Lord Denethor sat, and everyone else followed.  Steve and Gail had their own moment of silent prayer as they cast their eyes down.  Lord, thought Gail, grasping Kaylee's hand, thank You for bringing us safely here, among these people who are being so good to us.  Help us through this meal, that we not offend anyone, and thank You for the food they are offering to us.  In Jesus' name, amen.

Beside her, she proudly heard Kaylee whisper, "Amen."

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 76: The Life I Lead

Boromir gently shook Joey's shoulder.  The boy was sleeping soundly in his cot at the foot of Boromir's cot.  Joey sat up instantly, and then gave a gasp of dismay as he saw that his liege was already dressed for the day.

"I'm sorry, my lord!" he said.

Boromir chuckled.  "You had a big day yesterday, and a long evening as well.  I thought to let you sleep a little longer than usual.  While having a page is helpful, I am capable of dressing myself at need.  And it will not be many days before Pippin is once more able to share your duties.  I only wakened you because I have been summoned to council, and also because if you sleep much longer, you might miss the morning mess.  But if you do not want breakfast, by all means, go back to sleep for a while."

Joey shook his head and sat up.  Boromir ruffled his hair and said, "Farewell for the nonce.  I will send for you when the council is ended."  The Captain-General left his tent, and Joey hopped out of bed and got dressed.

When he got to the mess tent, he found Kevin and Bergil there, along with Pippin and Merry.  They were sitting on a bench, eating porridge.  "You just missed Jen," called Kevin, as Joey went to get one of the wooden bowls and serve himself some porridge from the big cauldron by the fire.  He filled it up and wandered over to join the others.

"How's Jen doing?" he asked his older brother as he sat down.

"She's fine.  She just had to hurry, because the healers needed her.  As for me, well, I had…" Kevin stopped to yawn, and continued, "...watch last night, so as soon as I am done eating, I am going to my bedroll."

Kevin's yawn made Joey yawn as well; Kevin laughed at him.  "Yawning is contagious."  He scraped up the last of the porridge for one last bite and stood up.  "I'll see you later, sport."  Kevin bent over and gave Joey a rough hug with his elbow, went to leave his bowl over where it would be washed, and then wandered off.

Joey turned to his remaining friends.  "What are you going to be doing, then?" he asked.

Bergil shook his head.  "I'm reporting to the Guardsmen, where Ada is.  They will no doubt have tasks for me, but I don't know what those will be yet.  Most likely, I shall be running messages or fetching things."

Merry chuckled.  "I know exactly what I will be doing.  Éomer King had me start a list of all the horses that his army still has here, so I must finish that.  And then Lord Éothain and I will go among them to see which might be suitable for pulling waggons instead of being ridden."

"What for?" asked Joey.

"Well, sooner or later we'll be leaving Cormallen.  And many of the wounded will be unable to ride or to walk," was Merry's answer.

"Oh." Joey hadn't thought of that—of course, they had to leave, now that the war was over.

Pippin grinned.  "I don't have any tasks at the moment, as I've heard nothing from Lord Boromir yet.  I thought I would go visit Frodo and Sam, and take them some breakfast.  Although they were up and about yesterday, they still are not completely recovered, and Strider insists that they rest today, and not walk around all over the camp."

"I could come with you," Joey said.  "Lord Boromir is at council with Lord Elessar and the other captains, and said he would send for me when he needed me.  And he said it would probably be a few days before you could come to squire him again."

So, Bergil and Merry went off to their duties, and Pippin sat and kept Joey company as Joey finished his own breakfast.  Pippin took out his pipe and lit it up.  "You don't mind?" he asked.

Joey shook his head.  Pipe smoke didn't bother him as badly as cigarette smoke did, and Pippin only smoked for a short time, since he did not have very much pipe-weed on hand.  Besides, what breeze there was, was blowing away from them.

Joey finished his porridge and drank some water from the wooden cup he carried on a loop on his belt, and then the two went off in search of Frodo and Sam.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer strode quickly back to the healer's encampment.  It was not far from the mess tent, but she knew there would be plenty to do today.  She was very glad to have seen Kevin, whom she often did not see all day until evening, when all three of them would get together to have devotions.  She was so glad that they were at least able to do that.  She had begun to wonder if she should tell her brothers yet that it was possible their parents were also here in Middle-earth.  Actually, more than possible, from what she had gathered from Lady Galadriel.  But up until now, she'd been at peace keeping it secret.  After all, until the war ended, there really had been no guarantees that things would work out.  But in the last few days, she had become more and more convinced they would be seeing their mom and dad, and their little sisters, too, very soon.  Maybe even in Minas Tirith!

Lord, she silently prayed, help me to know if it is the right time to tell Kevin and Joey.  And please, Lord, don't let them be mad at me for not telling them sooner.

"Lady Jennifer!" one of the healers called her.  Unlike many of the other healers, this one was a man, Master Sorel.

"Yes, Master Sorel?"  She went in his direction.

"I am glad to see you.  You seem to have a way with some of the younger warriors who have been wounded."

She blushed.  "Thank you, Master Sorel.  I have two brothers; I guess that's why."

He chuckled at her.  "I daresay it could be.  The young fighter from Rohan who had a dislocated knee has been relieved of his splint this morning.  The knee will need to be reminded of how to move, but it is yet too tender to walk upon.  Have you been shown how to help manipulate a recovering limb?"

Jennifer nodded.  "Yes, sir.  Dame Ioreth showed me how to do that in the city, before we left."

She knew right where the young man was.  His name was Folca, if she remembered correctly.  She'd brought him meals a time or two, and she’d helped when one of the healers had needed to re-wrap the splint once.

He was lying upon his cot, both hands behind his head, and a scowl upon his face.

"Good morning, Folca!  How are you today?" she said cheerfully.

"I am well enough that they took that thing off my leg," he said.  "But still, they will not allow me out of bed yet.  I must lie here like a babe, when I should be up and about!"  He frowned.

"Well, Master Sorel does not think so.  But he has sent me to help you exercise your knee.  You'll have to do that often if you don't want to fall down, the first step you take!"

"You sound just like my sister!" he said.

"Probably.  You sound just like my brother!  Now, I need to move the blanket and get hold of your leg.  I will support it as you lift it up just a little—not enough to pain yourself, now!  And then I will gently bend it and lower it.  We'll do it five times, and then rest, and if you are not too tired, we will do it five more times."

He scoffed.  "Only five at a time?  I could do much more!"

"No, you can't.  I won't let you."  She carefully pushed the blanket off his right leg.  “Ligaments can only heal so quickly, Folca, and you’ll jeopardize your knee’s recovery if you try to use it too much, too soon.”

Suddenly he blushed bright red and tried to push the blanket back.

"Oh, don't be silly!  You said I am like your sister!" Jennifer scolded; though she felt a little embarrassed herself, she did not let on.  Healers were outside of certain conventions, Dame Ioreth had told her, and he was just another patient.  With determination, she put her left hand just above the knee and her right hand just below, and very slowly lifted.  She could feel the leg trembling a little, so when it was only about four or five inches up, she very carefully allowed the knee to bend.  

Folca gasped and turned pale, but Jennifer ignored that as well, and lowered it back to the bed.  She counted to ten in her head, and then lifted and bent the leg once more.  The second time, he did not gasp, but held his breath.  Then she repeated the exercise three more times.  The fifth time, she stopped and stepped back.

Folca gave a shuddering gasp this time and Jennifer watched for signs his body was relaxing.

When he once more had a little colour in his face, she asked, "Are you up to doing it again?"

"Yes.  I want to at least be able to ride when we leave, and not be dragged about in a waggon like a child."

Jennifer smiled at him and stepped forward to do another five repeats.  This time he did not gasp, but he still turned very pale.  After the five repeats, he said in a very tired voice, "Thank you, Lady Jennifer."

"Oh, it's no bother," she responded, glad to realize that really was true.  "Let me bring you some water."  She took the small wooden cup from the floor by his cot and took it to the small barrel of drinking water just inside the tent.  She carried it back to him, and he drank it all and then fell back, as though exhausted.  Jennifer pulled the blanket up to his chin, like she would have done for Joey, and was soon rewarded by his eyes closing and his breath evening out.

Then she went to find out what else she could do to help.

-oo000oo-

Joey and Pippin found Frodo and Sam in the beech grove, sitting on a blanket thrown over the roots of one of the trees.  The breeze was mild, and the rustling of the leaves and dappled light made for a nice setting.  Frodo was leaning back against the bole of the tree, his eyes closed, but Sam, who was sipping from his waterskin, looked up and grinned at them.

"Mr. Pippin!  Master Joey!" he said.  "How are you both today?"

This alerted Frodo, who opened his eyes and issued his own greeting.

"Well, we've some time on our hands," said Pippin.  "Boromir's at a meeting with Strider and the other captains, and probably Gandalf, too.  He left Joey some free time, and he has yet to call me back to duty.  So, we thought we would come and pester you two for a while."

"Pippin!" said Joey, feeling a little embarrassed at how informal the hobbit was being.  But Pippin just winked at Frodo, who laughed.

"Ah, Pip!  How I have missed your nonsense!  No one else I know is quite so silly!"  Frodo also winked, this time at Joey.

"I think," Sam said slyly, "it's because Mr. Pippin takes after you so much!"

This made both Frodo and Pippin laugh, but Joey looked at Sam thoughtfully.  Sam might be joking around, but he was also right—Pippin did kind of take after Frodo in some ways.  Joey plopped down next to Sam, and Pippin did the same on the other side of Frodo.  Frodo reached over with his left hand and ruffled Pippin's curls, as if he was a little kid.

Pippin glanced over.  "Well, you look a sight better than you did a few days ago.  I had begun to think you would never wake up!  That was some healing spell Strider had you under!  You too, Sam."

Joey giggled.  "Do you suppose he had to kiss them to wake them up?" 

The other three looked at him suddenly, as though he was crazy, and Joey blushed.  "It just reminded me of Sleeping Beauty and Snow White.  But I guess you guys don't know those stories—they’re fairy tales back home.  Those are a couple of Kaylee's favourite stories!"

"So, what are those stories about, Master Joey?" Sam asked.  He appeared quite eager, and from the expression on Frodo's and Pippin's faces, they were curious, too.

"Well, I guess I could tell them to you.”  He sat back and thought for a moment, trying to remember what he could—he knew there were some other versions of those two stories—when he’d been younger, he had read them, and he’d had them read to him—but he was most familiar with the Disney ones.  "Well, you see, there was this baby Princess named Aurora, and the King and Queen had a big party for her, but they forgot to invite this one fairy…"

All three hobbits listened, enthralled, to the story, not interrupting, and then insisted he tell the Snow White one as well, although they did interrupt that a couple of times with questions about the Dwarves.  Joey apologized for not remembering all the names—he could only remember Doc, Grumpy, Sneezy, and Dopey.  After a brief discussion involving what the other three knew of Dwarves, they came to the conclusion that those were probably not their real names anyway, just nicknames, so it didn't matter.

Joey was tired of talking when he finished both stories, so he said, "Well, it's you guys' turn now!  You should tell me some hobbit stories!"

The three of them obliged, each of them telling a different tale.  Pippin told a strange tale of his Uncle Isengar, who had gone off to sea and had some odd adventures, and Sam told about the hobbit lass Buttercup, whose master was one of the Big Folk and had tried to make her fly*, and Frodo finished up with the story of the brothers Marco and Blanco, and how they had founded the Shire.

Frodo had scarcely finished his tale, when Pippin's stomach gave a mighty rumble, followed by a slightly less mighty one from Joey's own middle.

"My stars!" Frodo exclaimed.  "We've talked the whole morning away!"

Pippin shook his head.  "I would say we've missed both second breakfast and elevenses, if they had such things here.  But an early luncheon would not go amiss!" He glanced over at his cousin and Sam.  "Are you two up to a stroll to the mess tent?  Or should we bring a basket to you both?"

Frodo sat forward.  "I personally would like to stretch my legs.  How about you, Sam?"

"I think I could manage that, sir," Sam answered.  

Pippin gave both of them a look-over.  "You are not nearly so pale as yesterday.  And you did manage that whole walk all the way through the camp—the mess tent's not half so far.  But if you get tired—"  He gave a mild glare to Sam.  "—either one of you, then say so, and we'll stop and rest on the way."

Frodo chuckled.  "Yes, Mother," he said, reaching out his left hand for Pippin to haul him to his feet.

Sam smiled, and allowed Joey to do the same for him.  "Thanks, Master Joey, you're a good lad."

Joey blushed, but he and Pippin flanked their friends as they strolled in the direction of food.  They walked more slowly than either Pippin or Joey would have on their own, but Frodo was only a little winded when they arrived, and Sam seemed relieved when they got there.  There was a small crowd, and Pippin was glancing around for a spot to park both Frodo and Sam while he and Joey fetched some food.  Joey was looking around, too, when he heard a familiar voice call his name.  

"Joey!  Over here!"  It was Kevin's voice for sure.  He was waving an arm, and the four of them looked over to see him sitting near the end of one of the long benches near the tent entrance.  There was some room next to him on either side.  Kevin already had his food, though he did not seem to have started eating yet.  They went over, and Joey gave his brother a one-armed hug.  Pippin insisted on Frodo and Sam sitting down with Kevin, while he and Joey went off to find food and drink.

It turned out lunch was fish stew.  Joey made a face and didn't say anything.  Fish stew was not his favourite, but it's not like there was much choice. There was plenty of fish in the river, and lots of bored warriors, some of whom liked to fish.  And since there was no cornmeal or breadcrumbs, it couldn’t be fried in the way he liked it.  Pippin shook his head at the sight of the large bowls.  "We'll have to make two trips," he said.  "Those bowls are too large for each of us to carry two.  And the broth is thin, so we won't need to bring drink."

So that was what they did, grabbing a few bread rolls that they could just place on top of the stew as they carried it. They also grabbed some of the wooden spoons that were on top of a barrel in a basket.  The spoons were still hot, as if they had just been cleaned.

They handed the two bowls they had to Frodo and Sam, and then they went back over to serve themselves.  Joey realized he actually was quite hungry.

Of course, they would have to stand in line again, and in front of them were three people together, with a small hand wagon that held a large pot.  There was something familiar about the back of one of them.  "Jen?" said Joey.

She turned.  "Joey!  Hey, sweetie!"  Joey blushed a little at her greeting.  But she called him "sweetie" a lot, and he'd learned not to make a fuss over it.

"Hi, sis!  Can you come eat with us?  Kevin's over there…"  He pointed at the bench, where Kevin sat with Frodo and Sam.  

She shook her head.  "I've already finished eating.  We have to take this food back to the healers’ camp for the patients."

One of the other people she was with, a young man, spoke up.  "You can take a few minutes to go speak to your brother and the pheriain.  Gramand I will wait for you at the path."

"Thank you, Fin.”  Jennifer waited as Joey and Pippin got their fish stew, and then she grabbed the bread rolls and spoons for them.

Jennifer handed them the bread and spoons when they sat down.  Kevin was going to scoot over to make room for her, but she shook her head.  "I can't stay but a minute, as I have to help get the food back to the healers’ camp for the patients.  I’ve already had my own lunch."

She stood near the bench where they were sitting, and told them a little of her morning, while they ate.  "...and the healers are letting me help with the therapy now!  I got to work on this one Rohirrim's knee—it had been dislocated for a while before it got fixed."

"Oh," said Kevin.  "I know him.  He's a friend of Haleth—Folca, I think.  I was going to get with Haleth for a while after lunch.  Do you think we would be able to visit him?  Is he allowed any visitors yet?"

"Sure.  He’d probably like that.  Well, let me get going.  Fin and Gram are waiting for me, and we don't want the patients' food to get cold."

Joey got up and hugged his sister.  She was very busy, and he didn't see her nearly enough now.  "I'll see you tonight, won't I?" he asked her.

"Of course."  Their evening devotions together were very important to the three siblings, and lately they had begun to have them in the beech grove.

-oo000oo-

Aragorn looked around at the other men at the table.  After hours of reports of lists of men, both hale and wounded, supplies and horses, the meeting was very nearly at an end.  "Lord Imrahil, you will be supervising the work at Osgiliath.  How long do you think it will take in order to make it across with the wounded?"

The Prince nodded thoughtfully.  "There will be some aid from the City, as my brother-in-law indicated, but not so much as I had hoped, for there is also much dangerous damage inside the walls of Minas Tirith.  However, he is able to send an engineer with about five helpers, and I will take with me all from Dol Amroth who are hale and able to do the actual work.  May I ask for volunteers among the other troops?"

"For my part," said Aragorn, "any men able and willing from among the warriors of Gondor are free to offer their aid."  He glanced at Éomer, who was sitting back with his arms crossed. 

Éomer nodded.  "Many of my men are unhorsed, and many horses who were not killed or wounded are needed for the pulling of the waggons and wains of the wounded men.  My own éored,I shall keep here mounted to patrol the area for any stragglers among the enemy."

Halbarad shook his head.  "We Rangers of the North are here to guard you, cousin," he said with a stern look at Aragorn.  "We will remain here.  There are not so many of us that we can divide up."

Boromir spoke up.  "The Guardsmen of the City are not mounted.  I shall see how many may have skills to offer to you, Uncle," he said to Imrahil.  "The Rangers of Ithilien are deployed to scout out the surrounding area."

"Thank you," Imrahil said.  He looked back at Aragorn.  "I think, my Lord, that given those resources, and weather permitting, we may have the causeway back in order and the landing repaired in about ten days."

Aragorn nodded.  "Very well, then.  We shall inform the camp that we will be departing in ten days.  That will give you some time in case of delay, as with wounded and waggons, the journey should take about two to two-and-a-half days before we arrive at Osgiliath.  I believe that is all we need to discuss.  You are all dismissed."

Everyone stood, and with the exception of Gandalf and Boromir, all of the others filed out.

When everyone else was gone, Boromir pulled a parchment from inside his cloak.  "My Lord," he said to Aragorn, "I have here a letter from my father, sent separately from the report we discussed.  It seems that a group of Elves are on the way to Minas Tirith from Rivendell.  They possibly may have already arrived in the City by now.  And among them are four from the race of Men."  He gave a mischievous grin.  "They are a husband and wife and two young girls—Steven and Gail McCloud, and Kaylee and Megan."

Gandalf laughed.  "I see that once more, the Lady Galadriel was right!"

Aragorn shook his head.  "I am very surprised, but pleased.  Should we send Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey back?  Legolas could possibly escort them?"

Gandalf shook his head.  "The Lady knows something of all this.  She told me that should such happen, we should tell only Jennifer, and let her make that decision."

Aragorn looked at the wizard with a scowl at first, but then shook his head and smiled.  "Who am I to gainsay my future grandmother-in-law?"

-oo000oo-

A/N: The stories told are references to two of Dreamflower's stories, "At the Sign of the Poisoned Apple" (http://www.storiesofarda.com/chapterview.asp?sid=6989&cid=30724) and "Why Hobbits Don't Like Heights" (https://www.fanfiction.net/s/8928199/1/At-the-Sign-of-the-Poison-Apple), found on this site.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings​ belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur.  We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Author's Note: This was not the original Chapter 77.  Sadly, that chapter was accidentally erased during the attempt to format it for publication; efforts to recover it just made things worse.  Therefore, rather than trying to recreate that chapter, which detailed the feast and its conversations, we decided to post a scene about the feast and then skip ahead a day or longer.

NOTICE OF HIATUS: Due to the upcoming holiday season, "An Unexpected Adventure" will be on hiatus until January 8, 2021, when we will post the next chapter.  We hope everyone has a Happy Thanksgiving, a Merry Christmas, and a Blessed New Year.  (Or as Hobbits would say, a Merry Yule and a Happy Turning of the Year.)

Chapter 77: Fixer Upper

After the Standing Silence, Denethor sat and glanced at the Elf on his right-hand side.  Lord Glorfindel was a figure of legend, if indeed he was the same Glorfindel in the histories of the Second Age.  Denethor did not see any reason to doubt it; at one point in his youth, he had doubted the existence of Elves altogether, but as time went by, there was too much evidence to deny it.  Still it was somewhat unnerving to be in the presence of so many Elves, the least of whom was likely far older than he himself.  Lord Glorfindel was mighty, and even in the day, there seemed a glow about him, and he had an air of might and wisdom.  However, the Steward showed no outward signs of the awe the Elf inspired in him as he spoke to his guest.

"My Lord, have you been to Gondor before?" he asked politely, nodding briefly to the servant who placed before him a dish of marinated olives and some crusty fresh-baked bread.  He watched briefly as his guests were also served before he tore off a piece of his bread to dip into the olives.

The Elf nodded.  "Indeed.  Not frequently, but a few times.  The last time was during the reign of your father, Ecthelion.  I was sent by Master Elrond, who wished me to check on the doings of his foster son."  Glorfindel smiled, as he also took up some of the first course.  A bowl of garlic soup had also been placed before him, and he sniffed in appreciation.

"His foster son?" asked Denethor, although he had a suspicion.

"At the time, he was using the name, 'Thorongil'.  He has had many names; I have been told that he has found yet another in the days since the battle that was held here."

Denethor gave a wry smile, before he tasted his soup.  "Lord Elessar, the people call him: Lord Elfstone.  I suspected his identity even in those days, and I am ashamed to admit, I harboured much jealousy and suspicion of him."

"I do not wonder at it, my lord," Glorfindel replied.  "Gondor is a mighty kingdom, and its governance was in your father's hands; any son would have felt so.  But at the time, he had no interest in taking the throne.  He knew the time was not right."

"No, it was not.”  Denethor nodded.  “His claim would have been challenged by many, some of whom would have been loath to see the return of the King.  A few months ago, I still would have been among them.  But my sons convinced me of his claim, even ere I met him.  And having met him, I would no longer deny his worth as King.  He has grown much since the days of Captain Thorongil, though little are the years shown in his face."

Glorfindel laughed.  "He was but a callow youth when he left for Rohan, and not much more than that when he turned up here.  But of course, from my perspective, he is still a youth."  He cast a sly sideways look at Denethor.  "As are you."  He turned his attention once more to the food.

Denethor's eyes widened, and he suppressed a laugh.  Glorfindel smiled slyly.  "Elves do have the advantage of age over our younger brothers, the Secondborn."

The Steward gave a mild chuckle.  Then he glanced down to the other end of the table, where Faramir was speaking to the father of the McCloud children, and wondered what his son could find out.  He seemed to be getting along with his guest.

"Your little daughters are delightful, Master McCloud…" said Faramir.

Steve smiled.  "Thank you.  I think so, too, Lord Faramir.  But please, call me Steve."

Faramir nodded.  "Very well...Steve."  The name sounded odd upon his tongue.  Faramir wondered what languages might be spoken in that far-off land of "Ore Gon" to give rise to such odd names.  The McClouds’ Westron was flawless and unaccented.

"I am curious about this land of yours, Ore Gon," Faramir said.  "Where might it be?  For I have never even heard rumour of it."

"It is about as far north and west as you can go, and still be part of the mainland of our country," Steve responded.

"Ah."  That did not sound right to Faramir, unless the lands to the north were far more expansive than he had ever learned from his tutor.  Just then his attention was broken as a servant came to take away the olives and the garlic soup and replace them with a dish of stuffed pork and stuffed aubergines.

"Oh!" said Steve.  "Eggplant!  And pork loin as well.  It smells wonderful."

"It is a favourite dish of my father," replied Faramir.  His attention was caught by giggles on his other side.  Little Kaylee was leaning across her mother and speaking to Éowyn, who laughed in return.  He wondered what had been so funny.  Steve was shaking his head and smiling at Kaylee's exuberance.

"Kaylee is obsessed with princesses," Steve said with a chuckle.  "At home, in our country, we don't have any princesses, or any real royalty at all, only children's tales about them.  She really loves those stories."  He didn’t say anything about Kaylee’s love for The Wonderful Wizard of Oz.

"You have no kings, nor any rulers of your people?" Faramir asked.  "Do you have a Steward?"

Steve shook his head.  "No, nor do we have a class system.  No lords and ladies as you people have.  All of our leaders are elected by a vote of the people.  Everyone eighteen years old and older is allowed to have a vote.  Our main leader is called a president.  The presidents are elected every four years, and none may serve longer than a total of eight years."

Faramir nodded thoughtfully.  "That sounds very similar to what Pippin had to say of the Shire—they have a Mayor who is elected, but in addition, they also have hereditary leaders."

"I see," said Steve.  He hoped he could avoid talking much more about home.  There were too many things he wouldn't be able to explain.  He decided to change the subject.  "I understand that my son Joey is under the care of your brother.  What can you tell me about him?"

"Boromir is the Captain-General of our army, and a great knight and warrior in his own right.  He is very fond of both Joey and of Pippin the hobbit, who were given into his keeping once they reached Minas Tirith.  When he left for the battle at the Black Gate, he took Pippin with him—Pippin is very nearly grown among his own people—and your older son, Kevin, went with the army as well, but Boromir left Joey with Dame Ioreth at the Houses of Healing for safekeeping, and he also asked me to keep an eye on him."

"Then how is it that Joey—and Jennifer, for that matter—are there now?"  

Faramir waited to answer until the servant took his plate away and replaced it with another dish, this one of a cheese tart and a beef loin that was covered in garlic sauce.  "Word was sent that Kevin had been wounded, as had Pippin.  Jennifer and Joey went, along with Pippin's cousin Merry, to be there for their recovery.  And I understand that Kevin is truly recovered.  Kevin fought bravely, and my brother has knighted him for his valour."

"Knighted him?" asked Steve, surprised.

"Indeed.  Your son is quite the young warrior.  He fought among the Rohirrim in Rohan, in the siege of Helm's Deep, and chose to come among them afterward as they rode to our aid."

"So, how come Jennifer and Joey became separated from him?"  Steve was trying very hard to wrap his brain around the explanations.

Faramir frowned, trying to recall what Boromir had told him.  "It seems that Pippin and Joey got into some sort of mischief that would have put them in danger, had they stayed where they were; at any rate, Mithrandir and Boromir felt the two of them would be safer here in Minas Tirith.  Jennifer chose to follow Lord Elessar and his kinsmen, who took another way to the city, which ended with them coming by ship up the river."  Faramir decided not to mention the Paths of the Dead, which he only knew of vaguely, as Boromir was not a part of that event.  He would not be easily able to explain it, since he was not sure he understood it all himself.

"After all was over, the three of them were reunited here in the CIty after the battle outside the City walls."

Steve had a feeling he wasn't hearing half the story, but he decided not to push his host.  It would be rude, for one thing.  He would wait until he could get a fuller explanation from the kids when they arrived.  Among other things, he would really like to know just what sort of "mischief" Joey had gotten into with his hobbit friend that was so dangerous, and then there was what Kevin must have done, to get knighted…

Just about then, the servant arrived to take away his plate and put down a platter of sugared fruits and nuts, and the conversation lagged.

Gail noticed that Steve was looking rather serious across the table, and she wondered what he and Lord Faramir had been discussing.  She had been leaning back a little, to allow Kaylee to chatter to the Princess Éowyn on her other side.  Thankfully, the Princess seemed amused by Kaylee's questions, and by her stories from her homeland about the various fairy-tale princesses.  Kaylee was not eating much, but she wasn't being picky—just too busy talking.

She did stop talking finally, to eat some of what was on her plate.  Gail was amused, because Kaylee had finally noticed the servants were taking away the plates on the other side of the table.  Clearly, she wanted to eat several more bites before her plate disappeared.  The food had been remarkably delicious.  Gail didn't scold her; they were in public, after all.

Princess Éowyn—or had they called her "Lady" Éowyn?  Gail couldn't recall.  But she spoke now to Gail.

"Your daughter is very amusing," she said. "She is so full of questions, and she has some very strange tales."

Gail smiled at her.  The blonde woman was very beautiful in a rather austere way, but her smile was lovely, and Gail couldn't help but respond.  "We have no real princesses in our land, and so all of the stories about them are purely make-believe.  If any of them had any bit of truth to them, it is so far in the past that the legends have overtaken them.  But little girls in our country love the stories a lot."

"All young ones seem fond of stories," Éowyn answered.  "I was much the same at her age, though the stories were quite different.  Although the tale Kaylee told of the one who dressed as a man to fight in her father's place was quite good."

"They said you fought in the battle here?"  Gail hoped she wasn't being intrusive.

Éowyn blushed.  "I dressed as a man, and rode here to battle, accompanied by the hobbit Merry.  We fought a fearsome foe together, but I would not speak more of it now."

Gail nodded.  "That's all right.  I understand.  I apologize for bringing it up."

Éowyn shook her head.  "I did not mind the question, but I would rather not speak of the details."

Just then the servant put down the platter of fruit and nuts.  The meal was very nearly over.  Gail noticed that Megan was having trouble keeping her eyes open, and Kaylee was also drooping.  They had endured a long day, after all.

-oo000oo-

Kaylee was having the most wonderful dream, in which she was a princess and having adventures with Lady Éowyn, when she was awakened by her covers being pulled aside and a hand shaking her shoulder.

She blinked.  "Mairen!  You broke my dream!"

Mairen laughed.  "I am sorry, little one, but it is time to break your fast.  Your mother and father wish you and Megan to join them.  Rise and wash and get dressed—I will lace up the back of your dress as soon as I finish dressing Megan.”

Kaylee nodded, biting back a cross retort.  Mairen never took notice of them, and Kaylee knew that she'd never get that dream back, anyway.  Instead, she got up and went to use the toilet and then came back to wash her hands and face.  Mairen had laid out the pretty snow-white dress with red, pink, and blue flowers on the neck and sleeves that Lady Galadriel had given her.  Kaylee was glad; that was her favourite dress now.  They had been here a few days now, and Kaylee was just beginning to get used to things here.  She wondered what they would do today.

Just as she was starting to pull the dress on, she looked around, puzzled.  "Mairen, where’s Lucy?"

"She is with Avorn.  He collected her earlier this morning, and he has taken her down to visit the kennels today.  We will see Lucy later on."  Kaylee nodded, smiling.  Usually Kaylee and Megan got to play with Lucy in the garden after breakfast.

Mairen turned to her and, with deft fingers, began to lace up the back of Kaylee's dress.  Then she turned back to help Megan into her little slippers.

Kaylee also put on her own slippers.  They, too, were a present from Lady Galadriel, made of grey leather, with a single white flower embroidered on the toes of each slipper.  They were perfect for walking about in Lothlorien, but she had not been able to wear them while they had travelled the River.  They would be nice to have here in the castle.  She knew her daddy told her it wasn't a castle, but it had princesses, so it must be!

"I'm ready, Mairen!"

The Elven nursemaid nodded.  "Then go out to greet your parents, child.  Megan and I will be along in just a moment."  Mairen was taking a moment to braid up her long hair, so Kaylee did just as she was told.

To her surprise, her parents were seated at a small table.  There was a dish with a silver cover over it, and some bowls and such.  They had been going down to the Steward's rooms to have breakfast the last three days.

Gail patted the seat next to her own.  "Have a seat, honey.  We are going out with Lord Faramir and Lady Éowyn after breakfast."

Kaylee sat down, and Gail took the lid off the silver dish to reveal a steaming big bowl of porridge.  Gail put some of the porridge into a bowl and added some honey.  "Do you want anything else in your breakfast, dear?" she asked.

"Yes, Mommy!  Can I have some raisins, too?"  She pointed to another small bowl heaped with golden raisins.  Gail added a spoonful to her bowl and pushed it over to her daughter.

Kaylee bowed her head and whispered a little prayer.  Her parents had already been at their meal when she came to the table.  Gail patted her hand in approval, and Kaylee dug into the porridge, which was very good.  After a few bites, she took a sip of her warm tea.  She would have preferred cold milk, but the milk was not kept as cold as she liked it, plus in Minas Tirith, they only seemed to have goat’s milk, which Kaylee was not fond of.  She wished that Gondor had cows.  But she did not complain.  At least, the tea was all right.

"Mommy, where are we going today?"  She was excited.  They had remained in and around the Citadel since their arrival, and only gone out into the gardens there.

Gail smiled.  "First, we are going to see those Houses of Healing we have heard so much about, where Joey and Jennifer worked for a while.  Lady Éowyn may be able to do without her sling, if her doctor says it's okay.  And then, I believe, we are going to visit Lord Faramir's cousin Lady Lothíriel, and her mother Princess Linderiel.  And after that, we might explore the City for a while."

Kaylee gave a squeal of delight. "Oh!  That's awesome!"  She began to eat more rapidly.

Gail laughed at her.  "Slow down, sweetie!  Look, here come Megan and Mairen.  They need to eat their breakfast, too, before we go anywhere!"

"Okay, Mommy."  Kaylee sighed, but slowed down to her more usual pace of eating.

It was not long until they had all finished with their meal.  The McClouds, along with Mairen, met Lord Faramir and Lady Éowyn at the main doors to the Citadel.  Kaylee was trying to remember to call her Lady Éowyn.  In Kaylee's mind, she ought to be called "Princess"—she really was a princess, after all, since her brother was a king.  But she guessed that they just did it differently here than they did in Disneyland.  The same with Lothíriel, but at least Lothíriel's mother was a princess, since her husband was a prince.

They met them there—along with two guards and two servants and—Sador!  There was Joey's friend, Sador!  "Hi, Sador!" she called, waving at him.

He blushed, but grinned at her.  "Hello, Mistress Kaylee," he said in a low voice.

Giggling, she made her way to the boy's side.  "I'm not ‘mistress’!  Mr. Baggins says I'm not old enough.  Just say 'miss'; that's what Mr. Bilbo calls me—Miss Kaylee."

"Me, too!" said Megan from the vantage of Mairen's arms.  "I wanna be 'miss', too!"

Sador laughed.  "Very well, Miss Kaylee and Miss Megan, it is."

Mairen laughed and lowered her charge to the floor.  Megan promptly hopped over to stand between her sister and Sador and took a hand from each of them.  Gail and Mairen smiled at each other, amused at the children's conversation.

The group passed through the courtyard and the gate which led down one level to the Houses of Healing.  Lady Éowyn went to see the healer, who would tell her if she could remove the sling from her arm yet, and Sador introduced the McClouds to Dame Ioreth.

Kaylee listened to her tell them all about how proud they should be of Joey, and how brave and clever her brother was.  It seemed weird to hear about Joey like he was in a story, but it was kind of cool, too!  She couldn't wait till she could give him a big hug, and Kevin and Jen, too!

After a while, Lady Éowyn came out without the sling, although her left arm was still wrapped up tightly in bandages.  Kaylee noticed that she didn't have her sleeve on that arm.  It was kind of neat that her sleeves were tied on—that way, it was handy if she didn't need both of them.

They headed out, with the two guards in front of everyone and the two servants behind them all.  Soon, on the same street as the Houses of Healing, they came to the house of Lady Lothíriel and Princess Linderiel.  Kaylee approved of the big iron gate, but the house was not a castle, which was a disappointment.  Still, it was a big, fancy house.

A servant invited them in, but the two guards stayed outside by the doors.  Kaylee, Megan, and Sador hung back while the grown-ups talked.  At home, the little girls might have tried to interrupt them in an effort to hurry things up, but here they recalled the lessons of Rivendell and of Lothlorien.  It was rude to interrupt grown-ups.

After a while, they left the house, joined by Lady Lothíriel and two more servants, but not by Princess Linderiel, who had some things to do at home.

They made the circuit of the sixth level till they reached the gate to the fifth level, and by then, Kaylee had gotten a little bored with not much to look at but white houses of stone that all seemed about the same.  Then they went into the fifth level.  There was a nice fountain in the middle of the street, and workers were pouring water in to try and get it going.  Even Kaylee noticed that some of the stones were damaged and had been fixed—they weren't quite the same colour as the rest of the stones.

Lord Faramir stopped and spoke to the workers. 

"'Tis nigh on finished, my lord," said one of them.  "Would ye like to see if it's working?"

Lord Faramir nodded.  The man grinned and made a signal, and two other workers poured the last bucket in at the top and pumped a little handle up and down until water began to run from the top into the lower part.  Kaylee noticed that the upper part looked like a big stone flower, and there were leaves and vines carved into the stone.

Megan clapped.  "Yay!" she crowed.  "It's working!  Pretty!"  Kaylee jumped up and down, laughing.

Everyone else clapped as well, and the workers all blushed.  "Thank you, kindly," said the head workman who had spoken with Faramir.  "'Tis just our job."

"But work well done is worthy of praise," said Lord Faramir.

The head worker bobbed his head, and then said, "If I might ask, my lord, how is your father faring?"

A shadow crept over Faramir’s face, but he made an evident effort to look and sound cheerful.  "You may well ask.  I thank you for your concern.  The Steward is doing as well as can be expected—the fire and smoke were hard upon one of his years.  Yet he is hale otherwise, and as sharp in his wits as ever."

"'Tis good to hear, my lord.  And we are all glad to see you standing here hale as well.  We are glad to see you up and around and over your injuries.  Is it true the new king Lord Elfstone healed you?"

"He did, indeed.  It is a true saying: 'The hands of the King are the hands of a healer'.”  Faramir smiled and then looked at the others.  Turning back to the head workman, he added, "Now we must be on our way, for I am showing our fair city to our guests from afar."  The head worker bobbed his head again, and Faramir and the others left to continue their sightseeing tour.

Everywhere along the fifth circle, there was more to see.  People were bustling around.  Some were busy repairing buildings; others were unloading waggons of goods.  Some of the buildings were already fixed, and others were nothing but piles of stone.  But as Faramir and his guests passed, when the people noticed their party passing through, most of them stopped what they were doing to cheer Faramir, and to look curiously at the others.  

Kaylee watched as they went by, for she was seeing other children besides the errand boys.  Some were her age, and some were as young as Megan, and she even saw a couple of women holding babies.  As they made their way, Kaylee noticed a girl who looked to be about Joey's age.  She had her long dark hair in a braid that hung down her back, and she was wearing a dirty-grey dress, but she had tied up the bottom of it, so it wasn't too long.  She grinned and waved her hand at them, and then darted in their direction.

The guards were instantly alert, and one of them grabbed her arm before she could get closer.  But she just grinned up at Lady Éowyn.  "Oy, my lady!  Are you the one who kilt the Chief Wraith?"

Lady Éowyn grinned back.  "With the help of Meriadoc the halfling, I was able to strike him down," she replied.

"I knew it!  I just knew it was true!  My nana says girls cannot be warriors!  She said it could not be true!"

Lord Faramir shook his head and gestured to the guard to release the girl.  Then he smiled at the lady by his side.  "She is a fearsome warrior, a shieldmaiden of Rohan."  He reached into a pouch at his side and pulled out a small gold coin.  "You give this to your mother and tell her that Captain Faramir vouches that the Lady Éowyn is a most puissant warrior, indeed."

Her eyes grew wide with astonishment.  "Oh, thank you, my lord!"  She looked back up at Éowyn.  "I hope I am as brave as you when I grow up!" she exclaimed before darting off.

Steve and Gail had watched the encounter with amusement.  Kaylee and Sador were staring after the little girl as she disappeared into the crowd.  "I wish I could've talked to her."  Kaylee sighed.

Megan looked up.  "I'm hungry.  Can we get some french fries?"

Steve shook his head.  "I'm afraid there aren't any McDonalds or Burger Kings around here.  Unless there is somewhere we can get food, perhaps we should head back."

Faramir smiled.  "I have heard rumours that The Golden Cockerel is once more open.  It is quite a respectable inn, and their specialty is a very good chicken pie."

"That sounds good," said Kaylee.  "I wonder if it’s as good as the chicken pie Mr. Bilbo made?"

“We will see.”  Faramir smiled down at her.  "Very well, we shall make a trial of it.  It is but a short distance from here."  He gestured to one of the servants from the Citadel.  "Go ahead of us, to alert the publican that we are coming, and of our number..."  He waved a hand to indicate the entire group.  "...so that he may prepare for us."

The servant nodded and dashed ahead, while the rest of the party continued at a slower pace.  There were more well-wishers along the way, so it still took them a while, but soon Lord Faramir pointed up the street.  There was a low wall with an opening in it at what Steve figured was about a block away, though these streets were not divided up into regular city blocks.  Above it was a black post, and a sign hung there, a bright blue background with the silhouette of a dark yellow rooster crowing.

The innkeeper and all his staff were lined up next to the opening in the wall, which led into a flagged courtyard.  In the centre of the courtyard was a well, and to the left was a small stable.  To the right was a large chicken coop.  It was built of wood upon stilts, and a long ramp came down from it.  It was enclosed by a fence of what appeared to be reeds, and from it came the constant clucking of the hens as they scratched about.  Between them was a long building with a lot of windows and wide double doors in the centre.  The lower part was built of the same white stone as most of the buildings in the city, but the upper part was of wood.  In the courtyard were a number of long tables with benches surrounding them.

The innkeeper stepped forward.  Like most of the Gondorians the McClouds had seen so far, he was tall, with dark hair sprinkled with grey, and his beard was all grey, as were his eyes.  He placed a fist on his chest and bowed deeply.  "My Lord Faramir!  We are honoured to have you grace our inn!"

"Thank you, Goodman Dervorin.  As you can see, there are a number of us, all of us eager to taste your chicken pie."

"'Tis good fortune, my lord, that there are several just coming from the ovens.  As you can see, 'tis a bit early for those who come for nuncheon.  I will put the hostler at the gate, so that your party may have privacy."

Faramir nodded.  "That is well-thought.  We have guests from afar, and little ones among them.  Would it be best if we ate out here, or should we enter the inn?"

He turned to Steve.  "Master Steven, what would be your choice?"

Steve looked at Gail, who said, "It's such a pretty day!  Why don't we stay out here?"  She looked down to see Megan tugging on her sleeve.  "What is it, honey?"

"I wanna see the chickies, Mommy!"

Kaylee nodded vigorously and gave their parents an imploring look.  “Me, too, Mommy!  Please?”

Gail was about to say "no", but Steve was ahead of her, and asked the innkeeper, "Sir, would it be all right if our little girls just looked at your chickens?"

Dervorin nodded.  "So long as they just look, and do not try to go inside the fence.”  He turned around.  “Asta!" he called.  "Take the little ones to see the chickens."

The serving girl, who looked to be about Jennifer's age, came and escorted Megan and Kaylee over to the enclosure, where they could observe all the plump black chickens, with their chicks, and one proud rooster.  Gail watched cautiously at a distance, as the girls leaned their elbows on the reed fence and peered into the chicken run.  Then she re-joined the other adults.

The rest of the party seated themselves on the benches around the long table in the centre of the courtyard, near the well.

Gail and Steve were seated on Lord Faramir's left, and Lady Éowyn was seated on his right.  Lady Lothíriel sat directly across from her cousin on the other side.  The others were spaced about on either side.  Steve and Gail saved a gap between them for the children when they returned.  It wasn't too long before the two came running up, full of excitement.

"I couldn't pet the chickies," Megan said.  “Asta said their mommys wouldn't like it."

Kaylee was grinning.  "They are all Henny-Pennies!" she exclaimed.

Éowyn leaned forward from her spot at Faramir's other side.  "What are 'Henny-pennies'?" she asked.

Kaylee stood up on the bench, next to her father.  "Oh, like the rhyme:

“Henny-Penny, my black hen,
She laid eggs for gentlemen.
Sometimes nine
And sometimes ten,
Henny-Penny, my black hen."

"That's enough, ladybug.  Sit back down, and don't show off," Steve told her, though he was smiling, and his tone was mild.

"Yes, Daddy," she said.  A smile spread across her face as she scanned the faces surrounding her.  “And guess what?  There’s a story about another chicken—Chicken Little!  Something drops on his head, and he thinks the sky’s falling, and he runs to tell the king, and other animals join him.  And guess what?  Henny-Penny’s in that story, too!”

Steve laughed.  “But the sky doesn’t fall, does it?” he told her, ruffling her hair.  “It was probably just an acorn or something that fell from a tree and landed on Chicken-Little’s head."  Nodding, Kaylee sat down on the bench.  “It’s an old children’s tale, where we come from, and so is the rhyme,” he told the others.

And just about then, Kaylee took a deep sniff, and glanced up, as the innkeeper placed a truly enormous pie in the middle of the table.  Other servants were putting two more pies upon either side of the first one, and also platters of brown bread with a dish of butter, and one with boiled eggs, and a bowl with pungent onions that had been pickled.

Large pieces of flatbread were laid in front of them, to serve as plates.  Gail helped a little bit of everything onto Megan's "plate", and Steve did the same for Kaylee, before either of them began to serve themselves.

Kaylee took one of the pickled onions and sniffed, furrowing her brow.  "Oh!  I can't tell if it smells good or bad.  Mr. Bilbo says, 'If it smells good, it tastes good.'  But I don't know if he'd like these or not."

"You like pickles," said her mother.

"That's true," Kaylee answered.  She took a cautious bite and wrinkled her forehead.  "It's very pickle-y and very onion-y.  I don't think I like that together.  Mr. Bilbo might like them, but I don't think I do."

The others laughed, and Lady Lothíriel leaned forward.  "I do not like pickled onions either, Kaylee."

"All the more for the rest of us," said Lady Éowyn with a mischievous twinkle in her eyes.

Guided by Kaylee's reaction, Gail wisely decided not to put the pickled onions on Megan's bread trencher.  And she passed on them herself, but everyone else at the table (including Steve) seemed to like them very much.

The rest of the meal was a huge success, and all three of the chicken pies were both praised and devoured to the last crumb.

After the meal, the party looked around at the fifth circle a little while longer, but the little girls were getting sleepy, and while most of the shops were being repaired and cleaned up, none of them were yet open for business.

"Perhaps it is time to return to the Citadel," said Faramir.  "We shall have other opportunities to explore the City."

They took a slightly different route to return, re-entering the Sixth Circle, and passed a large building.  At one time, it might have been one of the fancy houses in the Sixth Circle, but it looked as though it had been abandoned for quite a while, as it appeared rundown, rather than damaged by the siege.  The wall around the front courtyard had no gate, and so they could spy workers within, many of them repairing the stonework on the house.

Faramir halted and called out to the foreman: "Master Hallas!  How goes the work?"

The foreman stepped forward and bowed.  "Very well, my lord.  We should have the outside completed within the week.  The inside will take much more time to complete, for the house has been abandoned since the days of Steward Echthelion."

"I hope the work goes as quickly as possible, for there sadly will be much need of it," Faramir replied.  "Well, carry on, and send word to me or to my father if there is aught that you have need of to complete the work."

The man bowed.  "Aye, my lord."  Then he turned back to go and oversee the other workers.

"What's that all about?" asked Steve as their party continued on.

"The house once belonged to my great-great-aunt and her husband.  But they were childless, and the house fell empty after their deaths.  But it is time and past time that it was used once more.  Sadly, there are many orphans in the City now, and more likely to be returning.  Some of them are being temporarily housed at the Houses of Healing, but they will need a permanent place.  It has been long since there was need of an orphanage in Minas Tirith, but now…"  Faramir's voice fell off, and he sighed.

Steve was thoughtful.  He turned and looked at Gail.  He had an idea, but he would say no more now.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland,another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 78: Miracles Happen (When You Believe)

Ever since Jennifer had been called to Aragorn's tent, to meet with him, Gandalf, and Boromir about the letter with the news of their parents' and little sisters' presence in Minas Tirith, she had been fretting about how to tell her brothers about it.  She could not put off telling them any longer.  She had finally realized she was a little scared of their reactions—she was afraid they would be angry at her for keeping it from them.  She patted the little pouch that hung from her belt.  Boromir had given her the page with the news about Mom and Dad and Kaylee and Megan, to show to her brothers.  She had been trying so hard to keep it all secret, and now that it came to it, she was sort of afraid to reveal it.

She remembered the night of her dream and her conversation with Lady Galadriel, and what God had told her afterward, when she had taken the matter to Him…

-oo000oo-

Jennifer had been sleeping soundly in the Company's pavilion when she woke abruptly from one of those extraordinary dreams: she had seen her parents and Megan in Rivendell, with Kaylee, a half-grown Lucy, Master Elrond, and Lady Arwen!  How odd, she thought.  It had been quite vivid.  She lay there blinking, when she overheard Frodo and Sam talking softly.  She couldn't hear what they were saying, but there was a movement at the entrance to the pavilion.  The Lady Galadriel was there.  She gestured to Frodo and Sam and spoke softly to them.  They got up to follow the Elven lady.  Jennifer watched, tempted to get up and follow them herself.  But as she was trying to decide, Lady Galadriel turned her head and looked straight at Jennifer, and gave a mysterious smile, while shaking her head ‘no.’

Jennifer stayed where she was, but she was more curious than ever.  She could not go back to sleep, and so she tried to recall all the details of her dream before they slipped away.  I wish they were here, she thought.  I miss Mom and Daddy.  Megan, too.  She bit her lower lip.  I also miss Kaylee.  And Lucy.  At least they’re safe in Rivendell.  I wonder how much Lucy has grown since we left?  I’m sure she’s not teething anymore.

She was not sure how much time had passed, but after a while, Sam and Frodo returned and went back to their bedrolls.  Lady Galadriel returned and, smiling once more at Jennifer, she beckoned her to rise and follow.  Scrambling to her feet, the young girl did as she was told.  What’s happening?she silently wondered.  What’s going on?

‘Follow me, and you shall find out,’ Galadriel’s amused voice sounded in her head.  A startled Jennifer jolted.  She was not used to that!

Jennifer silently followed the Lady.  She had what seemed like a million questions about where they were going and what the Lady Galadriel wanted, but somehow it did not seem the right time to ask them.  Jennifer realized they were nearing Caras Galadhon, but they did not ascend the slope of the Hill.  Instead the two of them went around to the southern side, where the end of their way led to a huge hedge.  An archway of living green allowed them access.  For the first time since entering Lothlórien, Jennifer suddenly realized that she was not beneath a canopy of trees, and she could see the night sky unobstructed.  They went down a long stone stairway, which grew more and more shallow until it became a pathway.  A babbling stream ran alongside from the Hill above.  At the end of the pathway was a pedestal that looked like the trunk of a tree.  A silver basin stood upon it, and beside it a silver pitcher.

Moving gracefully, the Lady took the pitcher and filled it with water from the stream.  She filled the basin with the water and bent to breathe over it.  Jennifer thought it seemed that there was a glowing mist for a second, but then she wasn't sure—perhaps it had been her imagination?  But now the Lady spoke for the first time since summoning Jennifer.  "Here is the Mirror of Galadriel,” she said.  “I have brought you here so that you may look in it, if you will."

"What will I see?" Jennifer asked, almost whispering.

“Even the wisest cannot tell.  For the mirror shows many things: things that were…things that are…and some things that have not yet come to pass,” was the Lady's mysterious answer.  Jennifer swallowed a gulp.  That sounded ominous!

Reluctantly, she went to the pedestal and bent her face to see within.  At first all she could see was the sky and the night stars above.  How odd, she thought, I don't even see my own face reflected.  But then the water briefly went grey, and then became as clear as could be.  There was the scene from her dream.  It was clearly Rivendell, and there were her parents with Kaylee, Lucy, and Megan, as well as Master Elrond and Lady Arwen!  They appeared to be talking seriously.  Where are Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet?she silently wondered.  Aren’t they here, too?

Then the mirror changed.  She could see orcs—they were running away, carrying Merry, Pippin, and—and Joey!  But before she could even cry out in alarm, it changed again, and there was a huge white city that looked like something from a fairy tale.  And then she saw—Gandalf?  She couldn’t tell.  He was all dressed in white, and he was riding a white horse.

Then she saw her parents, Kaylee, Megan, and Lucy again—they were riding in boats on a big river with some Elves.  I hope that Kaylee and Megan are okay!  They can't swim.  But Mom and Dad are with them.  But someone here really needs to invent life jackets! Suddenly, Jennifer saw a huge mountain belching fire, and somehow, she knew it was Mount Doom!  It was belching out lava and fire, which seemed to be coming right at her!  With a yelp, she leaped back, startled, and the spell was broken.

Most of what she had seen, she could not understand, but one thing was pretty obvious.  She looked at the Lady in wonder.  "Our parents and Megan are coming to Middle-earth, too, aren't they?

Galadriel nodded.  "While much is still open to interpretation, it does appear that the rest of your family will come.  But do not place too much hope in it, for there is no way of telling when they will be here, or when you may be reunited with them.  Much will befall before that happens!"  The Lady bent to look Jennifer in the eyes.  "I know that it will be tempting to talk about this to your brothers, but the Mirror is a chancy thing.  You should not give false hope to them."

Jennifer nodded.  She knew that the Lady Galadriel was right, but it would be a hard secret to keep.  Still, she would have to try.  And if she was understanding the Mirror correctly, their parents and Megan would come, but their aunt and uncle would not.  Guess they’re gonna stay back at home, she thought, but why are Mom and Dad back at the park after all this time, and why are they going to the cave?  And bringing Megan?  Did they go back to the park to try to find us, or what?  She shook her head in confusion.  It’s been a few months now since we entered that cave—Mom and Dad must have gone back to look for us again!  What’s happening?  She bit her lower lip.

"And Joey?" she asked fearfully.  "Shouldn’t he be warned about the orcs?"

"Can you tell him when it will happen, or how?  And how to avoid it?"

Jennifer shook her head.  "No."

"Then all you would be doing is worrying him overmuch about something that may or may not happen.  Remember, trying to avoid something may actually bring it about.  The Mirror is dangerous as a guide of deeds."  The Lady put a comforting arm around her.  "You know Whom to trust, my dear.  Hold fast to the knowledge that all will be well in the end, whatever that end may be.  And now, my child, I will guide you back to your bed.  You need your rest."

Jennifer nodded.  “Yes, ma’am.”  She shook her head.  “You know, Lady Galadriel, it’s so weird.  Before we came to Middle-earth, I never had a prophetic dream, and since coming here, I’ve had two!”  She swallowed.  “I dreamed about our parents and Megan coming here before I woke up tonight.”

Galadriel nodded.  “And what was your first dream?”

Jennifer bit her lower lip.  “I dreamed it while we were in Rivendell.  In fact, Kevin and I both did.”  She described her dream to Galadriel, and then explained what Kevin had told her about his own dream the next morning.  She added, “Of course, we didn’t know about the Ring or the upcoming Quest at the time.”

“And why do you think that you and Kevin had that dream?” Galadriel asked her.

Jennifer halted.  For a long moment, she thought back over that time.  “I had done some praying when I went to bed,” she finally said.  “I asked God to tell us why He had sent us here.  He…He sent me—us—that dream when we fell asleep.”

"The ways of the One are mysterious," the Lady said, "but I think that you are correct."

Jennifer smiled.  “Hey, that’s what the Bible says!  ‘The Lord moves in mysterious ways, His wonders to perform.’

Galadriel smiled and nodded.  "I have heard you and your brothers speak of your Holy Book.  It is a very wise book."

Jennifer nodded back.  “It should be.  It’s the Word of God.”

They walked back to the pavilion in silence.

Jennifer lay on her cot, unable to get back to sleep.  She just couldn’t stop thinking about it either.  Their parents and Megan were actually coming to Middle-earth!  That meant that if all went well, it would only be a matter of time until she, Kevin, Joey, and Kaylee were reunited with them.  And surely, when it was all over, they would all be going back to their own world.  After Galadriel had left her at the pavilion, Jennifer had sought the Lord’s guidance in prayer, asking Him if she could tell her brothers that their parents and Megan were coming to Middle-earth.  She had felt an immediate check in her spirit telling her that the answer was no, and that she should follow the advice of Lady Galadriel, after all.  She kept hearing how wise the Elf was, and to keep her secrets within her heart…

-oo000oo-

Now, as she made her way to their spot in the beech grove for their devotions, she was both dreading and looking forward to revealing the secret.  Please, Lord, she silently prayed, please help me to say the right thing tonight.  Please help them understand.

They were doing it a little early this evening, right before the evening meal instead of afterward, since Jennifer was going to be helping out with the patients in the tents tonight.  One of the apprentice healers had stepped in a hole and sprained her ankle, so Jennifer had volunteered to take her place tonight.

She approached the beech grove, and saw Kevin already there, sitting under a tree, in the little clearing where Frodo and Sam had awakened.  It was free of hobbits and their cots now, and it was free of anyone else who came to relax there from time to time.

She waved.  "Hi, Kevin!  Where's Joey?"

Kevin shook his head.  "Probably still running errands; he'll be here soon, don't worry."

The two of them told each other about their day, and they were still talking when Joey came running up.  "Sorry," he huffed, "I almost forgot.  Pippin and I were polishing Boromir's armour, and he reminded me we were getting together early, tonight.  Pip told me to run along, and he'd finish."  He flung himself to the ground in front of his two older siblings, stretching out and propping his head up with one hand under his cheek.

Usually, they always started with a short song, but before her brothers could say anything, Jennifer spoke up.  "Hey, guys?  I...um...I have something important to tell you.”  She reached into her pouch and produced the letter.  "I talked to Aragorn and Boromir and Gandalf, and they showed me this letter…"  She held it over to Kevin, and Joey turned and crawled over so he could see it as well.

Kevin furrowed his brow; Joey had been learning how to read the letters of this world for a while, and Jennifer had been doing so ever since she had begun to work with the healers, but he was not so good at it.  God had miraculously given them the ability to speak and understand Westron upon their arrival in Middle-earth, but they’d had to learn for themselves to read and write in that language.  Kevin passed it over to Joey, who slowly read it aloud.  Fortunately, the words were in Westron, not Sindarin, though the letters were Elvish.

"‘...that is all of the military news.  The City is slowly recovering from the damage of battle, but we will be building up the Guard once again, once you have returned.  Much of that will fall to the new King.’”  He cleared his throat.

“‘But there is other news.  Master Elrond of Imladris sent us a delegation of Elves, led by Lord Glorfindel of the House of the Golden Flower, and twelve warriors.  But with them were others, who were not Elves.  One member of the company is one of the Istari, a fellow named Radagast the Brown.

“‘And with them also came a family—’"  Joey stopped, and his jaw dropped, and he stared up at Kevin before he turned his eyes back to the letter.  "‘—a family who came with them to search for their children, husband and wife Steve and Gail McCloud, and their daughters Megan and Kaylee.’"  Joey gave a whoop.  "They're here!" he shouted.  "Mom and Dad are here, and Kaylee and Megan, too!"

Kevin stared at him in shock.  He felt like his breath had been punched out of him—it was great news, but totally unexpected.  "What else does it say?"

"‘We are hosting them here at the Citadel, where they eagerly await their older children's return from Cormallen.

“‘Denethor son of Ecthelion

Steward of Minas Tirith’"

Kevin looked at Jennifer.  "When did you get this?"

She blushed.  "A few days ago."  She met his eyes.  "I was trying to figure out what to tell you."

"But why wait?  And why you?  They could have told all of us at the same time."  Kevin was puzzled; it seemed illogical to him.

Jennifer drew in a deep breath.  "Because I knew they were coming.  I have known since Lothórien."

"Jennifer!"  Kevin stared at her.  "How?  And why didn't you tell us?"

She sighed.  "I had a dream about it, and then I saw it in Lady Galadriel’s Mirror.  I asked her about it, and she told me not to say anything until I felt the time was right.  And then, I prayed about it, and it seemed pretty clear that the Lord didn't want me to tell you yet."

Kevin leaned back against the tree and closed his eyes and drew in a few breaths.  Meanwhile Joey was re-reading the portion of the letter, drinking in the words.

He looked up at Kevin.  "Don't be mad at Jen," he said.  "It isn't important—we know now, and they're here.  We won't have to explain anything, we won't be in trouble—they'll know all about this!"  Joey waved his arm around at everything, as if to indicate all of Middle-earth.

Kevin glanced down and grinned, and then he put an arm around Joey and squeezed his shoulder.  "You are absolutely right, little brother.  We’ll still have to explain to Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet, since they didn’t come, too, but it’ll be easier for them to believe us if our parents are there to help us explain.  And Jen, I'm not really mad, because you have to do what the Lord shows you is right.  It's just a shock, you know."

"That's okay, Kevin; I do understand all too well.  And I wouldn't blame you if you were angry, but I am glad you aren't."  Jennifer smiled at him.  Thank You, God, that they’re not mad!

Joey grinned and started to sing.

"‘Praise God, from whom all blessings flow.
Praise Him, all creatures here below.

Praise Him above, ye Heavenly host.

Praise Father, Son, and Holy Ghost!  Amen!’"

Both Kevin and Jennifer had joined him before even the third word, and then they sang it all over again.

"Maybe tomorrow, we can find out a little more from Aragorn and Boromir about when we are all going back," said Jennifer.

"Maybe," Kevin added.  "If they are sending out messengers, do you suppose it would be okay if we sent a letter to them, so they'll know we know?"

"Maybe," Jennifer answered. "What do you think, Joey?"  She had come to respect her little brother's thoughts.  Since coming here, he had matured so much.

"Maybe we could.”  Joey looked from Jennifer to Kevin.  “We could pray about it tonight before we all go off, and then talk at breakfast."

Kevin laughed.  "That sounds like a plan.  Let's pray now."

The three formed a small circle, bowing their heads and holding hands, and Kevin began:

"Thank you, Lord, for this great news.  Please help us try to figure out what to do about it."

Jennifer cleared her throat and closed her eyes.  “God,” she prayed, “thank You so much for this good news!  And thank You for finally letting me tell my brothers.  Please guide us now as to what to do with this news.”

It was Joey’s turn.  “Please, God,” he prayed, “now that our mom and daddy are here, too, I pray it won’t be long till we’re back with them.  And with Kaylee and Megan.”  He paused.  “And Lucy.”

Kevin squeezed the other's hands.  "In Jesus' name…"

And all three chorused together: "Amen!"


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 79: From All of Us to All of You

Gail was sitting in the common area with Mairen.  Mairen was darning one of Kaylee's stockings, and Gail was sewing up a small tear in one of Megan's plain dresses.  She was rather pleased that she had remembered how to do a backstitch from years ago, and it was coming along nicely.  She was rather proud of herself, considering that she had not done much hand-sewing for ages.  Steve and Avorn had gone with Kaylee and Megan to take Lucy for a walk, but she expected them to return soon.  The other Elves, including Glorfindel, had been up and about since dawn, and Radagast had gone down after breakfast to the Houses of Healing.

Just then the door openly suddenly, and Steve came in, looking excited.

Gail glanced up.  "Where are Kaylee and Megan?  And Lucy and Avorn, for that matter?"

Steve grinned.  "Avorn took the girls and Lucy to the paddock to see the horses there.  Lord Denethor sent for me."  He took a roll of parchment out of his belt pouch.  "The messengers from the Army came today, and this came for us.  I haven't opened it yet, but I think I have an idea of what it is."

Gail didn't even notice she had pricked her index finger, as she put her sewing down beside her.  "News of the kids?"

"I'm pretty sure it probably is," said Steve.

Mairen glanced over at Gail.  "I think I shall go down to the kitchens and see if I can bring up a mid-day meal."  She went out of their quarters serenely, and Gail smiled.

"Mairen always knows when she should make herself scarce.  She is such a good friend.  I really can't appreciate her enough."  A wistful look crept over her face.  “I’m going to miss her when we return to Oregon.”

With a smile, Steve sat down next to her, and with his thumb, popped off the little blob of wax that held the parchment sealed, and unrolled it.

Gail gasped.  "Oh!"  Tears pricked her eyes.  She reached up to wipe them, and noticing the blood oozing out of her finger, she wrapped her handkerchief around it.  It would be fine in a couple of minutes.

Steve looked at her, his own eyes a little moist.  He cleared his throat.  "Kevin wrote first."

Gail looked at the top paragraph.  Although it was blotted with ink, and clearly written with a quill, it was definitely Kevin's rather blocky, half-printed handwriting.  She and Steve began to read the letter silently.

‘Dear Mom and Dad,

‘We were really floored to get a message from Minas Tirith that you guys were in Gondor with Kaylee and Megan and all.  The message Lord Boromir got from his dad the Steward said you were looking for us.  I've got no idea how you guys got here to Middle-earth.

‘We kind of got caught up in this war thing with Sauron and were separated for a little while, but we had some good people looking after us, and the Lord took good care of us, too.

‘I kind of ended up being a soldier, helping to fight in Rohan, and in Minas Tirith, and then over here at the very end.  There was a lot of exciting stuff and some really scary stuff.  I think I’ll have to talk to you in person, especially Dad.

‘Don't worry much about us.  All the fighting is over now, and we are safe with Aragorn (he's the new King, and they call him Lord Elessar now) and with Gandalf the White, who is a wizard (but not like in fantasy at home—he's a good guy.  But hard to explain in a letter), and with Lord Boromir, who is the main General of Gondor; they call him "Captain-General".

‘Anyway, we should be heading out to the staging area at Osgiliath in a few days, and just a few days more after that for everyone to get to Minas Tirith.  I can't wait to see you all.  The three of us have been having devotions together in the evenings.  Love you both, Kevin.

‘I will let Jennifer write some now.’

Jennifer's handwriting was somewhat blotted, but not so much as Kevin's.  She wrote in a neat but loopy hand, with little hearts dotting her "i"s.

‘Hi Mom and Daddy,

‘I can't tell you how glad I am that I know you are finally here!  It’s going to be so great to see you and Kaylee and Megan and Lucy.  Lord Aragorn told me that Lord Glorfindel was with you all, so I guess you must've been in Rivendell.  Did you go in the cave and come out in Middle-earth like we did?

‘We have traveled so far and had so many adventures—if we were in a movie or a book, no one would think it was realistic at all!  But we've met some very good and wise people along the way.  They’ve all taken such good care of us.  I can't wait for you to meet Gandalf and Aragorn and Boromir and Legolas and Gimli, and especially Frodo, Sam, Merry, and Pippin.  I don't know what we'd have done without them.  I really love all of them after all we've been through.

‘We have all three learned a lot of things.  I’m learning how to be a healer and take care of patients.  I like doing it, though it's hard to see people suffering.  But it feels like the Lord is really using me when I help them.  I think maybe I might like to be a nurse when I get back—I mean, I know I have to finish school and all first, but it's the first time I've thought up a job I might like to do when I’m grown up.

‘You will be so proud of Kevin and Joey.  They are so brave, and Joey is so grown up now.  He still likes to have fun, but he knows now when it’s time to be serious.  And Kevin has tried really hard to set us both a good example and stuff like that.

‘I can't wait to see you and have you meet all our friends that we have made here!  I'm going to let Joey have a turn now.’

Joey's hand was neatly printed, with hardly any blots, though some parts of the letters were much thicker than others.

‘Hey, Mom and Daddy!!!*  You came!  I am so glad you came.  I know we've been gone for ages and ages.  I hope you didn't worry too much about us.  I hope Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet are OK.  And you brought Megan that's almost the whole family!  Since you have Kaylee you must of been in Rivendell.  Did you get to meet Bilbo Baggins?  He's an old hobbit!  Aren't hobbits cool?  I think you will really like Pippin.  He's been kind of like a big brother to me when Kevin wasn't around but shorter.

‘We traveled a lot, and I learned how to start a fire and use a knife and cook and row a lot better than at camp, and I can shoot stones out of a sling real good it's a sling like in David and Goliath.  Sam taught me how and it's a good thing he did cause I knocked out an Orc!!  We had some scary times too but I think I want to tell that part in person because you might worry if I tell it in a letter.  Also, guess what—I'm a page!  Just like in the Middle Ages!  I work for Lord Boromir—I got to say an oath that I would obey him, and he said one to me that he would take care of me like a father until I could be with you again Daddy!  But I get to wear livery it's like a uniform and shine his armor.  And guess what!  Kevin's a knight now!  I'm a page and he's a knight!  Guess that makes him Sir Kevin, huh?

‘Anyway that's all of us written now, so bye till we see you in maybe a week or two.  Or it might be more, since it's Middle-earth and we don't have cars.  Love Joey’

As they read the end of the letter, they turned to one another, and Gail took both of Steve's hands in her own, as they stared at one another.  Gail's eyes filled with tears.  "We are so close, Steve.  We are so very close.  Can't we go to them?"

Steve took a deep breath and closed his eyes to think.  After a moment of silence, and a brief silent prayer, he said, “Much as I would love to do that, hon, it does not mean we'd see them much sooner.  As Joey pointed out, they don't have cars here.  But more to the point, I am not sure we could go—they are in a military camp, and strange as it may seem to us to think about, they have their own duties to see to.  We would simply be a distraction to both them and to the army there."

Gail sighed.  "You're right," she said sadly.  "Not only that, but it probably would not be safe to take Kaylee and Megan, and while I know Mairen would take care of them here, it wouldn't be fair to her, or to the girls—I think Megan, at least, would be frightened if we went away and left them here, and it's not unlikely that Kaylee might be as well."

"That's true as well," Steve replied. "I think the Lord is telling us that we need to be patient a little longer."

Gail feigned a scowl.  "I don't recall praying for patience anytime lately."

Steve chuckled.  "Well, the Lord gives us trials to learn patience, because He knows that otherwise we'd never pray for it."  He gave his wife a hug, and then sat back.  "But there is one thing we can do: we can write them back.  Military messengers can move pretty quickly, even in places without modern methods."

Gail nodded.  "That would be great, Steve.  Do you suppose that the Steward would mind if it went with one of his messengers?"

"I don't think he would mind at all."  Suddenly he laughed.  "We may need to find some parchment—but we won't have to write with quills!"

Gail raised an eyebrow.  "What do you mean?"

Steve smiled.  "I've hardly used my ballpoint pen since we left Rivendell!"

It turned out that they had no need for parchment, either**.  There was a supply of actual paper inside a desk in the common room—Mairen showed them when she returned with a servant bearing a tray with some soup and fresh bread and some fruit.

Steve and Gail were hungry, and the soup of chicken broth, lightly flavoured with lemon juice and rosemary and small dumplings, hit the spot.  They read the children's letter out to her, and asked about answering it, which was when she showed them the desk.

"I didn't even realize it was a desk," said Steve.  "I just thought it was another table."  The long flat drawer under the tabletop had not even registered with him.  Mairen opened it.

"There is paper here, made by some of the older women servants.  They use rags of linen to make it, that they not go to waste," Mairen told him.

The sheets were narrow, but rather long.  Steve picked up the first sheet and used a small penknife from the drawer to slice it in half, so that the two halves were almost the size of a standard sheet of paper back home.

"You write, Gail," Steve said as he pulled out the chair for his wife, and handed her his ballpoint, which had been in his belt pouch.  "Your handwriting is much better than my chicken scratch."  Gail nodded and started writing as Steve, leaning over her shoulder occasionally, reminded her of things to include in the letter.

‘Dear children,

‘Your dad and I were really surprised and pleased to get a letter from you!  We have missed you so much, and we worried so much about all of you from the moment we realized that you were no longer in that cave.

‘You may be surprised to find out that we were not too far behind you when we entered it to look for you.  It happened fairly soon, as we had Kaylee's backpack, which we intended to give her, along with a talking-to about leaving it behind.  But when we came out and discovered we were no longer in the camp, you were all far ahead of us.  So far as I can tell, the four of you ended up in Rivendell in the early fall, but it was nearly spring there by the time we showed up.  Your Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet are still at the campground so far as we know, perhaps still in the same time as when we left.

‘Master Elrond and his daughter were very kind to us, and as soon as they deemed it safe, we also started to go look for you three.  Master Elrond sent Lord Glorfindel and several other Elves to escort us (along with Kaylee, Megan, and Lucy).  Later, we were joined by a wizard named Radagast the Brown, and then we ended up in Lothlórien.  Unfortunately, we could not leave from there right away, as the war had heated up, and it was no longer safe to travel.

‘As soon as we could, when everything was over with, our whole party started downriver in boats, fully expecting to find you in Minas Tirith when we arrived.  It was very disappointing to learn you were not.  But we were so glad to get your letter!

‘We have met Lord Denethor and Lord Faramir, who have both been very kind and hospitable to us.  If Lord Boromir is anything like them, we know he will have taken great care of you.  Of course, we will always worry about you until we see you, but we know the Lord is looking over you.

‘Kevin, we are very proud of you, although I think if we had known before the sort of fighting you might be in, we would have been terrorized at the thought of your danger.  

‘Jennifer, as you can tell, you guessed correctly about the cave and about Rivendell.  We can't say how proud it makes us to know you are helping people and learning healing skills.  If you still want to be a nurse (or even a doctor, Daddy says) when you graduate from high school, then we will do all in our power to help you achieve that goal.

‘Joey, your dad says to make sure that I write that to us, you were only gone a very short while before we also got caught up in Middle-earth, so though we were worried, at least we had news of you.  We are so glad you decided to leave Kaylee in Rivendell—that was a very good decision.

‘We did, indeed, make the acquaintance of Bilbo Baggins, and if the other hobbits are anything like him, then they are certainly "cool"!  He became a good friend while we were in Rivendell.  He taught Kaylee and Megan and me many things during our stay there, and your daddy took lessons from Glorfindel.

‘Joey, it is certainly something to be proud of that you are a page to Lord Boromir, and that your brother is a knight.  We can't wait to meet Boromir and thank him for taking such good care of you.’

Gail looked up at Steve.  "Anything else we want to say in writing?" she asked.

"Just this."  Steve took back the ballpoint and leaned over her shoulder, and wrote:

‘The Lord bless you and keep you; the Lord make his face shine on you and be gracious to you; the Lord turn his face toward you and give you peace.***

‘Love,...’  Steve handed the pen to Gail.  ...Mom and…’  After she had handed the pen back to Steve, he added, ‘...Dad’

"I think that now it’s time for us to see about finding a messenger—so we need to speak to Lord Denethor or Lord Faramir, if we can find one of them.  Or perhaps Master Ondahil would know."  Steve stood up.  "Do you want to come with me, honey?" 

Gail nodded.  "Let me put away this mending and let Mairen know where we are going."

A few moments later, the couple were navigating the wide corridor down to the room where Master Ondahil could be found in between his various rounds of the Citadel.  It served as his office, although there was also a sleeping chamber attached to it.

There was no answer to their knock, but as they turned away, they spied him coming up the hallway in their direction.  He came up to them.  "Master McCloud, Mistress McCloud—how may I help you?"

"Our older children wrote us a letter, which was brought by one of the military messengers," said Steve. "We've written a reply, but we need to find out just how we can get it to them."

Ondahil nodded.  "Indeed.  The Steward sends and receives messages from Cormallen at least every day, and sometimes more than once a day.  Lord Denethor is in Council with the City leaders and those Lords who are within the city today.  But I am sure that Lord Faramir can help you."

"Thank you," said Steve.

"Is that it?" Ondahil asked, pointing to the loosely rolled papers in Steve's hand.

"Yes, it is." 

"It will need to be sealed.  Step into my office, and we can see it properly prepared."

"Thank you," said Gail.  "We were not sure if perhaps it might need to be looked at, since it's going to the army camp."

Ondahil chuckled.  "It is a private letter to your children, and the war is ended.  Come along."  He opened the door, and they stepped into a very small room, mostly taken up by a large desk and some shelves along the walls.  There was another door to the left, which Steve and Gail assumed led to his bedroom.  He went over to one of the shelves, and picked up a wooden tube, one of several on that shelf.  Then he went over to the table and picked up a small leather drawstring bag.  He opened it and took out a small stone and a small bar of metal.  Ondahil held them over a candle in a candlestick on the desk and struck them together.  The candlewick lit immediately.

Steve handed the letter to Ondahil, and he and Gail watched in fascination as he quickly rolled it up, and then took the candle and splashed some of the hot wax on it, where the end of the paper was.  A generous blob of wax hardened quickly, and Ondahil slid their letter into the tube, handing it back to Steve.

Definitely not like using an envelope and a postage stamp to mail a letter! Steve thought.  He gazed down at Ondahil’s stone and bar of metal and shook his head.  I wish I was as good at using my striker set that I was given in Rivendell.  It usually takes me four or five tries to light a fire with it!  Too bad my matches ran out long ago—they’re so much easier to use!

"Now, I believe that we may find Lord Faramir in the gardens of the Houses of Healing.  He often takes a walk there with the Lady Éowyn at this time of the day."  Ondahil led them out of his office and accompanied the two of them in their search of Faramir.

They did find him there, he and Éowyn sitting on a bench and talking next to one of the herb beds, while his aunt, Princess Lindiriel, strolled not far away.  

Gail smiled slyly and indicated the princess's presence with a tilt of her chin.  Steve grinned and said in a very low voice, "An old-fashioned chaperone, huh?"

With an amused smile, Gail nodded, but Master Ondahil was bowing as he approached Faramir.  "My lord, Master and Mistress McCloud have a request."

Faramir stood and nodded to his guests; by standing, he indicated that this encounter was an informal one.  "How may I help you?"

"We have answered a letter from our children who are at Cormallen in the army camp there, and we were wondering if one of your messengers could deliver it for us," said Steve.  He held out the tube to his host, and Faramir took it as he nodded.

"Of course.  We can send it by our overnight messenger, and it should arrive sometime on the morrow.  We usually send at least two messengers a day, so certainly it will be of no difficulty."  Faramir tucked the tube into his belt.  "Will you not join us?"

Steve looked at Gail, who nodded.  "Yes," she said.  "Mairen will see to Kaylee and Megan when they get back from their outing with Avorn."  Smiling, Steve nodded agreement.

Faramir reached a hand down to the Lady Éowyn, who also stood up, and the four strolled on, joined after a moment by Princess Lindiriel.  Master Ondahil excused himself, as he had other duties to see to.

The women all stopped at a fragrant rose bed.  The roses were not as colourful or large as those of the modern world, but Gail thought their scent was even better.  And it was very interesting to listen to the Princess explain all the medicines and foods that could include roses.

Faramir and Steve stood back and carried on their own conversation.  "I'm surprised," said Steve, "that it would be so easy to send a message to the military camp.  Where we come from, most such mail must be examined and approved by the officers in charge of the camp before it can be delivered."

The Gondorian gave him a puzzled look.  "While it is unusual for those who have gone to war to get messages from home, once the war is ended, there is no reason to fear them."  He paused.  "Yours must be a suspicious land, to be so fearful."

Now Steve frowned.  "It may seem that way, and perhaps it is suspicion and fearfulness, but it also seems to just be the way things are done, both during war and peace."

"Is it, then, that Ore Gon keeps a standing army?  And not simply ceremonial guards as we have here in Gondor?  While we have kept a standing army since Sauron returned to Mordor in my grandfather's time, it is not our common practice during peacetime.  Most of our army consists of the muster brought by our various fiefs, and our guardsmen are trained in the art of war as well as in the rituals of guarding the White Tree, but now that Sauron is no more, we will go back to more peaceful ways, I hope."

Steve thought carefully about his answer.  He didn't want to leave the wrong impression, but on the other hand, he didn't want to lie, either.  "Oregon is one of many states who have banded together to create one nation.  The Union of our states does keep a standing army, and many young people spend a few years as a part of it—as I did.  Some people, in fact, become career soldiers.  But they do not fight in our lands these days.  We have treaties with other nations, and honour those when necessary.  But there has not been a war on our own soil since almost a hundred and fifty years ago.  We had a Civil War at the time, and it was awful and bloody."  He fell silent at that point.  It was not a good time to attempt to tell Faramir about the Revolutionary War or the War of 1812, the only other wars that had ever been fought on American soil.

Faramir nodded.  "Gondor, too, has had its Kin-strife.  Though ours was much further in the past—it was nigh on 1,600 years ago, give or take a few years, yet still the wounds remain."  He shook his head.  "Let us speak of more pleasant things, shall we?"

Steve was glad to allow the subject to die.  He already knew that trying to explain the issue of slavery would not go down well in Gondor, and that the concept of states’ rights would be complicated.  With a relieved smile, he nodded agreement, and they began to discuss other things.

Soon they finished their stroll and parted ways, but not before the Princess invited all of them, including the little girls, to dine at her home that evening.  Gail was eager to get back to their daughters, and she knew that they would need to take a nap if they were all going to dine out that evening.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *Joey's grammatical and punctuation errors are deliberate.  He's only a third grader, after all.

**Paper has been around for about 2,000 years, when it was first invented in China.  It later came to the west by way of the Crusades.  Making "rag paper" was sometimes a hobby for women.

***The Bible verses are Numbers 6:24-26 NIV.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to   Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 80: On My Way

Joey was in between Kevin and Jennifer, peeking over their shoulders as he listened to Kevin reading it aloud.

"‘...The Lord bless you and keep you; the Lord make his face shine on you and be gracious to you; the Lord turn his face toward you and give you peace.  Love, Mom and Dad.’"

"Wow," Joey said, as Kevin finished.  "They've been here a long time.  So, at least they didn't think we were squooshed in a cave-in or something!  But it sure took them a long time to catch up with us."  He made a face.

Jennifer shook her head.  "It may seem that way, but it didn't take them as long as it took us to make the same journey.  And I bet they had to pretty much do as the Elves told them, since that's who they were travelling with."

"That's true," said Kevin.  "I have a feeling a lot more happened to them than what they wrote to us.  I mean, we know there was war all over the place, and not just down here in Rohan and Gondor."

"Well..."  Joey frowned.  "...I guess that's true.  We didn't tell them everything in our letter, either."

"It would have been hard to do in a letter—it’d be as long as a book!  Some of it will have to be told in person," Jennifer replied, "because some of it would be too hard to write, anyway, and they'd have questions."

Kevin nodded.  "Well, we did say, in the letter, that we'd tell more when we saw them.  Now, do either of you have any duties to see to?  Could we maybe have supper together, early, and then devotions?  If you guys can.  That way, I'll have time for a nap before I go on guard duty."

"I might have time to eat now, but then I’ll need to get back to the healers’ camp," Jennifer answered.  "I’ll be working tonight, myself."

Joey nodded.  "I can, too—have supper, I mean.  But then Pippin and I have to go and start helping Lord Boromir get ready for packing up."

"Packing up?" Jennifer asked.

"Yep.  They’re planning on us heading out, day after tomorrow.  Or maybe even late tomorrow, depending on how much gets done, and what the scouts report."  Joey looked smug.  It wasn't often that he got to be the bearer of such good and important news.

Kevin gave a whoop.  "That's great!"  He paused.  "Why don't we have our devotions together as we eat supper, then?  It's better than not having them at all, tonight."

Since they all agreed, the three stood up, brushed the grass off their clothes from sitting on the ground, and headed over to the mess tent.

Joey was glad to see they were a little bit early.  Judging from the smells, the food was ready, but there were not very many people there yet to eat.  They looked at the long trestle tables set up, and then, noticing that a few diners were at one table, they decided on the far end of the other table.

“Joey, why don't you save us a spot down there, so we won't bother anyone?  I'll bring your food, if you want me to," Kevin offered.

"Okay.  Can you bring me an extra chunk of bread?”  Joey sniffed.  “It smells like vegetable soup."

"Sure thing, kiddo!"  Kevin ruffled his hair.

Joey ducked away, and then he went down to the spot they had decided on.  He plopped on the bench and began thinking about the letter they had received from their parents.  He was so relieved that they were here!  It's going to be so neat to see them again, and Kaylee and Megan and Lucy!  I know I've grown. I wonder if they have, too—Kaylee and Megan and Lucy, that is.  I wonder what they’ll all think when they see me in my page livery.  Especially Mom and Dad!  He reached down and put his hand on the embroidery of the White Tree.  I'm in the service of Gondor and everything.  He smiled at the thought, and then something occurred to him, and he frowned.  Dad's here now!  Maybe Lord Boromir won't want me to serve him anymore!  He said that he would give me back to Daddy when the time came.  But I like working for him.  It's almost like being grown-up, to work for someone.

But just then his brother and sister arrived.  Jennifer was carrying two mugs of water and a bowl of soup, and Kevin had one mug and two bowls, and he had some bread in a basket on one elbow. The smell of the bread was wonderful, and Joey sniffed appreciatively.  All unpleasant thoughts were pushed out of his mind.

The basket held a single round, brown loaf, which could easily be broken into several chunks.  The soup was thick with vegetables.  Joey spotted bits of carrot, onion, beans, and turnips.  It also held some greens, and he could smell some garlic and herbs in it as well.

"Yum!" he said, with a smile.  He almost reached for the bread before he remembered and held out his hand to Jennifer, who sat on his right-hand side.  Kevin reached for Jennifer's hand, as he was on the other side of her.  

Kevin murmured a brief prayer.  "Thank You, Lord, for this food to eat, and please bless the hands that prepared it.  In Jesus' name, amen."

"Amen," chimed in Jennifer and Joey.

They ate silently for a little while, for all had realized they were hungry.  Joey dipped his chunk of brown bread into his soup, using it to soak up the flavourful broth and scoop up the veggies.  He often ate with Pippin, and he kind of missed the way Pippin would talk about all the ingredients, seeming to know every ingredient’s flavour by its smell and taste.  He closed his eyes and sniffed, concentrating hard for a long moment.

"There's rosemary and thyme and garlic in the soup," he finally said.  "And there's something besides rye in the bread."

Jennifer laughed.  "Kevin, our brother is turning into a hobbit!"  She turned to him and said, "I believe there may be a little honey in the bread."

Joey grinned.  “Yum!  Honey!”

"I think you’re both right," Kevin said.  "The Lord has been so good to us."  He looked thoughtful for a second, and then quoted, "‘Pleasant words are a honeycomb, Sweet to the soul and healing to the bones.’  Proverbs 16:24."  He glanced at Jennifer.  This was a game their family sometimes played, each person trying to remember a verse appropriate to a certain topic.

She, too, thought for a moment.  "‘How sweet are Your words to my taste!  Yes, sweeter than honey to my mouth!’  Psalm...Psalm 119, um, 108.”  She paused.  “Verse 108.”

Joey knew it was his turn, and he closed his eyes and tried hard to remember if he knew any verses about honey.  He was sure he did.  His face scrunched up as he thought.  Finally, he said, “‘But I would feed you with the finest of the wheat.  And with honey from the rock I would satisfy you.’”  He paused for another minute, and shook his head, scowling.  "I know it's a psalm, but I can't remember the chapter or verse."*

Kevin and Jennifer smiled at him, and Jennifer said, "It's okay, Joey.  It's a good verse."

"Yes, it is,” Kevin added.  "Have both of you finished eating?"  He glanced down at his own bowl and used his last bit of bread to wipe up the last of his broth.  "Do you want anything else?"

"Do they have any fruit today?" Joey asked hopefully, looking into his empty bowl.

"Not today.”  Kevin shook his head.  “I think they may have already started to pack up the food."

Jennifer just shook her head, as she was chewing on her last bite of bread.  "I'm fine," she said, after she swallowed.

"Let's pray, then, since we all have things we have to do."  They bowed their heads, and Kevin went first.  "Dear Lord, thank You so much for bringing the rest of our family here.  Please help us to be patient until we get to see them again, and since Aunt Janet and Uncle Ryan aren’t here, please help them not to be worried about us all.  Thank you for all of our friends here, who have taken such good care of us.  Please help those who are wounded to get better, and help Jennifer tonight, as she watches over them.  Be with Aragorn and Boromir and Gandalf as they lead us, and bless all of those we love."  He paused and squeezed Jennifer's hand. 

She cleared her throat.  "Lord, thank You for letting us communicate with our parents, and to know they are here and waiting for us.  Please help me—and Kevin—to stay awake tonight, while we work.  And watch over all those in this camp.  It’s been a good place for all of us to get better after the war.  And please guide us through the day, tomorrow."  She stopped and squeezed Joey's hand.

"Jesus, thank You for this wonderful supper we had.  Please look after Mom and Daddy and Kaylee and Megan and Lucy in Minas Tirith.  I hope the Steward is feeling better, too.  Thank You for helping Frodo and Sam to kill the Ring, and thank You they’re alive and well.”  Joey frowned.  “I think Frodo is sad, though.  Help him feel better.  Bless everybody.  In Jesus' name, we pray."  He paused.  “Amen.”

Joey sat up, and as he opened his eyes and turned his head, he noticed that a little ways away, there stood Gandalf.  He was leaning on his staff, and when he caught Joey's eye, he gave a little nod.  Joey's heart filled with warmth.

It was time now for them to go their separate ways.  Kevin headed back to catch a short nap before moonrise.  Jennifer and Joey walked together briefly, as they were headed in the same direction.  Joey gave his sister a brief hug before he went back to the Captain-General's tent, where he and Pippin would spend part of the evening cleaning armour and packing things for the move in the morning, before turning in for the night.  Jennifer continued on to the healers’ camp.  She would be watching patients that night, and so she would be spared a lot of the bustle of packing up.

I wonder what we’ll be doing, when we’re back with Mom and Daddy? she silently wondered.  We’ll be in Minas Tirith then.

-oo000oo-

It was dawn when Jennifer was able to fall asleep on her pallet which had been placed near the entrance into the patients’ tent, since she knew that the tent she had been sharing with the other women would be coming down.  She knew that it would only be a little while.  Her friend Lalaith had offered to pack for her, and had agreed to come and waken her when they came to move the patients.  Some who were nearly healed had already left.

She felt as though her eyes had barely closed, when a hand descended on her and gave her shoulder a shake.  She sat up.  "Lalaith?  Is it time to get up already?"

"Yes, Jennifer, it is time.  They are coming to begin moving the patients, and will be taking the tent down soon.  I already placed your belongings in the waggon.  And I brought you a fresh gown for today—if you hurry, the bathing area is still up.  I shall come with you and take your gown and apron back and put it with your other things.  Oh, and if you hurry, they still have some bread and tea at the campfire here.  The mess is already closed and packed up.”

"Oh, thank you, Lalaith!  You're an angel!" Jennifer exclaimed.

Lalaith chuckled and shook her head.  Jennifer had once tried to explain what an “angel” was, and though she did not understand half of what Jennifer had said, she knew it was a high compliment.  "Thank you, Jennifer."

Jennifer hurried to the little enclosure set up for the female healers.  It consisted of four curtains attached by ropes to four tree limbs placed in a square with a barrel of clean, cold water.  Jennifer took off her apron and shed the gown she had both worked and slept in all night, and then she used a piece of cloth that hung over the barrel to wash her body quickly.  But she didn't want to use the cloth on her face, so she just used her hands for that.  She felt her hair—good, the tight braids she had wrapped around her head the night before were still in place.  Reaching through the curtain, she handed Lalaith her dress and apron, and Lalaith handed her back a clean dress.

As soon as Jennifer had laced up the side of her dress, she stepped out.  "Thanks, Lalaith."

"That's all right, Jennifer.  You have done much the same for me.  Now, hurry over to the fire.  The bread and tea will not last forever, and it may have to serve you as lunch as well.  We all shall be most busy this afternoon!"

"Okay!  I'll see you later!"  She walked as fast as she could over to the healer's communal fire.  The cooks had brought many loaves of bread, and a cauldron with tea (actually tea made with herbs and no sweetening.  While that was not Jennifer's beverage of choice, she had become used to it over the last few months.  The bread was fresh and smelled wonderful, but there was no butter or anything to put on it, so she dunked her bread into the tea.  It improved the texture of the bread as well as the flavour of the tea.

She wrapped a good-sized chunk of the bread in a fairly clean handkerchief from her belt pouch and stashed it for later, in case Lalaith's prediction about lunch came true.  Then she headed off to find out what duties she would have during the packing up.

-oo000oo-

Kevin didn't even bother trying to sleep when he first returned from his night watch.  None of his companions did, either.  Dawn was breaking over the bleak mountains to the East, but the sky was clear.  Little was left of the ashy haze that had hung in the sky for the first few weeks after the fall of Mordor.  Along with his companions from the watch, they headed over to the mess area—the breakfast laid out for everyone was nothing but loaves of bread and either small beer, water, or herbal tea for drinking.  Yawning, Kevin opted for water and grabbed himself a half a loaf of bread.  The tables, save for the one with the bread, had already been dismantled and taken away, so Kevin and his friends sat on the ground to eat and to talk.  Kevin just closed his eyes and gave silent thanks.  The bread was yeasty-scented, warm, and fresh from the ashes; he quickly brushed them away and broke off a piece.  He could not get over how good just plain bread could taste when it was fresh and hot, though a part of him wished for some butter.

No sooner had he thought it than Eradan sighed.  "I wish I had some butter!"

Kevin laughed.  "I was just thinking the exact same thing!"  He took a bite of his bread and a swallow of his water.

"Butter's nice, but this bread is better than what we make in Henneth Annûn," Anborn added, and took a drink of his small beer.  “Damrod is not a bad cook, but his baking is—well, a bit firm."  He popped a piece of his bread into his mouth and started chewing.

"That is quite true," said Eradan, "but he cooks excellent fish!"  He picked up his mug of herbal tea and took a swallow.

Kevin chewed and swallowed his bite of bread, and then cocked his head.  "You always talk about Henneth Annûn.  I know it's not your home, but just what is it?"

"It is our base," replied Anborn.  "It is here in Ithilien, and though the war is over, we have yet to be given leave to tell you where it is.  It is a secret place, a cavern, and it has a view that I have yet to see surpassed."

"Careful, Anborn," said Eradan.  "We know that Kevin is one of our people, but he is not a Ranger assigned to Henneth Annûn.  Until we get leave from Captain Faramir, we must not say more."

"It's okay," said Kevin.  "At home, the army has its secrets as well.  I understand.  But maybe one day, it might be all right for me to see it, now that the war is over and all."

"I am glad you understand," Anborn added.  He paused and hesitated.  "You have a sister, do you not, here among the healers?"

Kevin's eyes grew wide.  He sure hoped this was not going where he thought it was.

"She has a friend, I noticed.  Tall, wears her hair in a long black braid?  I see her often with your sister.  Do you know her name?"

Kevin let out a breath of relief.  "I know who you mean, Anborn, but I don't know her name.  I can ask Jen what it is.  Do you want me to ask if her friend has a boyfriend?"

"Boyfriend?"  Anborn sounded puzzled, but Eradan chuckled.

"I believe that Kevin means, should he ask his sister if this friend of hers has any attachments.  She might be betrothed, you know…"  Eradan grinned when Anborn blushed.

In a very low voice, Anborn said, "That would be acceptable, Kevin, if you do not mind."

"Sure thing," Kevin said, only too relieved that his friend was not interested in Jen.  His sister was way too young to have an experienced soldier after her!   Anborn was a good guy, but no.  His dad would kill him if he let Jen date a grown-up!  She wasn't even allowed to date at home!  Not even Kevin was allowed to go on single dates yet; until he was sixteen, he had to go on double-dates to places that were chaperoned by adults.  His dad and mom had made it clear to him and Jennifer, in no uncertain terms, that they had to wait until they were fifteen to double-date, and until they were sixteen to go on single dates to movies, restaurants, and places like that; when Joey, Kaylee, and Megan were old enough, they would have to abide by the same rule.  But things were different here.  Did they even have dates, the way it was thought of back home?  They don't even have movies! he thought wryly.  What do they do on dates around here, besides walk in a garden?

Eradan stood up.  "I am tired, but they will be packing up the camp today; I do not suppose it is even worth seeking my bedroll.  But perhaps I can find a shady tree to doze under for a while.”

Kevin stood up, too.  "How about the beech grove?  The hobbits are not staying there now."

The three friends agreed that sounded like a good place to nap amid the bustle of packing up, and they made their way there.

-oo000oo-

"Oi!  Joey!"

Joey felt the blanket over him jerked back, and sat up, annoyed.  "What is it, Pippin?  It's still dark!"

"Only a little.  Boromir's already up, and I helped him get dressed and armoured so you could sleep a little longer—but they will begin taking down the mess tent soon, and I don't want to miss breakfast, do you?"

Pippin was already dressed, so Joey quickly did the same, and they headed off to get breakfast.  

Pippin inhaled an appreciative sniff.  "The bread smells wonderful."

They were among the earliest arrivals.  Of course, the captains would all have their breakfasts brought to them at Aragorn's tent—or Lord Elessar's—Joey thought.

The two of them were in time to see a fresh batch of loaves being raked out of the embers and ashes.  The cooks placed them on one of the tables.  There was a small platter with a half a wheel of cheese, and some strawberries, apricots, and oranges.

"You are in good time, young sirs," said Master Pellas.  "That there is the last of the cheese, and the fruit was brought in by your cousin, Sir Merry, Sir Pippin!  He foraged 'em off an old, abandoned farm a bit to the south of here, along with Lord Samwise, yesterday.  Once 'tis gone, 'tis gone." 

Joey and Pippin helped themselves generously to the fruit and cheese, but made sure to leave some for others.  They each got a half-loaf of the hot bread, with the ashes still on, and a mug of the tea.  "Mint, rosemary, and some sort of flower," said Pippin as he sniffed it.  "Mostly mint."

Master Pellas laughed.  "You've a good nose, Sir Pippin!  The flower is hibiscus.  This whole area were once all nice little farms back in the day.  There's overrun gardens and orchards all over the place."

Since Joey and Pippin could see that someone had begun to dismantle the other tables for transport, they sought out a spot next to a tree and sat down to eat. 

"What do you suppose Lord Boromir will have us to do when we are finished eating, Pippin?" Joey asked.

"Likely running messages and checking up on things—after all, we packed up most everything in the tent last night."  The hobbit blew softly on the tea and then, brushing off the ashes from his bread, he dipped a piece of it in the tea and then took a bite, followed by a bite of apricot.  "I am going to miss this when I get home."

"Miss what?"  Joey was eating his strawberries first.

"I really like these apricot things, and the oranges.  We don't grow them in the Shire—too cold, I guess."

Joey smiled ruefully.  It’ll be easy for us to get oranges and apricots, he thought.  All we have to do is go to the store; it doesn’t matter how cold it gets!  But they don't smell or taste as good as the ones in Middle-earth.

It didn't take long for the two to finish their meal.  They both stood up and brushed their clothes off from sitting on the grass, and then they began to stroll towards the encampment where the tents of most of the captains and leaders were pitched.

It wasn't hard to figure out which tent the meeting was in—it was the one with all the guards. 

Joey grinned at Pippin.  "Who's in the tent, you suppose, looking at the guards?"

"Well, the four in blue are for the Prince of Dol Amroth and his sons. The Rohirrim all wear the sign of the horse, and there are two for Éomer King. The White Tree is Gondor, and there are four instead of two, because there are two for Lord Boromir and two for Strider—I mean, Lord Elessar. There are three Northern Rangers there, two for Lord Elessar, or Strider or Aragorn—stars!  That man has a lot of names—and at least one for Lord Halbarad."  Pippin grinned.  “But I would bet a cherry tart that Gandalf, Legolas, Gimli, and Elladan and Elrohir are also in there, guards or no guards."

Joey laughed.  "I don't have any cherry tarts to give you, so I can't bet!  But I bet that you're right about that!"

The group of guards parted ways to allow them to come up to the tent flap, and Pippin smiled at the Guardsman who stood there.  "Hullo, Artamir!  We are here to report to the Captain-General, Lord Boromir," he said.

The guard nodded and stood aside, holding the flap open with one hand, and gestured the two inside.

Joey blinked.  The tent was dim though there were lanterns, and everyone they had made guesses about were all inside. Boromir looked at them, and nodded to acknowledge them, glancing briefly to his left side.  He was seated in a chair slightly behind Aragorn, and to his left.  Joey and Pippin quietly made their way to stand behind Boromir on his left, to wait and learn what they would have to do.  Joey noticed that Merry was standing right behind Éomer King.  They all looked at one another, but kept their faces serious.  They were now on duty.

The King of Rohan was going on about the numbers of horses and waggons that were available, and how they should be arranged during the travel...

This is sure dull grown-up talk, Joey thought, resisting the temptation to fidget as the numbers went right over his head.  I suppose this is important stuff, but I don’t know what they’re talking about!  Taking a deep breath, he resisted the temptation to scowl and looked at Merry, then at Pippin, who both appeared perfectly composed.  To pass the time until he could talk and move about once more, he began to daydream.  He began to picture being back at home, in his own back yard, surrounded by his neighbourhood friends, talking about all the things he had done in Middle-earth.  But then he began to wish that he had his Middle-earth friends there, so he could introduce them to his friends at home.  I’d love for them to meet Sador and Bergil!  But would any of my friends even believe me, if I told them?

But just then, Aragorn stood to speak, which grabbed Joey's attention once more.  "It sounds like all is nearly ready.  Would there be any objection among you if we broke camp this afternoon rather than in the morning?"

Boromir nodded.  "I have no objections.  We may not make a lot of headway before dusk, but making a beginning will make starting again in the morn much easier."

"I agree," said Gandalf, and the others gathered there also nodded agreement.

A broad smile spread across Joey’s face, but he quickly wiped it off, as he waited for his orders.

Boromir turned to Pippin.  "Pippin, please go and find Mablung.  Tell him to be off now with the Ithilien Rangers to scout the way on the route we have spoken of, south along the Anduin.  Tell him to send a runner if anything is amiss, but if not, he is to continue to Osgiliath."  

Pippin gave a brief bow and repeated the message back, to make sure he had it right.  At Boromir's nod, he said, "Yes, my liege," and darted off.

He turned to Joey.  "Joey, find Master Pellas and tell him that he needs to strike the mess camp and prepare to head out in the vanguard.  Then find Beregond; ask him to choose three other guardsmen to escort the foodstuffs and the cooks."

Joey nodded.  "Yes, sir.  I am to tell Master Pellas that the mess camp is to be struck, and they are to prepare to go out in the vanguard, escorted by Beregond and three other guards.  And then I am to tell Beregond of his assignment?"

Boromir nodded.  "That is correct, Joey.  After that, prepare your own things, and I will send Pippin to help you in striking our tent."

Joey gave another bow of his head.  "Yes, my liege."  And he, in turn, trotted off to obey his orders.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer and Lalaithiel were stopped by one of the healers, as they finished stowing their own belongings on a designated waggon.

"Here, girls, we need some help in getting the worst of the wounded to the boats."  He gestured to where at least twenty of the remaining patients were being placed on litters to be carried to the riverfront for a safer, quicker, and more gentle passage to Osgiliath.

They nodded and joined those who were carrying the litters; others of their friends had also been ordered to help, not really with the carrying part, but with walking alongside to steady the litters and the patients over the occasionally rough terrain.  These were patients who were still rather badly off because of their injuries, and would not be able to take the jouncing about while riding in a waggon.

Jennifer knew that once everyone left, she would also be riding in one of the waggons, to look after whatever wounded person would be riding in it.  But some of her other friends would be riding in the boats to look after those wounded.

After she and Lalaith and the others had made the patients comfortable on two barges and a small ship, they went to find out what else they needed to do.

The two girls found themselves parting ways, as Jennifer was sent to one waggon and Lalaith to another.

She was quite surprised to discover that her two patients were Frodo and Sam.  They had been up and around for a few days, and she thought they were mostly healed.  Apparently, the new King did not agree.  He did not want either of them walking that whole distance among all the Big Folk and large animals, and did not want them riding on horses, either. 

"Hullo, Miss Jennifer," said Sam.  "Are you to be riding with us?"

"I guess I am," Jennifer answered.  She climbed up into the waggon.

"It is good that you can ride with us," said Frodo, as he took her hand to steady her into the back of the waggon.  "It will make the ride much less tedious."  He smiled.  "And look who has been assigned as our driver."  He pointed at the young warrior who had been checking the horses' harness, and Jennifer beamed.

"Kevin!"  

"Hey, Jen!  They assigned me to drive. See, Bron is in harness!"  Indeed, one of the two horses hitched to their waggon was Kevin's steed, Bron.  Smiling, Kevin waved, and Jennifer waved back.  Then Kevin came to claim the driver's seat.  He chuckled and told Jennifer "He didn't really want to pull a waggon, but Legolas persuaded him."

Brother and sister settled themselves on the seat, and Frodo and Sam moved closer to the front of the waggon.  All four of them chatted for a while, as they watched the different parts of the camp get ready.  The wounded and the healers were all behind the mess.  Of course, those riding on horses would soon be in the very front, except for a few in the very back, while those who would be walking would be interspersed between some of the waggons. 

They watched as the ship and barges floated past on their way downriver.  Messengers on foot ran back and forth, and then came the horses of the captains.  Aragorn paused next to them and told Jennifer to let him know at once if either Frodo or Sam showed any sign of distress, whether the hobbits wanted her to tell him or not.  Boromir stopped, so that Joey, who was seated in front of him could say hello to them.  Gandalf also stopped to check on Frodo and Sam, and to let Pippin, who was on Shadowfax behind him, greet his cousin and Sam.  Merry was riding behind Éomer, who did not stop, but Merry turned to wave at them cheerfully.  Several more of the captains and their men rode past them, and on beyond the waggons of food and supplies and cooks.

There was a brief silence, except for the occasional clink of harness or horse snorting, as they awaited the signal to move.  Then there came the sound of horns, and slowly, slowly, the great caravan began to move.

They were on their way.

-oo000oo-

A/N: Joey's psalm was Psalm 81:16.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 81: A Conversation

Denethor was feeling somewhat better than he had been since the fire, so after his morning meetings with Faramir, Ondahir, and several other officials, he waved away Faramir and, followed only by a single guard, he went down to the garden on the eastern side of the Citadel. The guard remained discreetly near the doors, far enough away to give the Steward privacy, but close enough to watch out for any danger.  Denethor found a warm bench in the Sun and, taking his seat, looked eastward into a clear sky.  It was something he had not ever thought to see again!  The sky had been filled with the heavy grey smokes and fumes of the Enemy for so very long that he had nearly forgotten what a clear sky looked like, or what fresh air smelled like.  If he listened carefully, he could hear the far-off cries of the gulls swooping over the Anduin.  He leaned back and closed his eyes, remembering how Finduilas had always loved that sound.  Then he heard another, closer sound, one less expected, yet altogether delightful—the laughter of children and the playful bark of a dog.

He opened his eyes and leaned forward, to see if he could spot the small intruders.  He saw the Elf-woman Mairen, the one who served as nursemaid to the small daughters of Steven McCloud.  He looked about, and then noticed the two children on the lawn, tossing a stick for their small dog to fetch for them.

"Here, Lucy!  Come on, Lucy!  Bring it here!" called the older of the two; he believed she had been introduced to him as Kaylee, while her younger sister was called Megan.  Such odd names for children, but pretty names as well.

The dog pranced about for a bit, going in circles, before turning and trotting over to the girls, dropping her prize at their feet.  The little one, Megan, picked it up and tossed it awkwardly.  It did not travel far, for Lucy (what a name for a dog!) hopped up and caught it mid-air.  Instead of bringing it back, she ran off, turning her head to look at her little mistresses, trying to get them to chase her.  They laughed and ran in pursuit of their pet, who ran all the faster in his direction, while still looking back over her shoulder.  Thus, the dog skidded to a sudden stop at Denethor's feet.  She sat back with her eyes widened in surprise.  Dropping the stick at his feet, she wagged her tail and looked up at him.  

But his eyes were on the children, who had stopped uncertainly a few feet behind their pet.  Kaylee took Megan by the hand and gave a little curtsey.  "We—we're sorry, Lord—um, Lord Denethor?"

He smiled at them.  They were winning little creatures.  Denethor had never had much to do with very young children since his own sons had passed that age, nor much at all with such small maidens.

The nursemaid came behind them quickly.  "I am sorry if my charges have disturbed you, Lord Steward," she said, with a bow of her head, clearly prepared to take the girls away if they were unwelcome.

"That is quite all right," Denethor responded.  "I would be glad of an opportunity to better know my young guests, if that is quite all right."

Mairen gave a nod of assent, and Denethor beckoned Kaylee and Megan closer.  Lucy picked up the stick, sat down at his feet, and began to gnaw on it.

"Your dog seems to like to play with you," he said.  "I have never seen a dog quite like her.  Could you sit and tell me about her?"

With that invitation, Kaylee went over and sat on the bench next to him, but Megan stood before him.

Denethor gestured toward Megan who, with a cheerful smile and, to his surprise, climbed onto his lap.  He found the intrusion rather endearing.  He wrapped an arm around the little girl.  “I have never seen a dog like her,” he said.  “Where did you get her?”

“Mommy and Daddy got her for us!”  Kaylee smiled.  “She was just a puppy when they got her. She's a Cocker spaniel.”

Denethor had never heard of such a breed, but it was clear that the children could not tell him more about it.

“She was just a puppy,” Mairen agreed.  “She was very young.  She was not even housebroken yet.”

Kaylee giggled.  “Lucy liked to play and chew on stuff.”

Denethor smiled.  “At that age, I am certain she did.  Lucy’s teeth would have been growing in at the time, and she would need to soothe her gums by chewing.”  Mairen nodded agreement.  Denethor bent over to rub Lucy’s silky-soft head, and she dropped the stick again and licked his fingers, and then she rolled over to display her soft underbelly in hopes of scratches and belly rubs.  Denethor obliged her briefly.  He had not possessed a dog since Boromir and Faramir were children, and now he thought that perhaps he had been lacking something.

“Lucy likes to carry stuff in her mouth.  Sometimes, she’ll pick up sticks or little dead animals and carry them around.  And guess what?  The Elves taught her lots of stuff!” Kaylee added.  "And Radagast taught her a bunch of stuff, too.  And guess what?  He can talk to animals!"

"Can he, then?"  This was not something he had learned about the mysterious Brown Wizard.

Megan nodded energetically.  "Yup!  He talketed to a squirrel in his coat!  And birds would come and tell him stuff!"

"And he has a sled that's pulled by rabbits!  Big rabbits!" Kaylee added.  "And Lucy—he talked to her, too!  He let her ride in his sled.  I like him.  He's nice and funny, but he's a wizard, like Gandalf.  Wizards are..."  Kaylee stopped and put her hand over her mouth.  She had almost forgotten.  She wasn't supposed to tell that wizards were angels.  "Wizards are nice."

But Denethor did not seem to notice.  "Have you known many wizards?" he asked.

Kaylee shook her head.  "No, sir.  Just Gandalf and Radagast."  She smiled.  “They’re my friends!  Sometimes, at Rivendell, Gandalf would talk to me when I was out playing.  And Radagast has told me and Megan stories!”  She rubbed Lucy’s head.

“He tells nice stories,” Megan added.

Denethor nodded.  “That sounds interesting, Kaylee and Megan.  Did Radagast or Gandalf perform any magic that you could see?”

Kaylee furrowed her eyebrows in concentration as she thought back over her time with Gandalf and Radagast.  After a moment, she shook her head.  “No.  Not really.  They don’t have magic wands like fairies do.  Just staffs.  But Mr. Bilbo Baggins saw Gandalf do magic!  He can start fire by magic, 'cause when Mr. Baggins and all the Dwarves were up a tree, and the goblins and wolves were after them, he set pine cones on fire and threw them, and then Eagles came and saved them."

Denethor was instantly alert.  "Eagles, you say?"

Kaylee nodded vigorously.  "Yes, sir!  Mr. Baggins said giant Eagles came and saved them all from the tree and flew them away from the goblins and wolves.  He was afraid they would eat him, but they were good Eagles."

Denethor looked up and caught Mairen's eye.  He did not speak, but she answered, nevertheless.  "Yes, they were very certainly good Eagles, my Lord.  You know of what I speak. And that tale is very certainly true and well-known in the North.  Master Bilbo Baggins has dwelt among us at Rivendell for many years.  He is a most honest and truthful hobbit, and close kin to three of the hobbits who came on the journey south.  The Ring-bearer was his heir, and the Ring came to Frodo from Bilbo."

"I see.  Thank you."  Denethor looked thoughtful.  And if Radagast truly talked to animals, that was most certainly potent magic, though the children did not regard it as such.

“Hey, guess what?” Kaylee said, bouncing slightly.  “Mr. Baggins found the Ring in a cave!  When he was lost.  When goblins were chasing them—Mr. Baggins and the dwarves and Gandalf.  Gollum was gonna eat him, but they played riddles and he won, and he used the Ring to escape from Gollum!  It made him invisible!  And then, years later, he gave it to Frodo!”

Mairen nodded.  "My Lord, it is nearing the time that the girls will be wanted by their parents for the daymeal, and their naps afterward."

"I see," Denethor replied.  "Very well.  Please tell their parents I have enjoyed visiting with their daughters, and they would be welcome in my presence again."

"Thank you, My Lord," said Mairen.  "Come along, girls."  Megan slid down off of Denethor’s lap and joined her big sister.

"'Bye, Steward Denethor," said Kaylee, with a curtsy.

“'Bye,” Megan added.

He watched the three of them as they left, followed behind by the little dog, Lucy, trotting behind them.

"They are winsome creatures, are they not?" said a voice behind him.

He turned his head.  "Master Radagast!  I did not know you were here."  Denethor was annoyed with himself; people rarely caught him off-guard.

Radagast stood, leaning on his staff.  He chuckled softly.  "I was not here, but now I am.  I very much enjoy the company of the McCloud children and that of their dog, Lucy."

Denethor nodded.  "I have rarely had experience with small children since my own sons grew older, and even more rarely that of little girls; I only saw my niece Lothíriel but twice before she was ten years of age.  I wonder, are these two typical?  They seem to talk a lot and giggle even more."

"I have less experience than you, never having had children of my own, and even less to do with the children of Men.  Yet, I found it very easy to be comfortable with these children.  There is something very charming about them."  He paused.  "It is for their sakes that I am here.  When I encountered them in the North, I was quite taken by them.  I have lived with only the companionship of the creatures of the earth and the birds of the air for much longer than I should have done.  It made me forget my reasons for being here.”  A shadow crept into the wizard’s eyes.  “I should have been with Gandalf in his many endeavours to help Men and Elves in their fight against Sauron, yet I hid away in Rhosgobel with my animals, instead.  If both of us had been in the fight, perhaps we would have seen Saruman's betrayal sooner.  Perhaps we could have put an end to Sauron sooner if I had been of more help."  He gave Denethor a rueful smile.  "At least I was able to be of use in the end, sending Gwaihir with news to Gandalf, who was then able to rescue him from Saruman's tower.  And traveling with the McClouds, I was able to be of help in the siege of Lothlórien and the downfall of Dol Guldûr."

"Ah, yes!  Lord Glorfindel told me that the Elven realm was able to fend off multiple attempts by the enemy."  

Radagast nodded.  "There were three direct encounters upon the borders of the Golden Wood.  I also served as messenger between Lord Celeborn and Thranduil, the Elven-king of Mirkwood.  Little enough it was, considering all the time I have been this side of the Sea.  But I will have much work ahead of me, for now that the Enemy has fallen, I must also help in the restoration of the harm Sauron has caused to the world.  That was my charge from the Lady Yavanna Kementári."

The wizard turned his eyes to the sky, where a swoop of swifts was wheeling in the sky, diving and climbing as if in an intricate skybourn dance.  Radagast raised his staff in the air, and one of the birds broke off from its fellows and spun down to perch on the side of the staff.  It turned its head and looked at Radagast with bright black eyes.  "Hello, little one.  I shall not keep you long from your flock.  How do you find the world today?"

It lightly fluttered its wings to maintain its balance on the side of the staff, and poured out a measure of its high-pitched whistling call.

"I see, my dear.  Well, be off with you, then."  He raised his staff and gave it a flick; the bird launched itself into the air, and soon was lost amid the rest of its kind.  The swoop gave one more swirl above their heads and quickly vanished to the North.

Denethor had watched in awe at Radagast's conversation with the little bird.  "What did it say to you?"

"She said the sky was cleaner and smelled better now, and she would be glad to have her eggs hatch into such a nice sky."  He paused.  "At least that was the gist of it; birds really don't have words as do we, save for the Great Eagles and the occasional wise old Raven."

Denethor gave some thought to their conversation, as Radagast stood calmly near him, not interrupting his thoughts.  "You said, 'this side of the Sea' and your ‘reasons for being here’.  Would I be correct to conclude that you were sent here by the Powers in the West?"

"I will not deny it," was the answer.  "Yet I may not speak of that more."  His gaze was both serious and sad.

"I see," said Denethor.  "May I ask you this: How is it that Saruman became a traitor?  As my father—and even I—knew him, he was supposed to be the leader of the wizards, and enemy to Sauron.  Why did he ally with Mordor?"

Radagast had been standing, but now he came and sat upon the bench.  "I have been asking that myself.  He was always prideful, and I do not believe that the alliance was a true one.  He would have wished to supplant Sauron and rule all himself.  Of course, Sauron would have been too strong for him even without the Ring, though if Saruman could have gained it for himself, he might have triumphed for a while.  Yet we could not see any treachery in him, Gandalf and I—he was supposed to be our leader and our friend, and he was the first to be chosen by the Valar.  We never thought he could ever do something like that until the day came that he betrayed Gandalf.  And he used me to do it.”  He shook his head sorrowfully.  “He summoned me with a flight of his crebain…”

-oo000oo-

Radagast looked up at the immense black tower.  It had been long since he had been there.  Saruman seldom summoned him, and he treated Radagast with thinly veiled contempt on the rare occasions when he was in the Head of his Order's presence.  It did not really bother him except when he was actually in Saruman's presence.  But it was quite intimidating when Saruman gazed down his nose at him.

Saruman came to escort him through the gates.  "You took your time in getting here, Radagast.  My message was an urgent one."

"I am sorry, Saruman.  It is a long trek from Rhosgobel.  I have not been on a journey of any sort in a long time."  

"Well, at least I can find you when I wish to.  You are nearly always in Rhosgobel or its environs.  Gandalf is far more difficult to find.  One never knows where he might be, although he does make frequent journeys to the Shire.  I have reason to believe he may be there, or near there, now, and I have a message to deliver—one that may not simply be entrusted to a bird or other beast."

They were entering Orthanc now, and Saruman sat down upon a rather elaborate throne-like chair, and once more was looking down his nose.  Radagast had never thought much about it before, but it was an extraordinarily long and straight nose.  Saruman did not invite his fellow wizard to sit, though there were a couple of empty seats in his presence.

"There is dire news, indeed, Radagast: ‘The Nine are abroad again.  They have crossed the River secretly and are moving westward.  They have taken the guise of riders in black.’"

Radagast's heart thudded in his chest.  "The Nazgûl?" he squeaked.  Even for a member of the Heren Istarion, that was terrifying.  The powers that the Nazgûl had learned through the dark means of necromancy over the years, and their very close connection with Sauron himself through their Nine Rings, made them nothing to take lightly.  Straightening his back, he took a deep, slow breath and nodded.  "I understand.  What would you have me do?"

"Begin your search to the north and west, toward that land of the Shire.  Make all haste.  Tell him also wherever they go, the Riders are asking for news of a land called Shire."

Radagast nodded.  "Very well, then, Saruman, I shall do your errand.  It will at least be good to see Gandalf once more."

"If you say so.”  Saruman shrugged.  “Tell him also that if he feels the need, I will help; but he must seek my aid at once, or it will be too late."  The White Wizard paused.  "Urge haste upon him—he must not stop anywhere, but come straight to Isengard if he expects to be in time to prevent them from finding him first.  If you have not found him before Midsummer, it may be too late."

"As you wish."  Radagast turned and left immediately.

But the truth about himself, one that Radagast knew well, was that haste was rarely in his power.  His journeys were almost always rather meandering.  Possibly he would have travelled more swiftly with his rabbit sledge, but he had left them on the eastern side of the Anduin.  It was easier for them to make their way home that way.

North and west, he headed.  He spoke to a horse on the plains of Rohan, who agreed to carry him.  He then found himself side-tracked by the Forest of Fangorn.  He had hoped for a few words with Fangorn himself, and perhaps to get some directions, but had no luck in encountering the old Ent.  He did spend a few restorative days with Bregalad, a younger Ent, whose acquaintance he had made at one time.  But young Quickbeam knew little of the ways of Men or Elves.  So, he had followed the River Isen to the Greenway.  There he travelled up the remains of the old road, hoping he would soon find "Shire".

One day, Radagast had stopped, tired of riding, especially since the horse was not much of a conversationalist, and sorely tempted.  His errand would have long since been over if he had simply sent a bird after Gandalf, after all.  It would have been far quicker if Saruman had not been so insistent that he deliver the message himself.  He set his horse to grazing, and sat upon a rock to consider his ways when he looked up at the sound of footsteps.

"Radagast!"

“Gandalf!" he cried. "I was seeking you.  But I am a stranger in these parts.  All I knew was that you might be found in a wild region with the uncouth name of Shire."

“Your information was correct," Gandalf replied.  "But do not put it that way, if you meet any of the inhabitants.  You are near the borders of the Shire now.  And what do you want with me?  It must be pressing.  You were never a traveller, unless driven by great need."

"I have an urgent errand.  My news is evil."  Radagast looked about.  No one knew better than he that the birds and beasts were not all so innocent as they might seem.  "Nazgûl,” he whispered.  “The Nine are abroad again.  They have crossed the River secretly and are moving westward.  They have taken the guise of riders in black."

Gandalf gave Radagast an alarmed look.  Radagast nodded.

"The enemy must have some great need or purpose," said Radagast; "but what it is that makes him look to these distant and desolate parts, I cannot guess."

"What do you mean?"  

"I have been told that wherever they go the Riders ask for news of a land called Shire."

"The Shire.  Who told you, and who sent you?" Gandalf asked sharply.

“Saruman the White," answered Radagast.  "And he told me to say that if you feel the need, he will help; but you must seek his aid at once, or it will be too late."

"I will go to Saruman," Gandalf said.

"Then you must go now," said Radagast; "for I have wasted time in looking for you, and the days are running short.  I was told to find you before Midsummer, and that is now here.  Even if you set out from this spot, you will hardly reach him before the Nine discover the land that they seek.  I myself shall turn back at once."   

His errand concluded, Radagast mounted, and was about to ride off, when Gandalf said, "Stay a moment!”  He raised his hand to get Radagast’s attention.  “We shall need your help, and the help of all things that will give it.  Send out messages to all the beasts and birds that are your friends.  Tell them to bring news of anything that bears on this matter to Saruman and Gandalf.  Let messages be sent to Orthanc."

Radagast nodded.  "I will do that."  He galloped off at top speed.

Radagast made for the Old Forest, speaking to the birds and other creatures with instructions to tell him of any strange occurrences.  Then he had a brief visit with old Bombadil and his lovely Lady, exchanging the news.  He thought little of the matter as he headed back to Rhosgobel.  But one day, as he journeyed near the Anduin, an old raven encountered him near the Carrock, with news from Thranduil, Lord of Mirkwood.  A dangerous prisoner had escaped, a strange being called "Gollum", who was known to be a dangerous creature, a cannibal, and a thief. 

That was certainly dire news, and it seemed to him it might mean that it was connected to other evil things that were happening.  He sent a call to Gwaihir—if it was truly important, the Great Eagle would come, and so he did…*

-oo000oo-

He turned to Denethor.  "And that was the one useful thing I did.  I do wish I had not taken Saruman at his word.  Yet in his presence, it was always difficult to think ill of him, and there was nothing to show at the time that he had turned traitor.  Even Gandalf did not suspect anything was wrong until he found himself in Saruman's grasp.  And I comfort myself that Gwaihir was able to rescue Gandalf from Saruman's tower."

Denethor had been held by the wizard's story.  So much he had missed, so many comings and goings, when he had been enthralled by the palantír.  He had believed himself to be informed by it of all that was important, yet now he realised that it had withheld much information, but had shown him only what Sauron had wanted him to know.

Radagast stood and took his leave.

Denethor sat, pondering the wizard's story, until he heard Faramir's voice. 

"Father, I am glad to find you here.”  He looked up and gave his second son a warm smile.  He had not appreciated Faramir as he should for many years, and it was not until he had nearly lost him that he had realised this.  The dark thought came to him that had he lost Boromir indeed, he might never have reconciled with Faramir.  With Faramir were the McClouds.

"Good morning, son, Steven and Gail" (for they had insisted that he not be formal with them if they were not in public) "did you simply happen to come here, or were you seeking me out?"

"It was Kaylee who said you might be here, where you were 'playing' with her and Megan and Lucy," Steve said, chuckling.

At this, the Steward threw his head back and laughed aloud, although it did end with a bout of coughing.  He waved his hand in front of his face briefly, as the coughing subsided, and then took up the waterskin the healers had insisted he keep with him at all times.  A sip of water and a few breaths, and he said, "Well, I would have said, rather, that they were keeping me entertained."  He laughed again, not quite so heartily, lest he set the coughing off again.  "So, then, you were seeking me out with intent.  How may I help you?"

Gail spoke first.  "Each year in the spring," (for they had decided not to mention Easter.  It would invite more questions than they could answer easily) "it is a tradition in our family to find a good work of some kind that we can do as a family, which would help our community and other people.  We will soon be reunited with all of our children, and thought perhaps there was something here we could do when the rest of our children join us.  Steve and I would like to show our thankfulness to your city, for all you did for our children before we arrived."

Steve nodded, and added, "When we were touring your City, Faramir here showed us the new orphanage that’s being prepared for all the war orphans, and we wondered if our help in that endeavour would be welcomed, and if it would be, just who we need to speak to, in order to find out what sort of help the whole family—including Kaylee and Megan—could give.  Or if not, find out if there are other things we could do to be helpful.”

"What sorts of works have you done in the past?" the Steward asked.

"Well, one year," said Steve, " we helped out at a public park, where we spent the day helping to remove litter from the ground and helped to plant some flowers.  For two years, we helped out in getting some food to donate to a place which serves free meals to the poor.  And last year, we collected clothing to donate to a family whose home had burned down.  And on all of those occasions, our children helped us out."

Denethor found himself touched at their proposal, and found himself amazed by their land, in which such things were done.  Minas Tirith had no public parks, and though private individuals gave alms to the poor, there were no such organized efforts.  And here, the McClouds were, after all, complete strangers, and their offer was incredibly generous and selfless.  He said so.

Steve shook his head.  "We simply feel it's the right thing to do, and we try to set a good example for our children."

"Well, your request is easy enough to grant.  The project is being overseen by Princess Linderiel.  I believe it is likely that she would welcome your help, though I know not what things your family could do—being around such construction might be too dangerous for the little girls.  But she will know better than I."  He thought briefly.  "Faramir?  If the orphanage cannot use their help, do you think they could do something at the Houses of Healing?"

"I can check, Father.  I will also take them down to speak with Aunt Linderiel and Lothíriel, who is also helping her mother with the orphanage."  Faramir looked up.  "You have been outside for a long time, from what Baranor told me, Father. I believe that it is time you went indoors. The wind is changing, and it is still early spring—you must not get a chill."

Denethor smiled at his son's care.  "Very well.  I have had a productive day, and you are right.  The Sun has hidden her face behind a cloud now, and the wind is stronger."

Faramir looked at Steve and Gail.  "I will make arrangements for us to see my aunt tomorrow, with your questions," he said, "but now I think I will help my father to return to his chambers."

Steve and Gail politely bid them farewell and walked further into the garden, and Faramir lowered his arm, so that his father could grasp it to rise.

As Denethor and Faramir made their way back into the Citadel, Denethor thought of all he had learned, and decided that the day really had been quite productive, indeed.  The guard followed them back inside discreetly.

-oo000oo-

A/N: Much of the dialogue in the flashback comes from FotR, Book II, Chapter II: "The Council of Elrond".

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

A/N: Dreamflower and KathyG apologize for the lateness of this chapter.  It was a rare occasion of both of us being under the weather at the same time.  We are better now, thank you.  And thank you for your patience.

Chapter 82: Sing the Day

Jennifer woke early the next morning.  She was curled up in her blanket in the wagon.  Next to her were three of the four hobbits.  Merry and Pippin had been given permission to join Frodo and Sam at night on this journey; Sam was sandwiched between Frodo and Pippin.  She looked at the curly heads and realized Merry was not in the little pile of hobbits.

"Jennifer!"  She heard his voice in a low exclamation and glanced up to see him sitting on the driver's seat, half-turned so as to face her.   "Here I am." 

"Where's Kevin?" she asked.

"Well, he was asleep under the waggon, since I took over his watch, but now he's gone off to find us all some breakfast." 

Jennifer nodded.  "Okay, well, I am going to freshen up, and I'll see if I can catch up to him and help him carry stuff."  She scooted carefully to the back of the waggon.  She didn't want to wake the rest of the hobbits up. There she sat up and slipped on her shoes, and then she ran her fingers over the braids fastened at the crown of her head.  She was glad she had pinned them up well, as trying to comb them out and re-do them every morning as they travelled would be a pain.  

Looking around, she tried to see where everything was.  It had been dark when they had stopped for the night, so she had not really been able to do that at the time.  She took herself off to find a place to relieve herself and wash up—trying to spot the little tented cubicle usually set up for the female healers and apprentices.  She soon spotted it.  Thank goodness it isn't far off.

The caravan had not stopped last night until moonrise.  Once they had finished supper and settled down for the night, Jennifer had kept thinking about her parents and little sisters.  I can’t wait to see them! she had kept thinking while waiting for sleep to come.  It’s been so long since any of us have seen Mom and Dad and Megan; it’s even been a long time since we last saw Kaylee.  I am so glad she was in Rivendell when they arrived!  At least, that way, she got to be reunited with them first.  She missed them so much.  We all did, but it was hardest on Kaylee.

Once she had finished washing her face and hands, she headed off in the direction of where the food was.  She could smell it cooking.

-oo000oo-

Kevin was glad he wasn't having to juggle anything to drink.  The waggon had its own small barrel of drinking water, so that was fine.  He had one of his gloves on to carry the little cauldron of hot pease porridge, but it was hard to carry with one hand, as he had to concentrate on not dropping the small loaf of brown bread wrapped in a clean linen napkin which he had in the other.

So many things I'd rather have for breakfast than thick pea soup.  He rolled his eyes at the thought.  It's not that I hate it or anything, but I'd rather not have it for breakfast.  I'd give a lot for an Egg McMuffin instead.  Or a sausage and biscuit.

"Kevin!  Wait up!"

It was Jennifer's voice.  He stopped at once and looked around.  There she was!  "Hey, Jen!" he called.

She walked up to him.  "Could you use an extra hand?" she asked, looking amused.

He handed her the bread, and so was able to use both hands to carry the cauldron. He put his left hand beneath the right, as he didn't have his left glove on.  "Thanks, sis," he said.

"No problem.  We have four hungry hobbits to feed.  Do you suppose there will be enough for us?"  She giggled.

"Maybe one or two bites," he said.  "Although if it was something besides pease porridge, I might fight them for more."

"You'd probably lose.  Never come between a hobbit and his food!"  

Kevin laughed out loud.  "I shouldn't complain.  It's not that bad, just…"

"...not for breakfast," Jennifer completed his sentence.  "But it's better than nothing.  And the bread really smells good."

By that time, they had reached the waggon, and found all of the hobbits awake and awaiting first (and only) breakfast.

-oo000oo-

Joey could feel his body ache as he stretched.  He had become used to sleeping on a cot or a bed after they had come to Minas Tirith, and even in Cormallen, he'd had a camp cot.  But they wouldn't be putting up tents or camp beds on this brief journey; even the wounded were sleeping in the waggons.  The only pavilion that was up was the mess tent, and it would come down easily enough.  So, he and Boromir were sleeping on the ground in their blankets, just as they had on the journey from Rivendell. 

He knew it would be cold once he sat up and dropped the blankets, but he did so anyway, and shuddered as he stretched once more, to ease the soreness away.  He slipped on his shoes, and then stood up and grabbed his blanket, and wrapped it close around him.  He spotted the watch fire nearby, where a couple of Guardsmen who were on duty stood, and shuffled over.  There was a small barrel of fresh water there.  He grabbed the dipper that hung at the barrel's edge, and took a swallow, and then poured the rest of the water in it over his head, neck, and hands, spluttering and shivering.

He heard the guards chuckling.  "Good morning, Joey," said one of them.

"Good morning, Artamir," he replied.  "Was everything okay last night?"

The other Guardsman, Borondir, answered.  "Everything was, as you say, Oh-Kay," he said, chuckling.  Joey blushed.  The Gondorians had picked up on that word, and he had even heard them using it among themselves a time or two.  He wasn't entirely sure if that was a good thing or not.  But he didn't think it would change the past or anything.

He nodded at them and, still wrapped in the blanket, went back over to put on his tunic and his cloak.  Then he turned and softly said, "Lord Boromir?"  He had learned long before not to approach either Boromir or Aragorn or Gimli too suddenly when they were sleeping.  All had told him that they might lash out if they were startled out of sleep.  Legolas, however had just laughed when he heard that—Joey had never caught Legolas sleeping, ever—even though he knew he had to sleep sometimes.

It was enough.  Boromir opened his eyes and sat up.  "Good morning, Joey.  How are you, this morning?"

"Just fine, sir.  I can go get us some breakfast, if you want," he offered.

"That is quite all right, lad.  The bread smells good even from here.  Just bread, I think, and if they have it, small beer.  Otherwise, I shall make do with the water."

"Yes, sir."  Joey trotted off in the direction of the smell of fresh bread.

He just got bread for himself as well.  He wasn't too fond of pease porridge for breakfast, and besides it would be hard to carry back.  There was no small beer available this morning, so his liege would indeed have to make do with water.  Joey confessed to himself that breakfast time was often when he missed home the most.  Sometimes it seemed really weird what Middle-earth people thought was good for breakfast.  Of course, from his conversations with the hobbits, they thought things like Cheerios or Pop Tarts sounded weird to them, but he wouldn't mind having either of them right now.

But Boromir was glad of the bread, though disappointed about the small beer.  "But that is no fault of yours, Joey.  I did not consider that it would have been that much more to take out and put away.  I will not ask for it again until we are set up in Osgiliath."

"It's no big deal, sir.  They didn't get upset when I asked, just said it was too hard to get at, this morning."  Joey was rolling up his blanket and packing the rest of his stuff in his backpack.  Their gear would be put in one of the waggons, since Boromir and Joey rode Hrimfax bareback.

They were almost ready to head out.  Pippin came trotting up, slightly out of breath.  "Oh, good!  Gandalf's not here yet, so I'm not late," for Pippin would ride with Gandalf.  "Oh, Joey—Kevin and Jennifer said to tell you hello."

"Thanks," Joey said.  He felt the teensiest bit left out since Kev and Jen got to be together, but at the same time he felt very grown up.  He had a job, to take care of Boromir, and it was important.  After all, Lord Boromir was the Captain-General of the Gondorian army, and only the King and the Steward were more important than that.

"Would you like to stay at their waggon tonight, Joey?" Boromir asked.

"No, thank you, sir; I belong here."  He smiled up at his boss.  Boromir probably knew he missed being with Kevin and Jennifer.  But he was going to stick to his duty.

"Very well, then."

Pippin grinned at him.  "I know Boromir lent me out only for Frodo's sake, Joey!  Frodo and Sam need Merry and me to take care of them when we can."

Joey nodded.  "I know, Pip.  Oh—look!  Here's Gandalf!"

Gandalf rode up on Shadowfax, and reached down a long arm to Pippin, sweeping the hobbit up in front of him.  Boromir picked Joey up and put him upon Hrimfax's back, before mounting himself.  Then they set off in a slow walk to join Aragorn, Éomer, Prince Imrahil and his sons, Halbarad, Elladan and Elrohir, and Legolas and Gimli, and others of the Captains who were riding in the van.

Thinking about that, Joey giggled.  The others glanced at him.  "What amuses you, Joey?" Boromir asked.

"Well, um…"  Joey tried to think how to explain it so that it would not cause too many questions.  "It's just that in my own country, 'van' means something different."

"Like what, Joey?" Pippin asked.  "Is it something you can't really explain, like ‘teevee’?"

"Well, here, 'van' means the people riding in front of the army.  But back home, it's something you ride in.  It's kind of like a waggon, but it's enclosed and big and stuff."  He thought for a moment, and then remembered something.  "Sometimes people used to paint them with designs.  My grandpa said he once had a van that had flowers and stuff painted all over it.  But they don't do that anymore."  He gave a sigh.  He'd seen a picture of what Grandpa called his old "hippy van", and it seemed a shame nobody did that anymore.

"Oh," Pippin said.  "That sounds like a tinker's caravan!  Up north, I mean.  They are house waggons, all bright and colourfully painted.  Tinkers drive them—Big Folk, mostly, but sometimes Dwarves."

"What's a tinker?" asked Joey.

"They sell small household things, like needles and pins and such, and they can repair pots and pans and sharpen knives.  Every once in a while, one will come through the Shire."  Pippin paused.  "Well, they used to.  It's been ever so long since one's been there—I think the last time I saw one was before Cousin Bilbo went away."

Gandalf nodded sadly.  "Things were growing more dangerous upon the road, and the Enemy's spies were everywhere.  But perhaps that will change now."  He sped Shadowfax to a trot, as they were nearing the others.

There wasn't much chance for talking now; they were soon lined up at the front, and they all headed on the way.  The horses were walking, but there were so many that between their hoofbeats, the rumbles of the waggons, and the marching of the soldiers behind them, conversation would be difficult at best.

They would be mostly just riding all day, Joey knew, with just very brief stops to rest the horses, and sometimes the riders would dismount and walk around a bit while the horses rested.  And as the hours passed, they did.  Sometimes Joey took a drink from his waterskin—he was getting pretty good at not dribbling it down his neck.  Around noon, there were helpers from the cook's waggon passing out little hand-held meat pies meant to serve as lunch.  Sometimes, Joey still missed beef—a meat pie with beef would have been delicious!  Preferably ground beef.  But there was no beef in the camp, just what meat the warriors found when they went hunting.  Joey was never sure what kind of meat was in the food.  The stews and meat pies were good, but all of it had that gamey taste, like when Dad, Kevin, and Uncle Ryan brought venison back from hunting.

There were hours and hours of nothing to do except think or fall asleep. Joey did nod off a few times, but mostly he was just thinking.  I wonder what Mom and Dad are doing, he thought.  And how long it’s going to be till we’re back with them!  I miss Mom and Dad.  I wish I could tell my friends at home about all this, and introduce Bergil and Sador to them!

Joey spent some time wondering what his parents and little sisters were doing, now that they were in Minas Tirith.  Were they out sightseeing?  Shopping?  Eating out?  Had they eaten at The Golden Cockerel?  Pippin had treated him and Bergil to lunch there once, the very day it had opened.  The food was very good.  Maybe they could all eat there again, when they were back with their parents.  Too bad there were no zoos or amusement parks in Minas Tirith!

I can’t wait to see them again!  He smiled at the prospect.  Eventually, he fell into a sort of half-doze.  He wasn't totally asleep, but his eyes closed, and the sounds around him were pleasantly fuzzy.

He blinked and opened his eyes.  They had stopped.  "Why are we stopping, Bor—I mean, sir?"

Boromir chuckled.  "We are stopping while we still have nearly an hour of Sun left.  It will make it easier to set the camp up."

Joey wriggled a bit and stretched, as he knew that they would soon dismount.  "My butt is numb!" he said.

Now Boromir laughed outright.  "Only to be expected, Joey!  We have been riding for a very long time."

Once both of them had their feet on the ground, Joey rubbed his hips and stamped his feet.  This sure isn’t like going on long car trips! he thought wryly.  But at least it's better than the trip from Rohan to Gondor.  Boy, was I sore after that!  After he’d had a few minutes to get his legs to cooperate, Boromir looked down at him.

"I shall need to go and hear the scouts' reports and speak with the other captains.  Take you the time to seek out your brother and sister.  You may stay with them to take your evening meal.  Afterward, you will find me at the fire with Lord Elessar and Gandalf and the others."

Smiling, Joey gave a little bow.  "Thank you, sir."  He set off to the back of the caravan, back to where he could see the waggons of the wounded being parked.  Is parked the right word if it’s not cars? he wondered.

He ran a little, as he spotted Kevin's waggon near the front.  Kevin was busy unhitching Bron and the other horse from the waggon, and Joey could see Frodo and Sam in the back, sitting up, but there was no sign of Jennifer.

"Hey, Kevin!"

Kevin glanced over.  "Joey!  Good to see you, bro!"

Joey gave his older brother a brief hug and asked, "Where's Jen?"

"Some of her stuff's still back in one of the other waggons, and she wanted to talk to her friends, and to check if she was needed by any of the healers.  We didn't know you'd be showing up.  But she should be back shortly."

"That's okay.  Lord Boromir said as I could spend part of the evening with you guys."

Kevin laughed.  "You've been hanging around hobbits too long!  You said, 'said as I'!  You sounded like Sam!"

Joey stared at him.  "I did?"  He shook his head.  "Oh, well.  I heard some of the guards say 'okay' yesterday.  You don't suppose that will mess up the future, do you?"

Kevin briefly looked startled, and then shook his head.  "No, I don't think it will."  He paused. "Maybe we should ask Gandalf, though."

"All right."  Joey was a little leery now of saying "okay".  He bit his lower lip.  I sure hope it won’t!  Out loud, he added, “We need to get back home before we forget how to talk properly altogether!”

"I think you speak properly."

Kevin and Joey both were startled, as they turned and spotted Frodo and Sam standing right behind them.

"Um, thank you, Frodo…"  Joey blushed and wondered how much of the conversation they had heard.

Kevin had finished unhitching Bron, and now he was starting on the other horse.  Sam came to help him.  "Thanks, Sam.  I'm going to walk them down to the riverbank for a drink and let them graze a little bit on the grass there."

"I'll help you," the gardener said.  He took the reins of the other horse—no one had told them its name—while Kevin led Bron.

Frodo and Joey talked a while, and then they were joined by Jennifer.  She bent over and gave Joey a big hug, after slinging her pack into the back of the waggon.  "Good to see you, Joey!  I kind of missed you last night."

Joey nodded, but said, "Well, it's my job to stay with Boromir.  But he said I could spend part of the evening with you guys.  Can you stay, or do you have to go help the healers tonight?"

“That’s great.”  Jennifer smiled.  "No, I don't have to go back; they want me to stick with Frodo and Sam for now.  Maybe we can have devotions tonight, together.  We didn't get to, last night."

Frodo looked at them.  "That's the time you spend together, to speak of your Holy Book and to sing together."

Jennifer looked surprised.  "I didn't know anyone had noticed."

Frodo laughed.  "Everyone has noticed.  We think it is a lovely custom, and must lend you comfort so far away from your home and family."

Soon Kevin and Sam returned from the riverbank with the horses, and they were joined by Merry and Pippin, as well as Legolas and Gimli. 

Legolas had with him a big fat duck he had brought down.  "Samwise, I come bearing a gift!" he called as they approached.  "Do you think that with a bit of fire, you could conjure some of your hobbit magic?"

All four of the hobbits looked quite excited, and Sam was quick to take possession of the Elf's offering.  "Mr. Merry, while I was down to the bank to water the horses, I saw some cattails and some wild onion, and such.  Greens are a-coming up, too, watercress and sorrel and dock, and maybe I saw some water chestnuts."

Merry grinned.  "Come on, then, Pip!  Do you want to come too, Joey?"  With a grin, Joey nodded, and the three of them trotted off towards the riverbank.

Jennifer went to fetch some clean drinking and cooking water, and to get some bread from the mess tent; by the time she returned, Sam had the bird nearly cleaned and dressed, and Frodo had devised a makeshift spit over the small cooking fire Gimli had laid.  Gimli also presented Sam with a small cooking pot.

"Where did you get that, Master Gimli?" Sam asked.  He still felt bad about his pots he’d had to throw away in Mordor.

"It was a broken helm I found near the battlefield, laddie.  It took but a few hammer-blows to turn it into a small pot."  The Dwarf tried to look modest, and Kevin and Jennifer exchanged knowing grins.

The three foragers soon returned with several cattails, and Joey had pulled up his tabard and tied it into a makeshift pouch for the edible greens they had found, which had indeed included wild onions and some water chestnuts, as well as several kinds of greens that Sam recognized.  Soon the duck was turning on the spit, the cattails were roasting in the embers, and the onions, water chestnuts, and greens were stewing away in the little pot.  Before long, the seven of them were enjoying their small feast.  Passers-by gave envious sniffs, but did not intrude on them.  A few other groups had also done something similar.  Joey could smell fish cooking several yards away.

They made a merry meal.  "Too bad Strider and Gandalf and Boromir aren't here," said Sam.  "I don't expect there's finer fare among the Captains."

"No," said Frodo with a smile, "I don't expect there is."  

It wasn't long until their unexpected duck dinner was consumed.  Sam banked their little fire, and they sat back to enjoy the warmth and light in the growing twilight as it settled into night.

Kevin looked at his brother and sister.  This was usually about the time that the three of them usually managed to get alone together to have their devotions.  Kevin caught Jennifer's eye, and then she looked across the fire at the others, and slightly shook her head.  They'd be rude if they just up and left.  Joey glanced at both his older brother and sister, looking a little confused.  Kevin sighed.  What should they do?

Just then Frodo glanced at his cousins, and then Legolas and Gimli.  "Why don't we go for a walk?"

Now Kevin realized that their expressions hadn't gone unnoticed, and felt bad—what if they'd hurt their friend's feelings?  Should he protest, or something?

This time, it was Legolas who spoke.  "Kevin, if you wish to have your time with just your family, we shall gladly take ourselves for a brief walk.  But I, for one, find myself curious.  Often, I have overheard your singing and some of your speech among yourselves.  If you do not think it would be an intrusion, we…"  He stopped and glanced at all the others, and he saw anticipation in their eyes.  "...would enjoy staying with you.  We shall not often find a chance to be together this way for much longer." 

Joey looked at his brother and sister.  "It's okay with me," he said.

Kevin nodded, and Jennifer said, "Me, too."  

Pippin laughed.  "Now, that wasn't so hard, was it?"

Kevin grinned and held his hand out to Jennifer, who took Joey's hand.  Then, hesitating only briefly, Kevin held his other hand out to Gimli, who sat on his other side.  Legolas took Gimli's hand and then the hobbits each took a hand, ending when Pippin offered his other hand to Joey.

Kevin bowed his head.  "Lord, thank You for our friends who have joined us tonight.  Please guide us in what to say.  In Your holy name, amen."  He knew he didn’t have the option of saying “In Jesus’s name” as he and his siblings usually did.  He looked up and searched his mind for an appropriate Bible verse.  "Friend," he said.  "‘Faithful are the wounds of a friend; but the kisses of an enemy are deceitful.  Proverbs 27, verse 6."  He looked at Jennifer.

She closed her eyes and searched her memory.   “Hmm.”   She sat for a moment, thinking, and then a verse came to her.  "‘Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends.’  John 15, verse 13."

It was Joey’s turn.  Furrowing his brow, he sat for a long moment, biting his lower lip.  At last, his eyes lit up.

“I know!  I know of a good one.”  Smiling, he recited, "‘A man who has friends must himself be friendly, But there is a friend who sticks closer than a brother.’  Proverbs 18—um...24, I think.  Verse 24.”  He grinned at their guests.  “That sure describes you guys!”

"Thank you," said Frodo, smiling.  "You learned those words from your Holy Book.  I am sorry that you had to leave it behind," he added.

Kevin nodded.  "It was hard to leave it, but I’m glad we tried to learn lots of it by heart before we left Rivendell, and again while we were in Lothlórien.  And I can always get a new one when we get back home.  But I am sorry to lose that one."

“Well, don’t forget, we left mine in Rivendell, and Joey left his back home,” Jennifer reminded him.   “You can share mine until we get home.”  

Kevin smiled.  “Thanks, Jen.”

"Your book is full of wisdom, as I have heard," said Legolas.

"It guides us," Jennifer said.  "It has the answer to most any problem."  Kevin nodded agreement.

Joey laughed and began to sing:

"Bind us together, Lord
Bind us together

With cords that cannot be broken.

Bind us together, Lord,

Bind us together,

Bind us together with love."*

Kevin and Jennifer nodded, and the three of them repeated the song, and then again, when all of the others joined in.  They knew this one well, as at their church, it ended nearly every service.  Very often, the congregation also sang “The Family of God.”

When they finished, Kevin said, "I know one!"  He looked at his brother and sister.  "Just the first verse, so they can join in."  He started the song, and Jennifer and Joey joined in. And once more the others joined in on the third repeat.

For I'm part of the family
The family of God.

 

“You will notice we say brother
And sister 'round here.
It's because we're a family,
And these folks are so near.
When one has a heartache,
We all share the tears
And rejoice in each victory
In this family so dear..."
**

There was a brief silence, and then Pippin began to softly sing.  The others soon joined in, as it was something he had sung during their journey from Rivendell.  

"When night is longest,

When dark is strongest

We set candles burning

To wait for Sun’s returning.

To hope and home and hearth we hold,

Shutting out the dreary cold.

At this time when year has turned,

We think of all we’ve done and learned,

And look unto the coming days.

A song of light and hope we raise:

No night is so long,

No dark is so strong,

To dim the light of Stars above,

Or overcome the might of love."***

"I know it's a Yule song, but it does rather feel as if the year has turned again, you know," Pippin murmured.  The others just nodded.

Then Legolas, too, began to sing.  The song was in Elvish, and the others just listened quietly to his voice, so clear and ethereal.

"Á laita Ilúvatar!  Eru Ilúvatar!  Eru i or ilyë mahalmar eä tennoio!..."#As he continued singing, the others found themselves drifting into the song, as they sometimes had in the Hall of Fire in Rivendell.

As the Elf finished, Kevin noticed that Joey had nodded off, and he was feeling quite sleepy himself.  He nudged his little brother and told him softly, "Hey, buddy, you need to wake up.  You have to go back to Lord Boromir…", but his nudge did no good.

"That is not a problem, Kevin," Legolas said.  "Since it was my singing that put him to sleep, I will carry him back to the officers’ encampment."

Jennifer smoothed her little brother's hair.  "Thank you, Legolas," she said.  She kissed Joey on top of his head and then moved so that Legolas could bend down and pick him up.

After they watched Legolas and Gimli walk off carrying the slumbering ten-year-old, Pippin offered to take the first watch, since Kevin and Merry had shared the watch the night before.  Kevin took his blankets and made himself a pallet beneath the wagon, and Jennifer, Frodo, Sam, and Merry all crawled back into the waggon and made themselves comfortable.

As she drifted off to sleep, Jennifer silently prayed, Thank you, Lord, for a good day with friends and family.  It was nice to share a little bit of You tonight, even if You aren't ready for them to know everything.  We are going to miss them a lot when we go home.  That was a nice hymn Legolas sang… but she fell asleep before she could say "amen".

-oo000oo-

A/N: *The hymn, "Bind Us Together, Lord," was written by Bob Gilman, 1973, copyright holder ThankYou Music; **"The Family of God" is by Bill and Gloria Gaither, 1970, copyright William J. Gaither, Inc.

***Pippin's song was an original by Dreamflower, and first appeared in her story, "To Wait for Sun's Returning," written for Cathleen in 2008, for the lotr_community's Yule Fic Exchange.

[#There is actually no rest of the song.  The line appeared in a poem, "I: Like Inspiring Ilúvatar," written by Dreamflower for the 2007 Back to Middle-earth Month Alphabet Challenge.  The phrase was "Praise Iluvatar!  The One Iluvatar!  The One who is above all thrones forever!”,and was kindly translated for me into Quenya by the late Fiondil.]


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 83: Can't Do Nuthin' Right, Part 1

It was early afternoon when there was a knock at the door of their guest quarters.  "Come in," Steve called.

It was Ondahir.  "Master McCloud, Lord Faramir has told me that he has made arrangements for you and your wife to go and speak to Princess Lindiriel this afternoon.  If you are available, I will escort you both to her home.  Lord Faramir would do so, but he has to attend a council meeting with the Steward this afternoon."

Gail looked up from where she sat.  "What about the girls?" she asked.  "Mairen's just put Megan down for a nap."

Kaylee, who had been playing on the floor with Lucy, also looked up.  "Daddy!  You promised!  You promised we could take Lucy outside!"

Steve looked at Gail, and both sighed.  "Kaylee, sweetheart," Gail said, "talking to the Princess is important.  Maybe we can walk Lucy later, after we get back."

Kaylee's face fell, and tears welled up in her eyes.  It was hard to be cooped up.  She couldn't just run outside to the backyard to play anytime she wanted to, and she had really looked forward to walking outside with Lucy and her daddy.

"How about this, then?" Steve said.  "You’re a big girl now.  I think maybe you could walk Lucy.  You have to stay near the Citadel, or maybe even go to the Houses of Healing's garden.  But that's all.  And you have to take good care of Lucy."

Kaylee jumped up and grinned.  "I could do that!  I am a big girl now!  And Lucy will mind me."

"All right," her mother said.  "Let's get you ready.  Go get your cloak!"

Kaylee instantly darted into the room she shared with Megan and Mairen, and came dashing out with the grey cloak she had been given in Lothlorien.  Gail helped her into it and fastened it at her throat with the small leaf brooch that had come with it.  "There you are, sweetie."  She kissed Kaylee on the forehead.  "Now, take Lucy, and be a good girl!"

"I will, Mommy!"  She turned around and called out, "Come on, Lucy!"  There was no leash.  Lucy had been trained by Elves and knew to stay with her young mistress, at her heels.

She darted off, waving.  "Bye, Mr. Ondahir!" she said, as she passed him, with Lucy at her side.

The three adults all laughed at her antics, and Ondahir shook his head, smiling.  "Children of that age are always so lively!  How I wish we could keep such liveliness as we grow older."

"Don't we all?"  Steve chuckled.  "Master Ondahir, do we have a few moments to make ourselves presentable before we go to meet the Princess?"

"Yes, of course.  I shall await you here."

Steve and Gail had dressed very informally for the day, as they had made no other plans than walking the dog with Kaylee.  Steve went on into the room he shared with Gail, while Gail took a moment to go speak to Mairen and let her know what was going on.

She found Mairen sitting on a chair next to Megan's bed.  Megan was curled up with her thumb in her mouth, and Mairen was singing softly.

Gail explained what was going on.  "Kaylee should be either on the grounds of the Citadel or the gardens in the Houses of Healing.  If she is not back by the time Megan wakes up in a couple of hours, you might want to go look for her.  She doesn't yet have a good idea of the time.  I don't know how long our meeting with the Princess will go."

"Of course, Gail," the Elf-woman said serenely.  "I will see to it."

-oo000oo-

With Lucy romping at her side, Kaylee hurried down the stairs of the Citadel, waving at the two Guardsmen at the door, who smiled and waved back.  In her belt pouch, she had Lucy's little leather ball.  She took it out and threw it, and Lucy quickly caught it and brought it back.  The two of them played catch in the courtyard for a few minutes, and then they both trotted over to the stables.  The grooms greeted Lucy like an old friend and had smiles and greetings for Kaylee.  But all the horses were out.  Most had gone to the battle, and messages had already been sent out for the day with the few remaining mounts, and none of the messengers had returned yet.

Lucy sniffed her way across the stables to the kennels on the other side, and Lucy watched as she greeted the other dogs with her nose through the kennel fence.  The other dogs wagged their tails, and with Lucy on the other side, they spent time sniffing each other, barking, and running up and down the fence.  Kaylee climbed up to sit on the fence and watched, laughing, until one of the groomsmen came and lifted her down.

"'Tis not a good place to sit, little miss.  You and Lucy should go and play in the gardens on the grass and the pavement; 'tis much too dirty for a little girl here."

"Okay!  Thank you."  Kaylee darted off with a wave, accompanied by Lucy, and gave the groomsman a cheery "Bye!"

She played a little game of hopping from square to square over the stone pavers in the courtyard, as Lucy romped behind her.  When she got to the gate of the Sixth Circle, she decided to go to the Houses of Healing, since she had permission to do so.  The gardens there were larger and more varied than those in the Seventh Circle.  And the flowers and herbs were in nice beds surrounded by low stone walls that were fun to walk on and balance on.  And there were usually gardeners to talk to and ask questions of.  Plus, it smelled really nice now that things were blooming and growing.

She was trying to keep her balance on one of the beds, with her arms held out to the side.  Lucy had darted off momentarily, chasing after a butterfly.  Kaylee turned her head to call Lucy and started to lose her balance.  For a moment, she swayed perilously, but just as she thought she would fall, a strong hand grasped her arm, and helped her down to the grass.  She turned to thank whoever had kept her from falling.

"Ooh!" said Kaylee.  "Thank you…"  She stopped speaking as she glanced at a girl about Jennifer's age.  "Who are you?"

The girl laughed.  "My name is Firieth.  I think I can guess that you are the little sister of Lady Jennifer that I have heard about.  But I do not know your name."

"I'm Kaylee.  How did you know I was Jennifer's sister?"  Kaylee sat down on the stone wall, and the older girl joined her.

"One of Dame Ioreth's errand lads told me that Lady Jennifer's sister was in the city.  His name is Sador."

"Sador was nice!"  Kaylee smiled.  "He rode in the waggon with us when we got here.  He's friends with my brother Joey."

Lucy had come to Kaylee's side, and sat down beneath her feet.  Kaylee reached down and scratched her ears.  "We'll be glad when Jen and Kevin and Joey get back here.  It was sad when we came, and they weren't here.  But the Steward and Far...I mean, Lord Faramir?  Anyway, they were nice to us."

Firieth looked around.  "Are you not usually with the Elf lady?"

"She's with Megan.  That's my other sister; she's only three, and she had to have a nap.  I'm five, and Daddy said I could go out and play if I didn't go any more far away than here."  Kaylee looked at her new friend.  "I'm a big girl now."

Firieth laughed.  "You most certainly are."  She stood up.  "Well, I must not tarry.  I was sent to gather herbs, and I must take them back up to the Houses now."  She reached into the basket and pinched a few leaves.  "Here, have a bit of mint to chew on."  She handed the leaves to Kaylee.  "I am glad that I met you, Lady Kaylee."

Firieth went off, and Kaylee put the herbs in her mouth.  They did taste good, kind of like chewing gum, but not as sweet.  She chewed on them, but decided not to swallow them, and spat them out when she was tired of chewing on them.  Their conversation reminded her of Sador, and she wondered if she could find him somewhere around here.  She jumped up and, calling out, "Come on, Lucy," she trotted off to look for Sador.

Heading into the area where the various buildings were, she tried to remember where she had been told the errand lads were—there!  She saw some steps, and several boys sitting there.  She trotted up to them.  "Hello!  Have you seen Sador?"

The boys were busy playing some sort of game with small stones, but one of them looked up.  "He's just gone to deliver a message.  There he is!"  The boy pointed to a running figure some distance away.

"Sador!" she called.  But he was too far away to hear her.  She started to run after him, and kept on going, not even noticing when he passed under the gateway down to the Fifth Circle.

Kaylee ran as hard as she could, but she never quite caught up to Sador, until he stopped for a moment to wait for a waggon to go by.  She put on a burst of speed, and Lucy raced ahead, barking.  The little dog recognized Sador and stopped by him, wagging her tail.  Sador turned.  "Kaylee!  What are you doing here?"

"I was trying to catch up with you," Kaylee answered, as if it was the most logical thing in the world.

"But why are you alone?"  Sador had never seen her without either her parents or the Elven nursemaid.

"Daddy said I was a big girl and could walk Lucy on my own."  

"Oh.  Well, I have an errand to run to the apothecary on the Fourth Circle."  He looked doubtful.  Was she really supposed to be this far away from the Citadel?  He glanced at her.  "You stick with me, then.  I shall bring you back after my errand."

Kaylee bit her lower lip.  “Can we go back up now?  Daddy said I had to stay at the Citadel or the Houses of Healing.  I’m gonna get in trouble if I don’t go back.”  Her face fell.  "I didn't mean to come so far, but you couldn't hear me."

Sador sighed.  "I must do my errand first, for they need the herbs the apothecary has, since those do not grow in the garden, and the healers need them.  But we are nearly there now, and you can come back with me after."

Kaylee hung her head and scuffled one foot on the ground.  "I didn't mean to be bad.  I just forgot."  Lucy, who had sat down at her feet, sat up and licked her hand.

"Then we should hurry on, and get the herbs, and get back all the sooner, then.  Stay with me."

"Don't go so fast," Kaylee said in a subdued voice.  “I can’t keep up.”

The two walked along the street over the cobblestones, Lucy walking between them obediently.  Kaylee remained downcast, and Sador felt somewhat impatient at having to walk instead of run, as he was accustomed to doing.  But he could never go off and leave a little child alone, especially since she did not know the City well.

Soon they passed under the gate to the Fourth Circle, which was much busier than the upper circles.  Kaylee was starting to get tired, but she did her best not to drag her feet and to stay right by Sador, and Lucy trotted next to her mistress.

"Here we are!" Sador said.

Kaylee looked up in relief at the small building with its single thick diamond-shaped paned window, and she and Lucy followed Sador through the door, which was propped open by a large rock.  As Lucy stood next to her, tail wagging, Kaylee stared around in fascination.   Dried plants hung down in bunches from the rafters, and on one side of the room, shelves were lined with jars of dried herbs and other things she didn't recognize.  Beneath the window, which let in light, but not much of a view, was a table of pots with growing plants.  At a long table in the centre of the room that was covered with all sorts of bottles and funny-looking tools and gadgets, an old man sat.  He was using a mortar and pestle to crush some herbs.  Kaylee remembered the way Bilbo had taught her to crush herbs during her cooking lessons in Rivendell.  The old man looked up when he saw Sador enter, and then stood.

"Good day, Master Apothecary," Sador said.  He reached into his belt pouch, pulled out the list that he had been entrusted with, and held it forth.

"Good day, Sador."  He took Sador's list, and then looked curiously at the boy's companions.  "I see you have brought someone with you?"

"Yes, sir.  This is Miss Kaylee and her dog Lucy.  Her father and mother are guests of the Steward up at the Citadel."

The old man gave a tiny bow.  "I am pleased to meet you, Miss Kaylee."  She smiled up at him.  He then turned his attention to the list, and began going about the room, gathering up what was needed, taking some herbs from here and there and placing them in tiny linen drawstring bags.  He sat down once more and looked at the bags, and then tied cords of different colours around each of the bags, before handing them to Sador to put in his pouch. 

Sador took back the list, which the apothecary had carefully ticked off, and added it back to his pouch as well.  "Thank you, Master Apothecary.  We must be getting back to the Houses of Healing now."

"One moment, Sador."  The old man picked up a jar filled with little round, brown balls.  Removing its top, he held the jar out to the two children.

Sador grinned.  "Horehound drops!  Thank you!"  He reached in and took two, handing one to Kaylee.  She looked up, and seeing her friend pop his into his mouth, she put hers in her mouth as well.  Her eyes lit up with pleasure.  "Ooh!  It tastes kind of like liquorice!"  It was a hard candy, and she knew she would have to suck on it and let it melt in her mouth.

Both children were in a better mood as they left the shop.  The candy was a rare treat.  They started to retrace their steps back to the citadel, when a man in a hurry pushed between them.  Kaylee landed on her hands and knees on the cobbles, and Lucy began to bark.

Kaylee had started to cry, for her knees and hands were scraped by the rough stones.  Sador was helping her up when a loud racket alerted him: a cart was racing down the street.  He gave Kaylee a shove in the other direction, but the back of his heel caught on the street, and he went backwards, wildly waving his arms in an attempt to recover his balance.  The cart rushed past, clipping him with one wheel.  Down he went, and Kaylee began screaming.  Lucy kept barking, and soon a crowd of concerned people were gathering around.  Suddenly, Lucy darted back to where the apothecary was, and went in barking and whimpering, until the alarmed old man followed her out and led her to where the crowd had gathered.

A young woman had knelt beside Sador.  "He lives, but he has hurt his head.  Does anyone know who he is?"

The apothecary nodded.  "His name is Sador.  He is one of the errand lads from the Houses of Healing and the Citadel.  And the little girl is a guest of the Steward."  He turned to a young man, who had been with the young woman.  "Carry him into my shop, that we may get off the street."  He turned to another man.  "Go fetch a member of the Watch.  We need to send word up to the Citadel about this!"

The young man picked up Sador, and the young woman picked up Kaylee, and the two followed them back into the shop.

Kaylee kept on weeping into the shoulder of the young woman who carried her.  "I'm sorry!  I'm sorry!" she repeated, over and over.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 84: Can't Do Nuthin' Right, Part 2

It had only taken half a day of travel the following day for the Army of the West to arrive at the camp at Osgiliath, where the staging area for the crossing of the Anduin would be established.

Everything had been cleared, and the various campsites had been marked off ahead of time by the scouts.  It had not taken terribly long for everyone to be set up for the next several days until they crossed the Anduin and set up one more camp before the coronation of King Elessar.

That evening, the McCloud children had not had a chance to have their family time; Kevin had been assisting in setting up camp, Jennifer had to help with the patients that night, and would not be off until midnight, and Joey was attending Boromir.  There had been no time for talk or for devotions—at least together—and although each of them silently prayed when they could, it was not quite the same.  

Kevin had then gone to the night watch at midnight, tired and a little sad.  As he stood guard, Anborn looked at him.  "Did you ask her yet?" the older Guardsman said.

Kevin blushed.  "Not yet; I've scarcely had a chance to talk to Jen yesterday.”  He recalled his conversation with Anborn...

"You have a sister, do you not, here among the healers?" Anborn had asked.

Kevin's eyes grew wide.  He sure hoped this was not going where he thought it was.

"She has a friend, I noticed.  Tall, wears her hair in a long black braid?  I see her often with your sister.  Do you know her name?"

Kevin let out a breath of relief.  "I know who you mean, Anborn, but I don't know her name.  I can ask Jen what it is.  Do you want me to ask if her friend has a boyfriend?"

"Boyfriend?"  Anborn sounded puzzled, but Eradan chuckled.

"I believe that Kevin means, should he ask his sister if this friend of hers has any attachments.  She might be betrothed, you know…"  Eradan grinned when Anborn blushed.

In a very low voice, Anborn said, "That would be acceptable, Kevin, if you do not mind."

"Sure thing," Kevin said, only too relieved that his friend was not interested in Jen.  His sister was way too young to have an experienced soldier after her!...

Kevin shook the memory out of his thoughts and turned to Anborn.  "I'm sorry, I didn't get to talk to Jennifer yet, Anborn!  But I'm sure I’ll see her today.  I can talk to her then."

Anborn looked disappointed, but said, "That is all right, Kevin.  It is a very busy time, setting up a new encampment.  I shall make the rounds while you watch the fire."

Kevin nodded.  He'd speak to Jen in the morning and get it over with.  He wasn't very comfortable about all this romance stuff.  But Anborn was a good guy, and Lalaith seemed like a nice girl, so it might be good if they got together.    

The next morning, before he went to his own rest, he found Jennifer by the food tents at a table, sipping from a mug of hot tea, the scraps of her breakfast in front of her.  She looked tired.

"You okay, Jen?" he asked as he approached her.

She jumped.  "Kevin!" 

"Sorry, sis, I didn't mean to scare you."

"I know you didn't, that's okay, I'm just tired from working at night.  I'm going to catch some sleep as soon as I'm done with my tea."

Kevin nodded.  He was pretty tired himself after night watch, but he had begun to get used to it to a certain extent. "Uh, listen, sis, I have this friend Anborn, and he wanted me to ask you something."  Kevin blushed.  He was thankful that his sister did not look up and see him blushing. 

She glanced up.  "What does he want to know?"

"It's about your friend, Lalaith."  

Neither brother nor sister saw Lalaith coming up behind them.  She froze at the sound of her name.  "Do you know if she has a boyfriend?  I mean, well, is anyone courting her?"

Lalaith's eyes grew wide, and she turned on her heel and headed back the way she came, her head spinning.  Jennifer's handsome brother was interested in her!

Jennifer looked up.  "Do I know Anborn?"

"I don't think so, Jen.  But he's really a nice guy."

"Well, I can say that she does not have a boyfriend.  She grew up on a farm far from any other families, and since she went to Minas Tirith to get her training as a healer, she has not had any time for guys.  She's kind of a serious person."

"That's good, then," Kevin said.  "I'll let Anborn know.  I'm not cut out for this Cupid stuff."  He blushed again.

Jennifer laughed at him.  "Of course, you aren't!  You're a guy."

Normally he'd object to that, but in this case, it happened to be true.  He stood up and kissed his sister on top of the head.  "Go get some rest, sis.  I'm going to get my breakfast, and then find a place to sleep myself."

He watched as Jennifer went off in the direction of the healers.  They were no longer staying together in the waggon with the hobbits.  He hoped she was able to have a good nap before she had to get to work again.  He got in line to grab some breakfast.  It smelled like frumenty.  That was nice; he had enjoyed having that in Rivendell.  There were bits of dried fruit in it—raisins, maybe, dried apples, and other sorts of fruit.  This was a real treat.  He heard one of the other people in line ask about it.  I’ll have to get their recipe for frumenty while we’re here.  Maybe Mom could make it when we get back home.

"Prince Imrahil, he had some foodstuffs sent up from Dol Amroth for everyone," replied the cook's helper, who was serving.  "That fruit was part of it."

Kevin found a spot to sit, and was surprised when a feminine voice said, "Do you mind if I join you?"

He looked up to see Jennifer's friend, Lalaith.  What luck!  Now he could tell her about Anborn, if he could just find the words to say.

"Uh, sure. You're Jennifer's friend, right?"  He felt really dumb.  He ate some of his food, to hide his embarrassment. 

"Yes, I am.  You are Kevin, right?  My name is Lalaith."

He nodded.  "Jennifer told me your name."

She hung her head and blushed.  "Were you asking about me?"

Here was his chance!  "Er, yes I kind of was.  I have this friend, his name is Anborn, and he sort of wanted to know about you.  Like if you had a, a…"  Kevin tried to think of the right word to use.  They didn't seem to say "boyfriend" here.  "A suitor!  That's what he wanted me to find out!  Anborn wanted to know if you already had a suitor!"  He felt rather pleased with himself that he had gotten his question out.

"Anborn?  Your friend?  Not...oh."  She looked disappointed and embarrassed herself.  "I…I am sorry.  I thought…"  Suddenly she got up and abandoned her breakfast and ran off.

Kevin stared after her, wondering what had gone wrong.  He thought about the conversation, and slowly the light dawned on him.  "Oh, great!  I messed that up.  She thought I was the one who liked her."  He put his hand over his face and moaned.  "What am I going to do now?"

He looked at his breakfast with distaste.  He'd completely lost his appetite.  With a sigh, he left his bowl on the grass and rose to his feet.  Shaking his head, he trudged off.  He didn’t know how to go about fixing the hurt he had inadvertently caused Lalaith.

I don't like her like that, and it wouldn’t be fair of me to encourage her since I don’t!  I don’t want to hurt her, but I do need her to understand that.  But how can I tell her that and not hurt her feelings any more than I already have?  And besides, what about Anborn!  He's the one who likes her, and he's my friend.  How did I get in this mess?  He shook his head and sighed.  He might get mad at me…

He wished he could go talk to Jennifer; she could fix it—but she needed her rest after working at night.  He needed to find somewhere to get some sleep.  He didn't want to encounter Anborn again right now, not after the way he'd messed things up.  

-oo000oo-

Jennifer ambled into the healers’ sleeping tent and, with a yawn, started to spread out her pallet.  She was all set to lie down and get some sleep.

“Lady Jennifer!”

Startled, she straightened up and whirled around.  One of the healers, Adanel, rushed into the tent.  “I am so sorry to hinder your sleep, child, but you are needed in the healers’ tent now.  Falastur is sick, and you are the only apprentice available to take his place.”

With a sigh, Jennifer looked longingly at her pallet and turned to face Adanel.  “All right.  Show me where I’m needed.”  Yawning again, she followed her friend out of the sleeping tent.

"Is he terribly sick?" she asked, as she accompanied Adanel towards the healing tent.

"He ate something which disagreed with him.  He is very sick right now, but thankfully he will be much better once everything is out of his body."

Jennifer grimaced.  She could just imagine, and after weeks of working with the sick and injured, her imagination was rather accurate.  She gave a huge yawn and reached around to the back of her head.  Her braid had fallen loose, so she awkwardly tried to get it fixed as she walked.  Finally, she gave up.  It could just hang down her back for now.  She trudged along after Adanel to see what she would be needed to do.  She sighed.  Now’s when I could really use some coffee or even a Coke!

Adenel showed her into the tent and showed her where the medications were.  Each bottle was lined up in small vials, and Jennifer listened as it was all explained to her.  "I will be back in a little while,” she said, and left.

Jennifer looked over the vials of medicine.  Each was labelled.  Jennifer squinted at it; she had been working on learning to read and write the alphabet letters of Middle-earth, and she had acquired a measure of skill in doing so, but the writing was rather small.  At least it was written in the Common Tongue, and not in Sindarin.  She hoped she could remember everything Adanel had said.

-oo000oo-

Joey and Bergil had decided to take advantage of a rare chance to spend time together.  Boromir was in council, and he had Pippin with him, and had allowed Joey to go have some rare free time.  

Bergil, too, had been allowed some free time after he had done some small brief tasks, and like Joey, had gone in search of his friend.  Luckily, they quickly found each other at the mess pavilion, and sat down to have a breakfast of frumenty and fruit.

As they ate, they overheard a conversation of a couple of the warriors nearby.  "Yes, they found it this morning," one of them said, "and took away the Southron's body, what there was of it.  His mûmak must have stepped on him when the big war tower fell off its back.  Most of it was smashed; there were some weapons there, but the scouts took those away as well."

"Was there anything else of interest there?" asked his companion.  "I never got to see the mûmakil.  I was fighting from the battlements in the fifth circle when those creatures were down on the battlefield."

"No, not that I heard."  The first speaker yawned.  "If you want to after we get some rest, we can go look after we wake up.  It was on the bank just south of the camp.  But I am too tired to be tramping down there now."

The other warrior nodded.  "I will be glad when we are no longer on the third watch."  He tossed out the water in his tankard and hooked it to his belt.  "Let us find somewhere to sleep for a few hours."

Joey looked at Bergil.  "Kevin told me about the mûmakil.  He said they were humongous!"

Bergil looked puzzled.

"Really, really, really huge!" Joey clarified.  "He said they were like an animal that we have back home called an 'elephant', but like ten times bigger!  And they had men riding on them in little buildings on their backs!"

Bergil nodded.  "I heard about them, too.  Maybe we could go down there and check and see if we can find anything else."

"Why not?" asked Joey.  "It might be fun!  I want to see a gigantic elephant!"

"Well, so do I," said Bergil, "but it is not here any longer.  Still, we might find something interesting in its gear."

Joey shrugged.  “Probably just as well that it’s gone.  I sure wouldn’t want to be stepped on by one!”

"I do not believe the one who was driving it wanted to be stepped on, either," was Bergil's reply. 

“I don't expect he ever thought he’d fall off, if he was the one riding on it.  He sure didn’t need to be afraid of being stepped on by one, not while he was on its back,” Joey said.  "I wonder why the thingie fell off."

Bergil shrugged.  "I do not know.  I guess he was surprised.  I think those things were called wartowers, or at least that is what Ada called them."

The two quickly finished their breakfasts, and got up, strolling down to the riverbank, and heading southwards out of the camp.

They looked for signs as they went, and they were somewhat further out of the camp than they were expecting to be, when they spotted the first signs of the broken war tower.  

"Look!"  Joey pointed.  Several yards ahead, they could see a jumble of colour: brilliant red, yellow, green, and bright blue—a pile of broken wood, mostly, but they sprinted to get closer and see what more there was to see.

"Wow!" Joey exclaimed when they got there.  "Look at the footprints!  They’re huge!"  There were great round indents all around the broken tower.  Joey shuddered.  "I don't think I want to see one of those up close after all."

Bergil nodded.  "Look at the broken war tower."  Some of it was not quite as smashed as the rest.  There were leather straps still fastened to the rest of it at certain places, with buckles attached, though the largest buckle was bent and twisted, and the leather had broken there. 

The two boys began to poke among the remains.  Bergil found what appeared to be a metal rod nearly as tall as he was.  One end looked as though something had been broken off from a socket of some sort.  Bergil swung it around.  "I think it is the haft of a spear."

"The scouts who found it first must have the spearhead," said Joey, not stopping his own investigation of the ruins.  "That's really cool!  I hope I can find something neat."

The ground was torn up and muddy, but that did not deter the two young explorers.  Joey was not nearly as concerned over dirty clothes as he should have been, given that he had been needing to wash out most of his own clothes when they got too dirty.  They had been searching for several minutes when Joey stepped on something hard, that was hidden beneath the mud.

"What's this?" he asked, bending down, and running his fingers over the place where he had stepped.  "Bergil, this feels like metal, maybe."  He used his hand to dig around it and pulled it up out of the muddy footprint in which it had been embedded.  It was oddly shaped, and hard to make out, but appeared to be some sort of weapon with a wooden shaft, and at the end of the metal was a spike of some kind.  The shaft had broken, and it was only a foot or so long.

"Let's wash it off," Joey suggested.  The two boys went to the edge of the riverbank and bent down to swish their finds through the water.

"I think that mine really is a spear shaft," said Bergil.  He pointed to the empty socket, which was not actually broken, but something else had been in the socket and then had come out.  "I think the spearhead was here, and came out after it was broken."

Joey looked at his own find, which was quite unusual.  "I'm not sure what kind of weapon this is," he said, puzzled.  It was made of brass, and it consisted of a long wickedly pointed spike with a small brass elephant (or mûmak, as they called them here in Middle-earth, he recalled) on one side.  Below it was a curved hook, which curled away from the spike.  On the other end was a socket, into which a longer shaft of dark wood had been inserted, but was now only a little over a foot long after being broken.  "What do you think it could be?"

Bergil studied it.  "I am not sure, but if it was a lot smaller, it might look kind of like the prods some of the carters who use oxen to pull their carts use to get the oxen to move more quickly."

"Well, I guess you'd need a pretty big one to prod one of those...mûmak.  Anything that big would have an awful tough hide."  Joey grimaced.

The two boys set their finds on the grass and went to poke around in the ruins once more, but had no luck in finding anything else.  They sat down to rest on the grass and talked for a while.  The Sun rose higher, and both of them fell asleep to the soothing sound of the rushing water.

They awakened a short while later, feeling refreshed.  "I guess we should get on back.  It'll be lunchtime by the time we get back into the camp," said Joey as he stretched.

As they walked back with their souvenirs in hand, Joey started playing at poking the air with his find, and Bergil tried swishing his through the air like a sword.  Joey looked at his friend.  "On guard!" he said.

Bergil looked around, alarmed.  "'On guard' for what?" he asked.

"No, no, at home, 'on guard' is what guys say if they're going to spar with swords."  Joey was not entirely sure of that, actually, but it sounded like what they said in movies and TV shows when they were sword-fighting.  “That’s what they say just before they start.”

"Oh!  I understand now!"  Bergil turned and took hold of one end of his spear with both hands.  Joey held the broken shaft of his prod with one hand, like a fencer.  They started swinging at one another rather wildly, neither of them remotely coming close to hitting the other's weapon, as neither one of them was actually trying to hit each other.  They were laughing hard at their own clumsiness, and Joey was backpedalling away from his friend's longer weapon when he suddenly tripped backwards on the uneven ground.  He was on his back, and tried to use his prod to help him stand up, but Bergil had also lost his footing and fell forward.

Before Joey could even realize what had happened, Bergil screamed, and Joey saw in horror that the prod's spike was sticking right through Bergil's shoulder, and there was blood.

Joey sat up and stared at his friend, horror-struck.  "Bergil!  Bergil!"

But though his friend had stopped screaming, he was breathing hard, and making moaning sounds.  

"Bergil, I'm sorry!  I'm sorry!"  Joey was in a panic.  They were too far from camp to have hope of anyone hearing them yell for help, and he didn't think Bergil could walk with that thing in his shoulder.  What could he do?  Maybe he could pull the thing out?  He reached over and put his hand on the shaft of the prod, but this caused Bergil to cry out in agony again, so he jerked his hand away.  Oh, no, no, no!  Tears running down his cheeks, Joey prayed.  "Jesus, please help us.  I don't want Bergil to die!  Please, Lord, please…"

He looked up, and in the distance, he could see two people, too far away to recognize, coming in their direction.  He stood up and began jumping up and down, waving his arms and yelling at the top of his lungs, "HELP!  HELP!"

-oo000oo-

Jennifer yawned.  She had been trying to keep herself busy.  It was not quite yet time to see about bringing the patients’ lunch trays, and she would have to wait anyway, for someone else to come.  She couldn't leave the patients to go and fetch the food until she had someone to relieve her, and Adanel had already been gone longer than Jennifer had expected. 

She had brought water to some, and she had also helped a couple of patients who were allowed to get up and walk in the tent, so long as they had someone to help them.  And she had been able to change the dressing on another patient's head wound.  Soon, she would need to pass out the medicine. 

One of the patients had complained of pain, so Jennifer decided to fix him some willow-bark tea.  There was a small brazier near the tent flap, so she went and set a kettle to boil and got a mug in which to brew it.  She was just starting to add the willow-bark powder to the tea to steep, and had put in the first scoop, when a voice made her jump.

"Jennifer!  What are you doing?"  It was her friend Lalaith.

"I was going to make some willow-bark tea for Hereweard."  He was one of the Rohirrim, and he had been brought in with a spear wound to his back.

"That is not willow-bark, Jennifer.  That's poppy!"

Jennifer recoiled in horror.  The helpers and the apprentices were only allowed to touch the poppy if a full healer was present.  "I didn't know!  I thought it was the willow-bark!"  She burst into tears.

Lalaith put her arm around Jennifer's shoulders.  "Do not weep, Jennifer.  The mistake was averted.  You must be really very tired."

But before Jennifer could answer, there was a ruckus at the entrance to the tent.  The two girls turned.

Two men she didn't know by name were coming in, one of them carrying Joey's friend Bergil carefully, while the other had his hand around some odd stick or something that was buried into Bergil's arm.  Joey was right next to them, tears running down his face as he kept repeating, "I'm sorry!  I'm sorry!  Please be okay, Bergil!"  

Right behind them entered two of the senior healers, and a couple of the older helpers.

"A bed!" shouted one of the healers.  Lalaith hurried to turn down the cover on an empty cot.  The healer carefully took Bergil into his own arms, as another healer took over grasping the shaft of the prod.

Jennifer swooped down to examine her little brother, who was filthy with mud and grass stains, as well as blood on him.  "Are you all right, Joey?  Where are you hurt?"

"I'm not.  I just tripped and fell and then—then I hurt Bergil!  I didn't mean to!  We were just playing.  It was an acci—accident!"  He flung himself into his sister's arms, his weeping intensifying until he began to hiccup.

The two men who had brought the boys in were now standing around at a loss at what to do, now that the child had been delivered to the healers.  Jennifer recognized their faces, but did not recall their names.  They had grey cloaks, and a brooch of a star, so she knew they had come with Halbarad, and had been among the northern Rangers she had travelled with.  She looked up at them.  "If you please, do you know my older brother Kevin, and Beregond son of Baranor?"

One of them nodded.  "Yes, we do, Lady Jennifer."

"Would it be too much trouble to find them?  Tell them what's happened?"

"It will be no trouble at all," said the other one.  "We will bring them here as soon as we find them."

Joey was still clinging to her, and still crying, though not as frantically as he had been.  Jennifer led him to an empty cot, and sat down on it, pulling him up to sit next to her.  He was far too big to sit in her lap anymore, but he sat leaning into her arms, and Jennifer rocked him back and forth, all her attention on trying to calm her little brother.

The healers were busy with Bergil, and Jennifer began to calm herself as she calmed Joey.  He wasn't hurt himself, and the healers would take good care of Bergil.  Just then she felt a familiar hand land on her back, and she looked up to see Kevin.

"Oh, Kevin!  I'm glad you are here!  Joey's really upset—he accidently hurt Bergil."  She turned and noticed a number of people now crowded around the entrance.  Apparently Beregond had been on guard at the captain's tent, so now not only was Beregond there, but so were Aragorn, Boromir, Gandalf, Pippin, Elladan, Elrohir, and Halbarad, along with the two Rangers she had asked to find Kevin and Beregond.  She watched as Aragorn gestured for everyone else to remain there, and he stepped over and had a quiet word with one of the healers who were working on Bergil.  One of the healers answered him, and he nodded and went back to the entrance.  He sent everyone out except for Beregond and Boromir, and of course, Kevin.

Boromir came over to the cot where the brothers and their sister sat.  Kevin's presence had calmed Joey a little more, and he had stopped crying and his hiccups had ceased.

"Joey, son of Steven!" he said calmly.  "Can you tell me what happened?"

At the sound of Boromir's voice, Joey's head jerked up, and he sat up straighter.  "My liege!" he said formally.  Then he looked downcast.  "Am I in awful trouble?"

"Tell me what happened, Joey."  Boromir's voice was gentle, but also firm.

Joey nodded, and then he began to tell of their find of the broken weapons, and how he and Bergil had tried to spar with them, and how Bergil had come to be injured.  At the end, Joey repeated his question. "Am I in trouble?"

"Yes.  But it was truly an accident, so you are not badly in trouble.  Those were weapons, and should not have been used as playthings. You know that; it was one of the very first things I spoke to you about back in Rivendell, when you had your first lessons.  Moreover, they were broken, which made them even more dangerous.  And neither you nor Bergil have had any training in sparring recently."

Joey hung his head.  "Yes, sir." 

Boromir knelt down so that he could look Joey in the eye.  "Here now is my judgement.  You will begin to learn how to spar once more—only this time, pay attention to doing so safely.  Pippin will be in charge of your training, and I will also work with you when I have time.  Moreover, from now on, you will not go outside the camp unless you are accompanied by your brother or sister or another adult.  And you must think of some way to repay the injury you did to Bergil, who is your friend.  I do not think this sentence is unfair."

“Make it up to him, you mean.  Yeah.  That’s only fair.”  Joey nodded.  He didn’t think the sentence was unfair, either.  “Maybe I could take care of Bergil?  Since it’s my fault he got hurt.”  He bit his lower lip.  “I don’t know of any other way to make it up to him.  To repay the injury, I mean.  I wish I could fix it.”

"I know you do.  However, whether you will be permitted to take care of him will be up to the healers," Boromir answered.  "But I am sure they will allow you to at least keep him company when he is allowed to have visitors.  For now, I leave you in the company of your brother and sister.  Come to find me when you leave this place."

"Yes, sir."  He was still subdued, but looked a lot less miserable than he had.  

Boromir stood and patted Joey’s shoulder.  "You have a good heart, Joey.  I know that you and Bergil will not make the same mistake again.  In part, it is my fault as well; I should have at least made it clear to you lads that real weapons, whether broken or not, are not playthings, and given you more instruction and time to practice since we left Lothlórien."  He nodded at Kevin and Jennifer, and left the tent.

Joey watched Boromir leave, and then he said, "He is a good liege.  Don't you think what he said was kind of like what Daddy would have said if he was here?"

Jennifer squeezed her little brother's shoulders, and Kevin said, "Yep, it did kind of sound like what Dad would have done.  Dad might even have been a little stricter." 

"I feel better now.  I deserved to be punished."

Kevin and Jennifer looked at each other, and Kevin shook his head.  He knew Jennifer would try to tell Joey he didn't deserve it, but they both knew that wasn't true; while it had been an accident, Joey and Bergil still should have known better than to play with a real weapon.  They sat quietly for a while, and then Jennifer kissed Joey on the top of his head.  "Well, you need to think about it, I guess.  But don't think you are a terrible person.  It really was an accident.  Maybe you can pray about it."

Joey nodded.  But he didn't want to pray out loud right now.  He would pray in his head later on, when he was alone.  He leaned against Jennifer's side again and was very quiet.  After a moment, Kevin and Jennifer realized he'd fallen asleep.  The two of them got up carefully, and managed to lay him down on the cot, and Jennifer pulled up the blanket that was folded at the foot and tucked him in.

Kevin looked around.  "Can you get some rest now?"  He noticed how pale Jennifer was, and there were circles under her eyes.

She shook her head.  "No.  No one has officially relieved me yet."

He patted her on the shoulder.  He understood.  Then he noticed Lalaith, who was still helping out.  She had not looked at him, and he figured it was because she was busy.  She was making up a cot, now, though—not tending a patient.  He squared his shoulders.  "I have to go talk to Lalaith," he told Jennifer.

"Oh!  I’d forgotten about that.  Your friend Anborn is interested in her." 

"Yeah, and I did talk to her, only she misunderstood.  I need to go and straighten it out."

This put Jennifer in mind of her own problem.  "Okay.  I have something I need to straighten out, too."

Kevin approached Lalaith.  “Hi,” he said softly.

Lalaith stopped to look at him, tears in her eyes.  “I’m sorry,” Kevin said sorrowfully.  “Believe me, I never wanted to cause you pain, and I hate it that I did.”

“It’s just that I—I thought…”  Lalaith bit her lower lip.  “I feel so stupid, Lord Kevin.  I misunderstood completely.”

“Yeah, we both did.  If it helps any, right now, I’m feeling pretty stupid, too.”  Kevin smiled ruefully.  “You’re a pretty girl, Lalaith, and I know of one man here who’s very interested in you.  I haven’t found anyone around here who interests me.  Anyone I’m interested in is back home.”

He touched her arm.  “Why don’t you let me introduce you to Anborn?  I know he’d like to get to know you, Lalaith.”

She smiled.  "I would like that.  But perhaps tomorrow, as I am supposed to be relieving your sister."

Kevin heaved a sigh of relief.  "That's good to hear.  She's really tired, and this thing with Joey and Bergil wore her out even more."

"Your sister is a very good friend.  I hope she can get some rest as well."

Jennifer had seen Adenel helping the other healers out with Bergil, but now it appeared that they had finished their task.  The boy's shoulder was wrapped well, and he had been given a pain reliever.  That reminded her of her own almost-mistake.  She shuddered to think of the error she would have made if Lalaith had not stopped her.

Now Adenel was coming away from Bergil's cot with a basin of bloody water, and some soiled bandages.  Jennifer went over to the older healer and offered to take care of it for her.

"Why, thank you, Jennifer," she said as Jennifer took the basin.

"Um, I need to talk to you about something…"

Adenel smiled and walked next to her.  "Do not worry about your brother's friend.  He will be well healed in time."

"It…it's not about that," Jennifer said.  "I almost made a terrible mistake, just before all this happened."

"What do you mean, child?"  Adenel looked at her in concern.

"I almost mistook the poppy powder for the willow-bark powder.  I would have given it, too.  But Lalaith came in and she saw what I was doing and stopped me before I gave it to anyone."

Adenel stopped and gave her a serious look.  "How did that happen? The vessels were clearly labelled."

Jennifer blushed.  "Well, I am not used to the kind of letters you use here.  The letters of the Westron alphabet are different from ours.  I've been learning, but like I said, they are so different from the ones we have at home.  And I was kind of tired and didn't really look as carefully as I should have."

"I see."  Adenel thought for a moment. "You will need to study up on them more, and in the meantime, you can check with someone else about the medications.  I am sorry you had to be on your own earlier today.  We will make sure it does not happen again.  Do not fret on it.  You did not give it to someone who should not have had it, and you will learn better.  Everyone makes mistakes."  They had reached the tent flap, and Jennifer disposed of the dirty water into a trench dug for that purpose.  "Go and get some sleep, child."

"But what about Joey?"

"I will tell your older brother where you have gone.  He can stay here with your younger brother for now."

Jennifer sighed and nodded.  This had been an awful day for all of them.  She really did need some sleep.  "Thank you, Adenel."  She gave the healer a wan smile.

"You are most welcome, child.  Get some sleep."

-oo000oo-

FOR FFN AND SOA:

You can find a picture of the prod that Joey found at An Unexpected Adventure on Archive of Our Own, on this chapter.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 85: Can't Do Nuthin' Right, Part 3

Gail had to admit to herself that spring in Minas Tirith was lovely, in spite of all the damage from the war.  The sky was clear and blue, with a few wisps of white clouds here and there, and some people had planted flowers in their window boxes, some of which were blooming.  And in the sunshine, the White City fairly gleamed.  They were on the upper levels, so a lot of the damage was not visible, save where the one wing of the Houses of Healing had been scorched by the fire.  Master Ondahir and Steve had been talking about the recovery, and Steve had been surprised at how quickly the clean-up was going.

"The people are eager to get life back into the city," said Ondahir.  "Most of the work is being done not by the Steward, but by those who live here, out of the goodness of their hearts.  The lower levels, though, were much harder hit by the enemy's armies."  He paused.  "We are nearly there," he said, pointing to the iron gates of the Minas Tirith home of the Prince of Dol Amroth.

The Princess Lindiriel greeted them cordially.  They had been there once before, so they were not surprised when they were brought into the front room where they had been received the last time.  They stood, and Steve gave a small bow of the head, and Gail the brief curtsey she had learned in Rivendell.  The Princess gestured for them to be seated.

"I am most pleased that you wish to help with the new orphanage.  So very many children have been left orphaned and homeless by the War with Sauron.  The old house has been empty since the days of Echthelion, and has been neglected since.  Fortunately, most of the structure is sound.  Marble holds up well to the ravages of time.  But the interior has much woodwork, and that does not do well over decades of disuse.  My husband, Lord Imrahil, has provided some funds, along with those provided by the Steward, for the repairs.  But we will of course need to raise more."

Gail blushed, and Steve sighed.  "We made this journey quite unexpectedly," he said.  "We really have very little in the way of personal money."  Like none at all, he thought wryly.  Our money's no good here.

The Princess nodded in understanding.  "Faramir made me aware of this.  But he did mention some of the ideas you have used in your homeland to raise money."

"That's true," said Gail.  "Our children's school often has special days where parents organise entertainments and contests which raise money.  One popular thing is a bake sale—parents bake treats like cakes and cookies—I mean sweet biscuits, as they call them here.  Then they have booths to sell them, and the proceeds go to the school."

"Hmm...I am not sure that the Baker's Guild would care for that idea."  Lindiriel looked thoughtful.

"Here's a thought," said Steve.  "Some communities will have a special day when merchants agree to contribute a portion of their profits to a good cause.  They have special bargains to bring customers in, and many people spend a little more when they know the money is going to charities.  Sometimes there is a competition between the businesses to see who can raise the most contributions.  The winner gets a special award, and there is often recognition for all the businesses that take place."

Lindiriel's face lit up.  "Never have I heard of such a thing!  But it could most certainly work!  The Guilds frequently will have contests of one sort or another, but this would be quite different!"

"You could also set aside a place for entertainments to hold at the same time.  I'm not sure what sort of entertainers you have here, but singing and dancing and so forth draw a lot of crowds," Gail added.

"What do you think, Master Ondihir?" the Princess asked 

"I think it has many possibilities.  Some of the bards, minstrels, and jesters are beginning to return to the City.  And there are good-natured rivalries between many of the Guilds—the Wool Merchant's Guild and the Weaver's Guild often find harmless ways to try and best the other…”

But just then there was a loud knocking on the front door.  One of the Princess's servants went to answer.  The person who had been knocking sounded quite urgent, though no one could hear what he was saying.  

The servant came into the room, escorting a youth in the livery of the Houses of Healing.  He bore a black tabard, with the emblem of Estë, the Valië of healing, embroidered on the front.  "I am sorry, my Lady," the servant said with a small bow, "but he bears urgent news from the Houses of Healing for Master and Mistress McCloud."  She turned and nodded to the boy.

He bowed deeply, and addressing Princess Lindiriel, said, "My Lady Lindiriel, I have been sent to bring your guests to the Houses of Healing.  Their daughter Kaylee is there.  I am to say she is not badly hurt, but she was found down in the Fourth Circle when the errand lad Sador got injured and had to be brought up to the Houses.  I am also to say that she followed him down there, and that he saved her from getting hit by a cart in the street.  The Elven lady Mairen wished to be sure that you knew this."

Steve and Gail had stood immediately.  "We are sorry, but we must go now!"

Lindiriel stood also.  "Of course, you must.  Please hurry to your child.  We can speak another time."

Ondihir stood, as well.  "We shall make all speed," he said.

Soon they hurried up to the Sixth Circle as quickly as they could go, following the errand lad.  They didn't run—but they certainly walked fast.  Steve and Gail held hands and saved their breath for walking uphill.  Ondihir did not speak either, save to tell others to get out of the way in the name of the Steward.  Thankfully, the streets were not very busy, and most people seeing the youth in his livery, and the Steward's Chamberlain, moved anyway.  They soon passed under the gate to the Sixth Circle, and before long were heading up to the main building of the Houses of Healing.  Dame Ioreth stood by the door and ushered them to the room where Kaylee and Sador were.  Mairen was there with Megan, and she was seated next to Kaylee on the side of a cot.  Megan was seated on Mairen's other side, watching.  A young healer's apprentice was washing Kaylee's elbow.  

Kaylee glanced up and saw her parents, and her eyes grew wide.  "Mommy!  Daddy!"

Steve and Gail hurried over to her, and Kaylee burst into tears.  "I'm sorry!  I'm sorry I was bad!  I didn't mean toooo...!" she wailed.  She had grown agitated and tried to jump down to reach her parents.

"Little mistress!" exclaimed the apprentice.  "Please be still until I am finished."

Kaylee stopped instantly and bit her lower lip anxiously.  She hissed a little when the apprentice had dabbed her elbow with some liquid from a bottle.  "It stings a little."

The girl nodded.  "So, it does," was the calm response.  "Now for your knees."

She pushed up Kaylee's skirt, and began to wash the scrapes on her knees.  Gail noticed with concern that they had bled a little, but did not say anything.  In spite of the fact that the young person tending her didn't look any older than Jennifer, she clearly seemed to know what she was doing, and truthfully, if Gail hadn't been available back home, she'd have trusted Jennifer to apply a disinfectant and a Band-Aid.

The girl stood up and reached in her pocket.  "You have been as brave as a hobbit, little mistress.  Would you like a sweet?"  She took out a little ball wrapped in a twist of paper, and handed it to Kaylee, who automatically unwrapped it and put it into her mouth.

"Oh!  That's good!" Kaylee said.  "It tastes like flowers!"

The girl leaned down.  "It has lavender in it," she whispered.  Then she stood up and spoke to Steve and Gail.  "She is not badly hurt," she told them.  "She fell upon the cobbles and scraped her elbows and knees.  The skin on the palm of her hands was not broken, but I washed them, while that on her elbows and knees was broken and bled a little, so I also washed them of any dirt and grit and put a disinfectant on them.  They are not hurt badly enough to bind.  The air will be good and help speed the healing."  She paused and then carefully looked them in the eye as she told them, "Truthfully, she was more distraught over her friend when she came in.  She was hysterical at first, until Lady Mairen and her little sister arrived."

"Thank you very much…" Gail said and paused, realizing she did not know the teenager's name.

"I am Firiel.  Your daughter Jennifer stayed with us in our apprentice's quarters, before she left for Cormallen."  She stopped and glanced over at another bed.  "I hope Sador is all right.  He took quite a blow to the back of his head."  She gave Steve and Gail another nod, and then said, "I have some other duties to attend to."

Kaylee was still sitting on the bed, and now she was looking downcast.  Megan had crept over to Gail, who automatically picked up her youngest child.  Mairen looked up.  "I was just about to go and look for Kaylee when a messenger came looking for the two of you.  I sent him on his way to find you, and Avorn came with me.  We met those who had brought Sador and Kaylee here.  Avorn took charge of Lucy, and Megan and I came here to await you."

"Thank you, Mairen." Steve looked at Kaylee.  "Kaylee, what happened?  We told you not to go too far away."

"I know," she said sadly.  "I didn't mean to.  It's just—I saw Sador, and he couldn't hear me call, and I ran after him, and when I caught up, he was too far, and he had to finish his job, and he couldn't bring me back right away, and—and we were coming back right after the man got the message, and then there was a cart, and he pushed me but then...then…"  Her voice faltered, and she burst into tears.  "He pushed me out of the way, but he got hurt!"

Steve stood there silently, shaking his head.  This was his fault.  He had trusted Kaylee to watch out for herself, forgetting that they weren't at home with a convenient fenced-in back yard, forgetting that she was only five, forgetting that Minas Tirith had a lot of danger in it still, even with the War ended...

“I didn’t mean to be bad,” Kaylee said, her face etched in misery.  “I’m sorry.”

Steve jerked himself to attention at the sound of her voice, and he looked at Gail.  "I know you didn't mean to, kitten.  But we will talk about it later."  He looked at Gail.  "Do you and Mairen want to take the girls back to our rooms?  I want to find out how Sador is, and then I will be along."  Gail nodded, and she and Mairen took the little girls out of the room.

Steve looked at the back of the room, where Ondihir was speaking with one of the Healers, near the bed in which young Sador had been placed, and then he slowly headed in that direction.  There were not many patients in the room, he noticed.  Firiel was apparently giving some medicine to an elderly man, and another bed held a sleeping woman, but that was it.

Ondihir looked up as Steve neared them.  "Master Steven McCloud, this is Master Healer Seregon."  

Steve nodded.  He resisted the urge to hold out his hand.  They didn't shake hands here.  "Master Seregon, can you tell me how the child is?  Kaylee is very worried about him."

The Healer also nodded.  "He has a concussion.  He has been awake twice, and he knows who he is, though he does not recollect how he was injured.  That is not unusual.  We will keep him here and watch him for a few days.  But he should soon heal."

Steve smiled, relieved.  "Thank you, Master Seregon.  Kaylee will be relieved to know that."

Now he turned and left the Houses of Healing, his mind full of reproach at himself.  Lord, he silently prayed, please forgive me for failing my duty as a father.  I really thought she had matured enough to watch herself for a while.  I don't know why I was so stupid!  I should never have given her that much freedom.  She could have been the one with the concussion!  Or worse, we could have lost her.  How could I have lived with that?  If my decision to let her play alone was the cause of that!

But as he was beginning to start reproaching himself all over again, he thought he heard another Voice, that still, small Voice in his heart that he had long since become so familiar with.  Be still, My son, and know that I am God.  Coming to a sudden halt, Steve stood stock-still, as he had been commanded.  That Voice was so clear.  My child, do you not know that giving your children freedom is the only way for them to grow?  The world would be far simpler if I never gave you freedom.  Yet freedom there must be.  You will learn how much to trust to your child's judgement, and she will reward your trust, but she will also fail from time to time as well.  Go in peace.  You will know what to say to her.

Steve bowed his head.  “Yes, Father.  Thank You,” he whispered.  Raising his head, he began to stride back toward the Citadel.  He knew now what he would say to his daughter.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Author's Note: Hiatus.  Due to Dreamflower needing some medical procedures, this story will be on hiatus until June.

Chapter 86: My, What a Happy Day

Beregond was preparing to visit his son in the healing tent before he had breakfast, since afterward, he was to attend to the Captain-General, who would be inspecting the Guardsmen today.

"Beregond?"

He turned suddenly; his hand went to his breast in salute.  "Captain-General Lord Boromir, sir!  Do you need me already?"

"Not for duty yet, Beregond.  I wished to ask your permission to visit your son.  I have some questions for him on behalf of my page, Joey."

"Of course, sir.  I was about to go and visit him myself, if you please."

Boromir nodded.  "I will accompany you, then."

"How is young Joey?" Beregond asked, as they walked.  "He seemed very distraught yesterday."

"He was, and still is, to some degree.  He feels quite guilty about what happened.  He is convinced that he is to blame for Bergil’s injury," Boromir answered.  "And he does bear some blame.  It is good that he does so—it will serve as a sharp reminder in the future."

"It was no more his fault than it was Bergil's."  Beregond shook his head.  "You would think the son of a warrior would have more respect for what a weapon can do!"

"Well, I understand that Joey has never been much around weapons in his homeland.  And it is possible the broken state of them caused the boys to think of them more as playthings than real weapons.  Still, he was instructed to treat weapons with respect before we left upon our journey.  I do not think he will ever make that mistake again."

Soon the two Men were in the tent, where they found the attendant just taking Bergil's breakfast dishes away.

"Ada!" Bergil exclaimed grinning, and then he noticed Boromir standing just behind his father, and his face fell.  "My Lord!  Am I in trouble?"

Boromir smiled and shook his head.  "I am here because Joey is worried about you, and he wishes to know how you fare."

"My shoulder does hurt, but not as much as yesterday."  Bergil looked surprised at first, but then gazed sadly up at Boromir.  “Joey blames himself, does he not?”

Boromir nodded.  “Yes.  He is blaming himself for your injury.”

“Well, he should not.”  Bergil shook his head.  “He did not stab me; I stabbed myself.  We both lost our footing while we were playing with the weapons.  Joey was able to escape injury, but I was not so lucky.  I fell on the prod’s spike, so that it stabbed my shoulder.”

"I see.  Yet, still, the blame lies with him, and with you," Boromir said gently.  "While you are still children, both of you are well old enough to know that real weapons are not playthings. In fact, that is one of the first rules I taught Joey and his brother before we left to come South.  That is where the mistake was made.  Do you understand that, Bergil?"

Bergil turned his head and looked at his father, who was nodding.  "I know.  Ada has always told me that real weapons are not playthings.  But it was an accident.  It is more my fault, since I was so clumsy.  And I should have known, too."

"Still, I think that Joey should know that the blame lies equally upon you both,” Beregond said, exchanging a look with Boromir.  “If you were not punished enough by your wound, I would have insisted that you share his punishment."

Bergil nodded in his turn.  “Yes, Ada.”

Boromir spoke up.  "Well, Bergil, I have a question.  I believe Joey is reluctant to see you yet, as he fears you might be angry, but I can see that you are not."

Bergil shook his head.  "Not at all," he said.

"That is good.  I have spoken to the Healer, and he has no objection if Joey spends a part of his day with you each day, helping to attend to you until you are able to leave the healing tent.  Is this something you would agree to?"

Bergil nodded vigorously.  "Yes, sire."  He could not help but smile, both with relief that Joey was not angry with him, and that he would get to see his friend soon.

"Very well, I will send him on when he has finished his part of the punishment, as well as his duty for today."  Boromir started to turn, to leave.

"Captain-General?" Beregond asked.  "May I ask what Joey's punishment will be?  Perhaps I will set it to my son as well, after all."

Boromir shook his head.  "Not anytime soon, Beregond.  I have set Pippin to make sure Joey learns the proper respect for weapons by taking up his long-neglected training.  I think Bergil will need to be well-healed before he can join that."

"Ah, I see."  Beregond glanced down at his son. "You will have something to look forward to, then," he said to Bergil.  By the time he looked up, Boromir was gone.

-oo000oo-

Joey had the good luck to have two hobbits for his teachers, and two other hobbits as an audience.  Merry happened to be free that morning, and came along to help Pippin out, and Frodo and Sam decided to watch.

"Now, I know you had a little training with us in Rivendell, and on the road and in Lothlórien.  But you never really used what you learned there in battle, save for the use of your sling.  Have you even practiced with a sword or knife since we left Lothlórien?" Pippin asked.

"No, not really."  Joey hung his head.  "At least I should have remembered not to play with a real weapon."

Pippin nodded.  "That's true.  But it's not like I've never forgotten important things like that.  I'm the squire, and you're the page—I should have tried to make time for you to have some practice in Minas Tirith."  

"Well," said Merry, "at least I was able to get Anwynd to cobble us up a couple of wooden practice blades from some firewood.  They aren't as well balanced as the ones the Elves made us in Rivendell, but they will be much safer than live blades."

Pippin stood back.  "Merry, you and Joey go first, so I can see just where he needs the most practice."

Frodo sniggered.  "Merry!  Remember to breathe!"

Merry blushed.  That had been one of Boromir's constant reminders to him when they’d first begun to train.  He'd had the habit of holding his breath when he concentrated on things.  "I've learned my lesson, cousin," was his reply.  "We shall see how well Joey remembers his!"

Pippin stood back as the two faced one another, and called out, "Lay on!" and the clack of wood against wood began.

After a while, the cousins exchanged places, and Pippin took up the part of sparring partner.  Joey was getting tired, but he was determined not to say anything.  He really needed this, and he deserved it, too.

But when he stumbled a little, it was Frodo who called a halt, and insisted that Joey drink some water and rest.  "And it is well past elevenses, lads," he added.  "Why don't we all go and take an early luncheon?"

After lunch, Merry and Pippin both had duties waiting on them.  "Don't forget that you will be waiting on Boromir at the evening meal," Pippin reminded Joey before he left.

Joey nodded.  “Right.”

He made his way to the healer's tent and was glad to see Bergil grinning at him.  "I'm glad you aren't mad at me," Joey said.

"It was my fault, too," Bergil answered.  “You did not hurt me; I hurt myself.  I was the one who fell on the spike.”

"Yeah," said Joey.  "But it was my idea, to start with, and you know it was."

With a sigh, Bergil nodded.  "What are we going to do today, then?"

"Not spar, that's for sure!  We’ll have to wait till you’re well for that," Joey answered.  "Do you know about tic-tac-toe?"  

"I do not think I have ever heard of that.  What is it?"

"It's a game."  Joey reached into his pouch and pulled out a piece of scrapped parchment and a stick of charcoal.  "That's what we call it at home.  Pippin says they call it 'naughts and crosses' in the Shire.  You’ve never played it, have you?"

Bergil shook his head.  So, Joey used the charcoal to draw the criss-crossed playing area and explained the game to his friend.  They played several times, until both the front and back of the parchment was covered.  "Okay," said Joey, when they had finished playing the last bit of parchment to a draw, "I have to go get cleaned up and ready to wait upon the Captain-General at supper.  Bye.  I'll see you tomorrow, sometime."   

“Farewell,” said Bergil, as Joey left the healer’s tent.  

After he cleaned up, Kevin and Jennifer dropped by to see how he was doing.  The three of them had a short devotional together, and then each went their own way, with Joey to the Captain's tent, and to his tasks.

-oo000oo-

Kevin was going to be on watch during the day, now.  He, Anborn, and Eradan would take up their post after breakfast at the Southern edge of the camp. 

At least he had good news for Anborn.  He pulled his friend to one side after breakfast.  "Jennifer says that Lalaith has no suitors, and she will introduce you to her today.  And Lalaith says she will be glad to meet you."  Kevin had decided it would be wiser not to mention the misunderstanding of the day before.

Anborn's face lit up.  "Oh, my thanks to you, Kevin!  She is lovely, and she seems to be kind.  I have seen her lending comfort to the wounded."

"Well, I hope the two of you hit it off," said Kevin.

"'Hit it off'?  Is it the custom in your world for courting couples to hit one another?"  Anborn looked somewhat shocked.

Kevin laughed.  "It's just a saying.  I don't know how it got started, but what it means is something like 'get along very well from the start'."  Now that he thought about it, "hit it off" was a strange way to say two people got along with each other.

They were almost near the area where Joey and Bergil had their accident.  Kevin wished they had been on watch at the time, instead of Mellor and Gelmir.  Thankfully, the two of them had been quick enough to spot the boys and bring them to the healers, but Kevin still wished he had been the one to find them.

Eradan said, "I shall take the riverbank.  The two of you stay here."

Kevin and Anborn nodded.  Kevin watched toward the South, and Anborn watched to the East.  It was rather boring.  The only thing they saw was three Rohirrim bearing bows, heading off to do some hunting.  The Rohirrim waved a greeting, but did not stop to speak.  Kevin waved back, smiling.

Occasionally Kevin and Anborn spoke, and as the Sun climbed high, Kevin pulled out some of the dried meat he carried, and his water bottle.  It wasn't much of a lunch, but it would do.  It would have to, since it would be kind of stupid for one of them to leave his post to bring some food.  He wished he'd thought to pick up some journey-bread or something before they'd left camp.

Just then he heard a familiar voice calling, "Kevin!"  He turned with a grin to see Jennifer coming, with her friend Lalaith, and each of them carried a large basket.

"We were free after lunch today," Jennifer said, "so we thought we might bring you guys some lunch."

Kevin laughed.  "I was wishing I had something other than jerky!"

Jennifer made a face.  She had never been a fan of jerky, even back home.  "Well, we have some bread, and some cheese, and some sort of cold cooked bird.  I think they are quail.  Some of the hunters brought a lot of them in yesterday, and the cooks took out the bones and shredded the meat after it was cooked, and added some seasonings.  It's good."  She set the basket down.  "We have some fruit, too!  Prince Imrahil brought in a lot of oranges from Dol Amroth."  

"Wow!  Thanks, Jen!"  Kevin quickly shoved the jerky back in his pouch.

"Where is your friend Anborn?" his sister asked.  "I don't see him."

Kevin noticed that both girls looked disappointed.  "Anborn!" he called.

Anborn glanced over.  "Hoy!" he shouted with a wave.

Only about ten feet away, standing near some bushes, the girls were now able to spot him.  His green and brown clothing blended into the high grass and the bushes, rendering him hard to see.  "Yes, Kevin?"

"The ladies have brought us some lunch!  Come on over."

The Ithilien Ranger strode over, his face alight.  He gave a small bow.

Kevin introduced his friend to Jennifer and Lalaith.  Lalaith blushed, but was able to stammer out a polite greeting.

Anborn bowed slightly.  "I am most pleased to meet you, as well."

Kevin had been examining the contents of the baskets.  "There is more than plenty here."

He and Jennifer spread out the white cloth that had been draped over one of the baskets and laid it out upon the ground.  Kevin looked.  "I'm going to take some of the food to Eradan," he said.  He took a cloth from the other basket and put a portion of everything on it and tied it up.  "I'll be right back!"  He headed off to the riverbank to where Eradan was watching, and soon came back.

Kevin offered to continue standing watch, so that Anborn could eat with the girls first.  Jennifer sat quietly as she ate, allowing the Ranger and her friend to get acquainted, and then when Anborn had eaten his fill, he relieved Kevin, who was really hungry by then.  He and Jen talked about Joey and their friends, and finally the girls cleared up what little remained of the food and took their leave.

"Well," asked Kevin, after the girls had gone out of earshot, "what did you think of Jen's friend?"

Anborn grinned.  "She is as pleasant to speak to as she is to look at," he said.  "And she does not seem averse to me."

Kevin laughed.  "Well, sounds like a good start to me."

That evening the three siblings met once more, this time near the campsite where Joey stayed with Boromir and Pippin.  Joey had some news after they had finished their devotions.

"We'll be heading to the Pelennor Fields in about a week," he said.  He waited for his brother and sister to react.

"Joey!" Jennifer exclaimed.  "Really?"

"Yep.  I thought I'd surprise you," Joey replied, with a grin.

Laughing, Kevin reached over and gave him a playful swat.  "You stinker!  But that's a great surprise!"

"We'll be seeing Mom and Dad really soon now!  And Kaylee and Megan!" Joey added, with another grin.

"Well, I think that is cause for one more prayer," Jennifer added.  Bowing her head, she prayed, “Thank You, God, that we’re going to be back with Mom and Daddy real soon!  And with Kaylee and Megan, too.  Thank You so much!”  She smiled.  “In Jesus’ name, amen.”

“Amen,” Kevin echoed, and a broad smile spread across his face.

-oo000oo-

That was the pattern of their days, though Bergil was released from the healer's tent in two more days.  He still could not join in the sparring, as his arm was in a sling.  But all three of the McCloud children were kept busy in all the preparations for the departure.  

It was a good thing that they all were so busy with tasks that week that it left them with little time to be impatient.  At last, the final day at their campsite arrived, and at the end of that busy day, they all went to bed early, eager to be on their way the next morning.  And once again, they all shared the waggon in which they would make their final journey back to the White City, sleeping there once more.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Author's Note: The hiatus will have to be extended until next month, because Dreamflower is going to have to have some more medical procedures before she's up to doing much writing once more.

Chapter 87: Just Give Me a Chance

Mairen offered to take Megan out for a walk on the Citadel grounds, so that Gail could deal with Kaylee.  Megan knew Kaylee was in trouble, though she did not quite understand why, but she hugged her sister before Mairen took her away, and she whispered rather loudly, "Say 'sorry', so you won't have too much time-out."

Kaylee didn't answer out loud, just nodded and returned Megan's hug.

Gail pulled her up onto her lap as they sat on the edge of Kaylee's bed.  "I am sorry, Mommy!  I should get lots of time-outs.  It's all my fault Sador got hurt," she said, tears welling up in her eyes once more.

Gail rocked her gently.  "We will see.  When Daddy gets back, we will talk about your punishment."  She held the little girl and rocked back and forth until Kaylee's eyes drooped in sleep.  Then she gently laid her upon the bed and carefully left the room.

She sat down in the common room.  As usual, it was empty of Elves.  They seemed to much prefer wandering the city during the day to staying in their quarters.  Leaning back, she allowed herself a moment of fear for what could have happened.  If young Sador had not acted so quickly, Kaylee could have been badly hurt; as it was, Sador was the one who had come to harm—and that, too, could have been much worse, so much worse!  How would Kaylee feel if he had been killed?  It didn't bear thinking about!

Silently, she prayed, Lord, thank You for not letting it be worse than it was.  Thank You for looking over Kaylee and Sador.  Ever since we got to Middle-earth, it seemed as if You were teaching me not to be so protective of my babies.  But then it seems when we decide not to be, it's not the right decision.  How can we walk the line?

She closed her eyes and tried to think, but she must have drifted off, for she gave a start at the sound of Steve's voice.  She blinked and looked up at him.  "You're back."  She spoke with a slight note of surprise.

"I've been gone about an hour," he replied.  He sat down next to her.  "We need to talk."

Gail nodded.  "Yes, we do."

Steve sighed, and said, "Kaylee has matured so much since she has been here.  I guess I overestimated just how much so.  She's still only five.  I'm sorry."

"You don't need to be.  I agreed to allow her the freedom of the grounds and the Houses of Healing." 

"But you would not have come up with that idea on your own."

"That's true.  But I've learned since we've been here not to be so overprotective.  I've learned that she is capable of a lot of things I wouldn't have dreamed of letting her do back home.  I think I will be teaching her to do some things I've held off on doing because I thought she was too little to learn."

Steve nodded.  "That’s a good idea.  But I have been overestimating her.  While she is capable of doing a lot of things that people think she's too young for back home, she still has the judgement, emotional maturity, and memory of a five-year-old.  She really didn't intend to disobey, but she forgot everything in her attempt to catch up with Sador.  And this city is not made for little ones who did not grow up here to be wandering around."  He smiled ruefully.  “The good Lord reminded me today that without freedom, we cannot grow, and that I would have to learn how much to trust to her judgement.  We’ll both have to learn that.  He also told me that she would reward our trust, but she will also fail from time to time.”  Just like we do, he thought.

Gail nodded.  "That’s true.  Still, she does need some sort of punishment, and we will have to figure out how to let her stretch her limits without letting her run loose all the time."

"Well, my first thought when this happened was never to let her out of our sight until we get home.  But that was before I listened to the Lord."

"How about grounding her for a couple of days, and then we can start allowing her down in the Citadel gardens without us?  That should be enough freedom for her for now.  Mairen will certainly help with that."  Gail sighed.  She would miss Mairen a lot when they went back to Portland.

Steve nodded.  "And we can let her go a little farther than our reach when we go out together, but she will have to stay where she can still see us."

Gail thought for a few minutes.  "Unless we are in parts of the city that we don't know as well, in which case she will still have to hold a hand."  

"That's reasonable.  A lot of places are still filled with dangerous debris."  Steve rose to his feet.  “Well, then, let’s go tell Kaylee what we’ve decided about her punishment.”

Gail stood up, and the two of them went to Kaylee and Megan’s bedroom, where they discovered that Kaylee had awakened.  She sat on her bed with her head down and her shoulders slumped, running her fingers over the bed covers.  She raised her head as her parents entered the room, unhappiness still welled up in her eyes.  She looked up at them, though her posture was still dejected.

Steve sat down next to her.  “Kaylee, your mommy and I have decided that you’re going to have to stay here in our quarters for the next couple of days.  That will be your punishment.”

"In addition," Gail added, "after today, when your punishment is over, you can only go as far as the Citadel gardens unless someone older is with you."

Kaylee hung her head down and looked at the bedcovers once more.  Her shoulders remained slumped.  “Yes, Mommy.  Daddy.”  Her voice sounded wan.  “I was bad.  It’s all my fault Sador got hurt.”

"No, you were not bad, but you were thoughtless to forget.  Perhaps you will remember better now."  Steve sat down beside her and wrapped an arm around her.  "I know you must be very tired, and sad about Sador.  Now this is just an idea, and not a punishment, but how about if you have a little light supper and go to sleep early tonight?  You don't have to, but I'm sure it wore you out to run so far, and then to worry about your friend."

She looked up in surprise, and then nodded.  "I am sorta tired."  She gave a big yawn, and Steve chuckled and playfully pinched her nose.  She gave just a little smile.

As Steve got up to find out if he could have some soup and bread and maybe some milk sent up, Gail, who had sat down on her other side, scooted closer.  "Do you still think it is all your fault?" she asked Kaylee, who nodded.

"Uh-huh.  He pushed me so I wouldn't get hurt.  If I wasn't there, he wouldn't do that."

"I suppose you’re right, but if the cart had not been going too fast, it would not have happened, either.  That was the fault of the man who was driving the cart; he should not have been driving so fast, not on a city street.  He was bound to hurt someone by doing that.  He’s got his own lesson to learn from what happened today, same as you.  It's not all your fault, and it was also Sador's choice to help you.  He didn’t want you getting hurt by that cart, either."  She hugged Kaylee against her.  “That cart would have hurt you badly if Sador hadn’t saved you, and while your daddy and I are not happy that he’s hurt, we are very grateful to him for protecting you from that cart.”

"Oh.  Okay, maybe not all my fault?"  She looked at her mother hopefully.

"Definitely not all your fault.”  Gail kissed her on the nose.  “Would it make you feel better to say a prayer for Sador?"

Kaylee nodded and clasped her hands and closed her eyes.  “Please, Jesus,” she prayed, “make Sador all well again soon.  And thank You he didn't let me get hurt.  Amen.”

She leaned against Gail, and her mother soothed her brow for a while, until Steve stuck his head in.  "Hey, kitten!  Someone's bringing up a tray with some of that chicken soup with dumplings that you like so much, and some bread and a little cup of warm milk with some honey in it.  Why don't you let Mommy help you get into your nightie before it gets here?"

Kaylee smiled again, this time a little more than before.  "I like that soup. It's all lemony, and the dumplings are soft."

Steve nodded.  "I know.”  He gave her a smile of approval and backed out of the room so that Gail could help Kaylee clean up and get dressed for bed.  He knew that when Mairen came back with Megan, she could easily get the younger child to bed without waking the older one up.

When one of the Citadel servants came with the tray for Kaylee, there was another servant with a larger tray for Steve and Gail.  It contained larger servings of the same soup and bread rolls, but had a teapot and teacups instead of the warm milk.  There was a silver cover to keep everything hot.

Gail took the smaller tray in and stayed with Kaylee until she had eaten, said her prayers, and been tucked in.  Then she joined Steve in the common room for their own meal.  They were just finishing up when Mairen and Avorn entered, with Mairen carrying a sleeping Megan, and Avorn with Lucy at his heels.  Lucy immediately scampered towards Steve and Gail, wagging her tail, and after Gail rubbed her head, Lucy licked her fingers.

Mairen told Steve and Gail, "Megan dined with us in the main kitchen.  Is Kaylee sleeping?"

At Gail's nod, Mairen leaned with a smile, to give her husband a peck on the cheek and then took Megan into the children's room.  Avorn went to his own quarters.

Lucy leaped up to curl up on the settee between Steve and Gail.  They began to pet her and felt themselves relaxing.  Steve absent-mindedly scratched the little spaniel's ears as he said, "It's been quite a day."

"That it has," answered Gail, shaking her head.  “I just thank the Lord that it wasn’t worse than it was.”  Steve nodded agreement.

In the days that followed, Kaylee remained thoughtful and somewhat subdued, but accepted her punishment and her new restrictions without complaint.  When Kaylee’s two-day punishment was over, each morning after breakfast, either Gail or Steve would accompany her to the Houses of Healing to visit Sador, who seemed to be feeling much better.

About the third day after the end of Kaylee’s punishment, Gail took Kaylee to the Houses of Healing to visit Sador and found that Dame Ioreth was there.  As Kaylee chatted with Sador, the good dame told Gail that Sador could have been released by then, but since he had no family to supervise him, they had kept him a-bed longer than necessary, as he would still need to take it easy a little longer.

"Can't he stay in the dormitory for the errand lads?" asked Gail.

"Alas, I have little time to watch over him.  I have many other duties that keep me trotting all over the place, so I cannot stay in the dormitory all the time.  If I had more helpers, it would not be a problem, but most of my helpers went away to the battle and have yet to return, and the others are all busy in the wards."  The older woman sighed.  "I wish that I could bring him back to the dormitory.  There are small tasks he could do, but he is a young boy, and I do not wish to leave him unwatched until the healers decide he is well enough to run errands again."

Gail had an idea.  "Are they tasks that I could supervise him doing?"  She was not sure exactly what was entailed.

Dame Ioreth smiled.  "Nothing too difficult, truly.  Mostly I would have him sorting bandages and folding them, or folding linens for the beds.  Small tasks of that sort.  But I should not burden you with such things, my lady!"

Gail laughed.  "I am not a lady as your people think of it.  I hold no special title or rank.  And honestly, I would like to have something to keep me busy.  Just sitting around, waiting for my other children to return, is really wearing me down.  Could I bring the girls with me?"

"Why, I suppose that you could.  Kaylee would certainly be able to help Sador in his tasks.  And I see no reason why even Megan could not learn to fold bandages."

"Well, then, after Kaylee's visit is ended, how about you and I walk down to your office, and you explain what I need to know.  Then Sador can be released, and my girls and I can make ourselves useful for the next few days!"  The truth was, Gail was getting very impatient waiting for Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey to return, and she had been itching for something useful to do to fill in her time.  Steve was yearning for something to do, too, she knew.  Perhaps he would also like to help out at the Houses of Healing until their other children returned.  She would find out when she saw him later.

But it turned out that Steve had also found something to do.  As he explained to her when he returned to their quarters later that afternoon, Lord Faramir and Master Ondahir had requested his help in organizing things for the return of the King and the Coronation.  The Army of the West would be camping out on the Pelennor until the actual ceremony.  But the field had been badly torn up by the battle, and there were places where it might be difficult to place pavilions, or to have many heavy waggons, as the ground was pocked and unsteady.  Lord Faramir recalled that Steve had said his job had to do with soil.

Steve laughed as he told Gail of the request.  "Of course, it doesn't have a lot to do with geology or testing the soil in the way that I do at home.  But I can certainly give them some advice about how to stabilize various areas enough to be able to set up the pavilions or avoid bogging down the waggons.  It's not the kind of thing I normally do, but just sitting around doing nothing or doing the tourist thing walking around the city is getting kind of old."

"I am glad we have both found ways to be useful," said Gail.  "I have tried to be patient, but it's hard."  She gave a rueful laugh.

"The Lord knows we won't pray for patience," Steve said, with a chuckle.  It was an old joke, but sort of true as well: if you prayed for patience, you might be given trials that would force you to learn it.  "So, He just takes care of it as needed."

And so, the next few days were busier than they had been.  All needed to be made ready for the return of the King, and Gail found that far from just sitting around watching Sador, Kaylee, and Megan fold long strips of linen, she also was able to take messages and assign them to the other errand lads, and so forth.

As for Steve, he found that while his experience as a geologist was not that much help, things he recalled from a summer job back in his younger years came in handy.  The summer before his senior year in high school, as well as during the summer after graduation before he had entered college, he and Ryan had taken part-time jobs at the fairgrounds, which really came in handy now.  While there was no heavy machinery available in Gondor to speed up the work, there were plenty of draft animals, a lot of useful broken stone, and plenty of willing hands to help in the task of levelling off the field, especially those places where the mûmakil had churned up the ground, or where the siege engines and ladders had dug holes.  So, he found his advice and direction to be very useful after all.

And then the word came: the Army would begin making their way across the Anduin the following day.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelong to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 88: One More Time

Clack!  Clack!  Clack!  Joey stepped back a little as Pippin came slightly forward.  Joey ducked and swung his wooden practice sword and heard a solid thwack! as it impacted Pippin's armour.  "Oof!  Good hit!" the hobbit exclaimed.  Suddenly, Pippin stood up straight and looked beyond Joey.

Joey turned around to see a grinning Boromir standing behind him.  "That was quite a good stroke, Joey.  Well done!  But your lessons shall be put on hold for the next few days.  We shall begin to strike camp this afternoon."

"We are going across the River already?" Pippin asked.  Joey listened intently—maybe he could be the first to tell Kevin and Jennifer!  And hey—that means we’ll be back with Mom and Dad very soon!  He smiled at the happy prospect.  

Boromir studied their faces. "It will be done in stages.  Those of the wounded who still need the most care will be taken across today on the boats and barges.  Once that is completed—the rest of today, or perhaps tomorrow—the repairs to the causeway will be finished.  Then the healers and the remaining wounded will go across.  Those on foot will go next, then the waggons and carts, and then those on horseback.”  Boromir paused.  “It should take two days, if all goes right.  The Coronation is scheduled for the first of Lótessë, if all can be made ready in time."

Joey scrunched up his forehead.  What had he been told?  Lótessë was the fourth or fifth month of the year.  This was the fourth month, so it was April?  That meant that the first of Lótessë was the first of May.  Okay!  That meant they would have the Coronation right after they got across the River!  Aragorn would finally get to be King!  He grinned.

And that means Kevin and Jennifer and I will be back with our whole family that very day! he thought, fidgeting with excitement.  I can’t wait!

Boromir looked down at both of them.  "Both of you need to go have your midday meal now, and then bring back to me a bit of bread and fruit.  Afterward I will have several errands for both of you to run, and both of you will attend me at the evening meal with the captains and the King."  For even though it was not yet official, everyone in camp already spoke of Aragorn as King.

The two did not need to be told twice.  They very quickly put away their sparring gear and headed towards the cook's pavilion.  Joey quickly spotted his brother and sister and darted off in their direction.  Pippin shook his head with a sigh and followed his young friend at a slower pace.  He heard Jennifer squeal, and saw the three of them laughing and jumping up and down, and saw Joey and Kevin slapping their hands together, in what Joey called a "high five".

"Well," he said drolly as he came up to them, "I see you must have had bad news?"

"Yes, Pippin," Kevin responded.  "We always laugh like loons when we get bad news."  Jennifer rolled her eyes and snorted, and Kevin smirked.

Joey just smacked the hobbit in the back of his head, the way Merry often did when Pippin was being silly.  Pippin absent-mindedly rubbed the spot.  "I'm used to ducking Merry.  You caught me by surprise."  He chuckled and said, "Have the three of you celebrated enough, or can we now go and get our luncheon?"

Once they collected their meal of ashcakes, cheese, and an orange for each (courtesy of Prince Imrahil, who had them sent in from Dol Amroth), they found a quiet spot beneath a tree, and were soon joined by Frodo and Sam.

"Where's Merry?" Pippin asked.  "We have news!"

"Merry's with Éomer and Éothain right now—but if the news is about breaking camp, we already know.  Aragorn told us," Frodo said.  "Did you know we shall travel as we did, coming here?  You will be driving the waggon again, Kevin, and all of us shall share it like before, but this time, Joey can sleep with us!"

"Really?" Joey asked.  "Oh, wow!"  But then his face fell.  "But why?"

"Likely so as Mr. Boromir can do some stuff later in the evening," said Sam.  "But you'll be riding with him most of the daytime."  Joey nodded.  That made sense.

Once they finished eating, Kevin had to report to the waggonmaster, while Jennifer was needed to begin the job of getting the patients moved, and Joey and Pippin headed back to the mess first, to fetch some food for their liege, and then to deliver it to him at the Captains' pavilion and to learn what else Boromir needed them to do.

Joey's first errand was to find the couriers who would be riding to Minas Tirith with messages for the Steward.  Joey asked if he could send a quick message to his family.  Boromir pointed to the camp table with some parchment and ink and a quill, and said, "Write swiftly, then, Joey, and roll it within my message.  I will seal it for you."

So, Joey quickly wrote: Hi Mom and Daddy.  I have to write fast so this is short.  We are going to be on our way across the river by tomorrow.  If Jen and Kev were here, they'd say Hi too.  Say Hi to Kaylee and Megan.  Love Joey.  He blew on the writing, and then as soon as it dried, he rolled it up and handed it to Boromir, who smiled, rolled it up smaller to fit into his own longer and more official scroll, quickly sealed it with a gob of candle wax, and shoved it into the messenger's tube.  Joey took the tube from him and raced off to find the couriers.  It took him a little longer than he thought it would, as they were gathering messages from different parts of the camp, and he kept just missing them.  But finally, he was able to deliver the tube and started back to find out what he had to do next.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer and Lalaith found themselves busily packing up supplies.  They were counting rolls of bandages at the moment, but soon they would be sorting out the powders, tonics, tinctures, salves, herbs, and other medicines, which were going to take a good deal more time to finish, as they had to be handled carefully.

"...seven, eight, nine, ten...that's all of the jars of willow bark powder," said Lalaith.

"Check!" said Jennifer, making a check mark on her list with the little stylus she was using.  It made a faint red mark of wax that could be rubbed away. Thankfully, her list had little pictures of the containers with the words underneath.  She was beginning to pick up the written form of Sindarin, but still was not fluent in that language when it came to reading or writing it.  Thankfully, she was more fluent in speaking Sindarin than she used to be, and it was only medical terms that she really had to know the Sindarin for anyway, although she did know a few other Sindarin words and phrases, too.  She smiled.  I arrived here knowing how to speak Westron, even though it doesn’t exist back home, and I’ve been learning to read and write Westron, too.  But the only Sindarin words I know are medical terms.

She gazed at the next illustration in the little leatherbound book they had been given.  "The next thing is the bruise balm…"


"I do not see it anywhere, Jennifer."

Jennifer turned to look through the jumble of jars, bottles and little tins on the table.  No, she didn't spot it, either.  It was kept in short, squat glass bowls sealed with wax, and she didn't see a single one.  "Well, it'll be a waste of time if we have to go and find someone now.  I'll put a question mark here, and we can go on to the next thing.  But we’ll have to remember to ask about it when we finish."  She looked at the list.  "The next thing is the tincture of poppy…"

They worked on the task for about another hour.  They had also found themselves missing the little cough lozenges the two had helped to make a few days ago.  And two things were there which looked unfamiliar.  Jennifer looked all through the list, but she did not see anything that matched the small red jar, or the linen bag tied with a red-and-blue braided cord.

The two girls were wondering whether or not to open them and see what they were.  Some of the medicines had to be kept sealed until they were needed, and they were uncertain what the strange containers held.  Just then Mistress Adanel came up.

"Are the two of you not finished yet?" she asked, frowning.

"Oh!"  Jennifer turned with a start.  "Mistress, there were two things not here.  There were supposed to be five jars of bruise balm and another large jar of the cough lozenges we helped make last week.  And there are two items here that are not on the list."  She pointed to the red jar and the little bag.

Adanel laughed.  "I am sorry, the list should have been amended.  The red jar contains all that was left of the bruise balm, and the bag has the remaining cough lozenges.  Both items run out rather quickly, I am afraid, and of course, there is no time now to make any more."

Jennifer and Lalaith looked at one another and gave a sigh of relief.  "Thank goodness!" Jennifer said.  She opened up the list and used her stylus to check off both the bruise balm and the cough lozenges, and then turned the book over to Mistress Adanel.

"Very good!  Now, the two of you go drink some water, for the day is warm, and I would hate to see you swooning.  After that, go see if you can be of use helping to get the patients to the boats and barges."  

Both girls gave a quick curtsey.  "Yes, Mistress Adanel," they echoed, and scurried off to do her bidding.  Nope, I sure don’t want to get dehydrated! Jennifer thought wryly.  She recalled one day at a school track-and-field meet the year before, when one of the girls had passed out.  Everyone had been worried about her, and it had turned out that she was dehydrated.

-oo000oo-

As luck would have it, Kevin found himself alongside Haleth as the horses were being harnessed.  The two boys were giving each horse a little grooming before hitching them to the waggons.  There were far fewer waggons needed this time.  Many patients were mostly recovered, and most of the rest were going off on boats.  But the waggon they were preparing now (and that Kevin would be driving) was the one in which the four hobbits and his brother and sister would ride in, so the boys were taking extra-special care as they hitched up the horses.

"Are you glad you are going home?" Kevin asked his friend.

"I do not know how soon we will return to Rohan.  There will be the coronation for the new King of Gondor first.  And then we shall have to…"  He paused for a moment.  "We shall have to bring Théoden King home to Edoras."  Haleth's eyes sparked with tears.

"I was so sorry he died.  He was a good man, and kind, too."

Haleth nodded.  "At least he died a warrior.  When Wormtongue—”  He stopped and spit in the dirt after using Wormtongue's name. "—was at his side, it seemed like he could never be a great king again!  I am so thankful that Gandalf Greyhame was able to bring him back to us."

"Gandalf is amazing," Kevin said.  He wished he could tell others just how great the Istar was. But that was a secret.  The people of Middle-earth weren’t supposed to know that Gandalf was an angel sent by God.

"Hullo, lads!" came a cheerful voice that Kevin recognized immediately.

"Merry!" Kevin said.

"Sir Holdwine," Haleth added with a smile, using the name that Éomer had knighted Merry with.

"Can you use a hand with these beasts?" he asked, as he affectionately stroked Bron.

"Sure," said Kevin.  While they were technically working, it gave them a chance to visit with one another.  "You know this is the waggon you'll be sleeping in tonight?"  He grinned at the hobbit, who had clambered up on Bron's neck, the better to comb the horse's mane.  Merry nodded.

"So, Éomer King cut you loose?" Kevin asked.

"Eh, I was helping Éothain count horses.  The Rohirrim are obsessed with counting them.  I could swear they count them every day, and twice on Highday!  So, Éothain took pity on me or more likely got tired of my complaining, and told me to go away and find some way to be useful.  So, here I am."  He scratched the big horse between the ears.  "Yes, I am," he cooed to the horse.  Bron bumped his head against Merry's hand when he stopped scratching.  Merry chuckled and scratched some more.

Kevin and Haleth both laughed at the hobbit's antics.  Kevin said, "You are spoiling my horse.  He's acting just like my Aunt Janet's cat!”  Kevin reached over and stroked the horse on his neck.  "Oooh, who's a good horsey?" Kevin cooed in a falsetto tone that came nowhere near his Aunt Janet's voice.

Haleth gaped at him and at Merry both.  "And you say that we of Rohan spoil our horses!"  He looked Bron seriously in the eye and patted his neck on the other side.  "I offer apologies, noble Bron, for the actions of my friends!"

Bron lowered his head, shook it hard, and whickered aloud, causing all three of them to laugh.  Kevin rolled his eyes and snorted.  Bron replied with a snort of his own, setting the three friends off again before they got back to work.

-oo000oo-

The McClouds once more shared their devotions that evening with Frodo, Sam, Merry, and Pippin observing, although Legolas and Gimli did not join them this time.  Then Merry and Pippin sat upon the driver's seat to take the first watch, and Jennifer and Joey lay rolled up in their blankets side by side in the waggon not far from Frodo and Sam.  Kevin set out his bedroll underneath the waggon and listened to the two hobbits as they smoked their pipes and spoke in low voices, wondering how soon they would all get home, and what they would do when they got there.

I wonder, will we all get home, too?  Kevin furrowed his brow.  At least if the Lord wants us to stay in Middle-earth, our family will be together; I mean our immediate family.  Mom and Dad will be with us.  Not our other relatives, though; they won’t even know what happened to us!  They’ll be so worried!  Lord, if we don't get home, please don't let Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet or our grandparents grieve too much or worry themselves sick.  I do still want to go home; at least I think I do.  I really don’t want to worry our relatives back home.  But I sure will miss my new friends here…  Above him, Merry and Pippin had begun to sing a low song about the green hills of the Shire, and Kevin drifted off in the middle of his prayer.

They woke him up after the moon set, and they took their own blankets to the waggon bed and curled up on either side of Frodo and Sam like they always did, while Kevin stretched his legs by walking the perimeter of their small camp, and then took his place on the driver's seat.  He realized that the hobbits had allowed him to sleep longer than half the night—from the sky, it looked like it was only about three hours until dawn.  He watched the rest of the camp around him.  Only a few yards away was the waggon and camp of some of the workers who had been overseeing the rebuilding of the causeway from Osgiliath.  The orcs who had taken the island had pulled down many of the rocks and stones that had supported the causeway, but had been too lazy to carry them off, and most of them had been in the water right near where the causeway had been.  It had not taken the engineers overseeing the soldiers long to get the causeway restored, which was good.  They had finished just today...no, yesterday now...and it was pronounced to be sound for the waggons.

Beyond that was the area where the cook's pavilion was, and the cooks and their helpers were already up, preparing a simple breakfast.  Kevin was pretty sure they'd have the pavilion itself down before dawn.  About five furlongs to the left was the picket line for most of Rohan's horses, and he turned, alert, hand on his sword, at the sound of them whickering and moving about.  But it was all right—it was just some of the Riders, come to feed and water the horses early.  He spotted Éothain tending to his own big roan.  Kevin thought it was neat the way the Rohirrim always took care of the horses first.

He glanced right, towards the Anduin.  The river was quiet, for all the boats and barges had crossed before supper.  Jennifer had thought she might have to go over with them to help tend some of the wounded who still were in need of care, but Mistress Adanel explained to her that the Healers and helpers from the Houses of Healing in the city would be taking them up there to finish their recovery.  So, Jennifer and the other helpers had been relieved of duty, and most of the Healers had gone with the patients.

He looked left again, to the East, and realized he could see the tips of the mountains.  The sky was getting lighter now.  It was almost sunrise.  They only had one more time to move before the coronation!

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belongs to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelong to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 89: Heigh-Ho!  Heigh-Ho!

"This is the last of it, Master McCloud."  The workman in charge of the draught horses looked with pride at the line of five waggons filled with dirt, gravel, and stones, and the crowd of day laborers who waited for their orders.

"Thank you, Master Berelach.  You've been very helpful.  The timing could not be better, since the field will be covered with tents and pavilions by this time tomorrow.  I think the new King will be very happy when he arrives."  Steve smiled and then looked around.  This particular spot was the last of the pits caused by the death throes of one of the mûmakil.  "Over there," and Steve pointed to another spot, a large, blackened depression in the ground, where the body of the fell beast belonging to the Ringwraith which Éowyn and Merry had slain had been burned.  The spot was still blackened, and foul fumes still came from it, even though it had been smoothed and seeded days before.  The nearby mound where the King of Rohan's white horse had been buried was already beginning to show grass sprouting.  Steve was somewhat confused, as both had been buried at about the same time.

"Take the waggon with mostly dirt and cover up the burned place again," he said.  "I hope it will at least stay covered up until after the Coronation."

Berelach nodded.  "'Tis cursed.  But perhaps it will not break through so quickly this time."

"I hope so," answered Steve.  "Let's get this last elephant grave levelled out with the remaining material, same way we've been doing it: gravel and rocks first, then level it out with the remaining dirt."

"Very good, Master McCloud."  Berelach went over to give the laborers their orders.  Many had been doing the same work before, but there were a few new ones in the group.  He told the new ones to watch the others and follow their lead.  He would oversee, to make sure they did it well.

Steve grabbed a shovel and walked over to help those who were working on the "cursed" area.  They wouldn't really need supervision so much as an extra pair of hands.  The workers did not look surprised; over the last few days, Steve had often lent his own arms and back to the work. None of them spoke, but as he worked Steve silently prayed that their work would bear fruit this time, and that at least the foul smell would be permanently banished.  Please, God, don’t let that place in the ground, or that foul stench reappear, ever.  Amen.

He was still hard at work with the others when he was startled to hear a voice behind him.  

"Master McCloud?"  The voice was that of Faramir.  "Perhaps you should halt, and rest."  He gestured to two servants behind him, who bore ewers of water.  Steve gestured to the others, who gratefully stopped, ready to take some refreshment.  Steve reached over and took up his long-empty waterskin, and one of the servants filled it for him.

After he took a long drink from it, he turned to Faramir.  "Thank you, Lord Faramir.  That's very thoughtful of you."

"You are most welcome."  Faramir looked around, clearly impressed.  An approving smile spread across his face.  "I do believe you have worked a marvel.  Few would realize that a battle was fought here."  

"I don't know about a marvel.  It's just, I kind of know how such damage to the ground can be put right.  We have devices in my homeland that can make fixing it a little easier and faster, but the actual methods are the same.  Grading the ground is much the same anywhere."  

"Well, it seems a marvel to me.  However, it appears that your task is done.  All is prepared now, and soon enough the returning Army will be setting up their own camp here.  By tomorrow night, they will all be here."

Steve's heart leapt.  He grinned.  "My kids...my children will be here!"  He sobered.  "Will we be able to see them right away?"

"That will all depend.  If it is still day, perhaps.  But if night has fallen, it is very likely that you will have to wait.  There will be much chaos, all of it coming from the preparations for the Coronation.  It is quite possible that you may not be able to find them until after the Coronation takes place."  Faramir put a hand on Steve's shoulder.  "Steven," he said softly, for the servants and workers were no longer near enough to hear him being informal.  "Take heart and be patient.  It will not be much longer until you and your wife are reunited with the rest of your children.  By day’s end, the day after tomorrow, they will be back in your care.  That is only two days from now."

Steve gave a bitter laugh.  "Well, I guess I was in need of patience.  But at least I know that they will be here.  But I'm not crazy about having to give the news to Gail."

"I still have some tasks of my own," Faramir said.  "Let us go back into the city, and you may accompany me."

Steve looked at himself and sniffed his armpit.  "I don't think I'm fit for the Steward's Heir at the moment."

Faramir laughed.  "I have been as dirty as that, and more so at times of my life.  But fear not, my first task is at the Citadel, and you may clean yourself and change clothing before we go elsewhere."

"In that case, 'lead on, McDuff'."  Steve laughed.

"'McDuff?" Faramir asked.

"It's just a saying in my homeland."  Steve wondered if he could even explain the saying.  He knew it was a saying from Shakespeare, but he wasn't sure he knew enough of the context to even begin to explain.  “It’s a line from a story that’s well-known where we come from.”

"Ah, I see.  Someday when we have time, I should like to speak of that book with you."  Faramir's face was lit up with pleasure and curiosity.

It was Steve's turn to laugh.  "In that case, give me some time to dredge my memory, and to see what I can recall.  I believe I was only about Kevin's age, or maybe a little older, when I last read that story in school, and that was years ago.  There were many stories by that particular author."

“And who was the author?”

“His name was William Shakespeare, and in truth, he was a playwright and a poet.  He wrote many plays that people acted out on the stage for others to watch, and many poems as well.  He lived and died several centuries before our time, but his writings live on, where we come from, and people still act out his plays.  Indeed, some of his works are required reading in school.  I had to read some of his plays when I was in high school and college, and Kevin’s been having to do the same since he started high school.”

"Well, I will look forward to our conversation when your memory is sufficiently dredged.  Shall we head to the City?”  Faramir led the way to the horses.  Steve's horse was already there on the picket line; he had come down on a horse from the Citadel stables.  And Faramir's horse was nearby, where his two guards awaited.

They mounted and began the ride back to the White City.

-oo000oo-

Gail and Mairen were dressing Kaylee and Megan for the day.  The two girls would be accompanying Gail to the Houses of Healing.

"Are you certain you do not wish for me to accompany you, Gail?" Mairen asked.

Gail shook her head.  "You and Avorn have had little time together since we got here, Mairen."

"Thank you very much."

After a breakfast of porridge with honey and fruit, Gail set out for the Houses of Healing, to Dame Ioreth's domain.  It was the same room in which Joey had first met Sador and some of the other errand lads, and it had been interesting to listen to the other boys telling little anecdotes of Joey and Bergil, and of some of the adventures her son had been involved in during his stay in Minas Tirith.

Dame Ioreth was waiting there to explain their task for the day.  A poulterer had recently donated five large bags of feathers and down to the Houses, for the making of new pillows.  The launderers had brought over some clean linen, old sheets which had been cut down to make the pillows with.  Gail, Mairen, and the children had spent the previous day sewing the rectangles of linen into tubes.  Today, Sador and Megan would spend the day stuffing the tubes, and Gail and Kaylee would sew the ends of the tubes up.  Gail's hand stitching had much improved over her time in Rivendell, but she was still a little embarrassed that her five-year-old daughter sewed a neater seam than she could.  Kaylee's tiny hands made very neat stitches.  At the same time, Gail was proud of her little girl for the skill that she had attained.  In truth, she was proud of both of her young daughters.

Sador was humming a little tune as he and Megan stuffed the feathers into the pillow forms.  There were bits of fluffy down floating about the room.  Megan started to hum along with Sador.  Then she asked, "What song is that?"

Sador smiled. “It's one I remember my grandfather singing when I was very young, before he died.  He was a tailor.”  He began to sing:

“There was a tailor had a mouse.

Hi diddle um come feed-al.

They lived together in one house.

Hi diddle um come feed-al.

 

“The thread follows the needle.

In and out the needle goes,

In and out the needle goes.
Hi diddle um come feed-al.

 

“The tailor thought his mouse was ill.
Hi diddle um come feed-al.
He gave him part of a blue pill.

Hi diddle um come feed-al.”


At this point, Gail and the girls joined in the chorus.

“The thread follows the needle.

In and out the needle goes,

In and out the needle goes.
Hi diddle um come feed-al.

 

“The tailor thought the mouse would die.

Hi diddle um come feed-al.

He baked him in an apple pie.
Hi diddle um come feed-al.

 

“The thread follows the needle.

In and out the needle goes,

In and out the needle goes.

Hi diddle um come feed-al.

 

“The pie was cut; the mouse ran out.

Hi diddle um come feed-al.

The tailor chased him all about.

Hi diddle um come feed-al.

 

“The thread follows the needle,

In and out the needle goes,

In and out the needle goes.
Hi diddle um come feed-al.”*

All of them were laughing at the end. 

Kaylee piped up.  "That part about the mouse being baked in a pie reminds me of a song I know:

“Sing a song of sixpence,

A pocket full of rye,

Four and twenty blackbirds

Baked in a pie.

When the pie was opened,

The birds began to sing—

Wasn't that a dainty dish

To set before the king?

 

“The king was in the counting-house,

Counting out his money.

The queen was in the parlor,

Eating bread and honey.

The maid was in the garden,

Hanging out the clothes.

Along came a blackbird

And snipped off her nose.”

The girls and Sador swapped off with new songs, and the singing made the finished work grow quickly.  Very soon they had ten plump, soft new pillows piled up.  They were slightly smaller than the pillows Gail knew at home, but the used linen was incredibly soft.  Megan took one of them up and squeezed it.  "I love these pillows!  They are so squishy and cuddly!"  She curled up on it holding it close.  "I wish our pillows were like this at home."

Just then, Dame Ioreth came in.  "Goodness!  I am surprised you have already finished!"  She picked up one of them and checked them.  "Stitches tidy, pillows nice and full!  What good work!"  She glanced over at Gail. "I came to see if you were hungry." She gestured at a basket she had placed on a table near the door.  "Bread, cheese, fruit, and a bottle of cold fruit tea."

Gail picked some bits of down out of Megan's hair, and then they washed up at the washstand at one side of the room.

After everyone had served themselves some food and drink, the children sat in a circle on the floor, cross-legged.  Dame Ioreth sat down on a chair near Gail's.  "I really am surprised you finished so quickly."

Gail smiled.  "They were having a lot of fun.  It's nothing like anything the girls have done before, so they thought of it as a game.  And the songs helped, too."

The Dame nodded.  "Song is always a good way to speed up the work—it is why there are so many work songs, after all."

Gail glanced at the children.  "Uh, Dame Ioreth, if you don't have anything else for us to do today, I thought I would take the three of them outside to the herb garden at the Houses of Healing after we eat.  It's a quiet walled space where they can play, and I will be able to keep an eye on them.  We'll probably stop by the kennels and pick up Lucy, first, so the children can play with her."

"That sounds like a good idea.”  Dame Ioreth nodded.  “I really have no other tasks for them today.  But when we finish our noon meal, I am going to give Sador his monthly stipend.  It is due him the last day of the month, which is on the morrow, but there will be so many last-moment things to do for the coronation that I do not wish to miss giving it to him.  The other lads will get theirs before the evening meal, but I do not know if Sador will return before then."

"Actually, I was going to ask you if it was all right to have Sador join us for supper, and perhaps play a few games with the girls before his bedtime."

"That will be fine.  Just be sure to have someone escort him back here if it is after dark."

"Of course!" said Gail, with a smile.

The old nurse shrugged.  "Usually, I would not worry, for it is only from the Citadel, but after his injury…"  As her voice trailed off, she furrowed her brow.

"I do understand, Dame Ioreth, and I'd be just the same if it was one of the girls.  Or my son, Joey."

Dame Ioreth grinned.  "I miss Joey.  He was a very hard worker, very cheerful.  And he learned so quickly!" 

Gail felt a surge of pride for Joey.  He’d had to learn quickly, what with being in a situation that she still felt he should never have had to deal with.  

They were soon finished eating, and Dame Ioreth called for Sador.  He came to her side.  "I am giving you your stipend a day early because of the Coronation," she said, drawing a small cloth drawstring bag from her capacious apron pocket. 

Sador took it and looked within with a smile.  "Thank you, Dame Ioreth."  He opened the bag and took out five copper coins, handing them back to her.  "Would you please put these in my box for me?"

"Of course, Sador.  And Mistress McCloud has asked for the rest of the day off for you to be with her and Kaylee and Megan.  You will take your supper with them as well, but be back here for your bedtime!"

Sador grinned.  "Oh, thank you!" he said, and he gave her a brief hug, before stepping back and blushing.

Dame Ioreth laughed and patted his back.  "Be off with you now, lad, and stay out of mischief."

As Gail left with her small charges, she asked Sador, "What was that, about a box?"

"Oh, well, some of us errand lads have a box. We give some of our wages to Dame Ioreth to keep for us in our boxes.  She locks them up there, and when we are no longer here as errand lads, she will give us our boxes to take with us."

“Like a piggy bank?” Kaylee asked him, wide-eyed.

"A what?" Sador asked.

“Something you save your money in.”

"Why did you call it a 'piggy'?" he asked, puzzled.

“‘Cause it’s shaped like a pig.”

Gail laughed.  “Most of them are.  They are usually made of pottery.  We call them piggy banks where we come from; they’re little containers you can store money in, to save it.  As Kaylee said, some of them are shaped like pigs, so we call them ‘piggy banks’.  They have little slots on top to drop coins through, and a place on the bottom you can open, to take the coins out.”

Sador still looked a little confused, but nodded.  He knew they had some strange customs in the land the McClouds came from.  "Why do they use a pig to put the coins in?”

Gail laughed.  "I have no idea, Sador!  I don’t whose idea it was to shape the containers like pigs.  It is just a tradition we have.  But don’t worry, we don’t attempt to feed the coins to live pigs!  We just store them in containers that are shaped like pigs—it’s a tradition where we come from."

Sador nodded.  He understood traditions.  Some of Gondor's traditions did not make much sense either.  At least, where the McClouds came from, they didn’t try to use real pigs to store the coins in.

They had arrived in the kennels, and Megan tried to dart off, but came up short, as Gail had a tight hold on her hand.

"Mommy!" squealed Megan.  "I wanna see Lucy!!"

"All right," Gail answered, “but stop there until I catch up."  It was a straight line-of-sight to the kennels, where Lucy was playing with some of the hunting dogs.  The little spaniel raced to the gate and started barking a welcome to her family.  The other dogs began to gather at the gate as well, but the groom shouted "Back!" and they backed up and sat down.  Since Lucy was so small, he did not open the gate, but leaned over it to pick her up.  He took her lead off a small hook by the gate and attached it to her collar, and then he gave the other end to Gail before setting Lucy on the ground.

He smiled.  "She's a well-behaved little dog, Mistress," he added.

"She should be," answered Gail, smiling back.  "She was trained by the Elves."  She took a silver coin from the belt pouch at her waist and handed it to him, smiling.  "Thank you for watching her today."

He smiled.  "Thank you, Mistress," he said, as the coin disappeared into his own belt pouch.

Gail turned back to her daughters and Sador.  “All right, children, let’s go.”

-oo000oo-

Steve had gone straight to their quarters, to wash up well.  He wished he could take a quick shower, but Minas Tirith seemed only to have baths, like Rivendell.  But he cleaned up as best he could and changed into clean clothing.  He'd been wearing his jeans and a travel tunic to work in, and he was glad the job was done so his dirty clothes could now go to the laundry.  He tossed them in the basket by the door.  He knew one of the Citadel servants would collect them before the next day.

He always felt a little silly in the dressier clothes that seemed common in Middle-earth.  Here in Gondor, the clothing was much like the dressier Elvish clothing in Rivendell.  It was like wearing a bathrobe in public.  At least the clothing he'd been supplied with was more styled like those of the younger men.  His soft grey robe was only calf-length, like those Faramir wore, and not like the full-length robes that the Steward and many of the older men wore.  He pulled on the matching leggings and a pair of shoes, all in the same shade of grey.

There was a gentle tap on the door of his room.  "Steven?"

"Yes, Avorn?"

The Elf stuck his head in the door.  "Lord Faramir is here.  He said he was collecting you."

Steve laughed.  Faramir had picked up a few of Steve's more modern expressions, finding them humorous.  "I'll be right there."

Avorn gave a sharp nod, backing out and shutting the door.  Steve grabbed the belt that had come with the outfit and his pouch, slipping it over the belt before tying it around his waist, and left the room.

He and Faramir headed down the wide marble corridor.  "I had a selfish reason for asking your company.  My first task is to report on the progress for the Coronation to my father, and as one of those reports will be on the progress of repairing the battlefield to make it fit for the King and the Army to camp there, I thought to have you explain your success yourself."

Steve laughed.  "I see.  You'll present me as proof that at least one job is done!"

"I see you are wise to the ways of such things," Faramir said, with a wry twist to his smile.  "My father is still as exacting as ever, though he is much less dour than he was before Sauron's defeat.  A bit of 'proof', as you say, will help to humour him.  It will also save us the trouble of finding food.  I have timed it so that our visit will fall at luncheon."

Steve grinned and shook his head.  "I'm not sure if you are clever, or just sneaky!"

Now Faramir laughed.  "Who is to say I am not both?  I am a Ranger, after all."  Steve snorted, and Faramir smirked.

The guard at the Steward's door allowed them in, and his chamberlain, Baranor, announced them.

Faramir and Steve approached Lord Denethor, with small bows of their heads, since they were in an informal setting.  Both men looked curiously at the other guest in the Steward's presence.  He was an unfamiliar Elf, black hair and grey eyes, like most of the Elves.  He was not as tall as Glorfindel, but was wider in the shoulders.

Steve wondered who he might be; he knew all of the Elves who had accompanied them to Rivendell, and he didn't know any other Elves in the City.  The Elf solved the problem by rising and placing a hand upon his breast with a slight bow of his own.  "My Lord Faramir, and Master Steven McCloud, I believe.  I am Elrohir Elrondion, sent by my brother, Lord Elessar, to discuss some details of the Coronation with the Steward."

Both Lord Faramir and Steve returned the Elf's gesture.  But Steve was surprised that Elrohir knew who he was.  It must have shown on his face, because the Elf smiled at him.  "You bear a great resemblance to your sons, especially to Sir Kevin.  I am sure that you are quite proud of both of them."

With a smile, Steve nodded.  "I am very proud of them."

Lord Denethor looked up.  "This is a fortunate time for you to arrive, my son," he said to Faramir.  The old man coughed slightly, and gestured for the newcomers to be seated, and Elrohir resumed his seated.  He turned his gaze on Steven.  "How goes the work upon the battlefield, Master Steven?  Is the Pelennor nearly fit to house the new King and his Army of the West?"

Steve kept a straight face.  He wanted to laugh because of Faramir's earlier confession, but he was also very pleased with the news he brought.  He exchanged a look with Faramir.  "Lord Denethor, I am pleased to tell you that the last of the work was completed this morning.  The field has been graded where necessary, and the ruts and holes and churned up ground has all been smoothed out.”

He frowned.  “My only concern is one spot in the ground which we have treated several times, but it keeps falling in, and the ground remains blackened.  It is in the spot where they killed one of the flying monsters.  We treated it again this morning, and we are hopeful that it will remain that way for a few days, anyway.  But it seems to be like a shallow sinkhole, if there could ever be such a thing.  Everything else is finished."

Denethor looked disturbed, but not surprised.  "Those Fell Beasts!  I cannot fault you in this, Master Steven.  I am sure the beast poisoned the ground."

Elrohir nodded. "Have a simple fence put up around the spot," he said, "and worry no more about it.  It is a sad thing the creatures came to, cursed and twisted by the evil of Sauron into something they were never meant to be.  They once were a noble breed, beings of beauty and majesty.  But they were made his slaves, and corrupted.  It was not their fault."

Steve and Faramir nodded, and Faramir said, "I will send out a message to put up a fence of a rod* out in every direction, and to make it high enough not to be easily overlooked."  He glanced at his father, who nodded.

Just then, the guard opened the door, and Baranor stepped forward as several other servants came in, rolling a wheeled trolley which was filled with covered dishes and a rather savoury smell.

As the four of them ate a meal of lightly broiled fish in a lemon sauce, with some steamed spring vegetables on a bed of cooked grain, Elrohir asked some questions about the first hours of the siege and spoke a bit of the journey from the Paths of the Dead to Minas Tirith.  Steve was amazed as the Elf told of Jennifer's brave actions aboard the ship, and in rescuing Halbarad.  "And your daughter, young Kaylee—I do not know if any have told her, but she, too, played a part in Halbarad's life being spared."

Steve looked surprised.  "How is it that happened?  Kaylee was way back in Rivendell."

"Chance, if chance you call it, as Mithrandir would say.  Kaylee gave a small stone she had picked up, placed in a small pouch that she had made for it, to Halbarad as a parting gift.  It was that stone which deflected the enemy's arrow.”

Steve shook his head.  "God works in mysterious ways, His wonders to perform," he quoted from the old hymn.**

"You speak with confidence in the ways of the One," said Elrohir, a hint of awe in his voice.

Steve shrugged.  "It is out of an old song where we come from, based on words from our Holy Book, in our homeland.  But yes, I do have confidence in Him."

Denethor shook his head.  "To me—really to my people and the descendants of Númenor—it seems presumptuous to speak of the One so boldly.  We do not often speak His name, lest we offend."

Steve thought for a moment.  "Perhaps there is something in that.  Many of our people in my homeland do speak of Him lightly and use His name in vain, which is wrong to do.  The Lord’s name is supposed to be treated with respect and reverence, and not everybody does that, I regret to say.  There is more profane language in my wo...homeland than I am comfortable with.  It's not the way of our family, or of those we worship with, but others—well, they are not very respectful sometimes."  Now that Steve thought of it, he had not heard much of any language like that here in Middle-earth.

"I would like to know more of the ways of your home," Faramir said, "as well as of that great poet you called Shakespeare."

Just then Baranor came over, bringing small dishes of cut up chilled fruit to end the meal.

As they ate the fruit, the Steward turned the topic back to the Coronation. He turned to Faramir.  "What of the other preparations for the ceremony, my son?  Have you much left to do?"

"From here, Father; we will go to the Hallows, to retrieve the Crown from the lap of Eärnil II, and to have it furbished for the ceremony.  Will you accompany us?"

Denethor sighed.  "Alas, Faramir, my Healers have forbidden that I venture so far for the next day or so, if I wish to be present at the Gates for the actual Coronation.  It seems I am always to be conserving my breath."

Faramir looked sad, but nodded his head.  He knew what would soon be coming.  "Very well, my Lord.  We shall return it here, for safekeeping until Coronation Day."

And so it was that Steve, along with several Guards and a gentleman that Faramir introduced as his uncle, Hurin of the Keys, made the journey to the Hallows, to the tomb of the last King of Gondor.  When they came to the Rath Dínen, Faramir whispered to Steve, "This is the Silent Street, the Hallows.  We must not speak again until we have left."  Steve nodded.

Soon they came to the tombs of the Kings, the first of which was the one they would enter.  There, they halted, as Hurin produced a ring of large keys.  He selected one, with which he opened the door of the tomb.

There in the centre was a stone plinth carved with an effigy of a tall king, and on the lap of the effigy was what appeared to Steve to be more of a helmet than a crown.  In fact, it looked very much like the helmets worn by the Guards who stood at attention around the dead tree in the courtyard of the Citadel.  But part of it was much shinier, though there were parts that showed tarnish.  And it had larger wings at the sides than the guardsmen wore. There were pearls inset, and some white gems that could have been diamonds.  It looked like it was very heavy.

Still with no speech, Faramir picked up the crown and turned to Hurin, who was holding open a wooden box one of the Guards had been carrying.  He carefully placed the crown into the softly lined box.  Hurin closed it, and the guard took it back, holding it while the Keeper of the Keys selected a smaller key, and locked the box.  As they left the tomb, the other guards surrounded the one who carried the box, and Faramir, Hurin, and Steve brought up the rear.

Once they left the Silent Street, Faramir told Steve, "We will take this back to my father's quarters; a silversmith will see to the tarnish on the silver.  That part which did not tarnish is mithril.  It is said that the original crown was solid mithril, but it was replaced with this one during the reign of Atanatar II."

"It doesn't look very comfortable," Steve said.

"It does not, and I am sure it is not," was Faramir's reply.  "It is meet that the crown of a king should be a heavy burden, that they not take their responsibilities lightly."  Steve grimaced.  Thank the Lord he would never have to be a king!  Being a monarch was indeed a heavy responsibility.

After they left the crown with Denethor, Hurin, and the silversmith, Faramir took his leave of his father, and once they were outside the door, Faramir grinned.  "I told the Lady Éowyn that I would seek her out, once my duties were done for the day.  And I am quite certain that you are ready to see your family."

"I am, thank you," Steve said with a grin.  "Please give my regards to Lady Éowyn."

Steve made his way back to his quarters, where Mairen let him know his wife and children were in the gardens of the Houses of Healing.

-oo000oo-

Steve could hear the laughter (and barking) in the garden as he came upon the sight of Kaylee, Megan, Sador, and Lucy playing a vigorous game of tag. 

Gail spotted him and smiled.  Steve put a finger to his lips, to keep silent until the kids noticed him on their own.  He slipped over and sat down next to his wife, and they shared a brief kiss of greeting.

"Eew!" shouted Kaylee.  "Kissy-face!" 

Megan squealed, "Kissy-face!  Kissy-face!"

Sador watched, eyes wide and blushing.

Lucy leapt into Steve's lap and interrupted with her own slobbery version of "kissy-face" as the little girls and Sador laughed out loud.  Gail just grinned at her husband as he tried to fend off the enthusiastic spaniel.

-oo000oo-

A/N: Sador's tailoring song is a combination of two traditional work songs in the public domain: “Thread Follows the Needle” and “The Tailor and the Mouse”.   Here is a link to where we found them: https://www.bethsnotesplus.com/2019/08/songs-about-tailors.html.  Kaylee's song is a traditional Mother Goose rhyme, in the public domain.

*A rod is 16.5 feet.

**This famous quotation is slightly misquoted from an old hymn written in 1774 by poet William Cowper, and set to music as a hymn.  The hymn tune London New comes from The Psalmes of David in Prose and Meeter of 1635.  In Common Praise, it is in D major.

“God moves in a mysterious way,

His wonders to perform;

He plants His footsteps in the sea

And rides upon the storm.”

That verse is itself an allusion to Psalm 77:19, but the “mysterious way” was Cowper’s phrase.


ON HIATUS: Dear readers: once more, we beg your indulgence for another hiatus. Unlike previous ones which either dealt with my (DF) health, or (for both of us, computer problems) this one is for KG.  Her mother is very ill, and she and her sister are having to deal with some difficult decisions. As when I (DF) was recovering from my burn accident, we cannot give an exact date for when we will return.  We ask for those of you who feel inclined to do so, to add KG's mom to your prayer list, and to send good thoughts her way.  Thank you for your patience.

KGandDF

[P.S. I'm glad to announce that my mother is much better now; hopefully, she'll continue getting better.  But since Dreamflower and I have some catching up to do on writing our chapters, we've decided to wait until January to resume posting them.  KG.]

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 90: Almost There

Joey woke up in the waggon and stretched.  He sat up and saw Kevin sitting on the driver's seat.  "Kevin!" he hissed sharply.

Kevin turned.  "Hey, Joey!  Awake already?" 

"Yeah.  I need to go.  I'll be right back."  Moving carefully so as not to waken anyone else he climbed over the side of the waggon, and then hopped down, and made a dash for the latrine, which was just a pit over near a small copse of trees.  Then he headed back, though not moving quite as quickly this time.  The hobbits were now heading in that direction, and they passed him as he was returning.  Frodo and Merry gave him sleepy nods, and Sam smiled and waved, while Pippin wished him a merry "Good morning!"

Jennifer was already gone when he returned.  "Where's Jen?" Joey asked Kevin.

"She's off to wash up and fetch us some bread.  Just bread and water this morning; no time for the cooks to set up.  They baked last night, before they took the mess tent down and quenched the fires."

The hobbits returned.  All of them had slept in their clothing, but Merry and Pippin had taken off their livery and mail.  They helped one another to get into their gear; Joey helped them as well.  All he needed to don was his surcoat, since he didn't wear armour.

Jennifer came back with a basketful of ash cakes, enough for all of them to have at least two.  They ate their bread, washed down with water from their waterskins.  Merry finished first and then trotted off towards the encampment of the Rohirrim.  Jennifer only wanted one of the little breads baked in the ashes, so Joey and Pippin split a third, and then they set off to find Boromir.

Jennifer got up and sat next to Kevin.  "They said they did not need any more help among the few healers that are left.  Nearly all the patients were sent over last night."

"That's good," Kevin replied.  "I'm supposed to stay with the waggon.  It will be my responsibility to get us in line once we start moving."

"Do you suppose that Dad and Mom will meet us on the other side of the River?" Jennifer asked.

Kevin shook his head.  "I don't think so.  I asked Gandalf about that yesterday, and he said there would be too much chaos there today.  I don't think they'd want Kaylee and Megan under everyone's feet, and they probably wouldn't want to leave them alone."  

Jennifer nodded.  Like it or not, the three of them would just have to wait until they were in Minas Tirith before they were reunited with the rest of the family.  How are we gonna explain all this to Aunt Janet and Uncle Ryan when we get back home? she wondered.

Brother and sister just sat together, appreciating a quiet time together.  There were sounds around them of horses and orders being called out, but it seemed distant in the early-morning sun, especially without the chatter of the hobbits and their younger brother.

Jennifer sighed contentedly.  "This is nice.  I hope nothing goes wrong for the Coronation tomorrow, and that the weather is nice."

Kevin nodded and took his sister's hand.  "Lord, please help everything go well for Aragorn today and tomorrow, and please grant him a beautiful day for his crowning.  He is a good man, and he will be a good king.”  He paused.  “And once he’s crowned, please give him wisdom and discernment as You did Solomon—or will do Solomon.  Amen."

"And," added Jennifer, "please help us to be patient tomorrow as we wait to see Mom and Dad and Kaylee, Megan...and Lucy."

-oo000oo-

“Hi, Steward Denethor!” Kaylee greeted Denethor as she opened the door at his knock. She made a little curtsey.

“Hello, young Kaylee.”  Denethor nodded towards the little girl.  “Are your parents inside?”

“They sure are, sir!”  Kaylee nodded.

“Well, I need to speak with them, if you would announce me, then?”

Smiling, Kaylee took his hand and led him through the door.  “Mommy!  Daddy!  Steward Denethor is here!” she called.  Then she turned to him. "Did I do it right?"

Denethor suppressed a smile and nodded.  "Indeed, you certainly did."

“So, I see.”  Steve smiled as he entered the room, followed by Gail and Megan.  “To what do we owe the privilege of this visit, Lord Denethor?” he asked, exchanging a look with his wife as he did so.  The three adults sat down, but Kaylee remained on her feet.

"I hoped to have a chance to speak with you before we all are far too busy with the preparations for tomorrow.  Faramir had hoped to join me, but there were some last-minute problems in arranging accommodations for many of the nobles arriving to attend the ceremony.  Most have always had houses in the City available, but several had sold their properties when it seemed advisable to evacuate, and while there was little damage to the upper levels, there was some, especially in the fifth level, so a few homes are in need of repair.  But we are concentrating our efforts on the lower levels, which took the most damage.  Those nobles shall have to be hosted here at the Citadel, and Faramir is quite good at soothing ruffled feathers."  Denethor shook his head, with an appearance of chagrin.  "That, of course, is just an explanation of his absence today."

Steve and Gail looked at one another, puzzled.  He still was uncertain of the purpose of the Steward's visit this morning, unaccompanied by anyone.  Kaylee leaned against the couch’s left armrest and gazed at him.  Megan sat on her mother’s lap.

"We are hoping that you will continue to be guests in the City, for a time.  The new King has also written to us that this is his hope as well.  But I know that your own purpose will be fulfilled when you are reunited with your older children; perhaps you may wish to go back to your own homeland right away.  I must say that I have much curiosity about your home, and have had very little time to indulge it, but we would not wish to restrain you if it is your wish to leave right after the Coronation."

Steve glanced at Gail, and she nodded to him that he should answer.  Honestly, neither had been thinking that far ahead, as they had no idea how they would even get home yet.  They had figured they'd have to go back to Rivendell to find their way home, but even that was uncertain.  He took a deep breath and shook his head slightly.  "I know that Lord Glorfindel has received word from Master Elrond that he and his family will be coming here around midsummer.  It is quite unlikely that we'd leave before that, since we came here with his people.  And I do know that Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey have taken on some responsibilities since they got here.  They may need time to be ready to leave."

"It is good to hear that," said Denethor.  He coughed, putting his hand over his mouth, and the coughing went on for a few minutes.  After a moment, it eased off, and he noticed that Kaylee had brought him a goblet of water without even being asked.  Megan stood at her sister's side, looking worried. "Thank you, Kaylee.  That is kind of you."  

"It's OK, sir.  Megan was worried that you might be sick."

"Were you, then, child?" he asked, turning to the younger girl.  "I am not sick, but I still have a bad cough from the smoke I breathed in during the siege."

Megan blushed and looked down at her toes.  "I hope you get better," she said softly.

Denethor took a few small sips of water, and then a longer drink from the goblet.  He smiled at Steve and Gail.  "Your daughters are very polite."

Gail was also smiling at her little ones.  Kaylee approached her mother and climbed onto the couch by her side.  "We are very proud of them."  She held out her arms, and the two girls leaned into her embrace.

"As I said," Denethor said, his cough having subsided, "I am glad to hear you will be staying for at least a little while. Lord Elessar has agreed that you shall remain here at the Citadel for as long as you wish.  And he has extended that courtesy to myself and my sons, as well."

They hadn't thought of that, but they supposed that it was not something to be taken for granted.  "Thank you for letting us know, Lord Denethor," said Gail. "You and your people have been very hospitable to us."

Denethor dipped his head in acknowledgement.  "It is the least we could do.  Your older children had no ties to Gondor, save their friendship with Boromir and with Lord Elessar.  Yet they took it upon themselves to do what they could to help us, even to fighting and risking their lives in order to help our people."

"We are extremely proud of our kids," said Steve, smiling fondly, and with an equally fond, proud smile, Gail nodded agreement.

Denethor looked slightly puzzled, and then chuckled.  "You refer to your children as 'kids'.  I do not believe I have ever heard of children being called baby goats before you did so."

"It's a common way to refer to children where we come from."

"I have heard such expressions from your children, as well as others that are puzzling.  Perhaps you can explain the meanings behind some of them…"

-oo000oo-

Kevin slowly eased the waggon over the bumpy stones of the causeway.  He felt like he was just crawling along, but he was still a little new at this waggon-driving thing; besides, everyone was going slow, anyway.  The causeway was safe, the engineers had said, but it was not as smooth as it had originally been before the destruction of Osgiliath.  Every turn of every wheel was a bump.

Only Sam and Frodo were in the waggon.  The two of them were sitting up on the driver's seat alongside him, and they were satisfying Kevin's curiosity about their lives in the Shire.  Pippin was riding with Boromir, Joey was riding with Gandalf, Merry was with Eomer, and Jennifer had gone to walk alongside her friend Lalaith.  Kevin could see them up ahead giggling and talking just the way that Jen had always giggled and talked with her friend, Nicole, back home.  He supposed it was just a girl thing everywhere.

"So, you hobbits always eat six meals every day?" he asked.

"Yes, Mr. Kevin," said Sam.

Frodo laughed.  "Except when we can get seven."

"So, that's like, every two hours?  I know you have two breakfasts, and something called elevenses, and then lunch.  And what else?"

The two hobbits laughed.  "Then there is teatime, and supper, and then if it is a special occasion, there will be a feast, or a late supper, depending on the occasion," Frodo replied.  "And yes, it does seem to be about every couple of hours, although once in a while, if our day was running late, Uncle Bilbo was fond of 'tupper', which was when he combined 'tea' and 'supper' into one meal."

"And then, there's 'long breakfast',” added Sam.  "Mr. Merry said as Brandybucks was fond of that one, and Tooks as well.  Long breakfast is when you start eating first breakfast and then just keep on eating right through the second."

Kevin shook his head.  “If you cook six or seven meals a day—or five, if you count long breakfasts—how on earth do you have time to get anything else done?  I mean, you have to cook everything from scratch, and that takes a while!  Not to mention the time you spend eating them, and then you have to wash the dishes every time!”  He rolled his eyes.  “How do you manage to do all that, and get your regular work done, too?”

Both hobbits laughed heartily at that question.  "We just do," said Frodo.  "We prepare things ahead of time; a stew meant for supper may cook on a low fire all day long.  First breakfast is often just porridge, some fruit, and a cup of tea.  Enough to break the night's fast, while second breakfast is a little more hearty.  And luncheon is often leftovers, or sometimes cold meats, cheese, and bread.  And of course, you wash the dishes as you go, so that only the plates are left at the end."

Kevin nodded.  And the glasses and silverware, he thought.  Hopefully, that job doesn’t take long, even if they do have to boil the dishwater before using it.  Seems to me everybody in Middle-earth’s at a disadvantage, having to manage without water faucets and hot water heaters.

"We was right surprised that other folks don't eat so much," said Sam.  "Why, we thought Big Folks would eat lots more than hobbits do, they got so much more room to fill up!  But we hobbits do know how to do without in a pinch, we do."

“I can see that,” Kevin said.  “It appears that you hobbits have faster metabolisms than we Big Folk, as you call us, so you can burn off the calories you take in much faster and more efficiently than we can.  Which is lucky for you, ‘cause you don’t have to worry about getting fat if you eat a lot.”

"Metabolism?" asked Frodo.

"It means some people burn off more of their food more quickly than others, so they have to eat more."  Kevin paused.  “If you eat more than your body can burn off, it gets stored in your body as fat.  A small amount of fat stored up isn’t so bad, but too much of it creates health problems.  That would be a problem for us, I fear, if we tried to eat like hobbits.”

Sam nodded.  "Kind of like birds.  A bird eats a lot more than its weight in food than a body'd think it would.  You'd be surprised how much a little bird can eat.  My sister Marigold used to feed the birds breadcrumbs and such when she was little.  But you hardly ever see a fat bird, less'n it’s a chicken being fed up to be et for dinner."

"Well, hobbits do get a bit fat in the middle," Frodo said.  "It's how we get by in hard times."  He caught Sam's eye.  "The two of us haven't been fat in the middle for a good long time, but then the fat in the middle goes first when food is scarce."

The conversation fell silent for a while.  The reminder of the two hobbits' journey through Mordor was sobering.

-oo000oo-

Joey had not ridden with Gandalf for a long time, but it was nice to be seated once more behind him on Shadowfax.  They were riding slowly and carefully along the causeway.  The workers had done their best in the short time allowed, to keep the stones level, but still, it could be tricky.  Not all of the stones were the same size, after all.  Gandalf leaned forward and said to Shadowfax, "Be careful, old friend.  I know you would rather be galloping over the plains of Rohan than picking your way over stones.  But take care, for I would not have you come to harm on these stones."

"I think Shadowfax really understands what you are saying, Gandalf," Joey spoke up.

"Of course, he does; he is the Prince of the Mearas, after all!"  Gandalf's tone was proud, and he gave the horse a pat on the withers.  Then he sat up straight.  "So, Joey, you will soon have your reunion with your parents and little sisters.  I know you must be looking forward to it."

Joey nodded, and then, remembering that sitting behind the wizard, Gandalf could not see him.  "Yes, sir, I am really, really looking forward to it."  He smiled at the prospect.  “Kaylee’s going to be glad to see you again!  I can’t wait for you to meet my mom and dad.  And Megan!”

"You do realize that you will have to get through the Coronation first.  There will be much pomp and many speeches before that can happen.  Can you be patient and concentrate on your duties until then?"

Joey laughed.  "I don't know, but I can try.  It makes me remember a song I learned in Vacation Bible School when I was Kaylee's age."

"Would you mind singing it for me?" the wizard asked, smiling.

"I can—I think I can remember it…"  He sat silently, jouncing on Shadowfax's back, until he was sure he recalled it all.  It helped that Kaylee liked to sing that one, too.  Finally, he drew a deep breath and sang out:

"Have patience.
Have patience.
Don’t be in such a hurry.
When you get impatient,
You only start to worry.

“Remember,
Remember
That God is patient, too,
And think
Of all the times when others
Have to wait for you!”

The wizard threw back his head and laughed.  Joey grinned.  Gandalf laughed a lot more since he'd come back from the Balrog and everything, and his laugh sounded a little different, too.  It made Joey feel like he could really imagine the old wizard as an angel.  "I, too, have had to learn lessons in patience.  Such lessons could have been much easier, had I such a jolly song to help me remember.  You should teach that song to Pippin."

Joey furrowed his brow in bewilderment.  “But you’re an angel!  Angels don’t get impatient.”

"So certain of that, are you, young Joey?"  Gandalf shook his head and chuckled.  "In the Timeless Halls, there is no reason for patience.  But for a very long time, for more than half an age, I have been also a Man, and a grumpy old man at that.  Here, East of the Sea, there are a great many reasons for impatience, and patience can only be learned by discovering impatience and experiencing its frustrations.  I assure you, when I first set foot in Middle-earth, I found many such reasons.  It was from Cirdan the Shipwright that I first learned the uses of patience, but the learning was a long and humbling task, never mastered completely to this day."

"I never thought about it that way before," Joey said.  "I guess nobody's born patient.  Except angels don’t get born; they get made."

Again, Gandalf laughed.  "We all get made, Joey, by the One who sang to us and gave us the Secret Fire.  It is just that angels are made in a place where there is no challenge to us.  The Children of Ilúvatar were made to waken first into a world that should also have been unmarred.  But Melkor had marred it already, and so first Elves, and then Men, found themselves in Arda Marred."

This brought up something that had been puzzling Joey ever since he had realized that the stories of the beginning of the world were different, yet they were supposed to be in the past.  "Gandalf, why are the stories different here?  I mean, like the serpent and the apple—no one knows that here?  Also, the Bible says God created the world, and it was good.  And it was, till sin entered it and messed up everything."

Gandalf became more solemn and thought silently.  Joey just waited.  They'd just been talking about patience after all.

"I do not know, but I can tell you what I think.  You have no tales of the Elves, the Firstborn, in your world—not as they truly are, at least.  Your tales begin with the Secondborn, and we have little knowledge of their beginnings.  And you said that 'the world was good until sin entered it.'  And so, it was—and is—here as well."  He paused, and then added, "And there are many other differences I cannot account for, but I know that in the end, there is no difference between your truth and the truth here in Arda.  They are the same, but yet not the same."

"You really don't know for sure?"  For some reason, Joey'd always thought Gandalf would have all the answers, especially since he was now Gandalf the White.

"Even those of the Ainur who never left the Timeless Halls have never known everything.  That belongs only to Eru, the One who made us all."

Shadowfax's pace changed, and the ground beneath them was actual ground.  They had come to the other side of the causeway, and Joey could see the White City shining in the distance.  "Hey, we made it!" he said.

Gandalf laughed.  “We certainly did!”

Joey smiled.  When I get the chance, I want to ask Gandalf if he knows Gabriel!  And Michael!

-oo000oo-

Just to the south of the causeway landing on the West bank, Jennifer and Lalaith hugged.  "Are you sure, Jennifer?" Lalaith asked.

Jennifer had not told her brothers, but she had been offered the chance to return directly to the Houses of Healing with the other apprentices and helpers.  Since Jennifer's standing was not exactly official, she was given the choice of whether she wished to stay with the Army or return with the healers…

Mistress Adanel had called for her to speak privately.  "Jennifer, you have worked hard and learned as much as any apprentice.  But you are not formally apprenticed to any Healer, nor are you a paid helper.  I know your brothers are here, but you are certainly welcome in the Houses.  Do you wish to go back with us to Minas Tirith tomorrow, or would you prefer to stay with your brothers and wait to return to the City until after the Coronation?"

Jennifer's heart leapt!  She could see Mom and Dad and the kids tomorrow instead of waiting for the next day.  Her imagination went wild as she imagined running into her mother's arms, and then her dad grasping her in a hug and swinging her around, and Kaylee and Megan grabbing her around the knees, and Lucy jumping and barking in excitement the whole time, and...and...where would Kevin and Joey be?  They had responsibilities they couldn't just leave behind.  It wouldn't be fair.  

Her heart broke a little, but her soul felt satisfied.  "No, thank you, Mistress Adanel.  I appreciate the chance more than you know.  But it wouldn't feel right to go without my brothers."

And I won't tell them, she added silently to herself.  They'll feel bad that I gave it up for their sakes.  They don't need to know.  And she felt peace, but was still a little sad.  I have to be patient, she thought.  It's hard, but it's the right thing to do

Shaking her head, Jennifer turned her attention back to her friend.  Jennifer and Lalaith hugged again, and Jennifer said, "It’ll only be a couple of days, Lalaith, and I will see you again, even after I get together with the rest of my family."

Lalaith nodded and pointed.  Gandalf had just helped Joey to slip off of Shadowfax, and he was waving at his sister.  Jennifer nodded.  "I'll see you again soon," she said to her friend, before she gathered her skirts, and ran towards her little brother.  They'd find Kevin and the waggon together.

-oo000oo-

A/N: “Have Patience” is copyrighted to His and Hernandez in 2008.  It was written by the Christian band Candle for the children's program Music Machine: Fruit of the Spirit in 1977.

I'm back!!!

Thank you so much, everyone, for your prayers and your support!  I'm pleased to announce that my mother is much better now, and while she's a long way from having regained her former physical strength, she is once more lucid.  And since we're finally caught up with our chapters, here is the next one!

KG

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Author's Note for this chapter.  This chapter relies heavily on Dreamflower's story "And All Things Were Now Made Ready" for some of its content.  So, to those who notice a lot of familiar content, just remember that Dreamflower is DF.  KGandDF.

Chapter 91: I Just Can't Wait to Be King, Part 1

"Psst...Pippin!" Kevin hissed.  "Pip, wake up!”

Kevin watched as Pippin’s eyes flew open, and his hand instantly felt for the sword at his side.  It was still dark.

“Sorry to wake you," Kevin said, "but it is time…”

Pippin relaxed.  "Thank you, Kevin!"  Beside him, Merry, Frodo, and Sam began to stir.  Pippin rose to his knees.

Kevin jumped out of the driver's seat, where he'd had his last watch, and reached up to help the hobbit over the side of the waggon.  Then he helped Merry and Frodo down, and he and Pippin began to help Sam, as they folded up the blankets that had made up the hobbits’ little nest in the waggon. Joey had spent the night in Boromir's tent, and Jennifer had stayed in a tent with some of the few women who were still with the army.

Merry and Frodo were now pouring water into the pail that would serve as a wash basin.  Pippin made his garments—for they were still sleeping in their clothes—as presentable as possible. Once the blankets were dealt with, Kevin, Pippin, and Sam went to wash their faces.  Kevin was just drying his face off when he heard Pippin saying, “Why don’t Sam and I go fetch breakfast?  I’m hungry, and if we don’t hurry, they’ll be taking the mess tent down before we can eat!”

Merry said, “That’s a good idea!  We can eat first, and then go to get into our finery.”

Kevin watched as they walked away.  He could hear Sam asking, “D’you suppose it will be porridge again, Mr. Pippin?” as they walked away...

-oo000oo-

“Do you need any help with the horses, Kevin?” Merry asked.  

"Thanks, Merry," he answered.  So Merry hauled some water for them, while Kevin saw to their feeding.  “We don't need to hitch them this morning.”  He grinned.  “I'll be riding, with the Rohirrim.”  He gave a fond pat to Bron's flank.  “And Haleth will be riding Tom.  The waggon'll be left here to be dealt with later.” 

Merry laughed.  "Do you think he'll ever answer to his original name again?  But we couldn't keep calling him ‘Horse'."  Sam had decided to call the horse after his good friend Tom Cotton, back in the Shire.

"I don't know.  I believe his rider was lost in the battle, so he might as well have a new name."  Changing the subject, Kevin looked around.  "You'd hardly know there was a battle here a few weeks back."  The land around them bore little resemblance to the aftermath of the siege and the carnage that had resulted.

Merry nodded, but his face went grim, and he gave a little shudder, and took a deep breath.  Kevin felt guilty for bringing up the battle.  Those were rough memories for both of them.

But before he could say anything, Frodo put his hand on his cousin's arm.  “Merry?”  The tone was concerned.

Merry suddenly grinned.  “I’m well, Frodo!  This is going to be a great day!”

"Yeah!  It sure is!" Kevin agreed.  This was a day to celebrate, not to worry over the thoughts of a battle that was over and done with!

-oo000oo-

"Hey!" Joey yelled.  "Pippin!  Sam!  Wait up!"  Joey was heading for the mess tent himself.  He huffed a little as he saw them stop and look in his direction.  "Are you getting breakfast?"

"Yes, Master Joey," Sam said.  Joey rolled his eyes, but said nothing.  At least once in a while, Sam forgot to say "master" to him.  He never forgot with the other hobbits!

"I'm getting some for Lord Boromir and me," he said.

The three of them walked together amiably the rest of the way. 

Joey followed Sam and Pippin as they greeted the cook.  He was standing over the cooking fire that had been kindled in front of the mess tent, sweat beading down his cheerful red face.

“Good morning, Ingold!” Pippin greeted him with a grin.

“Good morning to you, as well, Sir Pippin, and to you, Lord Samwise and young Joey!” the cook replied.

Joey saw Sam blush, and he and Pippin exchanged a grin, and Pippin winked at Joey.  It was fun to watch Sam squirm anytime someone called him a "Lord".

One of the cook’s assistants came over, bringing a small tray with five bowls of steaming porridge, and a covered pot with a spout and a handle, from which came the enticing aroma of the coffee.  Coffee was a very rare treat in Middle-earth, so far as Joey knew, but when the army had left Cormallen, someone had provisioned it with a goodly supply of coffee—it was far easier to come by than tea, at this point.  Joey suspected Prince Imrahil of Dol Amroth had made that little luxury available—he had managed somehow to provide quite a few delicacies and exotic foods to the army that they would not otherwise have!  But Joey wasn't much of a coffee fan.  He'd have to settle for water again this morning.

But Joey stopped worrying about coffee.  Ingold was now bringing the tray for him to take back for Boromir and himself.

Just as they were all getting ready to go back, Ingold said, “Wait just a moment!  I have something else!”

He darted into the mess tent, and then came out with a small, covered dish.  “A merchant of Lebennin sent some to our soon-to-be King yesterday.  The Lord Elfstone sent it here, with strict instructions to give it to you hobbits for your breakfast this morn!”

Ingold handed the dish to Sam, who lifted the lid and grinned.  Honey in the comb!  Now who’d have thought it?

Ingold turned to Joey apologetically.  "It is only for the hobbits," he said.  "The King insisted."

Joey was slightly disappointed, but he just said, "That's okay, I understand."  And he did.  If anyone deserved a treat better than Frodo and his friends, he didn’t know who.  And if that was all the merchant had sent, Joey knew Aragorn would give it to the hobbits.  Obviously, it wouldn't feed the whole army, and Aragorn would never keep it just for himself.  Joey was also handed a tray.  It had only one mug, with a cover, and two bowls of porridge. 

Carrying his tray carefully, Joey said goodbye to Sam and Pippin, and headed towards the part of the camp where the captains and the King were all staying.

-oo000oo-

"Jennifer!" a voice hissed in Jennifer's ear.  She'd been having a lovely dream in which she was showing her friend from back home, Nicole, around Minas Tirith, and Nicole seemed to know just as much about the city as Jennifer did.  It was very odd.  "Jennifer!" the voice hissed again.  She suddenly realized it was Lalaith.  She sat up.

"Is it time to wake up now?  It's morning already?" she asked.

Lalaith laughed.  "It is not quite daybreak yet, but the Sun will be showing her face anytime now.  It is Coronation Day!  Wake up, sleepyhead!"

Jennifer grinned and sat right up.  Around them, a few other women were stirring.  The few who were still there among the Army of the West had been given their own tent—previously it had been the tent shared by the women healers, but they were all in Minas Tirith now, having returned to the Houses of Healing.  Only a handful had stayed with the army, including the few women cooks and other helpers.  Only Jennifer and Lalaith among the healers had delayed returning to the Houses of Healing—Jennifer, because she didn't want to be separated from her brothers, and Lalaith, because she wanted to stay near Anborn.  It looked as though their courtship would be serious.

"Are you going to open it?" Lalaith said eagerly.  A package had been delivered to Jennifer the previous evening, when the camp was being set up, and with it a letter from the Lady Eowyn. 

Jennifer picked up the letter and read it again, aloud:

"‘To my friend Jennifer, from Éowyn of Rohan,

“Lord Faramir spoke to me, reminding me that you were returning with the Army of the West, and that you would be attending the Coronation.  We realized that you would not have any finery with you at a battle.  I was gifted several gowns here in Minas Tirith when I was recovering from my injuries, and among them was one that was too short for me.  It came to me that it appeared to be about your size.  I hope that you will find it useful.

“Éowyn, Éomund's daughter’"

It had been late when the package arrived, and Jennifer had decided to wait to open it, so that it wouldn't get dirty overnight.  The floor of the tent was, after all, bare dirt, and if the gown fit her, it wouldn’t do to get it dirty before the Coronation.

The two girls slipped outside the tent.  They'd slept in their clothes the night before.  The Sun was just coming up, and there was enough light to see by now.  They made their way over to the mess tent.  Cooking was going on, but there was a table there that no one was yet using.  The two girls untied the cord and unrolled the linen bag.

The dress within was also linen, and it was a pale robin's-egg blue.  Lalaith held it up to Jennifer's shoulders.  The scooped neckline had delicate embroidery, and the wide sleeves had the same around the edges.  The skirt of the dress fell to just below Jennifer's ankles.  She slipped it on over the undergown she wore to sleep in.  It looked as though the length was just right.  Jennifer was glad it had no train to trail in the dirt.  The upper part of the dress was perhaps a little too large, but there was a long tie belt of dark blue, which was embroidered with the same design as the dress.

"If you wrap the belt twice..."  Lalaith picked up the belt and demonstrated.  "...like this..."  Her voice trailed off as she placed the centre of the belt just under Jennifer's bust, wrapped it to the back and, crisscrossing it, brought the ends back around to Jennifer's waist in the front.  Looping one end over the other, Lalaith let it hang from the centre.  When she had finished, the ends of the belt hung almost to where the hem was, and Jennifer could tell that it would draw the dress in just right.

"Oh."  Jennifer grinned.  "I've seen some of the ladies in the City wearing belts fastened that way!"

She looked down at her feet and frowned.  "My shoes aren't very presentable with a dress like this."  She had on a pair of brown ankle boots that had seen more than their share of wear and dirt while in the camps in Cormallen and Osgiliath.  "But my only other shoes would look worse."  She referred to the hiking boots that had come with her from home.

Lalaith tut-tutted.  "Why don't we go clean you up, and I will see what I can do to clean up your shoes?  No one will notice them—all eyes will be on the new King, after all!"

Jennifer shrugged.  "I suppose you're right."  They took the dress and carefully folded it and the belt and carefully placed them back into the bag.  "Let's get some breakfast while we're here.  I smell porridge."  Jennifer threw on the brown work dress she had been wearing, as Lalaith also got dressed.  Then they went to find breakfast.

Lalaith and Jennifer went over to where Master Ingold was tending the fire.  He looked up at them.  "Good day, Mistress Lalaith and Lady Jennifer."  He looked at Jennifer.  "You just missed your young brother.  Master Joey was here just a few minutes ago to fetch some breakfast for himself and Lord Boromir!"

Jennifer smiled.  "Well, I should be seeing him soon, then.  I am to report to Lord Boromir this morning, to find out where I will be during the ceremony."

The girls sat back down at the same table with their porridge to eat their breakfast.  They ate quickly, and then they went to fetch some water for washing up in and returned to the tent.  Most of the other women had now left themselves to find their own breakfasts.  While Jennifer cleaned up and put on her new dress, Lalaith took a rag and tackled Jennifer's boots.  While they still didn't look the way Jennifer would have liked, they were a lot more presentable when her friend got through with them.

When she finished dressing and stood there in the dress, belt, and her newly cleaned boots, Lalaith looked her over.  "You need one more thing, Jennifer!  Give me your comb."

Jennifer sat back down on her cot, and Lalaith used the comb in order to comb Jennifer's hair and dress it into two pretty braids, which she then skilfully coiled and fastened at each side of Jennifer's face.  There was no mirror, but Jennifer carefully placed her hands up gently, to feel them.  "I look like Princess Leia!" she exclaimed.  "Joey will like that!"

"I know not of Princess Leia," Lalaith said, "but fine ladies in Lebennin often wear their hair so."

Jennifer stood up and hugged her friend.  "Thank you, Lalaith!  I hope I'll see you in the city later on.  I'd love for you to meet the rest of my family."

"I am sure that we will see each other again, if only at the Houses of Healing," said Lalaith, "but you must hurry if you mean to catch Lord Boromir and your brother!"

Jennifer's eyes grew wide.  "Yipes!  I'd better get a move on!"  She gave her friend one last squeeze and raced out of the tent.

-oo000oo-

As Merry and Kevin finished taking care of the horses, they turned, and Kevin noticed the pensive look on Frodo's face.  He glanced down at Merry, who had also noticed, and was shaking his head.

"My cousin is thinking too much for his own good," Merry said ruefully.  "He's always been prone to do that."

Kevin blinked and arched an eyebrow.  "Thinking too much?"

Merry shrugged.  "Yes.  Not that thinking is wrong, but he tends to think too much about what he thinks are his shortcomings.  He seldom wants to take credit for the good things he does.  And he's really upset with the way things went when that blood—"  He stopped and glanced at Kevin.  "When that blasted Ring was destroyed."

"Oh."  Kevin realized what Merry meant.  For reasons he couldn't understand, Frodo seemed to blame himself for Gollum's death.  He made a mental note to keep Frodo on his prayer list.  Even though he and Sam were safe and sound, and while they were now well physically, for which Kevin gave silent thanks to God, his friend was clearly still not all right otherwise.  He glanced up and saw Pippin and Sam headed their way with food.  He said just the thing to cheer any hobbit up: "Here comes first breakfast!"

Frodo turned and laughed. "Well, breakfast, at any rate.  I seriously doubt there'll be a second on a busy day like today.  Looks like porridge."

The five of them perched on the tailgate of the waggon, and the honey was shared out into the bowls of porridge.  The coffee was also quite welcome.  Kevin had never been much of a coffee drinker at home, and on the rare occasions that he did, he liked it well sugared and with a little milk.  But since coming to Gondor and especially in the camps after the battle, he had gotten used to black coffee and now kind of liked it.  It made a change from water almost all the time, or herbal tea.  He sipped on it and listened to the hobbits talking.

Frodo, sitting on the other side of Merry, and much to Merry’s obvious delight, was over his earlier brooding silence, and was busily issuing instructions.

“I know that you and Pippin have been on your own for a while, Merry.  But I am still the senior cousin, and I’m still responsible for the both of you.  Once we enter that city, there will be all sorts of celebrations going on!  I expect the two of you to stick with us as far as your duties will allow.  I’m not saying you shouldn’t celebrate, too, but I do expect you to keep your wits about you.  And Sam—you are not to allow yourself to be carted off among the servants!  Not that I think Aragorn would allow that, but no nonsense from you about your ‘proper place’.  Your proper place is with the rest of us…”

Kevin smirked when Merry caught Sam’s eye at that, and the two exchanged a conspiratorial smile.  He hadn't heard Frodo being so bossy with his cousins since before Moria.

Kevin watched as Pippin ran his finger around his bowl, and then sucked on it thoughtfully.  Kevin too, had appreciated the unexpected gift of honey.  Frodo had insisted that he share in the treat, and Kevin didn't object.

Pippin sighed regretfully, as he put the empty bowl aside and glanced at his cousins, and at Sam.  Kevin caught Sam winking at Pippin.  Frodo did seem in a much more cheerful mood now.

It was growing lighter.  Kevin saw Pippin hopping down from the tailgate of the waggon, where they’d all been seated, and glanced towards the centre of the encampment and beyond—and the hobbit gasped in amazement.  Kevin followed his gaze to see what had caught Pippin's attention.

The mountains to the East stood out in the front of the rosy dawn, as the Sun slowly made her way up behind them.  No longer looming, they receded into the distance and formed a crisp black border to the glorious golden sky.  All of them stared at the sight.

The pavilions of the Captains had yet to be struck, and they gleamed like jewels, glistening with the morning dew.  A breeze came up, and the standards were in full display: the beautiful standard of the King, bejewelled in splendour on the black of Gondor; the green, white, and gold of Rohan; the blue and silver of Dol Amroth, and the banners of the lesser captains in every colour imaginable.

Merry’s hand came up and landed on his younger cousin’s shoulder.  “Pip?”

Pippin turned a shining face to Merry.  “It’s so beautiful,” he whispered.

“It is,” said Frodo quietly.

Kevin could only nod, speechless.  He thought about how beautiful those mountains were without the malice of Sauron behind them.

Pippin took Frodo's hand.  “I’m glad you get to see it, Frodo,” he said, and was rewarded with a smile.

And suddenly, carried through the clear morning air from the White City, came the joyful clamour of bells, deep and sonorous.  As one, Kevin and the four hobbits turned and looked at Minas Tirith, and watched a great white standard break over the Citadel, as bright and blinding as snow in the sun.

Merry said, “Bells!  They are ringing all the bells of the City!  The last time I heard them was that day the Eagle came—came to tell us all that we had won!  That the Dark Lord was no more!”  His face shone with the memory.  “I’d given up hoping, you see,” he said quietly.  “I didn’t think I’d see any of you again—and then the bells were ringing, and people were cheering, and suddenly I knew that I would see you all again!”

“Oh, Merry!”  Frodo appeared stricken to realize how difficult it all must have been.  But there was so much happiness on Merry’s face now that Frodo smiled, too.

As they watched the white standard of the Steward breaking over the Citadel, they heard a familiar voice.

“A stirring sight, is it not, my friends?”

They turned.  “Legolas!  Gimli!” they all exclaimed, pleased to see their friends.

“We’ve come to escort you to the King’s pavilion, so that you may don your finery,” said Gimli.  Their friends had already donned their own finery—for the first time since Kevin had known him, Legolas looked every inch the Elven Prince he was.  And Gimli’s armour gleamed as he'd never seen it gleam before.

“Well,” said Pippin, “we shouldn’t be holding things up!  It’s further to yon gate,” he added, "than you think!"

-oo000oo-

Steve and his family were just finishing up their breakfast, when Kaylee shouted, "Listen!  Listen to the bells!"

She hopped up from her chair and raced to the window, Megan following.  "All the people are yelling," Kaylee added.

Megan had stood on tiptoe to peer out.  "Yay!" she yelled and waved her hand out the window, as if the people far below could see her.

"Girls!  Come back to the table now," Gail said sharply.  Steve rolled his eyes; Gail had always been a bit nervous of the wide-open windows of their quarters.  They had no glass nor screens, only shutters that were only closed at night.  But the sills were far too high for either of the girls to fall out of, unless they actually climbed up on top of them.  And since the two little ones were never left unsupervised since Kaylee had rushed off to the lower circles, that was highly unlikely to happen.

Kaylee and Megan both returned to their seats, bouncing in excitement.  But they were all mostly through with the meal anyway, so Gail didn't reprimand them further.

There was a knock at the door, and Steve called out, "Please, come on in!"

As he expected, it was Master Ondahil.  "Good day, Master McCloud, Mistress McCloud."  He gave a dip of his head.

Steve replied, "Good morning to you.  And didn't we tell you to call us 'Steve' and 'Gail', Ondahil?"

“That is true, but not on this day.  It is a very formal day today."  He gave Steve a crooked, apologetic smile.

"I understand."  Steve stood up.  "I suppose it's about time to go?  The Elves have been gone for ages, except for Mairen.  She's in her room, finishing getting dressed."

"Well, the other Elves have ridden their horses down, in order to be outside the gate to greet their kindred.  And they rode their horses.  You and your family will be riding in the coach, with Mairen and Istar Radagast."

"That will be nice," Gail said.  "We haven't seen him in several days."

"He has been outside the gates for many days, exploring the mountains around the city.  I do not think Istar Radagast likes cities very much," Ondahil replied.  "But he has returned in plenty of time for the Coronation, as he told us he would."

Steve and Ondahil waited patiently as Mairen came out in a beautiful pale green dress, and then joined Gail to help her get the little girls ready.  Steve was already dressed in the formal outfit they had given him for the occasion, all save the outer robe, which hung carefully on the back of his chair.  He'd put it on at the last moment before they left.  He still felt kind of weird in the clothing.  It wasn't nearly as practical as the clothing he'd travelled and worked in.

The two men chatted for a while, and soon Gail, Mairen, and the girls emerged.  Kaylee and Megan were wearing the pretty white dresses they had been given by Lady Galadriel in Lothlórien.  But Gail wore a new one that had been provided for her here in Minas Tirith.  It was a deep amber colour, with a high waist as seemed to be the fashion in the city, and an embroidered belt, and the sleeves were long and bell-shaped.  Mairen had dressed Gail's hair for her, pulled back with two small braids at the front, with the rest of it hanging loose down the back.  Over it was a sheer veil held in place by a delicate circlet of silver filigree.

Steve stood up and grinned.  "You look like a queen," he said in awe.

She blushed.  "I don't know about that.  I feel like I'm play-acting."

Megan tugged on her mother's hand.  "Come on!  I wanna see Radagast again!"

-oo000oo-

In the very large tent set aside for Aragorn, Joey watched as Pippin ran his hand over his surcoat, and the White Tree embroidered there.  Joey was already dressed in the silk livery given him for special occasions, but Pippin had not had the chance to put his new livery on yet.  But the hobbit's dress livery and armour had been laid out there the night before.  And fine new clothes had been delivered for Frodo and Sam just the day before as well.

He helped Pippin buckle on his barrow-blade—Gimli had named it “Trollsbane”, saying that a weapon which had accomplished such a great feat deserved a name to commemorate it.  Pippin confessed to Joey that it did make him feel just a little bit heroic, to have a sword with a name.

"I don't blame you, Pippin!  You are heroic, anyway.  That was an awful big troll!"  Merry's new livery was a deep green, with the running horse of Rohan emblazoned on it.  He was dressed in it now, which consisted of a creamy silk shirt, a lightly padded linen jerkin, his cuirass and his surcoat.

Pippin blushed and turned to help buckle Merry into his cuirass.

“Thanks, Pip.  It’s hard to manage those buckles by myself.” Merry said.  He pulled on the dark green surcoat with the running white horse of Rohan embroidered upon it.

"You look really cool in that get-up, Merry.  And I like your new sword," said Joey, smiling.  Merry had refused to name his own sword.  "Why don't you give it a name, too?"

“I haven’t done any great deeds with this one,” Merry said, for of course, his own barrow-blade had self-destructed after he’d helped Lady Éowyn kill the Witch-king.  “I hope I never need to use it for anything more serious than sparring, or perhaps for ceremonies.”

Pippin looked over at Legolas, who had been standing by to assist them if needed.  “Do we need our helms today?” he asked.

Legolas raised a brow, and then glanced across the pavilion to Boromir, who was watching as Elladan and Elrohir assisted the soon-to-be King into his own armour.

“Do Merry and Pippin need their helms?”

Aragorn looked up.  “No, there is no need for helms—not this morning, at any rate.”

Pippin breathed a sigh of relief, and he and Merry exchanged a look of satisfaction. Joey didn't blame them.  He was so glad he didn't have to wear one; he'd tried Pippin's helmet on one time.  Helms smelled like rust and sweat and wool from the padding inside.  They were stinky, no matter what Gimli said about them.

Merry elbowed Pippin and gestured with his chin, to where Sam was donning his own new finery.  Frodo was deep in conversation with Gandalf, but Sam was still getting dressed with Gimli‘s assistance.  Joey thought the gardener looked distinctly uncomfortable.  “Shall we see if Sam needs some help?” Merry added.

“I think Gimli has him well in hand,” Pippin answered.  But he grinned, and they went over to Sam anyway.  Joey smiled and followed the two.  He knew darn well they were going to tease Sam more than help him.  He didn't blame them—Sam looked so funny when he was embarrassed.

Joey actually did feel a little sorry for Sam.  He would've been embarrassed, too!  The shirt was sort of a creamy colour with embroidery on it in the same colour.  And the suit was red velvet—not red like a Santa Claus suit, but kind of a purply-red—Jennifer called it “burgundy”.  He was certainly glad he didn’t have to wear it!  But he had to admit, Sam looked kind of nice in it.

Sam sighed.  “I’m just glad the Gaffer’s not here to see this.  He’d think I looked a right ninnyhammer in this get-up!”

“Oh,” said Mr. Pippin, “I don’t know.  I think he might be glad to see that the Big Folk know how to appreciate his son.”  Pippin didn't sound like he was teasing.

Sam blushed again.

And then Mr. Merry said, quite seriously, “We’ll be going home in these ’get-ups’, you know, Sam.  Nothing any of us brought out of the Shire with us is fit to wear.”

And then Mr. Pippin grinned and said, “Well, you will look very nice at your wedding, anyway!”

And Sam’s heart lifted once more.  He blushed again, but he grinned as well.

"Married?" asked Joey in surprise.  He'd never thought of any of his new friends getting married!  He stared at Sam, wide-eyed.  "Who are you going to marry?"

"Why," said Merry, as Sam stood there, growing even redder and spitting out "um" and "er", "Miss Rosie Cotton, as soon as he gets up the nerve to ask her!"

Sam's mouth opened and closed like a goldfish, but he still didn't say anything, and this time Merry and Pippin laughed out loud, and Joey found himself giggling in spite of himself.

Joey saw Frodo had finished his serious talk with Gandalf and was now coming towards them as the laughter got his attention.  The oldest hobbit was dressed in grey-blue velvet, with a pale blue shirt.  Joey thought it made Frodo look really important and grown-up.  Well, he was grown-up, but anyway, maybe even more grown-up than usual.  "Are you picking on Sam?" he asked Merry, staring his cousin in the eye.

"Of course not, Frodo!  We were just complimenting him!" Merry said in an innocent voice.

Legolas, who had been watching and listening to them all with a twinkle in his eye, said, "Why, Frodo, they were just saying how nice he would look at his wedding to a—I believe her name is Miss Rosie Cotton?  Is that not her name, Samwise?"

As Joey saw Frodo giving his cousins a stern look, and Sam turning from pink to red, he looked up at the Elf, who winked at him.

Rolling his eyes, Joey looked at Legolas and said, "Oh, burn!"

Legolas just looked smug.  Joey shook his head, as another chuckle escaped him.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer wondered how she would find the big tent where she had been told to meet everyone.  The campsite was so large and laid out differently than the one they had been staying in at Osgiliath, across the river.  It was far more spread out, and while she could see the cluster of colourful banners where the captains and kings would have their camp, it was kind of far.  She stood there feeling slightly confused, and then shook her head and with a sigh, began walking in the general direction.  But she had not gone far before she heard a familiar voice.  "May I be of help to you, my lady?"

She turned with a grin, to see him at her side.  He was holding the reins of his big horse, and he was smiling at her.  "Halbarad!  How are you?  I've hardly seen you at all lately!"

"I have missed seeing you as well, Jennifer.  I was kept quite busy with scouting and looking for stragglers out of Mordor; that duty is now ended.  But now I have claimed the privilege of escorting you on this day.  After all, you saved my life.  I owe much to the sisters of the McCloud clan."

She looked up at him gratefully.  "Thanks!  I was just wondering how I'd get all the way over there in time.  And you know, Kaylee does get part of the credit for that; it was her stone that kept that orc arrowfrom piercing your heart.  I mean to make sure she learns of that.”  Then she giggled.  "We'll see Kaylee in the city!  She will be so excited to see you, and to find out how she helped you."

He mounted and reached a hand down to her.  He grasped it and pulled her up to sit before him.  He waited until she had arranged her skirts, and then set off at a gentle canter in the right direction.

"I'm really glad to see you again.  We've both been really busy in the other camp.  I was always busy with the healers."

He nodded.  "So I heard.  My kingly cousin is quite proud of you for taking up the healing arts, and he had good report of you from the senior healers in camp, even if he had little time to speak to you."

Jennifer blushed.  "I still have an awful lot to learn."

Halbarad laughed.  "You are young yet, and have plenty of time."  He slowed his horse, as they were reaching a more crowded part of the encampment, and had to pay more attention to avoid others who were there.

Yet in only a few minutes, he stopped in front of the grandest tent, with the large black banner emblazoned with the jewelled White Tree and the Seven Stars.  He scarcely pulled up, when Jennifer found herself being lifted down by one of the twins—Elladan, she was sure.

"Greetings, Lady Jennifer!" he said.  "Welcome to the quarters of Lord Elessar."

"Thank you, Elladan," she answered.

Halbarad dismounted, and both entered.  She entered into a crowd.  Aragorn was over in a corner with Elrohir and Gandalf, but Elladan went over and spoke into his ear.  He grinned and glanced up to give her a sign of welcome; smiling, she waved her hand in greeting.  But just then she heard Joey shouting her name:

"Jen!  Over here!"  Joey was in a small cluster of hobbits near the centre of the tent, but he broke away to come and give her a brief hug, which she returned.  Frodo, Sam, Merry, and Pippin all turned and greeted her.

"Jennifer!" Pippin called.  "We need you to help us convince Sam how splendid he looks!"

She came and leaned over Sam, smiling at his outfit, which was a good deal more formal and elegant than anything she'd ever seen him in before.  "You do look great!  Don't let these guys tease you."

"Well said, Lady Jennifer," said Frodo.  "Sam's going to have to get used to looking splendid now, anyway."  But though Frodo was trying to look serious, the twinkle in his eye gave him away.

She shook her finger at him.  "That goes for you, too, Frodo Baggins!"  She looked around the tent.  "Where's Kevin?"

"He's done getting ready," Joey said.  "He's gone to get his horse."  Jennifer nodded.  It wouldn’t be much longer now until the Coronation was ready to start.  What was it going to be like, to see Aragorn wearing regal robes and a crown on his head?  Would he have a sceptre?  And a throne to sit on?  He already looked very splendid, and when Elrohir draped his mantle over his foster brother's shoulders, he looked positively royal.  All he lacked now was the crown.  Jennifer remembered how scruffy he'd looked on the road from Rivendell.

-oo000oo-

Kevin was with Lord Éothain, Haleth, Lord Amrothos (who was Prince Imrahil's youngest son), and an Ithilien Ranger named Aradan when they were joined by Halbarad.  The five of them were charged with arranging the riders and their horses for the first part of the journey to the gate.

"The holbytlan will be riding with others?" asked Lord Éothain.

"Yes, sir," Kevin said.  He knew Éomer's second-in-command already knew the answer, but they still had to go over it again.  "Pippin's riding with Gandalf, Merry's riding with Éomer King, Sam's riding with Prince Imrahil, and Frodo will be riding with Aragorn...I mean, King Elessar.  Also, Gimli will be riding with Legolas, and Joey will be riding with Captain-General Boromir.  And Jen’ll be riding with you," Kevin added, nodding towards Halbarad.

Éothain nodded.  "Yes.  The king, Lord Elessar, will ride at the front, but flanked by Gandalf to his right, and by Lord Boromir to his left, and Éomer King riding next to Gandalf, and Prince Imrahil next to Lord Boromir.  Directly behind them, Sir Kevin, you will ride on the right, Legolas and Gimli in the middle, and Halbarad with your sister, Lady Jennifer, on the left.  The Elven Princes and the Grey Company will follow you in mounted ranks, joined by the Elves led by Lord Glorfindel when they have come from the City.  Behind them, I will lead the Rohirrim, and Lord Elphir will lead the Swan Knights of Dol Amroth, and you, Lord Amrothos, will join him.  That will be all those on horseback.  The foot soldiers of Gondor will come next, and then the Rangers of Ithilien, led by Captain Mablung."

Everyone nodded, and Éothain scanned their faces.  "Very well, let us all find our places."

Kevin and Halbarad mounted and rode back to the assembly field to find the rest of those who were preparing to ride.

-oo000oo-

When Ondahil had told the McClouds that they would be riding in a "coach", Gail had expected something like the stagecoaches they showed in Western movies.  But this coach was not like that.  It was shaped like a barrel with openings at the sides, rather small, though if she held Megan in her lap and Steve held Kaylee, there was enough room for their family and Radagast; Ondahir and Mairen would ride in a second coach.  There was no driver's seat; instead, it was pulled by two large horses, and a rider rode upon one of them to direct them.*

As they bumped and rattled over the cobbles, it wasn't really easy to hold a conversation.  Gail was pleased to see Radagast, and she wished she could ask him about his explorations outside the city, but it was clear that any talking would have to be more like yelling: more trouble than it would be worth.  She would have to wait until later.

The streets were crowded with walking people and waggons full of people.  All of them were heading for the main gates, although they weren't properly gates anymore, not after the huge battering ram had destroyed them.  But it was still the proper place for the new King to enter his city, and barricades had been raised to serve instead of actual gates.  At first, she thought maybe it would have been easier to ride horses, but with the press of the crowd, she realized that it would be hard for her to feel certain of controlling a horse among all those people.  While she had become a decent rider on their journey, none of the places they had travelled through had been heavily populated.  At least the coach was painted with the symbol of the Steward, and people gave it a wide berth, or at least as wide as possible.

Gail looked at Steve, who was quiet.  Even the girls were quiet, and it was hard for them to stay silent, but clearly, they didn't think they could yell loudly enough to be heard, either.  She wondered if Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey would be anywhere near the gates, and just how close their family would be to the front of the ceremony.  Would she even be able to spot them in the crowd on the other side of the barrier?  Chances are, even if we can see them, they won’t be able to see us, she thought.

As they drew down to the First Level, they could see down to where the main Gates to the City had once been.  The debris from the broken Gates had been cleared away, but the stonework where it was damaged by the blows of its breaking was still broken and scarred.  The crowds were almost crammed shoulder to shoulder, but guardsmen at the sides of the street were keeping the road itself clear of people, to make room for the coaches.  But the driver (or is he called a rider? Gail wondered) halted them about twenty feet from the opening where the Gates once stood.  He dismounted and came to assist them from the inside of the coach.  They were more than a little stiff and sore from the rattling ride down from the Citadel.  Gail knew she was glad to stretch her legs a little.  In addition to the bumpy ride, it had been a cramped one.  She hung onto Megan, who wanted to run, and she noticed Steve had a tight hold on Kaylee's hand as well.

While the driver/rider led away the coach and horses, Gail looked at the surroundings, which frankly consisted mostly of other people, except for directly in front of them.  There, in the opening where the entry to the City was—since the Gate was gone—stood a wooden barricade, heavily guarded.  Just beyond that, Gail saw a set of risers, like the temporary bleachers often set up on parade routes at home, for the VIPs.  They were not very large, only maybe three or four high, and so far, no one was sitting there.

But she supposed that was about to change, for Master Ondahil gestured at his little group.  "We will be able to pass the barricades," he said, "so far as the seating.  Your children will be accompanying the van of the procession, as they were among the company who are now being called the Fellowship of the Ring. They will be riding on horseback until about a furlong from the City.  There they will all dismount and walk the rest of the way."

"A 'furlong'?" Gail asked.

Steve nodded.  "A furlong is about two hundred and twenty yards," Steve said.  He'd early on figured out what the distances were for the more unfamiliar terms.

She nodded, and then Ondahil finished speaking.  "You, Mistress Mairen, your daughters, and Istar Radagast will be among those privileged to sit upon the grandstand.  Istar Radagast, since the Steward and Lord Faramir will be partaking in the ceremony, they will be seated to the far left of the bottom level, and they have requested that you sit with them.  I will also sit there, in case there is need of me.  As for you and your family, you may be seated as you wish, but I would recommend the fourth level—you will be more likely to spot your children from there."

"Thank you, Master Ondahil, we appreciate that, but will we be able to greet them after the ceremony?"  Gail was so eager to hug her sons and her older daughter, she didn't know if she could wait much longer.

"No," he answered.  "I am sorry.  We will have to wait until we are at the Citadel once more."

She felt deflated, and she blinked away the threatening tears.  But Steve put his arms around her shoulders.  "Remember," he murmured to her, "patience is a fruit of the Spirit."

Gail smiled sadly and sighed as she looked up at her husband.  "I've never been very good at that one, have I?"

"That's okay, honey; I'm not, either.  I suppose that's why the Lord is making us wait now."

She laughed a little, and then there was a small blast from a nearby horn, and Master Ondahil began to lead them to the grandstand.

-oo000oo-

*A/N: This description is based on a woodcut image of a coach from the 1500s.  If you should like to see it, pull up this same chapter on Archive of Our Own: https://archiveofourown.org/works/15082544/chapters/90408793.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 92: I Just Can't Wait to Be King, Part 2

Steve led his family up the bleachers—the "grandstand", as Ondahil had called it.  Megan was having a little trouble; her legs could barely manage the steps.  He reached down and swooped his "littlest" up in his arms.  Gail was right behind Kaylee, who was scrambling up with as much agility as a baby goat; it was only four levels, after all.

Steve settled himself on the far-left end of the top bleacher.  There was nothing on the end to stop a small child from tumbling off, so he would serve as a railing.  He settled Megan beside him, and Kaylee sat next to her little sister.  Gail was on Kaylee's other side, and Mairen sat down at the far end of their small group.

They had barely sat down when Kaylee leaped up.  "Daddy!" she called, as she strained to see the empty field in front of them.  "I can't see anything!"  She put her hand above her eyes and tried to lean forward, but her movement was stopped as Gail grabbed a handful of the back of her dress and pulled her. 

"Sit back down, Kaylee!" Gail said firmly.

Mairen stood slowly.  "I can see them," she said.

Steve smiled.  He had forgotten that Elven eyesight was much keener than human eyesight.

"What do you see, Mairen?" he asked.

"Horses, and their riders.  They are in the front line and have halted.  The riders are dismounting."

"Where's Kevin and Jen and Joey?" Kaylee asked.

Like Kaylee had done a few moments earlier, Mairen put her hand above her eyes.  "In the front, at the centre, I see Lord Aragorn. The hobbit Frodo is at his side.  Now, Mithrandir is dismounting, and is helping Pippin down from the white horse he was riding.  Ah!  I see that Lord Boromir has Joey upon his own horse; they, too, are dismounting.  Now, I see another Lord, whom I know not, but Samwise is with him.  And the Rohirrim King is lifting Merry from their horse."

"Do you see anyone else?" asked Gail.

"Not yet.  Grooms are leading away the horses.  Ah!  More horses!  I see Lady Jennifer!  She is riding with Lord Halbarad.  There is the Elf from Mirkwood, Legolas, and with him the Dwarf Gimli.  And riding on his own horse is your son Kevin.  They are all dismounting now!"

Steve's heart lifted.  That was all his kids accounted for!  Thank you, Lord! he prayed silently, as gratitude surged in his heart.

So intent was the family on what Mairen was saying that they had not noticed the bleachers were beginning to fill up.

"What nonsense!" came a scoffing voice from the other side of the Elf-maiden.  "How can you claim to see all that!"

Mairen turned to face the plump and well-dressed man on her other side.  "I assure you that I most certainly can see that far.  Elven eyes are much keener than those of Men."

The man got a good look at her.  "You are an Elf!"  His face went pale.  He turned to a woman on the other side.  "Elves!  I heard a rumour that there were Elves in the City, but I did not believe it."  The couple stared at Mairen and then scooted further away from her, ignoring complaints from other people seated beyond them, whom they forced to move as well.

Mairen shook her head with an amused smile and turned her attention once more to the far distant sight at the end of the field.

"Do you see anyone else we know?" Steve said, looking at Mairen and leaning slightly in her direction.

"There, I see Lord Glorfindel, and Lords Elladan and Elrohir, and my beloved, Avorn, and the other Elves who accompanied us, and the Rangers of the Grey Company.  Beyond that, I do not know, but it is a host of people.  And all of them are now afoot and forming ranks.  There are banners among them, and they will soon begin to march to the City."

The couple who had moved away from Mairen were nevertheless staring and hanging on her every word.

Steve shook his head.  He couldn't imagine people being prejudiced against Elves!  He turned his attention back to the approaching procession.  Soon enough, he'd be able to see the procession coming with his own eyes.  Hopefully, he would see his other children then!

-oo000oo-

Kevin sat on Bron, right behind Gandalf and Pippin.  He could see they were talking, but he couldn't hear what they were saying.  Behind him were the Rangers of the North, as well as Glorfindel, and Elladan and Elrohir.  Right next to them were all the Elves who had come with them on their journey south, too far to the left for him to make out their individual faces.  

To his own left, Kevin was next to Legolas and Gimli, who looked quite serious.  They weren't bantering or laughing as they usually did.  But beyond, there was Jennifer with Halbarad, and she turned to give him a smile and a wave.  He chuckled to see her hair was done up like Princess Leia in Star Wars.  There was a signal from the front, as Boromir raised his hand and slashed it forward.  Aragorn, who was soon to be King, was not yet, and so far as orders went, he was ceremoniously allowing Boromir to do that, in his role as Captain-General.  It was time to set off towards Minas Tirith.  Kevin knew they would stop some distance from the City and dismount to take the rest of the way on foot.  It had been explained to him by Gandalf that it was to avoid any implication that the new King was coming as the conqueror of the City.

They rode at a sombre walk.  Kevin wished they could gallop, or even canter, because it was going to take forever to get to the Gate (or at least to the barricades), where the swearing-in would take place.  In his effort to get his mind off how long it was going to take to get there, Kevin tried to think of some Bible verses about kings.  Most of them were about bad, wicked kings.  Then one came to him:

The strength of the King loves justice;

You have established equity;

You have executed justice and righteousness in Jacob.’*

That sure describes Aragorn.  I think he will be a really good king.  Kevin smiled at the thought.

Then Kevin started thinking about King David and his rule, as told in Second Samuel and First Chronicles.  David hadn’t always been a good man, but he had certainly been a good king and a man after God’s own heart. Solomon had also been a good king, starting out—he had certainly been the wisest.  And while Aragorn might do some things, he surely wouldn't sin the way David had, not after as long as he'd waited for Arwen.  And surely, he wouldn’t turn to worshipping idols as Solomon had ended up doing.  At home, Kevin had never thought much about kings.  The U.S. didn't have any real ones, and the real ones he knew about in his own time were mostly just ceremonious.  What would it be like to have a real king like Aragorn?  Would it be different than having a President?  Most likely, since presidents didn’t rule as ruling monarchs did.  And some presidents had been awful.  He remembered in history class learning about the Teapot Dome Scandal.  Who was president then?  Warren something…oh, well, that one was long gone.

If they went home soon, it was an election year.  Hopefully, it would still be 2012 when they did.  He wondered who his parents would vote for in November back home.  No one even knew yet who all the official candidates would be, although it seemed like about a zillion of them wanted the job.  But his parents never told who they voted for, because they said that it was a person's right to a secret vote.  At least, with kings, you knew who your ruler was going to be!  And thank goodness Aragorn will be a good king!

Just then Bron tugged on the reins, getting bored with just walking, and Kevin had to pay attention to his riding.

-oo000oo-

Joey was feeling quite familiar with riding in front of Boromir once more.  He had ridden many miles with the Captain-General now.  They were riding quietly, but Joey realized that they were coming near the spot where they were to stop and dismount, in order to walk the rest of the way—he could see men stationed there, to lead the horses to the side and watch over them once their riders had left their mounts behind; most of them were Rohirrim. 

Boromir halted alongside Aragorn, and he gave another signal, raising his arm up, and holding it there while all the others stopped.  Then Boromir dismounted and helped Joey to get down.

Joey looked ahead to the City walls.  It was about half again the length of a football field to walk to there, where he could see some people gathered. He wondered if his parents were among those he could barely see.  He could also see a bigger crowd further back.  He had not seen that many people in the streets since the Eagles had announced Sauron's defeat!

He looked to his left, as he leaned forward a little bit, and gave a wave to Sam.  "Hi, Sam," he said, just barely loud enough to get the hobbit's attention.  Sam turned and grinned at him; he also waved and gave Joey a little nod of the head.  On his right, Aragorn stood with Frodo, and both turned slightly and also gave Joey a smile and a nod, before they turned back to the front and looked serious again.  Pippin and Merry were too far for him to catch their attention without being rude, and Kevin and his sister and Legolas and Gimli were behind him, and it would be rude to turn around, as well.  Plus, he might miss when they started to walk.  The sounds of those behind them getting off their horses, and the sounds of the horses being led off to the side-lines lasted for a few more minutes.  Then Joey noticed that Halbarad came forward, bearing the King's big black standard with the jeweled Tree, and suddenly Jennifer was alongside him.  She glanced down with a warm smile, and said quietly, "It won't be long now, Joey."  She gave his shoulder a small squeeze, before she stepped away.  They all had to be dignified today.  It was a very solemn occasion.

He drew back his shoulders and glanced at Lord Boromir at his side.  Dear Lord, he prayed silently, please be with me, and help me not do anything embarrassing, and help me bring honour to Aragorn and Boromir.  He was grateful for all the things he had learned about good manners in Middle-earth, and how to not act silly when things were important.  And please let everything go all right.  Aragorn deserves to have a good day today.  Please let him have one, God.  Amen.

Boromir once more gave the signal to start walking.  They were all supposed to kind of walk solemnly and slowly, which was a good thing, because Joey knew that if the grown-ups were walking fast, he and the hobbits would pretty soon get left behind.  He took a deep breath.  Here we go.  Next stop, Minas Tirith gates.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer knew that Halbarad had to carry the standard after they dismounted, and she was glad that now she could walk next to Joey.  That way, if he got too tired, or got bored, she would be there to keep him in line.  But as she watched him, she realized he probably wouldn't need her.  Her little brother was behaving just as he should.

She realized now just how seriously her little brother took his duty as Lord Boromir's page.  He wanted to make his liege proud of him, just as he'd try hard to make his dad proud of him back home.  Her baby brother had grown so much here, and not just in height.  Joey was far more responsible now than he had been when they had first arrived in Middle-earth.  He still acted his age when he was not "on duty", but he was mindful of his place.  The only lapse had been when he’d accidentally hurt Bergil back at camp, and from that mistake, he had really learned a lesson about rough-housing, and about being careful about weapons.

Jennifer glanced ahead at the distance they still had to go until they reached the place where Aragorn would actually have his Coronation.  He would finally become King, and he would be able to marry Arwen.  It was a shame she wasn't in Gondor yet, but she would come, and as much as Jennifer wanted to go home with her parents, she really wanted to see Lady Arwen's wedding first.  With a happy sigh, Jennifer tried to imagine what it would be like, and to what extent it would be like the weddings she’d been to back home.

I wonder what it will be like.  What sort of dress will she wear?  Will there be bridesmaids and such, or do they have that here?  I am sure their customs won't be like at home.  But the most important thing will be that they will finally be able to be together.  Jennifer smiled at the prospect.  Forty years, they've waited.   Forty whole years!  I'm sure it wasn't easy.  Forty years is such a long time.  I don't know if I could be that patient!  She smiled to herself as she remembered the little song that she'd learned long ago in Vacation Bible School about patience.  Patience was a fruit of the Spirit, and now she had learned a lot about patience since she had come here.  

Walking or riding a horse everywhere certainly made a lot of difference.  As a kid on road trips, the question was always "Are we there yet?"  But now she realized that was because as children, they just sat in the car and didn't really participate in the actual travel.  But when you walked, or rode a horse—or, for that matter, rowed a boat—you had to pay attention to what you were doing.  You were actually doing the journey yourself.

She glanced around at her fellow walkers.  All of them looked serious and absorbed in their thoughts.  Then raising her eyes ahead, she realized how much closer they were to their destination.  She stared, to see if she could see her parents.  She noticed there was a set of bleachers, a small one with a number of people sitting there.  Straining her eyes, she saw a figure of a woman stand up—and next to her was a family with two small kids.  Could that be Mom and Dad and Kaylee and Megan?  She could not really see them and was just guessing, but...somehow, she had a hunch it was indeed them.  It was all she could do to remain dignified and not start running towards the bleachers!

-oo000oo-

Gail's attention was caught by the first line of marchers (as she thought of the approaching ranks of the King's party, for though they weren't exactly marching, they were walking in a rather measured and formal way).  But she was certain that the young woman in a blue dress was Jennifer.  They were still too far for her to be certain, but she was quite sure enough for her heart to speed up a little in anticipation.  And there were five shorter figures, and so far as Gail knew, there were only four hobbits.  One of them had to be Joey.  Two of the shorter figures wore smaller versions of the black uniforms of Gondor, so one of those two must be her little boy—she squinted, and then felt a hand on her shoulder, to her left.

"Gail," Mairen said softly, "your gaze is intent?"  While it seemed a statement, her tone was questioning.

"I think the girl in the blue dress is Jennifer, but I can't tell which of the small figures is Joey.  I think I know," Gail replied, "but I'm not sure!”  She shook her head.  “I can’t see Kevin at all.  Wouldn't Joey be wearing black?"

"You are right. Jennifer is next to him, for Pippin's curls reveal him walking next to Mithrandir—Gandalf, that is.  And Joey is walking between Lord Boromir and Jennifer."  The Elf-woman scanned them once more.  "Kevin is slightly behind the front group and is beside Legolas and the Dwarf Gimli."

Gail grinned at the information and suddenly realized that not only had they drawn close enough that she could pick them out for herself.  She gave a short burst of laughter and turned to Steve, who met her gaze and nodded.  "I've spotted them, too," he answered her unspoken question.

Two sudden delighted squeals from their bouncing younger daughters made it certain that both little ones had also spotted the long-missed older siblings.  Steve snaked an arm out suddenly to grab the back of Megan's dress and pull her down.  Kaylee immediately stopped bouncing, but kept on squealing, "I see them!  I see them!" until she saw Gail put her finger to her lips.  "Sorry, Mommy," she said, and tried to calm her excitement.

The procession stopped.  The little family in the top grandstand held their breath.  Suddenly they could see four shining smiles, as their eyes met those of Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey.  

Just then, there was the sound of a trumpet.  And Lord Denethor and Lord Faramir stood.  Another Man came to stand beside them, an older one with grey hair, dressed in white.  Behind them came four Guards all dressed up in their black-and-white livery. They were carrying a big black box.

And Lord Denethor came and knelt with Faramir's assistance.  Then he knelt beside his father.  Both men managed to look both proud and humble at the same time. 

Then the Steward Denethor spoke.  “The last Steward of Gondor begs leave to surrender his office,” he exclaimed.  And he held out a white rod.

There was a great silence.  Gail peered intently at them to see what they were going to do next.

Then Aragorn took the white rod and handed it back to Denethor.  “That office is not ended, and it shall be thine and thine heirs’ as long as my line shall last.  Do now thy office!”  There was a roar, as all the folk gave a mighty cheer, Gail and her family cheering as loudly and gladly as all the rest.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *Kevin is quoting from Psalm 99:4.

Several passages in this story are quoted or adapted from Dreamflower's story, “All Things Were Now Made Ready" (http://www.lotrgfic.com/viewstory.php?sid=2), at the Many Paths to Tread archive.  The story may also be found on Stories of Arda (Stories of Arda - Lord of the Rings Fan-Fiction Archive) and Fanfiction.net (And All Was Made Ready, a lord of the rings fanfic | FanFiction).

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 93: I Just Can't Wait to Be King, Part 3

Kevin stood with the rest of the Fellowship.  He was right behind his sister and brother, with Pippin next to them.  He had never seen Aragorn look so royal; the Chieftain of the Dúnedain was clad in black and silver and mantled in white.  The brooch that Lady Galadriel had given him gleamed at his throat, and a chain with the Star of the North hung upon his forehead.  Kevin felt so much pride for his friend and leader—he had worked so hard for this day!

He noticed that Frodo looked nervous.  Both Gandalf and Frodo stood right next to Aragorn, and the hobbit was really pale.  Kevin saw Frodo wipe his hands on his trousers and take a deep breath.  Kevin knew that he was worried about carrying the heavy crown.

Lord Denethor came and knelt with Faramir's assistance.  Then Faramir knelt beside his father.  Both men managed to look both proud and humble at the same time. 

Now Lord Denethor spoke loudly for all to hear.  “The last Steward of Gondor begs leave to surrender his office.”  And he held out a white rod.

Aragorn took the rod and gave it back, saying: “That office is not ended, and it shall be thine and thy heirs' as long as my line shall last.  Do now thy office!”

Then Lord Denethor stood up and spoke in a clear voice: “Men of Gondor hear now the Steward of this Realm!  Behold! one has come to claim the kingship again at last.  Here is Aragorn son of Arathorn, chieftain of the Dúnedain of Arnor, Captain of the Host of the West, bearer of the Star of the North, wielder of the Sword Reforged, victorious in battle, whose hands bring healing, the Elfstone, Elessar of the line of Valandil, Isildur's son, Elendil's son of Númenor.  Shall he be king and enter into the City and dwell there?”

Even though Kevin wasn't really a citizen of Minas Tirith, he yelled out, "Yes!" along with everyone else.  He knew this was all just a formality, since all of this had been planned in advance, so the people would know that this was happening with everyone's consent.  After a moment, Lord Denethor continued.   

“Men of Gondor, the loremasters tell that it was the custom of old that the king should receive the crown from his father ere he died; or if that might not be, that he should go alone and take it from the hands of his father in the tomb where he was laid.  But since things must now be done otherwise, using the authority of the Steward, I have today brought hither from Rath Dínen the crown of Eärnur the last king, whose days passed in the time of our longfathers of old.”

Then one of the guards brought forward the black casket they had been carrying.  Lord Denethor raised the lid of the box the Guardsmen held and brought the Crown forth and held it high over his head, so everyone could see it.

Kevin was surprised when he saw it: it did not look anything like what he’d ever imagined a crown would look like. He thought it looked really heavy, for one thing, and it certainly didn’t look like the pictures he'd seen of Queen Elizabeth’s crown.  Instead, it was more like the helmets he’d seen on some of the Guardsmen, but much higher, and it was white, not silver.  There were wings on it, embellished with pearls and silver.  He saw no fewer than seven diamonds set in the circlet.  And the jewel on the top glowed with a light of its own, even in the daytime.

Lord Denethor placed the crown in Aragorn’s hands.  He held it up and chanted, almost singing, in Quenya: “Et Eä rello Endorenna utú lien.  Sinome maruvan ar Hildinyar tenn’ Ambar-meta!”*  His voice carried over the people clearly.  Kevin wondered what the words meant.

Now, instead of putting the crown on his head, Aragorn handed the crown back to Lord Denethor, and there was a gasp from the assembled host—none but those directly involved in the coronation had known of this part.

Kevin smiled to himself, as he saw the surprise on the faces of many in the crowd, some of them looking upset, and others murmuring to their neighbours.  A few seconds later, Aragorn said: “By the labour and valour of many I have come into my inheritance.  In token of this I would have the Ring-bearer bring the crown to me, and let Mithrandir set it upon my head, if he will; for he has been the mover of all that has been accomplished, and this is his victory.”

Frodo reached out to take it, clasping it firmly, and gave a brief nod.  Lord Denethor took his hands away, and Frodo turned, and Kevin watched as he walked a few steps to place it in Aragorn's hands.  Then Frodo stepped back as Aragorn knelt before Gandalf, who then took the Crown in his own hands and set the White Crown upon Aragorn's head, and said: “Now come the days of the King, and may they be blessed while the thrones of the Valar endure!”

There was an awed silence.   Kevin felt tears of joy gathering in his eyes, and he blinked them away.  Silently, he prayed, Thank you, Lord, for allowing me to see all of this.

Then Lord Denethor cried out, “Behold the King!”

-oo000oo-

All of the people in the seats had stood up as they saw Aragorn and Gandalf and everyone coming to the front.  Kaylee couldn't see over the heads of the people in front of her, so Gail allowed her to climb up to the seat from where she was standing.  She glanced at her daddy, who had simply picked Megan up and put her on his shoulders.

She did understand all the words.  At one point, she heard Aragorn singing in Elvish, but she didn't understand what he was singing.  She had learned some words, but she wasn't very good at understanding them if they were not spoken very slow.  But she sure understood when Gandalf put the beautiful crown on Aragorn's head, and Lord Denethor said, “Behold the King!”  And so, along with everyone else, she squealed and clapped her hands, jumping up and down, until Mommy grabbed her arm.  But Megan was still bouncing up and down and cheering on her daddy's shoulders, her fingers tangled in Daddy's hair.

When all the racket kind of died down, lots of the people decided to start leaving.  But Daddy and Mommy just sat down, so the girls did, too.  It was just like when the movies were over.  They always stayed put until the crowd got smaller.

"We need to wait.  Master Ondahil said we'd be going back in the coach we came down in, so we have to wait here for a while."

"But Daddy!  I wanna go down and find Kevin and Jenny and Joey!" Kaylee whined.

Steve shook his head.  "We have to be patient, sweetheart.  We probably won't get close enough to even talk to them before we get back to the Citadel.  Remember what the Bible says about patience?"

Kaylee gave a snort and crossed her arms with a pout.  "It's a fruit of the Spirit," she answered sulkily.  "I think patience is grapefruit!"

Steve stifled a laugh.  Kaylee hated grapefruit.  He put on a serious face and shook his head.  "But sometimes grapefruit is good for us.  And so is patience."

Kaylee sighed.  "I know," she said, and deflated.  "I just want to see them again so bad!"  She shook her head and said, “I wish I was you.  You're always patient, Daddy!"

This time, Steve did laugh.  "Oh, Kaylee!  I wish that was true.  Sometimes it just looks like I am patient, but I am still impatient on the inside."

"How come?" she asked, surprised.

"Well, because I have to set a good example for you children.  Besides, sometimes, if you act like you’re patient on the outside, and you pray, sometimes you start to feel patient inside as well."

Just then they heard a voice calling out: "Master McCloud!"  It was Master Ondahil.  Kaylee noticed that now almost everyone in the bleacher was gone.  There was just their family on the top, and Radagast and Master Ondahil on the bottom, and a few straggling people who were almost gone.

The five of them stood up (for Mairen stood up, too) and made their way down, with Steve carrying Megan, and this time Kaylee was holding her mother's hand.  I'm glad, Kaylee thought.  My legs feel a little wobbly from sitting on that hard board.

As they reached the bottom, Master Ondahil said, "The coachmen have gone to fetch the coaches.  Our group will fall in just behind the Steward and Lord Faramir.  We will be right behind the King and the Fellowship, as all now call those who journeyed with the King from Rivendell.”

Sure enough, they saw that all of them had re-mounted their horses, and were going to ride right past them, although they were also surrounded by guards.

But as they did, Kaylee shouted at the top of her voice: "KEVIN!  JEN!  JOEY!”

Several eyes in the procession turned their way, including Kevin, Jennifer and Joey.  They all three turned and for a moment locked eyes with their family.  Kaylee and Megan were waving wildly at their sister and brothers, and with a grin, Joey raised his arm and waved back, and Kevin and Jennifer smiled at them.

Then the procession moved beyond the barricades into the city street, and a coach followed them.  Master Ondahil shooed them all into their coach, and they, too, fell into the parade.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *This is a quote from ROTK in Quenya.  "Et Eärello Endorenna utúlien sinomë maruvan ar Hildinyar tenn' Ambar-metta.”  It means: “Out of the Great Sea to Middle-earth I am come.  In this place will I abide, and my heirs, unto the ending of the world."

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelong to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 94: You're Welcome

Joey was once more riding with Lord Boromir.  This time, there was only room for two riders abreast, for the cobbled streets, while not real narrow, were still narrower than riding across the Pelennor, and plus the road was packed along the sides with people cheering.  But now the newly crowned King Aragorn—no, that was wrong; now his name, as king, was Elessar!—was riding in front, with Frodo as Ring-bearer, and as the King's companion.  Lord Halbarad was next, with the King's standard, and with Jennifer riding pillion with him, only he was a tiny bit behind the King.  

And Joey, who was riding with Boromir, and Pippin, who was riding with Gandalf, were next.  Joey wished he could turn around, but that wouldn't be proper.  Still, Joey knew that Kevin was right behind him, along with Prince Imrahil and Sam.  And then there was Eomer King with Merry, and Legolas with Gimli.  Whoever was behind that, he wasn't sure about.

But he also heard another sound, like waggon wheels on the cobble street. So, maybe that would be some of the important people who didn't have horses, that were in the city.  Probably the Steward at least, because it was hard for him to ride a horse and stuff ever since the fire.  Joey sure hoped Lord Denethor's cough would be better now.  It had still been pretty bad when he’d left to go to Cormallen.

"Sire?" he asked his liege just barely loudly enough to be heard over the hoofbeats.

"Yes, Joey?" Lord Boromir replied.

"How do you think your father’s doing now?  He was still coughing pretty bad when we left."  Joey hoped that his friend wouldn't mind the question.

"I thank you for your concern, Joey.  My letters from him said he is doing much better."  He paused, and then continued, "But my letters from my brother said he is still not as well as he should be, and our father tires much more easily than before the fire."

"Oh."  Joey sighed.  "That’s a bummer!  I’ll pray for him to get better, then."

"Thank you, my young friend.  Perhaps your prayers will bear fruit."  Boromir had grown used to the McCloud children's frequent prayers and how casually they approached the One, but it still rather amazed him.

The crowds had grown larger, and the further up the City they’d gone, louder the cheers had grown.  For a while, there was too much sound for conversation.  But as they passed from the Fourth to the Fifth Circle, it was suddenly less.  Most of the population in that part of the City had been down near the barricades and had yet to return, for they were behind all of those who had returned or were arriving with the new King.

Joey began to fidget.  Soon, very soon, he'd see Dad and Mom and his little sisters and maybe Lucy…he couldn’t wait!

"Joey," Boromir spoke softly, "are you excited about seeing the rest of your family?"

Joey nodded.  "Yes, sir!  I sure am.  I've missed them a lot!"

"Well, I am certain that they have missed you, for they journeyed far to find you, and they shall also be pleased to see you once again.  And they will be very proud of you!"

“I can’t wait for you to meet my mom and dad!  And my youngest sister, Megan. And you remember Kaylee, too, you and Aragorn, but we were thinking she would stay in Rivendell, and we'd have to go all the way back there to see her.  We never thought the rest of the family would come here!"  Boromir laughed.

As they neared the Sixth Circle, the crowds petered out altogether—the next level had the Houses of Healing, and it was traditional to be silent there for the most part, for the sake of those who were among the sick or injured and might be disturbed.  As they passed the buildings of the Healers, many of them, along with their apprentices and helpers, and a few of those who were only lightly injured, had gathered in front and waved vigorously, and some of them threw flowers or waved their kerchiefs in the air—but silently, without shouting.  There were also a few residents who had not gone down to the barricades and had gathered at the intersections of the side streets.  They also threw flowers and waved.  Joey waved back and smiled.  Once, a mother had her little girl by the hand and they stepped closer into the street next to where Joey and Lord Boromir were riding, and the little girl, (who looked about Kaylee’s age) handed Joey one of her flowers.  He took it and said, "Thank you."  His cheeks felt warm with embarrassment.

"Nay," said the mother. "Thank you!"  She and her child stepped back and melted into the other onlookers.

“What’s she thanking me for?” Joey asked Boromir, puzzled.  “I haven’t done anything special!” 

"Of course, you have, Master Joey," his liege said, his eyes twinkling.  "Or do you not count my life as of no special significance?"  Boromir's voice had a teasing note to it, so Joey knew he was not offended.

"Oh!  Wow, I…I didn't think of that!  But how does that mother know about that?  I didn’t think we told anyone!”

"You are not a hobbit, Joey; you do not need to be modest.  And no, we did not tell anyone save my father and brother and Uncle Imrahil, and so she would not know of your feat, but she does know you would not be riding with me had you not been part of the War."  

"Well, I guess so.  But it sure seems weird to think of me as a hero, not like you or Frodo or the others."  Joey shook his head and furrowed his brow in bewilderment as he stared at the flower in his hand.

"Then let me assure you, you have a place among all the heroes of the Fellowship—you, your brother, and your sister, as well."  Boromir paused.  "Here, we approach the last gate.  We shall need to dismount again, so that the horses can be led to the stable."  As one of the grooms approached them, Boromir dismounted and lifted Joey off the horse.  The groom led the horse away, and Joey flexed his knees up and down to get used to being on the ground once more.

Soon, he thought, with a smile, very soon…

-oo000oo-

The noisy coach rattled along up from level to level.  Steve had Megan in his lap, and in spite of all the racket, she had fallen asleep.  Her thumb had fallen out of her mouth, and he gave a rueful smile as she drooled a little on the sleeve of his fancy robe.  He turned to see Gail, with Kaylee leaning against her, and glanced out the window at the cheering crowds, all of whom were waving, or throwing flowers, or calling out names.  He caught many of them yelling out, "Elfstone!  Elfstone!" or "Lord Denethor!" or "Lord Boromir!" or "Lord Faramir!"  

Facing across from him, Mairen was sitting serenely, her gaze distant.  Radagast, who was next to her, smiled at him.  "Soon, Master McCloud, you will have all of your flock together again.  Will you then finally be able to feel at ease, as I have not seen you completely tranquil since I met you?"

Steve heaved a large sigh and thought for a moment before answering.  "I don't know.  I didn't know until you spoke up just now how wound-up I've been since we left home."

"We both have been," Gail added.  "We are not used to having our children so far away or exposed to so much danger."   Steve nodded in agreement.  Glancing at her daughter, who was still leaning against her, Gail added, “Thank goodness Kaylee’s been safe since she’s been here!  I shudder to think how she would have fared if she’d gone with the others.”  Kaylee glanced up briefly when her mother said that, but did not say anything.

"That is why Master Elrond did not allow it.  She and Lucy would have been in great peril, and they would have slowed the others down greatly.  She was not big enough for such a journey, however valiant her small heart," the wizard agreed.

There was a brief second of darkness as they passed through the short tunnel underneath the fifth gate, and the noise level outside had died down.  "We are almost there," said Mairen, speaking for the first time since she had entered the coach.

"Indeed," added Radagast.

The silence of the sixth level was a welcome change, and the inhabitants of the coach looked at the quieter, and yet no less celebratory, reactions of the few onlookers.  As they passed the Houses of Healing, Gail passed one hand out the window and waved back.

Just before they reached the gate leading to the seventh level and the Citadel, the coach turned aside, and entered a separate short tunnel that also led directly to the coach houses that were located near the stables.  Their vehicle came to a halt, and the coachman dismounted and came to open the wide door and hand them out of the coach.  All of them were stiff, and Steve's arms appreciated the brief respite as the coachman carefully took the sleeping Megan.  She roused sleepily and murmured, "'r we there yet?" when the coachman set her down on her feet.  He held onto her until Steve took his youngest by the hand.

"Yes, sweetie, we are."  Steve looked at the coachman who was now lifting Kaylee out.  "Thank you."

The coachman nodded and smiled, and then offered a hand to Gail, and then to Mairen.  Mairen was the only one who did not appear to be stiff and uncomfortable.  Radagast was last, and he was quite appreciative of the hand that was held out to him by the coachman.

"Thank you, young man.  My old bones are quite glad of your help."

The coachman gave a brief bow of his head.  "It is an honour, Master Istar," he replied.  He and a groom led the horses and coach away.

Lord Denethor and Lord Faramir were already free of their coach, and they both turned to see that the McClouds were out of their conveyance.  Faramir handed his father a walking stick, and they approached the McClouds.

They moved forward to meet their hosts, for another coach had rolled up behind them, with what Steve thought of as more "VIPs" to unload.

Faramir led the way.  "Your children will have already arrived, for of course, they were ahead of us."  Steve noticed that now that everyone was out of the coaches, a couple of Guardsmen had fallen into step just behind them.  They walked past the coach house, the stable, and the training field to the gate leading into the Citadel grounds.  There was already a small crowd there, consisting mostly of those who had been on horses ahead of them.  There was a portly man in livery, whom Steve recognized as the court herald, and another man standing next to him with some sort of horn.  The horn was blown, and in a stentorian voice, he cried out:

"The Lord Steward of Gondor, Denethor son of Ecthelion!  Lord Faramir, son of Denethor!  The Istar Radagast!  Master Steven McCloud of Ore Gon, and his wife, Mistress Gail, and their daughters, Miss Kaylee and Megan!  Mistress Mairen of Imladris!"

-oo000oo-

Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey were near the Citadel steps, talking with Boromir and the four hobbits.  At the sound of their parents’ and sisters’ names, their faces whipped around with a snap, and they saw those whom they had long missed, making their way through the crowd, headed in their direction, and followed by Faramir.

With cries of joy, Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey hurtled toward the approaching group.

“Mom!  Dad!” they all cried out.  “Kaylee!  Megan!”  They threw themselves into their parents’ arms, and Steve and Gail hugged them tightly while Kaylee and Megan jumped on their older brother and sister.  Megan was now clinging to Kevin's back, and Kaylee was leaping into Jennifer's arms.  There were tears, and there was laughter.  Joey had claimed his father, who picked him up as if he was much younger.  But Joey was not embarrassed to be held by his daddy after all this time apart.

Joey took one look into his dad's eyes and burst into tears, hugging his father tightly around the neck, until Steve put his hand up to loosen his son's grip.  "I need to breathe, Joey," he gasped.

"Sorry, D—dad," he said, sniffling.  He pulled away slightly and wiped his tear-ravaged face on his sleeve.  Meanwhile, Gail approached Steve and joined in embracing Joey in a three-way hug, but suddenly Lucy interrupted, leaping up and beginning to lick the young boy’s whole face enthusiastically.  Joey slid from his father's arms and grabbed his mother around the waist.

Lucy turned her attentions to Jennifer, who had finally put Kaylee down, and then to Kevin, who had finally dislodged Megan from his back.  Megan still stood close to him, hugging his leg as he bent down and petted Lucy.  “You sure have grown, Lucy!” Kevin told her, as Lucy finished licking his face.  Finally, Steve pointed his finger at Lucy in the way that the Elves had taught her, and she immediately sat down and behaved, though her tail was wagging, and she whimpered a little.

Then Gail turned and beckoned Jennifer, who took two swift steps into her mother's embrace.  "Oh, Mom!  I missed you so much," Jennifer was sobbing on her mother's shoulder.

“I know you did, and I’m here now,” Gail soothed her, as she hugged her eldest daughter.

After Kevin had sent Megan back to their dad, he glanced around.  "What happened?  Tell us all about how you got here from Rivendell!" he said.  Jennifer and Joey looked away from their mother and listened.  "Your letters didn't say a lot!"

"That's a very long story, kids," Steve said, "and I don't think there is time for it right now.  Let's just say we've been looking for you for a good while!”

All the while, Boromir and Faramir and the four hobbits were standing nearby, and they were smiling to see the reunion.

Just then, Keven noticed his friends, and turned to them.  "Oh, Dad and Mom!  We need you to meet some folks!"  He turned to his friends.  "Lord Boromir, this is my father, Steve McCloud, and my mother, Gail."  

Boromir placed his right hand on his chest and gave a nod of his head.  "It is very good to finally meet you.  I have heard so very much about you from your children."  He turned to his brother.  "Faramir, I know you will be glad to meet Sir Kevin, Lady Jennifer, and my page, Joey.  Joey it was who saved my life from orcs on the banks of the Anduin at Parth Galen."

Faramir bowed.  "I am most honoured to meet your companions."

Boromir smiled down at Joey.  “Your son saved my life,” he told Steve and Gail.  Putting an arm around Joey’s shoulders, he said, “Master Joey saved me from certain death at the hands of orcs.”

Gail and Steve stared down at Joey in shock.  “And how did he do that?” Gail asked, her voice sounding strained.

Smiling, Joey removed his sling from his pouch and showed it to his parents.  “The hobbits gave this to me,” he said.  “They taught me to use it.  Hobbits use them when they go hunting.”

“And he learned his lessons well,” Boromir added.  “When he saw that an orc archer was going to shoot me, he used his sling to stop the orc with a well-placed stone to the middle of its forehead, which laid the creature out cold.”

Steve and Gail exchanged a look, and then Steve approached his youngest son.  “I’m very proud of you, son,” he told Joey.  “That took courage.”

Joey smiled his thanks, and then held up the sling again.  “See, it’s just like the sling David used to kill Goliath!” He passed it to his father.

Steve took the sling and examined it thoroughly, before handing it back to Joey.  In light of what he had been told back in Lothlórien about Joey’s initial lessons in learning to use a sling, it was clear that his son had learned those lessons well.  However, it wasn't something that Joey could keep back home; it would be much too dangerous for playing with in the suburbs.  Perhaps, though…  Steve thought for a moment.  Yes, that might work.  We can keep it locked in the rifle cabinet.  I've been planning to start bringing Joey along with Kevin when we go hunting, anyway, and I think I'll be doing more bow-hunting.  He could use it then, and I won't have to just take it away from him.

Aloud, he said, "It certainly is just like that!  I'll bet the rabbits and birds take off when they see a hobbit get one of these out."

Joey grinned.  Then he turned to the hobbits, who had been patiently waiting during the introductions.  "Mom, Dad, these hobbits came with us all the way from Rivendell.  This is Master Frodo Baggins, Sir Peregrin Took, Sir Meriadoc Brandybuck, and Master Samwise Gamgee."

All four hobbits bowed, and Frodo spoke.  "On behalf of my kin and friends, we are at your service.  We are very pleased to meet you!"

Suddenly Kaylee came forward, pulling Megan by the hand.  She whispered in her sister's ear.  Megan gave a curtsy.  "Megan McCloud, at…at…"  She paused, and Kaylee whispered again.  Megan repeated loudly, "At your service!"  She turned and whispered back, "Did I do it right?"

Kaylee nodded, grinning.  "Uh-huh!  You did good!"  She looked at Frodo and the others.  "Mr. Bilbo Baggins taught me that!  Megan didn't know, so I helped her."

Frodo smiled at Megan.  “Frodo Baggins at your service and your family’s, Megan.”  He smiled at Kaylee.  “I'm very glad to see you again, and to meet the rest of your family, now that our tasks are finished!"

Kaylee leaned forward and hugged Frodo.  Then she stepped back, still grinning, and opened her mouth.  "Ding…"

She got no further.  Steve's hand landed on her shoulder.  "We talked about this, Kaylee.  Not now."

The hobbits looked puzzled.  "Is Kaylee not allowed to sing?" asked Pippin.

Steve and Gail laughed.  “Kaylee’s been singing that one particular song over and over and over, ever since we first heard that Sauron had been destroyed,” Steve told Frodo.

“Yeah, she probably believes you threw some water over him and melted him,” Joey said with a grin, and Frodo looked curious.

"It's a very long story," Steve answered the unspoken question he saw in the hobbit's eyes.  "Perhaps at a more appropriate time, she can tell you the whole story, songs and all."

Kaylee had been looking downcast, but her face brightened after her father's suggestion, and she nodded enthusiastically.  Frodo added, “I would love to hear you tell the story when we have more time!"

Just then all the talking came to a halt as there was a blast from a pair of horns, and a herald's voice called out: "Hear, now!  It is time to enter into the Citadel and into the presence of the King!"

Most people seemed to know who should be allowed to enter first, but there were pages who were by the doors to escort people to where they needed to be.  Lord Boromir and his brother herded the hobbits and the McCloud family—all of them—toward the steps of the Citadel, where they were quickly joined by Lord Glorfindel, Gandalf, Radagast, Legolas, and Gimli, and were guided through the doors by the pages.  There was no time for introductions as they were escorted to stand at the front, a few feet before the high steps to the throne.  As the huge room began to fill up, the members of the Fellowship remained positioned there, along with many of those who had been leaders of the Armies of the West.

Gradually, the sounds of people entering faded, the quiet conversations petered out, and the Court Herald called out, "Hear, now!  Hear, now!  Pay heed!  This is the Court of Lord Elessar Telcontar, High King of the Reunited Kingdoms of Gondor and of Arnor, Defender of the West.”

The herald continued, "We call into the presence of the King:  Frodo, son of Drogo; Samwise, son of Hamfast; Peregrin, son of Paladin; and Meriadoc, son of Saradoc.”

The four hobbits were escorted up the wide white stairs, up to the dais where the White Throne of the King was.  He stood as they arrived before him and started to bow.

One by one, the four hobbits were escorted to the last wide step before the King's white throne.  The four of them started to bow, but Aragorn raised his hand to stop them.  "My friends," he said.  "You bow to no one!"

He gestured to the hobbits to turn around and face the assembled court.  "By the decree of all the Free Peoples of the West, by my word as the High King of Arnor and Gondor, by the word of Eómer, King of Rohan, by the consent of the Elves who dwell in these lands, in Mithlond, in Imladris, in Lothlórien, and in Mirkwood, and by the Dwarves of the North, by the consent of the Ents of Fangorn, and of the Great Eagles of the West, I proclaim that these hobbits are to be honoured first among the lands, most especially Lord Frodo Baggins son of Drogo and Lord Samwise Gamgee son of Hamfast of the Shire, who took the most perilous of journeys into the depths of Mordor to see an end to Sauron the Deceiver!"

The assembled crowd all cheered and clapped loudly, and the four small faces of the hobbits grew bright red with embarrassment.  Among the cheers, Kevin's loud whistles could be heard, and Joey was jumping up and down. Jennifer pumped her fist in the air, shouting, "FRODO!  SAM!  PIPPIN!  MERRY!  GO—OO, HOBBITS!" she repeated four times.

The applause went on for some time.  Kaylee and Megan had taken up Jennifer's cheer, as had a few others in the crowd.  Finally, the herald blew a blast on his trumpet, and the noise died down.  Aragorn bent and had a quiet personal word with each of the four, and then they were free to depart from his presence and return to their places in the court.

One by one, each member of the Fellowship was called to the dais to be specially honoured: first Gandalf, then Boromir, Legolas, and Gimli, in that order. Each was honoured and soundly cheered.  As the others were called, Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey were getting nervous, knowing that they would also be called up soon.  They had known it would happen at some point, but had not realised they might be singled out.

Sir Kevin was called first, and Aragorn praised him for his valour in battle, and his journey with the Eagle to warn the Army of the West.  But instead of being sent back down to the front with the others, he was signalled to stay where he was, only to move a few steps over as Lady Jennifer was called up to be honoured for her part in the War.  There, she was praised for surrendering to orcs in order to stay with her captive brother and Merry and Pippin, for her journey through the Paths of the Dead, and for her courage in saving Halbarad on the field of battle.  And then Master Joey was praised for his quick thought in using his sling to save the life of Lord Boromir, and his courage during the siege of Minas Tirith.  Once all three of them were there, they expected to be dismissed.

Instead, the herald did something completely unexpected.  He called out, "Master Steven McCloud of Ore Gon, his wife Mistress Gail, and his younger daughters, Kaylee and Megan, attend His Grace King Elessar!"  One of the lesser heralds came to bring their flustered parents and little sisters up the steps to the presence of the King.

Aragorn spoke out from his throne.  "This family are strangers to here.  They had no reason to help our battle against Sauron, for their home is far from all our lands.  And yet I say that all of them, even unto the youngest of them all, acted to do their part in aiding our struggle, whether within the City walls, within the bounds of Imladris, or during their journey to reach here from Imladris.”  He paused.

“There is one among them who, along with Lady Jennifer, also had a role in saving the life of my kinsman and Standard Bearer, Halbarad,” he announced.  He turned to a wide-eyed Kaylee and gave her a smile.  "This is Lady Kaylee, daughter of Steven, and I and my cousin would honour her with this token of gratitude and esteem."  He nodded to the herald, who proclaimed:

"With this token, Lady Kaylee, daughter of Steven, is proclaimed an honorary Ranger of the North."  He held up something that shone, reflecting silver, and Kaylee, wide-eyed and speechless, was given a tiny push from her mother.  She took a step closer to the Herald who, with a kind smile at the little girl, bent and pinned to the collar of her dress a breastpin in the form of a six-pointed star.

She looked down at it and smiled.  She raised her face to Aragorn.  "Um, is it okay to say, 'thank you'?" she whispered. 

The newly crowned King nodded.  "Your favour, your gift, to my cousin saved his life, Kaylee.  I am the one who should say, 'thank you'."

"Oh.  Well, you're welcome."  The herald made a little gesture, and Gail drew her daughter back to her side.  Proud, fond smiles spread across Gail’s and Steve’s faces, and Gail hugged her little girl.

“I’m so proud of you, sweetheart,” Gail whispered.  “We both are.”  Steve nodded in agreement.

The Herald turned and called out (as he had for the other members of the Fellowship), "Huzzah!  Huzzah for the Family McCloud!"

And now it was their turn to be soundly cheered by the crowd.  Joey thought he could understand why the hobbits had been so embarrassed.  He felt his face growing warm, and glanced around at the rest of his family, all of whom looked just as embarrassed as he felt, if their red faces were anything to go by.

When the cheers died down, they were escorted back to their previous places among the crowd, and the business of the court continued.  Honours were given to their allies, to the Rohirrim first of all, as Éomer, King of Rohan, accepted the thanks of Gondor, and renewed the ancient vows of alliance between the two lands.  Prince Imrahil accepted the thanks of the new King and became the first vassal to pledge his loyalty to the King. His action was followed by that of the lords of many other fiefdoms of Gondor.

Kaylee was getting really tired of standing.  But she wasn't allowed to sit down, and there weren't any chairs, anyway.  She looked up enviously at Megan, who was already sound asleep in Mairen's arms, and yawned.  Her mother looked down, and then bent and picked her up.  She held her comfortably with Kaylee's head tucked over her shoulder.  Kaylee listened to the voices up at the top of the stairs, droning on and on about people she didn't know, and soon she was lulled fast asleep. 

But another blast from the herald's trumpet suddenly awakened her.  She raised her head and saw that at some point, she had been handed over to her daddy.  "Daddy?"

"Well, hello, sleepyhead," her father responded, his eyes twinkling.  "All the boring stuff is over.  We can go back to our quarters now, with Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey, and have time to catch up with them before we go to the Coronation Feast."

Steve set Kaylee down, and she took his hand.  Gail was holding onto Megan's hand, and Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey had joined them, along with Mairen and Master Ondahil.

But the crowd was not leaving yet; they had to wait a few minutes later, until Aragorn himself had left.  The new King was leaving through a separate door at the back of the dais behind the throne, followed by Gandalf, Lord Denethor, Boromir, Faramir, and a few other people that Kaylee did not recognize.

Only then did the people in the crowd begin to disperse.  Master Ondahil led the way to one of the side exits that led back to the guest quarters.

Joey grinned.  “Wait till you see the knife they gave me!”  He glanced at Jennifer.  “Jen didn’t really think I should have one, but Aragorn said I was old enough.  And it wasn’t just the knife, either.  They gave me several other presents, too.” 

“It’s true, I didn’t approve,” Jennifer said ruefully.  “They gave him several grown-up presents, and Aragorn said it was time he learned how to use them.”

Gail and Steve looked at each other, and then Steve looked at his reunited kids.  “I think we are going to have to have a long talk…”

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 95: A Little Bit of Food

In the feast hall of Merethrond, Bergil found himself bustling around during the preparations.  While he had been sad not to witness the coronation, it was quite an honor to be one of the pages who would be serving at the Feast, and he knew his father was very proud that he had been one of those chosen.  He had gone back to the Citadel after the army had crossed the Anduin, along with many other servants and pages.   

At least Sador had also been chosen to work during the feast as well, so Bergil was very glad of that.  But he really missed Joey.  But Joey was still with the Army of the West, or at least he had been among them, serving Lord Boromir.  Bergil supposed he would now be back in the Citadel by now, since he knew that the first King's Court had been held.

Right now, his arms were full of his portion of the frontal cloth for the high table.  He had a hold on one short end, Sador had a little section of the long side just Joey's side of the middle, and few other people were holding on to the rest of it.  On the front and centre of the black linen was an embroidered emblem of the White Tree and the Seven Stars.

The naperess, who was in charge of all the table linens, was carefully securing the top with little weights and smoothing the sections out from the centre, walking back and forth along the dais behind the table to smooth out every wrinkle. The frontal did not cover the back, which was why the little weights were needed. Then she came around to the front to make sure it hung perfectly level.  Bergil was very glad when she indicated that it was correct, and he was allowed to let go and step back.  Next, he and Sador and the others had to get the actual tablecloth that would cover the entire top of the table.  It was snowy white, with white-on-white embroidery of six-pointed stars all around the edges.  It hung down all around the table about a hand's breadth.  It was not as heavy as the frontal.  But still, he and Sador and the other helpers had to wait while the naperess fiddled with it to make sure it hung perfectly.

Then came the last cloth.  This one was also white.  It covered only the very top of the table and did not hang down the sides, but hung down only on either end of the table, which hung down almost to the floor, like the frontal did.  It was of thicker and coarser fabric, because it would be drawn off the rest of the linens near the end of the meal, just before the serving of the subtlety and the sweets, to save the more expensive linens from being stained by soup or gravy or sauces during the earlier part of the meal*.

When they had finished laying the cloths to the naperess's satisfaction, she replaced the weights so that the table would not get disturbed before it was time for the actual feast.

Bergil and Sador sat down for a moment on the edge of the dais, until they were given orders for the next task.

"Whew!"  Sador puffed after the exertion.  He was by far the youngest and smallest of the helpers in the Hall.  "I never thought cloth could be so heavy!"

Bergil nodded.  "It does look good, though," he said.  "I wish Joey could have been here to help us, too.  I have missed him."  

"I have missed him as well.  But I know that his little sisters have missed him dreadfully, along with their older brother and sister."

"Oh!  That is right!  You got a chance to know their little sisters while the rest of us were with the Army.  What are they like?"

But before Sador had a chance to answer, one of the older servants called out, "Come along, boys!"  It was the butler"No time to waste!" he said sharply.  "There is silver to polish!" 

-oo000oo-

Joey followed the rest of the family up a familiar staircase and a familiar corridor, but then they took a turn to a less familiar one.  He realized that these were guest quarters that he had never had reason to explore, as none of his errands had ever led him that way. 

It was so good to be back with the family again!  All of them!  Well, except for Lucy.  A groom had taken her to the kennel before Court was held, as it would have been rude to take a dog into the throne room.  But he was sure that someone would bring her back soon.

The McClouds were silent, by an unspoken agreement to wait until they had reached the privacy of their rooms to carry on a serious conversation.  And it was not long until they had done so, for his dad had stopped at one door and opened it without knocking.

Joey looked around the room.  It was laid out like many of the guest apartments in the Citadel.  There was a long wall to the left, and a spacious table was against the wall on that side.  Joey knew that the table could be pulled away from the wall, because the Steward had a similar table in his quarters, and on a couple of occasions Joey had helped pull the table out to be set for private meals with extra people.  The right-hand wall was pierced by a large window.  And the rest of the wall, where the door they had entered was, had a fireplace in the centre, and another door on the other side of that.

There was a long settee, and several comfortable chairs placed around a low round table.  A servant was in the room placing a large tray with tea and fresh water, and some light refreshments on that table.  He bowed silently and left the room before any of them could say anything.

“Well, kids,” Steve said, exchanging a smile with Gail, “we have an awful lot to catch up on.  We can easily guess how you ended up in Middle-earth, but there’s so much your mom and I don’t know.”

“Same here,” Jennifer said, glancing at Kevin and then at Joey and Kaylee.  “I mean, we know you ended up in Middle-earth the same way we did, but what did you do after you got here?”

Gail raised her hand.  “We’ll tell you, but first, we want to know what happened to you, from the moment you left the campsite till now.”  Steve nodded in agreement.

The children sat in silence for a moment.  “Well, I guess we may as well begin with when we left the campsite,” Kevin said, and began with the same detailed explanation that they had originally given Elrond after they had arrived in Rivendell. 

Jennifer explained about how she had eventually figured out they were in the same Middle-earth that her friend Nicole was such a fan of, back home.

With a few interruptions from Joey and Kaylee, Kevin told how they had figured out, on the day of their arrival, that God must have sent them to Middle-earth to do a job for Him, of Gandalf's revelation of his true nature, and how they had finally realized it was God's will that the older three accompany the rest of the Fellowship on Frodo's mission.

"They wouldn't let me go," Kaylee put in.  "Master Elrond said I was too little.  I was mad at first.  But I got to learn lots of things."  She looked at Jennifer.  "Why did Aragorn…I mean, the King–why did he say I saved Halbarad?  I'm glad if I did, but what did I do?"

Jennifer smiled at her little sister.  "Do you remember, just before we went into the cave, you found a pretty stone?"

"Uh-huh."  Kaylee nodded.  "It was pretty and round and flat.  I really liked it—I gave it to Halbarad to carry in the pouch I made for him!"

"Well, now the pouch has a hole in it that needs to be mended.  Halbarad had hung the pouch that carried the stone around his neck.  An orc's spear hit the pouch and bounced away from the stone inside.  It hit him pretty hard, so it knocked him off his horse, and it also knocked him out when he hit the ground.  He was still hurt, but not killed.  Your stone really saved his life!"

"Oh!" said Kaylee.  "I'm glad it saved him!  I would be so sad if he died!"

Then Kevin and Jennifer continued to give an outline of what had happened up until the Fellowship broke up.  But when Jennifer came to the part where she had surrendered to the orcs so that she would not lose track of her brother and Merry and Pippin, Gail couldn't help herself.

"You did what?" she cried sharply, stiffening her back.  Steve put a hand on Gail's arm to calm her.

“It was the only way I knew to keep track of Joey and the hobbits,” Jennifer explained.  “Just trying to follow them wouldn’t have worked, Mom; I might have been captured anyway, if I’d done that.  I left some stuff behind for Aragorn to find, so he’d be able to find us.”  Jennifer remembered how hard it had been to leave her things behind, but she'd done it.  "And thank the Lord, their boss Saruman had told them to keep their captives 'unspoiled'.  That included not just Merry and Pippin, but Joey and me, too."

Steve nodded and held out his arms to Jennifer.  "I know it must have been terrifying, but I am proud of you, my brave girl!  You did what you had to do."

Joey piped up.  "I'm really glad she did, Mom.  I was so scared, I really was.  I kept thinking that sooner or later the orcs would figure out that I wasn't a hobbit, too, and then they’d kill me.  And just having Jennifer there made me feel a lot better.  I know that was kind of selfish of me, but it's true!"

Gail sighed.  "I know, sweetheart.  Jennifer did the best she could in a hard situation."  She looked at her oldest daughter.  "I just wish it had never been necessary."

Jennifer grimaced.  “Yeah, that makes both of us.”  Steve nodded in agreement.

"By the way," he said, "we found your backpacks on our own journey here.  We brought them with us.  We'll dig them out tomorrow and return them."

"Yay!" Joey exclaimed.  "I thought they were gone forever!"

Jennifer and Kevin nodded, and Jennifer said, "Oh, thank you!" and Kevin added, "I second that!  I thought my Bible was gone forever!  But it would have been too heavy to carry while we were running to catch up with the Orcs."  

Steve nodded.  "So, we saw, but you did what you had to do."

"It was hard to run after them.  Boromir was hurt, Gimli was fast in spite of being shorter, but even then, it was hard to keep up with Legolas and Aragorn!"  Kevin spoke briefly of that pursuit and how they finally found the signs that Jennifer, Joey, Merry, and Pippin had escaped on their own, and how they’d learned that Gandalf was alive.  

But as Jennifer was about to tell of their time with Treebeard, Mairen returned to their quarters with Avorn.  "The other Elves are also returning, for we must get ready for the feast."  As if to confirm it, bells rang out.

"Oh!" exclaimed Joey.  "I need to go check and see if Lord Boromir will need me tonight to serve at the High Table!"  He jumped up.  "I'll be back in a few minutes, either way!"

Steve nodded.  "Go ahead, then, son.  When you have a job to do, you need to take care of it, and right now, being his page is your job."

Joey nodded.  “Yes, Daddy.”

Kevin furrowed his brow.  “He might need me to do my job, too.  I’ll have to ask him if I have any duties tonight!  I'll come with you, Joey.  I bet he lets us off tonight, though, since our family is here.  Either way, we can come back here to clean up and get ready."   

-oo000oo-

As Joey and Kevin walked together to find Lord Boromir, Joey looked up to Kevin.   "Something Dad said made me think about something else."  He sounded troubled.

"What's that, Joey?"  Kevin wondered what their father had said that worried Joey.

"Well, you know when we took our oaths, me and Pippin, to serve Boromir?  When I became his page, and Pippin became his squire?  Well, after we did our part, Boromir had his oath, and he said he would be like my father until my own father and me were reunited.  Maybe I'm not even his page anymore.  I'm really glad to have Dad and Mom now, but I don't know if I want to stop being a page.  It's kind of neat to have a job I can do."

"I don't know what to say," answered Kevin.  "But knowing what I do about how seriously the people in Middle-earth take oaths, I would guess it doesn't just automatically stop just because of that.  There will probably have to be some sort of new oath for him to give you back to Dad, or—well, maybe not another oath, but some sort of ceremony."

"Maybe."  Joey still sounded a little troubled, but he didn't look quite so worried.  "I guess we can ask when we see him, then."

Since they had no idea exactly where the Captain-General actually was at the moment, they were quite glad to run into Master Ondahil.

"Master Ondahil!" Kevin said.  "Do you know where Lord Boromir is?  We need to ask him if we have any duties tonight!"

"He is, at the moment, closeted with his father, the Steward, the new King, and Lord Faramir.  They are unlikely to be free before it is time for the feast.  But I can answer your question: neither of you are expected to be on duty tonight.  Instead, you will be guests at the High Table.  In fact, I was about to come to see your family to convey King Elessar’s invitation to all of you, even young Kaylee and little Megan, unless your parents would rather they not do so."

Joey grinned.  “I hope they will!”

Kevin grinned back.  "I'm sure they will, but I don't know if they’ll want Kaylee and Megan to go.  It depends on if Mom thinks they need to stay with Mairen and rest."  He turned to Master Ondahil.  "If you would like us to, sir, we can give our parents the message.  We knew that even if we did have duty tonight, we'd still have to come back and clean up."

"Very well, Sir Kevin.  I do have other messages to convey before the feast, so I will rely on you to deliver this one to your parents."

The two boys nodded and turned back the way they came.  "I'm sorry you can't find out the answer to your question now, Joey.  But I'm sure you’ll be able to do so soon.  Maybe tonight, at the feast."

Joey nodded.  "Maybe."  They didn't bother to knock, but went right in.  

"Well, that was quick!" said Steve, surprised to see them return so quickly.  

“We ran into Master Ondahil, and he told us we’re off duty tonight.  Lord Boromir’s real busy at the moment,” Kevin explained.  He and Joey explained about the message from Aragorn that Master Ondahil had given them.  

“Please, please, can Megan and I go?” Kaylee begged and glanced at her little sister.  “Please, Mommy?”

Gail shook her head, looking somewhat reluctant.  "I don't know…"

"What's the problem?" Steve asked.

She looked at him.  "They've had a long day already.  And it's a very formal occasion."  She looked at the two younger girls doubtfully.

"If I may, Gail?" said Mairen.  She did not wait for Gail to respond.  "Kaylee and Megan have been to several formal meals since they arrived in Middle-earth, and they have behaved respectfully for the most part.  And if they should flag or get sleepy, signal me, and I shall bring them back here."

Gail glanced at Steve.  He shrugged.  "It's up to you.  But I think they deserve to go, if you agree."

Gail turned to Kaylee and Megan, who were looking at her hopefully.  "Very well, girls.  You may go.  But be very good, on your best behaviour."

"Oh!  Thank you!  Thank you!  Thank you!" they chorused, as they buried their mother in hugs.

In a short while, the family was ready to head to Merethrond, the Great Hall of Feasts. While there were other places to hold a feast in the Citadel, Merethrond was saved for the greatest of occasions, and there could be no greater time for celebration than this, the renewal of the Kingship of the line of Elendil, as Steve thought wryly.

-oo000oo-

Steven looked up and down the table at the other guests.  Their family was seated to the left of the Lord Glorfindel on one side of them, and at the other end, the wizard Radagast.  He and Gail were with the little ones.  Megan was next to him, and Kaylee sat between Megan and Gail.  Jennifer sat on the other side of her mother, with Joey between Jen and Radagast on his other side, and Kevin sat next to his father.  And Lord Glorfindel was next to Kevin. 

The Elven Lord had been questioning Kevin about his experience in riding a Great Eagle, and Steve had been listening intently.  His son had ridden on an Eagle!  Every time he thought there could be nothing left in Middle-earth to amaze him, something else came to his attention that blew him away!

That’s another way of flying the friendly skies, Steve thought dryly.  And the Lady Galadriel had sent him a prophetic message about it!  "On the wings of Eagles,” indeed!

"Did you realize that she literally meant an actual Eagle, son?" he interrupted.

Kevin shook his head.  "I had no idea!  Not until he landed there by me at what had to be the most miserable moment so far.  I was so afraid I would never be able to deliver my message.  But then, there he was!   The Lord had sent Landroval to me to carry me the rest of the way!"

Glorfindel nodded solemnly.  "The Great Eagles are the servants of Manwë, who speaks on Eru Iluvatar's behalf.  When an Eagle intervenes, you can be certain it is Eru's will."

Just then the servants began to arrive with the first course.  There were plates of steaming fresh bread, some sort of dip that smelled of garlic and herbs, and a platter of what looked like stuffed eggs, though Steve was not quite sure exactly what they were stuffed with.  Not devilled eggs—that was evident. They also brought some pears served with grape juice sauce.  He signalled the person bringing a pitcher of wine to pass him by, but another servant had one of cold water to fill the goblets of those who did not wish for wine.  Steve helped himself to some of the bread and dip, and he also helped Megan get some of each.  He took one of the eggs for himself and another for Megan.  He tasted the egg—it wasn't horrible, but it wasn't something he cared for, either; it had raisins in it, for goodness's sake!  He took one bite and left the rest of it on the plate.  Megan, however, seemed to like hers, and had a second one.  Steve did like the pears, but only ate a little bit, as he knew there was more to come.  Megan loved them, but she also only ate a small amount.

Thank goodness she’s never been a picky eater, unlike her brother and sister, he thought.  And thank goodness Joey and Kaylee aren’t picky eaters anymore, either.  That's one good result of their visit to this world; they've learned there are more good things to eat than burgers, chicken nuggets, and pizza.

Mindful of some of the previous feasts he had eaten since coming to Middle-earth, Steve ate somewhat sparingly.  He knew there would be other courses, and he didn’t want to run out of room before he could finish them.  He ate a little more of the bread and dip, but only very small portions.

He blinked as he heard Kevin say, "Dad!  Glorfindel tells me that you got injured in Lothlórien.  What happened?"

Steve tried to give a pared-down version of his own part in the battles in the Golden Wood, but Glorfindel seemed glad to sing Steve's praises and insert details that Steve would just as well have left out.  Steve felt his face going warm from embarrassment, but he couldn't help but appreciate the way Kevin looked at him with pride.  At Steve’s request, Kevin began to tell him about the Battle of Helm’s Deep.

At the other end of the table, Joey listened to Radagast, who was answering Joey's questions about his family's journey from Rivendell and their stay in Lothlórien, with occasional interruptions from Kaylee or his mother.  Kaylee explained to her older brother all about Radagast's bunny-drawn sleigh.  Joey's face turned an astonished look at the wizard, with a slight look of incredulity.

Radagast just grinned and nodded, with a twinkle in his eye that reminded Joey a lot of Gandalf.  Speaking of which, Joey asked, "How long have you been friends with Gandalf?" 

Radagast laughed.  "I see that you are your little sister's brother!  For she, too, hops about from question to question, scarcely waiting for an answer.  But I will say this: we have known one another since before the Moon began his pursuit of Lady Sun, and we have been friends off and on since before Time began."

"So, you’re an angel, too?" Joey asked.  Jennifer gasped.

"Joey!" Gail interjected.

"Oh."  Joey put his hand over his mouth.  "I'm sorry!  I shouldn't have asked that!"

"No harm has been done, young man.  You have an answer, but we shall not speak more of it here and now."  The wizard cast his eyes over the crowded hall.

But now Jennifer had her own question.  "And what about Saruman?  Was he also a friend?  Before, I mean?"

"Before his betrayal, you mean?  Alas, he was one whom I respected, and who had been given authority over me so that I did his bidding without questioning his wisdom.  But I would never have been so bold as to call him 'friend', for he seemed to have no use for friendship."  He sighed.  "And though I think Gandalf also did question Saruman's wisdom from time to time, neither of us ever suspected him of actual treachery."  Radagast paused to dip a bit of his bread into the sauce and take a swallow of wine.  "It is a sad thing that a trusted one should try to lift himself up through deception.  But ever he thought himself wiser than all others of his station."

"Well, he wasn't so smart about the Ents!" Jennifer said.  "He tore up a lot of Fangorn Forest, and it never even occurred to him that the Ents might decide to get back at him."  She paused and grinned.  "And boy, did they do a good job of getting back, didn't they, Joey!"

Joey also grinned.  "And we had a good seat and got to throw some rocks at his orcs!"

Gail had been listening intently.  "I can see we didn't get all the story yet.  What are Ents, and why were you throwing rocks?"  

Jennifer was about to explain how Pippin had come to get his hands loose, and how the four of them had managed to slip into Fangorn Forest, when they were once more interrupted by the servers.  This time, they brought what appeared to be a cheesecake, as well as a platter of mushrooms.

Gail still found it odd that most of the feasts she had attended didn't seem to separate dishes she would have thought of as "dessert" from those that were more savoury, but she was beginning to get used to it.  She took a small amount of all three dishes.  The mushrooms were excellent, and the cheesecake was tasty—it had a hint of a floral taste to it–strange, but also pleasant.  She also enjoyed the chicken meatballs and noodles, which seemed like something she could make at home.  I’ll have to get their recipe to take home, she thought.

"So, Ents are tree people?" Gail asked, as Jennifer began to explain Treebeard.

"They sure are.  They look like trees, huge trees," Joey answered.  "They're enormous, and they talk really, really slow!"

The recounting of the siege of Isengard at one end of the family, and of the Battle of Helm’s Deep on the other end, carried on for a while as they ate their chicken meatballs and noodles.

“No fair!”  Kaylee pouted.  “I want to meet some talking trees, too!”  She had lost interest in Kevin's description of the Battle of Helm's Deep, and had turned to listen to what seemed the more interesting conversation on her other side, which had reminded her of the talking trees in The Wizard of Oz.  "Did he sing?  Did he have apples?  Was there a Scarecrow and Tin Man?"

Jennifer and Joey burst into laughter.  "It wasn't a movie, Kaylee!  They were real people, even if they did look like trees,” Jennifer said, bending forward so Kaylee would see her.  Since their mother was sitting between them, it would be impossible for Kaylee to see her big sister otherwise.  “Treebeard did sing, but his song was very long and sad, and most of it was in Ent-language, which we didn't understand.  And nope, no apples, I’m afraid; he’s not an apple tree, not like those trees in the movie."

"And there was no Scarecrow or Tin Man, either," added Joey.  "I don't even know if they have scarecrows in Middle-earth, much less a talking one.  Besides, the trees didn’t sing in that movie, remember?"

"Oh."  Kaylee sighed.  "I forgot—it was the Tin Man."  She slumped back in her seat.  "But I wish I could meet a tree-person."

"Maybe you will," said Jennifer.  "You might get to meet Treebeard, depending on which way we go, when we head home."

Next to Jennifer, Gail nodded, but said, "Don't count on it, sweetie.  Maybe we might, but Middle-earth is a large place, and we might go a different way when we head home."

"Well," Kaylee answered, "I sure hope 'maybe' happens!”  With an amused smile, Gail ruffled her daughter’s hair.

On the other end of the family, Steve was troubled as he listened to his son's tale of taking part in the Battle at Helm's Deep.  He was secretly horrified at hearing how young boys and old men among the refugees had had to take part in the defence.  He asked only a few questions, but listened intently to all Kevin had to say about his first experience in a real battle.  He felt a surge of pride when Kevin recounted how he had saved the Elf, Haldir, during the battle, and nodded when Kevin told him about how he'd made friends with Haleth.  "It's weird, Dad.  I've really only known Haleth a few weeks, a couple of months at the most, and yet he feels like my very best friend now, more even than the friends I grew up with since I was little, back home."

Steve nodded with understanding.  "Being in battle is an intense experience, son.  It happens a lot in the military, that you make friends easily with those whose backs you have, and who have your back." 

Kevin smiled wryly.  “That's true!  And you know, I’ve been in three battles now.  I’m already a war veteran, Dad, and I’m not even out of high school yet!”

Steve was pleased not to hear a note of bragging in Kevin's voice.  Instead, his son sounded more resigned than anything else.  The men Kevin had travelled and fought with had been good men, and it sounded as if they had set Kevin a good example.  Steve had yet to actually meet the new king, but he knew that he owed this Aragorn his thanks.

The family continued to catch up as the meal progressed.  They were next served a green salad.  It looked just like any other green salad, except that parsley and mint made up a large portion of the greens, which were served with a simple oil-and-vinegar dressing.  Steve nodded approvingly.  Ranch dressing and Thousand Island are my favourites back home, Steve thought, but a good oil-and-vinegar could be a nice change.

There were still two more courses to go, and conversation flagged as the next one was large.  With five different dishes to choose from, Steve bypassed most of them, and only partook of the delicious roasted onion and a really good veal dish.  Right after that, several servants came to carefully remove the top tablecloth, which by now had a number of stains and a lot of crumbs, to make room for the last part of the feast.

The next and last remove consisted solely of simple nibbles: sugared pine nuts, dried peaches, and some very good sharp cheese.  Kaylee was barely touching them and was yawning, and Steve and Gail caught one another's eye, as they noticed Megan had fallen asleep against her father's side.  At least, Steve thought, she didn't fall asleep with her face in the plate.  He grinned, remembering when Joey had once fallen asleep face-down in a plate of spaghetti in a restaurant.  Poor kid still blushed when he saw the picture his mother had taken with her phone at that time.

“Someone’s getting sleepy,” Gail said.

“And someone else has already fallen asleep,” Steve said, looking down at Megan.  “I do believe it’s Kaylee and Megan’s bedtime.”

"Maybe we should tuck them in.  They've had a very long day," said Gail, "although I would like to stay here longer, and meet the King, since we have been told so much about him."

Steve was trying to decide (for he, too, wished to meet the man who had so impressed his older kids) when they were approached by Avorn and Mairen, who had dined at one of the lower tables. 

After greeting them, Mairen said, "I was wondering if you would like me to take your little ones up to bed.  Avorn and I have seen little of each other this day, and they would rather have quiet conversation this evening.  Talking to so many curious Men is…difficult."

"Oh, would you?" asked Gail.  "We are tired also, but we want to spend more time with Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey, and we very much want to meet the King!"

It was a measure of just how tired and sleepy Kaylee and Megan were that instead of protesting, Kaylee just muttered, "Oh, good," in a sleepy voice, and Megan reached her arms out to Mairen.

"Well," chuckled Steve, "I think that problem is settled."  He turned to give each little girl a kiss on top of her head.

Gail kissed each of them on the cheek, and said, "Don't forget to say your prayers."

"We…" Kaylee yawned.  "We won't forget..."  Avorn had picked her up, and she yawned again and tucked her face into the Elf's shoulder.  The two Elves carried the little girls out of the room.

Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey had stood back, waiting, and then Kevin said, "Would you like us to introduce you to Aragorn now?  He's just over there."

Steve and Gail exchanged glances.  “We’d like that very much,” Gail said, smiling, and Steve nodded in agreement.  Steve glanced to where Aragorn was standing with Gandalf and the Steward and Frodo near the centre of the table, but far enough back that the servants could go about their job of clearing the table.  "If we wouldn't be interrupting?"

Kevin shook his head.  "He told us we could see him anytime, unless he was holding court or something like that.  And if we wait much longer, a bunch of other people will be over there."

“Come on, then.”  Jennifer gestured toward the king, and Steve and Gail followed their older children toward Aragorn and his companions.

Joey took his mother's hand and pulled.  So soon they had reached the spot.  Kevin stopped politely, and Aragorn grinned.  "At last!" he exclaimed.  "At last, I shall meet the parents of these remarkable children!" 

Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey gave him small bows, and Steve and Gail followed suit.  Kevin introduced Steve and Gail to both their parents and to Gandalf.  They already knew the Steward, of course.

There was no shaking of hands, as that was not the custom in Gondor, but Aragorn gave them a nod and a smile.  "It is very good to meet you at last," he said.  "I have been looking forward to making your acquaintance, and to telling you that all of us who travelled in the company of Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey have come to be very fond of them and to respect them.  I also enjoyed the company of Kaylee while we were in Rivendell, and I look forward to seeing her again."  He looked at Gandalf.  “We both did.”  Gandalf nodded.

Kevin then introduced Gandalf.  Face to face with a person that they knew was actually a messenger of God, Steve and Gail both felt more than a little awed, and more than a little intimidated.  But Gandalf greeted them warmly, with a gentle smile and a twinkle in his eye.  "I am most pleased to meet you.  Your children came to us, and there was no chance in their coming.  It was meant to be, as I am sure you know."

Steve and Gail exchanged glances.  “Yes, we do,” Gail said.  "Though I am not sure we understand the whole of it even now."

“I don’t think any of us do,” Steve added, glancing at the children.  "Back home, we have a proverb about everything working out**, and I suppose the presence of our children was a part of that."

"And your own presence is most certainly also a part of it.  I do not believe the whole story is finished yet," Gandalf replied.

As Gandalf was so kind, Steve and Gail were able to relax now.  Steve nodded, and said, "We can't thank you enough, both of you, and all the others, for taking such good care of our kids while they were with you."

Aragorn sighed.  "I would that I had been able to do more to keep them from all peril, but the urgency of our task sometimes kept that from happening.  I confess, one of the most terrifying moments of our quest was when I realized that not only were Joey, Merry, and Pippin the captives of orcs, but that in order to protect her brother, Jennifer had surrendered herself also.  It is one of the bravest acts I have known, in a life in which I have known many who were brave."

Kevin, who had been politely quiet after introducing his parents, said, "Whew!  You and me both, Your Majesty!"

Aragorn laughed. "'Your Majesty'?" he asked.  "Why do you call me that?"

"It’s how they address kings and queens back home, at least in the places that have kings and queens," Gail said, and Kevin nodded in agreement.  “And they address princes and princesses as ‘Your Highness’ or ‘Your Royal Highness.’”

“They sure do,” Kevin said.

"Interesting.  In certain formal circumstances, or in correspondence, someone might say 'Your Grace', but if we are in public places, you may use 'my Lord' or 'Sire', Kevin.  And in private, you are certainly welcome to use my name as you always have.  As one of my companions on our journey, you are exempt from those formalities.  I so decreed in my court today, if you will recall.  You would only need to be formal with me if you were on duty as a knight."

Joey looked up.  "Can I ask something, sire?" he said quietly.

"Of course, Joey."

"Um, I'm not really sure…I know I should ask Boromir, but am I still his page?  I don't know if I still am, since he said until I got back with my dad, when we had our oath."

Aragorn smiled, and Lord Denethor chuckled.  It was the Steward who actually answered.  "I believe that now the fealty between you holds, until my son has a chance to transfer the authority back to your father.  There has been very little time for such, but I am sure that Boromir will attend to it soon."

"What do you mean, Joey?" asked Steve.  He had not had a chance yet to ask Joey just what was entailed in his son's duty as a page.

"When Lord Boromir took my oath to be his page, he made one back at me, and it said he would be like my father until I got back with you.  We figured, or well, at least I figured that wouldn't happen till I got home.  We didn't know you'd come here, Dad!”

Steve was surprised, but just said, "Well, that was very good of him to think of that, and it was the right thing to do, because that made him responsible for you, and was protection for you."

"I know," Joey said blushing.  "I'm glad he did.  I really like being his page.  It made me feel, well, like I was kind of useful here.  Still does, in fact."

Lord Denethor added, "You were more than 'kind of useful', Joey.  Do not forget that you saved my son's life at Parth Galen, before you ever became his page.  And I do recall how useful you made yourself at the Houses of Healing during the siege; I had a glowing report from the healers on your courage and your efforts to help the wounded."

Just then, Master Ondahil approached with a couple in tow.  Gail and Steve noticed this was the same couple who had been seated near them in the grandstand that morning, the haughty ones who had been offended by Mairen's presence.  "My Lord, Elessar, I bring those who seek audience with you.  This is Master Egalmoth of Linhir, Provost of that city, and his wife, Núneth…"

Ever dignified and polite, the new king turned towards his Chamberlain and the man and woman with him, and the others drifted off.  Frodo was approached by his cousins and Sam, and he and Gandalf joined them, but the Steward stayed with the McCloud family.  "Let us find Boromir now," he said, "and we will learn when he may take care of your dilemma, young Joey."

They located him at the other end of the great banquet hall, which by now had been mostly cleared of the signs of feasting, as servants removed tables and benches.  Joey spotted someone waving at him—it was Bergil and their friend Sador, each helping carry one end of a bench.  They had briefly freed up one hand each to wave, and Joey waved back and chuckled as he heard the adult servant carrying the other end chastise them, and then he trotted to catch up with his family after his distraction.

Boromir, Faramir, and Lord Glorfindel had all turned to greet the family approaching them, along with Lord Denethor.  Since all of them had been introduced earlier in the day, there was no need for more introductions.  Denethor nudged Joey forward.  "My son, your page has a burning question for you, " Denethor said with a smile.

Boromir looked Joey in the eye.  "Yes, Joey.  What is it that you wish to ask me?"

Joey gave a small bow.  "My liege, am I still your page?"

Boromir looked a little surprised. "You have given me good service, Joey?  Why do you think I would not want you?  Or is it that you no longer wish to serve me?"

Joey looked alarmed.  "No!  Er, I mean, no, sire.  But when we did our oaths, you said I would be yours until my dad and me got, um, reunited.  And now he's here.  And so, I don't know if I’m still your page now or not."

"Ah!  Yes, Joey, I did say I would return you to the authority of your father when you once more were together.  Although we did think that would not happen until you go home.  Still, I must keep my word."

Steve was watching intently.  While he understood that in this world, oaths and responsibilities were treated with much more seriousness than in his own, he could not help but feel a sense of concern.  Boromir looked him in the eye.  "Steven McCloud, of Or Egon, what have you to say?"

Steve nodded, and said, "Lord Boromir, I am very grateful to you for the way you have stepped in and have taken responsibility for Joey.  It is not the custom of our homeland to allow children as young as him to take on such serious duties, but you’ve taught him a lot, and he has not only been able to learn a lot, but he seems to have enjoyed it and thrived.  May I ask, do you always act as father to the pages in your service?"

"To be honest, your son is my first page.  But it is not the usual custom to offer that sort of guardianship to every page, only those who are orphaned, or who are far very far from the eyes of their parents.  Normally, I would not need to supplant a father.  But for all we knew, it was likely that Joey might never get home, and we did not know until recently that you had arrived in Gondor.  And it was needful that he should have some official supervision, especially when he was still separated from Kevin and Jennifer."

Steve nodded.  "I thought as much.  Joey clearly is torn over having to leave your service.  Would it be acceptable if he could retain his duties until such time as we leave Gondor to return to our home?"

"I believe that would be acceptable, if it is acceptable to Joey."  Boromir turned to Joey, who had been listening anxiously to hear the verdict of the adults.  "Joey, would you like to continue as my page under those circumstances?"

Joey nodded so hard that his head bobbed comically, and he beamed.  "Yes, sire!"

"Very well.  There will be another court in a couple of days, to deal with some important things that King Elessar did not deal with today.  Shall we renew the oaths on that day?”

"Yes, sire!"  Joey snapped to attention for a moment and then grinned and jumped up, pumping his fist in the air.  "Yes!"  Blushing, he put his hand over his mouth and cringed.  

All the adults laughed.  "That's OK, Joey," his dad said.  "I think we can understand."

Gail bent down and hugged her son.  "We are so proud of you, Joey!"

He blushed again, but hugged his mother back.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *Below is the information about the medieval method of covering a table for special feasts.  It was taken from a very informative book Lost Country Life, by historian Dorothy Hartley:

The table on the raised dais was covered in an elaborate manner: (1) A frontal, which might be richly decorated, was secured across the top of the table.  It hung down to the floor, hiding the legs of the diner and keeping out draughts.  (2) A long cloth, the width of the top of the table, was laid so that it hang down at both ends.  (3) Next came a covering cloth on top, was laid so that it would hang a hand's breadth all round, and thus cover the joins between the first two cloths.  (4) Finally a narrow draw cloth was laid; it went along in front of the diners, and on it stood bread, saucers and so on.  This could be withdrawn after the messy part of the meal, leaving all clear for its social ending.  We still speak of 'drawing the cloth', and formal banquets still end with dessert: fruits, sweetmeats, and wine upon polished mahogany.  (Lost Country Life, by Dorothy Hartley)  There are a few "read-only" of the book in PDF format online which show the illustration of the way the table was laid.  Unfortunately, they cannot be scanned.

Dreamflower borrowed the coronation menu from this Web site: Coronation Feast of Dag IV & Elayna II.

**The Proverb that Steve is referring to is The LORD works out everything to its proper end—even the wicked for a day of disaster.’  (Proverbs 16:4.)

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 96: Family Reunion

Jennifer woke up in the dormitory, slightly confused—she had become so used to sleeping in tents—but after the feast that night, they had first gone to their parents’ guest quarters for a little while, before they had separated, since there was no real place in the guest quarters, seeing as the whole place was full up with Elves, Radagast, and her parents.  But all of them had agreed to meet there for breakfast.  Her friend, Firieth, had told her that both of them were scheduled to work in the Houses of Healing that night after the evening meal, but the rest of the day, they were free.  She hoped that Kevin and Joey did not need to be on duty during the day.  She bustled up to wash and get dressed, so she could go back to her parents’ quarters and eat with them.  While they had told most of their own story, they had heard very little of their parents’ side of things, and Jen was eager to hear what they had done since they had arrived in Middle-earth.

She washed her face and slipped into her everyday gown.  It was very plain, of the pale sage-green that most of the healer's helpers and apprentices wore.  She said a polite good-bye to both Firiel and Lalaith, who also were getting dressed, and headed off to breakfast with her family

-ooo000ooo-

Joey was already dressed, and he was making his own way to see Lord Boromir.  His liege had asked him to stop by for a few moments before breakfast with his family.

He trotted through the halls of the wing where Boromir lived, and soon was knocking on the door.  Labadal, his servant, opened the door to Joey.

"Good morning," Labadal said.  "Lord Boromir is expecting you."

"Thanks," said Joey.  "Good morning, Labadal.  How are you doing?"

"Very well.  But come in.  As I said, he is waiting for you."  He winked.  "Sir Peregrin is with him; they are both taking breakfast, but I was told you were breaking your fast with your parents."

Joey nodded and went into the room.  Both Boromir and Pippin waved at him, and Boromir waved for Joey to come over.  Boromir was seated on the edge of his bed, and Pippin was seated on a chair piled with cushions.  Between them was a small table laden with food.  Joey walked over them and gave a small bow to his lordship.

"Good morning, Joey," Boromir greeted.  "I asked you to stop by because the King asked a favour of me."

"Oh." Joey wondered what kind of favour that would be.  He watched as Boromir reached over to his side and picked something up to hand to him.  

"Aragorn promised to return this to you when the time was right."  He held it out to Joey, whose jaw had dropped.

"Huh!" he said, as he looked at the mask hanging from Boromir's hand.  "I forgot all about it.  Honestly, I don't think I ever even remembered it; it’s been so long."  He took the monster mask from Boromir and looked at it in confusion.  "It doesn't even look scary anymore."

Pippin laughed.  "After being a prisoner of a bunch of Orcs, it certainly doesn't look scary at all.  The real thing makes a toy like that insignificant."

Boromir just laughed and shook his head.  "You have grown beyond such toys as these, I believe."  

“I guess I have, huh?”  Joey shook his head.  “I was going to use this mask to scare my sisters on the camping trip.  I don’t much feel like using it for that now.  What should I do with it, now that I’ve got it back?  I'm glad that Ara—I mean the King remembered it, but I don't think I really need it anymore.”

"Do you have anyone you could give it to?" asked Pippin.  "Hobbits love to give gifts!  Do your people like to give gifts?"

“For Christmas and birthdays and stuff,” Joey said.  “But every now and then, we give presents for souvenirs—something to remember things by.  Maybe I could give it to Bergil or Sador.  They might like it."

"That sounds like a good idea," Boromir said.  "Now, Joey, most of your day will be free to do with as you wish.  But I will need you for a short while at four bells this afternoon, for I will be attending a council meeting, and may need messages run.  After that you will be free once more."

Joey nodded.  "Four bells.  That's about four o' clock in the afternoon.  I'll remember."

"Very good," Boromir replied.  "I will see you again at that time.  Trot along now, and go have some breakfast with your family.  And please tell your father that I would like to meet with him after your breakfast is over, to discuss the matter of last night."

Joey grinned, and said good-bye to both Boromir and Pippin, and went on his way, the mask dangling from his hand.

-ooo000oo-

Kevin had spent his first night back in Minas Tirith sleeping in the barracks of the Citadel Guardsmen.  Because he was a knight, he had a small room to himself.  It was his first time since Rivendell that he had slept in an actual bed in an actual bedroom as his own room.  For so long, he had been sleeping on the ground, whether in tents or under the sky.  In Lothlórien, they had beds of a sort, but stayed in the pavilion with the rest of the Fellowship, and the beds had been cots. And he'd shared a room for one night in the guesthouse before he'd left the White City for the battle at the Black Gate.  It took him just a few minutes to orient himself to where he was.  It seemed kind of weird.

The room didn't have much besides the bed.  There were hooks by the door to hang clothes, a sconce with a candle next to the bed, one small chair, and a washstand with an ewer of coldwater and some washcloths folded next to the washbasin.  It didn't take him long to prepare for the day, and then try to find his way back to the guest room.  He hoped he could find his way there.  He had not spent much time in the Citadel before going off.  He had mostly been at the Houses of Healing, and briefly in the fifth circle guesthouse, and very briefly in the Citadel.  

But last night had been his first time in the upper corridors where the sleeping quarters and guest rooms were located.  He recalled that they had gone up a large staircase, to a wide landing.  But he was uncertain whether he was supposed to go left or right, because the hallway branched in both directions. He was standing there pondering which way to try first when he heard a welcome voice.

"Hey, Kev!"  

Kevin turned with relief to see his younger brother.  Joey had spent weeks, both before Kevin arrived for the battle with the Rohirrim, and later after Kevin had left for Mordor with the Army of the West.  Surely the kid would know which way to go!

Joey grinned.  "Are you lost already?"

Instead of trying to bluff it that he was not, which he probably would have done back home in Portland, he nodded.  "You got me, Joey."

With a chuckle, Joey said, "Hang a left."  He trotted alongside Kevin.  "I'm hungry!" he said.

Kevin just shook his head. "You've been hanging out with hobbits too much!  You're always hungry."

Joey just laughed.  "There's another hallway three doors down on the righthand side.  Take a right there."

It was starting to look familiar from last night, Kevin realized, as they passed a familiar looking tapestry, and it was he who stopped first when they got to the doors.  He reached up and knocked on the large door.

He had barely pulled his hand back when the door flung open.  Megan jumped up and down.  "Yay!"  She ploughed into Kevin and hugged him around his knees.  "You're here."  She turned and dealt with Joey the same way.  "We can eat now!"

Kevin grabbed her and lifted her up.  "And here I thought you were glad to see us!"

He carried her into the main part of the room, with Joey at his side.  He saw that Jennifer had arrived before them, and waved at her with the hand that was unencumbered with a little sister.

A large cart loaded with food and other good smells was being presided over by a maidservant, which she was dishing out.  Joey happily took a large bowl of porridge and grabbed an apple from a bowl.  "Thanks, Alwis," he said.

Putting Megan down, Kevin also took a bowl of porridge and followed Joey to a large table which had not been in the room the night before.  His parents were seated at the table, one at each end, and Jennifer was sitting next to their mom.  Kaylee was sitting by their dad.  Kevin took a chair on the other side of Steve, and Joey plopped down beside him.   Megan claimed the chair on the other side of their mom, across from Jen.

Although all of them had food set before them, Kevin could tell they had been waiting for him and for Joey, which meant that the blessing had not been said, and his notion was confirmed when his father offered him his hand.  All of them held hands and bowed their heads.

“Why don’t you ask the blessing this time, Gail?” Steve suggested.

Gail nodded.  “Of course.”  She recited, “Lord of Glory, we give You thanksgiving for blessing us with our daily bread.  Even the voices of our small children give thanks to You, for from the mouths of children and infants, You have ordained praise.  Dearest Lord, we are humbled and honoured that You are mindful of us, and that You have placed all things under our feet and made us caretakers of Your creation.  In Jesus’s name, amen.” *

All of them repeated the "Amen", and they sat up.  Joey, Kaylee, and Megan, set to eating right away, but Jennifer looked up at each of her parents.

"I've really missed having our family blessing when we ate.  We tried very hard to remember to pray and have devotions since we got to Middle-earth, and we also memorized a lot of Bible verses in Rivendell and Lothlórien.  But sometimes we were separated or in the middle of a lot of strangers.  And we couldn’t take Sundays off to observe the Lord’s Day while we were traveling."

Joey swallowed a bite and nodded.  "And it was really impossible to do it when we were with the orcs!"

"Or in the middle of a battle."  Kevin shook his head.  "I did a lot of praying then, but to myself, not out loud."

Steve looked at his children proudly.  "I understand.  There are always circumstances you have no control over.  The Lord knows that.  I'm very proud of you for doing the best you could."

Gail looked up the table at Steve, and grinned.  "That reminds me.  We have quite a surprise for you when breakfast is finished."

Megan bounced in her chair and said in a sing-song voice: "I know what it i—iis!"

But before she could say more, Kaylee said, "Megan!  It's a surprise!" very sharply.

"I'm sorry."  Megan hung her head.

Gail reached over and stroked the three-year-old's hair.  "Just try to remember next time that it isn't nice to spoil surprises.  Okay?"

With such an incentive, the others did not linger over their food.  Instead, their parents spoke more of their own journey, telling their older children about their stay in Lothlórien, and their journey down the Anduin River after the Ring had been destroyed.

Steve was describing how they had needed to pass the waterfalls of Rauros, and their encounter with two scouts from Gondor.  "We knew we were getting very close.  The last night–or perhaps very early in the morning, I guess–we passed by this long, narrow island in the middle of the river.  It was really, really foggy, and even with the Elves' sight, we had to go carefully.”

At that point, Kevin asked, "Hey, Dad, just when did you finally get to Minas Tirith?" 

"It was the next day, I believe, why?"

"Do you know what the name of the island was?"

Steve thought for a moment.  "It was 'Care' something?  Do you remember, Gail?"

"No, though the word did sound like 'care', she replied.

Kevin sat bolt upright.  "Cair Andros!  Good grief!"

"What is it, Kevin?" Steve asked.

"I was one of the ones standing guard there.  I was told that was the name of the island, and they also said that some Elven boats passed us by!"  He shook his head.  "I can't believe it!  We were so close!"  Kevin was amazed that they had come so near to finding out about their parents, and still missed them.

"I guess that the Lord had some reason for us not to meet one another yet," Gail said.  "Perhaps one day we'll figure it out."

"Or maybe not," Steve added.  "He doesn't always explain His mysterious ways, after all."  He paused, and then said, "Why don't we bring your surprise out?  I am sure you’ll be glad to see them."

He and Gail went back to their rooms and soon reappeared with Kevin and Joey's packs.

A few minutes later, Steve and Gail returned, each carrying a pack.  Kevin and Joey gave a shout of joy.  "Our packs!" they both shouted. 

Gail looked apologetically at Jennifer, who was also grinning.  "Sweetie, I’m sorry that we did not get yours," she said.

"No," she said, "that's fine!  I do have mine.  Aragorn found it and my bow while they were chasing after us.  I still have most all my stuff except my batteries.  Mine wore out a while back."  She laughed.  "But it's great to see Kev and Joey get theirs back.”

Joey began to pull out his stuff.  "At least I left my Gameboy and my comics in Rivendell.  Master Elrond said we had to leave some of our stuff there," he said with a sigh.  “All this was mostly my stuff like my toothbrush and some of my extra socks and underwear.  And my harmonica.  That’s great!  I really missed it."  He took it and blew on it, and then played just a few notes.

Then Joey laughed.  "But there was one thing I had in it that I already got back!”  He reached into his belt pouch and pulled out his mask.  "Somehow Godzilla doesn't seem nearly so scary now.  I was going to play a prank with it on my sisters during our camping trip, and I did try to play a joke with it on the grown-ups during our journey.  But they weren't scared at all.  Aragorn and Boromir and the other grown-ups weren’t even a teensy bit scared, and then Aragorn took it away from me, and said he'd give it back when it was more appropriate.”

Kevin nodded and paused in his inventory of his own backpack.  "There wouldn't have been much time for pranks while we were traveling.  So, he probably was right."

Joey grinned.  “I played another prank on Aragorn and Boromir back at Rivendell.  I draped a sheet over my head and pretended I was a ghost!  Of course, I didn’t really scare them then, either.”  Rolling their eyes, Steve and Gail shook their heads, hints of amusement in their eyes.

Joey looked at the monster mask and rubbed his fingers over it.  "I don't think I want it anymore.  Dad, do you think it would be okay to give it away to one of my friends?  I was thinking of maybe Bergil or Sador."

"Ooh!" Kaylee exclaimed.  "Sador!  You should give it to Sador!  He kept me from getting hurt, and he got hurt instead!"  She looked at Joey.  "He was knocked out and had to be in the House of Healing for days!"

"Really?" Joey asked.  "Then that's what I'll do.”

Kaylee bit her lower lip.  “It was my fault he got hurt.  I was walking Lucy, and I wasn’t supposed to go any farther than the Houses of Healing, and instead, I forgot and followed Sador.”

“Yes, Sador was hurt by a speeding cart, after pushing Kaylee out of the way so she wouldn’t be hit by it,” Gail added.

“When did you do that?  Follow Sador, I mean?” Joey asked her.  After she told him, and about how Lucy had helped, and about her punishment, he shook his head.  “You weren’t the only one who messed up that day, Kaylee; so did I.”  He explained what he had done in error, which had resulted in Bergil’s injuries, and the consequences that he had endured, and then Jennifer and Kevin followed suit by explaining the mistakes they had made on that same day.

“That was a bad day for all of us, not just you, Kaylee,” Kevin added kindly.  “And you weren’t the only one who had to suffer the consequences.”  Rolling his eyes, Joey nodded in agreement.

Kevin turned back to his own pack now, after having pulled much of the contents out.  "We took the walkie-talkies with us on the hunt, and our flashlights and batteries.  This is mostly toiletries and a few extra—"  He stopped and pulled out a large red box.  "Oh."  He was very quiet as he looked at it.  "I thought this was lost forever."  He gave and pulled the box close to him, and then opened the box and pulled out his Bible.  "I'm so glad Master Elrond gave us this box."

Jennifer leaned back, looking thoughtful.  “You know, Mom and Daddy, we’ve really missed you leading us in prayer,” she said.  “Saying grace at mealtimes, having our family devotions, and things like that.  We did our best to do that stuff ourselves.”  She looked at Kevin, and then scanned her other siblings’ faces.  “We also did a lot of memorizing Bible verses at Rivendell, and then again at Lothlórien.  Kevin sensed that God wanted us to.  Now after everything that’s happened, I can understand why.  Because once we were on the journey, there wasn’t time for devotions or Bible reading, and we really needed the verses when things got tough.”

Joey scowled.  “Especially not while we were prisoners of the orcs!”

Or while I was in the middle of a battle,” Kevin added.  "I prayed a lot, then, but not out loud!"

"We know you did your best."  Steve looked at them proudly, and Gail nodded.  "‘I have hidden your word in my heart that I might not sin against you,’" Steve quoted.

Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey all chorused, "Psalm 119:11!"

-ooo000oo-

A/N: *Taken from 15 Best Mealtime Prayers for Families at https://connectusfund.org/15-best-mealtime-prayers-for-families.

ANNOUNCEMENT: As of 4/28, we are once more on hiatus, because KathyG's mother has had a relapse of her cancer and is now receiving daily visits.  There is no knowing how long it will be, but daily hospice is not a good sign.  And when the inevitable happens, she will also need some space to grieve.  I will keep working on, on the side, so that we shouldn't get too far behind once we can begin posting again, but of course will not post on my own.  Please, if you feel so moved, keep KG and her family and her mother in your thoughts and prayers.

KG'd mother passed on at 12:09 on Monday, May 9th.  Please, if you feel so moved, keep KG, her family, in your thoughts and prayers.

Thank you for your patience and forbearance in the past, and I hope you can continue to enjoy AUA when we are able to resume posting.  DF (Dreamflower)


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 97: The Next Right Thing

Steve sat up in bed, stretched, and took a deep breath.  Gail was apparently already up and gone from the room.  There would be another court that morning, and Steve, Joey, and Boromir were going to be the first item of business.  He thought back to his conversation with Boromir the day before…

He had found Boromir's quarters with no trouble.  Steve realised that after a few weeks, he had become familiar with the Citadel to a certain extent.  He knew which corridor it was in, and the double doors at the end with two guards standing by them was a clear sign of where the Captain-General lived.  He told the guards, “Lord Boromir sent for me."  

Both nodded, and one of them went in to let them know he'd arrived.  The guard came out, with an older man, a few years older than Steve, with a receding hairline, to usher Steve in.  The face was familiar, but Steve could not recall his name.

"Thank you, Master…?" Steve said.  “Uh, sorry, I can’t remember your name.”

"Labadal, Master McCloud.  I bear no official title—though I am chamberlain to the Heir."

Steve nodded.  "Oh, well, pleased to meet you again, Labadal."

Labadal led him into the main room.  A massive bed was in the centre of the room, and it was surrounded by curtains.  To the left of the doors was a large fireplace. Two comfortable-looking chairs and a settee were arranged there around a low round table.  There was an ornate-looking device of brass with a tap placed upon the table, emitting the welcome scent of coffee.  Cups and saucers and so forth were also arranged there.

Labadal had indicated that Steve should make himself comfortable in one of the chairs.  Steve sat down, and the chamberlain went to a door just the other side of the fireplace, tapped upon it, and then entered.  There was a low murmur of voices, and then Boromir emerged, followed by Labadal.

"Good day, Master McCloud!" he said with a smile.  He came and sat in the other chair.  "My Uncle Imrahil, Prince of Dol Amroth, keeps us well supplied with coffee. I know from Faramir that you and your lady wife do not drink wine or other spirits, so I thought this might be more acceptable."

"Yes, thank you," he said.  At this, Labadal bent down and poured him a cup from the tap in what Steve guessed was an old-fashioned coffee maker.  There was no sign of sugar or cream, but Steve did occasionally drink it black, so he took a sip.  It was just right—hot, but not scalding, and not too bitter, though it was strong.

Lord Boromir also took a sip from the cup his servant provided.  "Ah!  It does wake one up in the morn!"  He paused for a moment.  "I suppose you know why you are here?"

"Joey told me that we would have a time in court tomorrow morning, to make changes in the oath that Joey took when he became your page." 

"Not so much will Joey's oath change.  But my own oath was to be as a father to him until you were reunited with him.  Never would I usurp the place of a father with his son, especially a son as young as Joey.  But I thought it would reassure him in our time of great peril to know that an adult had some authority to protect him, and to guide and even discipline him, if needed.  He and Jennifer were alone here once Kevin had departed, after all.  Jennifer, I was able to put under the authority of those in the Houses of Healing, and she was willing to take on the duties of an apprentice there.  When I had to leave for battle, Joey, too, was placed under authority there, as I deemed it the safest place for him, though no place was completely safe while the siege endured.  Now that you are here, Joey’s oath will remain the same, but it is right for me to alter my own oath."

"What will we have to do tomorrow morning?" Steve asked, nodding.

"You both will be called up before the King, as will I.  Then Joey will kneel before me, as we renew our oaths.  I will make a point that you are once again present to take over as his father with my leave, as I acknowledge that I am restoring the rights of a father to you.  I will raise him up and place his hand in yours.  Then in whatever words seem apt to you, acknowledge that he is now once more in your authority."

Steve was surprised.  "You mean I don't have to memorise an oath made for the purpose?"

"Nay.  You do not; so rarely does such a moment come that no formal oath has been recorded.  I asked Faramir to check the archives, and no such thing was recorded there."

Steve nodded again.  He'd have to think of something.  "I can't thank you enough for what all of you—you, your friends, and your father and brother—have done to keep my kids safe in this strange place.  And also for all you have taught my son about things.  He seems so much more responsible and polite than he was before we were separated, I have to confess."

Boromir blushed.  "I thank you for your kind words.  It was clear from the beginning that your children lived in a more peaceful and sheltered place.  They did seem much younger and less experienced than children of a similar age here among the lands we travelled, and especially here in Gondor."

They spoke a little while of some of the things Steve had done in Gondor, while they finished their coffee.  Then Boromir excused himself as he had some duties of his own to deal with, and Steve wanted to go back and talk to Gail…

And now, this morning, it was time to get up and get ready for that court.  He thought over what he planned to say when Joey was officially "returned" to him.  He had prayed long and hard over that, and he hoped he would say it right when the time came.

-oo000oo-

Bathing in the Citadel was an event.  The women's bathing pool was immense, truly a pool, and bathing was a communal thing.  Gail had not been used to that since she had gotten out of school, and even then, she had always showered and changed as fast as possible after P.E., to preserve her modesty.  But she had found that if they went early in the morning, there were usually no other women there, so it was just her, Mairen, and Kaylee and Megan.  She and Mairen both wore light linen shifts, which helped at least give an illusion of modesty, but so far there had been no reason to worry about the little ones' modesty, as they were too young to care about it.

At any rate, Gail had to admit that the pool was luxurious.  The water was at the perfect temperature, and she actually could swim in it, which made for nice relaxing exercise as well.  There were large towels, though they were not made of thick terry cloth like the ones back home, but of soft linen, and were clean and smelled of lavender.  Mairen had finished bathing first and had already dressed.  Gail shooed the children out, and Mairen took care of getting Megan dressed.  Kaylee insisted on dressing herself, so Gail went ahead and got dressed.  Since they were to attend court this morning, she was wearing the dress from the night of the feast, only with a different undergown.  Kaylee was all finished putting on her own dress, one of the pretty white ones the Lady Galadriel had given the little girls in Lothlórien.  Kaylee had apparently grown enough since then that Mairen had let the hem down a little the evening before.  Thankfully, Megan had not grown quite that much.

Soon all of them were dressed and ready, and they returned to their rooms.  Steve was getting dressed in their room.  Mairen had taken a seat in one of the chairs in the main room, and she was helping Megan spin with the drop-spindle Galadriel had given her big sister; Kaylee had said that Megan could play with it.  And Kaylee had decided to mend Halbarad's pouch.  He had shown her the rip in it where the orc arrow had pierced the fabric, but had hit the stone instead of him.  So, she had insisted on getting it back so she could fix it—but she had told him to keep the stone.

Since everyone else was busy, Gail went to the little writing desk in the corner by one of the windows and took out the journal she had begun during their journey on the river.  Her entries had been sporadic, as on some days, the family was just too busy for her to find any time for it, so she began by describing her impressions of the members of the Fellowship that she had not met before.

She had described the King, Lord Boromir, the Elf Legolas, and the Dwarf Gimli, and was working on the hobbits when Steve came out.

Gail glanced up.  "You look very nice," she said, but stood up and adjusted his collar, just the same.  Back home, he would have worn a suit and a tie, and I would have probably adjusted his tie, she thought, though she was beginning to get used to these robes on him.  "Do you remember what you are going to say?"

"Just as we discussed yesterday after I came back from seeing Lord Boromir.  I hope it sounds all right to the people."

"You'll do fine," Gail said.  She tiptoed up and gave him a light kiss.  He returned it a bit more firmly, and she blushed.

"It's almost time for us all to go down to the throne room," he said.  "I expect we will meet Jennifer, Kevin, and Joey when we get down there."

“No doubt.”  Gail nodded in agreement.  “Why don’t we go ahead and pray first, before we leave?”

“Good idea.”  Steve took her hand, and they bowed their heads and held hands.  “Most gracious Heavenly Father,” he prayed, “we ask that the rest of this day go well.  And we ask Your blessing on the court that King Elessar is about to hold, that all goes smoothly and well.  In Jesus’s name, amen.”

“Amen,” Gail echoed, and they rose to their feet and left the room.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer woke with the sun in her eyes.  She had skipped breakfast in order to get some extra sleep.  Now she regretted it, because it hadn't mattered when she was asleep, but now her stomach was growling, and she'd have no time to get breakfast.  But she really did want to be in court this morning.  Firiel was still sound asleep, but she did not see Lailith or Rial. She spotted a lump in Melwen's bed that must be her.  Jennifer was glad she had worked the night before; otherwise, she would be missing the court and having to work this morning.  She rose and poured some fresh water in the washbowl, and then she washed up before she dressed in the same blue gown that she had worn on Coronation Day.  She was glad she'd had a chance to launder it by hand and hang it to dry.  Fortunately, Rial had shown her how to hang it so it would not have many wrinkles.  Linen wrinkled so easily.

She was almost dressed when Lailith popped her head in.  "Oh, I am so glad you have awakened, Jennifer!   I had a small errand to run for the healers, so I stopped by the mess and got some bread and cheese for you.  I knew you would have little time to prepare for court, this morn."  She held out a folded napkin to Jennifer, who took it.

"You're a lifesaver, Lailith!”  Jennifer took the napkin from her.  "Really, thank you so much."

"You must not swoon of hunger before the King!  It would be very embarrassing!"  Lailith flashed her dimples in a brief grin, and Jennifer laughed.  "I must hurry back with these herbs.  You must tell me everything later!”  And with that, Lailith was gone.

Jennifer unfolded the napkin to reveal a thick slice of fresh bread, still slightly warm, topped by a chunk of creamy white cheese.  She folded the bread and cheese in half, and then she started eating it as if it was a sandwich.  It was delicious, and her stomach was very grateful.  Even though she was already biting into it, she mentally prayed, By Your hand, we are fed.  Thank You, Lord, for this our bread.

She wished she had some milk to wash it down, but she settled for a dipper of water from the well just outside the dormitory.  After she had finished, she used the napkin to wipe her face and headed for the Citadel.  She hoped her parents would be easy to find.

-oo000oo-

In the mess, Joey, Sador, and Bergil lingered over their breakfast.  None of them had any duties that day until the evening, when all of them would have tasks to deal with.  Joey would be attending Boromir, and Sador and Bergil were to run messages for the healers who worked through the night. 

Then they heard the bells announcing that it was time to gather for court.  "Ooh!" said Bergil.  "You are being called up—you should get up there before things get too crowded, Joey!"

Joey nodded, but still hesitated.  "Yeah, you’re right.  But, um…before I go?  Sador?"

"Yes, Joey?" the younger boy asked.

"Well, I heard about how you saved my little sister.  Kaylee said you got hurt, trying to keep her from getting run over by that cart!"

Sador blushed.  "It was nothing."

"I don't agree.  It’s not nothing to me," said Joey.  "I kind of like my little sisters, even if they are pests."

Bergil piped up.  "Why did you not say anything?"

"I do not know," Sador said.  "I just did not think about it."

"Well," Joey replied, "I've thought about it since Kaylee told me about it.  And um…I want to give you something.  It's from my home, and I used to play with it a lot."  He reached into the pouch at his belt and pulled it out.  "There's a story back home about a huge monster called Godzilla, and the stories are lots of fun and exciting.  It’s a make-believe story; it’s not real.  Some kids like to play games about it, and stuff.  So, they have masks, and—well, I thought you might like to have this one."  He held it up.  "Here."  He passed it over.

Sador took it and looked at it.  "It looks very real," he said.  "You said it is called 'Godzilla'?"

"Yeah, he's like a giant lizard.  And he usually helps to defeat other giant monsters, but when they fight, they, like, stomp down buildings and stuff.  Kev says that even when Godzilla helps out, he does as much damage as good."

The boys laughed at this.  But Bergil glanced at the window.  "Joey, you need to go now!  Look at the crowds all heading towards the Citadel already."

"Oh!"  Joey jumped up and started to run.  "See you later!" he yelled, as he dashed out the door.

Fortunately, Joey was wearing his livery.  People who saw him in the garb of the Tower made way for him to pass, and he soon arrived at the door to the Throne Room.

He spotted Kevin and Jennifer, who were also just arriving, and the three of them made their way to where their parents, with Kaylee and Megan, were standing.  Gail had Megan by the hand, and Kaylee was holding her little sister by the other hand.  The three newcomers greeted the rest of the family, and went to stand next to their father, with Joey standing nearest to him.  He bent forward to catch Kaylee's eye, and said quietly, "Sador liked the mask.  Thanks for the idea."  Kaylee grinned and nodded, but didn't speak.  It was almost time for everything to start.

Everything had gone silent, and then there was the blast of a horn, and a stentorian voice called out the soon-to-be familiar words: "Hear, now!  Hear, now!  Pay heed!  This is the Court of Lord Elessar Telcontar, High King of the Reunited Kingdoms of Gondor and of Arnor, Defender of the West.”

The herald continued, "We call into the presence of the King: Lord Boromir son of Denethor, the Captain-General of Gondor.  Master Steven McCloud, son of Robert of Or Egon, and the Page of Lord Boromir, Joseph McCloud, son of Steven.”  

Nervously, Steve and Joey approached the throne, where Boromir stood next to the King.  Aragorn gave a gracious nod for them to proceed.

Boromir looked at Joey and said, "Your father has been reunited with you, and as is right and proper, I return you to his custody.  But you have been to me a faithful and dutiful page, and you have served me well.  Do you wish to renew your oath to me?"

Joey nodded, and then knelt in front of Boromir, trying to be sure he recalled the slightly different words he would use this time.  He drew a deep breath before he spoke: "I, Joseph son of Steven, do renew my fealty and service unto Lord Boromir of Gondor, to obey him and honour him as my liege, to do all duties given unto me to the best of my ability, and in all matters conduct my behaviour in a manner which will reflect his honour.  This will I do, in all things, until my Lord release me, death take me, I return to the land of my birth, or the world end."

"And I, Boromir son of Denethor, though I return you to the hand of your father, do hear and shall not forget, nor fail to reward, your oath which is freely given:

“Fealty with love,

Valour with honour,

and oath-breaking with justice.

“Rise now, Joseph son of Steven, and continue in my service.”

Then Boromir turned to Steve. "Master Steven, I thank you for the service of your son.  He has been of great help to me, in spite of his tender years.  You have taught him well, and now he is under your hand once more."

Steve nodded and spoke from the heart the words he and Gail had talked about.  "Lord Boromir, our son was in a strange place filled with unknown dangers.  We cannot thank you enough for taking him under your wing during the darkness of war.  You also have taught him well.  Our Holy Book says: ‘The father of the righteous shall greatly rejoice: and he that begetteth a wise child shall have joy of him.’“* He looked down at Joey and smiled.  "Under your guidance, my son has developed wisdom, and his mother and I could not be prouder of him.”

The small ceremony complete, Aragorn politely dismissed Steve and Joey, and with a smile at Joey before they returned to the rest of the family, he said, "I rejoice that you have been reunited with your father and mother, Joey, and the rest of your family."

Joey smiled back.  “Thank you.”

Boromir had not been dismissed, so he had remained in his place before the King as they left to go back to their place.

As Steve and Joey walked back to their spot next to the rest of the family, Joey's face beamed with both pride and embarrassment.  Soon he stood once more between his father and Jennifer.  She smiled down at him and put a hand on his shoulder and squeezed it, but now all eyes were once more upon the King as the Herald called out again. 

This time, he summoned Lord Denethor son of Ecthelion, Steward of Gondor, and Lord Faramir son of Denethor, Captain of the Rangers of Ithilien.

The three men all stood ranged in front of the King, Denethor leaving his black chair empty.  Aragorn stood behind them, and then spoke: "For generations, the House of Hurin has served Gondor well and faithfully as the Stewards of the Realm of Gondor.  And only two days ago, I confirmed my faith in that house and its line by renewing the office of Steward.  However, Lord Denethor has come to me with a request, and one so honourable that I cannot deny him.  I will let him explain this request to the people."  He stood slightly back and nodded to Denethor.  "Lord Denethor."

Denethor faced the crowd.  "People of Minas Tirith, as most of you already know, during the siege of Minas Tirith, during the Battle of Pelennor, there was a fire in the Houses of Healing.  There my son Faramir lay wounded by an enemy arrow and suffering from the Black Breath of the Nazgûl.  As any father would, I went to his side to save him, and with the valiant assistance of Sir Peregrin of the Shire, we were able to bring Lord Faramir out of the danger of the fire.  Thankfully, my son has made a full recovery, but alas, I have not.  My lungs have been permanently damaged by the smoke and fire, and my health has been permanently damaged.  The best Healers of the Houses of Healing have told me that I no longer have the strength to carry on the many duties of a Steward."

He paused for breath.  The King made a gesture to Pippin, who was standing behind the throne to do the bidding of the King.  Pippin turned and poured a goblet of water from a small ewer on a table that was next to the throne, and took it to the Steward, who gratefully took a sip.  Denethor swallowed and took a breath, before continuing.

"For that reason, I have requested to be released from my duties as the Steward of Gondor, that I may retire to Dol Amroth and the home of my brother-in-law, the Prince of Dol Amroth, where the fresh sea air may help me regain some of my former vigour."

"And I, as King, have granted his request.  Let it be known to all the people, that Lord Denethor, son of Ecthelion, has served all his days in the service of Gondor, not sparing himself the toil or danger of his post, and is ending this time of his own free will.  He deserves all praise!" 

And all the people there assembled cried out, "Huzzah!" in joy and honour to the one who had ruled them all their days. 

And when the cheers died down, the King continued, “But there is the matter of the role of Steward, as I wish that office to be held still within the House of Hurin.  Lord Boromir, if you would come forward?"

Once more, Boromir stood forward.  "I am the eldest son of Denethor, son of Ecthelion, and in the normal course of events, I would now take up the role of Steward.  But I am also the Captain-General of the Armies of Gondor, a role I cannot fulfil as Steward.  While the West has won the War against Sauron, there are many enemies still near our borders, and I feel that my skills and talents are better suited to that role, especially as the Steward is forbidden to leave Gondor in a time of war, if the King shall also be abroad."  He paused as he waited for the whispering and talking of the people to die down.  "Therefore, having counselled with the King and with my father, it has been decided that the role of the Steward shall pass on to the hands of my brother, Lord Faramir."

And now Faramir stepped forward.  "Never have I expected this office would fall to me while my father and brother yet live, but never could I have imagined such circumstances would come to pass.  Therefore, with much humility, I accept the will of my King, my father, and my brother, and will take up the office of Steward."  Faramir turned and knelt before the King.

And King Elessar Telcontar arose from his throne.  "Will you swear to uphold the office of the Steward of Gondor with all diligence and honour?"

"I will, sire."

"Then in acknowledgement of the will of your father, Steward before you, and of your brother, the elder son of the line of Hurin, I accept your service as my Steward, to stand by my side and execute my will, and to abide here to hold the realm when I must leave the Kingdom.  And in token of this, and of your excellent service as the Captain of the Rangers of Ithilien, I also grant to you, as well, the Princedom of Ithilien as yours to hold.  For there is much that needs healing in that land.  And therefore, when your duties do not require your presence here in the city of Minas Tirith, you may dwell in Emyn Arnen in honour and peace as the Prince of Ithilien, and care for the healing of those such lands in the East that once were a part of Gondor.  For, said he, “'Minas Ithil in Morgul Vale shall be utterly destroyed, and though it may in time to come be made clean, no man may dwell there for many long years.”

And King Elessar reached his hand down to raise up his new Steward.  "Rise, Lord Faramir, son of Denethor, Steward of Gondor, and Prince of Ithilien, and let this be known to all the people!"

And once more, there was cheering from all those who heard, for Faramir was beloved by all the people for his honour and courtesy, and the love that he had for all the people of Gondor.

Joey was clapping and cheering with all the rest.  The whole ending there was a surprise to him—he’d had no idea that Denethor would give up being Steward, even though he knew the older man was still coughing a lot and was tired ever since the fire.

Then the herald called out, "Are there any others who have business with the High King of Gondor and Arnor?"

And a stentorian voice from the back of the throne room called out, "Éomer King, of Rohan, would approach the throne."

The Herald looked up, and the King gave a nod.  Then he rose to his feet and strode down to the foot of the stairs to the lower dais.  And Eomer of Rohan strode up the aisle, accompanied by Éowyn. 

And last of all Aragorn greeted Éomer of Rohan, and they embraced, and Aragorn said: “Between us there can be no word of giving or taking, nor of reward; for we are brethren.  In happy hour did Eorl ride from the North, and never has any league of peoples been more blessed, so that neither has ever failed the other, nor shall fail.  Now, as you know, we have laid Théoden the Renowned in a tomb in the Hallows, and there he shall lie for ever among the Kings of Gondor, if you will.  Or if you desire it, we will come to Rohan and bring him back to rest with his own people.

And Éomer answered: “Since the day when you rose before me out of the green grass of the downs I have loved you, and that love shall not fail.  But now I must depart for a while to my own realm, where there is much to heal and set in order.  But as for the Fallen, when all is made ready we will return for him; but here let him sleep a while.

And Éowyn said to Faramir: “Now I must go back to my own land and look on it once again, and help my brother in his labour; but when one whom I long loved as father is laid at last to rest, I will return.”

And Elessar nodded.  "Sorry shall we be to miss your company, but alas for your sad duty.  And I and some of my people will also accompany you to Meduseld, that we may honour Théoden son of Thengel, who ended his days in glory and in his fulfilment of the Oath of Eorl."

-oo000oo-

*A/N: Steve is quoting Proverbs 23:24.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

A/N:  One of the things that KG asked me (DF), when we were going to partner in this story, was that we try to include my OC, Mendelcar, who appears in my story “Chance Encounter”.  I agreed.  Therefore, you may see bits of that story quoted here and there in the next few chapters.  Those are from my own story, so be assured that if you see something you recognize, it is not plagiarized.  Thank you.  DF and KG.

Chapter 98: With a Smile and a Song

Once court was over, Faramir invited the McClouds and Merry and Pippin to accompany him on an errand to the lower city, along with Éowyn.

Steve and Gail declined, as they had an appointment with Princess Linderiel in order to discuss the orphanage.  "Kevin, Jennifer?  Joey?" Gail asked her older children.  "Would you like to go with Lord Faramir, or with us to see the Princess?"

Jennifer yawned.  "I'm sorry, Mom.  I was working the night shift last night, and I have to work again tonight.  Honestly, I think I'd rather get some sleep."

Kevin shook his head.  "I'd rather go with you and Dad, so I think I will.  But later, I will need to talk to the captain of the guard, to find out my duty schedule."

"I'll go with Lord Faramir!" Joey said, fidgeting and smiling in anticipation.  "I haven't had a chance to talk to Merry and Pip in a while!"

“Can Megan and I go, too?” Kaylee begged.  “I want to go with Merry and Pippin and Faramir!”

"Did you forget, Kaylee?  The Princess Linderiel and her daughter Princess Lothíriel made arrangements for a few of the orphans your age to be there for you and Megan to meet and maybe to play with at her house," Gail responded.  "Mairen's coming with us."

Kaylee looked torn, but the idea of some new playmates appealed to her, so she nodded.  Megan, who had been listening, nodded also.

Faramir bent over Kaylee and smiled at the little girls.  “I will take you out to visit the city on another day, Kaylee and Megan.  One day soon,” he promised.  “I will see if I can persuade Lady Éowyn to go with us, when I do.”

Kaylee grinned and nodded, and she and Megan skipped off after their parents.

Joey watched as his parents and siblings went on their way, and then turned to Faramir.  "What can I do for you, Lord Faramir?"

"You may go and change from your livery, for I know you have no more duties until tonight, and I know you will meet with us by the Courtyard gate.  Merry and Pippin will be there as well."  As Joey turned to dart off, Faramir added, "Oh, and do not concern yourself with luncheon.  We shall all eat at one of the inns in the City."

It was not even an hour later when Joey found Merry and Pippin at the Gate.  By then, Joey was dressed in a simple white shirt, grey trews, and a dark grey jerkin.  Merry and Pippin were dressed in their Shire-styled clothing that Aragorn had commissioned for them when they were still across the River in Osgiliath.  He and Merry and Pippin had a few minutes to catch up before a bell rang, and they glanced up to see both Lord Faramir and Lady Éowyn, walking side by side, their hands close but not touching.

The City was still in a festive mood after the coronation, and the streets of Minas Tirith were still filled with the joyous sounds of celebration.  On almost any corner could be found a small crowd listening to minstrels, bards, troubadours, and street buskers.  This did not include all the jugglers, dancers, sleight-of-hand artists, jesters, tumblers, and mimes.  All those folk whose livelihood was in making people smile and offering up a bit of joy—and who had, for many years, been unwelcome as a distraction—were now pouring into the White City of the returned King.

Pippin and Joey were entranced by all the side shows, and Joey just couldn't help stopping alongside Pippin, every time.  They ought to build a stage like back in Shakespeare's time, and then Minas Tirith could have plays, too! Joey thought, smiling.  They’ll need actors for that.

"Pippin!  Joey!  Come on!"  Merry tugged at his cousin's elbow.  "We're going to lose Faramir and Éowyn!"

Joey nodded when he noticed that the couple were several yards ahead of him, but Pippin came away reluctantly at first, head turned, ears straining to catch the sounds of the music, but then they all three had to trot to catch up to their friends.

Faramir and Éowyn had paused when they realised that Joey and the hobbits were not at their heels.  Again.  The Steward had an errand with some merchants on the third level.  Rather than summon them up to him at the Citadel, he had used it as an excuse to go out into the lovely spring weather, and invite Éowyn to come with him.  And rather than try to find someone more official to chaperone them, he had chosen to invite Merry, Pippin, and the McClouds.  It was as well, he thought, that Gail and Steve could not come, as they might have taken such a duty more seriously.  But it did make progress slower.

The three younger ones soon caught up to the couple, and Pippin ran up to his big friend's side, and immediately began to bombard him with questions. "Faramir, did you hear them?  What was that instrument, do you know?  Do you suppose it's hard to play?  It's not at all like a fiddle, for all it's played with a bow—"

"Peace, Pippin!"  Faramir laughed.  "One question at a time—" and he began to answer Pippin's questions as best he could.  He had a certain interest in music himself, but he was not nearly so knowledgeable as the hobbit would have liked.

Éowyn grinned and looked down at Merry.  "Holdwine, is your cousin always so easily distracted?"

Merry rolled his eyes.  "My lady, you've no idea!"  He glanced at the street into which they had just turned, and breathed a sigh of relief.  No musicians in sight.  Maybe they could go more than twenty feet without stopping.

The five friends walked companionably enough, the larger couple strolling, the hobbits and Joey walking briskly to keep up.  Faramir and Éowyn mostly listened.  They were amused to listen to Pippin and Joey's chatter, punctuated by Merry's occasional wry asides.

Suddenly Pippin fell silent, ears twitching.  "Did you hear that?"

Joey whirled around, looking confused.  “Hear what?  I don’t hear anything!”  

Merry's hand shot out as soon as Pippin had tensed, but his attempt to grab his cousin's collar missed.  His hand closed on empty air, as Pippin was off like one of Gandalf's rockets down a side street, with Joey hot on his heels.  “Hey, wait for me!”

With an apologetic glance at his two remaining companions, Merry darted after his cousin.

Faramir and Éowyn exchanged a wry look and followed their friends more slowly.

-oo000oo-

Joey heard the sound of a song he'd heard the hobbits sing once or twice, but it was not a hobbit voice.  He was surprised to see a man singing it.  The singer was tall and lanky, with a rather long nose and a kind face.  His grey hair had some streaks of red hair still there, and his voice was very pleasant.

"…She hardly believed her fiery eyes,
For though it was day to her surprise,
They all went back to bed!"
*

As the last notes died away the minstrel took a bow to laughter and applause.  He placed his small harp upon the ground next to his hat, where already a few listeners had tossed coins.  But he had hardly raised his head when he was propelled backwards by a small body slamming into him, his name called out in joy.

"Menelcar!"

"Pippin?"

The young hobbit suddenly found himself lifted up and whirled around madly.

"Pippin!"  Joey watched in astonishment as Pippin greeted the Gondorian musician like an old friend.

The crowd murmured excitedly at this, as Merry, Faramir, and Éowyn arrived.  But suddenly the minstrel set him down and knelt before him.  "I beg your pardon, Sir Peregrin, for being so familiar."

Pippin's face fell, and a look of distress came into his green eyes.  "Menelcar, please don't do that to me.  You are supposed to be my friend!"

The minstrel smiled, though he did not rise.  "Very well—Pippin."

Pippin glanced over his friend's shoulder.  "Menelcar, you remember my cousin Merry?  And this is—"

Menelcar rose with practised grace, turned, and bowed.  "My Lord Steward, my Lady of Rohan, it is an honour.  Sir Meriadoc, it is good to see you again.”  He looked down at Joey.  “And who is this young man?"

Merry grinned.  "That's our friend, Joey McCloud, who travelled with us from up North.  And if he's Pippin—”  Merry aimed a thumb at his cousin.  "—I'm Merry, and you know it!"  He reached over to give the man his own hug.

Faramir smiled.  "Master Menelcar, I see we witness the meeting of old friends here.  But it seems you have the advantage of us."  He glanced at Éowyn's amused face.

Pippin said nothing.  There was a speculative look in his eyes.  Joey wondered what was wrong.

Merry said, "This is Menelcar the minstrel.  Pippin was once almost his apprentice."  Merry grinned in evident anticipation of telling the story.

Joey noticed that Pippin was looking at the musician with an expression of betrayal.  "Menelcar," Pippin said quietly, "you've known we were here in the City all along, haven't you?"

But before the musician could answer, Joey found himself being pushed and bumped from behind, as a few people in the crowd were trying to get close enough to hear what was being said.  “Hey!” he protested, as he felt a sharp elbow hit his back.

But Faramir spoke up firmly.  "One moment," and then cast a glance at the minstrel's audience, who were staring rather avidly at them all.  Putting a bit of steel into his voice, he said, "Good people, the minstrel's fine show has ended.  I suggest you all go on about your own business now."  He accompanied this with a small smile on his lips and a stony glare in his eyes.

There were folk in the crowd who were quickly reminded that this was Denethor's son, and however the King might rule, Lord Faramir was now the Steward, for the news of his elevation had spread quickly through the streets by heralds and the city criers.

Fairly quickly, the watchers were dispersed.  Faramir glanced down at Merry, Pippin, and Joey.  Merry was looking somewhat speculative himself now.

Pippin had not forgotten his question.  "Menelcar?  Why didn't you come to see us?"

The minstrel sighed.  "I knew I would not have a chance.  The guards at the Citadel are most careful of those they allow to see you hobbits.  Many have made false claims to get in, and I had no proof…"  Pippin and Merry both looked dismayed, and Joey bit his lower lip, puzzled.  What were they talking about?

Faramir gave them a serious look and nodded to say it was true, but then added, "Perhaps we can find somewhere to sit, have a bit to eat and drink, and talk together.  We can discuss that then."  One thing he had soon learned about hobbits was that any suggestion of food and drink would not be taken amiss, and Joey was a growing boy.  Faramir’s errand could wait for another day.  King Elessar had made it clear that anything to do with the pheriannath had priority over everything else.  He cast his eye over the dwindling crowd and caught sight of a couple of off-duty guardsmen he knew.  He caught their eyes and signalled them to join him.

Merry nodded.  "There's a place called The Golden Cockerel just a street over from here."

"Yes," said Pippin, shaken from his reverie.  "Yes, there is.  I hear they make a lovely chicken pie."

Joey's face lit up.  He'd heard about that inn during his weeks in the city.  But Bergil and Sador had told him it was closed for the war.  It must already be open!  And he loved chicken pot pie!  Wonder what vegetables chicken pot pie has here? he silently wondered.  I sure hope it has peas like it does at home!  He felt his belly rumble like a hobbit's at the thought of it.

Just then the two guardsmen joined them, standing at attention in spite of their civilian clothing.  "Yes, Lord Faramir?" asked Targon.

"I dislike having to interrupt your free time, but would you take a message for me to Master Valdimir* at the Guild Hall, that I am postponing our meeting until tomorrow, due to unforeseen circumstances?"

Both guardsmen bowed, and Targon said, "Yes, my Lord.  And do not fear to inconvenience us, for our own way is in that direction."

"Very well, and my thanks to you."  Faramir nodded graciously to them, as they hurried off.  He knew of them, but had not had any need to speak with them often.  Perhaps Targon might be due for promotion…

He returned his attention to the hobbits, and he looked at Pippin and chuckled.  "And so, they do.  How do you know of The Golden Cockerel?"

Pippin grinned.  "We asked some of the Men in the Third Company about the best eating places, of course, now that they are once more open!  Targon recommended this place highly."

"I should have realised," said the Steward.  "Master Menelcar, would you care to accompany us to The Golden Cockerel?"

"I should be glad to do so, my lord," he answered.  Menelcar gathered up his hat and his harp to follow after the Steward, with Pippin and Merry trotting by Menelcar’s side, and Joey walking next to Éowyn now.

They soon reached their destination, and the innkeeper, all aflutter at the sight of the Steward, the famous pheriannath, and a minstrel—all accompanied by a young lad—in his establishment.  He hurried to find them a private table, and they were soon all seated.

"Why won't the guards let people see us?" Pippin asked bluntly.

Faramir sighed.  "Because you are now famous, and some people would try to take advantage of you and of your friendships with the King, as well as with the Steward."

"Oh."  Pippin nodded, and Merry did as well, a look of understanding in the older hobbit's face.

Then Merry grinned.  "So, do you still want to know what happened in the Shire about three years ago?"

Joey listened with fascination about how Pippin had met Menelcar in one of the inns near his home in the Shire.  The minstrel grinned.  "I saw the lad as he sat nearby with his fiddle, and wondered about who my competition might be.  The innkeeper told me that he sometimes came in to sing for the crowd and a mug.  I talked to him awhile, and he told me that he was twenty-five.  I thought that meant he was an adult.  Obviously, I knew nothing of hobbit ages."  Joey vaguely remembered the hobbits telling him, Kevin, and Jennifer, during the early days of their journey, about a minstrel almost enticing Pippin away from his home.  He had almost forgotten all about it until this moment.  It seemed like ages ago now.

"If it had not been for good old Frodo, I would have made a dreadful mistake, and got poor Menelcar into all sorts of troubles," Pippin put in.

"Yes," said Menelcar, "I was very grateful to Master Frodo for sparing me the Thain's wrath.  My lord, this devious lad…"  He glanced at Pippin with a wink.  "…led me to believe he was of age.  Of course, a good deal of it was my own ignorance of hobbits.  I did not realise that they do not come of age until thirty-three.  I was impressed with his musical skill, and I offered him an apprenticeship.”

Pippin crinkled up his face with a frown.  "I had such a row with Father after I got home.  He had realised I had gone sneaking off to The Leaping Hare.  He was planning to make me stay in my room for days.  I was so upset, I decided to run away and take Menelcar up on his offer.  Luckily, my first stop was at Bag End, since Menelcar said he'd meet me at The Green Dragon in Bywater.  Thankfully, Frodo figured out what was going on and made me realise it was not a good decision."

Merry and Pippin both laughed, and then Pippin sighed.  "I'm still not of age yet.  My father is not going to let me out of his sight for another five years, if ever."

The conversation turned to how Pippin's parents were going to react to his return.  Joey had heard this discussion many times on their trip, and the chicken pie had arrived, so he concentrated on eating for a while, only half-listening, when he heard Lord Faramir say something new.

"Master Menelcar, you said you had been away from the White City for more than twenty years.  What brought you to return?"

Menelcar drew out his pipe and held it up to show his companions with a questioning look.  Faramir and Éowyn nodded, and Merry and Pippin grinned and took their own out.  Joey wrinkled his nose and shrugged.  At least, pipe tobacco didn't smell as bad as cigarettes.

The three smokers lit up, watched with resignation by the Steward, fascination by Éowyn, and amusement by Joey.  He thought it was funny how seriously they all took their pipes.  Then he bit his lower lip.  Don’t they know that smoking is bad for their health?  But he'd discussed that with his brother and sister before.  It really wasn't any of their business, as Kevin had said, and Jennifer had reluctantly agreed.  Besides, the pipes they smoked here didn't smell nearly so bad as cigarettes—Middle-earth didn't seem to have discovered those yet.

Kevin said maybe pipeweed’s not as dangerous as tobacco is back home.  Maybe they don’t get hooked on it, and maybe they don’t get lung cancer from smoking it.  I sure hope he's right!

Once their pipes were lit, the bard sent up a puff of smoke as he began to speak.  "In a way, I have you to thank, Pippin, for my homecoming.  My time with you in the Shire made me think of my own family as I had not in many years.  I found myself wishing to see them once more.  I had been barely older in Men's reckoning of age than you were by hobbits' when I left them.  I was sure they had been glad to be rid of someone so useless as I thought I was then.  But after meeting you I began to realise that perhaps my ideas at that young age were not so true as I had believed then."  He stopped a moment to look at the perfect smoke rings his small companions made.  Now that was something he'd not yet mastered.

As he went on to recount his return to Gondor, Menelcar's eyes had grown misty.  "Excuse me," he said, taking out a handkerchief and blowing his nose.  Pippin put a sympathetic hand on his friend's arm.

"They had thought me dead, you see," he continued, "lo, these many years.  I was glad to have made them happy by my return.  My mother has remained with my sister and her family."  He smiled.  "I have a bonny niece and a sturdy nephew, who was named after me."

Joey sent up a silent prayer of gratitude that he was already back with his own family.

"After the Enemy was overthrown, and I began to hear the tales circulating about the four halflings who had come to Gondor's aid, I knew who they must be.  Hearing a friend of mine, another bard, sing to me 'Frodo of the Nine-Fingers' only confirmed what I suspected, so I came back to the White City in hopes of perhaps encountering you."

Merry and Pippin, with occasional comments from Joey, then filled Menelcar in on the Quest from their point of view.  Menelcar had laughed at their account of the storming of Isengard.  "I find your account easier to believe than what I had previously heard.  You realise that one of the songs says that four small wizards cast a spell, causing a huge forest to grow up overnight and overwhelm Saruman's tower, and then they cast another spell that turned him into a tree himself?"

Pippin burst out with a guffaw, and Merry rolled his eyes, and Joey let out with a loud hoot of laughter, and put his hand over his mouth as his face heated up in embarrassment.

"And then there are a number of songs going around about the Ernil I Pheriannath.  Did you hear the one about how the Prince of Halflings lit the beacon?"

Now it was Merry's turn to guffaw at the expression on his cousin's face.

"Thunder!" Pippin swore, and then clapped a hand on his mouth and cast a guilty glance behind them.  "People don't really believe that, do they?  I mean, the beacons were lit long before Gandalf, Boromir, and Joey and I even entered the City!"

"Besides," said Joey, "we were way too busy for that to happen after we got here!  We were with Boromir most all of the time, before the battle happened!"

Menelcar laughed and shrugged.  "People will believe whatever makes a good story, Pippin!  You know as well as I do that the most entertaining songs are not always the most truthful ones."

Merry nodded.  "Even old Cousin Bilbo admitted that he dressed up his stories so they were funnier, and not so scary to tell the children."

Pippin stopped and stared at Merry.  "Cousin Bilbo?  But—"  He shook his head in denial, looking thoughtful.

Joey sighed.  He'd heard Bilbo's stories in Rivendell, and they were funny, but he thought that if those were the mild stories, what had the actual adventures been like?  Wonder if they’re like what Tolkien told in his book, The Hobbit?  I’ll have to read it when I get home, so I can find out!

By this time, all had finished their meal.  Faramir sat back, and said, "I think that it is time we go back up to the Citadel.  I have sent word that I am postponing our meeting with the Guild."  He stood up and offered a hand to Éowyn, and once she stood up, everyone else did as well.

It was rather a long walk back, and Joey was beginning to feel tired.  He wasn't surprised to see Pippin lagging.  The hobbit's knee still bothered him.

They approached the Citadel not by way of the Court of the White Tree, but on the side where there was a smaller private entrance.  This time of day, only one Guard stood there.

Pippin darted up the steps ahead of his companions.  "Hullo, Borondir!"

The Guard's eyes twinkled at the sight of his small comrade-in-arms, but he was on duty, and so contented himself with a nod and a formal address.  "Sir Peregrin."  He glanced up as the rest of the party approached.  "My Lord Steward, my Lady of Rohan, Sir Meriadoc, Page Joey."  He cast a quizzical look at the sixth member of the party.

"Borondir, this is my good friend, Master Menelcar the minstrel.  You must let everyone know that if he comes to see me, he should be allowed to come in."  Pippin's open face was full of excitement.

Borondir's eyes flew briefly to the Steward's face, and at Faramir's slight nod, he said, "Certainly, Sir Peregrin."  He looked at the minstrel carefully, imprinting his description in his mind.  "Master Menelcar." He gave another nod of greeting, and Menelcar nodded back.

Merry spoke up.  "Have you seen any of our companions today?  The other Walkers, I mean?”

"Yes, Sir Meriadoc.  Prince Legolas and Lord Gimli left early this morning, and have yet to return.  The Wizard Mithrandir and Lord Samwise went out about an hour or so ago to look at a guesthouse, and they have not returned, either.  I was told that the Ringbearer was closeted with the King earlier, but I believe he has now returned to your chambers."

Merry and Pippin grinned.  "Good!"  Pippin looked up at Menelcar.  "Let's go and see Frodo!  He's going to be so pleased to see you again!"

Faramir and Éowyn exchanged a glance, and then Faramir said, "If you will all excuse me, I need to speak to the King."

Éowyn smiled.  "And I am going to find my brother."  She bent down and gave Merry a kiss on top of his head and, brushing her hand lightly against Faramir's as she passed, she went into the Citadel.  The others went in as well.  With a brief farewell, Faramir turned off into a side corridor, a thoughtful expression on his face.

Merry, Pippin, and Joey led Menelcar up a nearby staircase, chattering all the way.  When they reached the chambers where they had been staying, Merry asked Menelcar to wait a moment so they could surprise Frodo.  Joey decided to wait there by the door with Menelcar.

"Sam's not back yet?" Merry asked.  "The Guard at the main door said he'd gone to look at a house?"

"Yes, he went out with Gandalf a little while ago," Frodo answered, from the top of the bed, where he had been sprawled, reading a book.  "Joey?  Why are you hanging back?  You are welcome to come in," Frodo added, as he spotted the boy peeking around the door jamb.

"We brought you a surprise," said Pippin, grinning and bouncing on his toes.  His grin threatened to split his face.  "You'll never guess what we found in the City!"  He turned to Joey.  "Bring it in, Joey!"

Joey was also grinning, and he tugged on the minstrel's sleeve.  As Joey entered the room, Menelcar appeared behind him.  Joey took a step to the side, seeing the look of shock and pleasant surprise on Frodo's face as Frodo's jaw dropped.  Then the hobbit leaped from his chair, scattering the cushions on which he sat, and dashed to the door where Menelcar knelt down.

"Menelcar!" he cried joyfully.  "It's so good to see you!  Well, do come in, Menelcar.  Pippin, Joey, wherever did you find him?"  Frodo went back over to the chair he had abandoned, and offered it to the minstrel; Merry and Pippin had flung themselves onto one of the beds, and Frodo, a bit more decorously, did the same.  Joey sat cross-legged on the floor next to the bed.

"He was singing on a street corner on the third level."  Pippin shook his head, still a bit amazed himself at the coincidence.

Merry spoke up.  "He'd not tried to come see us.  Apparently, they've been turning away charlatans who claim to know us, and he feared they'd do the same to him."

Frodo looked at Merry sharply.  "How do you know this?"

"Faramir told us."

"And where is Master Samwise?" Menelcar asked.  "I know that he came with you."

"Sam is doing fine.  He and Gandalf went down to the guest house that Lord Denethor was letting Gandalf use when they got to the city.  They should be back soon."

Joey nodded.  "Pippin and I stayed there a night, I think, or maybe two?  But we didn't really see much of it before we started staying in the Citadel."

"So," said Merry, looking at Frodo, "you've seen this house we're to move into?"

"Yes, I have," answered Frodo.  "We will still be able to share a bedchamber, which is on the ground floor of the house."

"Sounds lovely," said Pippin.  "When do we move?"

"Perhaps as soon as tomorrow," Frodo answered.

"I really do like the way they set up the kitchen for us to use," Frodo said.  "There are step-stools for us to use when we are cooking, and a ladder with wheels so we can reach the upper shelves.  And it is stocked with both large and small pots and dishes, and so on."

"Rather like Bilbo's place in Rivendell?" asked Merry.

Frodo nodded.  “Except that everything in Bilbo’s quarters is made to scale, like a hobbit hole, and the guesthouse was built for Men, with just a few hobbit-sized things added for us.”

Just then there came a loud rap on the door.

Frodo's eyebrows rose.  "That won't be Sam—Sam would just come in.  It's his room, too."

Merry hopped down from the bed and flung open the door.  All eyes turned to see Legolas and Gimli standing there.

"Legolas!" cried Pippin.  "Did you get it?"

The Elf smiled wordlessly, and held forth a small bundle, and taking Pippin's enthusiasm as an invitation, he and Gimli entered the room, giving the strange Man an inquiring look.  Frodo stood up instantly to make introductions.

"It is a pleasure to meet you, Master Menelcar.  I have heard of you from Pippin," said Legolas.

"Menelcar—Menelcar?"  Gimli drew his brows together in concentration.  "Were you not at the Lonely Mountain a few years back?"

"Indeed, I was, Master Gimli.  I spent several weeks there.  It was then I first heard of Bilbo the Burglar, and it was the tales and songs I heard there which sent me in search of the Shire."

Pippin, meanwhile, had pulled the cloth wrapping away from the bundle Legolas had brought, and taken out the small fiddle and bow, which it had been concealing.  Joey had been staring avidly, curious to see what the Elf had brought to Pippin; it was a violin.  "Oh, thank you, Legolas," the hobbit said with shining eyes.  "It's splendid to have a fiddle again!"

"I am afraid it is not of the best quality, Pippin," the Elf apologised.  "It was meant as a learning instrument for a child."

"Oh," said Pippin breezily, "I didn't expect it would be, or if you could even find one, as I knew it would just be a practice instrument for a child.  But I should have no trouble playing it."  He drew the bow experimentally across the strings, and everyone in the room winced at how badly out of tune it was.

"Well, I'll have a bit of work to tune it, but it will be nice to play again."

Joey quickly realized he didn't want to listen to Pippin's scrapings and squawkings as he attempted to tune the fiddle.

He leaned over to Frodo.  "I think I’ll go now," he said quietly.

Frodo grinned back at him.  "You aren't his cousin; feel free to escape, lad, while you can.  He won't notice, and Merry won't care."

Joey blushed, but stood up.  He immediately felt better, though, as it appeared that Gimli was going to make an escape as well.

"Come along, Joey!  Would you like to join me to get a better look at the guesthouse?  You might want to see it, too."  Gimli winked at him, his eyes twinkling, and Joey grinned; he knew the Dwarf was just giving him an excuse to leave.  He followed Gimli out the door.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *Valdamir” is a character belonging to Tolkien fan writer Larner.  He was introduced in her stories “Iridescence” and “Unbelief”.  She allowed me to do a remix of “Unbelief” using him in my (DF) story “Help my Unbelief (the Unbelief Remix)”. (D.F.)

One of the things that KG asked me (DF), when we were going to partner in this story, was that we try to include my OC, Menelcar, who appears in my story, “Chance Encounter” (http://storiesofarda.com/chapterlistview.asp?SID=4305).  I agreed.  Therefore, you may see bits of that story quoted here and there in the next few chapters.  Those are from my own story, so be assured that if you see something you recognize, it is not plagiarized.  Thank you.  DF and KG.

I want to thank everybody for your patience with our long hiatus, and for your thoughts and prayers.  (K.G.)

And I would like to apologize for making that hiatus longer, because shortly after KG was feeling better, I ended up in the hospital with bacterial pneumonia, which added to the time before we could set to work again.  We will do our best to get back on schedule now.  (D.F.)

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

A/N:  One of the things that KG asked me (DF), when we were going to partner in this story, was that we try to include my OC, Mendelcar, who appears in my story “Chance Encounter”.  I agreed.  Therefore, you may see bits of that story quoted here and there in the next few chapters.  Those are from my own story, so be assured that if you see something you recognize, it is not plagiarized.  Thank you.  DF and KG.

Chapter 99: Someone New to Meet

Kevin was grinning as he walked behind his parents.  Megan was riding on his shoulders with her fingers tangled in his hair, and he had Kaylee holding one hand and chattering up at him.  This freed up Mom and Dad to talk to each other and to Ondahir, who was with them.  Mairen, as usual, was also with them, but she was walking silently next to Kaylee on her other side, holding the little girl’s hand.

He was only hearing about half of what Kaylee was telling him, since she was talking so fast, but he also noticed the street around them.  This was a very fancy and posh neighbourhood, one he had not seen before, as it flanked the western side of the Citadel.  Almost every building in the city seemed to be made of white marble, at least in the upper levels; these houses here were no exception.  They were all large, with high walls and iron gates.  There were guards on the gates, as well.  Most of the guards were just sitting there on stools, but they stood up when anyone approached.

These people sure are loaded! Kevin thought, shaking his head in wonder.  Some rich folks sure live on this street!  I wonder if there's a Middle-earth version of what we call millionaires?  If there is, maybe some of them live on this street!

But they had only gone about halfway down what Kevin thought of as a block, when they came upon an even larger house.  The flag that Kevin knew stood for Dol Amroth--a white swan on a blue background--was hung next to the gate.  The guard there was not sitting at all, but was standing to attention.  He looked at them carefully, before opening the gate.  "The Princess is expecting you," the guard said, as they all passed through.  He followed, to usher the group to the door.

All around the paved courtyard were huge pots, planted with brightly coloured flowers, sculptured shrubs, and even trees.  There were two tall cedars, one on each side of the door.  The guard stepped up and knocked.

A manservant opened the door, and the guard said, "The guests the Princess was expecting have arrived, Dior."

As the servant led the way in, Kevin looked around at the huge hall, with its high ceilings and panelled walls hung with tapestries and a shield with a coat of arms.  He looked over as the man spoke.

"Thank you, Manthor."  The guard, being dismissed, left and the servant looked at Steve.   "Master Ondahir?  Master Steven?" he inquired.

Ondahir gave a nod of his head along with Steve, as Steve added, "And my wife Gail, our oldest son Kevin, our two younger daughters Kaylee and Megan, and the Elf-maiden, Mairen."  He gestured toward each one as he introduced them.

The manservant nodded ahead of them.  "Follow me."

He led them into a sittingroom on the left.  Kevin saw a lovely woman of about the same age as his mother, clad in a gown of deep blue, standing near a fireplace, and a younger girl whose gown was a lighter shade of blue seated in a chair on the other side of the fireplace.  There were several other seats scattered about the room.

The older lady smiled.  "It is good to see you again, Master Steven and Mistress Gail.  Welcome!  I see you have brought more of your family with you today?"

"Yes, Your Grace," Steven replied.  They'd met with her at her home a few more times, but the younger children and Kevin had not been with them, nor had Mairen.  "This is our oldest son, Kevin."

She nodded to Kevin.  "If I recall correctly, you are now Sir Kevin.  My nephews have told me of your feats in battle."  And she looked down at Kaylee and Megan, giving them a fond smile.  "And you, little ones, I have not seen since we first met, on the day you arrived."

"At the party!" exclaimed Kaylee.  She looked at Megan. "It's one of the Princesses, Megan!  Remember?"  Megan nodded and hid her face in Mairen's skirt and nodded shyly.

Gail laughed.  "I believe Megan is having one of her shy days."

Princess Lindiriel smiled.  "I understand.  She looks to be about three, I believe.  My daughter used to have her shy days at that age."

The younger woman blushed.  "Naneth!" she exclaimed.  "I have not even been introduced yet to Sir Kevin."

Being called "Sir Kevin" twice in a row made Kevin blush now.  Princess Lindiriel laughed again and spoke.  "Sir Kevin, this is my daughter, Lady Lothíriel."

Kevin pulled himself together and tried to remember the manners he'd been taught in Rivendell. He gave a slight bow, and said, "It is an honour to meet you, Lady Lothíriel."

"And to meet you, Sir Kevin," she replied graciously.

Princess Lindiriel took a seat at the chair on the other side of the fire from her daughter and made a gesture at the other seats around the room.  "Perhaps the little ones would like to play outside in the garden?" she suggested.

At Gail's affirmative nod, the princess called out, "Hiril!"

A plump and pleasant older woman with some grey in her hair appeared with a curtsey to the Princess.  "Yes, your Grace," she said. She was wearing a brown dress with a white apron. 

"Would you mind showing the little girls our back garden?  Perhaps they might like to see the baby rabbits."  Hiril nodded, smiling at the little girls.

Kaylee exclaimed, "Bunnies!" and happily skipped to take Hiril's hand.  Megan, on the other hand, clung more tightly to Mairen's skirts.

Mairen patted Megan on the back with one hand and spoke up.  "I will accompany the children as well," she said.  She picked the little one up and followed Hiril and Kaylee. 

They could hear Hiril telling Kaylee, "I met your other brother Joey not too long ago, and he liked honeybuns…"

Once the younger children were gone, Princess Lindiriel put on what Kevin thought of as a "business face", as most adults did when they had important things to discuss.  He glanced over and saw the exact same expression on his mother's face, and then he watched as his dad pulled a battered pocket-size spiral notebook and a ballpoint pen from the pouch at his belt, and he saw Master Ondahir sit forward to pay attention.

The younger Princess, who appeared to be just a few years older than him, had also sat up straight and attentively.  Kevin decided perhaps it was time for him to pay attention to what was going on as well; Steve and Gail had briefly told their children of the project they hoped would be their "family project" as well, in preparation for Easter, so he needed to know what was up.  As part of their preparation for their Easter celebration, prior to the camping trip, the entire family, including Megan, had already engaged in one family service project back in Portland; if all went well, this would be their second one.

"The building is going quite well.  Several of the men of the city who have no work because their businesses were damaged volunteered their help in the building for no wages, and they are being supervised by some of the paid skilled workers, as well as Master Dervorin, so much of the repair work is being completed much more quickly," said Master Ondahir.

Princess Lindiriel spoke up.  “I have prevailed on several of my friends, and many of the ladies of the court who have returned to the city from exile in the countryside, to weave or knit blankets."

"And do not forget, Naneth, that some of my friends and I are sewing linens!" put in Lothiriel.

Kevin wondered what he would be able to do.  He would have to find out how busy he would be with his new position as a part of the Guardsmen now, and what he would be allowed to do in this project.  I hope I’ll be allowed to take part!

Steve had been flipping through his little notebook, and said, "Here are some of the things we also talked about doing to raise funds."  He glanced down.

"‘1. Entertainments and contests…’  I noticed that a lot of musicians and other entertainers have come into town in the last couple of days.  Perhaps we could get them to congregate where we will hold the events and get them to donate a portion of their take.  I haven't had the chance to speak to any Guildmasters yet about competitions."  He turned his gaze back to his notebook.

"‘2. A street fair…’  That's what it is called in our City, when a section of a street is set aside for such a celebration.  I did get the opportunity to meet the Captain of the Watch, on the Third Circle, and he seemed interested in the idea, and Lord Faramir liked it very much.  He was going to speak to the Guildmasters and the Watch about it, but I don't know if he's had the chance to do it yet, especially now that he is Steward."

"If I know my younger nephew well, then if he has said it, he will do so, it will be done as soon as possible," said Princess Lindiriel.

Steve nodded.  "I know he will; he is a man of his word.  Now: ‘3. Having a discount day in the shops at the venue…’"

"Venue?" asked the Princess.

"The immediate area where we will hold most of the activities," Steve explained, and then turned his attention back to the list.  "‘This would be where the merchants in that area agree to offer a discount to their customers for their business, and a portion of their proceeds for the day will be set aside for donating to the orphanage,’” he read aloud.

Master Ondahir said, "The King and Lord Faramir have spoken of this idea. The King thinks that he could see to lowering the taxes for the day, in order to encourage the merchants to offer such a discount.

"Now, that's as far as we got before we were interrupted when young Sador was injured, but Gail and I have thought up a few other ideas since then.”  Steve cleared his throat and looked back down at his notebook.  “‘4. A competition of household skills.  For women, they could exhibit some of their own crafts in sewing, knitting, and so forth.  People could vote on those they find best, and the top winners get a small prize."

"How would that make money for the orphanage?" asked the Princess.

"What is the smallest coin in Gondor?" Steve asked.  "I haven't really had the chance to understand all the coins here."

"That would be a copper florin," the Princess answered.*

Steve nodded.  "So, what we do is, we put a small jar by each item, and the people vote by dropping a coin in.  Or it might be even better that we let them exchange the money for an inexpensive token. So, they drop the token in the jar, and at the end of the day they are counted, and the winner of the most tokens takes the top prize, and then usually there are prizes for second and third place as well.  At home, there are ribbons: a blue for first, a red for second, and a yellow for third, usually."

"What a clever idea!" Lothiriel said.  "I know my friends would love such a competition!"

"And many of my friends as well," her mother added.

"How has the progress gone on the orphanage since we saw it that day?" Steve asked.

"The outside is very nearly finished, as well as the kitchen and the dining hall, and some of the sleeping areas have been finished enough for a small handful of the younger children who are being kept there already.  Most of the orphans are still either in the Houses of Healing or encamped in an area on the Pelennor for the older ones.”  The princess paused.  “I thought that we could take our luncheon at the orphanage today so you could see the actual progress, and your little girls could play with the children who are there.”

The princess had sent some of her own servants up to the orphanage to prepare the daymeal and oversee the place.  She called Hiril to go up and notify them that she and Lady Lothiriel and their guests were on the way.

It was indeed a brief journey to the orphanage from the townhouse of the Prince of Dol Amroth. Kevin found himself once more holding Kaylee's hand, while Mairen carried Megan.  The Princess Lothiriel walked on his other side, and he found himself answering her questions about their home in "Or Egon".  She was so pretty that he could not help but blush when he spoke to her.  He certainly noticed she was very lovely, almost as beautiful as an Elf-maiden.  He wasn't crushing on her, he didn't think.  But she really was pretty.

I wouldn’t be able to ask her out on a date, so there’s no use in having a crush on her, not really, he thought.  Besides, she's older than me, and there are probably rules about who a Princess can go out with.

"Tell me of the sports and contests of your homeland," she asked.  "What kind of competitions do you partake of?"

"I play basketball at my school," he answered, thankful that he could describe the game without too many references that might give things away he shouldn't talk about.  "It's a game with five people on a team who can play at one time, although extra players can sit at the side of the game to substitute if a player is tired or gets hurt.  Two teams play each other in the game.  The court has a basket made out of net placed up on a pole at each end, with a large board behind it, called a 'backboard'.  The net basket is open at the bottom.  There's a ball about so big…"  He held his hands apart to show the size of the ball.  "The whole idea is for a team to make the ball go through the basket as many times as possible, against the other side; every time the team who has the ball shoots it through the basket, it scores a point.  The team who scores the most points by the end of the game wins the game.  There are other rules about points and which team has possession of the ball at any given time, but that's the basic idea of the game," he finished.

She had been listening with interest.  "What sort of thing is the ball made from?  It must be very heavy at that size."

Kevin sighed with relief, remembering that when he had first joined the team, the coach had shown them a video all about the history of basketball, so he knew he didn't have to worry about his answer sounding too modern.  He didn't know if Middle-earth even had such a thing as rubber.  "They used a ball made with a pig's bladder that was covered with leather and inflated.  It was light enough to bounce on the surface of the floor!" 

The princess laughed.  "Ah!  I should have known!  That sounds like the sort of ball my brothers used to play kick-the-ball, when they were younger!"

Kevin wondered if that might be something like soccer.  "What sort of game is that?"

When she began to describe it, he suddenly realized that it was just like the game he and Joey had played with the hobbits in Rivendell.  It wasn't at all like soccer; it was more like baseball—or British cricket, really—with kicking the ball instead of batting it, and bowling the ball instead of throwing it.

"Did you know hobbits play that game?" he asked.  "I had forgotten about that!  We played it with them in Rivendell one day, while we were staying there."

"I am not surprised.  My father told me that game is played almost everywhere in Middle-earth," she replied.  

Just then all the adults stopped, and Kevin realized that this must be where the orphanage was. The building was even larger than the other buildings on that street, and bits of it looked like new, while other parts were clearly older.  It was in the style of the Princess's own house, with a wall, though no iron gate…oh, there it was: it had been removed and laid flat on the courtyard paved with flagstone.  There were no potted plants around, but there was a dried-up fountain in the middle.  There was some scaffolding up along the far right of the building front, and he could see workers trying to replace some damaged parts there.  But the rest of the outside, at least in the front, seemed to be in pretty good shape.

A tall, lanky man with an immense black moustache was watching the work, but when he saw the group enter, he called out for the workers to stop.  The man turned and bowed.  "Your Grace, welcome!  Now that you and these others have arrived, we will send the workers off to their luncheon."

"Thank you, Master Thavor," she said.  "Has all been going well, this day?"

"Yes, Your Grace," he replied.  

The princess handed him a small cloth bag that clanked.  "Please, Master Thavor, distribute these to your men to use to pay for their lunches.  They may keep any change for themselves."

Master Thavor peeped into the bag, and realized it was filled with silver florins.  "That is most generous of you, Your Grace."

"Thank you, and please remember that you are to join us at table here, so you may tell us of the progress made."

"I shall be with you as soon as I can, Your Grace."

Princess Lindiriel smiled once more, and nodded, and then she led the group in through the large double front doors. 

Kevin had never been in the building before, but his parents began exclaiming over the progress which had been made since they had last seen it.  Walls had been repaired, and in some areas, they had been completely replaced.  Kevin realised the large room they had entered, flanked by two other rooms off each side of the entry, had been repaired; there was a large staircase ahead, as well.  

Beyond the room on their left, Kevin could see into yet another large room.  There was a wide doorway, but the door had yet to be replaced, and he could smell some delicious smells.  There was the sound of clattering dishes.  And there was also the sound of childish giggles, and an exasperated woman's voice as well.  "Be careful, little ones!  The Princess Lindiriel will be here any moment with her guests!"

Princess Linderiel went right on into the other room.  "I am already here with our guests, Dame Meg," she announced.  "And here are the little ones!"

The three children had at first frozen at the sight of the Princess, but immediately lined up in a silent row.  There was a little boy who looked to be the same age as Kaylee, and two little girls who might be a year or two older than Kaylee.  Although all of them had dark hair, grey eyes, and pale faces, Kevin knew that didn't mean that any or all of them were relatives--almost everyone in Gondor had dark hair and grey eyes.  A few who had blue eyes or lighter coloured hair were around, but they were definitely in the minority, at least in Minas Tirith.

Lindiriel introduced the McClouds to Dame Meg, Head Cook at the Citadel, who had been kindly loaned to the orphanage by the Steward.  Dame Meg had given a deep curtsy to first Princess Lindiriel, and then to Lady Lothiriel, and she now turned to give a slightly less deep one to the McClouds and acknowledged the introduction by repeating their names: "Master McCloud, Mistress McCloud, Sir Kevin, Miss Kaylee, and Miss Megan.  And Mistress Mairen."  She gave a warm smile to the two little girls. 

Dame Meg gave a glance to Princess Lindiriel.  "Your Grace!  The meal is not ready, but it will be finished very soon."  The Princess nodded.

Kaylee looked at the three children and then raised her hand up, as if she was in school.  Gail noticed.  "What is it, Kaylee?"

"What are their names?" Kaylee asked as she looked at the children, putting her hand down at her side.

The three looked up at Dame Meg, who nodded.  "You may give your names," she said, in an encouraging tone.

So, the first girl was holding the hand of the little boy.  "This is my cousin, Gellam.  He does not talk much to strangers.  He is only five.  My name is Glauriel, and I am almost seven."  She gave a look at the other girl.

"I am Thilieth.  I am six."  She glanced over at Glauriel.  "I am not their kinfolk, but we are friends now, since we got to this place."

Kaylee smiled at the boy.  “Guess what!  I’m five, too.  Maybe after lunch, we could go out and play!”  She scanned the other children’s faces and added, “All of us.”

Gellam shyly glanced up at her face, and then quickly turned to put his face on his cousin's side.  But Glaurielsmiled at Kaylee.  "He is timid, ever since his house burned down and the orcs killed our parents.  But he will like to play with you, perhaps, if you let him be silent."

Kaylee could see tears in Glauriel's eyes.  Her own eyes teared up, and she looked up at Gail.  Uncertain what to say in front of all the others, Gail acknowledged Kaylee's concern by squeezing her shoulder, and giving her a small nod.  "Later," she said very quietly.  Biting her lower lip, Kaylee nodded.

"Do not worry that the meal is not ready," Princess Lindiriel told Dame Meg.  "We came early, so that I can show Master and Mistress McCloud the progress which has been made on restoring the building."

Kevin and Princess Lothiriel both decided to stay with the adults, and Dame Meg suggested that Mairen take all of the children into the back garden.

"I will ring the bell as soon as luncheon is ready, Your Grace," Dame Meg said, with another curtsy.  There was a clatter in the kitchen, and Dame Meg said, "Ah, those apprentices!  I had best get back to the kitchen!  If you will excuse me, Your Grace?"

The Princess nodded, and with another curtsy, Dame Meg retreated into the kitchen.  Lindiriel led the others to the staircase in the entry hall, while Mairen led all the children into the kitchen as well, which presumably led to the back garden.

-oo000oo-

Lunch had been very good, thought Kaylee, as she walked with the others back to the Citadel, even if the grown-ups did spend all the time talking about boring grown-up stuff.  The dessert had been very good.  It was some sort of cheesecake that smelled like flowers!  It had tasted of them as well, but only just a little bit, and it had been sweet, but not too sweet.  She started looking back on the time she had spent with the orphans…

The three orphans had not eaten with them at the table.  Kaylee could hear them in the kitchen, laughing and talking as they had their own meal, and she wished she could have eaten with them instead of the grown-ups.  

Then she and Megan had been allowed to go into the back garden after the meal ended, to play with the other children.  Glauriel and Thilieth were eager to play with her, but Gellam hung back shyly, until Megan took his hand, and they went to sit in a corner of the garden together. 

She went over to a lidded box next to the door to the kitchen and took out some smooth sticks about a foot-and-a-half long, a light metal hoop that reminded Kaylee a bit of the little wooden hoop she used for embroidery.  Each hoop had some colourful ribbons tied on it.  They weren’t quite like the large metal hoop that one of the boys had invited Kaylee and the other children to roll with a stick back at the river, when they had met the Beornings.

"Do you want to play rindanad?"

"I don't know that game," Kaylee answered.  "Is it like a hula hoop?  Or maybe rolling hoops?" She was puzzled.  The hoop didn't look big enough for a hula hoop.

"I have never heard of 'hula hoop'," Glauriel replied.  "And we do not have rolling hoops.  Perhaps it is like our game?"  She passed out the sticks

Glauriel handed Thilieth and Kaylee two sticks and a hoop.  "Watch!" she told Kaylee.  Glauriel used the sticks to sling her hoop to Thilieth, who used both her sticks to catch the hoop.  Then Thilieth flung it back.

"Now you try!" they said to Kaylee.  Thilieth sent the hoop her way--Kaylee tried to catch it on both sticks, but only managed to get it on one of them.  But the other girls cheered her, anyway. When it got to the point that all three of them were missing more often than catching, they were laughing so hard, they all fell down on the soft lawn.

Kaylee sat up and glanced at Megan and the boy.  He was at least talking a little bit to her younger sister, although she was talking enough for three people.

Glauriel rolled over on her stomach and glanced at her cousin.  "He must trust your little sister.  He hardly talks at all to most people, anymore."

"How come?" Kaylee asked, tilting her head in puzzlement.

Glauriel shrugged in response, and then sighed, before she answered.  "When one of the farmers came riding into our village with a warning that there were many orcs headed our way, all of us children were sent off to safety.  There was a hidden cellar under the town's storage barns, and we ran there and hid.  The grown-ups all got ready to fight, but we could hear our families screaming.  Then the orcs came into the barn and began to steal all the food our village had saved for the winter.  We were so frightened!  We were trying to keep the littlest ones from crying.  And then we heard the sounds of fire and smelled smoke, and we were afraid we would all be burned up.

"But then we heard horns and horses and the clash of a real battle, with swords!  The sounds of the fire died down, and we could hear voices.  It was Lord Devorin, son of the Lord of Ringló Vale, and his men."  Her voice stopped for a moment, before she spoke again.   "Anyway, every grown-up in the village had been slain.  Every last one of them, including our parents.  They took us children up to the Keep, and we stayed there until the fighting was all over with.  Word came that orphans who had no other kin were to be brought to Minas Tirith to be under the protection of the King."  She sat up.  "But that's all over with now.  Gellam saw his parents' bodies, but most of the bodies were too hard to recognize…"

Kaylee's eyes filled with tears, as she remembered.  How would she feel if her family was all killed?  She tugged at her mother's hand.

"Mommy?"

"What is it, sweetheart?" Gail looked down at Kaylee.

"Mommy, what will happen to Glauriel and Thilieth and Gellam?" 

Gail drew in a breath and sighed.  "Well, when the orphanage is all finished, they will get to live there, and they will be well taken care of.  Or it may be that some family’ll decide to adopt them and make them their own children."

Kaylee frowned.  "What if they only want to adopt one of them?"

"I don't know, Kaylee.  Perhaps we can ask Princess Lindiriel or Lord Faramir how they do those things in Gondor."

Kaylee nodded.  "OK."  She glanced up and smiled.  "Oh!  Goody!  We're almost back to the Citadel."

Now it was Gail's turn to look concerned.

Master Ondahir took leave of the McClouds as they entered the Citadel.  "Farewell for now," he said.  "I need to go and report on the things we have discussed to Lord Faramir."  The McClouds all said good-bye, as the portly official took his leave.

As the family started up the stairs that would lead to their quarters, a female voice called out Gail's name.  It was Éowyn.  "Excuse me, Mistress Gail!  A word with you if I might?" she asked.

Gail turned and saw her.  "Of course, Lady Éowyn!"  She turned back to Steve.  "Steve, would you take the girls upstairs?  I’ll be with you shortly."

"Of course, I will.  Kevin, are you coming up with us?"

"Sure, Dad!  I have a little time before it’ll be time for me to report to the Captain of the Guard."  As Gail followed Éowyn into another room, Kevin swept Megan up onto his shoulders, and Steve picked up Kaylee and positioned her on his hip.  There were a lot of stairs, too many for the little girls to climb.

As they came to the first landing, they saw Jennifer ahead of them, heading in the same direction.

"Jen!" Kevin called out.

"Oh!  Good.  I'm glad you're back.  I wanted to see everyone before it was too late."  She stopped until they caught up with her.  "I'm on my way back to my dorm.  Lalaith's having a birthday celebration.  She's sixteen today, and she brought some pastries to share before we go on our shift tonight.”

“‘Happy birthday, sweet sixteen!’” Kevin sang, grinning.  "Is Anborn going to be there?" he asked Jennifer.

"Of course not, silly," Jennifer answered, rolling her eyes.  "Boys aren't allowed in the dormitory!  But tomorrow she has a day off, and she will celebrate with him then.  She's going to supper with his family!"

"That's nice," Steve said, to stave off any further teasing from Jen's brother.  But he added a bit of fatherly teasing for her anyway.  "So, I hope you are not being courted by any soldiers."

She rolled her eyes again, as they approached the door to their rooms.  "Daaaddyyy!" she whined, and Steve laughed.  To stop any more teasing from either of them, she said, “Hey, where's Mom?"

"She's with Lady Éowyn," her father said, as they went inside.  "She should be along soon!"

Kevin swung Megan around as he lowered her to the floor.  She giggled and turned around to face her father.  "Daddy?  When is Mommy's birthday?  Did we miss it?"

The others all looked at Megan, eyes wide, stunned into silence.  Just before Steve could answer, the door reopened, and Gail swept in.  "Oh, how lovely to see you, Jen!  I wish you could have come with us.  Did I miss anything?"

-oo000oo-

http://www.homesteadtoys.com/OutdoorToys.html

*The British florin, or two-shilling piece (2/– or 2s.) was a coin worth 1/10 of one pound, or 24 pence. It was issued from 1849 until 1967, with a final issue for collectors dated 1970.  It was the last coin circulating immediately prior to decimalisation to be demonetised, in 1993, having for a quarter of a century circulated alongside the ten-pence piece, identical in specifications and value.” (Wikipedia)

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

Chapter 100: What We Do

Jennifer recovered her wits first.  She looked at Megan and made a shushing gesture by putting her finger over her mouth, shaking her head and winking, since she was standing out of her mother's sight.

Gail didn't notice, as she was looking at Steve, expecting an answer.

Steve shook his head.  "Nothing much, just that Jennifer was telling us she's expected at her dormitory soon for a small birthday celebration for one of her friends."

"Oh, that's nice.”  She smiled at her older daughter.  "Which one of your friends?  Is it Lalaith?"

Nodding, Jennifer furrowed her brow.  “You know, I don’t know whether to take her a gift or not.”

"It couldn't hurt," her father said.  "After all, everyone likes presents."

"But not everyone in Middle-earth likes them on their birthday," Joey interrupted.  "The hobbits have always said it was rude to give someone a present on their birthday.  It has to be the day before or after!"  He paused, and then added, "Or else before noon on their birthday."

"That's true," said Kevin.  "But they also said only hobbits have that custom."

The family moved to sit down, and Gail said, "Well, how about a custom from our home, something simple you could do for her right now?"

"What do you mean?" asked Jennifer hopefully.

"Well, there's a desk by the window, and some stationery, quills, and ink inside the drawer.  You can't buy a card, since that's not a custom here.  Why don't you sit down and write her a little birthday note, and maybe draw a small picture on it?  Make her a birthday card.  That's a custom from home, and I am sure she would appreciate it."

Jennifer gave her mother a quick hug.  "Mom, you're a genius!  Thanks!  I'll do it right now."  She quickly went over to the little desk and sat down, opening the drawer to get out the supplies.  While Jennifer applied herself to the task, Gail and Steve sat down on the settee.  Megan quickly ensconced herself in her mother's lap, and Kaylee snuggled up against her father on the other side.  Kevin took a nearby chair, while Joey flopped down on the floor between his parents.

"So, Joey?" Steve said.  "What were you up to, while we were doing business with Princess Lindiriel?"

With a laugh, Joey grinned, remembering the unexpected encounter with Menelcar.  "You won't believe this one!  We set out with Lord Faramir and Lady Eowyn for some boring meeting, but then we ran into an old friend of Pippin's!  Did you know a couple of years ago, Pippin almost ran away from home to be a minstrel's apprentice?"*  As he regaled his parents and Kevin with the tale, and they listened with wonder to the story, Jennifer finished inking her little card, and then, quietly leaving it on the desk to dry, she went to sit next to her mother and listen as well.

"So, I left when Pippin started tuning that fiddle, and me and Gimli went to go see the guesthouse…"

"That's really neat!  There were some minstrels over in the camp across the river.  I wonder if he was there?" asked Jen, from her spot at the desk.

"I don't know," answered Kevin, "but I hope we can get to meet him, too."  He paused and glanced out the window.  "Oops!  It's almost sunset!  I need to go find the captain.  I think I might be on watch tonight."

“If we don’t see you back here tonight, we’ll see you tomorrow, son,” Steve said.  Kevin rose and said good-bye to his family, before heading out the door.

“Funny thing is, Menelcar didn’t look like the minstrels I’ve seen in pictures or on TV,” Joey said thoughtfully.  “You know—like the ones in the Middle Ages.”  He looked at Jennifer.  “I wish you could have met him, too, Jennifer.”

“Well, maybe soon, we’ll all get to meet him,” Gail said, and her husband nodded in agreement.

“Yeah, I’m looking forward to meeting this professional singer,” Steve said.

Joey grinned.  “A professional singer and musician!”  He and the others laughed.  “You won't find him touring and holding any big concerts, though!”  The others laughed.

“Nope, nor cutting any CDs, either,” Gail added, with an amused smile.

Rising to her feet, Jennifer returned to the desk, where she picked up her card and checked to see that it was completely dry.  On the outside, she had sketched a poppy, with the petals in red ink, and the leaves and stem in green; in red ink, she had also drawn a tiny heart.  On the inside, she had written in Westron: ‘Dear Lalaith, thank you for being a good friend to me in hard times.  I hope that you are having a wonderful birthday!  Happy birthday, and many happy returns!

‘Love, your friend,

Jennifer’

She took the card over to her mom for approval.  “What do you think, Mom?” she asked.

Gail looked it over, inside and out, and smiled at Jennifer.  It was clear that Gail could not read the message, since she hadn’t had the time to learn to read and write Westron as the children had, but she definitely liked the picture that Jennifer had drawn.  “I would certainly like it, and I’m sure Lalaith will, too.”  She handed it back to Jennifer, who smiled.

“Thanks, Mom.”  Jennifer returned to the little desk to fold and seal the card with a little wax from the candle.  It seemed that Middle-earth didn't use envelopes.

Gail glanced down as Megan shifted her position.  The three-year-old was drifting off.

Kaylee sat up and yawned.  As she did so, she moved her head from her father's side.  "Oh!  I have something sticky in my hair."

She put her finger to the side of her head and frowned, sucking her finger afterwards.  "Oh, it is sticky!  I think I got honey in my hair."

"Probably after lunch."  Gail sighed.  "Steve, would you put Megan to bed, while I take Kaylee to the bathing room?"

"Of course," he said, standing up to swap children.

Kevin and Joey walked out into the corridor with their mother and sister as Gail went down the corridor to the large bathroom.  The boys said, "Good night," to their mother and sister and continued on to their nightly duties.

Gail ushered Kaylee into the bathroom, as the brothers continued on their way.

"I'm glad Megan didn't say anything else about Mom's birthday," said Kevin, as soon as he was satisfied that their mother was out of earshot.  "She would have let the cat out of the bag, for sure."

"I know,” said Joey.  "By the way," he added, "when is Mom's birthday, now that we are here?  I am pretty sure we've missed it here."  He thought for a moment and shook his head.  "I’m pretty sure we did."

Kevin nodded. "I am fairly certain we've already missed Easter here, too.  The calendar is so different.  But Dad's been keeping track of the days in the calendar at the back of his notebook.  We missed last year's Easter, and we’ve also missed Mom's birthday, but it still seems like we are still going to celebrate Easter here, though we are off by a couple of weeks.  It's still spring here, anyway."

Joey grinned.  "Yeah, well, one thing’s for sure—Mom will really be surprised, won't she?"

Kevin laughed.  "She sure will, since it won't actually be her real birthday!  I'd bet you dollars to doughnuts that she hasn't even thought about her birthday at all!"

Both boys laughed as they reached the doors of the Citadel.  As they parted, Kevin to head for the Guardsmen's tower, and Joey to go back to Boromir's quarters, they said, "Good-night."

-oo000oo-

Steve did his best to take Megan without awakening her.  She stirred slightly, and then looked up at him.  

"Daddy?"  Her tone was puzzled.  "Where's Mommy?"

Steve chuckled.  "We traded.  I'll be putting you to bed tonight.  Mommy had to go wash Kaylee's hair.  She got it all sticky with honey at lunchtime."

"Oh.  OK.  I like when you do it sometimes," she said.

Steve pulled Megan closer with his right arm, and then he used his left hand to open the door to the room shared by the two little girls and Mairen.  The room was semi-dark, lit only by the moonlight through the window.  He saw that Mairen had thoughtfully laid out the little girls' nightgowns on their bed, before she had gone to find Avorn.  There was certainly enough light to see by.  He helped Megan to undress and picked up the nightgown.  It was one that Mairen had sewn for her—plain white linen, with short sleeves.  There was a small spray of blue flowers on the yoke that Kaylee had added.  "I can put it on, Daddy!” Megan protested.  “I'm a big girl."

Steve sat back as she wiggled into it.  “You certainly are,” he told her, when she had finished.  “You’re my big girl!”

Steve moved the other nightgown to the foot of the bed.  It was the one that Kaylee had made by herself, under Arwen’s instruction in Rivendell; she hadn’t outgrown it yet.  The stitches on the little daisy Kaylee had added to her own nightgown were less perfect than the stitches on the recent one for Megan.  Steve smiled with pride at how much his middle daughter had improved over her time here, and not just in her sewing skills.  Thank you, Lord, he silently prayed, for all my children have learned in their time here.  When we go home, I don’t know what You’re going to have them do with the lessons they’ve learned here, but I thank You for giving them the chance to learn them.

Megan slipped off the edge of the bed and knelt beside it.  She folded her little hands together and bowed her head.  Steve knelt next to her, placing his arm around her shoulders.

"‘Now I lay me down to sleep.

I pray the Lord my soul to keep.

Watch over me all through the night,

And wake me with the morning light.’

“Bless Mommy and Daddy, and Jennifer and Kevin and Kaylee and Lucy, and Mairen, and Frodo and Sam and Merry and Pippin, and Aragorn and our angel Gandalf and Legolas and Gimli, and Lady Arwen and Lady Galadriel and Lord Celeborn and Lord Glorfindel, and Avorn and Radagast and Lord Elrond, and the other kids we met today.  In Jesus name…wait, Daddy—did I miss anyone?"  She raised her head to look at Steve as she asked him that question.

Steve stifled a chuckle.  "I don't think so, kitten."

"Well, just in case.”  She bowed her head again.  “Anyone else I forgot.  In Jesus' name, A—a—a—men."  

He had pulled down the covers, so he helped her up and into the bed, where she scooted up by the wall, so Kaylee wouldn't disturb her when she came in.  Steve gently raised the covers over her shoulders, and then he bent over to kiss her on the forehead.  She returned the kiss on his cheek.

He whispered, "I'm glad you remembered Mommy's birthday, munchkin."

"Me, too," she whispered back.  "Love you, Daddy." 

"I love you too, Megan," he whispered back.  "Good night."

Her eyes were already drifting shut.  He paused a moment by the door and then slipped out, leaving only a sliver open, so he could hear her if she called out.

Thank you, Lord, for my baby girl, he thought, as he sat down on the settee, and pulled out his notebook to jot down the day's events, as he'd done every day ever since they had found themselves in this strange world.

-oo000oo-

*Told in Dreamflower’s story, “Life of a Bard,” (http://storiesofarda.com/chapterlistview.asp?SID=2760) which is posted here on Stories of Arda.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

A/N:  One of the things that KG asked me (DF), when we were going to partner in this story, was that we try to include my OC, Mendelcar, who appears in my story “Chance Encounter”.  I agreed.  Therefore, you may see bits of that story quoted here and there in the next few chapters.  Those are from my own story, so be assured that if you see something you recognize, it is not plagiarized.  Thank you.  DF and KG.

Chapter 101: What a Night

Jennifer, Lalaith, and Firieth had almost been late reporting to their shift in the new ward.  Tonight, they were in the children's ward.  This was a first for all three of them, but since many of the soldiers and war victims had recovered and been released, there was less demand in the wards for more serious cases.  The three girls were scarcely needed, as most children were sent home for recovery once they had been treated.  But there were a few who were a little more serious, or they were children who had no one at home who could give them the amount of care they needed.

The girls were still chattering and giggling about the party as they entered the ward, but they quickly quieted down as they saw Healer Adanel.  There was a girl there, even younger, who stood silently at the healer's side.

They stood before her in a line.  "Good evening, Healer Adanel," Firieth said.

"Good evening, Jennifer, Lalaith, and Firieth.”  The healer nodded toward the young girl beside her.  “This is Nimrodel of Linhir; she has just come to join us today.  She was sent to us by her aunt, who is the village healer.  She is not quite thirteen."  Normally they usually did not take apprentices younger than thirteen at the Houses, but since she already had some training, it seemed an exception had been made. 

"Good evening," the child said shyly.  "I was helping my aunt there.  But she wants me to have some city training."  

"It's nice to meet you, Nimrodel," Jennifer said, smiling.  "Are you named after the Elf-maiden in the song?"

She nodded.  "I was.  It was my mother's favourite song.  She was from Belfalis."  Jennifer nodded, remembering when Legolas had sung that song to the rest of the Fellowship.

Healer Adanel scanned their faces.  "It is time, girls.  Since none of you have been on this ward before, I shall tell you about it now."

Right away, all four of the girls were instant attention.  "Tonight, we have seven children here.  Two of them are infants, only just born.  Normally they would have been born at home, but one of the mothers had a very difficult birth, and is too ill to take care of her baby boy right now.  The other baby is now orphaned, for her mother died in childbirth, and her father was killed in battle before her birth.  The warden has sent for a wet nurse or two if possible, and they will be fed as soon as possible."  She pointed to a corner where there were three cradles, but only two were occupied.  Since the babies were sleeping, the healer led them quietly past the infants.

Jennifer smiled at them as she and the others walked past their cradles.  Aww, I want to hold the babies!  They’re so cute!

Healer Adanel led them to the first bed that was occupied and smiled at the little girl who lay in it.  "Good evening, Amartha.  These young ladies will be helping me look after you tonight.  Here are Jennifer, Lalaith, Firieth, and Nimrodel.  If you need help, ring the little bell next to you, and one of us will come."  

The child did not speak, but nodded her head.

"Do you need anything now, Amartha?" the healer asked.

Nodding again, the little girl turned her head and pointed to the pitcher of water on the small table next to her.  Healer Adanel picked up the metal cup next to the pitcher and poured some water.  Amartha took it in both hands and took a few sips and handed it back, mouthing ‘Thank you’ silently.

They walked away, and the healer told them, "Amartha came in with a high fever and Speckled Throat*, more serious than usual.  She is getting much better, but she is forbidden to speak until all of her symptoms are gone.”

The Healer led them to the next bed.  A little boy of about six or seven was sound asleep; his lower left arm had been splinted and placed in a sling.  "This is Îbal.  He broke his arm this afternoon while playing among the ruins and rubble on the Third Circle.  His arm has been set, and he has been given a strong soporific.  He should sleep through the night."

"What is a 'soporific', Healer Adanel?" asked Nimrodel.

The healer turned to Lalaith.  "Can you answer Nimrodel's question, Lalaith?"

"Yes, Healer.  A soporific is a potion or other medicine meant to induce sleep."  Healer Adanel nodded.

Another little boy was in the next bed.  He was about Joey's age, Jennifer thought.  "Hello, Adrahil.  I would like you to meet Jennifer, Lilith, Firieth, and Nimrodel.  They will be my helpers tonight.”  After gesturing toward the girls, Adanel turned back to Adrahil.  “I am going to look at your stitches.  Will you object if they watch?"

He blushed furiously.  "I guess they have to learn like those other ones.  Just as long as I do not have to watch this time."  He squinched his eyes closed and turned his head.

Adanel smiled and shook her head.  "Please be respectful of him," she said.  Carefully she moved the blanket just far enough to show the site of the incision.  The skin was pink and clean.  And there were not so many stitches as Jennifer had expected to see.  It was not nearly so bad as some of the wounds she had seen after battles.  The healer used two fingers to lightly probe around the edges.  "It seems to feel better, Adrahil.  You did not cry out tonight?"

Jennifer winced.  Even though the incision looked as if a bad cut had been stitched up, the fact remained that this little boy had been operated on.  How did he stand it? she wondered.  Without anaesthesia, how was he even able to endure the operation?  She shuddered at the thought of having to endure any operation without being put to sleep first.  But she remembered that after the battles, when some really painful procedures had to be done, the King himself, or sometimes Elrohir or Elladan, would be there, and would use athelas and would sing, which seemed to put the patients into a trance.  Once that happened, the injured soldiers had seemed to be completely unaware of the pain.  But surely, they'd be too busy now to take care of all the patients…

Jennifer's train of thought was interrupted when Adrahil said, "It is still sore, but it is not as bad as this morning.  When can I have real food?"

Adanel chuckled.  "Not quite yet.  You may have some tea in a little while.  Perhaps tomorrow you may have some applesauce."  She turned to Firieth.  "Firieth, would you fetch the green jar of salve on the table by the door?"

"Yes, Healer."  She went over and got it, not running, but moving bristly to return it to the healer's hands.  Adanel gently applied a fingertip's amount to the area, and then returned the blanket into place.  "Thank you, Firieth."

"You are being very brave, Adrahil," Adanel said.  "If you find you cannot sleep, let us know, and I will allow you a small amount of poppy tincture in some tea."

"Can I have some honey in it?"

"You rascal!”  Adanel laughed.  “Yes, you may have honey."  She ruffled his hair as they passed on to the next little patient.

“Healer Adanel?” Jennifer asked in a low voice.  “How was Adrahil able to endure the operation?  Was he given anything first?”

"As a matter of fact, that was not needed.  The King himself attended the surgery.  It is not a thing we could have tried with a child otherwise."  She paused.  "It is good that we have the healing hands of the King available.  Did you know that almost every week, he spends some time here for such things?  The Warden of the Houses of Healing sends him word if there is an urgent case."  Jennifer was very relieved to hear this.

In the next bed was a girl who appeared a little younger than Nimrodel.  She looked uncomfortable; her face was pale, except for her flushed cheeks.  She was sweating, and she looked miserable.  She looked up as they approached.  "Healer Adanel?" she whispered.  "I do not feel well."

The healer placed her hand on the child's forehead.  "Your fever is up again, Almiel."  Adanel took a cloth from a bowl on the table by the bed, wrung it out, and placed it over the child's forehead.  "Almiel, here are tonight's apprentices, Jennifer, Lalaith, Nimrodel, and Firiel."  She turned to her helpers. "One of them will bring you some more willow bark tea, with a little catnip and elderflower in it."

"Thank you," Almiel whispered.

Catnip!  Cats loved that plant, but Jennifer had only recently learned that catnip was also a good febrifuge.  I also learned that a febrifuge is a medicine that’s given to reduce fevers, she thought.  That's something I never knew that catnip could be used for until I started training.

The last patient was a boy who’d fallen down a flight of stairs, Adanel explained.  "Or so he said.  He fell from the upper story of an inn on the first level."  He, too, had been given a sleeping draught.

Jennifer gasped at the sight of him.  She saw a big bump on his forehead; he had two black eyes, and there was a bandage around his nose which was tied at the back of his head.  She could also see some scrapes on his arms which had been treated with some sort of herbal salve.  She couldn't tell the herbs by the smell yet, though she was sure that at least one was lavender.  He was also asleep.  

"The innkeeper was angry when one of the guests insisted on bringing the boy here, saying that he would pay nothing for healers.  The Lady who brought him said the only name that she heard some of the workers calling him was 'Gal'."

Lalaith looked at the child, and her own eyes looked rather angry.  "Do you think someone hurt him on purpose, Healer Adanel?"

She gave her helpers a shrewd look.  "I cannot say," she answered.  "But the Lady who brought him in said it certainly looked suspicious to her."

Too bad there’s no child abuse hotline here, Jennifer thought, shaking her head.  "In the land where I come from, the pol—I mean, the watchmen have to be informed if someone thinks a child is being abused.  Do they do that here?"

"It is done, save that here in Minas Tirith, we inform the Warden of the Houses of Healing.  He will see that the truth will come out."  

“What about the King?” Jennifer asked.  “Will he be told, too, and will he do anything?”

"It will depend on many things.  But if it turns out to be true, I know in the past, they would have informed the Steward.  I do not know if it will be different with the King."

Jennifer nodded.  “Well, back then, you had no king, and Denethor was the Ruling Steward, so he had to be told.  But now that Gondor has a king once more, I think he should be told instead.  Now that he’s here, he can do something about it.”  She frowned as she gazed down at the sleeping child.  “What about his parents?  Are they dead?”

Adanel shook her head.  "We do not know.  The Lady who brought him here said he would not answer any questions.  It is only known that he had been working at the inn for several days."  She shook her head.  "We should not be discussing this now.  Come, now.  Nimrodel, you will tend to Almiel; keep her cool with the wet cloths upon her forehead, and give her sips of water.  Firieth, have you prepared the willow bark tea before?"

"Yes, Healer," Firieth answered.

"Very well, that is what you will do."  She turned to Jennifer and Lalaith.  "I want the two of you to change the linens on the other beds."

The girls got busy about their tasks.  Jennifer had gotten used to flat sheets on both top and bottom now.  She laughed at herself when she remembered Joey teaching her how to do that.  In a way, they were actually easier than elastic.  It did tend to pop loose on the corners with elastic, especially if the patients were restless. 

Just then, they heard one of the babies begin to whimper.  This disturbed the other one, and both began to cry.

The two girls had almost finished their job, whereas Firieth was still engaged in hers.  Jennifer went over to pick one of them up and walked about, jogging her in her arms and cooing at the baby, and Lalaith followed suit.  But despite the girls’ efforts, the babies didn’t stop crying.

"This isn't going to work," Jennifer finally said, with a sigh.  "We don't have what they want."

Lalaith nodded.  "We are not the nursemaids, to be sure," she said dryly.  The two girls laid the wailing babies back in their cradles, unhappy that they could not calm the little ones.

Just then the door opened, and they saw two women enter the room.

"I sure hope those two are who we want them to be," Jennifer said.  Sure enough, she found herself relieved as they marched straight over to the cradles, each of them taking up one of the babies.  They expertly cradled them on their shoulders and started bouncing them slightly.

Healer Adanel had followed along behind, to introduce the wet nurses to the girls.  "Jennifer and Lalaith, these are two of the wet nurses who help us out when we have babes who are not weaned."  The healer glanced at the older woman.  "Irildë and Tindòmiel, these are Jennifer and Lalaith, two of our apprentices tonight."

One of the women appeared to be about the same age as Gail.  She had a small amount of grey sprinkled in her temples, but her hair was otherwise black.  But rather than the usual Gondorian grey eyes, hers were brown.  She was plump and jolly looking, and her cheeks dimpled when she smiled.  The other woman was younger, not more than twenty.  Her hair was dark, also, but her eyes were certainly grey.  Tindòmiel had a very serious look about her, but she, too, smiled briefly at the introduction and then turned her attention back to the baby in her arms.

As soon as the two wet nurses had calmed the infants, the two headed over to a corner of the room, where two rocking chairs were, as well as a bench and a small table.  Irildë and Tindòmiel were each holding a baby in one arm, and with the other hand, they were unlacing their bodices.  Jennifer felt herself blushing, though Lalaith seemed to take it in stride.  The two sat down in the rocking chairs, and once they had set the babies to suckle, they pulled down a scarf and hid their charges and their bare breasts from view, much to Jennifer’s relief.  It wasn't like Jen had never seen her mom nurse before, when Joey or Kaylee or Megan had been tiny babies, but Gail had always only nursed in front of family; if other people were around, she had always gone in another room and closed the door until she had finished.  Maybe that was why Jennifer had been a little embarrassed.

Healer Adanel had fetched Firieth, who had finished making the willow bark tea, and Nimrodel from their patients, who had now fallen fast asleep, and now introduced them to the wet nurses.

There were teacups and a steaming teapot that smelled of rosemary and peppermint and honey on a table that sat between the rocking chairs and the bench, and the girls had taken seats on the bench.  Firieth made to stand back up, so that the Healer could sit down.  Shaking her head, Healer Adanel brought up one of the chairs that were next to a bed and placed it at the head of the table as she placed a basket filled with cookies—no, biscuits, as they were called here, Jennifer silently reminded herself—which smelled of spices.  Are they gingerbread biscuits? She silently wondered.  They sure smell good!

The little babies soon settled down once they had latched onto their dinner, and they were happily suckling.  Jennifer was curious about the wet nurses.  Of course, there were no formulas for babies or baby bottles here, and so it was only logical for a woman who could nurse a baby in need to do so, but how did it work?  But she didn't want to be nosy.

Fortunately, Lalaith wasn't so shy.  She turned to Irildë.  "Pardon me, Dame Irildë, but what led you to become a wet nurse?  My mother became one for a neighbour once, when my youngest brother weaned early, and my mother still had milk."

"It was much the same for me, lass,” Irildë answered.  "When my baby girl was ready to wean, I still was producing milk.  And word had been put out after the war ended that there was a need for wet nurses up here at the Houses of Healing, for many little ones had been orphaned."  She glanced down at the little one at her breast.  “So long as I can help, I will do so."

The girls cast a curious glance at Tindòmiel, but before Lalaith could speak, Tindòmiel, she shook her head.  "I—lost my babe…" she whispered.

"Oh!"  Looking abashed, Lalaith shook her own head.  "I am so sorry!  I did not mean…"

"You could not know."  Tindòmiel sighed, and a tear trickled from one eye.  She took a fold of her shawl up and wiped it away, while still holding the baby with her other hand.  "It is hard, but my mother encouraged me to do this.  She thought it would help me get my mind off things."  She looked down at the babe at her breast and conjured up a wan smile.  "It does, a little."

Irildë looked over at Jennifer.  "'Jennifer' is not a name I have heard before.  From whence do you hale, child?"  It was clear she was changing the subject for her companion's sake.

Jennifer startled, but answered after only a small hesitation.  "Well, uh, it is—it’s kind of a common name where I come from, in Oregon.  You probably haven't heard of it—it’s very far from Gondor, to the North and East of here.  We traveled a long, long way, from Rivendell.  Some people call it Imladris."

"You travelled with the Elves!"  Nimrodel sounded excited.  "The Elves who came down the River!"

Jennifer shook her head.  "My parents did, but I only travelled with one Elf and my two brothers.  And several others."

Lalaith laughed.  "She is being modest!  She travelled with the King!  And she fought in the battle here!"

"Lalaith!" Jennifer exclaimed sharply, her face growing warm with embarrassment.  "I only shot a few arrows!  And he wasn't the King then!"

Healer Adanel intervened.  She had noticed that Lalaith sometimes tended to talk too much.  "Jennifer, I have never heard of your homeland before.  Can you tell us a little about it?"

This time, it was Firieth.  "They have a wonderful custom there about people's birthdays!  Show them, Lalaith!"

Grinning, Lalaith reached into the little pocket underneath her apron, took out the little birthday card Jennifer had made, and passed it around.

Jennifer had been surprised to learn that many Gondorian women had pockets, but they were tied on separately, instead of sewn into the garments.  She had yet to buy one for herself.  She looked up and blushed to hear everyone "oohing" and "ahhing" over her simple little note.

"I made it myself, but at home, I would have been able to buy a much prettier one at the store."  She didn't think of herself as much of an artist.

"It is beautiful!" Lalaith exclaimed.  "I will keep it forever, for I have never had such a thing in my life!"

Healer Adanel looked it over.  "It is quite lovely, Jennifer.  You say these can be bought and sold in your country?"

"Yes, ma’am.”  Jennifer nodded.  “They have many cards for birthdays, but also for other occasions, such as weddings, or anniversaries, or holidays, or grad—I mean, for when someone completes their education.  What do they do here in Gondor for birthdays?"

Irildë spoke up once more.  "In most of Gondor, parents give their child a gift.  Friends might give sweets or biscuits or small cakes and have quiet celebrations."

"Hobbits in the Shire give other people gifts on their own birthdays!  But others can give them presents until noon," Jennifer said.  "And I thought that was about the weirdest custom I had heard of!  At home, children usually have parties once they get old enough, like say, three or four, and they can get really fancy.  People bring them toys or other gifts, and they get birthday cards, too.  Some people have birthday parties every year of their whole life, but grown-up parties are not as busy as the one for kids—I mean children.  Most people stop having big parties after they are grown though.  They still get birthday presents and birthday cards, though."

She smiled.  “But whether we have parties or not, we always get a birthday cake with little candles on top.  The one whose birthday it is makes a wish and blows the candles out, and then everybody who's helping to celebrate gets a slice.”

Wide-eyed, Nimrodel asked, "Why?"

Jennifer scratched her arm.  "Well, the tradition is that if you blow all the candles out—one for each year of your age—then a wish you make will come true.  Of course, you can't tell the wish out loud, or it won't work—but that's just a little tradition.  Only really little kids believe it's real, though."

Adanel looked over.  "That is the second time you have called children young goats.  What does that mean?"

Jennifer looked surprised.  "You know?  I’ve never thought about 'why' before.  It's just something most people do where we live."  She tried to think.

"I think I know," said Irildë.  "Children are often full of energy; they like to run, jump, and climb all over things, and often eat things they should not!"

Everyone laughed at this, and Jennifer shook her head in amusement.  "You know, Dame Irildë, I would bet that you are absolutely right about that!"

Healer Adanel laughed with the rest.  But then she glanced at a small sandglass on a shelf, put down her teacup, and stood.  "The glass tells us one half-hour has passed.  I need to check on each patient, though they do appear to be asleep."  She went to check on them personally, noting that Amartha's fever had broken.  Then she asked Jennifer and Lalaith to take two baskets of soiled linens down to the laundry.  "Just place them in the box by the door; the laundry is already locked up this time of night, so you will not need to bring any clean ones back."  

"Yes, ma'am," Jennifer responded for both of them.  The baskets were by the door, so they each picked one up and slipped out the door with their burdens.

"I am glad to get a chance to stretch my legs," said Lalaith.  It was about a fifteen- or twenty-minutes’ walk from the outdoor building behind the Houses of Healing, where the children's ward was located, to the other building where the laundry was.  And it would take about the same amount of time to walk back.

"So am I."  Jennifer glanced over at her companion.  "Are you nervous about your dinner with Anborn's family tomorrow night?"

"A little," Lalaith answered.  "I hope that they like me."

The two girls chatted as they walked, discussing what Lalaith was going to wear to the dinner.  "I have only my two gowns; the yellow one is fancier, but the colour is not very flattering.  It used to be my cousin's…"

"But your blue one looks much nicer on you," Jennifer said.  “It really does; I think it suits you much better."

"Aye, but it is beginning to fray about the hemline, and if I turn it up, it will be too short…"  Lalaith sighed and shook her head.  Right then, Jennifer remembered something that she and Nicole did back home; sometimes, they’d borrow a dress or shirt from each other to wear to a special school or church event.  She smiled.

"I know!  You could borrow one of mine!"

"Jennifer!  I could not do that!"

"It would fit you; I do believe it would!  You could wear my blue one!"

"Well…what if I soiled it?"

"Well, what if I soiled it when I wore it?  It will clean up.  You'd look so cool in it!"

Lalaith giggled.  She had just begun to get used to Jennifer using "cool" to describe something really good, and it still sounded somewhat odd now and then.  "Very well, Jennifer!  I will wear it, then, if you really want me to."

Soon they arrived at the empty building.  A large, wooden trunk-like box stood next to the door.  Jennifer set her basket down and lifted the lid.  Lalaith put the basket in, and then she held the lid up while Jennifer added hers.

They continued their conversation as they headed back to the children's ward.  When they arrived, they saw that Irildë and Tindòmiel had left, and the babies were asleep in their cradles.  Healer Adanel had set Firieth and Nimrodel to studying the big book that listed the uses of various herbs and the making of remedies.  The Healer herself was a chair alongside the little boy who had been brought from the inn—they had yet to find out his name, save for the nickname "Gal".  There was a bowl of steam that smelled of lavender on the small bedside table, and the healer held his hand and was softly singing to him.

She saw the two girls come in and gestured with her chin for them to come near.  "He was suffering some nightmares," she told the girls in a whisper.  "Jennifer?  You have learned to make bruise balm, have you not?"

Looking the healer in the eye, Jennifer nodded.  "Yes, Healer, I've made it twice."

Adanel nodded.  "And you, Lalaith?"

"I helped Dame Ioreth make it once."

"We are running low.  You will find the ingredients on the table by the fireplace.  If you girls will, now, make two jars of bruise balm.  You should find everything you need.  The kettle is already boiling.  You should be able to finish by sunrise."

Both girls nodded.  "Yes, Healer," said Lalaith, while Jennifer said, "Yes, ma'am."

Once at the table, the two of them did not chatter, but instead concentrated on their task, speaking only to ask for an ingredient to be passed, or to proceed to the next step.  They had just sealed the second jar when the Healer came over to the table and asked to see their work.

"Very good, girls," she said as she held up each jar to the light.  "The colour looks good, and the seal is tight.  Good work."

Both of them smiled with relief and sighed, as they were glad to be done with the task.

"Look, Jennifer and Lalaith.  Dawn is breaking.  You may be dismissed.  You have the day free of duty.  Get some rest now," she ordered.

“Yes, ma’am.”  Jennifer yawned and stretched her arms.  “Well, Lalaith, I don’t know about you, but I’m sleepy!  I’m going to see my family, and then I’ll come back to the dorm and take a nap.”

“I also am going back to the dormitory and get some sleep; I wish to be fresh this evening,” Lalaith said.  She and Jennifer parted company, and Jennifer returned to the rooms that her family was staying in.  She froze as she noticed that Merry and Pippin had stopped by to visit her family.

“Hi, Merry!  Hi, Pippin!  Nice to see you here,” she said, raising a hand in greeting.  Looking around, she asked, “Where’s Mom?”

“Taking a nap, as I suspect you need to be doing,” Steve said.  “Merry and Pippin came by to invite us all, including Kaylee and Megan, to dine with them and the other hobbits at their guesthouse this evening.  And you know, hon, this is perfect timing, because we need to plan your mom’s birthday celebration, and the hobbits have volunteered to help.”

"It sounds like jolly fun," said Pippin.  "Your father explained that it is a tradition to surprise her!"

"And we thought she would be very surprised if we held it at the guesthouse!  Then she wouldn't see any of the preparations being made," added Merry.  "I am sure that Frodo and Sam would enjoy helping as well."

"Perhaps you should ask them first, and also Gandalf, Legolas and Gimli, as they live there, too!" said Steve.  "I don't want to put anyone out."

"Pish!" Merry answered, waving a hand dismissively.  "They will all be happy for a chance to celebrate, and besides, I know that Frodo will definitely agree—and if Frodo wants it, he will get it."

Pippin laughed.  "Of course, he will.  And he likes your wife, and your whole family.  Besides, Bagginses love parties."

"We hobbits can handle the food with no problems," said Merry.  "Then we will need music."  He turned to Pippin.  "You know Menelcar better than the rest of us.  Would he mind playing there?"  He'd snatched a small wax notepad and a stylus from his pouch, and now he began making notes.  "Music, Menelcar, food, hobbits…keep it secret, hmm…that will make invitations tricky…"

Kaylee and Megan were watching with wide eyes at the two hobbits, and Kevin was grinning at them.

"I can invite people in person," piped in Joey eagerly.  "And maybe Bergil and Sador can help me.  People are used to us taking messages."

Steve was shaking his head in amusement.  "Have you ever considered a career as a party planner, Merry?" he asked with a chuckle.

Merry looked up in surprise.  "People get paid to plan parties?" he asked, clearly intrigued.

"Where we come from, some people do…"  Jennifer’s sudden yawn cut off the rest of what she’d intended to say.  “Well, if I’m going to eat with you hobbits later, I’d better go back to the dorm and take a nap now, or I’ll be falling asleep in my food, come suppertime.  I’ve been up all night."  She yawned again and stood up.

"Of course, princess," Steve said.  She bent over and kissed her father on the head.  "You need your rest.  I'm very proud of you."  Steve responded and returned her kiss on her hand.  "Get some sleep."

"I will, Daddy.”  She turned towards the others and raised her hand to say good-bye.  “See you guys later."  Kevin and Joey waved at her, and Kaylee and Megan jumped up and hugged her.  The hobbits waved.   

Jennifer made the short trip to the dormitory, where she saw that both Lalaith and Firieth were already fast asleep.  And she noticed another bed had been assigned to Nimrodel, who looked very young, now that she lay curled up in her bed.

Jennifer undressed to her shift and lay down on her bed.  In a few minutes, she drifted off.

-ooo000ooo-

*“Speckled throat” was another word for what is now known as strep throat, which is caused by the bacteria Streptococcus pyogenes.  It causes spots or white streaks in the affected person’s throat.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

A/N:  One of the things that KG asked me (DF), when we were going to partner in this story, was that we try to include my OC, Mendelcar, who appears in my story “Chance Encounter”.  I agreed.  Therefore, you may see bits of that story quoted here and there in the next few chapters.  Those are from my own story, so be assured that if you see something you recognize, it is not plagiarized.  Thank you.  DF and KG.

Chapter 102: I Seek the Truth

Steve looked over now at the hobbits.  "You were just about to tell us something before Jennifer arrived?"

Pippin nodded with a grin.  "Yes.  I know that your family had been invited to the dinner with the King last night as well, but you were unable to attend."

"Yes, it had been a very busy day, and Megan and Kaylee were tired.  And Aragorn understood," Steve said.  "And both Kevin and Jennifer were working."

Pippin nodded.  "Well, my friend Menelcar was there, and he sang several songs.  And then Aragorn offered him the position of Court Bard!"

"He wanted to think about it," Merry added.  "But more importantly, Pippin asked him about playing and singing for your wife's party, and he said, 'Yes'."

"Well, that is good news.  Have we decided exactly when it's to be?" Steve asked.

"We were hoping for the evening of the day after tomorrow," Merry answered.  "Would that be too soon?"

Before Steve had a chance to answer, the door to Steve and Gail's room opened, and Gail stood there. "Would what be too soon?" she asked.

Merry grinned, and without a beat, said, "We hobbits were hoping to have all of you down to the guesthouse to have dinner with us all!  We would really enjoy a chance to make a good old-fashioned hobbit meal for you all."

“And that includes Kaylee and Megan,” Pippin added.  “And bring Lucy with you, too!”

"Yes, all of the family."  Merry nodded.  “We’ll invite Aragorn, too, and Faramir and Boromir.”

"And Gandalf, Legolas, and Gimli are living there, too, so they will be there, as well," Pippin threw in.

"Oh, my!"  Gail shook her head.  "Are you sure it won't be too much trouble?"

Both hobbits laughed.  Then Merry said, "This is no trouble at all.  Bilbo had one hundred and forty-four hobbits at his last birthday party before he left the Shire, and Gandalf, too!"

"And the dwarves and the extra people who just turned up!"  Pippin chuckled.  “No, this will be no trouble at all.”  Just then, the bells rang the hour.  Pippin stood up.  "I need to attend on Boromir!"

Merry stood also.  "And I must get to Rath Dínen to stand my watch at the tomb.  Thank you for the lovely breakfast," he added, before the two hobbits left. 

Kevin left as well, to attend the King if needed.  He kissed his mother on the cheek and told the rest of the family farewell, and found himself accompanying Merry and Pippin down the corridor.

-oo000oo-

Menecal had already been up to the Citadel to meet with the Chatalan, Master Ondahil.  He was now on his way back from his small lodging place with his meagre belongings.  He would need to be fitted for livery and find his new quarters, so he could start his job soon.  But he was a little winded with all the walking.  He stopped at a tavern, The Queen's Cats, and went in to find a table out of the way, where he could sip an ale and think in peace.  Stashing his rucksack behind his chair, he leaned back to think about what his new duties might entail.  He'd already been told that any other bards, jesters, or other performers would have to come through him if they wished to appear before the King…what other duties would he have, he wondered? 

Then a voice behind him caught his ear.

“They’re the apple of the King’s eye.”  The voice was a bit oily and insinuating.

His ears caught the sound of the low conversation taking place behind him.  There was something furtive about it which he did not care for.

“So, I hear.  Not much he wouldn’t do for them, or give them little creatures.”  This voice, rough and gravelly.

Menelcar raised his brows.  They had to be talking about the hobbits.

"They're not staying in the Citadel no more," said a third voice with just a bit of a lisp.

“This is true,” said the first one.  “I hear they are staying at one of the King’s guesthouses.  But they’ve got the Wizard, Dwarf, and Elf staying there as well.  We’ll have to get an opportunity to speak to one of them away from the place.”

"Do you think it will work?" said the third voice.

"Oh, I think it will.  The word is they are as soft-hearted as they come, and so I have no doubt they would likely believe any hard-luck story they might be told."

Menelcar felt a rage building at the obvious plot to take advantage of his small friends.  The hobbits were much shrewder than these villains were giving them credit for, but if a sad story were plausible enough--well, he could imagine that Pippin, for one, might be taken in.  He did not think that they would find it so easy to deceive Merry or Frodo.  Sam, though, was like Pippin--he, too, might believe such a story, if it were told well enough.

"Do you think we can find one alone?  Does it matter which one?" asked the second voice.

"Maybe the youngest one, or the servant would work best.  But so long as we can find one of them alone, I am not sure it matters."

There was a bit of rough laughter, and the three plotters got up to go out.  Menelcar observed them carefully, and then threw the payment for his ale on the table, grabbed his rucksack, and sauntered out as well, trying to keep them in sight without being spotted.

Menelcar followed them down into the second circle and into one of the less reputable parts of the City.  When he was certain that they had reached their destination, he fixed it in his mind and hurried back up to the Citadel.  He hoped that the Steward was available.

-oo000oo-

Faramir was in his outer chamber, looking over some old contracts that the Steward's office had held with various merchants.  They were quite informative, and Faramir could not help but feel admiration for the way his father had made the most advantageous dealings to the benefit of the realm. He put aside two of the contracts to speak with his father about.

There was a knock on the door, and the guard opened it to announce the new Court Bard.  Menelcar stepped into the chamber.

"How may I help you, Menelcar?" he asked.  He was surprised by the grim look on the minstrel's face.  It was not an expression he had ever seen there before.

As Menelcar told his tale, Faramir's expression soon matched his.

"This is insufferable!"  Faramir rose.  "Let us find the King.  He wants to know anything at all that affects the hobbits."

They saw Kevin standing guard by the door of the King’s study.  "May we see the King?" Faramir asked.  

"I'll ask," Kevin said.  The King hadn’t asked not to be disturbed, so it wasn't a problem.

He knocked, and when the voice within said, "Enter," he poked his head in.

"Your Grace," Kevin said, "Lord Faramir and Master Menelcar are here to see you."

Aragorn nodded.  "Very well.  Show them in.”  Kevin ushered them in, and then returned to his place by the door.

Aragorn took one look at their faces and led them to his private study.  "Gentlemen, what disturbs you so?"

"It is a dire plot against the Hobbits," Farmir answered.

Aragorn held his hand up.  "We need Pippin here, and your brother," he said.  "Have Kevin go and get them." 

Kevin was surprised when Faramir came back out and asked him to fetch Boromir and Pippin.  "I know that Pippin was to be accompanying my brother today.  They should still be in Boromir's quarters, eating second breakfast if I know anything."

Kevin hurried off.  Boromir was surprised at the summons, and he and Pippin hurried off with him as he led them back to the King's study.

When they got there, Kevin was surprised to be invited in as well, as he thought he would just be resuming his guard post.  As he went in, he saw the little office was rather crowded with six people in it.

Menelcar related the conversation he had overheard.  As the newly hired Court Bard spoke, Kevin was surprised to hear a low rumbling sound.  It took him a moment to understand that the King was actually growling.  The sound stopped abruptly, as Aragorn, Kevin noticed, evidently realized what he was doing.

There was a brief silence after Menelcar finished his tale.  For a long moment, Aragorn closed his eyes and clenched his fists.  His knuckles were white.  Faramir and Menelcar watched warily, as did Kevin, who understood exactly why Aragorn was so angry.  Kevin could see that both of the other men were very nearly as angry themselves.  And so am I, for that matter!  Kevin clenched both fists tightly and pressed his lips tightly together.  Next to him, Pippin did the same.

Finally, the King blew out a long breath, and when he looked at the others once more, his expression was still grim, but composed.  He turned to Menelcar.

"Tell me, Menelcar, is it your judgment that these wretches intend to offer any violence to my friends?"  He glanced at Pippin as he spoke.

Menelcar thought carefully back to all he had overheard in the tavern, and on the street as he followed.  "I do not think so, my Lord King.  It seemed to me that the idea was to cozen one or more of the little folk with a sad tale of hardship, with the idea of relieving them of a goodly sum of coin."  He glanced at Pippin.  "I think the idea was that the pheriannath would ask it of you, and that you would give them whatsoever they wished."

"I see."  Aragorn stuck his tongue in his cheek and looked very thoughtful.  With a glance at Pippin, he added, "Well, we do not wish to take the chance that you are wrong about harming them, but I do think that your judgment is probably correct.  You are fairly shrewd about people, I have found."  Nodding thoughtfully, he looked again at Menelcar.  "How soon do you think these villains plan to act?"

"I think that the only thing holding them back has been a lack of opportunity to find one of the pheriannath alone."

Kevin watched Pippin's face, so much older and more mature than the young and carefree hobbit he had met in Rivendell, as it looked grim and troubled.  Tears stood in the green eyes, but they were tears of anger.  Pippin reached up and dashed them away roughly, and then he looked back at his King.

"How could they?" he exclaimed.  "After what Frodo and Sam went through, after they offered their very lives?  After Merry nearly died?  And they want to use us to make money!"  His face had gone dead-white, except for two bright red spots on his cheeks.  "Strider, what are you going to do to them?"

Aragorn leaned forward and placed a hand on Pippin's arm.  "We are going to watch them for now; I must ask you to please not to tell the others about this yet."

Pippin flushed.  He knew that was a command of his King, and he would obey.  He didn’t mind not telling Frodo or Sam.  It would hurt their feelings dreadfully, he feared, when they found out.  But it was going to be hard not to tell Merry, since he was used to telling Merry everything.  Aragorn could tell what he was thinking.

"You may tell Meriadoc when the time is right, but not yet.  And if you agree, this is what we are going to do--"

As Aragorn spoke, Kevin noticed the expression on Pippin's face began to clear, and the hobbit began to grin.  Kevin thought his expression looked like his small friend was remembering a prank--he'd noticed that same look on Joey's face from time to time.

Kevin wondered why he had been asked to join them all.  Why had the King summoned him?  But Aragorn had not forgotten him.  He soon found out why, as the King addressed his Steward.  "Faramir and Boromir, we will be a part of this.  Choose about a half-dozen guardsmen to join us--and include Sir Kevin among them."  He looked at Kevin as he spoke.  "You are a guardsman, too, Kevin, and as one of our Fellowship, you deserve to be a part of this.  But tell no one, not even your family."

Kevin nodded, furrowing his brow in consternation.  “Not even my mom and dad?”

Aragorn shook his head.  "You are a Knight of the Realm and a Guardsman of the Citadel.  I know that your father and mother still think of you as a child, and in your own land, you would still be a child.  But here, you are a man, and you have a man's duties.  Your father, at least, will understand why you could not tell them, for he was a warrior once himself."

Keven nodded.  Aragorn was right about his dad.  And it was true, he had not even been treated as a child by anyone in Gondor since the Battle of the Pelennor.  They had treated him as still needing training, but more like a new recruit than a kid. Why, there had been an expectation he would go to the Black Gate, and not stay behind as his sister and little brother had been ordered to do.

"Pippin, will you have any problems keeping this from your cousins?  I know how close all of you are."

Pippin shook his head.  "Merry has his own duties tomorrow; he has to guard King Theoden's tomb.   And Frodo and Sam will be really busy, too, planning a party."  He glanced at Kevin, who nodded.

Aragorn turned to look at Kevin again, and the young man smiled.  "Uh, yes, sire.  The hobbits are helping my family throw a surprise birthday party for my mom the day after tomorrow, and we wanted to invite all of you there.  Merry and Pippin and Sam and Frodo are handling it all."  He looked at Boromir and Faramir.  “You, too, are invited, Boromir and Faramir.”

Aragorn smiled back.  "Of course.  I would be pleased to come."  He looked at Boromir.  "Speaking of the day after tomorrow, I am going to ask you to please be the official escort to Éomer and Éowyn to the outer walls, since Faramir and I will be working on this business.  We will need Pippin, so please take Joey with you.  Merry is likely to be melancholy after such a duty, and Joey can cheer him on the return to the City."

Boromir nodded. "Joey will know how to cheer him, if he has not to have the company of his cousin."

Aragorn turned to the newly hired court bard.  "Menelcar, I thank you for your timely warning of this plot.  You have scarcely begun your time in my service, and already you prove most valuable."

"I am honoured, Sire," the bard said with a slight bow.  "But I could do no less, for I am part of your court now.  It is my duty to let you know if anything is wrong.  And in this case, I am very fond of the hobbits myself, and I would not have them wronged, either."

"My thanks still stands. I would not see the hobbits treated ill." He glanced around the room.  "Faramir, if you would remain to discuss this affair, the rest of you are dismissed."

They filed out of the room, and Kevin resumed his post at the door.  He had a lot to think about.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

A/N:  One of the things that KG asked me (DF), when we were going to partner in this story, was that we try to include my OC, Mendelcar, who appears in my story “Chance Encounter”.  I agreed.  Therefore, you may see bits of that story quoted here and there in the next few chapters.  Those are from my own story, so be assured that if you see something you recognize, it is not plagiarized.  Thank you.  DF and KG.

Chapter 103: We're All in This Together

Steve put Megan down and looked at Kaylee, who had been holding his other hand.  It hadn't been far from the Citadel to the guesthouse on the Sixth Circle, where most of the Fellowship were staying.

"All right, girls, I want you both to be very good for me this morning.  Frodo and Sam will be helping us to make a very nice party for your mom, so we will be doing grown-up things.  Do you think you could do that for me?"

Both girls looked up at him and nodded.  "Yes, Daddy," Kaylee said, as Megan nodded even more vigorously.

Steve reached up and knocked on the front door of the guesthouse.  It was his first view of the lodgings being shared by the hobbits, along with Gandalf, Legolas, and Gimli.  The architecture was similar to that of the Prince and Princess of Dol Amroth's Minas Tirith home, and it was, of course, built of white marble, as was most of the city.  But the courtyard was smaller, and less ornate than that of the Prince and his family’s house.  

The door was promptly opened by Frodo himself.  The hobbit grinned up at Steve.  "Steve!" he greeted, before looking at the little girls.  He noticed that Megan was now eye to eye with him; she must have lately entered a growth spurt.  "Kaylee, Megan, welcome to our new quarters.  Come in, come in."  Frodo couldn't help but notice that Kaylee was just a bit taller than he was, unlike when they had first met in Rivendell.

The three of them came into the front hall.  Megan sniffed the air.  "I smell cookies!"

Frodo laughed.  "Sam is in the kitchen.  He made some gingersnaps," he told her.  Then he looked up to Steve.  "I thought we would work in the kitchen; there are tables and seats for us all to be comfortable," he added, as he turned to lead the way.

The kitchen was warm and bright, and Steve noticed that it had been arranged with the comfort of all its guests in mind.  There were two tables.  One was a large table of normal human size, with a large bench along one side; the other was about the size of a table for a child's nursery, and had four chairs, with heart-shaped backs.  All were made of a warm honey-coloured wood with a fine grain.  There were sheets of paper and an inkwell and quill on each table.  The paper was thicker than the paper back home, and not as smooth, as it was clearly handmade.  Steve moved the quill over and took out his trusty ballpoint pen.

"Hullo, Mister McCloud, Miss Megan, and Miss Kaylee,” said Sam, as he laid a plate of warm gingersnaps on each table.  Frodo brought out a tray with a steaming teapot, a small honeypot, and four small teacups, and one large one. 

Steve had claimed the end of the bench on the end nearest the smaller table, while Sam helped each of the little girls to a chair at the small table.  Frodo poured tea for each of the guests, and then for himself and Sam.  Steve took his tea straight.  He still preferred coffee, and they served it at the Citadel sometimes, but he knew that was a luxury, so he didn't ask.

The girls asked for plenty of honey in their cups.  The whole family had gotten used to hot tea over the time they'd been in Middle-earth.

Kaylee had refrained from squealing with delight at the sight of the table and its surrounding chairs, and now she was rubbing the little chair in which she sat.  "Daddy!  I love this table-and-chairs!  I want one like that!"

Steve laughed.  "Well, I'll see what I can do when we get home, kitten."

Sam had passed around the gingersnaps, and all had enthusiastically praised them, making the hobbit blush bright red to the tips of his ears.

"Since this is really going to be short notice," Steve said, "we should probably not make it very elaborate."

Frodo nodded.  "I agree.  Invitations are being done in person.  It's very odd, but for a city as civilized as Minas Tirith, I have been very surprised they have no official post service."

To be honest, he was surprised that they even had a postal service in the Shire.  He knew that in the USA, official mail had not begun until the late 1700s.  Instead, he just nodded.  "In person is probably better, since it is to be a small party."

Picking up his ballpoint, he added, "Just what is this guest list like?"

"Well, you and your family…that's six.  All of the Fellowship, of course, though we won't count Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey twice, so that is nine.  Lord Faramir, of course, and Master Menelcar will perform for us…ten…"  Frodo paused, thinking.  "Since Éomer and Éowyn are coming, they will likely bring a guard or two, and there will also be a few guards for the King; they’ll probably be selected from Pippin’s company, and Beregond will most likely be included.  That will bring us up to close to twenty…"

Steve blinked.  That was already more than he expected.  He looked at the names jotted down so far.

"We need for Bergil and Sador to come!" Kaylee put in, smiling.  "That way, we’ll have someone to play with!"  She looked at Megan as she spoke.

"Yeah, and the Elves!" said Megan.  "And I want Radagast, too!"

"Of course," Steve said.  "But this list is really pretty long already."  He turned to Frodo as he looked at the growing list.  "Are you certain there will be room for everyone?"

Frodo and Sam both laughed.  "In this big place?" Sam said.  "Why, it's bigger than Bag End, and there's been far more folks than this to some o' the parties held there!  Why, at Mr. Bilbo’s last birthday party afore he left the Shire, there were a hundred-forty-four guests just at the private family dinner!"

"Of course, all of those folks at Bilbo’s parties were hobbits," Frodo said, "except for Gandalf."

He smiled.  “It also helped that Bilbo’s party was held outside.  The smial at Bag End couldn’t have held all those hobbits at one time.”  He paused.  "Perhaps we can do that here.  It wouldn't be hard to put outdoor tables in the courtyard.  We could prepare to put them up after your family gets here, if some of the late arrivals do that afterwards."

Shaking his head with a rueful smile, Steve gave in, wondering how his idea of a small party, consisting of a few friends, had exploded into such an immense crowd.  But the hobbits thought it was perfectly normal.  “As long as it doesn’t rain that day, I don’t see a problem with it,” he said.

They finally rounded off the list with Elladan, Elrohir, and the Prince of Dol Amroth and his family.  Frankly, Steve found himself hoping that at least a few of those invited would decline.  The guesthouse was certainly large, but from all the suggestions for the guest list, it sounded like a huge crowd to him.

The list was double-checked, and now they moved on to the food, which was Sam's purview.  "I'm planning two cakes!  I asked Gimli to arrange for some kegs of ale to be delivered tomorrow, and we'll also have some other drinks and tea and coffee, too.  The cook from the Citadel said as he'd send some along to us.  He told me they'd send along some of those yellow lemons and some sugar, so as we can make some of that lemonade stuff, too."

"I appreciate that, Sam."  Steve gave him a grateful smile.  "Since none of our family drink alcohol, Gail and I especially don’t want our children to.  And if Bergil and Sador are going to come, we want them, as well as our own kids, to have choices besides alcohol, so that none of them will be compelled to drink it."  There had once been a time when having any kind of alcohol around would have made him uneasy, but he knew none of those who were being invited would overindulge.

"We know there will be children present, and we want them to have other choices, too," Frodo said.  "And most everyone coming knows your family's feelings on the subject."  Steve nodded.  After a pause, Frodo added, "Also, we'll have some platters of meats and cheeses, and some bowls of fruit set out.  Once the party's begun, we'll set it all out in the courtyard…"

Once more, Steve found himself amazed at how enthusiastic the hobbits were about planning a party for his wife, whom they had only known a short while.  He decided to relax, go with the flow, and be grateful for hobbit hospitality.

As the planning neared an end, Sam got up to prepare lunch for their three guests, and Frodo asked once more, "Are you sure about gifts?"  The hobbit could not imagine a birthday party with no gifts.

As Steve tried to think of a way to explain that it was not Gail's real birthday, Kaylee popped up before he could say anything.

"It's not a real birthday, it's an Unbirthday!  Like in Alice in Wonderland!  'Cause Mommy didn't get her real birthday!  We were in Lothlórien back then, and didn't know what day it was!"

Steve laughed.  “Yes, my wife’s birthday is actually on March 15--what that month is called here, I don’t know.  And yes, we were in Lothlórien at the time, so we missed it.  But even though her actual birthday is well behind her now, we would like to get her some gifts for this unbirthday, as Kaylee put it, if there’s any way to do so.”  For some reason, Gail's birthday had always been a very big deal in their family, even more so than the children's, ever since Kevin had been little.  Steve was quite proud of Megan for recalling what they had missed this year.

"That would be nice," Frodo said.  But he turned back to Kaylee.  "Who is Alice, and where is Wonderland?"

And Steve was left to ponder how to get his wife a present in such a short time, and to listen with half an ear, as Kaylee went into an explanation of Disney's adaptation of the classic children’s book until Sam returned with a wonderful-smelling meat pie for their early lunch…

-oo000oo-

Joey walked up the seventh level with a large package wrapped in cloth dangling from a string, as he made his way up to the Citadel.  Boromir had sent him off to the cobbler in the Fourth Circle to pick up a pair of boots he had sent for mending.  He passed through the gate to the Citadel, exchanging greetings with a couple of the guards, and a wave to Bergil, who was heading out the gate in the opposite direction on an errand of his own, so they didn't have time to talk.

He went straight to Boromir's quarters, to deliver the boots.  "Hi, Artamir!  Is Boromir here?" he asked the guard on duty at the door.

"No, Joey.  He asked me to tell you when you returned, to report to Lord Faramir's study.  The Captain-General awaits you there," was the reply.

Joey was a little surprised, as that had not been one of the things planned for the day, but he shrugged, and said, "Oh, okay!  I'll just go in and put his boots up, and head on over there."

He went into the room and placed the package with the boots on the wardrobe's bottom shelf.  He would normally have unwrapped them, but since he had been summoned, he didn't take the time.  It might be important.

He darted out and down the corridor, with a wave back at Artamir.  Pages and errand boys were exempt from the "no-running in the Citadel" rule if they were on duty.

The guard there was Mardil, an older Guardsman, and he wasted no time in opening the door and announcing to the Captain-General that his page had arrived.

Joey bowed to both men.  Lord Faramir gave him a small smile as he nodded in acknowledgement of the bow.  Boromir, who was standing behind his brother, grinned at Joey.

"You wished to see me, my liege?" Joey said in response to the grin.

Boromir's smile faded, and his expression grew more solemn.  "There has been a small change of plans for the day after tomorrow, Joey."  He glanced down at the Steward.  "Do you wish to explain it, brother?"

Faramir looked at Joey.  "The King has had some recent news that means that he will need my assistance both tomorrow and the next day.  I was originally scheduled to accompany Éomer King and his retinue as head of the honour guard to the outer gates.  The King has asked Boromir to take my place.  Because Sir Meriadoc will be going along as well, since he is a Knight of Rohan, he wishes for you to go along as well.  Merry will be returning to the City, of course, to remain as part of the honour guard to the remains of Théoden King.  He thought that your company would help cheer Merry."

"Of course, my Lord…but…"  Joey stopped abruptly and his hand flew to his mouth.  You didn't just say "but" to the Steward.  "I'm sorry!" he blurted, and then blushed for his failure of etiquette.

Faramir and Boromir both looked at each other, amused.  But the Steward did not scold his brother's page, but instead said, "'But' what, Joey?"

"Why isn't Pippin going?  Pippin could cheer him up better than me."

"Ah, well, the changes that are made also need Pippin's presence for the next two days.  But I think that deprived of his cousin, you would certainly also lift his spirits."

"Oh.  In that case, I am pleased to serve," Joey answered with another bow.  He wasn't totally sure he needed to bow when receiving an order, but just in case it was better to be safe.  He wondered what it would be that took Pippin from his cousin's side.  But he wasn't about to ask that.  If it was his business, they would have already told him.  And of course, he would do his best to cheer Merry up.  It must be really hard on his hobbit friend to have to hang around a tomb, or to have to keep thinking that King Théoden was dead.  Joey had really liked the King of Rohan, too, and he also felt sad about Théoden's death, for that matter.

Now that the orders had been given, Boromir spoke up.  "I know that tomorrow was to be your day free of duty, but to make up for that, I will say that you may have the rest of this afternoon free, as well as the next day.  Go find your family and enjoy their company for the rest of the day, or play with your friends if any are free.  But we will be leaving early in the morning, so rest well tonight."

"Yes, my liege!  Thank you.  Oh, by the way, your boots are in the wardrobe!  I didn't unwrap them, but I watched the cobbler wrap them up, and he did a good job, and they are shiny as new!"

Now Boromir laughed out loud, and ruffled Joey's hair.  "Thank you.  I know that you always do your duty well.  Now, be off with yourself, and have a pleasant day."

This time, Joey knew it was proper to bow again at his dismissal, so he did so, and then hurried off to follow his orders to have fun and a "pleasant day".

-oo000oo-

Kevin and Pippin strode through the corridors of the Citadel, and spotted Joey up ahead of them headed in the opposite direction, but they didn't call out to him, since they figured he must be in a big hurry on some errand or another.

Kevin chuckled.  His little brother took his duties very seriously, and it was kind of funny to remember what an irresponsible little brat he had been just a few short months ago, and especially when they had first arrived in Middle-earth.  He wondered just how long Joey's newfound maturity would last when they got home.

For that matter, he wondered about himself.  It would be strange to go from being a soldier with lots of responsibilities, some of them life or death, back to being just a high-school freshman with no worries except school and sports and dating and youth activities at church.  How hard is it going to be, to adjust back to our old life? he wondered.

"What are you thinking about?" Pippin asked.  "Your face changed from laughter to serious in just an instant?"

"Just thinking how much we've all grown up since we started out on our journey.  Just look at this mess that Menelcar found!  You can't tell me we would have been included in these plans back in Rivendell!"  He paused, furrowing his brow.  “I’m also wondering what it’s going to be like to go back to our old lives when all this is over.”

Pippin just nodded.  "We've all had things to make us grow up since we left our homes.  And now we have this plot to cheat us hobbits.  I'm glad the King decided to let me be a part of breaking it up.  I'd hate to think of them trying to use Sam; he's as clever as Merry is, but he's also a lot more soft-hearted.  I'm going to make them wish they'd never been born!"

Kevin nodded emphatically, scowling.  He felt just the same.

As they drew near the door, Mardil waved them on in with a "Captain Targon is in there also.  He came right after your brother left, Sir Kevin."

"Thanks," said Kevin, at the warning.  Targon was the captain of the Third Company that both Kevin and Pippin were in.

The two entered the room.  Kevin and Pippin bowed at the others, who were all of greater ranks.  As captain, Targon nodded and told them, "At ease." 

"Be seated, gentlemen," said Faramir, gesturing toward some empty chairs.  "We are waiting for three more people."  Kevin realized that there were more chairs than he had seen before--the Steward must have had them brought in since they had previously been there.

No sooner had they all been seated than there was another knock, and Menelcar along with Legolas and Gimli entered.  At a gesture from Faramir, they took the remaining chairs. 

"Master Menelcar," Faramir began, "would you please repeat your story for those who have not yet heard your information?"

The bard stood and retold his story.  Even without any embellishment at all, he made it sound just as dramatic and serious as it was when he had first overheard the swindlers.

Once they had heard what was going on, there was again a reaction of outrage, especially Gimli snarled out something that sounded very unpleasant in Khuzdul, while Legolas's face became as grim as Kevin had ever seen it.

Kevin, for his part, shook his head in displeasure as he listened, and he could feel his face growing hot.  I wish I could get my hands on those hustlers!  I'd make them sorry they even thought of trying to cheat the hobbits!  He recalled his conversation with Pippin in the corridor.  As Pippin said, we will make them wish they'd never been born!

"Now," said Lord Faramir, "the King and I have no intention of allowing them to get away with this.  The plan is to trap them in the act.  Captain Targon, choose six of your men who are good at stealth, and include Sir Kevin among them.  You will shadow Sir Peregrin tomorrow, as he tries to make the criminals notice him, and witness what occurs, but make sure they give Pippin a chance to draw it all off for one more day.  Intervene only if they try to lay hands upon Pippin himself.  And do not wear livery--you do not wish them to know Pippin is being guarded."

He turned to Pippin.  "Pippin, you will wear your ordinary clothing instead of livery also.  From what Menelcar said, they are only trying to fool you, to trick you into giving them money for some sad tale of woe."

Pippin gave the Steward a cocky grin.  "No worries, my Lord.  Merry taught me all I know about looking innocent.  And I've improved in that, since I can usually cozen him when I want to."  He suddenly modified his expression, making his green eyes huge, sad, and innocent.  For a second, Kevin had a flashback to a particular scene in one of the Shrek movies*, as he recalled the "sad-kitty" look on the face of Puss-in-Boots.  He suppressed a chuckle, as it wasn't appropriate to this meeting, but he'd have to remember to tell Pippin about it later.

"For those who will be keeping watch, do not intervene unless it appears that Pippin is in danger.  Targon, station some of your Guardsmen near enough to overhear the conversation between the connivers and Pippin.  Their witness may be needed when this comes to trial."  After a pause, Faramir continued, "Be alert.  Also, let them know that both the King and I will also be among you.  We, too, will be disguised, so if you do see us and recognize us, do not give a start, or let it slip who we are.  We hope that we will be given some time to plan the capture for the following day, but they may surprise us--if they try to lay hands upon Pippin, then take them captive, no matter what."

"Yes, my Lord," said Targon. He looked doubtfully at the Steward.  "My Lord, I hope that I may honor your trust in me, and in my men, but…well, I have only led warriors in melee during battle.  I have never had to lead others on a task calling for stealth."

"Believe me, Targon, I have faith in your ability.  Now that the war is over, you will have times when you may have other such tasks before you.  Go, now, and choose your men for tomorrow."

Targon nodded.  "May Sir Perigrin and Sir Kevin go with me?  They may have some good advice on the choices."

Faramir nodded.  "They may."  He turned to Menelcar.

Kevin realized that he and Pippin had been dismissed along with Captain Targon, and so the two of them followed him out of the study.  As they were leaving, he heard Faramir speaking to the minstrel.  "You have brought us this plot, so now one more task.  See if you can keep watch over our prey this night, and alert us if there seems to be any changes in their plans…"

Kevin heard no more as the door closed behind them, and he followed the Captain.  He hoped they would be able to do everything that had been asked of them.  Targon was right--this was more like being a cop than a soldier.  But then, sometimes soldiers did have to act as cops in some situations, especially in countries where soldiers had to perform both duties.  He remembered watching Zorro, on which soldiers had the job of keeping the peace and arresting criminals…

-oo000oo-

Joey was glad to have some free time.  Something really odd was going on if Pippin couldn't go with Boromir.  He wondered briefly what it might be.

He knew that both Bergil and Sador were quite busy with errands this afternoon, so he went to his parents' quarters.  A few of the Elves were there, and most glanced at him and greeted him, but his parents and sisters were nowhere to be seen.  Lucy was sitting on Mairen's lap, enjoying being petted by the Elf-woman, but when she saw Joey, she stood up, wagging her tail, and barked at him.

"Your mother has gone to visit Lady Éowyn, and your father as well as your younger sisters have gone down to visit Frodo and Sam," Mairen told him, as Lucy leaped off her lap and ran up to him.  He reached down to pat her absently as he listened to what Mairen was trying to tell him.  "I believe they were having 'elevenses' with them at the guesthouse.  They should be back soon."

Joey straightened his back.  "Oh!  Thanks, Mairen!"  He bent down again and hugged the little spaniel, who licked his face.  "Hey, can I take Lucy with me?"

"Of course, you may, Joey!"

Joey was just about to rush out when Glorfindel, who was at the desk by the window writing a letter, called out, "Joey, your father has told me of the plans.  Please let him know that all of us--"  He gestured at his fellow Elves in the room.  "--will be honoured to attend."

"That's great!  I'll tell him!"  Joey headed out the door, with Lucy at his heels.  She had not needed a leash since they had left the River.  He would go down to the guesthouse and try to catch them.  If they had not left, maybe the hobbits would feed him some elevenses, too.  And if not, then he would likely meet his dad and sisters on their way back.  Maybe they all could have some lunch together.

But he didn't have far to go.  He had barely passed the fountain in the courtyard when he saw his father's lanky form headed in his direction, with Megan perched on his shoulders, and Kaylee skipping at her father's side.  She spotted him first, and shouted, "Joey!" and ran to him.  Steve put Megan down, and she ran towards Joey, while his dad came behind at a slower pace.

The girls were hanging onto Joey, talking over one another, and Lucy was adding to the confusion by trying to lick all three children at once.

Steve glanced at the chaos as he reached them and, shaking his head in amusement, pointed a finger at Lucy.  "Sit," he said firmly, knowing that this was something the Elves had taught her well.  Lucy gave a little whimper, but immediately sat down and was still, all except for her tail.

"Girls, your brother is probably working, though I don't know why he has Lucy with him?"  He said the last word like a question.

"My liege gave me the rest of today and all of tomorrow off, since I won't have my day off the day after tomorrow, like I was supposed to.  So, I was coming to find you, 'cause Mairen told me you'd gone to see the hobbits, and she said it was OK for Lucy to come, too!"

Steve grinned.  "Sounds like a good idea to me.  Your mother is visiting with Lady Éowyn this morning.  Kevin is on duty, and Jennifer is likely still sleeping after her night shift.  So, what would you munchkins like to do now?"

"D-aa-d!" Joey whined.  He was too old to be one of the "munchkins" anymore.  But the whine was just for show; he didn't really mind that much.  

His dad laughed.  "All right, two munchkins and a young man," he corrected himself, with a wink at Joey, who snorted, and then grinned.  Kaylee and Megan giggled.

"Can we go see the horsies?" asked Megan.  "I love to see them!"

"Yay!" Kaylee added, bouncing on her heels.  "It's fun to watch them!"

"That's a great idea!"  Steve nodded, smiling.  "They will be training this time of day!  The horses and the guardsmen and all!"

As Steve considered the soundness of this proposal, a voice from behind said, "A visit to the horses and the training yards is always a worthy diversion."

The small group turned to see Lady Éowyn and their mother, who was trying to hold her laughter with her hand over her mouth.  "Are you surprised?" she managed to ask while snickering.

Just then, Joey's stomach gave out a rumble worthy of a hobbit.  He blushed.  "Dad, I haven't had lunch yet," he said with dismay.

Steve laughed, "Well, your little sisters and I did have lunch, but I bet we could be forced to eat a little more.  Why don't we get a basket from one of the kitchens?"

Joey and Kaylee took on the task of going to the nearest Citadel kitchen, where they asked for a luncheon basket.  The kitchen staff were used to such requests, especially when there were guests in the Citadel.  One of them took two baskets down from a shelf, one rather large, the other much smaller.  She loaded the larger one with two stone bottles filled with lemonade, and some cheese, and some fruit, and they put several of what the McCloud children called "cookies", and everyone around them called "biscuits".  The biscuits were crisp and flavoured with cinnamon and other spices.  Joey took the larger basket and Kaylee took the smaller, and they set off to re-join the family.

There were some benches set at random around the corral, to discourage watchers from sitting on the rails.  The group claimed one, and watched as the big horses were being led around the ring.  Apparently, the activities had just begun for the day.  There were six huge horses being led by squires who were older than Joey, and mostly younger than Kevin.  Three grizzled older Guardsmen were overseeing the preparations.

The family and Lady Éowyn shared the bench and passed the occasional tid-bit down to Lucy.  Joey, Kaylee, and Megan did most of the passing, but Steve was also guilty, and once Éowyn "accidentally" let a morsel of cheese drop.  Gail rolled her eyes, but didn't say anything. 

"Oh!  Look, Daddy!  Look, Mommy!  There's Kevin!" squealed Kaylee, bouncing on her seat.  "There's Kevin!"

"Do not call out to him or interrupt him," warned the Lady of Rohan.  "He must keep his mind on his steed.  They are tilting at the quintain."

Sure enough, Kevin was next in line, mounted on his faithful horse Bron.  Three of the other Guardsmen had gone before him, and there were two others behind him.  In the middle of the corral was a large post.  A large post was set in the ground, and another post was set atop it, making a T-shape, and from one side hung a small leather bag stuffed with something, and from the other hung a small wooden shield-shape.  The person in front of Kevin took off at a signal from his Captain and rode forward, with his spear held out.  Quickly, that Guardsman aimed and struck the shield.  As soon as he did, the upper part swung around.  The leather bag came at him, but he leaned out.  It grazed his shoulder, but missed his head.

As soon as that rider cleared the area, Kevin took off.  He, too, hit the target shield, and tried to duck the leather bag.  It came at him, but clipped him on the ear; next to Joey, his mother caught her breath.  Kevin shook his head a little and raised his left arm, nodding to let everyone know he was alright.

When the two remaining Guardsmen behind Kevin had taken their turn, both of whom had hit the target and cleared the bag, they all dismounted and went to the other side of the corral, where grooms appeared to lead the horses away, while another servant passed each of them a ladle of water from a bucket.  A few, Kevin included, also poured some of the water over their heads.  Then at another signal from Targon, the six men drew their swords, paired up, and began to spar on foot.

Targon was watching them carefully.  It was practice, not a real battle, so they were fighting more carefully than they would have in battle.  But all were well-armoured, so they did not have to hold back very much.  Once in a while, Targon would pick out a pair to approach and speak to about their stance, or to show them a more effective stroke.  After about fifteen minutes, he would halt them and have them change partners.

Joey had often watched his older brother fighting since Kevin had come to Minas Tirith, and especially since they’d been reunited in Cormallen, and he knew what they were doing.  He thought Kevin had gained a lot more skill since he had watched him in Cormallen.  Of course, back then he'd been newly recovered from his injuries during the Battle at the Black Gate, but Joey still thought he was doing well.  He reminded himself not to cheer loudly.  He didn't want to distract them.

He grinned up at his dad, who was also watching intently.  "Dad, Kevin's really doing good."

Steve grinned back.  "I've watched him once or twice, and I think he's improved a lot.  I tried to learn to sword fight in Rivendell and Lothlórien, but I was terrible at it.  I was a lot better with a crossbow.  Still am, for that matter."

Gail, on the other hand, had been gasping at every blow, and even cringing.  Eówyn put her hand on Gail's hand.  "Do not fret, Gail.  He's doing very well, indeed."  She glanced back at the match.  "Oh, Kevin!  Well struck!"  She, too, kept her voice low.

The Guardsmen once again switched, and began fighting with different partners.  Suddenly Targon called, "Hold!"  One of the older Guardsmen had dropped to the ground on one knee.  All the other Guardsmen gathered around, and Targon spoke to the fallen man, then he helped him to stand.  Two other men, one of them Kevin, supported him, and the men walked away, the injured man limping.

Targon turned to the observers.  "Guardsman Beleg is all right!" he announced, and then waited for the cheers to die down.  "He took a step backwards and twisted his ankle.  But he will be fine soon."

That’s a relief, Joey thought.  But now that he’s hurt, that means he’s out of the game.  Does that mean Kevin and that other guy have won?  Will they compete with each other now?  Or will another soldier take that that man’s place?  Wonder what the prize is, and if there’s a first, second, and third place for the winners?

But it did appear that the practice was over for the time being, at least for Kevin's Company.  The remaining Guardsmen from the Third Company dispersed, and the Guardsmen of another company came in.

"Is that all?" Joey asked aloud.  "Who won?  Who gets a prize?"

The Lady Eówyn laughed.  "This was practice, a regular part of their duty--there is no prize for practicing one's skills.  Sometimes the Companies have special events, with prizes for winners.  But this was not such an occasion today."

“I see.  So, the soldiers here have fencing tournaments,” Gail said. 

"Uh, no," Steve said, as he noticed their friend from Rohan looking puzzled.  "The sort of swordplay they have here is with broadswords.  Fencing is a different sport altogether."

Gail blushed.  "I just thought a sword was a sword."

"Not all swords are the same," Steve said.  "Fencing swords are much thinner and lighter, and meant for a different sort of swordplay.  They were once popular as a weapon in our lands, especially at sea.  But nowadays, back home, they are mostly used only for sport."  Gail nodded thoughtfully.

The family and their guest decided to head for the kennels, which were quite near the stables, and find out if the grooms would allow Lucy a chance to mingle with the Citadel's dogs.  It wouldn't be the first time--guests or even those who lived there were allowed to spend time there when their owners were otherwise occupied.

"Oh, that would be great.”  Joey grinned.  “Maybe Lucy can see Oromë!”  The old sighthound had been the shared dog held by Boromir and Farimir as young men, when they were first learning to hunt.  Now the old dog spent most of his days in the stables sleeping, though the brothers often visited their old pet as often as they could.  Boromir often sent Joey to take the old dog treats, and Joey would take Lucy with him when he could.  She liked to play gently with Oromë when he had the energy to do so, or to curl by his side and lick his ears when he wanted to sleep.

Gail stopped as they walked.  "Wait!  I know we are close to the kennels from here, but it's getting late enough that Jennifer might be awake.  Why don't we see if she is, then we can ask her to join us?"

"But that's out of the way, Mom!" Joey complained, pouting.

"It's not that far out of the way."  Steve knew that Gail tried to take every possible chance to get the entire family together.  She had not expected her three oldest to be filling adult roles, with actual jobs.  While she was immensely proud of them (as he was, as well), she sometimes resented the times when they were busy with their responsibilities.  Not that she'd complained to the children, but she did vent occasionally to him.  They turned towards the Houses of Healing, where Jennifer's dormitory was located.

As they headed in that direction, they actually saw Jennifer, who was on her way to the Citadel.

Joey reacted quickly. He put two fingers to his mouth and let out an ear-splitting whistle.  "HEY, JENNIFER!"

She turned, surprised, and started in their direction.  “Hey!  What have you been doing?” she asked, upon joining them.

“We’ve been watching the soldiers practice,” Gail told her.  “They’re very good.”

“They sure are, aren’t they?” Jennifer agreed.  “So, what’s up?”

“We’re going to stop at the kennels and see if the grooms will let Lucy spend some time with the dogs of the Citadel,” Steve said, "and your mother thought you might want to join us, if you have time."

She gave her dad a hug, and then her mother.  "Sure!  I see Lucy's going, too!  Doggy playdate."  She laughed.  At home, that's what they'd called taking the little dog to the dog park.  She'd only been a puppy then.  After Jennifer greeted the rest of her family in turn, she smiled at Lady Eówyn.  "I am glad to see you as well!"

Eówyn smiled in return.  "Please, Jennifer, we are friends!"

The group headed back towards the kennels.  When they arrived there, Joey leaned over the fence.  “Please,” he asked the groom, “can Lucy go with us to play with the other dogs?”

The groom laughed.  “I see no reason why Lucy can’t play with the other dogs.  Their training is done for the day now.”  He nodded and gestured to Joey, who picked the little spaniel up.  When she saw where they were headed, she began wriggling in his arms.  Once Joey placed her over the fence, she made a beeline for Oromë.

“Hey, what’s going on?”  Whirling around, they saw Kevin approaching them.

“Lucy’s playing with Oromë,” Joey said, grinning.

“Oh, is she?”  Stopping next to his little brother, Kevin watched Lucy playing with the older dog, a fond smile creeping across his face.  For the next several minutes, they all watched the two dogs playing together.

“I thought you were on duty,” Jennifer finally told Kevin.  “What’s going on?”

“Oh, I have an errand to Lord Elessar,” Kevin said.  “I can’t stay here much longer, though; I’ve got to finish my errand to the King.  But when I saw you, I did want to catch up with you all first.”

Steve nodded.  “I can certainly understand that sentiment, son,” he told Kevin.  “But if you don’t want the king to start wondering what’s happened to you, you’d better finish this errand he’s sent you on.”

Kevin nodded.  "I just have a report from Captain Targon to deliver.  I'll be free after that.  I have no night duty for the next two days, as I have another assignment during the daytime."  He thought for a moment.  "I was going to the mess hall for supper afterwards.  You can all meet me there, and we could have dinner together."

The family agreed, and Kevin trotted off.

A short while later, the family met in front of the mess; Lucy had been taken back to the Citadel.  Having finished his errand to the king, Kevin caught up with Joey, who was on his way there.  Lady Eówyn had left, for she was to meet Faramir and have dinner with him and his father and brother.

The mess was not busy.  The day shift had finished their meals, and the evening shift would not be in for a little while longer, so Kevin and Joey found their little group at one corner, and the two brothers and their father went to collect food and plates for them all, serving their mother and Jennifer first, and then their younger sisters.  As soon as the boys and Steve had taken their seats, the family bowed their heads, joined hands, and silently prayed, and then after a moment, Steve silently signalled, ‘Amen,’ with a squeeze of his own hand.

The meal was simple: bowls of brown beans, fresh bread, some green onions, and a bowl of fruit.  It was plain, but filling.  While they ate, the family caught up with one another, for it had been a long while since they had all been together at one table for a meal.  

Jennifer told of her stint in the children's ward in the Houses of Healing.  "I really enjoyed working there," she said.  "I might choose to work with children as a specialty someday.  If I ever decide to become a doctor when I grow up, maybe I’ll become a paediatrician.  I loved working with the babies, but I felt sorry for the older ones who had…injuries."  She looked at her parents; she had not said much about the boy who appeared to have been abused, but both Steve and Gail had understood her hints, and so had Kevin.  Joey didn't quite catch the gist, and it passed right over Kaylee and Megan.

"Mommy," asked Kaylee, "do you think maybe we could go visit the poor sick children?  Do you think it would be okay?"

"That's a very nice idea, Kaylee, but we would have to find out if that's allowed."  Gail looked over to Jennifer.

Jennifer looked thoughtful.  "I don't see why not, but there are schedules and stuff.  I'm sure Dame Ioreth would know whether and when it would be all right.  You could ask her.  She knows everything."

Gail nodded.  Then they filled Kevin and Jennifer in on the plans for the street fair that would be held for the benefit of the new orphanage.

They talked a little more, and then Steve led the family in a brief devotional before it was time to part company.  The two oldest children separated and went to their own quarters, and Joey trotted off to Boromir's quarters, so he would be there in the morning to serve the Captain-General.

-ooo000ooo-

Some of the character names are from Dreamflower's "New Reckoning" series, and also a round-robin story by the Pippinhealers.group, "To Sleep, Perchance to Dream," which is found on Stories of Arda (though Targon plays a slightly different role in the latter story than in the first ones).  Dreamflower.

A/N: *The movie to which Kevin refers is Shrek 2.

A/N: [6-20-23] Due to a glitch, a large portion of this chapter was accidentally deletedWe have edited it to put in the missing informationPlease read this chapter over if you’ve read it before Chapter 105 comes upWe are sorry for the inconvenienceWe really are not sure how that portion of this chapter disappearedThank you, KG and DF!

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Ringsbelongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

A/N:  One of the things that KG asked me (DF), when we were going to partner in this story, was that we try to include my OC, Mendelcar, who appears in my story “Chance Encounter”.  I agreed.  Therefore, you may see bits of that story quoted here and there in the next few chapters.  Those are from my own story, so be assured that if you see something you recognize, it is not plagiarized.  Thank you.  DF and KG.

Chapter 104: The Unbirthday Song, Part 1

Gail looked in the mirror as Mairen finished tucking her hair into a net, over which the Elf-woman then pinned a pillbox-type hat.  It was one of the new styles in Gondor.  One of the women in charge of the clothing for guests in the Citadel had sent it to her.  Gail had mostly been wearing the Elvish styles, which did not include hats.  She looked at it dubiously.

"I'm not used to hats at home," she said.   Except once in a while, a baseball cap for when I go to the kids' games.  And rarely on special occasions… she thought.

"Nor am I," Mairen said, breaking into Gail’s thoughts.  "But I must say, it looks attractive.  It shows off your face."

With a pretty blush, Gail smiled her thanks.  "Do you think so?  I suppose it's the style; I've seen it on other ladies on the streets lately.  Well, if you don't think it's ridiculous, I'll wear it.  If Princess Lindiriel doesn't laugh at me, it will be all right.  It is kind of cute."

Gail took her cloak and hung it over her arm.  The spring weather had been fickle as of late, so while she didn’t need her cloak at the moment, she couldn’t be sure that the temperature wouldn’t suddenly drop or the breeze change direction while she was out.

Mairen had already finished getting herself ready, as she would be going with Gail.  Steve had offered to stay with the younger children today.  

The two women went to the common room.  Avor was waiting to escort them, and Steve was playing with Kaylee and Megan.  Joey, who had a day off, was also there.  He had come to their quarters while Gail was getting dressed.

They had been talking, but when Gail came into the room, it was suddenly silent.  They all stared at her, Steve with pleasure.

After a few seconds, Joey exclaimed, "Mom!  I never saw you in a fancy hat before!  Just hats in the winter to stay warm back home."  He shrugged.  "Well, winter caps, anyway."

Gail laughed.  "I know, right?  But when I was a little girl, I always wore a frilly hat to church on Easter, as did my mom and grandmother.  People don't really do that much anymore."

"Some of the older women in our church still wear them every Sunday, mostly those in their eighties or nineties," Steve added.

Gail nodded.  "Well, wearing hats is a style that may come and go, but being late is never in style.  We need to go.  We don't want to keep the Princess waiting."  She dropped a little kiss on each of her children's foreheads, and one on her husband's lips, a modest one, as Mairen and Avorn were there.  Elven couples very rarely showed affection in front of other people.

"Good-bye, sweetheart," Steve said.

"I'll see you later.  Don't forget, we are having dinner with the hobbits this evening."  Gail hoped that they wouldn't get too wound up while she was gone.  Kaylee and Megan giggled.

"Be good for your daddy, kids; I'll see you later!"  And off she went.

As the door closed behind Gail, Steve and the children gave sighs of relief.  "Well, she didn't seem to have overheard our scheming," Steve said.

"What's 'skeemin', Daddy?" asked Megan.

"Plotting and planning secrets, baby," he answered, with a chuckle.  "We need to get ready to go ourselves."

-oo000oo-

Jennifer had asked if it was all right to bring her friends Lalaith and Firiel to help with the party, and the hobbits all thought it was a wonderful idea.  The two girls would be working that evening, so they thought they could spend the morning with Jennifer, helping her, since they would not be able to attend the party.

First, they had gone with Sam to the street market.  While Sam picked up some special food items he wanted, the three of them had picked up a lot of flowers that Frodo had ordered ahead of time.  They had just arrived back at the guesthouse from the market, and were going to put them into buckets of water when Jennifer heard some familiar voices calling her name.

"Jennifer!"   She heard two familiar eager squees.

She turned and saw Kaylee and Megan rushing into her arms.  "Hey!  Pumpkins!" she said, as she hugged them back.

Steve and Joey arrived at Jennifer's side more slowly, but just as happy to see her.  Her father gave her a one-armed hug.  It's good to see you, kitten, and you as well, Lalaith and Firiel."

Jennifer's friends smiled and greeted Steve with a very small curtsy.  "We are sorry that we cannot attend the party tonight," said Lalaith.  Firiel nodded in agreement; she had only met Jennifer's father once and was shy.

"So, what can we do to help?" Steve asked.

"Well, you and Joey can ask Frodo over there…"  She pointed at the hobbit, who had just come out of the house with Boridhren, Corunir, and Olon, three of the Elves who had traveled with them from Rivendell.  "...what needs doing, and Kaylee and Megan can help us with arranging these flowers."  She pointed at the three large baskets of cut flowers that the girls had put down when they noticed Steve and the children arriving.

The little girls heartily approved of that, excited to be able to help the "big girls" with all the pretty flowers.  And Steve and Joey sauntered over to where Frodo was explaining what needed to be done.

As Jennifer led her little group of helpers into the house with the flowers, she briefly overheard Frodo explaining to his volunteers what their task would be: "...and if you can bring the trestles and boards from the storage building in the back and stow them against the side wall, so they will be easily accessible to put up the tables tonight…"

The girls entered into the house.  There was a table in the front hall, and they were surprised to see Raendir arranging some vases on that table.  There was a large pitcher of water, and two or three vases already there.

"Rudolph!" squealed Kaylee and Megan in unison, pleased to see one of their favourite Elves.  The Elves were not often in the quarters they shared with the McClouds, preferring to leave before sunrise and not arriving back until late at night, and very often not returning at all if the weather was pleasant, preferring to spend the night under the stars.

Raendir laughed at the children's epessë** for him, as the little girls ran towards him.  “I am glad to see you, too, Kaylee and Megan.”  He patted Kaylee’s shoulder and ruffled Megan’s hair.

"We've come to help with the flowers," said Jennifer.

"I will be most glad to accept your help," said the Elf.

He sent Jennifer to fetch a few more vases and asked Firiel to fetch another pitcher of water.  Lalaith was given the task of trimming the stems of the flowers, and Kaylee and Megan were set to sorting out the blossoms by colour.

In the kitchen, Firiel found two more pitchers by the large kitchen sink and used the hand pump to fill each one, while Jennifer found three more vases on the smaller worktable.  At the larger table, Glorfindel was carving fruits and vegetables into fancy shapes, and Radagast was tending a pot of soup at the hearth.  Sam gave Jennifer and Lalaith a grin of a greeting from his spot at the small table, where he was rolling out pastry.  The two girls quickly grabbed the items they'd been sent to get and returned to the front hall, not stopping for conversation. 

Soon they were busy filling the vases with irises, roses, lotus, impatiens, narcissus, poppies, lilies, and peonies, a riot of colour.  The scent was almost overwhelming.  Kaylee and Megan were given the two smallest vases and left to their own devices. The five girls worked quietly, filling the vases.  Raendir did not direct the girls in any way, but instead just allowed them to do their tasks unhindered.  He only reached out once, when Megan almost tipped over the vase she was working on, to steady it.  She gave the Elf a shy smile and whispered, "Thank you."

"You are most welcome, young Megan," was his quiet reply.

Shortly they had a dozen lovely flower arrangements, no two alike, lined up on the hall table.  There were still a few flowers left.

"It seems a shame to waste those flowers," said Jennifer wistfully.  "But there aren't any more vases."

Raendir nodded.  "I could find no others."

"I have an idea," said Lalaith.  "Do you suppose there is any ribbon here?  We could make a posie for your mother—I noticed some wisteria in bloom growing on the wall by the front gate.  We could cut a few of those to fill it out, if you think it would be all right."

"We could ask Master Sam.  He would know if we could cut some of the blooms," replied Raendir.

Sam did think it was a good idea, and he loaned them a pair of "big-size" kitchen shears—"Seeing as they're too big for the likes of me,"—and a length of twine—"as we got no ribbon 'round here as I know of."  He accompanied them outside to the wall where the wisteria bloomed most thickly.  He directed them to the clusters that would stay fresh the longest.  With a few snips, they had enough to add to the flowers they already had.  When they finished, Sam directed them to an empty shelf in the cold cellar to put all the flowers until time for the party.  The small arrangement they had made for Jennifer's mother, she carefully tucked into an empty stone jam jar with water.

Then the girls were given some napkins to fold.  Steve and Joey, along with the Elves, had finished stashing the table parts in a way that would be easy to set up, once guests had arrived, when Sam announced lunch.  It consisted of a hearty vegetable soup that Radagast had made, and some bread that had been made the day before.

Once all had eaten to their hearts' content, Steve's family took their leave, so they could get back before Gail returned, and then get ready for the "dinner" they were going to attend that evening.

Jennifer said farewell to Lalaith and Firiel, as both girls wanted to take naps before their evening of work, and she went back to their quarters in the Citadel to get ready for the real event: the party!

-oo000oo-

Gail smiled when she saw that they were approaching the Dol Amroth townhouse.  She found herself disappointed that Éowyn could not join in the meeting.  She had been so interested in helping with the fair, but of course her uncle's funeral was a priority.  Today she would be busy getting ready to leave in the morning for Rohan.  But the sound of the two Rohirric warriors who walked behind her and Mairen with their burden reminded Gail of the generous gift that Éowyn and Éomer had donated.  It was a very generous gift, indeed.

Princess Linderial greeted Gail and Mairen cordially.  But she looked with curiosity at the two men who followed, carrying a large wooden chest between them on two poles.

Gail gestured to them as they lowered their burden to the floor in the entryway.  The two men stood back, and Gail introduced them.

"My lady, this is Éothain, son of Éodred, a Marshall of Rohan, accompanied by Danulf, son of Danhelm.  Éodred is also cousin to King Éomer and Lady Éowyn.  They have brought with them a gift of great value, which can be sold to provide more funds for the benefit of the orphanage."

Princess Landiriel acknowledged the introduction, and the two men stepped forward to bow, with their fists on their hearts.  "My Lady Lindiriel, we present this on behalf of our nation in the hopes that they will bring comfort the children of Gondor who lost their families to war," said Éothain.

Danulf stepped back, and Éothain continued.  "Here is the saddle and tack of Snowmane, the noble steed of Théoden King.  Snowmane lies buried on the field of battle here in Gondor," he said.  "It is fitting that the saddle he bore remain here, where he died.  This is the wish of our King and his sister."  Éothain hesitated.  "Oh, and the saddle has been thoroughly cleansed of the stains of war."

Lindiriel gasped.  "This is indeed a kingly gift, and the price it brings will be of great benefit to the many children that are in need."

The two declined Linderiel's generosity to remain and take refreshment, and bid their farewell.

The Princess summoned a couple of footmen to carry the chest and its contents to the strongroom in the cellar, and she gestured for Gail and Mairen to join her in the sitting room, where other ladies who had offered their help with the fair awaited, so that they could begin to finalize the details of the fair.

-oo000oo-

Kevin had been paired with Beregond, who had replaced Beleg after he had sprained his ankle during training the day before.  As they reached the gate to the Sixth Circle, other members of the team split up and began to enter the street and lose themselves among the various people who were about their morning business.  He and Beregond headed out at Captain Targon's signal into the spring sun. 

"Remember," Kevin told Beregond.  "In the crowds, Pip's going to look like a kid about nine or ten years old.  But he has curly reddish-brown hair, not black hair like most of the Gondorian kids."

Beregond nodded.  "A good point, Sir Kevin.  We should not walk too closely together.  The halfling will have a head start on us." 

The two spread apart, so they didn't seem to be together, and began to keep an eye out for Pippin.  It was not until they reached the busier streets of the Third Circle that they spotted him.

Kevin watched as Pippin strolled through the streets with his hands in his pockets.  The hobbit was keeping his expression one of wide-eyed curiosity, but Kevin knew he was also keeping on the alert for the Men that Menelcar had described.

The street was fairly deserted.  A shabby and disreputable-looking figure leaned against a wall, seemingly lost in thought.  Across the street and not too far away, two Men were talking rather loudly.  Kevin could hear what they were saying, and he was sure that Pippin could hear them, too.  Sure enough, his friend paused nearby.

"I am very sorry," said the shorter of the two figures, in a whiny sort of voice.  "But if you wish to have the employment, you must start right away.  I need workers I can depend on—not someone who will take off at the drop of a hat."

"But it is just for a brief while, sir.  My poor children need to be brought home."  The other person, slightly taller, sounded pitiful.

"You will be there, or I'll find someone else to do the job."  The first figure walked away.

Kevin saw Pippin stop to look in the window of a shop selling cloth.  Another Man, this one rather a large fellow, approached the Man who remained.  It was clear that the hobbit was trying to listen.

"Well, Minastir, have you the money?" he asked roughly.

"Not all of it, I am afraid.  And I am not certain if I can accompany you to Lossarnach.  My new employer is reluctant to give me leave."

The new Man sneered.  "Well," he said loudly, "you need all the money I asked for, and then some, if you want me to bring your family back without you along.  I have told you I am no nursemaid, and I'll have to hire one if I do this for you."

Kevin shook his head.  This guy was not as good an actor as the first one.  He sounded rather stilted.  In fact, he thought, he sounds rather like a local car salesman in a hokey ad!  He rolled his eyes at the thought.

"I am leaving in two days’ time.  You will let me know before then if you have the coin."  He walked off with a swagger.  He came in Pippin's direction, and as he passed the hobbit, he glanced at him briefly.  There was an unpleasant smile on his face, but he quickly moved on.

Now the taller Man was standing alone, the very picture of dejection.  He brought his hands up to his face and began to weep.  He slowly staggered along, and also came in Pippin's direction, bumping into him.

Pippin had been prepared for something like this and carefully schooled his expression before turning around.  Kevin wondered how Pippin was going to handle this situation.  He shuffled just a little closer so he could hear better.

"I'm sorry, child!" the Man exclaimed.  "I didn't see you."

"That's all right, sir," Pippin replied politely, putting out a hand as if to steady him.

The Man looked at him and feigned amazement.  "Why, you are no young boy!  You are one of the pheriannath!"

Pippin nodded.  "Peregrin Took at your service and your family's," he replied.

"Sir Peregrin?  The Ernil i Pheriannath?"

"The very same.  And you are?"

"Minastir, son of Castamir," he replied sadly, "the unhappiest of Men."

"Why, whatever is the matter?" Pippin asked curiously.

Kevin bit back a grin.  This ought to be good!

"Alas, it is a long and sad tale," was the woebegone reply.

"Please tell me.  Perhaps I can help."

Here we go, Kevin thought.  I hope the man takes the bait.

"I am a carpenter, not a warrior, but when the City was threatened, I thought I should remain to be of what help I could.  I sent my four little children, and my wife, who was expecting our fifth, in the wains of refugees to Lossarnach, where they could stay with my widowed sister and her own little ones.  I missed them very much, but was expecting word any day now that they were returning.  My former employer was slain in the siege, and so I sought a new place, and was just two days ago engaged.  I am to start tomorrow.

”But only yesterday," he continued, "I received word that my poor wife died delivering our new little daughter, and my sister cannot keep the children much longer, as she has mouths of her own to feed.  I wished to go and fetch them, and a travelling merchant was willing to take me there with him for a fee.  But now my new employer says I must start work now, or lose my position.”  He sighed.

”And if I do not go myself, the merchant will increase the fee, as he says he is not a nursemaid.  I have only a very little money, and I simply do not know what to do.  If I do not take the job I am offered, I will have no way to keep the children when I get them here.  Alas, my poor little ones!  I do not know what is to become of them."

Kevin watched, as Pippin looked sympathetic.  "I am so sorry to hear of this, Minastir.  But perhaps I can be of help, if it is only a matter of coin.  How much do you think you might need?"

The Man looked at him, with an expression of dawning hope. "Why, originally, I was to pay fifty silver pennies.  But now the merchant has doubled that."

Pippin smiled.  "Why, as to that, the King gave me a hundred pence when I was knighted.  I have it right here, as no one ever seems to take my money for anything.  I would be happy to know that I could help your poor children be with you again.  There is nothing worse than children with no family to look after them.”  Pippin pulled out his money pouch.  "You are certain, then," he continued, "that this money will enable you to bring your children home to you?"

It sounds way more than enough, thought Kevin.

"Oh, Sir Peregrin!  They will bless your name forever!"

"Because, you know, I could ask the King for more."

What's Pippin up to now?  Why did he bring that up?  Then Kevin realized—Oh, he's trying to slow things down.  We want to catch them all, and not just this guy!

The Man's eyes glittered briefly, before he schooled himself to a more sombre expression.

"Well," he said slowly, "for the same amount again, I could also send for my widowed sister and her family.  Then my poor motherless babes would have someone to care for them as I worked."  He looked at Pippin out of the corner of his eye.  His mask briefly slipped, and Kevin could see the greed, though it quickly passed.

Pippin nodded.  "That's true," he said sympathetically, and then he looked as if an idea had just come into his head.  "I've an idea!" Pippin said eagerly.  "Why don't I just ask the King to send for your family?  Then it would not cost you a thing!"

Kevin was once more surprised.  What on earth is that hobbit doing?  He then grinned when he saw the man's brief look of alarm.  Of course, that was the last thing the guy would want!  

"No, no, that's not necessary.  I would not wish to trouble him so far.  I am sure that the money is adequate.  I do not like to think the King himself would be troubled by my little family."

"So, then, do you think you might need anything more?"

Minastir gave him a sharp look and narrowed his eyes.

Oh, no, he’s suspicious, I can tell, thought Kevin, who then watched as Pippin schooled his face into its sweetest and most innocent expression.  It reminded Kevin of the great big eyes of Puss-in-Boots in one of the Shrek movies.***  The hobbit added an engaging and charming smile, and saw the Man’s brief suspicion fade.

"I am sure that will be enough to take care of everything, my lord."  The Man sounded humble and sincere.

"Well," Pippin said, "I will see you tomorrow at this time and place, then.  I'm so glad I can help your children."

After more bows and effusive thanks, the man walked off.  Pippin watched him disappear, and then turned and very briefly gave a smile, before he walked on, soon vanishing down a side street.

Kevin caught up with Beregond, and both headed back up towards the Citadel.

-oo000oo-

A/N: We did make some changes to the timeline for "Chance Encounter" to accommodate this new story, which is slightly AU.

*You can find an example of this hat as the site Rosalie's Medieval Woman in the section "Filets, Circlets, and Torques" (https://rosaliegilbert.com/headwear.html).

**Epessë [FROM TOLKIEN GATEWAY: “Elven Customs” (https://tolkiengateway.net/wiki/Elven_customs#Ess%C3%AB) and “Epessë” (https://tolkiengateway.net/wiki/Epess%C3%AB)]:

The epessë or the "after-name" was the fourth type.  The after-name was given later in life (not necessarily by the Elf's kin), as a title of admiration and honour.[1] In some circumstances, the epessë was chosen by the Elf himself or herself.  A typical example for an epessë is Galadriel.  Galadriel is the Sindarin rendering of Alatáriel, the latter being the Telerin epessë originally given to her by Celeborn, meaning "Maiden Crowned by a Radiant Garland".  (From “Elven customs”)

Epessë, Quenya for after-name, is a nickname or honorific given to an elf at some point in his or her life.  It is one of the anessi, or given names, of High Elves, along with the father-name and amilessë ("mother-name").[1]  The epessë was a public name, and the person it was given to sometimes adopted it as one of his or her actual names.

An example is Gil-galad ("Star of Radiance"), which was the mother-name of the last High King of the Noldor.  His father-name was Rodnor.[2]  Upon becoming king he was given the epessë Ereinion ("Scion of Kings") and called Ereinion Gil-galad.[3] (From “Epessë”)

***Puss-in-Boots first appeared in Shrek 2, and has subsequently appeared in the other sequels and and TV specials, and two spin-offs of his own.

A/N: Due to a glitch, a large portion of Chapter 104 was accidentally deletedWe have edited the last chapter to put in the missing informationPlease read that chapter over, if you’ve read it before this chapter came upWe are sorry for the inconvenienceWe really are not sure how that portion of the chapter disappearedThank you, KG and DF!

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings​ belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

A/NOne of the things that KG asked me (DF), when we were going to partner in this story, was that we try to include my OC, Mendelcar, who appears in my story “Chance Encounter”I agreedTherefore, you may see bits of that story quoted here and there in the next few chaptersThose are from my own story, so be assured that if you see something you recognize, it is not plagiarizedThank youDF and KG.

Chapter 105: The Unbirthday Song, Part 2

Steve glanced at his kids as they finished up their soup and bread, as prepared by Radagast.  Kaylee and Megan seemed to look tired; in fact, Megan was droopy, ready for a nap.  And they all needed to get ready for the party later in the day.  It was time to gather up his brood and head up to the Citadel.  That way, they would have some time to rest and relax before they went down to the guesthouse.  He just hoped that Gail would not arrive back before they did.

“Well, kids,” Steve said, as they entered the Citadel and made their way to their own quarters, “I do believe it’s time for all of us to rest.  We want to be bright-eyed and bushy-tailed when it’s time to go to the party, so we ought to have some quiet time before your mother gets back.”

Jennifer started to speak, before a huge yawn interrupted what she was going to say.  “I think you’re right, Daddy,” she said. Turning to her little sisters, she said, “I think maybe I could use a nap.  How about you?  You don’t want to be too tired to enjoy the party when it’s time to go back to the guesthouse.”

Kaylee yawned in her turn.  “No, I don’t.”

As soon as they entered their quarters, Jennifer turned to Steve.  “I’ll put Kaylee and Megan down for their naps, Daddy, and then I’ll stay with them.  I might even fall asleep, too; I'm not adjusted from coming off the night shift."  She added, "I brought my dress for this evening with me, so I won't have to go back to the dormitory."

Steve smiled his thanks.  “You do that, sweetheart.  When we wake up, we’ll start getting ready to go.”

Jennifer herded Kaylee and Megan into their bedroom and into their beds; in a few minutes, they were fast asleep.  Jennifer curled up in the bed with her little sisters together, and sang softly as her sisters drifted off, and then she did the same.

As soon as they left the room, Joey asked Steve what they were going to do.  “Do we really have to nap, too?” he asked, making a face.  “I’m not sleepy, and I haven’t done anything to make me tired yet.  Can’t we stay up and do something?”

“Give me a few moments to decide.”  Steve cleared his throat, and the two of them sat down on the settee.  "What do you usually do when you have a day off from your job?"  He had often wondered what Joey did with his spare time now that he had no video games or television to occupy his time.

"Well, usually I get together with Bergil and Sador, and we wander around the town and try to help people.  Once in a while, they pay us, but mostly we just do it for free.  If they aren't around, I do other stuff.  Sometimes, if Lord Boromir doesn't need me, I go and visit some of the patients in the Houses of Healing.  Or sometimes I find other kids to play with.  If they are playing games, sometimes I can join in with them."

"What sort of games?" Steve prodded.

"Usually tag—only they call it tig—or kick-the-ball, or…oh!  I know!”  Joey’s face brightened.  “Back in Rivendell one day, Pippin and Merry showed Kaylee and me how to play a game called 'Stones'; hobbit kids like to play that.  You take some small stones and throw them up in the air and try to catch them on your hand.  Well, it turns out Gondor kids play it, too!"  He reached into the pouch on his belt and brought out another small bag.

"I have some stones here to use to play with, since the right kind of stones are sometimes hard to find!  You want to learn how to play, Dad?  I’d much rather play a game than try to sleep!”  He grimaced.  “We have to sit on the floor to play it.  Would you mind that?  Sitting on the floor, I mean?"  Joey wasn't sure if his dad would really want to sit on the floor.  He didn't do that as much as he used to.

Steve laughed.  "I am not all that old and decrepit yet."  So, the two of them slid off their seats onto the carpet in front of the settee.

Joey poured his stones on the floor.  "You pick up one, to start, and toss it up and try to catch it before it hits the floor.  If you miss, it's the other person's turn, but if you catch it, you do two, and then three all the way up.  I only have twelve stones, so that's as far as you can go.  If you are really good at it and don't miss at all, then the other person still gets to have their turn.  If you are really good, you can try to catch them on the back of your hand.”

As he watched Joey play, Steve silently chuckled to himself.  It was the same game as jacks, which he had often played at recess as a kid.  It was a more primitive version, played with stones instead of metal playing pieces.  He watched silently as Joey got all the way up to eleven stones before he missed one.  Steve found he was rusty, but he still made it up to four, before missing one.

I guess we can pass on the nap, he thought.  Joey doesn’t really need one just now, and neither do I.

As he passed the stones back to his son, he casually asked, "So, what kind of things do you do to help people when you go around the city?"

"Well, mostly help people carry things, or maybe clean up things.  One time, we helped a couple of sisters with a sausage shop, named Dess and Paniel.  They were trying to fix it all up by themselves, because it had a lot of damage from the siege…"  Joey frowned as he missed on eight.  "Shoot!  Your turn, Dad…"  He shoved the stones over and continued.  "So, we helped them with it.  We even helped them put up a big beam!  Boy, was it heavy, but the four of us did it!  They were trying to get the shop fixed up before their brothers came back from the war.  Anyway, they gave us some sausage to try out.  It was really spicy, but good.  And best of all, they donated a bunch of their sausages to the Houses of Healing for the patients…"  Joey continued to chatter on during the game about a few of the things he had been doing when he was off duty.

On the next round, Joey reached all twelve, finally, and Steve had reached seven, when they heard the door to the apartment open.

Steve dropped his stones to greet his wife, as she and Mairen entered.  He stood up.  "Gail."

Joey was up on his feet more quickly and raced to give his mom a hug.  He also politely said, "Hello," to Mairen.

“Greetings, Joey,” Mairen said. 

"So, where are my girls?" Gail asked.

"They are in their room, napping.  Jennifer is with them,” Steve answered.  "I didn't want them to be too tired to enjoy dinner with the hobbits tonight.  Jennifer seemed a little tired as well, so she's likely asleep, too.  At least we haven't heard a peep from her since she put them down."  He smiled at his wife, as Mairen silently went to check on the girls.  "How did your meeting go?  Is the fair coming along well?"

Gail smiled.  "Rohan made a very generous donation!  The saddle that King Théoden's horse had been using during the battle in which he died was a real work of art.  It was covered with decorations of silver and gold.  They donated it to the committee to be sold so that the proceeds could be used for the orphanage.  It was decided to auction it off during the fair.  That will make the most money for it."

"That's wonderful!" said Steve.

"Well, Lady Éowyn had told me they decided to do that, since they will be leaving tomorrow to prepare for the funeral.  She said they will return around midsummer to take the King's body back to Rohan for burial in their own land."

"Was there any other business?"  Steve had been sorry to miss the meeting, but Gail had been the most involved in the meetings and plans for the fundraiser.

"Mostly just finalizing the plans we had already proposed.  We've got the locations locked down, and all that’s left is to begin making everyone aware of the event.”  Gail smiled ruefully.  “I had not thought before of how different it would be to publicize things in a world without TV, radio, social media, or newspapers.  But they do have means of using 'criers' and flyers, but they call them broadsheets, and of course, there’s word of mouth.  Gossip is a very important means of communication here," she added, with a chuckle.

As his parents were talking about the details of the fair, Joey gathered his stones up and stashed them in their pouch.  Then he got bored.  He waited for a brief pause in the conversation to interrupt his parents.  "I have some stuff to do to get ready for this evening, Dad.  Can I go now?  All my clothes and stuff are back in Lord Boromir's rooms."

Steve and Gail exchanged a glance, and Steve gave a nod.

"Make sure that part of the 'getting ready' includes a bath, Joey," his mother added.

"And be back to walk down with us well before sunset,” added Steve.  “Keep track of time, son!  Be back as soon as you can."

Joey nodded.  "I will.  OK, well, love you!  See you later!" and he hurried off.

-oo000oo-

Kevin had watched after the Men who had left.  His job was to keep an eye on Pippin, so he kept following the hobbit.  He knew that a few others in their squad would be keeping an eye on the suspects.  He followed Pippin as he spent a few more minutes wandering around, and then changed direction and began turning back to the upper levels, picking up his pace.  Kevin kept pace, but did not approach his friend until after the hobbit had entered the courtyard of the Citadel.

When Pippin started up the steps to the Citadel, Kevin finally joined him, grinning.  "Well?  How do you think it went, Pip?" he asked.

"I think he believed me," Pippin said with a grin, as they entered the building and headed for Lord Faramir's office.  

"I believed you, and I knew you were not fooled," was Kevin's response.  "You should get an Oscar!"

"What's that?" Pippin asked.

"Oh, it's an award they give back home to people who are really good as actors," Kevin answered.  He didn't bother going into details which would just make the hobbit ask more questions.  When we go home, I want to find out if any of the Lord of the Rings movies won any Oscars, he thought.  Maybe the man who played Pippin in those movies won one!  He bit back a grin at the thought as he gave Pippin a sideways glance.

The two of them entered the office and found that most of the men had arrived.  Only Torondor slipped in a moment after, and he went to speak to Faramir.  They spoke quietly and then Torondor joined the others.  

"Torondor had word from the King," said the Steward. "He, too, was following Pippin in disguise, but he will not be joining us here.  Torondor conveyed the King's message that all went well, and that he is still following our quarry.  He said to carry on with our reports." 

"Captain Targon, would you begin with the reports?" he added, and then listened to each of their reports in turn.  He called on Pippin last.  "Good work, men.  I know that many of us have elsewhere to be this evening.  Good job!" he said with an approving smile, and dismissed them all.

As they left, Kevin winked at Pippin.  "I certainly have somewhere else to be," he said.

"Indeed, I think I need to be in the very same place, too.  I'll see you this evening," Pippin said with another grin, hurrying off.

Kevin watched the hobbit scurry off, and then hurried off to the bathhouse that most of the guardsmen used.  He had to clean up and change clothes.

-oo000oo-

Kevin's hair was still damp from his bath, but it was neatly combed as he made his way to the guest quarters his parents and the Elves were occupying.  He knocked and was greeted by Joey.  Both of them laughed at each other, since they had chosen to just change to their nicer livery. 

"I see you have the same problem I do," Kevin said to his little brother, grinning.  "All I really have these days is my uniforms and one outfit I was wearing earlier today.  It was no longer clean enough for tonight."  Tramping around today in the dusty streets following Pippin meant his only set of "civvies", as he thought of them, were no longer fit to wear to a special occasion.

Joey laughed and nodded. "Yeah, no kidding!  I do have my play clothes, but they're in the laundry right now.  Plus, they aren’t really the kind of thing to wear to a…”  He shrugged.  “You know."

Their father had overheard the exchange.  "Glad you got here, son.  We really should do something about your wardrobe--for both of you, actually.  But your mom and I will need to find out who we can go to for such things here!"

"Where's everyone else?"  Kevin asked.

"The Elves have mostly been and gone.  I expect they are already down at the Six Circle guesthouse.  And our females are all getting their last-minute primping done."  Steve lowered his voice slightly in case Gail came out of their room unexpectedly.  "Don't worry about the gifts and so on," he said.  "Glorfindel has them with him."

Before he had a chance to say anything more, the door to Steve and Gail’s bedroom swung open, and Gail stepped into the room, followed by her daughters.  “Is everybody ready?” she asked.  She wore the same dress as she had worn in the morning, but over it she had added an embroidered surcoat.  Instead of the hat she had worn in the morning, she wore her hair loose, and had a small silver circlet over her hair.  

Jennifer had put on the blue dress she had worn for the Coronation.  She wore her hair mostly loose, except for one small braid hanging down beside her left ear, wrapped and tied with pale blue ribbon.  Kaylee and Megan wore the pretty white dresses they had been given in Lothlórien.

Steve grinned.  "Well, aren't you all a pretty sight!"  His eyes sparkled with pride at the sight of his wife and daughters.

Just then they heard the toll of bells ringing out over the city.  "It's almost sunset," Joey exclaimed.  "We should probably start down!" 

"We really shouldn't keep hobbits waiting for a meal," added Kevin.  "They might eat without us."

"No, they wouldn't!" Kaylee exclaimed.  "Hobbits always share!"

"Mostly," giggled Jennifer.  "Kevin was just teasing, anyway."

Steve held his left elbow out to his wife, and she laid her hand on his arm.  Kevin held out his arm to Jennifer, who imitated her mother, but Joey held his younger sisters by their hands, and the family made their way out of the Citadel.

The sky had begun to deepen from the pale blue of day to lavender and indigo, and a few stars were beginning to sprinkle the horizon.  They made their way in silence, enjoying the view and the early evening breeze.  They strolled past the White Tree in the courtyard, and the Guardsmen stood silently around it; in the dusk, the tree was more like a dark silhouette of black lace.

It wasn't far from the gate to the lower level, and the guesthouse was the first on the street.  It appeared very quiet as they approached.  But there were lights in the windows, and the gate in the stone wall was wide open.  

At the door, Steve knocked.  Frodo himself opened the door, just enough to see who it was.  He smiled and gestured inside.  "Please, welcome."  Then he flung the door wide.


Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings​ belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

A/N:  One of the things that KG asked me (DF), when we were going to partner in this story, was that we try to include my OC, Menelcar, who appears in my story, “Chance Encounter”.  I agreed.  Therefore, you may see bits of that story quoted here and there in the next few chapters.  Those are from my own story, so be assured that if you see something you recognize, it is not plagiarized.  Thank you.  DF and KG.

Chapter 106: The Unbirthday Song, Part 3

"SURPRISE!" came a chorus of voices.

Gail gasped at the size of the crowd inside.  What on earth?

"A very happy Unbirthday, Gail," Frodo added, as he stood aside for the family to enter.

Steve ushered his family inside, enjoying the expression on his wife's face; she was bright red with embarrassment, and her eyes were wide with astonishment, while her jaw had dropped as fare as it could go.

Steve looked down at Frodo with a wink.  "Actually, it is two Unbirthdays, Frodo…"

Frodo (who of course had not forgotten, as this had already been arranged in Kaylee’s absence) turned to Kaylee and bowed.  "And also, a very happy Unbirthday to you, Miss Kaylee!"  Kaylee’s eyes widened as she gaped at him, looking bewildered.  She had not recall missing her own birthday at all.  She looked up at her father in confusion.

"It seems," said Steve, "that you also missed your birthday when we were in Lothlórien, Kaylee!"

"I did?"  Kaylee looked up at her father, confused.

Gail, who had by now recovered from her own astonishment, turned to remind Kaylee, "Yes, baby, your birthday is only a few days before mine.  But we didn't really keep track of the days while we were in Lothlórien."

Frodo smiled at the little girl.  “It wasn’t only your mother’s birthday we were preparing for, Kaylee.”  He gestured inside.  “Come on in.”

As they entered the guesthouse, the clamour of voices was nearly deafening.  There stood Frodo, Sam, Merry, and Pippin, grinning at them like there was no tomorrow.  And there were Gandalf and Radagast and Legolas and Gimli, and most of the Elves who had come from Rivendell, including Mairen--and Aragorn, and Faramir, and the King of Rohan and his sister, and Beregond and Bergil and Sador, and Elladan and Elrohir and several of the soldiers from Pippin's company, and Éomer and Éowyn, and some of their riders, including Haleth.  “Sador!  Bergil!”  With a broad smile, Joey waved at the other boys; grinning, they waved back.  Somewhere there was the sound of a harp, Menelcar's harp, though they couldn't see him in all the throng.  Frodo grinned, and ushered the McCloud family into the crowd, to join the festive chaos.

Gail looked up to see Merry, Pippin, and Gimli bringing in the low table from the kitchen, with a lovely and huge cake on it.  Kaylee and Megan jumped and squealed with joy at the sight of it.

No sooner were they all inside than Kevin turned and said, "I'll be back shortly," as he joined several of the guardsmen and Elves and Rohirrim as they headed back outside.

"Where are they going?" Gail asked Steve.

"Well, the guest list was so much larger than we expected that the food will have to be served outside in the courtyard.  They've gone to set up the big trestle tables out there," her husband answered.

Menelcar, it turned out, was standing with his harp on the stair landing, and he started to play a lively Shire air.  Pippin ran up the stairs to join him where his fiddle awaited him.  And one of the Rohirrim followed him with a flute.  And everyone looked surprised when Aragorn also mounted the stairs.  On the landing, there was a large hourglass-shaped drum.  The King took it and sat on the top step with it between his knees and began to keep the time with his fingers. 

Gandalf, who had made his way next to the McClouds, smiled.  "That is a drum such as the Easterlings use.  It is something he picked up on his many travels in his youth."  The wizard smiled down at Joey.  "Did I not hear that you were also to be a part of the music?" he asked.

Laughing, Joey laughed also darted up the stairs, where he sat down next to Aragorn and pulled out his harmonica.

“Are they gonna play ‘Happy Birthday’ for Mommy and me?” Kaylee asked.

Steve laughed.  “Well, why don't we just wait and see what happens?"  He ruffled her hair and pulled her into a brief hug.

By now, toes were tapping.  The musicians had begun to play the air known as Southfarthing Brawl, a dance done in a circle that didn't need partners.  Frodo grabbed Gail by the hand, and then Kaylee by his other hand.  Gimli found himself next to Steve, and Steve, Jennifer, and Megan were pulled in; Gandalf, and then Legolas, and then Éowyn and Faramir came to join in, and soon everyone else found a spot in the circle, as the music grew faster and faster.  Bergil grabbed Jennifer by one hand, and Sador grabbed her other; Steve, for his part, found himself between Kaylee and Gimli.  There were so many people there that a second circle was started to hold everyone else.  Everyone was puffing hard when it finished.

The musicians played several more toe-tapping Shire melodies, and then Menelcar and Pippin sang.  They sang some old Shire songs, and Menelcar and Pippin finished the song about "Princess Mee", and then Pippin spoke up.

"Mistress Gail, Kaylee, Merry and I have a song we made just for the party.  Merry made up most of the words, and it is set to the tune of 'Down the Green Hills'."

Pippin and Menelcar played just a bit of a sentimental air, a favourite in the Shire with fiddlers and pipers alike, and then Pippin stopped and began to sing, his voice so clear and sweet.

"The Road has brought us ever on
A long and winding way,
And step by step it led us on
Through fire and flood and dark and dawn
Further from home each day.

"Of the world's beauty and sorrow
There is much we can tell,
And through darkness and through shadow,
We have fought to find tomorrow,
And hoped all would be well.

"No matter how far we would roam,
Together or apart,
When we struggled on all alone,
Our dreams were always of home,
For there we kept our heart.

"Where the Brandywine meanders
Down through the rushes green,
In rills and ripples wanders
On past all the gentle splendours
Of every rustic scene.

"Where the scent of summer clover
So sweetly fills the air,
And the bees through fields of heather
Over open blossoms hover
On warm mornings so fair.

"Oh, there is much we can admire
Here in this world of Men.
But we will find our heart's desire
On down the Green Hills of the Shire;
We will be home again."

Pippin's green eyes glistened when he finished, as did most of the listening guests.  Gail moved closer to Steve, and he put an arm around her shoulders and pulled her into his embrace.  The song was so touching.  She glanced over to where Frodo, Sam, and Merry stood.  Both Frodo and Merry also had tears in their eyes, and Sam was outright crying, with tears running down his face. Merry, who stood next to him, handed him a handkerchief, and Frodo on his other side reached over and patted him on the back.

After the song ended, Menelcar waited for a moment, and then to lighten the mood, began another song, a comic song about a young Man trying to court a farmer's daughter, while all along the lass saucily denied him.  Soon there were chuckles and tapping toes once more.

When the minstrel had finished his song and the laughter had died down, he held up his hand and said, "The children of Mistress McCloud have planned a special treat for their parents.  Would Sir Kevin, Lady Jennifer, Master Joey, Miss Kaylee, and Miss Megan please join us here?"

Kevin had returned a short time after the singing had first begun.  He cricked a finger at his younger siblings and gestured, and the children followed him up to the landing, as the musicians moved to the side, and they arranged themselves with Kevin, Jennifer, and Joey, who lined up behind Kaylee and Megan.

Jennifer bent down.  "Are you sure you remember the words?" she asked the little girls in a whisper.

"I do," said Kaylee.

Megan nodded her head, but then said, "I think so."

"Do your best, sweetie," whispered Jennifer.  "You'll do fine."

Kevin cleared his throat, and then said, "These are songs that were sung at our parents' wedding.  I hope they like hearing us sing them."  He turned to look at his younger siblings, and when they nodded, he began to sing acapella:

“You may think that I'm talkin' foolish.

You've heard that I'm wild and I'm free.

You may wonder how I can promise you now

This love that I feel for you always will be…”

Then the other children joined in as the song continued, and finished with the last of the chorus:

“Oh, darlin', I'm gonna love you forever.

Forever and ever, amen.

As long as old men sit and talk about the weather,

As long as old women sit and talk about old men.

If you wonder how long I'll be faithful.

Well, just listen to how this song ends.

I'm gonna love you forever and ever.

Forever and ever, amen.

I'm gonna love you forever and ever.

Forever and ever, forever and ever.

Forever and ever, amen."*

When the applause from that song died down, the five of them began the second song they had rehearsed as a surprise for their parents:

“He is now to be among you,

At the calling of your hearts.

Rest assured this troubadour is acting on His part.

The union of your spirits here has caused Him to remain,

For whenever two or more of you are gathered in His name,

There is love...”*

As the song continued, Gail looked at Steve, her eyes glistening with unshed tears of joy, and whispered, "Did you know they were going to sing these songs?"

Steve shook his head.  "I knew they were going to sing," he whispered back, "but not which songs."

When they had finished the second song, the young singers came back down the staircase, as the musicians began to play another lively song fit for dancing.

“Kids, that was beautiful!” Gail said, her tears still in her eyes.  She hugged each one of them.

“It certainly was,” Steve agreed.  “Thank you so much.”

“You’re welcome,” Kevin said, smiling.  “Glad you liked it.”

Megan grinned up at her parents.  "I din't forget any of the words, even the hard ones!"

Gail chuckled and gave her youngest daughter another big hug.  “You sure didn’t, sweetheart!  Good job!”

After another dance, the first musicians took a break, and were supplanted by other performers.  Several Elves went up to the landing and began to sing as Legolas took out the shepherd's pipes, which he had made in the Golden Wood, and began to play a lovely Elven melody.

Elladan and Elrohir went up to the landing, where one took over Strider's drum, and the other borrowed Menelcar's harp.  Pippin put his fiddle aside and came down to get some refreshment.

Near the ale cask, Gimli stood with Gail, Steve, and Éomer and Éowyn.  "This is a lively gathering," said the King of Rohan.

Gimli chuckled.  "Hobbits really know how to throw a party!  Even when taken unawares, they are first-rate hosts, and when they have time to plan, they excel at it.  Old Bilbo was famous for his parties.”

Legolas started in on a lively Shire tune, another dance song, that Pippin had taught him, and the twins followed his lead.  

Laughing, Merry shouted, "Let's have the Tangle Dance!"  He pulled on Gail's hand, while Frodo grabbed Jennifer.  Grinning, Pippin grabbed Steve, and Sam took Kaylee by one hand and Megan by the other.  Kevin (whom Pippin had warned about the dance) asked for Lady Éowyn's hand, and then Joey took the other.  Gandalf (who recognized the tune) grabbed someone else’s.  Others joined in, as Merry led them in the Tangle Dance.  Soon even more guests were pulled into a circle.

As the music continued, Merry stooped to go between the arms of two other dancers.  "Don't let go!" he shouted, as he began to lead them into a large human knot.  All were laughing as they tried to hold their places.  Megan let out a squeal of laughter as Aragorn inserted himself on her other hand and lifted her high in the air.  Finally, all were so tangled up that they could scarcely move, much less dance, and the whole tangle fell apart as the music stopped.  Everyone was breathless when the Tangle broke apart.**

No sooner was the dance ended, that Sam announced that the food was ready outside in the courtyard.  There were two long tables set up on trestles, with benches and chairs set out along both sides.  The table was laden with food, and two immense cakes had pride of place, one in the centre of each table.  Gandalf gave the signal for the Standing Silence, facing West.  Standing silently with the others, the McClouds held hands and used the moment for their own silent prayer.  Soon after the food was being passed, and all were busy feasting, until it was time to slice and serve the cakes.

Before the cake was cut, Jennifer called for attention.  Then she lifted Megan to stand atop the bench on which they had been sitting.  "This whole party was Megan's idea, and she has one more song:

“A very merry unbirthday

To Mommy,

To who?

To Mommy

Oh, her.

 

“A very merry unbirthday

To Kaylee,

To who?

To Kaylee,

Oh, her.”*

Joey joined in, as Jennifer sang the rest of “A Very Merry Unbirthday”.  When they had finished, Megan grinned and looked up at her big sister.  "More?" she asked.

Jennifer laughed.  "One more time," she announced, "and this time, everybody join in!"

And so, they did, with mixed results, as only a few had memorized the words.  The Elves, of course, were perfect.

Kaylee giggled.  “Guess this was better than ‘Happy Birthday’ would have been!” she said to her mother.

“Well, since this isn’t either of our real birthdays, I’d say it was,” Gail agreed, laughing.

The cake was delicious, and the children and Pippin all had more than one serving.  “All that’s missing is ice cream,” Joey said at one point.  All too soon, though, it seemed, most of the guests began to take their leave.  The Rohirrim were the first to go, for they would begin their solemn journey to Edoras on the morrow.  Faramir also left, for he wished to spend a bit of time with Éowyn before she departed.  Lord Elrond's sons came over and gave the McCloud family a courteous bow before they left.  They would be leaving along with the party from Rohan.

Soon, the only guests remaining were the Fellowship, and the Elves and Radagast, who had accompanied the McClouds from Rivendell.  Gail thought the party was nearly over, for the celebration had lasted far longer than she had thought it would.  She'd been expecting a small dinner party with just the hobbits and Gandalf, Gimli, and Legolas, who also lived in the guesthouse, not this big party.  Now she was very tired, and she could tell that Kaylee and Megan were flagging; even Joey looked to be drooping a little.  But Frodo forestalled her. 

"Your husband has told me of the customs of your land when it came to birthday presents, that it was the custom for the byrdings to open their presents at the end of the party, unlike hobbits, who have their gifts on the day before.  I realize that this is an 'unbirthday' to make up for not having your celebrations on the right days, but some of us have gifts for you now."  Sam stood behind Frodo, holding a basket covered with a cloth, and when Frodo lifted the cloth up, a wonderful smell came out.  "This is our gift for you and Kaylee, Mistress Gail, but we made enough of these for the whole family,” Frodo added.  "The shortbreads are from me.  Sam made the gingersnaps, Merry made the Bucklebury Cakes, and Pippin made the jammy dodgers."

As Gail and Kaylee thanked the hobbits, Gail took the basket from Sam and then held it out for all the family to sniff.  Glorfindel stepped forward.  "It is the habit of Elves to give items we find in nature, and to enhance them in some way to make the gift special.  This gift is for you, Gail."  He placed a small bundle tied with an embroidered cloth upon the table.

Gail reached over and untied the knot at the top.  She could recognize Mairen's needlework.  There was a lovely, polished quartz stone, which had been carved in the semblance of a niphredil in full bloom; it was enhanced with a bit of silver gilt here and there.  It had been carefully mounted on a base of carved driftwood from the river.  It seemed to slightly glow.

“Thank you so much!  This is lovely,” Gail told Glorfindel, with a pleased smile.

Glorfindel bowed.  “We all are pleased that you like it, Gail McCloud.”

Then he put a smaller item, also wrapped in Mairen's handiwork, next to it.  "Kaylee, this is for you."

Eyes wide, Kaylee opened her gift.  This stone was a polished pale green gem, with a faint marbling of grey; it looked like a carving of a young dog.  It suggested Lucy, but with an Elvish air about it, and it, too, glowed.  "Wow," Kaylee breathed in awe.  "I love it!"

Radagast smiled.  "I enchanted it so that it will glow somewhat brighter in the dark of night," he said, "and the colours will softly change for you according to your mood."

Kaylee smiled.  “Thank you, Glorfindel and Radagast.”

Glorfindel smiled back.  “You are most welcome, Kaylee, on behalf of all of us.”  He ruffled her hair, and she hugged his waist with her left arm, since her right hand was hugging the gem.

Gimli blushingly gave Gail a lovely chain of silver clearly of his own forging, and to Kaylee, he gave a little brass puzzle box that he had made for her.  "It will take you a while to open it, but I know that you are persistent enough to figure it out," and he winked at her.  Giggling, Kaylee thanked him, and so did Gail.

Legolas gave Gail a beautiful large flawless seashell, and to Kaylee, he gave another smaller one.  "I found these on the shores of the sea at Belfalas before we took ship to Minas Tirith."  He smiled.  "If you hold them up to your ear, you will hear the sea singing to you."  Kaylee immediately held hers up to her right ear.

“I hear it!  I hear the ocean!” she squealed.

Gail held her seashell up to her own ear.  “I hear it, too, sweetie,” she told Kaylee, smiling.  Indeed, it seemed to sound even more melodic, and yet real, than the seashells of their own land.  Song of the Sea, indeed! she thought. 

Radagast pulled out a small wooden carving from seemingly nowhere and passed it to Kaylee.

"It's Lucy!" she squealed and held it close.  "Oh, I can't wait to show it to her!  Thank you, Radagast!"

And then with a flourish, he also brought out another carving for Gail, a larger carving of one of the Great Eagles.  He handed it to her. 

“There are eagles where we come from, too,” Gail told him.  "But they are nowhere near as large as the Eagles you have here!"

“Yes, and the bald eagle is the national bird of our country,” Steve added, "although this is clearly not a bald eagle.  I don’t suppose you have those in Middle-earth."

"No, but the Great Eagles are among the Free Peoples, and are the servants of Eru," Radagast answered, "but never have I seen an Eagle that appears to be bald."

“Their heads are covered with white feathers.  That’s why they appear to be bald,” Steve said.

"True.”  Gail nodded.  “Well, at any rate, I shall cherish this one.  Did you carve these sculptures by hand, or are they magic?"

Radagast blushed, but with a smile, he nodded.  "They were both carved by my very own hands, from a fallen branch of lebethron."#

Gail nodded.  Must be an Elvish tree, she thought.

Now it was Gandalf's turn.  Not to be outdone by his fellow Istar, with a pop and a puff of coloured smoke, he brought forth two leather pouches, engraved with leaves, one slightly smaller than the other.

"And these are for you, my ladies," he said with a twinkle in his eyes, as he gave an exaggerated bow.  "These pouches are enchanted so that you will never be able to lose them!  Even if you have misplaced them, they will manage to find their ways back to you!"

Joey giggled.  “Will they fly back to Mom and Kaylee?”

Gandalf chuckled.  "Let us just say that they will always show up again, with their contents intact."

Gail laughed, exchanging a look with Kaylee.  “Thank you, Gandalf.“  Kaylee echoed her mother’s thanks.

Finally, the King came forward, and with a flourish, removed two wooden boxes from his belt pouch.  First, he handed a long narrow box to Gail, who lifted the lid to reveal a silver necklace, with a silver pendant carved with an image of the White Tree that hung from the chain.  To Kaylee, he handed a flat square box that contained a silver bracelet with a little charm of the White Tree.  Steve helped Gail to put on her necklace, and Kevin helped Kaylee to fasten her pretty bracelet on her left wrist.

“Thank you!” Kaylee said, smiling, holding up the wrist that her new bracelet was fastened around.

“Yes, thank you,” Gail added.  "It's beautiful!"  She glanced down at Kaylee’s bracelet.  “They both are!"

Gandalf glanced over to see that Megan was nearly asleep as she curled up in her father's arms.  "Many blessings on your 'unbirthdays', my dears, but I do believe it is time for our festivities to end,” he told Gail and Kaylee, and Gail and Steve nodded in agreement.  “May you be blessed with beautiful dreams tonight."

“I can’t wait to show my presents to Uncle Ryan and Aunt Janet!”  Kaylee took a hop and a skip.

Gail laughed.  “I’m looking forward to showing them my presents, too, when we get home, sweetheart.”

Sam stepped forward.  “Here is a smaller version of your Unbirthday cake, to take back to the Citadel with you.”  He handed Gail a platter on which stood a family-size version of the cake they had all munched on during dessert.

Gail smiled.  “Thank you, Sam.  We’ll enjoy it.”

“We certainly will,” Steve agreed.

The family went out, accompanied by Aragorn at their side, his guards following behind, as he walked with his guest back up to the Citadel.  Only Kevin was aware of why they were staying close by, and that two of the eight guards were not following as well. 

-oo000oo-

The two figures, who had been surreptitiously watching the guesthouse from behind the white walls of the courtyard, drew back.  "Min," said a whiny voice, "that fancy party was what all the coming and going has been about!"

"I think you're right," said Min.  "I'm glad we will be finishing this up tomorrow.  We will not need to drag it out.  Tomorrow, we finish with those halflings and leave town with our takings." 

They crept off, also failing to notice they were being followed.

-oo000oo-

A/N

*Credits for the songs are as follows:

The song Pippin sang was written by Dreamflower (me, DF) for my story, "Chance Encounter," found among my Stories of Arda fanfiction archive.  DF.

"Forever and Ever, Amen" is a song written by Paul Overstreet and Don Schlitz, and recorded by American country music artist Randy Travis.

"Wedding Song (There Is Love)" is a title of a 1971 hit single by Paul Stookey of Peter, Paul, and Mary.  The song—which Stookey credits to divine inspiration—has since remained a popular choice for performances at weddings.

"The Unbirthday Song" (music and lyrics by Mack David, Al Hoffman, and Jerry Livingston), was written for Disney's 1951 animated film, "Alice and Wonderland".  It has been re-written a few times for other Disney productions.  The version here was slightly re-written to fit with the McCloud family's story.

**The last dance described in this chapter is a popular dance common at events in The Society for Creative Anachronism, where it is known as "The Tangle Bransle" (pronounced "brawl").  It is often used as a "Shire dance" for the hobbits in Dreamflower's fanfiction universe.  DF.

#A tree that grew in Gondor; little is known of it, except that it was generally dark or black in colour, and beloved by the woodworkers of that land.  The staves given by Faramir to Frodo and Sam were made of lebethron wood, as was the casket in which he brought the Crown of Gondor to the coronation of Aragorn.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings​ belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

A/N:  One of the things that KG asked me (DF), when we were going to partner in this story, was that we try to include my OC, Menelcar, who appears in my story “Chance Encounter”.  I agreed.  Therefore, you may see bits of that story quoted here and there in the next few chapters.  Those are from my own story, so be assured that if you see something you recognize, it is not plagiarized.  Thank you.  DF and KG.

Chapter 107: Show Yourself

Joey was sleeping so deeply that he wasn't even dreaming when he was awakened by a persistent hand shaking his shoulder gently but persistently.

"Master Joey, it is time to rise," said the low voice of Boromir's personal servant, Labadal.  "Remember that you and Lord Boromir are to accompany the King of Rohan and his sister as they depart the City this morning."

With a nod, yawning and stretching, Joey sat up and glanced at Boromir's luxurious bed on the far side of the room.  His liege was still snoring soundly.  He jumped from his bed, ready to scurry to the washstand and wash his face before getting into his good livery.

"Sir Pippin has other duties this morning for the King, so he will not be here this morning," Labadal told him.  "I will help you ready the Captain-General for the day."  Joey nodded.  Pippin usually helped with Boromir's armour, but the hobbit had already mentioned to Joey about having to ride out of the City at the party the night before.

Joey was quickly dressed and ready by the time Labadal had laid out Boromir's clothes for the day.  Joey went to the wardrobe and fetched out the newly repaired boots that he had brought back from the cobbler the day before.  Then he went over to the armour stand to make sure everything was ready.

By the time Labadal had gone over to the huge bed and was drawing back the bed hangings, Boromir was already awake and sitting up in his bed.  "Good morning, Labadal," the Captain-General said.  "And to you also, Joey.  I see you are already prepared for our solemn duty this morning."

Joey nodded.  "I hope I’ll be able to cheer Merry up, like the King wants me to do."

Boromir ruffled Joey’s hair, which he'd not had the chance to comb yet.  "I have no doubt in your ability to cheer Merry, Joey.  You have a good heart."

Blushing at the praise, Joey was relieved at the knock on the door.  He hoped it was breakfast, a sentiment his master echoed.

"Ah, breakfast!" said Boromir.  "In spite of the hobbit feast last night, I am famished!"

Joey grinned.  “It sure was good, wasn’t it?”

Boromir’s eyes twinkled, and he grinned back.  “It certainly was.  Hobbits are excellent cooks.  Remember how well Samwise fed us on our long trek South?”

With a smile, Joey nodded his agreement, and then the servant from the kitchen rolled in a table that was laden with porridge, fresh bread, and fruit, as well as a steaming teapot and all that was needed to eat the meal with.  They sat down together, after facing West (while Joey silently prayed, By Your hands, we are fed.  Thank You for our daily bread.).

They ate silently and quickly.  They had planned to meet the Rohirrim at the stables before the first bell rang, signalling the sunrise.

-oo000oo-

Jennifer told Firieth all about the party as the two of them made their way to the low building that was part of the House of Healing.  This was, like the rest of the buildings, made of white marble, and there was a long colonnade held up by pillars, lined with marble benches. There was a young man seated on one bench, and an elderly woman with a girl not much younger than Jennifer and Firieth seated on another.  It was not so large as some of the other buildings, but it had wide windows.  The shutters were wide open to the light summer breeze, as they entered the double doors to the large room inside. 

Inside the ward, they were pleased to see Healer Adenel, and a young man with her.  She greeted the girls warmly as they approached her.  That ward was a place where those whose illness or injury yet did not likely warrant a stay in the Houses, but did need the care of a Healer, if only briefly.

"Firieth and Jennifer, this is Healer Thorongil,” Healer Adenel said, nodding toward the young man beside her.  “He has recently completed his apprenticeship."  He greeted the girls with a nod and a smile. 

"Thorongil, this is Lady Jennifer, who comes to us from the far land of Or Egon, and this is Firieth of Dol Amroth."

"We shall open the doors to our patients in just a few minutes," Thorongil said.  "We get all sorts of cases.”

“Sometimes there is an emergency that actually needs to go up to the surgery or the wards for a longer stay, but most of the time, we are able to treat the illness or injury here and send them back to their home," Healer Adenel added, and Thorongil nodded.

She showed the girls where the large cabinet where the bandages, salves, and other medicine were kept, and explained where to put soiled bandages.  "It will be your job at the end of your duty to take the basket to the laundry."  

The senior healer swept an arm to indicate the last two walls.  There were folded screens dividing twelve stations, each with a cot and two chairs.  "Those are the stations where we serve the patients.  We need to open the screens before we let the patients in.  Not all of them, though; it is early, so we shall just open four of them for now."

The girls nodded.  "Yes, Healer Adenel," they chorused, with a bow of their heads.  Both were familiar with the privacy screens, for they were used elsewhere in the Houses of Healing.  They went to them and unfolded each one at a time; it took both of them to pull each screen into position so that it would shield the area to the front and part of the sides.  The screens were not heavy, but they were large enough to be awkward for just one person to do.

There was a large white table in the centre of the room, and the two healers were busy setting out their tools and supplies.

When four of the screens had been opened, Jennifer asked, "What do we do next?"

Adenel smiled at them.  "Go and invite our guests in.  If more have arrived than I saw the last time I looked—I believe there were three people, two of whom appeared to be together—allow in four only at a time."

Stepping out onto the veranda where patients waited for their turns, Jennifer saw that the only new arrival on the benches was a young woman with a child of about three or four years old, who was seated on her lap.  She and Firieth pushed the wide doors open, and Jennifer went out and cleared her throat.  Raising her voice slightly, she said to all of them, "We are open now; you may come in."

As they filed in, Jennifer could see that the teenage girl was the one leading the older woman, who shuffled along, with a confused look in her eyes.  Does the old woman have Alzheimer’s or some other type of dementia? Jennifer silently wondered.  The young man had a tightly tied piece of blood-soaked cloth wrapped around his hand, and the little girl seemed to have some kind of pain in her stomach, as she was clutching her middle while her mother carried her in.

Healer Adenel took the young man to the first screened cubicle.  As Healer Thorongil started to lead the old woman and the girl to the next one, he turned to ask Firieth to accompany him.  "Would you show our other guests to the next station?" he said to Jennifer.  It was clearly an order, even though phrased as a request.

“Yes, sir.”  With a nod, Jennifer led the mother and child to the next spot.  She smiled at the little girl.  "I have a little sister your age," she said.  "Her name is Megan.  What’s your name?"

"Elloth," she whispered.  "I have a tummy ache, an'...an' I cannot go."  Her little face went red, and tears sprang to her eyes.

"Oh, that sounds bad.  Does it hurt a lot?"  Elloth nodded.

Jennifer looked at her mother, who bit her lower lip as she looked at her daughter, troubled.  "I am Thilia, wife of Meldil.  He is in the Watch.  I have tried all of the usual things, but it has been three days now, and it seems to be more painful now."

Jennifer nodded.  "Well, let's make her comfortable on the cot, and I’m sure that one of the healers will be with us as soon as they finish with their current patient."

Jennifer helped the mother make her daughter comfortable on the cot, and then to sit in one of the chairs.  She sat down next to the mother and began to ask her questions that might help the healer when the time came.

"Has she had this problem before?" she asked.

"Not often," said the mother, reaching over to smooth Elioth's hair.  "And never for this long…"  Her voice trailed off.

Jennifer nodded.  "One of the doc…uh, healers will be over in a minute or so."  She smiled kindly at Elioth, who kept moaning in pain.  “Having a tummy ache is no fun, I know, Elioth.  But the healer will know what to do about your tummy ache, and she’ll fix you right up.”

It was not long at all when Healer Adenel came over, and Jennifer pulled the screen out to give them privacy.  "Jennifer, if you would stay for a moment, in case I need you to fetch something?"

Jennifer nodded and, relinquishing her chair by the cot to the healer, stood behind her to be ready for any orders.

-oo000oo-

Joey was riding in front of Boromir as the solemn company set out down the winding streets of Minas Tirth.  The two of them were riding abreast of Éomer King, and the White Lady, Éowyn, rode on the other side.  Merry was riding right behind the young king.

Éowyn smiled briefly at Joey from her seat on Windfola, and he smiled back and gave a little nod to show he had noticed her.

There were no ponies in Minas Tirith, so Merry was riding Éomer as they left the City.  On his return, he would ride back with the Riders who were remaining as part of the honour guard.  Éowyn smiled at him from her seat on Windfola, riding alongside her brother.

"Very different from your ride here with 'Dernhelm', is it not, Merry?" she called out to the hobbit, who blushed.

"Very different, indeed, my lady."  He shook his head ruefully.  "It was very embarrassing that I didn't know you were a lady, at first."

“You quickly discovered that I was that evening, when we went off to get water,” she reminded him, and he nodded, still blushing.

Joey tried to hide his smile at Merry's blush.  He wondered if he would have noticed, either.

Soon they were all in formation and ready to ride out.  The sons of Lord Elrond, who were leaving Minas Tirith with them, were going to ride at the front, just behind the banner bearer.  Joey wondered why they were going back to Rivendell now, but they hadn't said anything about it that he knew of.

Only the members of Éomer's personal éored had been staying with him in the City.  Between the losses on the Pelennor and the Morannon due to injury and death, those who had been reassigned to replace lost commanders among the other Riders, and those who had already been sent back to Rohan, that number had dwindled to four-score and eight.  There had also been a great loss of horses, and Joey and Merry were not the only ones who were going to ride pillion to the place where they would meet the remaining Riders outside the Gate.  

Joey watched Merry with concern as he sat on the horse, waiting for the signal to ride out.  He knew that his hobbit friend had been very sad at Théoden's death, and that Merry was taking it hard.  He wished he knew some way to cheer him up; after all, that's what he had been sent to do.  Pippin would have been so much better at it than Joey was.  But right now, no one was carrying on a conversation.  Maybe on the way back?

Joey spoke to Boromir.  "Uh, my Lord, why did they leave the King back in Minas Tirith?  If this is for his funeral, I mean?"

Boromir turned his head, so that Joey could hear his answer.  "There is much to do there first.  Although Éomer is already styled king by his warriors, he will need to be crowned and presented to his subjects in Rohan when he arrives there.  And a tomb will need to be readied for Théoden before his funeral can be held.  But thanks to Gandalf, who has placed an enchantment of preservation upon Théoden's remains, his body will not suffer the indignities of decay until he is well and truly buried at his home."

Joey breathed a sigh of relief.  He hadn't really thought about it, but it would be dreadful otherwise.  I hope King Théodenuh, Théoden King’s in Heaven with God!

At the signal, they all started to ride.  Minutes after they had left the city gates, Joey glanced over at Merry, and noticed him sitting up very straight and dignified.  Merry seems so grown-up now, Joey thought.  I know he is a grown-up, and not a kid like me, but sometimes I forget because he's so fun most of the time, and we’re about the same size.  But since the war, he’s been much more grown-up than he used to be.  Joey noticed that he was looking especially sad.

"Holdwine?"  Éomer's concerned voice was soft.  Joey noticed that Éomer had just called Merry by his Rohirric nickname.

At that moment, Joey noticed that the king was crying.  And then he noticed Merry leaning into Éomer's back with both arms and gently patting the King's back.

Boromir also noticed, and he spoke softly to Joey.  "Only a hobbit could be so free to comfort a king in such a fashion.”

Joey nodded as they rode on.  Good thing that Merry is so free, because Éomer King really does need some comforting, he thought.  Lots of it, in fact!  After all, that was his uncle who died.  It was going to be a long ride over the Pelennor through Anórien to the Rammas Echor, where they would say their farewell to the Rohirrim for the time being.  And it would be a long ride back.

-oo000oo-

Steve was ready to meet Master Hallas, as they would be marking out the streets for the upcoming Fair.  He had hoped Kevin would be able to help, but Kevin was on duty today, so he would have to help on another day.  Mainly, they would be figuring out what areas would be best for different activities.  Menelcar was also going to join them, as he would be deciding where the entertainers would be located.

"I don't know how long we will take today, Gail," he told her.

"That's all right, dear.  I'll be out and about in a while, but I’ll be meeting Princess Linderiel and her daughter here before that.  We do have a few little details to work through before we go out."

Nodding, Steve gave her a kiss, and then he gave a peck on each of the foreheads for Kaylee and Megan, who were still dawdling at their breakfast.  They were both still in their nightgowns.  "Be good for your mommy and for Mairen today," he added as he ruffled their hair, before he left.

"We will, Daddy," said Kaylee, as Megan nodded, since she had a mouthful of porridge.

As Steve left, Megan swallowed her bite.  "I'm all full, Mommy.  I don't think I can eat it all."

Gail smiled and nodded, after a glance at the bowl to make sure that the porridge was at least mostly gone.  "You don't have to finish it all, sweetie.  Are you finished, too, Kaylee?"

Kaylee nodded as she swallowed the bite she had in her own mouth.  "Uh-huh."

"Well, go see if Mairen is ready for you, then."  

The girls scurried to their room, where Mairen was ready to get them dressed.  She was going to take them to the kennels to see Lucy so that Gail could concentrate on the business she had concerning the street fair.

It was only a few moments after the girls had left with Mairen that there was a knock at the door.  Gail opened it, to see not only the Princesses Lindiriel and Lothiriel, Master Ondahir, and Dame Meg (who was overseeing the orphanage for now, and whom Gail had expected), but another older lady whom she had yet to meet.

"Lady Ivriniel,”* said Ondahir, "may I present Mistress Gail McCloud?  The Street Fair was the idea of Mistress Gail."  Then he turned to Gail.  "Mistress Gail, Lady Ivriniel is the sister of Lord Denethor, and the Regent of Ethring for her young grandson, Lord Narumir.  She arrived in Minas Tirith only last night, and when her brother and nephew told her of your endeavours on behalf of the orphans, she expressed an interest in helping.”

Smiling, Gail gave Lady Ivriniel a curtsey and a nod.  "I am very pleased to make your acquaintance, Lady Ivriniel.  I’ll be very glad of any help you would care to give us."

Soon they were all seated around the room, discussing the progress that had been made so far.

-oo000oo-

Kevin was once more partnered with Beregond as they ghosted Pippin through the streets of Minas Tirith.  Pippin was clearly headed towards the spot where he had first made contact with the fellow that called himself "Minastir, son of Castamir".  Kevin wasn’t sure if that was the crook’s real name or not, but he was also keeping his eyes open for him as well.

It didn't take very long until Kevin spotted the fellow, and he could tell that Pippin had spotted him as well.

He saw them come together, as Pippin handed over a nicely weighted leather pouch.  "I hope this will be enough for you to be able to solve your problems and reunite your family.”

"I am sure that will be enough to take care of everything, my lord."  The Man sounded humble and sincere.

"Well," Pippin said, holding out the pouch and showing him the silver, "here is this.  Give it to the merchant.  I'm glad to help you get what you deserve."

Kevin and Beregond exchanged glances, and the two of them moved apart slightly.  Kevin pretended to be interested in a shop that sold leather goods that was right across the street.  He wasn't sure, but he thought he spotted Aragorn in his Strider guise leaning against that same building.

He could see the Steward not far away with some other guardsmen who were in full uniform, making his way from behind the con man, who couldn't resist looking at all that money.  He was grinning at it.

"My thanks, Sir Peregrin!  The reunion with my family will be quite a sight!"

"Yes, it would be," said another voice, "especially, Minastir son of Castamir, as you have neither chick nor child, nor even wife nor sister in Lossarnach or anywhere else."

Startled, the Man turned to see the Steward approaching, and behind him several Guardsmen with Tel and Arv in their midst, bound and gagged.  As he stared, the shabby figure leaning against the wall across the street threw back his hood and straightened up.  The shock on that Man’s face was priceless, Kevin thought.  He had clearly recognised the King himself!

"I do not wonder that you did not wish to trouble the King.  It is a shame that you thought to trouble his friends," said Strider.  Kevin thought the grim smile was definitely Strider, and not so much the King.  It reminded him of the kind of smile the king got when the man was thinking of his enemies.

In a fury, the Man glanced down to see Pippin grinning up at him.  "Not quite such a fool as I look," the hobbit said.

Suddenly, with a snarl and a curse, he snatched Pippin off the ground, and holding him up before him as a shield, he drew forth a long, glittering knife.

Kevin froze, staring in horror, as the Man glared.  "You will not stop me–"  

But he got no further.  Pippin gave a mighty wriggle, sinking his teeth into Minastir's arm, while at the same time aiming a furious kick at the Man’s groin with his tough hairy foot.  With a yell, the Man dropped both halfling and knife and crashed to the street with a moan.  Pippin landed nimbly and, snatching up the fallen knife, bent over the writhing Man and held it to his throat.  Minastir suddenly went still.

"Sire," said Pippin, without taking his eyes off the fallen Man's eyes, as the latter lay crumpled sideways on the street, moaning in agony, "could you please take charge of this wretch who thought hobbits were simple and helpless?"

Kevin and Beregond walked over to join the other guardsmen, as Aragorn crossed the street in a few quick strides and hauled the still groaning villain to his feet.  As he did so, he spoke softly, but still loud enough for the guards to hear as well, "You are quite lucky that my young knight did not have his sword.  Trollsbane is its name, and Sir Peregrin, Troll-Slayer, its wielder."  Minastir stared in horror at Pippin, blanching as he realised the tales were true.  Faramir signalled the Guardsmen, who came forward to take charge of the prisoner.

"Well done, Pippin," said Aragorn.  "I am sorry that you had to do that."

"Boromir will be proud, when he learns of this," said Faramir.

 Pippin blushed at the praise.  "I’m looking forward to telling him of this when we get back to the Citadel.  Boromir always said a hard enough kick there could cripple the largest of foes.  I am glad to find it worked."

The hobbit stood next to the King, as they watched the three swindlers being led off in manacles.  Then he looked up at Aragorn, troubled, as Kevin joined them.  "I'm sorry to say, Strider,” Pippin said, “but if I'd not been warned, I think I might have believed his sad story.  I suppose I am rather a fool."

"Nay, Pippin.  A sympathetic and large heart is never foolish.  Rather the fool is one who would value gain over all else."

"What will happen to them?"  Pippin asked, with a somewhat apprehensive look on his face.

Aragorn sighed.  "His two confederates will probably serve a term of hard labour for the City, but Minastir laid violent hands upon you. His life is forfeit."

Pippin shook his head firmly.  "Frodo wouldn't like that.  No more do I."  There was a brief moment of silence, and Kevin thought Pippin looked very much like Frodo when he said that.

Aragorn looked grim, but with a sigh, said, "Very well, Pippin, your mercy has purchased his life."   

Kevin and Beregond were going to follow Pippin back to the Citadel, but first, Kevin bent over his smaller friend.  "Are you okay, Pippin?  I was scared to death when he pulled that knife on you."

Pippin smiled, and patted Kevin's hand.  "Thanks, Kevin.  I was rather scared when I felt his knife pointed at me, but my training from Boromir and Aragorn took hold.  You'd do the same, I think."

Kevin shook his head.  "I don't know.  Maybe."

The hobbit grinned.  “No 'maybe' about it.  You were trained just like Merry and I were.  You'd be surprised how quickly you’d recall it in a pinch."

Kevin chuckled.  "Well, I'm glad you have so much confidence in me, Pippin.  Thanks."  Boromir trained Joey, too, he thought.  I wonder, would my little brother be just as quick to remember his training in a pinch as Pippin was?  I hope so.  I also hope he’ll never have to find out!

They turned and quickly followed the other Guardsmen, who were beginning to get ahead of the two.  Beregond had turned to look and beckoned to them.  With the King (still looking like Strider) and Faramir in the lead, and the three rather bedraggled criminals in the midst of their guards, and with Kevin, Beregond, and Pippin in the rear, they all made a rather curious sight.

They hadn't gone far, when suddenly, Kevin heard a familiar voice calling his name.  "Kevin?"

Uh-oh!  Kevin feigned not to hear.  He was still on duty.  But that was definitely his father's voice. His dad would wonder why he wasn't in uniform.  Thankfully, this was all over now, so maybe he would be allowed to tell his parents what he'd been up to, the last couple of days.  I’ll have to ask the King if I can, now that it's all over with.

-oo000oo-

A/N: *Lady Ivriniel can be found in my story, "The Poem," a part of Dreamflower's series, "The Archive Incidents", and can be found on this site.  She is the older sister of Prince Imrahil and Lady Finduilas.  DF.

Summary: In the spring of 2012, four American children find themselves thrust into an unfamiliar world and part of an unexpected adventure.  This story is AU, and blends Lord of the Rings book-verse and movie-verse.  This story also contains a lot of spiritual and religious content as a part of the AU elements.

Disclaimer: The world of Middle-earth and all its peoples belong to the estate of J.R.R. Tolkien; the three films of The Lord of the Rings​ belongs to New Line Cinema and to Peter Jackson.  This story is not for profit, but is a gift for the enjoyment of those who read it.

Citations: In most chapters, there will be some quotations directly from both the books and/or the movies.  Quotations from Tolkien's books are in italics, and quotations from the movies are underlined.  Occasional quotations from other sources as well as silent dialogue, words spoken in emphasis, and passages from the Bible will also be in italics, and those citations will be footnoted at the end of each chapter in which they occur. We will also footnote research sources and credit the ideas of other people.

Thanks: We would also like to acknowledge the invaluable help of our beta, Linda Hoyland, another well-known and prolific LotR fanwriter, whose many wonderful stories also grace this site.

A/N:  One of the things that KG asked me (DF), when we were going to partner in this story, was that we try to include my OC, Menelcar, who appears in my stories, "The Life of a Bard" and “Chance Encounter”.  I agreed.  Therefore, you may see bits of "Chance Encounter" quoted here and there in the next few chapters.  Those are from my own story, so be assured that if you see something you recognize, it is not plagiarized.  Thank you.  DF and KG.

Chapter 108: Fun and Fancy Free

Kevin picked up his pace, causing Beregond to rush to keep up with him.

"What is the hurry now, Sir Kevin?" his friend asked.

"I think my dad just spotted me," he replied.  "I'd rather not have to explain everything to him right now, not this minute."

"Ah."  The Guardsman nodded.  "I see."  The two walked ahead and to the side, until they were even with the King and Faramir.  But then they heard a commotion behind them.

"What now?"  Kevin asked.  He turned and saw an angry Frodo coming in the direction of the little troop of guards.  He and Beregond and the rest of the guards also stopped, but the King gestured, and ordered them to continue taking the prisoners in.  So, of course, Kevin and Beregond also continued with the rest.

"What do you suppose is happening?" Beregond asked.

Since Kevin could hear only Frodo's raised voice, fading as they kept walking in the opposite direction, he shook his head.  "I can make a good guess," he replied, shaking his head.  "It sounds like Frodo may have found out that his youngest cousin's been in danger, and he isn't happy about it."

The Guardsmen saw the prisoners to the dungeon and turned them over to the Warden, and then they reported to the Captain's office.  Kevin knew that all of them would have to report their own parts in the capture, including himself.

Of course, now they had to wait on the King, Faramir, and of course, Pippin, to join them, which occurred in only a few moments.  The door opened, and everyone stood to attention, but Aragorn made a gesture with his hand.  "Be at ease, men."

Faramir also nodded, and then he and Aragorn went to take seats at the Captain's table.  Faramir helped himself to a quill, an inkpot, and a piece of parchment, as each of the guardsmen told their story in turn, Pippin first.

Kevin was surprised to be next to give his statement, and then the two were dismissed, as Beregond was next after Kevin.

Kevin found Pippin leaning against the wall opposite the door with a grin, his arms crossed.

"What was all that about, Pip?" Kevin asked, even though he thought he knew.

"Just Frodo, he exercised his right as the senior cousin, and pitched a tantrum about me being in danger, not that I really was."  

Rolling his eyes, Kevin snorted and shook his head and then bit back an amused grin.  Pippin grinned back.  “My mom would probably do much the same thing, if she knew,” Kevin said, and Pippin shrugged.

The two began to walk along, and Pippin told Kevin how he had made Frodo understand that as a Knight of Gondor and a Guard of the Citadel, Pippin had duties that he had to obey, over and above being a “meek little hobbit".  Pippin grinned, and then sighed.  "Merry is next.  I'll have to figure out a way to keep him from having to say his piece of his mind."

Kevin also sighed.  "My dad saw me with the other guards, but not in livery.  I've got to figure out what to tell my family…"  He trailed off.  

"Your father was a soldier once," Pippin replied.  "He'll understand.”

“Yeah, surely, he will.  My mom, though…”  Shaking his head, Kevin bit his lower lip.  “I’m not sure she will.”  He sighed.  “She didn’t even approve of Dad teaching me to handle a gun, back home.”

"Well, I don't know about you, but I've missed second breakfast and elevenses.  Why don't we go have a bite to eat at The Golden Cockerel, my treat?  Then we'll be fortified to face the music."

Come to think of it, I am hungry!  "I'll take that offer up, Pip, if you’ll let me treat you, the next time."

They continued on, now thinking only of their stomachs for the time being.

-oo000oo-

Steve could not help but wonder what Kevin had been doing, dressed in civilian clothes, but also obviously a part of that group of guards who had been guarding the King.  He hadn't seen all of them, as they were moving fairly quickly, but that was definitely Kevin at the end, with Pippin at his side.

Perhaps Kevin hadn't heard him.  Well, he thought, I'll ask him later.  Right now, he was pleased with the progress that he and Master Hallas had made so far, but they still had a number of things yet to resolve.  Their next move was to head down to the Guild Hall…

"Master McCloud?" Hallas had been surprised to see his companion was lost in thought.

Steve gave a start.  "Sorry!  I was thinking about what else we have yet to do, Master Hallas."

"I was about to say, it is nearing time for the noon meal.  Would you care to break our fast together at The Golden Cockerel?"

Steve smiled at him.  "That sounds like an excellent idea.  I’ve eaten there before; they have an excellent…"

"…chicken pie?" said the other man.  He laughed, and Steve chuckled.  "I see our minds are on the same road."  Steve nodded his agreement, smiling.

They quickly made their way toward their destination on the Fourth Circle. For the short time that it had been open, The Golden Cockerel seemed to have become quite popular.

The two found a table in the courtyard, which was not yet as crowded as it soon would be, for the weather was pleasant.  The waiter came and took an order for the famous chicken pie to share between them, and Master Hallas ordered a mug of ale, while Steve ordered some tea.

As they waited, Steve and Hallas began to speak of the Guilds.

"After luncheon," said Hallas, "we can go to the Guild Hall.  It is on this level, and we can find out what plans they have made for their procession."

Steve nodded.  "I’ve been told that they often did that sort of thing before the war.  Will they also be taking part in the special Market Day?"

"Some, but not all, have agreed to do so.  I think that they will be letting us know today how many will be participating."

“I see.”  Steve took a sip of his tea.  "Menelcar has claimed the centre of the Market Square for the performers, so most of the merchants will be setting up around the edges."

"I think that the Hall itself is supposed to be where the craft exhibition will be held."  Hallas cleared his throat and took a swallow of his ale.

“Yes.”  With a nod, Steve sipped his tea.  "We still need to choose a place for the other contests, as well as for the children's games." 

"Well, I think we've gotten the main outline of the spaces planned out…" said Hallas, sipping his ale.

"Hi, Dad!" said a voice behind his shoulder, and Steve gave a start.

He turned to see Kevin there, with Pippin at his side.  "Hello, son!  It's good to see you as well, Pippin.”

"Will you join us, then?" Master Hallas asked.  He indicated the other two chairs at the table.

"Sure," said Kevin, "If you don't mind.  How about you, Pippin?"

The hobbit nodded. "I think it's a good idea, especially as it looks as though there won't be any more tables in a few moments."  He gestured at the entrance to the courtyard, where a number of people had gathered and were waiting to come in.  Pippin jumped on top of one of the two empty chairs and stood up on it, waving his hand to get the attention of the waiter—who, upon seeing Pippin, who had already become a regular customer there—hurried back to that table.

Pippin hopped down, as the waiter quickly arrived.  "Good afternoon, Sir Peregrin!  How may I help you?" he said.

"We are joining our friends," Pippin replied.  "So, another chicken pie to this table, please, and I'd like a pint of stout.  What drink do you want, Sir Kevin?"

Kevin glanced at his dad.  "What did you order, Dad?"  At Steve's answer of "tea", Kevin looked up at the waiter.  "I'll have the same as my father."

"Very well.  Two chicken pies, two teas, an ale, and a stout."  The waiter gave a decisive nod.  "I shall return soon."

As soon as the waiter left, Steve looked over at Kevin.  "I saw you a while back.  You were with a squad of Guardsmen, but you weren't in uniform.”  He turned to Pippin.  “And you, too, Pippin.  What was going on?"

Kevin looked over at Pippin.  "Do you think it's okay to tell him?  I haven't had a chance to ask anyone in authority yet."

Pippin shrugged.  "It's over now.  And by tomorrow, the whole thing will be all over the City, anyway.  If I know Menelcar, he'll have a ballad ready to sing by tonight, or maybe a tale for the broadsheets.  If you're worried about it, I'll be glad to tell it…"

Kevin nodded.  Pippin would tell it better, anyway.  And it’s Pippin's story to tell, anyway, he thought.

So, with many a flourish, Pippin told the whole story from the time he heard the plot from Menelcar for the first time, to the plan to lure the would-be hustlers into a trap, and the successful springing of the trap.  "…so, I used my teeth first, and then followed Boromir's advice to take him down with a kick in the, er, groin."  He made a face.  "The only part of it that I regret is the bite.  He tasted foul."  Between Bilbo, Frodo, and Menelcar, Pippin had become quite an expert teller of tales.  There was applause all around, and only then did those at the table realize that all those at the surrounding tables had been listening as well.  With a cheeky grin, Pippin stood up and gave a bow, and everyone broke out in laughter.

Steve shook his head in amazement.  Kevin had been involved in quite an adventure.  "Well, son, I'm very proud of you for the part you played.  It's a sad thing that criminals would try to fleece a war hero like Pippin!"

Master Hallas nodded.  "I hope that those criminals get a harsh punishment for their disrespect and greed."

"I’m sure they will.  The King wasn’t impressed at all by their boldness.  They didn’t really care which hobbit they fleeced, but they thought Pippin would be one of the easiest to fool with a sob story," said Kevin.  Turning to his father, he added, “I wanted to tell you, Dad, but the King didn’t want me telling anyone ahead of time.  Not even you or Mom.”

"That's part of being a soldier, Kevin.  During the Gulf War when I was in the military, I often had to take part in operations with sealed orders," Steve said, nodding.  “I was not at liberty to tell my parents about them, either.”

"I'm just glad it's all over," Kevin said.  "How are the plans for the street fair going?  I hope I can be part of the plans now, but I'll have to see how much free time it will take."

Just then, the waiter arrived with their orders and soon the conversation was centred about the food…

-oo000oo-

That evening, the McClouds found themselves invited to another feast, this one in the King's wing of the Citadel.  Only the Fellowship, Kevin's family, and Faramir and Denethor were invited. 

Menelcar was there in his capacity as Court Bard.  But otherwise, only the servants who were in charge of the meal were present.

Gail had been surprised by the invitation, and asked Steve what the occasion was.  He had just smiled and said that she would find out when they arrived…

"It's not another surprise party, is it?" she asked suspiciously.

"No.  I will tell you that much, but it's about something Kevin and Pippin were a part of," her husband offered with a mischievous smile.

Gail shook her head, rolling her eyes in amusement.  "Have your secret, then.  I guess I'll find out tonight, anyway."

She wore the same gown that she'd worn at the party the previous evening.  Mairen dressed Megan and Kaylee, and she made two little flower wreaths for their hair.  Together, the family made their way to the Royal wing of the Citadel, and soon entered the dining room.

Gail looked around, impressed at how they had managed to prepare this feast on such short notice.  Menelcar sat strumming his harp gently in the background while they ate.

Gail was seated near Faramir.  “I was surprised to be told of this feast!” she said to him.

Soon enough, the first course was announced.  The servants brought out loaves of freshly baked breads, bowls of freshly churned butter, and a warm soup of chickpeas seasoned with herbs and spices.

As was usual at the feasts, the hobbits were enthusiastically discussing the food.  Sam was trying to identify all the herbs.  "I think there is definitely basil and summer savoury—some 'o that oregano these Gondorians are so fond of."

The other hobbits nodded.  Frodo put in, "I do think I also tasted tarragon…"  He took another sip from his spoon.  "And something else…"

"Peppercorns," Pippin said.

"And cinnamon and ginger," Merry added, only to be interrupted by the arrival of a large bowl filled with salad of mixed greens.  "Ooh," said the Brandybuck, with a smile.

Frodo grinned.  "Rocket!  And spinach and…"

Gail shook her head and turned to Faramir.  "It's always so amazing to me how hobbits can identify all the ingredients in something with only a few tastes!"

The young man nodded.  "The first time I saw it, I was also astounded."

Gandalf leaned over from his place on the Steward's other side.  "They have incredibly sensitive tongues.  I won a wager once with Thorin Oakenshield that Bilbo could call out every single ingredient in a stew that Bombur made with a mere sip."  He chuckled at the memory.

“Their taste buds must be incredibly sensitive,” Steve said, with a smile.  “Much more than ours are.”

"Oh, yes," Gandalf said.  "And their noses are almost as accurate as their tongues."

The salads were followed by roasted small game birds that were stuffed with more fowl, ham, and herbs, as well as a dish of noodles with cheese, butter, and herbs. (This prompted a discussion on the hobbits’ side of the table as to whether they were as good as the ones that Frodo made back home in the Shire—with the consensus that of course, they weren't.)

Aragorn interrupted.  "I shall have to get the four of you in the kitchen to make us all a feast of hobbit food."

Sam blushed.  "The head cook don't like us to get underfoot in his kitchen," he said.

"He forgets that it is my kitchen.  I am the King."  King Elessar was fairly forbearing with his staff in the Citadel, much more than Denethor had ever been.  But he was inclined to get unhappy over slights to the hobbits.

Merry changed the subject diplomatically.  "These peas are wonderful.  I've never had them cooked this way before.  They're fried with bacon, lemon juice, sugar, and cinnamon.  Delicious!"

Gail had to agree.  They really are very good, she thought, taking another bite.  From further down the table, Sam spoke up.

"I'm going to get a word with the cook. I need to have the receipt* for that.  Though it mightn't be easy to get lemons in the Shire."

Aragorn laughed.  “I’m sure we can arrange a trade with the Shire for lemons, Sam.”  Sam gave him a look that thanked him.

Smiling, Gail leaned forward to speak to Sam at the other side of the table.  "Please let me know if you get that recipe, Sam!  I would love to have it as well!"  I’ll need to get Steve to translate it into English after Sam writes it down, so I can take it home with me, she thought.

Sam nodded pleasantly, and he would have said more, but then the delivery of the dessert distracted them all.  It consisted of platters of thin wafers that pleasantly smelled of ginger, and of bowls of clotted cream in which to dip them.  The servants set the platters and bowls on the table and began to serve the guests.

There was a short silence as everyone was served, a silence that was interrupted by Menelcar, who got the attention of the guests with a loud chord from his harp.

"Ladies and gentlemen, I shall now proclaim for you a new tale.  In truth, a tale of the courage of our own Sir Peregrin Took: The Adventure of Sir Peregrin and the Foolish Fraud!"

Faramir turned to Gail and Steve, speaking in a low voice, "The King asked Menelcar to make it a funny story, since those are the sorts of tales hobbits like best."  He smiled.  “Menelcar once told me that is the kind of story he likes to compose, but too seldom gets opportunities to do so, and so the King’s request pleased him.”

Exchanging a look with her husband, Gail smiled and nodded.  Kevin had already told them his point of view of the incident, so she wondered what the bard would make of it.

"Our dauntless hero Sir Peregrin was taking a stroll on a sunny day through the streets of our fair city, when he was accosted by a Man of sorrowful mien…"

Taking full advantage of the chance, the minstrel in exaggerated plaintive tones, the pitiful story the swindler had concocted, alternating with dry asides of Pippin's probable thoughts as Gail, Steve, and the others listened to it, and he soon had his audience laughing so hard, they were wiping their eyes.

“'Alas, alas, woe is me, I shall never see my poor children again…"  Menelcar used an extremely exaggerated whiny voice, and his expression was as overdone as his voice.

“'How may I help you?' asked our Prince of Halflings…"

He continued on with the story, as his audience began to snicker and giggle.  By the time he got to the part where the villain grabbed the hero, he had most of them in stitches.

"…and then, our valiant Sir Peregrin, seeing that the wretch had no honour in taking advantage of such a small adversary, decided to fight dirty as well.  He bit Minastir’s arm and then let fly his formidable and furry foot right into that most precious and most vulnerable bit of anatomy that all men cherish so well.  With a screech like a girl, Minastir let go and cried mercy, and so, like a good Guardsman, Sir Peregrin turned him over to the mercy of the King's justice!"  With a sly grin, he finished up with an extravagant gesture and a lavish bow.

"Thank you, Menelcar!"  With an amused smile, Aragorn turned to the others and announced, "And with that said, tonight all of the swindlers are guests in the finest cell in the deepest part of the Citadel.”  He gave a brief chuckle.  “I have already heard their case—not much was in question, since I myself witnessed the whole thing—and they are sentenced to begin work tomorrow in the task of restoring the Rammas Echor.  I also made it crystal-clear to Minastir that the only reason he was not decorating the end of a rope was due to your mercy alone, Pippin.  He will spend the rest of his life at hard labour, however, which will do him some good, I think—at least, he will be serving a useful purpose.  He has made a long habit of using the good natures of others to enrich himself, and you are not the first person on whom he used such tales of woe.  You are, however, the first one to turn the tables on him."  And he favoured his small knight with a look of pride.

At that point, Menelcar decided to begin a song, and in honour of Pippin, he started with the first song he had ever heard Pippin sing, a hobbity ditty called "Nob O' the Lea".**  This thoroughly delighted all four of the hobbits, who soon were singing along.  With a few of them, the younger members of the McCloud family also sang along while their parents listened, for they had heard some of them from Bilbo in Rivendell, or along the road on the quest from the other hobbits.

The minstrel soon moved to some more serious fare.  "I should now like to sing for you all a song I wrote this very day, in honour of all our hobbits, entitled 'The Smallest Hands'."***  Then he played the notes of a melody, soft and haunting upon his harp, and then began to sing:

"We hearken to the harp, and hear
of deeds of Elves and Men;
of Silmarils, Thangorodrim,
and fallen Gondolin;

"of Beren and of Lúthien;
of Eärendil the Star;
of Hurin, who was sadly cursed,
and Turin Turambar.

"We sing of fallen Númenor,
and faithful Elendil,
who, of his folk, a remnant saved
to do the Valar's will.

"We tell of mighty Gil-galad,
who led against the foe
an army vast of Elves and Men
to lay the Shadow low.

"And by such things, our hearts are stirred,
to know these tales of yore;
the dire deeds done, and victories won
by those who went before.

"So, we see then in our mind's eye
these heroes brave and tall
with faces fell and mighty arms,
who answered to the call.

"In such a way we measure them
whose deeds we may admire,
by strength of hand and height from ground;
to such we may aspire.

"There is a land so fair and green
far to the north and west,
where dwell a folk but half Men's height,
in peace and plenty blest.

"They plough the ground, they till the earth;
a simple folk, we find,
who laugh and weep and live and love;
with open hearts, and kind.

"Yet even there did Evil reach
far to the west and north.
Against the Shadow's fearsome clutch
were four who ventured forth.

"Although in height but half as high
full twice as large their hearts.
When darkness threatened all they loved,
they sought to do their parts.

"Into a world grown grim and cold,
where perils oft await,
they wandered in their innocence
toward an uncertain fate.

"And two there were, who carried off
by fell and fearsome foes,
yet by their wits and strength of will
they both struck mighty blows.

"And two there were who went alone
into the Shadow's lair;
where nothing good may there be found,
and all is bleak despair.

"Betrayed and beaten, whipped and cursed,
they managed to endure.
they struggled on through pain and thirst,
where only death was sure,

"and into malice, Mercy cast,
and Love and Grace prevailed.
So, Power and Pride did tremble then,
And thus the Darkness failed.

"Perhaps it was to humble us
when Chance or Purpose called—
and into smallest hands did give
the greatest deed of all."
***

When he finished, there was silence, as the hobbits blushed furiously, and Gail was frankly crying.  She glanced over at Steve, to see his eyes, too, were filled with tears.

“It wasn’t just Merry and Pippin who were captured by those orcs,” Joey muttered.  “So was I, and Jennifer volunteered to join us.”  He looked up at his sister.

“Yes, and I’d do it again, if I had to,” she told him.

“Well, let’s hope you’ll never again have to,” Steve said, and Gail nodded her agreement.

At this point, Menelcar withdrew, to allow the friends a chance to talk privately.

The party broke up into groups, and Gail looked at Megan and Kaylee, who both were looking rather tired and sleepy.  Kaylee kept yawning, and Megan was rubbing her eyes.

"Uh, Steve,” she said in a low voice, “this has been a great party, but look…don't you think it's time we got the small ones to bed?"

He nodded.  "Let me make out farewells to the King, then," he said, and squeezed her hand. Rising to her feet, Gail headed over to where Jennifer was holding Megan, and where Kaylee was clinging onto Kevin's leg, to collect the younger kids.  Gail wished she could also collect Joey, but he was with Boromir right now, and she and Steve would just have to trust him to get Joey to bed soon.

As for Kevin and Jennifer, the Gondorians considered those two adults, especially Kevin, and so, she wouldn't embarrass them by ordering them off to bed.  Both of them were working now, and she'd just have to trust them to get enough rest to be able to do their jobs the next day.

Gail saw Steve speaking to Aragorn, and at last, he gave a small nod, and Steve gave a brief bow and returned.  With Gail carrying Megan, and Steve carrying Kaylee, who had not even made a protest about leaving, they made their way to the corridors, and then on the way to their rooms.

-oo000oo-

A/N:  The menu for the feast is an abbreviated version of a menu used at the Alabama Renaissance Faire: The 2007 Feast October 20th, 2007, and found on the site, "Gode Cookery" [http://www.godecookery.com/alabama/alabam07.html] the recipes were done by James Matterer, Darell McCormick, and Glenda Cockrum.

*In the New England states, “receipt” is an old-fashioned word that some people still use for “recipe.”

**"Nob o' the Lea" was written by Dreamflower (DF) for "The Life of a Bard" which can be found posted in Chapter 3, in Stories of Arda, in 2005.  ("Life of a Bard" is not found anywhere else now, but I will soon put it in AO3.  DF.)

**"The Smallest Hands" was written by Dreamflower [DF] for "Chance Encounter" in 2005. The song was originally posted on Stories of Arda, and also separately in "Dreamflower's Dribs and Drabs".  It is also featured in The One Ring's "Great Hall of Poets" [https://www.theonering.net/torwp/the-great-hall-of-poets-march-2014/] in March of 2014. [DF]

9-28-23: I have received word from Dreamflower's husband that she is in the hospital with a brain bleed, and that it's serious.  He does not know how long she'll be in the hospital, or if she'll be able to sit at their computer when she returns home.  But until she is able to work with me on our story once more, it is in hiatus.  K.G.

10-6-23: I have good news! Today, I received two emails from Dreamflower herself.  I'm sharing part of the first one she sent me here.

“Still in hospital.  On rehab floors probably get home late next week, maybe Thurs.

Don't know how before I'm up to lengthy sessions.”

Once she's up to working on her desktop once more, we'll be able to resume work on our story.  K.G.

12-3-23: I have more good news! After almost two months, I've once again received an email from Dreamflower. At her request, I'm posting the message she has for everyone.

“Hello everyone!  I am still in the land of the living.  That concussion took a lot out of me.

I still am falling asleep unexpectedly, and am still short of breath a lot more.  I'm having to use a Rollator type walker. And most frustrating of all I am not allowed to bend over, so no picking up anything I drop on the floor.
I can't spend a lot on the computer, so I am try to do stuff on the phone, though I am not good at it.  At least I can do a few Quora posts on my phone if I take it slow.

I am not up to a lot of new writing, but I am going to try to repost some more of my older stuff at AO3. If I am lucky, maybe one or two things a day. I asked my physical therapist, and was told as long as I don't over-do it.
Anyway, just want to let y'all know.

Dreamflower (AKA Barbara)”

We're going to try to work on our story bit by bit, as her strength allows, but when we'll be ready to post another chapter, only the good Lord knows. KathyG




As some of you know, Dreamflower had a brain bleed last fall, the effects of which are now affecting her ability to write fanfiction, among other things.  At her request, I am asking if anyone on this list would be willing to join us as a beta-reader of our story, "An Unexpected Adventure".  If anyone reading this can do so, and is willing to, please post a reply to the list serve with your email address included.  Thanks!







Home     Search     Chapter List